U-Boot uses the "bootpartition" variable stored in
"u-boot-env2" to select the active system partition. Allow
updates to enable system switching from OpenWrt.
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
(cherry picked from commit 11d24ffe96)
Switch the Netgear DTSI for the Realtek target from the OEM partition
naming scheme to accepted OpenWrt naming practices. A quick git grep for
'u-boot-env' e.g. in the OpenWrt tree turns up almost 500 hits whereas
grepping for 'bdinfo' (the OEM equivalent) returns a meagre 14.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
(cherry picked from commit 1601b39b61)
Otherwise, the last defined value will be set for all devices.
Fixes: c6c8d597e1 ("realtek: Add generic zyxel_gs1900 image definition")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit 851dadc257)
The rtl83xx-phy driver is necessary for proper configuration of the
PHYs if U-Boot hasn't done that.
1000Base-T SFPs often contains a Marvell 88E1111 and will not work
without this driver. Include it by default to support copper SFPs.
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
(cherry picked from commit 07bf5aaa4c)
There is no need to define a static link or a phy for the sfp
ports. Using phy-mode and managed properties to describe the
link to the sfp phy.
We have to keep the now unconnected virtual "phys" because the
switch driver uses their "phy-is-integrated" property to figure
out which ports to enable as fibre ports.
Acked-by: Birger Koblitz <mail@birger-koblitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
(cherry picked from commit e8d391bd46)
From the validate docs in include/linux/phylink.h:
When state->interface is PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_NA, phylink expects the
MAC driver to return all supported link modes.
Tested-by: Birger Koblitz <mail@birger-koblitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
(cherry picked from commit 785d830e88)
This bug was the root cause for the failing sfp driver.
Acked-by: Birger Koblitz <mail@birger-koblitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
(cherry picked from commit b8e473d18c)
The ZyXEL GS1900-8 is a 8 port switch without any PoE functionality or
SFP ports, but otherwise similar to the other GS1900 switches.
Specifications
--------------
* Device: ZyXEL GS1900-8 v1.2
* SoC: Realtek RTL8380M 500 MHz MIPS 4KEc
* Flash: Macronix MX25L12835F 16 MiB
* RAM: Nanya NT5TU128M8GE-AC 128 MiB DDR2 SDRAM
* Ethernet: 8x 10/100/1000 Mbit
* LEDs: 1 PWR LED (green, not configurable)
1 SYS LED (green, configurable)
8 ethernet port status LEDs (green, SoC controlled)
* Buttons: 1 on-off glide switch at the back (not configurable)
1 reset button at the right side, behind the air-vent
(not configurable)
1 reset button on front panel (configurable)
* Power 12V 1A barrel connector
* UART: 1 serial header (JP2) with populated standard pin connector on
the left side of the PCB, towards the back. Pins are labelled:
+ VCC (3.3V)
+ TX (really RX)
+ RX (really TX)
+ GND
the labelling is done from the usb2serial connector's point of
view, so RX/ TX are mixed up.
Serial connection parameters for both devices: 115200 8N1.
Installation
------------
Instructions are identical to those for the GS1900-10HP and GS1900-8HP.
* Configure your client with a static 192.168.1.x IP (e.g. 192.168.1.10).
* Set up a TFTP server on your client and make it serve the initramfs
image.
* Connect serial, power up the switch, interrupt U-boot by hitting the
space bar, and enable the network:
> rtk network on
* Since the GS1900-10HP is a dual-partition device, you want to keep the
OEM firmware on the backup partition for the time being. OpenWrt can
only boot off the first partition anyway (hardcoded in the DTS). To
make sure we are manipulating the first partition, issue the following
commands:
> setsys bootpartition 0
> savesys
* Download the image onto the device and boot from it:
> tftpboot 0x84f00000 192.168.1.10:openwrt-realtek-generic-zyxel_gs1900-8-initramfs-kernel.bin
> bootm
* Once OpenWrt has booted, scp the sysupgrade image to /tmp and flash it:
> sysupgrade /tmp/openwrt-realtek-generic-zyxel_gs1900-8-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
(cherry picked from commit e6ba970b6e)
Add a new common device definition for the Zyxel GS1900 line of
switches.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
(cherry picked from commit c6c8d597e1)
Demote a number of debugging printk's to pr_debug to avoid log
nosie. Several of these functions are called as a result of
userspace activity. This can cause a lot of log noise when
userspace does periodic polling.
Most of this could probably be removed completely, but let's
keep it for now since these drivers are still in development.
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Tested-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
(cherry picked from commit ba220ad2fd)
This adds the necessary nuts and bolts for the uboot settings for both the ZyXEL GS1900-8HP v1 and v2.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
(cherry picked from commit b5bc53813d)
If service() is called w/o parameter then the status display for services
with multiple instances is incorrect. E.g. samba4 or wpad have 2 instances.
root@OpenWrt:~# /etc/init.d/samba4 status
running
root@OpenWrt:~# /etc/init.d/wpad status
running
Before change:
/etc/init.d/samba4 enabled stopped
/etc/init.d/wpad enabled stopped
After change:
/etc/init.d/samba4 enabled running
/etc/init.d/wpad enabled running
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar-dev@posteo.net>
(cherry picked from commit 9318f61556)
Since KERNEL_SWAP is only enabled by default for !SMALL_FLASH targets, we need
to check if the current kernel supports swap before trying to configure
zram-swap, as opkg can't check for kernel dependencies.
Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 565dfeb128)
Without 'BUILD_DEVICES' defined, the U-Boot related package won't be
automatically selected when building for Toradex Apalis device.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 8c3383799a)
Looks like 'openat', 'pipe2' and 'ppoll' are now needed, possibly due
to changes on libraries used by umdns now using slightly different
calls.
Found using
/etc/init.d/umdns trace
now use umdns, ie. cover all ubus call etc., then
/etc/init.d/umdns stop
find list of syscalls traced in /tmp/umdns.*.json
Fixes: FS#3355 ("UMDNS: does not start on master with seccomp")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
(cherry picked from commit 00a85a1634)
Now that ujail supports seccomp also on Aarch64, add missing syscall
'fstat' to the list of allowed syscalls.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
(cherry picked from commit d28880cdd8)
The mt7530_{r,w}32 operation over MDIO uses 3 mdiobus operations and
does not hold a lock, which causes a race condition when multiple
threads try to access a register, they may get unexpected results.
To avoid this, handle the MDIO lock manually, and use the unlocked
__mdiobus_{read,write} in the critical section.
This fixes the "Ghost VLAN" artifact[1] in MT7530/7621 when the VLAN
operation and the swconfig LED link status poll race between each other.
[1] https://forum.openwrt.org/t/mysterious-vlan-ids-on-mt7621-device/64495
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit f99c9cd9c4)
Fix the PLL register value for 10 Mbit/s link modes on the UniFi AC Lite
/ Mesh / LR. Otherwise, 10 Mbit/s links do not transfer data.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit 956407292d)
Fix the PLL register value for 10 Mbit/s link modes on TP-Link EAP
boards using a AR8033 SGMII PHY.
Otherwise, 10 Mbit/s links do not transfer data.
Reported-by: Tom Herbers <freifunk@tomherbers.de>
Tested-by: Tom Herbers <freifunk@tomherbers.de>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit bbff6239e2)
e78ea9bd26 Update Nios II libm-test-ulps.
98bb18f52a malloc: Fix a realloc crash with heap tagging [BZ 27468]
fc4ecce85b S390: Also check vector support in memmove ifunc-selector [BZ #27511]
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit d49f1acff1)
For some reason, one of the configure checks results in some infinite
loop and ends up spawning endless gcc processes, causing OOM. Just pass
a configure var to avoid it.
Same fix as 6e23813c1e
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit fc093c3f9c)
Reduce spi-max-frequency for Xiaomi MI Router 4AG model
Xiaomi MI Router 4AG MTD uses two flash chips (no specific on router versions when produced from factory) - GD25Q128C and W25Q128BV.
These flash chips are capable of high frequency, but due to poor board design or manufacture process.
We are seeing the following errors in the linux kernel bootup:
`spi-nor spi0.0: unrecognized JEDEC id bytes: cc 60 1c cc 60 1c
spi-nor: probe of spi0.0 failed with error -2`
This causes the partitions not to be detected
`VFS: Cannot open root device "(null)" or unknown-block(0,0): error -6`
Then creates a bootloop and a bricked router.
The solution to limit this race condition is to reduce the frequency from 80 mhz to 50 mhz.
Signed-off-by: David Bentham <db260179@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 17e690017d)
The crypto engine in Armada 370 SoCs is currently broken. It can be
checked installing the required packages for testing openssl with hw
acceleration:
opkg install openssl-util
opkg install kmod-cryptodev
opkg install libopenssl-devcrypto
After configuring /etc/ssl/openssl.cnf to let openssl use the crypto
engine for digest operations, and performing some checksums..
md5sum 10M-file.bin
openssl md5 10M-file.bin
...we can see they don't match.
There might be an alignment or size constraint issue caused by the
idle-sram area.
Use the whole crypto sram and disable the idle-sram area to fix it. Also
disable the idle support by adding the broken-idle property to prevent
accessing the disabled idle-sram.
We don't care about disabling the idle support since it is already broken
in Armada 370 causing a huge performance loss because it disables
permanently the L2 cache. This was reported in the Openwrt forum and
elsewhere by Debian users with different board models.
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 2e1ebe96c6)
The GL.iNet GL-MV1000 is booting from eMMC and the images for it are in
theory sysupgrade compatible. But the platform upgrade scripts were not
adjusted to select the mmcblock device as upgrade target. This resulted in
a failed sysupgrade because the mtd device (NOR flash) was instead tried to
be modified by the sysupgrade script.
Fixes: 050c24f05c ("mvebu: add support for GL.iNet GL-MV1000")
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
(cherry picked from commit 07e5e03711)
The Buffalo Linkstation LS421DE NAS lacks an uboot env config file.
Create it via scripts.
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 4f8da19572)
Fixes boot loader LZMA decompression issue,
reported by GitHub user KOLANICH at [0].
The reported LZMA ERROR has date of 2020-07-20, soon after
the device support landed:
Ralink UBoot Version: 3.5.2.4_ZyXEL
....
3: System Boot system code via Flash.
Image Name: MIPS OpenWrt Linux-4.14.187
Created: 2020-07-20 3:39:11 UTC
Image Type: MIPS Linux Kernel Image (lzma compressed)
Data Size: 1472250 Bytes = 1.4 MB
Load Address: 80000000
Entry Point: 80000000
Verifying Checksum ... OK
Uncompressing Kernel Image ... LZMA ERROR 1 - must RESET board to recover
[0] fea232ae8f (commitcomment-45016560)
Fixes: 4dc9ad4af8 ("ramips: add support for ZyXEL Keenetic Lite Rev.B")
Signed-off-by: Szabolcs Hubai <szab.hu@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit dd3c1ad8ee)
This fixes partitioning on Linksys EA9500. With this change only the
currently used firmware MTD partition gets parsed.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit a3c7633ddc)
Respect the generic kernel config setting, which is "enabled" tree-wide, as
previously done for sunxi.
Ref: 247ef4d98b ("sunxi: enable CONFIG_BPF_SYSCALL and CONFIG_EMBEDDED")
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
(cherry picked from commit 41948c9c1b)
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
CRYPTO_DEV_CCP depends on X86 or ARM64
CRYPTO_DEV_CCP_DD depends on CPU_SUP_AMD or ARM64
Compiling this driver makes sense for x86 mainly. If one day support for
ARM64 board with AMD Secure Processor gets added this package may be
updated.
Trying to build this package on bcm4908 was causing:
ERROR: module 'build_dir/target-aarch64_cortex-a53_musl/linux-bcm4908_generic/linux-5.4.110/drivers/crypto/ccp/ccp-crypto.ko' is missing.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit cb3fb45ed1)
Currently it's not possible to flash factory images on devices shipped
with vendor firmware versions 1.1.0 Build 20201120 rel. 50406 (published
2020-12-22):
(curFw_ver, newFw_ver) == (1.1, 1.0) [NM_Error](nm_checkSoftVer) 00848: Firmwave not supports, check failed.
[NM_Error](nm_checkUpdateContent) 01084: software version dismatched
[NM_Error](nm_buildUpgradeStruct) 01188: checkUpdateContent failed.
They've even following note in release notes:
Note: You will be unable to downgrade to the previous firmware version
after updating this firmware.
This version check in vendor firmware is implemented in
/usr/bin/nvrammanager binary likely as following C code[1]:
sscanf(buf, "%d.%d.%*s",&upd_fw_major, &upd_fw_minor);
...
if (((int)upd_fw_major < (int)cur_fw_major) ||
((ret = 1, cur_fw_major == upd_fw_major && (upd_fw_minor < (int)cur_fw_minor)))) {
ret = 0;
printf("[NM_Error](%s) %05d: Firmwave not supports, check failed.\r\n\r\n","nm_checkSoftVer" ,0x350);
}
...
return ret;
So in order to fix this and make it future proof it should be enough to
ship our factory firmware images with major version 7 (lucky number).
Tested on latest firmware version 1.1.2 Build 20210125 rel.37999:
Firmwave supports, check OK.
(curFw_ver, newFw_ver) == (1.1, 7.0) check firmware ok!
Flashing back to vendor firmware
c7v5_us-up-ver1-1-2-P1[20210125-rel37999]_2021-01-25_10.33.55.bin works
as well:
U-Boot 1.1.4-gbec22107-dirty (Nov 18 2020 - 18:19:12)
...
Firmware downloaded... filesize = 0xeeae77 fileaddr = 0x80060000.
Firmware Recovery file length : 15642231
Firmware process id 2.
handle_fw_cloud 146
Image verify OK!
Firmware file Verify ok!
product-info:product_name:Archer C7
product_ver:5.0.0
special_id:55530000
[Error]sysmgr_cfg_checkSupportList(): 1023 @ specialId 45550000 NOT Match.
Firmware supports, check OK.
Firmware Recovery check ok!
1. https://gist.github.com/ynezz/2e0583647d863386a66c3d231541b6d1
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
(cherry picked from commit e6d66375cb)
When $(FPIC) gets expanded on the command line (for instance
when setting environment variables for libtool, configure, or
make) we can't count on it not needing quoting (i.e. it could
contain multiple flags separated with spaces).
Fixes: dc31191ec3 ("build: make sure asm gets built with -DPIC")
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
(cherry picked from commit 7fae64cc06)
Refreshed all patches.
The following patches were manually changed:
* 610-netfilter_match_bypass_default_checks.patch
* 611-netfilter_match_bypass_default_table.patch
* 802-can-0002-can-rx-offload-fix-long-lines.patch
* 802-can-0003-can-rx-offload-can_rx_offload_compare-fix-typo.patch
* 802-can-0004-can-rx-offload-can_rx_offload_irq_offload_timestamp-.patch
* 802-can-0005-can-rx-offload-can_rx_offload_reset-remove-no-op-fun.patch
* 802-can-0006-can-rx-offload-Prepare-for-CAN-FD-support.patch
* 802-can-0018-can-flexcan-use-struct-canfd_frame-for-CAN-classic-f.patch
The can-dev.ko model was moved in the upstream kernel.
Compile-tested on: x86/64, armvirt/64, ath79/generic
Runtime-tested on: x86/64, armvirt/64, ath79/generic
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Move some disabled symbols found in armvirt target to generic.
Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 12e942b1fd)
LPAE should be disabled as the Cortex-A8 cores don't support it,
and the kernel will crash on boot if it's enabled.
Signed-off-by: Zoltan HERPAI <wigyori@uid0.hu>
Fixes issue openwrt/packages#14921, whereby inline ASM wasn't getting
built as PIC; look at gmp-6.2.1/mpn/x86/pentium/popcount.asm for
example:
ifdef(`PIC',`
...
for a routine that exists in both PIC and non-PIC versions.
Make sure that wherever $(FPIC) gets passed as a variable expansion
that it gets quoted where necessary (such as setting environment
variables in shell commands).
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
(cherry picked from commit af22991e03)
Marvell mv88e6xxx switch series cannot perform MAC learning from
CPU-injected (FROM_CPU) DSA frames, which results in 2 issues.
- excessive flooding, due to the fact that DSA treats those addresses
as unknown
- the risk of stale routes, which can lead to temporary packet loss
Backport those patch series from netdev mailing list, which solve these
issues by adding and clearing static entries to the switch's FDB.
Add a hack patch to set default VID to 1 in port_fdb_{add,del}. Otherwise
the static entries will be added to the switch's private FDB if VLAN
filtering disabled, which will not work.
The switch may generate an "ATU violation" warning when a client moves
from the CPU port to a switch port because the static ATU entry added by
DSA core still points to the CPU port. DSA core will then clear the static
entry so it is not fatal. Disable the warning so it will not confuse users.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/20210106095136.224739-1-olteanv@gmail.com/
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/20210116012515.3152-1-tobias@waldekranz.com/
Ref: https://gitlab.nic.cz/turris/turris-build/-/issues/165
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 920eaab1d8)
This adds detection of the Sophos SG-105 and Sophos XG-105 models
and assignment of ethernet ports these models have to LAN/WAN.
Signed-off-by: Stan Grishin <stangri@melmac.net>
(cherry picked from commit 64eaf633ff)
Upstream iproute2 detects libbpf using a one-line $CC test-compile, which
normally ignores LDFLAGS. With NLS enabled however, LDFLAGS includes an
"rpath-link" linker option needed to resolve libintl.so. Its absence
causes both the compile and libbpf detection to fail:
ld: warning: libintl.so.8, needed by libbpf.so, not found (try using
-rpath or -rpath-link)
ld: libelf.so.1: undefined reference to `libintl_dgettext'
collect2: error: ld returned 1 exit status
Fix this by directly including $LDFLAGS in the test-compile command.
Reported-by: Ian Cooper <iancooper@hotmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
(cherry picked from commit aab3a04ce8)
The libbfd package definition uses $(ICONV_DEPENDS) and $(INTL_DEPENDS)
but links against neither, leading to libbfd detection failures in other
packages (e.g. bpftools) and on-target relocation problems with libintl.so:
root@OpenWrt:/# ldd /usr/lib/libbfd.so
ldd (0x77db6000)
libc.so => ldd (0x77db6000)
libgcc_s.so.1 => /lib/libgcc_s.so.1 (0x77c6d000)
Error relocating /usr/lib/libbfd.so: libintl_dgettext: symbol not found
Add NLS-conditional linking of "libintl" to fix this. Also remove libbfd
package dependency $(ICONV_DEPENDS) which is not used during building or
linking.
Tested with QEMU on malta/be32, after building all packages from binutils,
bpftools and iproute2, using different libc options musl and glibc.
Fixes: 08e8175696 ("binutils: use nls.mk to fix libbfd link errors in
other packages")
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
(cherry picked from commit 9a59f62f61)
There is no direct linking of libintl from bpftools, only secondary linking
through libelf, so remove "-lintl" from TARGET_LDFLAGS.
Fixes: 5582fbd613 ("bpftools: support NLS, fix ppc build and update to 5.8.9")
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
(cherry picked from commit c8c638a19b)
This change was investigated previously [1] but not deemed necessary. With
the recent addition [2] of modern BPF loader support, however, tc gained
dependencies on libelf and libbpf, with a larger installation footprint.
Similar to ip-tiny/ip-full, split tc into tc-full and tc-tiny variants,
where the latter excludes the eBPF loader, uses a smaller executable, and
avoids libelf and libbpf package dependencies. Both variants provide the
'tc' virtual package, with tc-tiny as the default.
The previous tc package included a loadable module for iptables actions.
Separate this out into a common package, tc-mod-iptables, which both
variants depend on. Some package sizes on mips_24kc:
Before:
148343 tc_5.11.0-1_mips_24kc.ipk
After:
144833 tc-full_5.11.0-2_mips_24kc.ipk
138430 tc-tiny_5.11.0-2_mips_24kc.ipk (and no libelf or libbpf)
4115 tc-mod-iptables_5.11.0-2_mips_24kc.ipk
Also fix up some Makefile indentation.
[1] https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/1627#issuecomment-447619962
[2] b048a305a3 ("iproute2: update to 5.11.0")
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
(cherry picked from commit 72885e9608)
The link equalizer sch_teql.ko of package kmod-sched relies on a hotplug
script historically included in iproute2's tc package. In previous
discussion [1], consensus was the hotplug script is best located together
with the module in kmod-sched, but this change was deferred at the time.
Relocate the hotplug script now. This change also simplifies adding a tc
variant for minimal size with reduced functionality.
[1] https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/1627#issuecomment-447923636
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
(cherry picked from commit 863ce4f15f)
This patch has been submitted upstream to fix an error reported by a few
users. One instance seen using gcc 10.2.0, binutils 2.35.1 and musl 1.1.24:
bpf_glue.c: In function 'get_libbpf_version':
bpf_glue.c:46:11: error: 'PATH_MAX' undeclared (first use in this function);
did you mean 'AF_MAX'?
46 | char buf[PATH_MAX], *s;
| ^~~~~~~~
| AF_MAX
Reported-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
(cherry picked from commit 10ffefe602)
The latest iproute2 version brings various improvements and fixes:
https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/network/iproute2/iproute2.git/log/?qt=range&q=v5.10.0..v5.11.0
In particular, ip and tc now use libbpf as the standard way to load BPF
programs, rather than the old, limited custom loader. This allows more
consistent and featureful BPF program handling e.g. support for global
initialized variables.
Also fix a longstanding problem with iproute2 builds where unneeded DSO
dependencies are added to most utilities, bloating their installation
footprint. From research and testing, explicitly using a "--as-needed"
linker flag avoids the issue. Update accordingly and drop extra package
dependencies from Makefile.
Additional build and packaging updates include:
- install missing development header to iproute2/bpf_elf.h
- propagate OpenWrt verbose flag during build
- update and refresh patches
Compile and run tested: QEMU/malta-mips32be on kernels 5.4 & 5.10.
All iproute2 packages were built and installed to the test image. Some
regression testing using ip-full and tc was successfully performed to
exercise several kmods, tc modules, and simple BPF programs.
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
(cherry picked from commit b048a305a3)
To the vast majority of the users, wireguard-tools are not useful
without the underlying kernel module. The cornercase of only generating
keys and not using the secure tunnel is something that won't be done on
an embedded OpenWrt system often. On the other hand, maintaining a
separate meta-package only for this use case introduces extra
complexity. WireGuard changes for Linux 5.10 remove the meta-package.
So let's make wireguard-tools depend on kmod-wireguard
to make WireGuard easier to use without having to install multiple
packages.
Fixes: ea980fb9 ("wireguard: bump to 20191226")
Signed-off-by: Ilya Lipnitskiy <ilya.lipnitskiy@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit cbcddc9f31)
Use NETWORK_SUPPORT_MENU like all other modules in netsupport.mk. Drop
SECTION and CATEGORY fields as they are set by default and to match
other packages in netsupport.mk. Use better TITLE for kmod-wireguard
(taken from upstream drivers/net/Kconfig).
Signed-off-by: Ilya Lipnitskiy <ilya.lipnitskiy@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 0b53d6f7fa)
On Linux 5.4, build WireGuard from backports. Linux 5.10 contains
wireguard in-tree.
Add in-kernel crypto libraries required by WireGuard along with
arch-specific optimizations.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Lipnitskiy <ilya.lipnitskiy@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 06351f1bd0)
(cherry picked from commit 464451d9ab)
Rather than using the clunky, old, slower wireguard-linux-compat out of
tree module, this commit does a patch-by-patch backport of upstream's
wireguard to 5.4. This specific backport is in widespread use, being
part of SUSE's enterprise kernel, Oracle's enterprise kernel, Google's
Android kernel, Gentoo's distro kernel, and probably more I've forgotten
about. It's definately the "more proper" way of adding wireguard to a
kernel than the ugly compat.h hell of the wireguard-linux-compat repo.
And most importantly for OpenWRT, it allows using the same module
configuration code for 5.10 as for 5.4, with no need for bifurcation.
These patches are from the backport tree which is maintained in the
open here: https://git.zx2c4.com/wireguard-linux/log/?h=backport-5.4.y
I'll be sending PRs to update this as needed.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
(cherry picked from commit 3888fa7880)
(cherry picked from commit d540725871)
(cherry picked from commit 196f3d586f)
(cherry picked from commit 3500fd7938)
(cherry picked from commit 23b801d3ba)
(cherry picked from commit 0c0cb97da7)
(cherry picked from commit 2a27f6f90a)
Signed-off-by: Ilya Lipnitskiy <ilya.lipnitskiy@gmail.com>
This enables building BCM4908 "raw" image that can be flashed using
bootloader web UI. It requires serial console access & stopping booting
by the "Press any key to stop auto run".
It's easy to build vendor like CHK image but it can't be safely flashed
using vendor UI at this point. Netgear implements method called "NAND
incremental flashing" that doesn't seem to flash bootfs partition as
provided.
Above method seems to update vmlinux.lz without updating 94908.dtb. It
prevents OpenWrt kernel from booting due to incomplete DTB file. Full
Netgear R8000P support can be enabled after finding a way to make vendor
firmware flash OpenWrt firmware including the 94908.dtb update.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit d92a9c97bf)
OpenWrt was succesfully tested on the GT-AC5300 model. It's possible to:
1. Install OpenWrt using vendor UI
2. Perform UBI aware sysupgrade
3. Install vendor firmware using OpenWrt sysupgrade
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 5e78cb9b85)
bcm4908img is a tool managing BCM4908 platform images. It's used for
creating them as well as checking, modifying and extracting data from.
It's required by both: host (for building firmware images) and target
(for sysupgrade purposes). Make it a host/target package.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 9b4fc4cae9)
It supports flashing OpenWrt images (bootfs & UBI upgrade) as well as
vendor images (whole MTD partition write).
Upgrading cferom is unsupported. It requires copying device specific
data (like MAC) to target image before flashing.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit a6a0b252ba)
This way MTD "bootfs" partition will be always 8+ MiB. This should be
enough for any custom / future firmware to fit its bootfs (e.g. big
kernel) without having to repertition whole flash. That way we can
preserve UBI and its erase counters during sysupgrade.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit ca9b1f15c4)
JFFS2 bootfs partition in a BCM4908 image usually includes some padding.
For flashing it individually (writing to designed MTD partition) we want
just JFFS2 data.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit ed7edf88e2)
Fix offset to extract proper data when image contains vendor header.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit dcbde11af1)
It's required for upgrading firmware using single partitions instead of
just blindly writing whole image.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit e33957c241)
It's much easier to operate on BCM4908 image data with absolute offset
of each section stored. It doesn't require summing sizes over and over.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 5314cab729)
The purpose of that dummy file is to make CFE work properly with OpenWrt
bootfs. CFE for some reason ignores JFFS2 files with ino 0.
Rename it to 1-openwrt so:
1. It's consistent with bcm63xx
2. It's OpenWrt specific so sysupgrade can distinguish it from vendor
images
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 880c8b4422)
This adds support for accessing bootfs JFFS2 partition in the BCM4908
image. Support includes:
1. Listing files
2. Renaming file (requires unchanged name length)
Above commands are useful for flashing BCM4908 images which by defualt
come with cferom.000 file and require renaming it.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit ed847ef5f3)
It's important for modifying / extracting firmware content. cferom is
optional image content at the file beginning.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 6af45b842b)
BCM4908 image format contains some info that may be useful for info /
debugging purposes.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 9b9184f178)
1. Don't allow pipe stdin as we need to fseek()
2. Don't alow TTY as it doesn't make sense for binary input
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit d533b27bc0)
Netgear uses CHK header which needs to be skipped when validating
BCM4908 image. Detect it directly in the bcm4908img tool. Dealing with
binary structs and endianess is way simpler in C.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit a39f85d8b6)
Move code parsing existing firmware file to separated function. This
cleans up existing code and allows reusing parsing code for other
commands.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 7d5f743942)
This tells OS (Linux) where from MAC should be read (bootloader MTD
partition).
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 1cc5eb45d5)
It's helpful for accessing booting data (DTS, kernel, etc.). It has to
be used carefully as CFE's JFFS2 support is quite dumb. It doesn't
recognize deleted files and has problems handling 0 inode.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 6dd727ac24)
1. Add leds and configs
2. Add network configs
3. Add script to clear partial boot flag
4. Hack to use port 5 as cpu port as port 8 connected to eth2
wont pass any frames
5. Enable EA9500 image generation
Hardware Info:
- Processor - Broadcom BCM4709C0KFEBG dual-core @ 1.4 GHz
- Switch - BCM53012 in BCM4709C0KFEBG & external BCM53125
- DDR3 RAM - 256 MB
- Flash - 128 MB (Toshiba TC58BVG0S3HTA00)
- 2.4GHz - BCM4366 4×4 2.4/5G single chip 802.11ac SoC
- Power Amp - Skyworks SE2623L 2.4 GHz power amp (x4)
- 5GHz x 2 - BCM4366 4×4 2.4/5G single chip 802.11ac SoC
- Power Amp - PLX Technology PEX8603 3-lane, 3-port PCIe switch
- Ports - 8 Ports, 1 WAN Ports
- Antennas - 8 Antennas
- Serial Port - @j6 [GND,TX,RX] (VCC NC) 115200 8n1
Flashing Instructions:
1. Connect a USB-TTL table to J6 on the router as well as a
ethernet cable to a lan port and your PC.
2. Power-on the router.
3. Use putty or a serial port program to view the terminal.
Hit Ctrl+C and interrupt the CFE terminal terminal.
4. Setup a TFTP server on your local machine at setup you
local IP to 192.168.1.2
5. Start the TFTP Server
6. Run following commands at the CFE terminal
flash -noheader 192.168.1.2:/openwrt.trx nflash0.trx
flash -noheader 192.168.1.2:/openwrt.trx nflash0.trx2
nvram set bootpartition=0 && nvram set partialboots=0 && nvram commit
7. Reboot router to be presented by OpenWrt
Note: Only installation method via serial cable is supported at the moment.
The trx firmware has to be flashed to both the partitions using following
commands from CFE prompt. This will cover US and Non-US variants.
Signed-off-by: Vivek Unune <npcomplete13@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 209c5918b5)
These patches have been already accepted.
302-ARM-dts-BCM5301X-Update-Northstar-pinctrl-binding.patch had to
be updated.
[rmilecki: use actual upstream accepted patches
replace v5.10 with v5.11 to match actual upstream kernel
recover dropped part of the pinctrl compatible patch
update filenames
refresh patches]
Signed-off-by: Vivek Unune <npcomplete13@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 39ed2265dd)
1. Use upstream accepted NVMEM patches
2. Minor fix for BCM4908 partitioning
3. Support for Linksys firmware partitions on Northstar
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 3fd0a4222b)
On NEC Aterm WG1200CR, the MAC address for WAN is printed in the label
on the case, not LAN.
This patch fixes this issue.
Fixes: 50fdc0374b ("ath79: provide label MAC address")
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit e2331fb549)
There are only two lan ports and one wan port on Youku yk1
Fixes: e9baf8265b ("ramips: add support for Youku YK1")
Signed-off-by: Shiji Yang <yangshiji66@qq.com>
[add Fixes:]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit b88d2850c6)
libunwind dependency check does not allow for MIPS64 arch. Add MIPS64 awareness.
libunwind seems to support MIPS64 without issues, it was limited by the dep arch
check in the Makefile.
Used to compile Suricata6/Rust locally without issue.
Signed-off-by: Donald Hoskins <grommish@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit ea6d4bdde2)
While rebasing into setting bits instead of magic values,
I accidentally forgot to actually set the force bit.
Without it using the pins as GPIO-s did not actually work.
Fixes: b5c93ed ("ipq40xx: add Qualcomm QCA807x driver")
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
(cherry picked from commit 7f2d9ccd09)
The pkgconfig file hardcodes a host library directory which cannot be
overridden by OpenWrt during builds. Use SED to fix this and potential
include directory problems, as is done with several other packages.
This fixes a strange issue intermittently seen building iproute2 on the
oxnas target:
iptables modules directory: /usr/lib/iptables
libc has setns: yes
SELinux support: no
libbpf support: no
libbpf version 0.3.0 is too low, please update it to at least 0.1.0
LIBBPF_FORCE=on set, but couldn't find a usable libbpf
Fixes: 2f0d672088 ("bpftools: add utility and library packages
supporting eBPF usage")
Reported-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
(cherry picked from commit 9e64e4ce26)
For Visual Studio Code users, .vscode is created inside the workspace.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 12dbad1a86)
DTR GPIO isn't actually needed and triggers boot warning.
TX pin was off by one (GPIO 19 instead of GPIO 18).
Reported-by: @tophirsch
Fixes: d1130ad265 ("ath79: add support for Teltonika RUT955")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
(cherry picked from commit 53a7d5d614)
If the environment variable FILTER is set before compilation,
compilation of the ppp-package will fail with the error message
Package ppp is missing dependencies for the following libraries:
libpcap.so.1
The reason is that the OpenWrt-patch for the Makefile only comments
out the line FILTER=y. Hence the pcap-library will be dynamically
linked if the environment variable FILTER is set elsewhere, which
causes compilation to fail. The fix consists on explicitly unsetting
the variable FILTER instead.
Signed-off-by: Eike Ritter <git@rittere.co.uk>
(cherry picked from commit 46cd0765d0)
This patch skips zero length DHCP options instead of failing.
Signed-off-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
(cherry picked from commit 1c04365071)
The original GL.iNet firmware has two different mac addresses in the
factory/art partition. The first one is for the WAN interface only and the
second one is for both lan0 and lan1.
But the original submission for OpenWrt didn't initialize the mac
addresses of the LAN ports for the DSA device at all. The ethernet mac
address was then used for all DSA ports.
Fixes: 050c24f05c ("mvebu: add support for GL.iNet GL-MV1000")
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
(cherry picked from commit c20ac84803)
The original patch to support this device advertised support for the reset
button and the "switch" in the commit message. But neither were actually
integrated in the device tree or documented anywere.
The button itself is now used to trigger a reset (as described in the
official GL.iNet documentation). The switch itself is registered as BTN_0
like other devices from GL.iNet in ath79.
Fixes: 050c24f05c ("mvebu: add support for GL.iNet GL-MV1000")
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
(cherry picked from commit 01b911a938)
Kernel size limits have been dealt with.
Effective revert of a1eb2c46 and ac9730c4.
Signed-off-by: Tad Davanzo <tad@spotco.us>
(cherry picked from commit b4f76d9f0d)
venom has a 3MB kernel partition as specified by the DTS.
3MB is not sufficient for building with many kernel modules or newer
kernel versions.
venom uboot however as set from factory will load up to 6MB.
This can be observed by looking a uboot log:
NAND read: device 0 offset 0x900000, size 0x600000
6291456 bytes read: OK
and from uboot environment variables:
$ fw_printenv | grep "priKernSize";
priKernSize=0x0600000
Resize the root partitions from 120MB to 117MB to let kernel expand
into it another 3MB.
And set kernel target size to 6MB.
Lastly set the kernel-size-migration compatibility version on venom to
prevent sysupgrading without first reinstalling from a factory image.
Signed-off-by: Tad Davanzo <tad@spotco.us>
(cherry picked from commit 15309f5133)
mamba has a 3MB kernel partition as specified by the DTS.
3MB is not sufficient for building with many kernel modules or newer
kernel versions.
mamba uboot however as set from factory will load up to 4MB.
This can be observed by looking a uboot log:
NAND read: device 0 offset 0xa00000, size 0x400000
4194304 bytes read: OK
and from uboot environment variables:
$ fw_printenv | grep "pri_kern_size";
pri_kern_size=0x400000
Resize the root partitions from 37MB to 36MB to let kernel expand
into it another 1MB.
And set kernel target size to 4MB.
Lastly add a compatibility version message: kernel-size-migration.
And set it on mamba to prevent sysupgrading without first reinstalling from
a factory image.
Signed-off-by: Tad Davanzo <tad@spotco.us>
(cherry picked from commit 10415d5e70)
This includes several improvements and fixes:
61db17e rules: fix device and chain usage for DSCP/MARK targets
7b844f4 zone: avoid duplicates in devices list
c2c72c6 firewall3: remove last remaining sprintf()
12f6f14 iptables: fix serializing multiple weekdays
00f27ab firewall3: fix duplicate defaults section detection
e8f2d8f ipsets: allow blank/commented lines with loadfile
8c2f9fa fw3: zones: limit zone names to 11 bytes
78d52a2 options: fix parsing of boolean attributes
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
(cherry picked from commit 0d75aa27d4)
Backport upstream patch that fixes TRGMII mode now that mt7530 is
actually resetting the switch on ramips devices.
Patches apply to both Linux 5.4 and 5.10, since TRGMII is broken on both.
Fixes: 69551a2442 ("ramips: manage low reset lines")
Signed-off-by: Ilya Lipnitskiy <ilya.lipnitskiy@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 680f91d0e5)
Instead of deactivating this in every target config, deactivate it once
in the generic kernel config. I was asked for this config option in a
x86 64 build in OpenWrt 21.02.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
(cherry picked from commit 7d6553c72e)
This device is a wireless router working on 2.4GHz band based on
Qualcom/Atheros AR9132 rev 2 SoC and is accompanied by Atheros AR9103
wireless chip and Realtek RTL8366RB/S switches. Due to two different
switches being used also two different devices are provided.
Specification:
- 400 MHz CPU
- 64 MB of RAM
- 32 MB of FLASH (NOR)
- 3x3:2 2.4 GHz 802.11bgn
- 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 4x LED, 3x button, On/Off slider, Auto/On/Off slider
- 1x USB 2.0
- bare UART header place on PCB
Flash instruction:
- NOTE: Pay attention to the switch variant and choose the image to
flash accordingly. (dmesg / kernel logs can tell it)
- Methods for flashing
- Apply factory image in OEM firmware web-gui.
- Sysupgrade on top of existing OpenWRT image
- U-Boot TFPT recovery for both stock or OpenWRT images:
The device U-boot contains a TFTP server that by default has
an address 192.168.11.1 (MAC 02:AA:BB:CC:DD:1A). During the boot
there is a time window, during which the device allows an image to
be uploaded from a client with address 192.168.11.2. The image will
be written on flash automatically.
1) Have a computer with static IP address 192.168.11.2 and the
router device switched off.
2) Connect the LAN port next to the WAN port in the device and the
computer using a network switch.
3) Assign IP 192.168.11.1 the MAC address 02:AA:BB:CC:DD:1A
arp -s 192.168.11.1 02:AA:BB:CC:DD:1A
4) Initiate an upload using TFTP image variant
curl -T <imagename> tftp://192.168.11.1
5) Switch on the device. The image will be uploaded subsequently.
You can keep an eye on the diag light on the device, it should
keep on blinking for a while indicating the writing of the image.
General notes:
- In the stock firmware the MAC address is the same among all
interfaces so it is left here that way too.
Recovery:
- TFTP method
- U-boot serial console
Differences to ar71xx platform
- This device is split in two different targets now due to hardware
being a bit different under the hood. Dynamic solution within the same
image is left for later time.
- GPIOs for a sliding On/Off switch, marked 'Movie engine' on the device
cover, were the wrong way around and were renamed qos_on -> movie_off,
qos_off -> movie_on. Associated key codes remained the same they were.
The device tree source code is mostly based on musashino's work
Signed-off-by: Mauri Sandberg <sandberg@mailfence.com>
(cherry picked from commit bc356de285)
Generally, in upstream CFI flash memory driver uses buffers for write
operations. That does not work with AMD chip with id 0x2201 and we must
resort to writing word sized chunks only. That is, to not apply general
buffer write functionality for this given chip.
Without the patch kernel logs will be flooded with entries like below:
MTD do_erase_oneblock(): ERASE 0x01fa0000
MTD do_write_buffer(): WRITE 0x01fa0000(0x00001985)
MTD do_erase_oneblock(): ERASE 0x01f80000
MTD do_write_buffer(): WRITE 0x01f80000(0x00001985)
MTD do_write_buffer_wait(): software timeout, address:0x01f8000a.
jffs2: Write clean marker to block at 0x01a60000 failed: -5
MTD do_erase_oneblock(): ERASE 0x01f60000
MTD do_write_buffer(): WRITE 0x01f60000(0x00001985)
MTD do_write_buffer_wait(): software timeout, address:0x01f6000a.
jffs2: Write clean marker to block at 0x01a40000 failed: -5
References: http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/project/linux-mtd/patch/20210309174859.362060-1-sandberg@mailfence.com/
Signed-off-by: Mauri Sandberg <sandberg@mailfence.com>
[added link to usptream fix submission]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
(cherry picked from commit 8cc0fa8fac)
NXP 74HC153 is a GPIO expander. Its original source cide sits in ar71xx
architecture tree. It has been slightly modified to get GPIO pin
configuration from the device tree rather than a MACH file.
Changes to the source file:
- Remove struct nxp_74hc153_config
- in nxp_74hc153_probe(), fetch GPIO configuration from device tree
- allow GPIO framework decide the base number by passing -1 to it
- remove support for kernel versions below 4.5.0
- add OF device compatibility string
Create a package for inclusion in image.
References: https://lore.kernel.org/linux-gpio/545111184.50061.1615922388276@ichabod.co-bxl/
Signed-off-by: Mauri Sandberg <sandberg@mailfence.com>
[added link to driver usptreaming work in progress]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
(cherry picked from commit 6a6f9e73dd)
This version fixes 2 security vulnerabilities, among other changes:
- CVE-2021-3450: problem with verifying a certificate chain when using
the X509_V_FLAG_X509_STRICT flag.
- CVE-2021-3449: OpenSSL TLS server may crash if sent a maliciously
crafted renegotiation ClientHello message from a client.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 0bd0de7d43)
Remove duplicate packages by running in `target/linux/` rather than
`target/linux/<target>/<subtarget>` and sort packages alphabetically.
Squash commit of:
7880a64848 build,json: 3rd fixup of default_packages
b36068d35d build,json: fixup fixup of arch_packages
1bf2b3fe90 build,json: fixup missing arch_packages
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
This should fix the problem of mwlwifi-firmware-* not being found
when using the ImageBuilder.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
(cherry picked from commit 9b3aaf1cdb)
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Calling without the DUMP=1 argument causes the target specific Makefile
to be "included" again which adds the target specific packages twice,
once on the actual run and once included from `include/target.mk`.
This led to duplicate package entries, causing confusion in downstream
projects using the generated JSON files.
While at it, apply `black` style to Python script.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
(cherry picked from commit 7f4c2b1a4f)
Physical port order watched from the back of the device is:
4 / 3 / 2 / 1 / WAN which also matches corresponding leds.
This patch corrects LuCI switch webpage LAN port order.
Signed-off-by: Walter Sonius <walterav1984@gmail.com>
[improve commit title, fix sorting in 02_network]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit 46c0634b50)
This patch enables LED support for the GL.iNet GL-MV1000
Signed-off-by: Jeff Collins <jeffcollins9292@gmail.com>
[add SPDX identifier on new file, add aliases, minor cosmetic issues]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit 6e0c780eb3)
15346de client: Always close connection with request body in case of error
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
(cherry picked from commit 1170655f8b)
Instead of doing uci commit and reload_config for each setting do it
only once when one of these options was changed. This should make it a
little faster when both conditions are taken.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
(cherry picked from commit 501221af54)
Without this change the config is only committed, but the uhttpd daemon
is not reloaded. This reload is needed to apply the config. Without the
reload of uhttpd, the ubus server is not available over http and returns
a Error 404.
This caused problems when installing luci on the snapshots and
accessing it without reloading uhttpd.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
(cherry picked from commit d25d281fd6)
This release of Mbed TLS provides bug fixes and minor enhancements. This
release includes fixes for security issues.
Security fixes:
* Fix a buffer overflow in mbedtls_mpi_sub_abs()
* Fix an errorneous estimation for an internal buffer in
mbedtls_pk_write_key_pem()
* Fix a stack buffer overflow with mbedtls_net_poll() and
mbedtls_net_recv_timeout()
* Guard against strong local side channel attack against base64 tables
by making access aceess to them use constant flow code
Full release announcement:
https://github.com/ARMmbed/mbedtls/releases/tag/v2.16.10
Signed-off-by: Magnus Kroken <mkroken@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit dbde2bcf60)
This kernel config option was missing and resulted in a question when
building.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
(cherry picked from commit 047b7621bb)
This adds NVMEM bindings that are needed for proper booting on Linksys
devices.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 98d456a14e)
NVRAM access may be needed early in boot process. Reading it using mtd
happens quite late in the init process. Add NVRAM initialization to the
NVMEM driver which comes up early and depends on IO mapping only.
This is required by Linksys devices which use NVRAM content for proper
partitioning (detecting current firmware partition).
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit baf04eed02)
Refactoring of bcm47xx_nvram driver. It's used by bcm47xx and bcm53xx.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 1c48eee5b2)
It supports NVRAM access described using DT binding. Right now NVRAM
data is exposed using /sys/bus/nvmem/ only.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 01b1b37528)
Some patches were slightly cleaned up. One things worth mentioning is
that adding:
phy-mode = "rgmii"
broke SF2 driver. It made it access random register breaking switch
setup.
That's why this commit also adds a quick sf2 fix.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 05dbfe616d)
It's meant to provide upstream support for mtd & NVMEM. It's required
e.g. for reading MAC address from mtd partition content. It seems to be
in a final shape so it's worth testing.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit e90e75b12c)
It's a BCM4906 based device (2 CPU cores). It has 512 MiB of RAM, 4 LAN
ports, 1 WAN port, 2 USB ports, NAND flash. WiFi unknown at this point.
Flashing is possible using CFE only, proper image will be worked on
later.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 8d24da1470)
This adds the latest version of ofpart commit. It hopefully
1. Doesn't break compilation
2. Doesn't break partitioning
(this time).
It's required to implement fixed partitioning with some quirks. It's
required by bcm53xx, bcm4908, kirkwood, lantiq and mvebu.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 7a7b2fd809)
This allows using the last integrated PHY (and so e.g. WAN port on the
ASUS GT-AC5300).
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit ad8b759fd1)
The ImageBuilder `make manifest` prints all installed packages. This
function can be used to create a list of package and corresponding
package versions before attempting image creation.
When called with `--strip-abi` OPKG can automatically strip attached
ABIVersions from package names. Make this function accessible for the
ImageBuilder by adding a `STRIP_ABI` variable.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
(cherry picked from commit 0f7cd97f81)
Refreshed all patches.
The following patches were applied upstream:
* 755-v5.8-net-dsa-add-GRO-support-via-gro_cells.patch
* 831-v5.9-usbip-tools-fix-build-error-for-multiple-definition.patch
Compile-tested on: x86_64, ipq40xx, ath79
Runtime-tested on: x86_64, ipq40xx, ath79
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
d3f2041 uci: manually clear uci_ptr flags after uci_delete() operations
ccb7517 sys: packagelist: drop ABI version from package name
(cherry picked from commit da339a6d3f)
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
d71856a pkg: pass-through ABIVersion to status file
d3a63b3 libopkg: add option to strip ABI versions from listed names
5936c4f libopkg: pkg_hash: prefer original packages to satisfy dependencies
(cherry squashed from commit 6a7a1f1c64,
commit 988ed00802 and
commit b5f6d20560)
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
With the existence of ABI versions there is no clean way to determine
the package name without an attached ABI version. The Packages index is
stored on device to know what packages are installed.
The ABIVersion was recently removed in c921650382 "build: drop ABI
version from metadata", while ABI versions still exists. This becomes a
problem if a user tries to export installed packages via `ubus call
rpcd-sys packagelist` which would return package names including the ABI
version. Trying to find these packages in a later release with changes
ABI version is impossible.
This commits adds the `ABIVersion` field again. Knowing both the
combined (SourceName + ABIVersion) and the `ABIVersion` it is possible
to calculate the package `SourceName` without storing it in the
on-device package list.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
(cherry picked from commit fc5b101c06)
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
a857b45 resolv/locale: eventually this should be more efficient
11ed281 some more optimization
764a475 add redundant calls to file.search_conffile_dirs()
7d4558e fs: treat devtmpfs that same as tmpfs
81b677e adds irqbalance skeleton
5506244 irqbalance rules
cc96cd8 adds usbutil and gtpfdisk skels
01e2a55 some fsck, gptfdisk, mkfs and usbutil rules
d6d1e7d usbutil: output to terminal
da576fa fsck, gptfdisk and usbutil rules
09b39e9 unbound
241a029 hotplugcall: allow dac_read_search (is a subset of dac_override)
af0fe90 adds label for tcsh
160f79e adds tcpdump
6d02b96 adds coreutil execfile for busybox alternatives
ac54884 coreutilexecfile: these are known to require privileges, so exclude
8cb3b66 adds chrootexecfile
6d329d3 this saves 9KiB and its a bit more robust
88e2425 move addpart/delpart/partx to gptfdisk.cil
261012d ntphotplug: reads ubox data files
0473ace various
740e820 work through to genfs_seclabel_symlinks loose ends (Linux 5.10)
bef21f5 TODO adds a note about how I dont need to upgrade to polver 33 from 31
cb2e5a3 ubus uses ntpdhotplug fd, and some genfs_seclabel_symlink changes
07df9b9 luci, rpcd and wpad (mainly genfs_selabel related but not all)
8d86cab genfs_seclabel loose ends for blockmount, hotplugcall, irqbalance, zram-swap
b8156cd adds a note about how i forgot to target blockd
6e82ab8 adds blockd and related
254ff43 Makefile: exclude blockd from mintesttgt
4dc6bc2 pppd update related and unbound-odhcp rules
3d7da7a igmpproxy tidy some loose ends
c84ba0f rcigmpproxy: add entries to /etc when creating /etc/igmpproxy.conf
5a18967 adds igmpproxy skeleton
7e6a218 logread: support resolving dns names
e39ca8b netifd: add support for /etc/udhcpc.user
7952bd0 odhcp6c: support /etc/odhcp6c.user
ba0eb4e swconfig, fwenv, agent
4556b8a pppd cosmetic
9324d9d pppd: sends AT commands to model using /dev/ttyUSBN
417b14a ttydev: add some more ttyUSB
ed739dc example: dont depend on policycoreutils
97613f9 dropbear: using dropbear as scp: dns name resolving
12c193b dropbear tcp connect ssh ports for scp
c050077 rcdnsmasq: remove redundant rule and make rcsysntpd optional
8c5de35 this is a bug
8d5c463 uhttpd rcboot rcdnsmasq
094266e hostapd and wpa_supplicant
aef0bd7 mountroot: maintains /tmp/sysupgrade.tar
24f0406 dropbear: allow it to read tmp.fs files
2901433 firstboot mkfsf2fs rcboot
2c4afb7 blockmount mmc
465ca98 adds industrial i/o (iio) nodedev
82f686e mtd stordev: back that ubiblock0_4p1 up with a filecon
7df78bd ubus: "support" older ubusd versions that run as root
4458bce swconfig: allow using terminal (to print output)
e8d606d sslcert: openssl linked: this shaves off 200 bytes
93afffb jshn ntpdhotplug
0b847f0 wpad: reads /etc/ssl/openssl.cnf
f14ee34 indent fix
a0c7cad mtd, uhttpd, ubus and ntpdhotplug
d74f98f adds a not about checkreqprot requirement in some scenarios
affacce example: add policycoreutils-setfiles for make check
4f944dc kmodloader and fwenv:
efe36a3 netifd: adds a comment/reminder
581b087 more fw_printenv loose ends
30177a4 fw_setenv: needs mtd write access to set and delete env
da28f4c fw_printenv: some minor clean ups
a062053 fw_printenv missing rules
244ba5f blockmount: extroot and /rwm
0745a6a squid: allow squid to run sslcrtd with domain transition
b851df6 squid fix
8c55acd squid: adds certfile and allow connect http but...
b7c1f6d Makefile: exclude tinyproxy from mintesttgt (using squid)
5ff39bd squid: forgot about luci
5366c97 squid/rcsquid some basic fill in
8743da6 squid skeleton
687a43b adds squid 3128 port to httpproxy port
Signed-off-by: Dominick Grift <dominick.grift@defensec.nl>
(cherry squashed from commit 3ffc30f05a
and commit 41a8f093fb)
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
d464187c policycoreutils: sestatus belongs to bin not sbin
d59932a7 policycoreutils: Resolve path in restorecon_xattr
5682c0d5 policycoreutils/fixfiles.8: add missing file systems and merge check and verify
57dd1f65 policycoreutils/setfiles: Drop unused nerr variable
be7f54cb setfiles: drop ABORT_ON_ERRORS and related code
9207823c setfiles: Do not abort on labeling error
c064d214 selinux_config(5): add a note that runtime disable is deprecated
8bc865e1 newrole: support cross-compilation with PAM and audit
ba2d6c10 fixfiles: correctly restore context of mountpoints
Signed-off-by: Dominick Grift <dominick.grift@defensec.nl>
(cherry picked from commit 68934a5704)
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
142826a3 libselinux: fix segfault in add_xattr_entry()
398d2cee libselinux: rename gettid() to something which never conflicts with the libc
8f0f0a28 selinux(8,5): Describe fcontext regular expressions
9cc6b5cf libselinux/getconlist: report failures
156dd0de libselinux: update getseuser
e2dca5df libselinux: accept const fromcon in get_context API
da4829d0 libselinux: Always close status page fd
45b15c22 selinux(8): explain that runtime disable is deprecated
3c16aaef selinux(8): mark up SELINUX values
c2a58cc5 libselinux: LABEL_BACKEND_ANDROID add option to enable
db0f2f38 libselinux: Add build option to disable X11 backend
4a142ac4 libsepol: Bump libsepol.so version
d23342a9 libselinux: convert matchpathcon to selabel_lookup()
7ef5b185 libselinux: Change userspace AVC setenforce and policy load messages to audit format.
f5d644c7 libselinux: Add additional log callback details in man page for auditing.
075f9cfe libselinux: Fix selabel_lookup() for the root dir.
a4149e0e libselinux: Add new log callback levels for enforcing and policy load notices.
a63f93d8 libselinux: initialize last_policyload in selinux_status_open()
ef902db9 libselinux: safely access shared memory in selinux_status_updated()
9e4480b9 libselinux: Remove trailing slash on selabel_file lookups.
21fb5f20 libselinux: use full argument specifiers for security_check_context in man page
e7abd802 libselinux: fix build order
05bdc031 libselinux: use kernel status page by default
Signed-off-by: Dominick Grift <dominick.grift@defensec.nl>
(cherry picked from commit b1fc2b5b0b)
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
a9e0004f libsepol: invalidate the pointer to the policydb if policydb_init fails
6238e025 libsepol/cil: fix NULL pointer dereference in cil_fill_ipaddr
b69d77bc libsepol/cil: handle SID without assigned context when writing policy.conf
0861c659 libsepol: Validate policydb values when reading binary policy
8f5409cf libsepol: Create function ebitmap_highest_set_bit()
0451adeb libsepol/cil: Destroy disabled optional blocks after pass is complete
32f8ed3d libsepol/cil: introduce intermediate cast to silence -Wvoid-pointer-to-enum-cast
4662bdc1 libsepol/cil: be more robust when encountering <src_info>
6b561058 libsepol/cil: fix NULL pointer dereference with empty macro argument
0d0e47c7 libsepol/cil: Fix integer overflow in the handling of hll line marks
1b36ace2 libsepol: include header files in source files when matching declarations
1f1fa9d4 libsepol: uniformize prototypes of sepol_mls_contains and sepol_mls_check
72a88d75 libsepol: remove unused files
eba0ffee libsepol/cil: Fix heap-use-after-free when using optional blockinherit
1048f8d3 libsepol/cil: unlink blockinherit->block link when destroying a block
b3202918 libsepol/cil: fix memory leak when a constraint expression is too deep
f0d98f83 libsepol/cil: Fix heap-use-after-free in __class_reset_perm_values()
5d021d66 libsepol/cil: Update symtab nprim field when adding or removing datums
34bd9a9d libsepol: destroy filename_trans list properly
bdf4e332 libsepol/cil: fix NULL pointer dereference when parsing an improper integer
b7ea65f5 libsepol/cil: destroy perm_datums when __cil_resolve_perms fails
228c06d9 libsepol/cil: fix out-of-bound read in cil_print_recursive_blockinherit
a25d9104 libsepol/cil: constify some strings
e2d01842 libsepol/cil: propagate failure of cil_fill_list()
6c8fca10 libsepol/cil: do not add a stack variable to a list
38a09b74 libsepol/cil: fix NULL pointer dereference when using an unused alias
3c357285 libsepol/cil: remove useless print statement
90809674 libsepol/cil: always destroy the lexer state
d16a1e46 libsepol/cil: Use the macro FLAVOR() whenever possible
2aac859a libsepol/cil: Use the macro NODE() whenever possible
d317b470 libsepol/cil: Remove unnecessary assignment in cil_resolve_name_keep_aliases()
9b9761cf libsepol/cil: Remove unused field from struct cil_args_resolve
e257d4c7 libsepol/cil: Get rid of unnecessary check in cil_gen_node()
ebba2b00 libsepol/cil: cil_tree_walk() helpers should use CIL_TREE_SKIP_*
89dab467 libsepol: free memory when realloc() fails
2d353bd5 libsepol/cil: Give error for more than one true or false block
4a142ac4 libsepol: Bump libsepol.so version
506c7b95 libsepol: Drop deprecated functions
ae58e84b libsepol: Get rid of the old and duplicated symbols
c97d63c6 libsepol: silence potential NULL pointer dereference warning
64387cb3 libsepol: drop confusing BUG_ON macro
521e6a2f libsepol/cil: fix signed overflow caused by using (1 << 31) - 1
a152653b libsepol/cil: Fix neverallow checking involving classmaps
734e4beb libsepol/cil: Validate conditional expressions before adding to binary policy
685f577a libsepol/cil: Validate constraint expressions before adding to binary policy
8206b8cb libsepol: implement POLICYDB_VERSION_COMP_FTRANS
42ae834a libsepol,checkpolicy: optimize storage of filename transitions
Signed-off-by: Dominick Grift <dominick.grift@defensec.nl>
(cherry picked from commit 2a1bdde0d0)
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Enable threading if dev->threaded is set. This will be used to bring mt76 back
in sync with upstream
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
(cherry-picked from commit 3d1ea0d77f)
Backport two fixes for 1.33.0
* history file storing
* traceroute command option parsing
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
(cherry picked from commit c1f3c52564)
The Sercomm AD1018 has a NAND flash. We recently added support for NANDs
in this target.
Use the internal NAND as additional storage.
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
(cherry-picked from commit a48ef37747)
From the original commit message:
"With GCC 10, building usbip triggers error for multiple definition
of 'udev_context', in:
- libsrc/vhci_driver.c:18 and
- libsrc/usbip_host_common.c:27.
Declare as extern the definition in libsrc/usbip_host_common.c."
Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 0eef8402ee)
BCM63XX internal PHYs and BCM5365 SoC internal switch are both using the
same phy_driver->phy_id, causing conflicts and unnecessary probes. E.g
the BCM63XX phy internal IRQ is lost on the first probe.
The full BCM5365 UID is 0x00406370.
Use an additional byte to mask the BCM5365 UID to avoid duplicate driver
phy_id's. This will fix the IRQ issue in internal BCM63XX PHYs and avoid
more conflicts in the future.
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
(merge both cherry-picked commits)
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
(cherry-picked from commits cbcac4fde8 and cfa43f8119)
This driver is only present on BCM2708, BCM2709 and BCM2710.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
(cherry-picked from commit bac74aff5e)
`which` utility is not shipped by default for example on recent Arch
Linux and then any steps relying on its presence fails, like for example
following Python3 prereq build check:
$ python3 --version
Python 3.9.1
$ make
/bin/sh: line 1: which: command not found
...
Checking 'python3'... failed.
So make `which` utility host build requirement.
References: PR#3820 FS#3525
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
(cherry picked from commit 13069b1a1d)
This reverts commit c7aec47e5e.
The original commit replaces 'which' with 'command'. Sadly most of
them are not equivalent and for 'which -a', there is no easy
replacements that would not reimplement PATH parsing logic. Hence
revert. Keeping a dependency on which is absolutely fine.
Signed-off-by: Clemens Fruhwirth <clemens@endorphin.org>
(cherry picked from commit 1f5e722486)
The freifunk feed is being removed becasue
a) it is an external project and the OpenWrt team does not have access to it.
b) upon original addition of the feed, there was only a very weak tendency for
the addition.
c) there is a general lack of interest in the freifunk repo to review and/or
merge pull requests.
d) as far as can be found, all projects which use the freifunk feed have their
own make system and self-maintained feeds list. They do not use the
feeds.conf.default from the openwrt repo.
more information can be read at the following links:
http://lists.openwrt.org/pipermail/openwrt-devel/2021-February/033807.htmlhttps://github.com/freifunk/openwrt-packages/issues/37
Signed-off-by: Perry Melange <isprotejesvalkata@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 20caa68fec)
with u-boot v2020.07 some variables have been renamed so this patch needs to be adjusted
otherwise at least with macOS as build system there are build errors
Signed-off-by: Ronny Kotzschmar <ro.ok@me.com>
(cherry picked from commit 547a932ee9)
Non Linux systems e.g. macOS lack the __u64 type and produce build errors:
In file included from tools/aisimage.c:9:
In file included from include/image.h:19:
In file included from ./arch/arm/include/asm/byteorder.h:29:
In file included from include/linux/byteorder/little_endian.h:13:
include/linux/types.h:146:9: error: unknown type name '__u64'; did you mean '__s64'?
typedef __u64 __bitwise __le64;
Resolved by declaring __u64 in include/linux/types.h
Build tested on macOS and Ubuntu.
Signed-off-by: Georgi Valkov <gvalkov@abv.bg>
(cherry picked from commit 3cc57ba462)
At this moment p2020rdb has broken images, because NOR memory connected
to eLBC bus isn't detected.
In 642b1e8dbed7 linux tree commit, config dependencies of MTD_PHYSMAP_OF
was changed and now MTD_PHYSMAP is required.
This patch adds MTD_PHYSMAP option to kernel config in p2020 subtarget
and fix booting of p2020rdb.
Fixes: 13b1db795f ("mpc85xx: add support for kernel 5.4")
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 76649fd06d)
p2p_add_device() may remove the oldest entry if there is no room in the
peer table for a new peer. This would result in any pointer to that
removed entry becoming stale. A corner case with an invalid PD Request
frame could result in such a case ending up using (read+write) freed
memory. This could only by triggered when the peer table has reached its
maximum size and the PD Request frame is received from the P2P Device
Address of the oldest remaining entry and the frame has incorrect P2P
Device Address in the payload.
Fix this by fetching the dev pointer again after having called
p2p_add_device() so that the stale pointer cannot be used.
This fixes the following security vulnerabilities/bugs:
- CVE-2021-27803 - A vulnerability was discovered in how p2p/p2p_pd.c
in wpa_supplicant before 2.10 processes P2P (Wi-Fi Direct) provision
discovery requests. It could result in denial of service or other
impact (potentially execution of arbitrary code), for an attacker
within radio range.
Fixes: 17bef1e97a50 ("P2P: Add peer entry based on Provision Discovery Request")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
(cherry picked from commit 1ca5de13a1)
These boards have a fixed size kernel partition but do not limit the
kernel size during image building.
Disable image building for both boards as well, since the kernel of the
last release as well as master are to big to fit into the 2 MByte kernel
partition.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
(cherry picked from commit 23dd786734)
The symbol CONFIG_CAVIUM_CN63XXP1 was disabled during the bump to
4.19 (see Fixes:) with the following reason:
No supported hardware uses CN63XXP1 and it causes "slight decrease
in performance"
However, it later turned out that the edgerouter image needed it,
which led to having the device disabled in [1].
Still, dropping support of a device seems a harsh action for just
removing a "slight" decrease in performance from the other devices.
Thus, this enables CONFIG_CAVIUM_CN63XXP1 again, and essentially
restores the situation present until (including) kernel 4.14 on
this target.
For OpenWrt as a platform, it seems more desirable to support all
devices (and have them tested regularly via the snapshots) in this
case.
Users interested in maximum performance might still just remove
the symbol again in their local build.
[1] 3824fa26d2 ("octeon: disable edgerouter image")
Fixes: 6c22545225 ("target/octeon: Add Linux 4.19 support")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit cfd1a40583)
This was overlooked when adding support for this device.
(It has recently been discovered that this was the only device in
ath79 having &uart disabled.)
Fixes: acc6263013 ("ath79: add support for GL.iNet GL-USB150")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit 722f1bd549)
The uart node is enabled on all devices except one (GL-USB150 *).
Thus, let's not have a few hundred nodes to enable it, but do not
disable it in the first place.
Where the majority of devices is using it, also move the serial0
alias to the DTSI.
*) Since GL-USB150 even defines serial0 alias, the missing uart
is probably just a mistake. Anyway, disable it for now so this
patch stays cosmetic.
Apply this to 21.02 as well to remove an unnecessary backporting
pitfall.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit 3a4b751110)
This package had two patches (with two headers etc.) in one file,
which would have quilt merging them during a refresh.
Separate these patches into two files, as the original intent seems
to be having them separate.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit 221eefaf6b)
OpenSSL downloads itself are distributed using Akamai CDN, so use these
sources as the highest priority.
Remove a stale mirror which seems to be offline for a longer time
already.
Add fallbacks to the old release path also for the mirrors.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit 10e84bde36)
The Netgear R6800 and R6700v2 devices have a Semtech SX1503 GPIO
expander controlling the device LEDs. This expander was initially
supported on 4.14, but support was lost in the transition to 5.4.
Since this driver cannot be built as a kernel module, enable it in the
kernel config for all mt7621 devices.
Run-tested on a Netgear R6800.
Cc: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
Cc: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
Tested-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
(cherry picked from commit 773949c152)
As suggested by Sergio, this adds GPIOs 19 and 8 explicitly into the
DIR-860L DTS, so the PCI-E ports get reset and the N radio (radio1)
on PCI-E port 1 comes up reliably.
Fixes the following error that popped up in dmesg:
[ 1.638942] mt7621-pci 1e140000.pcie: pcie1 no card, disable it (RST & CLK)
Suggested-by: Sergio Paracuellos <sergio.paracuellos@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
Reviewed-by: Sergio Paracuellos <sergio.paracuellos@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 06356f0020)
* use binary provided by MediaTek to work-around 'bromimage' issue
* use @OPENWRT mirror for blobs
* refactor Makefile
* add mt7622 1c variants (using binaries provided by MTK)
(cherry picked from commit 068c82039f and
commit 9cd089dbbf)
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The current driver has some troubles:
- Some groupings are wrong.
- The pinctrl group0 owns pins never used (at least in Openwrt) for any
pinmux. The driver hijacks all the pins on the group avoiding any other
use, spite they're free. I.e. for buttons, causing this kernel error:
[ 4.735928] gpio-keys-polled keys: unable to claim gpio 479, err=-22
[ 4.742642] gpio-keys-polled: probe of keys failed with error -22
- Minor errors about groupings on the documentation
- Missing "diag" grouping in dtsi
- Wrong groupings in dtsi
Fix it by setting the correct groups.
And relax the pin capturing, letting the gpios belonging to any group to
be used for other purposes like buttons. This was the behavior with stock
firmwares and old OpenWrt versions which never caused any trouble.
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
(Cherry-picked from commit 50cb3a750f)
Since there are only 16 characters available, on most cases the vendor name
will fit in the metadata, but the model name won't fit.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
(cherry-picked from commit c27532742d)
The lan port sequence was reversed compared to the labels.
Signed-off-by: Shiji Yang <yangshiji66@qq.com>
[improve commit title/message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit 567a88e4b9)
Phicomm K2G:
add missing label_mac
Phicomm PSG1218A & PSG1218B:
The previous wan mac was set as factory@0x28 +1 (originally based
on the default case for the ramips target), but the correct wan mac
is factory@0x28 -1, being equal to factory@0x2e.
Signed-off-by: Shiji Yang <yangshiji66@qq.com>
[minor commit title/message adjustments]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit 55263ffedb)
pinctrl should rely on external interrupt controller for GPIO interrupts.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
(cherry-picked from commit 36e35b8d81)
When building from a local branch based off the "openwrt-21.02" branch,
version computation is wrong, because the number of local commits is
computed against master. As a result, it wrongly counts *all* commits
since the beginning of the openwrt-21.02 branch as local commits.
The fix is to compare to the openwrt-21.02 branch instead, which gives the
expected result.
A similar change had been applied to the openwrt-19.07 branch:
891022918d ("scripts: getver.sh: fix version based on stable branch")
Signed-off-by: Baptiste Jonglez <git@bitsofnetworks.org>
The ls-ddr-phy package needs fiptool options that are not
available via the version from arm-trusted-firmware-tools.
This breaks build for layerscape with the recently added LX2160a:
create: unrecognized option '--ddr-immem-udimm-1d'
Use the tfa-layerscape variant again for now, but rename it to
fiptool-layerscape to indicate that it's a specific variant.
This reverts 84bc7d31e0 ("tfa-layerscape: don't build fiptool").
Fixes: f59d7aab2a ("layerscape: add ddr-phy package")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit 910b5d669f)
Now that khwrngd is working on all subtargets we can remove urgnd.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
(cherry-picked from commit 9dc84018ee)
Also add a patch setting its quality, which should make it usable by khwrngd.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
(cherry-picked from commit 670526efa3)
This patch allows devices without a high resolution timer to boot up faster.
It should speed up boots for bcm2708 and bcm63xx.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
(cherry-picked from commit 7747b3fa36)
This is a backport of the upstream commit 58bbbb598144 ("nl80211: Ignore
4addr mode enabling error if it was already enabled") which fixes same
issue as in the current fix contained in '130-wpa_supplicant-multi_ap_roam.patch',
but in a different way:
nl80211_set_4addr_mode() could fail when trying to enable 4addr mode on
an interface that is in a bridge and has 4addr mode already enabled.
This operation would not have been necessary in the first place and this
failure results in disconnecting, e.g., when roaming from one backhaul
BSS to another BSS with Multi AP.
Avoid this issue by ignoring the nl80211 command failure in the case
where 4addr mode is being enabled while it has already been enabled.
Signed-off-by: Raphaël Mélotte <raphael.melotte@mind.be>
[bump PKG_RELEASE, more verbose commit description]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
(cherry picked from commit fb860b4e41)
The Netgear EX6150 can, just like the D-Link DIR-860L rev B1, fail to
initialise both radios in some cases. Add the reset GPIOs explicitly
so the PCI-E devices get re-initialised properly. See also FS #3632.
Error shows up in dmesg as follows:
[ 1.560764] mt7621-pci 1e140000.pcie: pcie1 no card, disable it (RST & CLK)
Tested-by: Kurt Roeckx <kurt@roeckx.be>
Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
[removed period from commit title]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit af1b6799c6)
Support new devices LS1046AFRWY and LX2160ARDB in README.
Clean up README, and add missing LS1021ATWR deploy guide.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
[adjust set of devices added, update commit message/title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit a31842e7fd)
The QorIQ LX2160A reference design board provides a comprehensive platform
that enables design and evaluation of the LX2160A processor.
- Enables network intelligence with the next generation Datapath (DPPA2)
which provides differentiated offload and a rich set of IO, including
10GE, 25GE, 40GE, and PCIe Gen4
- Delivers unprecedented efficiency and new virtualized networks
- Supports designs in 5G packet processing, network function
virtualization, storage controller, white box switching, network
interface cards, and mobile edge computing
- Supports all three LX2 family members (16-core LX2160A; 12-core LX2120A;
and 8-core LX2080A)
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
[use AUTORELEASE, add dtb to firmware part]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit 80dcd14abe)
Add ddr-phy package for layerscape. Currently only LX2160ARDB
requires the package.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
[use AUTORELEASE]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit f59d7aab2a)
The LS1046A Freeway board (FRWY) is a high-performance computing,
evaluation, and development platform that supports the QorIQ
LS1046A architecture processor capable of support more than 32,000
CoreMark performance. The FRWY-LS1046A board supports the QorIQ
LS1046A processor, onboard DDR4 memory, multiple Gigabit Ethernet,
USB3.0 and M2_Type_E interfaces for Wi-Fi.
The FRWY-LS1046A-TP includes the Coral Tensor Flow Processing Unit
that offloads AI/ML inferencing from the CPU to provide significant
boost for AI/ML applications. The FRWY-LS1046A-TP includes one M.2
TPU module and more modules can easily be added including USB
versions of the module to scale the AI/ML performance.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
[rebase, use AUTORELEASE, fix sorting, add dtb to firmware part]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit 2c2d77bd3b)
Upcoming devices will not need the migration setup, so let's move
it out of the common definition.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit a9075d42d7)
As kernel size increased it start to fail to load squishfs image,
using lzma-loader fixed it.
wevo_11acnas is almost same device as w2914ns-v2 except ram size,
so I expect same thing would've happen in that device too.
Signed-off-by: Seo Suchan <abnoeh@mail.com>
Reviewed-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
(cherry picked from commit ca6954e2dc)
The TP-Link EAP235-Wall is a wall-mounted, PoE-powered AC1200 access
point with four gigabit ethernet ports.
When connecting to the device's serial port, it is strongly advised to
use an isolated UART adapter. This prevents linking different power
domains created by the PoE power supply, which may damage your devices.
The device's U-Boot supports saving modified environments with
`saveenv`. However, there is no u-boot-env partition, and saving
modifications will cause the partition table to be overwritten. This is
not an issue for running OpenWrt, but will prevent the vendor FW from
functioning properly.
Device specifications:
* SoC: MT7621DAT
* RAM: 128MiB
* Flash: 16MiB SPI-NOR
* Wireless 2.4GHz (MT7603EN): b/g/n, 2x2
* Wireless 5GHz (MT7613BEN): a/n/ac, 2x2
* Ethernet: 4× GbE
* Back side: ETH0, PoE PD port
* Bottom side: ETH1, ETH2, ETH3
* Single white device LED
* LED button, reset button (available for failsafe)
* PoE pass-through on port ETH3 (enabled with GPIO)
Datasheet of the flash chip specifies a maximum frequency of 33MHz, but
that didn't work. 20MHz gives no errors with reading (flash dump) or
writing (sysupgrade).
Device mac addresses:
Stock firmware uses the same MAC address for ethernet (on device label)
and 2.4GHz wireless. The 5GHz wireless address is incremented by one.
This address is stored in the 'info' ('default-mac') partition at an
offset of 8 bytes.
From OEM ifconfig:
eth a4:2b:b0:...:88
ra0 a4:2b:b0:...:88
rai0 a4:2b:b0:...:89
Flashing instructions:
* Enable SSH in the web interface, and SSH into the target device
* run `cliclientd stopcs`, this should return "success"
* upload the factory image via the web interface
Debricking:
U-boot can be interrupted during boot, serial console is 57600 baud, 8n1
This allows installing a sysupgrade image, or fixing the device in
another way.
* Access serial header from the side of the board, close to ETH3,
pin-out is (1:TX, 2:RX, 3:GND, 4:3.3V), with pin 1 closest to ETH3.
* Interrupt bootloader by holding '4' during boot, which drops the
bootloader into its shell
* Change default 'serverip' and 'ipaddr' variables (optional)
* Download initramfs with `tftpboot`, and boot image with `bootm`
# tftpboot 84000000 openwrt-initramfs.bin
# bootm
Revert to stock:
Using the tplink-safeloader utility from the firmware-utils package,
TP-Link's firmware image can be converted to an OpenWrt-compatible
sysupgrade image:
$ ./staging_dir/host/bin/tplink-safeloader -B EAP235-WALL-V1 \
-z EAP235-WALLv1_XXX_up_signed.bin -o eap235-sysupgrade.bin
This can then be flashed using the OpenWrt sysupgrade interface. The
image will appear to be incompatible and must be force flashed, without
keeping the current configuration.
Known issues:
- DFS support is incomplete (known issue with MT7613)
- MT7613 radio may stop responding when idling, reboot required.
This was an issue with the ddc75ff704 version of mt76, but appears to
have improved/disappeared with bc3963764d.
Error notice example:
[ 7099.554067] mt7615e 0000:02:00.0: Message 73 (seq 1) timeout
Hardware was kindly provided for porting by Stijn Segers.
Tested-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
(cherry picked from commit 1e75909a35)
Similarly to the Archer C2 v1, the Archer C20 v1 will brick when one
tries to flash an OpenWrt factory image through the TP-Link web UI.
The wiki page contains an explicit warning about this [1].
Disable the factory image altogether since it serves no purpose.
[1] https://openwrt.org/toh/tp-link/tp-link_archer_c20_v1#installation
Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
(cherry picked from commit 0265cba40a)
We can now use the power LED for diag in more devices thanks to the latest
patches from the RPi foundation.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
(cherry-picked from commit 5bab472a11)
Support added to bcm2709 (32 bits) and bcm2711 (64 bits).
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
(cherry-picked from commit 8ad61118fd)
Ran update_kernel.sh in a fresh clone without any existing toolchains.
No manual changes needed.
Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: bcm27xx/bcm2711
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
(cherry-picked from commit 5d3a6fd970)
GetABISuffix does not work for intra-package ABI version of provided symbols,
since ABIV_$(provided) is not set.
Fix ABI version by using $(ABIV_$(1)) directly
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
(cherry-picked from commit 0db9d11865)
Hardware
--------
MediaTek MT7622
512MB DDR3 RAM
64M SPI-NOR Flash (Winbond W25Q512JV)
MediaTek MT7622 802.11bgn 4T4R WMAC
MediaTek MT7915 802.11ax 4T4R
Marvell AQR1112 100/1000/2500 NBase-T PHY
Holtek HT32F52241 LED controller
Reset Switch
UART
----
CPU UART0 at the pinout next to the Holtek MCU.
Pinout (first pin next to SoC / MCU)
0 3V3
1 RX
2 TX
3 GND
Settings are 115200 8N1.
Opening the case
----------------
Opening the case is not a nice task, as itis glued together. Insert a
flat knife between the front and back casing below the ethernet port.
Open up a gap this way and insert a flat scredriver, remove the knife.
Work your way around the casing by applying force to seperate the front
and back casing. This losens the glue and opens the plastic clips. Be
gentle, as these clips are very cheap and break quickly.
Installation
------------
1. Connect to the booted device at 192.168.1.20 using username/password
"ubnt".
2. Transfer the OpenWrt sysupgrade image to the device using SCP.
3. Check the mtd partition number for bs / kernel0 / kernel1
$ cat /proc/mtd
4. Set the bootselect flag to boot from kernel0
$ dd if=/dev/zero bs=1 count=1 of=/dev/mtdblock6
5. Write the OpenWrt sysupgrade image to both kernel0 as well as kernel1
$ dd if=openwrt.bin of=/dev/mtdblock8
$ dd if=openwrt.bin of=/dev/mtdblock9
6. Reboot the device. It should boot into OpenWrt.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit 634c13c186)
Add a driver for controlling the RGB LED via Ubiquitis own "LEDBAR" LED
controller based on the Holtek HT32F52241 MCU.
This driver is initially used by the Ubiquiti UniFi 6 LR, however
judging from FCC pictures the MCU is also found on the U6-Mesh as well
as the U6-Extender.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit c9137e2ddf)
The USB ports if a FRIZZ!Box 7320 do not supply power to connected
devices.
Add the GPIOs enabling USB power as regulator, to enable USB power
supply as soon as the USB driver is loaded.
Fixes FS#3624
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
(cherry picked from commit 6e4e97b2256327bb380ee2a83da9a1ddf657e395)
This fixes 4 security vulnerabilities/bugs:
- CVE-2021-2839 - SSLv2 vulnerability. Openssl 1.1.1 does not support
SSLv2, but the affected functions still exist. Considered just a bug.
- CVE-2021-2840 - calls EVP_CipherUpdate, EVP_EncryptUpdate and
EVP_DecryptUpdate may overflow the output length argument in some
cases where the input length is close to the maximum permissable
length for an integer on the platform. In such cases the return value
from the function call will be 1 (indicating success), but the output
length value will be negative.
- CVE-2021-2841 - The X509_issuer_and_serial_hash() function attempts to
create a unique hash value based on the issuer and serial number data
contained within an X509 certificate. However it was failing to
correctly handle any errors that may occur while parsing the issuer
field (which might occur if the issuer field is maliciously
constructed). This may subsequently result in a NULL pointer deref and
a crash leading to a potential denial of service attack.
- Fixed SRP_Calc_client_key so that it runs in constant time. This could
be exploited in a side channel attack to recover the password.
The 3 CVEs above are currently awaiting analysis.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 482c9ff289)
File extension was truncated for
pending-5.4/770-11-net-ethernet-mtk_eth_soc-avoid-rearming-interrupt-if.pa
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit 487b7ae5eb)
After the ABI version rework, packages need to be declared in the order of
their dependencies, so that dependent packages will use the right ABI version
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
(cherry-picked from commit 75455b75a7ee)
Let's switch to 5.10 now that mac80211 has been updated.
Runtime-tested on ipq806x (Netgear R7800).
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
(cherry-picked from commit a5c4c40476)
After the ABI version rework, packages need to be declared in the order of
their dependencies, so that dependent packages will use the right ABI version
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This was accidentally dropped in 27a4a71c24
("metadata: handle ABI version rebuild tracking for transient dependencies")
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This reverts commit b12288fa69.
The patchelf approach is too fragile, and the only users of this have been
converted to make patching unnecessary
Leave the abi_version_str variable in place in rules.mk
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This adds quirks support to the "ofpart" parser. It's required to
support fixed partitions that require some extra logic.
Right now only BCM4908 binding is supported (BCM4908 requires detecting
currently used "firmware" partition).
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
The intention is for the loop to timeout if the body does not succeed.
The current logic calls time_is_before_jiffies(timeout) which is false
until after the timeout, so the loop body never executes.
time_is_after_jiffies(timeout) will return true until timeout is less
than jiffies, which is the intended behavior here.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Lipnitskiy <ilya.lipnitskiy@gmail.com>
Automatically setup dhcpv4 server just like it's done for dhcpv6.
To select whether odhcpd or dnsmasq are serving DHCPv4 requests there
still is the 'maindhcp' option. To make things less confusing, make
sure things really work out-of-the-box in case dnsmasq is not even
installed at the time the uci-defaults script is being run.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This fixes the build on MIPS BE like ath25 and ath79 target.
We get this error message when linking libwolfssl:
mips-openwrt-linux-musl/bin/ld: /home/hauke/openwrt/openwrt/staging_dir/target-mips_mips32_musl/usr/lib/libwolfssl.so: unknown type [0x7000002a] section `.MIPS.abiflags'
mips-openwrt-linux-musl/bin/ld: /home/hauke/openwrt/openwrt/staging_dir/target-mips_mips32_musl/usr/lib/libwolfssl.so: unknown type [0x7000002a] section `.MIPS.abiflags'
mips-openwrt-linux-musl/bin/ld: skipping incompatible /home/hauke/openwrt/openwrt/staging_dir/target-mips_mips32_musl/usr/lib/libwolfssl.so when searching for -lwolfssl
mips-openwrt-linux-musl/bin/ld: cannot find -lwolfssl
collect2: error: ld returned 1 exit status
This reverts commit 2591c83b34.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This fixes the build on MIPS BE like ath25 and ath79 target.
We get this error message when linking libubox:
mips-openwrt-linux-musl/bin/ld: /home/hauke/openwrt/openwrt/staging_dir/target-mips_mips32_musl/usr/lib/libubox.so: unknown type [0x7000002a] section `.MIPS.abiflags'
mips-openwrt-linux-musl/bin/ld: /home/hauke/openwrt/openwrt/staging_dir/target-mips_mips32_musl/usr/lib/libubox.so: unknown type [0x7000002a] section `.MIPS.abiflags'
mips-openwrt-linux-musl/bin/ld: skipping incompatible /home/hauke/openwrt/openwrt/staging_dir/target-mips_mips32_musl/usr/lib/libubox.so when searching for -lubox
This reverts commit f421fefa8a.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The Netgear EX6150 has an Access Point/Extender switch. Set it as
an EV_SW. Otherwise when it's set to Access Point, it will trigger
failsafe mode during boot.
Fixes: FS#3590
Signed-off-by: Kurt Roeckx <kurt@roeckx.be>
This reverts commit 4968fc8fb1 as the bump
to v2021.01 needs swig on the host for pylibfdt which is needed by dtoc
tool to generate .h/.c files from DTBs in SPL for mx6cuboxi_config.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This reverts commit 50a5a8993d as the bump
to 2021.01 unveiled issue with missing swig host tool needed for
mx6cuboxi's SPL.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The SDK and target/toolchain copy the license file into their
directories. During the rename/move from LICENSE to a LICENSES
folder, this has not been updated.
Update it now, and include the new COPYING file.
While at it, improve formatting/indent.
Fixes: 882e301461 ("LICENSES: include all used licenses in
LICENSES directory")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
When transmitting to a receiver in dynamic SMPS mode, all transmissions that
use multiple spatial streams need to be sent using CTS-to-self or RTS/CTS to
give the receiver's extra chains some time to wake up.
This fixes the tx rate getting stuck at <= MCS7 for some clients, especially
Intel ones, which make aggressive use of SMPS.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Preparation for supporting dynamic ABI versions that depend on the runtime
configuration. Read the suffix from the staging dir pkginfo version files.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This makes it possible to declare a package ABI_VERSION independent from the
upstream soname by setting PKG_ABI_VERSION in the package makefile.
The library filename is fixed up for files installed to packages and to the
staging dir. References to the original from executables within the same
package are also fixed up
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
A stray comma was being appended to the last package version dependency,
causing it to be missed for ABI version checks
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
On hardware that supports this, this will improve performance by passing
802.3 frames from the hardware to the stack
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Fix license information.
Fix wrong ABI version. The library is versioned as libnftnl.so.11.4.0
Add PKG_BUILD_PARALLEL for faster compilation.
Remove autoreconf as nothing is being patched.
Minor cleanups for consistency between packages.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Since multiple licenses are provided now in the LICENSES folder,
add a COPYING file to specify the project license.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Acked-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
As multiple LICENSES are shipped and no longer just LICENSE, modify the
OpenWrt tree detection in checkpatch.pl.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
OpenWrt ships code not only licensed via GPL-2.0-{only,or-later}.
Reflect that by adding the missing licenses, just like the kernel
does.
This patch takes the license text as it is found in the Linux
kernel, which might probably be the best common denominator here.
In contrast to the kernel versions, only some changes to the
valid and recommended identifiers were made (GPL-x.x+ vs.
GPL-x.x-or-later and similar).
Suggested-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The factory images need to embed specific IDs to pass verification with
the OEM firmware (including TFTP recovery), so they need to be
per-device variables.
Fixes: ab1584a797 ("ath79: netgear: trim down uImage customisations")
Fixes: 459c8c9ef8 ("ath79: add support for ZyXEL NBG6616")
Reported-by: Marcin Juszkiewicz <marcin-openwrt@juszkiewicz.com.pl>
Signed-off-by: Paul Fertser <fercerpav@gmail.com>
[minor commit message adjustments, sort DEVICE_VARS]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The first two are useless as /bin/sh can execute those scripts just
fine. Shellcheck reports no problems.
Telnetd patch is useless as telnet is no longer used in OpenWrt.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Remove stime backport.
Remove static libgcc patch as upstream fixed it with
BUSYBOX_DEFAULT_STATIC_LIBGCC which defauls to off.
Remove date -k patch as it no longer applies. It's also pointless as
busybox' hwclock utility can do the same thing.
Remove ntpd patch as that seems to have been applied upstream.
Add smalll patch fixing compilation with SELinux. Upstream commit
2496616b0a8d1c80cd1416b73a4847b59b9f969a renamed the variable without
renaming it in the SELinux path.
Refresh config and patches.
Config refresh:
Refresh commands, run after busybox is first built once:
cd package/utils/busybox/config/
../convert_menuconfig.pl ../../../../build_dir/target-mips_24kc_musl/busybox-default/busybox-1.33.0
cd ..
./convert_defaults.pl < ../../../build_dir/target-mips_24kc_musl/busybox-default/busybox-1.33.0/.config > Config-defaults.in
Manual edits needed afterward:
* Config-defaults.in: OpenWrt config symbol IPV6 logic applied to
BUSYBOX_DEFAULT_FEATURE_IPV6
* Config-defaults.in: OpenWrt configTARGET_bcm53xx logic applied to
BUSYBOX_DEFAULT_TRUNCATE (commit 547f1ec)
* editors/Config.in: Add USE_GLIBC dependency to
BUSYBOX_CONFIG_FEATURE_VI_REGEX_SEARCH (commit f141090)
* shell/Config.in : change at "Options common to all shells" the symbol
SHELL_ASH --> BUSYBOX_CONFIG_SHELL_ASH
(discussion in http://lists.openwrt.org/pipermail/openwrt-devel/2021-January/033140.html
Apparently our script does not see the hidden option while
prepending config options with "BUSYBOX_CONFIG_" which leads to a
missed dependency when the options are later evaluated.)
* Edit Config.in files by adding quotes to sourced items in
config/Config.in, networking/Config.in and util-linux/Config.in (commit 1da014f)
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
[Added comments from Hannu Nyman to commit message]
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
The date -k patch is non standard and will be removed in the next
commit.
Tested behavior to be identical with a simple C program:
#define _GNU_SOURCE
#include <unistd.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <sys/time.h>
#include <sys/syscall.h>
int main()
{
struct timezone tt;
struct timezone tz;
int a = syscall(SYS_gettimeofday, NULL, &tt);
int b = gettimeofday(NULL, &tz);
printf("%d - %d, %d\n", a, tt.tz_minuteswest, tt.tz_dsttime);
printf("%d - %d, %d\n", b, tz.tz_minuteswest, tz.tz_dsttime);
}
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
The removed patches were applied upstream.
This adapts ath10k-ct and mt76 to changed APIs.
nl80211.h in iw is updated to match the version from backports.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The removed patches were applied upstream.
Remove the 300-mac80211-optimize-skb-resizing.patch.
This patch was not applied upstream, but it conflicts with upstream
changes and needs bigger changes. It was applied with Felix to remove
this patch for now. It should be reworked and then send upstream later.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
There are proper workarounds merged to 5.4 stable tree for ESPRESSObin
boards with older bootloader:
4e1a23779bde ("ata: ahci: mvebu: Make SATA PHY optional for Armada 3720")
40af962eb1d4 ("usb: host: xhci: mvebu: make USB 3.0 PHY optional for
Armada 3720")
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
The bootloader of a number of recent TP-Link devices does not properly
initialise the MT7621's internal switch when booting from flash. To
enable the mt7530 driver to clear the reset on the switch, the ramips
reset controller must be allowed to toggle these.
Backport upstream commit 3f9ef7785a9c from mips-next to allow control of
the "mcm" reset line.
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
Upstream in commit 8b9c0cb46471 ("apalis_imx6: boot env configuration
updates") removed emmc legacy wrappers, but so far didn't included any
replacements. Fix it by simply defining the missing variables and UUID
gathering directly into the boot script.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Refreshed all patches, removed 110-mx6cuboxi-mmc-fallback.patch as it
seems, that upstream has probably added similar funcionality in commit
6c3fbf3e456c ("mx6cuboxi: customize board_boot_order to access eMMC")
and it needs to be re-verified by device owner.
Run tested on apalis.
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Cc: Vladimir Vid <vladimir.vid@sartura.hr>
Cc: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Cc: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Our patch refresh tool creates quite a big diff for these patches,
as it does not use rename syntax.
Push the refresh separately so it does not pollute the next kernel
bump. This is a purely cosmetic change.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The original setup fails to trigger ART calibration data
extraction for the AR9287. Instead, it would only have extracted
calibration data for an internal WMAC chip which is not present on
this board.
Fixes: 55d2db0e8c ("ath79: add support for Meraki MR12")
Signed-off-by: Martin Kennedy <hurricos@gmail.com>
[commit title/message facelift]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Initial commit 8375623a06 ("ramips: add support for TP-Link Archer
C2") contains detailed installation instructions, which do not mention
a factory image. From what I can see, no support to install OpenWrt
through the vendor web interface has been added since. The factory
image is also conspicuously absent from the device page in the wiki.
Yet, it is available for download.
I bricked my Archer C2 loading the factory image through the web UI.
Serial showed this error during bootloop:
Uncompressing Kernel Image ... LZMA ERROR 1 - must RESET board to recover
This patch disables the undocumented factory image so users won't get
tricked into thinking easy web UI flashing actually works.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
The version string generated for ARM Trusted-Firmware-A was stated as
"OpenWRT". Fix that by changing it to the exact spelling "OpenWrt"
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
5a2dd18 iwinfo: add hardware description for MediaTek MT7622
4a32b33 iwinfo: add PCI ID for MediaTek MT7613BE
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This patch is required to be able to roam from one backhaul AP to
another one in the same ESS.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
(daniel@makrotopia.org: PKG_REVISION bump and refreshed patches)
Signed-off-by: Raphaël Mélotte <raphael.melotte@mind.be>
c5e3545897 tunables: Disallow negative values for some tunables
905fdc7071 x86: Use SIZE_MAX instead of (long int)-1 for tunable range value
15afd6b8d8 tunables: Simplify TUNABLE_SET interface
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
The Netgear GS108T v3 is an 8 port gigabit switch with PoE-PD support
on port 1. The two prior versions were built using eCos and are not
currently compatible with OpenWRT.
The GS108T v3 is quite similar to both the GS110TPP v1 and GS110TP v3,
all of which use the same firmware image from Netgear. For this reason,
the device tree is identical aside from the model and compatible values.
All of the above feature a dual firmware layout, referred to as Image0
and Image1 in the Netgear firmware.
Hardware specification
----------------------
* RTL8380M SoC, 1 MIPS 4KEc core @ 500MHz
* 128MB DDR3-1600 DRAM (Winbond W631GG8MB-12)
* 32MB 3v NOR SPI Flash (Macronix MX25L25635F or Winbond W25Q256JVFIQ)
* RTL8231 GPIO extender to control the LEDs and the reset button
* 8 x 10/100/1000BASE-T ports, internal PHY (RTL8218B)
* UART (115200 8N1) via unpopulated standard 0.1" pin header marked J1
* Power is supplied via a 12V 1A barrel connector or 802.3af
UART pinout
-----------
J1 | [o]ooo
^ ||`------ GND
| |`------- RX [TX out of the serial adapter]
| `-------- TX [RX into the serial adapter]
`---------- Vcc (3V3) [the square pin]
The through holes are filled with PB-free solder which melts at 375C.
They can also be drilled using a 0.9mm bit.
Build configuration
-------------------
* Target System: Realtek MIPS
* Target Profile: Netgear GS108T v3
* Target Images -> ramdisk -> Compression: lzma
* Disable other target images
Boot initramfs image from U-Boot
--------------------------------
1. Press the Escape key at the `Hit Esc key to stop autoboot` prompt
2. Init network with `rtk network on` command
3. Load image with `tftpboot 0x8f000000 openwrt-realtek-generic-netgear_gs108t-v3-initramfs-kernel.bin` command
4. Boot the image with `bootm` command
The switch defaults to IP 192.168.1.1 and tries to fetch the image via
TFTP from 192.168.1.111.
Updating the installed firmware
-------------------------------
The OpenWRT ramdisk image can be flashed directly from the Netgear UI.
The Image0 slot should be used in order to enable sysupgrade.
As with similar switches, changing the active boot partition can be
accomplished in U-Boot as follows:
1. Press the Escape key at the `Hit Esc key to stop autoboot` prompt
2. Run `setsys bootpartition {0|1}` to select the boot partition
3. Run `savesys` followed by `boota` to proceed with the boot process
Signed-off-by: Michael Mohr <akihana@gmail.com>
Move most of the GS110TPP v1 device tree into a dtsi so that it can be
shared with the GS108T v3. Additionally:
* Use macros to simplify the ethernet and switch definitions
* Zero-pad the offsets and sizes in the partition map to 8 digits each
The spi-max-frequency value has been changed from 10MHz to 50MHz based
on an analysis of the relevant datasheets. The current driver doesn't
use this property, as the clock speed is fixed. However, it's required
for this type of DT node, so that's why it's present here.
The firmware partition has been split in half, since this is how the
stock firmware uses it. This can be used to easily revert to a stock
firmware if one is written to the second image area.
Signed-off-by: Michael Mohr <akihana@gmail.com>
The netgear_nge device will be shared between the GS108T v3 (to be added
in a later commit) and the GS110PP v1. It also enables LZMA compression
for the ramdisk image.
Signed-off-by: Michael Mohr <akihana@gmail.com>
This patch allows other applications to get events management
frames (for example: association requests).
This is useful in Multi-AP context to be able to save association
requests from stations.
It has been sent to upstream hostapd in this series:
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/project/hostap/list/?series=217500
'700-wifi-reload.patch' is updated due to the introduction of
'110-notify-mgmt-frames.patch'.
Signed-off-by: Raphaël Mélotte <raphael.melotte@mind.be>
After looking at various vendor GPL source code dumps I discovered that some
of them contain updated versions of ltq-ptm driver when compared to what
openwrt has.
The driver update is mostly cursory (simple changes to comments, whitespace,
formatting etc.) or adds debug features not used by openwrt.
However the updated driver also contains a later version of PTM firmware which
is extracted and included in this commit along with bits to correctly identify
its version when driver loads.
Signed-off-by: Antti Seppälä <a.seppala@gmail.com>
The TP-Link TL-WR810N v1 is known to cause soft-brick on ath79 and
work fine for ar71xx [1]. On closer inspection, the only apparent
difference is the GPIO used for the USB regulator, which deviates
between the two targets.
This applies the value from ar71xx to ath79.
Tested successfully by a forum user.
[1] https://forum.openwrt.org/t/tp-link-tl-wr810n-v1-ath79/48267
Fixes: cdbf2de777 ("ath79: Add support for TP-Link WR810N")
Fixes: FS#3522
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The 'bromimage' tool which is used to wrap bl2 with a MediaTek-specific
header is distributed in binary form only and unfortunately tries to
dynamically link against libopenssl, which fails on the buildbots.
Wait for MTK to provide a at least static executable instead, in the
meantime, mark the package as broken.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
HOST_CFLAGS were ignored as they were passed on incorrectly which lead
to build failure if OpenSSL wasn't present on the build host.
Fix that by properly passing HOST_CFLAGS when building each tool.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This should fix CVE-2021-3336:
DoTls13CertificateVerify in tls13.c in wolfSSL through 4.6.0 does not
cease processing for certain anomalous peer behavior (sending an
ED22519, ED448, ECC, or RSA signature without the corresponding
certificate).
The patch is backported from the upstream wolfssl development branch.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Specifications:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7621AT
- RAM: 128 MB (DDR3)
- Flash: 16 MB (SPI NOR)
- WiFi: MediaTek MT7603E, MediaTek MT7612E
- Switch: 1 WAN, 4 LAN (Gigabit)
- Ports: 1 USB 3.0
- Buttons: Reset, WPS
- LEDs: Power, System, Wan, Lan 1-4, WiFi 2.4G, WiFi 5G, WPS, USB
- Power: DC 12V 1A tip positive
UART Serial:
115200 baud
Located on unpopulated 4 pin header near J4:
J4
[o] Rx
[o] Tx
[o] GND
[ ] Vcc - Do not connect
Installation:
Download and flash the manufacturer's built OpenWRT image available at
http://www.cudytech.com/openwrt_software_download
Install the new OpenWRT image via luci (System -> Backup/Flash firmware)
Be sure to NOT keep settings. The force upgrade may need to be checked
due to differences in router naming conventions.
Recovery:
- Loads only signed manufacture firmware due to bootloader RSA verification
- serve tftp-recovery image as /recovery.bin on 192.168.1.88/24
- connect to any lan ethernet port
- power on the device while holding the reset button
- wait at least 8 seconds before releasing reset button for image to
download
- See http://www.cudytech.com/newsinfo/547425.html
MAC addresses as verified by OEM firmware:
use address source
LAN *:f0 label
WAN *:f1 label + 1
2g *:f0 label
5g *:f2 label + 2
The label MAC address is found in bdinfo 0xde00.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Pikler <andrew.pikler@gmail.com>
Specifications:
* QCA9557, 16 MiB Flash, 128 MiB RAM, 802.11n 2T2R
* QCA9882, 802.11ac 2T2R
* 2x Gigabit LAN (1x 802.11af PoE)
* IP68 pole-mountable outdoor case
Installation:
* Factory Web UI is at 192.168.0.50
login with 'admin' and blank password, flash factory.bin
* Recovery Web UI is at 192.168.0.50
connect network cable, hold reset button during power-on and keep it
pressed until uploading has started (only required when checksum is ok,
e.g. for reverting back to oem firmware), flash factory.bin
After flashing factory.bin, additional free space can be reclaimed by
flashing sysupgrade.bin, since the factory image requires some padding
to be accepted for upgrading via OEM Web UI.
Both ethernet ports are set to LAN by default, matching the labelling on
the case. However, since both GMAC Interfaces eth0 and eth1 are connected
to the switch (QCA8337), the user may create an additional 'wan' interface
as desired and override the vlan id settings to map br-lan / wan to either
the PoE or non-PoE port, depending on the individual scenario of use.
So, the LAN and WAN ports would then be connected to different GMACs, e.g.
config interface 'lan'
option ifname 'eth0.1'
...
config interface 'wan'
option ifname 'eth1.2'
...
config switch_vlan
option device 'switch0'
option vlan '1'
option ports '1 0t'
config switch_vlan
option device 'switch0'
option vlan '2'
option ports '2 6t'
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Schaper <openwrt@sebastianschaper.net>
[add configuration example]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
* The fit image is now created with 0666 permission in upstream U-Boot
remove our patch switch creates it with 0744
* The generated/autoconf.h file is created now as an empty file, it is
not needed to remove this include any more.
* Upstream lib/rsa/rsa-sign.c now includes stdlib.h instead of malloc.h
* ALIGN_MASK was moved to imagetool.h, own patch should not be needed
any more.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
luci now uses ubus directly, so remove 'lucistat'.
For manual usage just print the ubus output, use luci for a pretty
version.
Signed-off-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
luci now uses ubus directly, so remove 'lucistat'.
For manual usage just print the ubus output, use luci for a pretty
version.
Signed-off-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
procd sends sigterm to stop daemons, hook it up.
This speeds up the shutdown sequence and gets rid of the following message:
daemon.info procd: Instance dsl_control::instance1 pid 15408 not stopped on SIGTERM, sending SIGKILL instead
Signed-off-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
Have the port use GMAC1 with internal switch
which fixes the issue of the ethernet LED not functioning
The LED is triggered by the internal switch, not a GPIO.
The GPIO for the ethernet LED was added in ath79
as it was defined in the ar71xx target
but it was not functioning in ath79 for a previously unknown reason.
It is unknown why that GPIO was defined as an LED in ar71xx.
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
[drop unrelated changes: model property and SPI max frequency]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
for:
- ENH202 v1
- ENS202EXT v1
- EnstationAC v1
- EWS511AP
For EWS511AP, have default behavior as static ip
to match the behavior of all other APs in ath79
These boards are sold as
Client Bridge or Point to Point or Access Point
so there is probably no benefit to have WAN by default
for one of the ports, to prevent user confusion.
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
dnsmasq v2.84rc2 has been promoted to release.
No functional difference between v2.83test3 and v2.84/v2.84rc2
Backport 2 patches to fix the version reporting
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Use new ubus-based hotplug call in dhcp-script.sh
As sysntpd now makes use of the new ubus-based hotplug calls, dnsmasq
no longer needs to ship ACL to cover ntpd-hotplug.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
erley.org no longer exists; attempting to connect to it during package
download results in lengthy timeouts. Use the new OpenWrt CDN alias to
download from reliable OpenWrt mirrors.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Lipnitskiy <ilya.lipnitskiy@gmail.com>
While the latest version of 19.07 release is usable,
the current master is unbootable on the device in a normal way.
"Normal way" installations includes:
- sysupgrade (e.g. from 19.07)
- RESET button recovery with Ron Curry's (Wingspinner) UBoot image
(10.10.10.3 + "Kernal.bin")
- RESET button recovery with original U-Boot
(10.10.10.254 + "kernel")
One could flash and boot the latest master sysupgrade image successfully
with serial access to the device. But a sysupgrade from this state still
breaks the U-Boot and soft-bricks the device.
Signed-off-by: Szabolcs Hubai <szab.hu@gmail.com>
shellcheck recommends || and && over "-a" and "-o" because the
latter are not well defined.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The hardware random number generator driver for bcm63xx was merged with
the one used by the Raspberry Pi. Now this driver is lost.
Reenable the HW_RANDOM kernel config with the new driver.
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
[refresh kernel config]
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Multiple sources are hosted on OpenWrts source server only. The source
URLs to point to the server vary based on different epochs in OpenWrts
history.
Replace all by @OPENWRT which is an "empty" mirror, therefore using the
fallback servers sources.cdn.openwrt.org and sources.openwrt.org.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Instead of taking the input of one temperature sensor (temp1), the
script takes into account three temperature sensors to control the
PWM of the cooling fan.
temp1 -> placed on main board
temp2 -> placed on main board
temp3 -> placed on or close to chipset
All three temperatures give valid input for the PWM of the fan on
NSA310 and are actually changing.
Tested on two NSA310.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Beckler <thomas.beckler@hotmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alberto Bursi <bobafetthotmail@gmail.com>
[commit title/message facelift, code cleanup]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Although provided in separate zip archives, the firmwares for EU
and RU version are byte-identical. This adds the missing ID compared
to the support-list in the vendor firmware.
Note (since I checked it anyway):
Partitions and support list are unchanged for all three existing
firmware versions:
* 20200721-rel40773
* 20201029-rel43238
* 20201120-rel50399
Signed-off-by: Alexey Kunitskiy <alexey.kv@gmail.com>
[rewrite commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
FRITZ!Box 7412 loads the firmware for fast ethernet PHY and mii is
more accurate in this case.
Gmii is used by Gigabit ethernet PHYs.
Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
Reviewed-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
[minor commit title/message adjustments]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This replaces a full-text BSD clause by the corresponding SPDX
identifier.
This should make it easier to identify the license both by humans
and machines.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This replaces several full-text and abbreviated licenses found in
DTS files by the corresponding SPDX identifiers.
This should make it easier to identify the license both by humans
and machines.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
UniElec U7621-01 is a router platform board, the smaller model of
the U7621-06.
The device has the following specifications:
- MT7621AT (880 MHz)
- 256 of RAM (DDR3)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 5x 1 Gbps Ethernet (MT7621 built-in switch)
- 1x 2.4Ghz MT7603E
- 1x 5Ghz MT7612
- 1x miniPCIe slots (PCIe bus only)
- 1x miniSIM slot
- 1x USB 2.0 (uses the usb 3.0 driver)
- 8x LEDs (1x GPIO-controlled)
- 1x reset button
- 1x UART header (4-pins)
- 1x GPIO header (30-pins)
- 1x DC jack for main power (12 V)
The following has been tested and is working:
- Ethernet switch
- 1x 2.4Ghz MT7603E (wifi)
- 1x 5Ghz MT7612 (wifi)
- miniPCIe slots (tested with Wi-Fi cards and LTE modem cards)
- miniSIM slot (works with normal size simcard)
- sysupgrade
- reset button
Installation:
This board has no locked down bootloader. The seller can be asked to
install openwrt v18.06, so upgrades are standard sysupgrade method.
Recovery:
This board contains a Chinese, closed-source bootloader called Breed
(Boot and Recovery Environment for Embedded Devices). Breed supports web
recovery and to enter it, you keep the reset button pressed for around
5 seconds during boot. Your machine will be assigned an IP through DHCP
and the router will use IP address 192.168.1.1. The recovery website is
in Chinese, but is easy to use. Click on the second item in the list to
access the recovery page, then the second item on the next page is where
you select the firmware. In order to start the recovery, you click the
button at the bottom.
LEDs list (left to right):
- ESW_P0_LED_0
- ESW_P1_LED_0
- ESW_P2_LED_0
- ESW_P3_LED_0
- ESW_P4_LED_0
- CTS2_N (GPIO10, configured as "status" LED)
- LED_WLAN# (connected with pin 44 in wifi1 slot)
Signed-off-by: David Bentham <db260179@gmail.com>
[add DEVICE_VARIANT, fix DEVICE_PACKAGES, remove &gpio]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Port device support for Meraki MR12 from the ar71xx target to ath79.
Specifications:
- SoC: AR7242-AH1A CPU
- RAM: 64MiB (NANYA NT5DS32M16DS-5T)
- NOR Flash: 16MiB (MXIC MX25L12845EMI-10G)
- Ethernet: 1 x PoE Gigabit Ethernet Port (SoC MAC + AR8021-BL1E PHY)
- Ethernet: 1 x 100Mbit port (SoC MAC+PHY)
- Wi-Fi: Atheros AR9283-AL1A (2T2R, 11n)
Installation:
1. Requires TFTP server at 192.168.1.101, w/ initramfs & sysupgrade .bins
2. Open shell case
3. Connect a USB->TTL cable to headers furthest from the RF shield
4. Power on the router; connect to U-boot over 115200-baud connection
5. Interrupt U-boot process to boot Openwrt by running:
setenv bootcmd bootm 0xbf0a0000; saveenv;
tftpboot 0c00000 <filename-of-initramfs-kernel>.bin;
bootm 0c00000;
6. Copy sysupgrade image to /tmp on MR12
7. sysupgrade /tmp/<filename-of-sysupgrade>.bin
Notes:
- kmod-owl-loader is still required to load the ART partition into the
driver.
- The manner of storing MAC addresses is updated from ar71xx; it is
at 0x66 of the 'config' partition, where it was discovered that the
OEM firmware stores it. This is set as read-only. If you are
migrating from ar71xx and used the method mentioned above to
upgrade, use kmod-mtd-rw or UCI to add the MAC back in. One more
method for doing this is described below.
- Migrating directly from ar71xx has not been thoroughly tested, but
one method has been used a couple of times with good success,
migrating 18.06.2 to a full image produced as of this commit. Please
note that these instructions are only for experienced users, and/or
those still able to open their device up to flash it via the serial
headers should anything go wrong.
1) Install kmod-mtd-rw and uboot-envtools
2) Run `insmod mtd-rw.ko i_want_a_brick=1`
3) Modify /etc/fw_env.config to point to the u-boot-env partition.
The file /etc/fw_env.config should contain:
# MTD device env offset env size sector size
/dev/mtd1 0x00000 0x10000 0x10000
See https://openwrt.org/docs/techref/bootloader/uboot.config
for more details.
4) Run `fw_printenv` to verify everything is correct, as per the
link above.
5) Run `fw_setenv bootcmd bootm 0xbf0a0000` to set a new boot address.
6) Manually modify /lib/upgrade/common.sh's get_image function:
Change ...
cat "$from" 2>/dev/null | $cmd
... into ...
(
dd if=/dev/zero bs=1 count=$((0x66)) ; # Pad the first 102 bytes
echo -ne '\x00\x18\x0a\x12\x34\x56' ; # Add in MAC address
dd if=/dev/zero bs=1 count=$((0x20000-0x66-0x6)) ; # Pad the rest
cat "$from" 2>/dev/null
) | $cmd
... which, during the upgrade process, will pad the image by
128K of zeroes-plus-MAC-address, in order for the ar71xx's
firmware partition -- which starts at 0xbf080000 -- to be
instead aligned with the ath79 firmware partition, which
starts 128K later at 0xbf0a0000.
7) Copy the sysupgrade image into /tmp, as above
8) Run `sysupgrade -F /tmp/<sysupgrade>.bin`, then wait
Again, this may BRICK YOUR DEVICE, so make *sure* to have your
serial cable handy.
Signed-off-by: Martin Kennedy <hurricos@gmail.com>
[add LED migration and extend compat message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Specifications:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7688AN
- RAM: 128 MB
- Flash: 32 MB
- Ethernet: 5x 10/100 (1x WAN, 4x LAN)
- Wireless: built in 2.4GHz (bgn)
- USB: 1x USB 2.0 port
- Buttons: 1x Reset
- LEDs: 1x (WiFi)
Flash instructions:
- Configure TFTP server with IP address 10.10.10.3
- Name the firmware file as firmware.bin
- Connect any Ethernet port to the TFTP server's LAN
- Choose option 2 in U-Boot
- Alternatively choose option 7 to upload firmware to the built-in
web server
MAC addresses as verified by OEM firmware:
use address source
2g *:XX factory 0x4
LAN *:XX+1 factory 0x28
WAN *:XX+1 factory 0x2e
Notes:
This board is ostensibly a module containing the MediaTek MT7688AN SoC,
128 MB DDR2 SDRAM and 32 MB flash storage. The SoC can be operated in
IoT Gateway Mode or IoT Device Mode.
From some vendors the U-Boot that comes installed operates on UART 2
which is inaccessible in gateway mode and operates unreliably in the
Linux kernel when using more than 64 MB of RAM. For those, updating
U-Boot is recommended.
Signed-off-by: Ewan Parker <ewan@ewan.cc>
[add WLAN to 01_leds]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The license folder is a core part of OpenWrt and all GPL-2.0 licensed.
Use SPDX license tags to allow machines to check licenses.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
[rebase, keep some Copyright lines, sharpen commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Ran update_kernel.sh in a fresh clone without any existing toolchains.
Removed upstreamed patches:
imx6: 303-ARM-dts-imx6qdl-gw52xx-fix-duplicate-regulator-namin.patch
Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x/R7800, bcm27xx/bcm2711
Run-tested: ipq806x/R7800
No dmesg regressions, everything functional
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
Commit 7c8c4f1be6 ("hostapd: fix P2P group information processing
vulnerability") was missing the actual patch for the vulnerability.
Fixes: 7c8c4f1be6 ("hostapd: fix P2P group information processing vulnerability")
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Package ARM Trusted Firmware host tools separately.
(instead of building tfa-fiptool as part of tfa-layerscape)
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The PCI device ID detected by the wifi drivers on devices using a fallback
SPROM is wrong. Currently the chipnum is used for this parameter.
Most SSB based Broadcom wifi chips are 2.4 and 5GHz capable. But on
devices without a physical SPROM, the only one way to detect if the device
suports both bands or only the 5GHz band, is by reading the device ID from
the fallback SPROM.
In some devices, this may lead to a non working wifi on a 5GHz-only card,
or in the best case a working 2.4GHz-only in a dual band wifi card.
The offset for the deviceid in SSB SPROMs is 0x0008, whereas in BCMA is
0x0060. This is true for any SPROM version.
Override the PCI device ID with the one defined at the fallback SPROM, to
detect the correct wifi card model and allow using the 5GHz band if
supported.
The patch has been tested with the following wifi radios:
BCM43222: b43: both 2.4/5GHz working
brcm-wl: both 2.4/5GHz working
BCM43225: b43: 2.4GHz, working
brcmsmac: working
brcm-wl: it lacks support
BCM43217: b43: 2.4GHz, working
brcmsmac: it lacks support
brcm-wl: it lacks support
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
[amend commit description, rework patch to avoid using a new global variable
and keep ssb sprom extraction code as close to ssb/pci.c as possible]
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
New upstream changes extract more SPROM values and fix the antenna gain.
These changes can be found in linux drivers/ssb/pci.c.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
ATF bl2 comes in 4 variants for MT7622 depending on the boot media:
* nor
* snand
* emmc
* sdmmc
Additional binary headers needed for emmc and sdmmc are downloaded as
well and provided along with bl2*.bin and bl31.bin to allow building
images including ATF for MT7622.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
All modification made by update_kernel.sh in a fresh clone without
existing toolchains.
Build-tested: bcm27xx/bcm2711, ipq806x/R7800,
Run-tested: ipq806x/R7800
No dmesg regressions, everything functional
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
If the driver uses .sta_add, station entries are only uploaded after the sta
is in assoc state. Fix early station rate table updates by deferring them
until the sta has been uploaded
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Add statistics to ethtool. The statistics can be useful to
debug network issues.
The code is backported from mainline ag71xx.c driver.
Signed-off-by: Leon Leijssen <leon.git@leijssen.info>
With upstream commit f81f9f0ebac5 ("rockchip: rockpro64: initialize USB in
preboot") CONFIG_USE_PREBOOT was enabled on the RockPro64, which is causing
boot issues when a eMMC is used, as a workaround will temporarily disable
this option.
Signed-off-by: Marty Jones <mj8263788@gmail.com>
[Improve patch description]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Hardware
--------
Atheros AR7241
16M SPI-NOR
64M DDR2
Atheros AR9283 2T2R b/g/n
2x Fast Ethernet (built-in)
Installation
------------
Transfer the Firmware update to the device using SCP.
Install using fwupdate.real -m <openwrt.bin> -d
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Enable support for the Ubiquiti UniFi Outdoor+ RF filter via
device-tree. The old way of using platform data is not required anymore,
as it was only used on the now removed ar71xx target.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Replace with sed as done elsewhere.
Fixes error with at least btrfs-progs:
Package '@LIBSELINUX@', required by 'mount', not found
Package '@LIBCRYPTSETUP@', required by 'mount', not foun
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Currently it's not possible to boot the device with just initramfs image
without additional effort as the initramfs image doesn't contain device
tree. Fix it by producing FIT based image which could be booted with
following commands:
setenv bootargs earlyprintk console=ttyS0,115200
tftpboot ${kernel_addr_r} openwrt-mvebu-cortexa9-cznic_turris-omnia-initramfs-kernel.bin
bootm ${kernel_addr_r}
Acked-by: Klaus Kudielka <klaus.kudielka@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Switch to the normal tarball instead of the codeload generated one. The
latter has the potential to change hashes based on changes in the repo.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Packages that are in-tree only often lack a PKG_VERSION and only use the
PKG_RELEASE to mark changes. Using COMMITCOUNT/AUTORELEASE variables
causes an issue as both variables are empty during the metadata DUMP
phase.
Instead of leaving these variables empty and causing an error message
like below, set the variables to 0 during dumping. On actual building
the variable is evaluated causing in a value above 0.
ERROR: please fix package/utils/px5g-wolfssl/Makefile - \
see logs/package/utils/px5g-wolfssl/dump.txt for details
Makefile:48: *** Package/px5g-wolfssl is missing the VERSION field. Stop.
Reported-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Reported-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
Reported-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Upon boot it now prints:
NOTICE: BL1: v2.4(release):OpenWRT v2.4-1 (espressobin-v3-v5-1gb-2cs) (Marvell-devel-18.12.0)
Signed-off-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
The two required tools fail to identify their version when not compiling
from a git clone, patch that in and pass on the used commit hashes.
Upon boot it now prints "WTMI-devel-18.12.1-5598e150".
Signed-off-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
The cpufreq issue has been identified and a fix is in the process of beeing
upstreamed [0].
Bump the boards to the default 1000MHz so they can run at that frequency
once the fix is merged. Until then the boards are stuck at 800MHz (just
claiming to run 1000Hz, which is a lie).
[0] https://lore.kernel.org/linux-arm-kernel/20210114124032.12765-1-pali@kernel.org/
Signed-off-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
The thermal zones kernel documentation is misleading, we cannot use more
than one sensor in a thermal zone node.
Furthermore the drivetemp driver for some reason it only catches one
sensor from the hard drives array (the first available).
In the Buffalo Linkstation LS421DE board there is also a sensor at the
ethernet phy chip that can also be monitored. Very useful to stop the fan
when there are no hard drives in the bays.
(It might be also possible to add the CPU sensor, but it requires kernel
patching for registering the sensor via device tree, using the function:
devm_thermal_zone_of_sensor_register)
Fix the thermal zones to use only one sensor per node and add the ethernet
phy sensor. Also adjust the hdd temperatures to be more conservative for
a mechanical hard drive.
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
Pstore (persistent store) can be used to stash debug information (kernel
console, panics, ftrace) across reboots or crashes. If the filesystem is
present, mount it.
Signed-off-by: Brian Norris <computersforpeace@gmail.com>
Changelog:
- ath10k-ct: Pull in some upstream patches.
Runtime-tested on ipq806x (Netgear R7800).
Signed-off-by: Michael Yartys <michael.yartys@gmail.com>
A header used in ELECOM WRC-300GHBK2-I and WRC-1750GHBK2-I/C is also
used in ELECOM WRC-2533GHBK-I, so split the code to generate the header
and move it to image-commands.mk to use from ramips target.
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
/lib/functions.sh was executable for no obvious reason and its
execute property was even checked in package-ipkg.mk just to
source it afterwards.
Remove the execute bit and shebang as this is clearly a library.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Reviewed-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
This drops the shebang from another bunch of files in various /lib
folders, as these are sourced and the shebang is useless.
Fix execute bit in one case, too.
This should cover almost all trivial cases now, i.e. where /lib is
actually used for library files.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Calling netdev_reset_queue() from _stop() functions is causing sporadic kernel
panics on bcm63xx, which happen mainly on BCM6318 and BCM6328.
This reverts to the previous behaviour, which called netdev_reset_queue() from
_open() functions.
Tested on Comtrend AR-5315u (BCM6318).
Fixes: 1d6f422e34 ("bcm63xx: sync ethernet driver with net-next")
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
In case the default sources for a package fail use the CDN rather than
our own mirror. In case the CDN fails, fallback to our mirror.
Also remove mirror1 which isn't available anymore.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
This sets SUPPORTED_DEVICES to match the compatible in the DTS.
While at it, synchronize the capitalization in DEVICE_MODEL and
DTS model.
Signed-off-by: Marty Jones <mj8263788@gmail.com>
[commit title/message facelift, move variable in armv8.mk]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This sorts the Build recipes alphabetically, wraps some long lines
and moves the DEVICE_VARS to the top like common on several other
targets.
Cc: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
We have support for reference boards available on this target, so
support for an additional generic profile does not make much sense.
Remove it to have one thing less to maintain.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Acked-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
On a platform with many very different devices, like found on kirkwood,
the generic profile seems like a remnant of the past that does not
have a real use anymore.
Remove it to have one thing less to maintain.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Acked-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
On a platform with many very different devices, like found on ipq806x,
the generic profile seems like a remnant of the past that does not
have a real use anymore.
Remove it to have one thing less to maintain.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Acked-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
On a platform with many very different devices, like found on ipq40xx,
the generic profile seems like a remnant of the past that does not
have a real use anymore.
Remove it to have one thing less to maintain.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Acked-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
On a platform with many very different devices, like found on ramips,
the generic profiles seem like remnants of the past that do not
have a real use anymore.
Remove them to have one thing less to maintain.
Actually, rt288x didn't have a default profile in the first place.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Acked-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
On a platform with many very different devices, like found on ath79,
the generic profiles seem like remnants of the past that do not
have a real use anymore.
Remove them to have one thing less to maintain.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Acked-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
65abbcd9f6fb mt76: usb: process URBs with status EPROTO properly
3199ef5fa35e mt76: mt7615: set mcu country code in mt7615_mcu_set_channel_domain()
5c86d5bb079b mt76: mt7915: Remove unneeded semicolon
3f546330b59d mt76: mt7915: support TxBF for DBDC
032ad7e02545 mt76: mt7615: unify init work
cc3f23d1e654 mt76: mt7915: bring up the WA event rx queue for band1
fa3d334a0e22 mt76: fix crash on tearing down ext phy
c4c9c402d14a mt76: mt7915: fix vif sta index for DBDC
eca2f0ec0d4c mt76: mt7915: fix command id for txbf action
c828124ef9a5 mt76: mt7915: add support for using a secondary PCIe link for gen1
dbaf0f4679f3 mt76: mt7915: make vif index per adapter instead of per band
fb3e5ce1eb00 mt76: move vif_mask back from mt76_phy to mt76_dev
be2bea66d6e3 mt76: mt7915: detect wrong nss eeprom parameter on dbdc cards
8dc5d4a0da7c Revert "mt76: mt7915: fix vif sta index for DBDC"
8c796a33781c mt76: mt7915: only set int1 when using the second hif
4eb5caaf6cc1 mt76: reduce q->lock hold time
0714890bf0fd mt76: mt7615: reduce VHT maximum MPDU length
2f85aa5cbc62 mt76: mt7915: avoid writes to MT_PCIE_RECOG_ID when not using gen1 devices
8696919d9aae mt76: dma: fix a possible memory leak in mt76_add_fragment()
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This commit is only added to keep the PKG_RELEASE correct after fixing
the $(COMMITCOUNT) logic in the previous commit.
This way the PKG_RELEASE stays the same while the compiled packages
content isn't changed.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
The newly added $(COMMITCOUNT) variable was wrongly increased by plus
one. The addition should have been only added to $(AUTORELEASE) as
OpenWrt traditionally starts counting at one rather than zero.
$(AUTORELEASE) counts the commits since the last bump, which is zero on
the version bump commit itself.
This commit increases $(AUTORELEASE) by one while leaving $(COMMITCOUNT)
as is.
The base-files package is the only package using $(COMMITCOUNT) so far
and requires a pseudo commit to keep the PKG_RELEASE correct. A non
functional change (Copyright bump) is done in the next commit.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Certificate signature algorithm was being set after call to
`wc_MakeCert`, resulting in a mismatch between specified signature in
certificate and the actual signature type.
Signed-off-by: Jeffrey Elms <jeff@wolfssl.com>
[fix commit subject, use COMMITCOUNT]
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
GCC 5.1 changed the std::string ABI in order to properly support C++11.
For compatibility with libraries compiled with the older ABI, that is,
linking between old-abi.so and new-abi.bin, both ABIs are enabled. In
terms of OpenWrt, all packages are compiled with the same toolchain,
which means these issues do not need to be handled.
Most importantly, this results in a significant size reduction of
libstdpp:
Before:
450794 bytes
After:
327752 bytes
Tested with all OpenWrt packages.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Add a table API that has per accss register locking and uses
register description information to handle all table access
through a single set of api calls.
Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <git@birger-koblitz.de>
Adds support for the RTL9300 and RTL9310 series of switches
with 10GBit per port and up to 56 ports.
Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <git@birger-koblitz.de>
This adds support for the internal SerDes of the RTL9300 SoC
and for the RTL8218D and RTL8226B phys found in combination
with this SoC in switches.
Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <git@birger-koblitz.de>
This fixes the usage of the RTL8231 GPIO extender chip
when used with the RTL839X SoCs. Specifically,
the PHY addresses may be different from 0.
Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <git@birger-koblitz.de>
Makes sure the DSA trailer information on any L2 offloading done
by the switch is honoured by the bridge layer
Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <git@birger-koblitz.de>
This adds support for identifying QoS information in packets
and use this and rate control information to submit to multiple
egress queues. The ethernet driver is also made to support
2 egress and up to 32 egress queues.
Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <git@birger-koblitz.de>
this adds support for the SoC timer of the RTL9300 chips, it
provides 6 independent timer/counters, of which the first one
is used as a clocksource and the second one as event timer.
Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <git@birger-koblitz.de>
This adds support for the RTL8390 and RTL9300 SoCs
it also cleans up unnecessary definitions in mach-rtl83xx.h
and moves definitions relevant for irq routing to irq.h
Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <git@birger-koblitz.de>
This adds support to detect RTL930X based SoCs and the RTL9313 SoC.
Tested on Zyxel XGS1210-10 (RTL9302B SoC) and the
Zyxel XS1930-12 (RTL9313 SoC)
Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <git@birger-koblitz.de>
Use the latest stable kernel since the previous 5.8.x series is EOL.
Also drop the following patches recently accepted upstream:
* 001-libbpf-ensure-no-local-symbols-counted-in-ABI-check.patch
* 002-libbpf-fix-build-failure-from-uninitialized-variable.patch
* 003-bpftool-allow-passing-BPFTOOL_VERSION-to-make.patch
* 004-v5.9-bpftool-use-only-ftw-for-file-tree-parsing.patch
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
The config setting was renamed to CONFIG_KPROBE_EVENTS.
Fixes: 97d3f800a8 ("config: kernel: Add KPROBE_EVENTS config option)
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
Comment out some conflicting target configs that are set from subtarget
configs, which sometimes lead to kernel compile warnings:
scripts/kconfig/conf --syncconfig Kconfig
net/sched/Kconfig:45: warning: menuconfig statement without prompt
.config:1038:warning: override: CPU_MIPS32_R2 changes choice state
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
Append a device specific version trailer used by the stock
firmware upgrade application to validate firmwares.
The trailer contains a list of ZyXEL firmware version
numbers, which includes a four letter hardware identifier.
The stock web UI requires that the current hardware matches
one of the listed versions, and that the version number is
larger than a model specific minimum value. The minimum
version varies between V1.00 and V2.60 for the currently
known GS1900 models. The number is not used anywhere else
to our knowlege, and has no direct relation to the version
info in the u-image header. We can therefore use an
arbitrary value larger than V2.60.
The stock firmware upgrade application will only load and
flash the part of the file specified in the u-image header,
regardless of file size. It can therefore not be used to
flash images with an appended rootfs. There is therefore no
need to include the trailer in other images than the
initramfs. This prevents accidentally bricking by attempts
to flash other images from the stock web UI.
Stock images support all models in the series, listing
all of them in the version trailer. OpenWrt provide model
specific images. We therefore only list the single supported
hardware identifier for each image. This eliminates the risk
of flashing the wrong OpenWrt image from stock web UI.
OpenWrt can be installed from stock firmware in two steps:
1) flash OpenWrt initramfs image from stock web gui
2) boot OpenWrt and sysupgrade to a squasfs image
The OpenWrt squashfs image depends on a static partition
map in the DTS. It can only be installed to the "firmware"
partition. This partition is labeled "RUNTIME1" in u-boot
and in stock firmware, and is referred to as "image 0" in
the stock flash management tool. The OpenWrt initramfs
can be installed and run from either partitions. But if
you want to keep stock irmware in the spare system partition,
then you must make sure stock firmware is installed to the
"RUNTIME2" partition referred to as "image 1" in the stock
web UI. And the initial OpenWrt initramfs must be flashed
to "RUNTIME1"/"image 0".
The stock flash management application supports direct
selection of both which partition to flash and which
partition to boot next. This allows software controlled
"dual-boot" between OpenWrt and stock firmware, without
using console access to u-boot. u-boot use the "bootpartition"
variable stored in the second u-boot environment to select
which of the two system partitions to boot. This variable
is set by the stock flash management application, by direct
user input. It can also be set in OpenWrt using e.g
fw_setsys bootpartition 1
to select "RUNTIME2"/"image 1" as default, assuming a
stock firmware version is installed in that partition.
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
The stock firmware of the ZyXEL GS1900 series use a non-standard
u-image magic. This is not enforced by the stock u-boot, which is
why we could boot images with the default magic. The flash
management application of the stock firmware will however verify
the magic, and refuse any image with another value.
Convert to vendor-specific value to get flash management support
in stock firmware, including the ability to upgrade to OpenWrt
directly from stock web UI.
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
dnsmasq v2.83 has a bug in handling duplicate queries which means it may
try to reply using the incorrect network socket. This is especially
noticeable in dual stack environments where replies may be mis-directed to
IPv4 addresses on an IPv6 socket or IPv6 addresses on an IPv4 socket.
This results in system log spam such as:
dnsmasq[16020]: failed to send packet: Network unreachable
dnsmasq[16020]: failed to send packet: Address family not supported by protocol
dnsmasq v2.84test3 resolves these issues.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
x86 uses append-metadata, but only for signing and not for the
metadata itself.
Since recently SUPPORTED_DEVICES was assigned with a global value
and is not empty anymore, append-metadata will now actually put
metadata into x86 images. This breaks sysupgrade on x86.
To fix it for the moment, let's just empty SUPPORTED_DEVICES for
this target again.
In the long term, one should either not add metadata to the images
if it is not desired, and/or remove the unintended fwtool check.
Fixes: f52081bcf9 ("treewide: provide global default for SUPPORTED_DEVICES")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Since the new global SUPPORTED_DEVICES are now available in bcm53xx
as well, we do not need to specify an explicit value for the MR32
anymore.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
FCC ID: A8J-EAP1200H
Engenius EAP1200H is an indoor wireless access point with
1 Gb ethernet port, dual-band wireless,
internal antenna plates, and 802.3at PoE+
**Specification:**
- QCA9557 SOC
- QCA9882 WLAN PCI card, 5 GHz, 2x2, 26dBm
- AR8035-A PHY RGMII GbE with PoE+ IN
- 40 MHz clock
- 16 MB FLASH MX25L12845EMI-10G
- 2x 64 MB RAM NT5TU32M16FG
- UART at J10 populated
- 4 internal antenna plates (5 dbi, omni-directional)
- 5 LEDs, 1 button (power, eth0, 2G, 5G, WPS) (reset)
**MAC addresses:**
MAC addresses are labeled as ETH, 2.4G, and 5GHz
Only one Vendor MAC address in flash
eth0 ETH *:a2 art 0x0
phy1 2.4G *:a3 ---
phy0 5GHz *:a4 ---
**Serial Access:**
the RX line on the board for UART is shorted to ground by resistor R176
therefore it must be removed to use the console
but it is not necessary to remove to view boot log
optionally, R175 can be replaced with a solder bridge short
the resistors R175 and R176 are next to the UART RX pin at J10
**Installation:**
2 ways to flash factory.bin from OEM:
Method 1: Firmware upgrade page:
OEM webpage at 192.168.1.1
username and password "admin"
Navigate to "Firmware Upgrade" page from left pane
Click Browse and select the factory.bin image
Upload and verify checksum
Click Continue to confirm and wait 3 minutes
Method 2: Serial to load Failsafe webpage:
After connecting to serial console and rebooting...
Interrupt uboot with any key pressed rapidly
execute `run failsafe_boot` OR `bootm 0x9fd70000`
wait a minute
connect to ethernet and navigate to
"192.168.1.1/index.htm"
Select the factory.bin image and upload
wait about 3 minutes
**Return to OEM:**
If you have a serial cable, see Serial Failsafe instructions
otherwise, uboot-env can be used to make uboot load the failsafe image
*DISCLAIMER*
The Failsafe image is unique to Engenius boards.
If the failsafe image is missing or damaged this will brick the device
DO NOT downgrade to ar71xx this way, it can cause kernel loop or halt
ssh into openwrt and run
`fw_setenv rootfs_checksum 0`
reboot, wait 3 minutes
connect to ethernet and navigate to 192.168.1.1/index.htm
select OEM firmware image from Engenius and click upgrade
**TFTP recovery:**
Requires serial console, reset button does nothing
rename initramfs to 'vmlinux-art-ramdisk'
make available on TFTP server at 192.168.1.101
power board, interrupt boot
execute tftpboot and bootm 0x81000000
NOTE: TFTP is not reliable due to bugged bootloader
set MTU to 600 and try many times
**Format of OEM firmware image:**
The OEM software of EAP1200H is a heavily modified version
of Openwrt Kamikaze. One of the many modifications
is to the sysupgrade program. Image verification is performed
simply by the successful ungzip and untar of the supplied file
and name check and header verification of the resulting contents.
To form a factory.bin that is accepted by OEM Openwrt build,
the kernel and rootfs must have specific names...
openwrt-ar71xx-generic-eap1200h-uImage-lzma.bin
openwrt-ar71xx-generic-eap1200h-root.squashfs
and begin with the respective headers (uImage, squashfs).
Then the files must be tarballed and gzipped.
The resulting binary is actually a tar.gz file in disguise.
This can be verified by using binwalk on the OEM firmware images,
ungzipping then untaring.
Newer EnGenius software requires more checks but their script
includes a way to skip them, otherwise the tar must include
a text file with the version and md5sums in a deprecated format.
The OEM upgrade script is at /etc/fwupgrade.sh.
OKLI kernel loader is required because the OEM software
expects the kernel to be no greater than 1536k
and the factory.bin upgrade procedure would otherwise
overwrite part of the kernel when writing rootfs.
Note on PLL-data cells:
The default PLL register values will not work
because of the external AR8035 switch between
the SOC and the ethernet port.
For QCA955x series, the PLL registers for eth0 and eth1
can be see in the DTSI as 0x28 and 0x48 respectively.
Therefore the PLL registers can be read from uboot
for each link speed after attempting tftpboot
or another network action using that link speed
with `md 0x18050028 1` and `md 0x18050048 1`.
The clock delay required for RGMII can be applied
at the PHY side, using the at803x driver `phy-mode`.
Therefore the PLL registers for GMAC0
do not need the bits for delay on the MAC side.
This is possible due to fixes in at803x driver
since Linux 5.1 and 5.3
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
The majority of our targets provide a default value for the variable
SUPPORTED_DEVICES, which is used in images to check against the
compatible on a running device:
SUPPORTED_DEVICES := $(subst _,$(comma),$(1))
At the moment, this is implemented in the Device/Default block of
the individual targets or even subtargets. However, since we
standardized device names and compatible in the recent past, almost
all targets are following the same scheme now:
device/image name: vendor_model
compatible: vendor,model
The equal redundant definitions are a symptom of this process.
Consequently, this patch moves the definition to image.mk making it
a global default. For the few targets not using the scheme above,
SUPPORTED_DEVICES will be defined to a different value in
Device/Default anyway, overwriting the default. In other words:
This change is supposed to be cosmetic.
This can be used as a global measure to get the current compatible
with: $(firstword $(SUPPORTED_DEVICES))
(Though this is not precisely an achievement of this commit.)
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This is a helpful utility, but it does not have any dependencies
in this repository. Move it to packages feed.
The package does not seem to have a maintainer.
Cc: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Cc: Nick Hainke <vincent@systemli.org>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This is a helpful utility, but it does not have any dependencies
in this repository. Move it to packages feed.
Cc: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Cc: Nick Hainke <vincent@systemli.org>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The newly added `$(COMMITCOUNT)` varialbe allows automatic versioning
based on the number of Git commits of a package. Replace *tedious to
bump* and *merge conflict causing* `PKG_RELEASE` and replace it with
`$(COMMITCOUNT)`.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
The lack of bumped PKG_RELEASE variables is a recurring theme on the
mailing list and in GitHub comments. This costs precious review time,
a rare good within the OpenWrt project.
Instead of relying on a manually set PKG_RELEASE this commit adds a
`commitcount` function that uses the number of Git commits to determine
the release. The function is called via the variables `$(AUTORELEASE)`
or `$(COMMITCOUNT)`. The `PKG_RELEASE` variable can be set to either of
the two.
- $(AUTORELEASE):
Release is automagically set to the number of commits since the last
commit containing either ": update to " or ": bump to ".
Example below:
$ git log packages/foobar/
foobar: fixup file location
foobar: disable docs
foobar: bump to 5.3.2
foobar: fixup copyright
Resulting package name: foobar_5.3.2-3_all.ipk, two package changes
since the last upstream version change, using a 1 based counter.
- $(COMMITCOUNT):
For non-traditional versioning (x.y.z), most prominent `base-files`,
this variable contains the total number of package commits.
The new functionality can also be used by other feeds like packages.git.
In case no build information is available, e.g. when using release
tarballs, the SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH is used to have a reproducible release
identifier.
Suggested-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
The "edimax,uimage"" parser can be replaced by the generic
parser using device specific openwrt,partition-magic and
openwrt,offset properties.
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Some devices prepend a standard U-Boot Image with a vendor specific
header, having its own magic. Adding two new properties will support
validation of such images, including the additional magic.
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
The "netgear,uimage" parser can be replaced by the generic
parser using device specific openwrt,ih-magic and
openwrt,ih-type properties.
Device tree properties for the following devices have not
been set, as they have been dropped from OpenWrt with the
removal of the ar71xx target:
FW_MAGIC_WNR2000V1 0x32303031
FW_MAGIC_WNR2000V4 0x32303034
FW_MAGIC_WNR1000V2_VC 0x31303030
FW_MAGIC_WPN824N 0x31313030
Tested-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net> # WNDR3700v2
Tested-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org> # WNDR3700v1
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Convert users to the generic "openwrt,uimage" using device specific
"openwrt,ih-magic" properties, and remove "allnet,uimage".
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
The only difference between the "openwrt,okli" and the generic
parser is the magic. Set this in device tree for all affected
devices and remove the "openwrt,okli" parser.
Tested-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@protonmail.com> # EAP300 v2, ENS202EXT and ENH202
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Convert users of the "fonfxc" and "sge" parsers to the generic
"openwrt,uimage", using device specific "openwrt,padding" properties.
Tested-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org> [DIR-878 A1]
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
It's required for BCM4908. It cannot use "bcm-wfi-fw" parser because
that one requires *two* JFFS2 partitions which is untested / unsupported
on the BCM4908 architecture. With a single JFFS2 partition "bcm-wfi-fw"
parser will:
1. Fail to find "vmlinux.lz" as it doesn't follow "1-openwrt" file
2. Create partitions that don't precisely match bootfs layout
The new parser is described in details in the MTD_SPLIT_CFE_BOOTFS
symbol help message.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Asus looks for an extra data at the end of BCM4908 image, right before
the BCM4908 tail. It needs to be properly filled to make Asus accept
firmware image.
This tool constructs such a tail, writes it and updates CRC32 in BCM4908
tail accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Sync ethernet driver code with upstream Linux kernel:
-Reduce xmit_more code changes.
-Combine rx cleanup code into a function.
-Convert to build_skb.
-Improve rx loop by optimizing loop tracking.
https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/20210106144208.1935-1-liew.s.piaw@gmail.com/
Signed-off-by: Sieng Piaw Liew <liew.s.piaw@gmail.com>
[Amend commit description, move patches to the top since they are going to be
upstreamed]
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Hamming ECC devices do not cover OOB data, as opposed to BCH ECC devices.
Therefore, disabling ECC for all devices is preventing BCH devices from
correctly reading and writing the OOB data.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
The OEM assignment of LAN ports is swapped.
Fixes: c2a7bb520a ("ramips: mt7621: add support for Xiaomi Mi Router 4")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Xiaomi Mi Router 4 is the same as Xiaomi Mi Router 3G, except for
the RAM (256Mib→128Mib), LEDs and gpio (MiNet button).
Specifications:
Power: 12 VDC, 1 A
Connector type: barrel
CPU1: MediaTek MT7621A (880 MHz, 4 cores)
FLA1: 128 MiB (ESMT F59L1G81MA)
RAM1: 128 MiB (ESMT M15T1G1664A)
WI1 chip1: MediaTek MT7603EN
WI1 802dot11 protocols: bgn
WI1 MIMO config: 2x2:2
WI1 antenna connector: U.FL
WI2 chip1: MediaTek MT7612EN
WI2 802dot11 protocols: an+ac
WI2 MIMO config: 2x2:2
WI2 antenna connector: U.FL
ETH chip1: MediaTek MT7621A
Switch: MediaTek MT7621A
UART Serial
[o] TX
[o] GND
[o] RX
[ ] VCC - Do not connect it
MAC addresses as verified by OEM firmware:
use address source
LAN *:c2 factory 0xe000 (label)
WAN *:c3 factory 0xe006
2g *:c4 factory 0x0000
5g *:c5 factory 0x8000
Flashing instructions:
1.Create a simple http server (nginx etc)
2.set uart enable
To enable writing to the console, you must reset to factory settings
Then you see uboot boot, press the keyboard 4 button (enter uboot command line)
If it is not successful, repeat the above operation of restoring the factory settings.
After entering the uboot command line, type:
setenv uart_en 1
saveenv
boot
3.use shell in uart
cd /tmp
wget http://"your_computer_ip:80"/openwrt-ramips-mt7621-xiaomi_mir4-squashfs-kernel1.bin
wget http://"your_computer_ip:80"/openwrt-ramips-mt7621-xiaomi_mir4-squashfs-rootfs0.bin
mtd write openwrt-ramips-mt7621-xiaomi_mir4-squashfs-kernel1.bin kernel1
mtd write openwrt-ramips-mt7621-xiaomi_mir4-squashfs-rootfs0.bin rootfs0
nvram set flag_try_sys1_failed=1
nvram commit
reboot
4.login to the router http://192.168.1.1/
Installation via Software exploit
Find the instructions in the https://github.com/acecilia/OpenWRTInvasion
Signed-off-by: Dmytro Oz <sequentiality@gmail.com>
[commit message facelift, rebase onto shared DTSI/common device
definition, bump uboot-envtools]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This creates a DTSI for Xiaomi devices with 128M NAND.
This allows to consolidate the partitions and a few other nodes for
AC2100 family and Mi Router 3G.
Note that the Mi Router 3 Pro has 256M NAND and differently sized
partitions.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This creates a shared device definition for Xiaomi devices with
NAND and "separate" images, i.e. kernel1.bin and rootfs0.bin.
This allows to consolidate similar/duplicate code for AC2100 family
and Mi Router 3G.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Since generic images have been split to their own
Makefile boards are showing up twice in menuconfig
as $(eval $(call BuildImage)) was not dropped from
the new generic.mk.
Hence $(eval $(call BuildImage)) was being called
twice.
So, lets simply drop it from generic.mk.
Fixes: 378c7ff282 ("ipq40xx: split generic images into own file")
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
There seems to be a problem with setting #WP. On the other hand ignoring
the #WP seems to work. rootfs_data UBI volume seems to persist changes.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
BCM4908 bootloader requires firmware with JFFS2 image containing:
1. cferam.000
2. 94908.dtb
3. vmlinux.lz
4. device custom files
cferam.000 can be obtained from the bcm63xx-cfe repository.
device custom files are stored in images dir.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
procd doesn't work with just serial specified in the DT (using chosen &
stdout-path). It requires tty device to be explicitly specified in the
cmdline.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
1. It's useful for developing & validating DTS files inside OpenWrt
2. This will allow backporting later changes that depend on it
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
All modification made by update_kernel.sh in a fresh clone without
existing toolchains.
Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x/R7800, bcm27xx/bcm2711
Run-tested: ipq806x/R7800
No dmesg regressions, everything functional
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
Tested-by: Curtis Deptuck <curtdept@me.com> [x86/64]
Device specifications:
======================
* Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9558 ver 1 rev 0
* 720/600/240 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
* 128 MB of RAM
* 16 MB of SPI NOR flash
- 2x 7 MB available; but one of the 7 MB regions is the recovery image
* 3T3R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi (11n)
* 3T3R 5 GHz Wi-Fi (11ac)
* 6x GPIO-LEDs (2x wifi, 2x status, 1x lan, 1x power)
* 1x GPIO-button (reset)
* external h/w watchdog (enabled by default))
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 1x ethernet
- AR8035 ethernet PHY (RGMII)
- 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 802.3af POE
- used as LAN interface
* 12-24V 1A DC
* internal antennas
Flashing instructions:
======================
Various methods can be used to install the actual image on the flash.
Two easy ones are:
ap51-flash
----------
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
initramfs from TFTP
-------------------
The serial console must be used to access the u-boot shell during bootup.
It can then be used to first boot up the initramfs image from a TFTP server
(here with the IP 192.168.1.21):
setenv serverip 192.168.1.21
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1
tftpboot 0c00000 <filename-of-initramfs-kernel>.bin && bootm $fileaddr
The actual sysupgrade image can then be transferred (on the LAN port) to the
device via
scp <filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin root@192.168.1.1:/tmp/
On the device, the sysupgrade must then be started using
sysupgrade -n /tmp/<filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
[rebase, add LED migration]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Device specifications:
======================
* Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9558 ver 1 rev 0
* 720/600/240 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
* 128 MB of RAM
* 16 MB of SPI NOR flash
- 2x 7 MB available; but one of the 7 MB regions is the recovery image
* 3T3R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi (11n)
* 3T3R 5 GHz Wi-Fi (11ac)
* 6x GPIO-LEDs (2x wifi, 2x status, 1x lan, 1x power)
* 1x GPIO-button (reset)
* external h/w watchdog (enabled by default))
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 1x ethernet
- AR8035 ethernet PHY (RGMII)
- 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 802.3af POE
- used as LAN interface
* 12-24V 1A DC
* internal antennas
Flashing instructions:
======================
Various methods can be used to install the actual image on the flash.
Two easy ones are:
ap51-flash
----------
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
initramfs from TFTP
-------------------
The serial console must be used to access the u-boot shell during bootup.
It can then be used to first boot up the initramfs image from a TFTP server
(here with the IP 192.168.1.21):
setenv serverip 192.168.1.21
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1
tftpboot 0c00000 <filename-of-initramfs-kernel>.bin && bootm $fileaddr
The actual sysupgrade image can then be transferred (on the LAN port) to the
device via
scp <filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin root@192.168.1.1:/tmp/
On the device, the sysupgrade must then be started using
sysupgrade -n /tmp/<filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
[rebase, apply shared DTSI/device node, add LED migration]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The OpenMesh MR900 and to-be-added MR1750 family are very similar.
Make the existing MR900 DTSI more general so it can be used for
the MR1750 devices as well.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The shared image definitions for OpenMesh devices are currently
organized based on device families. This introduces some duplicate
code, as the image creation code is mostly the same for those.
This patch thus derives two basic shared definitions that work for
all devices and only requires a few variables to be moved back to
the device definitions.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The OpenMesh MR900 is a modified version of the Exx900/Exx1750 family.
These devices are shipped with an AR803x PHY and had various problems with
the delay configuration in ar71xx. These problems are now in the past [1]
and parts of the delay configuration should now be done in the PHY only.
Just switch to the configuration of the ECB1750 to have an already well
tested configuration for ath79 with the newer kernel versions.
[1] https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/3505#issuecomment-716050292
Reported-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Device specifications:
======================
* Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9558 ver 1 rev 0
* 720/600/240 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
* 128 MB of RAM
* 16 MB of SPI NOR flash
- 2x 7 MB available; but one of the 7 MB regions is the recovery image
* 3T3R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi
* 3T3R 5 GHz Wi-Fi
* 6x GPIO-LEDs (2x wifi, 2x status, 1x lan, 1x power)
* 1x GPIO-button (reset)
* external h/w watchdog (enabled by default))
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 1x ethernet
- AR8035 ethernet PHY (RGMII)
- 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 802.3af POE
- used as LAN interface
* 12-24V 1A DC
* internal antennas
Flashing instructions:
======================
Various methods can be used to install the actual image on the flash.
Two easy ones are:
ap51-flash
----------
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
initramfs from TFTP
-------------------
The serial console must be used to access the u-boot shell during bootup.
It can then be used to first boot up the initramfs image from a TFTP server
(here with the IP 192.168.1.21):
setenv serverip 192.168.1.21
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1
tftpboot 0c00000 <filename-of-initramfs-kernel>.bin && bootm $fileaddr
The actual sysupgrade image can then be transferred (on the LAN port) to the
device via
scp <filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin root@192.168.1.1:/tmp/
On the device, the sysupgrade must then be started using
sysupgrade -n /tmp/<filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
[rebase, add LED migration]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Device specifications:
======================
* Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9558 ver 1 rev 0
* 720/600/240 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
* 128 MB of RAM
* 16 MB of SPI NOR flash
- 2x 7 MB available; but one of the 7 MB regions is the recovery image
* 3T3R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi
* 3T3R 5 GHz Wi-Fi
* 6x GPIO-LEDs (2x wifi, 2x status, 1x lan, 1x power)
* 1x GPIO-button (reset)
* external h/w watchdog (enabled by default))
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 1x ethernet
- AR8035 ethernet PHY (RGMII)
- 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 802.3af POE
- used as LAN interface
* 12-24V 1A DC
* internal antennas
Flashing instructions:
======================
Various methods can be used to install the actual image on the flash.
Two easy ones are:
ap51-flash
----------
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
initramfs from TFTP
-------------------
The serial console must be used to access the u-boot shell during bootup.
It can then be used to first boot up the initramfs image from a TFTP server
(here with the IP 192.168.1.21):
setenv serverip 192.168.1.21
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1
tftpboot 0c00000 <filename-of-initramfs-kernel>.bin && bootm $fileaddr
The actual sysupgrade image can then be transferred (on the LAN port) to the
device via
scp <filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin root@192.168.1.1:/tmp/
On the device, the sysupgrade must then be started using
sysupgrade -n /tmp/<filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
[rebase, add LED migration]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The OpenMesh MR600 is a modified version of the EAP600 family. These
devices are shipped with an AR803x PHY and had various problems with the
delay configuration in ar71xx. These problems are now in the past [1] and
parts of the delay configuration should now be done in the PHY only.
Just switch to the configuration of the EAP600 to have an already well
tested configuration for ath79 with the newer kernel versions.
[1] https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/3505#issuecomment-716050292
Reported-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Device specifications:
======================
* Qualcomm/Atheros AR9344 rev 2
* 560/450/225 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
* 128 MB of RAM
* 16 MB of SPI NOR flash
- 2x 7 MB available; but one of the 7 MB regions is the recovery image
* 2T2R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi
* 2T2R 5 GHz Wi-Fi
* 8x GPIO-LEDs (6x wifi, 1x wps, 1x power)
* 1x GPIO-button (reset)
* external h/w watchdog (enabled by default))
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 1x ethernet
- AR8035 ethernet PHY (RGMII)
- 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 802.3af POE
- used as LAN interface
* 12-24V 1A DC
* internal antennas
Flashing instructions:
======================
Various methods can be used to install the actual image on the flash.
Two easy ones are:
ap51-flash
----------
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
initramfs from TFTP
-------------------
The serial console must be used to access the u-boot shell during bootup.
It can then be used to first boot up the initramfs image from a TFTP server
(here with the IP 192.168.1.21):
setenv serverip 192.168.1.21
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1
tftpboot 0c00000 <filename-of-initramfs-kernel>.bin && bootm $fileaddr
The actual sysupgrade image can then be transferred (on the LAN port) to the
device via
scp <filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin root@192.168.1.1:/tmp/
On the device, the sysupgrade must then be started using
sysupgrade -n /tmp/<filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
[rebase, add LED migration]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Device specifications:
======================
* Qualcomm/Atheros AR9344 rev 2
* 560/450/225 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
* 128 MB of RAM
* 16 MB of SPI NOR flash
- 2x 7 MB available; but one of the 7 MB regions is the recovery image
* 2T2R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi
* 2T2R 5 GHz Wi-Fi
* 4x GPIO-LEDs (2x wifi, 1x wps, 1x power)
* 1x GPIO-button (reset)
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 1x ethernet
- AR8035 ethernet PHY (RGMII)
- 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 802.3af POE
- used as LAN interface
* 12-24V 1A DC
* internal antennas
Flashing instructions:
======================
Various methods can be used to install the actual image on the flash.
Two easy ones are:
ap51-flash
----------
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
initramfs from TFTP
-------------------
The serial console must be used to access the u-boot shell during bootup.
It can then be used to first boot up the initramfs image from a TFTP server
(here with the IP 192.168.1.21):
setenv serverip 192.168.1.21
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1
tftpboot 0c00000 <filename-of-initramfs-kernel>.bin && bootm $fileaddr
The actual sysupgrade image can then be transferred (on the LAN port) to the
device via
scp <filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin root@192.168.1.1:/tmp/
On the device, the sysupgrade must then be started using
sysupgrade -n /tmp/<filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
[rebase, make WLAN LEDs consistent, add LED migration]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The "cidr_contains6" functions clones the given cidr. The contains4
does not clone the cidr. Both functions do not behave the same.
I see no reason to push the cidr. I think that we get only a negligible
performance gain, but it makes ipv4 and ipv6 equal again.
Signed-off-by: Nick Hainke <vincent@systemli.org>
All modification made by update_kernel.sh in a fresh clone without
existing toolchains.
Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x/R7800, bcm27xx/bcm2711
Run-tested: ipq806x/R7800
No dmesg regressions, everything functional
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
Tested-by: Curtis Deptuck <curtdept@me.com> [x86/64]
This fixes the following security problems in dnsmasq:
* CVE-2020-25681:
Dnsmasq versions before 2.83 is susceptible to a heap-based buffer
overflow in sort_rrset() when DNSSEC is used. This can allow a remote
attacker to write arbitrary data into target device's memory that can
lead to memory corruption and other unexpected behaviors on the target
device.
* CVE-2020-25682:
Dnsmasq versions before 2.83 is susceptible to buffer overflow in
extract_name() function due to missing length check, when DNSSEC is
enabled. This can allow a remote attacker to cause memory corruption
on the target device.
* CVE-2020-25683:
Dnsmasq version before 2.83 is susceptible to a heap-based buffer
overflow when DNSSEC is enabled. A remote attacker, who can create
valid DNS replies, could use this flaw to cause an overflow in a heap-
allocated memory. This flaw is caused by the lack of length checks in
rtc1035.c:extract_name(), which could be abused to make the code
execute memcpy() with a negative size in get_rdata() and cause a crash
in Dnsmasq, resulting in a Denial of Service.
* CVE-2020-25684:
A lack of proper address/port check implemented in Dnsmasq version <
2.83 reply_query function makes forging replies easier to an off-path
attacker.
* CVE-2020-25685:
A lack of query resource name (RRNAME) checks implemented in Dnsmasq's
versions before 2.83 reply_query function allows remote attackers to
spoof DNS traffic that can lead to DNS cache poisoning.
* CVE-2020-25686:
Multiple DNS query requests for the same resource name (RRNAME) by
Dnsmasq versions before 2.83 allows for remote attackers to spoof DNS
traffic, using a birthday attack (RFC 5452), that can lead to DNS
cache poisoning.
* CVE-2020-25687:
Dnsmasq versions before 2.83 is vulnerable to a heap-based buffer
overflow with large memcpy in sort_rrset() when DNSSEC is enabled. A
remote attacker, who can create valid DNS replies, could use this flaw
to cause an overflow in a heap-allocated memory. This flaw is caused
by the lack of length checks in rtc1035.c:extract_name(), which could
be abused to make the code execute memcpy() with a negative size in
sort_rrset() and cause a crash in dnsmasq, resulting in a Denial of
Service.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The referenced commit is gone, but we already have this file on our
mirror, use that one by providing the correct mirror hash.
I generated a tar.xz file with the given git commit hash using a random
fork on github and it generated the same tar.xz file as found on our
mirror so this looks correct.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The referenced commit is gone, but we already have this file on our
mirror, use that one by providing the correct mirror hash.
I generated a tar.xz file with the given git commit hash using a random
fork on github and it generated the same tar.xz file as found on our
mirror so this looks correct.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Kerning seems to be very off-putting for some people so the logo
designer thankfully updated guidelines to something which is now
considered final.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
These devices do not run Ubiquiti AirOS. Rename the partition to the
name used by other UniFi devices with vendor dualboot support.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The NanoPi R2S does not have a board specific MAC address written inside
e.g. an EEPROM, hence why it is randomly generated on first boot.
The issue with that however is the lack of a driver for the PRNG.
It often results to the same MAC address used on multiple boards by
default, as urngd is not active at this early stage resulting in low
available entropy.
There is however a semi-unique identifier available to us, which is the
CID of the used SD card. It is unique to each SD card, hence we can use
it to generate the MAC address used for LAN and WAN.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Flashing image with BCM4908 CFE bootloader requires specific firmware
format. It needs 20 extra bytes with magic numbers and CRC32 appended.
This tools allows appending such a tail to the specified image and also
verifying CRC32 of existing BCM4908 image.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
53f07e9 ra: fix routing loop on point to point links
2b6959d ra: align ifindex resolving
Tested-by: Karl Vogel <karl.vogel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This enables the MikroTik platform driver, it enables us to parse
valuable info from hard_config including WLAN calibration data
extraction from sysfs.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
This enables the new MikroTik specific partition parser.
This avoids manually specifying the MikroTik specific partitions as they
can be detected by their magic values.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
MikroTik devices require the use of raw vmlinux out of the self
extracting compressed kernels.
They also require 4K sectors, kernel2minor, partition parser as well as
RouterBoard platform drivers.
So in order to not add unnecessary code to the generic sub target lets
introduce a MikroTik sub target.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
If the watchdog is enabled, set the timeout to 30 seconds before
decompress is started.
Mikrotik ipq40xx devices running with RouterBoot have the SoC watchdog
enabled and running with a timeout that does not allow time for the
kernel to decompress and manage the watchdog.
On ipq40xx RouterBoot TFTP boot the watchdog countdown is reset before:
Jumping to kernel
Signed-off-by: John Thomson <git@johnthomson.fastmail.com.au>
This adds a appended_dtb section to the ARM decompressor
linker script.
This allows using the existing ARM zImage appended DTB support for
appending a DTB to the raw ELF kernel.
Its size is set to 1MB max to match the zImage appended DTB size limit.
To use it to pass the DTB to the kernel, objcopy is used:
objcopy --set-section-flags=.appended_dtb=alloc,contents \
--update-section=.appended_dtb=<target>.dtb vmlinux
This is based off the following patch:
c063e27e02
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
Reordered for consistency between packages.
Fixed license information.
Change PKG_BUILD_PARALLEL to 1. This is no longer a problem.1
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
4c619b3eed x86: Check IFUNC definition in unrelocated executable [BZ #20019]
87450ecf8a x86: Set header.feature_1 in TCB for always-on CET [BZ #27177]
2b4f67c2b3 Update for [BZ #27130] fix
1a24bbd43e x86-64: Avoid rep movsb with short distance [BZ #27130]
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
The removed config symbols are already enabled by the generic kernel
configuration (or by default), while the added ones are forcefully
enabled by the specific architecture.
Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
The USB port definition is only needed when it is linked to a USB
LED. Since there is none for this device, we might as well remove
the port definition.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
CPU: Atheros AR9342 rev 3 SoC
RAM: 64 MB DDR2
Flash: 16 MB NOR SPI
WLAN 2.4GHz: Atheros AR9342 v3 (ath9k)
WLAN 5.0GHz: QCA988X
Ports: 1x GbE
Flashing procedure is identical to other ubnt devices.
https://openwrt.org/toh/ubiquiti/common
Flashing through factory firmware
1. Ensure firmware version v8.7.0 is installed.
Up/downgrade to this exact version.
2. Patch fwupdate.real binary using
`hexdump -Cv /bin/ubntbox | sed 's/14 40 fe 27/00 00 00 00/g' | \
hexdump -R > /tmp/fwupdate.real`
3. Make the patched fwupdate.real binary executable using
`chmod +x /tmp/fwupdate.real`
4. Copy the squashfs factory image to /tmp on the device
5. Flash OpenWrt using `/tmp/fwupdate.real -m <squashfs-factory image>`
6. Wait for the device to reboot
(copied from Ubiquiti NanoBeam AC and modified)
Flashing from serial console
1. Connect serial console (115200 baud)
2. Connect ethernet to a network with a TFTP server, through a
passive PoE injector.
3. Press a key to obtain a u-boot prompt
4. Set your TFTP server's ip address, with:
setenv serverip <tftp-server-address>
5. Set the Bullet AC's ip address, with:
setenv ipaddr <bullet-ac-address>
6. Set the boot file, with:
setenv bootfile <name-of-initramfs-binary-on-tftp-server>
7. Fetch the binary with tftp:
tftpboot
8. Boot the initramfs binary:
bootm
9. From the initramfs, fetch the sysupgrade binary, and flash it with
sysupgrade.
The Bullet AC is identified as a 2WA board by Ubiquiti. As such, the UBNT_TYPE
must match from the "Flashing through factory firmware" install instructions
to work.
Phy0 is QCA988X which can tune either band (2.4 or 5GHz). Phy1 is AR9342,
on which 5GHz is disabled. It isn't currently known whether phy1 is
routed to the N connector at all.
Signed-off-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
The following four led triggers are enabled in generic config.
* kmod-ledtrig-default-on
* kmod-ledtrig-heartbeat
* kmod-ledtrig-netdev
* kmod-ledtrig-timer
Drop the packages and remove them from DEVICE_PACKAGES.
There's no other package depending on them in this repo.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Those targets have already enabled some other LED triggers, so enabling
a few more won't be a big problem.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
The heartbeat trigger is used by luci-mod-system, which is installed
as a part of the standard luci package set. It seems the LED trigger
will be required quite often, so let's enable it by default.
This increases uncompressed kernel size by about 100 bytes on ath79/generic.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
With encryption disabled, it was intended to set wpa_state=1 (enabled,
not configured) through the 'wps_not_configured' flag.
The flag is set appropriately but the condition using it is broken.
Instead, 'wps_configured' is checked and wpa_state is always 2 (enabled,
configured). Fix it by using the correct variable name.
Fixes: 498d84fc4e ("netifd: add wireless configuration support
and port mac80211 to the new framework")
Signed-off-by: Leon M. George <leon@georgemail.eu>
[commit title/message improvements]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
CONFIG_THERMAL option was changed to boolean in upstream linux commit
554b3529fe01 ("thermal/drivers/core: Remove the module Kconfig's option").
Switch it to 'y' and remove FILES and AUTOLOAD for non-existant module file.
And update the descripton text for the package as in upstream linux commit
eb8504620381 ("thermal: Rephrase the Kconfig text for thermal").
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
The cidr_parse6 function parses a string to an ipv6-address.
The cidr struct contains a union called buf for the ipv4 and ipv6
address. Since it is a char pointer and the struct is initialized with
the maximum size (so ipv6 string) it does not make any difference.
However, we should access the buffer using the v6 name, since it could
be confusing otherwise.
Signed-off-by: Nick Hainke <vincent@systemli.org>
This fixes a typo in the previously committed partition map that led to
the extension of the read-only mtd partition "SSD" into the following
partitions.
Fixes: 4e46beb313 ("ipq806x: add support for Ubiquiti UniFi AC HD")
Signed-off-by: Jan Alexander <jan@nalx.net>
All modification made by update_kernel.sh in a fresh clone without
existing toolchains.
Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x/R7800, bcm27xx/bcm2711
Run-tested: ipq806x/R7800
No dmesg regressions, everything functional
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
Tested-by: Curtis Deptuck <curtdept@me.com> [x86/64]
Since 4ee3cf2b5a profiles with alternative vendor names may appear
multiple times in `tmp/.targetinfo` or `.targetinfo` (for
ImageBuilders).
The `target-metadata.pl` script adds these profiles then twice to
`PROFILE_NAMES` and the ImageBuilder show the profile twice when running
`make info`.
This patch removes duplicate profile IDs and only adds them once to
`.profiles.mk`.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Not everyone will want to bloat their kernel by 24 kiB for such a niche
feature.
Fixes: a1a7f3274e "kernel: enable SRv6 support by
enabling lwtunnel"
Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
BCM4908 CFE bootloader requires kernel to be prepended with a custom
header. This simple tool implements support for such headers.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
glibc does not officially support ARC700 so this adds the missing
pieces. I looked at uClibc-ng and a patch by Synopsis for glibc.
ran make toolchain/glibc/refresh to clean up fuzz.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
a46f9a9160e9 mt76: mt7915: add vif check in mt7915_update_vif_beacon()
27ad12352ac9 mt76: mt7615: add vif check in mt7615_update_vif_beacon()
0a449cef024e mt76: mt7915: fix MT_CIPHER_BIP_CMAC_128 setkey
eacd2d493c61 mt76: mt7915: reset token when mac_reset happens
e4b23301e6c9 mt76: mt7615: reset token when mac_reset happens
6e22bbfe0360 mt76: mt7615: convert comma to semicolon
37865118ae2d mt76: mt7915: convert comma to semicolon
742c36b2e527 mt76: mt7915: run mt7915_configure_filter holding mt76 mutex
a515727e8423 mt76: mt7915: add support for flash mode
b6f7b3da5216 mt76: mt7915: fix endianness warning in mt7915_mcu_set_radar_th
062f3f4f06a2 mt76: mt7915: simplify mt7915_mcu_send_message routine
dbba9b993300 mt76: mt7915: drop zero-length packet to avoid Tx hang
36a745d0f71c mt76: Fix queue ID variable types after mcu queue split
a4539760b0b1 mt7915: update the testmode support to the latest upstream patch
64bd6f87e4c2 mt7915: fix crash on failure in pci_set_dma_mask
c202ace409e0 mt76: remove unused variable q
d1b827781f84 mt76: mt7915: add partial add_bss_info command on testmode init
a897a69769f5 mt76: testmode: introduce dbdc support
b44472e99822 mt76: testmode: move mtd part to mt76_dev
45e27e6cdc12 mt76: mt7915: move testmode data from dev to phy
b6673b005770 mt76: mt7615: move testmode data from dev to phy
abdd471e9f2d mt76: mt7915: fix ht mcs in mt7915_mcu_get_rx_rate()
d679b56b9585 mt76: move mac_work in mt76_core module
36cd48ab4454 mt76: move chainmask in mt76_phy
89a6781ed045 mt76: mt7915: force ldpc for bw larger than 20MHz in testmode
3d0834e78005 mt76: testmode: add support to set user-defined spe index
cc05f4679667 mt76: testmode: add attributes for ipg related parameters
77b18b16fe16 mt76: testmode: make tx queued limit adjustable
6365a58573cb mt76: mt7915: split edca update function
e56282bf67f6 mt76: mt7915: add support for ipg in testmode
6fa642903e4e mt76: mt7915: calculate new packet length when tx_time is set in testmode
729ec5daeba5 mt76: mt7915: clean hw queue before starting new testmode tx
981443da5cf7 mt76: testmode: add a new state for continuous tx
4793fc9b3d48 mt76: mt7915: rework set state part in testmode
11a1e86e5946 mt76: mt7915: add support for continuous tx in testmode
364affef82fc mt76: mt7615: mt7915: disable txpower sku when testmode enabled
9fc19db51293 mt76: mt7915: simplify peer's TxBF capability check
6377b7f330be mt76: mt7915: add implicit Tx beamforming support
983091a40633 mt76: mt7915: fix MESH ifdef block
bbb7a9e77751 mt76: mt76u: fix NULL pointer dereference in mt76u_status_worker
a28a8dd2f7de mt76: usb: fix crash on device removal
9c312f2ce2c5 mt76: mt7915: rework mcu API
e6fe82acb111 mt76: mt7915: disable RED support in the WA firmware
25d7429bdc41 mt76: mt7915: fix eeprom parsing for DBDC
7a93026dd3dc mt76: mt7915: fix eeprom DBDC band selection
4c8a09cc45d0 tools: Set mode for new file /tmp/mt76-test-%s
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The key_mgmt variable was mistyped when checking against "WPS", so
the if clause was never entered.
Fixes: f5753aae23 ("hostapd: add support for WPS pushbutton station")
Signed-off-by: Leon M. George <leon@georgemail.eu>
[add commit message, bump PKG_RELEASE]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
'base' was never used.
Fixes: 498d84fc4e ("netifd: add wireless configuration support
and port mac80211 to the new framework")
Signed-off-by: Leon M. George <leon@georgemail.eu>
'enc_str' was never used.
Fixes: 498d84fc4e ("netifd: add wireless configuration support
and port mac80211 to the new framework")
Signed-off-by: Leon M. George <leon@georgemail.eu>
Granting capabilities CAP_NET_ADMIN and CAP_NET_RAW allows running
hostapd and wpa_supplicant without root priviledges.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This allows configuration of multicast_to_unicast and per_sta_vif options.
- multicast_to_unicast requests multicast-to-unicast conversion.
- per_sta_vif assigns each station its own AP_VLAN interface.
Signed-off-by: Etan Kissling <etan_kissling@apple.com>
This adds a config option to allow compiling with HKDF algorithm support
to support applications that require this feature.
Signed-off-by: Etan Kissling <etan_kissling@apple.com>
This allows libnetfilter_queue to access connection tracking information
by requesting NFQA_CFG_F_CONNTRACK. Connection tracking information is
provided in the NFQA_CT attribute.
CONFIG_NETFILTER_NETLINK_GLUE_CT enables the interaction between
nf_queue and nf_conntrack_netlink. Without this option, trying to access
connection tracking information results in "Operation not supported".
Signed-off-by: Etan Kissling <etan_kissling@apple.com>
The current master only supports kernel 5.4, and there is no reason
to remove KERNEL_IO_URING for future kernels.
Drop the unneeded dependency.
Signed-off-by: Andy Walsh <andy.walsh44+github@gmail.com>
[improve commit title/message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
It looks like GitHub changed the URL path for release tarballs, thus the
download for the zstd package was always falling back to the OpenWrt
sources mirror.
Fix the GitHub URL for one which works. The file hash remains unchanged.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Both devices use u-boot env variables to boot OpenWrt from its flash
partition. Using u-boot envtools, it is possible to change the bootcmd
back to the stock firmware partition directly from OpenWrt without
attaching a serial cable or even physically accessing the device.
Signed-off-by: Jan Alexander <jan@nalx.net>
Hardware
--------
SoC: Qualcomm IPQ8064
RAM: 512MB DDR3
Flash: 256MB NAND (Micron MT29F2G08ABBEAH4)
32MB SPI-NOR (Macronix MX25U25635F)
WLAN: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9994 4T4R b/g/n
Qualcomm Atheros QCA9994 4T4R a/n/ac
ETH: eth0 - SECONDARY (Atheros AR8033)
eth1 - MAIN (Atheros AR8033)
USB: USB-C
LED: Dome (white / blue)
BTN: Reset
Installation
------------
Copy the OpenWrt sysupgrade image to the /tmp directory of the device
using scp. Default IP address is 192.168.1.20 and default username and
password are "ubnt".
SSH to the device and write the bootselect flag to ensure it is booting
from the mtd partition the OpenWrt image will be written to. Verify the
output device below matches mtd partition "bootselect" using /proc/mtd.
> dd if=/dev/zero bs=1 count=1 seek=7 conv=notrunc of=/dev/mtd11
Write the OpenWrt sysupgrade image to the mtd partition labeled
"kernel0". Also verify the used partition device using /proc/mtd.
> dd if=/tmp/sysupgrade.bin of=/dev/mtdblock12
Reboot the device.
Back to stock
-------------
Use the TFTP recovery procedure with the Ubiquiti firmware image to
restore the vendor firmware.
Signed-off-by: Jan Alexander <jan@nalx.net>
Update the U-Boot to version v2021.01.
Run-tested: FriendlyARM NanoPi R2S
Radxa Rock Pi 4
Pine64 RockPro64
Signed-off-by: Marty Jones <mj8263788@gmail.com>
[format commit message]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Currently PHY information obtained from "iw phy" lacks information about
a PHYs HE capabilities when using the by default installed iw-tiny.
As there are already 802.11ax supported devices, enabled printing this
information for the by-default installed iw variant.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
BCM4906, BCM4908 and BCM49408 are SoCs with 64 bit ARMv8 B53 CPUs.
Upstream Linux is slowly getting support for that SoCs family so it
makes sense to add target for it.
This prepares initial support for:
1. Asus GT-AC5300
BCM4908 based device (4 CPUs) with 1024 MiB RAM, NAND, 8 LAN ports.
2. Netgear R8000P
BCM4906 based device (2 CPUs) with 512 MiB RAM, NAND, 4 LAN ports.
Flashing info will come later as we learn how to generate proper images.
It isn't usable yet (it only produces a bootable kernel) so "source-only"
is used.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Enable the ability to use segment routing based on IPv6. It allows the
packet to specify a path that the packet should take through the
network.
Lwtunnel allow an easy encapsulation of a package. You can just install
ip-full package and use it:
ip -6 route add 2003::/64 dev eth0 encap seg6 mode encap \
segs 2001::1,2002::2
An IPv6 package looks like this:
[IPv6 HDR][IPv6 RH][IPv6 HDR][Data...]
Netifd support:
https://git.openwrt.org/?p=project/netifd.git;
a=commit;h=458b1a7e9473c150a40cae5d8be174f4bb03bd39
Increases imagesize by 24.125 KiB. Therefore, only enable for devices
with enough flash.
Signed-off-by: Nick Hainke <vincent@systemli.org>
Previously, ccache would end up using the system libzstd, which is not
supposed to be a build requirement.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Nixon <tom@tomn.co.uk>
When compiling with CONFIG_ALL_KMODS enabled, compilation might stall
due to unset rockchip-specific config symbols. Disable these to avoid
stalling this step.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Instead of using an ancient qemu version in-tree the building machine
should just have qemu-utils installed.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Currently `qemu-img` is used to convert raw x86 images to VDI and VMDK
images, used for virtual machines.
Having `qemu-img` in tree requires us to maintain an ancient version of
`qemu-utils`, which recently required extra work to compile with newer
compiler version.
This commit prints a warning message in case `qemu-img` is missing.
As a next step the in-tree version of `qemu-img` can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
To simplify the way netifd acquires the PIDs of wpa_supplicant and
hostapd let the config_add method of both of them return the PID of the
called process. Use the returned PID instead of querying procd when
adding wpa_supplicant configuration.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Linux 5.9 introduces support for ZSTD ramdisk and initrd compression,
make sure we enable/disable the relevant options when building an
initramfs enabled kernel.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
When we use an external kernel tree which may not have been fully
cleaned, there may be user_headers left which do not match the target
architecture, leading to build failures for packages that do an explicit
inclusion of user_headers (such as iproute2 or iptables). Make sure we
delete them while preparing the directory.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
The ZyXEL GS1900-8HP is an 8 port gigabit switch with PoE+ support.
There are two versions on the market (v1 & v2) which share similar
specs (same flash size and flash layout, same RAM size, same PoE+ power
envelope) but have a different case and board layout that they each
share with other GS1900 siblings.
The v1 seems to share its PCB and case with non-PoE GS1900-8; as such,
adding support for the GS1900-8 would probably be trivial. The v2 seems
to share its casing and platform with its already supported bigger
brother, the GS1900-10HP - its board looks the same, except for two
holes where the GS1900-10 has its SFP ports.
Like their 10 port sibling, both devices have a dual firmware layout.
Both GS1900-8HP boards have the same 70W PoE+ power budget. In order to
manipulate the PoE+, one needs the rtl83xx-poe package [1].
After careful consideration it was decided to go with separate images
for each version.
Specifications (v1)
-------------------
* SoC: Realtek RTL8380M 500 MHz MIPS 4KEc
* Flash: Macronix MX25L12835F 16 MiB
* RAM: Nanya NT5TU128M8HE-AC 128 MiB DDR2 SDRAM
* Ethernet: 8x 10/100/1000 Mbit
* PoE+: Broadcom BCM59111KMLG (IEEE 802.3at-2009 compliant, 2x)
* UART: 1 serial header with populated standard pin connector on the
left side of the PCB, towards the bottom. Pins are labeled:
+ VCC (3.3V)
+ TX
+ RX
+ GND
Specifications (v2)
-------------------
* SoC: Realtek RTL8380M 500 MHz MIPS 4KEc
* Flash: Macronix MX25L12835F 16 MiB
* RAM: Samsung K4B1G0846G 128 MiB DDR3 SDRAM
* Ethernet: 8x 10/100/1000 Mbit
* PoE+: Broadcom BCM59121B0KMLG (IEEE 802.3at-2009 compliant)
* UART: 1 angled serial header with populated standard pin connector
accessible from outside through the ventilation slits on the
side. Pins from top to bottom are clearly marked on the PCB:
+ VCC (3.3V)
+ TX
+ RX
+ GND
Serial connection parameters for both devices: 115200 8N1.
Installation
------------
Instructions are identical to those for the GS1900-10HP and apply both
to the GS1900-8HP v1 and v2 as well.
* Configure your client with a static 192.168.1.x IP (e.g. 192.168.1.10).
* Set up a TFTP server on your client and make it serve the initramfs
image.
* Connect serial, power up the switch, interrupt U-boot by hitting the
space bar, and enable the network:
> rtk network on
* Since the GS1900-10HP is a dual-partition device, you want to keep the
OEM firmware on the backup partition for the time being. OpenWrt can
only boot off the first partition anyway (hardcoded in the DTS). To
make sure we are manipulating the first partition, issue the following
commands:
> setsys bootpartition 0
> savesys
* Download the image onto the device and boot from it:
> tftpboot 0x84f00000 192.168.1.10:openwrt-realtek-generic-zyxel_gs1900-8hp-v{1,2}-initramfs-kernel.bin
> bootm
* Once OpenWrt has booted, scp the sysupgrade image to /tmp and flash it:
> sysupgrade /tmp//tmp/openwrt-realtek-generic-zyxel_gs1900-8hp-v{1,2}-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
[merge PoE case, keep device definitions separate, change all those
hashes in the commit message to something else so they don't get
removed when changing the commit ...]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The ZyXEL GS1900-8HP v1, v2 and GS1900-10HP are all built on a similar
Realtek RTL8380M platform. Create a common DTSI in preparation for
GS1900-8HP support, and switch to the macros defined in rtl838x.dtsi.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
[drop redundant includes, use &mdio directly, do not replace SFP
ports]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This patch adds kernel module for Silicon Labs CP2112 HID USB to SMBus
Master Bridge. This is a HID device driver which registers as an i2c
adapter and gpiochip to expose these functions of the CP2112.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Remove trailing whitespaces in two *.mk files.
Signed-off-by: Leon M. George <leon@georgemail.eu>
[fix title, add message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
ZyXEL spells its own name all uppercase with just the Y lowercase. Adapt
the realtek target to follow this (other OpenWrt targets already do so).
Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
Move the memory out of the rtl838x.dtsi and into the device family DTSI
or device DTS if applicable. This aligns with upstream practice.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
[add missing block for dgs-1210-10p, move block below chosen node]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The identifier is already present in rtl838x.dtsi, and adding it
twice is not only redundant but actually wrong.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
While the speed improvement might be negligible, there is still no
reason to read individual bytes.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
For:
- ENH202 v1
- ENS202EXT v1
These boards were committed before it was discovered
that for all Engenius boards with a "failsafe" image,
forcing the failsafe image to load next boot
can be achieved by editing the u-boot environment like:
`fw_setenv rootfs_checksum 0`
So it's not necessary to delete a partition to boot to failsafe image.
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
This moves some of the Engenius boards from generic to tiny:
- EAP350 v1
- ECB350 v1
- ENH202 v1
For these, factory.bin builds are already failing on master
branch because of the unique situation for these boards:
- 8 MB flash
- an extra "failsafe" image for recovery
- TFTP does not work (barely possible with 600 MTU)
- bootloader loads image from a longer flash offset
- 1 eraseblock each needed for OKLI kernel loader and fake rootfs
- using mtd-concat to make use of remaining space...
The manual alternative would be removing the failsafe partition.
However this comes with the risk of extremely difficult recovery
if a flash ever fails because TFTP on the bootloader is bugged.
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
[improve commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
imx6 has it's own pcie host driver so we do
not need the one from DW.
This fixes following boot error:
[ 0.156913] dw-pcie 1ffc000.pcie: IRQ index 1 not found
Fixes: 6d5291ff72 ("imx6: add support for kernel 5.4")
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
2 regulator descriptions carry identical naming.
This leads to following boot warning:
[ 0.173138] debugfs: Directory 'vdd1p8' with parent 'regulator' already present!
Fix this by renaming the one used for audio.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
cmake is a dependency of ccache, which means it is build before ccache
is available and hence must be build with non-ccache CC and CXX. It
currently works, because the cmake build system splits the compiler
variable and treats them as multiple compilers to check.
For "ccache gcc" it first tests for "ccache", which always fails,
because ccache is not a compiler by itself, even if it is available, and
then ends up calling "gcc" alone, effectively never using ccache.
Let's make this explicit by forcing the use of non-ccache CC and CXX.
Signed-off-by: Sven Wegener <sven.wegener@stealer.net>
For glibc, lua needs an explicit link to libdl as glibc has it separate
Fixes the following error in at least collectd:
ld: usr/lib/liblua.so: undefined reference to `dlopen'
ld: usr/lib/liblua.so: undefined reference to `dlclose'
ld: usr/lib/liblua.so: undefined reference to `dlerror'
ld: usr/lib/liblua.so: undefined reference to `dlsym'
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
This keeps the configuration, like the size of the cache, and the
statistics intact. Move the removal of the cache directory to the
distclean target, but only delete the .ccache directory inside of our
build tree, as we should not mess with a user-configured external ccache
directory this destructively.
Signed-off-by: Sven Wegener <sven.wegener@stealer.net>
fd017ba iwinfo: add ht and vht operation info to wifi scan
4c66b31 iwinfo: export center channel for info ubus call
e28d4a5 iwinfo: add support for 802.11ad and GCMP
5c15f57 iwinfo: return hwmode 'ad' on 802.11ad-only hardware
ea7f471 iwinfo: include ht_operation data only if available
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
- Encode ABI version in compiled shared object file
- Only ship versioned shared library
a17f561 iwinfo: detect QCA IPQ4019 WiSoC from FDT
ea28dfb iwinfo: export ht and vht operation in scan results
4e22953 iwinfo: export center_chan info for local wifi
74d13fb cli: account for additional digit for frequencies above 10GHz
8bfd8d8 iwinfo: add support for GCMP cipher
618c1e8 iwinfo: add hardware description for QCA MIPS WiSoCs
0702f32 iwinfo: improve center channel handling
51c1336 iwinfo: set center chan unsupported for not-nl80211 driver
23d2722 build: add ability to specify shared object version
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The recent 7f285d "scripts/feeds: warn when skipping core package
override" floods SDK output with warning of overwriting "linux" and
"toolchain" core packages. This should be ignored as these are not
regular packages added via feeds.
While at it slightly improve the warning string.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Strictly, an SPDX identifier requires a space between the comment
marker and the identifier itself. This has been addressed in
b69c21738e ("treewide: add space before SPDX identifier"), but
some new malformatted identifiers were merged recently.
This could have been prevented by using checkpatch.pl earlier.
Fixes: 1a775a4fd0 ("ipq806x: add support for TP-Link Talon AD7200")
Fixes: 8ddaeaf642 ("ipq806x: create DTSI for TP-Link AD7200 and C2600")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The TP-Link AD7200 appears with and without the "Talon" model name
prefix. Let's use both variants for 'make menuconfig' so everybody
can locate the device.
Concerning the revision, the TP-Link page lists v1 and v2 with the
device currently marked as "End of Life". However, the v2 and latest
v1 firmware are byte-identical. Thus, we only need one image for
this device and do not need to include the revision in the image name.
While at it, remove the useless BOARD_NAME variable which only makes
sense in combination with upgrade from legacy stable versions or when
custom upgrade scripts are involved.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Both devices share most of their setup except buttons and LEDs,
so having a common DTSI removes a lot of duplicate code.
In order to have a shared partitioning scheme, device-id and
product-info from AD7200 have been merged into a single
product-info partition like for C2600.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This does several cosmetic adjustments for AD7200's DTS:
- Make node name, DT label and label property consistent
- Drop wrong and unused spi4 label
- Use generic flash@0 node name
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This reverts commit f1620630e9.
This update introduces potentially remote exploitable buffer overreads
in IE parsing logic.
It also breaks the ABI without introdcing SOVERSION library versioning.
Furthermore, HT information is incorrectly added for non-HT BSSes.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This reverts commit 190e793963.
This update introduces a potential null-pointer deref with subsequent rpcd
crash when querying wireless info for non-nl80211 wdevs.
Additionally it wrongly includes ht frequency information for non-ht BSSes.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The MT7915 radio currently advertises 2.4GHz channels while the antenna
path only supports 5 GHz. Limit the radio to 5GHz channels to prevent
users from configuring non-supported channels.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
fd017ba iwinfo: add ht and vht operation info to wifi scan
4c66b31 iwinfo: export center channel for info ubus call
e28d4a5 iwinfo: add support for 802.11ad and GCMP
5c15f57 iwinfo: return hwmode 'ad' on 802.11ad-only hardware
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
a17f561 iwinfo: detect QCA IPQ4019 WiSoC from FDT
ea28dfb iwinfo: export ht and vht operation in scan results
4e22953 iwinfo: export center_chan info for local wifi
74d13fb cli: account for additional digit for frequencies above 10GHz
8bfd8d8 iwinfo: add support for GCMP cipher
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This fixes the build problems for the REALTEK target by adding a proper
configuration option for the phy module.
Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <mail@birger-koblitz.de>
use PKG_FIXUP:=autoreconf to generate configure
200-hide-dlsym-error.patch deleted due to fixed upstream in another way
other patches refreshed to reflect latest changes
Signed-off-by: Syrone Wong <wong.syrone@gmail.com>
While the underscore in the name of the USB LEDs was removed from DTS,
/etc/board.d/01_leds also has to reflect that change.
Fixes: 28fd279e5d ("ipq806x: some corrections for TP-Link Talon AD7200")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Hardware
--------
MediaTek MT7621AT
256M DDR3
32M SPI-NOR
MediaTek MT7603 2T2R 802.11n 2.4GHz
MediaTek MT7915 2T2R 802.11ax 5GHz
Not Working
-----------
- Bluetooth (connected to UART3)
UART
----
UART is located in the lower left corner of the board. Pinout is
0 - 3V3 (don't connect)
1 - RX
2 - TX
3 - GND
Console is 115200 8N1.
Boot
----
1. Connect to the serial console and connect power.
2. Double-press ESC when prompted
3. Set the fdt address
$ fdt addr $(fdtcontroladdr)
4. Remove the signature node from the control FDT
$ fdt rm /signature
5. Transfer and boot the OpenWrt initramfs image to the device.
Make sure to name the file C0A80114.img and have it reachable at
192.168.1.1/24
$ tftpboot; bootm
Installation
------------
1. Connect to the booted device at 192.168.1.20 using username/password
"ubnt".
2. Update the bootloader environment.
$ fw_setenv devmode TRUE
$ fw_setenv boot_openwrt "fdt addr \$(fdtcontroladdr);
fdt rm /signature; bootubnt"
$ fw_setenv bootcmd "run boot_openwrt"
3. Transfer the OpenWrt sysupgrade image to the device using SCP.
4. Check the mtd partition number for bs / kernel0 / kernel1
$ cat /proc/mtd
5. Set the bootselect flag to boot from kernel0
$ dd if=/dev/zero bs=1 count=1 of=/dev/mtdblock4
6. Write the OpenWrt sysupgrade image to both kernel0 as well as kernel1
$ dd if=openwrt.bin of=/dev/mtdblock6
$ dd if=openwrt.bin of=/dev/mtdblock7
7. Reboot the device. It should boot into OpenWrt.
Below are the original installation instructions prior to the discovery
of "devmode=TRUE". They are not required for installation and are
documentation only.
The bootloader employs signature verification on the FIT image
configurations. This way, booting unauthorized image without patching
the bootloader is not possible. Manually configuring the bootcmd in the
U-Boot envronment won't work, as this is restored to the default value
if modified.
The bootloader is made up of three different parts.
1. The SPL performing early board initialization and providing a XModem
recovery in case the PBL is missing
2. The PBL being the primary U-Boot application and containing the
control FDT. It is LZMA packed with a uImage header.
3. A Ubiquiti standalone U-Boot application providing the main boot
routine as well as their recovery mechanism.
In a perfect world, we would only replace the PBL, as the SPL does not
perform checks on the PBLs integrity. However, as the PBL is in the same
eraseblock as the SPL, we need to at least rewrite both.
The bootloader will only verify integrity in case it has a "signature"
node in it's control device-tree. Renaming the signature node to
something else will prevent this from happening.
Warning: These instructions are based on the firmware intially
shipped with the device and potentially brick your device in a way it
can only be recovered using a SPI flasher.
Only (!) proceed if you understand this!
1. Extract the bootloader from the U-Boot partition using the OpenWrt
initramfs image.
2. Split the bootloader into it's 3 components:
$ dd if=bootloader.bin of=spl.bin bs=1 skip=0 count=45056
$ dd if=bootloader.bin of=pbl.uimage bs=1 skip=45056 count=143360
$ dd if=bootloader.bin of=ubnt.uimage bs=1 skip=188416
3. Strip the uImage header from the PBL
$ dd if=pbl.uimage of=pbl.lzma bs=64 skip=1
4. Decompress the PBL
$ lzma -d pbl.lzma --single-stream
The decompressed PBL sha256sum should be
d8b406c65240d260cf15be5f97f40c1d6d1b6e61ec3abed37bb841c90fcc1235
5. Open the decompressed PBL using your favorite hexeditor. Locate the
control FDT at offset 0x4CED0 (0xD00DFEED). At offset 0x4D5BC, the
label for the signature node is located. Rename the "signature"
string at this offset to "signaturr".
The patched PBL sha256sum should be
d028e374cdb40ba44b6e3cef2e4e8a8c16a3b85eb15d9544d24fdd10eed64c97
6. Compress the patched PBL
$ lzma -z pbl --lzma1=dict=67108864
The resulting pbl.lzma file should have the sha256sum
7ae6118928fa0d0b3fe4ff81abd80ecfd9ba2944cb0f0a462b6ae65913088b42
7. Create the PBL uimage
$ SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH=1607909492 mkimage -A mips -O u-boot -C lzma
-n "U-Boot 2018.03 [UniFi,v1.1.40.71]" -a 84000000 -e 84000000
-T firmware -d pbl.lzma patched_pbl.uimage
The resulting patched_pbl.uimage should have the sha256sum
b90d7fa2dcc6814180d3943530d8d6b0d6a03636113c94e99af34f196d3cf2ce
8. Reassemble the complete bootloader
$ dd if=patched_pbl.uimage of=aligned_pbl.uimage bs=143360 count=1
conv=sync
$ cat spl.bin > patched_uboot.bin
$ cat aligned_pbl.uimage >> patched_uboot.bin
$ cat ubnt.uimage >> patched_uboot.bin
The resulting patched_uboot.bin should have the sha256sum
3e1186f33b88a525687285c2a8b22e8786787b31d4648b8eee66c672222aa76b
9. Transfer your patched bootloader to the device. Also install the
kmod-mtd-rw package using opkg and load it.
$ insmod mtd-rw.ko i_want_a_brick=1
Write the patched bootloader to mtd0
$ mtd write patched_uboot.bin u-boot
10. Erase the kernel1 partition, as the bootloader might otherwise
decide to boot from there.
$ mtd erase kernel1
11. Transfer the OpenWrt sysupgrade image to the device and install
using sysupgrade.
FIT configurations
------------------
In the future, the MT7621 UniFi6 family can be supported by a single
OpenWrt image.
config@1: U6 Lite
config@2: U6 IW
config@3: U6 Mesh
config@4: U6 Extender
config@5: U6 LR-EA (Early Access - GA is MT7622)
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Address most comments made by Adrian Schmutzler on the mailing list.
The device name is kept as 'TP-Link Talon AD7200' as that seems to be
the marketing name TP-Link chose for that device, it also matches the
naming scheme for other TP-Link devices (e.g. 'TP-Link Archer C7').
Fixes: 1a775a4fd0 ("ipq806x: add support for TP-Link Talon AD7200")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
clang's gcc emulation does the right thing with -print-file-name now,
drop the wrapper
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Device hardware: https://deviwiki.com/wiki/TP-LINK_AD7200_(Talon)
The Talon AD7200 is basically an Archer C2600 with a third PCIe lane
and an 802.11ad radio. It looks like the Archers C2600/5400 but the
housing is slightly larger.
Specifications
--------------
- IPQ8064 dual-core 1400MHz
- QCA9988 2.4GHz WiFi
- QCA9990 5GHz WiFi
- QCA9500 60GHz WiFi
- 32MB SPI Flash
- 512MiB RAM
- 5 GBit Ports (QCA8337)
Installation
------------
Installation is possible from the OEM web interface.
Sysupgrade is possible.
TFTP recovery is possible.
- Image: AD7200_1.0_tp_recovery.bin
Notes
- This will be the first 802.11ad device supported by mainline.
Signed-off-by: Gary Cooper <gaco@bitmessage.de>
This patch adds wil6210 driver for Wilocity/QCA based 802.11ad
PCI cards.
Driver uses cfg80211 and nl80211 but not mac80211.
Integration for UCI and LuCI will come in other patches.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
This patch adds wil6210 firmware and board files.
Firmware version is not up to date but is only freely redistributable one I found.
Board file is a generic one so most devices and especially those for long distance
PtP links will require so in a ipq-wifi like way.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
This patch enables hostapd.sh to properly configure wpa_supplicant
for when GCMP is used as cipher in station mode.
Without this wpa_supplicant will be unable to connect to AP.
This is needed for wil6210 as it does not support CCMP.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
The usual OpenWrt-way of writing the JFFS2-marker in order to have
a filesystem erased at the next boot fails on UBIFS volumes due to
UBI being a different beast when it comes to writing.
As truncating a UBIFS volume only takes a few milliseconds and has the
desired effect of wiping-out all content of that volume, just do that
instead.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
`which` utility is not shipped by default for example on recent Arch
Linux and then any steps relying on its presence fails, like for example
following Python3 prereq build check:
$ python3 --version
Python 3.9.1
$ make
/bin/sh: line 1: which: command not found
/bin/sh: line 1: which: command not found
/bin/sh: line 1: which: command not found
...
Checking 'python3'... failed.
...
Fix this by switching to Bash builtin `command` which should provide
same functionality.
Fixes: FS#3525
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
It is good practice to define device tree files based on specific
SoCs. Thus, let's not start to create files that are used across
different architectures.
Duplicate the DTSI file for D-Link DAP-2xxx in order to have one
for qca953x and one for qca955x, respectively.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The device is a one-port, but was set up as two-port by the
default case in 02_network. Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Schaper <openwrt@sebastianschaper.net>
[commit title/message facelift]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Specifications:
* QCA9533, 16 MiB Flash, 64 MiB RAM, 802.11n 2T2R
* 10/100 Ethernet Port, 802.11af PoE
* IP55 pole-mountable outdoor case
Installation:
* Factory Web UI is at 192.168.0.50
login with 'admin' and blank password, flash factory.bin
* Recovery Web UI is at 192.168.0.50
connect network cable, hold reset button during power-on and keep it
pressed until uploading has started (only required when checksum is ok,
e.g. for reverting back to oem firmware), flash factory.bin
After flashing factory.bin, additional free space can be reclaimed by
flashing sysupgrade.bin, since the factory image requires some padding
to be accepted for upgrading via OEM Web UI.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Schaper <openwrt@sebastianschaper.net>
Specifications:
* QCA9558, 16 MiB Flash, 256 MiB RAM, 802.11n 3T3R
* QCA9984, 802.11ac Wave 2 3T3R
* Gigabit LAN Port (AR8035), 802.11at PoE
Installation:
* Factory Web UI is at 192.168.0.50
login with 'admin' and blank password, flash factory.bin
* Recovery Web UI is at 192.168.0.50
connect network cable, hold reset button during power-on and keep it
pressed until uploading has started (only required when checksum is ok,
e.g. for reverting back to oem firmware), flash factory.bin
After flashing factory.bin, additional free space can be reclaimed by
flashing sysupgrade.bin, since the factory image requires some padding
to be accepted for upgrading via OEM Web UI.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Schaper <openwrt@sebastianschaper.net>
Specifications:
* QCA9533, 16 MiB Flash, 64 MiB RAM, 802.11n 2T2R
* 10/100 Ethernet Port, 802.11af PoE
Installation:
* Factory Web UI is at 192.168.0.50
login with 'admin' and blank password, flash factory.bin
* Recovery Web UI is at 192.168.0.50
connect network cable, hold reset button during power-on and keep it
pressed until uploading has started (only required when checksum is ok,
e.g. for reverting back to oem firmware), flash factory.bin
After flashing factory.bin, additional free space can be reclaimed by
flashing sysupgrade.bin, since the factory image requires some padding
to be accepted for upgrading via OEM Web UI.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Schaper <openwrt@sebastianschaper.net>
Adds a new function get_magic_fat32() in base-files to read FAT32 magic.
Now FAT32 EFI system partition can be handled in the same way as FAT12/FAT16.
Signed-off-by: Kagurazaka Kotori <kagurazakakotori@gmail.com>
[replace '-o' with '] || [' to satisfy shellsheck]
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
This package is not needed in base. It will be imported in the packages
feed.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
The package `usbutils` already offers an USB reset function, this
package is therefore not really required standalone.
CC: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
This adds an option "hostapd_bss_options" that does the same as
"hostapd_options" but on a per-BSS level, instead of a per-device level.
This can be used, for example, to configure different per-devce sae_passwords
per BSS or to augment some of the existing per-BSS options.
Signed-off-by: Florian Beverborg <flo@beverb.org>
[remove whitespace errors, bump release]
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Commit 29ca10e537 ("ipq806x: remove support for kernel 4.19") moved
DTS files to "files" directory, but after that a new DTS file was added
to the former "files-5.4" directory. Move it to the new directory.
Fixes: 98b86296e6 ("ipq806x: add support for ASRock G10")
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Kernel config does not need to be executable. 644 is enough.
Fixes: 25d9df670b ("mediatek: add v5.4 support")
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
[split by targets]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
DTS files do not need to be executable. 644 is enough.
Fixes: 0fbdb51f76 ("ipq40xx: add Edgecore OAP-100 support")
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
[split by targets]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The phy label/node name should correspond to the reg property.
While at it, use more common decimal notation for reg property itself.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Legacy minstrel is essentially unmaintained and was showing poor performance
Replace it with minstrel_ht and improve rate selection and sampling behavior
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The qemustart script currently picks the ext4 filesystem rather than
squashfs, while the latter is default for nearly all OpenWrt targets.
Change the default behaviour of qemustart to be in line with the rest.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
This fixes the following build problem in hostapd:
mipsel-openwrt-linux-musl/bin/ld: /builder/shared-workdir/build/tmp/ccN4Wwer.ltrans7.ltrans.o: in function `crypto_ec_point_add':
<artificial>:(.text.crypto_ec_point_add+0x170): undefined reference to `ecc_projective_add_point'
mipsel-openwrt-linux-musl/bin/ld: <artificial>:(.text.crypto_ec_point_add+0x18c): undefined reference to `ecc_map'
mipsel-openwrt-linux-musl/bin/ld: /builder/shared-workdir/build/tmp/ccN4Wwer.ltrans7.ltrans.o: in function `crypto_ec_point_to_bin':
<artificial>:(.text.crypto_ec_point_to_bin+0x40): undefined reference to `ecc_map'
Fixes: ba40da9045 ("wolfssl: Update to v4.6.0-stable")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This reverts commit 57e4cc8261.
Cmdline override patch was fixed. It's time for reenable
Asrock G10 support.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi> (run-tested for R7800)
900-arm-add-cmdline-override.patch have missplaced entry in
arch/arm/Kconfig file. It causes problem with other cmdline
patches. This patch put Kconfig entry in correct place.
Fixes: 98b86296e6 ("ipq806x: add support for ASRock G10")
Suggested-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi> (run-tested for R7800)
With commit 2ca084cc ("build: improve ccache support") these variables
are being set globally and we don't need them for specific targets.
Signed-off-by: Sven Wegener <sven.wegener@stealer.net>
The symbol determines if the libevent2-pthreads libraries get built or not.
If we want to select libevent2-pthreads, and these haven't been built, an
error will occur mentioning that there are no 'libevent_pthreads-2.1.so'
files.
Adding CONFIG_PACKAGE_libevent2-pthreads to PKG_CONFIG_DEPEND will make
sure that the libraries get re-built in case libevent2-pthreads is
selected.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
The `functions.sh` script has `config_get_bool()` function, which is
usable when using UCI config direct access API, but there is no
equivalent for the callback API. Introduce `get_bool()` function to
allow reusing it from init scripts.
Example:
```sh
option_cb() {
local option="$1"
local value="$(get_bool "$2")"
...
}
```
Signed-off-by: Oldřich Jedlička <oldium.pro@gmail.com>
Since we're now able to select CONFIG_NET_UDP_TUNNEL at will, drop the fake
dependencies.
This is a partial revert of commit d7e040f8bc
"kernel: add fake users for udptunnel and iptunnel modules".
Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
UDP tunneling support isn't user-selectable, but it's required by WireGuard
which is, for the time being, an out-of-tree module. We currently work around
this issue by selecting an unrelated module which depends on UDP tunnelling
(VXLAN). This is inconvenient, as it implies this unrelated module needs to be
built-in when doing a monolithic build.
Fix this inconvenience by making UDP tunneling user-selectable in the kernel
configuration.
Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
While parsing the nm output, we need to account for the fact that 64-bit kernels
have 64-bit wide addresses. While at it, replace the grep | sed combo with a
single awk invocation and a stronger regex.
Fixes: 2ef0acc5fc "kernel-build: fix
STRIP_KERNEL_EXPORTS for recent kernels"
Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
This patch bumps cryptodev-linux to the latest stable release (1.11) and fixes
compilation against the next LTS (and likely OpenWrt) kernel 5.10.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
Fixed license information.
Adjusted Makefile to new install paths.
Backported upstream patch to fix compilation with musl. Replaces local
and incomplete patch.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
This patch was already applied upstream and not needed here.
Fixes: 06403981e1 ("ppp: update to version 2.4.7.git-2019-05-06")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This version fixes a large number of bugs, although no security
vulnerabilities are listed.
Full changelog at:
https://www.wolfssl.com/docs/wolfssl-changelog/
or, as part of the version's README.md:
https://github.com/wolfSSL/wolfssl/blob/v4.6.0-stable/README.md
Due a number of API additions, size increases from 374.7K to 408.8K for
arm_cortex_a9_vfpv3-d16. The ABI does not change from previous version.
Backported patches were removed; remaining patch was refreshed.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
This patch was backported to the 5.4 kernel tree as commit
c2d5c4df27e0 at least since release v5.4.28. Since then, it enables RX
an TX ready override twice.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
glibc started to return errors from dlerror() for dlsym() lookup failures which
results in a lot of messages from fakeroot like
dlsym(acl_get_fd): staging_dir/host/lib/libfakeroot.so: undefined symbol: acl_get_fd
dlsym(acl_get_file): staging_dir/host/lib/libfakeroot.so: undefined symbol: acl_get_file
dlsym(acl_set_fd): staging_dir/host/lib/libfakeroot.so: undefined symbol: acl_set_fd
when building OpenWrt using a recent glibc. Use the patch from the upstream
Debian package to silence these messages.
Link: https://bugs.debian.org/830912
Fixes: FS#3393
Signed-off-by: Sven Wegener <sven.wegener@stealer.net>
Multiple prereq checks are only required within the build system but not
for the ImageBuilder. These checks are excluded by using ifndef IB.
This commit merges the three ifndef IB blocks together.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
By setting 'auto', the zero address or the empty string as source
address (option ipaddr, option ip6addr), vxlan will choose one
dynamically. This helps in setups where a wan ip or prefix changes.
This corresponse to setting up an vxlan tunnel with:
proto vxlan6:
# ip link add vx0 type vxlan id ID local :: ...
proto vxlan:
# ip link add vx0 type vxlan id ID local 0.0.0.0 ...
While it is possible to not specify a source ip at all, the kernel will
default to setting up a ipv4 tunnel. The kernel will take any hint from
source and peer ips to figure out, what tunnel type to use. To make sure
we setup an ipv6 tunnel for proto vxlan6, this workaround is needed.
This will not change the behaviour of currently working configurations.
However this will allow former broken configurations, namely those not
specifying both a source address and tunnel interface, to setup a
tunnel interface. Previously those configurations weren't reporting an
error and were stueck in a setup loop like in Bug FS#3426.
This change lifts the currently very strict behaviour and should fix the
following bug:
Fixes: FS#3426
Ref: https://bugs.openwrt.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=3426
Signed-off-by: Johannes Kimmel <fff@bareminimum.eu>
Upstream switched to building with CMake. Adjust accordingly.
Reapplied patch as upstream changed the file format.
Added HOST_BUILD_PARALLEL for faster compilation.
Added cmake tool dependency and removed circular dependencies as a
result.
Adjusted dependent tools to use NOCACHE as they are needed to build
ccache.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Since updating the MDIO driver, the probe will fail hard on any
PHY not present on the bus, while this was not the case prior.
Fixes commit 26b1f72381 ("ipq40xx: net: phy: ar40xx: remove PHY
handling")
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Device specifications:
======================
* Qualcomm/Atheros AR9344 rev 2
* 560/450/225 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
* 64 MB of RAM
* 16 MB of SPI NOR flash
- 2x 7 MB available; but one of the 7 MB regions is the recovery image
* 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
* 2T2R 5 GHz Wi-Fi
* 6x GPIO-LEDs (3x wifi, 2x ethernet, 1x power)
* 1x GPIO-button (reset)
* external h/w watchdog (enabled by default)
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 2x fast ethernet
- eth0
+ builtin switch port 1
+ used as LAN interface
- eth1
+ 18-24V passive POE (mode B)
+ used as WAN interface
* 12-24V 1A DC
* internal antennas
WAN/LAN LEDs appear to be wrong in ar71xx and have been swapped here.
Flashing instructions:
======================
Various methods can be used to install the actual image on the flash.
Two easy ones are:
ap51-flash
----------
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
initramfs from TFTP
-------------------
The serial console must be used to access the u-boot shell during bootup.
It can then be used to first boot up the initramfs image from a TFTP server
(here with the IP 192.168.1.21):
setenv serverip 192.168.1.21
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1
tftpboot 0c00000 <filename-of-initramfs-kernel>.bin && bootm $fileaddr
The actual sysupgrade image can then be transferred (on the LAN port) to the
device via
scp <filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin root@192.168.1.1:/tmp/
On the device, the sysupgrade must then be started using
sysupgrade -n /tmp/<filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
[add LED swap comment]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Device specifications:
======================
* Qualcomm/Atheros AR9330 rev 1
* 400/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
* 64 MB of RAM
* 16 MB of SPI NOR flash
- 2x 7 MB available; but one of the 7 MB regions is the recovery image
* 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
* 1T1R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi
* 6x GPIO-LEDs (3x wifi, 2x ethernet, 1x power)
* 1x GPIO-button (reset)
* external h/w watchdog (enabled by default)
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 2x fast ethernet
- eth0
+ builtin switch port 1
+ used as LAN interface
- eth1
+ 18-24V passive POE (mode B)
+ used as WAN interface
* 12-24V 1A DC
* external antenna
Flashing instructions:
======================
Various methods can be used to install the actual image on the flash.
Two easy ones are:
ap51-flash
----------
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
initramfs from TFTP
-------------------
The serial console must be used to access the u-boot shell during bootup.
It can then be used to first boot up the initramfs image from a TFTP server
(here with the IP 192.168.1.21):
setenv serverip 192.168.1.21
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1
tftpboot 0c00000 <filename-of-initramfs-kernel>.bin && bootm $fileaddr
The actual sysupgrade image can then be transferred (on the LAN port) to
the device via
scp <filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin root@192.168.1.1:/tmp/
On the device, the sysupgrade must then be started using
sysupgrade -n /tmp/<filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Device specifications:
======================
* Qualcomm/Atheros AR9330 rev 1
* 400/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
* 64 MB of RAM
* 16 MB of SPI NOR flash
- 2x 7 MB available; but one of the 7 MB regions is the recovery image
* 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
* 1T1R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi
* 6x GPIO-LEDs (3x wifi, 2x ethernet, 1x power)
* 1x GPIO-button (reset)
* external h/w watchdog (enabled by default)
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 2x fast ethernet
- eth0
+ builtin switch port 1
+ used as LAN interface
- eth1
+ 18-24V passive POE (mode B)
+ used as WAN interface
* 12-24V 1A DC
* internal antennas
Flashing instructions:
======================
Various methods can be used to install the actual image on the flash.
Two easy ones are:
ap51-flash
----------
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
initramfs from TFTP
-------------------
The serial console must be used to access the u-boot shell during bootup.
It can then be used to first boot up the initramfs image from a TFTP server
(here with the IP 192.168.1.21):
setenv serverip 192.168.1.21
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1
tftpboot 0c00000 <filename-of-initramfs-kernel>.bin && bootm $fileaddr
The actual sysupgrade image can then be transferred (on the LAN port) to
the device via
scp <filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin root@192.168.1.1:/tmp/
On the device, the sysupgrade must then be started using
sysupgrade -n /tmp/<filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
The find command to retrieve files from /etc/sysupgrade.conf and
/lib/upgrade/keep.d/* is used twice in almost the same way.
Move it into a function to consolidate, enhance readability and make
future adjustments easier.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Acked-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Reviewed-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
Invoke bundle-libraries.sh with any buildroot related directory entries
removed from $PATH to avoid picking up cross versions of utilities like
ldd which will not properly work when used against host executables.
This should fix executable bundling for glibc-target SDKs.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Invoke bundle-libraries.sh with any buildroot related directory entries
removed from $PATH to avoid picking up cross versions of utilities like
ldd which will not properly work when used against host executables.
This should fix executable bundling for glibc-target imagebuilders.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Device specifications:
======================
* Qualcomm/Atheros AR9341 rev 1
* 535/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
* 64 MB of RAM
* 16 MB of SPI NOR flash
- 2x 7 MB available; but one of the 7 MB regions is the recovery image
* 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
* 2T2R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi
* 6x GPIO-LEDs (3x wifi, 2x ethernet, 1x power)
* 1x GPIO-button (reset)
* external h/w watchdog (enabled by default)
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 2x fast ethernet
- eth0
+ 802.3af POE
+ builtin switch port 1
+ used as LAN interface
- eth1
+ 18-24V passive POE (mode B)
+ used as WAN interface
* 12-24V 1A DC
* internal antennas
Flashing instructions:
======================
Various methods can be used to install the actual image on the flash.
Two easy ones are:
ap51-flash
----------
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
initramfs from TFTP
-------------------
The serial console must be used to access the u-boot shell during bootup.
It can then be used to first boot up the initramfs image from a TFTP server
(here with the IP 192.168.1.21):
setenv serverip 192.168.1.21
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1
tftpboot 0c00000 <filename-of-initramfs-kernel>.bin && bootm $fileaddr
The actual sysupgrade image can then be transferred (on the LAN port) to
the device via
scp <filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin root@192.168.1.1:/tmp/
On the device, the sysupgrade must then be started using
sysupgrade -n /tmp/<filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Device specifications:
======================
* Qualcomm/Atheros AR9341 rev 1
* 535/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
* 64 MB of RAM
* 16 MB of SPI NOR flash
- 2x 7 MB available; but one of the 7 MB regions is the recovery image
* 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
* 2T2R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi
* 6x GPIO-LEDs (3x wifi, 2x ethernet, 1x power)
* 1x GPIO-button (reset)
* external h/w watchdog (enabled by default)
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 2x fast ethernet
- eth0
+ 802.3af POE
+ builtin switch port 1
+ used as LAN interface
- eth1
+ 18-24V passive POE (mode B)
+ used as WAN interface
* 12-24V 1A DC
* internal antennas
Flashing instructions:
======================
Various methods can be used to install the actual image on the flash.
Two easy ones are:
ap51-flash
----------
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
initramfs from TFTP
-------------------
The serial console must be used to access the u-boot shell during bootup.
It can then be used to first boot up the initramfs image from a TFTP server
(here with the IP 192.168.1.21):
setenv serverip 192.168.1.21
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1
tftpboot 0c00000 <filename-of-initramfs-kernel>.bin && bootm $fileaddr
The actual sysupgrade image can then be transferred (on the LAN port) to
the device via
scp <filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin root@192.168.1.1:/tmp/
On the device, the sysupgrade must then be started using
sysupgrade -n /tmp/<filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Device specifications:
======================
* Qualcomm/Atheros AR9341 rev 1
* 535/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
* 64 MB of RAM
* 16 MB of SPI NOR flash
- 2x 7 MB available; but one of the 7 MB regions is the recovery image
* 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
* 2T2R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi
* 6x GPIO-LEDs (3x wifi, 2x ethernet, 1x power)
* 1x GPIO-button (reset)
* external h/w watchdog (enabled by default)
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 2x fast ethernet
- eth0
+ 802.3af POE
+ builtin switch port 1
+ used as LAN interface
- eth1
+ 18-24V passive POE (mode B)
+ used as WAN interface
* 12-24V 1A DC
* internal antennas
Flashing instructions:
======================
Various methods can be used to install the actual image on the flash.
Two easy ones are:
ap51-flash
----------
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
initramfs from TFTP
-------------------
The serial console must be used to access the u-boot shell during bootup.
It can then be used to first boot up the initramfs image from a TFTP server
(here with the IP 192.168.1.21):
setenv serverip 192.168.1.21
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1
tftpboot 0c00000 <filename-of-initramfs-kernel>.bin && bootm $fileaddr
The actual sysupgrade image can then be transferred (on the LAN port) to
the device via
scp <filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin root@192.168.1.1:/tmp/
On the device, the sysupgrade must then be started using
sysupgrade -n /tmp/<filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
[drop redundant status from eth1]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The upgrade script for the openmesh sysupgrade procedure used always an 1
byte block size. This made it easier to seek the correct position in the CE
image and to make sure the right amount of data was copied. But this also
meant that the reading/writing of data required an excessive amount of
syscalls and copy operations.
A 5.4MB big sysupgrade image on an OM2P-HS v3 needed roughly 120s for the
write operation (170s in total) during the sysupgrade.
But it is possible to reduce this overhead slightly:
* index access to read the file size can be done in single 8 byte chunk
(while doing the seek with byte granularity) because each size entry is
example 8 bytes long
* the fwupgrade.cfg can be read as one block (while seeking to its position
using its actual byte offset) because it should be rather small and fit
into the RAM easily
* the kernel can be read in 1KB blocks (while seking to its positions using
its actual byte offset) because the the size of the kernel is always a
multiple of the NOR flash block size (64KB and 256KB)
This results in a sysupgrade write time of roughly 90s (140s in total).
This could be reduced even further when also using larger chunks for the
rootfs. But the squashfs rootfs image is at the moment always
(256KB or 64KB) * block + 4 bytes
long. It would be expected that the time for the sysupgrade write could be
reduced to roughly 30s (80s in total) when busybox's dd would support
the iflag count_bytes.
Reported-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Device specifications:
======================
* Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9533 v2
* 650/600/217 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
* 64 MB of RAM
* 16 MB of SPI NOR flash
- 2x 7 MB available; but one of the 7 MB regions is the recovery image
* 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
* 2T2R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi
* 6x GPIO-LEDs (3x wifi, 2x ethernet, 1x power)
* 1x GPIO-button (reset)
* external h/w watchdog (enabled by default)
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 2x fast ethernet
- eth0
+ 24V passive POE (mode B)
+ used as WAN interface
- eth1
+ 802.3af POE
+ builtin switch port 1
+ used as LAN interface
* 12-24V 1A DC
* internal antennas
Flashing instructions:
======================
Various methods can be used to install the actual image on the flash.
Two easy ones are:
ap51-flash
----------
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
initramfs from TFTP
-------------------
The serial console must be used to access the u-boot shell during bootup.
It can then be used to first boot up the initramfs image from a TFTP server
(here with the IP 192.168.1.21):
setenv serverip 192.168.1.21
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1
tftpboot 0c00000 <filename-of-initramfs-kernel>.bin && bootm $fileaddr
The actual sysupgrade image can then be transferred (on the LAN port) to
the device via
scp <filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin root@192.168.1.1:/tmp/
On the device, the sysupgrade must then be started using
sysupgrade -n /tmp/<filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Device specifications:
======================
* Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9533 v2
* 650/600/217 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
* 64 MB of RAM
* 16 MB of SPI NOR flash
- 2x 7 MB available; but one of the 7 MB regions is the recovery image
* 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
* 1T1R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi
* 6x GPIO-LEDs (3x wifi, 2x ethernet, 1x power)
* 1x GPIO-button (reset)
* external h/w watchdog (enabled by default)
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 2x fast ethernet
- eth0
+ Label: Ethernet 1
+ 24V passive POE (mode B)
- eth1
+ Label: Ethernet 2
+ 802.3af POE
+ builtin switch port 1
* 12-24V 1A DC
* external antenna
Flashing instructions:
======================
Various methods can be used to install the actual image on the flash.
Two easy ones are:
ap51-flash
----------
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
initramfs from TFTP
-------------------
The serial console must be used to access the u-boot shell during bootup.
It can then be used to first boot up the initramfs image from a TFTP server
(here with the IP 192.168.1.21):
setenv serverip 192.168.1.21
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1
tftpboot 0c00000 <filename-of-initramfs-kernel>.bin && bootm $fileaddr
The actual sysupgrade image can then be transferred (on the LAN port) to
the device via
scp <filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin root@192.168.1.1:/tmp/
On the device, the sysupgrade must then be started using
sysupgrade -n /tmp/<filename-of-squashfs-sysupgrade>.bin
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
[wrap two very long lines, fix typo in comment]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
After device support for ASRock G10 was added in [1], several
people reported broken ipq806x devices, with one or several of the
following symptoms:
- Device does not boot
- Sysupgrade does not work
- Serial console is broken
The issues appears to be caused by the introduction of the symbol
CONFIG_CMDLINE_OVERRIDE=y in [1].
This patch disables the corresponding symbol again and marks the
ASRock as BROKEN, as it probably won't work properly without it.
Further references:
https://bugs.openwrt.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=354098b86296e6 (commitcomment-45455875)
[1] 98b86296e6 ("ipq806x: add support for ASRock G10")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
sysupgrade.bin has been added to IMAGES twice, resulting in
warnings like:
Makefile:86: warning: overriding recipe for target
'[...]/tmp/openwrt-ath79-generic-dlink_dap-2660-a1-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin'
Makefile:86: warning: ignoring old recipe for target
'[...]/tmp/openwrt-ath79-generic-dlink_dap-2660-a1-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin'
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The current support for MikroTik NAND-based devices relies on a
gross hack that packs the kernel into a static YAFFS stub, as the
stock bootloader only supports booting a YAFFS-encapsulated kernel.
The problem with this approach is that since the kernel partition is
blindly overwritten without any kind of wear or badblock management
(due to lack of proper support for YAFFS in OpenWRT), the NAND flash
is not worn uniformly and eventually badblocks appear, leading to
unbootable devices.
This issue has been reported here [1] and discussed in more detail
here [2].
[1] https://forum.openwrt.org/t/rb433-bad-sector-cannot-start-openwrt/71519
[2] https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/3026#issuecomment-673597461
Until a proper fix is found (or the stock bootloader supports other
filesystems), we disable building these images to prevent unknowing
users from risking their devices.
Thanks to Thibaut Varène for summarizing the details above.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
A few devices in ath79 and ramips use mtd-concat to concatenate
individual partitions into a bigger "firmware" or "ubi" partition.
However, the original partitions are still present and visible,
and one can write to them directly although this might break the
actual virtual, concatenated partition.
As we cannot do much about the former, let's at least choose more
descriptive names than just "firmwareX" in order to indicate the
concatenation to the user. He might be less tempted into overwriting
a "fwconcat1" than a "firmware1", which might be perceived as an
alternate firmware for dual boot etc.
This applies the new naming consistently for all relevant devices,
i.e. fwconcatX for virtual "firmware" members and ubiconcatX for
"ubi" members.
While at it, use DT labels and label property consistently, and
also use consistent zero-based indexing.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Otherwise the missing symbol is added to target config for every kernel
config refresh.
While at it, remove the disabled symbol from target configs.
Fixes: 4943bc5cff ("kernel: only strip proc for small flash devices")
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Since generic has the option set to y and other targets now inherit that
choice, there is no behaviour change
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
The option was introduced in upstream linux commit a6484045 ("[TCP]: Do
not present confusing congestion control options by default.").
The option is set to y in generic config and to the moment does not
incur additional size increment. Make it y for all so that packages
such as kmod-tcp-bbr do not have to set it on every occasion
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Specifications:
SOC: Qualcomm IPQ4018 (DAKOTA) ARM Quad-Core
RAM: 256 MiB
FLASH1: 4 MiB NOR
FLASH2: 128 MiB NAND
ETH: Qualcomm QCA8075
WLAN1: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4018 2.4GHz 802.11b/g/n 2x2
WLAN2: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4018 5GHz 802.11n/ac W2 2x2
INPUT: Reset
LED: Power, Internet
UART1: On board pin header near to LED (3.3V, TX, RX, GND), 3.3V without pin - 115200 8N1
OTHER: On board with BLE module - by cp210x USB serial chip
On board hareware watchdog with GPIO0 high to turn on, and GPIO4 for watchdog feed
Install via uboot tftp or uboot web failsafe.
By uboot tftp:
(IPQ40xx) # tftpboot 0x84000000 openwrt-ipq40xx-generic-glinet_gl-ap1300-squashfs-nand-factory.ubi
(IPQ40xx) # run lf
By uboot web failsafe:
Push the reset button for 10 seconds util the power led flash faster,
then use broswer to access http://192.168.1.1
Afterwards upgrade can use sysupgrade image.
Signed-off-by: Dongming Han <handongming@gl-inet.com>
This commit adds support for Qualcomm IPQ8062 SoC.
IPQ8062 is a lower clock variant of IPQ8064.
CPU and NSS clocks:
- CPU: 384 MHz - 1 GHz
- NSS: 110 MHz - 550 MHz
opp and l2 clock values are taken from WG2600HP3 GPL source code [1].
Due to a lack of devices, I didn't test the following features.
- SATA
- NAND flash memory controller
- SD
- USB
- GSBI2, GSBI7
- PCIE2
- GMAC0, GMAC3
Works properly:
- GSBI4 UART
- GSBI5 SPI
- GMAC1, GMAC2
- PCIE0, PCIE1
- MDIO0
Does not work properly:
- CPU SPC
- This can cause a system hang. Same as IPQ8065.
See 2336c2dbb1
[1] https://www.aterm.jp/function/wg2600hp3/appendix/opensource.html
Signed-off-by: Yanase Yuki <dev@zpc.sakura.ne.jp>
The Makefile is rejecting all files with for a given prefix (here
"board-plasmacloud_pa2200") when it didn't match a known suffix. Instead it
stops the build with an error like:
Makefile:135: *** Unrecognized board-file suffix '.ipq4019' for 'board-plasmacloud_pa2200.ipq4019'. Stop.
The correct suffix for the QCA4019/hw1.0 is qca4019 and not ipq4019.
Fixes: 4871fd2616 ("ipq40xx: add support for Plasma Cloud PA2200")
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
The Makefile is rejecting all files with for a given prefix (here
"board-plasmacloud_pa1200") when it didn't match a known suffix. Instead it
stops the build with an error like:
Makefile:135: *** Unrecognized board-file suffix '.ipq4019' for 'board-plasmacloud_pa1200.ipq4019'. Stop.
The correct suffix for the QCA4019/hw1.0 is qca4019 and not ipq4019.
Fixes: ea5bb6bbfe ("ipq40xx: add support for Plasma Cloud PA1200")
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
FCC ID: U2M-EAP350
Engenius EAP350 is a wireless access point with 1 gigabit PoE ethernet port,
2.4 GHz wireless, external ethernet switch, and 2 internal antennas.
Specification:
- AR7242 SOC
- AR9283 WLAN (2.4 GHz, 2x2, PCIe on-board)
- AR8035-A switch (GbE with 802.3af PoE)
- 40 MHz reference clock
- 8 MB FLASH MX25L6406E
- 32 MB RAM EM6AA160TSA-5G
- UART at J2 (populated)
- 3 LEDs, 1 button (power, eth, 2.4 GHz) (reset)
- 2 internal antennas
MAC addresses:
MAC address is labeled as "MAC"
Only 1 address on label and in flash
The OEM software reports these MACs for the ifconfig
eth0 MAC *:0c art 0x0
phy0 --- *:0d ---
Installation:
2 ways to flash factory.bin from OEM:
- if you get Failsafe Mode from failed flash:
only use it to flash Original firmware from Engenius
or risk kernel loop or halt which requires serial cable
Method 1: Firmware upgrade page:
OEM webpage at 192.168.10.1
username and password "admin"
Navigate to "Upgrade Firmware" page from left pane
Click Browse and select the factory.bin image
Upload and verify checksum
Click Continue to confirm and wait 3 minutes
Method 2: Serial to load Failsafe webpage:
After connecting to serial console and rebooting...
Interrupt uboot with any key pressed rapidly
execute `run failsafe_boot` OR `bootm 0x9f670000`
wait a minute
connect to ethernet and navigate to
"192.168.1.1/index.htm"
Select the factory.bin image and upload
wait about 3 minutes
Return to OEM:
If you have a serial cable, see Serial Failsafe instructions
otherwise, uboot-env can be used to make uboot load the failsafe image
*DISCLAIMER*
The Failsafe image is unique to Engenius boards.
If the failsafe image is missing or damaged this will not work
DO NOT downgrade to ar71xx this way, it can cause kernel loop or halt
ssh into openwrt and run
`fw_setenv rootfs_checksum 0`
reboot, wait 3 minutes
connect to ethernet and navigate to 192.168.1.1/index.htm
select OEM firmware image from Engenius and click upgrade
Format of OEM firmware image:
The OEM software of EAP350 is a heavily modified version
of Openwrt Kamikaze. One of the many modifications
is to the sysupgrade program. Image verification is performed
simply by the successful ungzip and untar of the supplied file
and name check and header verification of the resulting contents.
To form a factory.bin that is accepted by OEM Openwrt build,
the kernel and rootfs must have specific names...
openwrt-senao-eap350-uImage-lzma.bin
openwrt-senao-eap350-root.squashfs
and begin with the respective headers (uImage, squashfs).
Then the files must be tarballed and gzipped.
The resulting binary is actually a tar.gz file in disguise.
This can be verified by using binwalk on the OEM firmware images,
ungzipping then untaring.
The OEM upgrade script is at /etc/fwupgrade.sh
Later models in the EAP series likely have a different platform
and the upgrade and image verification process differs.
OKLI kernel loader is required because the OEM software
expects the kernel to be no greater than 1024k
and the factory.bin upgrade procedure would
overwrite part of the kernel when writing rootfs.
Note on PLL-data cells:
The default PLL register values will not work
because of the external AR8035-A switch between
the SOC and the ethernet PHY chips.
For AR724x series, the PLL register for GMAC0
can be seen in the DTSI as 0x2c.
Therefore the PLL register can be read from uboot
for each link speed after attempting tftpboot
or another network action using that link speed
with `md 0x1805002c 1`.
uboot did not have a good value for 1 GBps
so it was taken from other similar DTS file.
Tested from master, all link speeds functional
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
FCC ID: A8J-EAP600
Engenius EAP600 is a wireless access point with 1 gigabit ethernet port,
dual-band wireless, external ethernet switch, 4 internal antennas
and 802.3af PoE.
Specification:
- AR9344 SOC (5 GHz, 2x2, WMAC)
- AR9382 WLAN (2.4 GHz, 2x2, PCIe on-board)
- AR8035-A switch (GbE with 802.3af PoE)
- 40 MHz reference clock
- 16 MB FLASH MX25L12845EMI-10G
- 2x 64 MB RAM NT5TU32M16DG
- UART at H1 (populated)
- 5 LEDs, 1 button (power, eth, 2.4 GHz, 5 GHz, wps) (reset)
- 4 internal antennas
MAC addresses:
MAC addresses are labeled MAC1 and MAC2
The MAC address in flash is not on the label
The OEM software reports these MACs for the ifconfig
eth0 MAC 1 *:5e ---
phy1 MAC 2 *:5f --- (2.4 GHz)
phy0 ----- *:60 art 0x0 (5 GHz)
Installation:
2 ways to flash factory.bin from OEM:
- if you get Failsafe Mode from failed flash:
only use it to flash Original firmware from Engenius
or risk kernel loop or halt which requires serial cable
Method 1: Firmware upgrade page:
OEM webpage at 192.168.1.1
username and password "admin"
Navigate to "Upgrade Firmware" page from left pane
Click Browse and select the factory.bin image
Upload and verify checksum
Click Continue to confirm and wait 3 minutes
Method 2: Serial to load Failsafe webpage:
After connecting to serial console and rebooting...
Interrupt uboot with any key pressed rapidly
execute `run failsafe_boot` OR `bootm 0x9fdf0000`
wait a minute
connect to ethernet and navigate to
"192.168.1.1/index.htm"
Select the factory.bin image and upload
wait about 3 minutes
Return to OEM:
If you have a serial cable, see Serial Failsafe instructions
otherwise, uboot-env can be used to make uboot load the failsafe image
*DISCLAIMER*
The Failsafe image is unique to Engenius boards.
If the failsafe image is missing or damaged this will not work
DO NOT downgrade to ar71xx this way, it can cause kernel loop or halt
ssh into openwrt and run
`fw_setenv rootfs_checksum 0`
reboot, wait 3 minutes
connect to ethernet and navigate to 192.168.1.1/index.htm
select OEM firmware image from Engenius and click upgrade
Format of OEM firmware image:
The OEM software of EAP600 is a heavily modified version
of Openwrt Kamikaze. One of the many modifications
is to the sysupgrade program. Image verification is performed
simply by the successful ungzip and untar of the supplied file
and name check and header verification of the resulting contents.
To form a factory.bin that is accepted by OEM Openwrt build,
the kernel and rootfs must have specific names...
openwrt-senao-eap600-uImage-lzma.bin
openwrt-senao-eap600-root.squashfs
and begin with the respective headers (uImage, squashfs).
Then the files must be tarballed and gzipped.
The resulting binary is actually a tar.gz file in disguise.
This can be verified by using binwalk on the OEM firmware images,
ungzipping then untaring.
The OEM upgrade script is at /etc/fwupgrade.sh
Later models in the EAP series likely have a different platform
and the upgrade and image verification process differs.
OKLI kernel loader is required because the OEM software
expects the kernel to be no greater than 1536k
and the factory.bin upgrade procedure would
overwrite part of the kernel when writing rootfs.
Note on PLL-data cells:
The default PLL register values will not work
because of the external AR8035-A switch between
the SOC and the ethernet PHY chips.
For AR934x series, the PLL register for GMAC0
can be seen in the DTSI as 0x2c.
Therefore the PLL register can be read from uboot
for each link speed after attempting tftpboot
or another network action using that link speed
with `md 0x1805002c 1`.
Unfortunately uboot did not have the best values
so they were taken from other similar DTS files.
Tested from master, all link speeds functional
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
The boards have equivalent hardware except for LEDs
and equivalent device config except for MACs
also use naming convention for mtd-concat partitions
to prepare for upcoming patch
"treewide: use more descriptive names for concatenated partitions"
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
FCC ID: A8J-ECB600
Engenius ECB600 is a wireless access point with 1 gigabit PoE ethernet port,
dual-band wireless, external ethernet switch, and 4 external antennas.
Specification:
- AR9344 SOC (5 GHz, 2x2, WMAC)
- AR9382 WLAN (2.4 GHz, 2x2, PCIe on-board)
- AR8035-A switch (GbE with 802.3af PoE)
- 40 MHz reference clock
- 16 MB FLASH MX25L12845EMI-10G
- 2x 64 MB RAM NT5TU32M16DG
- UART at H1 (populated)
- 4 LEDs, 1 button (power, eth, 2.4 GHz, 5 GHz) (reset)
- 4 external antennas
MAC addresses:
MAC addresses are labeled MAC1 and MAC2
The MAC address in flash is not on the label
The OEM software reports these MACs for the ifconfig
phy1 MAC 1 *:52 --- (2.4 GHz)
phy0 MAC 2 *:53 --- (5 GHz)
eth0 ----- *:54 art 0x0
Installation:
2 ways to flash factory.bin from OEM:
- if you get Failsafe Mode from failed flash:
only use it to flash Original firmware from Engenius
or risk kernel loop or halt which requires serial cable
Method 1: Firmware upgrade page:
OEM webpage at 192.168.1.1
username and password "admin"
Navigate to "Upgrade Firmware" page from left pane
Click Browse and select the factory.bin image
Upload and verify checksum
Click Continue to confirm and wait 3 minutes
Method 2: Serial to load Failsafe webpage:
After connecting to serial console and rebooting...
Interrupt uboot with any key pressed rapidly
execute `run failsafe_boot` OR `bootm 0x9fdf0000`
wait a minute
connect to ethernet and navigate to
"192.168.1.1/index.htm"
Select the factory.bin image and upload
wait about 3 minutes
Return to OEM:
If you have a serial cable, see Serial Failsafe instructions
otherwise, uboot-env can be used to make uboot load the failsafe image
*DISCLAIMER*
The Failsafe image is unique to Engenius boards.
If the failsafe image is missing or damaged this will not work
DO NOT downgrade to ar71xx this way, it can cause kernel loop or halt
ssh into openwrt and run
`fw_setenv rootfs_checksum 0`
reboot, wait 3 minutes
connect to ethernet and navigate to 192.168.1.1/index.htm
select OEM firmware image from Engenius and click upgrade
Format of OEM firmware image:
The OEM software of ECB600 is a heavily modified version
of Openwrt Kamikaze. One of the many modifications
is to the sysupgrade program. Image verification is performed
simply by the successful ungzip and untar of the supplied file
and name check and header verification of the resulting contents.
To form a factory.bin that is accepted by OEM Openwrt build,
the kernel and rootfs must have specific names...
openwrt-senao-ecb600-uImage-lzma.bin
openwrt-senao-ecb600-root.squashfs
and begin with the respective headers (uImage, squashfs).
Then the files must be tarballed and gzipped.
The resulting binary is actually a tar.gz file in disguise.
This can be verified by using binwalk on the OEM firmware images,
ungzipping then untaring.
The OEM upgrade script is at /etc/fwupgrade.sh
Later models in the ECB series likely have a different platform
and the upgrade and image verification process differs.
OKLI kernel loader is required because the OEM software
expects the kernel to be no greater than 1536k
and the factory.bin upgrade procedure would
overwrite part of the kernel when writing rootfs.
Note on PLL-data cells:
The default PLL register values will not work
because of the external AR8035-A switch between
the SOC and the ethernet PHY chips.
For AR934x series, the PLL register for GMAC0
can be seen in the DTSI as 0x2c.
Therefore the PLL register can be read from uboot
for each link speed after attempting tftpboot
or another network action using that link speed
with `md 0x1805002c 1`.
Unfortunately uboot did not have the best values
so they were taken from other similar DTS files.
Tested from master, all link speeds functional
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
Commit 5fc28ef479 ("ath79: Add support for Plasma Cloud PA300")
added the IMAGE/sysupgrade.bin/squashfs definition, which leaks into
other devices, resulting in sysupgrade.bin images that are actually
tarballs and do not boot when directly written to flash.
We can use the normal sysupgrade.bin command variable for this device.
Signed-off-by: Sven Wegener <sven.wegener@stealer.net>
[fix format, spelling]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
b75bcad dhcpv6-ia: remove assignment equal to 0 checks
d1ae052 dhcpv6-ia: fix logic to include IA_PD prefix with lifetimes set to 0
9d5e379 dhcpv6-ia: fix prefix delegation behavior
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
The image never worked in any release and is also broken in snapshots
due to stock bootloader not loading more than 4 MiB.
Hence it's better to remove the image for now, users who want to flash
OpenWrt on new devices may build LEDE 17.01 with everything possible
disabled to get a small enough and working factory image.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Lets use the generic upstream phy_print_status() instead of doing
something similar by hand.
Before:
ess_edma c080000.edma: eth1: GMAC Link is up with phy_speed=1000
After:
ess_edma c080000.edma eth1: Link is Up - 1Gbps/Full - flow control rx/tx
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
Since we now have a proper PHY driver for QCA807x and AR803x has already
been supported properly there is no need for the driver to be poking
on PHY registers for ethtool ops.
So, lets simply use the generic
phy_ethtool_ksettings_get/phy_ethtool_ksettings_set functions.
This also has the advantage of properly populating stuff other than
speeds like, transceiver type, MDI-X etc.
ethtool before:
root@OpenWrt:/# ethtool eth1
Settings for eth1:
Supported ports: [ TP MII ]
Supported link modes: 10baseT/Half 10baseT/Full
100baseT/Half 100baseT/Full
1000baseT/Full
1000baseX/Full
Supported pause frame use: Symmetric Receive-only
Supports auto-negotiation: Yes
Supported FEC modes: Not reported
Advertised link modes: 10baseT/Half 10baseT/Full
100baseT/Half 100baseT/Full
1000baseT/Full
1000baseX/Full
Advertised pause frame use: Symmetric Receive-only
Advertised auto-negotiation: Yes
Advertised FEC modes: Not reported
Link partner advertised link modes: 10baseT/Half 10baseT/Full
100baseT/Half 100baseT/Full
1000baseT/Full
Link partner advertised pause frame use: No
Link partner advertised auto-negotiation: No
Link partner advertised FEC modes: Not reported
Speed: 1000Mb/s
Duplex: Full
Port: Twisted Pair
PHYAD: 4
Transceiver: internal
Auto-negotiation: on
MDI-X: Unknown
Supports Wake-on: d
Wake-on: d
Current message level: 0x00000000 (0)
Link detected: yes
ethtool after:
root@OpenWrt:/# ethtool eth1
Settings for eth1:
Supported ports: [ TP MII ]
Supported link modes: 10baseT/Half 10baseT/Full
100baseT/Half 100baseT/Full
1000baseT/Full
1000baseX/Full
Supported pause frame use: Symmetric Receive-only
Supports auto-negotiation: Yes
Supported FEC modes: Not reported
Advertised link modes: 10baseT/Half 10baseT/Full
100baseT/Half 100baseT/Full
1000baseT/Full
1000baseX/Full
Advertised pause frame use: Symmetric Receive-only
Advertised auto-negotiation: Yes
Advertised FEC modes: Not reported
Link partner advertised link modes: 10baseT/Half 10baseT/Full
100baseT/Half 100baseT/Full
1000baseT/Full
Link partner advertised pause frame use: Symmetric Receive-only
Link partner advertised auto-negotiation: Yes
Link partner advertised FEC modes: Not reported
Speed: 1000Mb/s
Duplex: Full
Port: Twisted Pair
PHYAD: 4
Transceiver: external
Auto-negotiation: on
MDI-X: off (auto)
Supports Wake-on: d
Wake-on: d
Current message level: 0x00000000 (0)
Link detected: yes
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
Since the new PHY driver manages each PHY individually and therefore
registers each PHY that is marked with gpio-controller; DT property as a
GPIO controller we need to convert old DT bindings to account for this.
Only 2 boards use this so its not much of an issue.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
This adds necessary DT properties for QCA807x PHY-s to IPQ4019 DTSI.
Also adds the PSGMII PHY as it wont get probed otherwise.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
PHY needs to be soft reset before starting it from ethernet driver as
AR40xx calibration will leave it in unwanted state.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
Since we now have proper PHY driver for the QCA807x PHY-s, lets remove
PHY handling from AR40xx.
This removes PHY driver, PHY GPIO driver and PHY init code.
AR40xx still needs to handle PSGMII calibration as that requires R/W
from the switch, so I am unable to move it into PHY driver.
This also converted the AR40xx driver to use OF_MDIO to find the MDIO
bus as it now cant be set through the PHY driver.
So lets depend on OF_MDIO in KConfig.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
This adds driver for the Qualcomm QCA8072 and QCA8075 PHY-s.
They are 2 or 5 port IEEE 802.3 clause 22 compliant
10BASE-Te, 100BASE-TX and 1000BASE-T PHY-s.
They feature 2 SerDes, one for PSGMII or QSGMII connection with MAC,
while second one is SGMII for connection to MAC or fiber.
Both models have a combo port that supports 1000BASE-X and 100BASE-FX
fiber.
Each PHY inside of QCA807x series has 2 digitally controlled output only
pins that natively drive LED-s.
But some vendors used these to driver generic LED-s controlled by
user space, so lets enable registering each PHY as GPIO controller and
add driver for it.
This also adds the ability to specify DT properties so that 1000 Base-T
LED will also be lit up for 100 and 10 Base connections.
This is usually done by U-boot, but boards running mainline U-boot are
not configuring this yet.
These PHY-s are commonly used in Qualcomm IPQ40xx, IPQ60xx and IPQ807x
boards.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
With the reworked MDIO driver, EDMA will fail to get the MII BUS as it
used the MII BUS stored inside the MDIO structure private data.
This obviously does not work with the modernized driver, so lets switch
to using a purpose build of_mdio_find_bus() which will return the MII
BUS and only requires the MDIO node to be passed.
This is easy as we already have the node parsed.
Also, since we now require OF_MDIO add that as dependency.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
IPQ40xx MDIO driver was upstreamed in kernel version 5.8.
So lets backport the upstream version and drop our local one.
This also refreshed the kernel config since the symbol name has changed.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
As of hostapd upstream commit 7d2ed8ba "Remove CONFIG_IEEE80211W build parameter"
https://w1.fi/cgit/hostap/commit?id=7d2ed8bae86a31dd2df45c24b3f7281d55315482
802.11w feature is always enabled in the build time.
It doesn't make sense to opt-in 802.11w per driver as hostapd will always
be compiled with this feature enabled.
As suggested by Hauke Mehrtens, for now keep 11w enabled in build_features.h
for compatibility reasons. This option will be dropped when LuCI is adjusted.
Signed-off-by: Dobroslaw Kijowski <dobo90@gmail.com>
Without this change no libc is selected and the build will fail. This
will select glibc for ARC CPUs.
Fixes: 95f1002aca ("toolchain: default to glibc for ARC")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
ELECOM WRC-1167GST2 is a 2.4/5 GHz band 11ac (Wi-Fi 5) router, based
on MT7621A.
Specification:
- SoC : MediaTek MT7621A
- RAM : DDR3 256 MiB
- Flash : SPI-NOR 32 MiB
- WLAN : 2.4/5 GHz 2T2R (MediaTek MT7615D)
- Ethernet : 10/100/1000 Mbps x5
- Switch : MediaTek MT7530 (SoC)
- LED/keys : 6x/6x (2x buttons, 1x slide-switch)
- UART : through-hole on PCB
- J4: 3.3V, GND, TX, RX from ethernet port side
- 57600n8
- Power : 12VDC, 1A
MAC addresses:
LAN : 04:AB:18:**:**:07 (Factory, 0xE000 (hex))
WAN : 04:AB:18:**:**:08 (Factory, 0xE006 (hex))
2.4 GHz : 04:AB:18:**:**:09 (none)
5 GHz : 04:AB:18:**:**:0A (none)
Flash instruction using factory image:
1. Boot WRC-1167GST2 normally
2. Access to "http://192.168.2.1/" and open firmware update page
("ファームウェア更新")
3. Select the OpenWrt factory image and click apply ("適用") button
4. Wait ~150 seconds to complete flashing
Notes:
- there is no way to configure the correct MAC address for secondary phy
(5GHz) on MT7615D
- Wi-Fi band on primary phy (2.4GHz) cannot be limitted by specifying
ieee80211-freq-limit
(fail to register secondary phy due to error)
- mtd-mac-address in the wifi node is required for using
mtd-mac-address-increment
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
[rebase onto split DTSI]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
ELECOM WRC-1167GS2-B is a 2.4/5 GHz band 11ac (Wi-Fi 5) router, based
on MT7621A.
Specification:
- SoC : MediaTek MT7621A
- RAM : DDR3 128 MiB
- Flash : SPI-NOR 16 MiB
- WLAN : 2.4/5 GHz 2T2R (MediaTek MT7615D)
- Ethernet : 10/100/1000 Mbps x5
- Switch : MediaTek MT7530 (SoC)
- LED/keys : 6x/6x (2x buttons, 1x slide-switch)
- UART : through-hole on PCB
- J4: 3.3V, GND, TX, RX from ethernet port side
- 57600n8
- Power : 12VDC, 1A
MAC addresses:
LAN : 04:AB:18:**:**:13 (Factory, 0xFFF4 (hex))
WAN : 04:AB:18:**:**:14 (Factory, 0xFFFA (hex))
2.4 GHz : 04:AB:18:**:**:15 (none)
5 GHz : 04:AB:18:**:**:16 (Factory, 0x4 (hex))
Flash instruction using factory image:
1. Boot WRC-1167GS2-B normally
2. Access to "http://192.168.2.1/" and open firmware update page
("ファームウェア更新")
3. Select the OpenWrt factory image and click apply ("適用") button
4. Wait ~120 seconds to complete flashing
Notes:
- there is no way to configure the correct MAC address for secondary phy
(5GHz) on MT7615D
- Wi-Fi band on primary phy (2.4GHz) cannot be limitted by specifying
ieee80211-freq-limit
(fail to register secondary phy due to error)
- mtd-mac-address in the wifi node is required for using
mtd-mac-address-increment
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
[rebase onto split DTSI patch]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This creates a dedicated DTSI for ELECOM WRC GS devices with 2 PCI
WiFi chips in preparation for the 1 chip - dual radio devices, so
the latter can reuse part of the common definitions.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This reverts commit b1952dc259 as it's
causing issues on the buildbot which uses some kind of ccache wrapper
and so the breakage needs to be investigated further:
bash: cmake: command not found
time: tools/ccache/compile#0.05#0.03#0.15
ERROR: tools/ccache failed to build.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
SOC: IPQ4018 / QCA Dakota
CPU: Quad-Core ARMv7 Processor rev 5 (v71) Cortex-A7
DRAM: 256 MiB
NOR: 32 MiB
ETH: Qualcomm Atheros QCA8075 (2 ports)
PLC: MaxLinear G.hn 88LX5152
WLAN1: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4018 2.4GHz 802.11bgn 2:2x2
WLAN2: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4018 5GHz 802.11a/n/ac 2:2x2
INPUT: RESET, WiFi, PLC Button
LEDS: red/white home, white WiFi
To modify a retail device to run OpenWRT firmware:
1) Setup a TFTP server on IP address 192.168.0.100 and copy the OpenWRT
initramfs (initramfs-fit-uImage.itb) to the TFTP root as 'uploadfile'.
2) Power on the device while pressing the recessed reset button next to
the Ethernet ports. This causes the bootloader to retrieve and start
the initramfs.
3) Once the initramfs is booted, the device will come up with IP
192.168.1.1. You can then connect through SSH (allow some time for
the first connection).
4) On the device shell, run 'fw_printenv' to show the U-boot environment.
Backup this information since it contains device unique factory data.
5) Change the boot command to support booting OpenWRT:
# fw_setenv bootcmd 'sf probe && sf read 0x84000000 0x180000 0x400000 && bootm'
6) Change directory to /tmp, download the sysupgrade (e.g. through wget)
and install it with sysupgrade. The device will reboot into OpenWRT.
Notice that there is currently no support for booting the G.hn chip.
This requires userland software we lack the rights to share right now.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Schake <stefan.schake@devolo.de>
When hostapd gets restarted to often/quickly will cause procd to not restart it
anymore. it will think that hapd is in a crash loop.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> [adjust respawn time]
Currently, you are not able to get statistics about IPv4 and IPv6
usage. This information can be collected via the snmp and snmp6.
However, in the current state this interface is disabled as you can
read in the "902-debloat_proc.patch":
"Strip non-essential /proc functionality to reduce code size"
Tools like netstat use the snmp/6 interface to collect interface
statistics. Some prometheus exporters also mention this:
- prometheus-collectors/netstat.lua
- prometheus-collectors/snmp6 (still a PR)
- collectd/snmp6 (still a PR)
PRs:
- https://github.com/collectd/collectd/pull/3789
- https://github.com/openwrt/packages/pull/14158
Instead of enabling it as default for all devices we condition it
default y if SMALL_FLASH
A test shows it needs around 16 kiB.
Signed-off-by: Nick Hainke <vincent@systemli.org>
[fixed whitespace issue]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The Seagate BlackArmor NAS220 is a consumer NAS
with two internal drive bays. The stock OS runs
RAID 1 over the disks via mdadm.
Device specification:
- SoC: Marvell 88F6192 800 MHz
- RAM: 128 MB
- Flash: 32 MB
- 2 x internal SATA II drives
- Ethernet: 10/100/1000 Mbps (single port, no switch)
- WLAN: None
- LED: Power, Status, Sata Activity
- Key: Power, Reset
- Serial: 10 pin header, (115200,8,N,1), 3.3V TTL
9|x - x|10
7|x - x|8
5|x - GND|6
3|x - RX|4
1|TX - x|2
front of case
- USB ports: 2 x USB 2.0
Flash instruction:
NOTE: this process uses a serial connection. It will upgrade the
bootloader and reset the bootloader environment variables
TFTP server setup
- Setup PC with TFTP server set the PC IP to 10.4.50.5 as TFTP server
- Copy these files to TFTP server location
- u-boot.kwb
- seagate_blackarmor-nas220-initramfs-uImage
- seagate_blackarmor-nas220-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
- seagate_blackarmor-nas220-squashfs-factory.bin
Seagate NAS setup
- Connect LAN cable between PC and seagate device
- Connect to serial to seagate device
Install u-boot
- Boot seagate device and stop in bootloader by pressing any key
- run 'printenv' from u-boot and save the values
- tftpboot 0x2000000 u-boot.kwb
- nand erase.part uboot
- nand write 0x2000000 0x0 ${filesize}
- reset
Update MAC address in u-boot env
- Stop in u-boot by pressing any key
- Get your MAC address from your saved printenv. Is also on chassis
- setenv ethaddr <your MAC>
- saveenv
Option 1 (recommended) - Install OpenWrt via initramfs and sysupgrade
- tftpboot 0x2000000 seagate_blackarmor-nas220-initramfs-uImage
- bootm 0x2000000
- *OpenWrt should be running now, however it is not written to flash yet*
- From the running instance of OpenWrt use Luci's "flash image" feature
from the web site or use sysupgrade from the console to write
seagate_blackarmor-nas220-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin to flash
Option 2 - Install OpenWrt by flashing factory image from u-boot
- nand erase.part ubi
- tftpboot 0x2000000 seagate_blackarmor-nas220-squashfs-factory.bin
- nand write 0x2000000 ubi ${filesize}
- reset
Signed-off-by: Kip Porterfield <kip.porterfield@gmail.com>
The ASRock G10 is a 2.4/5 GHz band 11ac "Gaming" router,
based on Qualcomm IPQ8064.
Specifications:
SoC: Qualcomm IPQ8064
CPU: Dual-Core A15 @ (384 - 1,400 MHz, 2C2T)
DRAM: 512 MiB (~467 MiB available)
NAND: 128 MB (Micron MT29F1G08ABBEAH4)
WLAN0: 4T4R 5 GHz Wlan (QCA9980)
WLAN1: 4T4R 2.4 GHz Wlan (QCA9980)
ETH: 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet (QCA8337)
INPUT: Reset Button, WPS 2.4G and WPS 5G Button
LEDS: 1 multicolor status LED
USB: 2x USB 3.0 Type-A
POWER: 12VDC/3A AC Adapter + dedicated Power Switch
UART: Setting is 115200-8-N-1. 1x4 .1" unpopulated header
on the PCB (J6 - very tiny silkscreen next to TX).
Pinout: 1. 3v3 (Square - best skipped!), 2. RX, 3. GND, 4. TX
WARNING: The serial port needs a TTL/RS-232 3.3v level converter!
(Depending on the serial adapter RX and TX might need to
be swapped).
Note about the IR-Remote:
There's a 8-Bit MCU (SONIX SN8F25E21SG) which is controlling the
IR-Remote and is fed by the IR-Photodiode. The SoC can talk to
the device via I2C. The vendor's GPL archive comes with the source
of the interface driver for this as a (character driver), the main
control software is however a blob.
Installation Instructions:
1. Download factory image to disk
2. Apply factory image via stock web-gui
Back to stock:
1. Login to router via ssh
2. run "asrock_g10_back_to_factory" script from /sbin
Notes:
- If something goes wrong durring sysupgrade, router will go back to
factory image.
- Asrock G10 uses partition layout from smem. So partition layout can
be normal or alternate.
- 900-arm-add-cmdline-override.patch was copied from 102-powerpc-add-cmdline-override.patch
from powerpc target.
Knowledge about BOOTCONFIG partition was based on user "jmomo" post from old
OpenWrt forum (Post #50):
https://forum.archive.openwrt.org/viewtopic.php?id=65956&p=2
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[bump to 5.4, add factory image, fix sysupgrade, convert partition
layout to smem, remove ipq-wifi-asrock-g10 and use ART, minor fixes]
Co-Authored-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Lukasz Ostapiuk <palibrzuch@gmail.com>
Newer EnGenius software that still uses the tar.gz platform
instead of the custom header requires more checks for upgrading,
but their script includes a way to skip them...
the existence of a file in the tar.gz called failsafe.bin
Their upgrade script has these lines:
\#pass check when upload with full image file
[ "${errcode}" -eq "1" ] && [ -f failsafe.bin ] && errcode="0"
This overrides the script's "errcode" variable
which can be set if any of the following actions/checks fail:
- untarring of the upload
- magic number for kernel: "2705"
- magic num for rootfs: "7371" or "6873"
- md5sums for each file in the format
filename:md5
- existence of a file matching FWINFO*
that it has boardname in the name somewhere (grep)
that the 4th field of separator "-" is at least 3 (version)
Otherwise we would need to generate md5sums in this strange format
and touch a file with specific requirements in the name.
This does not effect boards where the advanced checks do not apply.
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
[fixed SoB to match From:]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
FCC ID: A8J-ENSTAC
Engenius EnStationAC v1 is an outdoor wireless access point/bridge with
2 gigabit ethernet ports on 2 external ethernet switches,
5 GHz only wireless, internal antenna plates, and proprietery PoE.
Specification:
- QCA9557 SOC
- QCA9882 WLAN (PCI card, 5 GHz, 2x2, 26dBm)
- AR8035-A switch (RGMII GbE with PoE+ IN)
- AR8031 switch (SGMII GbE with PoE OUT)
- 40 MHz reference clock
- 16 MB FLASH MX25L12845EMI-10G
- 2x 64 MB RAM NT5TU32M16FG
- UART at J10 (unpopulated)
- internal antenna plates (19 dbi, directional)
- 7 LEDs, 1 button (power, eth, wlan, RSSI) (reset)
MAC addresses:
MAC addresses are labeled as ETH and 5GHz
Vendor MAC addresses in flash are duplicate
eth0 ETH *:d3 art 0x0/0x6
eth1 ---- *:d4 ---
phy0 5GHz *:d5 ---
Installation:
2 ways to flash factory.bin from OEM:
- if you get Failsafe Mode from failed flash:
only use it to flash Original firmware from Engenius
or risk kernel loop or halt which requires serial cable
Method 1: Firmware upgrade page:
OEM webpage at 192.168.1.1
username and password "admin"
Navigate to "Firmware" page from left pane
Click Browse and select the factory.bin image
Upload and verify checksum
Click Continue to confirm and wait 3 minutes
Method 2: Serial to load Failsafe webpage:
After connecting to serial console and rebooting...
Interrupt uboot with any key pressed rapidly
execute `run failsafe_boot` OR `bootm 0x9fd70000`
wait a minute
connect to ethernet and navigate to
"192.168.1.1/index.htm"
Select the factory.bin image and upload
wait about 3 minutes
Return to OEM:
If you have a serial cable, see Serial Failsafe instructions
otherwise, uboot-env can be used to make uboot load the failsafe image
*DISCLAIMER*
The Failsafe image is unique to Engenius boards.
If the failsafe image is missing or damaged this will not work
DO NOT downgrade to ar71xx this way, it can cause kernel loop or halt
ssh into openwrt and run
`fw_setenv rootfs_checksum 0`
reboot, wait 3 minutes
connect to ethernet and navigate to 192.168.1.1/index.htm
select OEM firmware image from Engenius and click upgrade
TFTP recovery:
rename initramfs to 'vmlinux-art-ramdisk'
make available on TFTP server at 192.168.1.101
power board
hold or press reset button repeatedly
NOTE: for some Engenius boards TFTP is not reliable
try setting MTU to 600 and try many times
Format of OEM firmware image:
The OEM software of EnStationAC is a heavily modified version
of Openwrt Altitude Adjustment 12.09. One of the many modifications
is to the sysupgrade program. Image verification is performed
simply by the successful ungzip and untar of the supplied file
and name check and header verification of the resulting contents.
To form a factory.bin that is accepted by OEM Openwrt build,
the kernel and rootfs must have specific names...
openwrt-ar71xx-enstationac-uImage-lzma.bin
openwrt-ar71xx-enstationac-root.squashfs
and begin with the respective headers (uImage, squashfs).
Then the files must be tarballed and gzipped.
The resulting binary is actually a tar.gz file in disguise.
This can be verified by using binwalk on the OEM firmware images,
ungzipping then untaring.
Newer EnGenius software requires more checks but their script
includes a way to skip them, otherwise the tar must include
a text file with the version and md5sums in a deprecated format.
The OEM upgrade script is at /etc/fwupgrade.sh.
OKLI kernel loader is required because the OEM software
expects the kernel to be no greater than 1536k
and the factory.bin upgrade procedure would otherwise
overwrite part of the kernel when writing rootfs.
Note on PLL-data cells:
The default PLL register values will not work
because of the external AR8033 switch between
the SOC and the ethernet PHY chips.
For QCA955x series, the PLL registers for eth0 and eth1
can be see in the DTSI as 0x28 and 0x48 respectively.
Therefore the PLL registers can be read from uboot
for each link speed after attempting tftpboot
or another network action using that link speed
with `md 0x18050028 1` and `md 0x18050048 1`.
For eth0 at 1000 speed, the value returned was
ae000000 but that didn't work, so following
the logical pattern from the rest of the values,
the guessed value of a3000000 works better.
later discovered that delay can be placed on the PHY end only
with phy-mode as 'rgmii-id' and set register to 0x82...
Tested from master, all link speeds functional
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
[fixed SoB to match From:]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
WNDR4700 uboot has an issue with decompressing kernel with default dictionary size (-d23 which is about 8MB).
Limiting lzma dictionary lowers memory footprint and allows device to boot the kernel.
The highest bootable dictonary size is 18, choosing 16 for an extra safety margin.
Kernel size befor and after:
-d23: 2663665 Bytes
-d16: 2892757 Bytes
Kernel size increased by 230kB (9%)
Fixes: FS#3258
Signed-off-by: Wiktor Stasiak <wiktor.stasiak@gmail.com>
Specifications:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7621AT
- RAM: 128 MB (DDR3)
- Flash: 16 MB (SPI NOR)
- WiFi: MediaTek MT7615N (x2)
- Switch: 1 WAN, 4 LAN (Gigabit)
- Ports: 1 USB 2.0, 1 USB 3.0
- Buttons: Reset, WiFi Toggle, WPS
- LEDs: Power, Internet, WiFi 2.4G WiFi 5G, USB 2.0, USB 3.0
The R1 revision is identical to the A1 revision except
- No Config2 Parition, therefore
- factory partition resized to 64k from 128K
- Firmware partition offset is 0x50000 not 0x60000
- Firmware partitions size increased by 64K
- Firmware partition type is "denx,uimage", not "sge,uimage"
- Padding of image creation "uimage-padhdr 96" removed
Installation:
- Older firmware versions: put the factory image on a USB stick, turn on
the telnet console, and flash using the following cmd
"fw_updater Linux /mnt/usb_X_X/firmware.bin"
- D-Link FailsafeUI:
Power down the router, press and hold the reset button, then
re-plug it. Keep the reset button pressed until the internet LED stops
flashing, then jack into any lan port and manually assign a static IP
address in 192.168.0.0/24 other than 192.168.0.0 (e.g. 192.168.0.2)
and go to http://192.168.0.1
Flash with the factory image.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Pikler <andrew.pikler@gmail.com>
Some Russian d-link routers require that their firmware be signed with a
salted md5 checksum followed by the bytes 0x00 0xc0 0xff 0xee. This tool
signs factory images the OEM's firmware accepts them.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Pikler <andrew.pikler@gmail.com>
Specifications:
* QCA9557, 16 MiB Flash, 128 MiB RAM, 802.11n 2T2R
* QCA9882, 802.11ac 2T2R
* Gigabit LAN Port (AR8035), 802.11af PoE
Installation:
* Factory Web UI is at 192.168.0.50
login with 'admin' and blank password, flash factory.bin
* Recovery Web UI is at 192.168.0.50
connect network cable, hold reset button during power-on and keep it
pressed until uploading has started (only required when checksum is ok,
e.g. for reverting back to oem firmware), flash factory.bin
After flashing factory.bin, additional free space can be reclaimed by
flashing sysupgrade.bin, since the factory image requires some padding
to be accepted for upgrading via OEM Web UI.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Schaper <openwrt@sebastianschaper.net>
The Ubiquiti Network airCube AC is a cube shaped device supporting
2.4 GHz and 5 GHz with internal 2x2 MIMO antennas.
It can be powered with either one of:
- 24v power supply with 3.0mm x 1.0mm barrel plug
- 24v passive PoE on first LAN port
There are four 10/100/1000 Mbps ports (1 * WAN + 3 * LAN).
First LAN port have optional PoE passthrough to the WAN port.
SoC: Qualcomm / Atheros AR9342
RAM: 64 MB DDR2
Flash: 16 MB SPI NOR
Ethernet: 4x 10/100/1000 Mbps (1 WAN + 3 LAN)
LEDS: 1x via a SPI controller (not yet supported)
Buttons: 1x Reset
Serial: 1x (only RX and TX); 115200 baud, 8N1
Missing features:
- LED control is not supported
Physical to internal switch port mapping:
- physical port #1 (poe in) = switchport 2
- physical port #2 = switchport 3
- physical port #3 = switchport 5
- physical port #4 (wan/poe out) = switchport 4
Factory update is tested and is the same as for Ubiquiti AirCube ISP
hence the shared configuration between that devices.
Signed-off-by: Roman Kuzmitskii <damex.pp@icloud.com>
This patch adds support for the MikroTik RouterBOARD wAPR-2nD (wAP R)
router, a weatherproof 2.4 GHz access point with a miniPCI-e slot and
a SIM card slot.
Specifications:
- SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9533
- Flash: 16 MB (SPI)
- RAM: 64 MB
- Ethernet: 1x 10/100 Mbps (PoE in)
- WiFi: AR9531 2T2R 2.4 GHz (SoC)
- miniPCI-e slot
- 4x green LEDs (1x WiFi, 3x RSSI)
- 1x reset button
See https://mikrotik.com/product/RBwAPR-2nD for more details.
Flashing:
TFTP boot initramfs image and then perform sysupgrade. Follow common
MikroTik procedure as in https://openwrt.org/toh/mikrotik/common.
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Device specifications:
* QCA IPQ4019
* 256 MB of RAM
* 32 MB of SPI NOR flash (w25q256)
- 2x 15 MB available; but one of the 15 MB regions is the recovery image
* 2T2R 2.4 GHz
- QCA4019 hw1.0 (SoC)
- requires special BDF in QCA4019/hw1.0/board-2.bin with
bus=ahb,bmi-chip-id=0,bmi-board-id=20,variant=PlasmaCloud-PA2200
* 2T2R 5 GHz (channel 36-64)
- QCA9888 hw2.0 (PCI)
- requires special BDF in QCA9888/hw2.0/board-2.bin
bus=pci,bmi-chip-id=0,bmi-board-id=16,variant=PlasmaCloud-PA2200
* 2T2R 5 GHz (channel 100-165)
- QCA4019 hw1.0 (SoC)
- requires special BDF in QCA4019/hw1.0/board-2.bin with
bus=ahb,bmi-chip-id=0,bmi-board-id=21,variant=PlasmaCloud-PA2200
* GPIO-LEDs for 2.4GHz, 5GHz-SoC and 5GHz-PCIE
* GPIO-LEDs for power (orange) and status (blue)
* 1x GPIO-button (reset)
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 2x gigabit ethernet
- phy@mdio3:
+ Label: Ethernet 1
+ gmac0 (ethaddr) in original firmware
+ used as LAN interface
- phy@mdio4:
+ Label: Ethernet 2
+ gmac1 (eth1addr) in original firmware
+ 802.3at POE+
+ used as WAN interface
* 12V 2A DC
Flashing instructions:
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the factory image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <marek.lindner@kaiwoo.ai>
[sven@narfation.org: prepare commit message, rebase, use all LEDs, switch
to dualboot_datachk upgrade script, use eth1 as designated WAN interface]
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Device specifications:
* QCA IPQ4018
* 256 MB of RAM
* 32 MB of SPI NOR flash (w25q256)
- 2x 15 MB available; but one of the 15 MB regions is the recovery image
* 2T2R 2.4 GHz
- QCA4019 hw1.0 (SoC)
- requires special BDF in QCA4019/hw1.0/board-2.bin with
bus=ahb,bmi-chip-id=0,bmi-board-id=16,variant=PlasmaCloud-PA1200
* 2T2R 5 GHz
- QCA4019 hw1.0 (SoC)
- requires special BDF in QCA4019/hw1.0/board-2.bin with
bus=ahb,bmi-chip-id=0,bmi-board-id=17,variant=PlasmaCloud-PA1200
* 3x GPIO-LEDs for status (cyan, purple, yellow)
* 1x GPIO-button (reset)
* 1x USB (xHCI)
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 2x gigabit ethernet
- phy@mdio4:
+ Label: Ethernet 1
+ gmac0 (ethaddr) in original firmware
+ used as LAN interface
- phy@mdio3:
+ Label: Ethernet 2
+ gmac1 (eth1addr) in original firmware
+ 802.3af/at POE(+)
+ used as WAN interface
* 12V/24V 1A DC
Flashing instructions:
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the factory image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <marek.lindner@kaiwoo.ai>
[sven@narfation.org: prepare commit message, rebase, use all LEDs, switch
to dualboot_datachk upgrade script, use eth1 as designated WAN interface]
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Other vendors are using functionality similar to the ones OpenMesh used to
implement two areas on the flash to store the default image and a fallback
image. So just change the name to dualboot_datachk.sh to avoid duplicated
code just to have the same script for different vendors.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Device specifications:
* Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9533 v2
* 650/600/217 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
* 64 MB of RAM
* 16 MB of SPI NOR flash (mx25l12805d)
- 2x 7 MB available; but one of the 7 MB regions is the recovery image
* 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
* 2T2R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi
* multi-color LED (controlled via red/green/blue GPIOs)
* 1x GPIO-button (reset)
* external h/w watchdog (enabled by default)
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 2x fast ethernet
- eth0
+ Label: Ethernet 1
+ 24V passive POE (mode B)
+ used as WAN interface
- eth1
+ Label: Ethernet 2
+ 802.3af POE
+ builtin switch port 2
+ used as LAN interface
* 12-24V 1A DC
* external antennas
Flashing instructions:
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the factory image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Device specifications:
* Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9533 v2
* 650/600/217 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
* 64 MB of RAM
* 16 MB of SPI NOR flash (mx25l12805d)
- 2x 7 MB available; but one of the 7 MB regions is the recovery image
* 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
* 2T2R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi
* multi-color LED (controlled via red/green/blue GPIOs)
* 1x GPIO-button (reset)
* external h/w watchdog (enabled by default)
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 2x fast ethernet
- eth0
+ Label: Ethernet 1
+ 24V passive POE (mode B)
+ used as WAN interface
- eth1
+ Label: Ethernet 2
+ 802.3af POE
+ builtin switch port 2
+ used as LAN interface
* 12-24V 1A DC
* internal antennas
Flashing instructions:
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the factory image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
The MIPS code is supposed to fall back to u-boots bootargs whenever the
/chosen/bootargs property is missing. But this feature was accidentally
disabled when the boot_command_line was initialized with an empty space
just to work around problems with early_init_dt_scan_chosen.
But this feature is necessary for some boards which have a dualboot
mechanism and whose u-boot is calculating the correct partition at runtime
without writing this information back to the u-boot-env.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
The NOR flash rootfs images stored in a sysupgrade.tar must end with the
JFFS2 marker. Otherwise, devices like OpenMesh A42/A62 are not able to
calculate the md5sum of the fixed squashfs part and store it inside the
u-boot-env.
But the commit ee76bd11bb ("images: fix boot failures on NAND with small
sub pages") adds up to 1020 0x00 bytes after the 0xdead0de EOF marker. The
calculated md5sum will be wrong due do this change and u-boot will fail to
boot the newly flashed device with a message like:
Validating MD5Sum of 'vmlinux'...
Passed!
Validating MD5Sum of 'rootfs'...
Failed!
583a1b7b54b8601efa64ade42742459b != 8850ee812dfd7638e94083329d5d2781
Data validation failed!
and boot the old image again.
Since the original change should not change the behavior of NOR images,
just check for the deadc0de marker at the end of the squashfs-jffs2 image
do avoid the problematic behavior for these images.
Fixes: ee76bd11bb ("images: fix boot failures on NAND with small sub pages")
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
FCC ID: A8J-ECB350
Engenius ECB350 v1 is an indoor wireless access point with a gigabit ethernet port,
2.4 GHz wireless, external antennas, and PoE.
**Specification:**
- AR7242 SOC
- AR9283 WLAN 2.4 GHz (2x2), PCIe on-board
- AR8035-A switch RGMII, GbE with 802.3af PoE
- 40 MHz reference clock
- 8 MB FLASH 25L6406EM2I-12G
- 32 MB RAM
- UART at J2 (populated)
- 2 external antennas
- 3 LEDs, 1 button (power, lan, wlan) (reset)
**MAC addresses:**
MACs are labeled as WLAN and WAN
vendor MAC addresses in flash are duplicate
phy0 WLAN *:b8 ---
eth0 WAN *:b9 art 0x0/0x6
**Installation:**
- if you get Failsafe Mode from failed flash:
only use it to flash Original firmware from Engenius
or risk kernel loop or halt which requires serial cable
Method 1: Firmware upgrade page:
OEM webpage at 192.168.1.1
username and password "admin"
Navigate to "Firmware" page from left pane
Click Browse and select the factory.bin image
Upload and verify checksum
Click Continue to confirm and wait 3 minutes
Method 2: Serial to load Failsafe webpage:
After connecting to serial console and rebooting...
Interrupt uboot with any key pressed rapidly
execute `run failsafe_boot` OR `bootm 0x9f670000`
wait a minute
connect to ethernet and navigate to
"192.168.1.1/index.htm"
Select the factory.bin image and upload
wait about 3 minutes
**Return to OEM:**
If you have a serial cable, see Serial Failsafe instructions
otherwise, uboot-env can be used to make uboot load the failsafe image
*DISCLAIMER*
The Failsafe image is unique to Engenius boards.
If the failsafe image is missing or damaged this will not work
DO NOT downgrade to ar71xx this way, it can cause kernel loop or halt
ssh into openwrt and run
`fw_setenv rootfs_checksum 0`
reboot, wait 3 minutes
connect to ethernet and navigate to 192.168.1.1/index.htm
select OEM firmware image from Engenius and click upgrade
**TFTP recovery** (unstable / not reliable):
rename initramfs to 'vmlinux-art-ramdisk'
make available on TFTP server at 192.168.1.101
power board while holding or pressing reset button repeatedly
NOTE: for some Engenius boards TFTP is not reliable
try setting MTU to 600 and try many times
**Format of OEM firmware image:**
The OEM software of ECB350 v1 is a heavily modified version
of Openwrt Kamikaze. One of the many modifications
is to the sysupgrade program. Image verification is performed
by the successful ungzip and untar of the supplied file
and name check and header verification of the resulting contents.
To form a factory.bin that is accepted by OEM Openwrt build,
the kernel and rootfs must have specific names
and begin with the respective headers (uImage, squashfs).
Then the files must be tarballed and gzipped.
The resulting binary is actually a tar.gz file in disguise.
This can be verified by using binwalk on the OEM firmware images,
ungzipping then untaring.
The OEM upgrade script is at /etc/fwupgrade.sh.
OKLI kernel loader is required because the OEM software
expects the kernel size to be no greater than 1536k
and otherwise the factory.bin upgrade procedure would
overwrite part of the kernel when writing rootfs.
The factory upgrade script follows the original mtd partitions.
**Note on PLL-data cells:**
The default PLL register values will not work
because of the AR8035 switch between
the SOC and the ethernet port.
For AR724x series, the PLL register for GMAC0
can be seen in the DTSI as 0x2c.
Therefore the PLL register can be read from u-boot
for each link speed after attempting tftpboot
or another network action using that link speed
with `md 0x1805002c 1`
However the registers that u-boot sets are not ideal and sometimes wrong...
the at803x driver supports setting the RGMII clock/data delay on the PHY side.
This way the pll-data register only needs to handle invert and phase.
for this board no extra adjustements are needed on the MAC side
all link speeds functional
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
Add support for the ar71xx supported GL.iNet GL-USB150 to ath79.
GL.iNet GL-USB150 is an USB dongle WiFi router, based on Atheros AR9331.
Specification:
- 400/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- Realtek RTL8152B USB to Ethernet bridge (connected with AR9331 PHY4)
- 1T1R 2.4 GHz
- 2x LED, 1x button
- UART header on PCB
Flash instruction:
Vendor software is based on openwrt so you can flash the sysupgrade
image via the vendor GUI or using command line sysupgrade utility.
Make sure to not save configuration over reflash as uci settings
differ between versions.
Signed-off-by: Chen Minqiang <ptpt52@gmail.com>
factory.bin was not tested for ECB1750...
but it was tested on it's sister board ECB1200
The product ID for the header can be verified by inspecting
the header of OEM images, or in the u-boot environment.
Also:
- the LAN LED is controlled directly by the AR8035 switch
- the labelled (first increment) MAC for both is ethaddr (eth0)
- list packages in alphabetical order
- use default sysupgrade.bin recipe
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
These boards are sister boards
exactly the same hardware except that ECB1200 has:
- QCA9557
- 2 RF circuits/antennas per band instead of 3
- a resistor blocking UART RX line
Tested-by: sven friedmann <sf.openwrt@okay.ms>
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
FCC ID: A8J-ECB1200
Engenius ECB1200 is an indoor wireless access point with a GbE port,
2.4 GHz and 5 GHz wireless, external antennas, and 802.3af PoE.
**Specification:**
- QCA9557 SOC MIPS, 2.4 GHz (2x2)
- QCA9882 WLAN PCIe card, 5 GHz (2x2)
- AR8035-A switch RGMII, GbE with 802.3af PoE, 25 MHz clock
- 40 MHz reference clock
- 16 MB FLASH 25L12845EMI-10G
- 2x 64 MB RAM 1538ZFZ V59C1512164QEJ25
- UART at JP1 (unpopulated, RX shorted to ground)
- 4 external antennas
- 4 LEDs, 1 button (power, eth, wifi2g, wifi5g) (reset)
**MAC addresses:**
MAC Addresses are labeled as ETH and 5GHZ
U-boot environment has the vendor MAC addresses
MAC addresses in ART do not match vendor
eth0 ETH *:5c u-boot-env ethaddr
phy0 5GHZ *:5d u-boot-env athaddr
---- ---- ???? art 0x0/0x6
**Installation:**
Method 1: Firmware upgrade page:
OEM webpage at 192.168.1.1
username and password "admin"
Navigate to "Firmware" page from left pane
Click Browse and select the factory.bin image
Upload and verify checksum
Click Continue to confirm and wait 3 minutes
Method 2: Serial to load Failsafe webpage:
After connecting to serial console and rebooting...
Interrupt uboot with any key pressed rapidly
(see TFTP recovery)
perform a sysupgrade
**Serial Access:**
the RX line on the board for UART is shorted to ground by resistor R176
therefore it must be removed to use the console
but it is not necessary to remove to view boot log
optionally, R175 can be replaced with a solder bridge short
the resistors R175 and R176 are next to the UART pinout at JP1
**Return to OEM:**
If you have a serial cable, see Serial Failsafe instructions
Unlike most Engenius boards, this does not have a 'failsafe' image
the only way to return to OEM is TFTP or serial access to u-boot
**TFTP recovery:**
Unlike most Engenius boards, TFTP is reliable here
rename initramfs-kernel.bin to 'ap.bin'
make the file available on a TFTP server at 192.168.1.10
power board while holding or pressing reset button repeatedly
or with serial access:
run `tftpboot` or `run factory_boot` with initramfs-kernel.bin
then `bootm` with the load address
**Format of OEM firmware image:**
The OEM software of ECB1200 is a heavily modified version
of Openwrt Altitude Adjustment 12.09.
This Engenius board, like ECB1750, uses a proprietary header
with a unique Product ID. The header for factory.bin is
generated by the mksenaofw program included in openwrt.
**Note on PLL-data cells:**
The default PLL register values will not work
because of the AR8035 switch between
the SOC and the ethernet port.
For QCA955x series, the PLL registers for eth0 and eth1
can be see in the DTSI as 0x28 and 0x48 respectively.
Therefore the PLL registers can be read from uboot
for each link speed after attempting tftpboot
or another network action using that link speed
with `md 0x18050028 1` and `md 0x18050048 1`.
However the registers that u-boot sets are not ideal and sometimes wrong...
the at803x driver supports setting the RGMII clock/data delay on the PHY side.
This way the pll-data register only needs to handle invert and phase.
for this board clock invert is needed on the MAC side
all link speeds functional
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
The rootfs is padded to the full block size by padjffs2 and a 4 byte magic
value ("deadc0de") is added to the end. On first boot, the JFFS2 is
replacing the "deadc0de" marker when the rootfs_data is initialized.
The static part of the rootfs is therefore $rootfs_size - 4 and not
$rootfs_size - 262144 - 4.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
The padding and block alignment is handled by the image build script and
doesn't need to be duplicated in the fwupgrade.cfg build script.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
FCC ID: A8J-ESR750H
Engenius ESR600H is an indoor wireless router with a gigabit switch,
2.4 GHz and 5 GHz wireless, internal and external antennas, and a USB port.
**Specification:**
- RT3662F MIPS SOC, 5 GHz WMAC (2x2)
- RT5392L PCI on-board, 2.4 GHz (2x2)
- AR8327 RGMII, 7-port GbE, 25 MHz clock
- 40 MHz reference clock
- 8 MB FLASH 25L6406EM2I-12G
- 64 MB RAM
- UART at J12 (unpopulated)
- 2 internal antennas (5 GHz)
- 2 external antennas (2.4 GHz)
- 9 LEDs, 1 button (power, wps, wifi2g, wifi5g, 5 LAN/WAN)
- USB 2 port (GPIO controlled power)
**MAC addresses:**
MAC Addresses are labeled as WAN and WLAN
U-boot environment has the the vendor MAC address for ethernet
MAC addresses in "factory" are part of wifi calibration data
eth0.2 WAN *:13:e7 u-boot-env wanaddr
eth0.1 ---- *:13:e8 u-boot-env wanaddr + 1
phy0 WLAN *:14:b8 factory 0x8004
phy1 ---- *:14:bc factory 0x4
**Installation:**
Method 1: Firmware upgrade page
OEM webpage at 192.168.0.1
username and password "admin"
Navigate to Network Setting --> Tools --> Firmware
Click Browse and select the factory.dlf image
Click Continue to confirm and wait 6 minutes or more...
Method 2: Serial console to load TFTP image:
(see TFTP recovery)
**Return to OEM:**
Unlike most Engenius boards, this does not have a 'failsafe' image
the only way to return to OEM is serial access to uboot
Unlike most Engenius boards, public images are not available...
so the only way to return to OEM is to have a copy
of the MTD partition "firmware" BEFORE flashing openwrt.
**TFTP recovery:**
Unlike most Engenius boards, TFTP is reliable here
however it requires serial console access
(soldering pins to the UART pinouts)
build your own image...
with 'ramdisk' selected under 'Target Images'
rename initramfs-kernel.bin to 'uImageESR-600H'
make the file available on a TFTP server at 192.168.99.8
interrupt boot by holding or pressing '4' in serial console
as soon as board is powered on
`tftpboot 0x81000000`
`bootm 0x81000000`
perform a sysupgrade
**Format of OEM firmware image:**
This Engenius board uses the Senao proprietary header
with a unique Product ID. The header for factory.bin is
generated by the mksenaofw program included in openwrt.
.dlf file extension is also required for OEM software to accept it
**Note on using OKLI:**
the kernel is now too large for the bootloader to handle
so OKLI is used via the `kernel-loader` image command
recently in master several other ramips boards have the same problem
'Kernel panic - not syncing: Failed to find ralink,rt3883-sysc node'
see commit ad19751edc
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
After musl was introduced, it was desired to remove uClibc-ng. As ARC
has no musl support, it was kept around. However, glibc 2.32 includes
ARC support. This makes it possible to finally remove it.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
If _machine_hang is not defined on MIPS, the kernel will check if the
CPU can enter a more power efficient sleep mode. Since the realtek
platform supports mips32_r2, this should issue a WAIT instruction
instead of a trivial infinite loop.
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
Currently, EAPOLv2 (802.1X-2004) is used by default for legacy clients that
are not WPA2 (RSN) capable. These legacy clients are often intolerant to this
EAPOL version and fail to connect.
hostapd.conf upstream documents for eapol_version the following and that this
is a known compatibility issue with version 2:
// IEEE 802.1X/EAPOL version
// hostapd is implemented based on IEEE Std 802.1X-2004 which defines EAPOL
// version 2. However, there are many client implementations that do not handle
// the new version number correctly (they seem to drop the frames completely).
// In order to make hostapd interoperate with these clients, the version number
// can be set to the older version (1) with this configuration value.
// Note: When using MACsec, eapol_version shall be set to 3, which is
// defined in IEEE Std 802.1X-2010.
//eapol_version=2
For the wpa parameter, hostapd.conf upstream documents that this is a bitfield,
configured as follows:
// Enable WPA. Setting this variable configures the AP to require WPA (either
// WPA-PSK or WPA-RADIUS/EAP based on other configuration). For WPA-PSK, either
// wpa_psk or wpa_passphrase must be set and wpa_key_mgmt must include WPA-PSK.
// Instead of wpa_psk / wpa_passphrase, wpa_psk_radius might suffice.
// For WPA-RADIUS/EAP, ieee8021x must be set (but without dynamic WEP keys),
// RADIUS authentication server must be configured, and WPA-EAP must be included
// in wpa_key_mgmt.
// This field is a bit field that can be used to enable WPA (IEEE 802.11i/D3.0)
// and/or WPA2 (full IEEE 802.11i/RSN):
// bit0 = WPA
// bit1 = IEEE 802.11i/RSN (WPA2) (dot11RSNAEnabled)
// Note that WPA3 is also configured with bit1 since it uses RSN just like WPA2.
// In other words, for WPA3, wpa=2 is used the configuration (and
// wpa_key_mgmt=SAE for WPA3-Personal instead of wpa_key_mgmt=WPA-PSK).
//wpa=2
For client compatibility therefore:
EAPOLv1 (802.1X-2001) should be used by default where WPA is enabled.
EAPOLv2 (802.1X-2004) should be used by default where WPA is disabled.
To fix this, we can therefore change in the script:
set_default eapol_version 0
To the following:
set_default eapol_version $((wpa & 1))
This therefore:
1) Sets eapol_version to 1 where WPA has been enabled via wpa bit0 being set.
2) Sets eapol_version to 0 where WPA has been disabled via wpa bit0 being unset.
For usual configurations that only have WPA2 enabled, EAPOLv2 is then used.
Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@gmail.com>
Most of Build/elecom-wrc-factory and Build/elecom-wrc-gs-factory are
nearly equal, Unify those definitions by using "-N" option of mkhash and
splitting the appending text at the end of firmware image for WRC-GS/GST
devices.
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
Incorrect values were used for the switch initialization causing the
lan port leds to not light up in case of 10Mb or 100Mb connections.
This commit fixes this problem and removes unused values.
Signed-off-by: Davide Fioravanti <pantanastyle@gmail.com>
All modifications made by update_kernel.sh run in a fresh clone
without any existing toolchains.
Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x/R7800, ath79/generic, bcm27xx/bcm2711
Run-tested: ipq806x/R7800
No dmesg regressions, everything functional
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
Testing with hwsim reveals two problems:
1. phyX/addresses has two addresses and mac80211_get_addr keeps
returning the last one when asked for more;
2. The base address has the local bit set and the operation unsets it.
Fix both.
Fixes: 866790fd82
Reported-by: Zero_Chaos
Signed-off-by: Paul Fertser <fercerpav@gmail.com>
Backport the upstream kernel fix 525b0858ff to get rid of the kernel
messages:
mvebu-gpio xxxxxx.gpio: IRQ index 3 not found
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
The WAN port on Netgear D7800 is unable to connect to an ISP when the
link to the modem is running at less than 1GB.
This patch fixes the issue by removing the phy-handle definition
and replacing it with a fixed-link definition
The WAN port is then able to connect to a modem via a link running at 100Mbs or 10Mbs
Fixes: FS#3086
Signed-off-by: Peter Cardoe <peter@cardoe.co.uk>
The Buffalo Linkstation LS421DE comes with a Ricoh RS5C372A real time
clock. This RTC has the INTRA pin connected to the power management
circuit, allowing to wake up the device from the power off state when an
alarm is scheduled.
Add the "wakeup-source" property in the RTC dts node to allow the use
of the alarm.
Example of use, the device is powered off and it comes to life after 5
minutes:
echo $(expr $(date '+%s') + 60 * 5) > /sys/class/rtc/rtc0/wakealarm
poweroff
This feature isn't available in the stock firmware.
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
The rs5c372 RTC driver has alarm support, but it can't be enabled and only
can handle 24 hours in the future spite the chip is 1 week capable. Provide
these two patches:
- Support alarms up to 1 week
- Let the wakealarm to be used as a wakeup source
This patch makes the alarm wakeup feature to be available in the Buffallo
Linkstation LS421DE (mvebu target) and should also work with any other
device if the hardware has the proper capability.
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
Flush kernel memory caches during sysupgrade in order
to mitigate the impact from memory consumption spikes
in low-RAM devices.
This may help to prevent sysupgrade causing a reboot
before the actual flashing starts.
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
The Buffalo Linkstation LS421DE isn't able to enable the Level 2 cache
(AKA Aurora cache). As of result of this, the throughput is about half of
the expected, e.g when doing network data transfers.
Fix it by adding the broken-idle property in the coherency fabric node.
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
'bootz' expects gziped kernel image anyway, so hard-code it to zImage,
and remove root path from 'load' commands, by default the files are
searched in root directory.
This will make the bootscript static, so the command which modified it
when image was created can now be removed.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
Don't hard-code the PTUUID, use U-Boot commands to determine it, as some
partitioning tools could rewrite PTUUID when modifying partitions.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
This fixes error when host GCC >= 10.
/usr/bin/ld: scripts/dtc/dtc-parser.tab.o:(.bss+0x10): multiple definition of `yylloc'; scripts/dtc/dtc-lexer.lex.o:(.bss+0x0): first defined here
collect2: error: ld returned 1 exit status
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
This chunk got mistakenly removed from 30c95c4, since the get_image_dd
evaluates only first agument, so that check is useless.
Fixes: 30c95c4 ("tegra: sysupgrade: use get_image_dd wrapper")
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
The patch removes a libpcap check to avoid a problem with libpcap. Fix
libpcap instead.
Modernize Makefile:
Use a normal autoconf bool instead of checking for CONFIG_IPV6.
Remove old configure and MAKE_FLAGS hacks. Removing them results in
compilation continuing to work without a problem.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
pcap-config as installed is using OS paths instead of OpenWrt ones.
Take fix from libpng and adjust as needed.
This problem seems to occur on Arch Linux and not on Debian/Fedora
based distros. No idea why.
Remove CMAKE_INSTALL as there is now an InstallDev section.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
CIFS_STATS is a debugging option. It is not really useful for end users
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
[fixed missing config-4.19 file]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
0fdfef9aa7ee68ddd508aef7c98630cfc054f8d6 upstream removed CIFS_SMB311.
Kernels 4.19 and above do not have it. Currently only kernels 4.19 and
5.4 are in the tree.
The Kconfig file in the kernel has more selection that what is in here.
Add the rest and reorder based on upstream ordering.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
The paths are pointing to OS paths, not OpenWrt ones. Use SED line from
libpng to fix and adjust accordingly.
This may allow certain packages that use the config file to pick up pcre.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Updated ABI_VERSION.
Switched PKG_BUILD_PARALLEL on as there seems to be no issue anymore.
I can't find any information about why it was turned off.
Fixed license information.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Upstream switched to building with CMake. Adjust accordingly.
Reapplied patch as upstream changed the file format.
Added HOST_BUILD_PARALLEL for faster compilation.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
hostapd.sh does not parse skip_inactivity_poll boolean from
/etc/config/wireless despite being mentioned in the documentation [1].
This change fixes this, and by default sets its value to 0 [1].
[1] https://openwrt.org/docs/guide-user/network/wifi/basic
Signed-off-by: Nadim Atiya <nadim.atiya@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
[fix and reformat commit message, make patch apply]
Commit "initramfs: switch to tmpfs to fix ujail" switched initramfs to
now use tmpfs, it causes $(rootfs_type) to now return tmpfs when
running initramfs image instead of being empty.
This broke initramfs detection which prevents config files from
being saved as it does not work from initramfs.
So, lets test for $(rootfs_type) returning "tmpfs" instead.
Fixes: 7fd3c68 ("initramfs: switch to tmpfs to fix ujail)
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
Commit "initramfs: switch to tmpfs to fix ujail" switched initramfs to
now use tmpfs, it causes $(rootfs_type) to now return tmpfs when
running initramfs image instead of being empty.
This broke initramfs detection which is required so that when installing
on MikroTik devices firmware partition would first get erased fully
before writing.
So, lets test for $(rootfs_type) returning "tmpfs" instead.
Fixes: 7fd3c68 ("initramfs: switch to tmpfs to fix ujail)
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
So we can ship px5g-wolfssl by default in the release image, but still
make the HTTPS for LuCI optional. This small change with addition of
`CONFIG_PACKAGE_px5g-wolfssl=y` into the buildbot's seed config for the
next release should provide optional HTTPS in the next release.
Disabling the current default automatic uhttpd's redirect to HTTPS
should make the HTTPS optional. That's it, user would either need to
switch to HTTPS by manually switching to https:// protocol in the URL or
by issuing the following commands to make the HTTPS automatic redirect
permanent:
$ uci set uhttpd.main.redirect_https=1
$ uci commit uhttpd
$ service uhttpd reload
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
MIPS 32 bit support for sanitizer was added with GCC 9, MIPS 64 bit and
ARC are still not supported in GCC 10.
Deactivate them for now and change this when we change the default
compiler to GCC 9 or later.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The flash capacity is divided in two flash chips and currently only
first is used. Increase available space for OpenWrt by additional 16 MiB
using mtd-concat driver. Because U-Boot might not be able to load kernel
image spanned through two flash chips, the size of kernel is limited
to space available on first first chip.
Cc: Vladimir Georgievsky <vladimir.georgievsky@yahoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
AirTight Networks (later renamed to Mojo Networks) C-75 is a dual-band
access point, also sold by WatchGuard under name AP320.
Specification
SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9550
RAM: 128 MiB DDR2
Flash: 2x 16 MiB SPI NOR
WIFI: 2.4 GHz 3T3R integrated
5 GHz 3T3R QCA9890 oversized Mini PCIe card
Ethernet: 2x 10/100/1000 Mbps QCA8334
port labeled LAN1 is PoE capable (802.3at)
USB: 1x 2.0
LEDs: 7x which two are GPIO controlled, four switch controlled, one
controlled by wireless driver
Buttons: 1x GPIO controlled
Serial: RJ-45 port, Cisco pinout
baud: 115200, parity: none, flow control: none
JTAG: Yes, pins marked J1 on PCB
Installation
1. Prepare TFTP server with OpenWrt initramfs-kernel image.
2. Connect to one of LAN ports.
3. Connect to serial port.
4. Power on the device and when prompted to stop autoboot, hit any key.
5. Adjust "ipaddr" and "serverip" addresses in U-Boot environment, use
'setenv' to do that, then run following commands:
tftpboot 0x81000000 <openwrt_initramfs-kernel_image_name>
bootm 0x81000000
6. Wait about 1 minute for OpenWrt to boot.
7. Transfer OpenWrt sysupgrade image to /tmp directory and flash it
with:
sysupgrade -n /tmp/<openwrt_sysupgrade_image_name>
8. After flashing, the access point will reboot to OpenWrt. Wait few
minutes, until the Power LED stops blinking, then it's ready for
configuration.
Known issues
Green power LED does not work.
Additional information
The U-Boot fails to initialise ethernet ports correctly when a UART
adapter is attached to UART pins (marked J3 on PCB).
Cc: Vladimir Georgievsky <vladimir.georgievsky@yahoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
Adjust spelling of vendor names to what is used in other places.
Signed-off-by: Moritz Warning <moritzwarning@web.de>
[improve commit title/message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Adjust spelling of vendor name to what is used in other places.
Also move definition in shared section.
Signed-off-by: Moritz Warning <moritzwarning@web.de>
[improve commit title/message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
These parameters are the same as in vr9.dtsi. This patch removes
redundant parameters.
Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
7f53d68b1af9 mt76: mt7615: add debugfs knob for setting extended local mac addresses
1a2547b27dfc mt76: do not set NEEDS_UNIQUE_STA_ADDR for 7615 and 7915
2741fd071bb7 mt76: mt7915: support 32 station interfaces
709f2cd77810 mt76: mt7915: fix processing txfree events
434940e08233 mt76: mt7915: measure channel noise and report it via survey
236326896589 mt76: mt7615: retry if mt7615_mcu_init returns -EAGAIN
b5c593b63f4c mt76: mt7663s: move tx/rx processing in the same txrx workqueue
75157b59ae4e mt76: mt7663s: convert txrx_work to mt76_worker
6dc67b058e2a mt76: mt7663s: disable interrupt during txrx_worker processing
b381729626bb mt76: sdio: convert {status/net}_work to mt76_worker
9cb12f7042cc mt76: mt7915: fix DRR sta bss group index
75977a85e844 mt76: mt7915: disable OFDMA/MU-MIMO UL
6cdebe805862 mt76: rename __mt76_mcu_send_msg to mt76_mcu_send_msg
eb9afae96b65 mt76: rename __mt76_mcu_skb_send_msg to mt76_mcu_skb_send_msg
8c73f3b15ada mt76: implement .mcu_parse_response in struct mt76_mcu_ops
fcfbb046c2f3 mt76: move mcu timeout handling to .mcu_parse_response
477caa196ffe mt76: move waiting and locking out of mcu_ops->mcu_skb_send_msg
a4d71501bad6 mt76: make mcu_ops->mcu_send_msg optional
80c310c59ad1 mt76: mt7603: switch to .mcu_skb_send_msg
082b26181013 mt76: implement functions to get the response skb for MCU calls
ee40800df2e4 mt76: mt7915: move eeprom parsing out of mt7915_mcu_parse_response
d33943baac47 mt76: mt7915: query station rx rate from firmware
b8874e8756d9 mt76: add back the SUPPORTS_REORDERING_BUFFER flag
633ae5961db6 mt76: mt7615: enable beacon filtering by default for offload fw
9a203fea3540 mt76: mt7615: introduce quota debugfs node for mt7663s
f9ae638af7e2 mt76: mt7663s: get rid of mt7663s_sta_add
1a5758d894d0 mt76: mt7663s: fix a possible ple quota underflow
dea10c03316f mt76: sdio: get rid of sched.lock
eb4c09957938 mt76: mt7915: set fops_sta_stats.owner to THIS_MODULE
594890b11155 mt76: mt7915: update ppe threshold
8884a5def518 mt76: mt7915: rename mt7915_mcu_get_rate_info to mt7915_mcu_get_tx_rate
33b89f4a1bf4 mt76: set fops_tx_stats.owner to THIS_MODULE
4d019c9672ec sync with upstream changes
35e3cd1db479 mt76: mt7603: fix ED/CCA monitoring with single-stream devices
4f9f79b085b1 wireless: mt76: convert tasklets to use new tasklet_setup() API
20e8cf935ed0 mt76: dma: fix possible deadlock running mt76_dma_cleanup
36089a655f58 mt76: mt7915: fix sparse warning cast from restricted __le16
68c4eedafd61 mt76: fix memory leak if device probing fails
9a1a0a4dec71 mt76: mt7603: add additional EEPROM chip ID
01b943295719 mt76: move mt76_mcu_send_firmware in common module
0aee4999902a mt76: mt7663s: introduce WoW support via GPIO
79ebad117325 mt76: switch to wep sw crypto for mt7615/mt7915
af139725193a mt76: fix tkip configuration for mt7615/7663 devices
664e66b35c0b mt76: mt7615: run key configuration in mt7615_set_key for usb/sdio devices
f675358267d6 mt76: mt76u: rely on woker APIs for rx work
b9f9c16cb1bd mt76: mt76u: use dedicated thread for status work
cdeb1b29cd15 mt76: testmode: switch ib and wb rssi to array type for per-antenna report
0a898c0549b6 mt76: testmode: add snr attribute in rx statistics
3ea9a0433bcc mt76: testmode: add tx_rate_stbc parameter
73427ebbbd27 mt76: testmode: add support for LTF and GI combinations for HE mode
88ebccfe8a39 mt76: mt7915: fix tx rate related fields in tx descriptor
9909c0551e4c mt76: testmode: add support for HE rate modes
03ed0909f922 mt76: mt7915: implement testmode tx support
0aa696834a9c mt76: mt7915: implement testmode rx support
5ed3a34b46ce mt76: mt7915: add support to set txpower in testmode
f86361654e94 mt76: mt7915: add support to set tx frequency offset in testmode
64a765be750a mt76: mt7915: make mt7915_eeprom_read static
9b48c13b52f7 mt76: mt7915: use BIT_ULL for omac_idx
27227fd57ea7 mt76: mt7915: remove unused mt7915_mcu_bss_sync_tlv()
cd795267612d mt76: mt7615: support 16 interfaces
82da525ad0c8 mt76: mt7615: refactor usb/sdio rate code
b9a50da503ad mt76: mt7915: rely on eeprom definitions
c79d18723df0 mt76: move mt76_init_tx_queue in common code
b0b221e91445 mt76: sdio: introduce mt76s_alloc_tx_queue
caba5a99e5ae mt76: sdio: rely on mt76_queue in mt76s_process_tx_queue signature
3ed4aad81ce9 mt76: mt7663s: rely on mt76_queue in mt7663s_tx_run_queue signature
216cf8b28579 mt76: dma: rely on mt76_queue in mt76_dma_tx_cleanup signature
0f9350bef1b5 mt76: rely on mt76_queue in tx_queue_skb signature
8932975be066 mt76: introduce mt76_init_mcu_queue utility routine
b0eb7edcc624 mt76: rely on mt76_queue in tx_queue_skb_raw signature
ccd62467d0f3 mt76: move mcu queues to mt76_dev q_mcu array
2e217fb9e962 mt76: move tx hw data queues in mt76_phy
576647f2ec6a mt76: mt7915: fix endian issues
e881fd67c718 mt76: move band capabilities in mt76_phy
c728cecd7b77 mt76: rely on mt76_phy in mt76_init_sband_2g and mt76_init_sband_5g
231ef27697f9 mt76: move band allocation in mt76_register_phy
8aa24c91b13b mt76: move hw mac_addr in mt76_phy
b436da4d9d92 mt76: mt7915: introduce dbdc support
1e34a02c2dcb mt76: mt7915: get rid of dbdc debugfs knob
d8e681bd3268 mt76: mt7615: fix rdd mcu cmd endianness
19c9e277eff6 mt76: mt7915: fix memory leak in mt7915_mcu_get_rx_rate()
e361b6a71e4b mt76: improve tx queue stop/wake
fb24e5f2305b mt76: mt7915: stop queues when running out of tx tokens
066cc441eb8f mt76: attempt to free up more room when filling the tx queue
93c806a34ec2 mt7915: fix minor issues in the token queue blocking change
c017e329a326 mt76: mt7915: ensure that init work completes before starting the device
9e9da427b8a6 mt76: mt7915: fix polling firmware-own status
5cd805ddfb25 mt76: add more conditions for stopping tx scheduling
aa893c73bf85 mt76: mt7915; increase txq memory limit for non-DBDC 7915 cards to 32 MiB
e44b7c91070e mt76: skip queue stop/wake, rely entirely on txq scheduling
6c6a5c59c101 mt76: mt7915: do not set DRR group for stations
510cb5be1bf7 mt76: usb: remove wake logic in mt76u_status_worker
34f318a25421 mt76: sdio: remove wake logic in mt76s_process_tx_queue
4a90fdf6105e mt76: mt76s: fix NULL pointer dereference in mt76s_process_tx_queue
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The PPE only provides a 14 bit hash, however many uses of the skb hash
expect the hash to use the full 32 bit range.
Use jhash to extend the hash to the full size
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The PKG_MIRROR_HASH was not updated when updating the package.
Fixes: f75c70aeca ("nat46: update to latest git HEAD")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
phy-mode is already set to rgmii for eth0 and sgmii for eth1 in
qca955x.dtsi, no need to do that again in the device DTS files.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The GL-MT1300 is a high-performance new generation pocket-sized router
that offers a powerful hardware and first-class cybersecurity protocol
with unique and modern design.
Specifications:
- SoC: MT7621A, Dual-Core @880MHz
- RAM: 256 MB DDR3
- Flash: 32 MB
- Ethernet: 3 x 10/100/1000: 2 x LAN + 1 x WAN
- Wireless: 1 x MT7615D Dual-Band 2.4GHz(400Mbps) + 5GHz(867Mbps)
- USB: 1 x USB 3.0 port
- Slot: 1 x MicroSD card slot
- Button: 1 x Reset button
- Switch: 1 x Mode switch
- LED: 1 x Blue LED + 1 x White LED
MAC addresses based on vendor firmware:
WAN : factory 0x4000
LAN : Mac from factory 0x4000 + 1
2.4GHz : factory 0x4
5GHz : Mac form factory 0x4 + 1
Flashing instructions:
1.Connect to one of LAN ports.
2.Set the static IP on the PC to 192.168.1.2.
3.Press the Reset button and power the device (do not release the button).
After waiting for the blue led to flash 5 times, the white led will
come on and release the button.
4.Browse the 192.168.1.1 web page and update firmware according to web
tips.
5.The blue led will flash when the firmware is being upgraded.
6.The blue led stops blinking to indicate that the firmware upgrade is
complete and U-Boot automatically starts the firmware.
For more information on GL-MT1300, see the OFFICIAL GL.iNet website:
https://www.gl-inet.com/products/gl-mt1300/
Signed-off-by: Xinfa Deng <xinfa.deng@gl-inet.com>
[add input-type for switch, wrap long line in 10_fix_wifi_mac]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The sub target does not support network and there are not so many users
out there, just mark it as source only, so we do jot have to build it.
The quality is not worse than before, it just does not make much sense
to build this automatically.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This adds the CONFIG_IRQSOFF_TRACER and the CONFIG_PREEMPT_TRACER kernel
configuration option to the OpenWrt menu. This can be used to debug
latencies in the system.
The CONFIG_PREEMPT_TRACER option needs the CONFIG_PREEMPT option which is
supposed to be used for Low-Latency Desktop and not used by many targets
in OpenWrt.
The help text is copied from the Linux kernel Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hmehrtens@maxlinear.com>
Cleanup Makefile for consistency with other ones.
Remove PKG_SSP. It can be fixed with -lssp_nonshared.
Add PKG_BUILD_PARALLEL for faster compilation.
Add zlib dependency. 1.5.0 requires it now.
Refresh patches.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
GCC was used in 17.01 as the default compiler the last time. We do not
test this old GCC version any more and there are some known problems it
fails to compile the U-Boot for the Allwinner A64 SoC.
Just remove it to make it clear that we will not support this old GCC
version any more.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Acked-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Package architecture aarch64_generic [1] can be used just with three
devices. One is NanoPI R2S and then there are two development boards
from NXP. Let's change armvirt/64 to Cortex A53 (aarch64_cortex-a53)
[2]. It has wider support by multiple devices like NanoPI Neo Plus2/Core2,
ESPRESSObin, Pine64, and Raspberry Pi 2&3.
While looking at ARMvirt/32 it has set CPU_TYPE and CPU_SUBTYPE to be
arm_cortex-a15_neon-vfpv4 [3]. It has support to devices like
Linksys EA8500 v1, Linksys EA7500 v1, Netgear D7800, Netgear R7500 and so on.
Tested with:
qemu-system-aarch64 -m 1024 -smp 2 -cpu cortex-a57 -M virt -nographic \
-kernel openwrt-armvirt-64-Image-initramfs
Successfully compiled and booted.
Here goes the output:
root@OpenWrt:/# uname -a
Linux OpenWrt 5.4.82 #0 SMP Sun Dec 13 12:52:10 2020 aarch64 GNU/Linux
root@OpenWrt:/# cat /etc/openwrt_release
DISTRIB_ID='OpenWrt'
DISTRIB_RELEASE='SNAPSHOT'
DISTRIB_REVISION='r15207-96fca0f807'
DISTRIB_TARGET='armvirt/64'
DISTRIB_ARCH='aarch64_cortex-a53'
DISTRIB_DESCRIPTION='OpenWrt SNAPSHOT r15207-96fca0f807'
DISTRIB_TAINTS='no-all'
Also, change BOARDNAME to be the same as it is in armvirt/32.
[1] https://openwrt.org/docs/techref/instructionset/aarch64_generic
[2] https://openwrt.org/docs/techref/instructionset/aarch64_cortex-a53
[3] https://openwrt.org/docs/techref/instructionset/arm_cortex-a15_neon-vfpv4
Signed-off-by: Josef Schlehofer <pepe.schlehofer@gmail.com>
Enable CONFIG_KEYS by default on systems which are not marked as
flash-space constraint by the 'small_flash' feature.
CONFIG_KEYS is required by Docker, enabling it in our kernel allows
users to run Docker on stock OpenWrt.
It is also used of by some network file systems (such as NFSv4) to
store credentials as well as UID/GID mappings.
Adds about 50kB to vmlinux on ath79/generic (~18kB compressed)
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Add KERNEL_KEYS_REQUEST_CACHE option.
'tristate' (ie. module builds) are not valid in Config-kernel.in, hence
remove tristate KERNEL_ENCRYPTED_KEYS. It will be readded as a kernel
module in a follow-up commit.
Fixes: 39d817cf38 ("Add config symbols for kernel keyring support")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This device has (almost?) identical hardware to the F9J1108 v2 but uses
a different firmware magic and model number.
Specifications:
SoC: QCA9558
CPU: 720 MHz
Flash: 16 MiB NOR
RAM: 128 MiB
WiFi 2.4 GHz: QCA9558-AT4A 3x3 MIMO 802.11b/g/n
WiFi 5 GHz: QCA9880-2R4E 3x3 MIMO 802.11a/n/ac
Ethernet: 4x LAN and 1x WAN (all 1Gbit/s ports)
USB: 1 x USB 2.0 (lower), 1 x USB 3.0 (upper)
MAC addresses based on OEM firmware:
Interface Address Location
--------- ------- --------
lan *:5A sometimes in 0x6
wan *:5B 0x0
2.4Ghz *:5A 0x1002
5Ghz As per mini PCIe EEPROM
Flashing instructions:
The factory.bin can be flashed via the Belkin web UI or via the uboot
HTTP upgrade page (which is by default listening on 192.168.2.1). Once
the factory.bin has been written, sysupgrade.bin will work as usual.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Belkin F9J1108 v2 and F9K1115 v2 are (seemingly) identical hardware
with different model numbers. Extract all non-device specific code to a
common .dtsi so it can be re-used when adding support for the
F9K1115 v2.
Similar to the .dtsi most of the image building recipe code can be
re-used. Move everything except the device model, edimax header magic
and edimax header model into a shared build recipe.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
[drop duplicate TARGET_DEVICES, add EDIMAX_* to DEVICE_VARS, edit title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This adds new strings for the v3.20 to the support list of the
already supported TP-Link CPE510 v3.
The underlying hardware appears to be the same, similar to the
situation with CPE210 v3.20 in 4a2380a1e7 ("tplink-safeloader:
expand support list for TP-Link CPE210 v3")
Signed-off-by: Gioacchino Mazzurco <gio@altermundi.net>
[extended commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2c843b2bc04c Add initial GitLab CI support
073f89f567c0 uclient-fetch: wolfSSL: fix certificate validation
086c292160ac uclient-fetch: init_ca_cert: fix memory leak
a3c1a88b031a cmake: enable extra compiler checks
32ff717ed316 uclient-http: fix extra compiler warnings on mips_24kc and cortex-a9+neon
86a2ac6ac46f uclient-fetch: fix potential memory leaks
158dd9dd289c uclient: fix initialized but never read variable
66b4420856a7 uclient-fetch: fix statement may fallt hrough
436f9b3af2ad uclient-http: fix freeing of stack allocated memory
e6b5b8a98ce2 Fix extra compiler warnings
12df67e45bb0 Add basic cram based unit tests
b6e34845124f cmake: fix building out of the tree
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
68d09243b6fd Add initial GitLab CI support
8280140db9d1 wolfssl: remove now deprecated compatibility code
cee6791b362a ustream-mbedtls: fix certificate verification
55c3fd89d508 ustream-mbedtls: implement set_require_validation
c6b4c48689a3 ustream-openssl: wolfSSL: fix certificate validation
3bc05402bfab cmake: enable extra compiler checks
cd2c3d12db43 ustream-mbedtls: fix comparison of integers of different signs
5896991e46a3 ustream-openssl: fix BIO_method memory leak
2c342ae57c5b ustream-openssl: fix wolfSSL includes
fa8ecd6ed140 cmake: fix linking when mbed TLS not in default paths
63656f81045f cmake: fix linking when wolfSSL not in default paths
c26f71e844df cmake: fix building out of the tree
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Some images are created using different filesystems, most popular
squashfs and ext4. To allow downstream projects to distinguesh between
those, add the `filesystem` information to created json files.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
This reverts the usage of the S-Tag for separating LAN and WAN port on
the embedded switch. Many users complained about not being able to
manage C-Tag addition / removal on the switch as well as degraded
performance.
Fixes: commit 9da2b56760 ("ipq40xx: fix ethernet vlan double tagging")
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The ASUS MAP-AC2200 suffers from a lower transmit/receive
signal power as compared to the stock firmware.
Upon investigation, it was discovered that stock firmware from
the GPL_MAP-AC2200_3.0.0.4.384.46249-g97d05bb.tar archive.
set the following GPIOs in "release/src/router/rc/init.c".
GPIO 44 and 46 have to be set to output high
GPIO 45 and 47 have to be set to output low
Here are some results, after activating the relevant
gpios through cmdline:
<https://forum.openwrt.org/t/asus-map-ac2200-low-transmit-receive-signal-5ghz/69005/12>
THX @ slh
Fixes: 9ad3967f14 ("ipq40xx: add support for ASUS Lyra")
Signed-off-by: Yushi Nishida <kyro2man@gmx.net>
[slightly rewritten commit, added missing <>)
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
gcc 10 defaults to -fno-common, which causes an error
when linking.
Back-port the following Linux kernel commit to fix it:
e33a814e772c (scripts/dtc: Remove redundant YYLOC global declaration)
Tested on an Arch Linux host with gcc 10.1.0
Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
0c6fb90 jffs2-reset: allow doing a factory reset and passing a sysupgrade.tgz
4862530 mount: restorecon: guard against execl() errors
f415323 block: replace local mkdir_p implementation
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Add new utility function mkdir_p(char *path, mode_t mode) to replace
the partially buggy implementations found accross fstools and procd.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
You shouldn't need the overhead of GRE just to add multicast
capability on a point-to-point interface (for instance, you might
want to run mDNS over IPsec transport connections, and Avahi
requires IFF_MULTICAST be set on interfaces, even point-to-point
ones).
Borrowed heavily from:
b3c9321b9e gre: Support multicast configurable gre interfaces
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
Fixes: CVE-2020-1971, defined as high severity, summarized as:
NULL pointer deref in GENERAL_NAME_cmp function can lead to a DOS
attack.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
This add support for USB-to-Ethernet Aquantia AQtion
5/2.5GbE adapters based on the AQC111U controllers.
Run-tested: x86
Adapter-tested: Sabrent NT-SS5G
Signed-off-by: Marty Jones <mj8263788@gmail.com>
This adds DTB to kernel and that way makes it possible to easily boot
initramfs image and also kernel.
The sequence to boot initramfs on Omnia is then just:
env set bootargs earlyprintk console=ttyS0,115200
dhcp 0x1000000 192.168.1.1:openwrt-mvebu-cortexa9-cznic_turris-omnia-initramfs-kernel.bin
bootz 0x1000000
Without this change kernel boot won't proceed and is stuck on "Starting
kernel".
Signed-off-by: Karel Kočí <karel.koci@nic.cz>
[fixed From: to match with SoB:]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Bump package version after previous changes.
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Demin <rockdrilla@gmail.com>
[added missing commit description]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
binary size cost is much less than 1k.
tested on ath79/generic:
bin: 215128 -> 215132 (+4b)
ipk: 111183 -> 111494 (+311b)
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Demin <rockdrilla@gmail.com>
this commit removes manual recipes for options and introduces mapping lists:
- DB_OPT_COMMON holds option mappings which are common for all builds;
- DB_OPT_CONFIG holds option mappings which are depend on config settings.
DB_OPT_COMMON is space-separated list of 'words', each of them is in format:
'header_option|value'
'header_option' is added with value 'value' to 'localoptions.h'.
if 'header_option' is preceded by two exclamation marks ('!!')
then option is not added to 'localoptions.h' but replaced in 'sysoptions.h'.
in short:
option|value - add option to localoptions.h
!!option|value - replace option in sysoptions.h
DB_OPT_CONFIG is space-separated list of 'words', each of them is in format:
'header_option|config_variable|value_enabled|value_disabled'
'header_option' is handled likewise in DB_OPT_COMMON.
if 'config_variable' is enabled (technically: not disabled)
then 'header_option' is set to 'value_enabled' and 'value_disabled' otherwise.
in short:
option|config|enabled|disabled = add option to localoptions.h
!!option|config|enabled|disabled = replace option in sysoptions.h
option := (config) ? enabled : disabled
If you're not sure that option's value doesn't have '|' within - add your recipe
manually right after '$(Build/Configure/dropbear_headers)' and write some words
about your decision.
PS about two exclamation marks:
early idea was to use one exclamation mark to denote such header options
but then i thought single exclamation mark may be overlooked by mistake.
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Demin <rockdrilla@gmail.com>
- add two helper functions to avoid mistakes with
choice of correct header file to work with
- update rules accordingly
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Demin <rockdrilla@gmail.com>
put static options at first place, then place configurable options.
also put DROPBEAR_ECC right before DROPBEAR_ECC_FULL to ease maintainance.
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Demin <rockdrilla@gmail.com>
this option was disabled in 2011 and these long nine years showed us that change was definitely wrong.
binary size cost is much less than 1k.
tested on ath79/generic:
bin: 215128 -> 215128 (no change)
ipk: 111108 -> 111183 (+75b)
Fixes: 3c801b3dc0 ("tune some more options by default to decrease size")
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Demin <rockdrilla@gmail.com>
Cppcheck shows self initialization error, which is an obvious bug.
Basing on logic of similar fragment below I assigned to this variable,
value `RTL838X_LED_GLB_CTRL` which I think is proper.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Mikrut <mikrutrafal@protonmail.com>
This dd flag ensures that the requested size
is retrieved from pipes or special filesystems (if available).
Without this flag, on multi-core systems,
Piped or special filesystem data can be truncated
when a size greater than PIPE_BUF is requested.
Fixes: FS#3494
Fixes: 7557e7f ("package/base-files: caldata: work around dd's
limitation")
Cc: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Signed-off-by: John Thomson <git@johnthomson.fastmail.com.au>
This enables all OpenSSL API available. It is required to avoid some
silent failures, such as when performing client certificate validation.
Package size increases from 356.6K to 374.7K for
arm_cortex-a9_vfpv3-d16.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
Tnis adds the --enable-lighty option to configure, enabling the minimum
API needed to run lighttpd, in the packages feed. Size increase is
about 120 bytes for arm_cortex-a9_vfpv3-d16.
While at it, speed up build by disabling crypt bench/test.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
The Netgear DGND3700v1/DGND3800B shows kernel redundant info at the board
message, already provided by the machine info message.
Use the real board name which is silkscreened on the PCB and used in the
stock firmware header.
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
As discussed in the today's (2020-12-10) meeting, add a new option to
menuconfig to group the selection of all experimental features to be
selected by default.
Developers are recommended to make use of this new symbol to guard
new features.
Other developers and community members should feel encouraged to
build with this flag enabled to help testing and provide feedback.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The previous behavior prefered same feed for dependent packages as
initial package. This caused inconsitency in installation of packages.
The difference was if two feeds provide same package (different version)
there was different result if you executed install for that specific
version compared to install for package depending on it from different
feed.
This ensures that preferred feed is propagated without change and
selected feed is used only really for package it was selected for.
Signed-off-by: Karel Kočí <karel.koci@nic.cz>
efb26a3 libopkg: remove "extra_data" option
1d67ab7 libopkg: remove support for "dist" config
Reduces opkg size by about 400 Bytes.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
The package has no reason to be in openwrt.git. Move it to packages.git.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Acked-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Otherwise, a n00b like myself can get quite confused when moving a
package from core to feeds, for example.
(Hint: one *really* needs to clear out the tmp/info/.packageinfo...
entries for the stale package, but '-f' works as well.)
Signed-off-by: Brian Norris <computersforpeace@gmail.com>
Removed since included upstream and could be reverse-applied by quilt:
backport-5.4/315-v5.10-usbnet-ipeth-fix-connectivity-with-ios-14.patch
Remaining modifications made by update_kernel.sh
Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x/R7800, ath79/generic, bcm27xx/bcm2711
Run-tested: ipq806x/R7800
No dmesg regressions, everything functional
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
Tested-by: Curtis Deptuck <curtdept@me.com> [build/run x86_64]
The lldpd sources ship a modified local AX_LIB_READLINE M4 macro which
conflicts with the official macro shipped by autoconf-archive.
Due to the official macro having the same name and a higher serial
number, autoconf will prefer including that one instead of the local
copy, preventing the substitution of @READLINE_LIBS@ in Makefile.in
templates, ultimately leading to the following build failure when
linking lldpcli:
...-gcc: error: READLINE_LIBS@: No such file or directory
Avoid this problem by renaming the locally shipped macro to not clash
with the official implementation anymore.
Ref: https://github.com/lldpd/lldpd/pull/423
Acked-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Tested-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Innacomm W3400V6 is an xDSL B/G wireless router based on Broadcom BCM6328 SoC.
Hardware:
SoC: Broadcom BCM6328
CPU: BMIPS4350 V8.0, 320 MHz, 1 core
Flash: SPI-NOR 8MB, MX25L6406E
RAM: 64 MB
Ethernet: 4x 10/100 Mbps
Switch: Integrated
Wireless: 802.11b/g, BCM4312
LEDs/Buttons: 9x / 2x
Flash instruction, web UI:
1) Set a static IP on your computer compatible
with 192.168.1.1, i.e 192.168.1.100
2) Connect the ethernet cable from your computer to the router.
3) Make sure the router is powered off.
4) Press the reset button, don't release it yet!
5) While pressing reset, power on the router.
6) Wait 10 seconds or more.
Note: The power LED is red at first then turns to solid
green when ready.
8) Release the reset button.
9) Browse to 192.168.1.1
10) Select .bin file.
10) Upgrade the image.
11) Wait for it to reboot.
Signed-off-by: Sieng Piaw Liew <liew.s.piaw@gmail.com>
[Ammend commit description, merge patches, DT improvements]
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
This updates uboot-envtools with the updated names from ramips
target.
Fixes: 6d4382711a ("ramips: use full names for Xiaomi Mi Router devices")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This aligns the device/image names of the older Xiaomi Mi Router
devices with their "friendly" model and DEVICE_MODEL properties.
This also reintroduces consistency with the newer devices already
following that scheme.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The Xiaomi Mi Router 4A (100M) and 4C are relatively similar in
their specs. Create a shared DTSI for them.
Partitions are split in preparation for Mi Router 4AC.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
It was observed that the MD5 would not change after source files had been
modified, looking deeper into the build process it was discovered that
find_md5 build function makes a list of the files being built and then
passes the list to a summing utility on stdin. The resultant MD5 is of
the file list, not the contents of the files.
The MD5 would change if the ordering of the list changed, or items were
removed or deleted.
The proposed fix is to add the modification time after the filename and
then sort the list to prevent find returning files in a different order
falsely re-triggering a rebuild. The MD5 will now change when a file is
modified or files are added/removed from the list.
Using 'T@' to show time in epoch for timezone independent behaviour.
Signed-off-by: John Beckett <john.beckett@net2edge.com>
This is a neat project, but offers no benefit to OpenWrt. The initial
reason for it was to be a replacement for libstdcpp as it is smaller
and lacks compatibility for C++98. Unfortunately, compiling several
packages with it results in larger ipk sizes.
While not a member of the packages feed, this will be moved to
packages-abandoned to keep it somewhere.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Some packages fail to build on arm64 when PKG_ASLR_PIE_ALL=y, due to
machine-specific size restrictions on the global offset table.
While the manual instructs to recompile with -fPIC if it fails with
-fpic, by doing this per package, there is still a risk of random
breakage due to version bumps or other changes, so let's use -fPIC on
arm64 by default.
While comparing the sizes of 141 packages built with -fpic vs -fPIC,
most packages are either equal or smaller in size. Only 9 of the
compared packages turned out slightly larger.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
mt7621, mt7628an and rt5350 have USB controllers (ehci/ohci or xhci)
enabled by default. Thus, this patch drops redundant status=okay
statements in derived device DTS files.
While at it, also drop an explicit status=okay in mt7621.dtsi, as
this is default.
Note:
For rt5350, about 50 % of the devices enabled ehci/ohci in the DTS
files, and there is actually no device actively disabling it.
It looks like only a few people are aware that the controllers are
enabled by default here.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
At the moment, ehci/ohci is enabled in mt7628an SoC DTSI, then
disabled in the TP-Link-specific DTSI files, and finally enabled
again in the DTS files of the devices needing it.
This on-off-on scheme is hard to grasp on a quick look. Thus, this
patch drops the status in the TP-Link-specific DTSI files, having
the TP-Link devices treated like the rest of mt7628an DTSes, i.e.
ehci/ohci is enabled by default and needs to be disabled explicitly
where needed.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This device is the non-US build of the F9K1115 v2, with a different
firmware magic.
Specifications:
SoC: QCA9558
CPU: 720 MHz
Flash: 16 MiB NOR
RAM: 128 MiB
WiFi 2.4 GHz: QCA9558-AT4A 3x3 MIMO 802.11b/g/n
WiFi 5 GHz: QCA9880-2R4E 3x3 MIMO 802.11a/n/ac
Ethernet: 4x LAN and 1x WAN (all 1gbps)
USB: 1 x USB 2.0 (lower), 1 x USB 3.0 (upper)
MAC addresses based on OEM firmware:
Interface Address Location
--------- ------- --------
lan *:5A sometimes in 0x6
wan *:5B 0x0
2.4Ghz *:5A 0x1002
5Ghz As per mini PCIe EEPROM
Flashing instructions:
The factory.bin can be flashed via the Belkin web UI or via the uboot
http upgrade page.
Once the factory.bin has been written, sysupgrade.bin will work as usual.
Signed-off-by: Damien Mascord <tusker@tusker.org>
Acked-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
[wrap commit message/code, adjust label-mac-device, whitespace fixes,
merge block in 02_network]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Because some padding values in the TP-Link safeloader image generation
were hardcoded, different values were sometimes used throughout a
factory image. TP-Link's upgrade images use the same value everywhere,
so let's do the same here.
Although a lot of TP-Link's safeloader images have padded partition
payloads, images for the EAP-series of AC devices don't. This padding is
therefore also made optional.
By replacing the type of the padding value byte with a wider datatype,
new values outside of the previously valid range become available. Use
these new values to denote that padding should not be performed.
Because char might be signed, also replace the char literals by a
numeric literal. Otherwise '\xff' might be sign extended to 0xffff.
This results in factory images differing by 1 byte for:
* C2600
* ARCHER-C5-V2
* ARCHERC9
* TLWA850REV2
* TLWA855REV1
* TL-WPA8630P-V2-EU
* TL-WPA8630P-V2-INT
* TL-WPA8630P-V2.1-EU
* TLWR1043NDV4
* TL-WR902AC-V1
* TLWR942NV1
* RE200-V2
* RE200-V3
* RE220-V2
* RE305-V1
* RE350-V1
* RE350K-V1
* RE355
* RE450
* RE450-V2
* RE450-V3
* RE500-V1
* RE650-V1
The following factory images no longer have padding, shrinking the
factory images by a few bytes for:
* EAP225-OUTDOOR-V1
* EAP225-V3
* EAP225-WALL-V2
* EAP245-V1
* EAP245-V3
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
TP-Link safeloader firmware images contain a number of (small)
partitions with information about the device. These consist of:
* The data length as a 32-bit integer
* A 32-bit zero padding
* The partition data, with its length set in the first field
The OpenWrt factory image partitions that follow this structure are
soft-version, support-list, and extra-para. Refactor the code to put all
common logic into one allocation call, and let the rest of the data be
filled in by the original functions.
Due to the extra-para changes, this patch results in factory images that
change by 2 bytes (not counting the checksum) for three devices:
* ARCHER-A7-V5
* ARCHER-C7-V4
* ARCHER-C7-V5
These were the devices where the extra-para blob didn't match the common
format. The hardcoded data also didn't correspond to TP-Link's (recent)
upgrade images, which actually matches the meta-partition format.
A padding byte is also added to the extra-para partition for EAP245-V3.
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
The build option `--withouth-lzo` is added in the Makefile which makes
the existence of lzo obsolete. To remove the lzo package from
openwrt.git entirely, remove the legacy dependency.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
[improved commit message]
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Zstd is supported by the crypto API since Linux 4.18. Enable this feature and
reveal the package in the configuration section, so the user can select it.
This allows zstd to be used as a compression algorithm in zram, for example.
Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
Set legacy_rates to 0 by default to disable 802.11b data rates by default.
The time has long come where 802.11b DSSS/CCK data rates should be disabled
by default in OpenWRT. Users in need of 802.11b client support can reasonably
enable these where they are needed.
The balance of equities has significantly, and for a long time, tipped
such that dropping backwards compatibility by default with 802.11b
devices is appropriate, proportionate and justified. By doing so,
management and control traffic is moved by default to a 20
MHz wide 6 Mb/s OFDM data rate instead of a 22 MHz wide 1 Mb/s DSSS data
rate. This is significantly more airtime efficient.
Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@gmail.com>
There's no eth0.2 since all ethernet ports as configured as LAN.
LAN LED is unneeded since all ethernet ports have their own LED.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Technicolor TG582n Telecom Italia branded a.k.a.
Telecom Italia ADSL2+ Wi-Fi N (AGTWI)
has the same PCB as the unbranded Technicolor TG582n with LEDs
connected to different GPIO PINs in active low configuration and
different LED names. It has a PCB similar to the OpenWrt's ADB P.DG A4001N1 one.
Hardware:
* Board ID: DANT-V
* SoC: Broadcom BCM6328 (rev b0) @ 320MHz, CPU BMIPS4350
* RAM DDR2: 64 Mbyte - EtronTech EM68B16CWQD-25H
* Serial flash: 16 Mbyte - Spansion FL 128SAIF00
* Ethernet: 4x Ethernet 10/100 baseT
* Wifi 2.4GHz: Broadcom Corporation BCM43227 Wireless Network Adapter (rev 30)
* LEDs: 2x Power, 1x ADSL, 2x Internet, 2x Wi-Fi, 2x Service, 4x ethernet
* Buttons: 1x Reset, 1x WPS (named WiFi/LED)
* UART: 1x TTL 115200n8, VCC GND TX RX, on J3 connector (short R62 and R63)
Installation via CFE:
* Stock CFE has to be overwritten with a generic 6328 one that can upload
.bin images with no signature check (cfe6328_configured.bin)
* Connect a serial port to the board
* Stop the CFE boot process after power on by pressing enter
* Set static IP 192.168.2.10 and subnet mask 255.255.255.0
* Navigate to http://192.168.2.50/
* Upload the OpenWrt image file
PCB: |GPIO: |TG582n: |AGTWI:
LED2R |488(08) |red Power |red Power
LED2G |484(04) |green Power |green Power
LED10R |486(06) | |missing R85 end LED
LED13G |485(05) |green Ethernet |green ADSL
LED11R |494(14) | |red Internet
LED14G |491(11) |green Broadband |green Internet
LED5R |487(07) |red Internet |red Wi-Fi
LED5G |481(01) |green Internet |green Wi-Fi
LED12R |498(18) | |red Service
LED12G |499(19) | |green Service
LED6R |482(02) |red Wi-Fi |missing R108 end LED
LED6G |483(03) |green Wi-Fi |missing R107 end LED
LED7R |490(10) |red WPS |missing R91 end LED
LED7G |489(09) |green WPS |missing R92 end LED
LED4 |508(28) |ethernet port 4 |ethernet port 4
LED3 |507(27) |ethernet port 3 |ethernet port 3
LED9 |506(26) |ethernet port 2 |ethernet port 2
LED8 |505(25) |ethernet port 1 |ethernet port 1
SW3 |503(23) |key Reset |key Reset
SW5 |504(24) |key WPS |key Wi-Fi/LED
SW4 |495(15) |key Wi-Fi |missing R127 end key
SW6 |493(13) | |missing R171 end key
SW1 |492(12) | |missing R1 end key
Signed-off-by: Daniele Castro <danielecastro@hotmail.it>
[DT fixes, base-files fixes and device variant]
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
This sets the --cross-compile-prefix option when running Configure, so
that that it will not use the host gcc to figure out, among other
things, compiler defines. It avoids errors, if the host 'gcc' is
handled by clang:
mips-openwrt-linux-musl-gcc: error: unrecognized command-line option
'-Qunused-arguments'
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
ADB P.DG A4101N A-000-1A1-AE has a similar PCB as the OpenWrt's ADB P.DG A4001N1
with LEDs connected to different GPIO PINs in active low configuration.
Hardware:
* Board ID: 96328avngv
* SoC: Broadcom BCM6328 (rev b0) @ 320MHz, CPU BMIPS4350
* RAM DDR2: 64 Mbyte - Winbond W9751G6KB-25
* Serial flash: 16 Mbyte - Winbond 25Q128BVFG
* Ethernet: 4x Ethernet 10/100 baseT
* Wifi 2.4GHz: Broadcom Corporation BCM43225 Wireless Network Adapter (rev 23)
* LEDs: 1x Power, 1x DSL, 1x Internet, 4x ETH, 1x USB, 1x WLAN, 1x WPS, 1x TEL
* Buttons: 1x Reset, 1x WPS, 1x unnamed
* UART: 1x TTL 115200n8, VCC RX TX GND, on J502 connector
Installation via CFE:
* Stock CFE has to be overwritten with a generic 6328 one that can upload
.bin images with no signature check (cfe6328_configured.bin)
* Connect a serial port to the board
* Stop the cfe boot process after power on by pressing enter
* Set static IP 192.168.2.10 and subnet mask 255.255.255.0
* Navigate to http://192.168.2.50/
* Upload the OpenWrt image file
A4101N GPIO LAYOUT:
Power always on
DSL GPIO483(03)
Internet GPIO491(11)
ETH1 GPIO505(25)
ETH2 GPIO506(26)
ETH3 GPIO507(27)
ETH4 GPIO508(28)
USB GPIO490(10)
WLAN controlled by BCM43225
WPS GPIO489(09)
TEL GPIO511(31)
Key RESET GPIO503(23)
Key WPS GPIO504(24)
Key unnamed GPIO492(12)
Signed-off-by: Daniele Castro <danielecastro@hotmail.it>
[Amend commit description, DTS improvements, refresh patches]
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
faed29a dhcpv6: only refresh timers when reconfigure is valid
9c50975 dhcpv6: fix printing identity association id
a7b2221 dhcpv6: avoid sending continuous renew/rebind messages
d7afa2b dhcpv6: add extra syslog info traces
f5728e4 odhcp6c_find_entry: exclude priority from the list of fields that must match
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
On non-GNU systems, zcat often does not handle gzip decompression.
Use gzip -dc like the regular unpack command
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This adds support for the D-Link DSL-2750u rev C1.
(https://deviwiki.com/wiki/D-Link_DSL-2750U_rev_C1)
It uses the same hardware as ADB P.DG A4001N.
CPU: Broadcom BCM63281 (320 MHz)
RAM: 32M (Winbond W9725G6JB)
Flash: 8M (MXIC MX25L6445E)
Ethernet: 4x 100 Mbps
Wireless: 802.11b/g/n: BCM43225
USB: 1x 2.0
Flash instructions:
1. Assign static IP 192.168.1.100 to PC
2. Unplug the power source
3. Press the RESET button at the router, don't release it yet!
4. Plug the power source.Wait some seconds
5. Release the RESET button
6. Browse to http://192.168.1.1
7. Send the openwrt-bcm63xx-generic-DSL2750U-C1-squashfs-cfe.bin and
wait some minutes until the firmware upgrade finish.
Signed-off-by: Ahmed Naseef <naseefkm@gmail.com>
[DTS improvements, proper board patch, refresh patches]
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
ADB P.DG A4001N A-000-1A1-AX a.k.a. Telecom Italia ADSL2+ Wi-Fi N (AGPWI)
is a Telecom Italia braded router and it seems that there are no public
available unbranded versions of this router.
The stock Telecom Italia braded firmware has many partitions and the
partition layout changes with every firmware relase.
The PSI nvram partition is present in the stock firmware under the
"UNKNOWN" name but it's empty, full of FFs. Since removing partitions
does not cause problems with the stock firmware reflashing procedure,
I removed from the dts the PSI nvram partition from OpenWrt, expanded
the rootfs one and added the NVRAM partition contained in the
cfe bootloader.
Furthermore this router's flash needs to be entirely reprogrammed
and a new generic bcm6328 cfe must be flashed to boot OpenWrt. The
same process takes place when reflashing the stock firmware.
Here follows the original flash layout for AGPWI_1.1.0_013, the last
stock Telecom Italia braded firmware for which we have root
credentials (admin/riattizzati).
Flash layout:
Section 00 Type BOOT Range 0x00000000-0x00020000 MaxSize 0x00020000
No more information.
Section 01 Type IMAGE Range 0x00020000-0x007C0000 MaxSize 0x0079FF6C
Uninitialized.
Section 02 Type IMAGE Range 0x00800000-0x00FA0000 MaxSize 0x0079FF6C
Uninitialized.
Section 03 Type CONF Range 0x00FA0000-0x00FC0000 MaxSize 0x0001FF6C
Size 0x0000841E Name 'rg_conf'
Checksum 0x0041E03B Counter 0x0000051F Start Offset 0x00000000
Section 04 Type CONF Range 0x00FC0000-0x00FE0000 MaxSize 0x0001FF6C
Size 0x0000838E Name 'rg_conf'
Checksum 0x00419A5A Counter 0x00000522 Start Offset 0x00000000
Section 05 Type FACTORY Range 0x00FE0000-0x00FF0000 MaxSize 0x0000FF6C
Size 0x00000554 Name 'rg_factory'
Checksum 0x0001255E Counter 0x000004D3 Start Offset 0x00000000
Section 06 Type UNKNOWN Range 0x00FF0000-0x01000000 MaxSize 0x00010000
No more information.
Total 7 sections found.
The last AGPWI firmware relase should be AGPWI_4.0.6 and it has much more
partitions than AGPWI_1.1.0_013.
The cfe partition in the stock firmware is 0x00020000 bytes long unlike the
OpenWrt dts in wich it's 0x00010000 bytes long because from 0x00010000 to
0x00020000 in the stock cfe there are only 00s and also because the cfe must
anyway be reflashed with a generic bcm6328 cfe 0x00010000 bytes long to
run OpenWrt.
Signed-off-by: Daniele Castro <danielecastro@hotmail.it>
[Amend commit, remove unneeded cfe_nvram partition]
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
This ports support for the TP-Link TL-WDR7500 v3 from ar71xx to ath79.
The basic features appear to be identical to the Archer C7 v1, however
it has the (supported) QCA9880-BR4A chip of the C7 v2.
Specifications:
SoC: QCA9558
CPU: 720 MHz
Flash: 8 MiB
RAM: 128 MiB
WLAN: 2.4 GHz b/g/n, 5 GHz a/n/ac
Qualcomm Atheros QCA9880-BR4A
Ethernet: 5x Gbit ports
USB: 2x 2.0 ports
Flashing instructions:
Upload the factory image via the OEM firmware GUI.
TFTP recovery appears to be available as well.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
All modifications made by update_kernel.sh/no human intervention needed
Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x/R7800, ath79/generic, bcm27xx/bcm2711
Run-tested: ipq806x/R7800
No dmesg regressions, everything functional
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
[another refresh]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The first gpio controller (gpio or gpio0) is always enabled by
default in the SoC DTSI files. No need to set status=okay in the
device DTS files a second time.
Remove the redundant statements.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Some x86_64 single board computer (including Atomic Pi)
has onboard emmc, but requires CONFIG_MMC_SDHCI_ACPI driver
to use or boot from it.
Here is boot message for the mmc device
[ 2.838008] mmc0: SDHCI controller on ACPI [80860F14:00] using ADMA
[ 2.857536] mmc1: SDHCI controller on ACPI [80860F14:01] using ADMA
[ 2.950019] mmc0: new HS200 MMC card at address 0001
[ 3.158271] mmcblk0: mmc0:0001 M52516 14.6 GiB
[ 3.170290] mmcblk0boot0: mmc0:0001 M52516 partition 1 4.00 MiB
[ 3.177191] mmcblk0boot1: mmc0:0001 M52516 partition 2 4.00 MiB
[ 3.183963] mmcblk0rpmb: mmc0:0001 M52516 partition 3 4.00 MiB, \
chardev (248:0)
Other lines changed in this config file are introduced by menuconfig.
Signed-off-by: Mengyang Li <mayli.he@gmail.com>
The include/trusted-firmware-a.mk file is based on the
include/u-boot.mk file and should be used to build a Trusted Firmware-A
(TFA) which was previously named Arm trusted firmware.
This is useful for targets where the TFA is board specific like for
Marvell SoCs and probably also NXP Layerscape SoCs.
This also makes use of this abstraction in the
arm-trusted-firmware-mvebu package to build board specific ATF binaries.
The ATF binaries will be automatically activated and build when the
board is selected in the normal build or all boards are selected. This
should also activate the build when build bot creates images.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Remove the MDIO reset from the MAC mode for the AR934x SoC family.
The reset is currently also defined for the MDIO node, where the reset
is acquired exclusively.
In case the ethernet node is enabled, this triggers a warning, as the
reset is already acquired by the MAC.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The TPLink CPE devices CPE210/CPE510 based on ar9344 have a build-in
Low Noise Amplifier on both of the 2x2 mimo rx chains.
This patch activates those two LNAs in the respective receiving chains
and hence improves the RX sensitivity by about 20dB.
Tested on CPE510 v2 & v3.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas.huehn@hs-nordhausen.de>
Acked-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
d6bd1047d004 vlandev: dump vlan id in device status
e0c838bd06a6 vlandev: support bridge-vlan aliases in the vid config parameter
574dc4a17105 system-dummy: print configured mac address
14f0e8ff928f system-linux: simplify mask check in system_if_apply_settings
524310276f20 system-linux: move device settings handling to device.c
42c48866f1c1 config: parse default mac address from board.json
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
In this new setup the switch is treated as wan, lan1.100 is used as
our mgmt vlan.
The board mac is applied to eth0, switch and switch.1
The board mac is assigned with the LA bit set to all lan ports while
incrementing it.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Add code for setting mac addresses inside board.json and rendering
them out to uci. On switches we want to have a unique MAC on each port.
With 48 port switches that would require 48 device sections in
/etc/config/network. Doing so via board.json is easier.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Some Git hoster (e.g. sr.ht) disable hosting of svg images (xml) to
avoid XSS attacks. To show the logo correctly on all code hosters use a
"safe" PNG image.
Also move logo(s) to include/ folder to lower autocomplete churn with
the `logs/` folder. While at it, replace absolute logo path and make it
relative, as this may break other code hosters as well.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Because the bug described in FS#2428 has been fixed with bf2870c1d9
("kernel: fix mtd partition erase < parent_erasesize writes") these
devices can now safely do sysupgrade.
Restore sysupgrade support disabled in:
0cc87b3bac ("ath79: image: disable sysupgrade images for routerstations
and ja76pf2")
cc5256a8bf ("ath79: base-files: disable sysupgrade for routerstations
and ja76pf2")
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
[move Build block, remove check-size argument, wrap sysupgrade line,
make commit message easier to read]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This will explain what is actually occuring on dd invocations.
Additionally remove comments for steps which are described by printed
statements anyway.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
This will explain what is actually occuring on dd invocations.
Additionally remove comments for steps which are described by printed
statements anyway.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
Similar to the previous commit adding a check to the init script of
umdns, do a similar change for sysntpd, just to be on the safe side.
Inspired-by: 520403cd49 ("umdns: add check for seccomp list")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This should fix an issue when user have a router with enabled seccomp
and tries to run umdns package which was build with SDK with disabled
seccomp support.
Signed-off-by: Jan Pavlinec <jan.pavlinec@nic.cz>
This fixes tethering with devices using iOS 14. Prior to this patch,
connections to remote endpoints were not possible while data transfers
between the OpenWrt device and the iOS endpoints worked fine.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Add a cell_density option to configure data rates for normal, high and
very high cell density wireless deployments.
The purpose of using a minimum basic/mandatory data rate that is higher
than 6 Mb/s, or 5.5 Mb/s (802.11b compatible), in high cell density
environments is to transmit broadcast/multicast data frames using less
airtime or to reduce management overheads where significant co-channel
interference (CCI) exists and cannot be avoided.
Caution: Without careful design and validation, configuration of a too
high minimum basic/mandatory data rate can sacrifice connection stability
or disrupt the ability to reliably connect and authenticate for little to
no capacity benefit. This is because this configuration affects the
ability of clients to hear and demodulate management, control and
broadcast/multicast data frames.
Deployments that have not been specifically designed and validated are
usually best suited to use 6, 12 and 24 Mb/s as basic/mandatory data
rates.
Only usually seek to configure a 12 Mb/s, or 11 Mb/s (802.11b
compatible), minimum basic/mandatory rate in high cell density
deployments that have been designed and validated for this.
For many deployments, the minimum basic/mandatory data rate should not be
configured above 12 Mb/s to 18 Mb/s, 24 Mb/s or higher. Such a
configuration is only appropriate for use in very high cell density
deployment scenarios.
A cell_density of Very High (3) should only be used where a deployment
has a valid use case and has been designed and validated specifically for
this use, nearly always with highly directional antennas - an example
would be stadium deployments. For example, with a 24 Mb/s OFDM minimum
basic/mandatory data rate, approximately a -73 dBm RSSI is required to
decode frames. Many clients will not have roamed elsewhere by the time
that they experience -73 dBm and, where they do, they frequently may not
hear and be able to demodulate beacon, control or broadcast/multicast
data frames causing connectivity issues.
There is a myth that disabling lower basic/mandatory data rates will
improve roaming and avoid sticky clients. For 802.11n, 802.11ac and
802.11ax clients this is not correct as clients will shift to and use
lower MCS rates and not to the 802.11b or 802.11g/802.11a rates that are
able to be used as basic/mandatory data rates.
There is a myth that disabling lower basic/mandatory data rates will
ensure that clients only use higher data rates and that better
performance is assured. For 802.11n, 802.11ac and 802.11ax clients this
is not correct as clients will shift around and use MCS rates and not the
802.11b or 802.11g/802.11a rates that able to be used as basic/mandatory
data rates.
Cell Density
0 - Disabled (Default)
Setting cell_density to 0 does not configure data rates. This is the
default.
1 - Normal Cell Density
Setting cell_density to 1 configures the basic/mandatory rates to 6, 12
and 24 Mb/s OFDM rates where legacy_rates is 0. Supported rates lower
than the minimum basic/mandatory rate are not offered.
Setting cell_density to 1 configures the basic/mandatory rates to the 5.5
and 11 Mb/s DSSS rates where legacy_rates is 1. Supported rates lower
than the minimum basic/mandatory rate are not offered.
2 - High Cell Density
Setting the cell_density to 2 configures the basic/mandatory rates to the
12 and 24 Mb/s OFDM rates where legacy_rates is 0. Supported rates lower
than the minimum basic/mandatory rate are not offered.
Setting the cell_density to 2 configures the basic/mandatory rates to the
11 Mb/s DSSS rate where legacy_rates is 1. Supported rates lower than the
minimum basic/mandatory rate are not offered.
3 - Very High Cell Density
Setting the cell_density to 3 configures the basic/mandatory rates to the
24 Mb/s OFDM rate where legacy_rates is 0. Supported rates lower than the
minimum basic/mandatory rate are not offered.
Setting the cell_density to 3 only has effect where legacy_rates is 0,
else this has the same effect as being configured with a cell_density of 2.
Where specified, the basic_rate and supported_rates options continue to
override both the cell_density and legacy_rates options.
Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@gmail.com>
This patch fixes build of squashfs image on lantiq. Currently the FEATURE
variable is overwritten by the subtarget.
Fixes: FS#3480
Fixes: f1c6523376 ("lantiq: clean up target/subtarget features")
Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
[reformat Fixes:]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Specifications:
SoC: MediaTek MT7621ST (880 MHz)
FLASH: 16 MiB (Macronix MX25L12835FM2I-10G)
RAM: 128 MiB (Nanya NT5CB64M16FP-DH)
WiFi: MediaTek MT7603EN bgn 2x2:2
WiFi: MediaTek MT7612EN an 2x2:2
BTN: Reset, WPS
LED: - Power
- WiFi 2.4 GHz
- WiFi 5 GHz
- WAN
- LAN {1-4}
- USB {1-2}
UART: UART is present as pin hole next to the aluminium capacitor.
3V3 - RX - GND - TX / 115200-8N1
3V3 is the nearest on the aluminium capacitor and nut hole (pin1).
USB: 2 ports
POWER: 12VDC, 1.5A (Barrel 5.5x2.1)
Installation:
Via TFTP:
Set your computers IP-Address to 192.168.1.75
Power up the Router with the Reset button pressed.
Release the Reset button after 5 seconds.
Upload OpenWRT sysupgrade image via TFTP:
tftp -4 -v -m binary 192.168.1.1 -c put IMAGE
MAC addresses:
0x4 *:98 2g/wan, label
0x22 *:9c
0x28 *:98
0x8004 *:9c 5g/lan
Though addresses are written to 0x22 and 0x28, it appears that the
vendor firmware actually only uses 0x4 and 0x8004. Thus, we do the
same here.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Chervontsev <cherpash@gmail.com>
[add MAC address overview, add label-mac-device, fix IMAGE_SIZE]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
All firmwares were added to linux-firmware, so there's no need to keep this
package definitions.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Instead of duplicating board firmware binaries, which are exactly the same
as the ones from linux-firmware, add dependencies and remove duplicated
downloads.
Runtime-tested on ath79 (TP-Link Archer C7 v2) and ipq806x (Netgear R7800).
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Split ath10k firmwares into board and firmware packages.
This way we can add dependencies to ath10k-ct firmware packages.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Commit f98878e4c1 ("cmake.mk: set C/CXX compiler for host builds as
well") has introduced regression as it didn't taken usage of ccache into
the account so fix it by handling ccache use cases as well.
In order to get this working we need to export HOSTCXX_NOCACHE in
rules.mk as well.
Fixes: f98878e4c1 ("cmake.mk: set C/CXX compiler for host builds as well")
Reported-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
It is impossible to locate package that failed the build just from log
once more build is run in parallel (that is more than one make job). The
only way is to scout log files for failed package going back trough log.
This change makes it so error is printed for package that failed every
time.
Signed-off-by: Karel Kočí <karel.koci@nic.cz>
Fixup dfa357a3de "mvebu: base-files: Update Turris Omnia U-Boot
environment" which should have included this file as well.
By rebasing the initial patch this file somehow disappeared.
Signed-off-by: Klaus Kudielka <klaus.kudielka@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Tested-by: W. Michael Petullo <mike@flyn.org> (Turris Omnia "2020")
Tested-by: Klaus Kudielka <klaus.kudielka@gmail.com> (Turris Omnia)
[explain fixup in commit message]
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
It seems like after a build the /dl dir seems to now contain a .hash
file for each source file due to inproper cleanup so fix it by removing
those intermediate files before leaving the download action.
Fixes: 4e19cbc553 ("download: handle possibly invalid local tarballs")
Reported-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
rules.mk always passes these as -I/-L to the toolchain.
Fixes rare errors like:
cc1: error: staging_dir/target-aarch64_cortex-a53_musl/usr/include: No such file or directory [-Werror=missing-include-dirs]
Signed-off-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Acked-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
I've just noticed on i.mx6 target, that there are missing kernel symbols
so I'm fixing it.
Fixes: 3c5d70ad26 ("kernel: add module support Solarflare network adapter")
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Without this, cmake will use whatever CC/CXX is set to, which could be
clang. In that case, at least libjson-c/host will fail to compile.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Currently the check target fails if the kernel Git tree is used:
$ make toolchain/kernel-headers/{download,check}
make[2]: Entering directory 'toolchain/kernel-headers'
Makefile:105: *** ERROR: Unknown pack format for file openwrt/tmp/dl/. Stop.
make[2]: Leaving directory 'toolchain/kernel-headers'
toolchain/Makefile💯 recipe for target 'toolchain/kernel-headers/check' failed
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Currently it's assumed, that already downloaded tarballs are always
fine, so no checksum checking is performed and the tarball is used even
if it might be corrupted.
From now on, we're going to always check the downloaded tarballs before
considering them valid.
Steps to reproduce:
1. Remove cached tarball
rm dl/libubox-2020-08-06-9e52171d.tar.xz
2. Download valid tarball again
make package/libubox/download
3. Invalidate the tarball
sed -i 's/PKG_MIRROR_HASH:=../PKG_MIRROR_HASH:=ff/' package/libs/libubox/Makefile
4. Now compile with corrupt tarball source
make package/libubox/{clean,compile}
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Support installations without root-overlayfs (and hence without /rom)
when migrating user accounts.
Signed-off-by: Imran Khan <gururug@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
[simplified patch, bumped PKG_RELEASE, cleaned message]
Move the update procedure from sysupgrade to first boot, which is much
more convenient in the sysupgrade case (otherwise the environment is
always one generation behind).
Check whether we have an old U-Boot release installed, and update the
environment only if necessary.
Some notes on the U-Boot environment:
The first 9 lines are a copy of the default environment of the old U-Boot
release - only modified, to run "distro_bootcmd", in case "mmcboot" fails
to boot the factory OS.
The remaining 16 lines are a backport of the default environment of the
new U-Boot release (shipped with CZ11NIC23). The main entry point is
"distro_bootcmd", which eventually sources boot.scr. This way, we have
a unified boot protocol for all Turris Omnia revisions so far.
This commit also fixes a shortcoming of previous Turris Omnia support:
Users may install OpenWrt with the Turris Omnia in factory state
(i.e. invalid environment store). In that case, neither fw_setenv, nor
U-Boot itself, would import the default environment from the image -
screwing up the rescue system, at least!
Signed-off-by: Klaus Kudielka <klaus.kudielka@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Tested-by: W. Michael Petullo <mike@flyn.org> (Turris Omnia "2020")
Tested-by: Klaus Kudielka <klaus.kudielka@gmail.com> (Turris Omnia)
In contrast to the U-Boot version shipped with older versions of Turris
Omnia (CZ11NIC13, CZ11NIC20), the version shipped with Turris Omnia 2019
(CZ11NIC23) relies on the existence of /boot.scr.
Consequently, add a suitable boot script to the sysupgrade image.
Flash instructions for Turris Omnia 2019:
- Download openwrt-...-sysupgrade.img.gz, gunzip it, and copy the resulting
.img file to the root of a USB flash drive (FAT32 or ext2/3/4).
- Enter a rescue shell: Either via 5-LED reset and ssh root@192.168.1.1
on LAN port 4, or via 7-LED reset and the serial console.
- Insert the USB drive and mount it:
mkdir /mnt; mount /dev/sda1 /mnt
- Flash the OpenWrt image to eMMC:
dd if=/mnt/openwrt-...-sysupgrade.img of=/dev/mmcblk0 bs=4096 conv=fsync
- Reboot.
Flash instructions using a temporary "medkit" installation were written for
the older versions of Turris Omnia, and will *not* work on the Turris Omnia
2019.
Signed-off-by: Klaus Kudielka <klaus.kudielka@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Tested-by: W. Michael Petullo <mike@flyn.org> (Turris Omnia "2020")
Silence the warning in git 2.27 about undefined fast-forward style
in git pull. Define "ff-only" as the style.
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
When setting the option IPK_FILES_CHECKSUMS the build system stores
checksums of all package file as metadata. In combination with pkg_check
this allows to see if a package is broken, e.g. caused by bad flash.
To create those checksums the tool `sha256sum` were used while the rest
of OpenWrt uses `mkhash`, a small & fast implementation of sha256. As
the build system does not check the existence of `sha256sum` and the
stderr output is moved to /dev/null, a situation where the option is
enabled but no actual checksum are created may occur.
Instead of adding `sha256sum` as a requirement, this replaces it with
`mkhash sha256` and adapts the `sed` pipe command to fit spacing.
CC: Xu Wang <xwang1498@gmx.com>
CC: Michal Hrusecky <Michal@Hrusecky.net>
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
3019f50 jail: leak less memory
7e01453 jail: fix segfault on missing name and refactor
5abee8f jail: fix and simplify userns uid/gid maps from OCI
4ba72ec jail: relax /etc/resolv.conf creation
db5ef86 jail: don't use NULL arguments for mount syscall
19ac9df jail: don't fail if can't mount-bind /etc/resolv.conf
acf36f2 jail: seteuid before clone(CLONE_NEWUSER)
e40828f jail: fix typo in usage output
b87984b jail: don't attempt to mount /sys with noatime
b275b11 jail: enter existing cgroups namespace if given
31e0a46 jail: properly initialize timens_fd
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Hauke wrote:
> We want to run some processes in the procd-ujail, this works when we
> use a SquashFS image and an overlay file system, but when we use an
> initramfs it does not work.
> [...]
> When we switch from initramfs to tmpfs, it is working, we added this
> code to target/linux/generic/other-files/init to make [it] work.
Move files to newly mounted tmpfs and then use switch_root to chroot
into new rootfs and free initramfs.
Suggested-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Added PKG_INSTALL to avoid using an explicit define Build/Compile
Added PKG_BUILD_PARALLEL for faster compilation.
Removed TARGET_CLAFGS. They are no longer necessary.
fPIC is default now. So is gnu99. -DUSE_DOS is a hack to include old
and mostly unused conversions.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
- Removed following patches:
100-strip_charsets.patch - makes the full variant slim.
101-autotools.patch - this one fails to apply because it was backported
from newer versions for 1.11.1.
103-configure_ac_fix.patch - backported from newer versions
200-work-with-libtool2.patch - is not needed anymore, it is done
differently in upstream
300-fortify-source-compat.patch - these files are not there anymore
- TVHeadend requires working iconv library e.g. transliteration to ASCII
and this does not work with libiconv-full currently.
There is a simple test, which requires to install iconv package.
Before applying this update:
root@turris:/# echo ŽluťoučkýKůň | iconv -t ASCII//TRANSLIT//IGNORE
luoukK
After applying this update:
root@turris:~# echo ŽluťoučkýKůň | iconv -t ASCII//TRANSLIT//IGNORE
Zlutouck'yKun
- Makefile changes:
Use HTTPS for their website
Fixed deprecated SPDX License Identifier
Move PKG_MAINTAINER above PKG_LICENSE
Signed-off-by: Josef Schlehofer <pepe.schlehofer@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com> [malta]
Drop our local sstrip copy and use the current ELFKickers upstream
version.
Patch the original makefile in order to avoid building elftoc, since it
fails with musl's elf.h. This is fine, since we only need sstrip anyway.
Finally, add the possibility to pass additional arguments to sstrip and
pass -z (remove trailing zeros) by default, which matches the behaviour
of the previous version.
Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
[shorten long commit msg lines]
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
compiler warns that exit() isn't defined so checks for build system
compiler fail.
include <stdlib.h> to define exit()
Tested under macos Catalina & Big Sur
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Recent kernel bumps & target patch refactors have left some patch fuzz
around. Refreshed kernel patches using update_kernel script.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Removed since could be reverse-applied by quilt and found to be
included upstream:
backport-5.4/789-net-usb-qmi_wwan-Set-DTR-quirk-for-MR400.patch
All modifications made by update_kernel.sh
Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x/R7800, bcm27xx/bcm2711, ath79/generic
Run-tested: ipq806x/R7800
No dmesg regressions, everything functional
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
Tested-by: Curtis Deptuck <curtdept@me.com> [x86_64 build/run]
custom-initramfs-uimage was replaced by calls to uImage, but apparently
mtc_wr1201 was missed in the transistion. Use uImage for this device
too.
Fixes: 9f574b1b87 "ramips: mt7621: drop custom uImage function"
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
Several variables in hostapd.sh can be used uninitialized in numerical
comparisons, causing errors in logread:
netifd: radio24 (1668): sh: out of range
Set defaults for those variables to silence those errors.
Fixes: b518f07d4b ("hostapd: remove ieee80211v option")
Fixes: cc80cf53c5 ("hostapd: add FTM responder support")
Fixes: e66bd0eb04 ("hostapd: make rrm report independent of ieee80211k setting")
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Since we are using mac80211 5.8, let's also switch the ath10k-ct driver
to the new 5.8 version.
Modify patches so they patch the new ath10k-ct driver version.
Adapt 164-ath10k-commit-rates-from-mac80211.patch.
Drop upstreamed 205-ath10k-Add-NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL-flag.patch.
Drop the other options for CT_KVER from the comment, as it is incorrect
and there are too many versions to sum up and maintain there.
Runtime-tested on ath79 (D-Link DAP-2695-A1, TP-Link EAP245-v3).
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Strictly, an SPDX identifier requires a space between the comment
marker and the identifier itself. The choice of the comment marker
itself is irrelevant.
Correct:
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later OR MIT
Wrong:
//SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later OR MIT
Fix that in the whole tree (actually, only ramips contained wrong
uses).
Found by checkpatch.pl
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This commit adds support for Xiaomi's Mi Router 4C device.
Specifications:
- CPU: MediaTek MT7628AN (580MHz)
- Flash: 16MB
- RAM: 64MB DDR2
- 2.4 GHz: IEEE 802.11b/g/n with Integrated LNA and PA
- Antennas: 4x external single band antennas
- WAN: 1x 10/100M
- LAN: 2x 10/100M
- LEDs: 2x yellow/blue. Programmable (labelled as power on case)
- Non-programmable (shows WAN activity)
- Button: Reset
How to install:
1- Use OpenWRTInvasion to gain telnet and ftp access.
2- Push openwrt firmware to /tmp/ using ftp.
3- Connect to router using telnet. (IP: 192.168.31.1 -
Username: root - No password)
4- Use command "mtd -r write /tmp/firmware.bin OS1" to flash into
the router..
5- It takes around 2 minutes. After that router will restart itself
to OpenWrt.
Signed-off-by: Ataberk Özen <ataberkozen123@gmail.com>
[wrap commit message, bump PKG_RELEASE for uboot-envtools, remove
dts-v1 from DTS, fix LED labels]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Enable busybox's find -mmin time support, which is extremely small,
however also very useful in scripts:
72d1a2357d
Comparing package sizes...
Change Local Remote Package
+7 229009 229002 busybox
Signed-off-by: Lukas Tribus <lukas@ltri.eu>
[fix commit message long line and missing size change]
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Trivial cosmetic cleanup. This also helps for script that parse for
options in Config files.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Reviewed-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This function eliminates false-positive errors emitted by dd.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
[drop argument check changes]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This is already done by get_partitions.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
[add "redundant" to title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This is already done by get_partitions.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
[add "redundant" to title, remove declaration of magic variable]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
UIMAGE_MAGIC is now supported by Build/uImage, in addition to
UIMAGE_NAME. This removes the need for a custom mkimage call, so let's
remove it.
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
Replace NETGEAR_KERNEL_MAGIC by UIMAGE_MAGIC to better match the
variable's purpose. This allows to drop the custom
Build/netgear-uImage.
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
[keep UIMAGE_MAGIC definitions even for default value]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Allow a device recipe to specify a custom UIMAGE_MAGIC value, as used by
OpenWrt's -M flag for mkimage. This allows to automatically customize
the magic bytes in all calls to Build/uImage for this device, similar to
the behaviour of UIMAGE_NAME. Since the -M argument is inserted before
the user arguments, it can be overriden.
The following example would use 0x87654321 for the KERNEL image, but
0x12345678 for the KERNEL_INITRAMFS image:
define Device/MyDevice
UIMAGE_MAGIC := 0x87654321
KERNEL := ... | uImage lzma
KERNEL_INITRAMFS := ... | uImage lzma -M 0x12345678
...
endef
Fixes: df8e6be59a ("rtl838x: add new architecture")
[UIMAGE_MAGIC was not declared as a device variable]
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
[rebase, improve formatting of "Fixes"]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Use the mkimage argument overrides provided by uImage to implement the
customisations required for the initramfs, instead of the near-identical
custom function.
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
For some build recipes, the argument to Build/uImage is used to sneak in
extra arguments for mkimage, whereas this appears to have been intended
to specificy the compression method only.
Use the first provided word for -C to be backwards compatible with
current calls to Build/uImage. Use the rest of the call arguments to
override the provided defaults. Only the input file name (-d) and the
output file name cannot overriden.
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
Sort patches according to target/linux/generic/PATCHES. Additionally:
- replace hashes in backported patches with the ones from main Linux tree
- add descriptions to some patches
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
[remove 004-add_sata_disk_activity_trigger.patch separately]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Remove 004-add_sata_disk_activity_trigger.patch, as the trigger is
already added in shared dtsi.
Suggested-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
TL-MR6400v5 is very similar to TL-MR6400v4. Main differences are:
- smaller form factor
- different LED GPIOs
- different switch connections
You can flash via tftp recovery:
- serve tftp-recovery image as /tp_recovery.bin on 192.168.0.225/24
- connect to any ethernet port
- power on the device while holding the reset button
- wait at least 8 seconds before releasing reset button
Flashing via OEM web interface does not work.
LTE module does not support DHCP so it must be configured via QMI.
Hardware Specification (v5.0 EU):
- SoC: MT7628NN
- Flash: Winbond W25Q64JVS (8MiB)
- RAM: ESMT M14D5121632A (64MiB)
- Wireless: SoC platform only (2.4GHz b/g/n, 2x internal antenna)
- Ethernet: 1NIC (4x100M)
- WWAN: TP-LINK LTE MODULE (2x external detachable antenna)
- Power: DC 9V 0.85A
Signed-off-by: Filip Moc <lede@moc6.cz>
FCC ID: A8J-EAP300A
Engenius EAP300 v2 is an indoor wireless access point with a
100/10-BaseT ethernet port, 2.4 GHz wireless, internal antennas,
and 802.3af PoE.
**Specification:**
- AR9341
- 40 MHz reference clock
- 16 MB FLASH MX25L12845EMI-10G
- 64 MB RAM
- UART at J1 (populated)
- Ethernet port with POE
- internal antennas
- 3 LEDs, 1 button (power, eth, wlan) (reset)
**MAC addresses:**
phy0 *:d3 art 0x1002 (label)
eth0 *:d4 art 0x0/0x6
**Installation:**
- if you get Failsafe Mode from failed flash:
only use it to flash Original firmware from Engenius
or risk kernel loop or halt which requires serial cable
Method 1: Firmware upgrade page:
OEM webpage at 192.168.1.1
username and password "admin"
Navigate to "Firmware" page from left pane
Click Browse and select the factory.bin image
Upload and verify checksum
Click Continue to confirm and wait 3 minutes
Method 2: Serial to load Failsafe webpage:
After connecting to serial console and rebooting...
Interrupt uboot with any key pressed rapidly
execute `run failsafe_boot` OR `bootm 0x9fdf0000`
wait a minute
connect to ethernet and navigate to
"192.168.1.1/index.htm"
Select the factory.bin image and upload
wait about 3 minutes
**Return to OEM:**
If you have a serial cable, see Serial Failsafe instructions
*DISCLAIMER*
The Failsafe image is unique to Engenius boards.
If the failsafe image is missing or damaged this will not work
DO NOT downgrade to ar71xx this way, can cause kernel loop or halt
The easiest way to return to the OEM software is the Failsafe image
If you dont have a serial cable, you can ssh into openwrt and run
`mtd -r erase fakeroot`
Wait 3 minutes
connect to ethernet and navigate to 192.168.1.1/index.htm
select OEM firmware image from Engenius and click upgrade
**TFTP recovery** (unstable / not reliable):
rename initramfs to 'vmlinux-art-ramdisk'
make available on TFTP server at 192.168.1.101
power board while holding or pressing reset button repeatedly
NOTE: for some Engenius boards TFTP is not reliable
try setting MTU to 600 and try many times
**Format of OEM firmware image:**
The OEM software of EAP300 v2 is a heavily modified version
of Openwrt Kamikaze. One of the many modifications
is to the sysupgrade program. Image verification is performed
simply by the successful ungzip and untar of the supplied file
and name check and header verification of the resulting contents.
To form a factory.bin that is accepted by OEM Openwrt build,
the kernel and rootfs must have specific names
and begin with the respective headers (uImage, squashfs).
Then the files must be tarballed and gzipped.
The resulting binary is actually a tar.gz file in disguise.
This can be verified by using binwalk on the OEM firmware images,
ungzipping then untaring.
The OEM upgrade script is at /etc/fwupgrade.sh.
OKLI kernel loader is required because the OEM software
expects the kernel size to be no greater than 1536k
and otherwise the factory.bin upgrade procedure would
overwrite part of the kernel when writing rootfs.
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
[clarify MAC address section, bump PKG_RELEASE for uboot-envtools]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The feature "squashfs" is defined for target and all subtargets
individually. Remove the redundant entries in the subtargets.
Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
[split patch, adjust commit title/message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Move features common to all subtargets to the parent target.
Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
[split patch to make it target-specific, adjust commit title/message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
There are linux firmwares packages for 43362, 43430 and 43455 which shouldn't
be installed at the same time as Cypress firmwares.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
This expands packages to define not only provides but also conflicts.
These packages provides same files so they should specify conflicts.
Second expansion is that *-ct-htt and *-ct-full-htt firmwares can also
provide *-ct variant as that allows explicit dependency on CT variant
with various firmware modifications.
Signed-off-by: Karel Kočí <karel.koci@nic.cz>
[Bump PKG_RELEASE and format PROVIDES/CONFLICTS]
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
61b3c62 opkg_verify_integrity: better logging and error conditions
f73d42f download: purge cached packages that have incorrect checksum
1c1480e download: factor out the logic for building cache filenames
293b1ce libopkg: factor out checksum and size verification
a786e25 download: remove compatibility with old cache naming scheme
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
This PR backports upstream fix for CVE-2020-8037. This fix is only
relevant for tcpdump package, tcpdump-mini is not affeted by this issue.
Signed-off-by: Jan Pavlinec <jan.pavlinec@nic.cz>
[added missing commit description]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
As package size changes are a continuous topic on the mailing list this
scripts helps developers to compare their local package modifications
against latest upstream.
The script downloads the latest package indexes based on env variables
or the `.config` file. The script compares the actual installed size
(data.tar.gz) or the IPK package size.
An example output is found below:
```
user@dawn:~/src/openwrt/openwrt$ ./scripts/size_compare.sh
Compare packages of ath79/tiny/mips_24kc:
dropbear busybox iw ubus
Checking configuration difference
% Total % Received % Xferd Average Speed Time Time Time Current
Dload Upload Total Spent Left Speed
100 554 100 554 0 0 336 0 0:00:01 0:00:01 --:--:-- 336
--- start config diff ---
--- /tmp/config.DDjwVh-LOCAL 2020-11-23 09:08:28.913203068 -1000
+++ /tmp/config.DDjwVh-UPSTREAM 2020-11-23 09:08:36.369240887 -1000
@@ -1,5 +1,9 @@
+CONFIG_ALL_KMODS=y
+CONFIG_ALL_NONSHARED=y
CONFIG_AUTOREBUILD=y
+CONFIG_AUTOREMOVE=y
--- 8< ---
CONFIG_BINARY_FOLDER=""
+CONFIG_BUILDBOT=y
+CONFIG_TARGET_ALL_PROFILES=y
CONFIG_TARGET_ROOTFS_DIR=""
CONFIG_USE_SSTRIP=y
CONFIG_USE_UCLIBCXX=y
--- end config diff ---
Checking installed size
Fetching latest package indexes...
% Total % Received % Xferd Average Speed Time Time Time Current
Dload Upload Total Spent Left Speed
100 80634 100 80634 0 0 33499 0 0:00:02 0:00:02 --:--:-- 33485
% Total % Received % Xferd Average Speed Time Time Time Current
Dload Upload Total Spent Left Speed
100 54082 100 54082 0 0 24252 0 0:00:02 0:00:02 --:--:-- 24252
Comparing package sizes...
Change Local Remote Package
+271 51386 51115 base-files
+123 705241 705118 bnx2-firmware
+86 17209 17123 fstools
+22 47989 47967 procd
+21 208311 208290 busybox
+19 67181 67162 netifd
```
I plan to integrate this script into the CI so we have a summary how
sizes change over different architectures.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
When building images with the imagebuilder, the partition signature
never changes. The signature is generated by hashing SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH
and LINUX_VERMAGIC which are undefined. Prepopulate these variables, as
done by the SDK.
Signed-off-by: Matthew Gyurgyik <matthew@gyurgyik.io>
Setting the plmn to '0' (auto) will implicitly lead to a (delayed)
network re-registration, which could further lead to some timing
related issues in the qmi proto handler.
On the other hand, if you switch back from manual plmn selection
to auto mode you have to set it to '0', because this setting is
permanently "saved" in the wwan module.
Conclusion:
If plmn is configured, check if it's already set euqally in the module.
If so, do nothing. Otherwise set it.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Replace my o2.pl email address.
I'm still available at the old address.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
[rephrase commit title/message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Manually rebased patches:
ath79/patches-5.4/910-unaligned_access_hacks.patch
bcm27xx/patches-5.4/950-0135-spi-spi-bcm2835-Disable-forced-software-CS.patch
bcm27xx/patches-5.4/950-0414-SQUASH-Fix-spi-driver-compiler-warnings.patch
ipq806x/patches-5.4/093-4-v5.8-ipq806x-PCI-qcom-Use-bulk-clk-api-and-assert-on-error.patch
Removed since could be reverse-applied by quilt and found to be included upstream:
ipq806x/patches-5.4/096-PCI-qcom-Make-sure-PCIe-is-reset-before-init-for-rev.patch
All modifications made by update_kernel.sh
Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x/R7800, ath79/generic, bcm27xx/bcm2711
Run-tested: ipq806x/R7800
No dmesg regressions, everything functional
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
[refresh altered targets after rebase]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
qca9558_devolo_dvl1xxx.dtsi contains device specific nodes which
are inherited for some DTS files and overwritten for others.
This is considered confusing, so move the relevant nodes/properties
to the devices and only keep the shared stuff in the DTSI.
Signed-off-by: Yanase Yuki <dev@zpc.sakura.ne.jp>
[clarify commit title/message, move &gmac_config in DTS]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
TP-Link EAP225 v3 is an AC1350 (802.11ac Wave-2) ceiling mount access
point. Serial port access for debricking requires fine soldering.
Device specifications:
* SoC: QCA9563 @ 775MHz
* RAM: 128MiB DDR2
* Flash: 16MiB SPI-NOR
* Wireless 2.4GHz (SoC): b/g/n, 3x3
* Wireless 5Ghz (QCA9886): a/n/ac, 2x2 MU-MINO
* Ethernet (AR8033): 1× 1GbE, 802.3at PoE
Flashing instructions:
* ssh into target device and run `cliclientd stopcs`
* Upgrade with factory image via web interface
Debricking:
* Serial port can be soldered on PCB J3 (1: TXD, 2: RXD, 3: GND, 4: VCC)
* Bridge unpopulated resistors R225 (TXD) and R237 (RXD).
Do NOT bridge R230.
* Use 3.3V, 115200 baud, 8n1
* Interrupt bootloader by holding CTRL+B during boot
* tftp initramfs to flash via LuCI web interface
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1 # default, change as required
setenv serverip 192.168.1.10 # default, change as required
tftp 0x80800000 initramfs.bin
bootelf $fileaddr
MAC addresses:
MAC address (as on device label) is stored in device info partition at
an offset of 8 bytes. ath9k device has same address as ethernet, ath10k
uses address incremented by 1.
From OEM boot log:
Using interface ath0 with hwaddr b0:...:3e and ssid "..."
Using interface ath10 with hwaddr b0:...:3f and ssid "..."
Tested by forum user blinkstar88
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
TP-Link EAP225-Outdoor v1 is an AC1200 (802.11ac Wave-2) pole or wall
mount access point. Debricking requires access to the serial port, which
is non-trivial.
Device specifications:
* SoC: QCA9563 @ 775MHz
* Memory: 128MiB DDR2
* Flash: 16MiB SPI-NOR
* Wireless 2.4GHz (SoC): b/g/n 2x2
* Wireless 5GHz (QCA9886): a/n/ac 2x2 MU-MIMO
* Ethernet (AR8033): 1× 1GbE, PoE
Flashing instructions:
* ssh into target device with recent (>= v1.6.0) firmware
* run `cliclientd stopcs` on target device
* upload factory image via web interface
Debricking:
To recover the device, you need access to the serial port. This requires
fine soldering to test points, or the use of probe pins.
* Open the case and solder wires to the test points: RXD, TXD and TPGND4
* Use a 3.3V UART, 115200 baud, 8n1
* Interrupt bootloader by holding ctrl+B during boot
* upload initramfs via built-in tftp client and perform sysupgrade
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1 # default, change as required
setenv serverip 192.168.1.10 # default, change as required
tftp 0x80800000 initramfs.bin
bootelf $fileaddr
MAC addresses:
MAC address (as on device label) is stored in device info partition at
an offset of 8 bytes. ath9k device has same address as ethernet, ath10k
uses address incremented by 1.
From stock ifconfig:
ath0 Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr D8:...:2E
ath10 Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr D8:...:2F
br0 Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr D8:...:2E
eth0 Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr D8:...:2E
Tested by forum user PolynomialDivision on firmware v1.7.0.
UART access tested by forum user arinc9.
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
TP-Link EAP245 v1 is an AC1750 (802.11ac Wave-1) ceiling mount access point.
Device specifications:
* SoC: QCA9563 @ 775MHz
* RAM: 128MiB DDR2
* Flash: 16MiB SPI-NOR
* Wireless 2.4GHz (SoC): b/g/n, 3x3
* Wireless 5Ghz (QCA9880): a/n/ac, 3x3
* Ethernet (AR8033): 1× 1GbE, 802.3at PoE
Flashing instructions:
* Upgrade the device to firmware v1.4.0 if necessary
* Exploit the user management page in the web interface to start telnetd
by changing the username to `;/usr/sbin/telnetd -l/bin/sh&`.
* Immediately change the malformed username back to something valid
(e.g. 'admin') to make ssh work again.
* Use the root shell via telnet to make /tmp world writeable (chmod 777)
* Extract /usr/bin/uclited from the device via ssh and apply the binary
patch listed below. The patch is required to prevent `uclited -u` in
the last step from crashing.
* Copy the patched uclited programme back to the device at /tmp/uclited
(via ssh)
* Upload the factory image to /tmp/upgrade.bin (via ssh)
* Run `chmod +x /tmp/uclited && /tmp/uclited -u` to install OpenWrt.
--- xxd uclited
+++ xxd uclited-patched
@@ -53796,7 +53796,7 @@
000d2240: 8c44 0000 0320 f809 0000 0000 8fbc 0010 .D... ..........
000d2250: 8fa6 0a4c 02c0 2821 8f82 87b8 0000 0000 ...L..(!........
-000d2260: 8c44 0000 0c13 45e0 27a7 0018 8fbc 0010 .D....E.'.......
+000d2260: 8c44 0000 2402 0000 0000 0000 8fbc 0010 .D..$...........
000d2270: 1040 001d 0000 1821 8f99 8374 3c04 0058 .@.....!...t<..X
000d2280: 3c05 0056 2484 a898 24a5 9a30 0320 f809 <..V$...$..0. ..
Debricking:
* Serial port can be soldered on PCB J3 (1: TXD, 2: RXD, 3: GND, 4: VCC)
* Bridge unpopulated resistors R225 (TXD) and R237 (RXD).
Do NOT bridge R230.
* Use 3.3V, 115200 baud, 8n1
* Interrupt bootloader by holding CTRL+B during boot
* tftp initramfs to flash via the LuCI web interface
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1 # default, change as required
setenv serverip 192.168.1.10 # default, change as required
tftp 0x80800000 initramfs.bin
bootelf $fileaddr
Tested on the EAP245 v1 running the latest firmware (v1.4.0). The binary
patch might not apply to uclited from other firmware versions.
EAP245 v1 device support was originally developed and maintained by
Julien Dusser out-of-tree. This patch and "ath79: prepare for 1-port
TP-Link EAP2x5 devices" are based on that work.
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
TP-Link has developed a number of access points based on the AP152
reference board. In the EAP-series of 802.11ac access points, this
includes the following devices with one ethernet port:
* EAP225 v1/v2
* EAP225 v3
* EAP225-Outdoor v1
* EAP245 v1
Since the only differences between these devices are the ath10k wireless
radios and LEDs, a common base is provided for the overlapping support
requirements.
Hardware commonalities:
* SoC: QCA9563-AL3A MIPS 74kc v5.0 @ 775MHz, AHB @ 258MHz
* RAM: 128MiB DDR2 @ 650MHz
* Flash: 16MiB SPI NOR
* Wi-Fi 2.4GHz: provided by SoC
* Wi-Fi 5Ghz: ath10k chip on PCIe
* Ethernet: AR8033-AL1A, one 1GbE port (802.3at PoE)
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
This commit add a workaround for non working SGMII link observed on some
QCA956x SoCs. The workaround originates part from the U-Boot source code
from QCA, part from the implementation from TP-Link found in the GPL
tarball for the EAP245v1.
Extends commit 0d416a8d3b for QCA956x.
Note that reset is the same on QCA955x and QCA956x, same register offset
and values.
Auto calibration is done on u-boot, but always fall back to default value
0x7. Add a DTS entry serdes-cal in case a device require another value.
Signed-off-by: Julien Dusser <julien.dusser@free.fr>
[Sander Vanheule:
Minor code style fixes,
Remove hunk adding qca956x-serdes-fixup to a missing DTS,
Remove variable err that was only assigned,
Rename function to sgmii_serdes_init,
Lower priority of serdes call message to pr_debug]
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
Some bootloaders do not set up gmac0 properly, leaving it disconnected
from the sgmii interface. If the user specificies phy-mode sgmii, then
use the gmac-config/device node to ensure the mux is configured
correctly.
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
This patch adds support for Globalscale ESPRESSObin-Ultra. Device uses
the same Armada-3720 SoC with extended hardware support.
- SoC: Armada-3720
- RAM: 1 GB DDR4
- Flash: 4MB SPI NOR (mx25u3235f) + 8 GB eMMC
- Ethernet: Topaz 6341 88e6341 (4x GB LAN + 1x WAN with 30W PoE)
- WiFI: 2x2 802.11ac Wi-Fi marvell (88w8997 PCIe+USB)
- 1x USB 2.0 port
- 1x USB 3.0 port
- 1x microSD slot
- 1x mini-PCIe slot (USB [with nano-sim slot])
- 1x mini-USB debug UART
- 1x RTC Clock and battery
- 1x reset button
- 1x power button
- 4x LED (RGBY)
- Optional 1x M.2 2280 slot
** Installation **
Copy dtb from build_dir to bin/ and run tftpserver there:
$ cp ./build_dir/target-aarch64_cortex-a53_musl/linux-mvebu_cortexa53/
linux-5.4.65/arch/arm64/boot/dts/marvell/armada-3720-espressobin-ultra.dtb
bin/targets/mvebu/cortexa53/
$ in.tftpd -L -s bin/targets/mvebu/cortexa53/
Connect to the device UART via microUSB port on the back side and power on the device.
Power on the device and hit any key to stop the autoboot.
Set serverip (host IP) and ipaddr (any free IP address on the same subnet), e.g:
$ setenv serverip 192.168.1.10 # Host
$ setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.15 # Device
Ping server to confirm network is working:
$ ping $serverip
Using neta@30000 device
host 192.168.1.15 is alive
Tftpboot the firmware:
$ tftpboot $kernel_addr_r openwrt-mvebu-cortexa53-globalscale_espressobin-ultra-initramfs-kernel.bin
$ tftpboot $fdt_addr_r armada-3720-espressobin-ultra.dtb
Set the console and boot the image:
$ setenv bootargs $console
$ booti $kernel_addr_r - $fdt_addr_r
Once the initramfs is booted, transfer openwrt-mvebu-cortexa53-globalscale_espressobin-ultra-squashfs-sdcard.img.gz
to /tmp dir on the device.
Gunzip and dd the image:
$ gunzip /tmp/openwrt-mvebu-cortexa53-globalscale_espressobin-ultra-squashfs-sdcard.img.gz
$ dd if=/tmp/openwrt-mvebu-cortexa53-globalscale_espressobin-ultra-squashfs-sdcard.img of=/dev/mmcblk0 && sync
Reboot the device.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Vid <vladimir.vid@sartura.hr>
Fixes the offset of the patch added in 93bbd998aa
("hostapd: enter DFS state if no available channel is found").
Signed-off-by: Leon M. George <leon@georgemail.eu>
This patch add missing support of SC16IS740 serial controller, installed
on LS1012A-FRDM board.
It was required to change RCW bits, because SPI was disabled by default.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
This will make developing process easier, because dtb will be included
into image.
Not need to enable initramfs image by default.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Currently sfp_select_interface() return the fastest interface that
the sfp modules supports even if the phy don't support that mode.
For example an GPON module that support both 2500basex and 1000basex.
Currently sfp_select_interface() picks 2500basex instead of 1000basex.
So limit the interfaces which both sides supports before calling
sfp_select_interface() or return an error if we don't have match.
Reviewed-by: John Thomson <git@johnthomson.fastmail.com.au>
Tested-by: Braihan Cantera <bcanterac@gmail.com> [MikroTik RB760iGS + Nokia G-010S-A 3FE46541AA SFP]
Tested-by: John Thomson <git@johnthomson.fastmail.com.au> [Mikrotik rb760igs + SFP SM/LC, SFP base1000T, SFP+ passive DAC]
Signed-off-by: René van Dorst <opensource@vdorst.com>
Some devices (especially QCA ones) are already using hardcoded partition
names with colons in it. The OpenMesh A62 for example provides following
mtd relevant information via cmdline:
root=31:11 mtdparts=spi0.0:256k(0:SBL1),128k(0:MIBIB),384k(0:QSEE),64k(0:CDT),64k(0:DDRPARAMS),64k(0:APPSBLENV),512k(0:APPSBL),64k(0:ART),64k(custom),64k(0:KEYS),0x002b0000(kernel),0x00c80000(rootfs),15552k(inactive) rootfsname=rootfs rootwait
The change to split only on the last colon between mtd-id and partitions
will cause newpart to see following string for the first partition:
KEYS),0x002b0000(kernel),0x00c80000(rootfs),15552k(inactive)
Such a partition list cannot be parsed and thus the device fails to boot.
Avoid this behavior by making sure that the start of the first part-name
("(") will also be the last byte the mtd-id split algorithm is using for
its colon search.
Fixes: d6a9a92e32 ("kernel: bump 5.4 to 5.4.69")
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
The OpenMesh related files were not updated since a while and the new
coding style requirements weren't integrated. This can cause problems
for new devices when an author uses these files as starting point.
* use SPDX-License-Identifiers instead of full license texts
* drop linux,default-trigger with value default-off for LEDs
* led nodes with label "abc:xyz" should have name "xyz_abc"
* led DT labels for "xyz_abc" should be "led_xyz_abc"
* "m25p80@0" flash node should be renamed to "flash@0"
* drop unnecessary empty lines
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
[minor commit title and message adjustments]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
213748a9bcd9 system-linux: implement full device present state management for force-external devices
3abe1fc87151 system-linux: add retry for adding member devices to a bridge
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
You can flash via tftp recovery:
- serve tftp-recovery image as /tp_recovery.bin on 192.168.0.225/24
- connect to any ethernet port
- power on the device while holding the reset button
- wait at least 8 seconds before releasing reset button
Flashing via OEM web interface does not work.
LTE module does not support DHCP so it must be configured via QMI.
Hardware Specification (v4.0 EU):
- SoC: MT7628NN
- Flash: Winbond W25Q64JVS (8MiB)
- RAM: ESMT M14D5121632A (64MiB)
- Wireless: SoC platform only (2.4GHz b/g/n, 2x internal antenna)
- Ethernet: 1NIC (4x100M)
- WWAN: TP-LINK LTE MODULE (2x external detachable antenna)
- Power: DC 9V 0.85A
Signed-off-by: Filip Moc <lede@moc6.cz>
d4d78db uxc: also delete procd runtime state on 'delete'
e935c0c jail: add 'debug' extern variable to preload_seccomp
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
There already was an option for autoconfiguring IPv4 from QMI but this
was removed by commit 3b9b963e6e ("uqmi: always use DHCP for IPv4").
DHCP does not work on MR400 LTE module (in TL-MR6400 v4) so let's readd
support for IPv4 autoconf from QMI but this time allow to configure this
for IPv4 and IPv6 independently and keep DHCP default on IPv4.
Signed-off-by: Filip Moc <lede@moc6.cz>
Give possibility to wait forever the registration by setting timeout
option to 0.
No timeout can be useful if the interface starts whereas no network is
available, because at the end of timeout the interface will be stopped
and never restarted.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Richard <thomas.richard@kontron.com>
This reverts commit 9eb9943f82.
Building the 'modular' variant requires 'semodule_package' from
'selinux-python' to be installed on the buildhost.
Apart from that, this change also broke the monolithic refpolicy
'targeted' build.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
351d690f1a09 wireless: fix passing bridge name for vlan hotplug pass-through
c1c2728946b5 config: initialize bridge and bridge vlans before other devices
5e18d5b9ccb1 interface: do not force link-ext hotplug interfaces to present by default
4544f026bb09 bridge-vlan: add support for defining aliases for vlan ids
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The wcsnrtombs function in all musl libc versions up through 1.2.1 has
been found to have multiple bugs in handling of destination buffer
size when limiting the input character count, which can lead to
infinite loop with no forward progress (no overflow) or writing past
the end of the destination buffera.
This function is not used internally in musl and is not widely used,
but does appear in some applications. The non-input-limiting form
wcsrtombs is not affected.
All users of musl 1.2.1 and prior versions should apply the attached
patch, which replaces the overly complex and erroneous implementation.
The upcoming 1.2.2 release will adopt this new implementation.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
With this commit, the download script will try downloading source files
using the filename instead of the url-filename in case the previous
download attempt using the url-filename failed.
This is required, as the OpenWrt sources mirrors serve files using the
filename files might be renamed to after downloading. If the original
mirror for a file where url-filename and filename do not match goes
down, the download failed prior to this patch.
Further improvement can be done by performing this only for the
OpenWrt sources mirrors.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The ImageBuilder downloads pre-built packages and adds them to images.
This process uses `opkg` which has the capability to verify package list
signatures via `usign`, as enabled per default on running OpenWrt
devices.
Until now this was disabled for ImageBuilders because neither the `opkg`
keys nor the `opkg-add` script was present during first packagelist
update.
To harden the ImageBuilder against *drive-by-download-attacks* both keys
and verification script are added to the ImageBuilder allowing `opkg` to
verify downloaded package indices.
This commit adds `opkg-add` to the ImageBuilder scripts folder. The keys
folder is added to ImageBuilder $TOPDIR to have an obvious place for users to
store their own keys. The `option check_signature` is appended to the
repositories.conf file. All of the above only happens if the Buildbot
runs with the SIGNATURE_CHECK option.
The keys stored in the ImageBuilder keys/ are the same as included in
the openwrt-keyring package. To avoid the chicken-egg problem of
downloading and verifying a package, containing signing keys, the keys
are added during the ImageBuilder generation. They are same as in
shipped images (stored at `/etc/opkg/keys/`).
To allow a local package feed in which the user can add additional
packages, a local set of `usign` and `ucert` keys is generated, same as
building OpenWrt from source. The private key signs the local repository
inside the packages/ folder. The local public key is added to the keys/
folder to be considered by `opkg` when updating repositories. This way a
local package feed can be modified while requiring `opkg` to check
signatures for remote feed, making HTTPS optional.
The new option `ADD_LOCAL_KEY` allows to add the local key inside the
created images, adding the advantage that sysupgrades can validate the
ImageBuilders local key.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Commit 5d76065 moved the creation of the symvers directory to
include/kernel-build.mk. This is fine when building from scratch. But
when unpacking an SDK the directory doesn't exist and because the kernel
won't be built (again) this directory will not be created by the build
system, causing build failure if make tries to copy files into it.
This moves the creation of the symvers directory back into
include/kernel.mk so that the directory is created in any case.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Kemper <sebastian_ml@gmx.net>
This patch adds support for the WiFi Pineapple Mark 7, a wireless
penetration testing tool.
Specifications:
* SoC: MediaTek MT7628 (580MHz)
* RAM: 256MiB (DDR2)
* Storage 1: 32MiB NOR (SPI)
* Storage 2: 2GB eMMC
* Wireless 1: 802.11b/g/n 2.4GHz (Built In)
* Wireless 2: 802.11b/g/n 2.4GHz (MT7601)
* Wireless 3: 802.11b/g/n 2.4GHz (MT7601)
* USB: 1x USB Type-A 2.0 Host Port
* Ethernet: 1x USB Type-C AX88772C Ethernet
* UART: 57600 8N1 on PCB
* Inputs: 1x Reset Button
* Outputs: 1x RGB LED
* FCCID: 2AA52MK7
Flash Instructions:
Original firmware is based on OpenWRT.
Use sysupgrade via SSH to flash.
Signed-off-by: Marc Egerton <foxtrot@realloc.me>
[pepe2k@gmail.com: set only required/used gpio groups to gpio function]
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
New batches of the R36A board series might no longer keep separated
Ethernet MAC addresses stored in flash. Use same approach as on the
N2Q and calculate Ethernet MACs from WLAN one which is kept in ART.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
ALFA Network Pi-WiFi4 is a Qualcomm QCA9531 v2 based, high-power 802.11n
WiFi board in Raspberry Pi 3B shape, equipped with 1x FE and 4x USB 2.0.
Specifications:
- Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531 v2
- 650/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16+ MB of flash (SPI NOR)
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi with Qorvo RFFM8228P FEM
- 2x IPEX/U.FL connectors on PCB
- 4x USB 2.0 Type-A
- Genesys Logic GL850G 4-port USB HUB
- USB power is controlled by GPIO
- 5x LED (3x on PCB, 2x in RJ45, 4x driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- external h/w watchdog (EM6324QYSP5B, enabled by default)
- 1x micro USB Type-B for power and system console (Holtek HT42B534)
- UART and GPIO (8-pin, 1.27 mm pitch) header on PCB
Flash instruction:
You can use sysupgrade image directly in vendor firmware which is based
on LEDE/OpenWrt. Alternatively, you can use web recovery mode in U-Boot:
1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.2/24.
2. Connect PC with one of RJ45 ports, press the reset button, power up
device, wait for first blink of all LEDs (indicates network setup),
then keep button for 3 following blinks and release it.
3. Open 192.168.1.1 address in your browser and upload sysupgrade image.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Kernel has separated the structs that are reported to be const in
checkpatch.pl into a file of its own, const_structs.checkpatch.
This file has been missing after the recent update of checkpatch.pl,
leading to the following message:
No structs that should be const will be found - file
'/data/openwrt/scripts/const_structs.checkpatch': No such file
or directory
This commit adds the relevant file from v5.10-rc4.
Fixes: 086ee09bbc ("scripts: Update checkpatch.pl to 2020-06-11")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The kernel expects changes to MAINTAINERS for all removed or added
files, printing warnings like:
WARNING: added, moved or deleted file(s), does MAINTAINERS need updating?
#828:
deleted file mode 100644
Since this does not apply to "our" files in OpenWrt repo, this
warning should be disabled.
This can be achieved easiest by setting $reported_maintainer_file
to 1. While this is a hack that tricks the script into believing
the proper MAINTAINERS changes have been made, it's the easiest
solution as it does not require to touch any other code.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The Xiaomi Mi Router 4A Gigabit model has a race condition on bootup
causing the SQUASHFS data errors to appear and create a bootloop
scenario.
Adding the m25p,fast-read property resolves this issue.
Suggested-by: David Bentham <db260179@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
CPU: Atheros AR9342 rev 3 SoC
RAM: 64 MB DDR2
Flash: 16 MB NOR SPI
WLAN 2.4GHz: Atheros AR9342 v3 (ath9k)
WLAN 5.0GHz: QCA988X
Ports: 2x GbE
Flashing procedure is identical to other ubnt devices.
https://openwrt.org/toh/ubiquiti/common
Flashing through factory firmware
1. Ensure firmware version v8.7.0 is installed.
Up/downgrade to this exact version.
2. Patch fwupdate.real binary using
`hexdump -Cv /bin/ubntbox | sed 's/14 40 fe 27/00 00 00 00/g' | \
hexdump -R > /tmp/fwupdate.real`
3. Make the patched fwupdate.real binary executable using
`chmod +x /tmp/fwupdate.real`
4. Copy the squashfs factory image to /tmp on the device
5. Flash OpenWrt using `/tmp/fwupdate.real -m <squashfs-factory image>`
6. Wait for the device to reboot
(copied from Ubiquiti NanoBeam AC and modified)
To keep it consistent, we will add the gen1 variant to
the nanobeam ac gen1.
Signed-off-by: Nick Hainke <vincent@systemli.org>
No special changes, just get in sync with recent code.
See here for the changelog:
https://valgrind.org/docs/manual/dist.news.html
The ipkg sizes changes as follows for mips 24kc :
3.15 : valgrind_3.15.0-2_mips_24kc.ipk 1450680
3.16.1 : valgrind_3.16.1-1_mips_24kc.ipk 1491954
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
No special changes, just get in sync with recent code.
See here for the changelog:
https://github.com/strace/strace/releases/tag/v5.9
The ipkg sizes changes as follows for mips 24kc :
5.8 : strace_5.8-1_mips_24kc.ipk 271195
5.9 : strace_5.9-1_mips_24kc.ipk 278352
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
No special changes, just get in sync with recent code.
See here for the changelog:
http://software.es.net/iperf/news.html#iperf-3-9-released
The ipkg sizes changes as follows for mips 24kc :
3.7 : iperf3_3.7-1_mips_24kc.ipk 39675
3.9 : iperf3_3.9-1_mips_24kc.ipk 41586
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Avoid needlessly breaking old initscripts that set EXTRA_COMMANDS. This
will aid in debugging (as it simplifies reverting to an older version of
a package) and unbreaks third-party feeds (and packages that maintain
their OpenWrt initscripts as part of the software's repo instead of the
OpenWrt feed like fastd).
Without this, initscripts that set EXTRA_COMMANDS become completely
unusable, as all default commands like start/stop cease working.
Fixes: 1a69f50dc6 ("base-files: fix rc.common help alignment")
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
This sets the validity interval for the BSS transition candidate
list to the same value as the disassociation timer.
Currently the value is always 0, which is the specification states is a
reserved value. Also, wpa_supplicant and from the looks of it some
Android implementations will outright ignore the candidate list in this
case.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
* Add support for passing airtime_sta_weight into hostapd configuration.
* Since that commit it is possible to configure station weights. Set higher
value for larger airtime share, lower for smaller share.
I have tested this functionality by modyfing /etc/config/wireless to:
config wifi-device 'radio0'
...
option airtime_mode '1'
config wifi-iface 'default_radio0'
...
list airtime_sta_weight '01:02:03:04:05:06 1024'
Now, when the station associates with the access point it has been assigned
a higher weight value.
root@OpenWrt:~# cat /sys/kernel/debug/ieee80211/phy0/netdev\:wlan0/stations/01\:02\:03\:04\:05\:06/airtime
RX: 12656 us
TX: 10617 us
Weight: 1024
Deficit: VO: -2075 us VI: 256 us BE: -206 us BK: 256 us
[MAC address has been changed into a dummy one.]
Signed-off-by: Dobroslaw Kijowski <dobo90@gmail.com>
airtime_mode is always parsed as an empty string since it hasn't been
added into hostapd_common_add_device_config function.
Fixes: e289f183 ("hostapd: add support for per-BSS airtime configuration")
Signed-off-by: Dobroslaw Kijowski <dobo90@gmail.com>
This adds a new get_status method to a hostapd interface, which
provides information about the current interface status.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This adds information from mac80211 to hostapd get_client ubus function.
This way, TX as well as RX status information as well as the signal can
be determined.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
procd-seccomp switched to OCI-compliant seccomp parser instead of our
(legacy, OpenWrt-specific) format. Convert ruleset to new format.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
wireguard-tools is trying to import the menuconfig section
from the wireguard package, but since it's not anymore in
the same makefile this seems to fail and wireguard-tools
ends up in "extra packages" category instead with other
odds and ends.
Same for the description, it's trying to import it from the
wireguard package but it fails so it only shows the line
written in this makefile.
remove the broken imports and add manually the entries
and description they were supposed to load
Fixes: ea980fb9c6 ("wireguard: bump to 20191226")
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <bobafetthotmail@gmail.com>
[fix trailing whitespaces, add Fixes]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This adds a missing ";;" in the switch-case in 11-ath10k-caldata.
Fixes: 4d36569b9c ("ath79: fix ath10k caldata extraction on some
D-Link DIR-842 C3 devices")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
According to forum threads [0][1] and a report on IRC by Doc-Saintly
some of those boards have calibration data in a different place. Only
one alternative location is known.
Without proper board calibration data (board.bin having all 0xff bytes)
ath10k firmware still tries to load but crashes on startup with a
confusing error message.
If you're applying this patch manually on your device do not forget to
remove /lib/firmware/ath10k/pre-cal-pci-0000:00:00.0.bin and reboot to
force caldata re-extraction.
[0] https://forum.openwrt.org/t/support-for-d-link-dir842-rev-c3/41654
[1] https://forum.openwrt.org/t/d-link-dir-842-cant-access-firmware-upload-form/65454
Signed-off-by: Paul Fertser <fercerpav@gmail.com>
All targets that used mvsw61xx have switched to upstream mv88e6xxx DSA
driver, so it can be removed.
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
mediatek frequently had mixed indent (tabs vs. spaces) in DTS files
and DTS file kernel patches (probably due to careless copy/paste).
The harmonizes these cases to tabs-only, as usual for DTS(I).
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Both bcm2709 and bcm2710 firmware can run on the same RaspberryPi
models, varying however in 32 and 64 Bit architectures. The model name
alone does not include the architecture information, which becomes
problematic if looking at a overview that only contains the names. By
adding a variant it is possible to tell the architecture.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
BusyBox ip already provides the required functionality and is enabled by default
in OpenWrt. This patch drops the ip dependency and makes the BusyBox ip required
dependencies explicit, allowing for a significant image size reduction.
openwrt-ath79-generic-ubnt_nanostation-loco-m-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin size:
4588354 bytes (with ip-tiny)
4457282 bytes (with BusyBox ip)
Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
Apple ships a broken make version with the Xcode command line tools.
Homebrew installs make as gmake by default in order to not collide with
Apple's version.
Exit with an error if the broken one is used accidentally
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This pci@40000000 node from upstream was dropped when the device
was converted from local DTS(I) files to kernel patches in [1] to
ensure that change was purely cosmetic.
However, the DK04.1 has a PCI-E slot by default, so let's keep
(i.e. not remove) the kernel definition now.
[1] c4beac9ea2 ("ipq40xx: use upstream DTS files for IPQ4019/AP-DK04.1")
Suggested-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
A lot of patches are outdated versions of upstreamed patches and
drivers.
So lets pull in the upstreamed patches and reorder remaining ones.
This drops the unnecessary 721-dts-ipq4019-add-ethernet-essedma-node.patch
which adds nodes for not yet in OpenWrt IPQESS driver.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
[do not touch 902-dts-ipq4019-ap-dk04.1.patch here]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Define wildcard patterns for filtering in target/linux/generic/config-filter
Preparation for supporting newer kernels
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This replaces the previous (deprecated) method of collecting symvers data
in $(PKG_BUILD_DIR)/Module.symvers, which does not work on newer kernels
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
MikroTik recently changed again the way they store wlan calibration data
on devices. Prior to this change, ERD calibration data for all available
radios was stored within a single identifier node ("tag" in RouterBoot
parlance).
Recent devices have been seen with calibration (and BDF) data stored in
separate identifiers within LZOR packing for each radio: this patch
addresses this by:
1) ensuring that both variants are properly supported,
2) preserving backward compatibility with existing data consumers,
3) allowing for more than 2 calibration blobs to be exposed via sysfs.
Specifically, before this patch, the driver would provide a single sysfs
file named /sys/firmware/mikrotik/hard_config/wlan_data that contained
whatever calibration data found on the device's flash. After this patch,
when executed on a device that uses the old style storage, this behavior
is unchanged, but when executed on a device that uses new style storage
(for either traditional "ERD" packing or "LZOR" packing), the driver
replaces that single file with a folder containing one or more files
each containing the data encoded within individual identifiers.
As far as OpenWRT is concerned, this means that for devices which are
known to exist with both styles of data storage, a suitable hotplug stub
could look like this for e.g. the second radio:
wdata="/sys/firmware/mikrotik/hard_config/wlan_data"
( [ -f "$wdata" ] && caldata_sysfsload_from_file "$wdata" 0x8000 0x2f20 ) || \
( [ -d "$wdata" ] && caldata_sysfsload_from_file "$wdata/data_2" 0x0 0x2f20 )
This patch has been tested with LZOR old and new style packing on ipq4019,
and with old style on ath79.
Tested-by: John Thomson <git@johnthomson.fastmail.com.au>
Tested-by: Шебанов Алексей <admin@ublaze.ru>
Tested-by: Alen Opačić <subixonfire@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Tested-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
Backport upstream commits that sync the local kernel header
copies in this library, with up to date copies. These updated
headers ensure that libnetfilter-log users can use current
kernel functionality such as requesting that conntrack
information be appended to nflog events sent to userspace via
the NFULNL_CFG_F_CONNTRACK flag. This functionality has been
available since kernel version 4.4
Signed-off-by: Brett Mastbergen <bmastbergen@untangle.com>
Running the updated checkpatch version with spelling.txt show that
spelling mistakes happen to everyone.
> /target/linux$ fd .*.patch | xargs ../../scripts/checkpatch.pl | rg spell
WARNING: 'usefull' may be misspelled - perhaps 'useful'?
WARNING: 'afecting' may be misspelled - perhaps 'affecting'?
WARNING: 'usefull' may be misspelled - perhaps 'useful'?
WARNING: 'afecting' may be misspelled - perhaps 'affecting'?
WARNING: 'begining' may be misspelled - perhaps 'beginning'?
WARNING: 'superflous' may be misspelled - perhaps 'superfluous'?
WARNING: 'multipe' may be misspelled - perhaps 'multiple'?
WARNING: 'recieves' may be misspelled - perhaps 'receives'?
WARNING: 'retreive' may be misspelled - perhaps 'retrieve'?
WARNING: 'tranfer' may be misspelled - perhaps 'transfer'?
WARNING: 'additonal' may be misspelled - perhaps 'additional'?
WARNING: 'accomodate' may be misspelled - perhaps 'accommodate'?
[...]
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Remove checks for device tree documentation as the OpenWrt tree comes
withouth the ./Documentation folder.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Checkpatch grown in functionallity and we should make use of that. If
OpenWrt patches should be upstream material they should also be checked
based on upstream checkpatch.pl instead of 2013.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
CONFIG_EFI_VARS has been disabled in
64bit x86 target in 2018 by the following commit
b0a51dab8c
the same reasons apply to Generic target, so
now it's disabled here too.
Leaving it enabled is also blocking compile as
a new symbol was added
EFI_CUSTOM_SSDT_OVERLAYS
that depends from CONFIG_EFI_VARS
and the build system stops and waits for
user input on what to do about it.
The Legacy and Geode targets never
had any EFI_xxx configs enabled so they
don't have this issue
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <bobafetthotmail@gmail.com>
This adds support for RTL839x SoCs in the ethernet and switch
drivers of the rtl838x architecture.
Reviewed-by: Andreas Oberritter <obi@saftware.de>
Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <git@birger-koblitz.de>
This change adds the configuration option to build and include
the nft_queue kernel module, which allows traffic to be queued up
to userspace from an nftables rule
Tested-by: Sébastien Delafond sdelafond@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Brett Mastbergen <bmastbergen@untangle.com>
this patch fixes/improves follows:
- PATTERN_LEN is defined as a macro but unused
- redundant logic in count-up for "ptn"
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
The source date epoch is the only reproducible date close to the actual
build date. It can be used for tooling like the firmware wizard to show
the image age.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
On some systems I see the issue that crond dies after a few days.
Simply letting procd respawn the process is a simple safety-net.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
5c36293f06 resolv: Serialize processing in resolv/tst-resolv-txnid-collision
2dfa659a66 resolv: Handle transaction ID collisions in parallel queries (bug 26600)
05c025abca support: Provide a way to clear the RA bit in DNS server responses
f688bcd83d support: Provide a way to reorder responses within the DNS test server
eba0ce6058 Remove __warndecl
5337b2af4b Remove __warn_memset_zero_len [BZ #25399]
c6e794640c aarch64: Add unwind information to _start (bug 26853)
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Add support for the following devices:
- Xiaomi Mi Wi-Fi Router 3G v2
- Xiaomi Mi Router 4A Gigabit Edition
Signed-off-by: Antonis Kanouras <antonis@metadosis.eu>
[add explicit case for 4A, bump PKG_RELEASE,
improve commit title/message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This device has previously been supported by the image
for Xiaomi Mi Router 3G v2. Since this is not obvious, the
4A is marketed as a new major revision and it also seems to
have a different bootloader, this will be both more tidy and
more helpful for the users.
Apart from that, note that there also is a 100M version of
the device that uses mt7628 platform, so a specifically named
image will also prevent confusion in this area.
Specifications:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7621
- Flash: 16 MiB NOR SPI
- RAM: 128 MiB DDR3
- Ethernet: 3x 10/100/1000 Mbps (switched, 2xLAN + WAN)
- WIFI0: MT7603E 2.4GHz 802.11b/g/n
- WIFI1: MT7612E 5GHz 802.11ac
- Antennas: 4x external (2 per radio), non-detachable
- LEDs: Programmable "power" LED (two-coloured, yellow/blue)
Non-programmable "internet" LED (shows WAN activity)
- Buttons: Reset
Installation:
Bootloader won't accept any serial input unless "boot_wait" u-boot
environment variable is changed to "on".
Vendor firmware won't accept any serial input until "uart_en" is
set to "1".
Using the https://github.com/acecilia/OpenWRTInvasion exploit you
can gain access to shell to enable these options:
To enable uart keyboard actions - 'nvram set uart_en=1'
To make uboot delay boot work - 'nvram set boot_wait=on'
Set boot delay to 5 - 'nvram set bootdelay=5'
Then run 'nvram commit' to make the changes permanent.
Once in the shell (following the OpenWRTInvasion instructions) you
can then run the following to flash OpenWrt and then reboot:
'cd /tmp; curl https://downloads.openwrt.org/...-sysupgrade.bin
--output firmware.bin; mtd -e OS1 -r write firmware.bin OS1'
Suggested-by: David Bentham <db260179@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
E600G v2 based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531
Specification:
- 650/600/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128/64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8/16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz
- 2 x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet(RJ45)
- 1 x MiniPCI-e
- 1 x SIM (3G/4G)
- 5 x LED , 1 x Button(SW2-Reset Buttun), 1 x power input
- UART(J100) header on PCB(115200 8N1)
E600GAC v2 based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531 + QCA9887
Specification:
- 650/600/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128/64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8/16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz
- 1T1R 5 GHz
- 2 x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet(RJ45)
- 6 x LED (one three-color led), 2 x Button(SW2-Reset Buttun),1 x power input
- UART (J100)header on PCB(115200 8N1)
Flash instruction:
1.Using tftp mode with UART connection and original OpenWrt image
- Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.10 and tftp server.
- Rename "openwrt-ath79-generic-xxx-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin"
to "firmware.bin" and place it in tftp server directory.
- Connect PC with one of LAN ports, power up the router and press
key "Enter" to access U-Boot CLI.
- Use the following commands to update the device to OpenWrt:
run lfw
- After that the device will reboot and boot to OpenWrt.
- Wait until all LEDs stops flashing and use the router.
2.Using httpd mode with Web UI connection and original OpenWrt image
- Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.xxx(2-255) and tftp server.
- Connect PC with one of LAN ports,press the reset button, power up
the router and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until
leds flashing.
- Open your browser and enter 192.168.1.1,You will see the upgrade
interface, select "openwrt-ath79-generic-xxx-squashfs-
sysupgrade.bin" and click the upgrade button.
- After that the device will reboot and boot to OpenWrt.
- Wait until all LEDs stops flashing and use the router.
Signed-off-by: 张鹏 <sd20@qxwlan.com>
[rearrange in generic.mk, fix one case in 04_led_migration, update
commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The file lacks executable permissions, which makes it not being applied
during the first boot.
While at it, drop unneeded include.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Jurkiewicz <piotr.jerzy.jurkiewicz@gmail.com>
[do not touch board name handling, update commit message/title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
* noise: take lock when removing handshake entry from table
This is a defense in depth patch backported from upstream to account for any
future issues with list node lifecycles.
* netns: check that route_me_harder packets use the right sk
A test for an issue that goes back to before Linux's git history began. I've
fixed this upstream, but it doesn't look possible to put it into the compat
layer, as it's a core networking problem. But we still test for it in the
netns test and warn on broken kernels.
* qemu: drop build support for rhel 8.2
We now test 8.3+.
* compat: SYM_FUNC_{START,END} were backported to 5.4
* qemu: bump default testing version
The real motivation for this version bump: 5.4.76 made a change that broke our
compat layer.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
Remove deferred sampling code which does not work well with rate tables +
probing.
Fix tx status handling if the first invalid rate idx is not set to -1
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
3023b0cc7352 bridge: add support for defining port member vlans via hotplug ops
a3016c451248 vlan: add pass-through hotplug ops that pass the VLAN info to the bridge
d59f3ddcbaf0 vlandev: add pass-through hotplug ops that pass the VLAN info to the bridge
dd5e61153636 bridge: show vlans in device status
a56e14afa612 bridge: preserve hotplug ports on vlan update if config is unchanged
d1e8884f8911 bridge: fix use-after-free bug on bridge member free
3a2b21001c3c system-dummy: set present state only for simple devices
ed11f0c0ffe4 bridge: only overwrite implicit vlan assignment if vlans are configured
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Allow configuring ipsets with dedicated config sections:
config ipset
list name 'ss_rules_dst_forward'
list name 'ss_rules6_dst_forward'
list domain 't.me'
list domain 'telegram.org'
instead of current, rather inconvenient syntax:
config dnsmasq
...
list ipset '/t.me/telegram.org/ss_rules_dst_forward,ss_rules6_dst_forward'
Current syntax will still continue to work though.
With this change, a LuCI GUI for DNS ipsets should be easy to implement.
Signed-off-by: Aleksandr Mezin <mezin.alexander@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> [PKG_RELEASE increase]
This patch adds support for D-Link DIR-2640 A1.
Specifications:
* Board: AP-MTKH7-0002
* SoC: MediaTek MT7621AT
* RAM: 256 MB (DDR3)
* Flash: 128 MB (NAND)
* WiFi: MediaTek MT7615N (x2)
* Switch: 1 WAN, 4 LAN (Gigabit)
* Ports: 1 USB 2.0, 1 USB 3.0
* Buttons: Reset, WPS
* LEDs: Power (blue/orange), Internet (blue/orange), WiFi 2.4G (blue),
WiFi 5G (blue), USB 3.0 (blue), USB 2.0 (blue)
Notes:
* WiFi 2.4G and WiFi 5G LEDs are wired directly to the wireless chips
Installation:
* D-Link Recovery GUI: power down the router, press and hold the reset
button, then re-plug it. Keep the reset button pressed until the power
LED starts flashing orange, manually assign a static IP address under
the 192.168.0.xxx subnet (e.g. 192.168.0.2) and go to http://192.168.0.1
* Some modern browsers may have problems flashing via the Recovery GUI,
if that occurs consider uploading the firmware through cURL:
curl -v -i -F "firmware=@file.bin" 192.168.0.1
MAC addresses:
lan factory 0xe000 *:a7 (label)
wan factory 0xe006 *:aa
2.4 factory 0xe000 +1 *:a8
5.0 factory 0xe000 +2 *:a9
Seems like vendor didn't replace the dummy entries in the calibration data.
Signed-off-by: James McGuire <jamesm51@gmail.com>
[fix device definition title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The comment content can be useful for readers of both the log and code
Previously when dd command "records in/out" messages are not filtered
like now with get_image_dd, it's not clear that these messages are for
extracting boot sectors. E.g.
Before
== upgrade: Reading partition table from bootdisk...
37+26 records in
37+26 records out
== upgrade: Reading partition table from image...
After
== upgrade: Reading partition table from bootdisk...
== upgrade: Extract boot sector from the image
37+26 records in
37+26 records out
== upgrade: Reading partition table from image...
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
The intent is to make it sound more like info level message, not some
error like "404 not found". x86 target at the moment makes image with
only signature but no metadata (ref commit f8141216 "x86: append
metadata to combined images").
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
This will have at least the following effects
- Log lines will have common prefix
- They will be output to stderr instead of stdout
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Manually rebased patches:
bcm27xx:
patches-5.4/950-0267-xhci-add-quirk-for-host-controllers-that-don-t-updat.patch
bcm53xx:
patches-5.4/180-usb-xhci-add-support-for-performing-fake-doorbell.patch
layerscape:
patches-5.4/802-can-0025-can-flexcan-add-LPSR-mode-support-for-i.MX7D.patch
patches-5.4/808-i2c-0002-MLK-10893-i2c-imx-add-irqf_no_suspend.patch
patches-5.4/820-usb-0016-MLK-16735-usb-host-add-XHCI_CDNS_HOST-flag.patch
Removed since could be reverse-applied by quilt:
mediatek:
patches-5.4/0700-arm-dts-mt7623-add-missing-pause-for-switchport.patch
All modifications made by update_kernel.sh
Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x/R7800, ath79/generic, bcm27xx/bcm2711, x86_64
Run-tested: ipq806x/R7800, x86_64
No dmesg regressions, everything functional
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
Tested-by: Curtis Deptuck <curtdept@me.com> [x86_64]
Rebase of 802-can-0025-can-flexcan-add-LPSR-mode-support-for-i.MX7D.patch
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Due to the use of LD_LIBRARY_PATH, the programs running in the fakeroot
environment may end up loading bundled SDK libraries using the system
ld.so.
Rework the relocatability patch to avoid meddling with LD_LIBRARY_PATH
and construct the paths to faked and libfakeroot.so directly.
Fixes: f93cb5c2c8 ("fakeroot: make fakeroot script relocatable")
Reviewed-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Althought most of the switches aren't routers, they can be used as such,
so let's add some of the packages from the router's DEVICE_TYPE. While
at it, remove swconfig package which is not needed on DSA targets.
Acked-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This adds a variant of refpolicy that builds the modular form of the
policy. While this requires more memory on the target device, along with
some tricks to deal with OpenWrt's volatile /var directory, it is useful
for experiementing with SELinux policy.
Signed-off-by: W. Michael Petullo <mike@flyn.org>
Without an absolute path to staging_dir/host/bin/sstrip the Makefile
tries to run a host installed version of sstrip, which is likely not
available.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
The uhttpd package takes care of creating self-signed certificates if
px5g is installed. This improves the security of router management as it
encrypts the LuCI connection.
The EC P-256 curve is faster than RSA which which improves the user
experience on embedded devices. EC P-256 is support for as old devices
as Android 4.4.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
mkhash currently returns the hash of an empty input when trying to hash
a folder. This can be missleading in caseswhere e.g. an env variable is
undefined which should contain a filename. `mkhash ./path/to/$FILE`
would exit with code 0 and return a legit looking checksum.
A better behaviour would be to fail with exit code 1, which imitates the
behaviour of `md5sum` and `sha256sum`.
To avoid hashing of folders the `stat()` is checked.
Hashing empty inputs result in the following checksums:
md5: d41d8cd98f00b204e9800998ecf8427e
sha256: e3b0c44298fc1c149afbf4c8996fb92427ae41e4649b934ca495991b7852b855
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
If hashing a file fails mkhash shouldn't just silently fail. Now check
after each call of `hash_file()` the return and exit early in case of
errors. The return value which was previously ignored and would always
return 0.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
The -n option prints the filename of hashed files next to the calculated
checksum. Reflect that in the usage message.
user@dawn:~/src/openwrt/openwrt$ ./a.out md5 -n .config
eb06db36e7b6751cb18801945e46bf5d .config
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Fixes following dtc warning:
../dts/rtl838x.dtsi:38.3-145.3: Warning (reg_format): /: Root node has a "reg" property
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Hardware specification
----------------------
* RTL8382M SoC, 1 MIPS 4KEc core @ 500MHz
* 128MB DRAM
* 32MB NOR Flash (MX25L25635E)
* 24 x 10/100/1000BASE-T ports
- Internal PHY with 8 ports (RTL8218B)
- Two external PHYs with 8 ports each (RTL8218B)
* 4 x Gigabit RJ45/SFP Combo ports
- External PHY with 4 SFP ports (RTL8214FC)
* Power LED
* Reset button on front panel
* UART (115200 8N1) via unpopulated standard 0.1" pin header marked J6
UART pinout
-----------
[oooo]J3 [o]ooo|J6
| ^ ||`------ GND
| | |`------- RX
| | `-------- TX
| `---------- Vcc (3V3)
|
`------------------ J3 is power input connector nearby J6 UART
Boot initramfs image from U-Boot
--------------------------------
1. Press Escape key during `Hit Esc key to stop autoboot` prompt
2. Press CTRL+C keys to get into real U-Boot prompt
3. Init network with `rtk network on` command
4. Load image with `tftpboot 0x8f000000 openwrt-rtl838x-generic-d-link_dgs-1210-28-initramfs-kernel.bin` command
5. Boot the image with `bootm` command
To install, upload the sysupgrade image to the OEM webpage or sysupgrade
from the system running from initramfs image.
It has been developed and tested on device with F1 revision.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
So the common bits can be easily shared with other boards in the family
and while at it add missing SPDX license identifiers into the DTS files
and fixed alphabetic sorting of the devices in the images.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
If only AP mode is needed, this is currently the most space-efficient way to
provide support for WPA{2,3}-PSK, 802.11w and 802.11r.
openwrt-ath79-generic-ubnt_nanostation-loco-m-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin sizes:
4719426 bytes (with wpad-basic-wolfssl)
4457282 bytes (with hostapd-basic-wolfssl)
Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
Ubiquiti EdgeRouter 4 is 4 port Octeon Cavium 7130 powered router.
It has internal power supply and needs c13 power cord.
There are three 10/100/1000 Mbps RJ45/Copper ports and
one 1000 Mbps SFP port connected directly to a SoC.
SoC:
Octeon Cavium 7130 (Cavium 3)
Clocked at 1000Mhz
Memory:
1 GiB (SK hynix H5TQ4G63CFR-RDC × 2)
DDR3, clocked at 533 Mhz (1066Mhz effective)
Flash:
- mtd:
8 MiB (Macronix MX25L6408EMI-12G)
used for uboot/eeprom
- emmc:
4 GiB (SanDisk SDIN7DP2-4G)
used for kernel+rootfs
Leds: 1x for power status (white/blue, controllable)
and 4x for ethernet and sfp ports (no control over them)
Buttons: 1x Reset (from SOC)
Serial: 1x RJ45 port on front panel. 115200 baud, 8N1 (from SoC)
USB: 1x USB3.0 on front panel (from SoC)
MII: 1x QSGMII from SoC is used
PHY: 1x Vitesse VSC8504 of which 4x ports is used
All physical port numbers are properly mapped inside OS and
named by lanX instead of ethX.
There is also special purpose four(4) loopX ports available.
That loopX ports are currently hardcoded by linux kernel
and exact use case of them is currently unknown. We leave them
to the linux kernel and octeon board defaults.
All four (4) physical ports are connected to the same QSGMII.
vsc8504 is used for phys and only 4, 5, 6 and 7 phys are used.
Phy mapping:
- Phy5 is connected to physical eth0 port
- Phy6 is connected to physical eth1 port
- Phy7 is connected to physical eth2 port
- Phy4 is connected to physical eth3 port
Why this device needs external dts:
- faster boot time since need to initialize less device tree nodes.
- to add actual indication with LED about boot/failure/upgrade.
i.e. user could know when to enter failsafe mode or if upgrade is done
- reset button support so user can reset their device in case off failure
- sfp port indication in dmesg with information about sfp module
it also indicates when module inserted or removed
Octeon quirks:
- There is no port status available before it interface brought up
- SFP port can not be tied to actual phy due to octeon-ethernet state
and currently we can only get reports a about SFP state in dmesg
How to flash the firmware:
- copy openwrt-octeon-ubnt_edgerouter-4-initramfs-kernel.bin and
openwrt-octeon-ubnt_edgerouter-4-squashfs-sysupgrade.tar to
USB flash drive that is formatted to vfat/fat32
- connect USB flash drive to edgerouter 4 front USB port
- connect serial cable using front RJ45 port (115200 baud, 8N1)
- connect power to cable to edgerouter 4
- connect terminal to the console to see uboot boot process
- interrupt boot by pressing button(s) on your keyboard to log in to the uboot
- detect usb connected flash drives by typing to the console:
usb start
- after drive is detected load initramfs+kernel to the memory by typing:
fatload usb 0:1 0x20000000 openwrt-octeon-ubnt_edgerouter-4-initramfs-kernel.bin
- after initramfs+kernel is loaded to the memory load it by typing:
bootoctlinux 0 numcores=4 endbootargs mem=0
- boot process should finish and you will be greeted with console after pressing enter
- create directory to mount usb flash drive to by typing:
mkdir /tmp/sda
- mount flash drive to that directory by typing:
mount /dev/sda1 /tmp/sda
- flash firmware to router internal storage by typing:
sysupgrade /tmp/sda/openwrt-octeon-ubnt_edgerouter-4-squashfs-sysupgrade.tar
- device will reboot and after it gets up you will have edgerouter 4 running openwrt
Reviewed-by: Johannes Kimmel <fff@bareminimum.eu>
Tested-by: Johannes Kimmel <fff@bareminimum.eu>
Signed-off-by: Roman Kuzmitskii <damex.pp@icloud.com>
adds patch to octeon ethernet driver that lets sgmii interface
device tree node to be disabled and that disabled interface
won't be unnecessarily initialized.
It solves the problem with octeon boards that have 8 sgmii or more ports
initialized but have nothing connected to them.
Tested-by: Johannes Kimmel <fff@bareminimum.eu>
Signed-off-by: Roman Kuzmitskii <damex.pp@icloud.com>
adds patch to octeon ethernet driver that to rename interface
name by label from device tree
Tested-by: Johannes Kimmel <fff@bareminimum.eu>
Signed-off-by: Roman Kuzmitskii <damex.pp@icloud.com>
adds support for vsc8504 phy.
patch have use on 5.4 kernel and has
to be dropped after since phy is supported by
CONFIG_MICROSEMI_PHY on newer LTS kernels.
Tested-by: Johannes Kimmel <fff@bareminimum.eu>
Signed-off-by: Roman Kuzmitskii <damex.pp@icloud.com>
Building gdb failed with CONFIG_BUILD_NLS enabled. Use nls.mk and
add the necessary dependencies for libintl and libiconv.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Use the default sysupgrade generation procedure provided
by the target. The previously generated images had the rootfs not
aligned to an eraseblock.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
A lot of devices running OpenWrt x86 arch (32 or 64 bit) are either
"home-made routers" or devices that use PC class OEM components.
This commit enables OEM cards support on those devices by default.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Dzięgiel <rafostar.github@gmail.com>
[reformat commit message]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Remove MDIO and I2C bitbangig support from the kernel.
These functionalities are currently not used by any board in the target.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This commit fixes the name for the GMAC clock to gmac_clkin, as this is
the name of the clock provided by the rk3328-clk driver.
Without this commit, the GMAC will not work in TX direction.
Suggested-by: Tobias Waldvogel <tobias.waldvogel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
`mt7621_nfc_write_page_hwecc` may be called with `buf=NULL`, but
`mt7621_nfc_check_empty_page` always tries to read it.
That caused Oops:
`Unable to handle kernel paging request at virtual address 00000000`
Fixes: FS#3416
Signed-off-by: Anton Ryzhov <anton@ryzhov.me>
Latest netifd allows us to setup network bridges with implicit vlan
tagging. For this to work, we need to setup several additional uci
sections. This feature is particularly usefull for DSA tupe devices.
Add board.d and uci-defaults support for generating the sections.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Several Ubiquiti WA devices set up &wmac again in their DTS files,
although this is already done in ar9342_ubnt_wa.dtsi.
Fixes: fa3c2676ab ("ath79: Add support for Ubiquiti Nanostation AC")
Fixes: cf5a1abe46 ("ath79: define 2.4GHz radio for nanostation ac loco")
Fixes: 09804da80a ("ath79: define 2.4GHz radio for litebeam ac gen2")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The ar9342 Ubiquiti WA devices appear to only have two different
network setups, based on the number of ethernet ports.
Create DTSI files for them to consolidate duplicate definitions.
Signed-off-by: Nick Hainke <vincent@systemli.org>
[rephrase commit message/title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
In 4.14 the delays were not cleared, so setting "rgmii" as phy-mode
did not affect delays set by the bootloader. With 5.4 kernel the
situation changed and the ethernet interface stopped working.
"rgmii" requires rx and tx delays depending on the hardware circuit
and wiring. The mac or the phy can add these delays.
- "rgmii": delays are controlled by the mac
- "rgmii-id": delays are controlled by the phy
More Information in Linux Kernel Tree:
Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet-controller.yaml
"rgmii" should be the preferred mode, which allows the mac layer to
turn off the dealys completely if they are not needed. However, the
delays are not set correctly, which causes the ethernet interface
to be broken. Just taking the ethernetpart from the litebeam ac gen2
will fix the issue.
Explained-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Signed-off-by: Nick Hainke <vincent@systemli.org>
da9746a libopkg: clean up handling of unresolved dependencies
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
The previous fix of a fix caused yet another problem leading to
`opkg show-upgradable` ending up in an infinite loop.
Fix that.
Fixes: 4a2b1ff7fb ("opkg: fix dependency resolution")
Reported-by: Huangbin Zhan <zhanhb88@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The previous commit broke opkg in a way that it would no longer
include dependencies when installing a package, effectively leading
to broken images and unusable systems.
Fix that by making sure dependencies are still going to be checked.
Also reduce size of struct abstract_pkg as suggested by @jow- while at
it.
Fixes: 1445d333aa ("opkg: bump to git HEAD")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This commit introduces a new function `extra_command` to better format
the help text without having to calculate the indentation in every startup
script that wants to add a new command. So far it looks weird and is not
formatted correctly on some startup scripts.
After using the new `extra_command` wrapper the alignement looks correctly.
And if the indentation is not sufficient in the future, this can be
changed in the function extra_command at a central location.
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <fe@dev.tdt.de>
In kernel commit adf82accc5f5 ("netfilter: x_tables: merge ip and
ipv6 masquerade modules") the config symbols IP_NF_TARGET_MASQUERADE
and IP6_NF_TARGET_MASQUERADE have been demoted to simple backwards-
compat options for NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_MASQUERADE.
In netfilter.mk, this has already been updated in OpenWrt commit
d1592306cc ("netfilter.mk: use CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_MASQUERADE"),
having us use the new config symbol.
However, enabling IP_NF_NAT or IP6_NF_NAT still makes the relevant
legacy options selectable, so we need to disable them in generic
config (and forget about them afterwards).
Since CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_MASQUERADE is already present there, this
just adds the missing CONFIG_IP6_NF_TARGET_MASQUERADE.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Kernel has removed the symbols CONFIG_NF_NAT_IPV4 and
CONFIG_NF_NAT_IPV6 in favor of CONFIG_NF_NAT in commit
3bf195ae6037 ("netfilter: nat: merge nf_nat_ipv4,6 into nat core").
This drops the obsolete symbol CONFIG_NF_NAT_IPV6 from generic
config-5.4.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This partition isn't normally modified during boot process. Make it
read-only to prevent accidental overwrite.
If needed this can be overriden with installing kmod-mtd-rw; the same
way as for installing modified U-boot.
Signed-off-by: Lech Perczak <lech.perczak@gmail.com>
This partition isn't normally modified during boot process. Make it
read-only to prevent accidental overwrite.
If needed this can be overriden with installing kmod-mtd-rw; the same
way as for installing modified U-boot.
Signed-off-by: Lech Perczak <lech.perczak@gmail.com>
Recent versions (> 5.33) of `file` report liblto_plugin.so as
executable:
$ file liblto_plugin.so
liblto_plugin.so.0.0.0: ELF 64-bit LSB pie executable ...
Which then leads to improper packaging of the plugin, resulting in the
broken compiler:
configure: checking whether the C compiler works
mips-openwrt-linux-musl/bin/ld: liblto_plugin.so: error loading plugin: liblto_plugin.so: invalid ELF header
As the LTO compiler plugin library is incorrectly packaged as SDK
executable:
$ head -1 ~/staging_dir/toolchain...libexec/gcc/.../liblto_plugin.so
#!/usr/bin/env bash
Fix this by filtering out shared libraries from the patching.
Ref: https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1296868
Acked-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
It's not possible to compile some applications which are using
`-Werror=missing-include-dirs` compiler flags with the SDK as some
target directories are missing in the SDK tarball:
cc1: error: staging_dir/target/usr/include: No such file or directory [-Werror=missing-include-dirs]
cc1: error: staging_dir/target/include: No such file or directory [-Werror=missing-include-dirs]
Fix this by adding the missing directories in the SDK.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Shallow copies are quite common on CI platforms nowadays, making REBOOT
tag unavailable, thus producing following confusing errors in the build
logs:
fatal: Invalid revision range ee53a240ac902dc83209008a2671e7fdcf55957a..HEAD
fatal: Invalid revision range ee53a240ac902dc83209008a2671e7fdcf55957a..0493d57e04774d47921a7d2014b567455d5dc16b
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The pistachio target uses a MIPS CPU with FPU and OpenWrt uses a
toolchain with hard FPU support. MIPS FPU support needs the FPU
emulation code in the kernel.
Fixes: ac5671f46c ("kernel: remove obsolete kernel version switches for 4.19")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Instead of using the system zlib when the package is selected and using
the internal zlib if it is not selected in OpenWrt, just activate it
always. This should make the package more deterministic.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The ARC specific gdb was removed some time ago.
Fixes: 969690b33c ("toolchain/gdb: Don't use gdb-arc")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Instead of patching the tests out, just remove them with a configure
option.
No files were generates in the testsuite and unit-test directories.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
gdb 10.1 adds many new features for example gdbserver support for
- ARC GNU/Linux
- RISC-V GNU/Linux
Removed this patch, because similar changes are now integrated upstream:
toolchain/gdb/patches/100-no_extern_inline.patch
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This re-enables offloading features disabled by
commit 9da2b56760 ("ipq40xx: fix ethernet vlan double tagging").
Single-PHY devices use port-based VLANs on the switch, therefore no
S-TAG magic is involved here. Re-enabling these features restores
throughput back to 950 Mbit/s.
Reported-by: Jannis Pinter <jannis@pinterjann.is>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The AT803X_PHY kernel config symbol is already enabled target-wide. SO
it does not have to be enabled for individual subtargets.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Patch was upstreamed a long time ago (over 2 years) as commit
a08227a206b8d ("MIPS: ath79: select the PINCTRL subsystem").
When porting this patch to a newer kernel, nobody noticed we now patch a
Broadcom platform. This is clearly not intended. So drop this patch and
pretend nothing ever happened.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This removes unneeded kernel version switches from the targets after
kernel 4.19 has been dropped.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This removes switches dependent on kernel version 4.19 as well as
several packages/modules selected only for that version.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
We use 5.4 on all targets by default, and 4.19 has never been released
in a stable version. There is no reason to keep it.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This patch disables the image for edgerouter devices by default, since
it isn't able to boot at the moment.
Currently the edgerouter image won't boot. Current kernels have an
option CONFIG_CAVIUM_CN63XXP1 that needs to be enabled for this chip.
If the kernel was compiled without this option, following message is
displayed and the machine reboots:
[ 36.778028] Kernel panic - not syncing: OCTEON II DCache prefetch workaround not in place (cfa0000c).
[ 36.778028] Please build kernel with proper options (CONFIG_CAVIUM_CN63XXP1).
[ 36.794398] Rebooting in 1 seconds..
This was last confirmed on 2020-10-29.
The description of this option states, that enabling it will possibly
cause performance issues on other chips.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Kimmel <fff@bareminimum.eu>
LegacyDevice is not used anymore in our tree, so let's drop it
together with the relevant definitions and recipes.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The definitions in image-commands.mk seem to have no particular
order. Sort them alphabetically to make it easier to actually
find anything there. No other changes made beyond moving entire
blocks.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Build/combined-image is only used in ath25 target, and that defines
its own version. Thus, drop the unused definition in image-commands.mk.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This drops unused legacy recipes Image/Build/SysupgradeNAND and
Image/Build/UbinizeImage.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
A typo resulted in that module having it's own menu.
Move it into the I2C menu as it was most likely intended.
Fixes: 1291274335 ("kernel: package bcm53xx i2c module")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This reverts commit 7f94e2afcf.
Package kmod-nft-core is missing dependencies for the following libraries:
nft_reject.ko
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Since fakeroot is patched to discover related ressources relative to the
STAGING_DIR_HOST environment variable, there is no need to pass the path
to faked or the preload library manually anymore.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Patch the fakeroot script template to discover faked and libfakeroot.so
relative to the STAGING_DIR_HOST environment variable, similar to how it
is done for automake, libtool, quilt and autoconf already.
This avoids the need for passing the paths to faked and libfakeroot.so
manually every time we invoke fakeroot and subsequently allows us to
drop OS X specific logic.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
With the fix of external kmod feeds it is possible to ship the
ImageBuilder without any packages except the pseudo packages kernel and
libc. Therefore the local package feeds becomes optional.
This commit adds a check to the package_reload function to only run if
the local feed is existing.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
The buildbots generate a kmod archive which should be used instead of a
local copy. This is possible due to the introduction of a kernelversion
specific feed.
This commit adds the ability of using only signed package feeds.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Nightly snapshot builds of OpenWrt change their kernels versions
frequently and lose thereby compatibility to kmods from the upstream
target specific packages feed.
To allow opkg to install packages over multiple days a kmod archive is
offered at $target/$subtarget/kmods/$kernelversion and added as a feed
to created snapshot images via a buildbot step[1].
Instead of using a buildstep add the kmod feed directly via
FeedSourcesAppend to be included in the ImageBuilder repositories.conf
as well. This is conditionally only done for SNAPSHOT builds and when
running as BUILDBOT. Releases are unaffected as they don't include
kernel version changes and local builds may use different kernel
versions or magics than available upstream.
This commit allows in a future step to ship ImageBuilders without a
locally stored kmod archive.
[1]: https://git.openwrt.org/?p=buildbot.git;a=blob;f=phase1/master.cfg;h=3ba7a1606e89b095b10555e703ea96e93295deec;hb=HEAD#l1025
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Hotspot 2.0 AP features have been made available in the -full variants
of hostapd and wpad. Hence we no longer need a seperate package for
that.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Add OpenSSL-linked basic variants (which provides WPA-PSK only, 802.11r and
802.11w) of both hostapd and wpad. For people who don't need the full hostapd
but are stuck with libopenssl for other reasons, this saves space by avoiding
the need of an additional library (or a larger hostapd with built-in crypto).
Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
- minimal built initramfs: 10MB vmlinux ELF -> 6MB vmlinuz
- ~5 seconds for kernel decompression, which was equivalent to the
additional time to load the uncompressed ELF from SPI NOR.
- Removes requirement for lzma-loader, which may have been causing some
image builds to fail to boot on Mikrotik mt7621.
Suggested-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Signed-off-by: John Thomson <git@johnthomson.fastmail.com.au>
- minimal built initramfs: 11MB vmlinux ELF -> 4.5MB vmlinuz
- ~5 seconds for kernel decompression, which was equivalent to the
additional time to load the uncompressed ELF from SPI NOR.
- Removes requirement for lzma-loader, which may have been causing some
image builds to fail to boot on Mikrotik mt7621.
Fixes: FS#3354
Suggested-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Signed-off-by: John Thomson <git@johnthomson.fastmail.com.au>
The mips kernel vmlinux image supports adding an empty ELF section
for DTB to be later inserted into with MIPS_ELF_APPENDED_DTB.
This ELF + inserted DTB image can then be directly booted on some
devices.
Example usage:
image/subtarget.mk:
KERNEL_NAME := vmlinux.elf
KERNEL_INITRAMFS_NAME := vmlinux-initramfs.elf
KERNEL := kernel-bin | append-dtb-elf
On mt7621 memory size needed to be manually specified.
Signed-off-by: John Thomson <git@johnthomson.fastmail.com.au>
This will make a separated section for dtb appear in ELF, and we can
then use objcopy to patch a dtb into vmlinuz when RAW_APPENDED_DTB
is set in kernel config.
command to patch a dtb:
objcopy --set-section-flags=.appended_dtb=alloc,contents \
--update-section=.appended_dtb=<target>.dtb vmlinuz vmlinuz-dtb
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
linux-mips has zboot code which can create a self-extracting kernel
image.
This allows enabling kernel zboot support for ramips targets.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
This adds missing config symbols for interworking as well as Hotspot 2.0
to the wpa_supplicant-full configuration.
These symbols were added to the hostapd-full configuration prior to this
commit. Without adding them to the wpa_supplicant configuration,
building of wpad-full fails.
Thanks to Rene for reaching out on IRC.
Fixes: commit be9694aaa2 ("hostapd: add UCI support for Hotspot 2.0")
Fixes: commit 838b412cb5 ("hostapd: add interworking support")
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
/etc/hotplug.d/ntp/25-dnsmasqsec is being sourced by /sbin/hotplug-call
running as ntpd user. For that to work the file needs to be readable by
that user.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
If mac80211_setup_supplicant() is called with enabled=0 then it should just
destroy the interface and remove the configuration from wpa_supplicant. But
the ubus method call always returned
Command failed: Method not found
because the actual name of the method is "config_remove".
Fixes: b5516603dd ("mac80211: more wifi reconf related fixes")
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
[bump PKG_RELEASE]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This adds configuration options to enable interworking for hostapd.
All options require iw_enabled to be set to 1 for a given VAP.
All IEEE802.11u related settings are supported with exception of the
venue information which will be added as separate UCI sections at a
later point.
The options use the same name as the ones from the hostapd.conf file
with a "iw_" prefix added.
All UCI configuration options are passed without further modifications
to hostapd with exceptions of the following options, whose elements can
be provided using UCI lis elements:
- iw_roaming_consortium
- iw_anqp_elem
- iw_nai_realm
- iw_domain_name
- iw_anqp_3gpp_cell_net
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This adds support for enabling the FTM responder flag for the APs
extended capabilities. On supported hardware, enabling the ftm_responder
config key for a given AP will enable the FTM responder bit.
FTM support itself is unconditionally implemented in the devices
firmware (ath10k 2nd generation with 3.2.1.1 firmware). There's
currently no softmac implementation.
Also allow to configure LCI and civic location information which can be
transmitted to a FTM initiator.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
hostapd_set_bss_options expects the PHY as second and the VIF as third
argument. However, only the VIF was passed as second argument without a
third argument at all.
This was never a problem, as both PHY and VIF were never accessed.
However, with FTM support the PHY is needed to determine the HW support
when configuring the BSS.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Remove the ieee80211v option. It previously was required to be enabled
in order to use time_advertisement, time_zone, wnm_sleep_mode and
bss_transition, however it didn't enable any of these options by default.
Remove it, as configuring these options independently is enough.
This change does not influence the behavior of any already configured
setting.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Allow to configure both RRM beacon as well as neighbor reports
independently and only enable them by default in case the ieee80211k
config option is set.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
I've forget to update PKG_MIRROR_HASH in my previous package version
bump.
Fixes: 095cc2b745 ("uci: update to version 2020-10-06")
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
59e4fc98162d cache: cache_answer: fix off by one
4cece9cc7db4 cache: cache_record_find: fix buffer overflow
be687257ee0b cmake: tests: provide umdns-san binary
bf01f2dd0089 tests: add dns_handle_packet_file tool
134afc728846 tests: add libFuzzer based fuzzing
de08a2c71ca8 cmake: create static library
cdc18fbb3ea8 interface: fix possible null pointer dereference
1fa034c65cb6 interface: fix value stored to 'fd' is never read
3a67ebe3fc66 Add initial GitLab CI support
50caea125517 cmake: fix include dirs and libs lookup
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
52bbc99f69ea Replace malloc() + memset() with calloc()
3fbd6c923434 ucimap: Check return of malloc()
eae126f66663 file: Check buffer size after strtok()
7f574273180a file: use size_t for position and pointer
19770b6949b9 file: use dynamic memory allocation for tempfile name
aa46546794ac file: uci_file_commit: fix memory leak
671c7554bfde uci: silence UBSAN error by using offsetof macro from compiler
ea5bbd57d0e1 tests: cram: add uci import testing on fuzzer corpus
31f78bfbf75f cmake: add uci-san cli built with clang sanitizers
a3e650911f5e file: uci_parse_package: fix heap use after free
9bd361ca3236 tests: add libFuzzer based fuzzing
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Same hardware as Phicomm K2G but different flash layout.
Specification:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7620A
- Flash: 8 MB
- RAM: 64 MB
- Ethernet: 4 FE ports and 1 GE port (RTL8211F on port 5)
- Wireless radio: MT7620 for 2.4G and MT7612E for 5G, both equipped
with external PA.
- UART: 1 x UART on PCB - 57600 8N1
Flash instruction:
To avoid requiring UART for TFTP a dual flash procedure is suggested
to install the squashfs image:
1. Rename openwrt-ramips-mt7620-wavlink_wl-wn530hg4-initramfs-kernel.bin
to WN530HG4-WAVLINK.
2. Flash this file with the factory web interface.
3. With OpenWRT now running use standard sysupgrade to install the
squashfs image.
Signed-off-by: Nuno Goncalves <nunojpg@gmail.com>
[remove dts-v1, remove model from LED labels, wrap commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Move CPU_TYPE:=24kc (32-bit) from the top-level target makefile to the
be/le subtarget makefiles, which is consistent with the 64-bit subtargets.
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
Hardware:
- SoC: Lantiq VRX 220
- CPU: 2x MIPS 34Kc 500 MHz
- RAM: 128 MiB 250 MHz
- Flash: 128 MiB NAND
- Ethernet: Built-in Fast Ethernet switch, 4 ports used
- Wifi: Atheros AR9381-AL1A b/g/n with 2 pcb/internal and 1 external antennas
- USB: 1x USB 2.0
- DSL: Built-in A/VDSL2 modem
- DECT: Dialog SC14441
- LEDs: 1 two-color, 4 one-color
- Buttons: 1x DECT, 1x WIFI
- Telephone connectors: 1 FXS port via TAE or RJ11 connector
With the exception of FXS/DECT everything works
(there are no drivers for AVM's FXS or DECT implementation),
DSL is yet untested.
Installation:
Boot up the device and wait a few seconds. Run the eva_ramboot.py script
in scripts/flashing/ to load the initramfs image on the device:
$ ./scripts/flashing/eva_ramboot.py 192.168.178.1 <path to your initramfs image>
If the script fails to reach the device, maybe try 169.254.120.1.
Wait until booting is complete. You should now be able to reach your device
under the default ip address 192.168.1.1.
Before flashing, check if linux_fs_start is not set to 1 in the tffs partition:
$ fritz_tffs_nand -d /dev/mtd1 -n linux_fs_start
If linux_fs_start is 1, you will need to reset it to 0, either by FTP,
upgrading FritzOS or doing a recovery.
Now you should be able to flash the device using sysupgrade.
Signed-off-by: Leon Maurice Adam <leon.adam@aol.de>
Acked-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
[drop BOARD_NAME, use wpad-basic-wolfssl, drop 4.19, drop dts-v1,
remove model prefix from LED names]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
At the moment, bcm63xx creates one patch for each board to add to
board_bcm963xx.c. While this is not really helpful to get an overview
in the first place, it is particularly painful if you want to change
something for an early file and have to refresh all the later patches
accordingly.
Since it does not look like these board patches are upstreamed either,
this commit consolidates all board additions into one patch per "board".
By this, both adding and editing boards should become much simpler,
and we drop about 1300 lines of "code" from patches as well.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This supports upgrade from ar71xx for the recently added Qxwlan
devices E1700AC v2, E558 v2, E750A v4 and E750G v8.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
All octeon devices use the same or a very similar way to backup
and restore configuration.
We expect to have more devices added and in order to stop
repeating ourselves move the logic to a separate function.
While at it, add a few checks.
Signed-off-by: Roman Kuzmitskii <damex.pp@icloud.com>
[commit message facelift]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
For IPv6 native connections when using IPv6 DNS lookups, there is no
valid default resolver if ignoring WAN DHCP provided nameservers.
This uses a runtime check to determine if IPv6 is supported on the host.
Signed-off-by: Joel Johnson <mrjoel@lixil.net>
The block protection bits of macronix do not match the implementation.
The chip has 3 BP bits. Bit 5 is actually the third BP but here the
5th bit is SR_TB. Therefore the patch adds SR_TB to the mask. In the
4.19er kernel the whole register was simply set to 0.
The wrong implementation did not remove the block protection. This led
to jffs2 errors in the form of:
"jffs2: Newly-erased block contained word 0x19852003 at offset 0x..."
This caused inconsistent memory and other errors.
Suggested-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Signed-off-by: Nick Hainke <vincent@systemli.org>
This moves a few shared variables for SD-Boot devices into common
definitions in order to reduce duplicate code.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
At this moment layerscape images are ext4 only. It causes problem with
save changes durring sysupgrade and make "firstboot" and failsafe mode
useless.
This patch changes sd-card images to squashfs + f2fs combined images.
To make place, for saving config, kernel space ar now ext4 partition
with fit kernel.
This method of image generation is similar to rest of OpenWrt sd-card
targets.
Reviewed-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
[reword README, reword DEVICE_COMPAT_MESSAGE, keep original indent]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
At this moment platform_copy_config function is used for every device
and function "export_partdevice" without "export_bootdevice" causes
multiple errors like that:
"sh: 1: unknown operand"
This patch fix usage of export_partdevice and split platform_copy_config
for sd-card images.
Fixes: 0841b68c91 ("layerscape: support sysupgrade for SD card ext4
rootfs")
Reviewed-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
At this moment sysupgrade replaces only kernel and rootfs.
This patch add dtb part to sysupgrade images to avoid situation
when old dtb make system broken.
Is possible to sysupgrade older images for NOR devices:
1. Firmware partition in bootargs need to be updated to:
"49m@0xf00000(firmware)". Env should be saved after changes.
2. After step one, "sysupgrade -F" will work.
Run tested: LS1046A-RDB
Reviewed-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
[bump PKG_RELEASE for uboot-layerscape]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
So far, kernel has not been written correctly to SD card during
sysupgrade, as both target path and offset were wrong.
This patch fixes it, and adds some descriptive output on the way.
Fixes: 0841b68c91 ("layerscape: support sysupgrade for SD card ext4
rootfs")
Reviewed-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
[alter/extend commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
ntpd in packages feed had already a user 'ntp' with UID 123 declared.
Rename the username of busybox-ntpd to be 'ntp' instead of 'ntpd' so
it doesn't clash.
Reported-by: Etienne Champetier <champetier.etienne@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
In 4.14 the delays were not cleared, so setting "rgmii" as phy-mode
did not affect delays set by the bootloader. With 5.4 kernel the
situation changed and the ethernet interface stopped working.
Just taking the ethernetpart from the litebeam ac gen2 will fix
the issue.
Explained-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Signed-off-by: Nick Hainke <vincent@systemli.org>
Specifications:
- SoC: MT7621AT
- RAM: 256MB
- Flash: 16MB (EN25QH128A)
- Ethernet: 5xGbE
- WiFi: MT7915 2x2 2.4G 573.5Mbps + 2x2 5G 1201Mbps
Known issue:
MT7915 DBDC variant isn't supported yet.
Flash instruction:
Upload the sysupgrade firmware to the firmware upgrade page in
vendor fw.
Other info:
MT7915 seems to have two PCIEs connected to MT7621. Card detected on
PCIE0 has an ID of 14c3:7916 and the other one on PCIE1 has 14c3:7915.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Kernel commit 1ac89d20150e ("netfilter: nat: merge nf_nat_redirect into
nf_nat") made the redirect module part of the nat core and changed the
CONFIG_NF_NAT_REDIRECT option to a boolean, without prompt, affecting
kernel 4.18 onwards. CONFIG_NF_NAT_REDIRECT now can only be selected by
CONFIG_NFT_REDIR or NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_REDIRECT
Fixes: FS#2476
Ref: https://bugs.openwrt.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=2476
Fixes: FS#2990 (partial)
Ref: https://bugs.openwrt.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=2990
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
[note that the option has no prompt and can only be selected by other
kconfig options]
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
It was removed in upstream linux commit faec18db ("netfilter: nat:
remove l4proto->manip_pkt"). This happened since linux 5.0
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Kernel commit 22fc4c4c9fd6 ("netfilter: conntrack: gre: switch module to
be built-in") moved the CT GRE code into the core nf_conntrack.ko module
and changed the CONFIG_NF_CT_PROTO_GRE option to boolean for kernel 5.1
and onwards.
CONFIG_NF_CT_PROTO_GRE at the moment has no prompt and can only be
selected by NF_CONNTRACK_PPTP
Fixes: FS#2990 (partial)
Ref: https://bugs.openwrt.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=2990
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
[note that the option now can not be enabled on its own]
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Upstream linux 5.1 commit d1aca8ab ("netfilter: nat: merge ipv4 and ipv6
masquerade functionality") replaces the following 2 options
- CONFIG_NF_NAT_MASQUERADE_IPV4
- CONFIG_NF_NAT_MASQUERADE_IPV6
with CONFIG_NF_NAT_MASQUERADE. The new option is one without prompt and
will be selected by CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_MASQUERADE introduced
still later in 5.2.
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
The upstream linux commit is 3bf195ae ("netfilter: nat: merge
nf_nat_ipv4,6 into nat core"). It was included since linux 5.1
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_REDIRECT is a compat option since upstream commit
2cbc78a2 ("netfilter: combine ipt_REDIRECT and ip6t_REDIRECT"). That
happened since linux 3.10
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_MASQUERADE and its counterpart
CONFIG_IP6_NF_TARGET_MASQUERADE are "backwards-compat option for the
user's convenience"
Related commit d22c1755 ("netfilter: fix NAT packaging with kernels
5.2+")
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Changelog follows
ced0d535 build: find and use libnl header dirs
5722218e proto: rework parse_addr to return struct device_addr
3d7bf604 device_addr: record address index as in the blob
24ce1eab interface: proto_ip: order by address index first
This bump mainly affects order of interface addresses in ubus output. At the
moment dnsmasq uses first address of an interface for setting dhcp-range option
in its config
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Add procd-ujail and procd-seccomp to DEFAULT_PACKAGES if not building
for space-constraint (FEATURES:=small_flash) targets.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Unify capability handling to only use OCI spec parsers even for ujail
slim containers which previously supposedly used their own format.
80c9516 cgroups: restrict allowed keys in 'unified' section
5ade567 cgroups: memory controller fixes
3121467 early: run ubusd non-root as user ubus, group ubus
12a5b97 jail: adapt to new ubus socket path
788d144 instance: actually wire up capabilities filename
ebc5a7f jail: nuke old capabilities code in favour of reusing OCI code
6c5233a jail: capabilities: apply in two phases
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Move /var/run/ubus.sock to /var/run/ubus/ubus.sock in preparation for
having ubusd run as non-root user.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Rather than unconditionally adding busybox and procd to the set of
default packages, add busybox-selinux and procd-selinux in case
CONFIG_SELINUX is set.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
rt2800 olny gives you survey for current channel.
Survey-based ACS algorithms are failing to perform their job when working
with rt2800.
Make rt2800 save survey for every channel visited and be able to give away
that information.
There is a bug registred https://dev.archive.openwrt.org/ticket/19081 and
this patch solves the issue.
Signed-off-by: Markov Mikhail <markov.mikhail@itmh.ru>
All modifications made by update_kernel.sh
Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x/R7800, ath79/generic, bcm27xx/bcm2711
Run-tested: ipq806x/R7800
No dmesg regressions, everything functional
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
TP-Link RE200 v4 is a wireless range extender with Ethernet and 2.4G and 5G
WiFi with internal antennas.
It's based on MediaTek MT7628AN+MT7610EN like the v2/v3.
Specifications
--------------
- MediaTek MT7628AN (580 Mhz)
- 64 MB of RAM
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz and 1T1R 5 GHz
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 8x LED (GPIO-controlled), 2x button
- UART connection holes on PCB (57600 8n1)
There are 2.4G and 5G LEDs in red and green which are controlled
separately.
MAC addresses
-------------
The MAC address assignment matches stock firmware, i.e.:
LAN : *:8E
2.4G: *:8D
5G : *:8C
MAC address assignment has been done according to the RE200 v2.
The label MAC address matches the OpenWrt ethernet address.
Installation
------------
Web Interface
-------------
It is possible to upgrade to OpenWrt via the web interface. Simply flash
the -factory.bin from OEM. In contrast to a stock firmware, this will not
overwrite U-Boot.
Recovery
--------
Unfortunately, this devices does not offer a recovery mode or a tftp
installation method. If the web interface upgrade fails, you have to open
your device and attach serial console.
Instructions for serial console and recovery may be checked out in
commit 6d6f36ae78 ("ramips: add support for TP-Link RE200 v2") or on
the device's Wiki page.
Signed-off-by: Richard Fröhning <misanthropos@gmx.de>
[removed empty line, fix commit message formatting]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The target uses 5.4 as default kernel since 06/2020.
Kernel 4.19 support is not really maintained anymore, it does not
seem to be needed and upcoming changes (mainly DSA) will break
backward-compatibility anyway.
Thus, make maintaining of old stuff and reviewing of new stuff
easier by removing support for kernel 4.19.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Pci is broken when bootm is used instead of the custom bootipq. This
is caused by the lack of reset by the bootloader. Make the driver do
the reset to fix this specific problem.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
The target uses 5.4 as default kernel since 04/2020.
Kernel 4.19 support is not really maintained anymore, and there has
been a lot of changes between 4.19 and 5.4 on this target. Despite,
new devices are typically added for 5.4 only anyway.
Thus, make maintaining of old stuff and reviewing of new stuff
easier by removing support for kernel 4.19.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The target uses 5.4 as default kernel since 03/2020.
Kernel 4.19 support is not really maintained anymore, it does not
seem to be needed, and removing it will make upcoming driver
updates easier. Thus, remove it.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
* add d-link_dgs-1210-10p support
* make sure mips16 is disabled
* add a generic sub target
* add proper cflags
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
The board was renamed without changing the BUILD_DEVICES in the U-Boot
Makefile, this broken the build.
Fixes: 0830ae3a2f ("sunxi: Correct manufacturer name to Sinovoip")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Specification:
- CPU: Allwinner H3, Quad-core Cortex-A7 Up to 1.2GHz
- DDR3 RAM: 512MB/1GB
- Network:
10/100/1000M Ethernet x 1,
10/100M Ethernet x 1
- WiFi: 802.11b/g/n, with SMA antenna interface
- USB Host: Type-A x2
- MicroSD Slot x 1
- MicroUSB: for OTG and power input
- Debug Serial Port: 3Pin 2.54mm pitch pin-header
- LED:
nanopi:red:status
nanopi:green:wan
nanopi:green:lan
- KEY:
reset
- Power Supply: DC 5V/2A
Installation:
- Write the image to SD Card with dd
- Boot NanoPi from the SD Card
Signed-off-by: Jayantajit Gogoi <jayanta.gogoi525@gmail.com>
E1700AC v2 based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9563 + QCA9880.
Specification:
- 750/400/250 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8/16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz
- 3T3R 5 GHz
- 2 x 10/1000M Mbps Ethernet (RJ45)
- 1 x MiniPCI-e
- 1 x SIM (3G/4G)
- 1 x USB 2.0 Port
- 5 x LED , 2 x Button(S8-Reset Buttun), 1 x power input
- UART (J5) header on PCB (115200 8N1)
Flash instruction:
1.Using tftp mode with UART connection and original LEDE image
- Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.10 and tftp server.
- Rename "openwrt-ar71xx-generic-xxx-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin"
to "firmware.bin" and place it in tftp server directory.
- Connect PC with one of LAN ports, power up the router and press
key "Enter" to access U-Boot CLI.
- Use the following commands to update the device to LEDE:
run lfw
- After that the device will reboot and boot to LEDE.
- Wait until all LEDs stops flashing and use the router.
2.Using httpd mode with Web UI connection and original LEDE image
- Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.xxx(2-255) and tftp server.
- Connect PC with one of LAN ports,press the reset button, power up
the router and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until
leds flashing.
- Open your browser and enter 192.168.1.1,You will see the upgrade
interface, select "openwrt-ar71xx-generic-xxx-squashfs-
sysupgrade.bin" and click the upgrade button.
- After that the device will reboot and boot to LEDE.
- Wait until all LEDs stops flashing and use the router.
Signed-off-by: 张鹏 <sd20@qxwlan.com>
[cut out of bigger patch, keep swconfig, whitespace fixes]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Qxwlan E558 v2 is based on Qualcomm QCA9558 + AR8327.
Specification:
- 720/600/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8/16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz (QCA9558)
- 3x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet (one port with PoE support)
- 4x miniPCIe slot (USB 2.0 bus only)
- 1x microSIM slot
- 5x LED (4 driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- 1x 3-pos switch
- 1x DC jack for main power input (9-48 V)
- UART (JP5) and LEDs (J8) headers on PCB
Flash instruction:
1.Using tftp mode with UART connection and original LEDE image
- Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.10 and tftp server.
- Rename "openwrt-ar71xx-generic-xxx-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin"
to "firmware.bin" and place it in tftp server directory.
- Connect PC with one of LAN ports, power up the router and press
key "Enter" to access U-Boot CLI.
- Use the following commands to update the device to LEDE:
run lfw
- After that the device will reboot and boot to LEDE.
- Wait until all LEDs stops flashing and use the router.
2.Using httpd mode with Web UI connection and original LEDE image
- Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.xxx(2-255) and tftp server.
- Connect PC with one of LAN ports,press the reset button, power up
the router and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until
leds flashing.
- Open your browser and enter 192.168.1.1,You will see the upgrade
interface, select "openwrt-ar71xx-generic-xxx-squashfs-
sysupgrade.bin" and click the upgrade button.
- After that the device will reboot and boot to LEDE.
- Wait until all LEDs stops flashing and use the router.
Signed-off-by: 张鹏 <sd20@qxwlan.com>
[cut out of bigger patch, keep swconfig, whitespace adjustments]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Qxwlan E750G v8 is based on Qualcomm QCA9344 + QCA9334.
Specification:
- 560/450/225 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8/16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 2T2R 2.4G GHz (AR9344)
- 2x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet (one port with PoE support)
- 7x LED (6 driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- 1x DC jack for main power input (9-48 V)
- UART (J23) and LEDs (J2) headers on PCB
Flash instruction:
1.Using tftp mode with UART connection and original LEDE image
- Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.10 and tftp server.
- Rename "openwrt-ar71xx-generic-xxx-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin"
to "firmware.bin" and place it in tftp server directory.
- Connect PC with one of LAN ports, power up the router and press
key "Enter" to access U-Boot CLI.
- Use the following commands to update the device to LEDE:
run lfw
- After that the device will reboot and boot to LEDE.
- Wait until all LEDs stops flashing and use the router.
2.Using httpd mode with Web UI connection and original LEDE image
- Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.xxx(2-255) and tftp server.
- Connect PC with one of LAN ports,press the reset button, power up
the router and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until
leds flashing.
- Open your browser and enter 192.168.1.1,You will see the upgrade
interface, select "openwrt-ar71xx-generic-xxx-squashfs-
sysupgrade.bin" and click the upgrade button.
- After that the device will reboot and boot to LEDE.
- Wait until all LEDs stops flashing and use the router.
Signed-off-by: 张鹏 <sd20@qxwlan.com>
[cut out of bigger patch, keep swconfig]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
After the status rework, ieee80211_tx_status_ext is leaking un-acknowledged
packets for stations in powersave mode.
To fix this, move the code handling those packets from __ieee80211_tx_status
into ieee80211_tx_status_ext
Reported-by: Tobias Waldvogel <tobias.waldvogel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This reverts commit ef7c34c1d1.
The commit seems to break all buildbots with messages like:
/builder/shared-workdir/build/include/toplevel.mk:15:
/builder/shared-workdir/build/include/toplevel-vars.mk: No such file or directory
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
version_abbrev uses $(shell) and the ?= is causing make to run the command
over and over again, causing a significant build slowdown
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The code is now much cleaner and works better than the old code.
Preparation for submitting it upstream (though with a different API)
Also add back MT7621 support and fix flow table coherence issues on
MT7622
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
In order to make it easier for users to build with SELinux, have a
single option in 'Global build settings' to enable all necessary
kernel features, userland packages and build-system hooks.
Also add better descriptions and help messages while at it.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
8e0f29a mount: remove support for legacy overlayfs before v2.3
0f8a443 mount: fix log format string and indentation
46a56d3 overlay: use precompiler macros for reoccuring path names
f25ab8a mount: apply SELinux labels before overlayfs mount
Total ipk size change (ipq40xx): +120b
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Instead of duplicating the '/sbin/setfiles' binary, have
'/sbin/restorecon' as yet another alias for
'/sbin/policycoreutils-setfiles'.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Expose WPS ubus API only if compiled with WPS support and add new
handler for wps_status call.
Also add '-v wps' option to check whether WPS support is present in
hostapd.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Qxwlan E750A v4 is based on Qualcomm QCA9344.
Specification:
- 560/450/225 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8/16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 2T2R 5G GHz (AR9344)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (one port with PoE support)
- 1x miniPCIe slot (USB 2.0 bus only)
- 7x LED (6 driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- 1x DC jack for main power input (9-48 V)
- UART (J23) and LEDs (J2) headers on PCB
Flash instruction:
1.Using tftp mode with UART connection and original LEDE image
- Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.10 and tftp server.
- Rename "openwrt-ar71xx-generic-xxx-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin"
to "firmware.bin" and place it in tftp server directory.
- Connect PC with one of LAN ports, power up the router and press
key "Enter" to access U-Boot CLI.
- Use the following commands to update the device to LEDE:
run lfw
- After that the device will reboot and boot to LEDE.
- Wait until all LEDs stops flashing and use the router.
2.Using httpd mode with Web UI connection and original LEDE image
- Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.xxx(2-255) and tftp server.
- Connect PC with one of LAN ports,press the reset button, power up
the router and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until
leds flashing.
- Open your browser and enter 192.168.1.1,You will see the upgrade
interface, select "openwrt-ar71xx-generic-xxx-squashfs-
sysupgrade.bin" and click the upgrade button.
- After that the device will reboot and boot to LEDE.
- Wait until all LEDs stops flashing and use the router.
Signed-off-by: Peng Zhang <sd20@qxwlan.com>
[cut out of bigger patch, alter use of DEVICE_VARIANT, merge case
in 01_leds, use lower case for v4]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Like in the previous patches for various targets, this removes
the "devicename" from LED labels in rtl838x, as it's useless and
only creates complexity.
Since the target is fresh and so far only system LEDs were added,
this does not add a migration script.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The syntax of the shared SoC DTSI file determines the DTS version,
so no need to repeat the "/dts-v1/;" identifier in every file.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The idea of commit a14f5bb4bd was to use wpad-basic-wolfssl
consistently throughout the whole trunk, so use it here as well.
Fixes: 50fdddae05 ("BPi-M2U kernel modules for onboard WiFi")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Fix wrong magic number verification for FW files.
Correct handling of external RTL8218B firmware PHY name in firmware.
Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <git@birger-koblitz.de>
build: always build package/kernel/linux
If no in-tree module packages are selected, the build system does not process
package/kernel/linux. This package is required for building the virtual
'kernel' package, which is specified as a dependency for all kernel packages.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The router profile installs many packages unnecessary for
the operation of a typical ethernet switch. Instead of creating
an empty switch profile upfront, use the basic profile until
a set of common packages crystallizes.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Oberritter <obi@saftware.de>
Fixes long delay on boot when booting from flash. The driver waits
for one minute for userspace to load firmware, before it becomes
available.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Oberritter <obi@saftware.de>
This adds basic support for reading the internal PHYs of the RTL839x SoCs
and full support for the 2 PHYs connected to the 1000Base-X SerDes of
the RTL8393 SoC.
Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <git@birger-koblitz.de>
This adds correct interrupt routing settings for IRQs on the RTL839x SoCs.
It also speeds up irq handling based on work by biot for all SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <git@birger-koblitz.de>
The vDSO is used to accelerate some syscalls. It should work fine wherever it's
available, so enable it globally for all targets.
Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
Specification
CPU: Allwinner H3, Quad-core Cortex-A7 Up to 1.2GHz
DDR3 RAM: 256MB/512MB
Connectivity: 10/100/1000Mbps Ethernet
USB Host: Type-A x 1
MicroSD Slot x 1
MicroUSB: for power input only
Debug Serial Port: 4Pin, 2.54 mm pitch pin header
Power Supply: DC 5V/2A
PCB Dimension: 40 x 40 x 1.2mm
Installation:
Burn the image file to an SD Card with dd or any image burning tool
Boot ZeroPi from the SD Card
The following features are working and tested:
Ethernet port 10/100/1000M Ethernet
Remarks: SBC is mostly compatible and boots with FriendlyARM NanoPI M1 plus DTS also (zeropi has no working hdmi)
Signed-off-by: Arturas Moskvinas <arturas.moskvinas@gmail.com>
Tested on a A20 board:
$ cat /proc/asound/cards
0 [SPDIF ]: On-board_SPDIF - On-board SPDIF
On-board SPDIF
Size of the module for a 32bit kernel:
60708 linux-5.4.66/sound/soc/sunxi/sun4i-spdif.ko
Signed-off-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
Size of the modules for a Cortex A7 build:
43920 linux-5.4.66/sound/soc/codecs/snd-soc-spdif-rx.ko
44044 linux-5.4.66/sound/soc/codecs/snd-soc-spdif-tx.ko
Signed-off-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
Mainline u-boot dynamically passes the mtd partitions via devicetree:
$ cat /proc/mtd
dev: size erasesize name
mtd0: 003f0000 00001000 "firmware"
mtd1: 00010000 00001000 "u-boot-env"
Add support for this setup.
Signed-off-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
The generic bootscript is tailored around a downstream firmware and
doesn't work on a firmware built from mainline components.
Add a bootscript which:
* sets $console since mainline u-boot doesn't do that
* uses distro boot variables, so OpenWRT can be booted off any supported
device when using a mainline firmware
* sets missing distro boot variables for the downstream firmware
Booting with a downstream firmware is unchanged.
Booting with a mainline firmware now works.
Signed-off-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
This option is now activated in the generic kernel configuration, no
need to do it for a specific package.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This config option was moved to the generic kernel configuration.
Fixes: ab1bd57656 ("kernel: move F2FS_FS_XATTR and F2FS_STAT_FS symbols to generic")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
u-boot binaries are not useful for these boards, they need to be combined
with atf for a proper firmware.
Signed-off-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
u-boot binaries for this SoC are only required for the atf package,
disable them per default so they don't get build unnecessarily.
Signed-off-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
correct oversight on setting regulatory country and mac address of wireless configuration
change method of retrieving mac address
The MAC address for eth0 is rad out of the devinfo partition in some
other initial configuration script already.
Signed-off-by: Kabuli Chana <newtownBuild@gmail.com>
correct device CC oversight
Set the initial wifi configuration like for the other similar Linksys
devices.
Signed-off-by: Kabuli Chana <newtownBuild@gmail.com>
This commit contains patches for PCI aardvark driver and relevant DTS
changes for Turris MOX and EspressoBin backported from mainline kernel.
It fixes support for old ATF, various wifi cards, mainly Compex WLE900VX.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Explicitly set the QEMU cpu type and support the MIPS R2 ISA, for both
64-bit and 32-bit targets. The later previously supported MIPS R2 by
implicit default.
This is needed after commit 93608697f3 ("malta: update MIPS64 ISA to R2"),
otherwise booting malta images with scripts/qemustart will hang.
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
Usage of current R1 ISA is inconsistent with the MIPS32 subtarget, little
used and has limited utility for testing.
Many distros target a minimum R2 ISA. Debian MIPS 32-bit/64-bit ports all
use MIPS R2 ISA since Stretch, for example. Fedora's MIPS arch also targets
the R2 ISA for 32-bit/64-bit.
Widely used MIPS64 platforms like Octeon are based on the MIPS R2 ISA or
later, and benefit from having a compatible test platform in OpenWRT.
While Linux does support MIPS64 R1 targets, its usefulness for development
and testing is limited. As an example, the modern Linux eBPF JIT requires
a MIPS R2 ISA or later.
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
[Refresh config and fix README]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
If you compile first libaudit library and then trace-cmd package,
compilations fails with:
Package trace-cmd is missing dependencies for the following libraries:
libaudit.so.1
If you enable libaudit for trace-cmd, it will show system name calls while using command profile.
Try to be slim as much as possible - libaudit .ipk has 42,4 kB.
Signed-off-by: Josef Schlehofer <pepe.schlehofer@gmail.com>
libzstd from the packages feed gets picked up. Remove it.
Fixes:
Package perf is missing dependencies for the following libraries:
libzstd.so.1
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
For this package CFLAGS have to be passed via EXTRA_CFLAGS.
On arm this bug causes build to fail because no -fPIC is present in CFLAGS.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <kabel@blackhole.sk>
This package fails with a strange error when building with musl when NLS
is enabled. The configuration thinks that libelf is not present, even
though DEPENDS contains +libelf, because when NLS is enabled, libelf.so
depends on libintl, and the correct LDFLAGS are missing for
libintl-full. This then causes the configuration script to check for
glibc, but this fails because we are using musl.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <kabel@blackhole.sk>
The "/dts-v1/;" identifier is supposed to be present once at the
top of a device tree file after the includes have been processed.
Like done for other targets recently, put the dts-v1 statement
into the top-level SoC-based DTSI files, and remove all other
occurences.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
After the LED labels have been made more general by removing
the model names, we can move several definitions to DTSI files
to reduce the amount of duplicate code.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Like in the previous patches for various targets, this will remove
the "devicename" from LED labels in bcm63xx, as it's useless and
only creates complexity.
The devicename is removed in DTS files and 01_leds, merging
several cases on the way. A migration script is added for
existing configurations.
Note that a few labels were using "model::function" scheme without
color specified, those were converting to just "function" and the
necessary migrations were added to the migration script.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Similar to how it was already done for other filesystems' *_FS_XATTR
kernel config symbols, also move CONFIG_F2FS_FS_XATTR=y and
CONFIG_F2FS_STAT_FS=y to target/linux/generic.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
All modifications made by update_kernel.sh
Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x/R7800, ath79/generic, bcm27xx/bcm2711
Run-tested: ipq806x/R7800
No dmesg regressions, everything functional
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
Since "sda-gpios" and "scl-gpios" are only available since kernel 4.19,
a few devices have redundantly defined "gpios" to also support older
kernels. Since we have nothing older than 4.19 now, we can remove
the redundant definitions.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The ramips target only supports 5.4, so drop all kernel version
switches for older kernels there.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Add missing dependency for target build of seclic which requires
libsepol (just like the host build requires libsepol/host).
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This fixes a regression after a kernel change in 5.4.69 [1] that
led to build failure on oxnas/ox820:
drivers/ata/sata_oxnas.c:2238:13: error: initialization of
'enum ata_completion_errors (*)(struct ata_queued_cmd *)'
from incompatible pointer type
'void (*)(struct ata_queued_cmd *)' [-Werror=incompatible-pointer-types]
.qc_prep = sata_oxnas_qc_prep,
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
drivers/ata/sata_oxnas.c:2238:13: note:
(near initialization for 'sata_oxnas_ops.qc_prep')
Our local driver is changed the same way as prototyped in the
kernel patch, i.e. return type is changed and AC_ERR_OK return
value is added.
[1] https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/stable/linux.git/commit/?id=e11c83520cd04b813cd1748ee2a8f2c620e5f7e3
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
There is no point in keeping the AR40xx driver as a patch as its
not pending merge or backport.
To allow for easier maintenance until DSA is ready move it into
files like EDMA is.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
[combine with removal from patches-5.4]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The vendor driver does things differently based on what it finds in the
SoC's CHIP_VER register, which should tell whether this is MT7620N or
MT7620A (PKG) and probably also the revision (VER) and most likely
also something about the silicon implementer (ECO).
Introduce codepaths just like the ones in the vendor driver to handle
the different chips properly.
Some of those paths are most likely dead code and left-overs from FPGA
versions or early prototypes of the chip. It'd thus be great if people
can post their kernel logs, at least the line telling the chip version
and eco, so we know what's actually out there in the wild -- all I
could find is
[ 0.000000] SoC Type: Ralink MT7620A ver:2 eco:6
and
[ 0.000000] SoC Type: Ralink MT7620N ver:2 eco:6
which would make things easier, as then we really just need to know
whether it's MT7620N or MT7620A and not care about FPGA or prototypes
with ver <= 1 and eco <= 2.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Extended attributes are required for overlayfs and have hence been long
ago enabled for jffs2, but should be enabled unconditionally for all
other filesystems which may potentially serve as overlayfs' upper
directory. Previously it was inconsistently added in multiple targets.
Add symbols to generic kernel config and remove all *_XATTR symbols
from target configs.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
[keep things as they are for squashfs, improve commit message]
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The options were out of order which makes reviewing of changes harder.
Sort it before applying an actual change.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
The buildroot and SDK both require the compilers (gcc, g++) to be
installed on the host system, however the ImageBuilder uses precompiled
binaries.
This patch changes the prerequirements checks to skip the checking for
the compilers if running as ImageBuilder. A similar change has been
made for libncurses-dev in 4a1a58a3e2.
Signed-off-by: Sven Roederer <devel-sven@geroedel.de>
Acked-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Like in the previous patches for other targets, this will remove
the "devicename" from LED labels in lantiq.
The devicename is removed in DTS files and 01_leds, consolidation
of definitions into DTSI files is done where (easily) possible,
and migration scripts are updated. The DTS/DTSI consolidation is
only performed for files-5.4.
For lantiq,easy98020 some LED definitions have the form
"devicename:function" without the color, so we need to implement
explicit migration for that one.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Upstream provides DTS(I) files for IPQ4019/AP-DK04.1, but we overwrite
them with local versions so far.
Remove the local files and use patches to be closer to upstream.
We already do the same for IPQ40xx/AP-DK01.1-C1.
Technically, this changes the compatible from "qcom,ipq4019" to
"qcom,ipq4019-dk04.1-c1", but it has never been implemented correctly
beforehand anyway.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This adds several stylistic and functional improvements of the recently
added Edgecore ECW5211, especially:
* Drop the local BDFs as those are already in the upstream under different names
* Add SPDX tag to DTS
* Add label MAC address
* Move LED trigger to DTS
* Remove unnecessary status="okay"
* Disable unused SS USB phy as the USB port only supports USB 2.0
* Make uboot-env partition writable
* Remove qcom,poll_required_dynamic property as the driver does not use it
* Tidy up the device recipe
Fixes: 4488b260a0 ("ipq40xx: add Edgecore ECW5211 support")
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Acked-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
Like in the previous patches for ath79 and ramips, this will remove
the "devicename" from LED labels in ipq806x.
The devicename is removed in DTS files and 01_leds, and a migration
script is added.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Like in the previous patches for ath79 and ramips, this will remove
the "devicename" from LED labels in ipq40xx.
The devicename is removed in DTS files and 01_leds, and a migration
script is added. While at it, also harmonize capitalization of
wlan2G/wlan5G vs. wlan2g/wlan5g.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Use the full model name for this device to make it easier to
recognize for the users and in order to make it consistent with
the other devices.
While at it, fix sorting in 03_gpio_switches.
Signed-off-by: Roman Kuzmitskii <damex.pp@icloud.com>
[commit message facelift]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Since we have a v2.1 (EU) with different partitioning now, rename
the v2.0 to make the difference visible to the user more directly.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This adds support for the TP-Link TL-WPA8630P (EU) in its v2.1
version. The only unique aspect for the firmware compared to v2
layout is the partition layout.
Note that while the EU version has different partitioning for
v2.0 and v2.1, the v2.1 (AU) is supported by the v2-int image.
If you plan to use this device, make sure you have a look at
the Wiki page to check whether the device is supported and
which image needs to be taken.
Specifications
--------------
- QCA9563 750MHz, 2.4GHz WiFi
- QCA9888 5GHz WiFi
- 8MiB SPI Flash
- 128MiB RAM
- 3 GBit Ports (QCA8337)
- PLC (QCA7550)
Installation
------------
Installation is possible from the OEM web interface. Make sure to
install the latest OEM firmware first, so that the PLC firmware is
at the latest version. However, please also check the Wiki page
for hints according to altered partitioning between OEM firmware
revisions.
Notes
-----
The OEM firmware has 0x620000 to 0x680000 unassigned, so we leave
this empty as well. It is complicated enough already ...
Signed-off-by: Joe Mullally <jwmullally@gmail.com>
[improve partitions, use v2 DTSI, add entry in 02_network, rewrite
and extend commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Fixes the build error:
/usr/bin/ld: scripts/dtc/dtc-parser.tab.o:(.bss+0x10): multiple definition of `yylloc'; scripts/dtc/dtc-lexer.lex.o:(.bss+0x0): first defined here
collect2: error: ld returned 1 exit status
Successfully tested on boneblack.
Signed-off-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
The D-Link DIR-645 currently uses an incorrect logic level for its
buttons.
Correct them in order to prevent unintentional activation of failsafe
mode.
Reported-by: Perry Melange <isprotejesvalkata@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This adds basic support for Radxa Rock Pi 4
Specification:
- RAM: 1 GB/ 2 GB/4 GB LPDDR4
- SoC: Rockchip RK3399
- CPU: 64bit hexa core processor
Dual Cortex-A72, freqency 1.8Ghz
with quad Cortex-A53, frequency 1.4Ghz
- USB: USB 3.0 OTG x1
hardware switch for host/device switch, upper one
USB 3.0 HOST x1
dedicated USB3.0 channel, lower one
USB 2.0 HOST x2
- Ethernet: 1x GbE
- Storage: eMMC module
uSD card
M.2 SSD
- Wireless: 802.11 ac wifi
Bluetooth 5.0
currently not supported
firmware Installation
======================
gzip -d xxx.img.gz, then dd the .img to SD/eMMC
======================
Device Tested: ROCK PI 4 Model B v1.3
Signed-off-by: Marty Jones <mj8263788@gmail.com>
00a84c5 linux-firmware: Update AMD SEV firmware
71338c2 Merge branch 'for-master' of https://github.com/CosmicPenguin/linux-firmware into main
07367b9 linux-firmware: Update firmware file for Intel Bluetooth AX200
1d1586a linux-firmware: Update firmware file for Intel Bluetooth AX201
28b333d linux-firmware: Update firmware file for Intel Bluetooth 9560
db30380 linux-firmware: Update firmware file for Intel Bluetooth 9260
eb3aa1f Mellanox: Add new mlxsw_spectrum firmware xx.2008.1310
ec88f05 mediatek: update MT7915 firmware to 20200819
a9993f8 brcm: Fix a stale symlink for RPi3 model b+
f48fec4 qcom: Add updated a5xx and a6xx microcode
d5f9eea wl18xx: update firmware file 8.9.0.0.83
7a237c6 linux-firmware: mt7615: update firmware to 20200814 version
74bd44f amdgpu: add navi12 firmware from 20.30
b9f69cd amdgpu: update navi10 firmware for 20.30
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The NanoPi R2S features a Realtek Gigabit Ethernet PHY. Enable the
Realtek specific PHY driver to correctly configure internal delays.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Fix the PHY ID for the NanoPi R2S PHY compatible to match the used PHY.
The ID was wrong as I've accidentally picked the wrong upstream patch.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This reverts commit bda6f6572b.
This commit breaks the onboard ethernet on some units. Revert it for
now.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Seemingly unneeded based on new upstream code so manually deleted:
layerscape:
820-usb-0007-usb-dwc3-gadget-increase-timeout-value-for-send-ep-c.patch
Manually merged:
generic-hack:
251-sound_kconfig.patch
All other modifications made by update_kernel.sh
Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x/R7800, ath79/generic, bcm27xx/bcm2711
Run-tested: ipq806x/R7800, lantiq/Easybox 904 xDSL
No dmesg regressions, everything functional
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
[add lantiq test report, minor commit message clarification]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This patch intruduce SATA support for layerscape devices.
Target specific package with ahci_qoriq driver was added
to local modules.mk.
Kmod package was added to default packages for devices with
SATA interface.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
This patch adds kmod-hwmon-ina2xx kmod-hwmon-lm90 for boards,
which have it installed.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
LS1012A-FRDM have configured wrong fdt_high value.
That causes impossibility of booting.
This patch fix it.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
[bump PKG_RELEASE]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
While we mostly use the ucidef_set_led_* functions directly in 01_leds
we still have the set_wifi_led function in parallel for several old
devices. This is not only inconsistent with the other definitions,
it also links to the wlan0 interface instead of using a phy trigger
which would be independent of the interface name (and is used for
all newer devices anyway). Apart from that, the standard names
"wifi" and "wifi-led" are not very helpful in a world with different
radio bands either.
Thus, this patch removes the set_wifi_led function and puts the
relevant commands into the cases explicitly. This makes the
mechanism used more evident and will hopefully lead to some future
improvements or at least prevent some copy-pasting of the old
setups.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
In ramips, it's not common to use an alias for specifying the WiFi
LED; actually only one device uses this mechanism (TL-WR841N v14).
Particularly since the WiFi LEDs are typically distinguished between
2.4G and 5G etc. it is also not very useful for this target.
Thus, this patch removes the setup lines for this mechanism and
converts the TL-WR841N v14 to the normal setup.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Like in the previous patch for ath79 target, this will remove the
"devicename" from LED labels in ramips as well.
The devicename is removed in DTS files and 01_leds, consolidation
of definitions into DTSI files is done where (easily) possible,
and migration scripts are updated.
For the latter, all existing definitions were actually just
devicename migrations anyway. Therefore, those are removed and
a common migration file is created in target base-files. This is
actually another example of how the devicename removal makes things
easier.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Without the model-based devicename for LEDs, there are still cases
where a third component is required, typically when it refers to
internal "devices" like phys etc. An example are the following two
found on ramips:
- rt2800soc-phy0::radio
- rt2800pci-phy0::radio
So far, the rt2800*-phy: prefixes would be removed by the devicename
removal ("migration") script, and the configuration for these LEDs
would be broken.
To address this, this patch allows to add arguments to a call of
remove_devicename_leds, which will be compared against the first
part of the LED names/labels, and then be ignored by the routine,
and thus not removed:
remove_devicename_leds "rt2800soc-phy0" "rt2800pci-phy0"
This mechanism is supposed to be used when a "devicename" applies
to several devices. If only a single device is affected, it might
be more effective to use a case statement and exclude the device
from migration by that entirely.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The former nft_chain_nat_ipv4 and nft_chain_nat_ipv6 modules have been merged
into a common nft_chain_nat module starting with Linux 5.1.
Ensure that this common module is shipped along with kmod-nft-nat on recent
kernels.
While we're at it, also apply version constraints to other nft modules that
have been merged into the core with newer kernels.
Ref: https://bugs.openwrt.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=2815#comment8016
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Currently, we request LED labels in OpenWrt to follow the scheme
modelname:color:function
However, specifying the modelname at the beginning is actually
entirely useless for the devices we support in OpenWrt. On the
contrary, having this part actually introduces inconvenience in
several aspects:
- We need to ensure/check consistency with the DTS compatible
- We have various exceptions where not the model name is used,
but the vendor name (like tp-link), which is hard to track
and justify even for core-developers
- Having model-based components will not allow to share
identical LED definitions in DTSI files
- The inconsistency in what's used for the model part complicates
several scripts, e.g. board.d/01_leds or LED migrations from
ar71xx where this was even more messy
Apart from our needs, upstream has deprecated the label property
entirely and introduced new properties to specify color and
function properties separately. However, the implementation does
not appear to be ready and probably won't become ready and/or
match our requirements in the foreseeable future.
However, the limitation of generic LEDs to color and function
properties follows the same idea pointed out above. Generic LEDs
will get names like "green:status" or "red:indicator" then, and
if a "devicename" is prepended, it will be the one of an internal
device, like "phy1:amber:status".
With this patch, we move into the same direction, and just drop
the boardname from the LED labels. This allows to consolidate
a few definitions in DTSI files (will be much more on ramips),
and to drop a few migrations compared to ar71xx that just changed
the boardname. But mainly, it will liberate us from a completely
useless subject to take care of for device support review and
maintenance.
To also drop the boardname from existing configurations, a simple
migration routine is added unconditionally.
Although this seems unfamiliar at first look, a quick check in kernel
for the arm/arm64 dts files revealed that while 1033 lines have
labels with three parts *:*:*, still 284 actually use a two-part
labelling *:*, and thus is also acceptable and not even rare there.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Currently, we request LED labels in OpenWrt to follow the scheme
modelname:color:function
However, specifying the modelname at the beginning is actually
entirely useless for the devices we support in OpenWrt. In patches
subsequent to this one, we will thus remove the modelname from
the label definitions on various targets.
To migrate the existing definitions from older installations,
a migration script needs to be deployed that does
modelname:color:function -> color:function
e.g.
dir-789:green:status -> green:status
This patch introduces two functions that do exactly that:
For each entry in /etc/config/system, the routine will check whether
two (or more) colons are present, and then remove everything up to
(and including) the first colon.
For now, this will be applied unconditionally, i.e. if the function
is called for a device, all labels will be cut like this.
However, for a future case of mixed three-part and two-part labels,
it should not be too hard to provide a function argument with
exceptions to the removal.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The "/dts-v1/;" identifier is supposed to be present once at the
top of a device tree file after the includes have been processed.
In lantiq, we therefore requested to have in the DTS files so far,
and omit it in the DTSI files. However, essentially the syntax of
the parent SoC-based DTSI files already determines the DTS
version, so putting it into the DTS files is just a useless repetition.
Consequently, this patch puts the dts-v1 statement into the top-level
SoC-based DTSI files, and removes all other occurences.
Since the dts-v1 statement needs to be before any other definitions,
this also moves the includes accordingly where necessary.
Changes are applied to files-5.4 only, files-4.19 remains untouched.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Add missing build dependency to both host and target build. The `msgfmt`
is required which is missing without gettext-full.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
reg accesses on integrated ar8229 sometimes fails. As a result, phy read
got incorrect port status and wan link goes down and up mysteriously.
After comparing ar8216 with the old driver, these local_irq_save/restore
calls are the only meaningful differences I could find and it does fix
the issue.
The same changes were added in svn r26856 by Gabor Juhos:
ar71xx: ag71xx: make switch register access atomic
As I can't find the underlying problem either, this hack is broght
back to fix the unstable link issue.
This hack is only suitable for ath79 mdio and may easily break the
driver on other platform. Limit it to ath79-only as a target patch.
Fixes: FS#2216
Fixes: FS#3226
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Directly set path via MAKE vars instead of defning TESTTOOLS. This way
setfiles, which is required by the ImageBuilder, ends up in /host/bin
while checkpolicy can stay in hostpkg/bin.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
This adds the compatible property to the NanoPi R2S ethernet PHY node.
Otherwise, the PHY might not be probed, as the PHY ID reads all 0xff
when it is still in reset.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Update the patches required for the NanoPi R2S to match the DTS accepted
for upstream Linux. The U-Boot patch meanwhile is still pending
upstream.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This is useful to bring up multiple client mode interfaces on a single
channel much faster without having to scan through a lot of channels
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Instead of hardcoding 'targeted' policy, evaluate /etc/selinux/config
in rootfs to choose according to which policy files in the rootfs got
to be labeled.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
By installing policycoreutils to host/bin it is also available within
the ImageBuilder and SDK, allowing to correctly label both filesystems
and packages.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
The `libfakeroot` files are currently missing in the ImageBuilder. As
`fakeroot` is always built, copy those files unconditionally.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
The firmware for Wave1 chips was updated to the latest release
10.2.4-1.0-00047 at the end of 2019 (commit 513d70cc50b).
Package firmware for these chips from linux-firmware.
This avoids downloading the ath10k-firmware repository.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
All modifications made by update_kernel.sh
Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x, ath79/generic, bcm72xx/bcm2711
Run-tested: ipq806x (R7800)
No dmesg regressions, everything functional
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
Hak5 WiFi Pineapple NANO is an "USB dongle" device dedicated for Wi-Fi
pentesters. This device is based on Atheros AR9331 and AR9271. Support
for it was first introduced in 950b278c81 (ar71xx). FCC ID: 2AB87-NANO.
Specifications:
- Atheros AR9331
- 400/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR1)
- 16 MB of flash (SPI NOR)
- 1T1R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi (AR9331)
- 1T1R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi (AR9271L), with ext. PA and LNA (Qorvo RFFM4203)
- 2x RP-SMA antenna connectors
- 1x USB 2.0 to 10/100 Ethernet bridge (ASIX AX88772A)
- integrated 4-port USB 2.0 HUB: Alcor Micro AU6259:
- 1x USB 2.0
- 1x microSD card reader (Genesys Logic GL834L)
- Atheros AR9271L
- 1x LED, 1x button
- UART (4-pin, 2 mm pitch) header on PCB
- USB 2.0 Type-A plug for power and AX88772A
Flash instruction:
You can use sysupgrade image directly in vendor firmware which is based
on OpenWrt/LEDE.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Hak5 Packet Squirrel is a pocket-sized device dedicated for pentesters
(MITM attacks). This device is based on Atheros AR9331 but it lacks
WiFi. Support for it was first introduced in 950b278c81 (ar71xx).
Specifications:
- Atheros AR9331
- 400/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of flash (SPI NOR)
- 2x RJ45 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (AR9331)
- 1x USB 2.0
- 1x RGB LED, 1x button, 1x 4-way mechanical switch
- 1x Micro USB Type-B for main power input
Flash instruction:
You can use sysupgrade image directly in vendor firmware which is based
on OpenWrt/LEDE.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Hak5 LAN Turtle is an "USB Ethernet Adapter" shaped device dedicated for
sysadmins and pentesters. This device is based on Atheros AR9331 but it
lacks WiFi. Support for it was first introduced in 950b278c81 (ar71xx).
Two different versions of this device exist and it's up to the user to
install required drivers (generic image supports only common features):
- LAN Turtle 3G with Quectel UG96 3G modem
- LAN Turtle SD with microSD card reader (Alcorlink AU6435R)
Specifications:
- Atheros AR9331
- 400/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of flash (SPI NOR)
- 1x RJ45 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (AR9331)
- 1x USB 2.0 to 10/100 Ethernet bridge (Realtek RTL8152B)
- 2x LED (power, system), 1x button (inside, on the PCB)
- USB 2.0 Type-A plug for power and RTL8152B
Flash instruction:
You can use sysupgrade image directly in vendor firmware which is based
on OpenWrt/LEDE.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
ALFA Network N5Q is a successor of previous model, the N5 (outdoor
CPE/AP, based on Atheros AR7240 + AR9280). New version is based on
Atheros AR9344.
Support for this device was first introduced in 4b0eebe9df (ar71xx
target) but users are advised to migrate from ar71xx target without
preserving settings as ath79 support includes some changes in network
and LED default configuration. They were aligned with vendor firmware
and recently added N2Q model (both Ethernet ports as LAN, labelled as
LAN1 and LAN2).
Specifications:
- Atheros AR9344
- 550/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of flash (SPI NOR)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, with passive PoE support (24 V)
- 2T2R 5 GHz Wi-Fi, with ext. PA (RFPA5542) and LNA, up to 27 dBm
- 2x IPEX/U.FL or MMCX antenna connectors (for PCBA version)
- 8x LED (7 are driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- external h/w watchdog (EM6324QYSP5B, enabled by default)
- header for optional 802.3at/af PoE module
- DC jack for main power input (optional, not installed by default)
- UART (4-pin, 2.54 mm pitch) header on PCB
- LEDs (2x 5-pin, 2.54 mm pitch) header on PCB
Flash instruction:
You can use sysupgrade image directly in vendor firmware which is based
on OpenWrt/LEDE. Alternatively, you can use web recovery mode in U-Boot:
1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.2/24.
2. Connect PC with one of RJ45 ports, press the reset button, power up
device, wait for first blink of all LEDs (indicates network setup),
then keep button for 3 following blinks and release it.
3. Open 192.168.1.1 address in your browser and upload sysupgrade image.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
ALFA Network N2Q is an outdoor N300 AP/CPE based on Qualcomm/Atheros
QCA9531 v2. This model is a successor of the old N2 which was based
on Atheros AR7240. FCC ID: 2AB8795311.
Specifications:
- Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531 v2
- 650/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of flash (SPI NOR)
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi with ext. PA (Skyworks SE2623L) and LNA
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet with passive PoE input in one port (24 V)
- PoE pass through in second port (controlled by GPIO)
- support for optional 802.3af/at PoE module
- 1x mini PCIe slot (PCIe bus, extra 4.2 V for high power cards)
- 2x IPEX/U.FL connectors on PCB
- 1x USB 2.0 mini Type-B (power controlled by GPIO)
- 8x LED (7 of them are driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- external h/w watchdog (EM6324QYSP5B, enabled by default)
- UART (4-pin, 2.54 mm pitch) header on PCB
- LEDs (2x 5-pin, 2.54 mm pitch) header on PCB
Flash instruction:
You can use sysupgrade image directly in vendor firmware which is based
on LEDE/OpenWrt. Alternatively, you can use web recovery mode in U-Boot:
1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.2/24.
2. Connect PC with one of RJ45 ports, press the reset button, power up
device, wait for first blink of all LEDs (indicates network setup),
then keep button for 3 following blinks and release it.
3. Open 192.168.1.1 address in your browser and upload sysupgrade image.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
ALFA Network R36A is a successor of the previous model, the R36 (Ralink
RT3050F based). New version is based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531 v2, FCC
ID: 2AB879531.
Support for this device was first introduced in af8f0629df (ar71xx
target). When updating from previous release (and/or ar71xx target),
user should only adjust the WAN LED trigger type (netdev in ar71xx,
switch port in ath79).
Specifications:
- Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531 v2
- 650/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB (R36AH/-U2) or 64 MB (R36A) of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of flash (SPI NOR)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- Passive PoE input support (12~36 V) in RJ45 near DC jack
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi with Qorvo RFFM8228P FEM
- 2x IPEX/U.FL connectors on PCB
- 1x USB 2.0 Type-A
- 1x USB 2.0 mini Type-B in R36AH-U2 version
- USB power is controlled by GPIO
- 6/7x LED (5/6 of them are driven by GPIO)
- 2x button (reset, wifi/wps)
- external h/w watchdog (EM6324QYSP5B, enabled by default)
- DC jack with lock, for main power input (12 V)
- UART (4-pin, 2.54 mm pitch) header on PCB
Optional/additional features in R36A series (R36A was the first model):
- for R36AH: USB 2.0 hub*
- for R36AH-U2: USB 2.0 hub*, 1x USB 2.0 mini Type-B, one more LED
*) there are at least three different USB 2.0 hub in R36AH/-U2 variants:
- Terminus-Tech FE 1.1
- Genesys Logic GL852G
- Genesys Logic GL850G (used in latests revision)
Flash instruction:
You can use sysupgrade image directly in vendor firmware which is based
on LEDE/OpenWrt. Alternatively, you can use web recovery mode in U-Boot:
1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.2/24.
2. Connect PC with one of RJ45 ports, press the reset button, power up
device, wait for first blink of all LEDs (indicates network setup),
then keep button for 3 following blinks and release it.
3. Open 192.168.1.1 address in your browser and upload sysupgrade image.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Samsung WAM250 is a dual-band (selectable, not simultaneous) wireless
hub, dedicated for Samsung Shape Wireless Audio System. The device is
based on Atheros AR9344 (FCC ID: A3LWAM250). Support for this device
was first introduced in e58e49bdbe (ar71xx target).
Specifications:
- Atheros AR9344
- 560/450/225 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of flash (SPI NOR)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 2T2R 2.4/5 GHz Wi-Fi, with ext. PA (SE2598L, SE5003L) and LNA
- 1x USB 2.0
- 4x LED (all are driven by GPIO)
- 2x button (reset, wps/speaker add)
- DC jack for main power input (14 V)
- UART header on PCB (J4, RX: 3, TX: 5)
Flash instruction:
This device uses dual-image (switched between upgrades) with a common
jffs2 config partition. Fortunately, there is a way to disable this mode
so that more flash space can be used by OpenWrt image.
You can easily access this device over telnet, using root/root
credentials (the same also work for serial console access).
1. Make sure that your device uses second (bootpart=2) image using
command: "fw_printenv bootpart".
2. If your device uses first image (bootpart=1), perform upgrade to the
latest vendor firmware (after the update, device should boot from
second partition) using web gui (default login: admin/1234567890).
3. Rename "sysupgrade" image to "firmware.bin", download it (you can use
wget, tftp or ftpget) to "/tmp" and issue below commands:
mtd_debug erase /dev/mtd3 0 $(wc -c /tmp/firmware.bin | awk -F' ' '{print $1}')
mtd_debug write /dev/mtd3 0 $(wc -c /tmp/firmware.bin)
fw_setenv bootpart
fw_setenv bootcmd "bootm 0x9f070000"
reboot
Revert to vendor firmware instruction:
1. Download vendor firmware to "/tmp" device and issue below commands:
fw_setenv bootpart 1
sysupgrade -n -F SS_BHUB_v2.2.05.bin
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Wallys DR531 is based on Qualcomm Atheros QCA9531 v2. Support for this
device was first introduced in e767980eb8 (ar71xx target).
Specifications:
- Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531 v2
- 550/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB of flash (SPI NOR)
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi, with external PA (SE2576L), up to 30 dBm
- 2x MMCX connectors (optional IPEX/U.FL)
- mini PCIe connector (PCIe/USB buses and mini SIM slot)
- 7x LED, 1x button, 1x optional buzzer
- UART, JTAG and LED headers on PCB
Flash instruction (do it under U-Boot, using UART):
tftpb 0x80060000 openwrt-ath79-...-dr531-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
erase 0x9f050000 +$filesize
cp.b $fileaddr 0x9f050000 $filesize
setenv bootcmd "bootm 0x9f050000"
saveenv && reset
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
The AP121FE is a slightly modified version of already supported AP121F
model (added to ar71xx in 0c6165d21a and to ath79 in 334bbc5198).
The differences in compare to AP121F:
- no micro SD card reader
- USB data lines are included in Type-A plug
- USB bus switched to device/peripheral mode (permanently, in bootstrap)
Other than that, specifications are the same:
- Atheros AR9331
- 400/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR1)
- 16 MB of flash (SPI NOR)
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 1T1R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi, up to 15 dBm
- 1x IPEX/U.FL connector, internal PCB antenna
- 3x LED, 1x button, 1x switch
- 4-pin UART header on PCB (2 mm pitch)
- USB 2.0 Type-A plug (power and data)
Flash instruction (under U-Boot web recovery mode):
1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.2/24.
2. Connect PC with RJ45 port, press the reset button, power up device,
wait for first blink of all LEDs (indicates network setup), then keep
button for 3 following blinks and release it.
3. Open 192.168.1.1 address in your browser and upload sysupgrade image.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
There are currently several variants of 'wpad' package but the 'iwinfo'
is included by default only if 'wpad', 'wpad-{basic*,mini}' or 'nas'
packages are included in {DEVICE,DEFAULT}_PACKAGES. Use 'wpad-*'
pattern to include 'iwinfo' with any 'wpad' variant.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
The ethernet setup/label MAC address for RT-AC51U and RT-AC54U are
the same, so move them into the shared DTSI.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
'setfiles' and others should be installed to $(STAGING_DIR_HOSTPKG)/bin
rather than $(...)/sbin which isn't in PATH.
Also using -Wl,-rpath to set library search location instead of setting
LD_LIBRARY_PATH when calling setfiles in image.mk.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The order of function and color in the labels in inverted for the
LAN LEDs. Fix it.
Fixes: 915966d861 ("ath79: Port PowerCloud Systems CAP324 support")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The LED color was missing in 01_leds.
Fixes: 745dee11ac ("ath79: add support for WD My Net Wi-Fi Range
Extender")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The "/dts-v1/;" identifier is supposed to be present once at the
top of a device tree file after the includes have been processed.
In ramips, we therefore requested to have in the DTS files so far,
and omit it in the DTSI files. However, essentially the syntax of
the parent mtxxxx/rtxxxx DTSI files already determines the DTS
version, so putting it into the DTS files is just a useless repetition.
Consequently, this patch puts the dts-v1 statement into the top-level
SoC-based DTSI files, and removes all other occurences.
Since the dts-v1 statement needs to be before any other definitions,
this also moves the includes accordingly where necessary.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The "/dts-v1/;" identifier is supposed to be present once at the
top of a device tree file after the includes have been processed.
In ath79, we therefore requested to have in the DTS files so far,
and omit it in the DTSI files. However, essentially the syntax of
the parent ath79.dtsi file already determines the DTS version, so
putting it into the DTS files is just a useless repetition.
Consequently, this patch puts the dts-v1 statement into the parent
ath79.dtsi, which is (indirectly) included by all DTS files. All
other occurences are removed.
Since the dts-v1 statement needs to be before any other definitions,
this also moves the includes to make sure the ath79.dtsi or its
descendants are always included first.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
ath79.dtsi uses ATH79_CLK_MDIO, so the include
<dt-bindings/clock/ath79-clk.h>
needs to be moved there.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The "/dts-v1/;" identifier is supposed to be present once at the
top of a device tree file after the includes have been processed.
Therefore, adding it to a DTS _and_ a DTSI file is actually wrong,
as it will be present twice then (though the compiler does not
complain about it).
In ipq40xx, the dts-v1 statement is already included in
qcom-ipq4019.dtsi, so we don't have to add it anywhere at all.
However, based on the conditions stated above, this requires
qcom-ipq4019.dtsi to be included as the first file in any DTS(I).
Consequently, this patch removes all cases of dts-v1 for the
ipq40xx target, and moves the includes accordingly where necessary.
While at it, remove a few obviously unneeded includes on the way.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Move engenius_loader_okli image recipe in front of all Engenius
devices, so adding new device entries will not have them sorted
before the shared recipe.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
First group the interfaces on the DSA switch into the
right LAN/WAN groups. Tested successfully on the
D-Link DIR-685 with the RTL8366RB DSA switch.
The RTL8366RB is DSA custom tagged and now handled
by the kernel tag parser. (Backported.)
The Vitesse switches are not capable of supporting
DSA per-port tagging. We suspect they must be handled
using some custom VLAN set-up.
Cc: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
[sorted devices alphabetically]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
.dts:226.17-230.4: Warning (spi_bus_reg): /soc/spi@78b6000/spi@1:
SPI bus unit address format error, expected "0"
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch adds support for Cisco Meraki MR32.
The unit was donated by Chris Blake. Thank you!
WARNING:
Only the 1x1:1 abgn Air Marshal WIPS wifi is currently supported by b43:
b43-phy2: Found PHY: Analog 9, Type 4 (N), Revision 16
b43-phy2: Found Radio: Manuf 0x17F, ID 0x2057, Revision 9, Version 1
b43-phy2: Loading firmware version 784.2 (2012-08-15 21:35:19)
and only as 802.11ABG!
while WIFI1 and WIFI2 (both BCM4352) are not:
b43-phy0: Broadcom 4352 WLAN found (core revision 42)
b43-phy0 ERROR: FOUND UNSUPPORTED PHY (Analog 12, Type 11 (AC), Revision 1)
Hardware Highlights:
SoC: Broadcom BCM53016A1 (1 GHz, 2 cores)
RAM: 128 MiB
NAND: 128 MiB Spansion S34ML01G2 (~114 MiB useable)
ETH: 1GBit Ethernet Port - PoE
WIFI1: Broadcom BCM43520 an+ac (2x2:2 - id: 0x4352)
WIFI2: Broadcom BCM43520 bgn (2x2:2 - id: 0x4352)
WIFI3: Broadcom BCM43428 abgn (1x1:1 - id: 43428)
BLE: Broadcom BCM20732 (ttyS1)
LEDS: 1 x Programmable RGB Status LED (driven by a PWM)
1 x White LED (GPIO)
1 x Orange LED Fault Indicator (GPIO)
2 x LAN Activity / Speed LEDs (On the RJ45 Port)
BUTTON: one Reset button
MISC: AT24C64 8KiB EEPROM (i2c - stores Ethernet MAC + Serial#!)
ina219 hardware monitor (i2c)
Kensington Lock
SERIAL:
WARNING: The serial port needs a TTL/RS-232 3V3 level converter!
The Serial setting is 115200-8-N-1. The board has a populated
right angle 1x4 0.1" pinheader.
The pinout is: VCC, RX, TX, GND. (Use a multimeter)
Flashing needs a serial adaptor (due to the lack of a working dropbear on
the original firmware).
This flashing procedure for the MR32 was tested with firmware:
"r23-149867:150252-aacharya".
0. Create a seperate Ethernet LAN which does not have access to the internet.
Ideally use 192.168.1.2 for your PC. Make sure to reserve 192.168.1.1 it
will be used later on by the OpenWrt firmware. The original Meraki firmware
will likely try to setup the network via DHCP Discovery, so make sure your
PC is running a DHCP-Server (i.e.: dnsmasq)
'# dnsmasq -i eth# -F 192.168.1.5,192.168.1.50
Furthermore, the PC needs a supported ssh/http/ftp server in order to
retrieve the initramfs + dtb file
1. Disassemble the MR32 device by removing all screws (4 screws are located
under the 4 rubber feets!) and prying open the plastic covers without
breaking the plastic retention clips. Once inside, remove all the screws
on the outer metal shielding to get to the PCB. It's not necessary to
remove the antennas!
2. Connect the serial cable to the serial header.
3. Partially reassemble the outer metal shielding to ensure that the SoC
has a proper heat sink.
4. Connect the Ethernet patch cable to the device and the power cable.
5. Wait for the device to boot and enter the root shell.
(rooting is not discussed in detail here please refer to
Chris Blake - "pwning the meraki mr18" blog post:
<https://servernetworktech.com/2016/02/pwning-the-meraki-mr18/>
(The same method works with the MR32's r23-149867:150252-aacharya)
Wait for the MR32 to enter the "<Meraki>" prompt and enter:
<Meraki> odm serial_num read
(Verify that it matches what's on the S/N Sticker on the back!)
<Meraki> odm serial_num write Q2XX-XXXX-XXXV
<Meraki> odm serial_num read
(Verify that the S/N has changed - and the LED start to flash)
now to flash the firmware:
<Meraki> odm firmware part.safe "http://192.168.1.2/mr32-initramfs.bin"
Once OpenWrt booted use sysupgrade to permanently install
OpenWrt. To do this: Download the latest sysupgrade.bin file
for the MR32 to the device and use sysupgrade *sysupgrade.bin
to install it.
WARNING: DO NOT DELETE the "storage" ubi volume!
To flash later MR32 Firmwares like r25-201804051805-G885d6d78-dhow-rel
requires in-circut-i2c tools to access the I2C EEPROM AT24C64 next to
the SoC. The idea is pretty much the same as from Step 5 from above:
Change the serial number to Q2XXXXXXXXXV (should be around 0x7c), then
attach a serial cable, ethernet (but make sure the device can't reach
the internet!) hit "s" (the small s!) during boot to enter the root-shell
and add the following commands to the /storage/config there:
serial_allow_odm true
serial_access_enabled true
serial_access_check false
valid_config true
and then hit exit to let it finish booting.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The BCM5301x SoCs do have i2c. Since this is only
being used by the Meraki MR32, this will be packaged
as a module.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
These have made their way into -next. This patch
also includes the portion of the bcm53xx kernel
patch refreshes as the hunks in
302-ARM-dts-BCM5301X-Update-Northstar-pinctrl-binding.patch
moved slightly due to the added nodes.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The Meraki MR32 (BCM53016A1) uses the pwm to drive the
tricolor LED. The driver has been available in upstream
for a long time. Only the Device-Tree definition was
missing, but it has been queued recently.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
As the PWM has its own sub-system in the Linux kernel,
I think it should be handled in the same way as GPIO, RTC, PCI...
This patch introduces a specific feature flag "pwm" and the
"leds-pwm" kernel module as the first customer.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Some bootloaders are really keen on just one special
fdt in a multi-image fit image. This is a problem, because
currently this is fixed to "fdt@1".
This patch introduces a new device variable:
DEVICE_FDT_NUM that allows to specify the right
fdt number.
If the value is absent "1" will be chosen.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The Linksys MR8300 is based on QCA4019 and QCA9888
and provides three, independent radios.
NAND provides two, alternate kernel/firmware images
with fail-over provided by the OEM U-Boot.
Hardware Highlights:
SoC: IPQ4019 at 717 MHz (4 CPUs)
RAM: 512MB RAM
SoC: Qualcomm IPQ4019 at 717 MHz (4 CPUs)
RAM: 512M DDR3
FLASH: 256 MB NAND (Winbond W29N02GV, 8-bit parallel)
ETH: Qualcomm QCA8075 (4x GigE LAN, 1x GigE Internet Ethernet Jacks)
BTN: Reset and WPS
USB: USB3.0, single port on rear with LED
SERIAL: Serial pads internal (unpopulated)
LED: Four status lights on top + USB LED
WIFI1: 2x2:2 QCA4019 2.4 GHz radio on ch. 1-14
WIFI2: 2x2:2 QCA4019 5 GHz radio on ch. 36-64
WIFI3: 2x2:2 QCA9888 5 GHz radio on ch. 100-165
Support is based on the already supported EA8300.
Key differences:
EA8300 has 256MB RAM where MR8300 has 512MB RAM.
MR8300 has a revised top panel LED setup.
Installation:
"Factory" images may be installed directly through the OEM GUI using
URL: https://ip-of-router/fwupdate.html (Typically 192.168.1.1)
Signed-off-by: Hans Geiblinger <cybrnook2002@yahoo.com>
[copied Hardware-highlights from EA8300. Fixed alphabetical order.
fixed commit subject, removed bogus unit-address of keys,
fixed author (used Signed-off-By to From:) ]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Luma Home WRTQ-329ACN, also known as Luma WiFi System, is a dual-band
wireless access point.
Specification
SoC: Qualcomm Atheros IPQ4018
RAM: 256 MB DDR3
Flash: 2 MB SPI NOR
128 MB SPI NAND
WIFI: 2.4 GHz 2T2R integrated
5 GHz 2T2R integrated
Ethernet: 2x 10/100/1000 Mbps QCA8075
USB: 1x 2.0
Bluetooth: 1x 4.0 CSR8510 A10, connected to USB bus
LEDS: 16x multicolor LEDs ring, controlled by MSP430G2403 MCU
Buttons: 1x GPIO controlled
EEPROM: 16 Kbit, compatible with AT24C16
UART: row of 4 holes marked on PCB as J19, starting count from the side
of J19 marking on PCB
1. GND, 2. RX, 3. TX, 4. 3.3V
baud: 115200, parity: none, flow control: none
The device supports OTA or USB flash drive updates, unfotunately they
are signed. Until the signing key is known, the UART access is mandatory
for installation. The difficult part is disassembling the casing, there
are a lot of latches holding it together.
Teardown
Prepare three thin, but sturdy, prying tools. Place the device with back
of it facing upwards. Start with the wall having a small notch. Insert
first tool, until You'll feel resistance and keep it there. Repeat the
procedure for neighbouring walls. With applying a pressure, one edge of
the back cover should pop up. Now carefully slide one of the tools to
free the rest of the latches.
There's no need to solder pins to the UART holes, You can use hook clips,
but wiring them outside the casing, will ease debuging and recovery if
problems occur.
Installation
1. Prepare TFTP server with OpenWrt initramfs image.
2. Connect to UART port (don't connect the voltage pin).
3. Connect to LAN port.
4. Power on the device, carefully observe the console output and when
asked quickly enter the failsafe mode.
5. Invoke 'mount_root'.
6. After the overlayfs is mounted run:
fw_setenv bootdelay 3
This will allow to access U-Boot shell.
7. Reboot the device and when prompted to stop autoboot, hit any key.
8. Adjust "ipaddr" and "serverip" addresses in U-Boot environment, use
'setenv' to do that, then run following commands:
tftpboot 0x84000000 <openwrt_initramfs_image_name>
bootm 0x84000000
and wait till OpenWrt boots.
9. In OpenWrt command line run following commands:
fw_setenv openwrt "setenv mtdids nand1=spi_nand; setenv mtdparts mtdparts=spi_nand:-(ubi); ubi part ubi; ubi read 0x84000000 kernel; bootm 0x84000000"
fw_setenv bootcmd "run openwrt"
10. Transfer OpenWrt sysupgrade image to /tmp directory and flash it
with:
ubirmvol /dev/ubi0 -N ubi_rootfs
sysupgrade -v -n /tmp/<openwrt_sysupgrade_image_name>
11. After flashing, the access point will reboot to OpenWrt, then it's
ready for configuration.
Reverting to OEM firmware
1. Execute installation guide steps: 1, 2, 3, 7, 8.
2. In OpenWrt command line run following commands:
ubirmvol /dev/ubi0 -N rootfs_data
ubirmvol /dev/ubi0 -N rootfs
ubirmvol /dev/ubi0 -N kernel
ubirename /dev/ubi0 kernel1 kernel ubi_rootfs1 ubi_rootfs
ubimkvol /dev/ubi0 -S 34 -N kernel1
ubimkvol /dev/ubi0 -S 320 -N ubi_rootfs1
ubimkvol /dev/ubi0 -S 264 -N rootfs_data
fw_setenv bootcmd bootipq
3. Reboot.
Known issues
The LEDs ring doesn't have any dedicated driver or application to control
it, the only available option atm is to manipulate it with 'i2cset'
command. The default action after applying power to device is spinning
blue light. This light will stay active at all time. To disable it
install 'i2c-tools' with opkg and run:
i2cset -y 2 0x48 3 1 0 0 i
The light will stay off until next cold boot.
Additional information
After completing 5. step from installation guide, one can disable asking
for root password on OEM firmware by running:
sed -e 's/root❌/root::/' -i /etc/passwd
This is useful for investigating the OEM firmware. One can look
at the communication between the stock firmware and the vendor's
cloud servers or as a way of making a backup of both flash chips.
The root password seems to be constant across all sold devices.
This is output of 'led_ctl' from OEM firmware to illustrate
possibilities of LEDs ring:
Usage: led_ctl [status | upgrade | force_upgrade | version]
led_ctl solid COLOR <brightness>
led_ctl single COLOR INDEX <brightness 0 - 15>
led_ctl spinning COLOR <period 1 - 16 (lower = faster)>
led_ctl fill COLOR <period 1 - 16 (lower = faster)>
( default is 5 )
led_ctl flashing COLOR <on dur 1 - 128> <off dur 1 - 128>
(default is 34) ( default is 34 )
led_ctl pulsing COLOR
COLOR: red, green, blue, yellow, purple, cyan, white
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
[squash "ipq-wifi: add BDFs for Luma Home WRTQ-329ACN" into commit,
changed ubi volumes for easier integration, slightly reworded
commit message, changed ubi volume layout to use standard names all
around]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
It should return false to indicate that the option should not be ignored
Fixes 064dc1e8 ("dnsmasq: abort when dnssec requested but not
available")
Reported-by: Sami Olmari <sami@olmari.fi>
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
The TFTP server provided by dnsmasq supports serving a select boot image
based on the client's MAC or IP address. This allows an administrator
to activate this feature in /etc/config/dhcp. Here is an example
/etc/config/dhcp that configures dnsmasq with --tftp-unique-root=mac:
...
config dnsmasq
option enable_tftp 1
option tftp_root /usr/libexec/tftpboot
option tftp_unique_root mac
config boot router
option serveraddress 192.168.1.1
option servername tftp.example.com
option filename openwrt-initramfs-kernel.bin
...
With this configuration, dnsmasq will serve
/usr/libexec/tftpboot/00-11-22-33-44-55/openwrt-initramfs-kernel.bin to
the client with MAC address 00:11:22:33:44:55.
Signed-off-by: W. Michael Petullo <mike@flyn.org>
All modifications made by update_kernel.sh
Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ipq806x, lantiq/xrx200 and ath79/generic
Run-tested: ipq806x (R7800), lantiq (Easybox 904 xDSL)
No dmesg regressions, everything functional
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
[add test on lantiq]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Add config options:
srcportmin/srcportmax : range of port numbers to use as UDP source ports
to communicate to the remote VXLAN tunnel endpoint
ageing : lifetime in seconds of FDB entries learnt by the kernel
maxaddress : maximum number of FDB entries
learning : enable/disable entering unknown source link layer addresses
and IP addresses into the VXLAN device FDB.
rsc : enable/disable route short circuit
proxy : enable/disable ARP proxy
l2miss : enable/disable netlink LLADDR miss notifications
l3miss : enable/disable netlink IP ADDR miss notifications
gbp : enable/disable the Group Policy extension
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This submission relied heavily on the work of
Santiago Rodriguez-Papa <contact at rodsan.dev>
Specifications:
* SoC: MediaTek MT7621A (880 MHz 2c/4t)
* RAM: Winbond W632GG6MB-12 (256M DDR3-1600)
* Flash: Winbond W29N01HVSINA (128M NAND)
* Eth: MediaTek MT7621A (10/100/1000 Mbps x5)
* Radio: MT7603E/MT7615N (2.4 GHz & 5 GHz)
4 antennae: 1 internal and 3 non-deatachable
* USB: 3.0 (x1)
* LEDs:
White (x1 logo)
Green (x6 eth + wps)
Orange (x5, hardware-bound)
* Buttons:
Reset (x1)
WPS (x1)
Installation:
Flash factory image through GUI.
This might fail due to the A/B nature of this device. When flashing, OEM
firmware writes over the non-booted partition. If booted from 'A',
flashing over 'B' won't work. To get around this, you should flash the
OEM image over itself. This will then boot the router from 'B' and
allow you to flash OpenWRT without problems.
Reverting to factory firmware:
Hard-reset the router three times to force it to boot from 'B.' This is
where the stock firmware resides. To remove any traces of OpenWRT from
your router simply flash the OEM image at this point.
Signed-off-by: J. Scott Heppler <shep971@centurylink.net>
SPDX moved from GPL-2.0 to GPL-2.0-only and from GPL-2.0+ to
GPL-2.0-or-later. Reflect that in the SPDX license headers.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
SPDX moved from GPL-2.0 to GPL-2.0-only and from GPL-2.0+ to
GPL-2.0-or-later. Reflect that in the SPDX license headers.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
[adjust commit title, update remaining files]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The legacy ar71xx target is removed and multiple targets use DTS now, so
there is no need to point that out for ATH79 specifically.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Make the BSSID and SSID fields optional when configuring a neighbor
report into hostapd.
Both options can now be an empty string. For the BSSID, the first 6 byte
are copied from the neighbor report. For the SSID, the SSID for the
affected hostapd BSS is used.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Rafal Milecki pointed out that ubus events are meant for low-level ubus
events only (e.g. addition or removal of an object). Higher level
events should happen as notifications on the ubus object itself.
Dispatch BSS events on the main hostapd ubus object instead of
publishing them as ubus events.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
bluetooth on mt7622 needs a firmware to start. It can't be built-in or
it tries to load firmware before rootfs is mounted, and then fails.
build it as a kernel module to fix that.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
hostapd will emit a ubus event with the eventname hostapd.<ifname>.<event>
when adding, removing or reloading a BSS.
This way, services which install state (for example the RMM neighbor
list) can on-demand reinstall this information for the BSS without
polling this state.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
UCI defaults scripts are supposed to be numbered, but odhcpd's lacked numbering, which
turned out to mess up my custom scripts numbered 9[0-9]_*. The idea is to have high number
(custom) scripts executed last. Jow confirmed numbering is the default case, not the
exception (thanks).
Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
Instead of vaguely describing dependencies in the package description
actually split-up into individual packages, each with their
dependencies expressed accurately.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Split utility packages similar to coreutils in packages feed, adding
ALTERNATIVES for those which are also provided by busybox-selinux.
Also add missing license information.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
When the nulldata frame was acked, the probe send count needs to be reset,
otherwise it will keep increasing until the connection is considered dead,
even though it fine.
Reported-by: Georgi Valkov <gvalkov@abv.bg>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The required BusyBox applets are enabled by default, so we can rely on them
being present in the system. This way, we make sure there are no conflicts
with less featured variants of these same applets which might also be
present in the system.
Fixes: 0bd7dfa3ed ("zram-swap: enable swap discard")
Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
[wrap commit description]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Some 5GHz wifi interfaces, especially in Tri-band routers, can't use
channel 36. In these cases, the default configuration for 5GHz
interfaces, once enabled, doesn't work.
This patch selects the first non-disabled channel for 5GHz interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Davide Fioravanti <pantanastyle@gmail.com>
It turns out that 'echo -e' isn't portable; it doesn't work in the dash
builtin echo and Ubuntu users are complaining.
I can't even get octal (specified by POSIX) to work consistently because
those variants of 'echo' which *do* support -e don't seem to interpret
octalwithout it.
I could switch to /bin/echo but using -e with that isn't actually
portable *either* even though it works today.
For now just stick with bash, and use its builtin. We may end up using
something else entirely; perhaps perl.
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
We want to be able to make full system images for this system too, just
as we now can for the MT7623 platforms.
The package directory (mt7623n) is now a bit misnamed as it's overly
specific, but the precise set of platforms which we support this way
is evolving and we'll fix it up when the dust settles and we know what
nomenclature makes most sense.
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
This fixes several stylistic and functional errors of the recently
added Edgecore ECW5410:
- fix call in 11-ath10k-caldata
- use hex notation in 11-ath10k-caldata
- remove redundant definitions from DTS that are already in DTSI
- use proper sorting in image/Makefile
- use DEVICE_VENDOR/DEVICE_MODEL instead of DEVICE_TITLE
- use SOC instead of DEVICE_DTS
Fixes: 59f0a0fd83 ("ipq806x: add Edgecore ECW5410 support")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
All modifications made by update_kernel.sh/no manual intervention needed
Run-tested: ipq806x (R7800), ath79 (Archer C7v5), x86/64
No dmesg regressions, everything appears functional
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
[add run test from PR]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This bug applied where mtd partition end address,
or erase start address, was not cleanly divisible by parent mtd erasesize.
This error would cause the bits following the end of the partition
to the next erasesize block boundary to be erased,
and this partition-overflow data to be written to the partition erase
address (missing additional partition offset address)
of the mtd (top) parent device.
Fixes: FS#2428
Signed-off-by: John Thomson <git@johnthomson.fastmail.com.au>
Tested-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
[shorten commit title, add Fixes, fix kernel 4.19 as well]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Update to current head of the branch A3700_utils-armada-18.12-fixed:
0967979 ddr: Add DDR3 2CS layout for EspressoBin v5 2GB board
486523e ddr: fix typo for ESPRESSObin 2GB layout
490b2b3 TBB: Fix building for Crypto++ 6.0 and later
0141dd1 TBB: Split INCDIR from LIBDIR
Signed-off-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
Lift the dependency on the build order, where flash-image.bin may be missing
from the u-boot dir.
While at it, also install the uart images for rescue purposes.
Signed-off-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
With global NLS support enabled (CONFIG_BUILD_NLS), the linked libelf.so
and libbfd.so libraries will depend on libintl.so. Import the nls.mk helper
to set library prefixes and flags accordingly, and also conditionally add
"-lintl" as link-time library.
Fix a build error on ppc due to a EDEADLOCK redefinition in errno.h.
Use upstream stable kernel 5.8.9, and fix overriding of feature detection
to only allow/hide detected features. Also refresh existing patches.
Fixes: 2f0d672088 ("bpftools: add utility and library packages supporting
eBPF usage")
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
amd64-microcode (3.20191218.1)
* New microcode update packages from AMD upstream:
+ Removed Microcode updates (known to cause issues):
sig 0x00830f10, patch id 0x08301025, 2019-07-11
* README: update for new release
amd64-microcode (3.20191021.1)
* New microcode update packages from AMD upstream:
+ New Microcodes:
sig 0x00830f10, patch id 0x08301025, 2019-07-11
+ Updated Microcodes:
sig 0x00800f12, patch id 0x08001250, 2019-04-16
sig 0x00800f82, patch id 0x0800820d, 2019-04-16
amd64-microcode (3.20181128.1)
* New microcode update packages from AMD upstream:
+ New Microcodes:
sig 0x00800f82, patch id 0x0800820b, 2018-06-20
Signed-off-by: Tan Zien <nabsdh9@gmail.com>
CONFIG_BMP085* is replaced by CONFIG_BMP280 since 4.9[1] and this package is empty.
OpenWRT also has kmod-iio-bmp280* package and we can drop old packages.
1. [ misc: retire the old BMP085 driver ]
(832c8232dd (diff-5000d544d790c669405eb2a6775e5981))
Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
libressl update to 3.2.1
Delete 001-dont-build-tests-man.patch
Add configure args :
--enable-static
--disable-tests
The patch (001-dont-build-tests-man.patch) no longer works with the current version.
Follow the patch notes:
Adding the --enable-static and --disable-tests parameters should replace the patch.
Signed-off-by: Yuan Tao <ty@wevs.org>
3b946a6dc588 mt76: dma: cache dma map address/len in struct mt76_queue_entry
c4c8b6a20d3b mt76: mt7915: fix HE BSS info
15391c1c947f mt76: fix tx hang on non-AQL frame limit
72c8a81e64e8 mt76: mt7915: fix encap offload multicast traffic with 4-address mode
69b3f868d14b mt76: mt7915: use napi_consume_skb to bulk-free tx skbs
5f080033ec7d mt76: move txwi handling code to dma.c, since it is mmio specific
b1f425686125 mt76: mt7915: fix VHT LDPC capability
8f48855f5d14 mt76: mt7915: simplify mt7915_lmac_mapping
cfaf40858718 mt76: mt7915: fix queue/tid mapping for airtime reporting
115b62efac21 mt76: remove retry_q from struct mt76_txq and related code
e22c65cdc585 mt76: mt7915: simplify checks for the 802.3 offload path
bab866a01e4f mt76: mt7915: fix unexpected firmware mode
0fc3c5eb61d0 mt76: dma: queue more rx frames internally before passing them to the stack
130e5de09364 Revert "mt76: dma: queue more rx frames internally before passing them to the stack"
e3af31409d41 update mt7915 firmware to the latest version
e2b8a4ec9891 mt76: testmode: add a limit for queued tx_frames packets
146488631f7b mt76: mt7615: Remove set but unused variable 'index'
0b7d2b76288e mt76: mt7615: fix VHT LDPC capability
848f4a6334a8 mt76: mt7622: fix fw hang on mt7622
0a955d944bd0 mt76: mt7663s: do not use altx for ctl/mgmt traffic
13b96411513b mt76: mt7663s: split mt7663s_tx_update_sched in mt7663s_tx_{pick,update}_quota
d62ba15b1bbf mt76: mt7663s: introduce __mt7663s_xmit_queue routine
fdf14d1b6aec mt76: move pad estimation out of mt76_skb_adjust_pad
d048f8e87ba0 mt76: mt7663s: fix possible quota leak in mt7663s_refill_sched_quota
979c0fdc5d27 mt76: mt7663s: introduce sdio tx aggregation
56e77a3a3ade mt76: mt7663: check isr read return value in mt7663s_rx_work
f96cffa03e57 mt76: mt7615: unlock dfs bands
1ccd31bbe1f4 mt76: Use fallthrough pseudo-keyword
448cd2d36ee2 mt76: mt76x0: Move tables used only by init.c to their own header file
17ba3432f5af Revert "mt76: mt7615: unlock dfs bands"
fee1f4a8e87f mt76: mt7915: fix possible memory leak in mt7915_mcu_add_beacon
5b78e5292777 mt76: Fix unsigned expressions compared with zero
ec84891a4d23 mt76: mt7915: convert to use le16_add_cpu()
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The soft_config partition for these devices lays between 0xe000 and
0xf000 (as correctly detected by the RouterBoard platform driver),
before the bootloader2 partition which starts at 0x10000.
This commit correctly sorts the partitions, fixing the parsing error.
Fixes: FS#3314
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Reviewed-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
This is the most popular choice in the linux kernel tree.
Within OpenWrt, this change will establish consistency with ath79
and ramips targets.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
[extend commit message, include netgear_dm200, update base-files]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
fdt_addr and kernel_addr variables are getting obsolete in the mainline
u-boot in favor of fdt_addr_r and kernel_addr_r.
By checking if the new variables exist, we can make sure that devices with newer
version of u-boot will work while not breaking support for the existing ones.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Vid <vladimir.vid@sartura.hr>
Acked-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Drop patches as they've been upstreamed:
* 001-Fix-CVE-2020-12762.patch
Refresh patches:
* 000-libm.patch
Add patch to avoid build failure due to missing docs in tarball.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The ethernet ports on the AVM FRITZRepeater 3000 are not separated
between LAN and WAN in the stock firmware. OpenWrt currently abstracts
port 4 as eth0 and port 5 as eth1, bridging them in the kernel.
This patch adjusts the GMAC port bitmasks and default bitmask for ar40xx
to bridge them on the switch, avoiding traffic on both ports to pass
thru the CPU.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This adds support for the Ubiquiti UniFi AP Pro to the ath79 target. The
device was previously supported on the now removed ar71xx target.
SoC Atheros AR9344
WiFi Atheros AR9344 & Atheros AR9280
ETH Atheros AR8327
RAM 128M DDR2
FLASH 16M SPI-NOR
Installation
------------
Follow the Ubiquiti TFTP recovery procedure for this device.
1. Hold down the reset button while connecting power for 10 seconds.
2. Transfer the factory image via TFTP to the AP (192.168.1.20)
3. Wait 2 minutes for the AP to write the firmware to flash. The device
will automatically reboot to OpenWrt.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
On devices with small amounts of RAM, zram-swap fails to initialise due to the
default compression algorithm (lzo-rle). Startup example on an AirGrid M2, with
32 MiB of RAM:
root@airgrid:/etc/config# /etc/init.d/zram start
zram_start: activating '/dev/zram0' for swapping (13 MegaBytes)
zram_reset: enforcing defaults via /sys/block/zram0/reset
sh: write error: Out of memory
mkswap: image is too small
swapon: /dev/zram0: Invalid argument
root@airgrid:/etc/config#
Fix this by defaulting to traditional lzo, which works fine and is always
available.
Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
flashing the unit
* first update to latest edcore FW as per the PDF instructions
* boot the initramfs
- tftpboot 0x88000000 openwrt-ipq40xx-generic-edgecore_oap100-initramfs-fit-uImage.itb; bootm
* inside the initramfs call the following commiands
- ubiattach -p /dev/mtd0
- ubirmvol /dev/ubi0 -n0
- ubirmvol /dev/ubi0 -n1
- ubirmvol /dev/ubi0 -n2
* scp the sysupgrade image to the board and call
- sysupgrade -n openwrt-ipq40xx-generic-edgecore_oap100-squashfs-nand-sysupgrade.bin
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
This patch adds support for the Edgecore ECW5211 indoor AP.
Specification:
- SoC: Qualcomm Atheros IPQ4018 ARMv7-A 4x Cortex A-7
- RAM: 256MB DDR3
- NOR Flash: 16MB SPI NOR
- NAND Flash: 128MB MX35LFxGE4AB SPI-NAND
- Ethernet: 2 x 1G via Q8075 PHY connected to ethernet adapter via PSGMII (802.3af POE IN on eth0)
- USB: 1 x USB 3.0 SuperSpeed
- WLAN: Built-in IPQ4018 (2x2 802.11bng, 2x2 802.11 acn)
- CC2540 BLE connected to USB 2.0 port
- Atmel AT97SC3205T I2C TPM
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
This patch adds support for the Edgecore ECW5410 indoor AP.
Specification:
- SoC: Qualcomm Atheros IPQ8068 ARMv7 2x Cortex A-15
- RAM: 256MB(225 usable) DDR3
- NOR Flash: 16MB SPI NOR
- NAND Flash: 128MB S34MS01G2 Parallel NAND
- Ethernet: 2 x 1G via 2x AR8033 PHY-s connected directly to GMAC2 and GMAC3 via SGMII (802.3af POE IN on eth0)
- USB: 1 x USB 3.0 SuperSpeed
- WLAN: 2x QCA9994 AC Wawe 2 (1x 2GHz bgn, 1x 5GHz acn)
- CC2540 BLE
- UART console on RJ45 next to ethernet ports exposed.
Its Cisco pin compatible, 115200 8n1 baud.
Installation instructions:
Through stock firmware or initramfs.
1.Connect to console
2. Login with root account, if password is unknown then interrupt the boot with f and reset it in failsafe.
3. Transfer factory image
4. Flash the image with ubiformat /dev/mtd1 -y -f <your factory image path>
This will replace the rootfs2 with OpenWrt, if you are currently running from rootfs2 then simply change /dev/mtd1 to /dev/mtd0
Note
Initramfs:
1. Connect to console
2. Transfer the image from TFTP server with tftpboot,
or by using DHCP advertised image with dhcp command.
3. bootm
4. Run ubiformat /dev/mtd1
You need to interrupt the bootloader after rebooting and run:
run altbootcmd
This will switch your active rootfs partition to one you wrote to and boot from it.
So if rootfs1 is active, then it will change it to rootfs2.
This will format the rootfs2 partition, if your active partition is 2 then simply change /dev/mtd1 with /dev/mtd0
If you dont format the partition you will be writing too, then sysupgrade will find existing UBI rootfs and kernel volumes and update those.
This will result in wrong ordering and OpenWrt will panic on boot.
5. Transfer sysupgrade image
6. Flash with sysupgrade -n.
Note that sysupgrade will write the image to rootfs partition that is not currently in use.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
This imports the patch that adds bootargs-append support from IPQ40xx.
This way we can append additional boot arguments from DTS instead of only being able to overwrite them.
This way dual firmware devices can use the rootfs number that bootloader passes to decide from what to boot.
But we still need to append console info and ubi root info.
This is used by Edgecore ECW5410.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
IPQ806x series also has a GSBI1 with UART and I2C peripherals, so lets add the node for it.
Its needed for Edgecore ECW5410 which uses the UART from GSBI1 as second UART for Bluetooth.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
Its needed for Edgecore ECW5410 which does not use QCA8337 switch,
but rather 2x AR8033 PHY-s directly connected to GMAC-s.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
This enables the ipq-wifi package to be used on IPQ806x target.
Its needed for boards using a different BDF than one shipped in the upstream board-2.bin.
Currently needed for Edgecore ECW5410.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
Router and Movie "keys" are actually switches for both devices
according to the manual. This has been properly implemented in ar71xx,
but overlooked when porting to ath79.
Fixes: 480bf28273 ("ath79: add support for Buffalo WZR-HP-AG300H")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The hardware of this device seems to be identical to WZR-HP-AG300H.
It was already implemented as a clone in ar71xx.
Specification:
- 680 MHz CPU (Qualcomm Atheros AR7161)
- 128 MiB RAM
- 32 MiB Flash
- WiFi 5 GHz a/n
- WiFi 2.4 GHz b/g/n
- 5x 1000Base-T Ethernet
- 1x USB 2.0
Installation of OpenWRT from vendor firmware:
- Connect to the Web-interface at http://192.168.11.1
- Go to “Administration” → “Firmware Upgrade”
- Upload the OpenWrt factory image
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The Buffalo devices in ath79 share their image generation code,
so let's create a shared Device definition for them.
Since most of them use BUFFALO_HWVER := 3, this is moved as
default to the shared definition as well.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The tp-link safeloader devices typically contain a partition
"default-mac" which stores the MAC addresses. It is followed by other
partitions containing device info, like
{"default-mac", 0x610000, 0x00020},
{"pin", 0x610100, 0x00020},
{"product-info", 0x611100, 0x01000},
In DTS, we typically assign a 0x10000 sized partition for these,
which is mostly labelled "mac" or "info". In rarer cases, the
partitions have been enclosed in a larger "tplink" or "config"
partition.
However, when comparing different devices, the implementation appears
relatively arbitrary at the moment.
Thus, this PR aims at harmonizing these partitions by always using
the name "info" for the DTS partition containing "default-mac".
"info" is preferred over "mac" as we never just have "default-mac"
alone, but always some other device-info partitions as well.
While at it, this also establishes a similar partitioning for the
few devices where the "info" partitions are part of a bigger
unspecific "config" partition or similar.
Besides the harmonization itself, this also allows to merge a few
cases in 11-ath10k-caldata.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
vconfig has been disabled by default since 2015 [1] and there are
no remaining uses in entire OpenWrt trunk. However, we still set up
a specific name_type for it during boot.
While this setup is properly implemented to be only triggered when
vconfig is present, it still seems anachronistic and unnecessary
to set up a standard for a tool that is not used anymore.
Therefore, this removes the set_name_type initialization and leaves
it for those people actually using the tool to configure it as needed.
[1] 899a23227e ("busybox: improve applets & deprecate ifconfig, route")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Do some minor empty lines cleanup, i.e. remove those at EOF and
add some for cosmetic reasons/consistency.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This reverts commit 34cc2c9a99.
The reverted shell code is a very poor reimplementation of the existing
package-metadata.pl usergroup subcommand and the resulting file is not
used anymore, so drop this code.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Use the prepared .packageusergroup file to lookup user and group names
when processing the passed file mode.
Also replace the various subshell/cut invocations with a sequence of
standard variable interpolations which fixes paths with embedded colons
as a side-effect.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This file can be subsequently used to resolve symbolic user or group names
to their numeric IDs when packing ipk archives.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
With the introduction of `./tmp/userids` the `ipkg-build` script can now
resolve values of "PKG_FILE_MODES", allowing users to set names rather
than numeric values.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Multiple packages contain a USERID variable defining required user and
group for the package to run. With the recent addition of
"PKG_FILE_MODES" it is possible to define user and group of specific
files, replacing (possibly insecure) post-inst scripts. These modes are
set during build time and put directly into the packages.
To allow user and group names rather than the numeric values, a mapping
like `/etc/passwd` is required by the `ipkg-build` script, mapping names
defined in "PKG_FILE_MODES" to a numeric value, as the build system does
not create any users during build.
This commit adds a single line to the `prepare-tmpinfo` target, so that
everytime the feeds are updated the *passwd like* content of
`./tmp/userids` is updated.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
This adds support for the RTL838x Architecture.
SoCs of this type are used in managed and un-managed Switches and Routers
with 8-28 ports. Drivers are provided for SoC initialization, GPIOs, Flash,
Ethernet including a DSA switch driver and internal and external PHYs used
with these switches.
Supported SoCs:
RTL8380M
RTL8381M
RTL8382M
The kernel will also boot on the following RTL839x SoCs, however driver
support apart from spi-nor is missing:
RTL8390
RTL8391
RTL8393
The following PHYs are supported:
RTL8214FC (Quad QSGMII multiplexing GMAC and SFP port)
RTL8218B internal: internal PHY of the RTL838x chips
RTL8318b external (QSGMII 8-port GMAC phy)
RTL8382M SerDes for 2 SFP ports
Initialization sequences for the PHYs are provided in the form of
firmware files.
Flash driver supports 3 / 4 byte access
DSA switch driver supports VLANs, port isolation, STP and port mirroring.
The ALLNET ALL-SG8208M is supported as Proof of Concept:
RTL8382M SoC
1 MIPS 4KEc core @ 500MHz
8 Internal PHYs (RTL8218B)
128MB DRAM (Nanya NT5TU128MB)
16MB NOR Flash (MXIC 25L128)
8 GBEthernet ports with one green status LED each (SoC controlled)
1 Power LED (not configurable)
1 SYS LED (configurable)
1 On-Off switch (not configurable)
1 Reset button at the right behind right air-vent (not configurable)
1 Reset button on front panel (configurable)
12V 1A barrel connector
1 serial header with populated standard pin connector and with markings
GND TX RX Vcc(3.3V), connection properties: 115200 8N1
To install, upload the sysupgrade image to the OEM webpage.
Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <git@birger-koblitz.de>
Add support for uimage headers from ALLNET and provide support for the
SG8208M and SG8310PM devices' magic bytes.
Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <git@birger-koblitz.de>
This target has not been updated to 5.4 yet, and the only person
trying it (Koen) decided to retreat based on the following reasons:
- The target is not DT-aware at all
- The huge amount of effort required
- The SoC itself reached EoL at Cavium for some time now
- Upstream removed some important parts as it's also slowly getting EoL
over there
- The commercial product that used this will fade out shortly
- The amount of download for this binary suggest that the target is not
that popular
Since nobody has picked up the work since then, and this is the last
remaining 4.19-only target, finally drop it now.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
On the Turris Omnia 2019, u-boot environment is located at 0xF0000, instead
of 0xC0000. The switch happened with u-boot-omnia package version 2019-04-2
(May 10, 2019).
Check the installed u-boot release, and set the default accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Klaus Kudielka <klaus.kudielka@gmail.com>
[bump PKG_RELEASE, use lower case for hex offset]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
this board has a pcie to sata bridge connected to pcie2 with a
separated pcie reset on gpio7.
add reset-gpios and corresponding pinctrl nodes into dts.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Backport upstream changes to initialize GDM settings and reset PPE
Allow GMAC to recognize the special tag to fix PPE packet parsing
Improve GRO performance by passing PPE L4 hash as skb hash
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
All modifications made by update_kernel.sh/no manual intervention needed
Build-tested: x86_64
Run-tested: ipq806x (R7800)
No dmesg regressions, everything functional
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
TP-Link EAP225-Wall v2 is an AC1200 (802.11ac Wave-2) wall plate access
point. UART access and debricking require fine soldering.
The device was kindly provided for porting by Stijn Segers.
Device specifications:
* SoC: QCA9561 @ 775MHz
* RAM: 128MiB DDR2
* Flash: 16MiB SPI-NOR (GD25Q127CSIG)
* Wireless 2.4GHz (SoC): b/g/n, 2x2
* Wireless 5Ghz (QCA9886): a/n/ac, 2x2 MU-MIMO
* Ethernet (SoC): 4× 100Mbps
* Eth0 (back): 802.3af/at PoE in
* Eth1, Eth2 (bottom)
* Eth3 (bottom): PoE out (can be toggled by GPIO)
* One status LED
* Two buttons (both work as failsafe)
* LED button, implemented as KEY_BRIGHTNESS_TOGGLE
* Reset button
Flashing instructions, requires recent firmware (tested on 1.20.0):
* ssh into target device and run `cliclientd stopcs`
* Upgrade with factory image via web interface
Debricking:
* Serial port can be soldered on PCB J4 (1: TXD, 2: RXD, 3: GND, 4: VCC)
* Bridge unpopulated resistors R162 (TXD) and R165 (RXD)
Do NOT bridge R164
* Use 3.3V, 115200 baud, 8n1
* Interrupt bootloader by holding CTRL+B during boot
* tftp initramfs to flash via sysupgrade or LuCI web interface
MAC addresses:
MAC address (as on device label) is stored in device info partition at
an offset of 8 bytes. ath9k device has same address as ethernet, ath10k
uses address incremented by 1.
From OEM ifconfig:
br0 Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr 50:...:04
eth0 Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr 50:...:04
wifi0 Link encap:UNSPEC HWaddr 50-...-04-...
wifi1 Link encap:UNSPEC HWaddr 50-...-05-...
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
[fix IMAGE_SIZE]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
HooToo HT-TM05 and RAVPower RP-WD03 have almost identical hardware
(except for RAM size) and are from the same vendor (SunValley).
Create a common DTSI file for them.
Suggested-by: Russell Morris <rmorris@rkmorris.us>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The baud rate for the RAVPower RP-WD03 is 57600, not 115200.
Since this is the default from mt7620n.dtsi, the chosen node can
simply be removed from the device DTS.
Fixes: 5ef79af4f8 ("ramips: add support for Ravpower WD03")
Suggested-by: Russell Morris <rmorris@rkmorris.us>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
According to the User Manual, there is a "Wi-Fi LED" with blue and
green colors, doing the following by default:
Flashing Blue: System loading
Solid Blue: System loaded
Flashing Green: Connecting to the Internet
Solid Green: Connected to the Internet
According to this vendor behavior, we keep refer to the LED as "wifi"
but implement the according default behavior as in OEM firmware.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
MAC assignment based on vendor firmware:
2.4 GHz *:b4 (factory 0x04)
LAN/label *:b4 (factory 0x28)
WAN *:b5 (factory 0x2e)
The previously used location 0x4000 for ethernet is actually empty.
Therefore, fix the ethernet MAC address and set it as label-mac-address.
Fixes: 5ef79af4f8 ("ramips: add support for Ravpower WD03")
Suggested-by: Russell Morris <rmorris@rkmorris.us>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The RAVPower RP-WD03 is a battery powered router, with an Ethernet and
USB port. Due due a limitation in the vendor supplied U-Boot bootloader,
we cannot exceed a 1.5 MB kernel size, as is the case with recent builds
(i.e. post v19.07). This breaks both factory and sysupgrade images.
To address this, use the lzma loader (loader-okli) to work around this
limitation.
The improvements here also address the "misplaced" U-Boot environment
partition, which is located between the kernel and rootfs in the stock
image / implementation. This is addressed by making use of mtd-concat,
maximizing space available in the booted image.
This will make sysupgrade from earlier versions impossible.
Changes are based on the recently supported HooToo HT-TM05, as the
hardware is almost identical (except for RAM size) and is from the same
vendor (SunValley). While at it, also change the SPI frequency
accordingly.
Installation:
- Download the needed OpenWrt install files, place them in the root
of a clean TFTP server running on your computer. Rename the files as,
- openwrt-ramips-mt7620-ravpower_rp-wd03-squashfs-kernel.bin => kernel
- openwrt-ramips-mt7620-ravpower_rp-wd03-squashfs-rootfs.bin => rootfs
- Plug the router into your computer via Ethernet
- Set your computer to use 10.10.10.254 as its IP address
- With your router shut down, hold down the power button until the first
white LED lights up.
- Push and hold the reset button and release the power button. Continue
holding the reset button for 30 seconds or until it begins searching
for files on your TFTP server, whichever comes first.
- The router (10.10.10.128) will look for your computer at 10.10.10.254
and install the two files. Once it has finished installation, it will
automatically reboot and start up OpenWrt.
- Set your computer to use DHCP for its IP address
Notes:
- U-Boot environment can be modified, u-boot-env is preserved on initial
install or sysupgrade
- mtd-concat functionality is included, to leave a "hole" for u-boot-env,
combining the OEM kernel and rootfs partitions
Most of the changes in this commit are the work of Russell Morris (as
credited below), I only wrapped them up and added compat-version.
Thanks to @mpratt14 and @xabolcs for their help getting the lzma loader
to work!
Fixes: 5ef79af4f8 ("ramips: add support for Ravpower WD03")
Suggested-by: Russell Morris <rmorris@rkmorris.us>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Enable the VLAN tag offloading mechanism for RGMII single-port devices.
This allows those devices to use 802.1Q VLANs on the ethernet port.
Previously, RX frames were double tagged, as the RX TAG removal flag was
not enabled and an additional 802.1Q header was inserted elsewhere in
the code.
On the TX side, tagging was completely not present for single-port
devices. Enable tagging if an 802.1Q frame should be transmitted and
disable the default tagging mechanism for single-port devices.
Tested on Aruba AP-303
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Add support for per-BSS airtime weight configuration. This allows to set
a airtime weight per BSS as well as a ratio limit based on the weight.
Support for this feature is only enabled in the full flavors of hostapd.
Consult the hostapd.conf documentation (Airtime policy configuration)
for more information on the inner workings of the exposed settings.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Set the default state for LEDs to off. When a trigger is set, the
trigger will turn the LED automatically on.
Currently LEDs might stay on, e.g. when the LED trigger is set to a
netdev trigger and the interface is never activated or the 'none'
trigger is selected without setting the 'default' option to 0 and it's
set for the LED indicating the system running state.
Using off as a default value is also consistent with the documentation
in the OpenWrt wiki.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
TITLE is "NFS4 filesystem client support" (Line 428)
but the description is "Kernel module for NFS v4 support" (Line 438).
Use "Kernel module for NFS v4 client support" on line 438.
Signed-off-by: Bob Cai <1119283622@qq.com>
[commit title/message facelift]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
vconfig is no more installed by default to a firmware image. So, replace
vconfig calls for VLAN subinterface configuration by coresponding
ip-link commands.
Also drop few useless comments from the preinit hook script, while we
are at it.
I have no chance to test this fix since I have no board with a subject
switch IC, but this is still better then call an utility that is
unavailable in the firmware for years.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
[use documented syntax for ip link add]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Since the introduction of fakeroot support, wrapped SDK executables might
be invoked from a shell that has libfakeroot.so preloaded.
Since we're using preloading as well in order to mangle argv[0] when
invoking the shipped ELF interpreter directly, we must take care of
preloading the already preloaded libraries as well, to avoid invoked
programs losing their fakeroot capabilities.
Extend the bundle-libraries.sh script to take any existing $LD_PRELOAD
into account when invoking the target ELF executable with a preloaded
runas.so library.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The config symbol was introduced in drivers, but not added to
generic kernel config files. This will halt build asking for the
value.
Fix it by adding the value (setting it to disabled).
Fixes: 3f7047db7a ("kernel: mtdsplit: support ELF loader splitting")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
* ipc: split into separate files per-platform
This is in preparation for FreeBSD support, which I had hoped to have this
release, but we're still waiting on some tooling fixes, so hopefully next
wg(8) will support that. Either way, the code base is now a lot more amenable
to adding more kernel platform support.
* man: wg-quick: use syncconf instead of addconf for strip example
Simple documentation fix.
* pubkey: isblank is a subset of isspace
* ctype: use non-locale-specific ctype.h
In addition to ensuring that isalpha() and such isn't locale-specific, we also
make these constant time, even though we're never distinguishing between bits
of a secret using them. From that perspective, though, this is markedly better
than the locale-specific table lookups in glibc, even though base64 characters
span two cache lines and valid private keys must hit both. This may be useful
for other projects too: https://git.zx2c4.com/wireguard-tools/tree/src/ctype.h
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
TP-Link EAP245 v3 is an AC1750 (802.11ac Wave-2) ceiling mount access
point. UART access (for debricking) requires non-trivial soldering.
Specifications:
* SoC: QCA9563 (CPU/DDR/AHB @ 775/650/258 MHz)
* RAM: 128MiB
* Flash: 16MiB SPI-NOR
* Wireless 2.4GHz (SoC): b/g/n 3x3
* Wireless 5GHz (QCA9982): a/n/ac 3x3 with MU-MIMO
* Ethernet (QCA8337N switch): 2× 1GbE, ETH1 (802.3at PoE) and ETH2
* Green and amber status LEDs
* Reset switch (GPIO, available for failsafe)
Flashing instructions:
All recent firmware versions (latest is 2.20.0), can disable firmware
signature verification and use a padded firmware file to flash OpenWrt:
* ssh into target device and run `cliclientd stopcs`
* upload factory image via web interface
The stopcs-method is supported from firmware version 2.3.0. Earlier
versions need to be upgraded to a newer stock version before flashing
OpenWrt.
Factory images for these devices are RSA signed by TP-Link. While the
signature verification can be disabled, the factory image still needs to
have a (fake) 1024 bit signature added to pass file checks.
Debricking instructions:
You can recover using u-boot via the serial port:
* Serial port is available from J3 (1:TX, 2:RX, 3:GND, 4:3.3V)
* Bridge R237 to connect RX, located next to J3
* Bridge R225 to connect TX, located inside can on back-side of board
* Serial port is 115200 baud, 8n1, interrupt u-boot by holding ctrl+B
* Upload initramfs with tftp and upgrade via OpenWrt
Device mac addresses:
Stock firmware has the same mac address for 2.4GHz wireless and
ethernet, 5GHz is incremented by one. The base mac address is stored in
the 'default-mac' partition (offset 0x90000) at an offset of 8 bytes.
ART blobs contain no mac addresses.
From OEM ifconfig:
ath0 Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr 74:..:E2
ath10 Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr 74:..:E3
br0 Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr 74:..:E2
eth0 Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr 74:..:E2
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
Tested-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
TP-Link has introduced a compatibility level to prevent certain
downgrades. This information is stored in the soft-version partition,
changing the data length from 0xc to 0x10.
The compatibility level doesn't change frequently. For example, it has
the following values for the EAP245v3 (released 2018-Q4):
* FW v2.2.0 (2019-05-30): compat_level=0
* FW v2.3.0 (2019-07-31): compat_level=0
* FW v2.3.1 (2019-10-29): compat_level=1
* FW v2.20.0 (2020-04-23): compat_level=1
Empty flash values (0xffffffff) are interpreted as compat_level=0.
If a firmware upgrade file has a soft-version block without
compatibility level (data length < 0x10), this is also interpreted as
compat_level=0.
By including a high enough compatibility level in factory images, stock
firmware can be convinced to accept the image. A compatibility level
aware firmware will keep the original value.
Example upgrade log of TP-Link EAP245v3 FWv2.3.0 to FWv2.20.0:
[NM_Debug](nm_fwup_verifyFwupFile) 02073: curSoftVer:2.3.0 Build
20190731 Rel. 51932,newSoftVer:2.20.0 Build 20200423 Rel. 36779
...
AddiHardwareVer check: NEW(0x1) >= CUR(0x0), Success.
...
[NM_NOTICE](updateDataToNvram) 00575: Restore old additionalHardVer:
0x0.(new 0x1)
[NM_NOTICE](updateDataToNvram) 00607: PTN 07: name = soft-version,
base = 0x00092000, size = 0x00000100 Bytes, upDataType = 1,
upDataStart = 7690604b, upDataLen = 00000018
[NM_Debug](updateDataToNvram) 00738: PTN 07: write bytes = 000002eb
Other firmware upgrades have been observed to modify the compabitility
stored level (e.g. TP-Link EAP225-Outdoor FWv1.4.1 to FWv1.7.0).
Therefore, it seems to be the safest option to set the OpenWrt
compatibility level to the highest known value instead of the highest
possible value (0xfffffffe), to ensure users do not get unexpectedly
refused firmware upgrades when using a device reverted back to stock.
To remain compatible with existing devices and not produce different
images, the image builder doesn't store a compatibility level if it is
zero.
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
The soft-version partition actually contains a header and trailing data:
* header: {data length, [zero]}
* data: {version, bcd encoded date, revision}
The data length is currently treated as a magic number, but should
contain the length of the partition data.
This header is also present the following partitions (non-exhaustive):
* string-based soft-version
* support-list
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
Enabled the ELF firmware partition splitter 4.19 and 5.4 in preparation
for the TP-Link EAP245v3 device support.
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
To parse the ELF kernel loader, a small ELF parser is used that can
handle both ELF32 or ELF64 class loaders. The splitter assumes that the
kernel is always located before the rootfs, whether it is embedded in
the loader or not. If the kernel is located after the rootfs on the
firmware partition, then the rootfs splitter will include it in the
dynamically created rootfs_data partition and the kernel will be
corrupted.
The kernel image is preferably embedded inside the ELF loader, so the
end of the loader equals the end of the kernel partition. This is due to
the way mtd_find_rootfs_from searches for the the rootfs:
- if the kernel image is embedded in the loader, the appended rootfs may
follow the loader immediately, within the same erase block.
- if the kernel image is not embedded in the loader, but placed at some
offset behind the loader (OKLI-style loader), the rootfs must be
aligned to an erase-block after the loader and kernel image.
In case section header table is empty, determine the elf loader size by
finding the end of the last segment, as defined by the program header
table.
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
Currently the global variable PKG_FILE_MODES is used for all ipkg
creations. This works for Makefiles which output a single package, or
variants of a single package.
But if a Makefile outputs multiple packages that each contain different
files, setting PKG_FILE_MODES causes build failure when any of the files
in the variable do not exist in the folder that is currently being
packaged.
Example:
/openwrt/staging_dir/host/bin/fakeroot -l /openwrt/staging_dir/host/lib/libfakeroot.so -f /openwrt/staging_dir/host/bin/faked /openwrt/scripts/ipkg-build -m "/usr/lib/mariadb/plugin/auth_pam_tool_dir:root:376:0750" /openwrt/build_dir/target-mips_24kc_musl/mariadb-10.4.13/ipkg-mips_24kc/mariadb-server-plugin-disks /openwrt/bin/packages/mips_24kc/packages
+chown: cannot access '/openwrt/build_dir/target-mips_24kc_musl/mariadb-10.4.13/ipkg-mips_24kc/mariadb-server-plugin-disks//usr/lib/mariadb/plugin/auth_pam_tool_dir': No such file or directory
This commit changes the file mode handling a bit. The file mode can now
be set either globally via PKG_FILE_MODES (no behavior change) or on a
per-package basis via FILE_MODES. This way specific file modes can be
used for any particular package.
This behavior is already used for other OpenWrt variables, hence it is
familiar:
PKG_MAINTAINER vs MAINTAINER
PKG_SOURCE_SUBDIR vs SUBDIR
PKG_LICENSE vs LICENSE
...
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Kemper <sebastian_ml@gmx.net>
Don't use bash syntax, because /bin/sh is used here.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
[bump PKG_RELEASE]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Some environments, e.g. first gen WSL, do not support SysV IPC.
Enforce the use of TCP transport instead which should be universally
available.
Fixes: FS#3317
Ref: https://github.com/microsoft/WSL/issues/4067
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Minor cleanup and code reorganization, along with a change to not disable
offload anymore when a tkip or sw crypto key is added
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
* compat: backport kfree_sensitive and switch to it
* netlink: consistently use NLA_POLICY_EXACT_LEN()
* netlink: consistently use NLA_POLICY_MIN_LEN()
* compat: backport NLA policy macros
Backports from upstream changes.
* peerlookup: take lock before checking hash in replace operation
A fix for a race condition caught by syzkaller.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
3d9bd73 utils: fix check_pid_path to work with deleted file as well
330f403 vlan: initialize device ifname earlier at creation time
c057e71 device: do not check state from within device_init
cb0c07b system-dummy: fix resolving ifindex
ccd9ddc bridge: add support for turning on vlan_filtering
82bcb64 bridge: add support for adding vlans to a bridge
0e8cea0 bridge: add support for VLAN filtering
6086b63 config: enable bridge vlan filtering by default for bridges that define VLANs
ac0710b device: look up full device name before traversing vlan chain
e32e21e bridge: flush vlan list on bridge free
645ceed interface-ip: clear host bits of the device prefix
d7b614a netifd-wireless: parse 'osen' encryption
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The uci-default mechanism to update the compat-version was only
meant for early DSA-adopters, which should have updated by now.
Remove this workaround again in order to prevent the intended
experiences for all the other people.
This reverts:
a9703db720 ("mvebu: fix sysupgrade experience for early DSA-adopters")
86c89bf5e8 ("kirkwood: fix sysupgrade experience for early DSA-adopters")
Partially reverted:
1eac573b53 ("ramips: mt7621: implement compatibility version for DSA migration")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This reverts commit e81e625ca3.
This was meant just for early DSA-adopters. Those should have
updated by now, remove it so future updaters get the intended
experience.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The Ed25519 key pairs are much shorter than RSA pairs and are supported
by default in OpenSSH. Looking at websites explaining how to create new
SSH keys, many suggest using Ed25519 rather than RSA, however consider
the former as not yet widely established. OpenWrt likely has a positive
influence on that development.
As enabling Ed25519 is a compile time option, it is currently not
possible to install the feature via `opkg` nor select that option in an
ImageBuilder.
Due to the size impact of **12kB** the option should only be enabled for
devices with `!SMALL_FLASH`.
This approach seems cleaner than splitting `dropbear` into two packages
like `dropbear` and `dropbear-ed25519`.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
When the libmagic from the file package in the packages feed was also
compiled and provided its libmagic.so file, util-linux tried to link
against it. Avoid this by explicitly disable libmagic support.
This fixes the following build error:
Package more is missing dependencies for the following libraries:
libmagic.so.1
Fixes: 36d9ed360a ("util-linux: update to 2.36")
Acked-by: Sebastian Kemper <sebastian_ml@gmx.net>
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
[Add commit description]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This also sets the ABI_VERSION as this is a versioned shared library.
The ipk sizes for mips_24Kc change like this:
old:
jansson_2.12-1_mips_24kc.ipk 18.692
new:
jansson4_2.13.1-1_mips_24kc.ipk 19.171
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Manually merged:
hack-5.4
230-openwrt_lzma_options.patch
bcm27xx
950-0283-hid-usb-Add-device-quirks-for-Freeway-Airmouse-T3-an.patch
x86
011-tune_lzma_options.patch
Remove upstreamed patches in collaboration with Ansuel Smith:
ipq806x
093-1-v5.8-ipq806x-PCI-qcom-Add-missing-ipq806x-clocks-in-PCIe-driver.patch
093-2-v5.8-ipq806x-PCI-qcom-Change-duplicate-PCI-reset-to-phy-reset.patch
093-3-v5.8-ipq806x-PCI-qcom-Add-missing-reset-for-ipq806x.patch
All other modifications made by update_kernel.sh
Build-tested: bcm27xx/bcm2708, ipq806x, x86/64
Run-tested: ipq806x (R7800), x86/64
No dmesg regressions, everything functional
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
[update commit message/tested]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Devices with 4M flash are not built be default for 20.xx anymore.
Building them with buildbot settings does not work anymore anyway.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This applies the vendor_model scheme for this target as well, so
naming is consistent throughout supported targets.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
AR2315 Ethernet driver pass NULL instead of a real device pointer to DMA
(un-)map calls. With kernel version 5.4 such behaviour causes a kernel
panic. Fix this issue by preserving device pointer during the probe
procedure and pass it to each skb data DMA (un-)map call.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
Rework ethernet supported link modes to linkmode bitmask.
This is needed to suppress compilation errors:
drivers/net/ethernet/atheros/ar231x/ar231x.c:1153:20: ...
error: assignment to expression with array type
phydev->supported &= (SUPPORTED_10baseT_Half
^~
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
[cut out of bigger patch, adjust commit title/message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Kernel commit e7bfb3fdbde3 ("mtd: Stop updating erase_info->state
and calling mtd_erase_callback()") removed erase_info->state
updates and calls of mtd_erase_callback().
Drop these erase callback invocations from AR2315 MTD driver as well.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Discussion on the mailing list reveals that this target has active
users. As we are finally able to upgrade this target to kernel 5.4,
add it back to master.
This reverts commit 7d29a55714 ("ath25: drop target") and
immediately moves the relevant files to 5.4, without touching
the content.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This is the same as loader-kernel since the KERNEL_CMDLINE
parameter has been removed in [1] and not used at all anyway.
Remove it.
[1] f77db1a590 ("ath79: cleanup image build code")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Acked-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
This patch adds support for D-Link DIR-2660 A1.
Specifications:
* Board: AP-MTKH7-0002
* SoC: MediaTek MT7621AT
* RAM: 256 MB (DDR3)
* Flash: 128 MB (NAND)
* WiFi: MediaTek MT7615N (x2)
* Switch: 1 WAN, 4 LAN (Gigabit)
* Ports: 1 USB 2.0, 1 USB 3.0
* Buttons: Reset, WPS
* LEDs: Power (white/orange), Internet (white/orange), WiFi 2.4G (white),
WiFi 5G (white), USB 3.0 (white), USB 2.0 (white)
Notes:
* WiFi 2.4G and WiFi 5G LEDs are wired directly to the wireless chips
Installation:
* D-Link Recovery GUI: power down the router, press and hold the reset
button, then re-plug it. Keep the reset button pressed until the power
LED starts flashing orange, manually assign a static IP address under
the 192.168.0.xxx subnet (e.g. 192.168.0.2) and go to http://192.168.0.1
* Some modern browsers may have problems flashing via the Recovery GUI,
if that occurs consider uploading the firmware through cURL:
curl -v -i -F "firmware=@file.bin" 192.168.0.1
MAC addresses:
lan factory 0xe000 *:a7 (label)
wan factory 0xe006 *:aa
2.4 factory 0xe000 +1 *:a8
5.0 factory 0xe000 +2 *:a9
Seems like vendor didn't replace the dummy entries in the calibration data.
Signed-off-by: Josh Bendavid <joshbendavid@gmail.com>
[rebase onto already merged DIR-1960 A1, add MAC addresses to commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Devices with PCIe-Switches like the WNDR4700, MR24 and WNDAP660
need to have the interrupts property specified in the device-tree
for the legacy pci interrupt signaling method to work.
If the proper interrupt value is not specified, the default INTA
IRQ 12 is taken for all devices. This is especially bad, if the
device is setup to use INTC, because these interrupts will not
be serviced.
Russell Senior reported his experience on the MR24:
"The symptom is client devices can't see the beacons.
Wifi ifaces appear, can scan and hear other networks,
but clients can't see the MR24's SSIDs."
(The interrupts-property on the WNDAP620 was optional since it
uses INTA by default. Likewise the MX60W is in the same category)
Reported-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The LED's "label" property has been deprecated in upstream by:
|commit c5d18dd6b64e09dd6984bda9bdd55160af537a8c
|Author: Jacek Anaszewski <jacek.anaszewski@gmail.com>
|Date: Sun Jun 9 20:19:04 2019 +0200
|
| dt-bindings: leds: Add properties for LED name construction
|
| Introduce dedicated properties for conveying information about
| LED function and color. Mark old "label" property as deprecated.
|
| Additionally function-enumerator property is being provided
| for the cases when neither function nor color can be used
| for LED differentiation.
in order to be somewhat prepared, this patch adds a fallback
as a last resort to make the current led code work by falling
back to the node-name as the "label".
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
af30be0 Fix setting prefix for IPv6 link-local addresss
0314df4 Disable asking password again when prompt program returns 128
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Adding inline shell invocations in per-target variables causes them to be
executed over and over again, which causes a significant slowdown.
Fix this by evaluating it only once per package directory
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
mt76 now spreads the load over multiple CPUs more smoothly, processing
ethernet packets should be faster running on one core
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The linux upstream commit had treated config leak as error.
5967577 scripts: headers_install: Exit with error on config leak
It is causing below build issue. Provide a kernel patch to fix
it by replacing CONFIG_COMPAT kernel option with FM_COMPAT instead.
HDRINST usr/include/linux/fmd/integrations/integration_ioctls.h
HDRINST usr/include/linux/fmd/Peripherals/fm_port_ioctls.h
error: include/uapi/linux/fmd/Peripherals/fm_port_ioctls.h: leak
CONFIG_COMPAT to user-space
scripts/Makefile.headersinst:63: recipe for target
'usr/include/linux/fmd/Peripherals/fm_port_ioctls.h' failed
make[5]: *** [usr/include/linux/fmd/Peripherals/fm_port_ioctls.h] Error 1
Makefile:1198: recipe for target 'headers' failed
make[4]: *** [headers] Error 2
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
The LSM (Linux security mechanism) list is the successor of the now
legacy *major LSM*. Instead of defining a single security mechanism the
LSM symbol is a comma separated list of mechanisms to load.
Until recently OpenWrt would only support DAC (Unix discretionary access
controls) which don't require an additional entry in the LSM list. With
the newly introduced SELinux support the LSM needs to be extended else
only a manual modified Kernel cmdline (`security=selinux`) would
activate SELinux.
As the default OpenWrt Kernel config sets DAC as default security
mechanism, SELinux is stripped from the LSM list, even if
`KERNEL_DEFAULT_SECURITY_SELINUX` is activated. To allow SELinux without
a modified cmdline this commit sets a specific LSM list if
`KERNEL_SECURITY_SELINUX` is enabled.
The upstream Kconfig adds even more mechanisms
(smack,selinux,tomoyo,apparmor), but until they're ported to OpenWrt,
these can be ignored.
To compile SELinux Kernel support but disable it from loading, the
already present options `KERNEL_SECURITY_SELINUX_DISABLE` or
`KERNEL_SECURITY_SELINUX_BOOTPARAM` (with custom cmdline `selinux=0`)
can be used. Further it's possible to edit `/etc/selinux/config`.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
The HooToo HT-TM05 is a battery powered router, with an Ethernet and USB port.
Vendor U-Boot limited to 1.5 MB kernel size, so use lzma loader (loader-okli).
Specifications:
SOC: MediaTek MT7620N
BATTERY: 10400mAh
WLAN: 802.11bgn
LAN: 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
USB: 1x USB 2.0 (Type-A)
RAM: 64 MB
FLASH: GigaDevice GD25Q64, Serial 8 MB Flash, clocked at 50 MHz
Flash itself specified to 80 MHz, but speed limited by mt7620 SPI
fast-read enabled (m25p)
LED: Status LED (blue after boot, green with WiFi traffic
4 leds to indicate power level of the battery (unable to control)
INPUT: Power, reset button
MAC assignment based on vendor firmware:
2.4 GHz *:b4 (factory 0x04)
LAN/label *:b4 (factory 0x28)
WAN *:b5 (factory 0x2e)
Tested and working:
- Ethernet
- 2.4 GHz WiFi (Correct MAC-address)
- Installation from TFTP (recovery)
- OpenWRT sysupgrade (Preserving and non-preserving), through the usual
ways: command line and LuCI
- LEDs (except as noted above)
- Button (reset)
- I2C, which is needed for reading battery charge status and level
- U-Boot environment / variables (from U-Boot, and OpenWrt)
Installation:
- Download the needed OpenWrt install files, place them in the root
of a clean TFTP server running on your computer. Rename the files as,
- ramips-mt7620-hootoo_tm05-squashfs-kernel.bin => kernel
- ramips-mt7620-hootoo_tm05-squashfs-rootfs.bin => rootfs
- Plug the router into your computer via Ethernet
- Set your computer to use 10.10.10.254 as its IP address
- With your router shut down, hold down the power button until the first
white LED lights up.
- Push and hold the reset button and release the power button. Continue
holding the reset button for 30 seconds or until it begins searching
for files on your TFTP server, whichever comes first.
- The router (10.10.10.128) will look for your computer at 10.10.10.254
and install the two files. Once it has finished installation, it will
automatically reboot and start up OpenWrt.
- Set your computer to use DHCP for its IP address
Notes:
- U-Boot environment can be modified, u-boot-env is preserved on initial
install or sysupgrade
- mtd-concat functionality is included, to leave a "hole" for u-boot-env,
combining the OEM kernel and rootfs partitions
I would like to thank @mpratt14 and @xabolcs for their help getting the
lzma loader to work!
Signed-off-by: Russell Morris <rmorris@rkmorris.us>
[drop changes in image/Makefile, fix indent and PKG_RELEASE in
uboot-envtools, fix LOADER_FLASH_OFFS, minor commit message facelift,
add COMPILE to Device/Default]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
FLASH_START is supposed to point at the memory area where NOR flash are
mapped. We currently have an incorrect FLASH_START copied from ar71xx
back then and the loader doesn't work under OKLI mode.
On ramips, mt7621 has it's flash mapped to 0x1fc00000 and other SoCs
uses 0x1c000000. This commit makes FLASH_START a configurable value to
handle both cases.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
This removes switches dependent on kernel version 4.14 as well as
several packages/modules selected only for that version.
This also removes sched-cake-virtual, which is not required anymore
now that we have only one variant of cake.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The target seems to be working on 5.4, so drop 4.14 support in
preparation for removing it from master entirely.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The target seems to be working on 5.4, so drop 4.14 support in
preparation for removing it from master entirely.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The target seems to be working on 5.4, so drop 4.14 support in
preparation for removing it from master entirely.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This target is still on kernel 4.14, and no attempt has been made to
update it to a newer kernel. Since we already are two LTS versions ahead
of that the target is dropped, as the chance of somebody bumping it will
only decrease with time.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This target is still on kernel 4.14, and recent attempts to move it to
kernel 5.4 have not led to success. The device tester reported that it
wouldn't boot with the following messages:
From sysupgrade:
Press any key within 4 seconds to enter setup....
loading kernel from nand... OK
setting up elf image... OK
jumping to kernel code
At this point the system hangs.
From CompactFlash:
Press any key within 4 seconds to enter setup....
Booting CF
Loading kernel... done
setting up elf image... kernel out of range kernel loading failed
The tester reported that the same was observed with current master
(kernel 4.14) as well. This looks like some kernel size restriction.
Since this target is quite old and only supports one device, and since
nobody else seemed interested in working on this for quite some time,
I decided to not put further work into analyzing the problem and drop
this together with the other 4.14-only targets.
Patchwork series:
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/project/openwrt/list/?series=197066&state=*
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This target still only works with kernel 4.14, and not so recent
attempts of getting newer kernel versions supported did not lead
to success. Therefore, drop the target, as we are already two
LTS kernel versions ahead and it does not seem like anybody will
pick up the work.
Patchwork series:
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/project/openwrt/list/?series=169991&state=*
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This sorts the added tools and builddir dependencies alphabetically
to make it easier to find something in the Makefile.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
These tools have been used by the orion target which has been
removed in Jan 2020 [1].
Both were specifically meant for the WRT350Nv2, which is not
supported anymore.
So, let's remove them as well.
[1] 89f2deb372 ("orion: remove unmaintained target")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This release of Mbed TLS provides bug fixes and minor enhancements. This
release includes fixes for security issues and the most notable of them
are described in more detail in the security advisories.
* Local side channel attack on RSA and static Diffie-Hellman
* Local side channel attack on classical CBC decryption in (D)TLS
* When checking X.509 CRLs, a certificate was only considered as revoked
if its revocationDate was in the past according to the local clock if
available.
Full release announcement:
https://github.com/ARMmbed/mbedtls/releases/tag/v2.16.8
Signed-off-by: Magnus Kroken <mkroken@gmail.com>
Using fakeroot without passing the paths to libfakeroot.sh and faked
causes havoc. Use the $(FAKEROOT) Make variable which includes them.
Fixes: 353ce2e521 ("build: ipkg-build use fakeroot with PKG_FILE_MODES")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Drop init script from libaudit package. It will be added to the
'audit' package in the packages feed.
Fixes: efdf619f21 ("audit: build only libaudit")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The key folder is used by `opkg` and `usign` to store and retrieve
trusted public keys. Using `opkg-key` outside a running device is
unfeasible as the key folder is hard coded to `/etc/opkg/keys`.
This commit adds a variable OPKG_KEYS which defaults to `/etc/opkg/keys`
if unset, however allows set arbitrary key folder locations.
Arbitrary key folder locations are useful to add signature verification
to the ImageBuilders.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Deactivate multiple personalities support, because this causes compile
problems at least on the x86/64 target. As OpenWrt compiles all
binaries itself all binaries will use the native personality which is
also used by strace. This change will make it impossible to debug i386
binaries on x86_64 OpenWrt targets for example.
Just deactivate it for ARM64 too.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
hwclock was fixed to work with musl.
Unfortunately, the fix breaks under musl 1.2.x. Backported patch to fix
that.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Switched to upstream tarballs.
Switched to libcxxabi as using libsupc++ is quite wonky.
Fixed description.
Removed patches. The fixes are cosmetic.
Added ssp patch. This one is needed for i386 and powerpc under musl.
Compile tested every C++ package in the tree with the exception of
several boost packages. There's something broken with boost.
Ran tested with gerbera.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
This will be used for libcxx.
libcxxabi is needed as libsupc++ is not good enough for libcxx. It uses
GCC specific stuff which causes failed compilation for some packages.
There are also runtime issues, most notably with cxxopts where the
program just crashes.
Reference: https://github.com/gerbera/gerbera/issues/795
Added patch to fix ARM compilation.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Static libraries and headers of libselinux and libsepol are required
for checkpolicy to build.
Fixes error:
policy_parse.y:45:10: fatal error: sepol/policydb/expand.h: No such file or directory
#include <sepol/policydb/expand.h>
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
compilation terminated.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Fixes build error:
load_policy.c:11:10: fatal error: libintl.h: No such file or directory
#include <libintl.h> /* for gettext() */
^~~~~~~~~~~
compilation terminated.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
FCC ID: U2M-ENH200
Engenius ENH202 is an outdoor wireless access point with 2 10/100 ports,
built-in ethernet switch, internal antenna plates and proprietery PoE.
Specification:
- Qualcomm/Atheros AR7240 rev 2
- 40 MHz reference clock
- 8 MB FLASH ST25P64V6P (aka ST M25P64)
- 32 MB RAM
- UART at J3 (populated)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (built-in switch at gmac1)
- 2.4 GHz, 2x2, 29dBm (Atheros AR9280 rev 2)
- internal antenna plates (10 dbi, semi-directional)
- 5 LEDs, 1 button (LAN, WAN, RSSI) (Reset)
Known Issues:
- Sysupgrade from ar71xx no longer possible
- Power LED not controllable, or unknown gpio
MAC addresses:
eth0/eth1 *:11 art 0x0/0x6
wlan *:10 art 0x120c
The device label lists both addresses, WLAN MAC and ETH MAC,
in that order.
Since 0x0 and 0x6 have the same content, it cannot be
determined which is eth0 and eth1, so we chose 0x0 for both.
Installation:
2 ways to flash factory.bin from OEM:
- Connect ethernet directly to board (the non POE port)
this is LAN for all images
- if you get Failsafe Mode from failed flash:
only use it to flash Original firmware from Engenius
or risk kernel loop or halt which requires serial cable
Method 1: Firmware upgrade page:
OEM webpage at 192.168.1.1
username and password "admin"
In upper right select Reset
"Restore to factory default settings"
Wait for reboot and login again
Navigate to "Firmware Upgrade" page from left pane
Click Browse and select the factory.bin image
Upload and verify checksum
Click Continue to confirm and wait 3 minutes
Method 2: Serial to load Failsafe webpage:
After connecting to serial console and rebooting...
Interrupt boot with any key pressed rapidly
execute `run failsafe_boot` OR `bootm 0x9f670000`
wait a minute
connect to ethernet and navigate to
"192.168.1.1/index.htm"
Select the factory.bin image and upload
wait about 3 minutes
Return to OEM:
If you have a serial cable, see Serial Failsafe instructions
*DISCLAIMER*
The Failsafe image is unique to Engenius boards.
If the failsafe image is missing or damaged this will not work
DO NOT downgrade to ar71xx this way, can cause kernel loop or halt
The easiest way to return to the OEM software is the Failsafe image
If you dont have a serial cable, you can ssh into openwrt and run
`mtd -r erase fakeroot`
Wait 3 minutes
connect to ethernet and navigate to 192.168.1.1/index.htm
select OEM firmware image from Engenius and click upgrade
Format of OEM firmware image:
The OEM software of ENH202 is a heavily modified version
of Openwrt Kamikaze bleeding-edge. One of the many modifications
is to the sysupgrade program. Image verification is performed
simply by the successful ungzip and untar of the supplied file
and name check and header verification of the resulting contents.
To form a factory.bin that is accepted by OEM Openwrt build,
the kernel and rootfs must have specific names...
openwrt-senao-enh202-uImage-lzma.bin
openwrt-senao-enh202-root.squashfs
and begin with the respective headers (uImage, squashfs).
Then the files must be tarballed and gzipped.
The resulting binary is actually a tar.gz file in disguise.
This can be verified by using binwalk on the OEM firmware images,
ungzipping then untaring, and by swapping headers to see
what the OEM upgrade utility accepts and rejects.
OKLI kernel loader is required because the OEM firmware
expects the kernel to be no greater than 1024k
and the factory.bin upgrade procedure would otherwise
overwrite part of the kernel when writing rootfs.
Note on built-in switch:
ENH202 is originally configured to be an access point,
but with two ethernet ports, both WAN and LAN is possible.
the POE port is gmac0 which is preferred to be
the port for WAN because it gives link status
where swconfig does not.
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mpratt51@gmail.com>
[assign label_mac in 02_network, use ucidef_set_interface_wan,
use common device definition, some reordering]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Engenius ENS202EXT v1 is an outdoor wireless access point with 2 10/100 ports,
with built-in ethernet switch, detachable antennas and proprietery PoE.
FCC ID: A8J-ENS202
Specification:
- Qualcomm/Atheros AR9341 v1
- 535/400/200/40 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB/REF)
- 64 MB of RAM
- 16 MB of FLASH MX25L12835F(MI-10G)
- UART (J1) header on PCB (unpopulated)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (built-in switch Atheros AR8229)
- 2.4 GHz, up to 27dBm (Atheros AR9340)
- 2x external, detachable antennas
- 7x LED (5 programmable in ath79), 1x GPIO button (Reset)
Known Issues:
- Sysupgrade from ar71xx no longer possible
- Ethernet LEDs stay on solid when connected, not programmable
MAC addresses:
eth0/eth1 *:7b art 0x0/0x6
wlan *:7a art 0x1002
The device label lists both addresses, WLAN MAC and ETH MAC,
in that order.
Since 0x0 and 0x6 have the same content, it cannot be
determined which is eth0 and eth1, so we chose 0x0 for both.
Installation:
2 ways to flash factory.bin from OEM:
- Connect ethernet directly to board (the non POE port)
this is LAN for all images
- if you get Failsafe Mode from failed flash:
only use it to flash Original firmware from Engenius
or risk kernel loop which requires serial cable
Method 1: Firmware upgrade page:
OEM webpage at 192.168.1.1
username and password "admin"
In upper right select Reset
"Restore to factory default settings"
Wait for reboot and login again
Navigate to "Firmware Upgrade" page from left pane
Click Browse and select the factory.bin image
Upload and verify checksum
Click Continue to confirm and wait 3 minutes
Method 2: Serial to load Failsafe webpage:
After connecting to serial console and rebooting...
Interrupt boot with any key pressed rapidly
execute `run failsafe_boot` OR `bootm 0x9fdf0000`
wait a minute
connect to ethernet and navigate to
"192.168.1.1/index.htm"
Select the factory.bin image and upload
wait about 3 minutes
*If you are unable to get network/LuCI after flashing*
You must perform another factory reset:
After waiting 3 minutes or when Power LED stop blinking:
Hold Reset button for 15 seconds while powered on
or until Power LED blinks very fast
release and wait 2 minutes
Return to OEM:
If you have a serial cable, see Serial Failsafe instructions
*DISCLAIMER*
The Failsafe image is unique to this model.
The following directions are unique to this model.
DO NOT downgrade to ar71xx this way, can cause kernel loop
The easiest way to return to the OEM software is the Failsafe image
If you dont have a serial cable, you can ssh into openwrt and run
`mtd -r erase fakeroot`
Wait 3 minutes
connect to ethernet and navigate to 192.168.1.1/index.htm
select OEM firmware image from Engenius and click upgrade
TFTP Recovery:
For some reason, TFTP is not reliable on this board.
Takes many attempts, many timeouts before it fully transfers.
Starting with an initramfs.bin:
Connect to ethernet
set IP address and TFTP server to 192.168.1.101
set up infinite ping to 192.168.1.1
rename the initramfs.bin to "vmlinux-art-ramdisk" and host on TFTP server
disconnect power to the board
hold reset button while powering on board for 8 seconds
Wait a minute, power LED should blink eventually if successful
and a minute after that the pings should get replies
You have now loaded a temporary Openwrt with default settings temporarily.
You can use that image to sysupgrade another image to overwrite flash.
Format of OEM firmware image:
The OEM software of ENS202EXT is a heavily modified version
of Openwrt Kamikaze bleeding-edge. One of the many modifications
is to the sysupgrade program. Image verification is performed
simply by the successful ungzip and untar of the supplied file
and name check and header verification of the resulting contents.
To form a factory.bin that is accepted by OEM Openwrt build,
the kernel and rootfs must have specific names...
openwrt-senao-ens202ext-uImage-lzma.bin
openwrt-senao-ens202ext-root.squashfs
and begin with the respective headers (uImage, squashfs).
Then the files must be tarballed and gzipped.
The resulting binary is actually a tar.gz file in disguise.
This can be verified by using binwalk on the OEM firmware images,
ungzipping then untaring, and by swapping headers to see
what the OEM upgrade utility accepts and rejects.
Note on the factory.bin:
The newest kernel is too large to be in the kernel partition
the new ath79 kernel is beyond 1592k
Even ath79-tiny is 1580k
Checksum fails at boot because the bootloader (modified uboot)
expects kernel to be 1536k. If the kernel is larger, it gets
overwritten when rootfs is flashed, causing a broken image.
The mtdparts variable is part of the build and saving a new
uboot environment will not persist after flashing.
OEM version might interact with uboot or with the custom
OEM partition at 0x9f050000.
Failed checksums at boot cause failsafe image to launch,
allowing any image to be flashed again.
HOWEVER: one should not install older Openwrt from failsafe
because it can cause rootfs to be unmountable,
causing kernel loop after successful checksum.
The only way to rescue after that is with a serial cable.
For these reasons, a fake kernel (OKLI kernel loader)
and fake squashfs rootfs is implemented to take care of
the OEM firmware image verification and checksums at boot.
The OEM only verifies the checksum of the first image
of each partition respectively, which is the loader
and the fake squashfs. This completely frees
the "firmware" partition from all checks.
virtual_flash is implemented to make use of the wasted space.
this leaves only 2 erase blocks actually wasted.
The loader and fakeroot partitions must remain intact, otherwise
the next boot will fail, redirecting to the Failsafe image.
Because the partition table required is so different
than the OEM partition table and ar71xx partition table,
sysupgrades are not possible until one switches to ath79 kernel.
Note on sysupgrade.tgz:
To make things even more complicated, another change is needed to
fix an issue where network does not work after flashing from either
OEM software or Failsafe image, which implants the OEM (Openwrt Kamikaze)
configuration into the jffs2 /overlay when writing rootfs from factory.bin.
The upgrade script has this:
mtd -j "/tmp/_sys/sysupgrade.tgz" write "${rootfs}" "rootfs"
However, it also accepts scripts before and after:
before_local="/etc/before-upgradelocal.sh"
after_local="/etc/after-upgradelocal.sh"
before="before-upgrade.sh"
after="after-upgrade.sh"
Thus, we can solve the issue by making the .tgz an empty file
by making a before-upgrade.sh in the factory.bin
Note on built-in switch:
There is two ports on the board, POE through the power supply brick,
the other is on the board. For whatever reason, in the ar71xx target,
both ports were on the built-in switch on eth1. In order to make use
of a port for WAN or a different LAN, one has to set up VLANs.
In ath79, eth0 and eth1 is defined in the DTS so that the
built-in switch is seen as eth0, but only for 1 port
the other port is on eth1 without a built-in switch.
eth0: switch0
CPU is port 0
board port is port 1
eth1: POE port on the power brick
Since there is two physical ports,
it can be configured as a full router,
with LAN for both wired and wireless.
According to the Datasheet, the port that is not on the switch
is connected to gmac0. It is preferred that gmac0 is chosen as WAN
over a port on an internal switch, so that link status can pass
to the kernel immediately which is more important for WAN connections.
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mpratt51@gmail.com>
[apply sorting in 01_leds, make factory recipe more generic, create common
device node, move label-mac to 02_network, add MAC addresses to commit
message, remove kmod-leds-gpio, use gzip directly]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This network setup for MikroTik devices based on the LHG-HB platform
avoids using the integrated switch and connects the single Ethernet
port directly. This way, link speed (10/100 Mbps) is properly repor-
ted by eth0.
Fixes: FS#3309
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
The base address is used for the LAN and 2G WLAN interfaces.
5G WLAN interface is +1 and the PLC interface uses +2.
Signed-off-by: Sven Wegener <sven.wegener@stealer.net>
[improve commit title, fix assignment in 11-ath10k-caldata]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Port device support for Meraki MR16 from the ar71xx target to ath79.
Specifications:
* AR7161 CPU, 16 MiB Flash, 64 MiB RAM
* One PoE-capable Gigabit Ethernet Port
* AR9220 / AR9223 (2x2 11an / 11n) WLAN
Installation:
* Requires TFTP server at 192.168.1.101, w/ initramfs & sysupgrade .bins
* Open shell case and connect a USB to TTL cable to upper serial headers
* Power on the router; connect to U-boot over 115200-baud connection
* Interrupt U-boot process to boot Openwrt by running:
setenv bootcmd bootm 0xbf0a0000; saveenv;
tftpboot 0c00000 <filename-of-initramfs-kernel>.bin;
bootm 0c00000;
* Copy sysupgrade image to /tmp on MR16
* sysupgrade /tmp/<filename-of-sysupgrade>.bin
Notes:
- There are two separate ARTs in the partition (offset 0x1000/0x5000 and
0x11000/0x15000) in the OEM device. I suspect this is an OEM artifact;
possibly used to configure the radios for different regions,
circumstances or RF frontends. Since the ar71xx target uses the
second offsets, use that second set (0x11000 and 0x15000) for the ART.
- kmod-owl-loader is still required to load the ART partition into the
driver.
- The manner of storing MAC addresses is updated from ar71xx; it is
at 0x66 of the 'config' partition, where it was discovered that the
OEM firmware stores it. This is set as read-only. If you are
migrating from ar71xx and used the method mentioned above to
upgrade, use kmod-mtd-rw or UCI to add the MAC back in. One more
method for doing this is described below.
- Migrating directly from ar71xx has not been thoroughly tested, but
one method has been used a couple of times with good success,
migrating 18.06.2 to a full image produced as of this commit. Please
note that these instructions are only for experienced users, and/or
those still able to open their device up to flash it via the serial
headers should anything go wrong.
1) Install kmod-mtd-rw and uboot-envtools
2) Run `insmod mtd-rw.ko i_want_a_brick=1`
3) Modify /etc/fw_env.config to point to the u-boot-env partition.
The file /etc/fw_env.config should contain:
# MTD device env offset env size sector size
/dev/mtd1 0x00000 0x10000 0x10000
See https://openwrt.org/docs/techref/bootloader/uboot.config
for more details.
4) Run `fw_printenv` to verify everything is correct, as per the
link above.
5) Run `fw_setenv bootcmd bootm 0xbf0a0000` to set a new boot address.
6) Manually modify /lib/upgrade/common.sh's get_image function:
Change ...
cat "$from" 2>/dev/null | $cmd
... into ...
(
dd if=/dev/zero bs=1 count=$((0x66)) ; # Pad the first 102 bytes
echo -ne '\x00\x18\x0a\x12\x34\x56' ; # Add in MAC address
dd if=/dev/zero bs=1 count=$((0x20000-0x66-0x6)) ; # Pad the rest
cat "$from" 2>/dev/null | $cmd
)
... which, during the upgrade process, will pad the image by
128K of zeroes-plus-MAC-address, in order for the ar71xx's
firmware partition -- which starts at 0xbf080000 -- to be
instead aligned with the ath79 firmware partition, which
starts 128K later at 0xbf0a0000.
7) Copy the sysupgrade image into /tmp, as above
8) Run `sysupgrade -F /tmp/<sysupgrade>.bin`, then wait
Again, this may BRICK YOUR DEVICE, so make *sure* to have your
serial cable handy.
Addenda:
- The MR12 should be able to be migrated in a nearly identical manner as
it shares much of its hardware with the MR16.
- Thank-you Chris B for copious help with this port.
Signed-off-by: Martin Kennedy <hurricos@gmail.com>
[fix typo in compat message, drop art DT label,
move 05_fix-compat-version to subtarget]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@bootlin.com>
[fix build with GCC 10 and disable MIPS16 as build emits sync instruction]
Signed-off-by: W. Michael Petullo <mike@flyn.org>
Add support for building bpftool and libbpf from the latest 5.8.3 kernel
sources, ensuring up-to-date functionality and fixes. Both are written to
be backwards compatible, which simplfies build and usage across different
OpenWRT image kernels.
'bpftool' is the primary userspace tool widely used for introspection and
manipulation of eBPF programs and maps. Two variants are built: a 'full'
version which supports object disassembly and depends on libbfd/libopcodes
(total ~500KB); and a 'minimal' version without disassembly functions and
dependencies. The default 'minimal' variant is otherwise fully functional,
and both are compiled using LTO for further (~30KB) size reductions.
'libbpf' provides shared/static libraries and dev files needed for building
userspace programs that perform eBPF interaction.
Several cross-compilation and build-failure problems are addressed by new
patches and ones backported from farther upstream:
* 001-libbpf-ensure-no-local-symbols-counted-in-ABI-check.patch
* 002-libbpf-fix-build-failure-from-uninitialized-variable.patch
* 003-bpftool-allow-passing-BPFTOOL_VERSION-to-make.patch
* 004-v5.9-bpftool-use-only-ftw-for-file-tree-parsing.patch
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
Add FTW_ACTIONRETVAL mode and update nftw library for walking file trees.
Update needed to build bpftool userspace utility from Linux kernel source.
Also increment PKG_RELEASE.
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
The variable VERSION_REPO is used by opkg to download package(list)s.
Now that the default installation support encrypted HTTP opkg should
make use of it.
Suggested-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Suggested-by: Baptiste Jonglez <baptiste@bitsofnetworks.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Acked-by: Baptiste Jonglez <baptiste@bitsofnetworks.org>
The line of default packages became very long and it is easier to read
one package per line, therefore split it by newlines and sort it
alphabetically.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
To allow HTTPS usage on a router it requires both certificates
(ca-bundle) and a fitting libustream library (libustream-wolfssl)
By adding both, uclient-fetch and wget can connect to encrypted HTTP.
This allows opkg to update package lists in a more secure fashion.
Suggested-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Suggested-by: Baptiste Jonglez <baptiste@bitsofnetworks.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Instead of using http and https for source downloads from
downloads.openwrt.org, always use https for it's better security.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
The package manager `opkg` offers the function `whatdepends` to print
packages that depend on a specific package.
This feature is useful when used in a CI to not only build an upgraded
package but all packages with a dependency.
Usage:
make whatdepends PACKAGE=libipset
The resulting list can be fed into a SDK building all packages and warn
if anything fails.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
The usage of granular `SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH` for packages is an
incrementing integer which could be useful for downstream tooling,
therefore add it to the packages manifest.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
With the new `SOURCE` argument of `get_source_date_epoch` it is possible
to set package timestamps based on actual package changes rather thane
$TOPDIR changes.
This commit adds a new variable PKG_SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH which is used by
the `ipkg` build script. As a fallback the existing SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH is
used or as last resort the current time.
The redundant checks for `.git/` and `.svn/` are removed.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
The SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH variable is used to make builds reproducible even
if rebuild at different times. Instead of using the current timestamp,
the time of the last source change is used.
Created packages are `touch`ed with a specific timestamp so resulting
packages have the same checksums.
The `get_source_date_epoch.sh` script tries multiple ways (file, git,
hg) to determine the correct timestamp.
Until now the script would only consider the $TOPDIR instead of package
specific changes. Resulting in packages with same versions but different
timestamps, as $TOPDIR (openwrt.git) received changes not affecting
package versions. This results in warning/erros in `opkg` as the package
versions stay the same but checksums changed.
This commit adds an optional argument to get the `SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH` of
a specific path (e.g. package SOURCE) rather than the $TOPDIR. As a
consequence this allows granular but still reproducible timestamps.
As packages might be distributed over multiple repositories the check
for `.git/` becomes unfeasible. Instead tell `git` and `hg` to change
their working directories and automatically traverse the repo folder.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
If a `cd` to `TOPDIR` fails the script should quit.
Also unify `try_mtime` function by storing it in a variable.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Instead of using INSTALL_SUID use the more flexible PKG_FILE_MODES
variable withn the Makefile to set the SUID bit.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
The `ipkg-build` script converts a folder into a `opkg` installable
package. Until now it would use root:root for all packages and try to
preserve file modes.
This has the two drawbacks of packages want to add non-root files or add
SUID files, like the `sudo` package does.
To give more flexibility regarding file modes and avoid init script
hacks, a new variable called `PKG_FILE_MODES`. The variable contains a
list of files modes in the format `path:owner:group:mode`.
An example for the `sudo` package below:
```
PKG_FILE_MODES:=\
/usr/bin/sudo:root:root:4755 \
/etc/sudoers:root:root:0440
```
The `ipkg-build` now runs within a fakeroot environment to set any mode
and directly store it in the resulting `ipk` package archive.
Both options `-o` and `-g` are no longer required due to the introduction
of the more flexible `-m` options, which takes the `PKG_FILE_MODES` as
input.
Lastly the option `-c` is removed as it's unused within the script.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
4318ab1 opkg: allow to configure the path to the signature verification script
cf44c2f libopkg: fix compiler warning
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Two versions of `px5g` exists without sharing code. For clarification
rename the previously existing MbedTLS based version to `px5g-mbedtls`
to exists next to `px5g-wolfssl`.
Rename code file of MbedTLS from `px5g.c` to `px5g-mbedtls.c`.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
This package creates certificates and private keys, just like `px5g`
does. Hower it uses WolfSSL rather than MbedTLS.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
As the package curl has been moved to packages.git and only libcurl
depends on libnghttps move it as well to packages.git.
This is based on the Hamburg 2019 decision that non essential packages
should move outside base.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@bootlin.com>
[update to 2.20200229, adjust Makefile, and move to openwrt.git]
Signed-off-by: W. Michael Petullo <mike@flyn.org>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@bootlin.com>
[update to 3.1, make use of Python 3, and move to openwrt.git]
Signed-off-by: W. Michael Petullo <mike@flyn.org>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@bootlin.com>
[update to 3.1, make use of Python 3, use ALTERNATIVES, and move to openwrt.git]
Signed-off-by: W. Michael Petullo <mike@flyn.org>
This adds a number of options to config/Config-kernel.in so that
packages related to SELinux support can enable the appropriate Linux
kernel support.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@bootlin.com>
[rebase; add ext4, F2FS, UBIFS, and JFFS2 support; add commit message]
Signed-off-by: W. Michael Petullo <mike@flyn.org>
SELinux uses extended attributes to store SELinux security contexts.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@bootlin.com>
[rebase, add commit message]
Signed-off-by: W. Michael Petullo <mike@flyn.org>
This allows the build process to prepare a squashfs filesystem for use
with SELinux.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@bootlin.com>
[rebase, add commit message]
Signed-off-by: W. Michael Petullo <mike@flyn.org>
lzma-old host package is required for building ath79 images, as
mksquashfs-lzma is required for generating netgear images.
Fixes commit 4e4ee46495 ("ar71xx: drop target")
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The kernel has become too big again for the ar9344-based TP-Link
CPE/WBS devices which still have no firmware-partition splitter.
Current buildbots produce a kernel size of about 2469 kiB, while
the partition is only 2048 kiB (0x200000). Therefore, increase it
to 0x300000 to provide enough room for this and, hopefully, the
next kernel.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This target has been mostly replaced by ath79 and won't be included
in the upcoming release anymore. Finally put it to rest.
This also removes all references in packages, tools, etc. as well as
the uboot-ar71xx and vsc73x5-ucode packages.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
In a multi-wan setup, netifd may need guidance on which wan device to
use to create the route to the remote peer.
This commit adds a 'tunlink' option similar to other tunneling interfaces
such as 6in4, 6rd, gre, etc.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Goodman <aaronjg@stanford.edu>
This patch fixes various typos or tab-vs-space issues in
the APM821XX device targets Device-Tree source files.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch silences the following warnings:
>netgear-wndr4700.dts:168.3-13:Warning (reg_format): /plb/sata@bffd1800/sata-port@0:reg:property has invalid length (4 bytes) (#address-cells == 2, #size-cells == 1)
>netgear-wndr4700.dts:167.26-170.4: Warning (avoid_default_addr_size):/plb/sata@bffd1800/sata-port@0: Relying on default #address-cells value
>netgear-wndr4700.dts:167.26-170.4: Warning (avoid_default_addr_size):/plb/sata@bffd1800/sata-port@0: Relying on default #size-cells value
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch adds the pcie-switch and bridge configuration of the
WNDR4700.
This allows to get rid of the legacy firmware monikers and drop
the usbport LED declaration.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Changing the factory image of KD20 was used during testing and wasn't
intended to be included in the commit fixing a SATA bug on oxnas.
Revert that part of the commit.
Fixes: 5793112f75 ("oxnas: reduce size of ATA DMA descriptor space")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Compile the Linkstation poweroff module for the Buffalo LS421DE.
Without this driver the device remains forever halted if a power off
command is executed.
The driver will also allow to use the WoL feature, which wasn't availabe
in the stock firmware.
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
Backport the Linkstation poweroff driver from the kernel upstream (commit
a7f79f99541ef)
This driver is required by the Buffalo LinkStation LS421DE for a correct
power off operation. It also allows to use the WoL feature.
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
The DIR-645 fails to boot if the kernel is large.
Enabling lzma-loader resolves the issue.
Run-tested on D-Link DIR-645.
Signed-off-by: Perry Melange <isprotejesvalkata@gmail.com>
This patch adds support for Wavlink WL-WN531A6 (Quantum D6).
Specifications:
--------------
* SoC: Mediatek MT7621AT 2C2T, 880MHz
* RAM: 128MB DDR3, Nanya NT5CB64M16GP-EK
* Flash: 16MB SPI NOR flash, GigaDevice GD25Q127CSIG
* WiFi 5GHz: Mediatek MT7615N (4x4:4) on mini PCIE slot.
* WiFi 2.4GHz: Mediatek MT7603EN (2x2:2) on mini PCIE slot.
* Ethernet: MT7630, 5x 1000Base-T
* LED: Power, WAN, LAN(x4), WiFi, WPS, dual color
"WAVLINK" LED logo on the top cover.
* Buttons: Reset, WPS, "Turbo", touch button on the top
cover via RH6015C touch sensor.
* UART: UART1: serial console (57600 8n1) on the J4 header
located below the top heatsink.
UART2: J12 header, located on the right side of
the board.
* USB: One USB3 port.
* I2C: J9 header, located below the top heatsink.
Backup the OEM Firmware:
-----------------------
There isn't any firmware released for the WL-WN531A6 on
the Wavlink web site. Reverting back to the OEM firmware is
not possible unless we have a backup of the original OEM
firmware.
The OEM firmware is stored on /dev/mtd4 ("Kernel").
1) Plug a FAT32 formatted USB flash drive into the USB port.
2) Navigate to "Setup->USB Storage". Under the "Available
Network folder" you can see part of the mount point of
the newly mounted flash drive filesystem - e.g "sda1".
The full mount point is prefixed with "/media", so in
this case the mount point becomes "/media/sda1".
3) Go to http://192.168.10.1/webcmd.shtml .
4) Type the following line in the "Command" input box:
dd if=/dev/mtd4ro of=/media/sda1/firmware.bin
5) Click "Apply"
6) After few seconds, in the text area should appear this
output:
30080+0 records in
30080+0 records out
7) Type "sync" in the "Command" input box and click "Apply".
8) At this point the OEM firmware is stored on the flash
drive as "firmware.bin". The size of the file is 15040 KB.
Installation:
------------
* Flashing instructions (OEM web interface):
The OEM web interface accepts only files with names containing
"WN531A6". It's also impossible to flash the *-sysupgrade.bin
image, so we have to flash the *-initramfs-kernel.bin first and
use the OpenWrt's upgrade interface to write the sysupgrade
image.
1) Rename openwrt-ramips-mt7621-wavlink_wl-wn531a6-initramfs-kernel.bin
to WN531A6.bin.
2) Connect your computer to the one of the LAN ports of the
router with an Ethernet cable and open http://192.168.10.1
3) Browse to Setup -> Firmware Upgrade interface.
4) Upload the (renamed) OpenWrt image - WN531A6.bin.
5) Proceed with the firmware installation and give the device
a few minutes to finish and reboot.
6) After reboot wait for the "WAVLINK" logo on the top cover
to turn solid blue, and open http://192.168.1.1
7) Use the OpenWrt's "Flash Firmware" interface to write the
OpenWrt sysupgrade image:
openwrt-ramips-mt7621-wavlink_wl-wn531a6-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
* Flashing instructions (u-boot TFTP):
1) Configure a TFTP server on your computer and set its IP
to 192.168.10.100
2) Rename the OpenWrt sysupgrade image to firmware.bin and
place it in the root folder of the TFTP server.
3) Power off the device and connect an Ethernet cable from
one of its LAN ports your computer.
4) Press the "Reset" button (and keep it pressed)
5) Power on the device.
6) After a few seconds, when the connected port LAN LED stops
blinking fast, release the "Reset" button.
7) Flashing OpenWrt takes less than a minute, system will
reboot automatically.
8) After reboot the WAVLINK logo on the top cover will indicate
the current OpenWrt running status (wait until the logo tunrs
solid blue).
Revert to the OEM Firmware:
--------------------------
* U-boot TFTP:
Follow "Flashing instructions (u-boot TFTP)" and use the
"firmware.bin" backup image.
* OpenWrt "Flash Firmware" interface:
Upload the "firmware.bin" backup image and select "Force update"
before continuing.
Notes:
-----
* The MAC address shown on the label at the back of the device
is assigned to the 2.4G WiFi adapter.
MAC addresses assigned by the OEM firmware:
2.4G: *:XX (label): factory@0x0004
5G: *:XX + 1 : factory@0x8004
WAN: *:XX - 1 : factory@0xe006
LAN: *:XX - 2 : factory@0xe000
* The I2C bus and UART2 are fully functional. The headers are
not populated.
Signed-off-by: Georgi Vlaev <georgi.vlaev@konsulko.com>
curl is replaced by uclient-fetch within the OpenWrt build system and we
can therefore move curl to packages.git. This is based on the Hamburg
2019 decision that non essential packages should move outside base.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
This patch adds support for the TP-Link TL-WR850N v2. This device
is very similar to TP-Link TL-WR840 v4 and TP-Link TL-WR841 v13.
Specifications:
SOC: MediaTek MT7628NN
Flash: 8 MiB SPI
RAM: 64 MiB
WLAN: MediaTek MT7628NN
Ethernet: 5 ports (100M)
Installation Using the integrated tftp capability of the router:
1. Turn off the router.
2. Connect pc to one of the router LAN ports.
3. Set your PC IPv4 address to 192.168.0.66/24.
4. Run any TFTP server on the PC.
5. Put the recovery firmware on the root directory of TFTP server
and name the file tp_recovery.bin
6. Start the router by pressing power button while holding the
WPS/Reset button (or both WPS/Reset and WIFI buttons)
7. Router connects to your PC with IPv4 address 192.168.0.2,
downloads the firmware, installs it and reboots. LEDs are
flashing. Now you have OpenWrt installed.
8. Change your IPv4 PC address to something in 192.168.1.0/24
network or use DHCP to get an address from your OpenWrt router.
9. Done! You can login to your router via ssh.
Forum link:
https://forum.openwrt.org/t/add-support-for-tp-link-tl-wr850n-v2/66899
Signed-off-by: Andrew Freeman <labz56@gmail.com>
[squash an tidy up commits, sort nodes]
Signed-off-by: Darsh Patel <darshkpatel@gmail.com>
[minor commit message adjustments]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The at91 target sets
FEATURES:=usb usbgadget ...
in the target Makefile, which sets CONFIG_USB_SUPPORT=y in the
.config file for both subtargets.
However, when building with all kmods, the build fails with the
following error message:
ERROR: module [...]/drivers/bluetooth/btusb.ko is missing.
It appears that only a part of the bluetooth files are compiled.
The package depends @USB_SUPPORT.
This can be easily healed by adding CONFIG_USB_SUPPORT=y to the
sam9x subtarget configuration. Before the 4.14->5.4 bump, the
same was also set in the target's config-4.14 file along with
several other USB config options that are not reimplemented.
Still, it remains a mystery to me why setting the same symbol
via target kernel config creates a different result than the
feature setting the same symbol in target-metadata.pl.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This fixes the following compile errors after the wolfssl 4.5.0 update:
LD wpa_cli
../src/crypto/tls_wolfssl.c: In function 'tls_match_alt_subject':
../src/crypto/tls_wolfssl.c:610:11: error: 'GEN_EMAIL' undeclared (first use in this function); did you mean 'ENAVAIL'?
type = GEN_EMAIL;
^~~~~~~~~
ENAVAIL
../src/crypto/tls_wolfssl.c:610:11: note: each undeclared identifier is reported only once for each function it appears in
../src/crypto/tls_wolfssl.c:613:11: error: 'GEN_DNS' undeclared (first use in this function)
type = GEN_DNS;
^~~~~~~
../src/crypto/tls_wolfssl.c:616:11: error: 'GEN_URI' undeclared (first use in this function)
type = GEN_URI;
^~~~~~~
../src/crypto/tls_wolfssl.c: In function 'wolfssl_tls_cert_event':
../src/crypto/tls_wolfssl.c:902:20: error: 'GEN_EMAIL' undeclared (first use in this function); did you mean 'ENAVAIL'?
if (gen->type != GEN_EMAIL &&
^~~~~~~~~
ENAVAIL
../src/crypto/tls_wolfssl.c:903:20: error: 'GEN_DNS' undeclared (first use in this function)
gen->type != GEN_DNS &&
^~~~~~~
../src/crypto/tls_wolfssl.c:904:20: error: 'GEN_URI' undeclared (first use in this function)
gen->type != GEN_URI)
^~~~~~~
Makefile:2029: recipe for target '../src/crypto/tls_wolfssl.o' failed
Fixes: 00722a720c ("wolfssl: Update to version 4.5.0")
Reported-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
While commit 734a8c46e7 focussed on removing stuff directly
selected by the NET_RALINK_* symbols, this patch removes additional
unused mt7621-specific code from the ethernet driver.
As with the previous patch, the main reason is to reduce the amount
of code we have to maintain and care about.
Note that this patch still keeps a few lines with
IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_SOC_MT7621) in mtk_eth_soc.h/.c, as this file is
still selected for the mt7621 subtarget.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The release notes says this:
As already said, the changes since 2.1.1 are primarily bug fixes, addressing
compiler warnings and issues reported by diagnostic tools, but also build
failures for some configurations.
https://lists.infradead.org/pipermail/linux-mtd/2020-July/081299.html
The size of the ubi-utils ipk increases on mips BE by 0.2%
old:
ubi-utils_2.1.1-1_mips_24kc.ipk: 70992
new:
ubi-utils_2.1.2-1_mips_24kc.ipk: 71109
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This fixes the following security problems:
* In earlier versions of wolfSSL there exists a potential man in the
middle attack on TLS 1.3 clients.
* Denial of service attack on TLS 1.3 servers from repetitively sending
ChangeCipherSpecs messages. (CVE-2020-12457)
* Potential cache timing attacks on public key operations in builds that
are not using SP (single precision). (CVE-2020-15309)
* When using SGX with EC scalar multiplication the possibility of side-
channel attacks are present.
* Leak of private key in the case that PEM format private keys are
bundled in with PEM certificates into a single file.
* During the handshake, clear application_data messages in epoch 0 are
processed and returned to the application.
Full changelog:
https://www.wolfssl.com/docs/wolfssl-changelog/
Fix a build error on big endian systems by backporting a pull request:
https://github.com/wolfSSL/wolfssl/pull/3255
The size of the ipk increases on mips BE by 1.4%
old:
libwolfssl24_4.4.0-stable-2_mips_24kc.ipk: 386246
new:
libwolfssl24_4.5.0-stable-1_mips_24kc.ipk: 391528
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Instead of using mbedtls by default use wolfssl. We now integrate
wolfssl in the default build so use it also as default ssl library for
curl.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Backport a commit from upstream curl to fix a problem in configure with
wolfssl.
checking size of time_t... configure: error: cannot determine a size for time_t
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
On Comfast CF-E130N v2 and Mikrotik LHG HB board, the config
found in DTS appears to be strange:
- eth0 has "syscon","simple-mfd" set although it's not enabled
- eth1 is enabled redundantly (already "okay" in qca953x.dtsi)
- phy-handle is set for eth1 in DTS although it has a fixed-link
in qca953x.dtsi
This seems like a copy-paste gone wrong. Remove the named options.
Run-tested on MikroTik LHG 2.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This introduces the vendor_model scheme to this target in order to
harmonize device names within the target and with the rest of
OpenWrt. In addition, custom board names are dropped in favor
of the generic script which takes the compatible.
Use the SUPPORTED_DEVICES variable to store the compatible where it
deviates from the device name, so we can use it in build recipes.
While at it, harmonize a few indents as well.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Changing dtb file path since the dtb files are build in KDIR folder
with image- prefix.
Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker M <sandeep.sheriker@microchip.com>
[remove commented lines]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
LS1012FRDM is supported but there's no flashing instruction in README.
This patch adds it.
While at it, add a missing saveenv for MAC address setup.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
[add comment about saveenv]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Mbed TLS 2.16.7 is a maintenance release of the Mbed TLS 2.16 branch,
and provides bug fixes and minor enhancements. This release includes
fixes for security issues and the most severe one is described in more
detail in a security advisory:
https://tls.mbed.org/tech-updates/security-advisories/mbedtls-security-advisory-2020-07
* Fix a side channel vulnerability in modular exponentiation that could
reveal an RSA private key used in a secure enclave.
* Fix side channel in mbedtls_ecp_check_pub_priv() and
mbedtls_pk_parse_key() / mbedtls_pk_parse_keyfile() (when loading a private
key that didn't include the uncompressed public key), as well as
mbedtls_ecp_mul() / mbedtls_ecp_mul_restartable() when called with a NULL
f_rng argument. An attacker with access to precise enough timing and
memory access information (typically an untrusted operating system
attacking a secure enclave) could fully recover the ECC private key.
* Fix issue in Lucky 13 counter-measure that could make it ineffective when
hardware accelerators were used (using one of the MBEDTLS_SHAxxx_ALT
macros).
Due to Mbed TLS moving from ARMmbed to the Trusted Firmware project, some
changes to the download URLs are required. For the time being, the
ARMmbed/mbedtls Github repository is the canonical source for Mbed TLS.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Kroken <mkroken@gmail.com>
[Use https://codeload.github.com and new tar.gz file]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
93e2334 exfat: fix build error on linux-5.4,5.5 kernel
01a7b8c exfat: fix name_hash computation on big endian systems
8f92bc0 exfat: fix wrong size update of stream entry by typo
Removed commented material that was for testing compilation.
Removed patch as the error was fixed upstream. First entry above.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
The driver currently only support managed and monitor mode
Changes since v1:
- drop the @DRIVER_11N_SUPPORT dependency
Signed-off-by: mohammad rasim <mohammad.rasim96@gmail.com>
These upstream patches makes the RTL8366RB DSA switch work
properly with OpenWrt, the D-Link DIR-685 gets network and
can be used as a router, and the same should be applicable
for any other device that want to enable the RTL8366RB
through Device Tree.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
SUSV3_LEGACY_MACROS are completely unused since SUSV3_LEGACY is enabled
HAS_OBSOLETE_BSD_SIGNAL is completely deprecated functionality.
HAS_BSD_RES_CLOSE is completely deprecated functionality.
HAS_FTW is deprecated SUSV4 functionality. Saves ~4.5kb.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
CMake provides a user package registry (stored in ~/.cmake/packages) and
a system package registry (not available on non-Windows platforms).
The "export(PACKAGE)" command may store information in the user package
registry, and the "find_package()" command may search both user and
system package registries for information.
This sets various variables to disable the use of these package
registries (both saving and retrieval of package information).
This also sets deprecated variables that perform similar functions, in
case external toolchains include older versions of CMake.
Signed-off-by: Jeffery To <jeffery.to@gmail.com>
For example, Turris MOX SDIO card is using Marvell (NXP) 88W8997 chip.
Technical specs of 88W8997:
- 28nm
- 802.11 ac wave-2
It should support simultaneous dual-band 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz,
but it requires to support multiSSID for one Wi-Fi card [1], which is
not supported in OpenWrt, yet and if we tried to run two instances of
hostapd, it didn't work well, so it's 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz.
- 2x2 MU-MIMO
- Bluetooth 5.1 with LE support
- Unfortunately, there can be connected only 8 clients at the same time
(limited by FW, however, there exists "enterprise" chip, its equal chip,
it is just different that it uses different FW)
Symlink is necessary as mwifiex_sdio tries to load sd8997_uapsta.bin
[ 13.651182] mwifiex_sdio mmc0:0001:1: Direct firmware load for mrvl/sd8997_uapsta.bin failed with error -2
[ 13.661065] mwifiex_sdio mmc0:0001:1: Falling back to user helper
[ 13.684880] firmware mrvl!sd8997_uapsta.bin: firmware_loading_store: map pages failed
[ 13.695910] mwifiex_sdio mmc0:0001:1: Failed to get firmware mrvl/sd8997_uapsta.bin
[ 13.703774] mwifiex_sdio mmc0:0001:1: info: _mwifiex_fw_dpc: unregister device
Pali Rohár sent two patches [2] [3] into kernel to fix default firmware name for SD8997, so
the symlink will not be required in the future versions of kernel, which
was accepted and right now, according to my details it was backported to 5.8, 5.7 and 5.4
[1] https://bugs.openwrt.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=3243
[2] https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/stable/linux.git/commit/?id=00eb0cb36fad5
[3] https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/stable/linux.git/commit/?id=2e1fcac52a9ea
Signed-off-by: Josef Schlehofer <pepe.schlehofer@gmail.com>
This reverts commit c737a9ee6a.
The source CDN has been discontinued in its current form and will take a
while to be reestablished. Even then it makes little sense to put a CDN
before other CDNs such as kernel.org, apache.org, sourceforge etc.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
For many target we have added CONFIG_WATCHDOG_CORE=y to the target
config due to the following error:
Package kmod-hwmon-sch5627 is missing dependencies for the following
libraries:
watchdog.ko
However, actually the proper way appears to be setting the
dependency for the kmod-hwmon-sch5627 package, as the error message
demands.
Do this in this patch and remove the target config entries added
due to this issue.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Changes:
- Update patches
- Update dts with new binding
Tx term offset dropped and replaced with a new compatible
Removed:
- 0071-5-PCI-qcom-Programming-the-PCIE-iATU-for-IPQ806x
Pci init does the same exact thing (was needed in older kernel version)
- 0071-7-pcie-Set-PCIE-MRRS-and-MPS-to-256B
Rejected upstream, can't find any reason to have this. No regression with
testing it on R7800.
Tested on R7800 (ipq8065), R7500 v2 ("ipq8064-v2")
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Paul Blazejowski <paulb@blazebox.homeip.net> [R7800]
[rebase and refresh]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The symbol KERNEL_CGROUP_HUGETLB is always used whenever KERNEL_CGROUPS is enabled.
The absence of this notation will cause the user to be asked to enter this parameter the first time it is compiled.
Signed-off-by: Yuan Tao <ty@wevs.org>
This commit adds a `selinux` variant which comes with with a number of
SELinux applets and also SELinux label support.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
The wg3526 fails to boot if the kernel is large.
Enabling lzma-loader resolves the issue on both the wg3526-16m
and wg3526-32m.
Fixes: FS#3143
Signed-off-by: Rustam Gaptulin <rascal6@gmail.com>
[commit message facelift]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Both IB and SDK now use the same logic for packing.
This commit add reproducible multithread compression to the SDK and
corrects the file mtime for both. Previously all files where just copied
over from the build system, generating random mtimes.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Fixes package libcurl build issue :
Package libcurl is missing dependencies for the following libraries:
libzstd.so.1
Suggested-by: Syrone Wong <wong.syrone@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
8027c7d95274 mt76: mt7615: fix reading airtime statistics
3743e7c904de mt76: mt7915: optimize mt7915_mac_sta_poll
d2fe5e8330c6 mt76: mt7915: fix variable initialization in sta poll
692065b4c9db mt76: mt7915: only enable hw amsdu for AP and station
b54157df7c27 mt7615: update firmware to version 20200814
888990e159d2 mt76: use threaded NAPI
3a3306e408f2 mt76: mt7915: add 802.11 encap offload support
795b772cd392 mt76: mt7915: add encap offload for 4-address mode stations
55d79ab7fa23 mt76: dma: update q->queued immediately on cleanup
23dbd64d6324 mt76: mt7915: schedule tx tasklet in mt7915_mac_tx_free
5cf34cda70af mt76: mt7915: significantly reduce interrupt load
87a69429069f mt76: add utility functions for deferring work to a kernel thread
2f1318a06d0a mt76: convert from tx tasklet to tx worker thread
72f0979566be mt76: mt7915: add support for accessing mapped registers via bus ops
f9ce5c776c9a mt76: use ieee80211_rx_list to pass frames to the network stack as a batch
25dd8bdae3bf mt76: mt7615: significantly reduce interrupt load
7c5445dec812 mt76: mt7615: release mutex in mt7615_reset_test_set
e68c3e254822 mt76: mt7663s: use NULL instead of 0 in sdio code
4368380e20e7 mt76: mt7663s: fix resume failure
bea386f27914 mt76: mt7663s: fix unable to handle kernel paging request
b8780c44c716 mt76: mt7615: fix possible memory leak in mt7615_tm_set_tx_power
37a1c7ed6796 mt76: mt7615: fix a possible NULL pointer dereference in mt7615_pm_wake_work
8c7c1a207d25 mt76: fix a possible NULL pointer dereference in mt76_testmode_dump
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The TL-WPA8630 v1 and v2 have the same LED Control GPIO configuration
according to the TP-Link GPL sources. Set the GPIO to output to make
it work and set to Active Low. It defaults to LEDs on at bootup.
To turn all LEDs off:
echo 0 > /sys/class/gpio/tp-link\:led\:control/value
To turn all LEDs on:
echo 1 > /sys/class/gpio/tp-link\:led\:control/value
Change the "LED" button from BTN_0 to KEY_LIGHTS_TOGGLE to match other
devices and the button guide, and to reduce the number of unintuitive
"BTN_X" inputs.
Fixes: ab74def0db ("ath79: add support for TP-Link TL-WPA8630P v2")
Signed-off-by: Joe Mullally <jwmullally@gmail.com>
[shorten commit title, minor commit message adjustments]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The mt7621 subtarget has been switched to DSA quite a while ago and
seems to run sufficiently fine. Build with older kernels than 5.4 has
been disabled directly during the kernel bump, so our local ethernet
driver is unused in master since then.
Therefore, let's remove the mt7621-specific parts of "our" ethernet
driver, so we don't have to maintain them and it's obvious to
everybody that they are not used anymore.
This also drops the offloading components as this was specifically
implemented to depend on mt7621.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Remove local diag.sh in favor of generic one and add the required
led-* aliases to DTS.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This uses the vendor_model scheme for the device/image name in
order to make this consistent to most other targets.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This refreshes the patches, removes patches already applied upstream and
removes the SPI NAND framework to use the upstream version.
In addition it also refreshes the kernel configuration.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This adds support for the TP-Link TL-WR710N v2.1. It is basically a
re-issue of the v1.2.
Specifications:
SoC: Atheros AR9331
CPU: 400 MHz
Flash: 8 MiB
RAM: 32 MiB
WiFi: 2.4 GHz b/g/n
Ethernet: 2x 100M ports
USB: 1x 2.0
The only difference from the v1 is the TP-Link hardware ID/revision.
Attention:
The TL-WR710N v2.0 (!) has only 4 MB flash and cannot be flashed with
this image. It has a different TPLINK_HWREV, so accidental flashing
of the factory image should be impossible without additional measures.
Unfortunately, the v2.0 in ar71xx has the same board name, so sysupgrade
from ar71xx v2.0 into ath79 v1/v2.1 will not be prevented, but will brick
the device.
Flashing instruction:
Upload the factory image via the OEM firmware GUI upgrade mechanism.
Further notes:
To make implementation easier if somebody desires to port the 4M v2.0,
this already creates two DTSI files.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Fabian Eppig <fabian@eppig.de>
As described in commit commit 891a700759 ("lantiq: enable second VPE
on Fritz!Box 7412"):
The AVM Fritz!Box 7412 does not use the VMMC part of the Lantiq chip but
rather a proprietary solution based on the DECT chip for the FXS ports.
We can remove last traces of vmmc in dts.
Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
Abort the dhcp-check based on the interface instead of the carrier
state. In cases where the interface is up but the carrier is down,
netifd won't cause a dnsmasq reload, thus dhcp won't become active
on this interface.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The layerscape kernel patches appears to be just some uncleaned local
development tree, where patches are sometimes directly followed by
their revert. While this does not seem a problem in the first place,
it becomes incredibly unpleasant when the upstream kernel changes in
the relevant areas and requires rebase.
This removes all these patch-revert pairs and refreshs the rest.
It removes about 44000 lines of entirely useless code.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
In order to support SAE/WPA3-Personal in default images. Replace almost
all occurencies of wpad-basic and wpad-mini with wpad-basic-wolfssl for
consistency. Keep out ar71xx from the list as it won't be in the next
release and would only make backports harder.
Build-tested (build-bot settings):
ath79: generic, ramips: mt7620/mt76x8/rt305x, lantiq: xrx200/xway,
sunxi: a53
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
[rebase, extend commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Patch 1 introduces a change, and patch 2 reverts it again. Remove
both patches and achieve the same outcome.
Refreshed patches for the target as well.
Cc: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Acked-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
"type" is already used as a common option for all protocols types, so
using the same option name for the map type makes the configuration
ambiguous. Luci in particular adds controls for both options and sees
errors when reading the resulting configuration.
Use "maptype" instead, but still fallback to "type" if "maptype" is not
set. This allows configurations to migrate without breaking old
configurations.
This addresses FS#3287.
Signed-off-by: Remi NGUYEN VAN <remi.nguyenvan+openwrt@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> [PKG_RELEASE increase]
TP-LINK published a firmware update for the archer c6 v2.
This updates also reached the factory devices. Newer software version
rejects downgrading to 1.2.x. Use 1.9.x to allow installing the factory images
and have a little bit time to change it again.
Tested on archer c6 v2 with firmware 1.3.1
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
This PR is a blend of several kernel bumps authored by ldir taken from his
staging tree w/ some further adjustments made by me and update_kernel.sh
Summary:
Deleted upstreamed patches:
generic:
742-v5.5-net-sfp-add-support-for-module-quirks.patch
743-v5.5-net-sfp-add-some-quirks-for-GPON-modules.patch
bcm63xx:
022-v5.8-mtd-rawnand-brcmnand-correctly-verify-erased-pages.patch
024-v5.8-mtd-rawnand-brcmnand-fix-CS0-layout.patch
mediatek:
0402-net-ethernet-mtk_eth_soc-Always-call-mtk_gmac0_rgmii.patch
Deleted patches applied differently upstream:
generic:
641-sch_cake-fix-IP-protocol-handling-in-the-presence-of.patch
Manually merged patches:
generic:
395-v5.8-net-sch_cake-Take-advantage-of-skb-hash-where-appropriate.patch
bcm27xx:
950-0132-lan78xx-Debounce-link-events-to-minimize-poll-storm.patch
layerscape:
701-net-0231-enetc-Use-DT-protocol-information-to-set-up-the-port.patch
Build system: x86_64
Build-tested: ath79/generic, bcm27xx/bcm2708, bcm27xx/bcm2711,
imx6, mvebu/cortexa9, sunxi/a53
Run-tested: Netgear R7800 (ipq806x)
No dmesg regressions, everything functional
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
Tested-By: Lucian Cristian <Lucian.cristian@gmail.com> [mvebu]
Tested-By: Curtis Deptuck <curtdept@me.com> [x86/64]
[do not remove 395-v5.8-net-sch_cake-Take-advantage-... patch,
adjust and refresh patches, adjust commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-By: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us> [ipq806x]
On Mikrotik SPI NOR devices, the firmware partition must be erased when
flashing from stock firmware, otherwise leftover bits (in particular a
kernel signature) can trigger a boot loop.
When booted from initramfs (the only way to install OpenWRT on these
devices), this patch unconditionally erases the firmware partition in
the do_upgrade() stage for all supported SPI NOR devices.
This is forward-ported from ed49d0876 and 20452a8db
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
This reverts commit b1f6a5d9df.
In this particular case, the echo command was _not_ useless, but
converted the newlines back to spaces.
Add a comment into the code to make that obvious for the next one
looking at it like me.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The is no reason to catch the output by $() and then echo it again.
Remove the useless echos.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The output is already produced in the inner $() brackets, no need
to catch and echo it again.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The node needs to be terminated by a semicolon.
Fixes: 8484a764df ("ath79: ar724x: make sure builtin-switch is
enabled in DT")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Both TL-WPA8630(P) v1 and v2 feature a button labelled "WiFi".
While this is implemented as KEY_RFKILL for v1 in ar71xx and ath79,
the v2 sets it up as WPS button.
According to the manual, the behavior in OEM firmware is:
"Press and hold the button for 1 second to copy wireless settings
from the main router to the extender. Go to Wi-Fi Clone for more
information. Press and hold the button for at least 5 seconds to
turn the wireless function on or off."
Consequently, and since this is historic behavior on v1 in OpenWrt,
we set this button to KEY_RFKILL on both revisions.
Fixes: ab74def0db ("ath79: add support for TP-Link TL-WPA8630P v2")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The moves a few additional common nodes to the common DTSI files
for qcom-ipq8064-v2.0 and qcom-ipq8065 devices.
Remove a few redundant definitions on the way.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
On ar7240/ar7241 the mdioX node with the builtin-switch is enabled
in the DTSI files, but the parent ethX node is left disabled. It
only gets enabled per device or device family, and has not been
enabled at all yet for the TP-Link WA devices with ar7240, making
the switch unavailable there.
This patch makes sure ð0/ð1 nodes are enabled together with
the &mdio0/&mdio1 nodes containing the builtin-switch.
For ar7240_tplink_tl-wa.dtsi, ð0 is properly hidden again via
compatible = "syscon", "simple-mfd";
This partially fixes FS#2887, however it seems dmesg still does
not show cable (dis)connect in dmesg for ar7240 TP-Link WA
devices.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The leds block was copied over from the RT-AC85P DTS to the common
DTSI while keeping the device-specific model name in the label.
This moves the LEDs back to the DTS files and adjusts the names to
properly resemble the model name of the devices used at, just like
it is handled on most other devices.
Fixes: 7c5f712e4f ("ramips: add support for Asus RT-AC65P")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This files have been emptied during subtarget consolidation, but
not removed. Remove them now.
Fixes: aff084adf3 ("at91: Merge SAMA5 subtargets")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Itus Networks Shield - 1Ghz dual-core mips64 / Cavium Octeon 3 SoC,
1Gb RAM, 4Gb eMMC,3 GbE 10/100/1000 ports
Information regarding device can be found:
https://deviwiki.com/wiki/Itus_Networks_Shield_Pro
Installing OpenWrt on Itus Networks Shield:
1) Boot Shield
2) On device: mount /dev/mmcblk1p1 /mnt
3) scp openwrt-octeon-itus,shield-router-initramfs-kernel.bin to
/mnt/ItusrouterImage
3a) Optionally: scp openwrt-octeon-itus,shield-router-initramfs-kernel.bin
to /mnt/ItusgatewayImage to allow you to have an emergency recovery
boot in the GATEWAY slot - this slot will have no permament storage and
is used for emergency recovery only when booted in the (G)ateway
position
4) On device: umount /mnt
5) reboot
Once booted, run the sysupgrade via cli or luCi on the
openwrt-octeon-itus,shield-router-squashfs-sysupgrade.tar file the mode
you are running.
Once rebooted, the system installation is complete. Your storage partition
for the mode is inialized and set.
Signed-off-by: Donald Hoskins <grommish@gmail.com>
[cut out sysupgrade-* changes, move a few lines,
drop case CVMX_BOARD_TYPE_ITUS_SHIELD]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
So far, the sysupgrade-* folder used during upgrade in octeon was
hardcoded to contain the board name. Therefore, changing board name
or BOARD_NAME variable in image/Makefile might have broken upgrade.
Improve this by adding a step to determine the folder name via
a wildcard, as it is done for generic nand_upgrade_tar() in
lib/upgrade/nand.sh.
While this still does not remove the problem for existing devices
(which still have the old script), it will entirely remove the
issue on newly added devices on this platform.
Signed-off-by: Donald Hoskins <grommish@gmail.com>
[split into separate patch, add commit message, add return values]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This renames board patches to make finding devices easier
and reorders them based on their board.
The devices are grouped based on the board/cpu_id. New device
patches should be numbered based on their group.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The legacy map version based on the IPv6 Interface Identifier in
draft-ietf-softwire-map-03 was typically used by uncommenting the LEGACY
variable in the map.sh file, which is not ideal. A proper configuration
option is needed instead.
The IPv6 Interface Identifier format described in the draft was
eventually changed in RFC7597, but is still used by some major ISPs,
including in Japan.
Signed-off-by: Remi NGUYEN VAN <remi.nguyenvan+openwrt@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> [PKG_RELEASE increase]
If not needed, disabling scp allows for a nice size reduction.
Dropbear executable size comparison:
153621 bytes (baseline)
133077 bytes (without scp)
In other words, we trim a total of 20544 bytes.
Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
ALLNET ALL-WAP02860AC is a dual-band wireless access point.
Specification
SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9558
RAM: 128 MB DDR2
Flash: 16 MB SPI NOR
WIFI: 2.4 GHz 3T3R integrated
5 GHz 3T3R QCA9880 Mini PCIe card
Ethernet: 1x 10/100/1000 Mbps AR8035-A, PoE capable (802.3at)
LEDS: 5x, which four are GPIO controlled
Buttons: 1x GPIO controlled
UART: 4 pin header near Mini PCIe card, starting count from white
triangle on PCB
1. VCC 3.3V, 2. GND, 3. TX, 4. RX
baud: 115200, parity: none, flow control: none
MAC addresses
Calibration data does not contain valid MAC addresses.
The calculated MAC addresses are chosen in accordance with OEM firmware.
Because of:
a) constrained environment (SNMP) when connecting through Telnet
or SSH,
b) hard-coded kernel and rootfs sizes,
c) checksum verification of kerenel and rootfs images in bootloder,
creating factory image accepted by OEM web interface is difficult,
therefore, to install OpenWrt on this device UART connection is needed.
The teardown is simple, unscrew four screws to disassemble the casing,
plus two screws to separate mainboard from the casing.
Before flashing, be sure to have a copy of factory firmware, in case You
wish to revert to original firmware.
Installation
1. Prepare TFTP server with OpenWrt initramfs-kernel image.
2. Connect to LAN port.
3. Connect to UART port.
4. Power on the device and when prompted to stop autoboot, hit any key.
5. Alter U-Boot environment with following commands:
setenv failsafe_boot bootm 0x9f0a0000
saveenv
6. Adjust "ipaddr" and "serverip" addresses in U-Boot environment, use
'setenv' to do that, then run following commands:
tftpboot 0x81000000 <openwrt_initramfs-kernel_image_name>
bootm 0x81000000
7. Wait about 1 minute for OpenWrt to boot.
8. Transfer OpenWrt sysupgrade image to /tmp directory and flash it
with:
sysupgrade -n /tmp/<openwrt_sysupgrade_image_name>
9. After flashing, the access point will reboot to OpenWrt. Wait few
minutes, until the Power LED stops blinking, then it's ready for
configuration.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
[add MAC address comment to commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The malta subtargets for mips64 and mips64el fail to start the init process
at boot, resulting in a boot loop. The issue was raised and analyzed within
FS#3277. Investigation suggested code near the [vdso] memory area of the
process was long jumping into a region inaccessible to the process, e.g.
init: - preinit -
init: Launched preinit instance, pid=522
do_page_fault(): sending SIGSEGV to init for invalid read access from 0000000000000360
epc = 0000000000000360 in init[aaab42b000+4000]
ra = 000000fffee385e0 in
Kernel panic - not syncing: Attempted to kill init! exitcode=0x0000000b
Rebooting in 1 seconds..
Note the low-memory read access and epc are the same. Upstream kernel 5.6
included a relevant patch and discussion:
* d3f703c4359f ("mips: vdso: fix 'jalr t9' crash in vdso code")
Disassembly of the failing kernel's vdso.so confirmed presence of the
telltale long jumps, e.g.:
00000000000007c0 <__vdso_clock_getres@@LINUX_2.6>:
[...]
7dc: 0320f809 jalr t9
[...]
Restore booting mips64/mips64el malta by backporting the above commit:
* 310-v5.6-mips-vdso-fix-jalr-t9-crash-in-vdso-code.patch
Fixes: 54310a3aa0 ("malta: add kernel 5.4 config")
Fixes: FS#3277
Ref: https://bugs.openwrt.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=3277
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
The most recent patch added add lines in one block instead of in the
appropriate places to keep Makefiles in consistent style. Fix that.
Fixes: ff02e1561f ("pcre: add host variant of libpcre")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This ports the TP-Link TL-WPA8630 v1 from ar71xx to ath79.
Specifications:
SoC: QCA9563
CPU: 750 MHz
Flash/RAM: 8 / 128 MiB
Ethernet: 3x 1G ports (QCA8337 switch)
WLAN: 2.4 GHz b/g/n, 5 GHz a/n/ac (ath10k)
Buttons, LEDs and network setup appear to be almost identical
to the v2 revision.
Powerline interface is connected to switch port 5 (Label LAN4).
Installation:
No "fresh" device was available for testing the factory image.
It is not known whether flashing via OEM firmware GUI is possible
or not. A discussion from 2018 [1] about that indicates a few
adjustments are necessary, but it is not clear whether those
are already implemented with the TPLINK_HEADER_VERSION = 2 or not.
Note that for the TL-WPA8630P v1, the TPLINK_HWID needs to be
changed to 0x86310001 to allow factory flashing.
[1] https://forum.openwrt.org/t/solved-tl-wpa8630p-lede-does-not-install/8161/27
Recovery:
Recovery is only possible via serial.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
34aed01ca865 mt76: mt7915: use ieee80211_free_txskb to free tx skbs
efc8669db5f9 mt76: mt7915: fix max_mpdu_size field for A-MSDU
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Dependencies are meant to express actual run-time dependencies and
strictly speaking, libselinux can be build and used on kernels without
SELinux (not in a very meaningful way, but never mind).
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The commands to read ath9k caldata on mikrotik subtarget are
mostly repetitive, so let's put them into a function to make
writing and reading them easier.
This function will only be required when patching the MAC address.
For cases where it is put correctly into the calibration data by
the vendor, caldata_sysfsload_from_file can be used directly as
done for ath10k at the moment.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This patch adds support for the MikroTik RouterBOARD 760iGS router.
It is similar to the already supported RouterBOARD 750Gr3.
The 760iGS device features an added SFP cage, and passive
PoE out on port 5 compared to the RB750Gr3.
https://mikrotik.com/product/hex_s
Specifications:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7621A
- CPU: 880MHz
- Flash: 16 MB
- RAM: 256 MB
- Ethernet: 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps
- SFP cage
- USB port
- microSD slot
Unsupported:
- Beeper (requires PWM driver)
- ZT2046Q (ADS7846 compatible) on SPI as slave 1 (CS1)
The linux driver requires an interrupt, and pendown GPIO
These are unknown, and not needed with the touchscreen
only used for temperature and voltage monitoring.
ads7846 hwmon:
temp0 is degrees Celsius
temp1 is voltage * 32
GPIOs:
- 07: input passive PoE out (lan5) compatible (Mikrotik) device connected
- 17: output passive PoE out (lan5) switch
Installation through RouterBoot follows the usual MikroTik method
https://openwrt.org/toh/mikrotik/common
To boot to intramfs image in RAM:
1. Setup TFTP server to serve intramfs image.
2. Plug Ethernet cable into WAN port.
3. Unplug power, hold reset button and plug power in.
Wait (~25 seconds) for beep and then release reset button.
The SFP LED will be lit in RouterBoot, but will not be lit in OpenWRT.
4. Wait for a minute. Router should be running OpenWrt,
check by plugging in to port 2-5 and going to 192.168.1.1.
To install OpenWrt to flash:
1. Follow steps above to boot intramfs image in RAM.
2. Flash the sysupgrade.bin image with web interface or sysupgrade.
3. Once the router reboots you will be running OpenWrt from flash.
OEM firmware differences:
- RouterOS assigns a different MAC address for each port
- The first address (E01 on the sticker) is used for wan (ether1 in OEM).
- The next address is used for lan2.
- The last address (E06 on the sticker) is used for sfp.
[Initial port work, shared dtsi]
Signed-off-by: Vince Grassia <vincenzo.grassia@zionark.com>
[SFP support and GPIO identification]
Signed-off-by: Luka Logar <luka.logar@iname.com>
[Misc. fixes and submission]
Signed-off-by: John Thomson <git@johnthomson.fastmail.com.au>
[rebase, drop uart3 from state_default on 750gr3, minor commit
title/message facelift]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This moves some common definitions for Mikrotik devices, mainly
routerboot partitions and reset key, to a common DTSI file.
While at it, remove unused hard_config DT label.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This commit adds a `selinux` variant to `procd` allowing to load an
SELinux policy at boot.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This beeper hardware requires a PWM driver for frequency selection.
Since the GPIO driver does not provide that, revert the beeper
support to a simple gpio-export.
This effectively reverts the corresponding changes from
6ba58b7b02 ("ramips: cleanup the RB750Gr3 support")
Signed-off-by: John Thomson <git@johnthomson.fastmail.com.au>
[commit title/message facelift]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This driver is only used by ipq806x SoCs. Move it there and drop
dependency from ipq40xx since it's not used anywere.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
[rebase on changes to previous patches]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Paul Blazejowski <paulb@blazebox.homeip.net> [R7800]
- Replace nvmem qcom patch with upstream version
- Update compatible
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
[refresh patches, minor commit message rewording]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Paul Blazejowski <paulb@blazebox.homeip.net> [R7800]
- Replace dwc3 phy patch with upstream version
- Rework the dts to use the upstream bindings
- Update changed config flags
- Rename module to reflect config name
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
[fix qcom,tx-deamp_3_5db typo, refresh patches, rename kmod]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Paul Blazejowski <paulb@blazebox.homeip.net> [R7800]
The ssh symlink was still being created even when dbclient was disabled in the
build configuration. Fix this annoyance.
Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
The missing "size" property was acceptable in the context of a single
DTS as the underlying device is known to have a 64KB flash, and thus
the bios partition fit exactly between the preceding and following ones.
However as this block has moved in a DTSI, for the sake of clarity and
explicitness the size property is added to ensure that if the flash
happens to be larger than expected, the bios partition remains properly
sized.
Suggested-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This harmonizes the appearance of ethX nodes in qca953x DTSes by:
- having the same order of nodes and properties
- removing redundant status property on eth1 (set in qca953x.dtsi)
This is meant to help both copy-pasters and reviewers, since
deviations and errors can be spotted easier.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
After those symbols have been removed from generic kernel config,
they were added to the target config during every kernel config
refresh. As that's not desirable, add them back to the generic
config.
Fixes: d1a8217d87 ("kernel: clean-up build-configurable kernel config symbols")
Fixes: cfe235c436 ("kernel: modules: add package kmod-iosched-bfq")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The README file is displayed on "make help", but updating the
command has been overlooked during the README -> README.md
rename.
Fix it.
Fixes: d0113711a3 ("README: port to 21st century")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The MikroTik SXT Lite5 (product code RBSXT5nDr2, also SXT 5nD r2) is
an outdoor 5GHz CPE with a 16 dBi integrated antenna built around the
Atheros AR9344 SoC. It is based on the "sxt5n" board platform.
Specifications:
- SoC: Atheros AR9344
- RAM: 64 MB
- Storage: 128 MB NAND
- Wireless: Atheros AR9340 (SoC) 802.11a/n 2x2:2
- Ethernet: Atheros AR8229 switch (SoC), 1x 10/100 port,
8-32 Vdc PoE in
- 6 user-controllable LEDs:
· 1x power (blue)
· 1x wlan (green)
· 4x rssi (green)
- 1 GPIO-controlled buzzer
See https://mikrotik.com/product/RBSXT5nDr2 for more details.
Notes:
The device was already supported in the ar71xx target. There, the
Ethernet port was handled by GMAC1. Here in ath79 it is handled by
GMAC0, which allows to get link information (loss, speed, duplex) on
the eth0 interface.
Flashing:
TFTP boot initramfs image and then perform sysupgrade. Follow common
MikroTik procedure as in https://openwrt.org/toh/mikrotik/common.
Acknowledgments:
Michael Pratt (@mpratt14) for helping on the network settings.
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
[rebase, use mikrotik LED label prefix, make names consistent,
add reg for bootloader2, use led_user for boot indication etc.,
minor cosmetic changes]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The MikroTik RouterBOARD 921GS-5HPacD-15s (mANTBox 15s) is an outdoor
antenna for 5 GHz with an built-in router. This ports the board from
ar71xx.
See https://mikrotik.com/product/RB921GS-5HPacD-15S for more info.
Specifications:
- SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9558 (720 MHz)
- RAM: 128 MB
- Storage: 128 MB NAND
- Wireless: external QCA9892 802.11a/ac 2x2:2
- Ethernet: 1x 1000/100/10 Mbps, integrated, via AR8031 PHY, passive PoE in
- SFP: 1x host
Working:
- NAND storage detection
- Ethernet
- Wireless
- 1x user LED (blinks during boot, sysupgrade)
- Reset button
- Sysupgrade
Untested:
- SFP cage (probably not working)
Installation (untested):
- Boot initramfs image via TFTP and then flash sysupgrade image
As the embedded RB921-pcb is a stripped down version of the RB922 this patch
adds a common dtsi for this series and includes this to the final dts-files.
Signed-off-by: Sven Roederer <devel-sven@geroedel.de>
[move ath10k-leds closer to ath10k definition in DTS files]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The MikroTik RouterBOARD LHG 2nD (sold as LHG 2) is a 2.4 GHz
802.11b/g/n outdoor device with a feed and an integrated dual
polarization grid dish antenna based on the LHG-HB platform.
See https://mikrotik.com/product/lhg_2 for more info.
Specifications:
- SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9533
- RAM: 64 MB
- Storage: 16 MB NOR
- Wireless: Atheros AR9531 (SoC) 802.11b/g/n 2x2:2, 18 dBi antenna
- Ethernet: Atheros AR8229 (SoC), 1x 10/100 port, 12-28 Vdc PoE in
- 8 user-controllable LEDs:
· 1x power (blue)
· 1x user (green)
· 1x lan (green)
· 1x wlan (green)
· 4x rssi (green)
Note:
The rssihigh LED is disabled, as it shares GPIO 16 with the reset
button.
Flashing:
TFTP boot initramfs image and then perform sysupgrade. Follow common
MikroTik procedure as in https://openwrt.org/toh/mikrotik/common.
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
[rebase, remove rssiled setup, adjust commit message, add DTSIs]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
8d9a62e4def7 mt76: mt7915: fix crash on tx rate report for invalid stations
825343467df4 mt76: fix double DMA unmap of the first buffer on 7615/7915
99804560372b mt76: mt7615: register ext_phy if DBDC is detected
93407be934b2 mt76: mt7615: move drv_own/fw_own in mt7615_mcu_ops
e7774de844e8 mt76: mt7663s: move drv_own/fw_own in mt7615_mcu_ops
a5602514ab03 mt76: mt7615: hold mt76 lock queueing wd in mt7615_queue_key_update
5c42061ce181 mt76: do not inject packets if MT76_STATE_PM is set
ae4757a0ae90 mt76: mt7615: reschedule runtime-pm receiving a tx interrupt
c4544d1e8a1a mt76: mt76s: fix oom in mt76s_tx_queue_skb_raw
dc73103874cc mt76: mt76s: move tx processing in a dedicated wq
c828c84cb134 mt76: mt7663s: move rx processing in txrx wq
2b34f2f6b0ef mt76: mt76s: move status processing in txrx wq
f957b050d848 mt76: mt76s: move tx/rx processing in 2 separate works
6fe964295bd9 mt76: mt76s: get rid of unused variable
43d6127d8851 mt76: mt7915: enable U-APSD on AP side
58774b605f1c mt76: set interrupt mask register to 0 before requesting irq
06f722d8046c mt76: mt7915: clean up and fix interrupt masking in the irq handler
2fbd6baac103 mt76: mt7615: only clear unmasked interrupts in irq tasklet
5ea8b6187da2 mt76: mt76x02: clean up and fix interrupt masking in the irq handler
f2e71f0c1b7e mt76: mt7615: do not do any work in napi poll after calling napi_complete_done()
1eb94624bb12 mt76: mt7915: do not do any work in napi poll after calling napi_complete_done()
5e0c587b9ac1 mt76: mt7915: clean up station stats polling and rate control update
9ab20dfbf7b1 mt76: mt7915: increase tx retry count
fa69dd96f9c0 mt76: mt7915: enable offloading of sequence number assignment
9816f9812adb mt76: move mt76_check_agg_ssn to driver tx_prepare calls
ad90170b0af9 mt76: mt7615: remove mtxq->agg_ssn assignment
335cd51be4c6 mt76: mt7915: simplify aggregation session check
21f7734cbb49 mt76: mt7915: add missing flags in WMM parameter settings
21182f90d947 mt76: mt7915: add Tx A-MSDU offloading support
27670514328f mt76: mt7615: use v1 MCU API on MT7615 to fix issues with adding/removing stations
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Not a large change from last time, but should fix at least one rare wave-2
crash. The htt-mgt-community builds are trimmed for supporting lots of
stations (typically 150+ stations per radio).
Tested on Netgear R7800.
Signed-off-by: Michael Yartys <michael.yartys@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Bump PKG_RELEASE for the affected packages as replacing "which" by
"command -v" represents a content change.
Fixes: 1fdf6b745c ("treewide: replace `which` with `command -v`")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Fix shellcheck SC2230
> which is non-standard. Use builtin 'command -v' instead.
Using `command -v` is POSIX compliant while `which` is not. Also to
mention, `command -v` is a shell builtin whereas `which` is a separate
busybox applet.
Once applied to everything concerning OpenWrt we can disable the busybox
feature `which` and save 3.8kB.
Acked-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
[also replace cases in zram-swap]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This problem has been fixed in upstream commit
6b6a3d9339f1c08efaa18a7fb7357e20b48bdc95. This patch now (harmlessly)
adds the same definition a second time.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Kroken <mkroken@gmail.com>
[bump PKG_RELEASE]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Most targets have been updated to consistently use the vendor_model
scheme for device definitions and thus, image names.
Apply this to bcm47xx as well. This does _not_ apply any other
specific naming changes.
Cc: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Most targets have been updated to consistently use the vendor_model
scheme for device definitions and thus, image names.
Apply this to bcm53xx as well. This does _not_ apply any other
specific naming changes.
Cc: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Now that my patches have been merged into upstream U-Boot, resync the
cosmetic changes and the commit IDs from the final commits.
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
The pkgconfig file references the host directories, not the openwrt
ones. Used SED to fix as is done elsewhere. Removed CMAKE_INSTALL as a
result.
Removed now pointless CFLAGS.
Added PKG_BUILD_PARALLEL for faster compilation.
Various rearrangements for consistency between packages.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
677aa53 Fix -W option for pppoe-discovery utility (#157)
115c419 Accept Malformed Windows Success Message (#156)
5bdb148 pppd: Add documentation of stop-bits option to pppd man page (#154)
2a7981f Add ipv6cp-accept-remote option
0678d3b pppd: Fix the default value for ipv6cp-accept-local to false
Refresh patches
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This fixes the following build problem with cake:
net/sched/act_ctinfo.c: In function 'tcf_ctinfo_act':
net/sched/act_ctinfo.c:99:6: error: implicit declaration of function 'tc_skb_protocol'; did you mean 'skb_protocol'? [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
if (tc_skb_protocol(skb) == htons(ETH_P_IP)) {
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
skb_protocol
CC [M] net/sched/sch_hfsc.o
Fixes: fdac05b741 ("kernel: Update kernel 4.19 to version 4.19.138")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
In commit 87b35c16ad ("kernel: ubifs: create use file system format 4
by default") we changed the default UBIFS version used when the kernel
creates a new volume from 5 to 4. UBIFS v5 was added in kernel 4.10 and
only kernel 4.10 and later can read it.
We changed the kernel to create version 4 volumes also on more recent
kernel versions to make it possible to downgrade to an OpenWrt version
with kernel 4.9, the upgrade still works. This is probably not needed
any more and we can remove this patch.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
After years of trying to find the reason for random kernel crashes
while both CPU and SATA are under load it has been found.
Some odd commented-out #defines in kref's single-port driver [1] which
were copied from the vendor driver made me develop a theory:
The IO-mapped memory area for DMA descriptors apparetly got some holes
just before the alignment boundaries.
This feels like an off-by-one bug in the hardware or maybe those fields
are used internally by the SATA controller's firmware.
Whatever the cause is: they cannot be used and trying to use them
results in reading back unexpected stuff and ends up with oopsing
Unable to handle kernel paging request at virtual address d085c004
Work around the issue by reducing the area used for bmdma descriptors.
This reduces SATA performance (iops) quite a bit, but finally makes
things work reliably. Possibly one could optimize this much more by
really just skipping the holes in that memory area -- however, that
seems to be non-trivial with the driver and libata in it's current form
(suggestions are welcome).
The 'proper' way to have good SATA performance would be to make use of
the hardware RAID features (one can use the JBOD mode to access even
just a single disc transparently through the RAID controller integrated
in the SATA host instead of accessing the SATA ports 'raw' as we do
now).
[1]: https://github.com/kref/linux-oxnas/blob/master/drivers/ata/sata_oxnas.c#L25
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Commit 53470bdf32 ("toolchain/binutils: Add binutils 2.34") logs refreshed
patches, but also adds a typo causing failed builds on mipsel64 platforms,
including the malta subtarget. Update the patch to fix this.
This fixes the following build error:
make[7]: *** No rule to make target 'elf64ltsmip.o', needed by 'ld-new'. Stop.
Fixes: FS#3276
Fixes: 53470bdf32 ("toolchain/binutils: Add binutils 2.34")
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
It is deactivated everywhere, just set this in the generic config.
Acked-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This refreshes the kernel configuration on top of kernel 5.4.
It now builds without asking to select some kernel options on all 4
subtargets.
It still does not boot up, there is a different problem.
Tested-By: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Acked-By: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
readelf is linked against this library on MIPS64BE
This fixes a build problem on MIPS64BE.
In addition also explicitly activate it in the configure command.
Fixes: 60f595daab ("binutils: update to version 2.34")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Specifications:
SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9557
RAM: 128 MB (Nanya NT5TU32M16EG-AC)
Flash: 16 MB (Macronix MX25L12845EMI-10G)
Ethernet: 5x 10/100/1000 (1x WAN, 4x LAN)
Wireless: QCA9557 2.4GHz (nbg), QCA9882 5GHz (ac)
USB: 2x USB 2.0 port
Buttons: 1x Reset
Switches: 1x Wifi
LEDs: 11 (Pwr, WAN, 4x LAN, 2x Wifi, 2x USB, WPS)
MAC addresses:
WAN *:3f uboot-env ethaddr + 3
LAN *:3e uboot-env ethaddr + 2
2.4GHz *:3c uboot-env ethaddr
5GHz *:3d uboot-env ethaddr + 1
The label contains all four MAC addresses, however the one without
increment is first, so this one is taken for label MAC address.
Notes:
The Wifi is controlled by an on/off button, i.e. has to be implemented
by a switch (EV_SW). Despite, it appears that GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH needs
to be used, just like recently fixed for the NBG6716.
Both parameters have been wrong at ar71xx.
Flash Instructions:
At first the U-Boot variables need to be changed in order to boot the
new combined image format. ZyXEL uses a split kernel + root setup and
the current kernel is too large to fit into the partition. As resizing
didnt do the trick, I've decided to use the prefered combined image
approach to be future-kernel-enlargement-proof (thanks to blocktrron for
the assistance).
First add a new variable called boot_openwrt:
setenv boot_openwrt bootm 0x9F120000
After that overwrite the bootcmd and save the environment:
setenv bootcmd run boot_openwrt
saveenv
After that you can flash the openwrt factory image via TFTP. The servers
IP has to be 192.168.1.33. Connect to one of the LAN ports and hold the
WPS Button while booting. After a few seconds the NBG6616 will look for
a image file called 'ras.bin' and flash it.
Return to vendor firmware is possible by resetting the bootcmd:
setenv bootcmd run boot_flash
saveenv
and flashing the vendor image via the TFTP method as described above.
Accessing the U-Boot Shell:
ZyXEL uses a proprietary loader/shell on top of u-boot: "ZyXEL zloader v2.02"
When the device is starting up, the user can enter the the loader shell
by simply pressing a key within the 3 seconds once the following string
appears on the serial console:
| Hit any key to stop autoboot: 3
The user is then dropped to a locked shell.
| NBG6616> ?
| ATEN x,(y) set BootExtension Debug Flag (y=password)
| ATSE x show the seed of password generator
| ATSH dump manufacturer related data in ROM
| ATRT (x,y,z,u) ATRT RAM read/write test (x=level, y=start addr, z=end addr, u=iterations
| ATGO boot up whole system
| ATUR x upgrade RAS image (filename)
In order to escape/unlock a password challenge has to be passed.
Note: the value is dynamic! you have to calculate your own!
First use ATSE $MODELNAME (MODELNAME is the hostname in u-boot env)
to get the challange value/seed.
| NBG6616> ATSE NBG6616
| 00C91D7EAC3C
This seed/value can be converted to the password with the help of this
bash script (Thanks to http://www.adslayuda.com/Zyxel650-9.html authors):
- tool.sh -
ror32() {
echo $(( ($1 >> $2) | (($1 << (32 - $2) & (2**32-1)) ) ))
}
v="0x$1"
a="0x${v:2:6}"
b=$(( $a + 0x10F0A563))
c=$(( 0x${v:12:14} & 7 ))
p=$(( $(ror32 $b $c) ^ $a ))
printf "ATEN 1,%X\n" $p
- end of tool.sh -
| # bash ./tool.sh 00C91D7EAC3C
| ATEN 1,10FDFF5
Copy and paste the result into the shell to unlock zloader.
| NBG6616> ATEN 1,10FDFF5
If the entered code was correct the shell will change to
use the ATGU command to enter the real u-boot shell.
| NBG6616> ATGU
| NBG6616#
Signed-off-by: Christoph Krapp <achterin@googlemail.com>
[move keys to DTSI, adjust usb_power DT label, remove kernel config
change, extend commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
A bunch of kernel modules depends on kmod-usb-net, but does not
select it. Make AddDepends/usb-net selective, so we can drop
some redundant +kmod-usb-net definitions for DEVICE_PACKAGES.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
SPI Flash chip supports up to 33 MHz wihout fast read opcode.
Available frequencies are 112.5, 56.25, 37.5, 28.125, 22.5 etc.
This patch increases the nominal maximum frequency to 33 MHz,
reaching an effective increase from 22.5 to 28.125 MHz.
Formula to calculate SPI frequency:
Freq = 225 MHz / 2 / div
Before:
$ time dd if=/dev/mtd1 of=/dev/null bs=8M
0+1 records in
0+1 records out
real 0m 3.58s
user 0m 0.00s
sys 0m 3.57s
After:
$ time dd if=/dev/mtd1 of=/dev/null bs=8M
0+1 records in
0+1 records out
real 0m 2.95s
user 0m 0.00s
sys 0m 2.93s
Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
[minor commit message adjustments]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
When comparing to the port assignment in board.d/02_network, a few
devices seem to use the wrong setup of mediatek,portmap.
The corrects the values for mt76x8 subtarget based on the location
of the wan port.
A previous cleanup of obviously wrong values has already been done in
7a387bf9a0 ("ramips: mt76x8: fix bogus mediatek,portmap")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The TL-WPA8630P v2 is a HomePlug AV2 compatible device with a QCA9563 SoC
and 2.4GHz and 5GHz WiFi modules.
Specifications
--------------
- QCA9563 750MHz, 2.4GHz WiFi
- QCA9888 5GHz WiFi
- 8MiB SPI Flash
- 128MiB RAM
- 3 GBit Ports (QCA8337)
- PLC (QCA7550)
MAC address assignment
----------------------
WiFi 2.4GHz and LAN share the same MAC address as printed on the label.
5GHz WiFi uses LAN-1, based on assumptions from similar devices.
LAN Port assignment
-------------------
While there are 3 physical LAN ports on the device, there will be 4
visible ports in OpenWrt. The fourth port (internal port 5) is used
by the PowerLine Communication SoC and thus treated like a regular
LAN port.
Versions
--------
Note that both TL-WPA8630 and TL-WPA8630P, as well as the different
country-versions, differ in partitioning, and therefore shouldn't be
cross-flashed.
This adds support for the two known partitioning variants of the
TL-WPA8630P, where the variants can be safely distinguished via the
tplink-safeloader SupportList. For the non-P variants (TL-WPA8630),
at least two additional partitioning schemes exist, and the same
SupportList entry can have different partitioning.
Thus, we don't support those officially (yet).
Also note that the P version for Germany (DE) requires the international
image version, but is properly protected by SupportList.
In any case, please check the OpenWrt Wiki pages for the device
before flashing anything!
Installation
------------
Installation is possible from the OEM web interface. Make sure to
install the latest OEM firmware first, so that the PLC firmware is
at the latest version. However, please also check the Wiki page
for hints according to altered partitioning between OEM firmware
revisions.
Additional thanks to Jon Davies and Joe Mullally for bringing
order into the partitioning mess.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Böhler <dev@aboehler.at>
[minor DTS adjustments, add label-mac-device, drop chosen, move
common partitions to DTSI, rename de to int, add AU support strings,
adjust TPLINK_BOARD_ID, create common node in generic-tp-link.mk,
adjust commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This commit adds a patch to procd to support loading the SELinux
policy early at boot time, and adjusts the procd package to use this
SELinux support when libselinux is enabled.
The procd patch has been submitted separately [1]: obviously the
intent is to have it merged in the procd Git repository rather than
have it in OpenWrt itself.
[1] http://lists.infradead.org/pipermail/openwrt-devel/2019-November/025791.html
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@bootlin.com>
[rebase, add commit message]
Signed-off-by: W. Michael Petullo <mike@flyn.org>
[split commit into openwrt.git and procd.git]
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Remove `if !SMALL_FLASH` in places which are anyway already augmented
by `if !SMALL_FLASH`.
Always enable CONFIG_BLK_DEV_THROTTLING on !SMALL_FLASH devices rather
than just enabling it on bcm27xx.
Enabled CPU bandwidth provisioning for FAIR_GROUP_SCHED on !SMALL_FLASH
devices as CONFIG_FAIR_GROUP_SCHED is already enabled and becomes more
useful for cgroups with that option enbled as well.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
SELinux support requires setting the appropriate SELinux security context
to files and directories, which needs to happen at build time in order
to support read-only root filesystem scenarios. In order to create these
security contexts, we will have to run some SELinux-specific tools on
the host machine, but that requires root access. This adds support for
fakeroot, which the build process will use to run the SELinux security
context creation and the image creation.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@bootlin.com>
Apply to current master, and adjust commit message
Thomas' original work is available at
http://lists.infradead.org/pipermail/openwrt-devel/2019-November/025976.html.
Signed-off-by: W. Michael Petullo <mike@flyn.org>
[add rules.mk FAKEROOT variable]
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
[update, fix macos build]
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The variable in the case argument was mistyped, so the case always
checked against an empty string and never matched.
Fix the variable name. Add a PKG_RELEASE to Makefile so we can bump it.
Fixes: d6de31310c ("cmake: restore parallel build support for bootstrap")
Signed-off-by: Piotr Stefaniak <pstef@freebsd.org>
[add commit message, add PKG_RELEASE, fix commit title, add Fixes:]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This reverts commit 685570858d.
The commit had several formal flaws, revert it and hopefully apply
it properly next time.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This adds support for ZyXEL NBG6616 uboot-env access
Signed-off-by: Christoph Krapp <achterin@googlemail.com>
[add "ar71xx" to commit title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
As the ath79 port of this device uses a combined kernel + root
partition the uboot bootcmd variable needs to be changed. As using
cli/luci is more convenient than opening up the case and using a uart
connection, lets unlock the uboot-env partition for write access.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Krapp <achterin@googlemail.com>
The variable in the case argument was mistyped, so the case always
checked against an empty string and never matched.
Fix the variable name.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Stefaniak <pstef@freebsd.org>
[add commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
mac80211 reports a packet loss event to user space when 50 consecutive packets
were not acked. On a high throughput link with long aggregates and sudden
link changes, this can trigger way too easily.
Mitigate false positives by only triggering the event on a packet loss if
no ACK was received for at least a second
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Add a specific comment for early DSA-adopters that they can keep
their config when prompted due to compat-version increase.
This is a temporary solution, the patch should be simply reverted
before any release.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This ports support for the TL-WA901ND v3 from ar71xx to ath79.
Most of the hardware is shared with the TL-WA850/860RE v1 range
extenders. It completes the TL-WA901ND series in ath79.
Specifications:
Board: AP123 / AR9341
Flash/RAM: 4/32 MiB
CPU: 535 MHz
WiFi: 2.4 GHz b/g/n
Ethernet: 1 port (100M)
Flashing instructions:
Upload the factory image via the vendor firmware upgrade option.
This has not been tested on device, but port from ar71xx is
straightforward and the device will be disabled by default anyway.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Replace all the custom patches with the backported upstream version
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
[refresh patches]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The ath79 target has CONFIG_LEDS_GPIO=y set in kernel config, so
no need to pull the kmod-leds-gpio module for specific devices.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This implements the newly introduced compat-version to prevent
broken upgrade between swconfig and DSA for ramips' mt7621 subtarget.
In order to make the situation more transparent for the user, and
to prevent large switch-cases for devices, it is more convenient to
have the entire subtarget 1.1-by-default. This means that new devices
will be added with 1.1 from the start, but in contrast we don't need
to switch them in board.d files. Apart from that, users that manually
backport devices to 19.07 with swconfig will have an equivalent
upgrade experience to officially supported devices.
Since DSA support on mt7621 is out for a while already, this applies
the same uci-defaults workaround for early adopters as already
done for kirkwood and mvebu in previous commits.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
It has been reported that the current message displayed during
upgrade with compat_version change is misleading for "legacy"
devices, i.e. those without the "new" fwtool. This is partially
caused by the fact that we need to exploit the supported_devices
string to get some message text displayed for these devices.
This patch modifies the message to make it more helpful and
include additional information, e.g.
Device linksys,wrt3200acm not supported by this image
Supported devices: linksys,wrt3200acm linksys-whateverelse - Image
version mismatch: image 1.1, device 1.0. Please wipe config during
upgrade (force required) or reinstall. Reason: Config cannot be
migrated from swconfig to DSA
Note that the line breaks (except the one before Supported devices)
are added manually here, I hesitate to hack \n into the
supported_devices as well. The "Reason:" will only be displayed if
DEVICE_COMPAT_MESSAGE is set for the device, otherwise
"Please check documentation ..." will be shown instead.
While at it, also rearrange the code in image-commands.mk to
make lines shorter and remove the double filter-out command.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Conceptually, the compat-version during sysupgrade is meant to
describe the config. Therefore, if somebody starts with a device on
19.07 and swconfig, and that person does a forceful upgrade into a
DSA-based firmware without wiping his/her config, then the local
compat-version should stay at 1.0 according to the config present
(and not get updated).
However, this poses a problem for those people that early-adopted
DSA in master, as they already have adjusted their config for DSA,
but it still is "1.0" as far as sysupgrade is concerned. This can
be healed by a simple
uci set system.@system[0].compat_version="1.1"
uci commit system
But this needs to be applied _after_ the upgrade (as the "old" fwtool
on the old installation does not know about compat_version) and it
requires access via SSH (i.e. no pure GUI solution is available for
this group of people, apart from wiping their config _again_ for
no technical reason). Despite, the situation will not become
obvious to those just upgrading via GUI, they will just have the
experience of a "broken upgrade".
This is a conflict which cannot be resolved by achieving both goals,
we have to decide to either keep the strict concept or improve the
situation for early adopters.
In this patch, we address the issue by providing a uci-defaults
script that will raise the compat_version for _all_ people upgrading
into a 1.1 image, no matter whether they have reset config or not.
The idea is to implement this as a _temporary_ solution, so early
adopters can upgrade into the new mechanism without issues, and
after a few weeks/months we could remove the uci-defaults script
again.
If we e.g. remove the script just before 20.xx.0-rc1, early adopters
should have moved on by then, and existing stable users would still
get the intended experience.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Conceptually, the compat-version during sysupgrade is meant to
describe the config. Therefore, if somebody starts with a device on
19.07 and swconfig, and that person does a forceful upgrade into a
DSA-based firmware without wiping his/her config, then the local
compat-version should stay at 1.0 according to the config present
(and not get updated).
However, this poses a problem for those people that early-adopted
DSA in master, as they already have adjusted their config for DSA,
but it still is "1.0" as far as sysupgrade is concerned. This can
be healed by a simple
uci set system.@system[0].compat_version="1.1"
uci commit system
But this needs to be applied _after_ the upgrade (as the "old" fwtool
on the old installation does not know about compat_version) and it
requires access via SSH (i.e. no pure GUI solution is available for
this group of people, apart from wiping their config _again_ for
no technical reason). Despite, the situation will not become
obvious to those just upgrading via GUI, they will just have the
experience of a "broken upgrade".
This is a conflict which cannot be resolved by achieving both goals,
we have to decide to either keep the strict concept or improve the
situation for early adopters.
In this patch, we address the issue by providing a uci-defaults
script that will raise the compat_version for _all_ people upgrading
into a 1.1 image, no matter whether they have reset config or not.
The idea is to implement this as a _temporary_ solution, so early
adopters can upgrade into the new mechanism without issues, and
after a few weeks/months we could remove the uci-defaults script
again.
If we e.g. remove the script just before 20.xx.0-rc1, early adopters
should have moved on by then, and existing stable users would still
get the intended experience.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The bootloader fails to extract a big kernel, e.g. v5.4 kernel image
with ALL_KMODS enabled. This can be fixed by using lzma-loader.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Currently the lzma-loader is placed in RAM at 32MB offset, which does not
make sense for devices with only 32MB RAM. If we adjust LZMA_TEXT_START to
24MB offset, then the lzma-loader can be used on those devices and still
about 24MB memory will be available for uncompressed image, which should be
enough for most use cases.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Exchange the patch fixing the kernel ringbuffer WARNING flood for the
one accepted upstream.
Fixes commit a956c14d6a ("mac80211: util: don't warn on missing sband
iftype data")
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The hostapd configuration logic is supposed to accept "option key" as
legacy alias for "option auth_secret". This particular fallback option
failed to work though because "key" was not a registered configuration
variable.
Fix this issue by registering the "key" option as well, similar to the
existing "server" nad "port" options.
Ref: https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/3282
Suggested-by: Michael Jones <mike@meshplusplus.com>
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
If an existing "wpa_psk_file" is passed to hostapd, the "key" option may
be omitted.
While we're at it, also improve the passphrase length checking to ensure
that it is either exactly 64 bytes or 8 to 63 bytes.
Fixes: FS#2689
Ref: https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/3283
Suggested-by: Michael Jones <mike@meshplusplus.com>
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Add a dependency on kmod-nls-base for the new exfat driver. Otherwise
the build fails on ramips and ath79 on kernel 5.4:
Package kmod-fs-exfat is missing dependencies for the following libraries:
nls_base.ko
Fixes commit cd41234d2f ("exfat: add out of tree module")
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The board name is equivalent to the compatible, not the device
definition. Fix it.
Fixes: b4588c8538 ("kernel/om-watchdog: Apply device renames from ramips")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The sbutarget has testing support for kernel 5.4 for quite a while
and builds fine, however, only one devices there is > 4 MiB.
Since it's unlikely to get a Tested-by for that device, and the other
ralink subtargets appear to be working with 5.4 so far, let's set
this target to 5.4 by default as well.
That way, even if the device happens to break, we'll still have at
least usable SDK and IB for people to use.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
When comparing to the port assignment in board.d/02_network, many
devices seem to use the wrong setup of mediatek,portmap.
The corrects the values for mt7620 subtarget based on the location
of the wan port.
A previous cleanup of obviously wrong values has already been done in
d3c0a94405 ("ramips: mt7620/mt7621: remove invalid mediatek,portmap")
Cc: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Add package which provides size optimized wpad with support for just
WPA-PSK, SAE (WPA3-Personal), 802.11r and 802.11w.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
[adapt to recent changes, add dependency for WPA_WOLFSSL config]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
For ramips/mt7621, the wpad-basic package is not selected by default,
but added for every device individually as needed.
While this might be technically correct if the SoC does not come with
a Wifi module, only 18 of 97 devices for that platform are set up
_without_ wpad-basic currently.
Therefore, it seems more convenient to add wpad-basic by default for
the subtarget and then just remove it for the 18 mentioned devices,
instead of having to add it for about 60 times instead.
This would also match the behavior of the 5 other subtargets, where
wpad-basic/wpad-mini is added by default as well, and thus be more
obvious to developers without detailed SoC knowledge.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
When passing a section or option value to config_get() which contains
characters that happen to be valid variable interpolation expressions,
the function returns a nonsensical expression result instead of the
expected empty string.
When the passed section or option name contains other characters which
are not valid within a shell variable name, a substitution error is
occuring instead.
The issue can be easily reproduced by one of the following examples:
root@OpenWrt:~# . /lib/functions.sh
root@OpenWrt:~# config load system
root@OpenWrt:~# config_get variable invalid-section option
root@OpenWrt:~# echo "$variable"
section_option:-
root@OpenWrt:~# . /lib/functions.sh
root@OpenWrt:~# config load system
root@OpenWrt:~# config_get variable section invalid-option
root@OpenWrt:~# echo "$variable"
option:-
root@OpenWrt:~# . /lib/functions.sh
root@OpenWrt:~# config load system
root@OpenWrt:~# config_get variable section invalid@option
-ash: eval: syntax error: bad substitution
Fix this issue by only performing interpolations when the given section
and option arguments are free of illegal characters.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Before this commit, if uci option "dnssec" was set, we pass "--dnssec"
and friends to dnsmasq, let it start and decide whether to quit and
whether to emit message for diagnosis
# dnsmasq --dnssec; echo $?
dnsmasq: DNSSEC not available: set HAVE_DNSSEC in src/config.h
1
DNSSEC as a feature is different from others like dhcp, tftp in that
it's a security feature. Better be explicit. With this change
committed, we make it so by not allowing it in the first in the
initscript, should dnsmasq later decides to not quit (not likely) or
quit without above explicit error (unlikely but less so ;)
So this is just being proactive. on/off choices with uci option
"dnssec" are still available like before
Link: https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/3265#issuecomment-667795302
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
By using localtime() to determine the timestamp that goes into factory
images, the resulting image depends on the timezone of the build system.
Use gmtime() instead, which results in more reproducible images.
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
The target has testing support for kernel 5.4 for quite a while,
compiles fine for all devices, and has been run-tested on Asus
RT-N56U successfully.
Let's set it to kernel 5.4 by default to increase the audience
before an 20.xx stable branch.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com> [Asus RT-N56U]
This allows better context for board patches and we no longer need a
downstream patch for that.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
The patch adding support for the second LED HW blinking interval has been
merged (linux 5.9).
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
47a9f0d service: add method to query available container features
afbaba9 initd: attempt to mount cgroup2
ead60fe jail: use pidns semantics also for timens
759e9f8 jail: make use of BLOBMSG_CAST_INT64 for OCI rlimits
83053b6 instance: add instances into unified cgroup hierarchy
16159bb jail: parse OCI cgroups resources
282ff0c jail: only free cgroups if they were allocated
ab55357 jail: fix freeing cgroups avl
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This patch adds support for the WNDR4300TN, marketed by Belgian ISP
Telenet. The hardware is the same as the WNDR4300 v1, without the
fifth ethernet port (WAN) and the USB port. The circuit board has
the traces, but the components are missing.
Specifications:
* SoC: Atheros AR9344
* RAM: 128 MB
* Flash: 128 MB NAND flash
* WiFi: Atheros AR9580 (5 GHz) and AR9344 (2.4 GHz)
* Ethernet: 4x 1000Base-T
* LED: Power, LAN, WiFi 2.4GHz, WiFi 5GHz, WPS
* UART: on board, to the right of the RF shield at the top of the board
Installation:
* Flashing through the OEM web interface:
+ Connect your computer to the router with an ethernet cable and browse
to http://192.168.0.51/
+ Log in with the default credentials are admin:password
+ Browse to Advanced > Administration > Firmware Upgrade in the Telenet
interface
+ Upload the Openwrt firmware: openwrt-ath79-nand-netgear_wndr4300tn-squashfs-factory.img
+ Proceed with the firmware installation and give the device a few
minutes to finish and reboot.
* Flashing through TFTP:
+ Configure your wired client with a static IP in the 192.168.1.x range,
e.g. 192.168.1.10 and netmask 255.255.255.0.
+ Power off the router.
+ Press and hold the RESET button (the factory reset button on the bottom
of the device, with the gray circle around it, next to the Telenet logo)
and turn the router on while keeping the button pressed.
+ The power LED will start flashing orange. You can release the button
once it switches to flashing green.
+ Transfer the image over TFTP:
$ tftp 192.168.1.1 -m binary -c put openwrt-ath79-nand-netgear_wndr4300tn-squashfs-factory.img
Signed-off-by: Davy Hollevoet <github@natox.be>
[use DT label reference for adding LEDs in DTSI files]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Specification:
- CPU: MediaTek MT7620N (580 MHz)
- Flash size: 4 MB NOR SPI
- RAM size: 32 MB DDR1
- Bootloader: U-Boot
- Wireless: MT7620N 2x2 MIMO 802.11b/g/n (2.4 GHz)
- Switch: MT7620 built-in 10/100 switch with vlan support
- Ports: 4x LAN, 1x WAN
- Others: 7x LED, Reset button, UART header on PCB (57600 8N1)
Flash instructions:
1. Use ethernet cable to connect router with PC/Laptop, any router
LAN port will work.
2. To flash openwrt we are using nmrpflash[1].
3. Flash commands:
First we need to identify the correct Ethernet id.
nmrpflash -L
nmrpflash -i net* -f openwrt-ramips-mt7620-netgear_jwnr2010-v5-squashfs-factory.img
This will show something like "Advertising NMRP server on net*..." (net*, *=1,2,3... etc.)
4. Now remove the power cable from router back side and immediately connect it again.
You will see flash notification in CMD window, once it says reboot the device just
plug off the router and plug in again.
Revert to stock:
1. Download the stock firmware from official netgear support[2].
2. Follow the same nmrpflash procedure like above, this time just use the stock firmware.
nmrpflash -i net* -f N300-V1.1.0.54_1.0.1.img
MAC addresses on stock firmware:
LAN = *:28 (label)
WAN = *:29
WLAN = *:28
On flash, the only valid MAC address is found in factory 0x4.
Special Note:
This openwrt firmware will also support other netgear N300 routers like below as they
share same stock firmware[3].
JNR1010v2 / WNR614 / WNR618 / JWNR2000v5 / WNR2020 / WNR1000v4 / WNR2020v2 / WNR2050
[1] https://github.com/jclehner/nmrpflash
[2] https://www.netgear.com/support/product/JWNR2010v5.aspx
[3] http://kb.netgear.com/000059663
Signed-off-by: Shibajee Roy <ador250@protonmail.com>
[create DTSI, use netgear_sercomm_nor, disable by default, add MAC
addresses to commit message, add label MAC address]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This option was a spi nor hack which is dropped in commit bcf4a5f474
("ramips: remove chunked-io patch and set spi->max_transfer_size instead")
Most of it has already been removed in
be2b61e4f1 ("ramips: drop m25p,chunked-io from dts")
It seems all current usages were added after that. Remove them.
Cc: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Like NAND-based devices, SPI-NOR based Netgear devices also share
a common setup for their images. This creates a common defition
for them in image/Makefile, so it can be reused across subtargets.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
47a9f0d service: add method to query available container features
afbaba9 initd: attempt to mount cgroup2
ead60fe jail: use pidns semantics also for timens
759e9f8 jail: make use of BLOBMSG_CAST_INT64 for OCI rlimits
83053b6 instance: add instances into unified cgroup hierarchy
16159bb jail: parse OCI cgroups resources
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Linkit Smart 7688 and Onion Omega 2(+) are one-port devices, and
have their port set to LAN by default. Setting up a WAN MAC address
for them doesn't make any sense, as no wan interface will be created
in uci config. Despite, these devices also set lan_mac in 02_network,
although mtd-mac-address sets a different address for the ethernet
interface in DTS.
Clean this up by moving the lan_mac value into DTS and dropping the
entries in 02_network completely. That way, the effective address
on the LAN interface should stay the same, but we get rid of the
extra (re)assignments.
As I don't have access to the devices, this does not tell anything
about whether 0x2e is actually a good choice, it just preserves
the existing assignment.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
WIZnet WizFi630s has three mac addresses in the factory partition:
0x04 (also on the label), 0x28 for wan mac and 0x2e as lan mac.
All three macadresses are sequential series of addresses.
This is making use of them.
While at it, also add the label MAC address to 02_network.
MAC addresses as verified by OEM firmware:
use interface source
WLAN ra0 factory 0x04 (label)
WAN eth0.2 factory 0x28 (label + 1)
LAN eth0.1 factory 0x2e (label + 2)
Signed-off-by: Tobias Welz <tw@wiznet.eu>
[fix sorting in 02_network, commit message adjustments]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
WizFi630S had some pins changed in the release version of the board.
The run led, wps button and a slide switch where affected.
This patch is correcting this.
i2c is removed as it is sharing a pin with the run (system) led.
uart2 is enabled as it is also enabled in the OEM firmware.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Welz <tw@wiznet.eu>
Refresh config with make kernel_oldconfig.
After d1a8217d87 ("kernel: clean-up build-configurable kernel
config symbols"), the routine wants to add an additional
CONFIG_CGROUPS (=n), which has been removed manually again, as
this seems unintended.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Remapping the local build path in debug information makes debugging
using ./scripts/remote-gdb harder, because files no longer refer to the full
path on the build host.
For local builds, debug information does not need to be reproducible,
since it will be stripped out of packages anyway.
For buildbot builds, it makes sense to keep debug information reproducible,
since the full path is not needed (nor desired) anywhere.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Testmode commands are typically only used for manufacturing or vendor specific
debugging features, so they should not be in the default image
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
With the introduction of the generic OpenVPN hotplug mechanism, wrapped
--up and --down scripts got the wrong amount and order of arguments passed,
breaking existing configurations and functionality.
Fix this issue by passing the same amount of arguments in the same expected
order as if the scripts were executed by the OpenVPN daemon directly.
Ref: https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/1596#issuecomment-668935156
Fixes: 8fe9940db6 ("openvpn: add generic hotplug mechanism")
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This package provides the necessary files to translate `config dsa_vlan`
and `config dsa_port` sections of `/etc/config/network` into appropriate
bridge vlan filter rules.
The approach of the configuration is to bridge all DSA ports into a logical
bridge device, called "switch0" by default, and to set VLAN port membership,
tagging state and PVID as specified by UCI on each port and on the switch
bridge device itself, allowing logical interfaces to reference port VLAN
groups by using "switch0.N" as ifname, where N denotes the VLAN ID.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
RT3x5x seems to work fine with kernel 5.4. Set the default kernel
version to 5.4 to bring this to a broader audience.
Since 4 of 6 targets are on kernel 5.4 now, invert the kernel
version setup logic in Makefile/target.mk files.
Tested on ZyXEL Keenetic.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobrovolsky <dobrovolskiy.alexey@gmail.com>
[invert version setup logic]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
WIZnet WizFi630s board name is written slightly different it its OEM
OpenWrt firmware. This causes an incompatibility warning during flashing
with sysupgrade. This patch is adding the vendor board name to the
supported devices list to avoid this warning. For initial flashing you
can use sysupgrade via command line or luci beside of TFTP.
Do not keep the OEM configuration during sysupgrade.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Welz <tw@wiznet.eu>
This uses upstream qcom-ipq8064-v1.0.dtsi and modifies it by patches
instead of keeping a local version. As a consequence:
- we use a part of the shared definitions there and update device
DTS files accordingly
- we move additional stuff from our local v1.0.dtsi to the patch
- we drop partitions, LEDs and keys from the file as we will
implement them differently anyway
Like with the previous patch, this follows the idea that a diff
from upstream might be easier to handle than a big file of our
own with different distribution pattern of properties.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Though a qcom-ipq8064.dtsi file exists upstream, we still do overwrite
it with a full version of our own in the ipq806x target. About half of
the contents of our file are upstream content, the other half are local
improvements.
To prevent us from having a lot of code maintained twice in parallel,
this adjusts the target to use the upstream qcom-ipq8064.dtsi. Our
local changes are arranged into three patches, the first pulling a
commit from upstream, the second doing a few small adjustments, and
the third adding all additional stuff.
This should get us the best of both worlds.
The property "ports-implemented" on sata@29000000 is moved to
2nd-level DTSI files as kernel defines it there as well.
While at, rename 080-ARM-dts-qcom-add-gpio-ranges-property.patch to
include the kernel version where it's added upstream.
Even though this might look more complicated in the first place,
the aim is to bring our files closer to upstream, so we can benefit
from changes directly and vice-versa. After all, this drop about
650 lines just copied from the upstream DTSI file.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
212f836 ubus: rename JSON-RPC format related functions
628341f ubus: use local "blob_buf" in uh_ubus_handle_request_object()
9d663e7 ubus: use BLOBMSG_TYPE_UNSPEC for "params" JSON attribute
77d345e ubus: drop unused "obj" arguments
8d9e1fc ubus: parse "call" method params only for relevant call
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
WIZnet WizFi630S is using only 3 of the phy ports. The unused phy ports
draw unnecessarily power. This is disabling the unused phy ports.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Welz <tw@wiznet.eu>
That file was added accidentally in v3 of the patch and I haven't
properly reviewed that patch before pushing it.
Fixes: 656b562aff ("scripts: Add Buildbot dump-target-info.pl script")
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This enables Random Number Generator support on Northstar (described in
DT with brcm,bcm5301x-rng).
It's also a workaround for OpenWrt bug with kernel config causing:
Broadcom BCM2835/BCM63xx Random Number Generator support (HW_RANDOM_BCM2835) [Y/n/m/?] (NEW)
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
The script comes from buildbot.git[0] and is used to print available
targets and architectures, which are then build.
As the buildbot clones openwrt.git anyway, the script might as well live
here to be used for other cases as well, e.g. determining what
architectures are available when building Docker containers or show
developers an overview which architectures are used by which target.
It's called with either the parameter `architectures` or `targets`,
showing architectures followed by supported targets or targets, followed
by the supported architectures:
$ ./scripts/dump-target-info.pl architectures
aarch64_cortex-a53 bcm27xx/bcm2710 mediatek/mt7622 mvebu/cortexa53 sunxi/cortexa53
aarch64_cortex-a72 bcm27xx/bcm2711 mvebu/cortexa72
...
$ ./scripts/dump-target-info.pl targets
apm821xx/nand powerpc_464fp
apm821xx/sata powerpc_464fp
...
In the future the the script could be removed from the buildbot
repository and maintained only here.
Rename `dumpinfo.pl` to `dump-target-info.pl` to improve verbosity of
filename.
[0]: https://git.openwrt.org/?p=buildbot.git;a=blob;f=scripts/dumpinfo.pl;h=aa97f8d60379076a41b968402e9337cea824ece5;hb=HEAD
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
TP-Link RE200 v3 is a wireless range extender with Ethernet and 2.4G and 5G
WiFi with internal antennas. It's based on MediaTek MT7628AN+MT7610EN like the v2.
Specifications
--------------
- MediaTek MT7628AN (580 Mhz)
- 64 MB of RAM
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz and 1T1R 5 GHz
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 8x LED (GPIO-controlled), 2x button
Unverified:
- UART header on PCB (57600 8n1)
There are 2.4G and 5G LEDs in red and green which are controlled
separately.
MAC addresses
-------------
MAC address assignment has been done according to the RE200 v2.
The label MAC address matches the OpenWrt ethernet address.
Installation
------------
Web Interface
-------------
It is possible to upgrade to OpenWrt via the web interface. Simply flash
the -factory.bin from OEM. In contrast to a stock firmware, this will not
overwrite U-Boot.
Recovery
--------
Unfortunately, this devices does not offer a recovery mode or a tftp
installation method. If the web interface upgrade fails, you have to open
your device and attach serial console.
The device has not been opened for adding support. However, it is expected
that the behavior is similar to the RE200 v2. Instructions for serial console
and recovery may be checked out in commit 6d6f36ae78 ("ramips: add support
for TP-Link RE200 v2") or on the device's Wiki page.
Signed-off-by: Richard Fröhning <misanthropos@gmx.de>
[adjust commit title/message, sort support list]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
* compat: rhel 8.3 beta removed nf_nat_core.h
* compat: ipv6_dst_lookup_flow was ported to rhel 7.9 beta
This compat tag adds support for RHEL 8.3 beta and RHEL 7.9 beta, in addition
to RHEL 8.2 and RHEL 7.8. It also marks the first time that
<https://www.wireguard.com/build-status/> is all green for all RHEL kernels.
After quite a bit of trickery, we've finally got the RHEL kernels building
automatically.
* compat: allow override of depmod basedir
When building in an environment with a different modules install path, it's
not possible to override the depmod basedir flag by setting the DEPMODBASEDIR
environment variable.
* compat: add missing headers for ip_tunnel_parse_protocol
This fixes compilation with some unusual configurations.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
For the TP-Link 4M devices with tplink-v2-image recipe
(mktplinkfw2.c), there are two different flash layouts based
on the size of the (u)boot partition:
device uboot OEM firmware OpenWrt (incl. config)
tl-wr840n-v5 0x20000 0x3c0000 0x3d0000
tl-wr841n-v14 0x10000 0x3d0000 0x3e0000
In both cases, the 0x10000 config partition is used for the firmware
partition as well due to the limited space available and since it's
recreated by the OEM firmware anyway.
However, the TFTP flashing process will only copy data up to the
size of the initial (OEM) firmware size. Therefore, while we can
use the bigger partition to have additional erase blocks on the
device, we have to limit the image sizes to the TFTP limits.
So far, only one layout definition has been set up in mktplinkfw2.c
for 4M mediatek devices. This adds a second one and assigns them
to the devices so the image sizes are correctly restrained.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Since most of the DTS file names follow a common scheme now, let's
update the automatically generated DEVICE_DTS value and get rid
of some DEVICE_DTS and all BOARD_NAME entries for individual devices.
This should specifically make the job easier for developers adding
new devices, as they are not tempted to copy over BOARD_NAME anymore.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
We currently support four versions of binutils in parallel. Let's
just keep the latest two and drop the older ones before the next
one comes around.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
ifconfig is effectively deprecated for quite some time now. Let's
replace the remaining occurrences for packages by the
corresponding ip commands now.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
ifconfig is effectively deprecated for quite some time now. Let's
replace the remaining occurrences for our target setup by the
corresponding ip commands now.
Note that this does not touch ar71xx, as it will be dropped anyway,
and changing it would only make backports harder.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Instead of just printing a warning that an image is too big, also
print both actual size and limit in the string:
WARNING: Image file somename.bin is too big: 2096101 > 1048576
Since the kernel size is checked via the same function (if
KERNEL_SIZE is specified), this will also apply to the kernel
image size check.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Commit 1bfbf2de6d ("ar71xx: serial: core: add support for boot console
with arbitrary baud rates") added support for arbitrary baud rates which
enabled 250000 baud rate for Yun. But the patch was not ported to kernel
4.9, and since then the kernel set its baud rate to 9600. This commit ports
the patch to kernel 4.14, thereby restoring the serial console of Yun.
Cc: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Commit 05d73a2a73 enabled GPIO on ethernet LED, but proper LED setup was
not added then. This commit fixes it by reverting the change on the LED.
Fixes: 05d73a2a73 ("ar71xx: Arduino Yun board 'WLAN RST' button support")
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Commit bb46b635df changed its partition scheme, but sysupgrade image
validation still uses the old format. This commit fixes it so that
force flag is not needed for sysupgrade.
Fixes: bb46b635df ("ar71xx: move Arduino Yun to generic building code")
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
This reverts commit 077253dd66.
The output enable pins should be disabled by default, and only enabled when
used. Otherwise unwanted conflicts might occur between MCU and SoC pins.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
The recipe check-kernel-size is not used in the entire tree. Instead,
we already check the size of the kernel image in Device/Build/kernel
in image.mk via check-size function if KERNEL_SIZE is defined.
Therefore, drop the function. Using it would be redundant anyway.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The current LICENSE file contains some form feed (FF) characters instead
of recently popular line feed (LF) characters. Also update to the latest
address of the Free Software Foundation. Lastly center some captions, as
suggested by the official GNU LICENSE distribution[0].
Historical changes of GPL-2.0 LICENSE file are availalbe[1].
[0]: https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.txt
[1]: https://github.com/pombredanne/gpl-history
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
checkpatch.pl uses a list of files to detect the root OpenWrt
directory. This includes README, which has been renamed to
README.md in the previous commit.
Update the file name in checkpatch.pl to prevent errors like the
following when running the script:
Must be run from the top-level dir. of a OpenWrt tree
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The README is no longer important to only developers but also users.
Reflect that by adding valuable information for everyone new to OpenWrt!
Sunshine
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
[remove trailing whitespace and empty line at EOF]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Move the image preparation and nand-utils package selection into
common device definitions for NOR/NAND devices.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Update the openvpn sample configurations to use modern options in favor
of deprecated ones, suggest more sane default settings and add some
warnings.
* Add tls_crypt and ncp_disable to the sample configuration
* Replace nsCertType with remote_cert_tls in client sample configuration
* Comment out "option compress", compression should not be preferred
* Advise 2048-bit Diffie-Hellman parameters by default
* Add warnings about compression and use of Blowfish (BF-CBC)
Signed-off-by: Magnus Kroken <mkroken@gmail.com>
The wg utility compiles and runs without issues in MIPS16 mode, despite setting
PKG_USE_MIPS16:=0 in the makefile. Let's remove this, allowing for a substantial
size reduction of the wg executable. Since wg is a just a configuration utility,
it shouldn't be performance-critical, as the crypto heavy-lifting is done on the
kernel side.
wg sizes for both modes:
MIPS32: 64309 bytes
MIPS16: 42501 bytes
Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
>From an email conversation with the person responsible for upstreaming
the exFAT driver, it seems the staging one in kernel 5.4 is not so
good. Excerpts below.
Namjae Jeon:
Hm... exfat in 5.4 kernel that we did crap shit long time ago is
contributed by someone who we don't know.
This version is unstable and low quality code. We have been improving
it continuously.
and staging version exfat is removed from linux 5.7 kernel.
linux exfat oot version is a backport of exfat in linux 5.7 kernel to
support lower version kernel, and it is a real.
You can see the patch history fro linux-exfat-oot.
this version support timezone and boot sector verification feature newly.
and better filesystem structure and much clean code quality that
reviewed by high profile kernel developers. and add many bug fixes.
And this version is officially maintained by me and kernel guys.
I would not recommend to use staging exfat version.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Enabling KERNEL_TRANSPARENT_HUGEPAGE exposes 2 missing symbols:
* CONFIG_READ_ONLY_THP_FOR_FS
* TRANSPARENT_HUGEPAGE_ALWAYS
* TRANSPARENT_HUGEPAGE_MADVISE
The first one was added in 5.4, and is marked experimental there so just
disable it in the generic config.
For the latter two, we should not force the user to use either of them,
so add them as build-configurable kernel options.
Fixes: d1a8217d87 ("kernel: clean-up build-configurable kernel config symbols")
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
This symbol is exposed on ARM64 with EFI enabled in the kernel config.
Currently this happens only on ipq807x, but as there might be new ARM64
targets with EFI in the future it is better to add the symbol to the
generic config.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Acked-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
It was removed from target defaults though it didn't exist in the
build-systems kernel configuration options. Add it there.
Fixes: d1a8217d87 ("kernel: clean-up build-configurable kernel config symbols")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Don't kill the wireless daemon on teardown. hostapd as well as
wpa_supplicant are managed by procd which would detect the shutdown of
either process as a crash loop.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
When retrieving the PID for hostapd and wpa_supplicant via ubus the
wrong service name is currently used. This leads to the following error
in the log:
netifd: radio0 (1409): WARNING (wireless_add_process):
executable path /usr/sbin/wpad does not match process path (/proc/exe)
Fixing the service name retrieves the correct PID and therefore the
warning won't occur.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Sometimes when using the DNS-313 memory usage can peak and
with a simple swap partition we can avoid running into the
roof and invoking the OOM killer. Set this partition to
128MB (twice the size of the memory of the DNS-313).
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
The compressed image that the buildbots are building is too large for
the netgear uboot and it crashes and soft-bricks the device.
| Uncompressing Kernel Image ...
| LZMA: uncompress or overwrite error 1 - must RESET board to recover
The whole target likely needs to be switched zImage which is a major
hassle due to powerpc's legacy bootwrapper setup as compared to ARM.
So for now, disable the device.
Reported-by: Wiktor Stasiak (FS#3258)
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This replaces the internal device names "Audi" and "Viper" with the
real model names, which a user would look for. This makes the
Linksys devices on this target consistent with the names recently
changed for mvebu based on the same idea.
As a consequence, the "viper" device definition is split into two
separate definitions with the correct names for both real models.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Explicitly mount the BPF filesystem if available. This is used for pinning
eBPF programs and maps, making them accessible to other eBPF programs or
from userspace with the help of libbpf or bpftool.
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
[daniel@makrotopia.org: bumped PKG_RELEASE]
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Kernel v5.1 included an eBPF JIT for MIPS32 kernels, but problems were
discovered [1] and the changes later reverted in kernel v5.5 with commits:
* f8fffebdea75 ("MIPS: BPF: Disable MIPS32 eBPF JIT")
* 36366e367ee9 ("MIPS: BPF: Restore MIPS32 cBPF JIT")
Only the first of these was backported to LTS kernel 5.4, leaving cBPF
programs without a JIT and introducing a performance regression for any
such users e.g. libpcap, tcpdump, etc.
Restore cBPF performance by backporting the second commit above:
* 070-v5.5-MIPS-BPF-Restore-MIPS32-cBPF-JIT.patch
[1] https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20191205182318.2761605-1-paulburton@kernel.org/
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
The current selection of DRIVER_MAKEOPTS and TARGET_LDFLAGS is
exceptionally hard to read. This tries to make things a little
easier by inverting the hierarchy of the conditions, so SSL_VARIANT
is checked first and LOCAL_VARIANT is checked second.
This exploits the fact that some of the previous conditions were
unnecessary, e.g. there is no hostapd-mesh*, so we don't need
to exclude this combination.
It also should make it a little easier to see which options are
actually switched by SSL_VARIANT and which by LOCAL_VARIANT.
The patch is supposed to be cosmetic.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
When changing the Pro variant to DSA, the ethernet interface rename
script was dropped by all devices to keep them in sync:
be309bfd74 ("mvebu: drop 06_set_iface_mac preinit script")
Therefore, network config will be broken after upgrade for the
Base variant as well. Increase the compat version and provide a
message to signal that to the users.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This implements the newly introduced compat-version to prevent
upgrade between swconfig and DSA for kirkwood.
Just define a compat version with minor increment and an appropriate
message for both image (in Makefile) and device (in base-files).
Since we never removed SUPPORTED_DEVICES for this target, we don't
have to add it back either.
Attention:
All users that already updated to the DSA versions in master will
receive the same incompatibility warning since their devices are still
"1.0" as far as fwtool can tell.
Those, and only those, can bypass the upgrade check by using force (-F)
without having to reset config again. In addition, the new version
string needs to be put into uci config manually, so the new fwtool
knows that it actually deals with a "1.1":
uci set "system.@system[-1].compat_version=1.1"
uci commit system
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This implements the newly introduced compat-version to prevent
upgrade between swconfig and DSA for mvebu.
Just define a compat version with minor increment and an appropriate
message for both image (in Makefile) and device (in base-files).
Having taken care of sysupgrade, we can put back the SUPPORTED_DEVICES
that have been removed in previous patches to prevent broken config.
Attention:
All users that already updated to the DSA versions in master will
receive the same incompatibility warning since their devices are still
"1.0" as far as fwtool can tell.
Those, and only those, can bypass the upgrade check by using force (-F)
without having to reset config again. In addition, the new version
string needs to be put into uci config manually, so the new fwtool
knows that it actually deals with a "1.1":
uci set "system.@system[-1].compat_version=1.1"
uci commit system
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
So far, the compatibility mechanism only works if both device and
image are already updated to the new routines. This patch extends
the sysupgrade metadata and fwtool_check_image() to account for
"older" images as well:
The basic mechanism for older devices to check for image compatibility
is the supported_devices entry. This can be exploited by putting
a custom message into this variable of the metadata, so older FW
will produce a mismatch and print the message as it thinks it's the
list of supported devices. So, we have two cases:
device 1.0, image 1.0:
The metadata will just contain supported_devices as before.
device 1.0, image 1.1:
The metadata will contain:
"new_supported_devices":["device_string1", "device_string2", ...],
"supported_devices":["Image version 1.1 incompatible to device: ..."]
If the device is "legacy", i.e. does not have the updated fwtool.sh,
it will just fail with image check and print the content of
supported_devices. If DEVICE_COMPAT_MESSAGE is set, this will be
printed on old devices as well through the same mechanism. Otherwise
a generic "Please check documentation ..." is appended.
Upgrade can still be performed with -F like when
SUPPORTED_DEVICES has been removed to prevent bricking.
If the device has updated fwtool.sh (but is 1.0), it will just use
the new_supported_devices instead, and work as intended (flashing
with -n will work, flashing without will print the appropriate
warning).
This mechanism should provide a fair tradeoff between simplicity
and functionality.
Since we touched a lot of fields in metadata, this also bumps
metadata_version to 1.1.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
We regularly encounter the situation that devices are subject to
changes that will make them incompatible to previous versions.
Removing SUPPORTED_DEVICES will not really be helpful in most of these
cases, as this only helps after a rename.
To solve this situation, this patchset introduces a compatibility
version for devices. In this patch, the actual checks are implemented
into fwtool_check_image():
If an incompatible change is introduced, one can increase either
the minor version (1.0->1.1) or the major version (1.0->2.0).
Minor version increment:
This will still allow sysupgrade, but require to reset config
(-n or SAVE_CONFIG=0). If sysupgrade is called without -n, a
corresponding message will be printed. If sysupgrade is called
with -n, it will just pass, with supported devices being checked
as usual. (Which will allow us to add back SUPPORTED_DEVICES for
many cases.)
Major version increment:
This is meant for potential (rare) cases where sysupgrade is
not possible at all, because it would break the device.
In this case, a warning will be printed, and -n won't help.
If image check fails because of one of the versions parts not
matching, the content of DEVICE_COMPAT_MESSAGE is printed in
addition to the generic message (if set).
For both cases, upgrade can still be forced with -F as usual.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
We regularly encounter the situation that devices are subject to
changes that will make them incompatible to previous versions.
Removing SUPPORTED_DEVICES will not really be helpful in most of these
cases, as this only helps after a rename.
To solve this situation, this patchset introduces a compatibility
version for devices. To complement the DEVICE_COMPAT_VERSION set
for the image to be flashed, this implements a compat_version on
the device, so it will have something to compare with the image.
The only viable way to achieve this seems to be via board.d files,
i.e. this is technically adding a compat version for the device's
config.
Like for the network setup, this will set up a command
ucidef_set_compat_version to set the compat_version in board.d.
This will then add a string to /etc/board.json, which will be
translated into uci system config by bin/config_generate.
By this, the compat_version, being a version of the config, will
also be exposed to the user.
As with DEVICE_COMPAT_VERSION, missing uci entry will be assumed
as compat_version "1.0", so we only need to add this if a device
needs to be bumped, e.g.
ucidef_set_compat_version "1.1"
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
We regularly encounter the situation that devices are subject to
changes that will make them incompatible to previous versions.
Removing SUPPORTED_DEVICES will not really be helpful in most of these
cases, as this only helps after a rename.
To solve this situation, this patchset introduces a compatibility
version for devices. It will be implemented via a per-device
Make variable DEVICE_COMPAT_VERSION, which will be set to 1.0
globally by default and then can be overwritten as needed.
Furthermore, a variable DEVICE_COMPAT_MESSAGE is added, where
a message to be displayed during sysupgrade may be specified
optionally.
This patch only implements the build variables and adds them
to the sysupgrade metadata, the evaluation will be addressed
in a subsequent patch.
To set it, one would just need to add the following to a device node:
define Device/somedevice
...
DEVICE_COMPAT_VERSION := 1.1
DEVICE_COMPAT_MESSAGE := Config cannot be migrated from swconfig to DSA
endef
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This commit adds support for the Jotale JS76x8 series development boards.
These devices have the following specifications:
- SOC: MT7628AN/NN, MT7688AN, MT7628DAN
- RAM of MT7628AN/NN and MT7688AN: 64/128/256 MB (DDR2)
- RAM of MT7628DAN: 64 MB (DDR2)
- FLASH:8/16/32 MB (SPI NOR)
- Ethernet:3x 10/100 Mbps ethernet ports (MT76x8 built-in switch)
- WIFI:1x 2T2R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi
- LEDs:1x system status green LED, 1x wifi green LED,
3x ethernet green LED
- Buttons:1x reset button
- 1x microSD slot
- 4x USB 2.0 port
- 1x mini-usb debug UART
- 1x DC jack for main power (DC 5V)
- 1x TTL/RS232 UART
- 1x TTL/RS485 UART
- 13x GPIO header
- 1x audio codec(wm8960)
Installation via OpenWrt:
The original firmware is OpenWrt, so both LuCI and sysupgrade can be used.
Installation via U-boot web:
1. Power on board with reset button pressed, release it
after wifi led start blinking.
2. Setup static IP 192.168.1.123/4 on your PC.
3. Go to 192.168.1.8 in browser and upload "sysupgrade" image.
Installation via U-boot tftp:
1. Connect to serial console at the mini usb, which has been connected to UART0
on board (115200 8N1)
2. Setup static IP 192.168.1.123/4 on your PC.
3. Place openwrt-firmware.bin on your PC tftp server (192.168.1.123).
3. Connect one of LAN ports on board to your PC.
4. Start terminal software (e.g. screen /dev/ttyUSB0 115200) on PC.
5. Apply power to board.
6. Interrupt U-boot with keypress of "2".
7. At u-boot prompts:
Warning!! Erase Linux in Flash then burn new one. Are you sure?(Y/N) Y
Input device IP (192.168.1.8) ==:192.168.1.8
Input server IP (192.168.1.123) ==:192.168.1.123
Input Linux Kernel filename (root_uImage) ==:openwrt-firmware.bin
8. board will download file from tftp server, write it to flash and reboot.
Signed-off-by: Robinson Wu <wurobinson@qq.com>
[add license to DTS files, fix state_default and reduce to the mimimum,
move phy0tpt trigger to DTS, drop ucidef_set_led_timer, fix network ports]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
When selecting a channel below 100 on the 5GHz radio, the channel will
be detected as busy all the time.
Survey data from wlan1
frequency: 5240 MHz [in use]
channel active time: 165729 ms
channel busy time: 158704 ms
channel transmit time: 0 ms
Channels 100 and above work fine:
Survey data from wlan1
frequency: 5500 MHz
channel active time: 133000 ms
channel busy time: 21090 ms
channel transmit time: 0 ms
Limit the available channels, so users do not have the impression
their device is broken.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This adds the newly introduced BROKEN flag to a bunch of devices
that previously just had TARGET_DEVICES commented out. By this, we
can select them in make menuconfig when BROKEN developer config option
is selected, instead of having to edit the code.
In contrast to DEFAULT := n, this is meant to cover devices that
don't boot or don't compile at all.
ath25: np25g, wpe53g
both disabled during kernel bump 3.18->4.4 without reason given
f89a20a89a ("ath25: update kernel from 3.18 to 4.4")
bcm53xx: linksys-ea6300-v1, linksys-ea9200, linksys-ea9500
broken due to insufficient/broken TRX support
55ff15cfd5 ("bcm53xx: disable building Linksys EA6300 V1 image")
cd0f9900a4 ("bcm53xx: parepare for building more Linksys images")
bcm63xx: tplink-archer-c5-v2, tplink-archer-c9-v1
disabled when kernel 5.4 support was added, probably broken
50c6938b95 ("bcm53xx: add v5.4 support")
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
[limit to subset of devices, use BROKEN, adjust commit message/title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
By specifying "BROKEN := 1" or "BROKEN := y" for a device, it will be
hidden (and deselected) by default. By that, it provides a stronger
option to "disable" a device beyond just using DEFAULT := n.
To make these devices visible, just enable the BROKEN option in
developer settings as already implemented for targets and packages.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This uses DEFAULT := n on a bunch of devices that previously were
"disabled" by commenting out TARGET_DEVICES. This will allow to
build them without having to modify the code, but they will not
be selected for default build or buildbots.
The change is applied to all devices that are not "broken", but suffer
from image site limitations or similar, or have been added in the past
but never confirmed to run on the device properly:
at91: at91-q5xr5:
kernel image too big
31aeae0774 ("at91: do not build image for at91-q5xr5")
bcm47xx: asus-rt-ac66u:
disabled since it was added in 2015
69aefc771f ("brcm47xx: build images for Asus devices")
bcm47xx: netgear-wndr3400-vcna, netgear-wnr3500u, netgear-wnr3500-v2-vc
added disabled in 2012, but never confirmed to work on devices
5dec9dd3b2 ("brcm47xx: add code to generate images for some netgear
devices")
bcm53xx: netgear-r8500
added disabled: "start working on Netgear R8500"
3b76c7cf0b ("bcm53xx: start working on Netgear R8500")
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
[limit to subset of devices, adjust commit message/title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
28be011 instance: make sure values are not inherited from previous runs
2ae5cbc uxc: remove debugging left-over
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Don't explicitely disable options in target/linux/generic/config-* if
they are already controlled in config/Config-kernel.in.
Add a bunch of new symbols and prepare defaults for using only unified
hierarchy (ie. cgroup2). Update symbol dependencies while at it
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
For a few packages, the current TITLE is too long, so it is not
displayed at all when running make menuconfig. Despite, there is
no indication of OpenSSL vs. wolfSSL in the titles.
Thus, this patch adjusts titles to be generally shorter, and adds
the SSL variant to it.
While at it, make things easier by creating a shared definition for
eapol-test like it's done already for all the other flavors.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Drop outdated and by now broken patchset originally supplied by
Peter Oh in August 2018 but never merged upstream.
Instead add the more promissing rework recently submitted by
Markus Theil who picked up Peter's patchset, fixed and completed it
and added support for HE (802.11ax) in mesh mode.
This is only compile tested and needs some real-life testing.
Fixes: FS#3214
Fixes: 167028b750 ("hostapd: Update to version 2.9 (2019-08-08)")
Fixes: 0a3ec87a66 ("hostapd: update to latest Git hostap_2_9-1238-gdd2daf0848ed")
Fixes: 017320ead3 ("hostapd: bring back mesh patches")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The gl-e750 is a portable travel router that gives you safe access to
the internet while traveling.
Specifications:
- SoC: Qualcomm Atheros AR9531 (650MHz)
- RAM: 128 MB DDR2
- Flash: 16 MB SPI NOR (W25Q128FVSG) + 128 MB SPI NAND (GD5F1GQ4UFYIG)
- Ethernet: 10/100: 1xLAN
- Wireless: QCA9531 2.4GHz (bgn) + QCA9887 5GHz (ac)
- USB: 1x USB 2.0 port
- Switch: 1x switch
- Button: 1x reset button
- OLED Screen: 128*64 px
MAC addresses based on vendor firmware:
LAN *:a0 art 0x0
2.4GHz *:a1 art 0x1002
5GHz *:a2 art calculated from art 0x0 + 2
Flash firmware:
Since openwrt's kernel already exceeds 2MB, upgrading from the official
version of GL-inet (v3.100) using the sysupgrade command will break the
kernel image. Users who are using version 3.100 can only upgrade via
uboot. The official guidance for GL-inet is as follows:
https://docs.gl-inet.com/en/3/troubleshooting/debrick/
In the future, GL-inet will modify the firmware to support the sysupgrade
command, so users will be able to upgrade directly with the sysupgrade
command in future releases.
OLED screen control:
OLED controller is connected to QCA9531 through serial port, and can send
instructions to OLED controller directly through serial port.
Refer to the links below for a list of supported instructions:
https://github.com/gl-inet/GL-E750-MCU-instruction
Signed-off-by: Luochongjun <luochongjun@gl-inet.com>
[fix alphabetic sorting in 10-fix-wifi-mac, drop check-kernel-size]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The toolchain packages partly contain local code like patches and
configuration files. These files are not tracked via PKG_VERSION as this
variable only covers the upstream package version.
To allow versioning of the buildsystem, this commit adds PKG_RELEASE:=1
to all toolchain packages with local files. Whenever a local file is
changed the release must be increased.
This does not touch binutils and gcc for now, as these provide multiple
versions within one package.
Also update the copyright of touched files to 2020.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
[exclude binutils/gcc from patch, adjust commit title/message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
It has been decided that the 19.07 release will be last one to include
4/32 devices.
This disables default build for all devices with 4M flash on lantiq.
Note that this will affect _all_ devices for amazonse ("ase") and
xway_legacy subtarget.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
It has been decided that the 19.07 release will be last one to include
4/32 devices.
This disables default build for the remaining devices with 4M flash
on ath79. Note that this will leave exactly one enabled device for
ath79/tiny subtarget, PQI Air-Pen, which was moved there due to
kernel size restrictions.
All 4M TP-Link devices have already been disabled in
8819faff47 ("ath79: do not build TP-Link tiny images by default")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Netgear currently has a special definition for tiny devices, which
is only used by two devices. Despite, it sets ups the IMAGE/default
definition individually for all devices, although there is actually
only one exception.
This merges the common parts into a single netgear_generic definition
(in contrast to netgear_ath79_nand), and adjusts the individual
definitions accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
c3ca99f jail: serialize hook execution
8ff8970 jail: add some remaining OCI features
9d5fa0a uxc: behave more like a compliant OCI run-time
1274033 uxc: fix create operation
2d811a4 jail: add 'kill' method to container.%s object
08133b8 uxc: use new container.%s kill ubus API
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This adds a hotplug script for distributing interrupts of eth0 and eth1
across different cores. Otherwise the forwarding performance between
eth0 and eth1 is severely affected.
The existing SMP distribution mechanic in OpenWrt can't be used here, as
the actual device IRQ has to be moved to dedicated cores. In case of
eth1, this is in fact the USB3 controller.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Some rockchip SoCs like the RK3399 and RK3328 exhibit an issue
where tx checksumming does not work with packets larger than 1498.
The default Programmable Buffer Length for TX in these GMAC's is
not suitable for MTUs higher than 1498. The workaround is to disable
TX offloading with 'ethtool -K eth0 tx off rx off' causing performance
impacts as it disables hardware checksumming.
This patch sets snps,txpbl to 0x4 which is a safe number tested ok for
the most popular MTU value of 1500.
For reference, see https://lkml.org/lkml/2019/4/1/1382.
Signed-off-by: Carlos de Paula <me@carlosedp.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200218221040.10955-1-me@carlosedp.com
Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko@sntech.de>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Hardware
--------
RockChip RK3328 ARM64 (4 cores)
1GB DDR4 RAM
2x 1000 Base-T
3 LEDs (LAN / WAN / SYS)
1 Button (Reset)
Micro-SD slot
USB 2.0 Port
Installation
------------
Uncompress the OpenWrt sysupgrade and write it to a micro SD card using
dd.
MAC-address
-----------
The vendor code supports reading a MAC address from an EEPROM connected
via i2c0 of the SoC. The EEPROM (address 0x51) should contain the MAC
address in binary at offset 0xfa. However, my two units didn't come with
such an EEPROM soldered on. The EEPROM should be placed between the SoC
and the GPIO pins on the board. (U10)
Generating rendom MAC addresses works around this issue. Otherwise, all
boards running the same image have identical MAC addresses.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Add support for select a bootscript depending on the device built. This
is necessary, as the FriendlyARM NanoPi R2S needs a different bootcmd in
order to produce output on the debug UART.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This adds a function for generating a valid random MAC address (unset MC
bit / set locally administered bit).
It is necessary for devices which do not have a MAC address programmed
by the manufacturer.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Update the U-Boot to version v2020.07. Also replace the Makefile rewrite
with a proper patch, explaining why this hack is needed.
Run-tested: FriendlyARM NanoPi R2S
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
also install the firmware for all the supported boards
Signed-off-by: Lucian Cristian <lucian.cristian@gmail.com>
[fix ATF blob path in uboot-rockchip]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Update config with make kernel_oldconfig and copy/refresh patch.
Add CONFIG_WATCHDOG_CORE=y to fix the following error as done for
several targets already:
Package kmod-hwmon-sch5627 is missing dependencies for the following
libraries:
watchdog.ko
Directly switch to kernel 5.4.
This patch is compile-tested only. However, the target is essentially
pure upstream with a single patch, and it has been reported that
kernel 5.4 has been run on this target successfully already.
Note that in my local tests building with all packages/kmods failed
since openvswitch selects libunwind, which doesn't build for arc with
the following error:
checking if we should build libunwind-ptrace... yes
checking if we should build libunwind-setjmp... yes
checking for build architecture... x86_64
checking for host architecture... arc
checking for target architecture... arc
checking for target operating system... linux-gnu
checking for ELF helper width... configure: error: Unknown ELF target: arc
make[3]: *** [Makefile:65: /data/openwrt/build_dir/target-arc_arc700_uClibc/
libunwind-1.3.1/.configured_68b329da9893e34099c7d8ad5cb9c940] Error 1
Deselecting all kmod-openvswitch* packages will have the build run through.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This fixes a few cosmetic issues with partition offset and size
that are inconsistent probably due to copy/pasting.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This patch adds support for D-Link DIR-1960 A1. Given the similarity with
the DIR-1760/2660 A1, this patch also introduces a common DTSI which can
be shared with these devices, with support to be added in future commits.
Specifications:
* Board: AP-MTKH7-0002
* SoC: MediaTek MT7621AT
* RAM: 256 MB (DDR3)
* Flash: 128 MB (NAND)
* WiFi: MediaTek MT7615N (x2)
* Switch: 1 WAN, 4 LAN (Gigabit)
* Ports: 1 USB 3.0
* Buttons: Reset, WPS
* LEDs: Power (white/orange), Internet (white/orange), WiFi 2.4G (white),
WiFi 5G (white), USB 3.0 (white)
Notes:
* WiFi 2.4G and WiFi 5G LEDs are wired directly to the wireless chips
Installation:
* D-Link Recovery GUI: power down the router, press and hold the reset
button, then re-plug it. Keep the reset button pressed until the power
LED starts flashing orange, manually assign a static IP address under
the 192.168.0.xxx subnet (e.g. 192.168.0.2) and go to http://192.168.0.1
* Some modern browsers may have problems flashing via the Recovery GUI,
if that occurs consider uploading the firmware through cURL:
curl -v -i -F "firmware=@file.bin" 192.168.0.1
MAC addresses:
lan factory 0xe000 *:EB (label)
wan factory 0xe006 *:EE
2.4 factory 0xe000 +1 *:EC
5.0 factory 0xe000 +2 *:ED
Seems like vendor didn't replace the dummy entrys in the calibration data.
Signed-off-by: Josh Bendavid <joshbendavid@gmail.com>
[fix whitespace issues, create patch to merge DIR-1960 first, move
special WiFi MAC settings to DTS, extend commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
In imx6, we currently use the model from DTS to derive a board name
manually in /lib/imx6.sh.
However, if we have individual DTS files anyway, we can exploit
generic 02_sysinfo and use the compatible as board name directly.
While at it, remove the wildcards from /lib/upgrade/platform.sh as
these might make code shorter, but are quite unpleasant when grepping
for a specific device.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
OpenWrt lately has harmonized device (definition) names to the
pattern vendor_model to improve overall consistency, also with
other values like the DTS compatible.
This patch applies that scheme to the layerscape target.
Since this (intentionally) creates a bigger overlap between DTS names,
compatible, and device definition name, it also moves DEVICE_DTS and
SUPPORTED_DEVICES definitions to the Device/Default blocks.
Apart from that, it also modifies several packages to use consistent
naming in order to keep the $(1) file references working.
While at it, remove one layer of complexity for the setup in
tfa-layerscape package.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Use "DEFAULT := n" to only disable devices for buildbots, but
keep them available for manual build.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The kernel appears to have grown too large, breaking the build for the
entire target.
Disable the affected images for now until the situation is dealt with.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This adds a full eMMC image including U-Boot, which means that the
kernel can inherit the true RAM size detected by the preloader.
As implemented in previous commits, sysupgrade to this image from
the legacy layout (and via that, from the vendor-installed image)
is supported.
Rename the legacy image for the 512MiB board, for clarity.
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
As I buy more hardware and continue to work on consolidation, This will
apply to a lot of MediaTek platforms; rename it accordingly.
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
This actually covers fairly much all the MediaTek platforms; they
only have different images because they don't include the preloader
and U-Boot, and rely on preinstalled stuff from the vendor.
So this script can slowly take over the world as we complete the
support for various other platforms, starting with UniElec U7623…
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
Many MediaTek SoCs can be unbricked by using the SP Flash Tool from
http://spflashtool.com/ along with a "scatter list" file, which is
just a text file listing which image gets loaded where.
We use a trivial partition layout for the tool, with the whole eMMC
image as a single "partition", which means users just need to unzip
the sysupgrade image. Doing the real partition layout would be overly
complex and would require the individual partitions to be shipped
as artifacts — or users to extract them out of the sysupgrade image
just for the tool to put them adjacent to each other on the eMMC
anyway.
The tool does require a copy of the preloader in order to operate,
even when it isn't flashing the preloader to the eMMC boot region.
So drop that into the bin directory as an artifact too.
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
bpi-r2 images are shipped with mainline u-boot which can extract lzma
with no problem.
remove custom kernel recipe to build lzma fit image instead of
uncompressed fit with zboot.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
An upcoming commit will add a full system image for U7623 which will
contain the MBR partition table and U-Boot too.
That contrasts with the current image which only owns the eMMC from
sector 0xa00 onwards, and must start with a legacy uImage.
Prepare for sysupgrade to the new images, and cope with the fact that
the recovery partition will be /dev/mmcblk0p2 instead of /dev/mmcblk0p1
after the upgrade.
This commit could potentially be backported to 19.07 to allow for direct
sysupgrade to the new image layout.
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
I'm about to change the layout of the images for UniElec U7623 so make it
find the recovery partition based on which the root partition is too.
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
The definition of the switch in the device-tree was not correct. Make it
look more like the Banana Pi R2, which works.
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
This board ships with an ancient 14.07-based OpenWrt using block2mtd, and
the MBR partition table contains nonsense.
It is possible to sysupgrade to an upstream OpenWrt image, but the
legacy layout of the OpenWrt images start at 0xA00 in the eMMC, with
a raw uImage. The legacy OpenWrt image doesn't "own" the beginning
of the device, including the MBR and U-Boot.
This means that when a user upgrades to upstream OpenWrt, it doesn't
boot because it can't find the right partitions. So hard-code them on
the kernel's command line using CONFIG_CMDLINE_PARTITION (for block).
Additionally, the vendor firmware doesn't cope with images larger than
about 36MiB, because it only overwrites the contents of its "firmware"
MTD partition. The current layout of the legacy image wastes a lot of
space, allowing over 32MiB for the kernel and another 10MiB for the FAT
recovery file system which is only created as 3MiB. So pull those in
to allow 4¾ MiB for the kernel, 3MiB for recovery, and then we have over
20MiB for the root file system.
This doesn't affect the new images which ship with a full eMMC image
including a different MBR layout and a partition for U-Boot, because
our modern U-Boot can actually pass the command line to the kernel, and
the built-in one doesn't get used anyway.
Tested by upgrading from vendor OpenWrt to the current legacy image,
from legacy to itself, to the previous legacy layout, and then to
finally the full-system image.
This commit probably wants backporting to 19.07, which also doesn't
install over the vendor OpenWrt and doesn't even have a full-system
installation option.
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
Specifications:
SoC: QCA9563
DRAM: 128MB DDR2
Flash: 16MB SPI-NOR
2 Gigabit ethernet ports
3×3 2.4GHz on-board radio
miniPCIe slot that supports 5GHz radio
PoE 24V passive or 36V-56V passive with optional IEEE 802.3af/at
USB 3.0 header
Installation:
To install, either start tftp in bin/targets/ath79/generic/ and use
the u-boot prompt over UART:
tftpboot 0x80500000 openwrt-ath79-generic-compex_wpj563-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
erase 0x9f680000 +1
erase 0x9f030000 +$filesize
cp.b $fileaddr 0x9f030000 $filesize
boot
The cpximg file can be used with sysupgrade in the stock firmware (add
SSH key in luci for root access) or with the built-in cpximg loader.
The cpximg loader can be started either by holding the reset button
during power up or by entering the u-boot prompt and entering 'cpximg'.
Once it's running, a TFTP-server under 192.168.1.1 will accept the image
appropriate for the board revision that is etched on the board.
For example, if the board is labelled '7A02':
tftp -v -m binary 192.168.1.1 -c put openwrt-ath79-generic-compex_wpj563-squashfs-cpximg-7a02.bin
MAC addresses:
<&uboot 0x2e010> *:71 (label)
<&uboot 0x2e018> *:72
<&uboot 0x2e020> *:73
<&uboot 0x2e028> *:74
Only the first two are used (for ethernet), the WiFi modules have
separate (valid) addresses. The latter two addresses are not used.
Signed-off-by: Leon M. George <leon@georgemail.eu>
xrx200 has a 6 port built-in switch with 2 integrated PHY. None of the
xrx200 router uses external switch. Most boards use integrated or Lantiq
(Intel) PEF7071 PHY. Only some FritzBox routers use AT803X PHY and
VGV7510KW22 use ICPLUS PHY. Other unused PHY drivers may be removed.
This patch enables these symbols only on xway and xway_legacy subtargets:
- CONFIG_PSB6970_PHY (Driver for PHY in PSB6970 - 7 port FE Switch)
- CONFIG_RTL8366RB_PHY (Driver for PHY in RTL8366 - 6 port GE Switch)
- CONFIG_RTL8366_SMI (Driver for RTL8366 - 6 port GE Switch)
Reduces image size by 7.3kB.
Continuation of 58a6f06978 (PR: #2983)
Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
[fix sorting in config files, small fix in commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The current condition with part of the variables set dependent on
the subtarget in Device/Default isn't really nice to read and also
defeats the purpose of having a default node.
This removes the special settings for mt7623 and moves them to the
individual devices, which is not much of a problem as there are
actually just two of them and they partly use different settings
anyway.
While at it, slightly adjust the order of variables and wrap some
long lines.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The kernel currently floods the ringbuffer with warnings when adding a
mesh interface for a device not support HE 6GHz modes.
Return without warning in this case, as mesh_add_he_6ghz_cap_ie calls
ieee80211_ie_build_he_6ghz_cap regardless of the supported interface
modes.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The Mikrotik RBwAPG-5HacT2HnD has only a single ethernet interface
(lan), and the vendor uses the base (label) MAC address for it.
Signed-off-by: Bjoern Dobe <bjoern@dobecom.de>
[commit title/message improvement]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
AR8327 datasheet[1] calls the register at address 0x0010
"Power-on Strapping Register". As it has nothing to do with "strip",
let's rename it to "POWER_ON_STRAP" to make it easier to grasp.
[1] https://lafibre.info/images/doc/201106_spec_AR8327.pdf
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
This 750gr3 GPIO17 switch was added based on vendor source,
but only the 760iGS (which shares the rbsysfs board identifier)
device has the physical wiring. The 750Gr3 actually does not
support PoE out.
Apart from that, note that the gpio base (480) would have required
this GPIO to be referenced as 497 if it was kept.
Fixes: 6ba58b7b02 ("ramips: cleanup the RB750Gr3 support")
Signed-off-by: John Thomson <git@johnthomson.fastmail.com.au>
[commit title/message facelift]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The Winstars WS-WN583A6 is a wireless repeater with 2 gigabit ethernet
ports. Even if mine is branded as "Gemeita AC2100", the sticker on the
back says WS-WN583A6. So I will refer to it as Winstars WS-WN583A6.
Probably the real product name is the Wavlink WL-WN583A6 because of
the many references to Wavlink in the OEM firmware and bootlog.
Hardware
--------
SoC: Mediatek MT7621AT (880 MHz, 2 cores 4 threads)
RAM: 128MB
FLASH: 8MB NOR (GigaDevice GD25Q64B)
ETH: 2x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet (MT7530)
WIFI:
- 2.4GHz: 1x MT7603E (2x2:2)
- 5GHz: 1x MT7615E (4x4:4)
- 6 internal antennas
BTN:
- 1x Reset button
- 1x WPS button
- 1x ON/OFF switch (working but unmodifiable)
- 1x Auto/Schedule switch (working but unmodifiable. Read Note #3)
LEDS:
- 1x White led
- 1x Red led
- 1x Amber led
- 1x Blue led
- 2x Blue leds (lan and wan port status: working but unmodifiable)
UART:
- 57600-8-N-1
Everything works correctly.
Currently there is no firmware update available. Because of this, in
order to restore the OEM firmware, you must firstly dump the OEM
firmware from your router before you flash the OpenWrt image.
Backup the OEM Firmware
-----------------------
The following steps are to be intended for users having little to none
experience in linux. Obviously there are many ways to backup the OEM
firmware, but probably this is the easiest way for this router.
Procedure tested on M83A6.V5030.191210 firmware version.
1) Go to http://192.168.10.1/webcmd.shtml
2) Type the following line in the "Command" input box:
mkdir /etc_ro/lighttpd/www/dev; for i in /dev/mtd*ro; do dd if=${i} of=/etc_ro/lighttpd/www${i}; done
3) Click "Apply"
4) After few seconds, in the textarea should appear this output:
16384+0 records in
16384+0 records out
8388608 bytes (8.0MB) copied, 4.038820 seconds, 2.0MB/s
384+0 records in
384+0 records out
196608 bytes (192.0KB) copied, 0.095180 seconds, 2.0MB/s
128+0 records in
128+0 records out
65536 bytes (64.0KB) copied, 0.032020 seconds, 2.0MB/s
128+0 records in
128+0 records out
65536 bytes (64.0KB) copied, 0.031760 seconds, 2.0MB/s
15744+0 records in
15744+0 records out
8060928 bytes (7.7MB) copied, 3.885280 seconds, 2.0MB/s
dd: can't open '/dev/mtd5ro': No such device
dd: can't open '/dev/mtd6ro': No such device
dd: can't open '/dev/mtd7ro': No such device
Excluding the "X.XXXXXX seconds" part, you should get the same
exact output. If your output doesn't match mine, stop reading
and ask for help in the forum.
5) Open the following links to download the partitions of the OEM FW:
http://192.168.10.1/dev/mtd0rohttp://192.168.10.1/dev/mtd1rohttp://192.168.10.1/dev/mtd2rohttp://192.168.10.1/dev/mtd3rohttp://192.168.10.1/dev/mtd4ro
If one (or more) of these files weight 0 byte, stop reading and ask
for help in the forum.
6) Store these downloaded files in a safe place.
7) Reboot your router to remove any temporary file from your router.
Installation
------------
Flash the initramfs image in the OEM firmware interface.
When openwrt boots, flash the sysupgrade image otherwise you won't be
able to keep configuration between reboots.
Restore OEM Firmware
--------------------
Flash the "mtd4ro" file you previously backed-up directly from LUCI.
Warning: Remember to not keep settings!
Warning2: Remember to force the flash.
Notes
-----
1) The "System Command" page allows to run every command as root.
For example you can use "dd" and "nc" to backup the OEM firmware.
PC (SERVER):
nc -l 5555 > ./mtdXro
ROUTER (CLIENT):
dd if=/dev/mtdXro | nc PC_IP_ADDRESS 5555
2) The OEM web interface accepts only images containing the string
"WN583A6" in the filename.
Currently the OEM interface accepts only the initramfs image
probably because it checks if the ih_size in the image header is
equal to the whole image size (instead of the kernel size)
Read more here:
https://forum.openwrt.org/t/support-for-strong-1200/22768/19
3) The white led (namely "Smart Night Light") can be controller by the
user only if the side switch is set to "Schedule" otherwise it will
be activated by the light condition (there is a photodiode on the
top side of the router)
4) Router mac addresses:
LAN XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:8F
WAN XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:90
WIFI 2G XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:91
WIFI 5G XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:92
LABEL XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:91
Signed-off-by: Davide Fioravanti <pantanastyle@gmail.com>
[remove chosen node, fix whitespace]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Most newer targets have been converted to consistently use
vendor_model scheme for device definitions/image names, ox820 is
using it as well, so let's just convert ox810se for consistency.
While at it, use generic setup for DEVICE_DTS and add SUPPORTED_DEVICES.
The latter have been introduced for ox820 already in
cf7896117b ("oxnas: enable image metadata by setting SUPPORTED_DEVICES")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
48777de rcS: cast format string to int64_t
a4df90f jail: fix wrong format for 32-bit
c482c5d jail: add support for referencing existing namespaces
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Currently the user space stack cookies work well also when the kernel
stack cookies are not activated. This is handled completely in user
space and does not need kernel support.
This dependency was probably needed some years ago when the libc did not
support stack cookies.
Reviewed-by: Ian Cooper <iancooper@hotmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Switch to binutils version 2.34 for all CPUs by default. The ARC CPUs
do not need any special binutils version any more.
This increases the image size by 0.2% on MIPS (lantiq)
Tested on lantiq, ipq40xx
Acked-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This fixes a warning in the SPI driver at bootup. This warning is seen
in kernel 5.4 on lantiq deives.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The following patches:
* 972-ath10k_fix-crash-due-to-wrong-handling-of-peer_bw_rxnss_override-parameter.patch
* 973-ath10k_fix-band_center_freq-handling-for-VHT160-in-recent-firmwares.patch
are replaced by this commit in the upstream kernel:
* 3db24065c2c8 ("ath10k: enable VHT160 and VHT80+80 modes")
The following patches were applied upstream:
* 001-rt2800-enable-MFP-support-unconditionally.patch
* 090-wireless-Use-linux-stddef.h-instead-of-stddef.h.patch
The rtw88 driver is now split into multiple kernel modules, just put it
all into one OpenWrt kernel package.
rtl8812au-ct was patched to compile against the mac80211 from kernel
5.8, but not runtime tested.
Add a patch which fixes ath10k on IPQ40XX, this patch was send upstream
and fixes a crash when loading ath10k on this SoC.
Tested-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de> [ipq40xx/ map-ac2200]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Ever since this package was introduced, the SDK for mt7629 failed to
build as it started failing on this package.
Fixed by porting Hauke's similar patch for uboot-sunxi to uboot-mediatek.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
If using a configuration file for OpenVPN, allow overriding name of the
interface. The reason is that then people could use configuration file
provided by VPN provider directly and override the name of the interface
to include it in correct firewall zone without need to alter the
configuration file.
Signed-off-by: Michal Hrusecky <michal@hrusecky.net>
(cherry picked from commit c93667358515ec078ef4ac96393623ac084e5c9e)
Split out code that parses openvpn configuration file into separate file
that can be later included in various scripts and reused.
Signed-off-by: Michal Hrusecky <michal@hrusecky.net>
(cherry picked from commit 86d8467c8ab792c79809a08c223dd9d40da6da2e)
The stored source code of flock contains the version string of version
2.18, reflect that in the Makefile.
Motivation is the tracking of changes in the buildsystem, which requires
versioning of packages.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Comparing the in tree stored source file of sstrip suggests it's version
2.0[0], reflect that in the Makefile.
Motivation is the tracking of changes in the buildsystem, which requires
versioning of packages.
[0]: df4426a0f0 (diff-d3ba694d91432a068d5d3b36abf8cd0f)
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
There is no versioning information in the firmware-utils code nor the
Makefile. Consider it as first release by adding PKG_RELEASE.
Motivation is the tracking of changes in the buildsystem, which requires
versioning of packages.
Also update copyright.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
There is no versioning information in the patch-image code nor the
Makefile. Consider it as first release by adding PKG_RELEASE.
Motivation is the tracking of changes in the buildsystem, which requires
versioning of packages.
Also update copyright.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
This applies to tools directory what has been done for package/ in
commit 9c170cb92f ("package: drop PKG_VERSION for purely local
packages"):
In the package guidelines, PKG_VERSION is supposed to be used as
"The upstream version number that we're downloading", while
PKG_RELEASE is referred to as "The version of this package Makefile".
Thus, the variables in a strict interpretation provide a clear
distinction between "their" (upstream) version in PKG_VERSION and
"our" (local OpenWrt trunk) version in PKG_RELEASE.
For local (OpenWrt-only) packages, this implies that those will only
need PKG_RELEASE defined, while PKG_VERSION does not apply following
a strict interpretation. While the majority of "our" packages actually
follow that scheme, there are also some that mix both variables or
have one of them defined but keep them at "1".
This is misleading and confusing, which can be observed by the fact
that there typically either one of the variables is never bumped or
the choice of the variable to increase depends on the person doing the
change.
Consequently, this patch aims at clarifying the situation by
consistently using only PKG_RELEASE for "our" packages. For tools/,
only three packages were affected. This fixes two of them, and
leaves the remaining wrt350nv2-builder untouched, as the code there
seems to have some versioning of its own that is treated as upstream
version in PKG_VERSION.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This reverts commit 1623defbdb.
As already stated in the reverted patch, the OEM firmware will
properly recreate the config partition if it is overwritten by
OpenWrt.
The main reason for adding the partition was the image size
restriction imposed by the 0x3d0000 limitation of the TFTP
flashing process. Addressing this by shrinking the firmware
partition is not a good solution to that problem, though:
1. For a working image, the size of the content has to be smaller
than the available space, so empty erase blocks will remain.
2. Conceptually, the restriction is on the image, so it makes sense
to implement it in the same way, and not via the partitioning.
Users could e.g. do initial flash with TFTP restriction with
an older image, and then sysupgrade into a newer one, so TFTP
restriction does not apply.
3. The (content) size of the recovery image is enforced to 0x3d0000
by the tplink-v2-image command in combination with
TPLINK_FLASHLAYOUT (flash layout in mktplinkfw2.c) anyway.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Currently arc770 sets a board name from compatible for no apparent
reason. Just use the compatible directly instead.
This theoretically removes a board name "generic" when no compatible
was present, however, there is no case where this "generic" board
name was actually used.
This also fixes an issue where snps,axs101 would not have been
properly detected anyway, as its case was not set up syntactically
correct.
Fixes: 576621f1e3 ("linux: add support of Synopsys ARC770-based boards")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Currently archs38 sets a board name from compatible for no apparent
reason. Just use the compatible directly instead.
This theoretically removes a board name "generic" when no compatible
was present, however, there is no case where this "generic" board
name was actually used.
This also fixes an issue where snps,axs103 would not have been
properly detected anyway, as its case was not set up syntactically
correct.
Fixes: 73015c4cb3 ("linux: add support of Synopsys ARCHS38-based boards")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
MT7620 seems to work fine with kernel 5.4. Set the default kernel
version to 5.4 to bring this to a broader audience.
Tested on Archer C2 v1 / Archer C20i
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Increase the SPI frequency for the MT7620 based TP-Link Archer
series to 30MHz.
TP-Link uses different SPI flash chips for the same board
revision, so be conservative to not break boards with a
different chip. 30MHz should be well supported by all chips.
Tested on Archer C2 v1 (GD25Q64B) and Archer C20i (W25Q64FV).
Archer C20i (before)
====================
root@OpenWrt:~# time dd if=/dev/mtd1 of=/tmp/test.bin bs=64k
122+0 records in
122+0 records out
real 0m 15.30s
user 0m 0.00s
sys 0m 15.29s
Archer C20i (after)
===================
root@OpenWrt:~# time dd if=/dev/mtd1 of=/tmp/test.bin bs=64k
122+0 records in
122+0 records out
real 0m 5.99s
user 0m 0.00s
sys 0m 5.98s
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Acked-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The bootloader only writes the first 2MB of the image to the NOR flash
when installing the NAND factory image. The bootloader is capable of
booting larger kernels as it boots from the memory mapped SPI flash.
Disable the NAND factory image. The NAND can be bootstrapped by writing
the NAND initramfs image using the NOR upgrade method in the bootloader
web-recovery and sysupgrading from there. The NOR variant is not
affected.
Also refactor the partition definitions in the DTS to make them less
annoying to read.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The TL-WR841ND v8 feature a WiFi switch instead of a button.
This adds the corresponding input-type to prevent booting into
failsafe regularly.
This has been defined correctly in ar71xx, but was overlooked
when migrating to ath79. In contrast, the TL-WR842ND v2, which
has the key set up as switch in ar71xx, actually has a button.
The TL-MR3420 v2 has a button as well and is set up correctly
for both targets. (Information based on TP-Link user guide)
Note:
While looking into this, I found that support PR for TL-MR3420 v2
switched reset button to ACTIVE_HIGH. However, the other two
device still use ACTIVE_LOW. This seems strange, but I cannot
verify it lacking the affected devices.
Fixes: FS#2733
Fixes: 9601d94138 ("add support for TP-Link TL-WR841N/ND v8")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This patch adds a trigger for the WAN LED and enhances support for
the WiFi LED by enabling activity indication.
This is based on bug report feedback (see reference below).
While at it, update the LED node names in DTS file.
Fixes: FS#732
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
In most cases the DEVICE_DTS name can be derived easily from the
node name, so let's do this to enforce harmonized names where
possible.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The DEVICE_DTS variable always matches the device definition name,
just with "_" replaced by "-". Thus, create a DEVICE_DTS definition
in Device/Default and drop all the individual statements.
If necessary in the future, local DEVICE_DTS will still overwrite
that default.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
WRT610N V2 is not detected by the initial network configuration script.
The switch remains unconfigured and wlan/lan vlans are not created.
This adds the correct setup for the device.
Fixes: FS#1869
Suggested-by: Alessandro Radicati
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The function name ucidef_set_interface_lan_wan does not exist,
use the proper name by adding an "s" and thereby fix network
setup on these devices.
Fixes: 22468cc40c (ramips: erx and erx-sfp: fix missing WAN interface)
Signed-off-by: Nelson Cai <niphor@gmail.com>
[commit message/title facelift]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Previously hostapd would not stop transmitting when a DFS event was
detected and no available channel to switch to was available.
Disable and re-enable the interface to enter DFS state. This way, TX
does not happen until the kernel notifies hostapd about the NOP
expiring.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Currently a device which has a DFS channel selected using the UCI
channel setting might switch to a non-DFS channel in case no chanlist is
provided (UCI setting "channels") when the radio detects a DFS event.
Automatically add a chanlist consisting of the configured channel when
the device does not operate in auto-channel mode and no chanlist set to
circumvent this issue.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Similar to wireguard, vxlan can configure multiple peers or add specific
entries to the fdb for a single mac address.
While you can still use peeraddr/peer6addr option within the proto
vxlan/vxlan6 section to not break existing configurations, this patch
allows to add multiple sections that conigure fdb entries via the bridge
command. As such, the bridge command is now a dependency of the vxlan
package. (To be honest without the bridge command available, vxlan isn't
very much fun to use or debug at all)
Field names are taken direclty from the bridge command.
Example with all supported parameters, since this hasn't been documented so
far:
config interface 'vx0'
option proto 'vxlan6' # use vxlan over ipv6
# main options
option ip6addr '2001:db8::1' # listen address
option tunlink 'wan6' # optional if listen address given
option peer6addr '2001:db8::2' # now optional
option port '8472' # this is the standard port under linux
option vid '42' # VXLAN Network Identifier to use
option mtu '1430' # vxlan6 has 70 bytes overhead
# extra options
option rxcsum '0' # allow receiving packets without checksum
option txcsum '0' # send packets without checksum
option ttl '16' # specifies the TTL value for outgoing packets
option tos '0' # specifies the TOS value for outgoing packets
option macaddr '11:22:33:44:55:66' # optional, manually specify mac
# default is a random address
Single peer with head-end replication. Corresponds to the following call
to bridge:
$ bridge fdb append 00:00:00:00:00:00 dev vx0 dst 2001:db8::3
config vxlan_peer
option vxlan 'vx0'
option dst '2001:db8::3' # always required
For multiple peers, this section can be repeated for each dst address.
It's possible to specify a multicast address as destination. Useful when
multicast routing is available or within one lan segment:
config vxlan_peer
option vxlan 'vx0'
option dst 'ff02::1337' # multicast group to join.
# all bum traffic will be send there
option via 'eth1' # for multicast, an outgoing interface needs
# to be specified
All available peer options for completeness:
config vxlan_peer
option vxlan 'vx0' # the interface to configure
option lladdr 'aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff' # specific mac,
option dst '2001:db8::4' # connected to this peer
option via 'eth0.1' # use this interface only
option port '4789' # use different port for this peer
option vni '23' # override vni for this peer
option src_vni '123' # see man 3 bridge
Signed-off-by: Johannes Kimmel <fff@bareminimum.eu>
vxlan can be configured without a peer address. This is used to prepare
an interface and add peers later.
Fixes: FS#2743
Signed-off-by: Johannes Kimmel <fff@bareminimum.eu>
Acked-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
This adds new strings to the support list for the TP-Link CPE210 v3
that are supposed to work with the existing setup.
Without it, the factory image won't be accepted by the vendor UI on
these newer revisions.
Tested on a CPE210 v3.20 (EU).
Ref: https://forum.openwrt.org/t/build-for-cpe210-v3-20/68000
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This fixes a nasty problem introduced in 2.81 which causes random
crashes on systems where there's significant DNS activity over TCP. It
also fixes DNSSEC validation problems with zero-TTL DNSKEY and DS
records.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Further complete OCI container support in ujail:
f5f305e jail: move /tmp/resolv.conf.d to /dev/resolv.conf.d
6f078ae jail: add support for defining devices
686cf7a jail: actually apply filesystem-specific mount options
f91009a jail: refactor default mounts into new structure
66ae2d9 jail: re-implement /proc/sys/net read-write in netns hack
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Pressing the 'WLAN' button should enable/disable wireless activity.
Currently, the button is mapped to the KEY_WLAN, which will not
have this effect.
This patch changes the mapping of the WLAN button, so a button
press will emit an action for the 'rfkill' key instead of 'wlan'.
Apparently, this is what stock OpenWRT expects.
This fix is analogous to the preceding patch for Fritzbox 3370.
Signed-off-by: Dustin Gathmann <dzsoftware@posteo.org>
The WLAN button actions are reversed, i.e. pressing the button emits a
'released' action, and vice versa.
This can easily be checked by adding
logger -t button_action "$BUTTON $ACTION"
as the second line of /etc/rc.button/rfkill, and using logread to read
the events (assuming the preceding patch has been applied).
Defining the GPIO as ACTIVE_LOW corrects this behavior.
Signed-off-by: Dustin Gathmann <dzsoftware@posteo.org>
Pressing the 'WLAN' button should enable/disable wireless activity.
However, on the Fritzbox 3370 this doesn't have an effect.
This patch changes the mapping of the physical WLAN button, so a button
press will emit an action for the 'rfkill' key instead of 'wlan'.
Apparently, this is what stock OpenWRT expects, and also what is
implemented for most other devices.
Signed-off-by: Dustin Gathmann <dzsoftware@posteo.org>
9eddf0f jail: fix hooks
1b1286b jail: parse and apply OCI sysctl values
c049047 jail: implement OCI user additionalGIDs
0e1920c jail: read and apply umask from OCI if defined
1c46cc3 jail: parse and apply POSIX rlimits
76adac5 jail: /proc/$pid/oom_score_adj to OCI defined oomScoreAdj
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The config partition was missing from the flash layout of the device.
Although the stock firmware resets a corrupted config partition to the
default values, the TFTP flash with an image bigger than 0x3d0000 will
truncate the image as the bootloader only copies 0x3d0000 bytes to flash
during TFTP flashing.
Fixed by adding the config partition and shrinking the firmware
partition.
Fixes: 3fd97c522b ("ramips: add support for TP-Link TL-WR841n v14")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Müller <donothingloop@gmail.com>
The factory partition on this device is only 64k in size, so having
mediatek,mtd-eeprom = <&factory 0x10000> would place the EEPROM data
after the end of the flash. As can be verified against the TP-Link
GPL sources, which contain the EEPROM data as binary blob, the actual
address for the EEPROM data is 0x0.
Since 0x0 is default for MT7628, the incorrect line is just removed.
This error is the reason for the abysmal Wifi performance that people
are complaining about for the WR841Nv14.
Fixes: 3fd97c522b ("ramips: add support for TP-Link TL-WR841n v14")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Don't create UCI switch config for the GL.iNet microuter-N300 and
VIXMINI. These devices only have a single LAN port.
Creating the switch config makes usage of VLANs more complicated,
as they would have to be configured on the MAC as well as the "switch".
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
8d5208f jail: fix false return in case of nofail mount
b41f76b procd: fix compile if procd-ujail is not selected
86a5105 jail: fs: fix build on uClibc-ng
bfce7d1 jail: fix some more mount options
268126a jail: add support for maskedPaths and readonlyPaths
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Split the /etc/uci-defaults/01_led_migration scripts into subtargets
as already done for most of the other base-files.
While this introduces a minor amount of code duplication, it still
is considered an improvement, as device-specific settings are kept
together in the subtargets' base-files and the script at hand can be
removed entirely for two of the subtargets not needing it.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This file is always present because it is part of the ltq-dsl-base
package on which these packages depend.
This check would not have been necessary in the past, because the script
was part of the TARGET_LANTIQ on which these packages also depend.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
It does not make sense to install this components on lantiq systems
where the dsl subsystem is not needed/used.
This also makes it possible to use the files also on other targets.
(hopefully ipq401x / FritzBox 7530 in the near future)
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms.3headeddevs@gmail.com>
For mt7621, console is set up via DTS bootargs individually in
device DTS/DTSI files. However, 44 of 74 statements use the
following setting:
chosen {
bootargs = "console=ttyS0,57600";
};
Therefore, don't repeat ourselves and move that definition to the SoC
DTSI file to serve as a default value.
This patch is cosmetic.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
update_kernel.sh refreshed all patches, no human interaction was needed
Build system: x86_64
Run-tested: Netgear R7800 (ipq806x)
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
The last commit to this package that added the pkgconfig file did not
fix the paths to point to the prefix.
This allows packages to find lzo properly.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
The Helios 4 is a NAS from Kobol
that is powered by an Armada 38x
MicroSOM from Solidrun, similarly
to Clearfog.
This device has:
-Armada 38x CPU
(dual core ARMv7 1.6 Ghz)
-2 GB of ECC RAM
-Gigabit ethernet (Marvell)
-2x USB 3.0 ports
-4x Sata 3.0 ports
-i2c header (J9 |>GND|SDA|SCL|VCC)
-2x 3-pin fan headers with PWM
-micro-usb port is a TTL/UART to
USB converter connected to TTL
-MicroSD card slot
-System, 4xSata and 1xUSB LEDs
NOT WORKING: fan control
Fan Control requires a kernel patch
that is available in the Armbian
project (the "default firmware"
of this device) and named
mvebu-gpio-remove-hardcoded
-timer-assignment
This patch isn't acceptable
by OpenWrt, it should be upstreamed.
I also have that patch in my own
local OpenWrt builds,
in case you want a more
clean and less confusing patch
for upstreaming.
To install, write the disk image
on a micro SD card with dd or
win32 disk imager, insert the
card in the slot.
Check that the dip switch battery
for boot selection is as follows
Switch 1 and 2 down/off, switches
3, 4, 5 up/on.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <bobafetthotmail@gmail.com>
This patch adds support for D-Link DIR-867 A1 and D-Link DIR-882 A1. Given
the similarity of these devices, this patch also introduces a common DTS
shared between DIR-867 A1, DIR-878 A1 and DIR-882 A1.
Specifications:
* Board: AP-MTKH7-0002
* SoC: MediaTek MT7621AT
* RAM: 128 MB (DDR3)
* Flash: 16 MB (SPI NOR)
* WiFi: MediaTek MT7615N (x2)
* Switch: 1 WAN, 4 LAN (Gigabit)
* Ports: 1 USB 2.0, 1 USB 3.0
* Buttons: Reset, WiFi Toggle, WPS
* LEDs: Power (green/orange), Internet (green/orange), WiFi 2.4G (green),
WiFi 5G (green), USB 2.0 (green), USB 3.0 (green)
Notes:
* WiFi 2.4G and WiFi 5G LEDs are wired directly to the wireless chips
* DIR-867 wireless chips are limited to 3x3 streams at hardware level
* USB ports and related LEDs available only on DIR-882
Serial port:
* Parameters: 57600, 8N1
* Location: J1 header (close to the Reset, WiFi and WPS buttons)
* Pinout: 1 - VCC
2 - RXD
3 - TXD
4 - GND
Installation:
* D-Link Recovery GUI: power down the router, press and hold the reset
button, then re-plug it. Keep the reset button pressed until the power
LED starts flashing orange, manually assign a static IP address under
the 192.168.0.xxx subnet (e.g. 192.168.0.2) and go to http://192.168.0.1
* Some modern browsers may have problems flashing via the Recovery GUI,
if that occurs consider uploading the firmware through cURL:
curl -v -i -F "firmware=@file.bin" 192.168.0.1
Signed-off-by: Mateus B. Cassiano <mbc07@live.com>
[move DEVICE_VARIANT to individual definitions]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Specifications:
* SoC: MediaTek MT7621A (880 MHz 2c/4t)
* RAM: Nanya NT5CC128M16IP-DIT (256M DDR3-1600)
* Flash: Macronix MX30LF1G18AC-TI (128M NAND)
* Eth: MediaTek MT7621A (10/100/1000 Mbps x5)
* Radio: MT7615N (2.4 GHz & 5 GHz)
4 antennae: 1 internal and 3 non-deatachable
* USB: 3.0 (x1)
* LEDs:
White (x1 logo)
Green (x6 eth + wps)
Orange (x5, hardware-bound)
* Buttons:
Reset (x1)
WPS (x1)
Everything works! Been running it for a couple weeks now and haven't had
any problems. Please let me know if you run into any.
Installation:
Flash factory image through GUI.
This might fail due to the A/B nature of this device. When flashing, OEM
firmware writes over the non-booted partition. If booted from 'A',
flashing over 'B' won't work. To get around this, you should flash the
OEM image over itself. This will then boot the router from 'B' and
allow you to flash OpenWRT without problems.
Reverting to factory firmware:
Hard-reset the router three times to force it to boot from 'B.' This is
where the stock firmware resides. To remove any traces of OpenWRT from
your router simply flash the OEM image at this point.
Signed-off-by: Santiago Rodriguez-Papa <contact@rodsan.dev>
[use v1 only, minor DTS adjustments, use LINKSYS_HWNAME and add it to
DEVICE_VARS, wrap DEVICE_PACKAGES, adjust commit message/title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Add a common definition for ELECOM WRC "GS" devices to mt7621.mk
to not repeat the same assignments five times.
To keep the naming consistent, slightly rename the DTSI and the
factory image recipe as well.
Note that elecom_wrc-1167ghbk2-s uses a slightly different build
recipe for the factory image, so we keep it separate.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com> [WRC-1750GSV]
This harmonizes the model names for the ath79 Ubiquiti devices by
applying a few minor cosmetic adjustments:
- Removes hyphens where they are not found in the product names
(Ubiquiti uses hyphens only for the abbreviated version names
like UAP-AC-PRO which we don't use anyway.)
- Add (XM) suffix for DTS model strings to help with distinguishing
them from their XW counterparts.
- Remove DEVICE_VARIANT for LAP-120 which actually was an alternate
device name.
- Generally make DTS model names and those from generic-ubnt.mk
more consistent.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
In the package guidelines, PKG_VERSION is supposed to be used as
"The upstream version number that we're downloading", while
PKG_RELEASE is referred to as "The version of this package Makefile".
Thus, the variables in a strict interpretation provide a clear
distinction between "their" (upstream) version in PKG_VERSION and
"our" (local OpenWrt trunk) version in PKG_RELEASE.
For local (OpenWrt-only) packages, this implies that those will only
need PKG_RELEASE defined, while PKG_VERSION does not apply following
a strict interpretation. While the majority of "our" packages actually
follow that scheme, there are also some that mix both variables or
have one of them defined but keep them at "1".
This is misleading and confusing, which can be observed by the fact
that there typically either one of the variables is never bumped or
the choice of the variable to increase depends on the person doing the
change.
Consequently, this patch aims at clarifying the situation by
consistently using only PKG_RELEASE for "our" packages. To achieve
that, PKG_VERSION is removed there, bumping PKG_RELEASE where
necessary to ensure the resulting package version string is bigger
than before.
During adjustment, one has to make sure that the new resulting composite
package version will not be considered "older" than the previous one.
A useful tool for evaluating that is 'opkg compare-versions'. In
principle, there are the following cases:
1. Sole PKG_VERSION replaced by sole PKG_RELEASE:
In this case, the resulting version string does not change, it's
just the value of the variable put in the file. Consequently, we
do not bump the number in these cases so nobody is tempted to
install the same package again.
2. PKG_VERSION and PKG_RELEASE replaced by sole PKG_RELEASE:
In this case, the resulting version string has been "version-release",
e.g. 1-3 or 1.0-3. For this case, the new PKG_RELEASE will just
need to be higher than the previous PKG_VERSION.
For the cases where PKG_VERSION has always sticked to "1", and
PKG_RELEASE has been incremented, we take the most recent value of
PKG_RELEASE.
Apart from that, a few packages appear to have developed their own
complex versioning scheme, e.g. using x.y.z number for PKG_VERSION
_and_ a PKG_RELEASE (qos-scripts) or using dates for PKG_VERSION
(adb-enablemodem, wwan). I didn't touch these few in this patch.
Cc: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Cc: Andre Valentin <avalentin@marcant.net>
Cc: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Cc: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Cc: Steven Barth <steven@midlink.org>
Cc: Daniel Golle <dgolle@allnet.de>
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Bumping package version has been overlooked in a previous commit.
While at it, use PKG_RELEASE instead of PKG_VERSION, as the latter
is meant for upstream version number only.
(The effective version string for the package would be "3" in both
cases, so there is no harm done for version comparison.)
Fixes: 0453c3866f ("vxlan: fix udp checksum control")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This adds support for the Ubiquiti PowerBridge M, which has the same
board/LEDs as the Bullet M XM, but different case and antennas.
Specifications:
- AR7241 SoC @ 400 MHz
- 64 MB RAM
- 8 MB SPI flash
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, 24 Vdc PoE-in
- Internal antenna: 25 dBi
- POWER/LAN green LEDs
- 4x RSSI LEDs (red, orange, green, green)
- UART (115200 8N1) on PCB
Flashing via WebUI:
Upload the factory image via the stock firmware web UI.
Attention: airOS firmware versions >= 5.6 have a new bootloader with
an incompatible partition table!
Please downgrade to <= 5.5 _before_ flashing OpenWrt!
Refer to the device's Wiki page for further information.
Flashing via TFTP:
Same procedure as other Bullet M (XM) boards.
- Use a pointy tool (e.g., pen cap, paper clip) and keep the reset
button on the device or on the PoE supply pressed
- Power on the device via PoE (keep reset button pressed)
- Keep pressing until LEDs flash alternatively LED1+LED3 =>
LED2+LED4 => LED1+LED3, etc.
- Release reset button
- The device starts a TFTP server at 192.168.1.20
- Set a static IP on the computer (e.g., 192.168.1.21/24)
- Upload via tftp the factory image:
$ tftp 192.168.1.20
tftp> bin
tftp> trace
tftp> put openwrt-ath79-generic-xxxxx-ubnt_powerbridge-m-squashfs-factory.bin
Signed-off-by: Vieno Hakkerinen <vieno@hakkerinen.eu>
So far, passing "rxcsum" and "txcsum" had no effect.
Fixes: 95ab18e012 ("vxlan: add options to enable and disable UDP
checksums")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Kimmel <fff@bareminimum.eu>
[add Fixes:]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Feature detection doesn't recognize ipset v7 use on kernel v5.x systems
and thus disables the tc ematch function em_ipset.
- backport patch:
* 002-configure-support-ipset-v7.patch:
650591a7a70c configure: support ipset version 7 with kernel version 5
Fixes: 4e0c54bc5b ("kernel: add support for kernel 5.4")
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
Recent iproute2 5.x versions modified the symbols resolved for plugins,
causing "tc .. action xt .." to fail. Update the list of symbols to fix.
Fixes: b61495409b ("iproute2: tc: reduce size of dynamic symbol table")
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
As the the SoC uses implicit vlan tagging for dual MAC support, the
offload feature breaks when using double tagging.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Having looked at this again, it appears that only gsbi2_serial
is actually enabled for this device, so the entry in the broken
aliases node was correct.
Therefore, this needs to set its own serial0 instead of inheriting
"serial0 = &gsbi4_serial;" from DTSI. Do this with the correctly
named aliases node now.
Fixes: c83f7b6d21 ("ipq806x: fix aliases node name for Qualcomm
IPQ8064/DB149")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Kernel uses the label gsbiX_serial, so let's adjust our labels to
this naming scheme.
This is cosmetic, and actually only already existing gsbi4_serial
has been used at all.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This device uses a node incorrectly named "alias" instead of
"aliases" since it was introduced.
Remove it without replacement, as the definitions in it don't
seem to be required anyway:
The serial0 definition has never been effective anyway and this
would be the only device deviating from the common setting
"serial0 = &gsbi4_serial;" for ipq8064. (So, maybe the wrong
node prevented us from finding out about the wrong serial
definition?)
The mdio-gpio0 alias was supposed to be removed in d2a2eb7e48
anyway, the redundant definition in the alias node was just
overlooked back then.
Fixes: 0fd202f3e5 ("ipq806x: add db149 dts files")
Fixes: d2a2eb7e48 ("ipq806x: replace caf nss-gmac driver by upstream stmmac")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Optional instance watchdog timeout and watchdog mode can be set by
adding: procd_set_param $mode $timeout
$mode is an integer [0-1] representing instance watchdog mode of
operation:
0 = disabled
1 = passive mode, client must periodically poke watchdog via ubus
$timeout is an integer representing how often, in seconds, the watchdog must be poked.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Bailey <danielb@meshplusplus.com>
Since commit 6f2e1b7485 (ath79: disable delays on AT803X config init)
the incoming incoming traffic on the ubnt,lap-120 devices Ethernet
port was not making it through. Using rgmii-id instead of rgmii (same
configuration as ubnt,litebeam-ac-gen2) fixes it.
Fixes FS#2893.
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
The f-string feature was introduced in Python 3.6. As Buildbots may run
on Debian 9, which comes per default with Python 3.5, this would cause
an issue. Instead of f-strings use the *legacy* `.format()` function.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Specifications:
SoC: MT7621AT
RAM: 128MB
Flash: 16MB NOR SPI flash
WiFi: MT7615N (2.4GHz) and MT7615N (5Ghz)
LAN: 5x1000M
Firmware layout is Uboot with extra 96 bytes in header
Base PCB is AP-MTKH7-0002
LEDs Power Green,Power Orange,Internet Green,Internet Orange
LEDs "2.4G" Green & "5G" Green connected directly to wifi module
Buttons Reset,WPS,WIFI
Flashing instructions:
Upload image via emergency recovery mode
Push and hold reset button (on the back of the device) until power led
starts flashing (about 10 secs or so) while powering the device on.
Give it ~30 seconds, to boot the recovery mode GUI
Connect your client computer to LAN1 of the device
Set your client IP address manually to 192.168.0.2 / 255.255.255.0.
Call the recovery page for the device at http://192.168.0.1
Use the provided emergency web GUI to upload and flash a new firmware to
the device. Some browsers/OS combinations are known not to work, so if
you don't see the percentage complete displayed and moving within a few
seconds, restart the procedure from scratch and try anoher one,
or try the command line way.
Alternative method using command line on Linux:
curl -v -i -F "firmware=@openwrt-xxxx-squashfs-factory.bin" 192.168.0.1
Signed-off-by: Mathieu Martin-Borret <mathieu.mb@protonmail.com>
[use of generic uimage-padhdr in image generation code]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The timer LED trigger is enabled in all targets (except for lantiq
xway-legacy). It's necessary for the OpenWrt preinit LED pattern to
work.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Use the OpenWrt netlink GPIO button implementation to forward button
presses to procd. This is necessary to make failsafe-mode access
using a button possible.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
aed7fb3 procd: fix compilation with uClibc-ng
9d0f831 jail: fix segfault with len(uidmap/gidmap) > 1
42a6217 jail: consider PATH for argv in OCI container
83f4b72 jail: actually chdir into OCI defined CWD
fc9f614 jail: parse and run OCI hooks
02eec92 jail: memory allocation fixes
71e75f4 jail: refactor mount support to cover OCI spec
b586e7d jail: don't make mount source read-only
dacab12 uxc: fix 'stop' command
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The device can only hold 3.6 MB, but newer images (since 18.06)
are bigger, so flashing a new version fails.
This disables default build for this device based on the bug report
referenced below.
Fixes: FS#1963
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This creates a common DTSI and shared image definition for the
relatively similar Netgear devices for mt7628 platform.
As a side effect, this raises SPI flash frequency for the R6120,
as it's expected to work there as well if it works for R6080 and
R6020.
Based on the data from the other devices, it also seems probable
the 5g MAC address for R6120 could be extracted from the caldata,
and the mtd-mac-address there could be dropped.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This release brings parity with the commits Linus released a few hours
ago into 5.8-rc5.
* receive: account for napi_gro_receive never returning GRO_DROP
The napi_gro_receive function no longer returns GRO_DROP ever, making
handling GRO_DROP dead code. This commit removes that dead code.
Further, it's not even clear that device drivers have any business in
taking action after passing off received packets; that's arguably out of
their hands.
* device: implement header_ops->parse_protocol for AF_PACKET
WireGuard uses skb->protocol to determine packet type, and bails out if
it's not set or set to something it's not expecting. For AF_PACKET
injection, we need to support its call chain of:
packet_sendmsg -> packet_snd -> packet_parse_headers ->
dev_parse_header_protocol -> parse_protocol
Without a valid parse_protocol, this returns zero, and wireguard then
rejects the skb. So, this wires up the ip_tunnel handler for layer 3
packets for that case.
* queueing: make use of ip_tunnel_parse_protocol
Now that wg_examine_packet_protocol has been added for general
consumption as ip_tunnel_parse_protocol, it's possible to remove
wg_examine_packet_protocol and simply use the new
ip_tunnel_parse_protocol function directly.
* compat: backport ip_tunnel_parse_protocol and ip_tunnel_header_ops
These are required for moving wg_examine_packet_protocol out of
wireguard and into upstream.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
We don't need to see how git will be executed and it produces non silent
output on 'scripts/env diff' commands when there are no differences
unlike before.
Re-introduce original silent behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
upstream changed dt-bindings for marvell 88e6060 to use mdio-device
and dropped support for legacy bindings.
fix it in our local dts.
Fixes: FS#2524
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Linux phy subsystem provides support for a phy regulator defined via
phy-supply property. Use it to turn on usb power only when usb is
probed.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Add support for Marvell MACCHIATObin Single Shot, cortex-a72 based
Marvell ARMADA 8040 Community board. Single Shot was broken as the
device tree is different on the Double Shot Board.
Specifications:
- Quad core Cortex-A72 (up to 2GHz)
- DDR4 DIMM slot with optional ECC and single/dual chip select support
- Dual 10GbE (1/2.5/10GbE) SFP+
2.5GbE (1/2.5GbE) via SFP
1GbE via copper
- SPI Flash
- 3 X SATA 3.0 connectors
- MicroSD connector
- eMMC
- PCI x4 3.0 slot
- USB 2.0 Headers (Internal)
- USB 3.0 connector
- Console port (UART) over microUSB connector
- 20-pin Connector for CPU JTAG debugger
- 2 X UART Headers
- 12V input via DC Jack
- ATX type power connector
- Form Factor: Mini-ITX (170 mm x 170 mm)
More details at http://macchiatobin.net
Installation:
Write the Image to your Micro SD Card and insert it in the
MACCHIATObin Single Shot SD Card Slot.
In the U-Boot Environment:
1. reset U-Boot environment:
env default -a
saveenv
2. prepare U-Boot with boot script:
setenv bootcmd "load mmc 1:1 0x4d00000 boot.scr; source 0x4d00000"
saveenv
or manually (hanging lines indicate wrapped one-line command):
setenv fdt_name armada-8040-mcbin-singleshot.dtb
setenv image_name Image
setenv bootcmd 'mmc dev 1; ext4load mmc 1:1 $kernel_addr
$image_name;ext4load mmc 1:1 $fdt_addr $fdt_name;setenv
bootargs $console root=/dev/mmcblk1p2 rw rootwait; booti
$kernel_addr - $fdt_addr'
saveenv
On newer Bootloaders (18.12) the Variables have been changed, use:
setenv fdt_name armada-8040-mcbin-singleshot.dtb
setenv image_name Image
setenv bootcmd 'mmc dev 1; ext4load mmc 1:1 $kernel_addr_r
$image_name;ext4load mmc 1:1 $fdt_addr_r $fdt_name;setenv
bootargs $console root=/dev/mmcblk1p2 rw rootwait; booti
$kernel_addr_r - $fdt_addr_r'
Reported-by: Alexandra Alth <alexandra@alth.de>
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Tested-by: Alexandra Alth <alexandra@alth.de>
[add specs and installation as provided by Alexandra Alth]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Due to a line break, printf was accidentally called with three
arguments instead of two, causing a different output than before.
Fix it by splitting the printf command into two lines.
Fixes: 907053193a ("scripts/mkits.sh: replace echo -e with printf")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
There are already two very similar recipes using uimage_padhdr
in ramips target, and a third one is about to be added.
Make the recipe more generic, so redefinitions are not necessary
anymore.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no> [Zyxel WAP6805]
Between kernels 4.20 and 5.0, a new variant of this board has been
introduced ("Single Shot"), and the existing one has been renamed
with the appendix "Double Shot". [1]
This also adjusted the first compatible in the list:
marvell,armada8040-mcbin -> marvell,armada8040-mcbin-doubleshot
This patch updates the OpenWrt implementation of this device by
adjusting the relevant references to that compatible (i.e., our
board name).
To still provide support for 4.19 with our setup, this adds a
small patch to change the compatible there as well.
[1] https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/stable/linux.git/commit/?id=b1f0bbe2700051886b954192b6c1751233fe0f52
Cc: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Reviewed-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
The router Nucom R5010UN v2 has the partitions defined for a 8MB flash,
but the flash chip is 16MB size. We are wasting half of the flash.
Fix it and use generic names for partitions.
Fixes: 474cde6123 ("brcm63xx: probe SPI flash through DT")
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
Set CCACHE_DIR to $(TOPDIR)/.ccache and CCACHE_BASEDIR to $(TOPDIR).
This allows to do clean and dirclean. Cache hit rate for test build
after dirclean is ~65%.
If CCACHE is enabled stats are printed out at the end of building process.
CCACHE_DIR config variable allows to override default, which could be useful
when sharing cache with many builds.
cacheclean make target allows to clean the cache.
Changes from v1:
- remove ccache directory using CCACHE_DIR variable
- remove ccache leftovers from sdk and toolchain make files
- introduce CONFIG_CCACHE_DIR variable
- introduce cacheclean make target
Signed-off-by: Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv>
The current one only looks for mt76x2e and mt7603e, and
does not work for 2 or more same Wi-Fi chips.
Refactor the script to cover those cases.
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
The firmware is currently just copied. It can end up with o= on the
device (this is the case for voice_ar9_firmware.bin for instance).
Instead of copying it the Makefile is changed to use the macro
"$(INSTALL_DATA)" in order for the file to be world-readable.
While at it refactor the device node creation in the init script with
loop.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Kemper <sebastian_ml@gmx.net>
[removed 2nd part with custom group handling for device nodes]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Define 64m IMAGE_SIZE for flash firmware.bin since the flash size
is 64MB. Define 48m LS_SYSUPGRADE_IMAGE_SIZE for flash sysupgrade.bin
which contains maximum 16MB kernel and 32MB rootfs according to
memory map.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Many Layerscape boards support both flash boot and SD card boot.
And different firmware and sysupgrade.bin are built for the two
boot methods. To identify them, a fix could be done on board name
by adding a postfix "-sdboot" for SD card boot.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
There had been an issue in Layerscape QSPI driver for very long
time, which made squashfs,jffs2 rootfs not work on QSPI NOR.
And the ubifs had been used as a workaround.
Now the issue has been fixed. So convert to use squashfs,jffs2
rootfs on QSPI NOR for Layerscape boards (LS1012ARDB/LS1046ARDB/
LS1088ARDB), and update u-boot bootargs for booting.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
The rootfs squashfs is already highly (XZ) compressed. Storing the applet
messages in compressed form will increase the entropy and reduce the overall
image compression ratio.
Size diffs (compressed vs uncompressed):
busybox (the executable): 364596 vs 384804 bytes.
OpenWrt target images (the kernel image is unchanged, obviously):
omnia-medkit-openwrt-mvebu-cortexa9-cznic_turris-omnia-initramfs.tar.gz:
9163597 vs 9162531 bytes (1066 bytes difference).
openwrt-mvebu-cortexa9-cznic_turris-omnia-initramfs-kernel.bin:
9161688 vs 9160600 bytes (1088 bytes difference).
openwrt-mvebu-cortexa9-cznic_turris-omnia-sysupgrade.img.gz:
9729550 vs 9729230 bytes (320 bytes difference).
All in all, we save just a little bit over 1 kiB. As an added bonus, we
also don't have to decompress the messages twice, (first from squashfs,
then from the bzip2 message storage).
Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
[added additional size comparision diff detaisl]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Fixes following shellcheck warning:
In scripts/mkits.sh line 19:
"-k kernel [-D name -d dtb] -o its_file" "$(basename $0)"
^-- SC2086: Double quote to prevent globbing and word splitting.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Fixes following shellcheck warning:
In scripts/env line 25:
exit ${1:-1}
^-----^ SC2086: Double quote to prevent globbing and word splitting.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Instead of using xargs to pass a huge number of files to
script/ipkg-remove, which will usually pick only one, use a more
restrictive wildcard so that, currently, at the most 325 files are
examined, instead of up to over 2,300. The 325-file package is python,
which is picking up python3* ipks. It is about to be removed.
Runner-up is ddns-scripts with 7 files.
This makes a second run of make package/luci/compile go from
real 16.40s; user 17.42s; sys 2.73s
to
real 10.71s; user 9.51s; sys 1.27s
There is a caveat though: if one were to remove the ABI_VERSION of a
package that ends in a digit [0-9], then the old package ipk will not be
removed from the bin directory by make package/abc2/clean.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
The wildcard call to clean up luci package (luci*) can pick up over
2,300 files when the full tree is built. Running make package/luci/clean
or a second run of make package/luci/compile would fail with an
'Argument list too long' error.
To avoid that, a maybe_use_xargs function was created that runs the
command straight as usual if the number of arguments is < 512, or saves
the list in a temporary file and feeds it to xargs otherwise.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
Instead of calling $(wildcard) to check if the removal list is empty,
then calling it again to actually remove the files, define a function so
that the arguments are expanded only once when it gets called.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
Fixes following warnings:
In target/toolchain/files/wrapper.sh line 18:
REALNAME=$(readlink -f $0)
^-- SC2086: Double quote to prevent globbing and word splitting.
--
In target/toolchain/files/wrapper.sh line 20:
REALNAME_BASE=$(basename $REALNAME)
^-------^ SC2086: Double quote to prevent globbing and word splitting.
--
In target/toolchain/files/wrapper.sh line 21:
REALNAME_DIR=$(dirname $REALNAME)
^-------^ SC2086: Double quote to prevent globbing and word splitting.
--
In target/toolchain/files/wrapper.sh line 74:
exec $TARGET_TOOLCHAIN_TRIPLET-$BINARY.bin $GCC_SYSROOT_FLAGS $TARGET_FUNDAMENTAL_CFLAGS $TARGET_ROOTFS_CFLAGS "$@"
^-----------------------^ SC2086: Double quote to prevent globbing and word splitting.
--
In target/toolchain/files/wrapper.sh line 77:
exec $TARGET_TOOLCHAIN_TRIPLET-$BINARY.bin $LD_SYSROOT_FLAGS $TARGET_FUNDAMENTAL_LDFLAGS "$@"
^-----------------------^ SC2086: Double quote to prevent globbing and word splitting.
--
In target/toolchain/files/wrapper.sh line 80:
exec $TARGET_TOOLCHAIN_TRIPLET-$BINARY.bin $TARGET_FUNDAMENTAL_ASFLAGS "$@"
^-----------------------^ SC2086: Double quote to prevent globbing and word splitting.
--
In target/toolchain/files/wrapper.sh line 83:
exec $TARGET_TOOLCHAIN_TRIPLET-$BINARY.bin "$@"
^-----------------------^ SC2086: Double quote to prevent globbing and word splitting.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Zram is only strictly dependent on lzo, not lz4. Break this dependency and
make the lz4 module visible in the configuration, in order for the user to
have the choice of enabling/disabling it, if (s)he sees fit.
Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
The block-mount swapon implementation doesn't support discard, so make zram-swap
depend only on the default BusyBox implementation or, when unavailable, on the
one present in the swap-utils package.
Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
The clock_gettime(CLOCK_MONOTONIC) syscall exists for so long that the first
kernel version to support it is not even specified in the man page [1]. Let's
enable it on BusyBox by default. Otherwise, gettimeofday will be used instead,
which will give wrong results if the date/time is reset (time moving backwards).
[1] https://linux.die.net/man/2/clock_gettime
Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
CMake is less error prone that autotools and also compiles faster.
Fixed license information.
Added pkgconfig file to InstallDev so that packages that use it can
find lzo.
Before:
time make package/lzo/compile -j 12
________________________________________________________
Executed in 20.87 secs fish external
usr time 26.95 secs 0.00 micros 26.95 secs
sys time 5.49 secs 305.00 micros 5.49 secs
After:
time make package/lzo/compile -j 12
________________________________________________________
Executed in 13.22 secs fish external
usr time 19.59 secs 328.00 micros 19.59 secs
sys time 4.03 secs 10.00 micros 4.03 secs
Time output is with fish shell. make clean was ran before both attempts.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
f4e9bf73ac5c examples/lua: attempt to highlight some traps
53b9a2123fc6 lua/uloop: fd_add: use absolute indices for arguments
c0941d3289fc lua/uloop: make get_sock_fd capable of absolute addresses
161c25960ba2 lua/uloop: fd_add() better args checking
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
At this point in v5.4 kernel we cannot use dwc2_readl() and
dwc2_writel() since they rely on the value hsotg->needs_byte_swap
which cannot be obtained before the controller wakes up.
We should use readl() and writel() to wake up the controller before
calling dwc2_check_core_endianness().
Fixes: 6be0da90a1 ("ramips: refresh patches")
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobrovolsky <dobrovolskiy.alexey@gmail.com>
[fixed Fixes: tag]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Quoting part of original message from eefb5f741015 commit in
linux-firmware repository:
This adds the "minifw" version of the EIP197 firmware, which the inside-
secure driver will use as a fallback if the original full-featured
firmware cannot be found. This allows for using the inside-secure driver
and hardware without access to "official" firmware only available under
NDA.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Firmware is binary blob, so there are barely any NULL terminated strings
expected, so we should probably convert all chars into u8 types, and
after that it's clear, that using strcpy doesn't make sense anymore.
This is rather theoretical stuff, but `uint8_t name[PART_NAME_LENGTH]`
means, that you can supply PART_NAME_LENGTH sized name, not
PART_NAME_LENGTH-1 name when NULL terminated.
Ref: https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/2274
Fixes: 04cb651376 ("firmware-utils: mkfwimage: fix more errors reported by gcc-6/7/9")
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Compared to GCC 9:
870-ppc_no_crtsavres.patch changes moved to another file following upstream
881-no_tm_section.patch keep the tm section disabled
patches refreshed to apply cleanly
See https://gcc.gnu.org/gcc-10/porting_to.html for more info
Compiled and run tested on x86_64
Signed-off-by: Syrone Wong <wong.syrone@gmail.com>
Add needed config changes and tarball hash for new GCC version.
Signed-off-by: Syrone Wong <wong.syrone@gmail.com>
[added missing commit description]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The block index of u-boot-env changed from mtd1 to mtd3 after upgrading kernel to 5.4.
This patch search the mtd block by label name, work as expect when perform a clean flash.
Signed-off-by: Huangbin Zhan <zhanhb88@gmail.com>
At this moment Linksys EA8500 uses only eth0.
This patch change switch registers, which allow to use eth1 as lan
and eth0 as wan. The method work with similar Linksys EA7500V1
and it work with EA8500.
Suggested-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Tested-by: Brian Onn <brian.a.onn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Adrian Panella <ianchi74@outlook.com>
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
This replaces deprecated backticks by more versatile $(...) syntax.
This does not touch lib/upgrade/nand.sh, as there replacement is
not trivial.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
3034eaf jail: use linux/capability.h instead of sys/capability.h
Fixes: b6e440a0f5 ("procd: update to git HEAD")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The support for this device's Marvell MV88E6060 switch has been
reported to be broken with kernels 4.19/5.4 (see bug report).
Since this a 4/32 device and it has been confirmed to be working
with stable 19.07 release (kernel 4.14), and since fixing it does
not seem trivial, let's just disable it in master.
Fixes: FS#2524
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Make sure RF5592 is set for RT5592 chip which apparently sometimes
doesn't have RF defined (but always comes with RF5592).
This patch was originally submitted on linux-wireless by
Tom Psyborg <pozega.tomislav@gmail.com> but got rejected.
Turns out the patch is actually needed.
Reported-by: Sebastian Gottschall <s.gottschall@dd-wrt.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This adds support for the Netgear R6020, aka Netgear AC750.
The R6020 appears to be the same hardware as the Netgear R6080,
aka Netgear AC1000, but it has a slightly different flash layout,
and no USB ports.
Specification:
SoC: MediaTek MT7628 (580 MHz)
Flash: 8 MiB
RAM: 64 MiB
Wireless: 2.4Ghz (builtin) and 5Ghz (MT7612E)
LAN speed: 10/100
LAN ports: 4
WAN speed: 10/100
WAN ports: 1
UART (57600 8N1) on PCB
MAC addresses based on vendor firmware:
LAN *:88 0x4
WAN *:89
WLAN2 *:88 0x4
WLAN5 *:8a 0x8004
The factory partition might have been corrupted beforehand. However,
the comparison of vendor firmware and OpenWrt still allowed to retrieve
a meaningful assignment that also matches the other similar devices.
Installation:
Flashing OpenWRT from stock firmware requires nmrpflash. Use an ethernet
cable to connect to LAN port 1 of the R6020, and power the R6020 off.
From the connected workstation, run
`nmrpflash -i eth0 -f openwrt-ramips-mt76x8-netgear_r6020-squashfs-factory.img`,
replacing eth0 with the appropriate interface (can be identified by
running `nmrpflash -L`). Then power on the R6020. After flashing has finished,
power cycle the R6020, and it will boot into OpenWRT. Once OpenWRT has been
installed, subsequent flashes can use the web interface and sysupgrade files.
Signed-off-by: Tim Thorpe <timfthorpe@gmail.com>
[slightly extend commit message, fix whitespaces in DTS, align From:
with Signed-off-by]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This fixes the gphy LED pins for Zyxel P-2812 devices. The have
been accidentally altered during a tidy-up operation (see Fixes:
below).
No ports were available, dmesg reported:
[ 0.658577] pinctrl-xway 1e100b10.pinmux: pin io5 already requested by
1e100bb0.stp; cannot claim for 1e108000.eth
[ 0.667566] pinctrl-xway 1e100b10.pinmux: pin-5 (1e108000.eth) status -22
[ 0.685238] lantiq,xrx200-net 1e108000.eth: Error applying setting,
reverse things back
[ 0.693270] lantiq,xrx200-net: probe of 1e108000.eth failed with error -22
Fixes: FS#3188
Fixes: 660200e53d ("lantiq: dts: assign the GPHY LED pins to the
Ethernet controller node")
Suggested-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Signed-off-by: Willem van den Akker <wvdakker@wilsoft.nl>
[commit message facelift]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
There was a bashism in the script. This fixes the script so that it
doesn't actually require bash, and can be run with any POSIX shell as
its shebang suggests.
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
Enable SCSI low-level drivers on targets that don't have it already in
order to fix following build failures on few platforms:
.config:4739:warning: symbol value 'm' invalid for SCSI_LOWLEVEL
* Restart config...
* SCSI low-level drivers
SCSI low-level drivers (SCSI_LOWLEVEL) [Y/n] (NEW) aborted!
Fixes: b88f8202c4 ("kernel: add iscsi-initator support")
Signed-off-by: Lucian Cristian <lucian.cristian@gmail.com>
[commit subject and description facelift]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This patch is required for pcie@2,0 in mt7623 to work. The patch was originally
added in kernel 4.14, but it has not been ported to 4.19 and later.
Fixes: FS#3217
Tested-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Since commit 298814e6be ("base-files: config_generate: split macaddr with
multiple ifaces") uci MAC address setup will create a device node for each
member iface. But this script might override the device nodes and interfere
with the MAC address setup.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Commit e53ec043ba ("kirkwood: move usb support to modules") has moved
this config symbol into generic configs, so it could be removed from
other configs.
Suggested-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Port device support for DAP-1330 from the ar71xx target to ath79.
Additionally, images are generated for the European through-socket
case variant DAP-1365. Both devices run the same vendor firmware, the
only difference being the DAP_SIGNATURE field in the factory header.
The vendor's Web UI will display a model string stored in the flash.
Specifications:
* QCA9533, 8 MiB Flash, 64 MiB RAM
* One Ethernet Port (10/100)
* Wall-plug style case (DAP-1365 with additional socket)
* LED bargraph RSSI indicator
Installation:
* Web UI: http://192.168.0.50 (or different address obtained via DHCP)
There is no password set by default
* Recovery Web UI: Keep reset button pressed during power-on
until LED starts flashing red, upgrade via http://192.168.0.50
* Some modern browsers may have problems flashing via the Web UI,
if this occurs consider booting to recovery mode and flashing via:
curl -F \
files=@openwrt-ath79-generic-dlink_dap-1330-a1-squashfs-factory.bin \
http://192.168.0.50/cgi/index
The device will use the same MAC address for both wired and wireless
interfaces, however it is stored at two different locations in the flash.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Schaper <openwrt@sebastianschaper.net>
Arduino Yun is a microcontroller development board, based on Atmel
ATmega32u4 and Atheros AR9331.
Specifications:
- MCU: ATmega32U4
- SoC: AR9331
- RAM: DDR2 64MB
- Flash: SPI NOR 16MB
- WiFi:
- 2.4GHz: SoC internal
- Ethernet: 1x 10/100Mbps
- USB: 1x 2.0
- MicroSD: 1x SDHC
Notes:
- Stock firmware is based on OpenWrt AA.
- The SoC UART can be accessed only through the MCU.
YunSerialTerminal is recommended for access to serial console.
- Stock firmware uses non-standard 250000 baudrate by default.
- The MCU can be reprogrammed from the SoC with avrdude linuxgpio.
Installation:
1. Update U-Boot environment variables to adapt to new partition scheme.
> setenv bootcmd "run addboard; run addtty; run addparts; run addrootfs; bootm 0x9f050000 || bootm 0x9fea0000"
> setenv mtdparts "spi0.0:256k(u-boot)ro,64k(u-boot-env),15936k(firmware),64k(nvram),64k(art)ro"
> saveenv
2. Boot into stock firmware normally and perform sysupgrade with
sysupgrade image.
# sysupgrade -n -F /tmp/sysupgrade.bin
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Some devices (e.g. Arduino Yun) need bitwise operations during MAC address
setup. This commit adds generalized versions of macaddr_setbit_la(), which
are helpful when manipulating a single bit in a MAC address.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Like many boards, the Banana Pi R2 doesn't have permanant storage of
its MAC address, and we store the first random one that the kernel
generates in order to use it later and at least be consistent.
Store it in the FAT boot partition, just as the U7623 board (and others)
do.
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
For building full SD/eMMC images for Banana Pi R2 we'll want a u-boot
image built for that platform.
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
Download the boot preloader code from the Banana Pi github repo and make
it available for bootable SD card image creation.
Supports only Banana Pi R2 for now.
Based on work by Alexey Loukianov <lx2@lexa2.ru> and others.
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
The MT7623 SoC has the same SATA block as the MT7622, so enable it in
MT7623 builds too and add it to the DEVICE_PACKAGES for those boards.
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
The supported MT7623 boards are mostly identical (what with being a
System-on-Chip and all), so unify the DEVICE_PACKAGES for them, and add
ext4 and usb support for them.
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
Some options were not explicitly specified, causing the kernel build to
drop to interactive mode. Set the missing options.
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
The DCH-G020 is a Smart Home Gateway for Z-Wave devices.
Specifications:
* QCA9531, 16 MiB Flash, 64 MiB RAM
* On-Board USB SD3503A Z-Wave dongle
* GL850 USB 2.0 Hub (one rear port, internal Z-Wave)
* Two Ethernet Ports (10/100)
Installation:
* Web UI: http://192.168.0.60 (or different address obtained via DHCP)
Login with 'admin' and the 6-digit PIN Code from the bottom label
* Recovery Web UI: Keep reset button pressed during power-on
until LED starts flashing red, upgrade via http://192.168.0.60
* Some modern browsers may have problems flashing via the Web UI,
if this occurs consider booting to recovery mode and flashing via:
curl -F \
files=@openwrt-ath79-generic-dlink_dch-g020-a1-squashfs-factory.bin \
http://192.168.0.60/cgi/index
Known issues:
* Real-Time-Clock is not working as there is currently no matching driver
It is still included in the dts as compatible = "pericom,pt7c43390";
* openzwave was tested on v19.07 (running MinOZW as a proof-of-concept),
but the package grew too big as lots of device pictures were included,
thus any use of Z-Wave is up to the user (e.g. extroot and domoticz)
The device will use the same MAC address for both wired and wireless
interfaces, however it is stored at two different locations in the flash.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Schaper <openwrt@sebastianschaper.net>
f4f8f4a180 broke ffmpeg compilation with x86
The reason is that ffmpeg's x86 assembly requires at least MMX, which the
pentium CPU_TYPE was preventing.
Fixes ffmpeg compilation on x86_legacy and x86_geode.
Ref: https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/3061
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Gives users a third option to augment ondemand and performance. Kernel
docs[1] explain differences and this PR empowers users w/ the choice to
select between the older ondemand and newer and more simplistic schedutil
should they wish to use one that is not the performance governor.
1. Documentation/admin-guide/pm/cpufreq.rst
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
[fixed From: to match SoB:]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The rg21s fails to boot if the kernel is larger than about
2,376 KiB. The ra21s is virtually identical hardware.
Enabling lzma-loader resolves the issue on both the rg21s
and ra21s (see FS#3057 on the issue tracker).
Fixes: FS#3057
Signed-off-by: Furkan Alaca <furkan.alaca@queensu.ca>
Device specification:
SoC: RT5350
CPU Frequency: 360 MHz
Flash Chip: Macronix MX25L6406E (8192 KiB)
RAM: Winbond W9825G6JH-6 (32768 KiB)
5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (4x LAN, 1x WAN)
1x external antenna
UART (J1) header on PCB (57800 8n1)
Wireless: SoC-intergated: 2.4GHz 802.11bgn
USB: None
8x LED, 2x button
Flash instruction:
Configure PC with static IP 192.168.99.8/24 and start TFTP server.
Rename "openwrt-ramips-rt305x-zyxel_keenetic-lite-b-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin"
to "rt305x_firmware.bin" and place it in TFTP server directory.
Connect PC with one of LAN ports, press the reset button, power up
the router and keep button pressed until power LED start blinking.
Router will download file from TFTP server, write it to flash and reboot.
Signed-off-by: Sergei Burakov <senior.anonymous@ya.ru>
Adding this has been overlooked when rebasing the commit prior to
merge.
Fixes: ba0f4f0cfd ("ramips: add support for TP-Link RE500 v1")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Fixes following issue:
Package kmod-iscsi-initiator is missing dependencies for the following libraries:
crypto_hash.ko
Fixes: b88f8202c4 ("kernel: add iscsi-initator support")
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The patches for arch/arm/boot/dts/Makefile have not been updated
in a syntactically correct way (just body was changed). Fix it.
Fixes: 4a77a060ab ("ipq40xx: add support for Buffalo WTR-M2133HP")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Hardware
--------
SoC: MediaTek MT7621ST
WiFi: MediaTek MT7603
Quantenna QT3840BC
Flash: 128M NAND
RAM: 64M
LED: Dual colour red and green
BTN: Reset
WPS
Eth: 4 x 10/100/1000 connected to MT7621 internal switch
MT7621 RGMII port connected to Quantenna module
GPIO: Power/reset of Quantenna module
Quantenna module
----------------
The Quantenna QT3840BC (or QV840) is a separate SoC running
another Linux installation. It is mounted on a wide mini-PCIe
form factor module, but is connected to the RGMII port of
the MT7621. It loads both a second uboot stage and an os
image from the MT7621 using tftp. The module is configured
using Quantenna specific RPC calls over IP, using 802.1q
over the RGMII link to support multiple SSIDs.
There is no support for using this module as a WiFi device
in OpenWrt. A package with basic firmware and management
tools is being prepared.
Serial ports
------------
Two serial ports with headers:
RRJ1 - 115200 8N1 - Connected to the Quantenna console
J1 - 57600 8N1 - Connected to the MT7621 console
Both share pinout with many other Zyxel/Mitrastar devices:
1 - NC (VDD)
2 - TX
3 - RX
4 - NC (no pin)
5 - GND
Dual system partitions
----------------------
The vendor firmware and boot loader use a dual partition
scheme storing a counter in the header of each partition. The
partition with the highest number will be selected for boot.
OpenWrt does not support this scheme and will always use the
first OS partition. It will reset both counters to zero the
first time sysupgrade is run, making sure the first partition
is selected by the boot loader.
Installation from vendor firmware
---------------------------------
1. Run a DHCP server. The WAP6805 is configured as a client device
and does not have a default static IP address. Make a note of
which address it is assigned
2. tftp the OpenWrt initramfs-kernel.bin image to this address.
Wait for the WAP6805 to reboot.
3. ssh to the OpenWrt initramfs system on 192.168.1.1. Make a
backup of all mtd partitions now. The last used OEM image is
still present in either "Kernel" or "Kernel2" at this point,
and can be restored later if you save a copy.
4. sysupgrade to the OpenWrt sysupgrade.bin image.
Installation from U-Boot
------------------------
This requires serial console access
1. Copy the OpenWrt initramfs-kernel.bin image as "ras.bin" to
your tftp server directory. Configure the server address as
192.168.0.33/24
2. Hit ESC when the message "Hit ESC key to stop autoboot"
appears
3. Type "ATGU" + Enter, and then "2" immediately after pressing enter.
4. Answer Y to the question "Erase Linux in Flash then burn new
one. Are you sure?", and answer the address/filename questions.
Defaults:
Input device IP (192.168.0.2)
Input server IP (192.168.0.33)
Input Linux Kernel filename ("ras.bin")
5. Wait until after you see the message "Done!" and power cycle
the device. It will hang after flashing.
6. Continue with step 3 and 4 from the vendor firmware procedure.
Notes on the WAP6805 U-Boot
---------------------------
The bootloader has been modified with both ZyXELs zyloader and the
device specific dual partition scheme. These changes appear to have
broken a few things. The zyloader shell claims to support a number
of ZyXEL AT commands, but not all of them work. The image selection
scheme is unreliable and inconsistent. A limited U-Boot menu is
available - and used by the above U-Boot install procedure. But
direct booting into an uploaded image does not work, neither with
ram nor with flash. Flashing works, but requires a hard reset after
it is finished.
Reverting to OEM firmware
-------------------------
The OEM firmware can be restored by using mtd write from OpenWrt,
flashing it to the "Kernel" partition. E.g.
ssh root@192.168.1.1 "mtd -r -e Kernel write - Kernel" < oem.bin
OEM firmwares for the WAP6805 are not avaible for public download,
so a backup of the original installation is required. See above.
Alternatively, firmware for the WAP6806 (Armor X1) may be used. This
is exactly the same hardware. But the branding features do obviously
differ.
LED controller
--------------
Hardware implementation is unknown. The dual-color LED is controlled
by 3 GPIOs:
4: red
7: blinking green
13: green
Enabling both red and green makes the LED appear yellow.
The boot loader enables hardware blinking, causing the green LED to blink
slowly on power-on, until the OpenWrt boot mode starts a faster software
blink.
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
[fix alphabetic sorting for image build statement]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This patch adds support for the Linksys EA7500 V1 router.
Specification:
- CPU: Qualcomm IPQ8064
- RAM: 256MB
- Flash: NAND 128MB
- WiFi: QCA9982 an+ac + QCA9983 bgn
- Ethernet: 5 GBE Ports (WAN+ 4xLAN) (QCA8337)
- USB: 1x USB 3.0 1x USB2.0
- Serial console: RJ-45 115200 8n1 (1V8 Voltage level)
- 2 Buttons
- 1 LED
Known issues:
- Some devices won't flash via web gui
Installation:
- Newer stock images doesn't allow to install custom firmware.
- Please downgrade software to 1.1.2 version. Official firmware:
https://downloads.linksys.com/downloads/firmware/FW_EA7500_1.1.2.172843_prod.gpg.img
- Do it two times to downgrade all stored images.
- Apply factory image via web-gui.
Serial + TFTP method:
- downgrade to 1.1.2 two times
- connect ehternet and serial cable
- set ip address of tftp server to 192.168.1.254
- put openwrt factory image to tftp folder and rename it to macan.bin
- stop device while booting in u-boot
- run command: "run flashimg"
- run command: "setenv boot_part 1"
- run command "saveenv"
- reset
Back to stock:
- Please use old non-gpg image like this 1.1.2:
https://downloads.linksys.com/downloads/firmware/FW_EA7500_1.1.2.172843_prod.img
- ssh to router and copy image to tmp
- use sysupgrade -n -F
Tested by github users: @jack338c and @grzesiczek1
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
[removed i2c4_pins, mdio0_pins, nand_pins, rgmii2_pins from DTSI]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Add missing calls to `free` for variable `filebuffer`.
Add missing calls to `fclose` for variables `fd` and `fd_out`.
Signed-off-by: Andrea Dalla Costa <andrea@dallacosta.me>
Buffalo WTR-M2133HP is a Tri-Band router based on IPQ4019.
Specification
-------------
- SoC: Qualcomm IPQ4019
- RAM: 512MiB
- Flash Memory: NAND 128MiB (MXIC MX30LF1G18AC)
- Wi-Fi: Qualcomm IPQ4019 (2.4GHz, 1ch - 13ch)
- Wi-Fi: Qualcomm IPQ4019 (5GHz, 36ch - 64ch)
- Wi-Fi: Qualcomm QCA9984 (2T2R, 5GHz, 100ch - 140ch)
- Ethernet: 4x 10/100/1000 Mbps (1x WAN, 3x LAN)
- LED: 4x white LED, 4x orange LED, 1x blue LED
- USB: 1x USB 3.0 port
- Input: 2x tactile switch, 2x slide switch (2x SP3T)
- Serial console: 115200bps, pinheader JP5 on PCB
- Power: DC 12V 2A
Flash instruction
-----------------
1. Set up a TFTP server (IP address: 192.168.11.10)
2. Rename "initramfs-fit-uImage.itb" to "WTR-M2133HP-initramfs.uImage"
and put it into the TFTP server directory.
3. Connect the TFTP server and WTR-M2133HP.
4. Hold down the AOSS button, then power on the router.
5. After booting OpenWrt initramfs image, connect to the router by SSH.
6. Transfer "squashfs-nand-factory.ubi" to the router.
7. Execute the following commands.
# ubidetach -p /dev/mtd15
# ubiformat /dev/mtd15 -f /tmp/openwrt-ipq40xx-generic-buffalo_wtr-m2133hp-squashfs-nand-factory.ubi
# fw_setenv bootcmd bootipq
8. Perform reboot.
Recover to stock firmware
-------------------------
1. Execute the following command.
# fw_setenv bootcmd bootbf
2. Reboot and wait several minutes.
Signed-off-by: Yanase Yuki <dev@zpc.sakura.ne.jp>
Zyxel NSA310S is a NAS based on Marvell kirkwood SoC.
Specification:
- Processor Marvell 88F6702 1 GHz
- 256MB RAM
- 128MB NAND
- 1x GBE LAN port (PHY: Marvell 88E1318)
- 2x USB 2.0
- 1x SATA
- 3x button
- 7x leds
- serial on J1 connector (115200 8N1) (GND-NOPIN-RX-TX-VCC)
Known issues:
- no kernel module for RTC. [*]
- buzzer (connected to MPP43) need to be drived by 1kHz signal
- no kernel module for internal MCU connected via I2C[**]
[*]
Karoly Pocsi made simple, unofficial driver for HT1382.
It can be found here:
https://www.madadmin.com/zyxel-nsa320s-es-debian-linux-4-resz/
[**]
Karoly Pocsi found how CPU talk with MCU:
It is possible to query the MCU-controlled fan speed and temperature:
i2cget -y 0x0 0x0a 0x07
i2cget -y 0x0 0x0a 0x08
The first value (0x07) is the temperature in ° C, the second (0x08) is
the time in milliseconds to complete one fan revolution (rpm = 60,000 / value).
Info translated from:
https://www.madadmin.com/zyxel-nsa320s-es-debian-linux-4-resz/
Installation:
TFTP:
1. Run serial console and go to u-boot.
2. Copy u-boot via tftp and write to NAND:
=> mw 0x0800000 0xffff 0x100000
=> nand erase 0x0 100000
=> setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.2
=> setenv serverip 192.168.1.4
=> tftp 0x0800000 nsa310s-u-boot.kwb
=> nand write 0x0800000 0x0 0x100000
=> reset
3. Run new u-Boot, repair bootcmd and restore MAC address from sticker
=> setenv ethaddr AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:FF
=> saveenv
4. Copy and run initramfs image
=> setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.2
=> setenv serverip 192.168.1.4
=> tftpboot zyxel_nsa310s-initramfs-uImage
=> bootm 0x800000
5. Download sysupgrade image and perform sysupgrade
USB:
1. Prepare usb fat32 drive with u-boot.kwb and initramfs image.
Stick it to USB 2.0 port.
2. Run serial console and go to u-boot.
3. Copy u-boot from usb and write to NAND:
=> mw 0x0800000 0xffff 0x100000
=> nand erase 0x0 100000
=> usb start
=> fatload usb 0 0x0800000 u-boot.kwb
=> nand write 0x0800000 0x0 0x100000
=> reset
4. Run new u-Boot, repair bootcmd and restore MAC address from sticker
=> setenv ethaddr AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:FF
=> saveenv
5. Copy and run initramfs image:
=> usb start
=> fatload usb 0 0x0800000 initramfs-uImage
=> bootm 0x800000
6. Download sysupgrade image and perform sysupgrade.
Based on work ThBexx <thomas.beckler@hotmail.com>
DTS based on dropped support in 0ebdf0c.
Tested-by: Lech Perczak <lech.perczak@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Lech Perczak <lech.perczak@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
[NSA310s -> NSA310S in DEVICE_MODEL]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Specification:
• 650/600/216 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
• 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
• 32 MB of FLASH
• 2T2R 2.4 GHz
• 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
• 1x USB 2.0 Host socket
• 1x miniPCIe slot
• UART for serial console
• 14x GPIO
Flash instructions:
Upgrading from ar71xx target:
• Upload image into the board:
scp openwrt-ath79-generic-8dev_lima-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
root@192.168.1.1/tmp/
• Run sysupgrade
sysupgrade -F /tmp/openwrt-ath79-generic-8dev_lima-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
Upgrading from u-boot:
• Set up tftp server with
openwrt-ath79-generic-8dev_lima-initramfs-kernel.bin
• Go to u-boot (reboot and press ESC when prompted)
• Set TFTP server IP
setenv serverip 192.168.1.254
• Set device ip from the same subnet
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1
• Copy new firmware to board
tftpboot 0x82000000 initramfs.bin
• Boot OpenWRT
bootm 0x82000000
• Upload image openwrt-ath79-generic-8dev_lima-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin into
the board
• Run sysupgrade.
Signed-off-by: Andrey Bondar <a.bondar@8devices.com>
New script for comgt. Should help to fetch balance or any additional information with USSD.
This script uses the standard AT command which should be supported by all modems.
Run-tested on: Mikrotik wAP LTE KIT
Signed-off-by: Kirill Lukonin <klukonin@gmail.com>
[fixed from/sob]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Specifications:
SOC: Qualcomm IPQ4029 (DAKOTA) ARM Quad-Core
RAM: 512 MiB
FLASH1: 16 MiB NOR - SPI0
FLASH2: 8 GiB eMMC
ETH: Qualcomm QCA8075
WLAN1: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4029 2.4GHz 802.11b/g/n 2x2
WLAN2: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4029 5GHz 802.11n/ac W2 2x2
INPUT: Reset, WPS
LED: Power, Mesh, WLAN
UART1: On board pin header near to LED (3.3V, TX, RX, GND), 3.3V without pin - 115200 8N1
UART2: On board with BLE module
SPI1: On board socket for Zigbee module
Install via tftp
- NB: need to flash transition image firstly
Firstly install transition image:
(IPQ40xx) # tftpboot 0x84000000 s1300-factory-to-openwrt.img
(IPQ40xx) # sf probe && imgaddr=0x84000000 && source :script
Secondly install openwrt sysupgrade bin:
(IPQ40xx) # run lf
Revert to factory image:
(IPQ40xx) # tftpboot 0x84000000 s1300-openwrt-to-factory.img
(IPQ40xx) # sf probe && imgaddr=0x84000000 && source :script
The kernel and rootfs of factory firmware are on eMMC, and openwrt
firmware is on NOR flash. The transition image includes U-boot
and partition table, which decides where to load kernel and rootfs.
After you firstly install openwrt image, you can switch between
factory and openwrt firmware by flashing transition image.
Signed-off-by: Dongming Han <handongming@gl-inet.com>
Module is needed for using iscsi-initiator userspace applications
Signed-off-by: Lucian Cristian <lucian.cristian@gmail.com>
[added missing newline between kernel modules]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Before this change, setting the verbosity to anything with V=blah would
cause uclibc++ build to print errors to the screen. Now, it the
clibc++ build verbosity will be altered in the following manners:
* V=s will set V=1 in the uclibc++ build
* V=sc will set V=2 in the uclibc++ build
Signed-off-by: Wren Turkal <wt@penguintechs.org>
The Xiaomi Mi Router AC2100 is a *black* cylindrical router that shares many
characteristics (apart from its looks and the GPIO ports) with the 6-antenna
*white* "Xiaomi Redmi Router AC2100"
See the visual comparison of the two routers here:
https://github.com/emirefek/openwrt-R2100/raw/imgcdn/rm2100-r2100.jpg
Specification of R2100:
- CPU: MediaTek MT7621A
- RAM: 128 MB DDR3
- FLASH: 128 MB ESMT NAND
- WIFI: 2x2 802.11bgn (MT7603)
- WIFI: 4x4 802.11ac (MT7615)
- ETH: 3xLAN+1xWAN 1000base-T
- LED: Power, WAN in Yellow and Blue
- UART: On board (Don't know where is should be confirmed by anybody else)
- Modified u-boot
Hacking of official firmware process is same at both RM2100 and R2100.
Thanks to @namidairo
Here is the detailed guide Hack: https://github.com/impulse/ac2100-openwrt-guide
Guide is written for MacOS but it will work at linux.
needed packages: python3(with scapy), netcat, http server, telnet client
1. Run PPPoE&exploit to get nc and wget busybox, get telnet and wget firmware
2. mtd write openwrt-ramips-mt7621-xiaomi_mi-router-ac2100-kernel1.bin kernel1
3. nvram set uart_en=1
4. nvram set bootdelay=5
5. nvram set flag_try_sys1_failed=1
6. nvram commit
7. mtd -r write openwrt-ramips-mt7621-xiaomi_mi-router-ac2100-rootfs0.bin rootfs0
other than these I specified in here. Everything is same with:
f3792690c4
Thanks for all community and especially for this device:
@Ilyas @scp07 @namidairo @Percy @thorsten97 @impulse (names@forum.openwrt.com)
MAC Locations:
WAN *:b5 = factory 0xe006
LAN *:b6 = factory 0xe000
WIFI 5ghz *:b8 = factory 0x8004
WIFI 2.4ghz *:b7 = factory 0x0004
Signed-off-by: Emir Efe Kucuk <emirefek@gmail.com>
[refactored common image bits into Device/xiaomi-ac2100, fixed From:]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This patch adds cpu frequency setting for AR724x and AR7161.
It is unknown if all the AR71xx devices support the same value range,
so support is only enabled for AR7161 at this stage.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
The current code would return an error on ath79 when the SoC isn't known
to the driver. Return the raw hex value instead, as happens with non
supported targets.
Also return the correctly incremented value from
sc_tag_cpufreq_ath79_arraysize()
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
RouterBOOT cpu frequency settings are letter-indexed. Follow the
same logic for the sysfs interface.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
The routine would only accurately print out the first word.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Fixes: 5ecf7d96 ("generic: routerboot sysfs platform driver")
Hardware
--------
SoC: Mediatek MT7621AT (880 MHz, 2 cores 4 threads)
RAM: 128MB
FLASH: 16MB NOR (Macronix MX25L12805D)
ETH: 1x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet (MT7530)
WIFI:
- 2.4GHz: 1x MT7615 (4x4:4)
- 5GHz: 1x MT7615 (4x4:4)
- 4 antennas: 2 external detachable and 2 internal
BTN:
- 1x Reset button
- 1x WPS button
LEDS:
- 1x Green led (Power)
- 1x Green-Amber-Red led (Wifi)
UART:
- 57600-8-N-1
Everything works correctly.
Installation
------------
Flash the factory image directly from OEM web interface.
(You can login using these credentials: admin/1234)
Restore OEM Firmware
--------------------
Flash the OEM "bin" firmware directly from LUCI.
The firmware is downloadable from the OEM web page.
Warning: Remember to not keep settings!
Warning2: Remember to force the flash.
Restoring procedure tested with RE23_1.08.bin
MAC addresses
-------------
factory 0x4 *:24
factory 0x8004 *:25
Cimage 0x07 *:24
Cimage 0x0D *:24
Cimage 0x13 *:24
Cimage 0x19 *:25
No other addresses were found in factory partition.
Since the label contains both the 2.4GHz and 5GHz mac address I decided
to set the 5GHz one as label-mac-device. Moreover it also corresponds
to the lan mac address.
Notes
-----
The wifi led in the OEM firmware changes colour depending on the signal
strength. This can be done in OpenWrt but just for one interface.
So for now will not be any default action for this led.
If you want to open the case, pay attention to the antenna placed on
the bottom part of the front cover.
The wire is a bit short and it breaks easily. (I broke it)
Signed-off-by: Davide Fioravanti <pantanastyle@gmail.com>
[fix two typos and add extended MAC address section to commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This Fixes the folowing compile error:
drivers/mtd/nand/rb91x_nand.c: In function 'rb91x_nand_remove':
drivers/mtd/nand/rb91x_nand.c:445:16: error: 'rbni' undeclared (first use in this function)
nand_release(&rbni->chip);
Fixes: ce958dd88a ("kernel: Update kernel 4.14 to version 4.14.187")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
On a system python3 is linked to python3.6, fail to perform json_overview_image_info
and got `TypeError: __init__() got an unexpected keyword argument 'capture_output'`.
This patch emulate the behaviour on python 3.7+.
Signed-off-by: Huangbin Zhan <zhanhb88@gmail.com>
This updates mconf.c readme message to maintain less changes with
upstream and consistency with nconf.c
Signed-off-by: Sergio E. Nemirowski <sergio@outerface.net>
Fixes following build failures:
WARNING: Image file glinet_gl-ar750s-nor-kernel.bin is too big
WARNING: Image file glinet_gl-ar750s-nor-nand-kernel.bin is too big
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Upstream in commit 972d723484d8 ("split signkey_type and signature_type
for RSA sha1 vs sha256") has added strict checking of pubkey algorithms
which made keys with SHA-256 hashing algorithm unusable as they still
reuse the `ssh-rsa` public key format. So fix this by disabling the
check for `rsa-sha2-256` pubkeys.
Ref: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8332#section-3
Fixes: d4c80f5b17 ("dropbear: bump to 2020.80")
Tested-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This moves WiFi LED triggers from 01_leds to device tree.
While at it, convert the labels there to lower case; this is
more commonly used and the change will actually remove competition
between DT trigger and leftover uci config on already installed
systems.
Suggested-by: Georgi Vlaev <georgi.vlaev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
As the reported major bugs are ironed out, switch to the new kernel to
begin testing with a broader audience.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Acked-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Only enable the testing-kernel feature for the target when the testing
kernel version does not match the stable kernel version.
This way, the option for building the testing kernel in the build config
menu is only exposed when there's a testing kernel available.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Acked-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Fix inconsistencies found in DTS files and sort ethernet ports based on
updated names.
Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
[squash two separate patches, rephrase commit title/message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This device uses the same hardware as RE650 v1 which got supported in
8c51dde.
Hardware specification:
- SoC 880 MHz - MediaTek MT7621AT
- 128 MB of DDR3 RAM
- 16 MB - Winbond 25Q128FVSG
- 4T4R 2.4 GHz - MediaTek MT7615E
- 4T4R 5 GHz - MediaTek MT7615E
- 1x 1 Gbps Ethernet - MT7621AT integrated
- 7x LEDs (Power, 2G, 5G, WPS(x2), Lan(x2))
- 4x buttons (Reset, Power, WPS, LED)
- UART header (J1) - 2:GND, 3:RX, 4:TX
Serial console @ 57600,8n1
Flash instructions:
Upload
openwrt-ramips-mt7621-tplink_re500-v1-squashfs-factory.bin
from the RE500 web interface.
TFTP recovery to stock firmware:
Unfortunately, I can't find an easy way to recover the RE
without opening the device and using modified binaries. The
TFTP upload will only work if selected from u-boot, which
means you have to open the device and attach to the serial
console. The TFTP update procedure does *not* accept the
published vendor firmware binaries. However, it allows to
flash kernel + rootfs binaries, and this works if you have
a backup of the original contents of the flash. It's probably
possible to create special image out of the vendor binaries
and use that as recovery image.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Krapp <achterin@googlemail.com>
[remove dts-v1 in DTSI, do not touch WiFi LEDs for RE650, keep
state_default in DTS files, fix label-mac-device, use lower case
for WiFi LEDs]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Move the USB VBUS regulator nodes out of the GPIO controller node. This
fixes a problem where the "regulator-fixed" driver wasn't probed for
these regulators because the GPIO driver doesn't scan the child-nodes
and based on the dt-bindings documentation it's not supposed to.
This fixed the following error reported by Luca Olivetti:
...
dwc2 1e101000.usb: DWC OTG Controller
dwc2 1e101000.usb: new USB bus registered, assigned bus number 1
dwc2 1e101000.usb: irq 62, io mem 0x1e101000
dwc2 1e101000.usb: startup error -517
dwc2 1e101000.usb: USB bus 1 deregistered
dwc2 1e101000.usb: dwc2_hcd_init() FAILED, returning -517
Fixes: FS#1634
Cc: Luca Olivetti <luca@ventoso.org>
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Upstream commit 3d00da1de3 ("platform/x86: pcengines-apuv2: detect apuv4
board")
On 5.4, this module fails on APUv4 due to non-matching DMI data. With this
patch, the module will match DMI data for the APUv4.
Signed-off-by: Matthew Gyurgyik <matthew@gyurgyik.io>
[include upstream patch description]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Add missing switch config (4 LAN-Ports + CPU).
Grey WAN port (used for ADSL) is not part of the switch.
Signed-off-by: Lars Wessels <software@bytebox.org>
[rework commit message]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Set wifi mac from flash partition 'board_config' to
match the label on the device (Easybox 802).
Currently the wifi mac is always set to 00:0c:43:28:60:00.
eth0 and WiFi will now share the same mac (as in original firmware).
Signed-off-by: Lars Wessels <software@bytebox.org>
[improve commit message]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This can be useful when a DFS channel is configured, as the ACS channel
list is taken into account when switching channels after a radar event.
For example, this allows to prevent the SRD channels from being used in
that case.
Signed-off-by: Jan Hoffmann <jan@3e8.eu>
[reorder structure]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Reduce spi-max-frequency for ipTIME A8004T and disable
m25p,fast-read option.
A8004T uses `en25qh128` for the MTD.
This flash memory would allow 80MHz, sometimes kernel received
wrong id value in initramfs installed router.
(kernel expected `1c 70 18 1c 70 18`, but one of cases, it
was `9c 70 18 1c 70 18`)
In this case, openwrt can't detect the partition information,
it would write the inccorect data to the firmware partition and
also it would occur the bootlooping after sysupgrade.
Signed-off-by: Sunguk Lee <d3m3vilurr@gmail.com>
[minor commit title/message adjustments]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
All device DTS files in the target set the serial0 property to the
same value (*). So, let's move the definitions to the DTSI files.
That's also where the kernel defines it (qcom-ipq8064-v1.0.dtsi).
* The only exception is ipq8064-db149, which defines
"serial0 = &uart2;", but inside a block called "alias" instead of
"aliases". It must be assumed that this is broken anyway, so we
don't touch it here.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
All device DTS files in the target set the stdout-path to the same
value. So, let's move the definitions to the DTSI files.
That's also where the kernel defines it (qcom-ipq8064-v1.0.dtsi).
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
So far, the DTSI files on ipq806x had a linear inheritance:
qcom-ipq8064.dtsi
v
qcom-ipq8064-v1.0.dtsi
v
qcom-ipq8064-v2.0.dtsi
v
qcom-ipq8065.dtsi
This poses problems when one wants to set something that is specific
to an architecture closer to the top of the tree.
In this patch, we remove the chain-like inheritance and have all
other files derived from qcom-ipq8064.dtsi (changing this name to
something more generic is not possible due to upstream use).
The removal of inheritance will require a few entries to be copied
from qcom-ipq8064-v2.0.dtsi to qcom-ipq8065.dtsi. However, it also
opens an opportunity for some clean-up:
- Many definitions can be improved by just using the innermost labels.
- Instead of disabling the CPU_SPC node for ipq8065, it is now off by
default and enabled where needed.
- Instead of patching phy-tx0-term-offset into qcom-ipq8064.dtsi and
then having it changed for qcom-ipq8064-v2.0/qcom-ipq8065, just have
the appropriate settings done in the lower DTSI files directly.
- For the opp_table0 adjustments for ipq8065, just redefine what's
changed, but don't add all the untouched properties again.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
As almost same pinmux nodes are repeated in each device dts,
let's define them once in the ipq8064 dtsi and remove the rest.
* uart0_pins : Did not touch.
* i2c4_pins : This node seems to be not used at all in dts.
Added the most common form in the dtsi. Did not touch rpm_pins.
* spi_pins : The common mux node is already present in the dtsi.
Removed the duplicate nodes from dts.
* nand_pins : Moved the entire node.
* mdio0_pins : Moved the common mux node.
* rgmii2_pins: Moved the common mux node. "pins" property is overrided in ap161.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
There is one closing bracket too much.
Fixes: ce958dd88a ("kernel: Update kernel 4.14 to version 4.14.187")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
We are setting CONFIG_I2C_PXA is not set
If you do set pxa to y then you have issues if you do not have
CONFIG_I2C_PXA_SLAVE is not set
Fixes: dd13add3ce ("kernel: i2c-pxa: remove slave")
Signed-off-by: Scott Roberts <ttocsr@gmail.com>
The Buffalo Linkstation LS421DE has a chassis fan for cooling two internal
hard drives. Currently there is no control over this fan, running always
at fixed medium speed.
With the recent jump to the kernel 5.4, now we can monitor the hard drive
temperature and control the fan with thermal zones.
Install the kmod-hwmon-drivetemp module and wire up a thermal zone on the
dts file to allow automatic fan control by the kernel.
Tested succesfully using a single Crucial BX500 SSD drive.
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
Fixes:
- CVE-2020-10757
The "mtd: rawnand: Pass a nand_chip object to nand_release()" commit was
backported which needed some adaptations to other code.
Run tested: ath79
Build tested: ath79
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Fixes:
- CVE-2020-10757
The "mtd: rawnand: Pass a nand_chip object to nand_release()" commit was
backported which needed some adaptations to other code.
Build tested: ramips
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This resolves a hazard between a mtc0 and a mfc0 instruction after
activating the DSP support. Without this fix the CPU could use the old
value again and the DSP support would not be active.
Fixes: FS#2928, FS#2899
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Tested-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de> [ath79/tl-wdr3600; ath79/tl-wdr4300]
Tested-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net> [ocedo_koala/ocedo_raccoon]
Only collect arch_packages if actually generating any output.
Fixes: commit f09b9319 ("build,json: store arch_packages in profiles.json"(
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Add support for the ar71xx supported GL.iNet GL-MiFi to ath79.
Specifications:
- Atheros AR9331
- 64 MB of RAM
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 2x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 2.4GHz (AR9330), 802.11b/g/n
- 1x USB 2.0 (vbus driven by GPIO)
- 4x LED, driven by GPIO
- 1x button (reset)
- 1x mini pci-e slot (vcc driven by GPIO)
Flash instructions:
Vendor software is based on openwrt so you can flash the sysupgrade
image via the vendor GUI or using command line sysupgrade utility.
Make sure to not save configuration over reflash as uci settings
differ between versions.
Note on MAC addresses:
Even though the platform is capable to providing separate MAC addresses
to the interfaces vendor firmware does not seem to take advantage of
that. It appears that there is only single unique pre-programmed
address in the art partition and vendor firmware uses that for
every interface (eth0/eth1/wlan0). Similar behaviour has also been
implemented in this patch.
Note on GPIOs:
In vendor firmware the gpio controlling mini pci-e slot is named
3gcontrol while it actually controls power supply to the entire mini
pci-e slot. Therefore a more descriptive name (minipcie) was chosen.
Also during development of this patch it became apparent that the
polarity of the signal is actually active low rather than active high
that can be found in vendor firmware.
Acknowledgements:
This patch is based on earlier work[1] done by Kyson Lok. Since the
initial mailing-list submission the patch has been modified to comply
with current openwrt naming schemes and dts conventions.
[1] http://lists.openwrt.org/pipermail/openwrt-devel/2018-September/019576.html
Signed-off-by: Antti Seppälä <a.seppala@gmail.com>
Based on "make kernel_menuconfig CONFIG_TARGET=generic" and 5.4.49
CONFIG_LEDS_TRIGGER_DISK has been removed by the refresh and added
back manually in order to not revert f93fcf8923 ("ipq806x: enable
disk-activity LED trigger").
Signed-off-by: John Audia <graysky@archlinux.us>
[extend commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Pogoplug V4 has a reset button on a GPIO pin.
To use it, kmod-gpio-button-hotplug package needs to be installed.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
All definitions of gpio in SoC DTSI files do not set status, i.e.
have it enabled. This drops all remaining redundant "status = okay"
definitions in descendent files (mostly older ones).
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
All other SoC DTSI files have gpio enabled by default, only
ar9330/ar9331 disable it by default, only to have it enabled again
afterwards for each individual device.
So, do not disable it in the first place, and drop all device-specific
status statements afterwards.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Specifications:
SoC: AR9344
DRAM: 128MB DDR2
Flash: 16MB SPI-NOR
2 Gigabit ethernet ports
2×2 2.4GHz on-board radio
miniPCIe slot that supports 5GHz radio
PoE 48V IEEE 802.3af/at - 24V passive optional
USB 2.0 header
Installation:
To install, either start tftp in bin/targets/ath79/generic/ and use
the u-boot prompt over UART:
tftpboot 0x80500000 openwrt-ath79-generic-compex_wpj344-16m-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
erase 0x9f030000 +$filesize
erase 0x9f680000 +1
cp.b $fileaddr 0x9f030000 $filesize
boot
The cpximg file can be used with sysupgrade in the stock firmware (add
SSH key in luci for root access) or with the built-in cpximg loader.
The cpximg loader can be started either by holding the reset button
during power up or by entering the u-boot prompt and entering 'cpximg'.
Once it's running, a TFTP-server under 192.168.1.1 will accept the image
appropriate for the board revision that is etched on the board.
For example, if the board is labelled '6A08':
tftp -v -m binary 192.168.1.1 -c put openwrt-ath79-generic-compex_wpj344-16m-squashfs-cpximg-6a08.bin
MAC addresses:
<&uboot 0x2e010> *:99 (label)
<&uboot 0x2e018> *:9a
<&uboot 0x2e020> *:9b
<&uboot 0x2e028> *:9c
Only the first two are used (for ethernet), the WiFi modules have
separate (valid) addresses. The latter two addresses are not used.
Signed-off-by: Leon M. George <leon@georgemail.eu>
[minor commit message adjustments, drop gpio in DTS, DTS style fixes,
sorting, drop unused cpximg recipe]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The `arch_packages` contains the supported package architecture.
Previously it was necessary to parse the `Packages` index for the line
`Architecture:`, requiring both an additional parser and file download.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
With this commit the `profiles.json` contain both the target specific
`default_packages` as well as the device specific `device_packages` as a
array of strings.
This information is required for downstream projects like the various
web-based interactive firmware generators.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
This replaces deprecated backticks by more versatile $(...) syntax.
Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
[add commit description]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This replaces deprecated backticks by more versatile $(...) syntax.
Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
[add commit description]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
TP-Link RE220 v2 is a wireless range extender with Ethernet and 2.4G and 5G
WiFi with internal antennas. It's based on MediaTek MT7628AN+MT7610EN.
This port of OpenWRT leverages work done by Andreas Böhler <dev@aboehler.at>
for the TP-Link RE200 v2 as both devices share the same SoC, flash layout
and GPIO pinout.
Specifications
MediaTek MT7628AN (580 Mhz)
64 MB of RAM
8 MB of FLASH
2T2R 2.4 GHz and 1T1R 5 GHz
1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
UART header on PCB (57600 8n1)
8x LED (GPIO-controlled), 2x button
There are 2.4G and 5G LEDs in red and green which are controlled separately.
Web Interface Installation
It is possible to upgrade to OpenWrt via the web interface. Simply flash
the -factory.bin from OEM. In contrast to a stock firmware, this will not
overwrite U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Rowan Border <rowanjborder@gmail.com>
From upstream:
b8392808eb3f sch_cake: add RFC 8622 LE PHB support to CAKE diffserv handling
3f608f0c4136 sch_cake: fix a few style nits
8c95eca0bb8c sch_cake: don't call diffserv parsing code when it is not needed
9208d2863ac6 sch_cake: don't try to reallocate or unshare skb unconditionally
From netdev not yet accepted:
sch_cake: fix IP protocol handling in the presence of VLAN tags
The VLAN tag handling is actually wider than just cake so upstream are
working out how to fix it generically. We fix it here just for cake.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
This was backported to 4.19 and I clearly expected it to land in 5.4 but
it didn't (5.5) so backport it to 5.4 for consistency.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Cudy WR1000 and Wavlink WL-WN577A2 store WAN as well as label MAC address
at the same position in flash.
Suggested-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This package allows to read battery status information and control the
power state of the RAVPower RP-WD009 power management IC.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The RAVPower RP-WD009 is a batter-powered pocket sized router with SD
card lot and USB port.
Hardware
--------
CPU: MediaTek MT7628AN
RAM: 64M DDR2
FLASH: 16M GigaDevices SPI-NOR
WLAN: MediaTek MT7628AN 2T2R b/g/n
MediaTek MT7610E 1T1R n/ac
ETH: 1x FastEthernet
SD: SD Card slot
USB: USB 2.0
Custom PMIC on the I2C bus (address 0x0a).
Installation
------------
1. Press and hold down the reset button.
2. Power up the Device. Keep pressing the reset button for 10
more seconds until the Globe LED lights up.
3. Attach your Computer to the Ethernet port. Assign yourself the
address 10.10.10.1/24.
4. Access the recovery page at 10.10.10.128 and upload the OpenWrt
factory image.
5. The flashing will take around 1 minute. The device will reboot
automatically into OpenWrt.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The replaces the custom uImageArcher build step with the generic uImage
build step. The only different between these two is the difference in
the generated name.
Tested on: TP-Link Archer C59 v1
Acked-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This commit adds support for the Wavlink WL-WN577A2 (black case) dual-band
wall-plug wireless router. In Germany this device is sold under the brand
name Maginon WL-755 (white case):
Device specifications:
- CPU: MediaTek MT7628AN (580MHz)
- Flash: 8MB
- RAM: 64MB
- Bootloader: U-Boot
- Ethernet: 2x 10/100 Mbps (Ralink RT3050)
- 2.4 GHz: 802.11b/g/n SoC
- 5 GHz: 802.11a/n/ac MT7610E
- Antennas: internal
- 4 green LEDs: 1 programmable (WPS) + LAN, WAN, POWER
- Buttons: Reset, WPS
- Small sliding power switch
Flashing instructions (U-boot):
- Configure a TFTP server on your PC/Laptop and set its IP
to 192.168.10.100
- Rename the OpenWrt image to firmware.bin and place it in the
root folder of the TFTP server
- Power off (using the small sliding power switch on the left
side) the device and connect an ethernet cable from its LAN
or WAN port to your PC/Laptop
- Press the WPS button (and keep it pressed)
- Power on the device (using the small power switch)
- After a few seconds, when the WAN/LAN LED stops blinking
very fast, release the WPS button
- Flashing OpenWrt takes less than a minute, system will
reboot automatically
- After reboot the WPS LED will indicate the current OpenWrt
running status
Signed-off-by: Lars Wessels <software@bytebox.org>
[removed unused labels - fix whitespace errors - wrap commit message]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The Device/Default definition in mvebu defines an IMAGE/factory.img
which is not included in IMAGES, and only used twice in the
individual definitions. Move it out of the default definition
to keep it closer to the reassignment of IMAGES and make it more
consistent with respect to other values of IMAGE/factory.img
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The Device/Default definition sets a default IMAGE/sysupgrade.bin,
but does not enable it by setting IMAGES. This is not consistent,
and has led to IMAGES being defined at various other places in the
file.
Thus, this patch consolidates the default value for IMAGES by putting
it in Device/Default. Since it's still overwritten where necessary,
this patch is cosmetic.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The Device/Default definition sets a default IMAGE/sysupgrade.bin,
but does not enable it by setting IMAGES. This is not consistent,
and has led to IMAGES being defined at various other places in the
file.
Thus, this patch consolidates the default value for IMAGES by putting
it in Device/Default. Since it's still overwritten where necessary,
this patch is cosmetic.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
For quite some time, the tiny (4M flash) TP-Link sysupgrade and
factory images cannot be built anymore by the buildbots, just
the initramfs-kernel.bin files are still there.
Disable these images for the buildbots and prevent useless builds.
Note that these devices still build fine with default settings,
even for kernel 5.4.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
In 02_network, the board name solidrun,clearfog-a1 is used in a
case, but it does not seem to be used/exist anywhere else in OpenWrt.
The valid strings are:
- solidrun,clearfog-pro-a1
- solidrun,clearfog-base-a1
Fixes: 12795ec9f1 ("mvebu: split interface configuration for
clearfog pro and base")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Generate additional images that are compatible to the cpximg loader.
The cpximg loader can be started either by holding the reset button during
power up or by entering the u-boot prompt and entering 'cpximg'.
Once it's running, a TFTP-server under 192.168.1.1 will accept the image
appropriate for the board revision that is etched on the board.
For example, if the board is labelled '7A04':
tftp -v -m binary 192.168.1.1 -c put openwrt-ath79-generic-compex_wpj531-16m-squashfs-cpximg-7A04.bin
These files can also be used with the sysupgrade utility in stock images (add
SSH key in luci for root access).
Signed-off-by: Leon M. George <leon@georgemail.eu>
[fix sorting of definitions]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Specifications:
SoC: QCA9531
DRAM: 128MB DDR2
Flash: 16MB SPI-NOR
2 100MBit ethernet ports
2×2 2.4GHz on-board radio
miniPCIe slot that supports 5GHz radio
PoE 24V - 48V IEEE 802.3af optional
USB 2.0 header
Installation:
To install, start a tftp server in bin/targets/ath79/generic/ and use the
u-boot prompt over UART:
tftpboot 0x80500000 openwrt-ath79-generic-compex_wpj531-16m-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
erase 0x9f030000 +$filesize
erase 0x9f680000 +1
cp.b $fileaddr 0x9f030000 $filesize
boot
The cpximg file can be used with sysupgrade in the stock firmware (add SSH key
in luci for root access).
Another way is to hold the reset button during power up or running 'cpximg' in
the u-boot prompt.
Once the last LED starts flashing regularly, a TFTP-server under 192.168.1.1
will accept the image appropriate for the board revision that is etched on the
board.
For example, if the board is labelled '7A04':
tftp -v -m binary 192.168.1.1 -c put openwrt-ath79-generic-compex_wpj531-16m-squashfs-cpximg-7A04.bin
MAC addresses:
<&uboot 0x2e010> *:cb (label)
<&uboot 0x2e018> *:cc
<&uboot 0x2e020> *:cd
<&uboot 0x2e028> *:ce
Only the first two are used (for ethernet), the WiFi modules have
separate (valid) addresses. The latter two addresses are not used.
Signed-off-by: Leon M. George <leon@georgemail.eu>
[commit title/message facelift, fix rssileds, add led aliases]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This reverts commit 930f3c0148.
The build fails with the following build error:
arm-openwrt-linux-muslgnueabi-ld.bfd: drivers/built-in.o: in function `ide_init':
build_dir/target-arm_xscale_musl_eabi/u-boot-nsa310/u-boot-2020.04/drivers/block/ide.c:750: undefined reference to `ide_preinit'
make[4]: *** [Makefile:1700: u-boot] Error 1
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The WAC124 hardware appears to be identical to R6260/R6350/R6850.
SoC: MediaTek MT7621AT
RAM: 128M DDR3
FLASH: 128M NAND (Macronix MX30LF1G18AC)
WiFI: MediaTek MT7603 bgn 2T2R
MediaTek MT7615 nac 4T4R
ETH: SoC Integrated Gigabit Switch (1x WAN, 4x LAN)
USB: 1x USB 2.0
BTN: Reset, WPS
LED: Power, Internet, WiFi, USB (all green)
Installation:
The factory image can be flashed from the stock firmware web interface
or using nmrpflash. With nmrpflash it is also possible to revert to
stock firmware.
Signed-off-by: Jan Hoffmann <jan@3e8.eu>
This adds support for the Netgear R6080, aka Netgear AC1000.
The R6080 has almost the same hardware as the Netgear R6120,
aka Netgear AC1200, but it lacks the USB port, has only 8 MiB flash and
uses a different SERCOMM_HWID.
Specification:
SoC: MediaTek MT7628 (580 MHz)
Flash: 8 MiB
RAM: 64 MiB
Wireless: 2.4Ghz (builtin) and 5Ghz (MT7612E)
LAN speed: 10/100
LAN ports: 4
WAN speed: 10/100
WAN ports: 1
UART (57600 8N1) on PCB
Installation:
Flashing OpenWRT from stock firmware requires nmrpflash. Use an ethernet
cable to connect to LAN port 1 of the R6080, and power the R6080 off.
From the connected workstation, run
`nmrpflash -i eth0 -f openwrt-ramips-mt76x8-netgear_r6080-squashfs-factory.img`,
replacing eth0 with the appropriate interface (can be identified by
running `nmrpflash -L`). Then power on the R6080. After flashing has finished,
power cycle the R6080, and it will boot into OpenWRT. Once OpenWRT has been
installed, subsequent flashes can use the web interface and sysupgrade files.
Signed-off-by: Alex Lewontin <alex.c.lewontin@gmail.com>
[rebase and adjust for 5.4]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
switch-bcm53xx-mdio does not exists, use kmod-switch-bcm53xx-mdio
instead.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Cc: Tobias Schramm <tobleminer@gmail.com>
- Delete useless HDD presence inputs: they aren't buttons, and probably
they are outputs in the stock firmware.
- Change the Function Button keycode: the current one isn't mapped by
the kernel module.
- Use the recommended property names for the ethernet stuff.
- Add missing i2c pinmux.
- Minor cosmetic changes.
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
All boards on xrx200 use builtin switch and there is no supported device
with external switch.
It was copy paste from xway subtarget and was added in commit 18b76c66fb.
Save 20.3 kB flash memory.
Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
This is fixed in 18.06, it appears again in 19.07.
Currently mt7628 sdcard driver do not support polling mode which is for
the device do not have card-detect pin to detect sd card insert. Without
this patch, device will not detect sdcard is inserted. This patch is a
fix of that.
Signed-off-by: Qin Wei <support@vocore.io>
Removing i2c pxa slave
The i2c-pxa is typically not use in slave mode. It does not make sense
to have slave mode enabled by default.
Having slave mode enabled prevents the i2c controller from being reset
if a real slave device such as an SFP is attached to the i2c-pxa bus and
locks it up.
Disable slave mode so that the i2c controller can be reset if the bus is
locked up.
If someone actually has a need for pxa slave mode this can be enabled in
kernel config.
Signed-off-by: Scott Roberts <ttocsr@gmail.com>
/lib/netifd/dhcp.script:
Keep support for 'timesvr' while also supporting 'timesrv'
Add log message indicating deprecation of 'timesvr'
Signed-off-by: Sukru Senli <sukru.senli@iopsys.eu>
the uboot of nsa310 cannot use the network chip
as it is a realtek on the PCIe lanes and not a
Marvell ethernet from the SoC.
Therefore tftp is not possible on this device
and the only way to install is by loading files
from a USB drive.
If the USB subsystem is dead there is no way to
install OpenWrt.
Enable sata support and commands so it can be
used as a fallback in case of USB issues.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <bobafetthotmail@gmail.com>
With package "coreutil-sha256sum" installed "sysupgrade" fails to perform 'sha256sum -s' and instead returns 'invalid option -- 's''.
This is caused due to:
different syntax for a sha256sum status check ('sha256sum --status' with "coreutil-sha256sum")
'/usr/bin/sha256sum' being symlinked to '/usr/bin/gnu-sha256sum' (after installation of "coreutil-sha256sum")
"coreutil-sha256sum" package from the packages feed replaces the Busybox sha256sum
This patch restores for 'sysupgrade' the busybox call to its sha256sum applet.
Signed-off-by: Huangbin Zhan <zhanhb88@gmail.com>
Support Intel 10 Gigabit Ethernet Cards in x86/64 images by default.
This ensures that systems with cards such as the Intel x520 will work properly.
Signed-off-by: Gregory L. Dietsche <Gregory.Dietsche@cuw.edu>
With this change the LED subsystem is abused in the kernel to switch the
simswap. This change will be reverted, so we could use again the gpio
subsystem.
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <fe@dev.tdt.de>
Add a module description for the new pcengnies-apu2 device driver.
This driver supports the front button and LEDs on the PC Engines
APUv2/APUv3 boards.
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <fe@dev.tdt.de>
Remove leds-apu2 out of tree driver. There is a new upstream device gpio
and leds driver stack available for the APUv2 and APUv3 boards from pc
egnines. This new driver stack was add in kernel version 4.15.
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <fe@dev.tdt.de>
In ath79, for several SoCs the console bootargs are defined to the
very same value in every device's DTS. Consolidate these definitions
in the SoC dtsi files and drop further redundant definitions elsewhere.
The only device without any bootargs set has been OpenMesh OM5P-AC V2.
This will now inherit the setting from qca955x.dtsi
Note that while this tidies up master a lot, it might develop into a
frequent pitfall for backports.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
chosen/bootargs are defined to the same value in device DTS files
that is already set in the SoC DTSI. Remove the redundant definitions.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
ath9k will already fallback on software-crypto for chipsets not
supporting IEEE802.11w (MFP). So advertising MFP is not dependent
on disabling HW crypto for all traffic entirely.
Tested on Sonicwall SonicPoint Ni (AR9132)
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This commit adds support for the AVM FRITZ!WLAN Repeater DVB-C
SOC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9556
RAM: 64 MiB
FLASH: 16 MB SPI-NOR
WLAN: QCA9556 3T3R 2.4 GHZ b/g/n and
QCA9880 3T3R 5 GHz n/ac
ETH: Atheros AR8033 1000 Base-T
DVB-C: EM28174 with MaxLinear MXL251 tuner
BTN: WPS Button
LED: Power, WLAN, TV, RSSI0-4
Tested and working:
- Ethernet (correct MAC, gigabit, iperf3 about 200 Mbit/s)
- 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi (correct MAC)
- 5 GHz Wi-Fi (correct MAC)
- WPS Button (tested using wifitoggle)
- LEDs
- Installation via EVA bootloader (FTP recovery)
- OpenWrt sysupgrade (both CLI and LuCI)
- Download of "urlader" (mtd0)
Not working:
- Internal USB
- DVB-C em28174+MxL251 (depends on internal USB)
Installation via EVA bootloader (FTP recovery):
Set NIC to 192.168.178.3/24 gateway 192.168.178.1 and power on the device,
connect to 192.168.178.1 through FTP and sign in with adam2/adam2:
ftp> quote USER adam2
ftp> quote PASS adam2
ftp> binary
ftp> debug
ftp> passive
ftp> quote MEDIA FLSH
ftp> put openwrt-sysupgrade.bin mtd1
Wait for "Transfer complete" together with the transfer details.
Wait two minutes to make sure flash is complete (just to be safe).
Then restart the device (power off and on) to boot into OpenWrt.
Revert your NIC settings to reach OpenWrt at 192.168.1.1
Signed-off-by: Natalie Kagelmacher <nataliek@pm.me>
[fixed sorting - removed change to other board -
prettified commit message]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Backport patches which fix compile issue for uClibc-ng :
dbrandom.c:174:8: warning: implicit declaration of function 'getrandom'; did you mean 'genrandom'? [-Wimplicit-function-declaration]
ret = getrandom(buf, sizeof(buf), GRND_NONBLOCK);
^~~~~~~~~
genrandom
dbrandom.c:174:36: error: 'GRND_NONBLOCK' undeclared (first use in this function); did you mean 'SOCK_NONBLOCK'?
ret = getrandom(buf, sizeof(buf), GRND_NONBLOCK);
^~~~~~~~~~~~~
SOCK_NONBLOCK
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Read the freifunk packages, that have been moved from the LuCI feed
into its own feed in January 2019.
Signed-off-by: Sven Roederer <freifunk@it-solutions.geroedel.de>
* compat: drop centos 8.1 support as 8.2 is now out
Of note, as well, is that we now have both RHEL7 and RHEL8 in our CI at
<https://www.wireguard.com/build-status/>.
* Kbuild: remove -fvisibility=hidden from cflags
This fixes an issue when compiling wireguard as a module for ARM kernels in
THUMB2 mode without the JUMP11 workaround.
* noise: do not assign initiation time in if condition
Style fix.
* device: avoid circular netns references
Fixes a circular reference issue with network namespaces.
* netns: workaround bad 5.2.y backport
This works around a back backport in the 5.2.y series.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
mac80211_get_addr is called from mac80211_generate_mac, where the local variable
initialisation id="${macidx:-0}" suggests that macidx is not always defined.
Probably, idx was supposed to be used instead of $(($macidx + 1)).
Fixes: 4d99db168c ("mac80211: try to get interface addresses from wiphy sysfs 'addresses' if no mask is set")
Signed-off-by: Leon M. George <leon@georgemail.eu>
This patch adds supports for the NETGEAR R6200 V1
This device is mainlined in Linux as of 5.4
Specification:
- SOC: Broadcom BCM4718A1 (480 MHz)
- Flash: 16MB (Macronix MX25L128)
- RAM: 128MB DDR2
- SWITCH: BCM53125
- Ethernet: 5x GE (1 WAN + 4 LAN, Inverted order)
- WLAN 2.4G: In SOC
- WLAN 5GHz: miniPCIe card, BCM4352 (ID: 4360)
- USB: 1x USB 2.0 port (Type A)
- Buttons: Reset, WLAN, WPS
- LED: Amber for Power, others need a workaround
- UART: 1x UART on PCB
LED Issues: They are controlled by a 74HC164 via bit banging(GPIO 6/7)
Firmware Install Instructions
=============================
Using the device specific .chk, use that file to perform
a normal device upgrade in the OEM admin page.
Signed-off-by: Edward Matijevic <motolav@gmail.com>
urandom-seed has a separate Makefile, we can safely remove the definition here.
Fixes: 27bfde9c9f ("base-files: move urandom seed bits into separate package")
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
This commit performs minor janitorial work to clean up some code
formatting for the Netgear R6120.
Signed-off-by: Alex Lewontin <alex.c.lewontin@gmail.com>
This moves the trigger for the Netgear R6120's wlan2g_green LED from
base-files/etc/board.d/01_leds to the device-tree file.
This has been applied to R6120 based on findings for the very similar
Netgear R6080.
Signed-off-by: Alex Lewontin <alex.c.lewontin@gmail.com>
[merge case in 01_leds, slightly adjust commit message/title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The DTS files in files-4.19 and files-5.4 are exactly identical
except for one file (armada-3720-uDPU.dts), which is only present
for 4.19, as it has been upstreamed before 5.4.
Since there is no point in maintaining all these identical files
twice, this patch moves them to the "files" directory, only keeping
the named exception to files-4.19.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The DTS files in files-4.19 and files-5.4 are exactly identical
except for one file (qcom-ipq4018-emr3500.dts), which is only
present for 5.4.
Since there is no point in maintaining all these identical files
twice, this patch moves them to the "files" directory.
If there ever was a new kernel with substantial DTS changes, a
new folder would need to be introduced anyway and could easily be
done.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
"[[" is a bash extension for test. As the ash-implementation is not
fully compatible we drop its usage.
This follows up 3519bf4976
As a result, we also need to move the and/or out of the test brackets.
Signed-off-by: Sven Roederer <devel-sven@geroedel.de>
[squash from two patches, adjust commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The original text was copy/pasted from some other package.
Adjust the package title and description to match the description
on the publishers page.
Signed-off-by: Catalin Patulea <catalinp@google.com>
[slightly adjust content and commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The mwlwifi driver sets the default country code for EU (fi-
rmware region code 0x30) certified devices to FR (France),
not DE (Germany). Whilst this is a trivial fix, novice users
may not know how mwlwifi negatively reacts to a non-matching
country code and may leave the setting alone. Especially si-
nce it is under the advanced settings section in LuCI.
Relevant mwlwifi driver code:
0a550312dd
The mwlwifi driver readme states "Please don't change country
code and let mwlwifi set it for you." However, OpenWrt's current
behaviour does not adhere to this with its default, 'just flashed
from factory' setting for EU devices.
Signed-off-by: Jose Olivera <oliverajeo@gmail.com>
[rebase, extend commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Upstream in commit f9f8f0c24203 ("crypto: ccp -- don't "select"
CONFIG_DMADEVICES") removed dependency on CONFIG_DMADEVICES symbol which
leads to build breakage of ccp crypto module, so fix this by adding that
symbol back in the kernel config.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The ADB P.DG AV4202N device has a wifi chipset connected via PCI. But the
PCI pinmux is missing and without it the wifi won't work properly.
Add the pinctrl_pci to enable the missing PCI pins for this device.
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
Currently it's not possible to tftpboot initramfs image on archer-c7-v5
as the image contains tplink-v1-header which leads to:
ath> bootm
## Booting image at 81000000 ...
Bad Magic Number
as U-Boot expects uImage wrapped image. This is caused by following
inheritance issue:
define Device/Init
KERNEL_INITRAMFS = $$(KERNEL)
define Device/tplink-v1
KERNEL := kernel-bin | append-dtb | lzma
KERNEL_INITRAMFS := kernel-bin | append-dtb | lzma | tplink-v1-header
define Device/tplink-safeloader
$(Device/tplink-v1)
define Device/tplink-safeloader-uimage
$(Device/tplink-safeloader)
KERNEL := kernel-bin | append-dtb | lzma | uImageArcher lzma
define Device/tplink_archer-c7-v5
$(Device/tplink-safeloader-uimage)
where tplink-v1 defines KERNEL_INITRAMFS with tplink-v1-header and it's
then used by all devices inheriting from tplink-safeloader. Fix this by
overriding KERNEL_INITRAMFS to KERNEL variable again.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
- drop patches (applied upstream):
* 010-backport-change-address-logging.patch
* 020-backport-ed25519-support.patch
* 021-backport-chacha20-poly1305-support.patch
- backport patches:
* 010-backport-disable-toom-and-karatsuba.patch:
reduce dropbear binary size (about ~8Kb).
- refresh patches.
- don't bother anymore with following config options
because they are disabled in upstream too:
* DROPBEAR_3DES
* DROPBEAR_ENABLE_CBC_MODE
* DROPBEAR_SHA1_96_HMAC
- explicitly disable DO_MOTD as it was before commit a1099ed:
upstream has (accidentally) switched it to 0 in release 2019.77,
but reverted back in release 2020.79.
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Demin <rockdrilla@gmail.com>
The fritz 7312 does not support 1000 gbit. Advertising it makes it
worse. Some NIC will change to 1000 gibt and turn off and on again for
ever.
The previous patch in 36f628910b was only applied to the 4.19 file,
so let's just make it consistent with this patch.
Cc: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Inputs assigned to "mode select" switch on the side of the device
were missing linux,input-type property.
This would cause them do incorrectly generate EV_KEY events.
Fix this by setting the linux,input-type = <EV_SW> property on them.
Signed-off-by: Lech Perczak <lech.perczak@gmail.com>
Increase the SPI frequency for ELECOM WRC-1900GST and WRC-2533GST
to 40 MHz by updating the common DTSI file.
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
[WRC-1900GST]
Acked-by: NOGUCHI Hiroshi <drvlabo@gmail.com>
[split patch, adjust commit title/message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
TP-Link CPE610 v2 is an outdoor wireless CPE for 5 GHz with
one Ethernet port based on Atheros AR9344
Specifications:
- 560/450/225 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 64 MB of DDR2 RAM
- 8 MB of SPI-NOR Flash
- 23dBi high-gain directional 2×2 MIMO antenna and a
dedicated metal reflector
- Power, LAN, WLAN5G green LEDs
- 3x green RSSI LEDs
Flashing instructions:
Flash factory image through stock firmware WEB UI
or through TFTP
To get to TFTP recovery just hold reset button while powering on for
around 4-5 seconds and release.
Rename factory image to recovery.bin
Stock TFTP server IP:192.168.0.100
Stock device TFTP adress:192.168.0.254
Signed-off-by: Andrew Cameron <apcameron@softhome.net>
This ports support for these devices from ar71xx.
Specification:
- System-On-Chip: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9533
- CPU/Speed: v3: 560 MHz, v4: 650 MHz
- Flash: 4096 KiB
- RAM: 32 MiB
- Ethernet: 1 port @ 100M
- Wireless: SoC-integrated: QCA9533 2.4GHz 802.11bgn
In contrast to the implementation in ar71xx (reset and WiFi button),
the device actually features reset and WPS buttons.
Flashing instructions:
Upload the ...-factory.bin file via OEM web interface.
TFTP Recovery:
1. Set PC to fixed IP address 192.168.0.66
2. Download *-factory.bin image and rename it to
wa801ndv3_tp_recovery.bin
3. Start a tftp server with the image file in its root directory
4. Turn off the router
5. Press and hold Reset button
6. Turn on router with the reset button pressed and wait ~15 seconds
7. Release the reset button and after a short time
the firmware should be transferred from the tftp server
8. Wait ~30 second to complete recovery.
TFTP recovery has only been tested with v3, and the Wiki states
that the procedure won't work for v4, which cannot be verified
or falsified at the moment.
Tested by Tim Ward (see forum):
https://forum.openwrt.org/t/ath79-support-for-tp-link-tl-wa901nd-v3-v4-v5/61246/13
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Fix the switch LAN labels for the DGND3700v1/DGND3800B router,
the order is reversed.
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
[cut out of bigger patch, adjust commit title/message accordingly]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The Huawei Echolife HG622 has hardware controlled LAN LEDs.
Add the ephy led pinctrl to let the router show LAN activity on these
LEDs.
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
The status is set to "okay" for all devices on ar9344, so just move
this to the parent DTSI.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This replace the shell script header of ldd
when it install to `/usr/bin/ldd` where
`#! /..../staging_dir/host/bin/bash`
should be
`#!/bin/sh`
Signed-off-by: Chen Minqiang <ptpt52@gmail.com>
Previously, gpio_switch only accepts GPIO pin number as input. Once a
GPIO pin is exported and named by device tree, its pin state cannot be
configured and saved across reboots by UCI.
This patch adds support for named GPIO pins. Thus GPIO pin can be
exported by device tree with active high/low correctly configured,
having human-readable name in /sys/class/gpio/ is also now possible.
More importantly, GPIO pins which are referenced by name will be immune
from pin mapping breakage while unintentional pin number changes are
introduced by kernel or driver updates.
Signed-off-by: Kuan-Yi Li <kyli@abysm.org>
This option allows adding the ath9k ADC register output as a source
of randomness into the Linux entropy pool at sufficient quality
random data (at least 10 bits and up to 22 bits of min-entropy for
a 32-bit value).
Fixes FS#1444
Signed-off-by: Alan Swanson <reiver@improbability.net>
Ubus patch as it seems have been broken by some rebase in the past as
the location of line that adds ubus object file was in condition for
CONFIG_MACSEC. That condition was adding object files that are not
touched by ubus patch. This means ubus.o does not have to be included in
that case. When it has to be and when build fails is when CONFIG_AP is
set. All files included in wpa_supplicant that are touched by this patch
are in this condition. This means that this is for sure the original
place for it.
Signed-off-by: Karel Kočí <karel.koci@nic.cz>
Removes the standalone implementation of stack smashing protection
in gcc's libssp in favour of the native implementation available
in glibc and uclibc. Musl libc already uses its native ssp, so this
patch does not affect musl-based toolchains.
Stack smashing protection configuration options are now uniform
across all supported libc variants.
This also makes kernel-level stack smashing protection available
for x86_64 and i386 builds using non-musl libc.
Signed-off-by: Ian Cooper <iancooper@hotmail.com>
After a hardware reconnect, the control device might be unavailable and
attempting to interact with it will lead to hanging gcom calls, leaving
the protocol setup in an unrecoverable state.
Change the protocol handler to bail out early and notify netifd if the
control device is not defined or if the underlying device node does not
exist.
Also ensure that the "disconnect", "connect" and "setmode" commands are
actually defined before trying to invoke them.
Finally attempt to re-query the device manufacturer if it is unset in
the interface state in order to prevent UNUPPORTED_MODEM errors after
a modem hardware reconnect.
Signed-off-by: Rozhuk Ivan <rozhuk.im@gmail.com>
[reword subject and commit message]
Ref: https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/2352
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Pass a default --up and --down executable to each started OpenVPN instance
which triggers /etc/hotplug.d/openvpn/ scripts whenever an instance
goes up or down.
User-configured up and down scripts are invoked by the default shipped
01-user hotplug handler to ensure that existing setups continue to work
as before.
As a consequence of this change, the up, down and script_security OpenVPN
options are removed from the option file, since we're always passing them
via the command line, they do not need to get included into the generated
configuration.
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <fe@dev.tdt.de>
[reword commit message, move hotplug executable to /usr/libexec]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Define the kernel config symbol CONFIG_MFD_RB4XX_CPLD=n
to fix build breakage on non-mikrotik targets.
The driver was added for all ath79, but the symbol was only
defined for mikrotik subtarget.
Fixes: fa70b3a4bb ("ath79: add Mikrotik rb4xx series drivers")
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
[rearrange commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
CONFIG_HZ_100 is not set to "y" in generic config anymore since
3a761c90af ("treewide: Don't diverge from upstream default HZ
settings on 4.19"), so we don't need to disable it anymore either.
This was the only remaining case in the entire tree.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Currently I'm unable to boot initramfs image with `console=ttyS0,115200`
kernel commandline as the kernel commandline mangling resets kernel
commandline if there is no `root=` option provided, efectively clearing
whatever I pass to the kernel, making the `root=` option mandatory.
So if the kernel commandline mangling is not appropriate just leave the
kernel commandline as it is.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The Sercomm devices don't need the jffs2 cleanmarkers for the kernel
partition. With the stock firmware they are only added when the
bootloader partition is upgraded.
Furthermore, on the Sercomm H500-s, the specific cfe_jffs2_upgrade_tar
function causes OOB corruption. As a result of this, combined with the
nature of the mtdsplit driver, the upgrade procedure ends in a bricked
device.
Use the generic nand_do_upgrade provided by the OpenWrt common functions.
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
The uci config section network.globals set up in /bin/config_generate
will only be created if /proc/sys/net/ipv6 exists.
Correspondingly, lacking IPv6 support, the command
uci set network.globals.packet_steering=1
will fail with "uci: Invalid argument" as the network.globals config
has not been set up.
Fix that by adding the setup there as well.
While at it, limit the uci commit to the network config file.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Specifications:
- SoC: Atheros AR9344
- RAM: 64MB
- Storage: 8 MB SPI NOR
- Wireless: 2.4GHz N based built into SoC
- Ethernet: 1x 10/100 Mbps with 24V POE IN, 1x 10/100 Mbps
Installation:
Flash factory image through stock firmware WEB UI
or through TFTP
To get to TFTP recovery just hold reset button while powering on for
around 4-5 seconds and release.
Rename factory image to recovery.bin
Stock TFTP server IP:192.168.0.100
Stock device TFTP adress:192.168.0.254
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This drops the shebang from all target files for /lib and
/etc/uci-defaults folders, as these are sourced and the shebang
is useless.
While at it, fix the executable flag on a few of these files.
This does not touch ar71xx, as this target is just used for
backporting now and applying cosmetic changes would just complicate
things.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This patch adds support for the MikroTik RouterBOARD RB493G, ported
from the ar71xx target.
See https://routerboard.com/RB493G for details
Specification:
- SoC Qualcomm Atheros AR7161
- RAM: 256 MiB
- Storage: 128MiB NAND
- Ethernet: 9x 1000/100/10 Mbps
- USB 1x 2.0 / 1.0 type A
- PCIe: 3x Mini slot
- MicroSD slot
Working:
- Board/system detection
- Ethernet
- SPI
- NAND
- LEDs
- USB
- Sysupgrade
Enabled (but untested due to lack of hardware):
- PCIe - ath79_pci_irq struct has the slot/pin/IRQ mappings if needed
Installation methods:
- tftp boot initramfs image, scp then flash via "sysupgrade -n"
- nand boot existing OpenWrt, scp then flash via "sysupgrade -n"
Notes:
- initramfs image will not work if uncompressed image size over ~8.5Mb
- The "rb4xx" drivers have been enabled
Signed-off-by: Christopher Hill <ch6574@gmail.com>
This adds 3 Mikrotik rb4xx series drivers as follows:
rb4xx-cpld: This is in the mfd subsystem, and is the parent CPLD device
that interfaces between the SoC SPI bus and its two children below.
rb4xx-gpio: This is the GPIO expander.
rb4xx-nand: This is the NAND driver.
The history of this code comes in three phases.
1. The first is a May 2015 attempt to push the equivalient ar71xx rb4xx
drivers upstream. See https://lore.kernel.org/patchwork/patch/940880/.
Module-author: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Module-author: Imre Kaloz <kaloz@openwrt.org>
Module-author: Bert Vermeulen <bert@biot.com>
2. Next several ar71xx patches were applied bringing the code current.
commit 7bbf4117c6
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
commit af79fdbe4a
commit 889272d92d
commit e21cb649a2
commit 7c09fa4a74
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
3. Finally a heavy refactor to split the driver into the three new
subsystems, and updated to work with the device tree configuration, plus
updates and review feedback incorporated
Reviewed-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Signed-off-by: Christopher Hill <ch6574@gmail.com>
Backport upstream patches that make drivers/spi/spi-rb4xx.c device tree
aware, plus a null pointer fix.
Signed-off-by: Christopher Hill <ch6574@gmail.com>
The Pirelli A226M-FWB has a wrong linux partition offset, caused
by a copy-paste error. As of result of this, OpenWrt is currently
broken in this unit.
Fix it.
While at it, also use generic node names and fix the addresses
there as well.
Fixes: a27d59bb42 ("brcm63xx: switch to new partition layout
specification")
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
[also fix/update node names, extend commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Currently, ag71xx will trigger a warning when TX xor RX-Delay modes are
enabled.
Handle them identical to the already implemented RGMII modes, as they
are only different for the attached PHY.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The uci config section network.globals set up in /bin/config_generate
will only be created if /proc/sys/net/ipv6 exists.
Correspondingly, lacking IPv6 support, the command
uci set network.globals.packet_steering=1
will fail with "uci: Invalid argument" as the network.globals config
has not been set up.
Fix that by adding the setup there as well.
Fixes: dfd62e575c ("ramips: enable packet steering by default on mt7621")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This reverts commit d9ff499671.
At this moment kernel can be fitted in EA3500 image.
Tested by onefreeman (OpenWrt forum user)
Tested-by: Jacks <jack338c@gmail.com> (Github user @jack338c)
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Ext4 support is built in kirkwood kernel.
This patch moves ext4 support to modules and enables it for devices
with SATA interface.
Reviewed-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
[rebase]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
USB support built in kernel isn't required for booting.
This patch move USB support to modules.
CONFIG_USB_STORAGE is removed because it can be found in kmod-usb-storage
and all usb support for this targed is moved to kmods.
Tested-by: Cezary Jackiewicz <cezary@eko.one.pl> [nsa310]
Tested-by: Alberto Bursi <bobafetthotmail@gmail.com> [nsa325, ea4500]
Reviewed-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
[keep CONFIG_SCSI]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
All devices are using nand images. Built-in MMC/SD modules are not needed
anymore.
Run tested: pogo v4
Reviewed-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
This patch moves led trigger settings from 01_leds file to dts.
Now "linux,default-trigger" property is used.
Tested-by: Alberto Bursi <bobafetthotmail@gmail.com> [nsa310,nsa325]
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
The ZyXEL NBG6617 has a separate kernel partition which is 4MiB large.
Add the kernel size to validate the kernel won't be bigger than this
fixed limit.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
To prevent "wrong" musl packages which have a new version number
but the package still contains an old version, because
PKG_SOURCE_VERSION was unchanged.
Ref: musl ml https://www.openwall.com/lists/musl/2020/05/22/4
Reviewed-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
The sender domain has a DMARC Reject/Quarantine policy which disallows
sending mailing list messages using the original "From" header.
To mitigate this problem, the original message has been wrapped
automatically by the mailing list software.
Bringing up of station vlan fails if the optional mac entry isn't set.
The default mac "00:00:00:00:00:00", which should match all stations,
is mistakenly set to the non used variable "isolate". This results in
a wrong formatted .psk file which has to be "vlan_id mac key".
fixes: 5aa2ddd0: hostapd: add support for wifi-station and wifi-vlan sections
Signed-off-by: Johann Neuhauser <johann@it-neuhauser.de>
The NETGEAR EX61500v2 and EX6150v2 U-Boot does not support booting LZMA
compressed images. Currently, they are using GZIP compressed kernels,
which results in ledd flash being available to the root and overlay
filesystems.
Using a zImage results in a smaller kernel and therefore increases
available space for rootfs and overlayfs.
Size reduced: ~1.1 MiB
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
ipq40xx is still using swconfig based switch management. This might
change in he future, however disable the DSA and Switchdev support for
now.
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
[rephrased commit message]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
SOC: IPQ4018 / QCA Dakota
CPU: Quad-Core ARMv7 Processor rev 5 (v7l) Cortex-A7
DRAM: 256 MiB
NOR: 32 MiB
ETH: Qualcomm Atheros QCA8072 (2 ports)
USB: 1 x 2.0 (Host controller in the SoC)
WLAN1: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4018 2.4GHz 802.11bgn 2:2x2
WLAN2: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4018 5GHz 802.11a/n/ac 2:2x2
INPUT: RESET Button
LEDS: White, Blue, Red, Orange
Flash instruction:
From EnGenius firmware to OpenWrt firmware:
In Firmware Upgrade page, upgrade your openwrt-ipq40xx-generic-engenius_emr3500-squashfs-factory.bin directly.
From OpenWrt firmware to EnGenius firmware:
1. Setup a TFTP server on your computer and configure static IP to 192.168.99.8
Put the EnGenius firmware in the TFTP server directory on your computer.
2. Power up EMR3500. Press 4 and then press any key to enter u-boot.
3. Download EnGenius firmware
(IPQ40xx) # tftpboot 0x84000000 openwrt-ipq40xx-emr3500-nor-fw-s.img
4. Flash the firmware
(IPQ40xx) # imgaddr=0x84000000 && source 0x84000000:script
5. Reboot
(IPQ40xx) # reset
Signed-off-by: Yen-Ting-Shen <frank.shen@senao.com>
[squashed update patch, updated to 5.4, dropped BOARD_NAME,
migrated to SOC]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
It was noticed that the the whole MAC can hang when transferring data from
one ar40xx port (WAN ports) to the CPU and from the CPU back to another
ar40xx port (LAN ports). The CPU was doing only NATing in that process.
Usually, the problem first starts with a simple data corruption:
$ wget https://cdimage.debian.org/debian-cd/current/amd64/iso-cd/debian-10.4.0-amd64-netinst.iso -O /dev/null
...
Connecting to saimei.ftp.acc.umu.se (saimei.ftp.acc.umu.se)|2001:6b0:19::138|:443... connected.
...
Read error at byte 48807936/352321536 (Decryption has failed.). Retrying.
But after a short while, the whole MAC will stop to react. No traffic can
be transported anymore from the CPU port from/to the AR40xx PHY/switch and
the MAC has to be resetted.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Acked-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
With the new driver, MAC addresses are not set up in DTS anymore,
and therefore label-mac-device will be useless there.
Setup is done properly in 02_network, so this just removes the
obsolete alias.
Fixes: 5e50515fa6 ("ramips/mt7621: mikrotik: don't use
mtd-mac-address in DTS")
Suggested-by: John Thomson <git@johnthomson.fastmail.com.au>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
With several subtargets, the image/Makefile becomes crowded after a
while. Many targets have moved their device definitions to $subtarget.mk
files to have them more organized, let's do this here as well.
Cc: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This updates the display port order for the TEW-810DR to be in line
with the DIR-810L. Both share the same board and pictures on the
vendors' pages indicate the same external numbering scheme as well.
Signed-off-by: J. Scott Heppler <shep971@centurylink.net>
[replace commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
NETGEAR WAC104 is an AP based on castrated R6220, without WAN
port and USB.
SoC: MediaTek MT7621ST
RAM: 128M DDR3
FLASH: 128M NAND
WiFi: MediaTek MT7612EN an+ac
MediaTek MT7603EN bgn
ETH: MediaTek MT7621ST (4x LAN)
BTN: 1x Connect (WPS), 1x WLAN, 1x Reset
LED: 7x (3x GPIO controlled)
Installation:
Login to netgear webinterface and flash factory.img
Back to stock:
Use nmrpflash to revert stock image.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Hardware:
* SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9558
* RAM: 256MB
* Flash: 16MB SPI NOR
* Ethernet: 2x 10/100/1000 (1x 802.3at PoE-PD)
* WiFi 2.4GHz: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9558
* WiFi 5GHz: Qualcomm Ahteros QCA9880-2R4E
* LEDS: 1x 5GHz, 1x 2.4GHz, 1x LAN1(POE), 1x LAN2, 1x POWER
* Buttons: 1x RESET
* UART: 1x RJ45 RS-232 Console port
Installation via stock firmware:
* Install the factory image via the stock firmware web interface
Installation via bootloader Emergency Web Server:
* Connect your PC to the LAN1(PoE) port
* Configure your PC with IP address 192.168.0.90
* Open a serial console to the Console port (115200,8n1)
* Press "q" within 2s when "press 'q' to stop autoboot" appears
* Open http://192.168.0.50 in a browser
* Upload either the factory or the sysupgrade image
* Once you see "write image into flash...OK,dest addr=0x9f070000" you
can power-cycle the device. Ignore "checksum bad" messages.
Setting the MAC addresses for the ethernet interfaces via
/etc/board.d/02_network adds the following snippets to
/etc/config/network:
config device 'lan_eth0_1_dev'
option name 'eth0.1'
option macaddr 'xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx'
config device 'wan_eth1_2_dev'
option name 'eth1.2'
option macaddr 'xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx'
This would result in the proper MAC addresses being set for the VLAN
subinterfaces, but the parent interfaces would still have a random MAC
address. Using untagged VLANs could solve this, but would still leave
those extra snippets in /etc/config/network, and then the device VLAN
setup would differ from the one used in ar71xx. Therefore, the MAC
addresses of the ethernet interfaces are being set via preinit instead.
The bdcfg partition contains 4 MAC address labels:
- lanmac
- wanmac
- wlanmac
- wlanmac_a
The first 3 all contain the same MAC address, which is also the one on
the label.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Reviewed-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
IPKG_INSTROOT is only set under image builder and we won't be running
this script at build time either, so remove the reference before it gets
cargo-culted into other scripts.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Acked-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
The interface mode number of RGMII_33V is 7 on RTL8367, but it's 9 on
RTL8367B.
the external interface modes for RTL8367 are follows:
- 0, Disabled
- 1, RGMII
- 2, MII_MAC
- 3, MII_PHY
- 4, TMII_MAC
- 5, TMII_PHY
- 6, GMII
- 7, RGMII_33V
the external interface modes for RTL8367B are follows:
- 0, Disabled
- 1, RGMII
- 2, MII_MAC
- 3, MII_PHY
- 4, TMII_MAC
- 5, TMII_PHY
- 6, GMII
- 7, RMII_MAC
- 8, RMII_PHY
- 9, RGMII_33V
But the driver in U-Boot of RT-N56U GPL tar blocks using RGMII_33V (9)
mode and it seems to be unsupported on RTL8367B, so drop it from
switch-case in rtl8367b_extif_set_mode.
ref (RTL8367):
- TL-WR2453ND v1
ref (RTL8367B):
- ASUS RT-N56U
- TP-Link Archer C2 v1
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
The folder `json_info_files` contains multiple JSON files which describe
created firmware images. The folder is not removed between builds as the
ImageBuilder does not use `image.mk`.
Not removing the JSON files result in a merged `profiles.json` file
containing entries for outdated or non-existing images.
This commit adds the `json_info_files/` cleanup step to the ImageBuilder
Makefile.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
The patch 4a1a58a3 build, imagebuilder: Do not require libncurses-dev
was supposed to remove libncurses as a requirement for the ImageBuilder.
However as the IB=1 is only exported during building, not for checking
requirements, it did never actually work.
This commit export IB=1 to the requirement check.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
The port order displayed in LuCI is currently inverted for this
devices:
LuCI - Device
LAN1 - LAN4
LAN2 - LAN3
LAN3 - LAN2
LAN4 - LAN1
Fix it.
Strangely, the owner of a TRENDnet TEW-810DR reports that the
initial port order is correct, while both devices share the
same board and look similar from the outside. Since I cannot
investigate this without having any of the devices, this does
only touch the DIR-810L for now.
While at it, also merge in the case for zbtlink,zbt-we2026, as
the display port specified for WAN there won't have any effect
anyway.
Reported-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The WAN LED on DIR-810L was actually blinking on LAN1 port
activity. This has already been improved for the TEW-810DR, where
the GPIO has been set up explicitly rather than having it controlled
by the switch.
This patch also applies this setup to the DIR-810L.
In addition, the trigger in 01_leds is set up with
ucidef_set_led_switch for both devices now, so state changes should
be displayed correctly as well.
Reported-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net> [DIR-810L]
Tested-by: J. Scott Heppler <shep971@centurylink.net> [TEW-810DR]
The folder for the uci-defaults file of this package is wrong, so
the file most probably has not been executed at all for several
years at least.
Fix the folder and remove the useless shebang for the file.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
With several subtargets, the image/Makefile becomes crowded after a
while. Many targets have moved their device definitions to $subtarget.mk
files to have them more organized, let's do this here as well.
While at it, also move subtarget-specific build recipes.
Cc: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Acked-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Many target use a repetitive if-include scheme for their subtarget
image files, though their names are consistent with the subtarget
names.
This patch removes these redundant conditions and just uses the
variable for the include where the target setup allows it.
For sunxi, this includes a trivial rename of the subtarget image
Makefiles.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The Netgear WNDRMAC v1 is a hardware variant of the Netgear WNDR3700 v2
Specifications
==============
* SoC: Atheros AR7161
* RAM: 64mb
* Flash on board: 16mb
* WiFi: Atheros AR9220 (a/n), Atheros AR9223 (b/g/n)
* Ethernet: RealTek RTL8366SR (1xWAN, 4xLAN, Gigabit)
* Power: 12 VDC, 2.5 A
* Full specs on [openwrt.org](https://openwrt.org/toh/hwdata/netgear/netgear_wndrmac_v1)
Flash Instructions
==================
It is possible to use the OEM Upgrade page to install the `factory`
variant of the firmware.
After the initial upgrade, you will need to telnet into the router
(default IP 192.168.1.1) to install anything. You may install LuCI
this way. At this point, you will have a web interface to configure
OpenWRT on the WNDRMAC v1.
Please use the `sysupgrade` variant for subsequent flashes.
Recovery Instructions
=====================
A TFTP-based recovery flash is possible if the need arises. Please refer
to the WNDR3700 page on openwrt.org for details.
https://openwrt.org/toh/netgear/wndr3700#troubleshooting_and_recovery
Signed-off-by: Renaud Lepage <root@cybikbase.com>
[update DTSI include name]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The Netgear WNDRMAC v2 is a hardware variant of the Netgear WNDR3800
Specifications
==============
* SoC: Atheros AR7161
* RAM: 128mb
* Flash on board: 16mb
* WiFi: Atheros AR9220 (a/n), Atheros AR9223 (b/g/n)
* Ethernet: RealTek RTL8366SR (1xWAN, 4xLAN, Gigabit)
* Serial console: Yes, 115200 / 8N1 (JTAG)
* USB: 1x2.0
* Power: 12 VDC, 2.5 A
* Full specs on [openwrt.org](https://openwrt.org/toh/hwdata/netgear/netgear_wndrmac_v2)
Flash Instructions
==================
It is possible to use the OEM Upgrade page to install the `factory`
variant of the firmware.
After the initial upgrade, you will need to telnet into the router
(default IP 192.168.1.1) to install anything. You may install LuCI
this way. At this point, you will have a web interface to configure
OpenWRT on the WNDRMAC v2.
Please use the `sysupgrade` variant for subsequent flashes.
Recovery Instructions
=====================
A TFTP-based recovery flash is possible if the need arises. Please refer
to the WNDR3800 page on openwrt.org for details.
https://openwrt.org/toh/netgear/wndr3800#recovery_flash_in_failsafe_mode
Signed-off-by: Renaud Lepage <root@cybikbase.com>
[do not add device to uboot-envtools, update DTSI name]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This renames the DTSI for Netgear WNDR devices based on ar7161 to
indicate that the file is not limited to WNDR3700 models.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Since 01_enable_packet_steering only touches the network config,
limit the uci commit to this as well.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
According to the manual, the amber power LED is used to indicate boot,
while the green LED is meant to indicate a running system.
While at it, also adjust the DT node names for all LEDs.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Specifications:
* SoC: MT7620A
* CPU: 580 MHz
* RAM: 64 MB DDR
* Flash: 8MB NOR SPI flash
* WiFi: MT7612E (5GHz) and builtin MT7620A (2.4GHz)
* LAN: 1x100M
The device is identical to the EX6130 except
for the mains socket and the hardware ID.
Installation:
The -factory images can be flashed from the
device's web interface or via nmrpflash.
Notes:
MAC addresses were set up based on the EX6130 setup.
This is based on prior work of Adam Serbinski and Mathias Buchwald.
Tested by Mathias Buchwald.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This patch adds ar71xx's GPIO setup for the 2.4GHz and 5GHz antennae
demultiplexer:
| 158 /* 2.4 GHz uses the first fixed antenna group (1, 0, 1, 0) */
| 159 ap9x_pci_setup_wmac_gpio(0, (0xf << 6), (0xa << 6));
| 160
| 161 /* 5 GHz uses the second fixed antenna group (0, 1, 1, 0) */
| 162 ap9x_pci_setup_wmac_gpio(1, (0xf << 6), (0x6 << 6));
This should restore the range and throughput of the 2.4GHz radio
on all the derived wndr3700 variants and versions with the AR7161 SoC.
A special case is the 5GHz radio. The original wndr3700(v1) will
benefit from this change. However the wndr3700v2 and later revisions
were unaffected by the missing bits, as there is no demultiplexer
present in the later designs.
This patch uses gpio-hogs within the device-tree for all
wndr3700/wndr3800/wndrmac variants.
Notes:
Based on the PCB pictures, the WNDR3700(v1) really had eight
independent antennae. Four antennae for each radio and all of
those were printed on the circut board.
The WNDR3700v2 and later have just six antennae. Four of those
are printed on the circuit board and serve the 2.4GHz radio.
Whereas the remaining two are special 5GHz Rayspan Patch Antennae
which are directly connected to the 5GHz radio.
Hannu Nyman dug pretty deep and unearthed a treasure of information
regarding the history of how these values came to be in the OpenWrt
archives: <https://dev.archive.openwrt.org/ticket/6533.html>.
Mark Mentovai came across the fixed antenna group when he was looking
into the driver:
fixed_antenna_group 1, (0, 1, 0, 1)
fixed_antenna_group 2, (0, 1, 1, 0)
fixed_antenna_group 3, (1, 0, 0, 1)
fixed_antenna_group 4, (1, 0, 1, 0)
Fixes: FS#3088
Reported-by: Luca Bensi
Reported-by: Maciej Mazur
Reported-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
Debugged-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
CONFIG_VLAN_8021Q was explicitely disabled in oxnas kernel config.
Don't do that, so VLANs can be used on the target.
Fixes: dcc34574ef ("oxnas: bring in new oxnas target")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Bump to latest Git and refresh all patches in order to get fix for "UPnP
SUBSCRIBE misbehavior in hostapd WPS AP" (CVE-2020-12695).
General security vulnerability in the way the callback URLs in the UPnP
SUBSCRIBE command are used were reported (VU#339275, CVE-2020-12695).
Some of the described issues may be applicable to the use of UPnP in WPS
AP mode functionality for supporting external registrars.
Ref: https://w1.fi/security/2020-1/
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This partially reverts commit 5acd1ed0be ("ramips: mt7621: fix
Ubiquiti ER-X ports names and MAC addresses"), this change was discussed
in https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/2901#discussion_r407238452
With commit 5acd1ed0be ("ramips: mt7621: fix Ubiquiti ER-X ports names
and MAC addresses"), all the ports were put into the LAN bridge, with
the argument that the OEM firmware does not have a WAN port enabled. In
the default OEM setup, all of the ports except eth0 are dead and eth0 is
set to a static IP address without providing DHCP services when
connected. It is only after the wizard has been run that eth0 becomes
the WAN port and all the rest of the ports belong to LAN with DHCP
enabled.
Having all of the ports set to the LAN bridge does not mirror the default
OEM setup. To accomplish that, then only eth0 would be in the LAN bridge.
But this is not the expected behaviour of OpenWrt.
Therefore this proposal to set eth0 to WAN and eth1-N to LAN provides
the expected behaviour expected from OpenWrt, maintains the current
documentation as up-to-date, and does not require the user to manually
detach eth0 from the LAN bridge, create the WAN(6) interface(s), and set
eth0 to the WAN(6) interface(s).
Fixes: 5acd1ed0be ("ramips: mt7621: fix Ubiquiti ER-X ports names and MAC addresses")
Signed-off-by: Perry Melange <isprotejesvalkata@gmail.com>
[commit subject and description tweaks]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This patch changes the version code of the image header
from `1.1.99_0.0.0.0` to `99.99.99_99.99.99.99`. This
is neccessary on some devices where the stock firmware
checks the version field, possibly preventing third-party
firmware from being installed.
Reviewed-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Signed-off-by: Joseph C. Lehner <joseph.c.lehner@gmail.com>
d13290b Fix advertised IPv6 addresses
Don't just serve link-local addresses via mdns, offer all.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
When bringing up wifi the first time after boot, these warnings appear:
netifd: radio0 (1370): rm: can't remove '/var/run/hostapd-wlan0.psk': No such file or directory
netifd: radio0 (1370): rm: can't remove '/var/run/hostapd-wlan0.vlan': No such file or directory
Silence them by adding the "-f" option to rm.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Acked-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Sercomm H500-s is an xDSL dual band wireless router based on Broadcom
BCM63167 SoC.
Hardware:
SoC: Broadcom BCM63167
CPU: BMIPS4350 V8.0, 400 MHz, 2 cores
Flash: NAND 128 MiB
RAM: DDR3 128 MiB
Ethernet: 4x 10/100/1000 Mbps
Switch: BCM53134S
Wireless: 802.11b/g/n: BCM435f (integrated)
802.11ac: Quantenna QT3740BC (onboard SoC)
USB: 1x 2.0
LEDs/Buttons: 11x / 2x
Flash instruction, web UI:
1. Reset to defaults using the reset button if the admin password is
unknown
2. Login into the web UI as admin.
Address: http://192.168.0.1
User: admin
Password: VF-ESVodafone-H-500-s or l033i-h500s
3. Go to Settings -> Firmware Update, and select the Openwrt factory
firmware
4. Update the firmware.
5. Wait until it finish, the device will reboot with Openwrt installed
on the alternative image partitions keeping the stock firmware in
the former.
Notes:
- The patch also adds support for the lowi version. Only the factory
firmware is different.
- The integrated Wifi in the Broadcom Soc isn't still supported.
- The Quantenna 802.11ac wifi works ok, but needs to be configured with
the Quantenna client application. It can't be configured with Luci
nor any iw command since it's a separated subsystem linked via
ethernet.
- The BCM53134S external switch is managed via MDIO which isn't
supported in this target. Therefore it will behave as a dumb switch.
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
Some CFEs are located at the address currently used for relocation and lzma
loader load address, so we need to provide a way to override it.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
There is no need to include the CFE bootloader in the Sercomm factory
images.
There might be a case when this could be useful:
- We are running the stock firmware on the first Sercomm image
- The second partition storing the botloader was erased (unlikely)
Even in this case flashing an image without a bootlader is harmless.
Don't include the bootloader in the factory image creation and rid of the
risk of flashing factory images with an untested bootloader partition.
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
The BCM63167 is a BCM63268 SoC with a different physical packaging.
Add the CPU ID to allow supporting routers with this SoC (i.e Sercomm
H500-s)
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
- sort device recipes alphabetically
- adjust board name of ELECOM WRC-2533GENT
- harmonize line wrapping
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
[rebased]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This updates to the last firmware version before the switch to building
from the common firmware branch, which introduces various issues.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Acked-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
This reverts commit 9e467a764b.
The Raspberry Pi firmware recently switched to building from the common
firmware branch. This introduces changes in the core clock handling,
causing various issues.
E.g. enable_uart=1 no longer fixes the core clock frequency to 250MHz.
When the disable-bt DT overlay is not loaded, the core clock frequency
is increased to 400MHz. As a result, the UART baud rate is no longer
correct, and this causes garbled serial console, or communication
problems with HATs that use the UART.
As a workaround, the core clock could be fixed to 250MHz by adding
'core_freq=250' in /boot/config.txt, but as there appear to be other
issues than just the UART being broken, the safer bet is to revert the
firmware for now.
Upstream bug: https://github.com/raspberrypi/firmware/issues/1376
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Acked-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Due to a typo, /boot is not properly unmounted after copying the backup
file to it. Fix the typo to solve this.
Fixes: 246916ddf4 ("brcm2708: use x86's upgrade scripts for all rpi targets")
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
As reported in https://github.com/openwrt/packages/issues/12072, the
imagebuilder fails due to a dependency resolution error when the userspace
packages are built using a target that has a different kernel version than
that which is being run. To resolve this, add a virtual kernel package with
the conditional dependency currently used in sqm-scripts. The idea is to
move the sqm-scripts dependency to this virtual package, which hopefully
should be consistent with the actual kernel module being built.
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
While the other fq-based qdiscs take advantage of skb->hash and doesn't
recompute it if it is already set, sch_cake does not.
This was a deliberate choice because sch_cake hashes various parts of the
packet header to support its advanced flow isolation modes. However,
foregoing the use of skb->hash entirely loses a few important benefits:
- When skb->hash is set by hardware, a few CPU cycles can be saved by not
hashing again in software.
- Tunnel encapsulations will generally preserve the value of skb->hash from
before the encapsulation, which allows flow-based qdiscs to distinguish
between flows even though the outer packet header no longer has flow
information.
It turns out that we can preserve these desirable properties in many cases,
while still supporting the advanced flow isolation properties of sch_cake.
This patch does so by reusing the skb->hash value as the flow_hash part of
the hashing procedure in cake_hash() only in the following conditions:
- If the skb->hash is marked as covering the flow headers (skb->l4_hash is
set)
AND
- NAT header rewriting is either disabled, or did not change any values
used for hashing. The latter is important to match local-origin packets
such as those of a tunnel endpoint.
The immediate motivation for fixing this was the recent patch to WireGuard
to preserve the skb->hash on encapsulation. As such, this is also what I
tested against; with this patch, added latency under load for competing
flows drops from ~8 ms to sub-1ms on an RRUL test over a WireGuard tunnel
going through a virtual link shaped to 1Gbps using sch_cake. This matches
the results we saw with a similar setup using sch_fq_codel when testing the
WireGuard patch.
Fixes: 046f6fd5daef ("sched: Add Common Applications Kept Enhanced (cake) qdisc")
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
A direct upgrade from previous swconfig version with
incompatible settings to DSA will break the internet.
Remove SUPPORTED_DEVICES so users cannot upgrade directly.
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
[rebase after Linksys rename, adjust title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The Linksys devices in mvebu target feature a mixed naming,
where parts are based on the official product name (device
node, image; e.g. WRT3200ACM) and parts are based on the
internal code name (DTS file name, compatible, LED labels;
e.g. rango). This inconsistent naming has been perceived
as quite confusing.
A recent attempt by Paul Spooren to harmonize this naming
in kernel has been declined there. However, for us it still
makes sense to apply at least a part of these changes
locally.
Primarily, this patch changes the compatible in DTS and thus
the board name used in various scripts to have them in line
with the device, model and image names. Due to the recent
switch from swconfig to DSA, this allows us to drop
SUPPORTED_DEVICES and thus prevent seamless upgrade between
these incompatible setups.
However, this does not include the LED label rename from
Paul's initial patch: I don't think it's worth keeping the
enormous diff locally for this case, as we can implement
this much easier in 01_leds if we have to live with the
inconsistency anyway.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
[rebase, extend to all devices, drop DT LED changes]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
When a client moves from a DSA user port to a software port in a bridge,
it cannot reach any other clients that connected to the DSA user ports.
That is because SA learning on the CPU port is disabled, so the switch
ignores the client's frames from the CPU port and still thinks it is at
the user port.
Fix it by enabling SA learning on the CPU port.
To prevent the switch from learning from flooding frames from the CPU
port, set skb->offload_fwd_mark to 1 for unicast and broadcast frames,
and let the switch flood them instead of trapping to the CPU port.
Multicast frames still need to be trapped to the CPU port for snooping,
so set the SA_DIS bit of the MTK tag to 1 when transmitting those frames
to disable SA learning.
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
Currently enabling VLAN filtering blocks all traffic in the bridge
immediately. That is because DSA ignores all VLAN setup when VLAN
filtering is disabled, and when it is enabled, there is no VLAN entry
in the VLAN table, causing all traffic to be blocked.
Add patches to allow VLAN setup even if VLAN filtering is disabled.
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
Currently, setting a bridge's self PVID to other value and deleting
the default VID 1 renders untagged ports of that VLAN unable to talk to
the CPU port:
bridge vlan add dev br0 vid 2 pvid untagged self
bridge vlan del dev br0 vid 1 self
bridge vlan add dev sw0p0 vid 2 pvid untagged
bridge vlan del dev sw0p0 vid 1
# br0 cannot send untagged frames out of sw0p0 anymore
That is because the CPU port is set to security mode and its PVID is
still 1, and untagged frames are dropped due to VLAN member violation.
Set the CPU port to fallback mode so untagged frames can pass through.
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
Remove dependencies on core kernel headers in host tools used to build perf,
which break on any non-linux system
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This patch adds support for 2 new uci sections.
config wifi-vlan
# iface is optional. if it is not defined the vlan will apply
# to all interfaces
option iface default_radio0
option name guest
option vid 100
option network guest
config wifi-station
# iface is optional. if it is not defined the station will apply
# to all interfaces
option iface default_radio0
# mac is optional. if it is not defined it will be a catch all
# for any sta using this key
option mac '00:11:22:33:44:55'
# vid is optional. if it is not defined, the sta will be part of
# the primary iface.
option vid 100
option key testtest
With this patch applied it is possible to use multiple PSKs on a single BSS.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
db275e1 interface-ip: fix build on non-linux systems
3392046 system-dummy: fix missing return
a56b457 netifd: wireless: add support for tracking wifi-station sections
4ce33ce netifd: wireless: add support for tracking wifi-vlan sections
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
MAC address is set in board.d script
Interface swapping is not needed anymore as switching to DSA breaks
previous configuration anyway
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
eth0 has HW MAC address while eth2 does not.
Use eth0 instead so we don't have to set LAN MAC manually.
Disable unused eth2, until multi CPU port is supported.
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
Update network/LED configuration for DSA driver.
sysupgrade from images prior to this commit with config preserved
will break the ethernet.
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
This is useful when booting OpenWrt from ramdisks in order to have both
images partitions defined.
Furthermore, instead of always using img2 for the inactive image, let's use
img1 or img2 accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Previously the dts were using a value determined by empirical testing,
because of a spi driver/clock bug. The bug was fixed quite some time
ago. 33 MHz is the default clock frequency used by RouterBOOT and thus
safe.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Schramm <t.schramm@manjaro.org>
Add kmod for the ST LSM6DSX IMU driver.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
[fixed missing regmap module dependencies]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Update the can-mcp251x-convert-to-half-duplex-SPI patch to fix reception
Some SPI host controllers such as the Cavium Thunder TX do not support
full-duplex SPI. Using half-duplex transfers allows the driver to work
with those host controllers.
This patch fixes the fact that mcp251x_hw_rx_frame was still relying on
a full-duplex transfer where bits were being shifted on MOSI at the same time
as MISO. After splitting the transaction into a spi_write_then_read() care
must be taken to ignore the first byte.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
- add fxos8700 support to GW52xx/GW53xx/GW54xx
- add USB_OTG support to GW552x
- add LSM9DS1 IMU support to GW560x
- add LSM9DS1 IMU support to GW5904
- add CC1352 UART to GW5910
- add BCM4330 support to GW5910
- fix wlan regulator for GW5910
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
32-bit x86 fail to compile fast-math feature when compiled with frame
pointer, which uses a register used in a couple of inline asm functions.
Previous versions of wolfssl had this by default. Keeping an extra
register available may increase performance, so it's being restored for
all architectures.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
Since commit 910df3f06c we have build in
on all X86/64 platforms the gpio-it87 driver.
Since this change I am getting the following error message on boot.
> kern.err kernel: [ 1.009416] gpio_it87: no device
I do not have this device on my system. To prevent the nonsensical
message and the loading of the module I have added this as a package, so
that it can be installed later or during image building.
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <fe@dev.tdt.de>
Reviewed-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
This is only a cosmetic correction, as the driver works as expected.
However, the error message confuses users about a missing reset definition.
On a defered init we don't see the following error message now:
[ 0.078292] ar7200-usb-phy usb-phy: phy reset is missing
Tested-by: Lech Perczak <lech.perczak@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johann Neuhauser <johann@it-neuhauser.de>
Due to filesystem write caching the old configuration data could stay
out of flash for a long time during a first boot after the sysupgrade.
Power loss during this period could damage the overlay data and even
make device inaccessable via the network.
Fix this by syncing data to a flash as soon as the previous
configuration will be unpacked after the sysupgrade. Also sync the FS
state after the sysupgrade.tgz archive removing to prevent duplicative
extraction of a previous configuration.
Tested with AMD Geode based board.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
This commit removes changes from upstream commits:
8e18c8e58da6 arm64: dts: marvell: armada-3720-espressobin: declare SATA
PHY property
bd3d25b07342 arm64: dts: marvell: armada-37xx: link USB hosts with their
PHYs
For most boards which have factory bootloader this caused that devices
connected to USB 3.0 and SATA port were not detected. For them to
function users would need to upgrade the bootloader to version with ARM
Trusted Firmware 2.1 or later. Unfortunately there is no official
bootloader image with updated ATF component, therefore drop these
properties from nodes. This change was also tested briefly with
bootloader with updated ATF and the ports functioned properly.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Enable the disk-activity LED trigger for ipq806x, since this SoC has an
onboard SATA controller.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Albers <thomas.gameiro@googlemail.com>
[split into separate commit]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This changes the ide-disk LED trigger to the generic disk-activity as
ide-disk trigger was removed in upstream commit eb25cb9956cc ("leds:
convert IDE trigger to common disk trigger").
Signed-off-by: Thomas Albers <thomas.gameiro@googlemail.com>
[split into separate commit, commit description facelift]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Kernel config option LEDS_TRIGGER_IDE_DISK was renamed in kernel 4.8 to
CONFIG_LEDS_TRIGGER_DISK in upstream commit eb25cb9956cc ("leds: convert
IDE trigger to common disk trigger").
Removing it as it should be added only on targets which has usage for
this trigger.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Albers <thomas.gameiro@googlemail.com>
[commit description facelift]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The buildroot and SDK both require `libncurses-dev` to be installed on
the system, however the ImageBuilder uses precompiled binaries.
This patch changes the prerequirements checks to skip the
`libncurses-dev` part if running as ImageBuilder.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
ZyXEL Keenetic has a USB port. Thus, DWC2 USB controller driver should
be in the default image for this device.
Fixes: a7cbf59e0e ("ramips: add new device ZyXEL Keenetic as kn")
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobrovolsky <dobrovolskiy.alexey@gmail.com>
[fixed whitespace issue]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
In FS#2738 we can see that patch first introduced in
e8ebcff ("ramips: add a explicit reset to dwc2")
breaks USB functionality since 18.06. Thus, this patch should be removed.
Removed:
- 0032-USB-dwc2-add-device_reset.patch
Fixes: FS#2738
Fixes: FS#2964
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobrovolsky <dobrovolskiy.alexey@gmail.com>
Required for installation of autoconf:
make[5]: Entering directory `/openwrt/build_dir/host/autoconf-2.69'
Making all in bin
make[6]: Entering directory `/openwrt/build_dir/host/autoconf-2.69/bin'
autom4te_perllibdir='..'/lib AUTOM4TE_CFG='../lib/autom4te.cfg'
../bin/autom4te -B '..'/lib -B '..'/lib --language M4sh --cache
'' --melt ./autoconf.as -o autoconf.in
Can't locate Data/Dumper.pm in @INC (@INC contains: ../lib
/usr/local/lib64/perl5 /usr/local/share/perl5 /usr/lib64/perl5/vendor_perl
/usr/share/perl5/vendor_perl /usr/lib64/perl5 /usr/share/perl5 .) at
../lib/Autom4te/C4che.pm line 33.
BEGIN failed--compilation aborted at ../lib/Autom4te/C4che.pm line 33.
Compilation failed in require at ../bin/autom4te line 40.
BEGIN failed--compilation aborted at ../bin/autom4te line 40.
make[6]: *** [autoconf.in] Error 2
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Since DEVICE_TYPE cannot be set per device, just set DEVICE_TYPE
to "nas" for the entire subtarget, which only contains this single
device.
Note that while this looks like a cosmetic change in combination
with the previous patches, this particular patch actually changes
the packages for the device.
Suggested-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Cc: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Cc: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Cc: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
While the effective "default" based on frequent use is "router", the
DEVICE_TYPE variable actually provides a "basic" configuration without
selecting any additional packages.
This is currently set up with the identifier "bootloader", which seems
to be not used at all. However, the only targets not using "router" or
"nas" are actually archs38 and arc770, which use their own value
"developerboard" for DEVICE_TYPE which seems to have been invented when
these targets where added. The latter is not implemented in target.mk,
though, and will fall back to the "basic" set of packages then.
So, to clean this up and make it more readable, let's just define a
DEVICE_TYPE "basic" and use it for the aforementioned cases.
Cc: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Cc: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Cc: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
DEVICE_TYPE is a target/subtarget variable, and it does not have
any effect when set in a device definition. It can only be set
in a target's or subtarget's Makefile.
Consequently, having it set anyway is misleading, so this drops
all cases.
This effectively reverts the following commits:
7a1497fd60 ("apm821xx: MBL: set DEVICE_TYPE to NAS")
5b4765c93a ("gemini: Classify Raidsonic NAS IB-4220-B as a NAS")
cdc6de460b ("gemini: D-Link DNS-313 is a NAS")
For the following commit, the variable was set when adding device
support:
27b2f0fc0f ("kirkwood: add support for Iomega Storcenter ix2-200")
Cc: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Cc: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Cc: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Some (older) CFEs are loaded at 0x80401000 and ramdisks are loaded at
0x80010000, which means that ramdisk size limit is 0x3F1000 (almost 4M).
Therefore, current ramdisks (~4MB) are overwritting CFE in these devices,
which results in a crash.
This commit changes the address where ramdisks are loaded to 0x80a00000,
which is the same address where kernel is loaded when booting from the flash.
Therefore, lzma-loader will now be loaded at 0x80a00000, but it will still
decompress the kernel at 0x80010000.
Tested with huawei,hg556a-b, which has its CFE loaded at 0x80401000.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Apparently, Sercomm allows loading a BCM WFI image via CFE, but this image
destroys "serial" and "protect" nand partitions, which is wrong.
It will also set both bootflags to the same value, which causes booting
issues with cferam (cferom will alternatively boot from cferam1 or cferam2
each time the device is rebooted).
Now that OEM Sercomm images are supported it's time to remove this hacky
cfe.bin image support.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
BCM6368 and newer devices are compatible with any lzma compression parameters.
Add a new legacy device definition and use it on BCM6358 and older devices.
Compressed kernel size is reduced by ~1.35%.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Allows to keep a backup firmware in case active firmware is corrupted.
Also fix hsspi address warning.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
When firmware is flashed, cferam.000 extension is renamed to the next number.
When booting, CFE scans the NAND and picks the partition with the highest
cferam extension and ignores the other one.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
This images can be flashed from the official firmware, as opposed to CFE
images, which can only be flashed from CFE and require opening the case.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
The only Sercomm WFI user has been migrated to a dedicated firmware parser.
Keep support for no cferam partition based on a boolean DT property.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Support Sercomm firmware partition split.
WFI partition must be defined after bootflag partitions in order for the
parser to properly find bootflag1 and bootflag2 partitions.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Sercomm uses 2 bootflag partitions and boots the firmware with the highest
bootflag. Support splitting the firmware partition while keeping support for
unsplitted layout.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Sercomm firmwares are encrypted with AES 256 CBC.
The key is generated with a custom algorithm from the firmware tag:
char key[32];
char version[32];
char iv[32];
char random[32];
char size[32];
Key must be generated with Sercomm's algorithm. However, the rest of the
header can be empty. IV and random are set to 0 on purpose.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
ddd57c2 pppd: Add lcp-echo-adaptive option
c319558 pppd: Handle SIGINT and SIGTERM during interrupted syscalls (#148)
0bc11fb Added missing options to manual pages. (#149)
b1fcf16 Merge branch 'monotonic-time' of https://github.com/themiron/ppp
c78e312 pppd: linux: use monotonic time if possible
Remove patch 121-debian_adaptive_lcp_echo as patch is upstream accepted
Remove patch 206-compensate_time_change.patch as timewrap issues are
solved by a patch making use of monotonic time
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
The TP-Link TL-MR3020 has a three-state mode slider which was previously
integrated as a button (EV_KEY). This led to spurious activations of
failsafe mode.
Set the type for the button to switch (EV_SW), to avoid unintended
activations of failsafe mode.
Related: commit 27f3f493de ("gpio-button-hotplug: unify polled and
interrupt code")
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
TP-Link RE450 v3 is a dual band router/range-extender based on
Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9563 + QCA9880.
This device is nearly identical to RE450 v2 besides a modified flash
layout (hence I think force-flashing a RE450v2 image will lead to at
least loss of MAC address).
Specification:
- 775 MHz CPU
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz
- 3T3R 5 GHz
- 1x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet (AR8033 PHY)
- 7x LED, 4x button-
- possible UART header on PCB¹
Flash instruction:
Apply factory image in OEM firmware web-gui.
¹ Didn't check to connect as I didn't even manage to connect on
RE450v2 (AFAIU it requires disconnecting some resistors, which I was
too much of a coward to do). But given the similarities to v2 I
think it's the same or very similar procedure (and most likely also
the only way to debrick).
Signed-off-by: Andreas Wiese <aw-openwrt@meterriblecrew.net>
[remove dts-v1 and compatible in DTSI]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Specification:
- SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9533 (560 MHz, MIPS 24Kc)
- RAM: 32 MiB
- Storage: 4 MiB of Flash on board
- Wireless: Built into QCA9533 (Honey Bee), PHY modes b/g/n
- Ethernet: 1x100M (port0)
Installation through OEM Web Interface:
- Connect to TL-WR802N by Ethernet or Wi-Fi
- Go to web interface:
[V1] http://192.168.0.1
[V2] http://192.168.0.254
Default user is "admin" & password is "admin".
On V2, there is no DHCP server running by default, so remember to set
IP manually.
- Go to "System Tools -> Firmware Upgrade"
- Browse for firmware:
[V1] "*.factory.bin"
[V2] "*.factory-us.bin" or "*.factory-eu.bin" for eu model
Web interface may complain if filename is too long. In such case,
rename .bin to something shorter.
- Click upgrade
Installation through tftp:
Note: T_OUT, T_IN and GND on the board must be connected to USB TTL
Serial Configuration 115200 8n1
- Boot the TL-WR802N
- When "Autobooting in 1 seconds" appears type "tpl" followed by enter
- Connect to the board Ethernet port
(IPADDR: 192.168.1.1, ServerIP: 192.168.1.10)
- tftpboot 0x80000000 <Firmware Image Name>
- Record the result of "printenv bootcmd"
- Enter "erase <Result of 'printenv bootcmd'> +0x3c0000"
(e.g erase 0x9f020000 +0x3c0000)
- Enter "cp.b 0x80000000 <Result of 'printenv bootcmd'> 0x3c0000"
(e.g cp.b 0x80000000 0x9f020000 0x3c0000)
- Enter "bootm <Result of 'printenv bootcmd'>"
(e.g bootm 0x9f020000)
Notes:
When porting from ar71xx target to ath79, I found out that on V2,
reset button is on GPIO12 and active low, instead of GPIO11 and
active high. By cross-flashing V1 firmware to V2, I confirmed
the same is true for V1.
Also according to manual of V1, this one also has green
LED instead of blue - both of those issues were fixed accordingly.
The MAC address assignment has been checked with OEM firmware.
Installation manual based on ar71xx support by Thomas Roberts
Signed-off-by: Lech Perczak <lech.perczak@gmail.com>
[slightly adjust commit message, add MAC address comment]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
During porting support for this router to ath79 target
it was discovered that GPIO mapping was incorrect (GPIO11 active high).
Correct mapping for both V1 and V2 is GPIO12 active low.
Default configuration from GPL source for V2 explicitly states this, and
this was confirmed experimentally on ath79 by looking on
/sys/kernel/debug/gpio. Correctness of this was also validated for V1 by
cross-flashing vendor firmware for V1 on V2 hardware, in which reset
button also worked.
Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Lech Perczak <lech.perczak@gmail.com>
[slightly adjust commit title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Ubiquiti WA devices with newer hw version 2011K require UBNT_VERSION
to be at least 8.5.3, otherwise the image is rejected:
New ver: WA.ar934x.v8.5.0-42.OpenWrt-r10947-65030d81f3
Versions: New(525568) 8.5.0, Required(525571) 8.5.3
Invalid version 'WA.ar934x.v8.5.0-42.OpenWrt-r10947-65030d81f3'
For consistency, also increase version number for XC devices.
Tested-by: Pedro <pedrowrt@cas.cat>
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Since the wireless LED was used for boot and set up with a DT
trigger, the WiFi indication hasn't worked on ath79 at all.
In addition, a look into the manual revealed that the OEM
configuration is as follows:
LED 1 (green): power
LED 2 (green): configurable
LED 3 (red): wireless
So, let's just keep the WiFi trigger and convert the rest to its
"intended" use.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
zstd with its default settings (compression level -3) compresses better
than bzip2 -9 (which is the default setting), and is an order of magnitude
faster.
I made the following measurements for the most common compression tools
(all standard Debian Buster versions, default flags unless noted
otherwise), using the debug information of a large x86-64 kernel with
ALL_KMODS:
* kernel-debug.tar: 376M
* kernel-debug.tar.gz: 101M, compressed in ~12s
* kernel-debug.tar.bz2: 91M, compressed in ~15s
* kernel-debug.tar.xz: 57M, compressed in ~101s
* kernel-debug.tar.zst: 86M, compressed in ~1s
With zstd, there is still some room for improvement by increasing the
compression, but the slight increase in compression ratio
(22.83% -> 19.46%) does not justify the significant increase in
compression time (about 5 times on my machine) in my opinion.
Note that multithreaded compression (-T argument) does not affect
reproducibility with zstd.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
We currently support three kernel versions on this target, let's
just get rid of the oldest one.
Cc: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
From: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
Date: Mon, 25 May 2020 14:49:07 +0100
Subject: [PATCH] rt2800: enable MFP support unconditionally
This gives us WPA3 support out of the box without having to manually disable
hardware crypto. The driver will fall back to software crypto if the connection
requires management frame protection.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
GPS time without date was previously used to set system date:
Tue Oct 10 11:48:21 2000 user.info kernel: [ 108.786639] ugps: system time differs from GPS time by more than 5 seconds. Using 2000-10-10T10:48:21 UTC as the new time
Tue Oct 10 11:49:27 2000 user.info kernel: [ 174.794699] ugps: system time differs from GPS time by more than 5 seconds. Using 2020-05-26T10:49:27 UTC as the new time
Fix this by ignoring incomplete dates and wait for complete time
information before adjusting system date/time.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The -O option for the tplink-v1-header was missing for the TP-Link
TL-WR902AC v1, while safeloader and MTDPARTS where set up with a
single firmware partition.
This led to bootloops after using sysupgrade.
Fixes: FS#3118
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Also ensure that the error message is actually printed to stderr and that
the rule generation is aborted if an interface cannot be resolved.
Ref: https://github.com/openwrt/luci/issues/3975
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Also removes random module and switches to new bcm2711 thermal driver.
Boot tested on RPi 4B v1.1 4G.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
disable_vht parameter needs to be set when using wpa_supplicant NOHT/HT* modes.
Signed-off-by: Enrique Rodríguez Valencia <enrique.rodriguez@galgus.net>
When configuring the radio in legacy mode from luci, the htmode is not set
correctly to NOHT, causing the radio in mesh mode to be set to HT40.
Signed-off-by: Enrique Rodríguez Valencia <enrique.rodriguez@galgus.net>
Add a local hack to prevent the Broadcom WPA authenticator process from
inheriting the lock descriptor 1000 used to prevent concurrent executions
of the init script.
Without this fix, repeated invocations of /etc/init.d/network, e.g. for
obtaining the enabled state, would hang forever.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Support for 64 bits has been remove on latest master of raspberry/firmware.
Update to latest commit with 64 bit support since we don't support
installing 32 bit packages on 64 bit targets.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
This patch backports additional fixes for XDP support in the mvneta driver. These
changes are found upstream as commits:
b37fa92e20ef2 net: mvneta: fix build skb for bm capable devices
f383b2950070c net: mvneta: rely on page_pool_recycle_direct in mvneta_run_xdp
79572c98c554d mvneta driver disallow XDP program on hardware buffer management
44efc78d0e464 net: mvneta: fix XDP support if sw bm is used as fallback
Signed-off-by: Jakov Petrina <jakov.petrina@sartura.hr>
This patch backports XDP support in the mvneta driver used by Marvell ARMADA 37x,
38x and 37xx series SoCs. Supported actions are:
- XDP_DROP
- XDP_PASS
- XDP_REDIRECT
- XDP_TX
Patches are present upstream as following commits:
* b0a43db9087a net: mvneta: add XDP_TX support
* 9e58c8b41065 net: mvneta: make tx buffer array agnostic
* fa383f6b77a2 net: mvneta: move header prefetch in mvneta_swbm_rx_frame
* 0db51da7a8e9 net: mvneta: add basic XDP support
* 8dc9a0888f4c net: mvneta: rely on build_skb in mvneta_rx_swbm poll routine
* 568a3fa24a95 net: mvneta: introduce page pool API for sw buffer manager
* ff519e2acd46 net: mvneta: introduce mvneta_update_stats routine
Signed-off-by: Jakov Petrina <jakov.petrina@sartura.hr>
The clean target tries to remove what looks like a bogus 'rbcfg',
probably carried over copy-pasta. Remove the name of the generated
executable ('fbtest') instead.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Fixes: 8099f4e0d3 ("fbtest utility ")
tl;dr: dd will silently truncate the output if reading from special
files (e.g. sysfs attributes) with a too large bs parameter.
This problem was exposed on some RouterBOARD ipq40xx devices which use a
caldata payload which is larger than PAGE_SIZE, contrary to all other
currently supported RouterBOARD devices: the caldata would fail to
properly load with the current scripts.
Background: dd doesn't seem to correctly handle read() results that
return less than requested data. sysfs attributes have a kernel exchange
buffer which is at most PAGE_SIZE big, so only 1 page can be read() at a
time. In this case, if bs is larger than PAGE_SIZE, dd will silently
truncate blocks to PAGE_SIZE. With the current scripts using bs=<size>
count=1, the data is truncated to PAGE_SIZE as soon as the requested
<size> exceeds this value.
This commit works around this problem by using `cat` in the caldata
routines that can read from a file (routines that read from mtd devices
are untouched). cat correctly handles partial read requests. The output
is then piped to dd with the same parameters as before, to ensure that
the resulting file remains exactly the same.
This is a simple workaround, the downside is that it uses a pipe and one
more executable, and therefore has a larger memory footprint and is
slower. This is deemed acceptable considering these routines are only
used at boot time.
Tested-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
This commit introduces support for R/W access to the CPU frequency
setting of routerboot on ath79 hardware.
On unsupported hardware, the sysfs attribute will expose the raw tag
value (read-only) to help with reverse engineering its meaning.
Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Tested-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
This driver exposes the data encoded in the "soft_config" flash segment
of MikroTik RouterBOARDs devices. It presents the data in a sysfs folder
named "soft_config" through a set of human-and-machine-parseable
attributes. Changes can be discarded by writing 0 to the 'commit'
attribute, or they can be committed to flash storage by writing 1.
This driver does not reuse any of the existing code previously found in
the "rbcfg" utility and makes this utility obsolete by providing a clean
sysfs interface.
Like "rbcfg", this driver requires 4K_SECTORS support since the flash
partition in which these parameters are stored is typically 4KB in size.
Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Tested-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
This routine will be shared between hard and soft config drivers.
Also use scnprintf() instead of snprintf().
Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Tested-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
For the sake of strictly typed code, add a missing const qualifier.
Add a missing return value in error path.
Check the return value of mtd_read(), for good measure.
Also demote the error printks of failed sysfs file creation to warn
level since they are not fatal in the init() sequence.
Finally, add a note regarding PAGE_SIZE and clarify a comment.
Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Tested-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
This patch adds support for the COMFAST CF-E130N v2, an outdoor wireless
CPE with a single Ethernet port and a 802.11bgn radio.
Specifications:
- QCA9531 SoC
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet with PoE-in support
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH
- 5 dBi built-in antenna
- POWER/LAN/WLAN green LEDs
- 4x RSSI LEDs (2x red, 2x green)
- UART (115200 8N1) and GPIO (J9) headers on PCB
Flashing instructions:
The original firmware is based on OpenWrt so a sysupgrade image can be
installed via the stock web GUI.
The U-boot bootloader also contains a backup TFTP client to upload the
firmware from. Upon boot, it checks its ethernet network for the IP
192.168.1.10. Host a TFTP server and provide the image to be flashed as
file firmware_auto.bin.
MAC address setup:
The art partition contains four consecutive MAC addresses:
0x0 aa:bb:cc:xx:xx:c4
0x6 aa:bb:cc:xx:xx:c6
0x1002 aa:bb:cc:xx:xx:c5
0x5006 aa:bb:cc:xx:xx:c7
However, the manufacturer in its infinite wisdom decided that one address
is enough and both eth0 and WiFi get the MAC address from 0x0 (yes, that's
overwriting the existing and valid address in 0x1002). This is obviously
also the address on the device's label.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Balan <admin@kryma.net>
[fix configs partition, fix IMAGE_SIZE, add MAC address comment, rename
ATH_SOC to SOC]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
AHB is 258 MHz for this device (CPU_PLL / 3), but there is no difference
between 64 MHz and 50 MHz for spi-max-frequency, thus increase to 50 MHz.
Tested on revisions C1 and C3.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Schaper <openwrt@sebastianschaper.net>
GPIO 11 needs to be pulled high for the external gigabit switch to work,
this is currently solved via gpio-hog. Replace with phy0 reset-gpios.
Tested on revisions C1 and C3. Reset button is still working for reboot,
to enter failsafe, and to enter bootloader http recovery.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Schaper <openwrt@sebastianschaper.net>
The device has a total of 8 LEDs, 5 of which are controlled by the switch
(LAN 1-4, WAN). Only power, wifi and wps are controlled by the SoC.
* led_power is on GPIO 5 (not 15), boot flashing sequence is now visible
* remove led 'internet', since it is only connected to the switch
* remove ucidef_set_led_switch for WAN from 01_leds, as it has no effect
Tested on revisions C1 and C3.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Schaper <openwrt@sebastianschaper.net>
[adjust commit title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Specifications:
* MediaTek MT7620A (580 Mhz)
* 8 MB of FLASH
* 64 MB of RAM
* 2.4Ghz and 5.0Ghz radios
* 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (1 WAN and 4 LAN)
* UART header on PCB (57600 8n1)
* Green/Orange Power LEDs illuminating a Power-Button Lens
* Green/Orange Internet LEDs GPIO controlled illuminating a Globe/Internet Lens
* 3x button - wps, power and reset
* U-boot bootloader
Installation:
The sysupgrade.bin image is reported to be OEM web flashed with an ncc_att_hwid
appended. ncc_att_hwid is a 32bit binary in the GPL Source download for either
the TEW-810DR or DIR-810L and is located at
source/user/wolf/cameo/ncc/hostTools.
The invocation is: ncc_att_hwid -f tew-810dr-squashfs-factory.bin -a -m "TEW-810DR" -H "1.0R" -r "WW" -c "1.0"
This may need to be altered if your hardware version is "1.1R".
The image can also be directly flashed via serial tftp:
1. Load *.sysupgrade.bin to your tftp server directory and rename for
convenience.
2. Set a static ip 192.168.10.100.
3. NIC cable to a lan port.
4. Serial connection parameters 57600,8N1
5. Power on the TEW-810 and press 4 for a u-boot command line prompt.
6. Verify IP's with U-Boot command "printenv".
7. Adjust tftp settings if needed per the tftp documentation
8. Boot the tftp image to test the build.
9. If the image loads, reset your server ip to 192.168.1.10 and restart network.
10. Log in to Luci, 192.168.1.1, and flash the *sysupgrade.bin image.
Notes:
The only valid MAC address is found in 0x28 of the factory partition.
Other typical offsets/caldata only contain example data: 00:11:22:00:0f:xx
Signed-off-by: J. Scott Heppler <shep971@centurylink.net>
[remove "link rx tx" in 01_leds, format and extend commit message,
fix DTS led node names]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The UBIFS_FS_ZSTD is exposed when UBIFS is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
[adjust commit title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
86818eaa976b blob: make blob_parse_untrusted more permissive
cf2e8eb485ab tests: add fuzzer seed file for crash in blob_len
c2fc622b771f blobmsg: fix length in blobmsg_check_array
639c29d19717 blobmsg: simplify and fix name length checks in blobmsg_check_name
66195aee5042 blobmsg: fix missing length checks
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Between 4.19 and 5.4, the kernel moved the partition parsers into
the parsers subdirectory. This led to some necessary rebasing of
our local patches for parsers, which partially has been performed
without caring about where the code was inserted.
This commit tries to adjust our local patches so that parsers are
inserted at the "proper" positions with respect to alphabetic sorting
(if possible). Thus, the commit is cosmetic.
While this might look useless now, it will make life easier when
adding other parsers in the future or for rebasing on kernel changes.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
These trailing whitespaces were reported during kernel patch refresh.
While at it, harmonize a few indents as well.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This patch has been backported to stable kernel 5.4 already.
Remove our local patch explicitly now, as by applying the patch
(or refreshing) the relevant code is actually added a second time.
Refresh remaining patches as well.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
octeon has provided 5.4 as testing kernel for some time now, let's
switch to 5.4 to have a bigger audience for testing.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Kernel 5.4 is stable for about two months now and there is only a few
patches anyway, so this is mostly upstream stuff. Therefore, it does
not look like we need to keep old 4.14 around any longer.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Kernel 5.4 is stable for about two months now and there is only one
patch anyway, so this is mostly upstream stuff. Therefore, it does
not look like we need to keep old 4.14 around any longer.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Remove support for kernel 4.14, and NXP Layerscape SDK
had not supported kernel 4.14 since LSDK-20.04 either.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Specifications:
- MT7628NN @ 580 MHz
- 32 MB RAM
- 8 MB Flash
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (built-in switch)
- 2.4 GHz WLAN
- 2x external, non-detachable antennas (1x for RT-N10P V3)
Flash instructions:
1. Set PC network interface to 192.168.1.75/24.
2. Connect PC to the router via LAN.
3. Turn router off, press and hold reset button, then turn it on.
4. Keep the button pressed till power led starts to blink.
5. Upload the firmware file via TFTP. (Any filename is accepted.)
6. Wait until the router reboots.
Signed-off-by: Ernst Spielmann <endspiel@disroot.org>
[fix node/property name for state_default]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
5e75160 blobmsg: fix attrs iteration in the blobmsg_check_array_len()
eeddf22 tests: runqueue: try to fix race on GitLab CI
89fb613 libubox: runqueue: fix use-after-free bug
1db3e7d libubox: runqueue fix comment in header
7c4ef0d tests: list: add test case for list_empty iterator
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
00b921d80ac0 Do not print line number in debug messages
96c42c5ed320 Fix length checks in cert_load()
fe06b4b836b3 usign-exec: improve usign -F output handling
19f9e1917e1b usign-exec: return code fixes
077feb5b5824 usign-exec: close writing end of pipe early in parent process
7ec4bb764e1e usign-exec: remove redundant return statements
5a738e549d31 usign-exec: change usign_f_* fingerprint argument to char[17]
112488bbbccc usign-exec: do not close stdin and stderr before exec
38dcb1a6f121 usign-exec: fix exec error handling
a9be4fb17df2 usign-exec: simplify usign execv calls
854d93e2326a Introduce read_file() helper, improve error reporting
afc86f352bf7 Fix return code of write_file()
fdff10852326 stdout/stderr improvements
dddb2aa8124d ci: fix unit test failures by enabling full ucert build
5f206bcfe5c2 ci: enable unit testing
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
These are in if statements (where they should be), and echo output that is
not piped to anything. These should be safe.
Found with shellcheck.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
This patch adds support for the WNDR4300SW, marketed by California ISP
SureWest (hence the 'SW' suffix). Hardware wise, it's identical to the
WNDR4300 v1.
Specifications:
* SoC: Atheros AR9344
* RAM: 128 MB
* Flash: 128 MB NAND flash
* WiFi: Atheros AR9580 (5 GHz) and AR9344 (2,4 GHz)
* Ethernet: 5x 1000Base-T
* LED: Power, WAN, LAN, WiFi, USB, WPS
* UART: on board, to the right of the RF shield at the top of the board
Installation:
* Flashing through the OEM web interface:
+ Connect your computer to the router with an ethernet cable and browse
to http://192.168.1.1/
+ Log in with the default credentials are admin:password
+ Browse to Advanced > Administration > Firmware Upgrade in the Netgear
interface
+ Upload the Openwrt firmware: openwrt-ath79-nand-netgear_wndr4300sw-squashfs-factory.img
+ Proceed with the firmware installation and give the device a few
minutes to finish and reboot.
* Flashing through TFTP:
+ Configure your wired client with a static IP in the 192.168.1.x range,
e.g. 192.168.1.10 and netmask 255.255.255.0.
+ Power off the router.
+ Press and hold the RESET button (the factory reset button on the bottom
of the device, with the red circle around it) and turn the router on
while keeping the button pressed.
+ The power LED will start flashing orange. You can release the button
once it switches to flashing green.
+ Transfer the image over TFTP:
$ tftp 192.168.1.1 -m binary -c put openwrt-ath79-nand-netgear_wndr4300sw-squashfs-factory.img
Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
Fixes the following build error with GCC 10:
/usr/bin/ld: read_fs.o:(.bss+0x0): multiple definition of `swap'; mksquashfs.o:(.bss+0x1b2a88): first defined here
And a compile warning.
Fixes: FS#3104, FS#3119
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Commit f761f4052c had bogus case syntax, the uci-defaults script threw
errors as a result and exited non-zero, probably didn't do what was
intended, but tried over and over since the non-zero exit prevents the
script from being deleted.
Fixes: f761f4052c ("ramips: mt7621: harmonize naming scheme for Mikrotik")
Signed-off-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
[extend commit title, add Fixes]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Hardware
--------
SoC: Atheros AR9344
RAM: 128M DDR2
FLASH: 2x Macronix MX25L12845EM
2x 16MiB SPI-NOR
WLAN2: Atheros AR9344 2x2 2T2R
WLAN5: Atheros AR9580 2x2 2T2R
SERIAL: Cisco-RJ45 on the back (115200 8n1)
Installation
------------
The U-Boot CLI is password protected (using the same credentials as the
OS). Default is admin/new2day.
1. Download the OpenWrt initramfs-image. Place it into a TFTP server
root directory and rename it to 1401A8C0.img. Configure the TFTP
server to listen at 192.168.1.66/24.
2. Connect the TFTP server to the access point.
3. Connect to the serial console of the access point. Attach power and
interrupt the boot procedure when prompted (bootdelay is 1 second).
4. Configure the U-Boot environment for booting OpenWrt from Ram and
flash:
$ setenv boot_openwrt 'setenv bootargs; bootm 0xbf230000'
$ setenv ramboot_openwrt 'setenv serverip 192.168.1.66;
tftpboot 0x85000000; bootm'
$ setenv bootcmd 'run boot_openwrt'
$ saveenv
5. Load OpenWrt into memory:
$ run ramboot_openwrt
Wait for the image to boot.
6. Transfer the OpenWrt sysupgrade image to the device. Write the image
to flash using sysupgrade:
$ sysupgrade -n /path/to/openwrt-sysuograde.bin
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Commit 472fd98c5b ("hostapd: disable support for Wired Equivalent
Privacy by default") made support for WEP optional.
Expose the WEP support to LuCi or other userspace tools using the
existing interface. This way they are able to remove WEP from the
available ciphers if hostapd is built without WEP support.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
ADB P.DG A4001N A-000-1A1-AX a.k.a. Telecom Italia ADSL2+ Wi-Fi N (AGPWI)
has the same PCB as the OpenWrt's ADB P.DG A4001N1 with LEDs connected
to different GPIO PINs in active low configuration.
OpenWrt's ADB P.DG A4001N image is made for the ADB P.DG A4001N A-000-1A1-AE.
It has different LEDs configuration and flash size/layout
w.r.t the ADB P.DG A4001N A-000-1A1-AX.
Hardware:
* Board ID: 96328avng
* SoC: Broadcom BCM6328
* RAM DDR2-800: 32 Mbyte - winbond W9725G6KB-25
* Serial flash: 16 Mbyte - MXIC MX25L 12845EMI-10G
* Ethernet: 4x Ethernet 10/100 baseT
* Wifi 2.4GHz: Broadcom Corporation BCM43224/5 Wireless Network Adapter (rev 01)
* LEDs: 2x Power, 2x ADSL, 2x Internet, 2x Wi-Fi, 2x Service
* Buttons: 1x Reset, 1x WPS (named WiFi/LED)
* UART: 1x TTL 115200n8, TX NC RX, on J5 connector (short R192 and R193)
NC GND NC
Installation via CFE:
* Stock CFE has to be overwriten with one for 96328avng boards that can upload
.bin images with no signature check (cfe-A4001N-V0000_96328avng.bin)
* connect a serial port to the board
* Stop the boot process after power on by pressing enter
* set static IP 192.168.1.2 and subnet mask 255.255.255.0
* navigate to http://192.168.1.1/
* upload the OpenWrt image file
Signed-off-by: Daniele Castro <danielecastro@hotmail.it>
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
This extracts the model part of the board name and uses it for the
LED string identifiers in 01_leds. As this makes statements more
generic, it will allow to merge more cases in the future.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
While "ok" is recognized in DT parsing, only "okay" is actually
mentioned as valid value. Replace it accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This fixes the following compile error seen on the mpc85xx target:
CC [M] /linux-mpc85xx_p2020/backports-5.7-rc3-1/drivers/net/wireless/intersil/orinoco/main.o
In file included from /builder/shared-workdir/build/staging_dir/toolchain-powerpc_8540_gcc-8.4.0_musl/include/stddef.h:17,
from /linux-mpc85xx_p2020/backports-5.7-rc3-1/include/uapi/linux/wireless.h:77,
from /linux-mpc85xx_p2020/backports-5.7-rc3-1/include/linux/wireless.h:13,
from /linux-mpc85xx_p2020/backports-5.7-rc3-1/drivers/net/wireless/intersil/orinoco/main.c:89:
/builder/shared-workdir/build/staging_dir/toolchain-powerpc_8540_gcc-8.4.0_musl/include/bits/alltypes.h:106:15: error: conflicting types for 'ptrdiff_t'
typedef _Addr ptrdiff_t;
^~~~~~~~~
In file included from /linux-mpc85xx_p2020/backports-5.7-rc3-1/backport-include/linux/types.h:4,
from ./include/linux/list.h:5,
from /linux-mpc85xx_p2020/backports-5.7-rc3-1/backport-include/linux/list.h:3,
from ./include/linux/module.h:9,
from /linux-mpc85xx_p2020/backports-5.7-rc3-1/backport-include/linux/module.h:3,
from /linux-mpc85xx_p2020/backports-5.7-rc3-1/drivers/net/wireless/intersil/orinoco/main.c:79:
./include/linux/types.h:65:28: note: previous declaration of 'ptrdiff_t' was here
typedef __kernel_ptrdiff_t ptrdiff_t;
^~~~~~~~~
scripts/Makefile.build:265: recipe for target '/linux-mpc85xx_p2020/backports-5.7-rc3-1/drivers/net/wireless/intersil/orinoco/main.o' failed
Fixes: 289c632425 ("mac80211: Update to version 5.7-rc3-1")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Running your firewall's "wan" zone in REJECT zone (1) exposes the
presence of the router, (2) depending on the sophistication of
fingerprinting tools might identify the OS and release running on
the firewall which then identifies known vulnerabilities with it
and (3) perhaps most importantly of all, your firewall can be
used in a DDoS reflection attack with spoofed traffic generating
ICMP Unreachables or TCP RST's to overwhelm a victim or saturate
his link.
This rule, when enabled, allows traceroute to work even when the
default input policy of the firewall for the wan zone has been
set to DROP.
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
Introduce support for generating JFFS2 CFE partition tags.
This is used in NAND devices in order to verify the integrity of the JFFS2
partition.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
There are older devices which require overriding the RGMII ports, so this
shouldn't be limited and forced to BCM63268.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
NAND is used as extra storage on this device.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gonzalez Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
This updates the mac80211 backport.
The removed patches are already integrated in the upstream version.
The 131-Revert-mac80211-aes-cmac-switch-to-shash-CMAC-driver.patch patch
was manually adapted to the changes in kernel 5.7.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This updates the mac80211 backport.
The removed patches are already integrated in the upstream version.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This updates the mac80211 backport.
The removed patches are already integrated in the upstream version.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This updates the mac80211 backport to the latest minor version.
The removed patch was a backport from the upstream kernel which is now
integrated.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Add i2c-pxa updates queued for v5.8, which add bus recovery to this
driver; this is needed for the uDPU platform.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <linux@armlinux.org.uk>
Backport the GPIO emulated open drain output fix from v5.5, which is
required for the i2c-pxa backport.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <linux@armlinux.org.uk>
Bring back 802.11s mesh features to the level previously available
before the recent hostapd version bump. This is mostly to support use
of 802.11s on DFS channels, but also making mesh forwarding
configurable which is crucial for use of 802.11s MAC with other routing
protocols, such as batman-adv, on top.
While at it, fix new compiler warning by adapting 700-wifi-reload.patch
to upstream changes, now building without any warnings again.
Fixes: 0a3ec87a66 ("hostapd: update to latest Git hostap_2_9-1238-gdd2daf0848ed")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This version has the various slew of bug fixes and compat fixes and
such, but the most interesting thing from an OpenWRT perspective is that
WireGuard now plays nicely with cake and fq_codel. I'll be very
interested to hear from OpenWRT users whether this makes a measurable
difference. Usual set of full changes follows.
This release aligns with the changes I sent to DaveM for 5.7-rc7 and were
pushed to net.git about 45 minutes ago.
* qemu: use newer iproute2 for gcc-10
* qemu: add -fcommon for compiling ping with gcc-10
These enable the test suite to compile with gcc-10.
* noise: read preshared key while taking lock
Matt noticed a benign data race when porting the Linux code to OpenBSD.
* queueing: preserve flow hash across packet scrubbing
* noise: separate receive counter from send counter
WireGuard now works with fq_codel, cake, and other qdiscs that make use of
skb->hash. This should significantly improve latency spikes related to
buffer bloat. Here's a before and after graph from some data Toke measured:
https://data.zx2c4.com/removal-of-buffer-bloat-in-wireguard.png
* compat: support RHEL 8 as 8.2, drop 8.1 support
* compat: support CentOS 8 explicitly
* compat: RHEL7 backported the skb hash renamings
The usual RHEL churn.
* compat: backport renamed/missing skb hash members
The new support for fq_codel and friends meant more backporting work.
* compat: ip6_dst_lookup_flow was backported to 4.14, 4.9, and 4.4
The main motivation for releasing this now: three stable kernels were released
at the same time, with a patch that necessitated updating in our compat layer.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
Upstream in commit 200c7693c9a1 ("Make WEP functionality an optional
build parameter") has made WEP functionality an optional build parameter
disabled as default, because WEP should not be used for anything
anymore. As a step towards removing it completely, they moved all WEP
related functionality behind CONFIG_WEP blocks and disabled it by
default.
This functionality is subject to be completely removed in a future
release.
So follow this good security advice, deprecation notice and disable WEP
by default, but still allow custom builds with WEP support via
CONFIG_WPA_ENABLE_WEP config option till upstream removes support for
WEP completely.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Bump package to latest upstream Git HEAD which is commit dd2daf0848ed
("HE: Process HE 6 GHz band capab from associating HE STA"). Since last
update there was 1238 commits done in the upstream tree with 618 files
changed, 53399 insertions, 24928 deletions.
I didn't bothered to rebase mesh patches as the changes seems not
trivial and I don't have enough knowledge of those parts to do/test that
properly, so someone else has to forward port them, ideally upstream
them so we don't need to bother anymore. I've just deleted them for now:
004-mesh-use-setup-completion-callback-to-complete-mesh-.patch
005-mesh-update-ssid-frequency-as-pri-sec-channel-switch.patch
006-mesh-inform-kernel-driver-DFS-handler-in-userspace.patch
007-mesh-apply-channel-attributes-before-running-Mesh.patch
011-mesh-Allow-DFS-channels-to-be-selected-if-dfs-is-ena.patch
013-mesh-do-not-allow-pri-sec-channel-switch.patch
015-mesh-do-not-use-offchan-mgmt-tx-on-DFS.patch
016-mesh-fix-channel-switch-error-during-CAC.patch
018-mesh-make-forwarding-configurable.patch
Refreshed all other patches, removed upstreamed patches:
051-wpa_supplicant-fix-race-condition-in-mesh-mpm-new-pe.patch
067-0001-AP-Silently-ignore-management-frame-from-unexpected-.patch
070-driver_nl80211-fix-WMM-queue-mapping-for-regulatory-.patch
071-driver_nl80211-fix-regulatory-limits-for-wmm-cwmin-c.patch
090-wolfssl-fix-crypto_bignum_sum.patch
091-0001-wolfssl-Fix-compiler-warnings-on-size_t-printf-forma.patch
091-0002-wolfssl-Fix-crypto_bignum_rand-implementation.patch
091-0003-wolfssl-Do-not-hardcode-include-directory-in-wpa_sup.patch
800-usleep.patch
Tested-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de> [ipq8065/NBG6817; ipq40xx/MAP-AC2200]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This is a temporary commit to have 'make config-clean' remove
temporary files from the previous scripts/config version.
The .gitignore file is updated to deal with the old files as well.
Cc: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
Running make with RECURSIVE_DEP_IS_ERROR=1 will cause a hard failure
when a recursive dependency is detected. This is useful to apply
stricter Ci tests, for example.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
Major changes include:
- Much more readable reverse dependencies separated in groups
- Improved recursive dependency report
- More readable .config files: add comments to signal end of menus
- More warnings for incorrect Config.in entries, such as a 'choice'
default not contained in the 'choice'
- Hability to properly display pseudographics with non-latin locales
- Recursive dependencies can optionally be treated as errors
Changes from failed dcf3e63a35 attempt:
- Recursive dependencies are treated as warnings by default
- The option to treat them as errors is implemented as a command-line
flag to scripts/config/conf instead of a compile-time definition
- fixed handling of select with umnet dependencies
Cc: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Cc: Jo-Philip Wich <jow@mein.io>
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
Set the mainmenu symbol in SDK Config.in to "OpenWrt Configuration", the
same as the main OpenWrt Config.in. This string is is used as the name
of the top menu in menuconfig, and at the top of the .config file. If
unset, current kconfig will use "Linux Kernel Configuration".
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
This applies 965f341aa9 ("build: fix host menu config targets using
ncurses") to the SDK top Makefile.
If there is a pkg-config in the staging dir, it will try to use it
instead of the host system's pkg-config; then it will fail to find the
ncurses package. Linux's default will be used, which fails in some
cases, such as recent Gentoo systems.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
[fixed From: to match SoB]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This version adds many bugfixes, including a couple of security
vulnerabilities:
- For fast math (enabled by wpa_supplicant option), use a constant time
modular inverse when mapping to affine when operation involves a
private key - keygen, calc shared secret, sign.
- Change constant time and cache resistant ECC mulmod. Ensure points
being operated on change to make constant time.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
Some autotools based build systems are using autoconf-archive scripts
and are expecting them to almost always be available. This is not
required for regular releases as tar balls generated for releases
commonly have existing configure script. This is rather intended to be
used with autotools.mk's autoreconf and in cases it is not always
possible to get release tar ball.
Including this adds little to no overhead in terms of build time as
those are just m4 scripts copied to an appropriate location.
Signed-off-by: Karel Kočí <karel.koci@nic.cz>
[fixed From: to match SoB]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This updates the package to contain the kernel object (.ko) file instead
of the plain object (.o) file.
Signed-off-by: Jeffery To <jeffery.to@gmail.com>
The last kernel update done with commit 500a02bc29 ("x86: Update
configuration") placed most of the updated config only in the x86_64
target.
Move the options needed by the other targets too in the x86 base config,
and add an additional option needed by those targets.
Fixes: 500a02bc29 ("x86: Update configuration")
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <bobafetthotmail@gmail.com>
[commit subject/description tweaks]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Specification:
- CPU: MediaTek MT7621A
- RAM: 128 MB DDR3
- FLASH: 128 MB ESMT NAND
- WIFI: 2x2 802.11bgn (MT7603)
- WIFI: 4x4 802.11ac (MT7615)
- ETH: 3xLAN+1xWAN 1000base-T
- LED: Power, WAN, in Amber and White
- UART: On board near ethernet, opposite side from power
- Modified u-boot
Installation:
1. Run linked exploit to get shell, startup telnet and wget the files over
2. mtd write openwrt-ramips-mt7621-xiaomi_rm2100-squashfs-kernel1.bin kernel1
3. nvram set uart_en=1
4. nvram set bootdelay=5
5. nvram set flag_try_sys1_failed=1
6. nvram commit
7. mtd -r write openwrt-ramips-mt7621-xiaomi_rm2100-squashfs-rootfs0.bin rootfs0
Restore to stock:
1. Setup PXE and TFTP server serving stock firmware image
(See dhcp-boot option of dnsmasq)
2. Hold reset button down before powering on and wait for flashing amber led
3. Release reset button
4. Wait until status led changes from flashing amber to white
Notes:
This device has dual kernel and rootfs slots like other Xiaomi devices currently
supported (mir3g, etc.) thus, we use the second slot and overwrite the first
rootfs onwards in order to get more space.
Exploit and detailed instructions:
https://openwrt.org/toh/xiaomi/xiaomi_redmi_router_ac2100
An implementation of CVE-2020-8597 against stock firmware version 1.0.14
This requires a computer with ethernet plugged into the wan port and an active
PPPoE session, and if successful will open a reverse shell to 192.168.31.177
on port 31337.
As this shell is somewhat unreliable and likely to be killed in a random amount
of time, it is recommended to wget a static compiled busybox binary onto the
device and start telnetd with it.
The stock telnetd and dropbear unfortunately appear inoperable.
(Disabled on release versions of stock firmware likely)
Ie. wget https://yourip/busybox-mipsel -O /tmp/busybox
chmod a+x /tmp/busybox
/tmp/busybox telnetd -l /bin/sh
Tested-by: David Martinez <bonkilla@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Richard Huynh <voxlympha@gmail.com>
lzma-loader uart output wasn't working on BCM3380/BCM6362 because these
SoCs have the same processor ID.
Let's use CHIP_ID for establishing the UART base address.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
When CONFIG_AUTOREMOVE is enabled, CFE binaries are removed before the
image creation.
Install CFE binaries to kernel directory and let autoremove clean the
files in PKG_BUILD_DIR.
Also drop unneeded tar cmd/options.
Fixes: dcee4eaa42 ("bcm63xx-cfe: add package with CFE RAM binaries")
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
* ipc: add support for openbsd kernel implementation
* ipc: cleanup openbsd support
* wg-quick: add support for openbsd kernel implementation
* wg-quick: cleanup openbsd support
Very exciting! wg(8) and wg-quick(8) now support the kernel implementation for
OpenBSD. OpenBSD is the second kernel, after Linux, to receive full fledged
and supported WireGuard kernel support. We'll probably send our patch set up
to the list during this next week. `ifconfig wg0 create` to make an interface,
and `wg ...` like usual to configure WireGuard aspects of it, like usual.
* wg-quick: support dns search domains
If DNS= has a non-IP in it, it is now treated as a search domain in
resolv.conf. This new feature will be rolling out across our various GUI
clients in the next week or so.
* Makefile: simplify silent cleaning
* ipc: remove extra space
* git: add gitattributes so tarball doesn't have gitignore files
* terminal: specialize color_mode to stdout only
Small cleanups.
* highlighter: insist on 256-bit keys, not 257-bit or 258-bit
The highlighter's key checker is now stricter with base64 validation.
* wg-quick: android: support application whitelist
Android users can now have an application whitelist instead of application
blacklist.
* systemd: add wg-quick.target
This enables all wg-quick at .services to be restarted or managed as a unit via
wg-quick.target.
* Makefile: remember to install all systemd units
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
Olimex RT5350F-OLinuXino devices do not have a default MAC address, and there is
nothing at the 0x4 offset in the factory partition. Using a local address, which
is randomly generated by the kernel, would be a better choice.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
of_get_mac_address can return ERR_PTR since 5.2, so the return pointer should be
checked before used. Otherwise it might cause an oops during boot.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
This is additional fix of c998ae7f0e.
The sysupgrade image of I-O DATA MT7621 devices manufactured by MSTC
(MitraStar Technology Corp.) faced to the booting issue. This was caused
by imcomplete extraction of large kernel image by U-Boot, and this issue
is occurred in initramfs image after fixing of sysupgrade image.
So, use lzma-loader for initramfs image to fix the issue.
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
Co-developed-by: Yanase Yuki <dev@zpc.sakura.ne.jp>
Signed-off-by: Yanase Yuki <dev@zpc.sakura.ne.jp>
Tested-by: Yanase Yuki <dev@zpc.sakura.ne.jp> [wn-ax2033gr]
ramips images now relies on explicit switch setup for proper failsafe
functionality. Remove default cases where it relies on vlan setup in
dts and add switch setup for devices affected.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
The location 0x28 in factory partition is the common one used for
ethernet address on this architecture. Despite, it contains the label
MAC address for the devices at hand.
Consequently, this patch moves 0x28 to the ðernet node in DTS files
(setting the WAN MAC address there) and sets up the lan_mac from 0x22
in 02_network. As a benefit, this allows to use label-mac-device in
DTS instead of ucidef_set_label_macaddr.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The current MAC address assignment for the ASUS RT-AC51U is "wrong",
it actually should be the same as for the RT-AC54U. Fix it.
MAC assignment based on vendor firmware:
2g 0x4 label
5g 0x8004 label +4
lan 0x22 label +4
wan 0x28 label
Thanks to Davide Fioravanti for checking this on his device.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The version inside the compat file determines, if a firmware supports
a specific device. I have not yet fully understood, how this is checked,
but it only seems to indicate which devices are supported by a specific
version of the combined vendor firmware. Devices assume that subsequent
versions, starting with the version that initially added support for a
specific device, are always compatible.
The first compat version that added support for the EP-R6 was '21001:7',
but OpenWrt did use '21001:6' before. This is why the factory image could
not be flashed using the vendor software, but only using TFTP.
The compat version has been bumped by the vendor a few times, but more
devices have been added since (e.g. ER-10X). Because OpenWrt currently
only supports the ER-X, ER-X-SFP and EP-R6, the compat version is
incremented to the version that first supported the EP-R6, which is
'21001:7'.
This allows the factory image to be flashed on EP-R6 without TFTP.
Signed-off-by: Fabian Bläse <fabian@blaese.de>
The mpc85xx-generic subtarget supports the QorIQ SoCs of the p1010
family. Rename the subtarget to reflect this affiliation as it's the
case with the other mpc85xx subtargets.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
CFE RAM is a second stage bootloader which is usually loaded by CFE ROM
(first stage bootloader) from a JFFS2 partition stored on the NAND.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
This ports support for the TL-WA901ND v4 and v5 from ar71xx to ath79.
They are similar to the TP9343-based TL-WR940N v3/v4 and TL-WR941ND v6.
Specifications:
SoC: TP9343
Flash/RAM: 4/32 MiB
CPU: 750 MHz
WiFi: 2.4 GHz b/g/n
Ethernet: 1 port (100M)
Flashing instructions:
Upload the factory image via the vendor firmware upgrade option.
Flash instruction (TFTP):
1. Set PC to fixed ip address 192.168.0.66
2. Download *-factory.bin image and rename it to * (see below)
3. Start a tftp server with the image file in its root directory
4. Turn off the router
5. Press and hold Reset button
6. Turn on router with the reset button pressed and wait ~15 seconds
7. Release the reset button and after a short time
the firmware should be transferred from the tftp server
8. Wait ~30 second to complete recovery.
* The image name for TFTP recovery is wa901ndv4_tp_recovery.bin for
both variants.
In ar71xx, a MAC address with offset 1 was used for ethernet port.
That's probably wrong, but this commit sticks to it until we know
the correct value.
Like in ar71xx, this builds the default factory.bin with EU country
code.
Thanks to Leonardo Weiss for testing on the v5.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The additional supported device isn't required since this is a new
device. Some board contains an addtional device,
those device were supported in earlier versions which used the
"old" image builder code.
To support an sysupgrade from such old version, there is the all caps
additional device.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
Reviewed-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Use similiar naming scheme as ath79.
Since the fritz 7360 v2 was only in the tree for 2 days, there
is no compatibility for the old image.
Users which has installed the fritz 7360 v2 before this change, must
use sysupgrade --force to skip checks on the board.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
Reviewed-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This increases the SPI frequency for both ASUS RT-AC51U and RT-AC54U.
Speed comparison tests have been performed on RT-AC54U:
- 10Mhz
root@OpenWrt:~# time cat /dev/mtd* > /dev/null
real 4m 37.78s
user 0m 0.02s
sys 2m 43.92s
- 50Mhz
root@OpenWrt:~# time cat /dev/mtd* > /dev/null
real 1m 28.34s
user 0m 0.03s
sys 0m 46.96s
- 50Mhz fast read
root@OpenWrt:~# time cat /dev/mtd* > /dev/null
real 1m 11.94s
user 0m 0.01s
sys 0m 46.94s
- 80Mhz
root@OpenWrt:~# time cat /dev/mtd* > /dev/null
real 1m 12.31s
user 0m 0.04s
sys 0m 46.96s
- 80Mhz fast read
root@OpenWrt:~# time cat /dev/mtd* > /dev/null
real 1m 12.15s
user 0m 0.02s
sys 0m 46.97s
Based on that, we took 50 MHz with fast-read, as higher frequencies
didn't yield further improvements.
For the RT-AC51U, only the final configuration was tested.
Tested-by: Zhijun You <hujy652@gmail.com> [RT-AC54U]
Tested-by: Davide Fioravanti <pantanastyle@gmail.com> [RT-AC51U]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This commit adds support for Ubiquiti devices based on the XC board
type, such as the PowerBeam 5AC 500. The factory binary structure is
the same as the WA type.
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
The Linksys EA7500 v2 is advertised as AC1900, but its internal
hardware is AC2600 capable.
Hardware
--------
SoC: Mediatek MT7621AT (880 MHz, 2 cores 4 threads)
RAM: 256M (Nanya NT5CC128M16IP-DI)
FLASH: 128MB NAND (Macronix MX30LF1G18AC-TI)
ETH: 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet (MT7530)
WIFI:
- 2.4GHz: 1x MT7615N (4x4:4)
- 5GHz: 1x MT7615N (4x4:4)
- 4 antennas: 3 external detachable antennas and 1 internal
USB:
- 1x USB 3.0
- 1x USB 2.0
BTN:
- 1x Reset button
- 1x WPS button
LEDS:
- 1x White led (Power)
- 6x Green leds (link lan1-lan4, link wan, wps)
- 5x Orange leds (act lan1-lan4, act wan) (working but unmodifiable)
Everything works correctly.
Installation
------------
The “factory” openwrt image can be flashed directly from OEM stock
firmware. After the flash the router will reboot automatically.
However, due to the dual boot system, the first installation could fail
(if you want to know why, read the footnotes).
If the flash succeed and you can reach OpenWrt through the web
interface or ssh, you are done.
Otherwise the router will try to boot 3 times and then will
automatically boot the OEM firmware (don’t turn off the router.
Simply wait and try to reach the router through the web interface
every now and then, it will take few minutes).
After this, you should be back in the OEM firmware.
Now you have to flash the OEM Firmware over itself using the OEM web
interface (I tested it using the FW_EA7500v2_2.0.8.194281_prod.img
downloaded from the Linksys website).
When the router reboots flash the “factory” OpenWrt image and this
time it should work.
After the OpenWrt installation you have to use the sysupgrade image
for future updates.
Restore OEM Firmware
--------------------
After the OpenWrt flash, the OEM firmware is still stored in the
second partition thanks to the dual boot system.
You can switch from OpenWrt to OEM firmware and vice-versa failing
the boot 3 times in a row:
1) power on the router
2) wait 15 seconds
3) power off the router
4) repeat steps 1-2-3 twice more.
5) power on the router and you should be in the “other” firmware
If you want to completely remove OpenWrt from your router, switch to
the OEM firmware and then flash OEM firmware from the web interface
as a normal update.
This procedure will overwrite the OpenWrt partition.
Footnotes
---------
The Linksys EA7500-v2 has a dual boot system to avoid bricks.
This system works using 2 pair of partitions:
1) "kernel" and "rootfs"
2) "alt_kernel" and "alt_rootfs".
After 3 failed boot attempts, the bootloader tries to boot the other
pair of partitions and so on.
This system is managed by the bootloader, which writes a bootcount in
the s_env partition, and if successfully booted, the system add a
"zero-bootcount" after the previous value.
A system update performed from OEM firmware, writes the firmware on the
other pair of partitions and sets the bootloader to boot the new pair
of partitions editing the “boot_part” variable in the bootloader vars.
Effectively it's a quick and safe system to switch the selected boot
partition.
Another way to switch the boot partition is:
1) power on the router
2) wait 15 seconds
3) power off the router
4) repeat steps 1-2-3 twice more.
5) power on the router and you should be in the “other” firmware
In this OpenWrt port, this dual boot system is partially working
because the bootloader sets the right rootfs partition in the cmdline
but unfortunately OpenWrt for ramips platform overwrites the cmdline
so is not possible to detect the right rootfs partition.
Because all of this, I preferred to simply use the first pair of
partitions and set read-only the other pair.
However this solution is not optimal because is not possible to know
without opening the case which is the current booted partition.
Let’s take for example a router booting the OEM firmware from the first
pair of partitions. If we flash the OpenWrt image, it will be written
on the second pair. In this situation the router will bootloop 3 times
and then will automatically come back to the first pair of partitions
containg the OEM firmware.
In this situation, to flash OpenWrt correctly is necessary to switch
the booting partition, flashing again the OEM firmware over itself.
At this point the OEM firmware is on both pair of partitions but the
current booted pair is the second one.
Now, flashing the OpenWrt factory image will write the firmware on
the first pair and then will boot correctly.
If this limitation in the ramips platform about the cmdline will be
fixed, the dual boot system can also be implemented in OpenWrt with
almost no effort.
Signed-off-by: Davide Fioravanti <pantanastyle@gmail.com>
Co-Developed-by: Jackson Lim <jackcolentern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jackson Lim <jackcolentern@gmail.com>
netis WF2770 is a 2.4/5GHz band AC750 router, based on MediaTek MT7620A.
Specifications:
- SoC: MT7620A
- RAM: DDR2 64MB
- Flash: SPI NOR 16MB
- WiFi:
- 2.4GHz: SoC internal
- 5GHz: MT7610EN
- Ethernet: 5x 10/100/1000Mbps
- Switch: MT7530BU
- UART:
- J2: 3.3V, RX, TX, GND (3.3V is the square pad) / 57600 8N1
MAC addresses in factory partition:
0x0004: LAN, WiFi 2.4GHz (label_mac-6)
0x0028: not used (label_mac-1)
0x002e: WAN (label_mac)
0x8004: WiFi 5GHz (label_mac+2)
Installation via web interface:
1. Flash **initramfs** image through the stock web interface.
2. Boot into OpenWrt and perform sysupgrade with sysupgrade image.
Revert to stock firmware:
1. Perform sysupgrade with stock image.
Reviewed-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Specification:
- CPU: MTK MT7620A
- RAM: 64MB
- ROM: 16MB SPI Flash Macronix MX25L12835E
- WiFi1: MediaTek MT7620A
- WiFi2: MediaTek MT7612E
- Button: reset, wps
- LED: 9 LEDs:Power, WiFi 2.4G,WiFi 5G, USB, LAN1, LAN2, LAN3, LAN4, WAN
- Ethernet: 5 ports, 4 LAN + 1 WAN
- Other: 1x UART 1x USB2.0
Installation:
Update using ASUS Firmware Restoration Tool:
1. Download the ASUS Firmware Restoration Tool but don't open it yet
2. Unplug your computer from the router
3. Put the router into Rescue Mode by: turning the power off, using a pin
to press and hold the reset button, then turning the router back on while
keeping the reset button pressed for ~5 secs until the power LED starts
flashing slowly (which indicates the router has entered Rescue Mode)
4. Important (if you don't do this next step the Asus Firmware
Restoration Tool will wrongly assume that the router is not in Rescue Mode
and will refuse to flash it): go to the Windows Control Panel and
temporarily disable ALL other network adapters except the one you will use
to connect your computer to the router
5. For the single adapter you left enabled, temporarily give it the
static IP 192.168.1.10 and the subnet mask 255.255.255.0
6. Connect a LAN cable between your computer (make sure to use the
Ethernet port of the adapter you've just set up) and port 1 of the router
(not the router's WAN port)
7. Rename sysupgrade.bin to factory.trx
8. Open the Asus Firmware Restoration Tool, locate factory.trx and click
upload (if Windows shows a compatibility prompt, confirm that the tool worked fine)
9. Flashing and reboot is finished when the power LED stops blinking and
stays on
MAC assignment based on vendor firmware:
2g 0x4 label
5g 0x8004 label +4
lan 0x22 label +4
wan 0x28 label
Signed-off-by: Zhijun You <hujy652@gmail.com>
[rebased due to DTSI patch, minor commit message adjustments, fix
label MAC address (lan->wan), do spi frequency increase separately]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This creates a DTSI for the ASUS RT-AC51U and the upcoming RT-AC54U,
as they are quite similar.
White at it, drop the unneeded "status = okay" for ethernet.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This drops some ancient kernel version switches from patches on
lantiq target. The patch only adjusts the latest kernel 5.4, as
doing it a second time for an older kernel seems a waste of time
for a cosmetic change.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This drops some ancient kernel version switches from patches on
bcm27xx target. The patch only adjusts the latest kernel 5.4, as
doing it a second time for an older kernel seems a waste of time
for a cosmetic change.
Refresh remaining target patches.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This drops the obsolete version switches for non-supported kernels
from local drivers in generic target.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This drops kernel version switches for versions not supported by
OpenWrt master at the moment. This only adjusts local code, but
doesn't touch patches to existing external packages.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The property "ralink,port-map" has been obsolete long before
this device was added, and the device is a one-port anyway.
Just remove it.
Fixes: 5ef79af4f8 ("ramips: add support for Ravpower WD03")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This tidies up the ethernet node in mt7620 DTS files by:
- removing unnecessary status as it is not disabled
- reordering properties consistently
- adding empty lines to enhance readability
This should make comparison and reviewing new PRs based on C/P easier.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
crypto_bignum_rand() use needless time-consuming filtering
which resulted in SAE no longer connecting within time limits.
Import fixes from hostap upstream to fix that.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
31e99fe3da which introduced this code was unfortunately untested.
This commit fixes a number of issues and works around the fact that in
this particular scheme, the LZO payload may be padded at the end which
will trigger a harmless lzo decompression error.
This commit also disambiguates the debug printks.
Tested-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Fixes: 31e99fe3da ("generic: platform/mikrotik: support LZOR encoding")
This commit adds support for the Fritzbox 7360v2
CPU: VR9 500MHz Cores: 2
RAM: 128 MB
NOR-Flash: 32 MB
WLAN: AR9287-BL1A
DECT is not working.
Thanks Sebastian Ortwein for adding 7360SL.
The dts file is derived from avm_fritz7360sl.dts.
Firmware can be flashed with this method:
1.) Set your client IP to 192.168.178.2
2.) Power on your your Fritzbox and connect to 192.168.178.1
via ftp in the first 5 seconds.
3.) login with adam2/adam2
4.) type into the ftp prompt:
passive
binary
debug 1
quote MEDIA FLSH // (not FLASH)
put openwrt-lantiq-xrx200-avm_fritz7360v2-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin mtd1
// using the correct location for the squashfs-sysupgrade-firmware.bin
5.) wait till red light flashing turns off.
6.) type: exit
Run tested with kernel 4.19 and 5.4 on Fritzbox 7360 V2.
Issue:
Ethernet speed is slow, (iperf between a Xiaomi mir3g
and this router results in <80Mbits throughput
with a wired cable when using the gbit ports.)
Signed-off-by: Yushi Nishida <kyro2man@gmx.net>
2e73848 jail: SIGSEGV must not be forwarded to the child process
7e150f6 jail: unnamed jails can not have netns (fix segfault)
1ab539b jail: add option to provide /dev/console to containers
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Increase SPI frequency to 33.333 MHz. It's maximum frequency supported
by SPI Flash memory chip without Fast read opcode.
Before:
$ time dd if=/dev/mtd1 of=/dev/null bs=8M
0+1 records in
0+1 records out
real 0m 3.21s
user 0m 0.00s
sys 0m 3.21s
After:
$ time dd if=/dev/mtd1 of=/dev/null bs=8M
0+1 records in
0+1 records out
real 0m 2.52s
user 0m 0.00s
sys 0m 2.52s
Tested on TP-Link TL-WR1043ND V2.
Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
The bcm6345-periph-intc driver only targets a single CPU at a time, even
if the notional affinity is wider. Let's inform the core code about this.
This patch gets rid of the kernel message:
"genirq: irq_chip bcm6345-periph-intc did not update eff. affinity mask
of irq 52"
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gonzalez Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
In file included from ./arch/mips/include/asm/io.h:34,
from ./arch/mips/include/asm/mmiowb.h:5,
from ./include/linux/spinlock.h:60,
from ./include/linux/irq.h:14,
from drivers/irqchip/irq-bcm6345-ext.c:10:
drivers/irqchip/irq-bcm6345-ext.c: In function 'bcm6345_ext_intc_of_init':
./arch/mips/include/asm/mach-bcm63xx/ioremap.h:48:9: warning: 'base' may be used uninitialized in this function [-Wmaybe-uninitialized]
return is_bcm63xx_internal_registers((unsigned long)addr);
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
drivers/irqchip/irq-bcm6345-ext.c:255:16: note: 'base' was declared here
void __iomem *base;
^~~~
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
drivers/irqchip/irq-bcm6345-periph.c: In function 'bcm6345_periph_irq_handle':
drivers/irqchip/irq-bcm6345-periph.c:55:21: warning: 'block' may be used uninitialized in this function [-Wmaybe-uninitialized]
struct intc_block *block;
^~~~~
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
1094741224 aarch64: Accept PLT calls to __getauxval within libc.so
a98b8b221c NEWS: Mention fixes for BZ 25810/25896/25902/25966
4c833bbebe x86-64: Use RDX_LP on __x86_shared_non_temporal_threshold [BZ #25966]
3b9ceb3320 NEWS: Mention bug 25639 fixed in 2.31 branch
bb44fe7711 oc_FR locale: Fix spelling of April (bug 25639)
f2ac792047 oc_FR locale: Fix spelling of Thursday (bug 25639)
18fdba553d Add a C wrapper for prctl [BZ #25896]
7c9e054afd powerpc: Rename argN to _argN in LOADARGS_N [BZ #25902]
9c5ae39a64 Add C wrappers for process_vm_readv/process_vm_writev [BZ #25810]
63c3696a4a Mark unsigned long arguments with U in more syscalls [BZ #25810]
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
While "ok" is recognized in DT parsing, only "okay" is actually
mentioned as valid value. Replace it accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
While "ok" is recognized in DT parsing, only "okay" is actually
mentioned as valid value. Replace it accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This commit removes the target-specific diag.sh script. This way, the
generic one is used for the target, which uses DT-aliases to specify the
LEDs used.
Though generic diag.sh allows to use different LEDs to indicate different
states, this patch just moves the old assignment and does not try to
"improve" the assignment by using additional colors.
However, individual proposals to do so are welcome.
For the few cases where status_led2 was used in old diag.sh, only the
primary LED was migrated.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The id parameter in __rb_get_wlan_data() was incorrectly used on the
assumption that id "0" would always be tied to ath9k with RLE encoding
and positive id (in fact, only id "1" was valid) would always be tied to
("external") ath10k with LZO encoding.
Newer hardware revisions of supported devices prove this assumption to
be invalid, with ath9k caldata being now wrapped in MAGIC_ERD and LZO
compressed, so disable this check to allow newer hardware to correctly
decode caldata for ath9k. Since ath10k caldata is no longer pulled from
this implementation, this commit also disables the publication in sysfs
to avoid wasting memory.
Note: this patch assumes that ath9k caldata is never stored with the new
"LZOR" encoding scheme found on some ath10k devices.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Program received signal SIGSEGV, Segmentation fault.
main_autofs (argv=<optimized out>, argc=<optimized out>)
at fstools-2020-05-06-eec16e2f/block.c:1193
1193: if (!m->autofs && (mp = find_mount_point(pr->dev))) {
Fixes: c3a43753b9 ("fstools: update to the latest version")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
An e-mail response from MikroTik contained a minimal overview
on hardware option bits which mentioned a currently unknown bit.
While not being too detailed what it does, add it for documentation purposes.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Hardware
--------
SoC: Qualcomm IPQ4029
RAM: 512M DDR3
FLASH: - 128MB NAND (Macronix MX30LF1G18AC)
- 4MB SPI-NOR (Macronix MX25R3235F)
TPM: Atmel AT97SC3203
BLE: Texas Instruments CC2540T
attached to ttyMSM0
ETH: Atheros AR8035
LED: System (red / green / amber)
BTN: Reset
The USB port on the device is (in contrast to other Aruba boards) real
USB. The AP uses a CP2101 USB TTY converter on the board.
Console baudrate is 9600 8n1.
To enable a full list of commands in the U-Boot "help" command, execute
the literal "diag" command.
Installation
------------
1. Get the OpenWrt initramfs image. Rename it to ipq40xx.ari and put it
into the TFTP server root directory. Configure the TFTP server to
be reachable at 192.168.1.75/24. Connect the machine running the TFTP
server to the ethernet port of the access point.
2. Connect to the serial console. Interrupt autobooting by pressing
Enter when prompted.
3. Configure the bootargs and bootcmd for OpenWrt.
$ setenv bootargs_openwrt "setenv bootargs console=ttyMSM1,9600n8"
$ setenv nandboot_openwrt "run bootargs_openwrt; ubi part aos1;
ubi read 0x85000000 kernel; bootm 0x85000000"
$ setenv ramboot_openwrt "run bootargs_openwrt;
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.105; setenv serverip 192.168.1.75;
netget; set fdt_high 0x87000000; bootm"
$ setenv bootcmd "run nandboot_openwrt"
$ saveenv
4. Load OpenWrt into RAM:
$ run ramboot_openwrt
5. After OpenWrt booted, transfer the OpenWrt sysupgrade image to the
/tmp folder on the device.
6. Flash OpenWrt:
Make sure you use the mtd partition with the label "ubi" here!
$ ubidetach -p /dev/mtd1
$ ubiformat /dev/mtd1
$ sysupgrade -n /tmp/openwrt-sysupgrade.bin
To go back to the stock firmware, simply reset the bootcmd in the
bootloader to the original value:
$ setenv bootcmd "boot"
$ saveenv
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Hotplug scripts are sourced so the #!/bin/sh is superfluous/deceptive.
Re-arrange script to only source 'procd' if we get to the stage of
needing to signal the process, reduce hotplug processing load a little.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
The BL-W1200 Wireless Router is based on the MT7620A SoC.
Specification:
- MediaTek MT7620A (580 Mhz)
- 64 MB of RAM
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 1x 802.11bgn radio
- 1x 802.11ac radio (MT7612E)
- 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet (MT7530)
- 2x external, non-detachable antennas (Wifi 2.4G/5G)
- 1x USB 2.0
- UART (R2) on PCB (57600 8n1)
- 9x LED (1 GPIO controlled), 1x button
- u-Boot bootloader
Known issues:
- No status LED. Used WPS LED during boot/failsafe/sysupgrade.
Installation:
1. Apply initramfs image via factory web-gui.
2. Install sysupgrade image.
How to revert to OEM firmware:
- sysupgrade -n -F stock_firmware.bin
Reviewed-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
The user can now enable the ACK timeout estimation algorithm (dynack)
for drivers that support it.
It is also expected that the distance config accepts the same values as:
$ iw phyX set distance XXX
Signed-off-by: Ali MJ Al-Nasrawy <alimjalnasrawy@gmail.com>
Most work was done in commit 021c893658 ("ramips: fix size-cells on spi
nodes"), but a few more DTS files using the old reg style have been added
since then. This commit fixes them.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Certain SFP modules (most notably Nokia GPON ones) first check
connectivity on 1000base-x, and switch to 2500base-x afterwards. This
is considered a quirk so the phylink switches the interface to
2500base-x as well.
However, after power-cycling the uDPU device, network interface/SFP module
will not work correctly until the module is re-seated. This patch
resolves this issue by forcing the interface to be brought up in
2500base-x mode by default.
Signed-off-by: Jakov Petrina <jakov.petrina@sartura.hr>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Vid <vladimir.vid@sartura.hr>
Cc: Luka Perkov <luka.perkov@sartura.hr>
Out of all devices currently supported based on AR9331 chipset,
this one had the 'serial0' alias missing. Add it to fix setting of
/dev/console and login shell on the onboard UART.
Signed-off-by: Lech Perczak <lech.perczak@gmail.com>
- use tab indent in image build recipes for consistency
- harmonize line wrapping
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
[use different line wrapping for one recipe]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
As the node is already defined and labeled in SoC DTSI file, we can refer to it
outside of root node and reduce redundancy.
While at it, remove unused pcf8563 label.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Change "0" to "0x0" for consistency. This is an extension of commit 34abfb6e91
("ramips: convert mediatek,mtd-eeprom from decimal to hex notation").
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Fixes a build error seen when applying the kernel patches.
Applying patch generic/435-mtd-add-routerbootpart-parser-config.patch
patching file drivers/mtd/parsers/Kconfig
Hunk #1 FAILED at 160.
1 out of 1 hunk FAILED -- rejects in file drivers/mtd/parsers/Kconfig
patching file drivers/mtd/parsers/Makefile
Hunk #1 FAILED at 10.
1 out of 1 hunk FAILED -- rejects in file drivers/mtd/parsers/Makefile
This was missed as 5.4 is currently set as testing kernel
while the main kernel being used is 4.19
Fixes: 2976e423dc ("generic: routerboot partition build bits")
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
As evidenced here[1] the device MAC address can be stored at a random
offset in the hard_config partition. Rely on sysfs to update the MAC
address correctly.
Adjust config so that WAN is base MAC and LAN is base MAC +1 to better
match label and vendor OS.
[1] https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/2850#issuecomment-610809021
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
This commit takes advantages of base-files 220 which introduces routines
to perform caldata loading directly via the kernel sysfs loader helper.
This has the benefits of not wasting flash space to store caldata.
Memory footprint is reduced to the bare minimum: for devices that don't
need MAC patching, the caldata is loaded directly, for devices that do
need MAC patching, the caldata is extracted to /tmp, patched and then
loaded.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
This will enable platforms to extract caldata to an arbitrary file,
or patch mac in an abitrary file.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Rationale:
1/ This tool is no longer necessary following the implementation of a
sysfs driver
2/ The upstream author, Robert Marko, stated[1] that this tool had been
taken from his tree in an unfinished state not suitable for merging
[1] https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/2850#issuecomment-610277863
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
With the implementation of a sysfs interface to access WLAN data, this
target no longer needs a special wrapper to extract caldata.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
As evidenced here[1] the device MAC address can be stored at a random
offset in the hard_config partition. Rely on sysfs to update the MAC
address correctly.
To match sticker and vendor OS behavior, WAN MAC is set to the device
base MAC and LAN MAC is incremented from that.
Note: this will trigger a harmless kernel message during boot:
ag71xx 19000000.eth: invalid MAC address, using random address
There is no clean workaround to prevent this message from being emitted.
[1] https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/2850#issuecomment-610809021
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Some newer MikroTik RouterBOARD devices use a new encoding scheme
for their WLAN calibration data. This patch provides support for
decoding this new scheme.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
This driver exposes the data encoded in the "hard_config" flash segment
of MikroTik RouterBOARDs devices. It presents the data in a sysfs folder
named "hard_config". The WLAN calibration data is available on demand via
the 'wlan_data' sysfs file in that folder.
This driver permanently allocates a chunk of RAM as large as the
"hard_config" MTD partition (typically 4KB), although it is technically
possible to operate entirely from the MTD device without using a local
buffer (except when requesting WLAN calibration data), at the cost of a
performance penalty.
This driver does not reuse any of the existing code previously found in
routerboot.c.
This driver has been successfully tested on BE (ath79) and LE (ipq40xx
and ramips) hardware.
Tested-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Tested-by: Baptiste Jonglez <git@bitsofnetworks.org>
Tested-by: Tobias Schramm <t.schramm@manjaro.org>
Tested-by: Christopher Hill <ch6574@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
This driver provides an OF MTD parser to properly assign the RouterBoot
partitions on the flash. This parser builds from the "fixed-partitions"
one (see ofpart.c), but it can handle dynamic partitions as found on
routerboot devices.
The parent node must contain the following:
compatible = "mikrotik,routerboot-partitions";
#address-cells = <1>;
#size-cells = <1>;
Children routerbootpart DTS nodes are defined as follows:
For fixed partitions
node-name@unit-address {
reg = <prop-encoded-array>;
label = <string>;
read-only;
lock;
};
All properties but reg are optional.
For dynamic partitions:
node-name {
size = <prop-encoded-array>;
label = <string>;
read-only;
lock;
};
size property is mandatory unless the next partition is a fixed one or
a "well-known" one (matched from the strings defined below) in which case
it can be omitted or set to 0; other properties are optional.
By default dynamic partitions are appended after the preceding one, except
for "well-known" ones which are automatically located on flash.
Well-known partitions (matched via label or node-name):
- "hard_config"
- "soft_config"
- "dtb_config"
This parser requires the DTS to list partitions in ascending order as
expected on the MTD device.
This parser has been successfully tested on BE (ath79) and LE (ipq40xx
and ramips) hardware.
Tested-by: Baptiste Jonglez <git@bitsofnetworks.org>
Tested-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Tested-by: Tobias Schramm <t.schramm@manjaro.org>
Tested-by: Christopher Hill <ch6574@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
add option to set management IP pattern
also add missing 'unconfigure system hostname'
for example pattern '!192.168.1.1' makes it possible that
WAN IP is selected instead of LAN IP
Signed-off-by: Daniel A. Maierhofer <git@damadmai.at>
[grammar and spelling fixes in commit message]
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Samba 3.6 is completely unsupported, in addition to having tons of patches
It also causes kernel panics on some platforms when sendfile is enabled.
Example:
https://github.com/gnubee-git/GnuBee_Docs/issues/45
I have reproduced on ramips as well as mvebu in the past.
Samba 4 is an alternative available in the packages repo.
cifsd is a lightweight alternative available in the packages repo. It is
also a faster alternative to both Samba versions (lower CPU usage). It
was renamed to ksmbd.
To summarize, here are the alternatives:
- ksmbd + luci-app-cifsd
- samba4 + luci-app-samba4
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
[drop samba36-server from GEMINI_NAS_PACKAGES, ksmbd rename + summary]
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
We do not have to define package for each board, and
consider variant's installing.
It is easier to maintain ls-dpl with only one package
installing all 4 files as intermediate files.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
We do not have to define package for each board, and
consider variant's installing.
It is easier to maintain ls-mc with only one package
installing all two images as intermediate files.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
We do not have to define package for each board, and
consider variant's installing.
It is easier to maintain fman-ucode with only one package
installing all two binaries as intermediate files.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Update tfa package to latest LSDK-20.04 dropping one patch
which had already been integrated.
Add fixes,
- Fix DEPENDS/PKG_BUILD_DEPENDS.
- Remove HIDDEN:=1.
- Move intermediate files installing into Build/InstallDev.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Update u-boot package to latest LSDK-20.04 dropping patches
which are no longer needed.
Adapt u-boot bootargs to kernel 5.4 for booting.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Update ls-rcw to latest LSDK-20.04.
Update patch 0001 with a new one.
Drop patch 0002 since it had been integrated.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
We do not have to define package for each board, and
consider variant's building/installing.
It is easier to maintain ls-rcw with only one package
installing all boards RCW binaries as intermediate
files, each of which is just about hundreds of bytes.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
The Freescale IFC NAND/NOR controllers options were disabled
in default in previous running make kernel_oldconfig.
So re-enable them.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Add patches for linux-5.4. The patches are from NXP LSDK-20.04 release
which was tagged LSDK-20.04-V5.4.
https://source.codeaurora.org/external/qoriq/qoriq-components/linux/
For boards LS1021A-IOT, and Traverse-LS1043 which are not involved in
LSDK, port the dts patches from 4.14.
The patches are sorted into the following categories:
301-arch-xxxx
302-dts-xxxx
303-core-xxxx
701-net-xxxx
801-audio-xxxx
802-can-xxxx
803-clock-xxxx
804-crypto-xxxx
805-display-xxxx
806-dma-xxxx
807-gpio-xxxx
808-i2c-xxxx
809-jailhouse-xxxx
810-keys-xxxx
811-kvm-xxxx
812-pcie-xxxx
813-pm-xxxx
814-qe-xxxx
815-sata-xxxx
816-sdhc-xxxx
817-spi-xxxx
818-thermal-xxxx
819-uart-xxxx
820-usb-xxxx
821-vfio-xxxx
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
* compat: timeconst.h is a generated artifact
Before we were trying to check for timeconst.h by looking in the kernel
source directory. This isn't quite correct on configurations in which
the object directory is separate from the kernel source directory, for
example when using O="elsewhere" as a make option when building the
kernel. The correct fix is to use $(CURDIR), which should point to
where we want.
* compat: use bash instead of bc for HZ-->USEC calculation
This should make packaging somewhat easier, as bash is generally already
available (at least for dkms), whereas bc isn't provided by distros by
default in their build meta packages.
* socket: remove errant restriction on looping to self
It's already possible to create two different interfaces and loop
packets between them. This has always been possible with tunnels in the
kernel, and isn't specific to wireguard. Therefore, the networking stack
already needs to deal with that. At the very least, the packet winds up
exceeding the MTU and is discarded at that point. So, since this is
already something that happens, there's no need to forbid the not very
exceptional case of routing a packet back to the same interface; this
loop is no different than others, and we shouldn't special case it, but
rather rely on generic handling of loops in general. This also makes it
easier to do interesting things with wireguard such as onion routing.
At the same time, we add a selftest for this, ensuring that both onion
routing works and infinite routing loops do not crash the kernel. We
also add a test case for wireguard interfaces nesting packets and
sending traffic between each other, as well as the loop in this case
too. We make sure to send some throughput-heavy traffic for this use
case, to stress out any possible recursion issues with the locks around
workqueues.
* send: cond_resched() when processing tx ringbuffers
Users with pathological hardware reported CPU stalls on CONFIG_
PREEMPT_VOLUNTARY=y, because the ringbuffers would stay full, meaning
these workers would never terminate. That turned out not to be okay on
systems without forced preemption. This commit adds a cond_resched() to
the bottom of each loop iteration, so that these workers don't hog the
core. We don't do this on encryption/decryption because the compat
module here uses simd_relax, which already includes a call to schedule
in preempt_enable.
* selftests: initalize ipv6 members to NULL to squelch clang warning
This fixes a worthless warning from clang.
* send/receive: use explicit unlikely branch instead of implicit coalescing
Some code readibility cleanups.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
ar8229 and ar8236 don't allow unknown unicast/multicast frames and
broadcast frames to be flooded to cpu port. This isn't desired behavior
for swconfig as we treat it as a standalone switch.
Current code doesn't enable unicast frame flooding for ar8229 and uses
wrong setup for ar8236. This commit fixes both of them by enabling port
0 flooding for all unknown frames.
Fixes: FS#2848
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Common Platform Enumeration (CPE) is a structured naming scheme for
information technology systems, software, and packages.
This information already exists in some makefiles. In order for the
information to be processed further, it should also be added to the
manifest file and the control file of ipkg packages.
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <fe@dev.tdt.de>
* uci state was not getting reset properly during teardown
* AP+STA co-exist state was not flushed properly upon channel switch
* remove a debug logger call
* properly teardown supplicant instances when they get disabled
* add md5 config support for supplicant
* don't call wpa_supplicant_prepare_interface twice
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
If you want to use the Raspberry Pi UART, "console=serial0,115200" needs
to be removed from the kernel cmdline. This is done by editing
/boot/cmdline.txt. However, this file is not currently backed up during
sysupgrade, so this effectively breaks HATs that require the use of the
UART every sysupgrade.
Backup this file during sysupgrade, and restore it before rebooting.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
As touch creates files with permission 0644 use umask to create
config files with permission 0600 to be inline with INSTALL_CONF
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
* compat: support latest suse 15.1 and 15.2
* compat: support RHEL 7.8's faulty siphash backport
* compat: error out if bc is missing
* compat: backport hsiphash_1u32 for tests
We now have improved support for RHEL 7.8, SUSE 15.[12], and Ubuntu 16.04.
* compat: include sch_generic.h header for skb_reset_tc
A fix for a compiler error on kernels with weird configs.
* compat: import latest fixes for ptr_ring
* compat: don't assume READ_ONCE barriers on old kernels
* compat: kvmalloc_array is not required anyway
ptr_ring.h from upstream was imported, with compat modifications, to our
compat layer, to receive the latest fixes.
* compat: prefix icmp[v6]_ndo_send with __compat
Some distros that backported icmp[v6]_ndo_send still try to build the compat
module in some corner case circumstances, resulting in errors. Work around
this with the usual __compat games.
* compat: ip6_dst_lookup_flow was backported to 3.16.83
* compat: ip6_dst_lookup_flow was backported to 4.19.119
Greg and Ben backported the ip6_dst_lookup_flow patches to stable kernels,
causing breaking in our compat module, which these changes fix.
* git: add gitattributes so tarball doesn't have gitignore files
Distros won't need to clean this up manually now.
* crypto: do not export symbols
These don't do anything and only increased file size.
* queueing: cleanup ptr_ring in error path of packet_queue_init
Sultan Alsawaf reported a memory leak on an error path.
* main: mark as in-tree
Now that we're upstream, there's no need to set the taint flag.
* receive: use tunnel helpers for decapsulating ECN markings
ECN markings are now decapsulated using RFC6040 instead of the old RFC3168.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
Pulls in workaround for TX rate code firmware bug which might as well
help track it down via different printk()s and thus possibly provide
more clue for proper fix.
Firmware currently sends wrong (0xff) TX rate code which causes
WARN_ONCE, so the workaround just changes this bogus value (0xff) into 0.
For 5.4 it also pulls in tx-queue-wake throttling patch "ath10k: Restart
xmit queues below low-water mark", which should improve performance with
high number of concurrent TCP streams.
Ref: https://github.com/greearb/ath10k-ct/pull/129
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Init script checks for an already active DHCP server on the interface
and if such DHCP server is found, then it logs "refusing to start DHCP"
message, starts dnsmasq without DHCP service unless `option force 1` is
set and caches the DHCP server check result.
Each consecutive service start then uses this cached DHCP server check
result, but doesn't provide log feedback about disabled DHCP service
anymore.
So this patch ensures, that the log message about disabled DHCP service
on particular interface is always provided.
Acked-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This board was previously supported in ar71xx as 'RUT9XX'. The
difference between that and the other RUT955 board already supported in
ath79 is that instead of the SPI shift registers driving the LEDs and
digital outputs that model got an I2C GPIO expander instead.
To support LEDs during early boot and interrupt-driven digital inputs,
I2C support as well as support for PCA953x has to be built-in and
cannot be kernel modules, hence select those symbols for ath79/generic.
Specification:
- 550/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 4x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, with passive PoE support on LAN1
- 2T2R 2,4 GHz (AR9344)
- built-in 4G/3G module (example: Quectel EC-25EU)
- internal microSD slot (spi-mmc, buggy and disabled for now)
- RS232 on D-Sub9 port (Cypress ACM via USB, /dev/ttyACM0)
- RS422/RS485 (AR934x high speed UART, /dev/ttyATH1)
- analog 0-24V input (MCP3221)
- various digital inputs and outputs incl. a relay
- 11x LED (4 are driven by AR9344, 7 by PCA9539)
- 2x miniSIM slot (can be swapped via GPIO)
- 2x RP-SMA/F (Wi-Fi), 3x SMA/F (2x WWAN, GPS)
- 1x button (reset)
- DC jack for main power input (9-30 V)
- debugging UART available on PCB edge connector
Serial console (/dev/ttyS0) pinout:
- RX: pin1 (square) on top side of the main PCB (AR9344 is on top)
- TX: pin1 (square) on bottom side
Flash instruction:
Vendor firmware is based on OpenWrt CC release. Use the "factory" image
directly in GUI (make sure to uncheck "keep settings") or in U-Boot web
based recovery. To avoid any problems, make sure to first update vendor
firmware to latest version - "factory" image was successfully tested on
device running "RUT9XX_R_00.06.051" firmware and U-Boot "3.0.1".
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Split device-tree of Teltonika RUT955 into a generic RUT9xx part and
a part specific to that version of RUT955 already supported.
Also harmonize GPIO and LED names with what is used by the vendor
firmware and assign RS485 DTR signal.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Due to the switch to DSA, the kernel image has become too big (2641k) for the
kernel partition (2624k) on this device:
WARNING: Image file [...]/linux-kirkwood/linksys_audi-uImage is too big
Disable the device until this is fixed, so buildbots can continue their work.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
undefine was added in make 3.82 which is now some 10 years ago, some
make scripts are beginning to use 'undefine'
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
This adds some still-missing board names for old TP-Link devices
to ath79 SUPPORTED_DEVICES.
Fixes: FS#3017
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This reverts commit a1693bf626.
The rt288x and rt3883 devices in question don't have switches.
Only keep the merged case for rt305x.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
kirkwood has moved to DSA on 5.4, which will make kernel 4.14 and 4.19
support broken on the affected devices.
Support on kernel 5.4 seems to have been running fine for almost 2 months
on multiple devices, while support for 4.19 has never left testing state.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Acked-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
kirkwood has moved to DSA on 5.4, which will make kernel 4.14 and 4.19
support broken on the affected devices.
Support on kernel 5.4 seems to have been running fine for almost 2 months
on multiple devices.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Acked-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
This patch removes support for swconfig and switches to dsa driver.
swconfig and switch drivers are removed. DSA driver is enabled and
configuration is adjusted.
In kirkwood only two devices have switches: Linksys EA3500 and EA4500.
WAN MAC configuration in 02_network is required because otherwise WAN
would have the same MAC address as lan interfaces. In swconfig solution
the WAN address was assigned in u-Boot to eth1. Now, as eth1 is disabled
and wan is part of the switch, we have to set it manually.
Compile tested: EA3500, EA4500
Run tested: EA4500
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
[minor commit title/message adjustments, remove swconfig package
for devices]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Backport patch from hostapd.git master that fixes copy/paste error in
crypto_bignum_sub() in crypto_wolfssl.c.
This missing fix was discovered while testing SAE over a mesh interface.
With this fix applied and wolfssl >3.14.4 mesh+SAE works fine with
wpad-mesh-wolfssl.
Cc: Sean Parkinson <sean@wolfssl.com>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <a@unstable.cc>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
For wave-2, there is now a new variant: htt-mgt-community (vs the old
full-htt-mgt-community).
The non-full one (hence forth 'diet') compiles out a lot of firmware features
that ath10k does not use. This saves a lot of resources and lets one
configure more stations/vdevs/etc using fwcfg.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Fixes following build error on mpc85xx/generic:
ppc_initreg.c: In function 'ppc_set_initial_registers_tid':
ppc_initreg.c:79:22: error: field 'r' has incomplete type
struct pt_regs r;
Ref: FS#2924
Fixes: d27623b542 ("elfutils: update to 0.179")
Signed-off-by: Luiz Angelo Daros de Luca <luizluca@gmail.com>
[commit description facelift]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Another release is overdue for quite some time, so I'm backporting three
fixes from upstream which I plan to backport into 19.07 as well.
Ref: FS#2880
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Like for Ubiquiti PowerBeam 5AC Gen2, the highest RSSI LED can
be exploited to indicate boot/failsafe/upgrade for the NanoBeam AC
and Nanostation AC as well.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The Ubiquiti PowerBeam 5AC Gen 2 (PBE-5AC-Gen2) is an outdoor 802.11ac
5 GHz bridge with a radio feed and a dish antenna. The device is
hardware-compatible with the LiteBeam AC Gen2, plus the 4 extra LEDs.
Specifications:
- SoC: Qualcomm Atheros AR9342 rev 2
- RAM: 64 MB DDR2
- Flash: 16 MB SPI NOR (mx25l12805d)
- Ethernet: 1x 10/100/1000 Mbps Atheros 8035, 24 Vdc PoE-in
- WiFi 5 GHz: QCA988x HW2.0 Ubiquiti target 0x4100016c chip_id 0x043222ff
- WiFi 2.4 GHz: Atheros AR9340 (SoC-based)
- Buttons: 1x (reset)
- LEDs: 1x power, 1x Ethernet, 4x RSSI via GPIO. All blue.
- UART: not tested
Installation from stock airOS firmware:
- Follow instructions for WA-type Ubiquiti devices on OpenWrt wiki
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
[changed device name in commit title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
In rt3883 subtarget, several devices add swconfig to their DEVICE_PACKAGES.
This is redundant as the package is already provided via DEFAULT_PACKAGES.
Remove the redundant inclusions.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
These definitions are not required since swconfig is selected for
the target anyway and kmod-swconfig is pulled as dependency by
kmod-switch-rtl8366rb.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Commit 8f6334eb94 ("ramips: explicitly disable built-in switch when needed")
did not fix rt288x and rt3883 devices. This patch deals with them.
While at it, consolidate duplicate cases in interface setup.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Three of the I-O DATA devices with NAND flash share a lot of
variables. Create a common definition for them to reduce duplicate
code.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This fixes following compile error:
```
CC drivers/net/ethernet/mediatek/mtk_eth_soc.o
drivers/net/ethernet/mediatek/mtk_eth_soc.c:70:5: error: conflicting types for 'mtk_m32'
u32 mtk_m32(struct mtk_eth *eth, u32 mask, u32 set, unsigned reg)
^~~~~~~
In file included from drivers/net/ethernet/mediatek/mtk_eth_soc.c:25:
drivers/net/ethernet/mediatek/mtk_eth_soc.h:964:6: note: previous declaration of 'mtk_m32' was here
void mtk_m32(struct mtk_eth *eth, u32 clear, u32 set, unsigned reg);
^~~~~~~
```
which caused by 5.4.34 mainlining of mtk_m32 function.
Fixes: faf668be35 ("kernel: bump 5.4 to 5.4.34")
Signed-off-by: Yong-hyu, Ban <perillamint@quendi.moe>
bef8f8a5966d mt76: mt7615: remove a stray if statement
89bd7199487f mt76: remove variable 'val' set but not used
ee8ac234b84e mt76: mt7615: introduce mt7615_mcu_fill_msg
4999db4668f0 mt76: mt7615: introduce mt7615_mcu_wait_response
8ce6e40eba03 mt76: mt7615: cleanup fw queue just for mmio devices
9d1d2ee9add3 mt76: mt7615: introduce mt7615_init_device routine
7fbd2a57cea4 mt76: always init to 0 mcu messages
3b277cf18d95 mt76: mt7615: introduce mt7615_mcu_send_message routine
2a4132a55a4f mt76: mt7615: add mt7615_mcu_ops data structure
9ba71749a122 mt76: mt7615: move mt7615_mcu_set_bmc to mt7615_mcu_ops
2e991f3e8cdd mt76: mt7615: move mt7615_mcu_set_sta in mt7615_mcu_ops
56852057cb90 mt76: mt7615: rely on skb API for mt7615_mcu_set_eeprom
642ecd978887 mt76: mt7615: rework mt7615_mcu_set_bss_info using skb APIs
2b0810af4a52 mt76: mt7615: move more mcu commands in mt7615_mcu_ops data structure
7a6285e63d88 mt76: mt7615: introduce MCU_FW_PREFIX for fw mcu commands
e536b42ebc7d mt76: mt7615: introduce mt7615_register_map
fccbdb628ffd mt76: mt7615: add mt7663e support to mt7615_reg_map
d42244e9255c mt76: mt7615: add mt7663e support to mt7615_{driver,firmware}_own
aebbe088127f mt76: mt7615: add mt7663e support to mt7615_mcu_set_eeprom
28e22d07f892 mt76: mt7615: introduce mt7615_eeprom_parse_hw_band_cap routine
167428592647 mt76: mt7615: introduce mt7615_init_mac_chain routine
23ca7acfc856 mt76: mt7615: introduce uni cmd command types
c4171728cf70 mt76: mt7615: introduce set_bmc and st_sta for uni commands
9e5c76d2310a mt76: mt7615: add more uni mcu commands
779b2cebc147 mt76: mt7615: introduce set_ba uni command
21ee7da00f0a mt76: mt7615: get rid of sta_rec_wtbl data structure
2097f74f664c mt76: mt7615: introduce mt7663e support
8e9cd01228d0 mt7615: sync Kconfig with upstream
3b4f93840950 mt76: add memory barrier to DMA queue kick
8d301ace8ed7 mt76: mt7615: fix mt7663e firmware struct endianness
9bc1850ce711 mt76: mt7615: fix endianness in unified command
a1b9b7d94aa0 mt76: mt7615: add missing declaration in mt7615.h
6e4b2a709fe7 mt76: sync Makefile with upstream
258dfb6afb30 mt76: mt76x02u: Add support for newer versions of the XBox One wifi adapter
9c3d84b62cc0 mt76: mt76x2u: introduce Mercury UD13 support
ea8ea71933ca mt76: mt76x0: pci: add mt7610 PCI ID
9d555f82d329 mt76: mt7615: modify mt7615_ampdu_stat_read for each phy
8bd26d6c3172 mt76: mt7615: enable aggr_stats for both phy
1315afa511e0 mt76: mt7615: cleanup mib related defines and structs
072b50c61e0e mt76: mt7615: add more useful Tx mib counters
b23ff3e9343a mt76: mt7663: fix mt7615_mac_cca_stats_reset routine
294abe47c9b2 mt76: mt7663: enable nf estimation
d2d7bf2243f6 mt76: mt7615: make scs configurable per phy
908a2cfab88f mt76: mt7663: disable RDD commands
eaef0a268b95 mt76: mt7615: add ethool support to mt7663 driver
96e07ef1113d mt76: mt7615: introduce mt7615_mcu_set_channel_domain mcu command
67182f36e3be mt76: mt7663: keep Rx filters as the default
e6a3f3ffe53a mt76: mt7615: introduce hw scan support
12ecd5ba2146 mt76: mt7615: introduce scheduled scan support
f6ab0bee3172 mt76: mt7615: introduce BSS absence event
f208a9430044 mt76: mt7615: introduce rlm tlv in bss_info mcu command
ea4f4d216dbe mt76: mt7615: remove unnecessary register operations
72c9380e70f9 mt76: add headroom and tailroom to mt76_mcu_ops data structure
63e14669e09d mt76: mt7615: introduce mt7663u support to mt7615_write_txwi
29d359ac7626 mt76: mt7615: introduce mt7615_mac_update_rate_desc routine
1f1dd2cb5b49 mt76: mt7615: introduce __mt7663_load_firmware routine
cb6dcfd3cf13 mt76: mt7615: move mt7615_mac_wtbl_addr in mac.h
d28e8e7ef912 mt76: mt76u: rely on mt7622 queue scheme for mt7663u
f78cf8957aba mt76: mt7615: rework wtbl key configuration
2829497aaaf5 mt76: mt7615: introduce mt7615_wtbl_desc data structure
02c9ec4a15e7 mt76: mt7615: add address parameter to mt7615_eeprom_init
e9c640c0a79e mt76: mt7663: correct the name of the rom patch
1e8b2fe5ab03 mt76: mt7615: do not always reset the dfs state setting the channel
ec0ea46dacf9 mt76: mt7615: Delete an error message in mt7622_wmac_probe()
d16a4698f1ac mt76: mt7615: disable merge of OTP ROM data by default
2b58998bb594 mt76: mt7615: add support for applying DC offset calibration from EEPROM
55198aafb756 mt76: mt7615: add support for applying tx DPD calibration from EEPROM
5a1eaa38d380 mt76: mt7603: disable merge of OTP ROM data by default
bf60f43b12fb mt76: mt76x2: disable merge of OTP ROM data by default
9406eb1d110f mt76: mt7615: fix endian issues in applying flash calibration data
66d00b8c9dac mt76: mt7615: fix possible division by 0 in mt7615_mac_update_mib_stats
25d812dddcf8 mt76: mt7663: fix aggr range entry in debugfs
08b8bd2bc915 mt76: mt7615: disable hw/sched scan ops for non-offload firmware
8fb1cd20a776 mt76: mt7615: set hw scan limits only for firmware with offload support
05b23d7478fe mt76: mt7615: rework IRQ handling to prepare for MSI support
b92c0d576769 mt76: mt7622: fix DMA unmap length
03daa60ca69c mt76: mt7663: fix DMA unmap length
5f2f676b1f01 mt76: mt7615: enable MSI by default
5822911f8026 mt76: remove unnecessary annotations
a7035bce8517 mt76: mt7615: fix possible deadlock in mt7615_stop
d4e6e225bc06 mt76: mt7615: move core shared code in mt7615-common module
94827d2033c7 mt76: mt7615: introduce mt7663u support
36591dd35f91 mt76: mt7615: enable scs for mt7663 driver
bd80144cb5be mt76: mt7615: disable aspm by default
9dcb60b78ede mt76: mt7615: provide aid info to the mcu
6e443e89cce2 mt76: remove PS_NULLFUNC_STACK capability
ea133325faa6 mt76: mt7663: introduce 802.11 PS support in sta mode
ff3869b38cf2 mt76: mt7615: make Kconfig entry obvious for MT7663E
01fd34f3a6c5 mt76: mt7615: fix sta ampdu factor for VHT
e5adbb2077e2 mt76: fix A-MPDU density handling
d73e3a23a54e mt76: mt7615: use larger rx buffers if VHT is supported
257319e9b07d mt76: mt7615: never use an 802.11b CF-End rate on 5GHz
29a92c5606d6 mt76: mt7603: never use an 802.11b CF-End rate on 5GHz
c0b19ac97c07 mt76: mt7615: adjust timing in mt7615_mac_set_timing to match fw/hw values
1656882f2723 mt76: mt7615: do not adjust MAC timings if the device is not running
4e7ce907faf3 mt76: mt7615: fix tx status rate index calculation
8304b3866100 mt76: mt7603: fix tx status rate index calculation
722d1f47d8ba mt76: add rx queues info to mt76 debugfs
da329ef776b0 mt76: mt7615: parse mcu return code for unified commands
facf74fd506f mt76: mt7615: fix mt7615_firmware_own for mt7663e
e910787a9888 mt76: mt7615: fix max wtbl size for 7663
c9821f7d6a8c mt76: mt7615: fix mt7615_driver_own routine
e35cc532c3d2 mt76: mt7615: fix aid configuration in mt7615_mcu_wtbl_generic_tlv
b6cb91a71fe1 mt76: mt7615: rework mt7615_mac_sta_poll for usb code
b193dd8100f8 mt76: mt7663u: enable AirTimeFairness
31cffa98920f mt76: mt7615: move mcu bss upload before creating the sta
cde3716aa47e mt76: enable TDLS support
1846da5dd417 mt76: mt7615: set spatial extension index
6aaf0299730f mt76: mt7615: fix endian issues in dcoc/txdpd calibration
5de75b745cf9 mt76: mt7663: fix up BMC entry indicated to unicmd firmware
a5f394c5ca48 mt76: mt7615: add sta pointer to mt7615_mcu_add_bss_info signature
1f2f3dda76b9 mt76: mt7615: fix event report in mt7615_mcu_bss_event
c2a3cced36de mt76: mt76x0: enable MCS 8 and MCS9
1afabe78cfc5 mt76: mt7663: add the possibility to load firmware v2
5f3ccc722627 mt76: mt7663: remove check in mt7663_load_n9
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The official sysupgrade images for I-O DATA devices manufactured by
MSTC (MitraStar Technology Corp.) cannot be booted normally and the
kernel panics after switching to kernel 5.4.
This commit fixes the issue by using lzma-loader.
Note:
These devices use Z-LOADER to read the kernel from NAND flash and boot
it. Z-LOADER cannot load and start plain lzma-loader, so additional
lzma-compression is needed.
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
Co-developed-by: Yanase Yuki <dev@zpc.sakura.ne.jp>
Signed-off-by: Yanase Yuki <dev@zpc.sakura.ne.jp>
Tested-by: Yanase Yuki <dev@zpc.sakura.ne.jp> [wn-ax2033gr]
In several Japanese routers with MT7621 SoC, the official sysupgrade
image cannot be booted properly after switching to kernel 5.4.
This commit fixes the issue by using lzma-loader.
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
This device has trouble extracting big kernel from flash,
and supports LZMA compressed kernels only.
Using OpenWrt kernel loader saves us 64 KB compared to the dictionary
size limiting workaround.
Factory image sizes (commit: 5f126c541a) with "CONFIG_ALL_KMODS=y":
- original ("-d23", default): 4784188 bytes, LZMA ERROR 1
- with "-d19": 4915260, LZMA ERROR 1
- with "-d18": 4915260, diff to original: +128 KB
- with "-d17": 4980796, diff to original: +192 KB
- with this patch: 4849724, diff to original: +64 KB
To save some CPU cycle, use minimal compression ("-a0") for the LZMA
compressed uImage.
The most robust solution would use a different loader,
which reads the compressed kernel directly from the flash.
See the thread at [0] for more details!
[0] http://lists.infradead.org/pipermail/openwrt-devel/2020-April/022926.html
Signed-off-by: Szabolcs Hubai <szab.hu@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
[fixed identation]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
These boards suffer from a sudden inability to establish a link on the
SGMII. Enable the workaround to fix the link when it dies.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
ath79 does not support kernels prior to 4.19 anymore.
Remove legacy code for those kernels from the ag71xx driver.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This parser was added with the target, but no device seems to use it
currently, as all partitions are specified in the device-tree.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This fixes a bunch of cosmetic issues with GL.iNet GL-MV1000:
- apply alphabetic sorting in multiple files
- use armada-3720 prefix for DTS like for other devices
- fix vendor capitalization for model in DTSes
- remove trivial comment in DTS files
- use DEVICE_VENDOR/DEVICE_MODEL
- remove redundant SUPPORTED_DEVICES
- use SOC instead of DEVICE_DTS
- remove empty line at EOF
Fixes: 050c24f05c ("mvebu: add support for GL.iNet GL-MV1000")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
NAND driver was dropped in the 5.4 bump, so enable it back
Fixes: 50c6938b95 ("bcm53xx: add v5.4 support")
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
This seems to be over 10 years old. It doesn't seem to be needed anymore.
Tested on malta with uClibc (selected BROKEN).
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Upstream commit dda9f4b9ca ("f2fs: fix to skip verifying block address
for non-regular inode").
On 4.14, attempting to perform operations on a non-regular inode
residing on an f2fs filesystem, such rm-ing a device node, would fail
and lead to a warning / call trace in dmesg. This fix was already
applied to other kernels upstream - including 4.19, from which the patch
was taken.
More info at https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=202495.
Signed-off-by: Matt Merhar <mattmerhar@protonmail.com>
ftp can cause problems on some networks switch primary download location
to https and add another mirror
Signed-off-by: Lucian Cristian <lucian.cristian@gmail.com>
also change the download source to https and add a mirror
drop merged patches
Signed-off-by: Lucian Cristian <lucian.cristian@gmail.com>
[Add extra changes to compile on FreeBSD, merge two patches]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Before, only frames with a maximum size of 1528 bytes could be
transmitted between two 802.11s nodes.
For batman-adv for instance, which adds its own header to each frame,
we typically need an MTU of at least 1532 bytes to be able to transmit
without fragmentation.
This patch now increases the maxmimum frame size from 1528 to 1656
bytes.
Tested with two ath10k devices in 802.11s mode, as well as with
batman-adv on top of 802.11s with forwarding disabled.
Fix originally found and developed by Ben Greear.
Link: https://github.com/greearb/ath10k-ct/issues/89
Link: 9e5ab25027
Cc: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Lüssing <ll@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Build with NO_LIBCAP=1. This is to resolve build issue.
Package perf is missing dependencies for the following libraries:
libcap.so.2
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Although gdb is supported, gdbserver is still not.
checking whether gdbserver is supported on this host... no
Build breaks as gdbserver executable is not found during packaging.
Signed-off-by: Luiz Angelo Daros de Luca <luizluca@gmail.com>
kmod-usb-dwc2 and kmod-usb-ledtrig-usbport are not target default packages, and
Belkin F7C027 does not have a USB port anyway. Just drop it.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Currently SUPPORTED_DEVICES only contains the old device string. Fix it by
removing the first assignment.
Fixes: c2334ad60d ("ramips/mt76x8: Synchronize Makefiles with DTS compatible")
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
This service file has been misplaced from the very beginning.
Fixes: dcc34574ef ("oxnas: bring in new oxnas target")
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
f4d759b dhcp.c: further improve validation
Further improve input validation for CVE-2020-11752
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
cdac046 dns.c: fix input validation fix
Due to a slight foobar typo, failing to de-reference a pointer, previous
fix not quite as complete as it should have been.
Improve CVE-2020-11750 fix
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
It was reported, that after image generation rework
x86-64-generic-squashfs-rootfs.img image won't boot on XenServer x86_64
anymore:
F2FS-fs (xvda): Magic Mismatch, valid(0xf2f52010) - read(0x84289960)
F2FS-fs (xvda): Can't find valid F2FS filesystem in 1th superblock
F2FS-fs (xvda): Magic Mismatch, valid(0xf2f52010) - read(0x4e8ee223)
F2FS-fs (xvda): Can't find valid F2FS filesystem in 2th superblock
List of all partitions:
ca00 4207 xvda
driver: vbd
No filesystem could mount root, tried:
ext3
ext2
ext4
squashfs
iso9660
f2fs
Kernel panic - not syncing: VFS: Unable to mount root fs on unknown-block(202,0)
So lets fix this by adding back padding which was introduced in commit
a17d9482f5 ("x86: image: fix small disk space in squashfs overlay").
Ref: FS#3036
Fixes: 258f070d1a ("x86: fix missing squashfs and ext4 rootfs images")
Fixes: cb007a7bf6 ("x86: switch image generation to new code")
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
SFP cage of this device is connected via a AT8031 phy to port 5 of the switch.
This phy act as a RGMII-to-SerDes converter.
Also a I2C clock gate needs to be enabled in order to access the SFP module via I2C bus.
SFP cage also has module detect pin which is connected to I2C gpio expander.
With this patch the kernel/PHYLINK now can detect, readout and use the SFP module/port.
NOTE: SFP cage / AT8033 PHY only support 1000base-X encoding!
This means that some SGMII modules can work and only at forced 1GBit/full-duplex!
Signed-off-by: René van Dorst <opensource@vdorst.com>
This patch is needed for clause 37 1000Base-X encoding used in many SFP modules.
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
Signed-off-by: René van Dorst <opensource@vdorst.com>
Commit 0543eb1110 ("imx6: 5.4: add missing kernel perf monitor
symbol") has added missing kernel config symbol FSL_IMX8_DDR_PMU which
is exposed only when building perf, so add it back.
Fixes: 8d9b36270b ("imx6: refresh kernel config")
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
e2ed964 jail: don't fail unless requirejail is set
17e7ae7 jail: don't load libpreload-seccomp.so if it doesn't exist
Fixesopenwrt/packages#11913
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Some boards using a QCA9556 or QCA9558 had their machine compatible
binding incorrectly set to qca,qca9557.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
There are at least 3 different chips in the Scorpion series of SoCs.
Rename the common DTSI to better reflect it's purpose for the whole
series.
Also rename the compatible bindings from qca,ar9557 and qca,qca9557
to qca,qca9550.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This fixes a few minor issues (partially cosmetic) in ltq-adsl and
ltq-adsl-fw Makefiles:
- fix PKG_SOURCE_URL and switch to https
- remove non-existant FW_NAME variable
- fix package name for config inclusion
- fix config symbol for debugging
Fixes: 1d0a9d0c04 ("move ltq-adsl")
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Between 4.19 and 5.4, mtd parsers have been moved to "parsers"
subdirectory. Like for myloader.c in the previous patch,
this patch moves tplinkpart.c to the kernel patches, so the
code and the kernel includes are at the same location and
the path can be adjusted per kernel.
While at it, remove some outdated kernel version switches from
the C code.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Between 4.19 and 5.4, mtd parsers have been moved to "parsers"
subdirectory. Based on this, the selection of myloader.o in OpenWrt
was also moved to that subdirectory, while the Kconfig and our local
myloader.c file remained in /drivers/mtd.
This resulted in linking errors like the following (on ath25@5.4):
make[8]: *** No rule to make target 'drivers/mtd/parsers/myloader.o', ...
needed by 'drivers/mtd/parsers/built-in.a'. Stop.
make[7]: *** [scripts/Makefile.build:500: drivers/mtd/parsers] Error 2
make[6]: *** [scripts/Makefile.build:500: drivers/mtd] Error 2
Since myloader.c is not too big, this patch moves it to the kernel patches,
allowing to adjust the path for kernel 5.4 and keeping Makefiles and
file paths better in sync.
Other patches have been refreshed accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The combination +@IPV6:kmod-ipsec6 is not valid, the +a:b
syntax implies the @. Fix it.
Fixes: 2e6b6f9fca ("kernel: add @IPv6 dependency to ipv6 modules")
Reported-by: Oldřich Jedlička (@oldium)
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
mt7621 and mt76x8 subtargets have been moved to kernel 5.4 and their
DTS(I) files are incompatible to kernel 4.14.
Remove the corresponding kernel config files to signal that more
boldly and to prevent accidentally patching the wrong kernel when
pulling in older config patches.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Refresh patches to make them apply to kernel 5.4.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
[split patch, refresh on newer kernel, add description]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
84965b92f635 blockd: print symlink error code and string message
62c578c22f9d blockd: report "target" path as "mount" for autofs available mounts
d1f1f2b38fa1 block: remove mount target file if it's a link
830441d790d6 blockd: remove symlink linkpath file if it's a dir or link
c80f7002114f libfstools/mtd: attempt to read from OOB data if empty space is found
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The fritz 7312 does not support 1000 gbit. Advertising it makes it
worse. Some NIC will change to 1000 gibt and turn off and on again for
ever.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
This commit really removes packages in geode profiles already enabled
in kernel config.
Fixes: 9c23ecee57 ("x86: move packages selection to profiles")
Reported-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This can be rather confusing for contributors, since there are three
layers in which they can be added. As for now there are none profiles
other than generic (exception: geos) let's move them to these profiles.
Being here this commit also removes packages in geode profiles already
enabled in kernel config.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
There's no such package as forcedeth, threfore the driver is never
selected. Fix it by properly specifying package name.
Fixes: 35f208d ("x86: add nforce eth to default packages")
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Commit 7975060116 ("uboot-rockchip: add new package") has added
`OpenWRT` ident string, fix it to proper `OpenWrt`.
Fixes: 7975060116 ("uboot-rockchip: add new package")
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This adds the new rockchip target and support for RockPro64 RK3399
Flash: 16 MiB SPI NOR
RAM: 2 GiB/4 GiB LPDDR4
SoC: RK3399
USB: 2x USB 2.0, 1x USB 3.0, 1x USB-C
Ethernet: 1x GbE
PCIe: PCIe 2.0, 4 lanes
Storage: eMMC or SD card
Optional SDIO wifi/bt module
The Pine64 RockPro64 is a single-board-computer with a 4x PCIe connector,
6 ARM64 cores (4 little, 2 big), plenty of RAM and storage.
By default the single Gigabit-Ethernet port is configured as the
LAN port.
Installation of the firware is possible by dd'ing the image
to an SD card or the eMMC flash.
Serial: 3v3 1500000 8n1
U-boot is build from the mainline tree and
integrated into the images. Required ATF to build u-boot
is downloaded from a CI build bot.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Mädel <t.maedel@alfeld.de>
Tested-by: Tobias Schramm <t.schramm@manjaro.org>
This is needed to build the uboot-rockchip, needed for the rockchip target
Signed-off-by: Tobias Mädel <t.maedel@alfeld.de>
Tested-by: Tobias Schramm <t.schramm@manjaro.org>
[replaced `mkdir -p` with INSTALL_DIR variable]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Update U-Boot to current 2020.04 release for kirkwood platform.
Catch up with upstream and move some configuration options from
the header files to the corresponding defconfig files.
Compile tested: all devices
Run tested: nsa310, pogoplugv4
Tested-by: Cezary Jackiewicz <cezary@eko.one.pl> [nsa310]
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
xt_MASQUERADE.ko is picked up by both kmod-ipt-nat and kmod-ipt-nat6, causing
conflict
As kmod-ipt-nat6 already depends on kmod-ipt-nat, remove xt_MASQUERADE from it
Fixes: FS#2924
Fixes: 0fad8af851 ("kernel: Include xt_MASQUERADE for kernel 5.2 and later")
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
Netgear R7200 is another clone of Netgear R6700v2, introduced in:
6e80df5 ("ramips: add support for NETGEAR R6700v2/AC2400")
Reported-by: Joel Pinsker, github user @joelp64
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
SOC: Qualcomm QCA9556 (Scorpion) 560MHz MIPS74Kc
RAM: 64MB Zentel A3R12E40CBF DDR2
FLASH: 16MiB Winbond W25Q128 SPI NOR
WLAN1: QCA9556 2.4 GHz 802.11b/g/n 3x3
INPUT: WPS button
LED: Power, WiFi, LAN, RSSI indicator
Serial: Header Next to Black metal shield
Pinout is 3.3V - RX - TX - GND (Square Pad is 3.3V)
The Serial setting is 115200-8-N-1.
Installation via EVA:
In the first seconds after Power is connected, the bootloader will
listen for FTP connections on 192.168.178.1. Firmware can be uploaded
like following:
ftp> quote USER adam2
ftp> quote PASS adam2
ftp> binary
ftp> debug
ftp> passive
ftp> quote MEDIA FLSH
ftp> put openwrt-sysupgrade.bin mtd1
Note that this procedure might take up to two minutes.
You need to powercycle the device afterwards to boot OpenWRT.
Tested-by: Andreas Ziegler <dev@andreas-ziegler.de>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The pinctrl driver had been replaced with the upstream one in b756ea2a90
("ramips: replace pinctrl property names"), but the initial A1004ns support
patch did not reflect the changes. This commit updates its pinctrl property
names.
Fixes: 9169482f64 ("ramips: add support for ipTIME A1004ns")
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
This will compile glibc in a way that it will only support kernel 4.14
and later. Compatibility code for older kernel versions will be removed.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This updates glibc to the most recent version 2.31.
001-regex-read-overrun.patch was a backport from a more recent version
and is integrated in glibc 2.31.
050-Revert-Disallow-use-of-DES-encryption-functions-in-n.patch is needed
to add the DES crypto functions back again. They were removed in glibc
2.28, but we still use them in ppp.
musl lib also provides these DES crypto functions. Without them we would
have to link ppp against openssl or an other crypto library.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
When compiled with glibc the config_scan.c wants to use the
cpupolicy2numeric() function which is only available when
HAVE_SCHED_SETSCHEDULER is set. It looks like the wrong define was used here.
This fixes a build problem with glibc in combination with the force
ac_cv_func_sched_setscheduler=no in the OpenWrt CONFIGURE_VARS.
This fixes the following compile error with glibc:
----------------------------------------------------------------------
/bin/ld: config_scan.o: in function `socks_yylex':
dante-1.4.1/sockd/config_scan.l:461: undefined reference to `cpupolicy2numeric'
collect2: error: ld returned 1 exit status
make[5]: *** [Makefile:522: sockd] Error 1
Fixes: aaf46a8fe2 ("dante: disable sched_getscheduler() - not implemented in musl")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
When open() is called with O_CREAT a 3. parameter has to be given with
the file system permissions of the new file.
Not giving this is an error, which results in a compile error with glibc.
This fixes the following compile error with glibc:
----------------------------------------------------------------------
In file included from /include/fcntl.h:329,
from main.c:18:
In function 'open',
inlined from 'rbcfg_update' at main.c:501:7:
/include/bits/fcntl2.h:50:4: error: call to '__open_missing_mode' declared with attribute error: open with O_CREAT or O_TMPFILE in second argument needs 3 arguments
__open_missing_mode ();
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This extra _DEFAULT_SOURCE definition results in a double definition
which is a compile error.
This fixes the following compile error with glibc:
----------------------------------------------------------------------
ugps-2019-06-25-cd7eabcd/nmea.c:19: error: "_DEFAULT_SOURCE" redefined [-Werror]
#define _DEFAULT_SOURCE
<command-line>: note: this is the location of the previous definition
cc1: all warnings being treated as errors
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
glibc 2.31 does not provide stime() any more, backport a fix from
current busybox master to avoid using this function.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Seems stable after 6 days of testing on some of my devices.
Let's switch to 5.4 in order to get more feedback.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Don't move strings anymore to /bin/strings to avoid clash with
busybox /usr/bin/strings but move it to /usr/bin/binutils-strings.
Use ALTERNATIVES support to install it as /usr/bin/strings
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
mt7621 overrides KERNEL_DTB to limit dictionary size, which isn't needed
for our lzma loader.
This saves 15KB on mt7621 devices using uimage-lzma-loader.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
This commit increases the hardware SPI frequency from 24.2MHz to 48.3MHz.
[ 5.314163] m25p80 spi0.0: speed: 24166666/40000000, rate: 8, prescal: 2, loops: 226
[ 5.076323] m25p80 spi0.0: speed: 48333333/50000000, rate: 4, prescal: 1, loops: 162
`time cat /dev/mtd2 >/dev/null` is reduced from 5.64s to 4.36s on A104ns,
and from 11.39s to 8.81s on A1004ns.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
With v5.4 kernel a new gpio driver is used.
GPIO numbering has changed so update 03_gpio_switches too.
Signed-off-by: René van Dorst <opensource@vdorst.com>
With v5.4 kernel a new gpio driver is used.
GPIO numbering has changed so update 03_gpio_switches too.
Signed-off-by: René van Dorst <opensource@vdorst.com>
These stock partitons: "backup", "hw_panic", "overly", firmware_backup", "opt"
do not contain any device-specific data and can be used for /overlay, resulting in
121M space
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
Increase kernel partition because 2M is insufficient for 5.4
Because the partition changes, previous version of OpenWrt cannot upgrade
to this version, and requires a new installation
Recovery to stock instruction:
1. Download stock firmware at
http://ur.ikcd.net/HC5962-sysupgrade-20171221-b00a04d1.bin
2. Power off the router
3. Press and hold the reset button for 4~6 sec while power it back on
4. Connect a PC to router's LAN
5. Visit http://192.168.2.1 and upload the firmware
Then repeat the instruction in edae3479e6 to install OpenWrt
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
There are 2 different chips (w25q256fv and w25q256jv) that share
the same JEDEC ID. Only w25q256jv fully supports 4-byte opcodes.
Use SFDP header version to differentiate between them.
Fixes broken reboot on 8devices Habanero since f0f35fdac
Signed-off-by: Mantas Pucka <mantas@8devices.com>
Some FullMAC cfg80211 wireless devices do not support virtual
interfaces, hence there is script logic to keep the existing network
device. Improve this to support renaming the interface if needed and
make sure the existing interface actually belongs to the right phy.
Change calls to 'iw' to avoid outputing warnings and errors to not
confuse users of such devices.
Also bump PKG_RELEASE which has been forgotten in the previous two
mac80211 changes.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
If we know that we have an encrypted link (based on having had
a key configured for TX in the past) then drop all data frames
in the key selection handler if there's no key anymore.
This fixes an issue with mac80211 internal TXQs - there we can
buffer frames for an encrypted link, but then if the key is no
longer there when they're dequeued, the frames are sent without
encryption. This happens if a station is disconnected while the
frames are still on the TXQ.
Detecting that a link should be encrypted based on a first key
having been configured for TX is fine as there are no use cases
for a connection going from with encryption to no encryption.
With extended key IDs, however, there is a case of having a key
configured for only decryption, so we can't just trigger this
behaviour on a key being configured.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This commit adds support for the AVM Fritz!WLAN Repeater 1750E
SOC: Qualcomm QCA9556 (Scorpion) 720MHz MIPS74Kc
RAM: 64MB Zentel A3R12E40CBF DDR2
FLASH: 16MiB Winbond W25Q128 SPI NOR
WLAN1: QCA9556 2.4 GHz 802.11b/g/n 3x3
WLAN2: QCA9880 5 GHz 802.11 n/ac 3x3
INPUT: WPS button
LED: Power, WiFi, LAN, RSSI indicator
Serial: Header Next to Black metal shield
Pinout is 3.3V - RX - TX - GND (Square Pad is 3.3V)
The Serial setting is 115200-8-N-1.
Tested and working:
- Ethernet
- 2.4 GHz WiFi (correct MAC)
- 5 GHz WiFi (correct MAC)
- Installation via EVA bootloader
- OpenWRT sysupgrade
- Buttons
- LEDs
Installation via EVA:
In the first seconds after Power is connected, the bootloader will
listen for FTP connections on 192.168.178.1. Firmware can be uploaded
like following:
ftp> quote USER adam2
ftp> quote PASS adam2
ftp> binary
ftp> debug
ftp> passive
ftp> quote MEDIA FLSH
ftp> put openwrt-sysupgrade.bin mtd1
Note that this procedure might take up to two minutes.
You need to powercycle the Device afterwards to boot OpenWRT.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The QCA9550 family of SoCs have a slightly different reset
sequence compared to older chips.
Normally the bootloader performs this sequence, however
some bootloader implementation expect the operating system
to clear the reset. Also get the PCIe resets from OF to
support the second RC of the QCA9558.
This is required for the AVM FRITZ!WLAN Repeater 1750E to work,
as EVA leaves the PCIe bus in reset.
Tested: AVM FRITZ!WLAN Repeater 1750E - OCEDO Koala
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Instead of using the actual interface name, a hard-coded 'wlan0' has
slipped into the script. Replace it.
Fixes: ccf2aa9d4b ("mac80211: detect existing interface before adding")
Reported-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The previous spi-max-frequency value did not work with all the CPU speed
settings (configurable with rbcfg or from the stock firmware); the new
one does for the three of them.
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Improve the status LED functionality in GL-AR750
by adding the definitions for different statuses
(boot, failsafe, running, flashing).
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
This adds the board name from ar71xx to support upgrade without
-F for the TP-Link TL-WA901ND v2.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
ubnt er-x/xiaomi/netgear sercomm devices are known to have troble
extracting a big kernel from flash and has support for uncompressed
uimage
This commit uses uncompressed uimage with lzma-loader for these devices
to fix boot issue.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Now that the x86 target uses the new image generation code we can also
attach metadata to the created images.
As currently the `SUPPORTED_DEVICES` list is empty, no JSON metadata is
attached, however the signing happens in the same step.
This results in signature verification for x86 images.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
OpenWrt now has a CDN for sources at sources.cdn.openwrt.org which
mirrors sources.openwrt.org.
Downloading sources outside Europe or US (mainland) could
result in low throughput, extremely slowing down the first compilation of
the build system.
This patch adds sources.cdn.openwrt.org as the first mirror to offer
worldwide fast download speeds by default. If the CDN goes down for
whatever reason, the script jumps to the next available mirror and
downloads requested files as before (in regional varying speed).
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Acked-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
The JSON `WORK_DIR` ($(KDIR)/json_info_files) is only created if the new
image generation methods from `image.mk` are used. However some targets
like `armvirt` do not use it yet, so the folder is never created.
The `json_overview_image_info.py` script used to raise an error if the
given `WORK_DIR` isn't a folder, however it should just notify about
missing JSON files.
This patch removes the Python assert and exists with code 0 even if no
JSON files were found, as this is not necessarily an error but simply
not yet implemented. Using `glob` on an not existing `Path` results in
an empty list, therefore the for loop won't run.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
CC: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
From kernel 4.20 msm-gpio driver is broken and cause the
malfunction of the buttons on every ipq806x target.
Add a patch to fix this.
Tested-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
32c717e jail: only mess with rootfs if CLONE_NEWNS was set
b275a62 instance: harmonize instance API
511fd97 jail: make /proc more secure
4953b7c jail: mount /sys read-only
a4d6442 jail: replace /etc/resolv.conf with symlink in extroot+overlay
a4cc165 jail: always mount /dev as additional tmpfs
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This applies further fixes to the DTS of ZyXEL NBG6716 based on
what is found in ar71xx (mach-nbg6716.c):
- use WiFi label names as in ar71xx
- fix WPS gpio number
- fix GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH and mode for WiFi switch
- add codes for USB eject buttons
- fix node name for "internet" LED
This device has separate LEDs for WAN and "Internet". As the WAN-LED
(and the four LAN-LEDs) are driven independent of the setup in
DT/01_leds, the "internet" LED is left unassigned (in contrast to
ar71xx, where it was set up effectively as a second WAN LED)
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This reverts commit 1b973b54ea.
It turns out act_police is included in the kmod-sched package so this
package turns out to be superfluous and causes file provision conflicts.
Ooooops! Best revert it then.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Some devices have bootloaders with broken lzma code resulting in failed
decompression or corrupted kernel code.
This image recipe allows to sacrifice 5KB for OpenWrt LZMA loader and
take over the task of decompress kernel.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Loader platform is a per-soc variable instead of a per-device one.
Determine corresponding loader platform at the beginning of image
Makefile.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Enables spi-mem interface usage. It speeds up flash read
in about 3x while it also workaround a possible hardware
bug when normal spi read is used.
Fixes: FS#2742
Signed-off-by: Luiz Angelo Daros de Luca <luizluca@gmail.com>
Reimplements read optimization on top of spi-mem. Similar to
what 461-spi-ath79-add-fast-flash-read.patch used to do with
the dropped flash read interface.
It accelerate only fast-read op reading flash directly from
memory mapped region. 'm25p,fast-read' must be set in order
to use the new spi-mem.
It improved read speed up to 3x on old devices (tplink,tl-wr2543-v1)
while no speed improvement was noticed on newer devices like
(tplink,archer-c7-v2).
Signed-off-by: Luiz Angelo Daros de Luca <luizluca@gmail.com>
The previous commit introduced a regression for netns jails without
jail_ifname set. Fix that.
Fixes: 4e4f7c6d2d ("netifd: network namespace jail improvements")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
aaaca2e interface: allocate and free memory for jail name
d93126d interface: allow renaming interface when moving to jail netns
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
forcedeth is necessary to use the integrated
ethernet controller of Nvidia nForce chipset.
There are PC motherboards with this chipset
from 2001 that run 32bit Athlon XP CPUs and
more modern ones up to 2009 that can run Intel
and AMD 64bit processors, so add this to
all non-geode x86 targets.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <bobafetthotmail@gmail.com>
These patches were necessarry for Atheros and some Intel WiFi cards.
After short testing, the current upstream driver state is enough for
these WiFi cards to work. If there are still some issues with other
devices, the patches could be easily restored.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Buffalo LinkStation LS421DE is a dual bay NAS, based on Marvell Armada 370
Hardware:
SoC: Marvell Armada 88F6707-A1
CPU: Cortex-A9 1200 MHz, 1 core
Flash: SPI-NOR 1 MiB, NAND 512 MiB
RAM: DDR3 512 MiB
Ethernet: 1x 10/100/1000 Mbps
USB: 1x 2.0, 1x 3.0
SATA: 2x 3.0 Gbps
LEDs/Input : 5x / 2x (1x button, 1x slide-switch)
RTC: Ricoh RS5C372A, I2C, no battery
Flash instruction (UART+TFTP):
1. Downgrade the OEM firmware to 1.34 version (BUFFALO_BOOTVER=0.13)
2. Remove any hard drive from inside the bays.
3. Boot the Openwrt initramfs image using the U-Boot serial console:
tftpboot 0x1200000 buffalo_ls421de-initramfs-kernel.bin
bootm 0x1200000
4. Flash the sysupgrade image using the Openwrt console:
sysupgrade -n buffalo_ls421de-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
5. Wait until it finish, the device will reboot with Openwrt installed
on the NAND flash.
Note:
- Device shuting down doesn't work, even if the power slide switch is
used. We must first, via MDIO, set the unused LED2 at the ethernet
phy0 to off state. Reboot works ok.
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
This was introduced with 014d3b98b9 , which
is almost 10 years old. uClibc-ng does not suffer from this problem.
Note that this hack prevents libstdc++ from using C++11 math functions.
Tested by removing all of the mpd patches designed to fix this and
compiling.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Removed sys/cdefs usage. The header is deprecated.
Removed canonicalize_file_name define. It's already fixed upstream.
Added --disable-debuginfod. Seems to be needed.
Modified patch 005 to build more stuff. It was failing before. It still
only builds libraries.
Modified patch 100 to use strerror under non-glibc. It is used under
glibc as strerror is not thread safe. It is under musl and uClibc-ng.
strerror_l is not available under uClibc-ng.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
CONFIG_WRITE functionality is not used and could be removed.
Looks helpful for devices with small flash because wpad is also affected.
Little testing shows that about 6 KB could be saved.
Signed-off-by: Kirill Lukonin <klukonin@gmail.com>
Updates the 88W8964 firmware used in the Linksys WRT3200ACM and WRT32X
[v9.3.2.6 -> v9.3.2.12]
Removes 0c43219 ("mwlwifi: Fix loading with backports v5.3")
as it has been merged upstream.
Unfortunately, there is a bug wherein Kaloz's repo, the version
detection mechanism for fixing vendor commands doesn't work.
It pulls in the Linux kernel version, which as of this time is
"4.14.y" or "4.19.y"
However, the proper behaviour is that it should pull in the mac80211
backports version which as of now is "5.4.27"
The included patch works around this using a backports define found
only on versions >5.3, "VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA".
Signed-off-by: Jose Olivera <oliverajeo@gmail.com>
The USB LED assignment to internal ports was swapped.
Fix it.
We also explicitly checked that the LED label numbers match those
on the device.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2.4 GHz Wifi on ath79 is set up in 10-ath9k-eeprom, but in ar71xx
it was done with ath79_register_wmac.
Thus, the following errors are observed on the device:
ath: phy1: Unable to initialize hardware; initialization status: -5
ath9k 18100000.wmac: failed to initialize device
ath9k: probe of 18100000.wmac failed with error -5
This patch changes the ath79 support to properly use wmac as well.
This will also require fixing the MAC address in a different way.
Signed-off-by: Guillaume Lefebvre <guillaume@zelig.ch>
[several adjustments to 10-fix-wifi-mac, use correct MAC address,
rewrite commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Including the local build key in /etc/opkg/keys isn't feasible when
building on the buildbot: The included key collides with its copy
already in openwrt-keyring which breaks the ImageBuilder.
Not including a locally generated key also makes the base-files package
more reproducible.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Device with 4 MiB flash and 32 MiB RAM won't be able to run OpenWrt in
a sufficient manner without tweaks, so don't build images for them by
default.
This includes all BCM6338, BCM6345 and BCM6348 "generic" devices,
as there are no supported devices of these with more than that.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Upstream pinctrl driver in drivers/staging uses
groups/function/ralink,num-gpios instead of
ralink,group/ralink,function/ralink,nr-gpio
Replace these properties in dts as well as the pinctrl driver in
patches-4.14.
This commit is created using:
sed -i 's/ralink,group/groups/g'
sed -i 's/ralink,function/function/g'
sed -i 's/ralink,nr-gpio/ralink,num-gpios/g'
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
previously we rely on the failsafe setup in preinit scripts to disable
built-in switch implicitly for single-port devices. This doesn't work
anymore due to preinit script removal.
this patch explicitly disable built-in switch for needed devices.
Fixes: a8d62a4eb1 ("ramips: remove set_preinit_iface script")
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
current preinit code in base-files doesn't config switch when there are
no port roles defined. But this kind of configuration exists on single
port devices where switch vlan is simply disabled.
configure reset and enable_vlan property when a switch node exist.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
default initramfs for 5.4 kernel is larger than 4M, causing build error
for oversized initramfs image.
disable these images because we have no mechanism for ignoring initramfs
errors and the squashfs image will be larger than initramfs anyway.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
upstream driver merged 3 separated gpio banks into one gpio node.
and gpioX Y in our local driver should be replaced with gpio X*32+Y.
This patch is created using the following sed command:
sed -i -r 's/(.*)gpio([0-9]) ([0-9]+)(.*)/echo "\1gpio $((\2*32+\3))\4"/ge'
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
This hack is needed for old ethernet driver:
On mt7620, we have two exposed RGMII ports that connects to builtin
switch. However, swconfig has no way to interact with phy subsystem.
As a result, we have to register both PHYs to ethernet mac instead
and this patch prevents main ethernet interface from going down due
to phy link changes.
Also rename the patch for its actual purpose.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
increase spi frequency for both devices to 45MHz.
while at it, also remove m25p,fast-read for newifi d1 as it's only
needed when spi clock is higher than 50MHz.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
These are boards known to start on 3-byte address mode, which requires
broken-flash-reset if 4B_OPCODES isn't supported by the flash.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Instead of resetting flash to 3B address on remove hook, this
implementation only enters 4B mode when needed, which prevents more
unexpected reboot stuck. This implementation makes it only break when
a kernel panic happens during flash operation on 16M+ areas.
Also silent broken-flash-reset warning. We are not dealing with vendors
and it's unpleasant for users to see that unnecessary and long WARN_ON
print.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
The file /lib/functions/system.sh depends on find_mtd_index() and
find_mtd_part() located in /lib/function.sh, so let's source that
file.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The default_postinst() function in /lib/functions.sh sources
/lib/functions/system.sh before cycling through uci-defaults files.
This creates a pseudo-cyclic dependency as system.sh also uses
functions that are located in functions.sh. Despite that, there
is actually only one uci-defaults file in the entire repo that needs
system.sh, and this one contains an explicit source for system.sh
anyway.
Consequently, this patch removes the sourcing of system.sh in
functions.sh. There are no relevant uses in packages, routing and
luci repositories.
This may require adjustments for downstream, though.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This target has been on kernel 4.19 for nine months now [1], and
has had testing support for even longer [2].
This should be long enough to drop support for kernel 4.14.
[1] 545bfbc3a9 ("cns3xxx: switch to kernel 4.19")
[2] c6bebe1a94 ("cns3xxx: add support for kernel 4.19")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The "proper" vendor prefix for Ubiquiti is "ubnt", this is used in
all targets except ramips and also recommended by the kernel.
This patch adjusts the various board/image/device name variables
accordingly. Since we touch it anyway, this also adds the space
in "EdgeRouter X" as a hyphen to those variables to really make
them consistent with the model name.
While at it, create a real shared definition for the devices in
image/mt7621.mk instead of deriving one device from another.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Since stable kernel for this target is still 4.14, kernel 4.19
has never been used much (and actually was broken for some devices).
So, since we bump testing kernel to 5.4, there is no real need to
keep 4.19 and have an additional version to care about.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This uses 5.4 as testing kernel. Since 4.19 has not seen broad
testing yet, just keep 4.14 as stable kernel until 5.4 is ready.
Tested on Comtrend AR-5387un (Thanks to @Noltari).
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
In kernel patch 92ce7e83b4e5 ("driver_find_device: Unify the match
function with class_find_device()") the arguments of functions used
with driver_find_device are adjusted. Do the same for our local
user.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The helper syscon_regmap_lookup_by_pdevname has been removed in kernel patch
29d14b668d2f ("mfd: Remove unused helper syscon_regmap_lookup_by_pdevname")
due to lack of users.
However, we use this function in our local pinctrl drivers for BCM6358 and
BCM6368. Thus, we have to add it locally.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
In kernel 5.4 -Werror=implicit-fallthrough is treated as error:
arch/mips/bcm63xx/cpu.c: In function 'detect_cpu_clock':
arch/mips/bcm63xx/cpu.c:158:2: error: this statement may fall through [-Werror=implicit-fallthrough=]
{
^
arch/mips/bcm63xx/cpu.c:179:2: note: here
case BCM6328_CPU_ID:
^~~~
cc1: all warnings being treated as errors
This can be fixed by adding "Fall through" as a comment where intended,
and has to be fixed by returning a proper default otherwise.
In case of the default clock frequency for BCM6318 we fixed this by
returning the default value taken from BCM6328 and BCM6362.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This adds two fixes for compilation with kernel 5.4:
1. dev_open from include/linux/netdevice.h needs a second parameter
since kernel 5.0:
00f54e68924e ("net: core: dev: Add extack argument to dev_open()")
2. get_ds() macro definition has been dropped since kernel 5.1:
736706bee329 ("get rid of legacy 'get_ds()' function")
Since get_ds() has been just a macro before, replace it in
the driver instead of creating a version switch.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This patch follows the other patches that added the watchdog
core to various (armvirt, malta, ath79, ...) targets that
have been hit by the following build error:
Package kmod-hwmon-sch5627 is missing dependencies for the following libraries:
watchdog.ko
In theory, we could have just added the CONFIG_WATCHDOG_CORE=y
to the Kconfig variable of kmod-hwmon-sch5627's package definition.
This would have forced the watchdog core to be builtin and less
architectures would need to be updated. But we might as well follow
through here.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Refresh patches to make them apply to kernel 5.4.
The removed patches have been merged upstream.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Copy config and patches to kernel 5.4.
make kernel_oldconfig has been run on 4.19 beforehand.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Since kernel 4.15, init_timer is not available anymore, and has been
replaced by timer_setup. The fixes compilation of wl_linuc.c, which
returned the following errors beforehand (line-wrapped manually):
.../broadcom-wl-5.10.56.27.3/driver/wl_linux.c: In function 'wl_init_timer':
.../broadcom-wl-5.10.56.27.3/driver/wl_linux.c:2576:2: error: implicit
declaration of function 'init_timer'; did you mean 'init_timers'?
[-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
init_timer(&t->timer);
^~~~~~~~~~
init_timers
.../broadcom-wl-5.10.56.27.3/driver/wl_linux.c:2577:10: error:
'struct timer_list' has no member named 'data'
t->timer.data = (ulong) t;
^
.../broadcom-wl-5.10.56.27.3/driver/wl_linux.c:2578:20: error: assignment
to 'void (*)(struct timer_list *)' from incompatible pointer type
'void (*)(ulong)' {aka 'void (*)(long unsigned int)'}
[-Werror=incompatible-pointer-types]
t->timer.function = wl_timer;
This should fix build of several devices on bcm63xx with testing
kernel (4.19).
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
I-O DATA WN-AX2033GR is roughly the same as I-O DATA
WN-AX1167GR2. The difference is Wi-Fi feature.
Specification
=============
- SoC: MediaTek MT7621A
- RAM: DDR3 128 MiB
- Flash Memory: NAND 128 MiB (Spansion S34ML01G200TF100)
- Wi-Fi: MediaTek MT7603E
- Wi-Fi: MediaTek MT7615
- Ethernet: 5x 10 Mbps / 100 Mbps / 1000 Mbps (1x WAN, 4x LAN)
- LED: 2x green LED
- Input: 2x tactile switch, 1x slide switch
- Serial console: 57600bps, PCB through hole J5 (Vcc, TX, RX, NC, GND)
- Power: DC 12V
This device only supports channel 1-13 and 36-140.
Thus, narrower frequency limits compared to other devices are required
for limiting wi-fi frequency correctly.
Without this, non-supported frequencies are activated.
Flash instructions
==================
1. Open the router management page (192.168.0.1).
2. Update router firmware using "initramfs-kernel.bin".
3. After updating, run sysupgrade with "sysupgrade.bin".
Recovery instructions
=====================
WN-AX2033GR contains Zyxel Z-LOADER
1. Setup TFTP server (IP address: 10.10.10.3).
2. Put official firmware into TFTP server directory (distribution site:
https://www.iodata.jp/lib/software/w/2068.htm)
3. Connect WX-AX2033GR Ethernet port and computer that runs TFTP server.
4. Connect to serial console.
5. Interrupt booting by Esc key.
6. Flash firmware using "ATNR 1,[firmware filename]" command.
Signed-off-by: Yanase Yuki <dev@zpc.sakura.ne.jp>
[adjust for kernel 5.4, add recovery instructions/frequency comment]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This reverts commit dcf3e63a35.
The kconfig update requires further testing and refinement until it can
remain in tree. Main problems are:
- Recursive deps are now fatal instead of a warning
- Previously legal syntax now leads to hard failures
- It fails all package builds since multiple days
The updated kconfig implementation needs to cope with the current status
quo in the various package feeds before we can reconsider it for master.
It is not desirable that single broken packages can hard-fail the entire
build pipeline.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This reverts commit 3204430e38.
Reverting this commit in preparation for reverting
dcf3e63a35 ("build: scripts/config - update to kconfig-v5.6") which
introduces various unaddressed build breakages.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This reverts commit 8514b6b42c.
Reverting this commit in preparation for reverting
dcf3e63a35 ("build: scripts/config - update to kconfig-v5.6") which
introduces various unaddressed build breakages.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The conditional check introduced by this patch may trigger a NULL pointer
dereference in case the result of dev_net() is NULL.
Since the purpose of this patch is neither sufficiently explained and since
this patch apparently has never been submitted upstream despite it being in
the pending-* patch directory, I propose to drop it without replacement.
If the performance implications of dropping this patch are found to be
significiant, it should be reintroduced with proper description and
benchmark results.
Ref: https://bugs.openwrt.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=2943
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This reverts commit c39d01596a.
It turns out the extra files were from an old config and are not
re/created by the new config. Apologies for the noise.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
kconfig-v5.6 disallowed a bool symbol to select another symbol that
'depends on m' (i.e. can be only 'm' on 'n'). It is, in fact, an unmet
dependency to have set to 'y'. However, openwrt depends on the previous
behavior, to be able to build a package that can be a module or built-in
depending on a bool config. This restores the previous behavior.
Ref: https://forum.openwrt.org/t/wireless-fails-on-snapshot-r12900-kernel-5-4-on-c2600-ipq806x
Tested-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz> [added forum ref]
Cell C RTL30VW is a LTE router with tho gigabit ethernets and integrated
QMI mPCIE modem.
This is stripped version of ASKEY RTL0030VW.
Hardware:
Specification:
-CPU: IPQ4019
-RAM: 256MB
-Flash: NAND 128MB + NOR 16MB
-WiFi: Integrated bgn/ac
-LTE: mPCIe card (Modem chipset MDM9230)
-LAN: 2 Gigabit Ports
-USB: 2x USB2.0
-Serial console: RJ-45 115200 8n1
-Unsupported VoIP
Known issues:
None so far.
Instruction install:
There are two methods: Factory web-gui and serial + tftp.
Web-gui:
1. Apply factory image via stock web-gui.
Serial + initramfs:
1. Rename OpenWrt initramfs image to "image"
2. Connect serial console (115200,8n1)
3. Set IP to different than 192.168.1.11, but 24 bit mask, eg. 192.168.1.4.
4. U-Boot commands:
sf probe && sf read 0x80000000 0x180000 0x10000
setenv serverip 192.168.1.4
set fdt_high 0x85000000
tftpboot 0x84000000 image
bootm 0x84000000
5. Install sysupgrade image via "sysupgrade -n"
Back to stock:
All is needed is swap 0x4c byte in mtd8 from 0 to 1 or 1 to 0,
do firstboot and factory reset with OFW:
1. read mtd8:
dd if=/dev/mtd8 of=/tmp/mtd8
2. go to tmp:
cd /tmp/
3. write first part of partition:
dd if=mtd8 of=mtd8.new bs=1 count=76
4. check which layout uses bootloader:
cat /proc/mtd
5a. If first are kernel_1 and rootfs_1 write 0:
echo -n -e '\x00' >> mtd8.new
5b. If first are kernel and rootfs write 1:
echo -n -e '\x01' >> mtd8.new
6. fill with rest of data:
dd if=mtd8 bs=1 skip=77 >> mtd8.new
7. CHECK IF mtd8.new HAVE CHANGED ONLY ONE BYTE! e.g with:
hexdump mtd8.new
8. write new mtd8 to flash:
mtd write mtd8.new /dev/mtd8
9. do firstboot
10.reboot
11. Do back to factory defaults in OFW GUI.
Based on work: Cezary Jackiewicz <cezary@eko.one.pl>
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
MobiPromo CM520-79F is an AC1300 dual band router based on IPQ4019
Specification:
SoC/Wireless: QCA IPQ4019
RAM: 512MiB
Flash: 128MiB SLC NAND
Ethernet PHY: QCA8075
Ethernet ports: 1x WAN, 2x LAN
LEDs: 7 LEDs
2 (USB, CAN) are GPIO
other 5 (2.4G, 5G, LAN1, LAN2, WAN) are connected to a shift register
Button: Reset
Flash instruction:
Disassemble the router, connect UART pins like this:
GND TX RX
[x x . . x .]
[. . . . . .]
(QCA8075 and IPQ4019 below)
Baud-rate: 115200
Set up TFTP server: IP 192.168.1.188/24
Power on the router and interrupt the booting with UART console
env backup (in case you want to go back to stock and need it there):
printenv
(Copy the output to somewhere save)
Set bootenv:
setenv set_ubi 'set mtdids nand0=nand0; set mtdparts mtdparts=nand0:0x7480000@0xb80000(fs); ubi part fs'
setenv bootkernel 'ubi read 0x84000000 kernel; bootm 0x84000000#config@1'
setenv cm520_boot 'run set_ubi; run bootkernel'
setenv bootcmd 'run cm520_boot'
setenv bootargs
saveenv
Boot initramfs from TFTP:
tftpboot openwrt-ipq40xx-generic-mobipromo_cm520-79f-initramfs-fit-zImage.itb
bootm
After initramfs image is booted, backup rootfs partition in case of reverting to stock image
cat /dev/mtd12 > /tmp/mtd12.bin
Then fetch it via SCP
Upload nand-factory.ubi to /tmp via SCP, then run
mtd erase rootfs
mtd write /tmp/*nand-factory.ubi rootfs
reboot
To revert to stock image, restore default bootenv in uboot UART console
setenv bootcmd 'bootipq'
printenv
use the saved dump you did back when you installed OpenWrt to verify that
there are no other differences from back in the day.
saveenv
upload the backed up mtd12.bin and run
tftpboot mtd12.bin
nand erase 0xb80000 0x7480000
nand write 0x84000000 0xb80000 0x7480000
The BOOTCONFIG may have been configured to boot from alternate partition (rootfs_1) instead
In case of this, set it back to rootfs:
cd /tmp
cat /dev/mtd7 > mtd7.bin
echo -ne '\x0b' | dd of=mtd7.bin conv=notrunc bs=1 count=1 seek=4
for i in 28 48 68 108; do
dd if=/dev/zero of=mtd7.bin conv=notrunc bs=1 count=1 seek=$i
done
mtd write mtd7.bin BOOTCONFIG
mtd write mtd7.bin BOOTCONFIG1
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
[renamed volume to ubi to support autoboot,
as per David Lam's test in PR#2432]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
With the "real HZ" debate out of the way, let's actually
use the apm821xx's default upstream config file at
arch/powerpc/configs/44x/bluestone_defconfig. From what
I can tell, it sets NO_HZ (well, this platform was for
NAS, so this is a bit unexpected) and remove any specific
HZ_$VALUE symbol.
Sadly, Daniel Engberg didn't run any before/after netperf
tests, because it would have been such a slam dunk across
the boards. In case of the apm821xx the tcp tx/rx
performance improved ~14% (from 600Mbps to 700Mps).
This now causes the emac to drop frames too, so let's see
if this is causes more problems or not.
This patch includes a refresh of the configuration too.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
"Whoop whoop, sound of da police"
Add an ingress capable traffic policer module configurable with tc.
From the man page:
The police action allows to limit bandwidth of traffic matched by the
filter it is attached to. Basically there are two different algorithms
available to measure the packet rate: The first one uses an internal
dual token bucket and is configured using the rate, burst, mtu,
peakrate, overhead and linklayer parameters. The second one uses an
in-kernel sampling mechanism. It can be fine-tuned using the estimator
filter parameter.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
dcf3e63a35 added a newer kconfig version which produces a bit more local
code output, add that output to the ignore list
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
macos doesn't define a loff_t type, the native off_t type being 64bit
anyway.
Persuade e2fsprogs to accept off_t instead on macos
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
This patch adds missed line in 01_leds and fix error:
"/bin/board_detect: /etc/board.d/01_leds: line 93:
syntax error: unexpected ")" (expecting ";;")"
Fixes: c948a47 ("ramips: add support for D-Link DWR-960")
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Update xz to 5.2.5
Disable NLS support to be consistent with other tools such as bison, e2fsprogs
and sed.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
Update findutils to 4.7.0
Remove patches
Enable pthreads
Disable NLS support to be consistent with other tools such as bison, e2fsprogs
and sed.
Disable selinux support to be consistent with other tools such as sed and tar
Disable rpath as we don't need hardcoded paths
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
2188d81 jail: add support for launching extroot containers
6f3dbd2 jail: add support for userns and cgroupsns
28a06e5 jail: add support for (ram-)overlayfs
Add handling for extroot, overlaydir and tmpoverlaysize as well as
jail flags for userns and cgroupsns to OpenWrt's shell script to
allow their use in init scripts.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Some system not have mkisofs, but have genisoimage or
xorrisofs. They have compatable options for mkisofs,
so let them as alternatives to mkisofs.
Signed-off-by: 李国 <uxgood.org@gmail.com>
grub-bios-setup requires two images (boot.img and core.img),
but they are missing. This make an error during sysupgrade:
Upgrading bootloader on /dev/sda...
grub-bios-setup: error: cannot open `/tmp/boot/boot/grub/boot.img': No
such file or directory.
Signed-off-by: 李国 <uxgood.org@gmail.com>
This symbol had been enabled in the initial device support submission
for kernel 4.14, but apparently got lost during the v4.19 port.
The ASUS Lyra MAP-AC2200 has a single (very bright) rgb LED, which is
controlled by the TI/National LP5523/55231 LED driver chip. It is left
enabled in a pulsating infinite rainbow loop by the bootloader,
expecting it to be reconfigured (disabled by default) after the boot
process has finished and is also required to indicate failsafe/
firstboot conditions.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
This addes the option to treat recursive dependencies as warnings
instead of errors, by running make with WARN_RECURSIVE_DEP=1.
Note that the script/config targets will not get rebuilt when you add or
remove WARN_RECURSIVE_DEP while running make. One must run
'make config-clean' before building config with a different setting.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
Major changes include:
- Much more readable reverse dependencies separated in groups
- Improved recursive dependency report
- More readable .config files: add comments to signal end of menus
- More warnings for incorrect Config.in entries, such as a 'choice'
default not contained in the 'choice'
- Hability to properly display pseudographics with non-latin locales
- Recursive dependencies are now treated as errors - this should make
it harder for them to creep in.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
Instead of passing pkg-config location through a variable when building
qconf (make xconfig), prepend its parent directory to the PATH, as it is
being done for other conf targets.
Use a Makefile pattern rule to group all 'scripts/config/%onf'
(currently conf, mconf, qconf) targets in a single rule. Add -O2 to
CFLAGS when building them as well.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
Currently, RTC_SUPPORT is defined as a tristate, with 'depends on m',
which is supposed to only let it be set to 'm' or 'n'. However,
scripts/target-metadata.pl will 'select' it, or setting it to 'y', which
defeats it's 'depends on m' restriction. The users of the symbol are
not expecting it to be necessarily 'm' either, so we can safely use it
as bool.
Newer versions of Linux 'conf' will issue a warning when it detects such
unmet dependencies, and will set it to 'n' instead of 'y', as the
current version does. In all cases, 'm' is never used.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
Newer versions of the kconfig program requires quoting the arguments of
the 'source' directive. These are the last ones not using them.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
IPv6 modules should all depend on @IPV6, to avoid circular dependencies
problems, especially if they select a module that depends on IPV6 as
well. In theory, if a package A depends on IPV6, any package doing
'select A' (DEPENDS+= A) should also depend on IPV6; otherwise selecting
A will fail. Sometimes the build system is forgiving this, but
eventually, and unexpectedly, it may blow up on some other commit.
Alternatively one can conditionally add IPv6 dependencies only if
CONFIG_IPV6 is selected: (DEPENDS+= +IPV6:package6).
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
The symvers files of older kernel versions are incompatible with the ones
from 5.4, so changing the kernel version without running make clean was
causing build failures in kernel module packages.
Fix this by moving the directory, ensuring that symvers files get thrown
away with a kernel version change
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Specifications:
- Qualcomm QCA9531 + QCA9886
- dual band, antenna 2*3dBi
- Output power 50mW (17dBm)
- 1x 10/100 Mbps LAN RJ45
- 128 MB RAM / 16 MB FLASH (w25q128)
- 3 LEDs (red/green/blue)
incorporated in
"color wheel reset switch"
- UART 115200 8N1
Flashing instructions:
The U-boot bootloader contains a recovery HTTP server
to upload the firmware. Push the reset button while powering the
device on and keep it pressed for ~10 seconds. The device's LEDs will
blink several times and the recovery page will be at
http://192.168.1.1; use it to upload the sysupgrade image.
Alternatively, the original firmware is based on OpenWrt so a
sysupgrade image can be installed via the stock web GUI. Settings from
the original firmware will be saved and restored on the new one, so a
factory reset will be needed. To do so, once the new firmware is flashed,
enter into failsafe mode by pressing the reset button several times during
the boot process, until it starts flashing. Once in failsafe mode, perform
a factory reset as usual.
LED-Info:
The LEDs on the Comfast stock fw have a very proprietary behaviour,
corresponding to the user selected working mode (AP, ROUTER or REPEATER).
In the first two cases, only blue is used for status and LAN signaling. When
using the latter, blue is always off (except for sysupgrade), either red
signals bad rssi on master-link, or green good. Since the default working
mode of OpenWrt resembles that of a router/AP, the default behavior is
implemented accordingly.
MAC addresses (art partition):
location address (example) use in vendor firmware
0x0 xx:xx:xx:xx:xc:f8 -> eth0
0x6 xx:xx:xx:xx:xc:fa -> wlan5g (+2)
0x1002 xx:xx:xx:xx:xc:f9 -> not used
0x5006 xx:xx:xx:xx:xc:fb -> not used
--- xx:xx:xx:xx:xd:02 -> wlan2g (+10)
The same strange situation has already been observed and documented
for COMFAST CF-E560AC.
Signed-off-by: Roman Hampel <rhamp@arcor.de>
Co-developed-by: Joao Albuquerque <joaohccalbu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Joao Albuquerque <joaohccalbu@gmail.com>
[adjust and extend commit message, rebase, minor DTS adjustments,
add correct MAC address for wmac, change RSSI LED names and behavior]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Fixing a build error when CONFIG_KERNEL_KEXEC is enabled:
make[5]: Entering directory '/home/bjorn/tmp/tmp-lede/build_dir/target-mipsel_24kc_musl/linux-ramips_mt7621/linux-5.4.28'
CALL scripts/checksyscalls.sh
CALL scripts/atomic/check-atomics.sh
CHK include/generated/compile.h
CC arch/mips/kernel/machine_kexec.o
arch/mips/kernel/machine_kexec.c: In function 'kexec_nonboot_cpu_jump':
arch/mips/kernel/machine_kexec.c:268:27: error: 'relocate_new_kernel_size' undeclared (first use in this function); did you mean 'kexec_relocate_new_kernel_end'?
reboot_code_buffer + relocate_new_kernel_size);
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
kexec_relocate_new_kernel_end
arch/mips/kernel/machine_kexec.c:268:27: note: each undeclared identifier is reported only once for each function it appears in
arch/mips/kernel/machine_kexec.c: In function 'kexec_reboot':
arch/mips/kernel/machine_kexec.c:306:27: error: 'relocate_new_kernel_size' undeclared (first use in this function); did you mean 'kexec_relocate_new_kernel_end'?
reboot_code_buffer + relocate_new_kernel_size);
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
kexec_relocate_new_kernel_end
make[7]: *** [scripts/Makefile.build:266: arch/mips/kernel/machine_kexec.o] Error 1
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
The NAS packages for Gemini doesn't even include the
block-mount package. Augment the list to be based off
the DEFAULT_PACKAGES.nas to make sure we extend on the
essentials.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Since linux kernel commit 0768e17073dc527ccd18ed5f96ce85f9985e9115
(2019-04-19) the asm-generic/sockios.h header no longer defines
SIOCGSTAMP. Instead it provides only SIOCGSTAMP_OLD.
The linux/sockios.h header now defines SIOCGSTAMP using either
SIOCGSTAMP_OLD or SIOCGSTAMP_NEW as appropriate. This linux only
header file is not included so we get a build failure.
Signed-off-by: Norbert van Bolhuis <nvbolhuis@aimvalley.nl>
ipq806x has been tested for a lot and lots of people reported good results.
Switch the main kernel to 5.4 following the other targets.
Tested-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de> [ipq8065, NBG6817]
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
MAC addresses of the ethernet devices (eth0 & eth1) are randomly set at
boot time by the ag71xx driver, because it is currently not possible to
retrieve MAC addresses in ASCII format within the DTS file.
This commit works around this behaviour by setting the MAC addresses
during the preinit phase.
The same has been implemented recently for the Siemens WS-AP3610 in
d2b8ccb1c0 ("ath79: add support for Siemens WS-AP3610").
MAC assignment in vendor firmware is as follows:
use vendor address OpenWrt
2g wifi0 ethaddr -> wlan1
5g wifi1 ethaddr +1 -> wlan0
lan eth1 ethaddr +2 -> eth0
wan eth0 ethaddr +3 -> eth1
ethaddr is retrieved by $(mtd_get_mac_ascii u-boot-env ethaddr)
Note that both Wifi and ethernet indexing is swapped in OpenWrt
compared to vendor firmware.
Suggested-by: Guillaume Lefebvre <guillaume@zelig.ch>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Kevin Gagnon <kevin_gagnon@videotron.ca>
This commit add patch with 14c3:7610 pci id addition.
It was sent upstream.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
[bumped PKG_RELEASE]
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
At this moment mt7620 ethernet driver doesn't support rgmii delays
configuration. SoC MT7620 have bits 2 and 3 in GPC1 an GPC2 to configure
delays for rx and tx rgmii interface.
This patch adds rx/tx rgmii delay configuration from dts.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Backport patches which adds suport for the Wistron Neweb D19Q1 3G/4G modem,
used in D-Link DWR-960.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
So far, image/device/board names for Mikrotik devices in mt7621 have
been used quite inconsistently.
This patch harmonizes the naming scheme by applying the same style
as used lately in ath79, i.e. using "RouterBOARD" as separate word
in the model name (instead of RB prefix for the number) and deriving
the board/device name from that (= make lower case and replace spaces
by hyphens).
This style has already been used for most the model/DEVICE_MODEL
variables in mt7621, so this is essentially just adjusting the remaining
variables to that.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Allows proper usage of the ss tool. Otherwise, several errors and bad
data gets thrown:
Cannot open netlink socket: Protocol not supported
Cannot open netlink socket: Protocol not supported
Cannot open netlink socket: Protocol not supported
Cannot open netlink socket: Protocol not supported
Cannot open netlink socket: Protocol not supported
Cannot open netlink socket: Protocol not supported
Cannot open netlink socket: Protocol not supported
Originally reported here: https://github.com/openwrt/packages/issues/8232
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Buffalo WSR-2533DHPL is a 2.4/5 GHz band 11ac router, based on MediaTek
MT7621A.
Specification:
- SoC : MediaTek MT7621A
- RAM : DDR3 128 MiB
- Flash : SPI-NOR 16 MiB
- WLAN : 2.4/5 GHz 4T4R (2x MediaTek MT7615N)
- Ethernet : 10/100/1000 Mbps
- Switch : MediaTek MT7530 (SoC)
- LED/keys : 8x/6x (3x buttons, 2x slide-switches)
- UART : through-hole on PCB
- J4: 3.3V, GND, TX, RX from triangle-mark
- 57600n8
- Power : 12VDC 1.5A
Flash instruction using initramfs image:
1. prepare the TFTP server with the initramfs image renamed to
"linux.trx-recovery" and IP address "192.168.11.2"
2. press the "AOSS" button while powering on the WSR-2533DHPL
3. after 10 seconds, release the "AOSS" button, WSR-2533DHPL downloads
the initramfs image and boot with it automatically
4. on the initramfs image, download the sysupgrade image to the device
and perform sysupgrade with it
5. wait ~120 seconds to complete flashing
Switch position overview:
- slide-switch1 (2x positions)
- "AUTO"
- "MANUAL" (not connected to gpio)
- slide-switch2 (3x positions)
- "ROUTER"
- "AP" (not connected to gpio)
- "WB"
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
[add note on switches, fix group->groups for state_default]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This prepares support for models XAP-1610 and XWR-3150. Flashing
requires using Luxul firmware version:
1) 8.1.0 or newer for XAP-1610
2) 6.4.0 or newer for XWR-3150
and uploading firmware using "Firmware Update" web UI page.
Signed-off-by: Dan Haab <dan.haab@legrand.com>
Specifications:
Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531 + QCA9886
2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, with 48v PoE
2T2R 2.4 GHz, 802.11b/g/n
2T2R 5 GHz, 802.11a/n/ac
128MB RAM
16MB SPI Flash
4x LED (Always On Power, LAN, WAN, WLAN)
Flashing Instructions:
Original firmware is based on OpenWRT, so flashing the sysupgrade image on
the factory firmware is sufficient.
Tested: Reset button, WAN LED, LAN LED, Power LED (always on, not much
to test), WLAN LED (one LED only for 2 interfaces, by default it gets
assigned to the first interface), MAC addresses (match factory firmware).
My LAN factory MAC address ends in F2.
use stock_mac art_loc
lan :f2 0x0
wan :f3 0x1002
5g :f4 0x6
2g :f5 0x5006
Since MAC address flash locations do not really match their use in vendor
firmware (e.g. address from 5 GHz calibration data is assigned to 2.4 GHz
WiFi), just calculate the MAC addresses with an offset based on 0x0 address.
Signed-off-by: Chris Morgan <macromorgan@hotmail.com>
[add MAC address comment]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Use upstream latest git HEAD as it allows to remove the patches
700-radius-Prevent-buffer-overflow-in-rc_mksid,
701-pppd-Fix-bounds-check-in-EAP-code and
702-pppd-Ignore-received-EAP-messages-when-not-doing-EAP and
take in other fixes.
41a7323 pppd: Fixed spelling 'unkown' => 'unknown' (#141)
6b014be pppd: Print version information to stdout instead of stderr (#133)
cba2736 pppd: Add RFC1990 (Multilink) to the See Also section of the man page
f2f9554 pppd: Add mppe.h to the list of headers to install if MPPE is defined
ae54fcf pppd: Obfuscate password argument string
8d45443 pppd: Ignore received EAP messages when not doing EAP
8d7970b pppd: Fix bounds check in EAP code
858976b radius: Prevent buffer overflow in rc_mksid()
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Remove libressl patches; they are no longer needed as LibreSSl adde
support
Replace qt tests patch with one that disables all of them.
Refresh remaining one.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
This changes the node names for the LEDs in the Netgear R6120
device-tree file to provide consistency with other devices.
Signed-off-by: Alex Lewontin <alex.c.lewontin@gmail.com>
[improve commit title/message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The mlk5 kmod lacks all necessary build symbols
for kernel 4.14 (again).
Add missing symbols to avoid build failure on these targets.
Signed-off-by: Tan Zien <nabsdh9@gmail.com>
[rewrite commit message - reorder symbols]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This adds support for the TP-Link TL-MR3420 v3, a later revision of the
v2 with an external gpiochip similar to TP-Link Archer C7 v4.
Specifications:
SOC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9531
CPU: 650MHz
Flash: 4 MiB
RAM: 32 MiB
WLAN: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9531 bgn 2T2R 2.4 GHz
Ethernet: 5 ports (100M)
Flashing instructions:
- Flash factory image from OEM WebUI:
openwrt-ath79-tiny-tplink_tl-mr3420-v3-squashfs-factory.bin
- Sysupgrade from ath79 image:
openwrt-ath79-tiny-tplink_tl-mr3420-v3-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
Signed-off-by: Lim Guo Wei <limguowei@gmail.com>
[remove SUPPORTED devices, some typo adjustments, fix WAN MAC
address, fix sorting in 01_leds]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Bump to 2.81rc5 and re-work ipset-remove-old-kernel-support.
More runtime kernel version checking is done in 2.81rc5 in various parts
of the code, so expand the ipset patch' scope to inlude those new areas
and rename to something a bit more generic.:wq
Upstream changes from rc4
532246f Tweak to DNSSEC logging.
8caf3d7 Fix rare problem allocating frec for DNSSEC.
d162bee Allow overriding of ubus service name.
b43585c Fix nameserver list in auth mode.
3f60ecd Fixed resource leak on ubus_init failure.
0506a5e Handle old kernels that don't do NETLINK_NO_ENOBUFS.
e7ee1aa Extend stop-dns-rebind to reject IPv6 LL and ULA addresses. We also reject the loopback address if rebind-localhost-ok is NOT set.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
This target has been on kernel 4.19 for several months [1] and
already uses kernel 5.4 as testing kernel. Therefore, it should
not be necessary to keep support for kernel 4.14 as well.
[1] 2a82e0e1ca ("ipq806x: switch to 4.19 kernel version")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Acked-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de> [ipq8065/nbg6817]
201e359 Handle early exit when addrstring isn't set
fa4c464 Improve address logging on early exit messages (#83)
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
It seemed very confusing when trying to select the different variants of
hostapd which are somewhat scattered about under the menu 'Network'.
Moving all hostapd variants under a common submenu helps avoid
confusion.
Inspired-by: Kevin Mahoney <kevin.mahoney@zenotec.net>
[Fixup badly formatted patch, change menu name]
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
ab7a39a umdns: fix unused error
45c4953 dns: explicitly endian-convert all fields in header and question
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
This reverts commit d7f21940bc.
Winbond W25Q256FV and W25Q256JV both uses 0xef4019 as JEDEC ID,
but only the latter has proper 4B_OPCODES support.
W25Q256FV has all 4B read instructions but it lacks a 4B page program
instruction, causing the entire flash to be read-only.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Missing config symbols could lead to build failures on kernel
4.14/4.19.
Signed-off-by: Tan Zien <nabsdh9@gmail.com>
[rephrase commit message - reorder symbols]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
gcc 8 & 9 appear to be more picky with regards access alignment to
packed structures, leading to this warning in dns.c:
dns.c:261:2: error: converting a packed ‘struct dns_question’ pointer
(alignment 1) to a ‘uint16_t’ {aka ‘short unsigned int’} pointer
(alignment 2) may result in an unaligned pointer value
[-Werror=address-of-packed-member]
261 | uint16_t *swap = (uint16_t *) q;
Work around what I think is a false positive by turning the warning off.
Not ideal, but not quite as not ideal as build failure.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Reduce unnecessary flash wear and be tidy:
- Run the extraction only if necessary
- Extract temporary file to /tmp
- cleanup after execution
Tested-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
In RTL8367B (RTL8367RB/RTL8367R-VB), the driver in GPL tars of the
devices with this switch directly uses the ID of external interface
as a bit offset.
We should use the same way.
ref (RTL8367B):
- ASUS RT-N56U
- TP-Link Archer C2 v1
ref (RTL8367):
- TP-Link TL-WR2543ND v1
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
DSA requires master netdev to be up before any of its slave ports.
Bring it up during preinit so that the first lan port can be used
on failsafe.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
It's unknown which switch port is used on mikrotik_rbm11g.
Disable this image until someone with actual device fixes this problem.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
This script isn't suitable for mt7621 anymore due to switching to DSA
and it needs a different preinit script.
Generic preinit logic in package/base-files has the ability to parse
board.json and pick preinit iface accordingly. Just remove this script
instead of moving it into subtargets.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
The 2nd gmac of mediatek soc ethernet may not be connected to a PHY
and a phy-handle isn't always available.
Unfortunately, mt7530 dsa driver assumes that the 2nd gmac is always
connected to switch port 5 and setup mt7530 according to phy address
of 2nd gmac node, causing null pointer dereferencing when phy-handle
isn't defined in dts.
This commit fix this setup code by checking return value of
of_parse_phandle before using it.
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
mt7621 SoC has its own 'ralink_soc_info' structure with some
information about the soc itself. Pcie controller and pcie phy
drivers for this soc which are still in staging git tree make uses
of 'soc_device_attribute' looking for revision 'E2' in order to
know if reset lines are or not inverted. This way of doing things
seems to be necessary in order to make things clean and properly.
Hence, introduce this 'soc_device' to be able to properly use those
attributes in drivers. Also set 'data' pointer points to the struct
'ralink_soc_info' to be able to export also current soc information
using this mechanism.
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
The original idea of bitbanged I2C is to use i2c-gpio-custom
Since i2c-gpio-custom is no longer available on 5.4, use SoC I2C instead
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
The name of each user port should be eth0..4, instead of lan1..4
and there is no WAN port. Rename them to match the official firmware.
To avoid conflict with the master port (gmac0), rename it to "dsa".
The official firmware assigns MAC address in this way:
eth0 = label mac
eth1 = label mac + 1
...
eth4 = label mac + 4
Since we have switched to DSA, it's possible to use different MAC for each port.
Acked-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
update dts and network/LED configuration for DSA driver.
sysupgrade from images prior to this commit with config preserved
will cause broken ethernet setup.
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
Acked-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
[split commit]
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
There's different gpio and ethernet drivers upstream for mt7621.
Update these two nodes to match upstream dt bindings.
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
Since commit f8c55dc ("MIPS: use generic dma noncoherent ops for
simple noncoherent platforms") changed MIPS dma handling, the mmc
driver fails because it doesn't have a dma mask is set.
So set the correct dma mask.
Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name>
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
1. Use functions for cleaner code
2. Always execute WAN interface generic code
Before this change WAN interface code wasn't executed on all devices due
to an early "exit 0".
Acked-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
add module to support Mellanox Connect-X card
mlx4 supports ConnectX-3 series and previous cards
mlx5 supports Connect-IB/ConnectX-4 series and later cards
Signed-off-by: Tan Zien <nabsdh9@gmail.com>
Specifying root filesystem by device is non-deterministic for several
reasons:
- USB device unmeration order is not garunteeed for USB storage devs
- MMC devs ordering is determined by the instance of the MMC host
controller including non-storage SDIO devices which can throw off
numbering depending on kernel versions.
It is recommended to use partition UUID
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
JSON info files contain machine readable information of built profiles
and resulting images. These files were added in commit 881ed09ee6
("build: create JSON files containing image info").
They are useful for firmware wizards and script checking for
reproducibility.
Currently all JSON files are stored next to the built images, resulting
in up to 168 individual files for the ath79/generic target.
This patch refactors the JSON creation to store individual per image
(not per profile) files in $(BUILD_DIR)/json_info_files and create an
single overview file called `profiles.json` in the target directory.
Storing per image files and not per profile solves the problem of
parallel file writes. If a profiles sysupgrade and factory image are
finished at the same time both processes would write to the same JSON
file, resulting in randomly broken outputs.
Some target like x86/64 do not use the image code yet, resulting in
missing JSON files. If no JSON info files were created, no
`profiles.json` files is created as it would be empty anyway.
As before, this creation is enabled by default only if `BUILDBOT` is set.
Tested via buildroot & ImageBuilder on ath79/generic, imx6 and x86/64.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
[json_info_files dir handling in Make, if case refactoring]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Disable ASLR and filter '-fno-plt' from CFLAGS: solves building when
ASLR enabled by basically disabling ASLR.
Solves errors similar to:
relocation R_X86_64_32S against `.rodata' can not be used when making a PIE object; recompile with -fPIE
or
module missing GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE
Suggested-by: 李国 <uxgood.org@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Use in tree version of cake for kernels 4.19+ and backport features from
later kernel versions to 4.19.
Unfortunately PROVIDES dependency handling produces bogus circular
dependency warnings so whilst this package and kmod-sched-cake-oot
should be able to PROVIDE kmod-sched-cake this doesn't work.
Instead, remove the PROVIDES option and modify package sqm-scripts to
depend on the correct module independently.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
In preparation for dropping the out of tree cake module and using
in tree cake from upstream, rename the package to kmod-sched-cake-oot
(out of tree)
Initially add a PROVIDES kmod-sched-cake so that package dependencies
can be satisfied.
Ultimately this package will be removed when linux 4.14 is removed.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Recent backports to 5.5 and 5.4 broke our compat layer. This release is
to keep things running with the latest upstream stable kernels.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
The calibration patches for MT7620 unnecessarily export symbols and
populate never accessed function pointers. Remove all that and make
functions static as the only place where each of those functions is
called is within rt2800lib.c.
Also make code more readable by fixing indentation, removing
unnecessary parantheses and simplifying some instructions using
shorthands here and there.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
There were two changes between 1.1.1e and 1.1.1f:
- a change in BN prime generation to avoid possible fingerprinting of
newly generated RSA modules
- the patch reversing EOF detection we had already applied.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
* install kmod-hwmon-drivetemp by default
* wire up thermal zone
* fix fan GPIO polarity
* fix i2c-gpio GPIO_OPEN_DRAIN
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
drivers/ata/sata_oxnas.c: In function 'sata_oxnas_port_irq':
drivers/ata/sata_oxnas.c:2126:25: warning: left shift count >= width of type [-Wshift-count-overflow]
if (ap->qc_active & (1 << ATA_TAG_INTERNAL)) {
^~
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Albert has reported, that his DAP-2610 wont boot with the latest
snapshot and Fredrik has found out, that the device gets stuck at
"Waiting for root device ..." due to missing 5.4 kernel config symbol
CONFIG_MTD_SPLIT_WRGG_FW which was probably lost during the kernel
version bump.
Ref: https://forum.openwrt.org/t/dap-2610-bricked-help-needed
Fixes: 272e0a702a ("ipq40xx: add v5.4 support")
Suggested-by: Fredrik Olofsson <fredrik.olofsson@anyfinetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The iso image need cdrom and iso9660 drivers to boot, otherwise it will
hang when mounting the root file system
Signed-off-by: 李国 <uxgood.org@gmail.com>
Add EFI platform bootable images for x86 platforms. These images can
also boot from legacy BIOS platform.
EFI System Partition need to be fat12/fat16/fat32 (not need to load
filesystem drivers), so the first partition of EFI images are not ext4
filesystem any more.
GPT partition table has an alternate partition table, we did not
generate it. This may cause problems when use these images as qemu disk
(kernel can not find rootfs), we pad enough sectors will be ok.
Signed-off-by: 李国 <uxgood.org@gmail.com>
[part_magic_* refactoring, removed genisoimage checks]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Add GPT support to ptgen, so we can generate EFI bootable images.
Introduced two options:
-g generate GPT partition table
-G GUID use GUID for disk and increase last bit for all partitions
We drop The alternate partition table to reduce size, This may cause
problems when generate vmdk images or vdi images. We have to pad enough
sectors when generate these images.
Signed-off-by: 李国 <uxgood.org@gmail.com>
[fixed compilation on macOS]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
* queueing: backport skb_reset_redirect change from 5.6
* version: bump
This release has only one slight change, to put it closer to the 5.6
codebase, but its main purpose is to bump us to a 1.0.y version number.
Now that WireGuard 1.0.0 has been released for Linux 5.6 [1], we can put
the same number on the backport compat codebase.
When OpenWRT bumps to Linux 5.6, we'll be able to drop this package
entirely, which I look forward to seeing.
[1] https://lists.zx2c4.com/pipermail/wireguard/2020-March/005206.html
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
The last couple of TP-Link firmware releases for Archer C6 v2 (EU)
have switched to version 1.2.x. Bump the soft_ver to "1.2.1" to
allow firmware updates from the vendor web interface.
TP-Link vendor firmware releases supported by this change:
* Archer C6(EU)_V2_200110: soft_ver:1.2.1 Build 20200110 rel.60119
* Archer C6(EU)_V2_191014: soft_ver:1.2.0 Build 20191014 rel.33289
Signed-off-by: Georgi Vlaev <georgi.vlaev@gmail.com>
Commit ea50780 backported Airtime Queue Limits (AQL) from Linux 5.5
to OpenWrt's backports 5.4. However, this only enabled AQL for the
vanilla ath10k driver. This patch also enables it for ath10k-ct.
Tested on:
* 2xTP-Link Archer A7v5 (QCA9563/QCA988X)
* Backports version 5.4-rc8 & 5.4.27
* ath10k-ct and ath10k-ct-htt firmware version 014 to 017
* ath10k-ct driver versions dc025dc to 3d173a4 (CT_KVER-5.4)
* WPA2, 802.11krv
Tested since January 25, 2020.
Signed-off-by: Jose Olivera <oliverajeo@gmail.com>
If the abridged flag is set to 1 the APs that are listed in the BSS
Transition Candidate List are prioritized. If the bit is not set, the
APs have the same prioritization as the APs that are not in the list.
If you want to steer a client, you should set the flag!
The flag can be set by adding {...,'abridged': true,...} to the normal
ubus call.
Signed-off-by: Nick Hainke <vincent@systemli.org>
Subscribe to beacon reports through ubus.
Can be used for hearing map and client steering purposes.
First enable rrm:
ubus call hostapd.wlan0 bss_mgmt_enable '{"beacon_report":True}'
Subscribe to the hostapd notifications via ubus.
Request beacon report:
ubus call hostapd.wlan0 rrm_beacon_req
'{"addr":"00:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx", "op_class":0, "channel":1,
"duration":1,"mode":2,"bssid":"ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff", "ssid":""}'
Signed-off-by: Nick Hainke <vincent@systemli.org>
[rework identation]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Enable kernel symbol CONFIG_RTC_DRV_CMOS which was enabled in 4.14 &
4.19
Fixes FS#2905 and now my APU2 picks up time from RTC
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
The root file system is getting too big for this device and this breaks
the ramips/rt305x build.
Do not build images for this board by default to fix this problem.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Replace the build time choice of json support with a package based
choice. Users requiring a json aware version of 'nft' may now install
nftables-json.
The default choice to fulfill the 'nftables' package dependency is
'nftables-nojson'
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Most targets upstream use 250Hz or even 1000Hz by default while
100Hz is hardcoded in OpenWrt's default config. Use upstream default
except for apm821xx which hardsets 1000Hz instead of platform default of
250Hz.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
[Apply same changes to 5.4]
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Do not export static functions, they are anyway not referenced by any
code in a different module.
This fixes the following compile warning:
WARNING: "rt2800_rf_aux_tx0_loopback" [/drivers/net/wireless/ralink/rt2x00/rt2800lib] is a static EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL
WARNING: "rt2800_write_dc" [/drivers/net/wireless/ralink/rt2x00/rt2800lib] is a static EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL
WARNING: "rt2800_rf_configstore" [/drivers/net/wireless/ralink/rt2x00/rt2800lib] is a static EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL
WARNING: "rt2800_do_sqrt_accumulation" [/drivers/net/wireless/ralink/rt2x00/rt2800lib] is a static EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL
WARNING: "rt2800_rf_configrecover" [/drivers/net/wireless/ralink/rt2x00/rt2800lib] is a static EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL
WARNING: "rt2800_loft_search" [/drivers/net/wireless/ralink/rt2x00/rt2800lib] is a static EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL
WARNING: "rt2800_iq_search" [/drivers/net/wireless/ralink/rt2x00/rt2800lib] is a static EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL
WARNING: "rt2800_setbbptonegenerator" [/drivers/net/wireless/ralink/rt2x00/rt2800lib] is a static EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL
WARNING: "rt2800_rf_aux_tx1_loopback" [/drivers/net/wireless/ralink/rt2x00/rt2800lib] is a static EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL
Acked-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Building Linux kernel version 5.4.x with GCC8 ends up
with internal compiler error. The workaround on this issue
can be introdution of additional compiler option "--mmpy-option=2"
Signed-off-by: Evgeniy Didin <Evgeniy.Didin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Cc: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
When some libopenssl options change curl will have to be rebuild to
adapt to those changes, avoiding undefined reference errors or features
disabled in curl.
Add CONFIG_OPENSSL_ENGINE, CONFIG_OPENSSL_WITH_COMPRESSION and
CONFIG_OPENSSL_WITH_NPN to PKG_CONFIG_DEPENDS so it will trigger
rebuild every time the options are changed.
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
Building of ath79-tiny has uncovered following:
Package kmod-rtl8723bs is missing dependencies for the following libraries:
mmc_core.ko
So add this missing dependency.
Fixes: 8c26d67a67 ("mac80211: realtek: add staging driver for RTL8723BS SDIO module")
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Armada 370 processors have only 16 double-precision registers. The
change introduced by 8dcc108760 ("toolchain: ARM: Fix toolchain
compilation for gcc 8.x") switched accidentally the toolchain for mvebu
cortexa9 subtarget to cpu type with 32 double-precision registers. This
stems from gcc defaults which assume "vfpv3-d32" if only "vfpv3" as mfpu
is specified. That change resulted in unusable image, in which kernel
will kill userspace as soon as it causing "Illegal instruction".
Ref: https://forum.openwrt.org/t/gcc-was-broken-on-mvebu-armada-370-device-after-commit-on-2019-03-25/43272
Fixes: 8dcc108760 ("toolchain: ARM: Fix toolchain compilation for
gcc 8.x")
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Tegra 2 processors have only 16 double-precision registers. The change
introduced by 8dcc108760 ("toolchain: ARM: Fix toolchain compilation
for gcc 8.x") switched accidentally the toolchain for tegra target to cpu
type with 32 double-precision registers. This stems from gcc defaults
which assume "vfpv3-d32" if only "vfpv3" as mfpu is specified. That
change resulted in unusable image, in which kernel will kill userspace as
soon as it causing "Illegal instruction".
Ref: https://forum.openwrt.org/t/gcc-was-broken-on-mvebu-armada-370-device-after-commit-on-2019-03-25/43272
Fixes: 8dcc108760 ("toolchain: ARM: Fix toolchain compilation for
gcc 8.x")
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
The previous rework of x86 image creation done in commit cb007a7bf6
("x86: switch image generation to new code") removed images of separate
squashfs and ext4 filesystems which are handy for example in testing
under QEMU.
So this patch adds back creation of those missing rootfs images for ext4
and squashfs based filesystems.
Fixes: cb007a7bf6 ("x86: switch image generation to new code")
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
[commit subject and description tweaks]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The previous rework of x86 image creation done in commit cb007a7bf6
("x86: switch image generation to new code") broke the padding in
images.
sda: p2 size 212992 extends beyond EOD, enabling native capacity
sda: p2 size 212992 extends beyond EOD, truncated
sd 0:0:0:0: [sda] Attached SCSI disk
SQUASHFS error: squashfs_read_data failed to read block 0x2cc556
unable to read id index table
VFS: Cannot open root device "PARTUUID=ac5c9cd8-02" or unknown-block(8,2): error -5
Please append a correct "root=" boot option; here are the available partitions:
0800 19761 sda
driver: sd
0801 16384 sda1 ac5c9cd8-01
0802 2865 sda2 ac5c9cd8-02
Kernel panic - not syncing: VFS: Unable to mount root fs on unknown-block(8,2)
Tested with x86/64 with Docker (squashfs), qemustart (ext4/squashfs) and
virtualbox (ext4/squashfs).
Ref: FS#2935
Fixes: cb007a7bf6 ("x86: switch image generation to new code")
Suggested-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
[commit subject and description tweaks]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This adds patches to avoid possible application breakage caused by a
change in behavior introduced in 1.1.1e. It affects at least nginx,
which logs error messages such as:
nginx[16652]: [crit] 16675#0: *358 SSL_read() failed (SSL: error:
4095126:SSL routines:ssl3_read_n:unexpected eof while reading) while
keepalive, client: xxxx, server: [::]:443
Openssl commits db943f4 (Detect EOF while reading in libssl), and
22623e0 (Teach more BIOs how to handle BIO_CTRL_EOF) changed the
behavior when encountering an EOF in SSL_read(). Previous behavior was
to return SSL_ERROR_SYSCALL, but errno would still be 0. The commits
being reverted changed it to SSL_ERRO_SSL, and add an error to the
stack, which is correct. Unfortunately this affects a number of
applications that counted on the old behavior, including nginx.
The reversion was discussed in openssl/openssl#11378, and implemented as
PR openssl/openssl#11400.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
Without this patch, when using rev 3 of the Atheros AR9344 SoC, the
gigabit switch (AR8327) does not work or works very erratically.
This is a re-spin of http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/419857/ with a
different PLL value, according to the feedback from several users
(including myself) as shown here:
https://openwrt.org/toh/mikrotik/rb2011uias#tracking_reported_experience_with_suggested_patch_for_the_5_gige_ports
Performance is acceptable: testing L3 forwarding without NAT yields a
performance of 370 Mbit/s (iperf3 TCP) and 41 Kpps (iperf3 UDP with 64
bytes payload). Both tests show that 100% of CPU time is spent on softirq.
A similar fix for a different device (RB2011) was added in e457d22261
("Make GBit switch work on RB2011").
Signed-off-by: Baptiste Jonglez <git@bitsofnetworks.org>
The bootloader does not always initialize the MDIO pins before booting
Linux. E.g. on version "U-Boot 2012.07 [Chaos Calmer 15.05.1,r35193] (Jul
25 2017 - 11:36:26)" this is the case when booting automatically without
activating the U-Boot console.
Without this change, the kernel boot will complain about missing PHYs:
libphy: ipq40xx_mdio: probed
ar40xx c000000.ess-switch: Probe failed - Missing PHYs!
libphy: Fixed MDIO Bus: probed
With this change it will work as expected:
libphy: ipq40xx_mdio: probed
ESS reset ok!
ESS reset ok!
libphy: Fixed MDIO Bus: probed
Ref: GH-2835
Tested-by: Fredrik Olofsson <fredrik.olofsson@anyfinetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon M. George <leon@georgemail.eu>
[commit description from Fredrik, subject facelift]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Seems to be working fine on my a64-olinuxino, it's 99.9% upstream stuff
anyway. Lets start wider userbase testing.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This is backport of v5.6 patch.
Allwinner A64 SoC has separate supplies for PC, PD, PE, PG and PL. This
patch adds regulators for them to the pinctrl node.
Exception is PL which is used by the RSB bus. To avoid circular
dependencies, VCC-PL is omitted.
On boards with eMMC, VCC-PC is supplied by ELDO1, instead of DCDC1.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
There is a red LED marked as `GPIO_LED1` on the silkscreen and connected
to PE17, so use this LED for status signalization.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Specifications:
SoC: Allwinner A64 (1.2 GHz Quad-Core ARM Cortex-A53 64-bit)
RAM: 1GB or 2GB RAM DDR3L @ 672Mhz
Flash: 0/4/16GB eMMC flash memory for storage and boot
MicroSD card connector for cards up to 32GB
Debug: serial UART debug header with 0.1" pins
Wired connectivity: 10/100/1000Mbps GbE Ethernet
Wireless connectivity: on-board RTL8723BS 1T1R 802.11bgn WiFi and
Bluetooth 4.0 module with built-in antenna
(only available in the A64-OLinuXino-1G4GW)
Flashing instructions:
Standard sunxi SD card installation procedure - copy eMMC image to SD
card, insert in into SD card slot on the device and boot. You should see
something like following if the eMMC is detected correctly:
mmcblk2: mmc2:0001 P1XXXX 3.60 GiB
mmcblk2boot0: mmc2:0001 P1XXXX partition 1 16.0 MiB
mmcblk2boot1: mmc2:0001 P1XXXX partition 2 16.0 MiB
Then flash SD card eMMC image straight into the mmcblk2 device:
dd if=/mnt/openwrt...a64-olinuxino-emmc-squashfs-sdcard.img of=/dev/mmcblk2
It also possible to boot from boot0 partition[1]:
1. Compile U-Boot with CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR=0x40
otherwise the U-Boot will get stuck in bootloop
2. Configure eMMC to boot from boot0 partition inside U-Boot:
mmc bootbus 1 1 0 0; mmc partconf 1 1 1 0
3. echo 0 > /sys/block/mmcblk2boot0/force_ro
4. Write U-Boot from offset 0 (not offset 8k as with SD card) into
boot0 partition
dd if=u-boot-sunxi-with-spl.bin of=/dev/mmcblk2boot0
Known issues:
Wireless doesn't work properly via netifd.
1. https://linux-sunxi.org/index.php?title=Bootable_eMMC
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Specifications:
SoC: Allwinner A64 (1.2 GHz Quad-Core ARM Cortex-A53 64-bit)
RAM: 1GB or 2GB RAM DDR3L @ 672Mhz
Flash: 0/4/16GB eMMC flash memory for storage and boot
MicroSD card connector for cards up to 32GB
Debug: serial UART debug header with 0.1" pins
Wired connectivity: 10/100/1000Mbps GbE Ethernet
Wireless connectivity: on-board RTL8723BS 1T1R 802.11bgn WiFi and
Bluetooth 4.0 module with built-in antenna
(only available in the A64-OLinuXino-1G4GW)
Flashing instructions:
Standard sunxi SD card installation procedure - copy image to SD card,
insert in into SD card slot on the device and boot.
Known issues:
Wireless doesn't work properly via netifd.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Current boot script uses hardcoded bootdevice, which allows booting from
SD card only, so this patch allows booting directly from eMMC as well.
While at it, replace fixed root device with more flexible UUID based
probing, so from now on probing order of MMC device doesn't matter.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Adding U-Boot image for Olimex A64-Olinuxino eMMC, including patch which
adds eMMC boot partition configuration commands.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Rename the board as done in upstream commit 268ae6548779 ("sunxi: Rename
Sinovoip BPI M2 Plus to Bananapi M2 Plus H3") which backs the rename
with the following reasoning:
The brand Sinovoip is used for Sinovoip's original VOIP products, while
the Bananapi brand is for the single board computers they produce. This
has been verified by Bananapi. Rename the board from "Sinovoip BPI M2
Plus" to "Bananapi M2 Plus". For the defconfig file, all lowercase is
used.
To support the H5 variant of this board, the "H3" suffix is added to
the defconfig name.
This has to be done in order to allow building U-Boot past v2019.04
release where this change was introduced.
Ref: https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/2849#discussion_r396401489
Suggested-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
U-boot also have defconfig for this board. In 2019.01 branch they are identical.
Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
In RouterBOARD parlance there never was an "art" partition.
This partition has always been named 'hard_config' on ar71xx.
This partition contains more than just ART (Atheros Radio Test) data. It
includes the hardware description (product code, serial, board
identifier, name, hardware options, MAC address), as well as other bits
affecting the operation of RouterBoot.
To avoid confusion with regular ART data, this partition is renamed in
line with historical ar71xx and ramips nomenclature as 'hard_config'.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
[minor commit title/message adjustments]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
In RouterBOARD parlance there never was an "art" partition.
This partition has always been named 'hard_config' on ar71xx.
This partition contains more than just ART (Atheros Radio Test) data. It
includes the hardware description (product code, serial, board
identifier, name, hardware options, MAC address), as well as other bits
affecting the operation of RouterBoot.
To avoid confusion with regular ART data, this partition is renamed in
line with historical ar71xx and ramips nomenclature as 'hard_config'.
This commit fixes the previous support files and implements the nested
RouterBoot partition scheme as already used by ramips-based SPI-NOR
RouterBOARD DTSes, as previously reviewed and implemented in
bbe2cf657c ("ramips: fix RBM11G partitioning").
Tested-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
[minor commit title/message adjustments]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The Pogoplug E02 was not using the correct partitions
in device tree, but used the ones from upstream and
thus could not boot OpenWrt images.
In contrast, uboot-kirkwood is using the correct
partitions since d3fc4fbd74 ("uboot-kirkwood: re-add
Pogoplug E02 support").
This patch corrects the partitions in DTS for kernels
4.14, 4.19 and 5.4.
Fixes: 2b0fa00da8 ("kirkwood: add Pogoplug E02 Kernel support")
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <bobafetthotmail@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
[commit title/message facelift, refresh 4.14 patch]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This commit adds support for the MT7622-based Elecom WRC-2533gent router,
with spi-nand storage and 512MB RAM.
The device has the following specifications:
* MT7622 (arm64 dual-core)
* 512MB RAM (DDR3)
* 4GB storage (spi-nand)
* 5x 1Gbps Ethernet (RTL8337C switch)
* 1x UART header
* 1x USB 3.0 port
* 5x LEDs
* 1x reset button
* 1x WPS button
* 1x slider switch
* 1x DC jack for main power (12V)
The following has been tested and is working:
* Ethernet switch
* 2.4g and 5g wifi
* USB 3.0 port
* sysupgrade
* buttons/leds
Not working:
* bluetooth firmware does not load even though it is present int he rootfs
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
the code would unconditionally tear down all interfaces upon a reconf.
This should only be done when the reconf call fails.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Release notes for 017:
Wave-1:
* March 19, 2020: Fix problem where power-save was not enabled when going off-channel to scan.
The problem was a boolean logic inversion in the chmgr code, a regression I introduced
a long time ago.
* March 19, 2020: When scanning only on current working channel, do not bother with disable/enable
powersave. This should make an on-channel scan less obtrusive than it was previously.
* March 23, 2020: Fix channel-mgr use-after-free problem that caused crashes in some cases. The crash
was exacerbated by recent power-save changes.
* March 23, 2020: Fix station-mode power-save related crash: backported the fix from 10.2 QCA firmware.
* March 23, 2020: Attempt to better clean up power-save objects and state, especially in station mode.
Release notes for 016:
Wave-1 changes, some debugging code for a crash someone reported, plus:
* February 28, 2020: Fix custom-tx path when sending in 0x0 for rate-code. Have tries == 0 mean
one try but NO-ACK (similar to how wave-2 does it).
wave-2:
* Fixed some long-ago regressions related to powersave and/or multicast. Maybe fix some
additional multicast and/or tx-scheduling bugs.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Use power led for device status.
The status led behavior has already been fixed in af28d8a539
("ath79: add support for GL.iNet GL-AR750S") when porting the
device to ath79. This fixes it for ar71xx as well.
Signed-off-by: Jan Alexander <jan@nalx.net>
[minor commit title/message adjustments]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This ports support for the TL-WA860RE v1 range extender from ar71xx
to ath79.
Specifications:
Board: AP123 / AR9341 rev. 3
Flash/RAM: 4/32 MiB
CPU: 535 MHz
WiFi: 2.4 GHz b/g/n
Ethernet: 1 port (100M)
Two external antennas
Flashing instructions:
Upload the factory image via the vendor firmware upgrade option.
Recovery:
Note that this device does not provide TFTP via ethernet like many
other TP-Link devices do. You will have to open the case if you
require recovery beyond failsafe.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Sebastian Knapp <sebastian4842@outlook.com>
This device seems to be identical to the TL-WDR4300, just with
different release date/region and TPLINK_HWID.
Support is added based on the ar71xx implementation.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Fix the test for an enabled sysntp initscript in dnsmasq.init, and get
rid of "test -o" while at it.
Issue reproduced on openwrt-19.07 with the help of pool.ntp.br and an
RTC-less ath79 router. dnssec-no-timecheck would be clearly missing
from /var/etc/dnsmasq.conf.* while the router was still a few days in
the past due to non-working DNSSEC + DNS-based NTP server config.
The fix was tested with the router in the "DNSSEC broken state": it
properly started dnsmasq in dnssec-no-timecheck mode, and eventually ntp
was able to resolve the server name to an IP address, and set the system
time. DNSSEC was then enabled by SIGINT through the ntp hotplug hook,
as expected.
A missing system.ntp.enabled UCI node is required for the bug to show
up. The reasons for why it would be missing in the first place were not
investigated.
Signed-off-by: Henrique de Moraes Holschuh <henrique@nic.br>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> [PKG_RELEASE increase]
Refer to shellcheck SC2166. There are just too many caveats that are
shell-dependent on test -a and test -o to use them.
Signed-off-by: Henrique de Moraes Holschuh <henrique@nic.br>
5e1bc34 ustream-openssl: clear error stack before SSL_read/SSL_write
f7f93ad add support for specifying usable ciphers
Also bump the ABI version since the layout of `struct ustream_ssl_ops`
changed.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
There is a restriction in the number of parameters(10) that may be passed to
the SetupHostCommand macro so continually adding explicit gcc'n' version
checks ends up breaking the compiler check for the later versions and
oddballs like Darwin as was done in 835d1c68a0 which added gcc10.
Drop all the explicitly specified gcc version checks. If a suitable gcc
compiler is not found, it may be specified at the dependency checking
stage after which that version will be symlinked into the build staging
host directory.
eg. 'CC=gccfoo CXX=g++foo make prereq'
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Acked-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
In the geode subtarget all default x86 features were overwritten via :=
instead of extending them via +=.
This patch fixes the inheritance and thereby the compilation of
x86/geode target.
Compile tested x86/geode.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
The x86 image generation was refacted via cb007a7bf6 and accidently not
included `geode.mk` when selected as subtarget.
Now the file is included and image compilation for x86/geode works
again.
Thanks to Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net> for reporting the
problem and suggesting a patch!
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Lets add GCC 10 detection to the build system as distributions like Fedora 32 have started shipping with it.
Some tools like mtd-utils need work to compile under GCC10, but that will be next step.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
This patch prepares the WNDR4700 to use the HDD sensor for
the thermal zone. While the kernel's thermal.txt device-tree
binding documentation files talks about supporting multiple
sensors for a zone. This sadly is NOT the case. Even the most
current upstream kernels (5.6-rc) supports just >one< sensor
per zone: (driver/base/of-thermal.c:886)
| * REVIST: for now, the thermal framework supports only
| * one sensor per thermal zone. Thus, we are considering
| * only the first two values as slope and offset.
I do hope that this warning will prevent others wasteing time
on trying to figure out why their multi-sensor thermal-zones
definitions are not working as specified.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch adds the hwmon-drivetemp to the device.
It also adds device-tree bindings. This can be useful to
automate external fans which can be controlled for example
by either an unused sata-port or by the usb-power regulator.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch follows the other patches that added the watchdog
core to various (armvirt, malta, ath79, ...) targets that
have been hit by the following build error:
Package kmod-hwmon-sch5627 is missing dependencies for the following libraries:
watchdog.ko
In theory, we could have just added the CONFIG_WATCHDOG_CORE=y
to the Kconfig variable of kmod-hwmon-sch5627's package definition.
This would have forced the watchdog core to be builtin and less
architectures would need to be updated. But we might as well follow
through here.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Add option 'scriptarp' to uci dnsmasq config to enable --script-arp functions.
The default setting is false, meaning any scripts in `/etc/hotplug.d/neigh` intended
to be triggered by `/usr/lib/dnsmasq/dhcp-script.sh` will fail to execute.
Also enable --script-arp if has_handlers returns true.
Signed-off-by: Jordan Sokolic <oofnik@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> [PKG_RELEASE increase]
The reset assert and deassert methods currently miss
a return value, leading to a compilation warning.
Return the return-value of reset_control_assert and
reset_control_deassert to fix these warnings.
Suggested-by: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This fixes the compilation of the AR934x NAND controller
driver for kernel 5.4 while leaving it untouched for
kernel 4.19.
This change is currently not run-tested, as i do not have such
a device at hand.
CC: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
CC: André Valentin <avalentin@marcant.net>
CC: WeiDong Jia <jwdsccd@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Tested-by: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
This time DTS fix, again from Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
ARM: dts: oxnas: Fix clear-mask property
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
9f5a7c4 iwinfo: add missing HT modename for HT-None
06a03c9 Revert "iwinfo: add BSS load element to scan result"
9a4bae8 iwinfo: add device id for Qualcomm Atheros QCA9990
eba5a20 iwinfo: add device id for BCM43602
a6914dc iwinfo: add BSS load element to scan result
bb21698 iwinfo: add device id for Atheros AR9287
7483398 iwinfo: add device id for MediaTek MT7615E
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The Uniquiti AC Pro and Ubiquiti AC Mesh Pro currently have the
"Primary" and "Secondary" ethernet ports configured to offer LAN as well
as WAN. However, Uiquiti describes the following behavior for the
devices Ethernet ports:
> Secondary UniFi Access Point (UAP) Ethernet ports don't
> provide PoE passthrough (to run current to a second powered
> device), but they do support data passthrough.
> It serves as a bridged interface between main / secondary
> Ethernet port.
To reduce confusion for users (as LAN and WAN functionality is not
visible on the device itself), configure both ports to offer LAN
functionality. Users can still configure a WAN interface on a port they
are able to choose.
CC: Lucian Cristian <lucian.cristian@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Florian Klink <flokli@flokli.de>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
In order to build squashfskit with GCC10, this backport from upstream is needed.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
[increase PKG_RELEASE]
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
This patch adds support for the Ubiquiti NanoBridge M (XM), a
802.11n wireless with a feed+dish form factor, with the same board
definition as the Bullet M (XM).
Specifications:
- Atheros AR7241 SoC
- 32 MB RAM
- 8 MB SPI flash
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet port, 24 Vdc PoE-in
- Power and LAN green LEDs
- 4x RSSI LEDs (red, orange, green, green)
- UART (115200 8N1)
Flashing via stock GUI:
- WARNING: flashing OpenWrt from AirOS v5.6 or newer will brick your
device! Read the wiki for more info.
- Downgrade to AirOS v5.5.x (latest available is 5.5.11) first.
- Upload the factory image via AirOS web GUI.
Flashing via TFTP:
- WARNING: flashing OpenWrt from AirOS v5.6 or newer will brick your
device! Read the wiki for more info.
- Downgrade to AirOS v5.5.x (latest available is 5.5.11) first.
- Use a pointy tool (e.g., pen cap, slotted screwdriver) to keep the
reset button pressed.
- Power on the device (keep reset button pressed).
- Keep pressing until LEDs flash alternatively LED1+LED3 =>
LED2+LED4 => LED1+LED3, etc.
- Release reset button.
- The device starts a TFTP server at 192.168.1.20.
- Set a static IP on the computer (e.g., 192.168.1.21/24).
- Upload via tftp the factory image:
$ tftp 192.168.1.20
tftp> bin
tftp> trace
tftp> put openwrt-ath79-generic-xxxxx-ubnt_nanobridge-m-squashfs-factory.bin
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
[rebase, fix includes in DTS, add label MAC address, add SOC and
fix sorting in generic-ubnt.mk]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Use "truncate" to adjust size of existing file instead of "dd" which
required creating a copy. This saves space on tmpfs. It may be as low
as 2.1 MiB when using OpenWrt default user space and way more (20+ MiB)
when flashing vendor firmware.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Now that check-size uses IMAGE_SIZE by default, we can skip the argument from
image recipes to reduce redundancy.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
[do not touch ar71xx]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
In most cases check-size is used with IMAGE_SIZE and vice versa. Let check-size
use IMAGE_SIZE by default.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Place DEVICE_VARS assignments at the top of the file or above Device/Default
to make them easier to find.
For ramips, remove redundant values already present in parent file.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
[do not touch ar71xx, extend commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This adds support for the Ubiquiti Bullet M (AR7240).
Specifications:
- AR7240 SoC @ 400 MHz
- 32 MB RAM
- 8 MB SPI flash
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, 24 Vdc PoE-in
- External antenna
- POWER/LAN green LEDs
- 4x RSSI LEDs (red, orange, green, green)
- UART (115200 8N1) on PCB
Flashing via WebUI:
Upload the factory image via the stock firmware web UI.
Attention: airOS firmware versions >= 5.6 have a new bootloader with
an incompatible partition table!
Please downgrade to <= 5.5 _before_ flashing OpenWrt!
Refer to the device's Wiki page for further information.
Flashing via TFTP:
Same procedure as other Ubiquiti M boards.
- Use a pointy tool (e.g., pen cap, paper clip) and keep the reset
button on the device or on the PoE supply pressed
- Power on the device via PoE (keep reset button pressed)
- Keep pressing until LEDs flash alternatively LED1+LED3 =>
LED2+LED4 => LED1+LED3, etc.
- Release reset button
- The device starts a TFTP server at 192.168.1.20
- Set a static IP on the computer (e.g., 192.168.1.21/24)
- Upload via tftp the factory image:
$ tftp 192.168.1.20
tftp> bin
tftp> trace
tftp> put openwrt-ath79-generic-xxxxx-ubnt_bullet-m-ar7240-squashfs-factory.bin
The "fixed-link" section of the device tree is needed to avoid errors like this:
Generic PHY mdio.0:1f:04: Master/Slave resolution failed, maybe conflicting manual settings?
With "fixed-link", the errors go away and eth0 comes up reliably.
Signed-off-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
[fix SUPPORTED_DEVICES]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The v5.4 kernel already works much better than v4.19
as so many things got upstreamed so let's just bump
it to kernel v5.4.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
This adds a kernel config file for the v5.4 gemini
kernel.
No major changes compared to v4.19, mainly
CONFIG_MTD_PHYSMAP_OF_GEMINI was renamed to
CONFIG_MTD_PHYSMAP_GEMINI.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
[select UNWINDER_ARM, set CONFIG_DRM_FBDEV_OVERALLOC, drop
dropped 4.19 symbols, kernel config refreshed]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This adds the kernel patches needed for the Gemini.
Just 7 patches, 5 of them are already upstream.
Notably we incorperate the temperature sensor on the
hard drive to drive temperature control of the NAS
chassis. This is required for the DIR-685 which has
no external temperature sensor.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
[use the drivetemp package over the backport]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
These have been discovered by the gemini 5.4 patches.
This is because one of the devices uses the FBDEV emulation.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch backports the hwmon drivetemp sensor module from vanilla
linux 5.5 to be available on OpenWrt's 5.4 kernel.
Extract from The upstream commit by Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>:
hwmon: Driver for disk and solid state drives with temperature sensors
"Reading the temperature of ATA drives has been supported for years
by userspace tools such as smarttools or hddtemp. The downside of
such tools is that they need to run with super-user privilege, that
the temperatures are not reported by standard tools such as 'sensors'
or 'libsensors', and that drive temperatures are not available for use
in the kernel's thermal subsystem.
This driver solves this problem by adding support for reading the
temperature of ATA drives from the kernel using the hwmon API and
by adding a temperature zone for each drive.
With this driver, the hard disk temperature can be read [...]
using sysfs:
$ grep . /sys/class/hwmon/hwmon9/{name,temp1_input}
/sys/class/hwmon/hwmon9/name:drivetemp
/sys/class/hwmon/hwmon9/temp1_input:23000
If the drive supports SCT transport and reports temperature limits,
those are reported as well.
drivetemp-scsi-0-0
Adapter: SCSI adapter
temp1: +27.0<C2><B0>C (low = +0.0<C2><B0>C, high = +60.0<C2><B0>C)
(crit low = -41.0<C2><B0>C, crit = +85.0<C2><B0>C)
(lowest = +23.0<C2><B0>C, highest = +34.0<C2><B0>C)
The driver attempts to use SCT Command Transport to read the drive
temperature. If the SCT Command Transport feature set is not available,
or if it does not report the drive temperature, drive temperatures may
be readable through SMART attributes. Since SMART attributes are not well
defined, this method is only used as fallback mechanism."
This patch incorperates a patch made by Linus Walleij:
820-libata-Assign-OF-node-to-the-SCSI-device.patch
This patch is necessary in order to wire-up the drivetemp
sensor into the device tree's thermal-zones.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This version includes bug and security fixes, including medium-severity
CVE-2019-1551, affecting RSA1024, RSA1536, DSA1024 & DH512 on x86_64.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
This adds commented configuration help for the alternate, afalg-sync
engine to /etc/ssl/openssl.cnf.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run> submitted another patch fixing an error
on reboot:
irqchip/versatile-fpga: Apply clear-mask earlier
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
qemustart allows easy testing of created images via `qemu`. The script
automatically selects created images and can setup e.g. networks.
As the x86 target now uses the generic image.mk the profile appears also
in the image name, this is *generic*.
Add the profile name to the qemustart script so it still finds the file.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
The previous image generation code would always gzipped images.
This patch changes the behaviour and only compresses images when
selected in menuconfig.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Rely on device profiles instead for packages selection.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
[rebase, adjusted commit title]
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
This commit introduces few related changes which need to be done in
single commit to keep images buildable between git revisions. In result
it retains all previous image creation possibilities with slight name
change of generated images. Brief summary of the commit:
* Split up image generation recipe to smaller chunks to make it more
generic and reusable.
* Make iso images x86 specific and drop their definition as root
filesystem.
* Convert image creation process to generic code specified in image.mk.
* Make geode subtarget inherit features from the main target instead of
redefining them.
* For subtargets create device definitions with basic packages set.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
[rebased]
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Let the grub2 package take care of creating installable grub2 images,
this will allow creating grub2 images without first calling x86 image
generation recipe. Also as side effect, since those images are now
shared, it'll reduce the number of calling grub-mkimage.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
[rebase, adjusted commit title]
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Fix header change that was done for kernel but 4.19 got missed for 5.4.
Solves nasty errors like:
8.4.0_musl/include/linux/netfilter/xt_CONNMARK.h:5,
from connmark_listener.c:30:
/builder/shared-workdir/build/sdk/staging_dir/toolchain-aarch64_cortex-a53_gcc-8.4.0_musl/include/linux/netfilter/xt_connmark.h:23:2: error: enumerator value for 'XT_CONNMARK_VALUE' is not an integer constant
XT_CONNMARK_VALUE = BIT(0),
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/builder/shared-workdir/build/sdk/staging_dir/toolchain-aarch64_cortex-a53_gcc-8.4.0_musl/include/linux/netfilter/xt_connmark.h:25:1: error: enumerator value for 'XT_CONNMARK_DSCP' is not an integer constant
};
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
WireGuard had a brief professional security audit. The auditors didn't find
any vulnerabilities, but they did suggest one defense-in-depth suggestion to
protect against potential API misuse down the road, mentioned below. This
compat snapshot corresponds with the patches I just pushed to Dave for
5.6-rc7.
* curve25519-x86_64: avoid use of r12
This buys us 100 extra cycles, which isn't much, but it winds up being even
faster on PaX kernels, which use r12 as a RAP register.
* wireguard: queueing: account for skb->protocol==0
This is the defense-in-depth change. We deal with skb->protocol==0 just fine,
but the advice to deal explicitly with it seems like a good idea.
* receive: remove dead code from default packet type case
A default case of a particular switch statement should never be hit, so
instead of printing a pretty debug message there, we full-on WARN(), so that
we get bug reports.
* noise: error out precomputed DH during handshake rather than config
All peer keys will now be addable, even if they're low order. However, no
handshake messages will be produced successfully. This is a more consistent
behavior with other low order keys, where the handshake just won't complete if
they're being used anywhere.
* send: use normaler alignment formula from upstream
We're trying to keep a minimal delta with upstream for the compat backport.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
* netlink: initialize mostly unused field
* curve25519: squelch warnings on clang
Code quality improvements.
* man: fix grammar in wg(8) and wg-quick(8)
* man: backlink wg-quick(8) in wg(8)
* man: add a warning to the SaveConfig description
Man page improvements. We hope to rewrite our man pages in mdocml at some
point soon.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
mt76 is a target default package for mt7622-wmac only.
mt7623 doesn't have integrated wireless support and wifi drivers for
pcie cards should be added as device specific package.
mt7629-wmac isn't supported by mt76 yet.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
rename "kernel" partition in upstream dts to "firmware" and add
denx,fit as compatible string for mtdsplit.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
1. fix typo: ucidef_set_interfaces_wan -> ucidef_set_interface_wan
2. change board name to mt7629-rfb to match upstream dts
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
This external switch driver should be loaded on boot for network support
in failsafe mode.
Signed-off-by: Luiz Angelo Daros de Luca <luizluca@gmail.com>
[alter commit message]
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
This commit adds definition of DEBUG0 and DEBUG1 registers and replace
magic values with proper register modifying.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
For virtual access points (when multiple SSIDs are used for one
physical AP), there exist one physical network interface and
multiple virtual interfaces, which are fully under control of
hostapd. When networking is setup, the script
`/lib/netifd/wireless/mac80211.sh` is called, which tries to bring
the interface up by a call to `ip link set dev <iface> up`. This
call might fail for virtual APs, because the virtual interface
might not have been created by hostapd yet. There are some artifical
delays in the script most probably to handle this, but when DFS
channel availability check on 5GHz band is issued, hostapd can
delay creating virtual interfaces by a minute.
In order to fix this (or work around it), do not try to bring the
interface up (this is responsibility of hostapd anyway) and
do not try to set txpower on the virtual interface.
Fixes FS#2698.
Signed-off-by: Oldřich Jedlička <oldium.pro@gmail.com>
1. KERNEL_CRASH_DUMP should depends on KERNEL_PROC_KCORE (kexec use it)
2. select crashkernel mem size by totalmem
mem <= 256M disable crashkernel by default
mem >= 4G use 256M for crashkernel
mem >= 8G use 512M for crashkernel
default use 128M
3. set BOOT_IMAGE in kdump.init
4. resolve a "Unhandled rela relocation: R_X86_64_PLT32" error
Tested on x86_64
Signed-off-by: Chen Minqiang <ptpt52@gmail.com>
Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run> posted a patch fixing the long-standing
reboot problem on the OXNAS OX820 platform:
irqchip/versatile-fpga: Handle chained IRQs properly
It got queued for 5.7. Import it to oxnas target patches for now.
Fixes: b4917fa907 ("oxnas: fix oxnas-rps-timer dt-match")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
When introducing ubus reload support, ubus initialization was moved
to the service level instead of being carried out when adding a BSS
configuration. While this works when using wpa_supplicant in that way,
it breaks the ability to run wpa_supplicant on the command line, eg.
for debugging purposes.
Fix that by re-introducing ubus context intialization when adding
configuration.
Reported-by: @PolynomialDivision https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/2417
Fixes: 60fb4c92b6 ("hostapd: add ubus reload")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
TP-Link Archer D7 v1 is a dual-band AC1750 router + modem.
The router section is based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9558 + QCA9880.
The "DSL" section is based on BCM6318 but it's currently not supported.
The Archer D7b seems to differ from the Archer D7 only in the
partition table.
Router section - Specification:
775/650/258 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
3T3R 2.4 GHz
3T3R 5 GHz
4x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
7x LED, 2x button
UART header on PCB
Known issues:
- Broadband LED (missing GPIO - probably driven by the BCM6318)
- Internet LED (missing GPIO - probably driven by the BCM6318)
- WIFI LED (working only for one interface at a time, while in the
OEM firmware works for both wifi interfaces; thus, this patch does
not set a trigger by default)
- DSL not working (eth0)
UART connection
---------------
J1 HEADER (Qualcomm CPU)
. VCC
. GND
. RX
O TX
J41 HEADER (Broadcom CPU)
. VCC
. GND
. RX
O TX
The following instructions require a connection to the J1 UART header
and are tested for the Archer D7 v1.
For the Archer D7b v1, names should be changed accordingly.
Flash instructions under U-Boot, using UART
------------------------------------------
1. Press "tpl" to stop autobooting and obtain U-Boot CLI access.
2. Setup ip addresses for U-Boot and your tftp server.
3. Issue below commands:
tftpboot 0x81000000 openwrt-ath79-generic-tplink_archer-d7-v1-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
erase 0x9f020000 +f90000
cp.b 0x81000000 0x9f020000 0xf90000
reset
Initramfs instructions under U-Boot for testing, using UART
----------------------------------------------------------
1. Press "tpl" to stop autobooting and obtain U-Boot CLI access.
2. Setup ip addresses for U-Boot and your tftp server.
3. Issue below commands:
tftpboot 0x81000000 openwrt-ath79-generic-tplink_archer-d7-v1-initramfs-kernel.bin
bootm 0x81000000
4. Here you can backup the original firmware and/or flash the sysupgrade openwrt if you want
Restore the original firmware
-----------------------------
0. Backup every partition using the OpenWrt web interface
1. Download the OEM firmware from the TP-Link website
2. Extract the bin file in a folder (eg. Archer_D7v1_1.6.0_0.9.1_up_boot(160216)_2016-02-16_15.55.48.bin)
3. Remove the U-Boot and the Broadcom image part from the file.
Issue the following command:
dd if="Archer_D7v1_1.6.0_0.9.1_up_boot(160216)_2016-02-16_15.55.48.bin" of="Archer_D7v1_1.6.0_0.9.1_up_boot(160216)_2016-02-16_15.55.48.bin.mod" skip=257 bs=512 count=31872
4. Double check the .mod file size. It must be 16318464 bytes.
5. Flash it using the OpenWrt web interface. Force the update if needed.
WARNING: Remember to NOT keep settings.
5b. (Alternative to 5.) Flash it using the U-Boot and UART connection.
Issue below commands in the U-Boot:
tftpboot 0x81000000 Archer_D7v1_1.6.0_0.9.1_up_boot(160216)_2016-02-16_15.55.48.bin.mod
erase 0x9f020000 +f90000
cp.b 0x81000000 0x9f020000 0xf90000
reset
Signed-off-by: Davide Fioravanti <pantanastyle@gmail.com>
[cosmetic DTS changes, remove TPLINK_HWREVADD := 0, do not use two
phyXtpt at once, add missing buttons, minor commit message adjustments]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
TP-Link Archer C60 v3 is a dual-band AC1350 router,
based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9561 + QCA9886.
It seems to be identical to the v2 revision, except that
it lacks a WPS LED and has different GPIO for amber WAN LED.
Specification:
- 775/650/258 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz
- 2T2R 5 GHz
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 6x LED, 2x button
- UART header on PCB
Flash instruction (WebUI):
Download *-factory.bin image and upload it via the firmwary upgrade
function of the stock firmware WebUI.
Flash instruction (TFTP):
1. Set PC to fixed IP address 192.168.0.66
2. Download *-factory.bin image and rename it to tp_recovery.bin
3. Start a tftp server with the file tp_recovery.bin in its root
directory
4. Turn off the router
5. Press and hold reset button
6. Turn on router with the reset button pressed and wait ~15 seconds
7. Release the reset button and after a short time the firmware should
be transferred from the tftp server
8. Wait ~30 second to complete recovery
While TFTP works for OpenWrt images, my device didn't accept the
only available official firmware "Archer C60(EU)_V3.0_190115.bin".
In contrast to earlier revisions (v2), the v3 contains the (same)
MAC address twice, once in 0x1fa08 and again in 0x1fb08.
While the partition-table on the device refers to the latter, the
firmware image contains a different partition-table for that region:
name device firmware
factory-boot 0x00000-0x1fb00 0x00000-0x1fa00
default-mac 0x1fb00-0x1fd00 0x1fa00-0x1fc00
pin 0x1fd00-0x1fe00 0x1fc00-0x1fd00
product-info 0x1fe00-0x1ff00 0x1fd00-0x1ff00
device-id 0x1ff00-0x20000 0x1ff00-0x20000
While the MAC address is present twice, other data like the PIN isn't,
so with the partitioning from the firmware image the PIN on the device
would actually be outside of its partition.
Consequently, the patch uses the MAC location from the device (which
is the same as for the v2).
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Since there exists another variant of the Bullet M with AR7240 SoC
under the same name, this patch introduces the SoC into the device
name to be able to distinguish these variants.
Signed-off-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
[add commit message, adjust model in DTS, fix 02_network and
SUPPORTED_DEVICES]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
* Prepare to support the AR7240 variant of ubiquiti bullet m, by
reorganizing the related dtsi files.
* Distribute SOC variable across ubnt-xm devices.
Signed-off-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
The PoE hat supported on the RPi 3B+ and 4B comes with a rather
loud fan, tripped in two steps by the brcmstb_thermal
thermal_zone driver. Enabling writable trip points allow
users to adjust the fan trip points according to their
preferred temp/noise ratio.
This setting is enabled on most other targets with similar
thermal_zone controlled cooling devices.
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
We do not build images with a jffs2 rootfs, but jffs2 is still used as
filesystem for the rootfs_data.
Fixes: e3eaf57808 ("lantiq: kernel 5.4: debloat kernel config")
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
When creating the mikrotik subtarget, the execute bit on 02_network
was not set. Fix it.
Fixes: a66eee6336 ("ath79: add mikrotik subtarget")
Reported-by: Christopher Hill <ch6574@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
So far, specifying "BOARD_NAME := routerboard" is required by the
upgrade code of Mikrotik NAND devices, as "sysupgrade-routerboard"
is hardcoded in platform_do_upgrade_mikrotik_nand().
This patch replaces the latter with a grep for the name like it
is already done in nand_upgrade_tar() in /lib/upgrade/nand.sh.
By that, BOARD_NAME is obsolete now for this device.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
So far, specifying "BOARD_NAME := routerboard" is required by the
upgrade code of Mikrotik NAND devices, as "sysupgrade-routerboard"
is hardcoded in platform_do_upgrade_mikrotik_rb().
This patch replaces the latter with a grep for the name like it
is already done in nand_upgrade_tar() in /lib/upgrade/nand.sh.
This should enable upgrades from ar71xx to ath79 without setting
BOARD_NAME for the latter.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This commit creates the ath79/mikrotik subtarget in order to support
MikroTik devices based on Qualcomm Atheros MIPS SoCs.
MikroTik devices need a couple of specific features: the split MiNOR
firmware MTD format, which is not used by other devices, and the 4k
sector erase size on SPI NOR storage, which can not be added to the
ath79/generic and ath79/nand subtargets now.
Additionally, the commit moves the two MikroTik devices already in
the generic and nand subtargets to this new one.
Tested on the RB922 board and the wAP AC router.
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Pogoplug V3/Pro has an interanl SATA port. To use it, DTS sata node should be
enabled, and kmod-ata-oxnas-sata package needs to be installed.
Fixes: FS#2542
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Build the latest kernel by default, since testing did not show any
regressions.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
[fix merge conflict in tegra/Makefile]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This commit also disables Trusted Foundations firmware support as this
feature won't be used by any device.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
[fix merge conflict in tegra/Makefile]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This new symbol popped up in few places. Disable it in generic config.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
[fixed merge conflict in generic/config-5.4]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
More testing after kernel upgrade to 5.4 uncovered a regression: the user
led is not present anymore due to a pin mux "collision" in device tree.
A patch sent to upstream kernel was accepted now. Integrate this
pending fix as platform specific patch so that user led is available again.
Signed-off-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
The etop driver is used by all targets except xrx200.
Remove the UBIFS compression support for zlib and zstd from the xway
subtarget. The hardware is EOL for a long time and it's unlikely to ever
see a board shipped with an UBIFS using these compression methods.
Remove the JFFS2 support. Support for jjfs2 images was dropped years
ago.
It shrinks the compressed kernel up to 130 KByte.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Switch to the mainline Lantiq PCIe PHY driver and update the vr9.dtsi
accordingly.
The Lantiq IRQ SMP support added upstream required changes to the SoC
dtsi as well.
Following changes are made to the Lantiq kernel patches:
0005-lantiq_etop-pass-struct-device-to-DMA-API-functions.patch
0006-MIPS-lantiq-pass-struct-device-to-DMA-API-functions.patch
applied upstream
0008-MIPS-lantiq-backport-old-timer-code.patch
access_ok API update because it lost it's type (which was the first)
parameter in upstream commit 96d4f267e40f95 ("Remove 'type' argument
from access_ok() function")
0024-MIPS-lantiq-autoselect-soc-rev-matching-fw.patch
merged into 0026-MIPS-lantiq-Add-GPHY-Firmware-loader.patch
0024-MIPS-lantiq-revert-DSA-switch-driver-PMU-clock-chang.patch
revert upstream changes required for upstream xrx200 ethernet and
xrx200 (DSA) switch driver but breaking our driver
0026-MIPS-lantiq-Add-GPHY-Firmware-loader.patch
required for our driver but dropped upstream, add former upstream
version
0028-NET-lantiq-various-etop-fixes.patch
now has to use the phy_set_max_speed API instead of modifying
phydev->supported. Also call ltq_dma_enable_irq() in
ltq_etop_open() based on upstream commit cc973aecf0b054 ("MIPS:
lantiq: Do not enable IRQs in dma open")
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
This is referenced in two .dts but never actually used from userspace.
Drop support for this property because it's not used and because it
makes updating to Linux 5.4 harder (as the patch doesn't apply anymore).
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Duplicate kernel 4.19 config and patches for kernel 5.4.
Duplicate the devicetree source files as well, they need kernel 5.4
specific adjustments.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Compiling the ltq-tapi driver against Linux 5.4 results in a compile
error complaining that the size of struct sched_param is not known.
Switch the existing "sched/types.h" include to reference
include/uapi/linux/sched/types.h to fix compilation against Linux 5.4.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Upstream commit 84ede58dfcd1d ("crypto: hash - remove
CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_DIGEST") drops the CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_DIGEST define because
it has the same value as CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_HASH. This was the case for
earlier kernels as well. Switch to CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_HASH to fix building
against Linux 5.4.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Upstream commit e4b92b108c6cd6 ("timekeeping: remove obsolete time
accessors") removed do_gettimeofday(). In Linux 4.19 this was only a
wrapper around ktime_get_real_ts64(). Use ktime_get_real_ts64() now that
the wrapper is gone to fix compilation against Linux 5.4.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Upstream commit e4b92b108c6cd6 ("timekeeping: remove obsolete time
accessors") removed do_gettimeofday(). In Linux 4.19 this was only a
wrapper around ktime_get_real_ts64(). Use ktime_get_real_ts64() now that
the wrapper is gone to fix compilation against Linux 5.4.
Move the ifxmips_mei_interface header to the include directory, it can't
be found otherwise during compilation. The reason for the changed
behaviour is not yet clear, however having header files in an include
directory is more straight forward.
To use the of_device_id struct, the mod_devicetable header need to be
included. Instead of including this header, include the of_platform
header, which includes the mod_devicetable on its own.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Upstream commit 96d4f267e40f95 ("Remove 'type' argument from access_ok()
function") removes the first argument to access_ok.
Adjust the code so it builds with Linux 5.4.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Beginning with linux 5.3, kmod-serial-8250 uses functions provided by
serial_mctrl_gpio.ko if GPIO support is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
It adjusts the code to upstream changes from the commit 3c1bcc8614db
("net: ethernet: Convert phydev advertize and supported from u32 to link
mode")
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
For some reason pin 7 (gphy0_led1_pins) need to be set to output prior
to loading the PCI driver. Otherwise the wireless doesn't appear on the
PCI bus. Of course, it doesn't make much sense, since pin 7 is used to
drive the LAN1 led.
It can either be done by setting the pins function to GPHY or GPIO +
direction output. However, the pinctrl driver doesn't provide a way to
switch a pin to GPIO. It is done indirectly by the pinctrl driver at the
time a GPIO is requested (requesting a GPIO always resets the function
to GPIO).
Do it via pinmux driver, as it is always loaded first. Use the GPHY
function as it's the pins intended purpose for this board.
Fixes: FS#2895
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
There is no such role as target maintainer anymore, one should always
send corresponding changes for the review and anyone from the commiters
is allowed to merge them or eventually use the hand break and NACK them.
Lets make it clear, that it is solely a community doing the maintenance
tasks.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Acked-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Acked-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
In 5.4 kernel old u32 array way of setting network features was dropped and linkmode is now the only way.
So lets migrate the EDMA driver to support linkmode.
Also, old get/set settings API for ethtool is also dropped so lets convert to new ksettings API while at it as it demands linkmode.
Now, gigabit works properly as well as ethtool.
Previously you would get this in ethtool:
root@OpenWrt:/# ethtool eth1
Settings for eth1:
Supports Wake-on: d
Wake-on: d
Current message level: 0x00000000 (0)
Link detected: yes
Now, features are properly advertised:
root@OpenWrt:/# ethtool eth1
Settings for eth1:
Supported ports: [ TP MII ]
Supported link modes: 10baseT/Half 10baseT/Full
100baseT/Half 100baseT/Full
1000baseT/Half 1000baseT/Full
Supported pause frame use: Symmetric Receive-only
Supports auto-negotiation: Yes
Supported FEC modes: Not reported
Advertised link modes: 10baseT/Half 10baseT/Full
100baseT/Half 100baseT/Full
1000baseT/Half 1000baseT/Full
Advertised pause frame use: Symmetric Receive-only
Advertised auto-negotiation: Yes
Advertised FEC modes: Not reported
Link partner advertised link modes: 10baseT/Half 10baseT/Full
100baseT/Half 100baseT/Full
1000baseT/Full
Link partner advertised pause frame use: No
Link partner advertised auto-negotiation: No
Link partner advertised FEC modes: Not reported
Speed: 1000Mb/s
Duplex: Full
Port: Twisted Pair
PHYAD: 4
Transceiver: internal
Auto-negotiation: on
MDI-X: Unknown
Supports Wake-on: d
Wake-on: d
Current message level: 0x00000000 (0)
Link detected: yes
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
In 5.4 kernel old u32 array way of setting network features was dropped and linkmode is now the only way.
So lets migrate the PHY driver to support linkmode.
Also, now in order for gigabit to work, PHY driver needs to advertise PHY_GBIT_FEATURES instead of PHY_BASIC_FEATURES
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
of_get_mac_address returns valid pointer or ERR_PTR since 5.2 via commit
d01f449c008a ("of_net: add NVMEM support to of_get_mac_address") so the
patch fixes following OOPs on nbg6617:
Unable to handle kernel paging request at virtual address ffffffed
CPU: 1 PID: 1 Comm: swapper/0 Not tainted 5.4.24 #0
PC is at edma_axi_probe+0x444/0x1114
LR is at bus_find_device+0x88/0x9c
Where the PC can be resolved to:
>>> l *edma_axi_probe+0x444
0xc067be5c is in edma_axi_probe (./include/linux/string.h:378).
>>> l *edma_axi_probe+0x43f
0xc067be57 is in edma_axi_probe (drivers/net/ethernet/qualcomm/essedma/edma_axi.c:936)
Which leads to the following code fragment:
935 mac_addr = of_get_mac_address(pnp);
936 if (mac_addr)
937 memcpy(edma_netdev[idx_mac]->dev_addr, mac_addr, ETH_ALEN);
Where using mac_addr=0xffffffed (-ENODEV) as source address in memcpy()
is causing the OOPs.
Acked-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
These new options are common for all subtargets and can be moved into target kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
This was done by executing these command for all subtargets:
$ time make -j9 kernel_oldconfig CONFIG_TARGET=subtarget
Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
These patches are already in mainline 5.4 kernel:
* 010-v5.3-drivers-ata-ahci_sunxi-Increased-SATA-AHCI-DMA-TX-RX.patch
* 101-arm64-dts-allwinner-a64-Enable-A64-timer-workaround.patch
Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
Seems to be working fine on apu2 and QEMU, it's 99.9% upstream stuff
anyway. Lets start wider userbase testing.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Commit 432ec292cc ("rpcd: add respawn param") has introduced infinite
restarting of the service which could be reached over network. This is
not recommended security practice as it might give potential adversary
infinite number of tries in case there might be some issue in the rpcd
or its surrounding stack.
So lets remove the currently bogus `respawn_retry` variable (it wasn't
possible to override it anyway), reverting to the previous default max.
of 5 service restarts which could be now overriden via system's UCI
settings if desired.
Cc: Jo-Philip Wich <jow@mein.io>
Cc: Florian Eckert <fe@dev.tdt.de>
Cc: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Fixes: 432ec292cc ("rpcd: add respawn param")
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Been running it for a few days on RPi0W PMS sensor node and on RPi4.
Lets start wider userbase testing.
Cc: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
WG2600HP has its WLAN MAC addresses at PRODUCTDATA 0xc and 0x12, so
use them both directly.
Signed-off-by: Yanase Yuki <dev@zpc.sakura.ne.jp>
[commit title/message clarification]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The default case will catch anything left, there is no need to
explicitly add any device to it.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Solve missing references to nftnl_set_list_lookup_byname when building
iptables with Nftables support enabled (CONFIG_IPTABLES_NFTABLES)
Bump the ABI version to force everything to match.
/Users/kevin/wrt/staging_dir/toolchain-x86_64_gcc-9.2.0_musl/lib/gcc/x86_64-openwrt-linux-musl/9.2.0/../../../../x86_64-openwrt-linux-musl/bin/ld: xtables_nft_multi-nft-bridge.o: in function `nft_bridge_parse_lookup':
nft-bridge.c:(.text.nft_bridge_parse_lookup+0xcd): undefined reference to `nftnl_set_list_lookup_byname'
/Users/kevin/wrt/staging_dir/toolchain-x86_64_gcc-9.2.0_musl/lib/gcc/x86_64-openwrt-linux-musl/9.2.0/../../../../x86_64-openwrt-linux-musl/bin/ld: xtables_nft_multi-nft-cache.o: in function `nftnl_set_list_cb':
nft-cache.c:(.text.nftnl_set_list_cb+0x80): undefined reference to `nftnl_set_list_lookup_byname'
/Users/kevin/wrt/staging_dir/toolchain-x86_64_gcc-9.2.0_musl/lib/gcc/x86_64-openwrt-linux-musl/9.2.0/../../../../x86_64-openwrt-linux-musl/bin/ld: xtables_nft_multi-nft-cache.o: in function `fetch_set_cache':
nft-cache.c:(.text.fetch_set_cache+0x10a): undefined reference to `nftnl_set_list_lookup_byname'
collect2: error: ld returned 1 exit status
make[6]: *** [xtables-nft-multi] Error 1
make[5]: *** [all] Error 2
make[4]: *** [all-recursive] Error 1
make[3]: *** [all] Error 2
make[2]: *** [/Users/kevin/wrt/build_dir/target-x86_64_musl/linux-x86_64/iptables-1.8.4/.built] Error 2
make[2]: Leaving directory `/Users/kevin/wrt/package/network/utils/iptables'
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Currently kmod-i2c-mux-* will not get into images unless kmod-i2c-mux is added
to DEVICE_PACKAGES as well. By changing the dependencies from "depends on" to
"select", we do not have the issue anymore.
Furthermore, we can remove most occurrences of the package from DEVICE_PACKAGES
and similar variables, as it is now pulled by dependent modules such as:
- kmod-i2c-mux-pca954x
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
As it seeems these patches are for OpenWrt and they are not going to be merged
to mainline, let's merge them to improve maintainability.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Follow the guideline suggested in e417ff88f1 ("ramips: harmonize line breaks
in image Makefiles").
While at it, fix typos in the device title of Akitio MyCloud.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
The mux need to be defined in a subnode to be considered by the pinctrl
framework. These muxes aren't set as expected and might cause not
working subsystems.
Fixes: 8e7b573b7a ("lantiq: dts: assign the PCI pins to the PCI controller node")
Fixes: dcb5e52209 ("lantiq: dts: assign the STP pins to the STP GPIO controller node")
Fixes: 660200e53d ("lantiq: dts: assign the GPHY LED pins to the Ethernet controller node")
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This reverts commit a6da3f9ef7.
The libcap isn't as optional as the commit messages suggests. A hard
dependency to the libcap package is added, which is only available in
the external packages feed. Therefore it is impossible to package
ip-full without having the external packages feed up and running, which
is a regression to the former behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Acked-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
The pkgconf fork filters -I and -L flag values from .pc files which match
pkgconf's builtin system directory value.
During configure, pkgconf derives the default system include and library
search path values from exec_prefix, which is set to staging_dir/host in
the host tool build phase.
Due to that, pkgconf will drop all -I and -L flags pointing to
staging_dir/host/include or staging_dir/host/lib, unless invoked with
--keep-system-cflags and --keep-system-libs respectively, breaking our
kernel libelf discovery / stack validation workarounds.
In order to inhibit the filtering, add --keep-system-cflags and
--keep-system-libs to our pkg-config shell wrapper.
Fixes: GH#2832
Fixes: 867298cf47 ("tools/pkg-config: Replace with pkgconf")
Ref: https://lists.infradead.org/pipermail/openwrt-devel/2020-March/022182.html
Ref: https://git.openwrt.org/fe43969336201f2cc7d103b68fd6e65989bee184
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Acked-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
6594c6b ubus: use dhcpv6 ia assignment flag
a90cc2e dhcpv6-ia: avoid setting lifetime to infinite for static assignments
bb07fa4 dhcpv4: avoid setting lifetime to infinite for static assignments
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Bump to iptable 1.8.4 and address packaging issue as mentioned in the
original bump/revert cycle.
"This reverts commit 10cbc896c0.
The updated iptables package does not build due to the following error
encountered on the buildbots:
cp: cannot stat '.../iptables-1.8.4/ipkg-install/usr/lib/libiptc.so.*': No such file or directory
The changelog mentions "build: remove -Wl,--no-as-needed and libiptc.so" so
it appears as if further packaging changes are needed beyond a simple
version bump."
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Lets enable RAW NAND and Qcom NANDC drivers again in kernel 5.4.
They were dropped when 5.4 support was introduced due to upstream
changing the symbol names so refreshing was not enough.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
[cut long line in commit message, enabled BCH as well]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Fixes following error uncovered while building ath79/tiny on 5.4:
Package kmod-hwmon-sch5627 is missing dependencies for the following
libraries:
watchdog.ko
See the similar commit e546e6252b ("malta: fix missing watchdog core
dependency for hwmon-sch5627") for a detailed explanation.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This commit removes the target-specific diag.sh script. This way, the
generic one is used for the target, which uses DT-aliases to specify the
LEDs used.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Tested-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com> [wrt3200acm @ 5.4]
The TP-Link RE450 as well as the UniFi AC series missed the phy-mode
property. Because of this, the incorrect MII phy-mode from the root dtsi
was used.
With Kernel 5.4, this leads to problems when used with a AR8033 PHY. The
bootloader seems to leave the fiber pages selected.
As there's not switch to copper pages happening in at803x_config_init
due to the incorrect phy-mode, the new at803x_read_status will interpret
the status of the SGMII side as the status of the copper side.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This patch removes the 4.14 kernel support from the apm821xx target.
The 4.19 kernel has been available and stable for a while and the 5.4
kernel support has been tested successfully on real hardware as well.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
As part of the kernel build process there are utilities built to run on
the host system that expect linux kernel headers to be available.
Unfortunately macos/darwin doesn't have these headers.
vdso2c requires types.h so provide a minimal stub to satisfy it.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
The ag71xx driver from Linux 5.4 currently has various shortcomings
when used with OpenWrt compared to our downstream version.
For example, the upstream driver does not support modifying the ethernet
clock and configuring RGMII delays on the MAC side.
While we should certainly switch to the upstream driver, the amount of
necessary patches would make it cumbersome to work with. It's also
highly likely we won't be able to finish patching the upstream driver in
time for a Linux 5.4 release.
Tested on Siemens WS-AP3610.
CC: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Acked-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Currently kmod-i2c-* will not get into images unless kmod-i2c-core is added to
DEVICE_PACKAGES as well. By changing the dependencies from "depends on" to
"select", we do not have the issue anymore.
Furthermore, we can remove most occurrences of the package from DEVICE_PACKAGES
and similar variables, as it is now pulled by dependent modules such as:
- kmod-hwmon-lm75
- kmod-i2c-gpio
- kmod-i2c-gpio-custom
- kmod-i2c-mux
- kmod-i2c-ralink
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
[do not touch ar71xx]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Currently kmod-hwmon-* will not get into images unless kmod-hwmon-core is added
to DEVICE_PACKAGES as well. By changing the dependencies from "depends on" to
"select", we do not have the issue anymore.
Furthermore, we can remove most occurrences of the package from DEVICE_PACKAGES
and similar variables, as it is now pulled by dependent modules such as:
- kmod-hwmon-gpiofan
- kmod-hwmon-lm63
- kmod-hwmon-lm75
- kmod-hwmon-lm85
- kmod-hwmon-lm90
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
[do not touch ar71xx, adjust line wrapping]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
TOTOLINK A3 is a clone of ipTIME A3. The only difference is the model name.
Specifications:
- SoC: MT7628AN
- RAM: DDR2 64MB
- Flash: SPI NOR 8MB
- WiFi:
- 2.4GHz: SoC internal
- 5GHz: MT7612EN
- Ethernet: 3x 10/100Mbps
- Switch: SoC internal
Installation via web interface:
1. Flash **initramfs** image through the stock web interface.
2. Boot into OpenWrt and perform sysupgrade with sysupgrade image.
Revert to stock firmware:
1. Perform sysupgrade with stock image.
Tested on device by JasonHCH <hsuan670629@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
This adds support for the TP-Link TL-WR740N v5, a clone of the
v4 only with a different TPLINK_HWID. It was already supported
in ar71xx as well.
Specifications:
SOC: Atheros AR9331
CPU: 400MHz
Flash: 4 MiB
RAM: 32 MiB
WLAN: Atheros AR9330 bgn
Ethernet: 5 ports (100M)
Flashing instructions:
- Flash factory image from OEM WebUI:
openwrt-ath79-tiny-tplink_tl-wr740n-v5-squashfs-factory.bin
- Sysupgrade from ar71xx image:
openwrt-ath79-tiny-tplink_tl-wr740n-v5-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
Signed-off-by: Jun Su <howard0su@gmail.com>
[commit title/message facelift]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
By default on module load, 2 ifb interfaces are created and typically
remain unused, cluttering 'ip link' outputs and generally confusing
things. sqm-scripts for example, creates its own ifb interface/s
instead of using these 2 defaults ifbs.
Tell the ifb module to not create any default ifbs on load via the
numifbs parameter.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
When support for network namespaces was added to procd, adding the
corresponding jail flag in procd.sh was ommitted. Add it now.
Fixes: 97a03a4760 ("procd: update to latest git HEAD")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The NAND config symbols were removed unintentionally while adding
support for Linux 5.4.
Add the respective symbols for v4.19 as well as v5.4.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This patch adds support for GW5907/GW5910/GW5912/GW5913 IMX6 based boards
from the Gateworks Ventana Family[A]:
- backport upstream dt patches from 5.6 to 4.19 and 5.4
- add dtb's to ventana images
- add board-name and network config
A. https://www.gateworks.com/products/imx6-single-board-computer-gateworks-ventana-family
Flashing instructions for Ventana boards:
Using pre-flashed bootloader:
- Use appropriate ubi image depending on board NAND to flash via bootloader:
openwrt-imx6-ventana-squashfs-nand.ubi - 2KiB page size
openwrt-imx6-ventana-large-squashfs-nand.ubi - 4KiB page size
http://trac.gateworks.com/wiki/linux/ubi
Using Gateworks JTAG dongle:
- Use Gateworks mkimage_jtag script to create a JTAG image comprised of
pre-built bootloader and ubi image:
http://trac.gateworks.com/wiki/jtag_instructions
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
The wildcard used in the network config matching is not necessary
given the board names returned by imx6_board_detect() in lib/imx6.sh.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Require the image metadata check so no invalid image could be fed to
sysupgrade without force option.
Cc: Mathew McBride <matt@traverse.com.au>
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Instead of dangerous rewriting full chip with firmware.bin image to
update OpenWrt, add sysupgrade image. This image will be used to update
kernel and rootfs, leaving bootloader intact and making recovery
possible, without resorting to external hardware tools.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Combine fixed sizes of "kernel" and "rootfs" partitions into one
partition managed by OpenWrt splitter, it will allow better management
of chip capacity and less maintenance burden when compiled kernel image
will outgrow allocated size for kernel partition. This also changes kernel
image format, since splitter only manages kernel and rootfs partitions,
the dtb needs to be updated with the kernel, so for convenience, kernel is
packed to FIT image.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
This commit replaces UBIFS root partition with squashfs+overlay. It's
preparation for introducing dynamic partitioning.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Uncompressing of initramfs image fails on board with U-Boot from "QorIQ
SDK (FSL Reference Distro) 2.0".
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Re-add support for NXP FRDM-LS1012A, which mimics the flash layout of the
rest boards supported by LSDK.
0x000000000000-0x000000100000 : "bl2"
0x000000100000-0x000000500000 : "fip"
0x000000500000-0x000000600000 : "u-boot-env"
0x000000600000-0x000000a00000 : "reserved-1"
0x000000a00000-0x000000d00000 : "pfe"
0x000000d00000-0x000000f00000 : "reserved-2"
0x000000f00000-0x000001000000 : "dtb"
0x000001000000-0x000002000000 : "kernel"
0x000002000000-0x000004000000 : "ubifs"
Specification
SoC: LS1012A single core 800MHz
RAM: 512 MB DDR3
Flash: 64 MB QSPI NOR
Ethernet: 2x 10/100/1000 Mbps
Connectors: µUSB 3.0 OTG
µUSB 2.0 (debugging & power input)
2x 3.5mm jack for microphone & headphone (SGTL5000)
Arduino Shield expansion with I2C, SPI, UART, and GPIO
JTAG
LEDS: 3x (non-configurable)
Buttons: 1x (reset, non-configurable)
Be advised that erasing or writing 64MB flash takes some time to finish.
Do not reset the board until all operations end with success, otherwise
You'll need external tools to re-program the flash chip.
Installation
Follow the QSPI programing procedure for LS1012AFRWY board in
target/linux/layerscape/README, point 3.3.
Don't forget about updating U-Boot environment with MAC addresses of
ethernet interfaces, variable 'ethaddr' for eth0 and 'eth1addr' for eth1.
As the LSDK images do not support sysupgrade, nor do changes in this
commit, it's planed in upcoming submissions.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
This patch adds a few symbols that I found that
need disabling in order to not break the build of octeontx
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
This patch backports the upstream patch that adds the 4B_OPCODES flag to w25q256 under 5.4 kernel.
This is needed for ipq40xx and ramips.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
This patch backports the upstream patch that adds the 4B_OPCODES flag to w25q256 under 4.19 kernel.
This is needed for ipq40xx and ramips.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
Run-tested 5.4 on Shuttle KD20 for some days now, everything seems
fine so far. Let's have snapshot builds based on 5.4.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This target was switched to kernel 4.19 more than 6 months ago in commit
f342ffd300 ("treewide: kernel: bump some targets to 4.19") and now
with kernel 5.4 support being added it gets harder to support kernel
4.14 in addition to kernel 4.19 and 5.4.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This target was switched to kernel 4.19 more than 6 months ago in commit
f342ffd300 ("treewide: kernel: bump some targets to 4.19") and now
with kernel 5.4 support being added it gets harder to support kernel
4.14 in addition to kernel 4.19 and 5.4.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This target was switched to kernel 4.19 more than 6 months ago in commit
f342ffd300 ("treewide: kernel: bump some targets to 4.19") and now
with kernel 5.4 support being added it gets harder to support kernel
4.14 in addition to kernel 4.19 and 5.4.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This target was switched to kernel 4.19 more than 6 months ago in commit
f342ffd300 ("treewide: kernel: bump some targets to 4.19") and now
with kernel 5.4 support being added it gets harder to support kernel
4.14 in addition to kernel 4.19 and 5.4.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This target was switched to kernel 4.19 more than 6 months ago in commit
f342ffd300 ("treewide: kernel: bump some targets to 4.19") and now
with kernel 5.4 support being added it gets harder to support kernel
4.14 in addition to kernel 4.19 and 5.4.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This target was switched to kernel 4.19 more than 6 months ago in commit
f342ffd300 ("treewide: kernel: bump some targets to 4.19") and now
with kernel 5.4 support being added it gets harder to support kernel
4.14 in addition to kernel 4.19 and 5.4.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This target was switched to kernel 4.19 more than 6 months ago in commit
f342ffd300 ("treewide: kernel: bump some targets to 4.19") and now
with kernel 5.4 support being added it gets harder to support kernel
4.14 in addition to kernel 4.19 and 5.4.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Acked-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
This target was switched to kernel 4.19 more than 6 months ago in commit
f342ffd300 ("treewide: kernel: bump some targets to 4.19") and now
with kernel 5.4 support being added it gets harder to support kernel
4.14 in addition to kernel 4.19 and 5.4.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This target was switched to kernel 4.19 more than 6 months ago in commit
f342ffd300 ("treewide: kernel: bump some targets to 4.19") and now
with kernel 5.4 support being added it gets harder to support kernel
4.14 in addition to kernel 4.19 and 5.4.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This target was switched to kernel 4.19 more than 6 months ago in commit
f342ffd300 ("treewide: kernel: bump some targets to 4.19") and now
with kernel 5.4 support being added it gets harder to support kernel
4.14 in addition to kernel 4.19 and 5.4.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This target was switched to kernel 4.19 more than 6 months ago in commit
f342ffd300 ("treewide: kernel: bump some targets to 4.19") and now
with kernel 5.4 support being added it gets harder to support kernel
4.14 in addition to kernel 4.19 and 5.4.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This target was switched to kernel 4.19 more than 6 months ago in commit
f342ffd300 ("treewide: kernel: bump some targets to 4.19") and now
with kernel 5.4 support being added it gets harder to support kernel
4.14 in addition to kernel 4.19 and 5.4.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Acked-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Currently kmod-ata-* will not get into images unless kmod-ata-core is added to
DEVICE_PACKAGES as well. By changing the dependencies from "depends on" to
"select", we do not have the issue anymore.
Furthermore, we can remove most occurrences of the package from DEVICE_PACKAGES
and similar variables, as it is now pulled by dependent modules such as:
- kmod-ata-ahci
- kmod-ata-ahci-mtk
- kmod-ata-sunxi
While at it, use AddDepends/ata for kmod-ata-pdc202xx-old.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
All SUNXI_UBOOT usages were removed in e018c4d7ab ("uboot-sunxi: clean up,
switch to u-boot.mk"). Now drop the variable completely.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
DTS variable is not used in any device. Just drop it.
UBIFS_OPTS is not device-dependent here. Remove it from DEVICE_VARS.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
IMAGE_SIZE is widely used in many targets. Declare it in the default template to
clean up redundant code. This also prevents deriving IMAGE_SIZE unintentionally
from the previously defined device.
While at it, remove duplicate KERNEL_SIZE declaration.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
The labels on the LAN ports of the TP-Link Archer C60 v1/v2 are
actually inverted compared to the ports of the internal switch.
Add this information to 02_network.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The labels on the LAN ports of the TP-Link Archer C60 v1/v2 are
actually inverted compared to the ports of the internal switch.
Add this information to 02_network.
This is the same for to-be-supported v3 of this device.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The adjustment of the MAC address for Archer C60 v2 in 10_fix_wifi_mac
is broken since a "mac" partition is not set up for this device on
ar71xx. Instead, the MAC address is already patched correctly in
11-ath10k-caldata.
Remove the useless adjustment.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The MAC addresses for lan/wan are swapped compared to the vendor
firmware. This adjusts to vendor configuration, which is:
lan *:7b label
wan *:7c label+1
2.4g *:7b label
5g *:7a label-1
Only one address is stored in <&mac 0x8>, corresponding to the label.
This has been checked on revisions v1, v2 and v3.
Since ar71xx calculates the ath10k MAC address based on the ethernet
addresses, the number there is adjusted, too.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The MAC addresses for lan/wan are swapped compared to the vendor
firmware. This adjusts to vendor configuration, which is:
lan *:7b label
wan *:7c label+1
2.4g *:7b label
5g *:7a label-1
Only one address is stored in <&mac 0x8>, corresponding to the label.
This has been checked on revisions v1, v2 and v3.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Fixes following error uncovered while building armvirt/64 on 5.4:
Package kmod-hwmon-sch5627 is missing dependencies for the following libraries:
watchdog.ko
That dependency was introduced in upstream via 2d8c7ff52c24
("hwmon/sch56xx: Depend on watchdog for watchdog core functions") in
v3.5.
The issue emerged in 5.4 because the kconfig symbol CONFIG_WATCHDOG_CORE
is now a tristate value. Previously it was a bool.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Hardware
--------
SoC: MediaTek MT7621AT
WiFi: MediaTek MT7603 bgn 2T2R
MediaTek MT7615 ac 4T4R
Flash: 32M SPI (Macronix MX25L25635F)
RAM: 128M DDR3 (Winbond W631GG6KB)
LED: Dome (Blue / White)
BTN: Reset
Installation
------------
These instructions were written for firmware version v3.9.27.
Downgrade if necessary.
1. Copy the OpenWrt sysupgrade image to the devices /tmp folder
via scp. On factory defaults, user and password is "ubnt" at
192.168.1.20/24.
2. Write the bootselect flag. Otherwise, the device might boot from the
wrong partition. Verify the mtd partition used in the command below
is the one labled "bs" in /proc/mtd (as this might change in the
future).
> dd if=/dev/zero bs=1 count=1 of=/dev/mtd4
3. Write the OpenWrt sysupgrade to the mtd partitions labled
"kernel0" and "kernel1".
> dd if=/tmp/openwrt-sysupgrade.bin of=/dev/mtdblock6
> dd if=/tmp/openwrt-sysupgrade.bin of=/dev/mtdblock7
4. Reboot or powercycle the device.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
When sharing a common build directory between different build platforms
eg. macos v docker based linux v virtual machine, a 'make dirclean'
isn't quite enough to clean all the platform related binaries. The
'conf' and 'mconf' aka 'make menuconfig/defconfig & friends' utilities
remain.
Clean those as part of 'dirclean' so they get rebuilt for the current
platform on the next 'make'
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Ethernet, switch, LEDs, buttons, USB, sysupgrade & LuCI were
successfully tested on BCM4706.
WARNING: Hack for BCM4710 adding BCM4710_PROTECTED_FILL_TLB() to the
local_r4k_flush_cache_sigtramp() could not be ported. That function has
been dropped in:
commit adcc81f148d7 ("MIPS: math-emu: Write-protect delay slot emulation pages")
commit 3315b6b336c8 ("MIPS: Delete unused flush_cache_sigtramp()")
it's unsure if that chipset will still work reliably.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Bump to latest release candidate and drop 2 local patches that have been
upstreamed.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Generate a cpximg that is compatible with the cpximg loader in Compex' u-boot.
The cpximg loader can be started either by holding the reset button during power
up or by entering the u-boot prompt and entering 'cpximg'.
Once it's running, a TFTP-server under 192.168.1.1 will accept an image
appropriate for the board revision that is etched on the board (e.g. 6A04).
The image can be pushed using tftp:
tftp -v -m binary 192.168.1.1 -c put openwrt-ipq40xx-generic-compex_wpj428-squashfs-cpximg-6a04.bin
cpximg files can also be used with the sysupgrade utility in stock images.
(add SSH key in luci for root access)
In mkmylofw_32m, the calculation of the "partition size" has been preferred
to just padding the partition as this will result in less block transfers
during flashing (while the additional complexity is bearable).
Signed-off-by: Leon M. George <leon@georgemail.eu>
Co-developed-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Fixes following error uncovered while building malta/be on 5.4:
Package kmod-hwmon-sch5627 is missing dependencies for the following libraries:
watchdog.ko
That dependency was introduced in upstream via 2d8c7ff52c24
("hwmon/sch56xx: Depend on watchdog for watchdog core functions") in
v3.5.
The issue emerged in 5.4 because the kconfig symbol CONFIG_WATCHDOG_CORE
is now a tristate value. Previously it was a bool
Cc: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
(drop the config-4.19 change. reword about the cause)
Hardware
--------
SoC: MediaTek MT7620A
RAM: 64MB
FLASH: 8MB SPI
WLAN: 2G: MediaTek MT7620A
5G: MediaTek MT7610EN
ETH: 1x 10/100/1000M (Atheros AR8035)
LED: RSSI (orange/green)
WiFi 2G (green)
WiFi 5G (green)
Power (green)
System (red / green)
BTN: Power
Reset
LED
WPS
Serial
------
P1 - Tx
P2 - Rx
P3 - GND
P4 - VCC
Pin 4 is the one closest to the LAN port.
MAC overview
------------
WAN *:4c uboot 0x1fc00
2.4 *:4c uboot 0x1fc00
5 *:4e uboot 0x1fc00 +2
Installation
------------
Web interface:
It is possible to upgrade to OpenWrt via the web interface. However, the
OEM firmware upgrade file is required and a tool to fix the MD5 sum of
the header. This procedure overwrites U-Boot and there is not failsafe /
recovery mode present! To prepare an image, you need to take the header
and U-Boot (i.e. 0x200 + 0x20000 bytes) from an OEM firmware file and
attach the factory image to it. Then fix the header MD5Sum1.
Serial/TFTP:
You can use initramfs for booting via RAM or flash the image directly.
Additional Notes:
If the web interface upgrade fails, you have to open your device and
attach serial console. Since the web upgrade overwrites the boot loader,
you might also brick your device.
In order to flash back to stock, the first header and U-Boot needs to be
stripped from the original firmware.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Krapp <achterin@googlemail.com>
[change rssi LED labels]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This was available since kernel 5.4. The one provided in packages feed
will be considered deprecated and renamed to kmod-fs-exfat0.
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
(use name kmod-fs-exfat. use "@!(LINUX_4_4||LINUX_4_19)" for dependency)
This patch adds support for the 8devices Habanero development board.
Specs are:
CPU: QCA IPQ4019
RAM: DDR3L 512MB
Storage: 32MB SPI-NOR and optional Parallel SLC NAND(Some boards ship with it and some without)
WLAN1: 2.4 GHz built into IPQ4019 (802.11n) 2x2
WLAN2: 5 GHz built into IPO4019 (802.11ac Wawe-2) 2x2
Ethernet: 5x Gbit LAN (QCA 8075)
USB: 1x USB 2.0 and 1x USB 3.0 (Both built into IPQ4019)
MicroSD slot (Uses SD controller built into IPQ4019)
SDIO3.0/EMMC slot (Uses the same SD controller)
Mini PCI-E Gen 2.0 slot (Built into IPQ4019)
5x LEDs (4 GPIO controllable)
2x Pushbutton (1 is connected to GPIO, other to SoC reset)
LCD ZIF socket (Uses the LCD controller built into IPQ4019 which has no driver support)
1x UART 115200 rate on J18
2x breakout development headers
12V DC Jack for power
DIP switch for bootstrap configuration
Installation instructions:
Since boards ship with vendors fork of OpenWrt sysupgrade can be used.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
This commit finally adds support for the built in SD/MMC controller in IPQ4019 SoC.
Controller is supported by the upstream SDHCI-MSM driver with a minor clock setting patch.
Patch is special to the IPQ4019 and cannot be upstreamed.
LDO and SDHCI node are upstreamed, and LDO node is awaiting to be accepted.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
Also update the U-Boot BSP patch for I2SE Duckbill devices.
Run tested on I2SE Duckbill and Olimex OLinuXino Maxi boards.
Signed-off-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
Add missing kernel config symbol probably some dependency uncovered by
my local perf related and enabled kernel config options.
ARM PMU framework (ARM_PMU) [Y/n/?] y
Freescale i.MX8 DDR perf monitor (FSL_IMX8_DDR_PMU) [N/m/y/?] (NEW)
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
I've added `set_blkcnt` environment variable which is needed for every
`mmc write` command as we need to always specify size in block count.
That `set_blkcnt` variable was previously present in the U-Boot's
default environment, but that needed patching U-Boot every time, so that
patch was dropped with 2020.01 version bump.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
U-Boot 2020.01 has changed names for same variables, adjust the
bootscript accordingly. Added boot_file variable as the default value is
zImage.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Update U-Boot to latest release, remove `100-wandboard-enable-fit.patch`
as FIT support was added in commit 5b8585825128 ("wandboard: Add FIT
image support").
Rework `110-mx6cuboxi-mmc-fallback.patch` into two patches as there was
new config option `CONFIG_SPL_FORCE_MMC_BOOT` added upstream which
should provide the same functionality as the previous patch hunk.
Moving Apalis towards generic distro_bootcmd.
Cc: Vladimir Vid <vladimir.vid@sartura.hr>
Cc: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Cc: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Removes one of the duplicate `gpio-keys` words found in the logs:
gpio-keys gpio-keys: gpio-keysdoes not support key code:143
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Adds into 4.19 backported kernel module from 5.1 for Sensirion SPS30
particulate matter sensor, for kernel 5.4 backported dependency fix.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Otherwise we would need to enable IIO_TRIGGERED_BUFFER symbol in all
kernels in order to be able to use any of the IIO modules which are
utilizing triggered buffer based data acquisition method.
Acked-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This reverts commit 15a0701cdd.
It was reported that this patch breaks on some cases the JFFS2 overlay
filesystem on targets still using kernel 4.14. This includes ar71xx,
where spurious erase of the ART was reported.
Revert this commit for now. Re-adding should probaby also be done for
every currently supported kernel version.
Ref: FS#2837 FS#2862 FS#2864
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This applies the common indent (one tab) for the wrapped lines of
domywifi_dw33d and glinet_gl-ar750s-nor-nand.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
On platforms that do not have CONFIG_MTD enabled, loading the
rt2x00lib kernel module fails because it depends on symbols from
the mtd module ("Unknown symbol get_mtd_device_nm").
This commit disables the code that can read the eeprom from mtd if
mtd is not enabled.
Signed-off-by: Sven Over <sp@cedenti.st>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
patches-4.14/340-oxnas-pcie.patch was adapted for kernel 5.4 by
accident. Revert that change to restore 4.14 builds.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Sitecom WLR-8100 v1 002 (marketed as X8 AC1750) is a dual band wireless
router.
Specification:
- Qualcomm Atheros SoC QCA9558
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (Macronix MX25L12845EMI-10G - SPI NOR)
- 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz (QCA9558 WMAC)
- 3T3R 5.8 Ghz (QCA9880-BR4A)
- 1x USB 3.0 (Etron EJ168A)
- 1x USB 2.0
- 9x LEDs
- 2x GPIO buttons
Everything working.
Installation and restore procedure tested
Installation
1. Connect to one of LAN (yellow) ethernet ports,
2. Open router configuration interface,
3. Go to Toolbox > Firmware,
4. Browse for OpenWrt factory image with dlf extension and hit Apply,
5. Wait few minutes, after the Power LED will stop blinking, the router
is ready for configuration.
Restore OEM FW (Linux only)
1. Download OEM FW from website (tested with WLR-8100v1002-firmware-v27.dlf)
2. Compile the FW for this router and locate the "mksenaofw" tool
in build_dir/host/firmware-utils/bin/ inside the OpenWrt buildroot
3. Execute "mksenaofw -d WLR-8100v1002-firmware-v27.dlf -o WLR-8100v1002-firmware-v27.dlf.out" where:
WLR-8100v1002-firmware-v27.dlf is the path to the input file
(use the downloaded file)
WLR-8100v1002-firmware-v27.dlf.out is the path to the output file
(you can use the filename you want)
4. Flash the new WLR-8100v1002-firmware-v27.dlf.out file. WARNING: Do not keep settings.
Additional notes.
The original firmware has the following button configuration:
- Press for 2s the 2.4GHz button: WPS for 2.4GHz
- Press for 2s the 5GHz button: WPS for 5GHz
- Press for 15s both 2.4GHz and 5GHz buttons: Reset
I am not able to replicate this behaviour, so I used the following configuration:
- Press the 2.4GHz button: RFKILL (disable/enable every wireless interfaces)
- Press the 5GHz button: Reset
Signed-off-by: Davide Fioravanti <pantanastyle@gmail.com>
This patch support Devolo Magic 2 WIFI, board devolo_dlan2-2400-ac.
This device is a plc wifi AC2400 router/extender with 2 Ethernet
ports, has a G.hn PLC and uses LCMP protocol from Home Grid Forum.
Hardware:
SoC: AR9344
CPU: 560 MHz
Flash: 16 MiB (W25Q128JVSIQ)
RAM: 128 MiB DDR2
Ethernet: 2xLAN 10/100/1000
PLC: 88LX5152 (MaxLinear G.hn)
PLC Flash: W25Q32JVSSIQ
PLC Uplink: 1Gbps MIMO
PLC Link: RGMII 1Gbps (WAN)
WiFi: Atheros AR9340 2.4GHz 802.11bgn
Atheros AR9882-BR4A 5GHz 802.11ac
Switch: QCA8337, Port0:CPU, Port2:PLC, Port3:LAN1, Port4:LAN2
Button: 3x Buttons (Reset, wifi and plc)
LED: 3x Leds (wifi, plc white, plc red)
GPIO Switch: 11-PLC Pairing (Active Low)
13-PLC Enable
21-WLAN power
MACs Details verified with the stock firmware:
Radio1: 2.4 GHz &wmac *:4c Art location: 0x1002
Radio0: 5.0 GHz &pcie *:4d Art location: 0x5006
Ethernet ðernet *:4e = 2.4 GHz + 2
PLC uplink --- *:4f = 2.4 GHz + 3
Label MAC address is from PLC uplink
OEM SSID: echo devolo-$(grep SerialNumber /dev/mtd1 | grep -o ...$)
OEM WiFi password: grep DlanSecurityID /dev/mtd1|tr -d -|cut -d'=' -f 2
Recommendations: Configure and link your PLC with OEM firmware
BEFORE you flash the device. PLC configuration/link should
remain in different memory and should work straight forward
after flashing.
Restrictions: PLC link detection to trigger plc red led is not
available. PLC G.hn chip is not compatible with open-plc-tools,
it uses LCMP protocol with AES-128 and requires different
software.
Notes: Pairing should be possible with gpio switch. Default
configuration will trigger wifi led with 2.4Ghz wifi traffic
and plc white led with wan traffic.
Flash instruction (TFTP):
1. Set PC to fixed ip address 192.168.0.100
2. Download the sysupgrade image and rename it to uploadfile
3. Start a tftp server with the image file in its root directory
4. Turn off the router
5. Press and hold Reset button
6. Turn on router with the reset button pressed and wait ~15 seconds
7. Release the reset button and after a short time
the firmware should be transferred from the tftp server
8. Allow 1-2 minutes for the first boot.
Signed-off-by: Manuel Giganto <mgigantoregistros@gmail.com>
This commit ports the device from ar71xx to the ath79 target and
modifies the partition layout.
1. Firmware is installed to nand flash.
2. Modify the uboot-env parameter to boot from the nand flash.
3. The kernel size is extended to 5M.
4.nor flash retains the oem firmware.
oem partition layout
dev: size erasesize name
mtd0: 00040000 00010000 "u-boot"
mtd1: 00010000 00010000 "u-boot-env"
mtd2: 00e30000 00010000 "rootfs"
mtd3: 00170000 00010000 "kernel"
mtd4: 00010000 00010000 "art"
mtd5: 00f90000 00010000 "firmware"
mtd6: 06000000 00020000 "rootfs_data"
mtd7: 02000000 00020000 "backup"
new partition layout
dev: size erasesize name
mtd0: 00040000 00010000 "u-boot"
mtd1: 00010000 00010000 "u-boot-env"
mtd2: 00fa0000 00010000 "oem-firmware"
mtd3: 00010000 00010000 "art"
mtd4: 00500000 00020000 "kernel"
mtd5: 05b00000 00020000 "ubi"
mtd6: 02000000 00020000 "oem-backup"
MAC address overview:
All mac addresses are stored in the art partition.
eth0: 0x0
eth1: 0x6
ath9k: 0xc
ath10k: 0x12
No valid addresses in 0x1002 and 0x5006. All addresses match the OEM
firmware.
Install from oem firmware.
Enable ssh service:
Connect to the router web, click professional, click system-startup,
and add dropbear in the local startup input box. Click
system-administration, delete ssh-key, and replace your ssh pub key.
Restart the router.
1.Upload openwrt firmware to the device
scp openwrt-snapshot-r11365-df60a0852c-ath79-nand-domywifi_dw33d-\
squashfs-factory.bin root@192.168.10.1:/tmp
2.modify uboot-env.
ssh login to the device:
fw_setenv bootcmd 'nboot 0x8050000 0;bootm || bootm 0x9fe80000'
Run the fw_printenv command to check if the settings are correct.
3.Write openwrt firmware.
ssh login to the device:
mtd -r write /tmp/openwrt-snapshot-r11365-df60a0852c-ath79-nand-\
domywifi_dw33d-squashfs-factory.bin /dev/mtd6
The device will restart automatically and the openwrt firmware
installation is complete.
Restore oem firmware.just erase the kernel partition and the ubi
partition.
ssh login to the device:
mtd erase /dev/mtd4
mtd -r erase /dev/mtd5
Reboot the device
Signed-off-by: WeiDong Jia <jwdsccd@gmail.com>
[alter flash instruction in commit message]
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Add 5.4 kernel version as a new testing kernel option.
Run-tested on Shuttle KD20, seems to work just as well as kernel 4.14.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Bump to dnsmasq 2.81rc2. In the process discovered several compiler
warnings one with a logical error.
2 relevant patches sent upstream, added as 2 local patches for OpenWrt
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Patch 0061-tty-serial-ar933x-uart-rs485-gpio.patch wasn't included
when adding support for kernel 5.4. Re-add it and refresh patches.
Fixes: 53ab9865c2 ("ath79: add support for kernel 5.4")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Read times drop when increasing frequency to 25 MHz and 50 MHz,
but not in between or for further increase. So, use 50 MHz as the
lowest frequency with the fastest speed.
Test results (thanks to Roger):
The device reports a mx25l6405d flash chip. I tried all the maximum
values in the devices' datasheet (Table 10. AC CHARACTERISTICS). All of
them worked with and without "m25p,fast-read":
> 10 MHz
root@OpenWrt:~# time cat /dev/mtd* > /dev/null
real 1m 33.00s
user 0m 0.01s
sys 1m 7.56s
> 25 MHz
root@OpenWrt:~# time cat /dev/mtd* > /dev/null
real 0m 34.42s
user 0m 0.02s
sys 0m 23.58s
> 25 MHz, fast read
root@OpenWrt:~# time cat /dev/mtd* > /dev/null
real 0m 34.45s
user 0m 0.02s
sys 0m 23.59s
> 33 MHz
root@OpenWrt:~# time cat /dev/mtd* > /dev/null
real 0m 34.39s
user 0m 0.00s
sys 0m 23.60s
> 33 MHz, fast read
root@OpenWrt:~# time cat /dev/mtd* > /dev/null
real 0m 34.46s
user 0m 0.01s
sys 0m 23.62s
> 50 MHz
root@OpenWrt:~# time cat /dev/mtd* > /dev/null
real 0m 26.81s
user 0m 0.01s
sys 0m 18.25s
> 50 MHz, fast read
root@OpenWrt:~# time cat /dev/mtd* > /dev/null
real 0m 26.84s
user 0m 0.00s
sys 0m 18.25s
> 66 MHz
root@OpenWrt:~# time cat /dev/mtd* > /dev/null
real 0m 26.80s
user 0m 0.01s
sys 0m 18.23s
> 66 MHz, fast read
root@OpenWrt:~# time cat /dev/mtd* > /dev/null
real 0m 26.80s
user 0m 0.02s
sys 0m 18.23s
> 86 MHz
root@OpenWrt:~# time cat /dev/mtd* > /dev/null
real 0m 26.84s
user 0m 0.01s
sys 0m 18.24s
> 86 MHz, fast read
root@OpenWrt:~# time cat /dev/mtd* > /dev/null
real 0m 26.80s
user 0m 0.02s
sys 0m 18.23s
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
This patch addresses several issues for D-Link DIR-810L:
- add correct button codes
- harmonize button node names
- use generic flash@0
- remove unused pin groups from state_default
- improve sorting of properties
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
The Jffs2 partition for the D-Link DIR-810L is currently off by
0x10000. Apply the correct offset based on the other partitions'
size/offset and the information about stock OS from the Wiki.
This is just based on the named information and _not_ verified
on device.
Fixes: 36e3424fa5 ("ramips: add support for dir810l and asus rp-n53")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
This fixes a typo in the device string for MAC address setup in
02_network and corrects the indent in the device's DTS files.
While at it, move the aliases section before the keys section to
have it closer to the top of the file.
Fixes: a736d912e2 ("ipq40xx: add support for EnGenius EAP2200")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This patch adds support for the Netgear R6800, aka Netgear AC1900 and
R6800-100PES.
Specification:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7621AT (880 MHz)
- Flash: 128 MiB NAND
- RAM: 256 MiB
- Wireless: MediaTek MT7615EN b/g/n , MediaTek MT7615EN an+ac
- LAN speed: 10/100/1000
- LAN ports: 4
- WAN speed: 10/100/1000
- WAN ports: 1
- USB 2.0
- USB 3.0
- Serial baud rate of Bootloader and factory firmware: 57600
Known issues:
- Device has 3 wifi LEDs: Wifi 5Ghz, Wifi 2.4Ghz and Wifi on/off.
Wifi on/off is not used.
Installation:
- apply factory image via stock web-gui.
Back to stock:
- nmrpflash can be used to recover to the stock Netgear firmware.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
1st release candidate for v2.81 after 18 months.
Refresh patches & remove all upstreamed leaving:
110-ipset-remove-old-kernel-support.patch
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Since now we support both kernel 4.19 and 5.2, change the
condition to remove driver when on kernel 4.14
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Due to changes in syscon driver, the phy dwc3 driver
needs to use device_node_to_regmap since it has to skip
the new introduced clk check. This fix broken usb3 on this
target.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
As mdio0 is used in every dts move it to general ipq8064
dts and use label to set device specific definition.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Currently the watchdog timer is broken as it tries to
get an interrupt to setup pretimeout. Since our platform
have a different type of interrupt disable it and use
legacy watchdog probe.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
This was created by Chunkeey some time ago. Since mdio driver
works or doesn't work and since this was tested by me for 1 year,
include it to remove the use of the generic bitbang gpio driver for
switch driver.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Rework tsens driver.
Since in the new kernel 5.4 init common do more than it
should, inizialize the kernel memory directly in the driver and
drop use of this function. Rework all the patch with the new
variable names.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Rework l2 scaling patch to fix some compile warning
and to imporve the caling timings by removing call to unnecessary
function.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Since this dtsi now have wrong definition in the upstream version,
include it to overwrite and remove any problem.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
5.4 support is ready and tested.
Compile tested: all target devices
Run tested: pogoplug v4, nsa310b and two unofficial supported devices
Tested-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Tested-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it> [pogoplug v4 and nsa310b]
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
[fixed the switch, removed maintainer variable]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Changes made in switch nodes in d42c9ce commit causes problem with
correct mvsw61xx detection. This commit undo that changes.
mvsw61xx is platform driver, so it need to be in main root of dts.
Fixes: d42c9ce326 ("kirkwood: add kernel 4.19 support")
Tested-by: Marcin Fedan <mfedan@gmail.com> [EA4500]
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
This commit is simple copy config, files and patches from 4.19 to 5.4
kernel. No changes was done.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Leave as enabled by default for mediatek. Also remove obsolete
settings from when packet steering was moved from netifd to a
simplified hotplug script.
Signed-off-by: Alan Swanson <reiver@improbability.net>
The current implementation is significantly lowering lantiq
performace [1][2] by using RPS with non-irq CPUs and XPS
with alternating CPUs.
The previous netifd implementation (by default but could be
configured) simply used all CPUs and this patch essentially
reverts to this behaviour.
The only document suggesting using non-interrupt CPUs is Red
Hat [3] where if the network interrupt rate is extremely high
excluding the CPU that handles network interrupts *may* also
improve performance.
The original packet steering patches [4] advise that optimal
settings for the CPU mask seems to depend on architectures
and cache hierarcy so one size does not fit all. It also
advises that the overhead in processing for a lightly loaded
server can cause performance degradation.
Ideally, proper IRQ balancing is a better option with
the irqbalance daemon or manually.
The kernel does not enable packet steering by default, so
also disable in OpenWRT by default. (Though mvebu with its
hardware scheduling issues [5] might want to enable packet
steering by default.)
Change undocumented "default_ps" parameter to clearer
"packet_steering" parameter. The old parameter was only ever
set in target/linux/mediatek/base-files/etc/uci-defaults/99-net-ps
and matched the default.
[1] https://forum.openwrt.org/t/18-06-4-speed-fix-for-bt-homehub-5a
[2] https://openwrt.ebilan.co.uk/viewtopic.php?f=7&t=1105
[3] https://access.redhat.com/documentation/en-us/red_hat_enterprise_linux/6/html/performance_tuning_guide/network-rps
[4] https://marc.info/?l=linux-netdev&m=125792239522685&w=2
[5] https://git.openwrt.org/?p=openwrt/openwrt.git;a=commitdiff;h=2e1f6f1682d3974d8ea52310e460f1bbe470390fFixes: #1852Fixes: #2573
Signed-off-by: Alan Swanson <reiver@improbability.net>
Global attributes enable_mirror_tx/enable_mirror_rx depend on runtime
value of another global attribute mirror_source_port which just resides
in the memory
The same functionality can be achieved by directly setting port
attribute of the same names. E.g. the following two groups of commands
achieve the same thing
swconfig dev switch0 set mirror_source_port 3
swconfig dev switch0 set enable_mirror_tx 1
swconfig dev switch0 set mirror_source_port 4
swconfig dev switch0 set enable_mirror_tx 1
swconfig dev switch0 port 3 set enable_mirror_tx 1
swconfig dev switch0 port 4 set enable_mirror_tx 1
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Image building process was missing "asus-trx" step which resulted in raw
TRX files (without ASUS footer with device id).
Fixes: 0b9de8daa7 ("bcm53xx: add profiles for all other (SoftMAC) devices")
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
getopt is the only command where /usr/local/bin is specified explicitly.
All other commands are assumed to exist in the PATH in one form or
another. Remove this exception and require gnugetopt/getopt to be in
the user's PATH.
In the case of macos Homebrew, getopt is 'keg only' hence not linked
into /usr/local/bin whilst other commands are linked and likely found by
virtue of /usr/local/bin being in PATH.
Since 2019 Homebrew is very reluctant to install links that have
potential to override default OS behaviour, eg: following instructions
on our current 'how to build on macos' wiki page:
$ brew ln gnu-getopt --force
Warning: Refusing to link macOS-provided software: gnu-getopt
If you need to have gnu-getopt first in your PATH run:
echo 'export PATH="/usr/local/opt/gnu-getopt/bin:$PATH"' >> ~/.zshrc
A better option for macos is to link getopt as 'gnugetopt' in
/usr/local/bin, thus the build system will find 'gnugetopt' but other
applications looking for just 'getopt' will find the original macos
binary.
Ultimately it makes sense that 'GNU' dependencies are placed in
/usr/local/bin and /usr/local/bin is included in the user's PATH.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Fixes following build error on mpc85xx/p2020:
Package kmod-iio-st_accel is missing dependencies for the following libraries:
regmap-core.ko
Fixes: 2d8f4c4fbd ("kernel: iio: add st-accel driver modules")
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
When changing the LED names for the Archer C7 to represent the correct
color, a migration for existing UCI entries was not created.
Add a migration to keep existing LED configurations working.
Fixes commit c79c001b59 ("ar71xx: Archer C7 v1 LED names and RFKILL
fixes")
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This commit fills the void for current OpenWrt installations which will
be still on old bootloader version even after "x86: add bootloader
upgrade on sysupgrade", since it performs bootloader upgrade only on
sysupgrade. To keep all OpenWrt deploynents on the same GRUB version,
add preinit hook, which will perform upgrade of the bootloader on first
boot after sysupgrade.
It's temporary solution and should be deleted, when the first release
including this hook will no longer be supported by OpenWrt team.
We can assume that all installations should be on current bootolader
version and from there sysupgrade routine will be sufficient.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Currently bootloader always stays on the same version as when first
written to boot medium (not true if partition layout changed, which will
trigger sysupgrade process to write full disk image). That creates
inconveniences as it always stays with same features or/and bugs. Users
wishing to add support to additional modules or new version, would need
to write the whole image, potentially destroying previous system
configuration. To fix these, this commit adds additional routine to
sysupgrade which upgrades unconditionally the bootloader to the latest
state provided by OpenWrt.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
There can be some leftovers from other image recipes, if the same
directory names are used and multiply image types are selected.
Therefore remove directories used in the recipe, before contents for the
image are prepared.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Adds kernel modules for various STMicroelectronics accelerometers.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
[added missing commit description]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Add one node for the accel/gyro i2c device and another for the separate
magnetometer device in the lsm9ds1.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
[commit subject/description tweaks, kernel version in patch filename]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Backport kernel module from 5.5 for FXOS8700CQ, which is a small,
low-power, 3-axis linear accelerometer and 3-axis magnetometer combined
into a single package. The device features a selectable I2C or
point-to-point SPI serial interface with 14-bit accelerometer and 16-bit
magnetometer ADC resolution along with smart-embedded functions.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
[added commit description]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Code was attempting to determine the size of the file
before it was actually known and allocating insufficient
memory space. Images above a certain size caused a
segmentation fault. Moving the calloc() ensured ensured
that large images didn't result in a buffer overflow on
memcpy().
Signed-off-by: Michael T Farnworth <michael@turf.org>
[fixed name in From to match one in SoB]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
pkgconf is a newer, actively maintained implementation of pkg-config that
supports more aspects of the pkg-config file specification and provides a
library interface that applications can use to incorporate intelligent
handling of pkg-config files into themselves (such as build file
generators, IDEs, and compilers). Through its pkg-config compatibility
interface (activated when it is run as "pkg-config"), it also can
completely replace the original implementation.
It is also lighterweight and does not require glib2, as pkg-config does.
On other distros, pkgconf is symlinked to pkg-config. For simplicity here,
it is renamed to pkg-config.real, as in the original package.
Initial results have been positive. As before, pkgconf works as long as
the pkg-config files point to the proper paths.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
[backported upstream fix for Meson]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The BUILD_VARIANT might differ from UBOOT_CONFIG, so point to a file we
are actually changing. Being here let's call 'Build/Configure/U-Boot'
definition, instead of definig the same command. This'll be more future
proof, if U-Boot configuration procedure will change.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
If device recipe has specified DEVICE_DTS variable, the dtb is built
anyway by OpenWrt buildroot image rules. Drop the patch and adjust the
location of compiled dtb.
Cc: Scott Roberts <ttocsr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Tar has ability to change current dir, so use that instead additional
command invocation. Also being here, change tar arguments to make final
archive reproducible.
Cc: Scott Roberts <ttocsr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
This device receipe selects bunch of packages which some are re-defined,
unnecessary or irrelevant. Clean them up, so only basic functionality
persist.
Cc: Scott Roberts <ttocsr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Don't rewrite global DTS_DIR, instead, use proper variable for
specifying devices dts directory. For consistency, also specify the
variable in default profile, as suggested by Adrian Schmutzler.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Currently, if "make tools/install" is called after tools have already
been installed, a symbolic link named "lib" will be created inside
$(STAGING_DIR_HOST)/lib, pointing to "lib" (i.e. itself).
During tools/prepare, a "lib64" symlink is created inside
$(STAGING_DIR_HOST) that points to "lib" (also inside
$(STAGING_DIR_HOST)).
If tools/prepare is called and the "lib64" symlink already exists, then
ln will treat it as a directory and instead create a symlink named "lib"
inside of that directory.
This adds the -n option for ln so that $(STAGING_DIR_HOST)/lib64 is
always treated as a normal file (the link name), not as a directory.
Signed-off-by: Jeffery To <jeffery.to@gmail.com>
Currently, a symbolic link whose target is a directory will not be
removed when cleaning packages from STAGING_DIR.
In the first cleaning pass in scripts/clean-package.sh, the -f test for
a directory symlink returns false (because the link target is a
directory) and so the symlink is not removed.
In the second pass, the -d test returns true for a directory symlink,
but the symlink is not removed by rmdir because rmdir only removes
(real) directories.
This updates clean-package.sh to remove all non-directories (including
symbolic links) in the first pass.
Signed-off-by: Jeffery To <jeffery.to@gmail.com>
Build/InstallDev no longer places a file list in
$(STAGING_DIR_HOST)/packages; this change removes the creation of
$(STAGING_DIR_HOST)/packages and the attempted removal of a
STAGING_DIR_HOST file list during package clean.
This also changes the host directory passed to Build/UninstallDev from
$(STAGING_DIR_HOST) to $(STAGING_DIR)/host, to match the directory
passed to Build/InstallDev.
Signed-off-by: Jeffery To <jeffery.to@gmail.com>
Because /etc/profile (and ~/.profile) are read by login shells only,
aliases and functions defined there are not available to non-login
shells, e.g. when using screen or tmux.
If the ENV environment variable exists (exported by /etc/profile or
~/.profile) and references an existing file, then all interactive shells
(login or non-login) will read that file as well.
This sets the ENV environment variable in /etc/profile, pointing to
/etc/shinit.
This also adds /etc/shinit, which:
* Contains alias and function definitions originally in /etc/profile
* Sources /etc/mkshrc if the user is using mksh (also originally in
/etc/profile), as /etc/mkshrc is meant for all interactive shells
* Sources ~/.mkshrc if the user is using mksh, to compensate for the
fact that mksh will not read ~/.mkshrc if ENV is set
* Sources ~/.shinit if the user is not using mksh
This also removes the shebang from /etc/profile, as the file is sourced,
not executed.
Signed-off-by: Jeffery To <jeffery.to@gmail.com>
This activates PIE ASLR support by default when the regular option is
selected.
Size increase on imx6:
112681 ppp_2.4.8-2_arm_cortex-a9_neon.ipk
121879 ppp_2.4.8-2_arm_cortex-a9_neon.ipk
= 9198 diff
Acked-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This activates PIE ASLR support by default when the regular option is
selected. This is required to enable PIE ASLR support by default in ppp,
as it fails to build without it, on x86/64.
The .so file size stays identical.
Suggested-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
The AVM FRITZ!WLAN Repeater 450E's WPS button is not active low.
Correct the active low flag to avoid unintenional activation of
failsafe mode on boot.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Fixes the following warning for ARM targets:
WARNING: "return_address" [vmlinux] is a static EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
The previous workaround for the unsupported mkimage xz compression
leads to the TP-Link TL-WDR4900s simpleImage bootwrapper being gzip
compressed, which does not fit the kernel partition.
Removing the uImage gerneration works around this problem.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Build system needs an 'xargs' that supports '-r' which darwin doesn't.
Homebrew installs a 'gxargs' with the findutils package so look for
'gxargs' as well as 'xargs'
This is a bit of a 'fun' corner case anyway. xargs is only required by
the build if 'CONFIG_AUTOREMOVE' is set and after the build system has
built 'tools/findutils' we have a fully working xargs for host anyway.
Until that time we have to rely on the host's xargs implementation.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
This hunk became obsolete the moment when our
gpio-button-hotplug learned how to deal with
interrupt-supported gpio buttons. The gpio driver
never supported interrupt handling, so these
properties never served any use (outside of a
enhanced ppc4xx-gpio driver that was dropped).
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch fixes the regression caused by adding the NEON
variant of the ghash as the default ghash package package:
> ERROR: module '[...]/arch/arm/crypto/ghash-arm-ce.ko' is missing.
> modules/crypto.mk:286: recipe for target
> '[...]/kmod-crypto-ghash_4.19.106-1_aarch64_cortex-a53.ipk' failed
This patch limits the scope to the ARM32/cortexa9 target of mvebu.
Fixes: 285df63efc ("kernel: build neon-asm version of ghash module")
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This removes the assignment of setup and cleanup functions for the ath79
target. Assigning the setup-method will lead to 'setup_transfer' not
being assigned in spi_bitbang_init.
Also drop the redundant cleanup assignment, as this also happens in
spi_bitbang_init.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This fixes some outstanding issues with the Kernel 5.4 build:
* Adds missing support patch for the Enterasys WS-AP3710i
* Fixes incorrect NAND symbols
* Adds patch for broken image wrapping
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This patch adds important NAND config symbols.
These are necessary as otherwise the devices
won't find the rootfs on the NAND chips.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch just refreshes the 5.4 patches. It seems as if
070-v4.20-soc-qcom-spm-add-SCM-probe-dependency.patch is
already applied, so drop it. It also does a quick
make kernel_oldconfig to get rid of unneeded symbols.
[Looks like USB and Ethernet need some more work].
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch adds a few more symbols that I found that
need disabling in order to not break the automatic build.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This builds the regular arm and arm-neon asm optmized modules for sha1
and sha512, for targets that set CONFIG_ARM_CRYPTO.
On ip40xx, the arm-asm version of sha1 improves performance by 5% over
the generic C implementation; sha1-neon is 25% faster than generic,
and sha512-neon, 259%.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
This alone improves AES-GCM performance by up to 50% on ipq40xx. This
is enabled for targets that support neon and set CONFIG_ARM_CRYPTO:
imx6, ipq40xx, and mvebu.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
This backports commits from master that fix AES ciphers when using the
qce driver:
- A couple of simple fixes for CTR and XTS modes used with AES:
* 041-crypto-qce-fix-ctr-aes-qce-block-chunk-sizes.patch
* 042-crypto-qce-fix-xts-aes-qce-key-sizes.patch
- A fix for a bug that affected cases when there were more entries in
the input sg list than necessary to actually encrypt, resulting in
failure in gcm, where the authentication tag is present after the
encryption data:
* 043-crypto-qce-save-a-sg-table-slot-for-result-buf.patch
- A fix to update the IV buffer passed to the driver from the kernel:
* 044-crypto-qce-update-the-skcipher-IV.patch
- A patch that reduces memory footprint and driver initialization by
only initializing the fallback mechanism where it is actually used:
* 046-crypto-qce-initialize-fallback-only-for-AES.patch
- Three patches that make gcm and xts modes work with the qce driver,
and improve performance with small blocks:
* 047-crypto-qce-use-cryptlen-when-adding-extra-sgl.patch
* 048-crypto-qce-use-AES-fallback-for-small-requests.patch
* 049-crypto-qce-handle-AES-XTS-cases-that-qce-fails.patch
- A patch that allows the hashes/ciphers to be built individually.
* 051-crypto-qce-allow-building-only-hashes-ciphers.patch
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
[renumbered patches, added patches from dropped commit, refreshed, 5.4]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This adds the neon based implementations of AES & SHA256.
For AES, according to the kernel config help:
Use a faster and more secure NEON based implementation of AES in CBC,
CTR and XTS modes.
Bit sliced AES gives around 45% speedup on Cortex-A15 for CTR mode
and for XTS mode encryption, CBC and XTS mode decryption speedup is
around 25%. (CBC encryption speed is not affected by this driver.)
This implementation does not rely on any lookup tables so it is
believed to be invulnerable to cache timing attacks.
...
The observed speedups on ipq40xx are more modest: speedup is around 20%
for CTR mode and for XTS mode encryption, CBC and XTS mode decryption
speedup is around 10%. Measurements were made using tcrypt, with
1024-bytes blocks for CTR & CBC, and 4096-bytes for XTS.
The aes-neon-bs driver uses a fallback for CBC encryption; that fallback
could be either the generic driver written in C, or the scalar arm-asm
one. Even though aes-arm is 1.9% slower, it is more resilient to timing
attacks (the reason for being slower), so it is being included here.
The neon sha256 module increases performance over the generic module by
33%.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
[Enable only ciphers for now, reorder patch in series to help bisect
as new symbols could lead to build failures, 5.4]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This backports a commit updating the API of the QCE crypto engine to
what is used in current kerenl, easing future upstream backports.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
[renumber patches, refreshed, added 5.4 patches]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch disables the CRYPTO KERNEL SYMBOLs that are touched
by the upcoming ipq40xx patch "ipq40xx: use neon crypto drivers"
from "Eneas U de Queiroz" and more so for his follow up patches
for the other ARM targets in this series. This should help to
prevent at least a few potential build errors on other archs.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
SOC: IPQ4019 / QCA Dakota
CPU: Quad-Core ARMv7 Processor rev 5 (v7l) Cortex-A7
DRAM: 256 MiB
FLASH: NOR 4 MiB + NAND 128 MiB
ETH: Qualcomm Atheros QCA8072
WLAN1: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4019 2.4GHz 802.11bgn 2:2x2
WLAN2: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4019 5GHz 802.11a/n/ac 2:2x2
WLAN2: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9888 5GHz 802.11a/n/ac 2:2x2
INPUT: WPS Button
LEDS: Power, LAN1, LAN2, WLAN 2.4GHz, WLAN 5GHz-1, WLAN 5GHz-2, OPMODE
1. Load Ramdisk via U-Boot
To set up the flash memory environment, do the following:
a. As a preliminary step, ensure that the board console port is connected to the PC using these RS232 parameters:
* 115200bps
* 8N1
b. Confirm that the PC is connected to the board using one of the Ethernet ports.
c. Set a static ip 192.168.99.8 for Ethernet that connects to board.
d. The PC must have a TFTP server launched and listening on the interface to which the board is connected.
e. At this stage power up the board and, after a few seconds, press 4 and then any key during the countdown.
U-BOOT> set serverip 192.168.99.9 && tftpboot 0x84000000 192.168.99.8:openwrt.itb && bootm
Signed-off-by: Steven Lin <steven.lin@senao.com>
[copied 4.19 dts to 5.4]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Fix typedef clash on darwin.
HOSTCC scripts/mod/file2alias.o
scripts/mod/file2alias.c:47:3: error: typedef redefinition with different types ('struct uuid_t' vs '__darwin_uuid_t' (aka 'unsigned char [16]'))
} uuid_t;
^
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/sys/_types/_uuid_t.h:31:25: note: previous definition is here
typedef __darwin_uuid_t uuid_t;
^
scripts/mod/file2alias.c:1305:42: error: array initializer must be an initializer list or string literal
DEF_FIELD(symval, tee_client_device_id, uuid);
^
2 errors generated.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
This is still missing a lot of love but people want to start working on it
so lets give them a common baseline.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
* Fix some bugs in the driver
* Add missing clock and reset references in dts
* Rename mdio-bus to mdio so the driver find it
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
[refreshed]
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
* Sync the patches with the changes done for kernel 4.19
* Use KERNEL_TESTING_PATCHVER
* Refresh the configuration
* Fix multiple compile bugs in the patches
* Only add own ag71xx files for kernel 4.19 and use upstream version for
5.4.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
With kernel 5.4 the upstream kernel supports deactivating the FPU
support on MIPS. Use this new upstream feature instead of our older
patch which was removed when porting the kernel patches to kernel 5.4.
This way both options are set which should work for older kernel
versions and also new ones.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The nvmem framework is now used in net/ethernet/eth.c and the nvmem
sysfs is split into a separate Kconfig option. More work would be needed
to adapt this patch for the broader use. The current patch compiles fine
on ath79, but it breaks the x86 target.
nvmem is also compiled into the kernel for most of our targets for
example ath79 anyway, so patching the kernel to remove it is now harder
and not the case on multiple targets anyway. Instead of making this work
on kernel 5.4 just remove this hack patch.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This module was added with kernel 4.15, but is was removed again with
kernel version 5.3. OpenWrt does not support specifying a kernel version
range so just break it with kernel 4.14 and only support recent kernel
versions.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
With kernel 5.4 kmod-sound-hda-intel also needs snd-intel-nhlt.ko, but
this kernel module is only build on x86, make the OpenWrt kmod depend on
TARGET_x86.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This makes it possible to select CONFIG_CRYPTO_LIB_ARC4 directly. We
need this to be able to compile this into the kernel and make use of it
from mac80211 backports.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
nf_reset() was renamed to nf_reset_ct() in upstream Linux commit
895b5c9f206e ("netfilter: drop bridge nf reset from nf_reset)"
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
gigaset was moved to staging in kernel 5.4, just deactivate it on
recent kernel versions instead of adapting it.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
In kernel 5.3 and 5.4 some crypto modules were split into two modules,
one implementing the crypto algorithm and the other integrating it
into the Linux crypto framework.
Adapt OpenWrt to support this split.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This adds the new xfrm4_mode_beet, xfrm4_mode_transport,
xfrm4_mode_tunnel and their IPv6 versions on kernel 5.4. These modules
were newly added in kernel 5.2.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
The configuration was refreshed and KERNEL_TESTING_PATCHVER was set to
make it easy to compile for kernel 5.4.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The following patches were removed because they are integrated in the upstream kernel 5.4:
* backport-5.4/047-v4.21-mtd-keep-original-flags-for-every-struct-mtd_info.patch
* backport-5.4/048-v4.21-mtd-improve-calculating-partition-boundaries-when-ch.patch
* backport-5.4/080-v5.1-0001-bcma-keep-a-direct-pointer-to-the-struct-device.patch
* backport-5.4/080-v5.1-0002-bcma-use-dev_-printing-functions.patch
* backport-5.4/095-Allow-class-e-address-assignment-via-ifconfig-ioctl.patch
* backport-5.4/101-arm-cns3xxx-use-actual-size-reads-for-PCIe.patch
* backport-5.4/200-v5.2-usb-dwc2-Set-lpm-mode-parameters-depend-on-HW-configuration.patch
* backport-5.4/210-arm64-sve-Disentangle-uapi-asm-ptrace.h-from-uapi-as.patch
* backport-5.4/380-v5.3-net-sched-Introduce-act_ctinfo-action.patch
* backport-5.4/450-v5.0-mtd-spinand-winbond-Add-support-for-W25N01GV.patch
* backport-5.4/451-v5.0-mtd-spinand-Add-initial-support-for-Toshiba-TC58CVG2.patch
* backport-5.4/452-v5.0-mtd-spinand-add-support-for-GigaDevice-GD5FxGQ4xA.patch
* backport-5.4/455-v5.1-mtd-spinand-Add-support-for-all-Toshiba-Memory-produ.patch
* backport-5.4/456-v5.1-mtd-spinand-Add-support-for-GigaDevice-GD5F1GQ4UExxG.patch
* backport-5.4/460-v5.0-mtd-spi-nor-Add-support-for-mx25u12835f.patch
* backport-5.4/460-v5.3-mtd-spinand-Define-macros-for-page-read-ops-with-thr.patch
* backport-5.4/461-v5.3-mtd-spinand-Add-support-for-two-byte-device-IDs.patch
* backport-5.4/462-v5.3-mtd-spinand-Add-support-for-GigaDevice-GD5F1GQ4UFxxG.patch
* backport-5.4/463-v5.3-mtd-spinand-Add-initial-support-for-Paragon-PN26G0xA.patch
* backport-5.4/700-v5.1-net-phylink-only-call-mac_config-during-resolve-when.patch
* backport-5.4/701-v5.2-net-phylink-ensure-inband-AN-works-correctly.patch
* backport-5.4/702-v4.20-net-ethernet-Add-helper-for-MACs-which-support-asym-.patch
* backport-5.4/703-v4.20-net-ethernet-Add-helper-for-set_pauseparam-for-Asym-.patch
* backport-5.4/704-v4.20-net-phy-Stop-with-excessive-soft-reset.patch
* backport-5.4/705-v5.1-net-phy-provide-full-set-of-accessor-functions-to-MM.patch
* backport-5.4/706-v5.1-net-phy-add-register-modifying-helpers-returning-1-o.patch
* backport-5.4/707-v5.1-net-phy-add-genphy_c45_check_and_restart_aneg.patch
* backport-5.4/708-v5.3-net-phylink-remove-netdev-from-phylink-mii-ioctl-emu.patch
* backport-5.4/709-v5.3-net-phylink-support-for-link-gpio-interrupt.patch
* backport-5.4/710-v5.3-net-phy-allow-Clause-45-access-via-mii-ioctl.patch
* backport-5.4/711-v5.3-net-sfp-add-mandatory-attach-detach-methods-for-sfp-.patch
* backport-5.4/712-v5.3-net-sfp-remove-sfp-bus-use-of-netdevs.patch
* backport-5.4/713-v5.2-net-phylink-avoid-reducing-support-mask.patch
* backport-5.4/714-v5.3-net-sfp-Stop-SFP-polling-and-interrupt-handling-duri.patch
* backport-5.4/715-v5.3-net-phylink-don-t-start-and-stop-SGMII-PHYs-in-SFP-m.patch
* backport-5.4/740-v5.5-net-phy-avoid-matching-all-ones-clause-45-PHY-IDs.patch
* backport-5.4/741-v5.5-net-phylink-fix-link-mode-modification-in-PHY-mode.patch
* pending-5.4/103-MIPS-perf-ath79-Fix-perfcount-IRQ-assignment.patch
* pending-5.4/131-spi-use-gpio_set_value_cansleep-for-setting-chipsele.patch
* pending-5.4/132-spi-spi-gpio-fix-crash-when-num-chipselects-is-0.patch
* pending-5.4/220-optimize_inlining.patch
* pending-5.4/341-MIPS-mm-remove-no-op-dma_map_ops-where-possible.patch
* pending-5.4/475-mtd-spi-nor-Add-Winbond-w25q128jv-support.patch
* pending-5.4/477-mtd-add-spi-nor-add-mx25u3235f.patch
* pending-5.4/479-mtd-spi-nor-add-eon-en25qh64.patch
Some bigger changes were done to this feature and we did not port this patch yet:
* hack-5.4/207-disable-modorder.patch
This depends on BOOTMEM which was removed from the kernel, this needs some bigger changes:
* hack-5.4/930-crashlog.patch
A different version of the FPU disable patch was merged upstream, OpenWrt needs some adaptations.
* pending-5.4/304-mips_disable_fpu.patch
- no crashlog support yet as a required file got deleted upstream
- Removed patch below, which is now seen as a recursive dependency [1]
- Removed patch below due to build error [2]
- fix still required to avoid identical function def [3]
- Fixes included from Blocktrron
- Fixes included from Chunkeey
- Fix included from nbd regarding "dst leak in Flow Offload"
[1] target/linux/generic/hack-5.4/260-crypto_test_dependencies.patch
[2] target/linux/generic/hack-5.4/207-disable-modorder.patch
[3] target/linux/generic/pending-5.4/613-netfilter_optional_tcp_window_check.patch
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
No changes were done to the patches while coping them. Currently they do
not apply on top of kernel 5.4.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
In accordance to ebc090e420 ("ath79: reduce spi-max-frequency to 50 MHz")
this also reduces the spi-max-frequency to 50 MHz for the last remaining
device with higher frequency in ath79. This will save us from having a
single special case that will require adjustment when the spi driver for
this device is changed in the future.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Acked-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
This applies some minor DTS style improvements to the files kept
in OpenWrt at the moment:
- harmonize/improve LED/pinmux node names
- harmonize empty lines between nodes
- change "ok" to "okay"
- some other minor formatting adjustments
Since changes are only cosmetical, they are only applied to the
"newer" DTS files for kernel 4.19.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Move DTS files newly created by patch files to files directory. This will make
these files much more maintainable.
Patching the kernel Makefile is unnecessary, as the DTS files specified in
DEVICE_DTS will be compiled by OpenWrt buildroot anyway.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Acked-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The introduction of ebf0d8dade ("ath79: add new ar934x spi driver")
made the SPI memory unusable on devices with very high spi-max-frequency
(104 MHz).
Here's how the actual clock is calculated: (AHB_CLK/((CLOCK_DIVIDER+1)*2))
where AHB_CLK is a fixed clock (e.g. 200MHz on AR9331) and CLOCK_DIVIDER
is the parameter we can set. Highest clock according to this formula is
AHB_CLK/2 (100MHz, but that didn't work in device tests).
The next possible value is AHB_CLK/4 (50MHz). Speeds between 50 MHz and
100 MHz will be rounded down, so using values higher than 50 MHz does
not provide any benefit.
Consequently, this patch reduces spi-max-frequency for all devices with
values higher than 50 MHz to 50 MHz (effectively, this only affects
devices with 104 MHz before this patch).
Tested on GL.inet GL-AR150:
Boot fails with 104 MHz but is successful with both 50 MHz and 80 MHz
(fast-read), where the latter two yield identical read speeds.
Fixes: ebf0d8dade ("ath79: add new ar934x spi driver")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The introduction of ebf0d8dade (ath79: add new ar934x spi driver)
made the SPI memory unusable. Reducing the spi-max-frequency to
a smaller value makes it work again.
Tested on two MikroTik RouterBOARD wAP G-5HacT2HnD devices.
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
CONFIG_INCLUDE_CONFIG option is helpful for being able to rebuild the
exact same firmware as you see on a live OpenWRT instance, but it's
crucially missing feeds information, so we can't rebuild the exact same
package versions. This commit fixes this by adding the remaining feeds
(and version) buildinfo files to the image.
Signed-off-by: Xu Wang <xwang1498@gmx.com>
This reverts commit 215598fd03 since it
didn't contain a reference to the CVE it addresses. The next commit
will re-add the commit including a CVE reference in its commit message.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This patch ports support for the MikroTik RouterBOARD 922UAGS-5HPacD
with a built-in 802.11ac High-Power radio (31dBm), which was already
available in the ar71xx target.
See https://mikrotik.com/product/RB922UAGS-5HPacD for more info.
Specifications:
- SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9558 (720 MHz)
- RAM: 128 MB
- Storage: 128 MB NAND
- Wireless: external QCA9882 802.11a/ac 2x2:2
- Ethernet: 1x 1000/100/10 Mbps, integrated, via AR8031 PHY, passive PoE-in 24V
- SFP: 1x host
- USB: 1x 2.0 type A
- PCIe: 1x Mini slot (also contains USB 2.0 for 3G/LTE modems)
- SIM slot: 1x mini-SIM
Working:
- Board/system detection
- SPI and NAND storage
- PCIe
- USB type A host
- Wireless
- Ethernet
- LEDs (user, phy0)
- Reset button
- Sysupgrade to/from ar71xx
Not supported:
- RSSI LEDs
- SFP cage
Installation methods:
- Sysupgrade from ar71xx (it is advisable to use the -n option to
wipe any previous settings), or
- Boot the initramfs image via TFTP and then flash the sysupgrade
image using "sysupgrade -n"
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Old MikroTik devices have the RLE-encoded radio calibration data
directly stored in the art (hard_config) partition, without LZO
compression nor any preceding ERD magic bytes. This commit adds
a fallback for these devices.
Tested on the ath79 target with a MikroTik SXT 5nD r2 (SXT Lite5),
only locally --not yet merged upstream--.
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
The calgary IOMMU was only used on high-end IBM systems in the early
x86_64 age. This is an unlikely OpenWrt target and in fact upstream
are looking to drop the driver entirely with the bonus that we no
longer see:
[ 0.000000] Calgary: detecting Calgary via BIOS EBDA area
[ 0.000000] Calgary: Unable to locate Rio Grande table in EBDA - bailing!
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Add a radio_config_id property. If the radio config changes return an error
upon receiving the reconf call.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
For devices without a dedicated 'diag' LED, we use sometimes one of
other LEDs for indicating at least 'boot', 'failsafe' and 'upgrade'
stages. In some cases, at the same time these LEDs have defined default
triggers in DTS using 'linux,default-trigger' property. Current 'diag'
setup removes the trigger and turns off 'boot' LED after bootup.
One of the examples of such device is TP-Link TL-WR841N v14 (ramips)
which uses 'wlan' LED with defined 'linux,default-trigger' for 'diag':
aliases {
led-boot = &led_wlan;
led-failsafe = &led_wlan;
led-upgrade = &led_wlan;
};
[...]
led_wlan: wlan {
label = "tl-wr841n-v14:green:wlan";
gpios = <&gpio1 9 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
linux,default-trigger = "phy0tpt";
};
This patch extends 'diag.sh' and 'leds.sh' scripts to make sure default
trigger defined in DTS is restored for 'diag' LED which isn't used for
indicating 'running' stage.
Acked-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
c888e17e06 ("hostapd: manage instances via procd instead of pidfile")
added procd support for managing hostapd and wpa_supplicant daemons
but at the same time limited wiphy names to 'phy*'.
This brings back initial behaviour (introduced in 60fb4c92b6 ("hostapd:
add ubus reload") and makes procd manage daemons for any wiphy device
found in '/sys/class/ieee80211'.
CC: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
CC: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
License "GPL-2.0+" is deprecated License Identifier according to
SPDX License list [1]. The correct one is GPL-2.0-or-later.
While at it, also add the License file.
[1] https://spdx.org/licenses/
Signed-off-by: Josef Schlehofer <pepe.schlehofer@gmail.com>
The function trace_on_exit() is given to atexit() as a parameter, but
atexit() only takes a function pointer to a function with a void
parameter.
This problem was introduced when the on_exit() function was incompletely
replaced by atexit().
Fixes: ba6c8bd614 ("linux-atm: add portability fixes")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
ath10k-ct supports the combination to select IBSS (ADHOC) mode and
different beacon intervals together. mac80211 does not like this
combination, but Ben says this is ok, so remove this check.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
When porting support from ar71xx to ath79, the reset-gpios option was
missed. Due to a hardware bug, this would eventually leave the devices
with RX-deaf Ethernet PHY.
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Commit 9a1f441ac8 ("kirkwood: enable SoC drivers in the kernel config")
enabled I2C_MV64XXX in the kernel config, and the subsequent commit 0d5ba94088
("orion: enable SoC drivers in the kernel config") removed kmod-i2c-mv64xxx
package entirely. As the feature is now kernel built-in and the package does not
exist anymore, we can safely remove kmod-i2c-mv64xxx from DEVICE_PACKAGES.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Add indent and sort board_name alphabetically.
Sourcing /lib/functions.sh is already handled by /etc/rc.common. Drop the line.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
kmod-hwmon-lm* will not get into images unless kmod-hwmon-core is added to
DEVICE_PACKAGES as well.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
[only address kmod-hwmon-core in this commit]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The current device node name of ix2-200 is "iom_ix2_200", which results
in a SUPPORTED_DEVICES string "iom,ix2,200" that does not match the
compatible in DTS and the board name used in board.d.
Fix this by replacing the second underscore with a dash, following
vendor_model scheme.
Fixes: 27b2f0fc0f ("kirkwood: add support for Iomega Storcenter ix2-200")
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
[commit title/message rephrase]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Some newer bootloaders for the TP-Link TL-WA901ND put the ethernet PHY
in reset before loading the kernel, thus the LAN interface is not
working in OpenWrt.
Clear the reset to restore ethernet functionality.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
As 07e1d88d7b ("kernel: avoid underscore in *6lowpan package names") shows,
underscores might cause build failures. Replace underscore with dash.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
As 07e1d88d7b ("kernel: avoid underscore in *6lowpan package names") shows,
underscores might cause build failures. Replace underscore with dash.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
All devices inherited from mt7628an_tplink_8m.dtsi and
mt7628an_tplink_8m-split-uboot.dtsi contain the same additional
includes in the DTS files.
Move them to the DTSI files instead.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
So far, the compatible for the Ubiquiti Edgerouter X has been
defined in the DTSI file and inherited for the edgerouterx.dts,
but overwritten for the edgerouterx-sfp.dts. In contrast, the
model was stored in the DTS file in both cases.
To resolve this somewhat confusing situation, move the compatible
with the device name for edgerouterx to the DTS file as well.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Many DTS files contain the same includes again that are already
present in the DTSI files they are derived from.
Remove those redundant includes in the DTS files. For vocore, the
include is moved to the parent DTSI file.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Many DTS files contain the same includes again that are already
present in the DTSI files they are derived from.
Remove those redundant includes in the DTS files.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The current version of ATF does not support power off for SGMII
COMPHY. Update to latest ATF to resolve this issue.
Signed-off-by: Scott Roberts <ttocsr@gmail.com>
The SUBDIRS variable has been removed in kernel 5.4, and was deprecated
since the beginnig of kernel git history in favour of M or KBUILD_EXTMOD.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Removed all upstream patches.
Added PKG_BUILD_PARALLEL for faster compilation.
Small Makefile rearrangements for consistency between packages.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Make it possible to activate some additional kernel debug options.
This can be used to debug some problems in kernel drivers.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke.mehrtens@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
The kernel kernel address sanitizer is able to detect some memory
bugs in the kernel like out of range array accesses.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke.mehrtens@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
The kernel Undefined Behavior Sanitizer is able to detect some memory
bugs in the kernel like out of range array accesses.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke.mehrtens@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
This option has now a different dependency and can be activated, set a
default value.
Fixes: 20b5a4ca01 ("kernel: bump 4.19 to 4.19.101")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke.mehrtens@intel.com>
Tested-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
This adds the direct dependencies introduced by TARGET_LDFLAGS
to the package's DEPENDS variable.
This was found by accidentally building rssileds on octeon, which
resulted in:
"Package rssileds is missing dependencies for the following libraries:
libnl-tiny.so"
Though the dependencies are provided when building for the
relevant targets ar71xx, ath79 and ramips, it seems more tidy to
specify them explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
So far, the state of status LEDs is set up in 01_leds for many devices
in kirkwood target. As those LEDs are also controlled by diag.sh,
exposing them to the user via uci config by default seems not helpful
and might even have confusing results for the user.
Thus, remove the ucidef_set_led_default setup for power/status LED, but
do not touch the rest where user control is actually a feature.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This adds the default-state = "on"; statement for the power or
primary status LED in DTS on kirkwood. This will ensure that this
LED will be lit up very early in the boot process (i.e. before
diag.sh is executed) and thus will provide an additional hint to the
user when problems arise during early boot process.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This commit removes the target-specific diag.sh script. This way, the
generic one is used for the target, which uses DT-aliases to specify the
LEDs used.
Generic diag.sh allow to use different LEDs to indicate different states.
Non-red status LEDs for indicating boot and a running system.
Where possible, the red or orange LEDs are used to indicate failsafe
mode and a running upgrade.
Compile-tested: all target devices.
Run-tested: CheckPoint L-50
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
[remove unrelated cosmetic changes, rename some labels, add pogo_e02]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Specification:
- 550/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 4x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, with passive PoE support on LAN1
- 2T2R 2,4 GHz (AR9344)
- built-in 4G/3G module (example: Quectel EC-25EU)
- internal microSD slot (spi-mmc, buggy and disabled for now)
- RS232 on D-Sub9 port (Cypress ACM via USB, /dev/ttyACM0)
- RS422/RS485 (AR934x high speed UART, /dev/ttyATH1)
- analog 0-24V input (MCP3221)
- various digital inputs and outputs incl. a relay
- 11x LED (4 are driven by AR9344, 7 by 74HC595)
- 2x miniSIM slot (can be swapped via GPIO)
- 2x RP-SMA/F (Wi-Fi), 3x SMA/F (2x WWAN, GPS)
- 1x button (reset)
- DC jack for main power input (9-30 V)
- debugging UART available on PCB edge connector
Serial console (/dev/ttyS0) pinout:
- RX: pin1 (square) on top side of the main PCB (AR9344 is on top)
- TX: pin1 (square) on bottom side
Flash instruction:
Vendor firmware is based on OpenWrt CC release. Use the "factory" image
directly in GUI (make sure to uncheck "keep settings") or in U-Boot web
based recovery. To avoid any problems, make sure to first update vendor
firmware to latest version - "factory" image was successfully tested on
device running "RUT9XX_R_00.06.051" firmware and U-Boot "3.0.2".
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Add support for RS485 tranceiver with transmit/receive switch hooked
to a RTS GPIO pin.
Use the 'rts-gpios' and 'rs485-rts-active-low' properties as described
in devicetree/bindings/serial/rs485.yaml.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This adds support for the various clones of the TL-WA830RE recently
supported in fb99ac6807 ("ath79: add support for TP-Link TL-WA830RE v1"):
- tplink,tl-wa701nd-v1
- tplink,tl-wa730re-v1
- tplink,tl-wa801nd-v1
- tplink,tl-wa830re-v1 (already supported)
- tplink,tl-wa901nd-v1
Since these devices are 100%-clones in ar71xx, this patch adds all
of them without run-testing (as this has been done for TL-WA830RE v1).
Specifications:
- SOC: Atheros AR7240
- CPU: 400MHz
- Flash: 4 MiB (Spansion S25FL032P)
- RAM: 32 MiB (Zentel A3S56D40FTP-G5)
- WLAN: Atheros AR9280 bgn 2x2
- Ethernet: 1 port (100M)
Flash instructions:
- install from u-boot with tftp (requires serial access)
> setenv ipaddr a.b.c.d
> setenv serverip e.f.g.h
> tftpboot 0x80000000 \
openwrt-ath79-tiny-tplink_tl-waxxxxx-v1-squashfs-factory.bin
> erase 0x9f020000 +0x3c0000
> cp.b 0x80000000 0x9f020000 0x3c0000
> bootm 0x9f020000
- flash factory image from OEM WebUI
- sysupgrade from ar71xx image
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Looking at the current upstream driver implementation, it seems like the
TX/RX flow control is enabled only if the flow control pause option is
resolved from the device/link partner advertisements (or otherwise set).
On the other hand, our current in-tree driver force enables TX/RX
flow control by default, thus possibly leading to TX timeouts if the
other end sends pause frames (which are not properly handled?):
WARNING: CPU: 3 PID: 0 at net/sched/sch_generic.c:320 dev_watchdog+0x1ac/0x324
NETDEV WATCHDOG: eth0 (mtk_soc_eth): transmit queue 0 timed out
Disabling the flow control on PORT 5 MAC seems to fix this issues as the
pause frames are then filtered out. While at it, I'm removing the if
condition completely as suggested, since this code is run only on mt7621
SoC, so there is no need to check for the silicon revisions.
Ref: https://lists.openwrt.org/pipermail/openwrt-devel/2017-November/009882.html
Ref: https://forum.openwrt.org/t/mtk-soc-eth-watchdog-timeout-after-r11573/50000/12
Suggested-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Reported-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
f4415afce213 mt76: mt76u: loop over all possible rx queues in mt76u_rx_tasklet
5b9f949cb760 mt76: mt76u: fix a possible memory leak in mt76u_init
fd892bc033fb mt76: mt76u: rely only on data buffer for usb control messagges
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
With the wrong blocksize, the rootfs was not positioned on the boundary
of a block, thus breaking the mtdsplit driver.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
8d45443bb5c9 pppd: Ignore received EAP messages when not doing EAP
8d7970b8f3db pppd: Fix bounds check in EAP code
858976b1fc31 radius: Prevent buffer overflow in rc_mksid()
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Update util-linux to 2.35.1 and refresh patches.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
[commit subject and description tweaks]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This adds the label MAC address for the Ubiquiti Picostation M (XM).
This was overlooked when adding support in the previous patch.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This adds support for the Ubiquiti Picostation M (XM), which has the
same board/LEDs as the Bullet M XM, but different case and antennas.
Specifications:
- AR7241 SoC @ 400 MHz
- 32 MB RAM
- 8 MB SPI flash
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, 24 Vdc PoE-in
- External antenna: 5 dBi (USA), 2 dBi (EU)
- POWER/LAN green LEDs
- 4x RSSI LEDs (red, orange, green, green)
- UART (115200 8N1) on PCB
Flashing via WebUI:
Upload the factory image via the stock firmware web UI.
Attention: airOS firmware versions >= 5.6 have a new bootloader with
an incompatible partition table!
Please downgrade to <= 5.5 _before_ flashing OpenWrt!
Refer to the device's Wiki page for further information.
Flashing via TFTP:
Same procedure as other NanoStation M boards.
- Use a pointy tool (e.g., pen cap, paper clip) and keep the reset
button on the device or on the PoE supply pressed
- Power on the device via PoE (keep reset button pressed)
- Keep pressing until LEDs flash alternatively LED1+LED3 =>
LED2+LED4 => LED1+LED3, etc.
- Release reset button
- The device starts a TFTP server at 192.168.1.20
- Set a static IP on the computer (e.g., 192.168.1.21/24)
- Upload via tftp the factory image:
$ tftp 192.168.1.20
tftp> bin
tftp> trace
tftp> put openwrt-ath79-generic-xxxxx-ubnt_picostation-m-squashfs-factory.bin
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This adds support for the Ubiquiti Nanostation Loco M (XM), which
has the same board/LEDs as the Bullet M XM, but different case and
antennas.
Specifications:
- AR7241 SoC @ 400 MHz
- 32 MB RAM
- 8 MB SPI flash
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, 24 Vdc PoE-in
- NS Loco M2: built-in antenna: 8 dBi; AR9287
- NS Loco M5: built-in antenna: 13 dBi; 2T2R 5 GHz radio
- POWER/LAN green LEDs
- 4x RSSI LEDs (red, orange, green, green)
- UART (115200 8N1) on PCB
Flashing via WebUI:
Upload the factory image via the stock firmware web UI.
Note that only certain firmware versions accept unsigned
images. Refer to the device's Wiki page for further information.
Flashing via TFTP:
Same procedure as other NanoStation M boards.
- Use a pointy tool (e.g., pen cap, paper clip) and keep the reset
button on the device or on the PoE supply pressed
- Power on the device via PoE (keep reset button pressed)
- Keep pressing until LEDs flash alternatively LED1+LED3 =>
LED2+LED4 => LED1+LED3, etc.
- Release reset button
- The device starts a TFTP server at 192.168.1.20
- Set a static IP on the computer (e.g., 192.168.1.21/24)
- Upload via tftp the factory image:
$ tftp 192.168.1.20
tftp> bin
tftp> trace
tftp> put openwrt-ath79-generic-xxxxx-ubnt_nanostation-loco-m-squashfs-factory.bin
Tested on NanoStation Loco M2.
Signed-off-by: Sven Roederer <freifunk@it-solutions.geroedel.de>
Co-developed-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Several devices with tplink-safeloader contain default values (0x0)
for TPLINK_HWID and TPLINK_HWREV in their device definitions.
Move those to common tplink-safeloader definition so they do not
have to be repeated each time.
While at it, set default value for tplink-v1 and tplink-v2 as well.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
bd0df1b017a8 mt76: avoid extra RCU synchronization on station removal
d5a5e97b67c7 mt76: mt76x2: avoid starting the MAC too early
a67e42990d8a mt76: mt7615: fix msdu_id endianness in mt7615_write_hw_txp
d3af8bd3c722 mt76: mt7615: set proper length in strncmp
9c43417db17c mt76: mt7615: fix max_nss in mt7615_eeprom_parse_hw_cap
764e1d208a06 mt76: mt7615: fix tx power reporting
1881241c7ee5 mt76: fix rounding issues on converting per-chain and combined txpower
fa14e7f33199 mt76: mt7615: rework rx phy index handling
a205ce3e3e2d mt76: mt7615: fix ext_phy flag for stations
457a93203690 mt76: mt7615: fix MT_TX_HW_QUEUE_EXT_PHY to deal with mac80211 changes
c75cf513c674 mt76: do not set HOST_BROADCAST_PS_BUFFERING for mt7615
cc56c400167c mt76: fix LED link time failure
4dbd56b86970 mt76: mt76x0u: add support to TP-Link T2UHP
e226309c4bc4 mt76: mt7615: rely on mt76_queues_read for mt7622
c6a025318075 mt76: mt76u: extend RX scatter gather number
dfc24bc504e3 mt76: mt76u: rename stat_wq in wq
2bbffd2cb37b mt76: mt7615: remove rx_mask in mt7615_eeprom_parse_hw_cap
f408a2b7566c mt76: Introduce mt76_mcu data structure
17ecf0762542 mt76: mt76x02: fix handling MCU timeouts during hw restart
284e9fd72912 mt76: mt7615: fix monitor injection of beacon frames
8f8e9161b355 mt76: fix array overflow on receiving too many fragments for a packet
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Packages kmod-bluetooth_6lowpan and kmod-ieee802154_6lowpan contain an
underscore in the package name. This causes problems in package/install
because when building a list of package files to install offline using
opkg, it uses a wildcard of the form $(dir)/$(pkg)_*.ipk.
If you were to select kmod-bluetooth=y, but kmod-bluetooth_6lowpan=m,
the latter would be picked up by that wildcard, and make package/install
would fail:
Collected errors:
* satisfy_dependencies_for: Cannot satisfy the following dependencies
* for kmod-bluetooth_6lowpan:
* kmod-6lowpan
* opkg_install_cmd: Cannot install package kmod-bluetooth_6lowpan.
Changing the wildcard pattern is not trivial, and there may be other
places in the build system making this assumption about the package name
format.
Using a dash in place of the underscore avoids the issue.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
A file, package/network/services/dnsmasq/files/50-dnsmasq-migrate-resolv-conf-auto.sh,
was added in commit 6a28552120, but it
does not exit in a way that tells the uci-defaults mechanism that it
succeeded, and so it is not cleaned up after running successfully. Add
an exit 0 to the end to correct that.
Signed-off-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
Update bison to 3.5.1
Use POSIX threads as the previous option is no longer valid
Disable NLS support to be consistent with other tools such as e2fsprogs and sed
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
This adds a pinmux to the shared DTSI for TP-Link TL-WR841N/ND v8,
TL-WR842N v2 and TL-MR3420 v2. It is supposed to be the equivalent
of:
/* config gpio4 as normal gpio function */
ath79_gpio_output_select(TL_MR3420V2_GPIO_USB_POWER,AR934X_GPIO_OUT_GPIO);
This allows to enable USB power on these devices.
While at it, move the jtag_disable_pins to &gpio node and remove the
redundant status=okay there.
Tested on TP-Link TL-WR842N v2.
Fixes: FS#2753
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Armin Fuerst <armin@fuerst.priv.at>
Mikrotik devices will be found in both generic and nand subtargets.
The file mikrotik-caldata.sh, currently used in generic, contains
a few lines of code that would need to be duplicated for nand
support. Instead of duplicating it, move it to target base-files,
as size impact is small and the maintenance gain should outweigh it.
This is changed separately to make life easier for the people
currently working on Mikrotik NAND support.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Hardware
--------
SoC: Atheros AR7161
RAM: Samsung K4H511638D-UCCC
2x 64M DDR1
SPI: Micron M25P128 (16M)
WiFi: Atheros AR9160 bgn
Atheros AR9160 an
ETH: Broadcom BCM5481
LED: Power (Green/Red)
ETH (Green / Blue / Yellow)
(PHY-controlled)
WiFi 5 (Green / Blue)
WiFi 2 (Green / Blue)
BTN: Reset
Serial: Cisco-Style RJ45 - 115200 8N1
Installation
------------
1. Download the OpenWrt initramfs-image. Place it into a TFTP server
root directory and rename it to 1401A8C0.img. Configure the TFTP
server to listen at 192.168.1.66/24.
2. Connect the TFTP server to the access point.
3. Connect to the serial console of the access point. Attach power and
interrupt the boot procedure when prompted (bootdelay is 1 second).
4. Configure the U-Boot environment for booting OpenWrt from Ram and
flash:
$ setenv boot_openwrt 'setenv bootargs; bootm 0xbf080000'
$ setenv ramboot_openwrt 'setenv serverip 192.168.1.66;
tftpboot; bootm'
$ saveenv
5. Load OpenWrt into memory:
$ run ramboot_openwrt
Wait for the image to boot.
6. Transfer the OpenWrt sysupgrade image to the device. Write the image
to flash using sysupgrade:
$ sysupgrade -n /path/to/openwrt-sysuograde.bin
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The Siemens WS-AP3610 asserts reset to the ethernet PHY with the
reset-register. Backport the necessary patches to de-assert reset
when probing the PHY.
These patches can be dropped when using kernel 5.4.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
* send: cleanup skb padding calculation
* socket: remove useless synchronize_net
Sorry for the back-to-back releases. This fixes a regression spotted by Eric
Dumazet.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
This change makes the names of Broadcom targets consistent by using
the common notation based on SoC/CPU ID (which is used internally
anyway), bcmXXXX instead of brcmXXXX.
This is even used for target TITLE in make menuconfig already,
only the short target name used brcm so far.
Despite, since subtargets range from bcm2708 to bcm2711, it seems
appropriate to use bcm27xx instead of bcm2708 (again, as already done
for BOARDNAME).
This also renames the packages brcm2708-userland and brcm2708-gpu-fw.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Acked-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
This change makes the names of Broadcom targets consistent by using
the common notation based on SoC/CPU ID (which is used internally
anyway), bcmXXXX instead of brcmXXXX.
This is even used for target TITLE in make menuconfig already,
only the short target name used brcm so far.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This change makes the names of Broadcom targets consistent by using
the common notation based on SoC/CPU ID (which is used internally
anyway), bcmXXXX instead of brcmXXXX.
This is even used for target TITLE in make menuconfig already,
only the short target name used brcm so far.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Some targets like kirkwood or omap don't use a subtarget which results
in a malformed JSON info file.
Instead of having a valid value like `"target": "ath79/tiny"` for these
targets the value is `"target": "kirkwood/"`.
This patch uses the same if condition to use `generic` if the subtarget
is empty.
Tested for the kirkwood target.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
This supports better per-chain noise floor reporting, which in turn allows for
better RSSI reporting in the driver.
Wave-2 fixes a long-standing rate-ctrl problem when connected to xbox (and probably other devices).
Wave-2 has fix for crash likely related to rekeying.
Wave-1 has some debugging code added where a user reported a crash.
Tested-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de> [ipq806x+qca9984,ipq4019+qca9986]
Signed-off-by: Michael Yartys <michael.yartys@protonmail.com>
Changes:
ath10k-ct: Support better RSSI measurements.
When used with recent firmware, these changes allow the driver to
query per-chain noise-floor from the radio to better calculate the
per-chain RSSI. The per-chain RSSI is then summed to provide the
'combined RSSI'. This gives better per-chain RSSI as well as combined
RSSI, especially when running with more than 20Mhz bandwidths.
Refresh patches.
Tested-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de> [ipq806x+qca9984,ipq4019+qca9986]
Signed-off-by: Michael Yartys <michael.yartys@protonmail.com>
This backports SATA performance boost from 5.3 kernel:
Increasing the SATA/AHCI DMA TX/RX FIFOs (P0DMACR.TXTS and .RXTS, ie.
TX_TRANSACTION_SIZE and RX_TRANSACTION_SIZE) from default 0x0 each to
0x3 each, gives a write performance boost of 120 MiB/s to 132 MiB/s from
lame 36 MiB/s to 45 MiB/s previously. Read performance is above 200
MiB/s. [tested on SSD using dd bs=4K/8K/12K/16K/20K/24K/32K: peak-perf
at 12K]
dd bs Before MB/s After MB/s Increase
4k 14.4 16.5 15%
64k 34.5 74.4 116%
1M 40.5 93.2 130%
Ref: https://forum.openwrt.org/t/sunxi-sata-write-speed-patch/54555/5
Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
[commit subject & description tweaks]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The TL-WR940N v6 is similar to v3/v4, it just has different
LEDs and MAC address assignment.
Specification:
- 750 MHz CPU
- 32 MB of RAM
- 4 MB of FLASH
- 2.4 GHz WiFi
- 4x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
The use of LEDs is based on ar71xx, so blue LED is used for WAN
and orange LED for diag (boot/failsafe/etc.).
Flash instruction (WebUI):
Download *-factory.bin image and upload it via the firmwary upgrade
function of the stock firmware WebUI.
Flash instruction (TFTP):
1. Set PC to fixed ip address 192.168.0.66
2. Download *-factory.bin image and rename it to
wr940nv6_tp_recovery.bin
3. Start a tftp server with the image file in its root directory
4. Turn off the router
5. Press and hold Reset button
6. Turn on router with the reset button pressed and wait ~15 seconds
7. Release the reset button and after a short time
the firmware should be transferred from the tftp server
8. Wait ~30 second to complete recovery.
Thanks to Manuel Kock for reviewing and testing this patch.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Manuel Kock <github.web@manu.li>
This adds the ar71xx board name to the SUPPORTED_DEVICES on ath79,
so forceless sysupgrade on this device becomes possible.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Since kernel 5.2 within netlink messages the NLA_F_NESTED nested flag is
validated. But swconfig/swlib doesn't set the flag for
SWITCH_ATTR_OP_VALUE_PORTS related netlink messages and assigning ports
to vlans via
swconfig dev switch0 vlan 1 set ports '0 1 2 3 4 6t'
Errors put with "Failed to set attribute: Invalid input data or
parameter".
Relax the validation rules and use the deprecated functions, to use the
same level of validation as it was till kernel 5.1. Depending on who has
swconfig related netlink messages implemented, there might be more
broken tools out there and we should keep backward compatibility if
possible.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Tested-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Make run_parsers_by_type() more similar to the parse_mtd_partitions():
1. Use struct mtd_partitions
2. Use add_mtd_partitions()
This change simplifies run_parsers_by_type() by:
1. Dropping loop
2. Dropping code getting partition properties (name, offset, size)
Moreover this change allows passing more partitions details (e.g.
mask_flags).
One noticeable change introduced by this patch is adding parsed
partitions as children. This results in printing their *relative*
offsets which unifies this code with parse_mtd_partitions() behaviour.
Before:
[ 1.785448] 0x00000018f800-0x000000fb0000 : "rootfs"
[ 1.791642] mtd: device 4 (rootfs) set to be root filesystem
[ 1.797537] 1 squashfs-split partitions found on MTD device rootfs
[ 1.804009] 0x0000004e0000-0x000000fb0000 : "rootfs_data"
After:
[ 1.785376] 0x00000018f800-0x000000fb0000 : "rootfs"
[ 1.791601] mtd: device 4 (rootfs) set to be root filesystem
[ 1.797491] 1 squashfs-split partitions found on MTD device rootfs
[ 1.803936] Creating 1 MTD partitions on "rootfs":
[ 1.808910] 0x000000350800-0x000000e20800 : "rootfs_data"
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Stock firmware has a vendor-defined tail at the end of uImage for image
validation. This patch enables OpenWrt installation from stock firmware
without having to access the UART console.
Installation via web interface:
1. Flash **initramfs** image through the stock web interface.
2. Boot into OpenWrt and perform sysupgrade with sysupgrade image.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
This ports support for the TL-WA830RE v1 range extender from ar71xx to
ath79.
Specifications:
- SOC: Atheros AR7240
- CPU: 400MHz
- Flash: 4 MiB (Spansion S25FL032P)
- RAM: 32 MiB (Zentel A3S56D40FTP-G5)
- WLAN: Atheros AR9280 bgn 2x2
- Ethernet: 1 port (100M)
Flash instructions:
- install from u-boot with tftp (requires serial access)
> setenv ipaddr a.b.c.d
> setenv serverip e.f.g.h
> tftpboot 0x80000000 \
openwrt-ath79-tiny-tplink_tl-wa830re-v1-squashfs-factory.bin
> erase 0x9f020000 +0x3c0000
> cp.b 0x80000000 0x9f020000 0x3c0000
> bootm 0x9f020000
- flash factory image from OEM WebUI
- sysupgrade from ar71xx image
The device seems to be a clone of the following devices not yet
added to ath79:
- tl-wa701nd-v1
- tl-wa730re-v1
- tl-wa801nd-v1
- tl-wa901nd-v1
Signed-off-by: Christian Buschau <christian.buschau@mailbox.org>
[make use of ar7240_tplink.dtsi, add note about clones]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The current set of TP-Link devices with ar7240 SoC all share
the same DTSI file. As the latter is very similar to the
definition required for the to-be-supported TP-Link TL-WA devices
with ar7240, this patch splits the definitions into a shared part
for all TP-Link devices (ar7240_tplink.dtsi) and a file containing
the specific setup for the present TL-WR devices
(ar7240_tplink_tl-wr.dtsi), equivalent to the former
ar7240_tplink_tl-wr74xn-v1.dtsi.
While at it, remove unused firmware partition label and rename
pinmux_switch_led_pins.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
If bootloader doesn't terminate its last spi operation properly
before starting kernel, our first transfer in kernel becomes a
continuous transfer to that request instead of a new one.
Fix this flaw by restoring IOC register, which restored all pin
state to default.
Fixes: ebf0d8dade ("ath79: add new ar934x spi driver")
Reported-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
* wg-quick: android: split uids into multiple commands
Newer android's ndc implementations have limits on uid size, so we have to
break these into several lists.
* man: document dynamic debug trick for Linux
This comes up occasionally, so it may be useful to mention its
possibility in the man page. At least the Arch Linux and Ubuntu kernels
support dynamic debugging, so this advice will at least help somebody. So that
you don't have to go digging into the commit, this adds this helpful tidbit
to the man page for getting debug logs on Linux:
# modprobe wireguard && echo module wireguard +p > /sys/kernel/debug/dynamic_debug/control
* extract-{handshakes,keys}: rework for upstream kernel
These tools will now use the source code from the running kernel instead of
from the old monolithic repo. Essential for the functioning of Wireshark.
* netlink: remove libmnl requirement
We no longer require libmnl. It turns out that inlining the small subset of
libmnl that we actually use results in a smaller binary than the overhead of
linking to the external library. And we intend to gradually morph this code
into something domain specific as a libwg emerges. Performance has also
increased, thanks to the inliner. On all platforms, wg(8) only needs a normal
libc. Compile time on my system is still less than one second. So all in all
we have: smaller binary, zero dependencies, faster performance.
Packagers should no longer have their wireguard-tools package depend on
libmnl.
* embeddable-wg-library: use newer string_list
* netlink: don't pretend that sysconf isn't a function
Small cleanups.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
When changing compatibles in e4ba8c8294 ("brcm63xx: use more systematic
names for image and DTS files"), I forgot to update them in kernel
patches as well. So, do it now.
Fixes: e4ba8c8294 ("brcm63xx: use more systematic names for image and DTS files")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This uses the specific SOC names for several devices where the
Chip ID was used incorrectly before.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Since the model string in DTS is not required to derive board name
anymore, we can now align it with the model name in Makefile and
the compatible.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This patch removes the translation of device model name into a
board name in lib/brcm63xx.sh. The latter has been actually totally
useless as we have the compatible which can be used instead of
the board name (and actually is at other targets like ath79 or ramips).
The change requires updating the base-files with the new
identifiers based on compatible.
With all "board names" replaced by the compatible, we do not need
the old scripts to detect board name anymore and can also remove
the obsolete treatment of "legacy" devices without DTS, as there
are none of those left. So, this patch removes the target-specific
board detection and uses the standard procedure in
package/base-files/files/lib/preinit/02_sysinfo
This also fixes several cases where the board name was not set or
evaluated correctly:
- asmax,ar1004g in 02_network
- telsey,magic in 09_fix_crc/02_network
- brcm,bcm96338gw in 02_network
- brcm,bcm96338w in 02_network
- brcm,bcm96348gw in 02_network
- dynalink,rta1025w in 02_network
- huawei,echolife-hg520v in 02_network
- several cases in diag.sh
The following orphaned identifiers are removed from board.d files:
- dmv-s0
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
In brcm63xx image Makefile DEVICE_PACKAGE definitions are split
into multiple lines with no apparent need.
Merge them into one line to increase readability and maintainability.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This changes brcm63xx target to achieve consistency between image
names, device nodes names, compatible, DTS name and device name
as much as possible. As with other targets, having consistent
names is supposed to make life easier for developers and reduces
the number of "variables" in the system. In particular, applying
the DTS scheme will make it easier to find the correct file and
architecture.
DTS files are named based on the increasingly common
soc-vendor-model scheme, using hyphens for separation as this seems
to be the kernel way. Since the compatible is not used at the
moment, I took the chance to also align them with this patch.
For the SOC, the already existing CFE_CHIP_ID can be exploiting
for all but two devices.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Most of the broadcom packaging codes were moved to broadcom.mk in commit
7f984dab1c ("mac80211: move broadcom packaging code to broadcom.mk"),
but b43/install still remained. Move it now.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
The $(space) definition in the hostapd Makefile ceased to work with
GNU Make 4.3 and later, leading to syntax errors in the generated
Kconfig files.
Drop the superfluous redefinition and reuse the working $(space)
declaration from rules.mk to fix this issue.
Fixes: GH#2713
Ref: https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/2713#issuecomment-583722469
Reported-by: Karel Kočí <cynerd@email.cz>
Suggested-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Shaleen Jain <shaleen@jain.sh>
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The correct model name of WF-2881 is WF2881 without hyphen. The former used
boardnames are not added to SUPPORTED_DEVICES, to make it explicit that the
sysupgrade-tar image, which is newly added in the previous commit, should
not be used to upgrade from older version.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
[adjust commit title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
WF-2881 sysupgrade image uses UBI rootfs, but still relies on
default_do_upgrade. Because of this, config backup is not restored after
sysupgrade. It can be fixed by switching to nand_do_upgrade and
sysupgrade-tar image. default_do_upgrade does not handle sysupgrade-tar
properly, so one should use factory image to upgrade from older version.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Inspired by commit c48b571ad7, add an LED trigger for the WAN LED on top of
the TP-Link TL-WR902AC v1. Currently, only the LED on the port itself shows the
link state, while the LED on top of the device stays dark.
The WAN port of the device is a hybrid LAN/WAN one, hence why the LED at the
port was labeled LAN.
Signed-off-by: Lech Perczak <lech.perczak@gmail.com>
AR934x chips also got the 'old' qca,ar9330-uart in addition to the
'new' ns16550a compatible one. Add support for UART1 clock selector as
well as device-tree bindings in ar934x.dtsi to make use of that uart.
Reported-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
On AR934x this UART is usually not initialized by the bootloader
as it is only used as a secondary serial port while the primary
UART is a newly introduced NS16550-compatible.
In order to make use of the ar933x-uart on AR934x without RTS/CTS
hardware flow control, one needs to set the
UART_CS_{RX,TX}_READY_ORIDE bits as other than on AR933x where this
UART is used as primary/console, the bootloader on AR934x typically
doesn't set those bits.
Setting them explicitely on AR933x does not do any harm, so just set
them unconditionally.
Tested-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Luxul ABR-4500 and XBR-4500 devices are wired routers with 5 Ethernet
ports and 1 USB 3.0 port. Flashing requires using Luxul firmware 6.4.0
or newer and uploading firmware using "Firmware Update" web UI page.
Signed-off-by: Dan Haab <dan.haab@legrand.com>
This new function make batch processing of network packets possible,
which slightly improves performance.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
XTX XT25F128A shares it's chip ID with XM25QH128A which got identical
features. Hence there it makes no sense to add it to the driver.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
ar933x appears to have the same spi controller as ar934x but it's
not mentioned in datasheet at all. Use new spi driver instead to
gain more flash operating performance.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
A new shift mode was introduced since ar934x which has a way better
performance than current bitbang driver and can handle higher spi
clock properly. This commit adds a new driver to make use of this
new feature.
This new driver has chipselect properly configured and we don't need
cs-gpios hack in dts anymore. Remove them.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
* compat: support building for RHEL-8.2
* compat: remove RHEL-7.6 workaround
Bleeding edge RHEL users should be content now (which includes the actual
RedHat employees I've been talking to about getting this into the RHEL kernel
itself). Also, we remove old hacks for versions we no longer support anyway.
* allowedips: remove previously added list item when OOM fail
* noise: reject peers with low order public keys
With this now being upstream, we benefit from increased fuzzing coverage of
the code, uncovering these two bugs.
* netns: ensure non-addition of peers with failed precomputation
* netns: tie socket waiting to target pid
An added test to our test suite for the above and a small fix for high-load CI
scenarios.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
This commit adds the ability to set custom uImage magic to
Build/wr1201-factory-header and renames it to
"Build/custom-initramfs-uimage".
Custom uImage header in initramfs image is required on following
devices:
- I-O DATA WN-AX1167GR2
- I-O DATA WN-AX2033GR
- I-O DATA WN-AX2033GR2
- I-O DATA WN-DX1167R
While at it, fix typo in comment.
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
[shorten commit title, minor commit message adjustments]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This reverts commit 96424c143d.
The commit changed libiwinfo's internal ABI which breaks a number of
downstream projects, including LuCI and rpcd-mod-iwinfo.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Bump procd package to reduce log spam related to missing jail binaries
in a non-jail capable system.
bcb8655 instance: add 'requirejail' attribute
An additional jail attribute 'requirejail' can now be used to indicate
mandatory use of a jailed environment and hence prevent process startup
in the event that the jail subsystem is unavailable.
Procd will now only log errors if jail is unavailable and 1) is a mandatory
requirement or 2) a procd debug level of at least 2 is in use.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
eba5a20 iwinfo: add device id for BCM43602
a6914dc iwinfo: add BSS load element to scan result
bb21698 iwinfo: add device id for Atheros AR9287
7483398 iwinfo: add device id for MediaTek MT7615E
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
dts file does not need to be executable. 644 is enough.
Fixes: f098c612b6 ("ramips: create shared DTSI for Netgear EX2700 and WN3000RP v3")
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
kernel config and patch files do not need to be executable. 644 is enough.
Fixes: 01c8f2e97c ("mediatek: bump to v4.19")
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Add Netgear WNDR3700v2 to the list of supported boards.
Signed-off-by: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
[rebase, adjusted commit title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Remove read-only flag from U-boot environment partition for Netgear
WNDR3700 v1 and v2 so u-boot-envtools can modify data there.
Signed-off-by: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
Since whole target has been bumped to kernel 4.19 in 01c8f2e97c
("mediatek: bump to v4.19") we do not need the overwrite in mt7629
subtarget anymore.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This commit adds support for the COMFAST CF-E560AC, an ap143 based
in-wall access point.
Specifications:
- SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9531
- RAM: 128 MB DDR2 (Winbond W971GG6SB-25)
- Storage: 16 MB NOR (Winbond 25Q128JVSO)
- WAN: 1x 10/100 PoE ethernet (48v)
- LAN: 4x 10/100 ethernet
- WLAN1: QCA9531 - 802.11b/g/n - 2x SKY85303-21 FEM
- WLAN2: QCA9886 - 802.11ac/n/a - 2x SKY85735-11 FEM
- USB: one external USB2.0 port
- UART: 3.3v, 2.54mm headers already populated on board
- LED: 7x external
- Button: 1x external
- Boot: U-Boot 1.1.4 (pepe2k/u-boot_mod)
MAC addressing:
- stock
LAN *:40 (label)
WAN *:41
5G *:42
2.4G *:4a
- flash (art partition)
0x0 *:40 (label)
0x6 *:42
0x1002 *:41
0x5006 *:43
This device contains valid MAC addresses in art 0x0, 0x6, 0x1002 and
0x5006, however the vendor firmware only reads from art:0x0 for the LAN
interface and then increments in 02_network. They also jump 8 addresses
for the second wifi interface (2.4 GHz). This behavior has been duplicated
in the DTS and ath10k hotplug to align addresses with the vendor firmware
v2.6.0.
Recovery instructions:
This device contains built-in u-boot tftp recovery.
1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.10/24 and tftp server.
2. Place desired image at /firmware_auto.bin at tftp root.
3. Connect device to PC, and power on.
4. Device will fetch flash from tftp, flash and reboot into new image.
Signed-off-by: August Huber <auh@google.com>
[move jtag_disable_pins, remove unnecessary statuses in DTS, remove
duplicate entry in 11-ath10k-caldata, remove hub_port0 label in DTS]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Adapt Netgear WNDR3700v2 device identification string to ath79 naming
scheme by changing from 'wndr3700v2' to 'wndr3700-v2' (affects config,
makefile, init scripts and device tree definition).
Signed-off-by: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
Package kernel module for Linear Technology MCP3021/3221 I2C connected
current and voltage monitor chips.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This adds a shared definition Device/tplink-v2 to common-tp-link.mk.
Though currently only one device in ath79 uses it, putting it in
the common file seems more organized. The definitions are based
on the implementation in ramips target, where a lot of devices
is using tplink-v2-* commands already.
The '-V "ver. 2.0"' suffix for Archer D50 v1 can be removed because
it's default in Build/tplink-v2-image anyway.
While at it, add TPLINK_HWREVADD and TPLINK_HVERSION to DEVICE_VARS,
which seems to have been overlooked when adding Archer D50 v1.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This renames Device/tplink-loader-okli to Device/tplink-safeloader-okli
since the latter more accurately describes the combination of
tplink-safeloader and loader-okli use there. The old version might
be confused with other uses of the okli loader.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
As we have tplink-v2-header and tplink-v2-image recipes as well,
this patch renames the Device/tplink definition to Device/tplink-v1,
as it's using the tplink-v1-* commands. This should provide easier
distinction in the future.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Align subtargets makefiles names to actual subtargets.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Acked-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This sorts the devices in image Makefiles alphabetically.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
[fixed sorting in one case, add commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
TP-Link RE200 v2 is a wireless range extender with Ethernet and 2.4G and 5G
WiFi with internal antennas. It's based on MediaTek MT7628AN+MT7610EN.
Specifications
--------------
- MediaTek MT7628AN (580 Mhz)
- 64 MB of RAM
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz and 1T1R 5 GHz
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- UART header on PCB (57600 8n1)
- 8x LED (GPIO-controlled), 2x button
There are 2.4G and 5G LEDs in red and green which are controlled
separately.
MAC addresses
-------------
The MAC address assignment matches stock firmware, i.e.:
LAN : *:0D
2.4G: *:0E
5G : *:0F
Installation
------------
Web Interface
-------------
It is possible to upgrade to OpenWrt via the web interface. Simply flash
the -factory.bin from OEM. In contrast to a stock firmware, this will not
overwrite U-Boot.
Serial console
--------------
Opening the case is quite hard, since it is welded together. Rename the
OpenWrt factory image to "test.bin", then plug in the device and quickly
press "2" to enter flash mode (no line feed). Follow the prompts until
OpenWrt is installed.
Unfortunately, this devices does not offer a recovery mode or a tftp
installation method. If the web interface upgrade fails, you have to open
your device and attach serial console.
Additonal notes
---------------
It is possible to flash back to stock by using tplink-safeloader to create
a sysupgrade image based on a stock update. After the first boot, it is
necessary upgrade to another stock image, otherwise subsequent boots
fail with LZMA ERROR 1 and you have to attach serial to recover the device.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Böhler <dev@aboehler.at>
[remove DEVICE_VARS change]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This moves the various variants of common device definitions for
TP-Link devices to a common Makefile common-tp-link.mk. This
provides the opportunity to reorganize and move parameters between
individual device definitions and the common ones.
While at it, also use the common definitions for previously
independent definitions where appropriate.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
I'm having another attempt at trying to getting the 'store dscp into
conntrack connmark' functionality into upstream kernel, since the
restore function (act_ctinfo) has been accepted.
The syntax has changed from 'savedscp' to 'set-dscpmark' since that
conforms more closely with existing functionality.
4.14 backport is more of a hack since the structure versioning
mechanism isn't in place.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
I'm having another attempt at trying to getting the 'store dscp into
conntrack connmark' functionality into upstream kernel, since the
restore function (act_ctinfo) has been accepted.
The syntax has changed from 'savedscp' to 'set-dscpmark' since that
conforms more closely with existing functionality.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
This commit adds support for the NanoStation Loco M2/M5 XW devices
on the ath79 target (support was long ago available on ar71xx).
Specifications:
- AR9342 SoC @ 535 MHz
- 64 MB RAM
- 8 MB SPI flash
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, 24 Vdc PoE-in
- AR8032 switch
- 2T2R 5 GHz radio, 22 dBm
- 13 dBi built-in antenna
- POWER/LAN green LEDs
- 4x RSSI LEDs (red, orange, green, green)
- UART (115200 8N1) on PCB
Flashing via TFTP:
- Use a pointy tool (e.g., pen cap, paper clip) and keep the reset
button on the device or on the PoE supply pressed
- Power on the device via PoE (keep reset button pressed)
- Keep pressing until LEDs flash alternatively LED1+LED3 =>
LED2+LED4 => LED1+LED3, etc.
- Release reset button
- The device starts a TFTP server at 192.168.1.20
- Set a static IP on the computer (e.g., 192.168.1.21/24)
- Upload via tftp the factory image:
$ tftp 192.168.1.20
tftp> bin
tftp> trace
tftp> put openwrt-ath79-generic-xxxxx-ubnt_nanostation-loco-m-xw-squashfs-factory.bin
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
There are several cases where phy-mode and status properties are
set again in DTS(I) files although those were set to the same values
in parent DTSI files already. Remove those cases (and thus also stop
their proliferation by copy/paste).
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
A minority of ethernet-phy definitions seems to use numbers in label,
name and reg property relatively random. This patch aligns their
use to have the same numeric value for all of them.
While at it, improve order of properties/add newlines for the ethX
nodes where necessary.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The image creation for the mt7623a-rfb-emmc has been removed during
a patch refresh without specific comment. The corresponding base-files
entries and DTS patches for 4.14 are still there.
Since mt7623 is pretty dead and nobody has missed this device, let's
just remove the rest.
Fixes: 050da2107a ("mediatek: backport upstream mediatek patches")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Acked-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
This converts the TP-Link TL-MR3020v3 board to use the WLAN throughput
LED trigger in order to react to all VAPs.
It also moves the WLAN trigger config of the TP-Link TL-WA801NDv5 to the
DTS and merges the now identical LAN LED configs.
Verified these changes on a TL-MR3020v3.
Signed-off-by: Jan Alexander <jan@nalx.net>
[changed commit title and extended commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This reverts commit 4716c843d6.
Netgear seems to use different partition layouts on the R6260, which
would require us to dynamically detect the position of (at least) the
factory partition.
Revert this fix to avoid breaking existing installations until a better
solution has been worked out.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This fixes support for Teltonika RUT9xx which in recent versions of
the device uses xt25f128b flash.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
DEVICE_PACKAGES is specified twice for the same device. Remove the
first (=older) assignment.
Fixes: 40692f0fb5 ("ramips: mt7620: select only the matching mt76 driver")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This ports the GL.iNet 6408/6416 from ar71xx.
The GL-Connect GL.iNet v1 routers are basically a TP-Link TL-WR710N with
more DRAM/Flash and console/GPIO header in the same small form-factor.
Specifications:
- SoC: Atheros AR9331
- CPU: 400 MHz
- Flash: 8/16 MiB
- RAM: 64 MiB
- WiFi: 2.4 GHz b/g/n (SoC)
- Ethernet: 2x 100M ports (LAN/WAN)
- USB: 1x 2.0
The difference between 6408 and 6416 is just the flash size. It looks like
only the 16 MiB version has been advertised, while the 6408 is a modified
version. There are also 1-port versions sold by third parties.
Installation:
Install the sysupgrade image via stock firmware GUI or upload it via uboot
(web-based). The device will be available at 192.168.1.1.
Attention: In ar71xx, the same board name is used for both flash versions.
So, please make sure you flash the correct ath79 image when upgrading.
This has been device-tested on a GL.iNet 6416.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The EEPROM offset for the NETGEAR R6260 is incorrect, thus no valid
calibration data is used.
Fix this only for the NETGEAR R6260, as it's currently unknown whether
or not other boards are affected.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The GL.iNet microuter-N300 (internally referred as MT300N-v4) is a
pocket-size travel router. It is essentially identical to the VIXMINI
(internally referred as MT300N-v3) but with double the RAM and
SPI-flash.
Additionally, set the label-mac for both the VIXMINI as well as the
microuter-N300.
Hardware
--------
SoC: MediaTek MT7628NN
RAM: 128M DDR2
FLASH: 16M
LED: Power - WLAN
BTN: Reset
UART: 115200 8N1
TX and RX are labled on the board as pads next to the SoC
Installation via web-interface
------------------------------
1. Visit the web-interface at 192.168.8.1
Note: The ethernet port is by default WAN. So you need to connect to
the router via WiFi
2. Navigate to the Update tab on the left side.
3. Select "Local Update"
4. Upload the OpenWrt sysupgrade image.
Note: Make sure you select not to preserve the configuration.
Installation via U-Boot
-----------------------
1. Hold down the reset button while powering on the device.
Wait for the LED to flash 5 times.
2. Assign yourself a static IPv4 in 192.168.1.0/24
3. Upload the OpenWrt sysupgrade image at 192.168.1.1.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Fixes handling CSA when using AP+STA or AP+Mesh
This change was accidentally dropped in commit 167028b75
("hostapd: Update to version 2.9 (2019-08-08)")
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Without this change, wpa-cli features depend on which wpad build variant was
used to build the wpa-cli package
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This updates the device definition name for octeon target to provide
more useful names for the images and be consistent with the increasing
number of targets following that scheme.
Since the target is not using device tree yet, this does not touch
board_name and thus sets BOARD_NAME in image Makefile to ensure
sysupgrade is still working.
While at it, move Build block before Device blocks and remove trailing
whitespace for CMDLINE.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This harmonizes the device node names (and thus the image names, too)
between subtargets of the mediatek target. So far, each subtarget
has somewhat used its own naming scheme. Now, we use the vendor_device
syntax there, too.
Since DTS names have different patterns and the target only contains
a few devices, this does not replace DEVICE_DTS by a calculated
default value (like for other targets).
SUPPORTED_DEVICES is adjusted based on the node rename where necessary,
though it looks like for several older devices it was not set up
correctly so far.
While at it, this also changes the DTS name for u7623-02-emmc-512m
to all-lower-case.
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
It is generally more desirable to use older kernel versions for
dependencies, as this will require less changes when newer kernels
are added (they will by default select the newer packages).
Since we currently only have two kernels (4.14 and 4.19) in master,
this patch applies this logic by converting all LINUX_4_19 symbols
to their inverted LINUX_4_14 equivalents.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
"[[" is a bash extension for test. As the ash-implementation is not
fully compatible we drop its usage.
Signed-off-by: Sven Roederer <devel-sven@geroedel.de>
[remove shebang, slightly facelift commit title/message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
"[[" is a bash extension for test. As the ash-implementation is not
fully compatible we drop its usage.
Signed-off-by: Sven Roederer <devel-sven@geroedel.de>
"[[" is a bash extension for test. As the ash-implementation is not
fully compatible we drop its usage.
Signed-off-by: Sven Roederer <devel-sven@geroedel.de>
"[[" is a bash extension for test. As the ash-implementation is not
fully compatible we drop its usage.
Signed-off-by: Sven Roederer <devel-sven@geroedel.de>
[split patch, remove shebang, adjust commit title/message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
"[[" is a bash extension for test. As the ash-implementation is
not fully compatible we drop its usage.
Also change to "=" for simple test, which is sufficient. (see d6ac8ca76c)
Signed-off-by: Sven Roederer <devel-sven@geroedel.de>
[split patch, removed shebang]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
In Linux kernel commit 8377bd2b9ee1 ("kbuild: Rename HOST_LOADLIBES to
KBUILD_HOSTLDLIBS") HOST_LOADLIBES was renamed to KBUILD_HOSTLDLIBS.
This patch adapts the OpenWrt kernel build to this new variable. Without
this change the kernel host tools would not link against the libraries
found in the staging directory.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke.mehrtens@intel.com>
Call skb_orphan(skb) to call the owner's destructor function and make
the skb unowned.
This is necessary to prevent sk_wmem_alloc of a socket from overflowing,
which leads to ENOBUFS errors on application level.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
This patch fixes the occurences of the following warning
message from the dtc:
Warning (reg_format): /soc/spi@78b5000/flash0@0/partitions/partition@0:reg:
property has invalid length (8 bytes) (#address-cells == 2, #size-cells == 1)
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch converts the Qxwlan E2600AC image away from
the deprecated .bin file and to the new .qca4019 method.
As a result, we no longer need to carry around the
legacy support for handling .bin files.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
SOC: IPQ4018 / QCA Dakota
CPU: Quad-Core ARMv7 Processor rev 5 (v7l) Cortex-A7
DRAM: 256 MiB
NOR: 32 MiB
ETH: Qualcomm Atheros QCA8072 (1 port)
WLAN1: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4018 2.4GHz 802.11bgn 2:2x2
WLAN2: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4018 5GHz 802.11a/n/ac 2:2x2
INPUT: RESET Button
LEDS: White, Blue, Red, Orange
Flash instruction:
From EnGenius firmware to OpenWrt firmware:
In Firmware Upgrade page, upgrade your openwrt-ipq40xx-generic-engenius_emd1-squashfs-factory.bin directly.
From OpenWrt firmware to EnGenius firmware:
1. Setup a TFTP server on your computer and configure static IP to 192.168.99.8
Put the EnGenius firmware in the TFTP server directory on your computer.
2. Power up EMD1. Press 4 and then press any key to enter u-boot.
3. Download EnGenius firmware
(IPQ40xx) # tftpboot 0x84000000 openwrt-ipq40xx-emd1-nor-fw-s.img
4. Flash the firmware
(IPQ40xx) # imgaddr=0x84000000 && source 0x84000000:script
5. Reboot
(IPQ40xx) # reset
Signed-off-by: Yen-Ting-Shen <frank.shen@senao.com>
[removed BOARD_NAME]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Specifications
==============
- SOC: IPQ4018
- RAM: DDR3 256MB
- Flash: SPI NOR 16MB
- WiFi:
- 2.4GHz: IPQ4018, 2x2, front end SKY85303-11
- 5GHz: IPQ4018, 2x2, front end SKY85717-21
- Ethernet: 1x 10/100/1000Mbps, POE 802.3af
- PHY: QCA8072
- UART: GND, blocked, 3.3V, RX, TX / 115200 8N1
- LED: 1x red / green
- Button: 1x reset / factory default
- U-Boot bootloader with tftp and "emergency web server" accessible
using serial port.
Installation
============
Flash factory image from D-Link web UI. Constraints in the D-Link web UI
makes the factory image unnecessarily large. Flash again using
sysupgrade from inside OpenWrt to reclaim some flash space.
Return to stock D-Link firmware
===============================
Partition layout is preserved, and it is possible to return to the stock
firmware simply by downloading it from D-Link and writing it to the
firmware partition.
# mtd -r write dap2610-firmware.bin firmware
Quirks
======
To be flashable from the D-Link http server, the firmware must be larger
then 6MB, and the size in the firmware header must match the actual file
size. Also, the boot loader verifies the checksum of the firmware before
each boot, thus the jffs2 must be after the checksum covered part. This
is solved in the factory image by having the rootfs at the very end of
the image (without pad-rootfs).
The sysupgrade image which does not have to be flashable from the D-Link
web UI may be smaller, and the checksum in the firmware header only
covers the kernel part of the image.
Signed-off-by: Fredrik Olofsson <fredrik.olofsson@anyfinetworks.com>
[added WRGG Variables to DEVICE_VARS, squashed spi pinconf/mux,
added emd1's gmac0 config,fix dtc warnings]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This adds the missing assignment of DEFAULT_SOC to the SOC variable
by default.
Fixes: 09ee51c614 ("lantiq: define SOC only once for uniform targets")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
In lantiq there are several subtarget where all devices have the
same value set to the SOC variable for each device individually.
This patch introduces a non-device-dependent variable DEFAULT_SOC,
which is used if no specific SOC is set for a device, and thus reduces
the number of redundant definitions drastically.
This is applied to all subtargets except xway, as only the latter has
two different SOCs.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The DTS_DIR variable is not a device variable, thus it should not
be set inside Device/Default but globally.
Fixes: c640370939 ("lantiq: use soc_vendor_device scheme on DTS file")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The number 3 was accidentally removed from the name during split
of DEVICE_TITLE.
Fixes: fd66687058 ("lantiq: split up DEVICE_TITLE")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
In ramips, all devices in mt7621, mt76x8 and rt288x subtarget have
the same value set to the SOC variable for each device individually.
This patch introduces a non-device-dependent variable DEFAULT_SOC,
which is used if no specific SOC is set for a device, and thus reduces
the number of redundant definitions drastically.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
* Makefile: remove pwd from compile output
* Makefile: add standard 'all' target
* Makefile: evaluate git version lazily
Quality of life improvements for packagers.
* ipc: simplify inflatable buffer and add fuzzer
* fuzz: add generic command argument fuzzer
* fuzz: add set and setconf fuzzers
More fuzzers and a slicker string list implementation. These fuzzers now find
themselves configuring wireguard interfaces from scratch after several million
mutations, which is fun to watch.
* netlink: make sure to clear return value when trying again
Prior, if a dump was interrupted by a concurrent set operation, we'd try
again, but forget to reset an error flag, so we'd keep trying again forever.
Now we do the right thing and succeed when we succeed.
* Makefile: sort inputs to linker so that build is reproducible
Earlier versions of make(1) passed GLOB_NOSORT to glob(3), resulting in the
linker receiving its inputs in a filesystem-dependent order. This screwed up
reproducible builds.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
* Makefile: strip prefixed v from version.h
This fixes a mistake in dmesg output and when parsing the sysfs entry in the
filesystem.
* device: skb_list_walk_safe moved upstream
This is a 5.6 change, which we won't support here, but it does make the code
cleaner, so we make this change to keep things in sync.
* curve25519: x86_64: replace with formally verified implementation
This comes from INRIA's HACL*/Vale. It implements the same algorithm and
implementation strategy as the code it replaces, only this code has been
formally verified, sans the base point multiplication, which uses code
similar to prior, only it uses the formally verified field arithmetic
alongside reproducable ladder generation steps. This doesn't have a
pure-bmi2 version, which means haswell no longer benefits, but the
increased (doubled) code complexity is not worth it for a single
generation of chips that's already old.
Performance-wise, this is around 1% slower on older microarchitectures,
and slightly faster on newer microarchitectures, mainly 10nm ones or
backports of 10nm to 14nm. This implementation is "everest" below:
Xeon E5-2680 v4 (Broadwell)
armfazh: 133340 cycles per call
everest: 133436 cycles per call
Xeon Gold 5120 (Sky Lake Server)
armfazh: 112636 cycles per call
everest: 113906 cycles per call
Core i5-6300U (Sky Lake Client)
armfazh: 116810 cycles per call
everest: 117916 cycles per call
Core i7-7600U (Kaby Lake)
armfazh: 119523 cycles per call
everest: 119040 cycles per call
Core i7-8750H (Coffee Lake)
armfazh: 113914 cycles per call
everest: 113650 cycles per call
Core i9-9880H (Coffee Lake Refresh)
armfazh: 112616 cycles per call
everest: 114082 cycles per call
Core i3-8121U (Cannon Lake)
armfazh: 113202 cycles per call
everest: 111382 cycles per call
Core i7-8265U (Whiskey Lake)
armfazh: 127307 cycles per call
everest: 127697 cycles per call
Core i7-8550U (Kaby Lake Refresh)
armfazh: 127522 cycles per call
everest: 127083 cycles per call
Xeon Platinum 8275CL (Cascade Lake)
armfazh: 114380 cycles per call
everest: 114656 cycles per call
Achieving these kind of results with formally verified code is quite
remarkable, especialy considering that performance is favorable for
newer chips.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
Based on a script for comparison, this fixes (hopefully) all errors
in SUPPORTED_DEVICES for ar71xx->ath79 upgrade.
Devices where old string is removed as the device does not exist
in ar71xx:
- dlink_dir-859-a1
- tplink_archer-a7-v5
- tplink_cpe510-v3
Devices where string is changed because it did not match the board
name in ar71xx:
- tplink_tl-mr3220-v1
- tplink_tl-mr3420-v1
- tplink_tl-wr2543-v1
- tplink_tl-wr741nd-v4
- tplink_tl-wr841-v7
- ubnt_unifiac-mesh
- ubnt_unifiac-mesh-pro
- ubnt_unifiac-pro
For this device, the correct string could not be found, but we could
not determine the correct one. Thus, the string is removed for now:
- tplink_tl-wr740n-v4
The script for checking this is quite simple (note that newer
entries, i.e. ath79->ath79 upgrade, are displayed as missing):
newpath=target/linux/ath79/image/
oldpath=target/linux/ar71xx/base-files/lib/ar71xx.sh
for s in $(grep -roh "SUPPORTED_DEVICES.*" $newpath | sed 's/SUPPORTED_DEVICES *.= *//'); do
found="Missing"
grep -q -r "\"$s\"" $oldpath && found="Found"
echo "$s: $found."
done
The errors might be filtered by appending 'grep "Missing"' to the script.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
In certain cases, the uncompressed initramfs image will overwrite
the lzma-loader, which is currently only 10 MB away from kernel image
start. To prevent this, change LZMA_TEXT_START to 24 MB, so loader
and compressed image have 8 MB at the end of RAM and uncompressed
image has 24 MB available.
This is only enabled for ath79 at the moment, as there we can be sure
that all devices have 32+ MB RAM and TARGET_INITRAMFS_COMPRESSION_LZMA
is not enabled there.
Despite, since lzma-loader is currently build specifically for ath79
anyway, there is no need to re-specify LOADADDR and LZMA_TEXT_START
in image/Makefile, so the values are set directly in
image/lzma-loader/Makefile and the overwrite in image/Makefile is
removed.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
This commit adds support for the MikroTik RouterBOARD wAP G-5HacT2HnD
(wAP AC), a small weatherproof dual band, dual-radio 802.11ac
wireless AP with integrated omnidirectional anntennae and one
10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet port.
See https://mikrotik.com/product/RBwAPG-5HacT2HnD for more info.
Specifications:
- SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9556
- RAM: 64 MB
- Storage: 16 MB NOR
- Wireless:
· Atheros AR9550 (SoC) 802.11b/g/n 2x2:2, 2 dBi antennae
· Qualcomm QCA9880 802.11a/n/ac 3x3:3, 2 dBi antennae
- Ethernet: Atheros AG71xx (SoC, AR8033), 1x 1000/100/10 port,
passive PoE in
Working:
- Board/system detection
- Sysupgrade
- Serial console
- Ethernet
- 2.4 GHz radio
- 5 GHz radio and LED
- Reset button
Not working/Unsupported:
- 2.4 GHz LED
- AP/CAP LED
- ZT2046Q SPI temperature and voltage sensor
This adds the basic features for supporting MikroTik devices:
- a common recipe for mikrotik images in common-mikrotik.mk
- support for minor (MikroTik NOR) split firmware (only for
generic subtarget so far)
Acknowledgments: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
Andrew Cameron <apcameron@softhome.net>
Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Co-developed-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
In order to make the QCA955x SGMII workaround work, the unsuccessful
SGMII autonegotiation on the AR8033 should not block the PHY
state-machine.
Otherwise, the ag71xx driver never becomes aware of the copper-side
link-establishment and the workaround is never executed.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
[remove one trailing whitespace per file]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This commit adds a workaround for the loss of the SGMII link observed on
the QCA955x generation of SoCs. The workaround originates part from the
U-Boot source code, part from the implementation from AVM found in the
GPL tarball for the AVM FRITZ!WLAN Repeater 450E.
The bug results in a stuck SGMII link between the PHY device and the SoC
side. This has only been observed with the Atheros AR8033 PHY and most
likely all devices using such combination are affected.
It is worked around by reading a hidden SGMII status register and
issuing a SGMII PHY reset until the link becomes useable again.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Older ath79-based MikroTik devices have the ERD calibration data
compressed and stored different to newer IPQ40xx ones. This commit
adds support for these former ones.
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Acked-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
This utility extracts the radio calibration data, as well as other
board-related information (model, serial number, etc.), from MikroTik
Routerboard devices' flash.
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Acked-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
hostapd sets minimum values for CWmin/CWmax/AIFS and maximum for TXOP.
The code for applying those values had a few bugs leading to bogus values,
which caused significant latency and packet loss.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Due to the history of the target, all devices added before a certain
point have the same device string in BOARD_NAME, DEVICE_DTS and added
to SUPPORTED_DEVICES.
Thus, we can set this one automatically for all devices where
BOARD_NAME is specified, removing the explicit DEVICE_DTS and
SUPPORTED_DEVICES addition there.
For new devices, nothing has changed, and just DEVICE_DTS has to
be set manually.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This tidies up the image Makefiles for the sunxi target by:
- Move the if-condition for the subtarget to the parent Makefile
- Remove lots of unnecessary empty lines
- Sort device definitions alphabetically
- Harmonize line wrapping for DEVICE_PACKAGES
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Add ubootenv uci config for gl-ar150, gl-domino and gl-mifi
Signed-off-by: Kimmo Vuorinen <kimmo.vuorinen@gmail.com>
[commit message/title facelift]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Change u-boot-env partitions to be mounted as read-write for gl-ar150,
gl-domino and gl-mifi so uboot-envtools support is possible.
Signed-off-by: Kimmo Vuorinen <kimmo.vuorinen@gmail.com>
[commit title/message facelift]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
TP-Link TL-WA850RE v2 is a wall-plug N300 Wi-Fi range extender,
based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9533 v2.
Short specification:
- 550/391/195 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 32 MB of RAM (DDR1)
- 4 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz
- 2x internal antennas (embedded on PCB)
- 9x LED (all can be turned off with GPIO15), 2x button
- UART (J3) header on PCB
Flash instruction: use "factory" image directly in vendor GUI.
Warning: this device does not include any kind of recovery mechanism
in the bootloader and disassembling process is not trivial.
You can access vendor firmware over serial line using:
- login: root
- password: sohoadmin
Stock firmware uses label MAC address for WiFi and same with local
bit set for ethernet. Since this is difficult to reproduce with
the toolset of OpenWrt, we just keep both ethernet and WiFi to
the same address here.
This is the first tiny device with tplink-safeloader in ath79.
Firmware partition is only 3648k and thus even smaller than for
the tplink-4m(lzma) devices.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This moves the TP-Link TL-WA850RE v2 to dynamic partitioning and
will allow to use this for ath79 as well.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
- Remove the "RGMII TX delay fixup" hack and the associated
DT-property. It was never used in a DT-based platform and
solved a problem which can be mitigated by using correct
delays on the MAC side.
- Remove the patch to enable platform-data support for the
at803x driver. It was only used by ar71xx which does not
(and never will) support kernel 4.19 or later.
- Remove the SmartEEE DT-configuration patch. As explained
previously, this patch never disabled the Atheros SmartEEE
implementation, but rather "standard" EEE. This can be done
on device-tree compatible platforms by adding the
"eee-broken-1000t" or "eee-broken-100tx" properties to the PHY
node. As all usages of the old properties are migrated, this
patch can be removed.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Acked-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The hack-patch which introduced the "at803x-disable-smarteee" for
disabling SmartEEE did in fact not disable SmartEEE but rather disabled
802.3az "standard" EEE.
This can be done by using the upstream properties "eee-broken-100tx" and
"eee-broken-1000t". EEE is then disabled by the PHY subsystem.
Tested on devolo WiFi pro 1200e.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This ports support for the TL-WA850RE v1 range extender from ar71xx
to ath79.
Specifications:
Board: AP123 / AR9341 rev. 3
Flash/RAM: 4/32 MiB
CPU: 535 MHz
WiFi: 2.4 GHz b/g/n
Ethernet: 1 port (100M)
Flashing instructions:
Upload the factory image via the vendor firmware upgrade option.
Recovery:
Note that this device does not provide TFTP via ethernet like many
other TP-Link devices do. You will have to open the case if you
require recovery beyond failsafe.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
hostapd allows putting WDS (4addr mode) clients into a separate bridge
other than the bridge regular (3addr mode) clients end up in. This is
useful for example giving WDS clients access to several VLANs
(trunking) while regular clients will end up inside a specific VLAN.
Add 'wds_bridge' config parameter for wifi-iface which contains the
name of the bridge. hostapd-mini already supports this feature, so all
needed is to add the UCI wrapping in mac80211.sh.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Update the uDPU kernel support, fixing a number of issues:
* make ethernet work again by adding comphy definitions
* slow the I2C bus to give it more chance of actually working
* the SFP cages are designed to support up to 3W modules, which
would be prevented from initialising without this patch.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <linux@armlinux.org.uk>
[jonas.gorski: rename to mvebu, refresh patches]
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Add support for Methode DM7052 NBASE-T module to OpenWRT. These
patches are taken from my "phy" branch, and will be sent for the
next kernel merge window.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <linux@armlinux.org.uk>
[jonas.gorski: move patches to pending, refresh patches]
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Backport the phy/phylink/sfp patches currently queued in netdev or in
mainline necessary to support GPON popular modules, specifically to
support Huawei and Nokia GPON modules.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <linux@armlinux.org.uk>
[jonas.gorski: include kernel version in file names, refresh patches]
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Move two phylink patches from mvebu to generic, so that everyone can
benefit from them.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <linux@armlinux.org.uk>
[jonas.gorski: add kernel version to file names]
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Remove the old phylink/SFP patches from the OpenWRT build; these will
be updated with a new set in subsequent.
450-reprobe_sfp_phy is also removed for several reasons:
1) it is not in mainline.
2) it breaks copper modules that do not have a PHY.
3) it makes backporting the current patch set harder.
Discussion is ongoing with the patch author for a mainline Linux kernel
patch for this.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <linux@armlinux.org.uk>
Update bison to 3.5
Release notes:
https://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/info-gnu/2019-12/msg00002.html
Note for future: release notes mention that YYPRINT macro is
declared deprecated, but apparently still works for now. I found
one possible use of that in scripts/config/zconf.tab.c_shipped
That might be modernized at some point, but as the file is synced
with the one from upstream Linux, it might get fixed there.
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
TPLINK_BOARD_NAME has been renamed to TPLINK_BOARD_ID a long time
ago (7d6c63d875: "build: rename TPLINK_BOARD_NAME to
TPLINK_BOARD_ID" for ar71xx), and before introducing ath79 target
at all.
TPLINK_BOARD_NAME seems to have been introduced into ath79 target
only by mistake. It has never been used. Remove it.
Fixes: 53c474abbd ("ath79: add new OF only target for QCA MIPS silicon")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This reverts commit de80424f70 which needs
more work and testing as it broke at least jffs2 overlays at least on
ath79 platform, marking them as read-only, thus unusable:
jffs2_build_filesystem(): erasing all blocks after the end marker...
jffs2: Erase at 0x009e0000 failed immediately: -EROFS. Is the sector locked?
Ref: http://lists.infradead.org/pipermail/openwrt-devel/2020-January/021344.html
Reported-by: Steve Brown <sbrown@ewol.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
In zynq target, the DEVICE_DTS variable is always set consistent
with the model part of the device definition name.
This patch replaces the redundant definitions for the individual
devices with a common recipe.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
For the mvebu target in particular, there is a lot of files in
base-files that are only relevant for one subtarget. Improve
overview and reduce size per subtarget by moving/splitting
base-files depending on the subtarget they belong to.
While at it, consolidate 01_leds by using the model part of
the board name as variable.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Acked-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
This introduces the SOC variable to mvebu target to derive some of
the DEVICE_DTS variables based on the SOC prefix and the device
definition name.
Since DTS names and compatible are inconsistent also in the kernel
for this target, the scheme cannot be applied to all devices, though.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Acked-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
This moves the if conditions for choosing which image Makefiles
are used to the parent image/Makefile. It seems more convenient
to have "codeflow" in the parent while the subtarget-specific
files only contain the definitions.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Acked-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
This device is an LTE router supported in ar71xx so far.
As per original commit, hardware specifications (v1.0 EU):
- SoC: QCA9531
- Flash: Winbond W25Q64FV (8MiB)
- RAM: EtronTech EM6AB160TSE-5G (64MiB)
- Wireless: SoC platform only (2.4GHz b/g/n, 2x internal antenna)
- Ethernet: 2NIC (3x100M + 1x100M)
- WWAN: TP-LINK LTE MODULE (2x external detachable antenna)
- Power: DC 12V 1A
Flashing instructions:
You can flash via tftp recovery (serve factory image as /mr6400_tp_recovery.bin
on 192.168.0.66/24, connect to any ethernet port and power on device while
holding the reset button). Flashing via OEM web interface does not work.
Known issues:
- LTE module does not always come up during boot (showing USB enumeration errors). Similar behavior has been reported at least from one user for ar71xx, too. Turning USB off and on again will serve as a workaround.
- eth0 (LAN) always shows carrier as 1 even if no cable is plugged in (this works "correctly" on ar71xx)
Signed-off-by: Enrico Mioso <mrkiko.rs@gmail.com>
[several adjustments]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Filip Moc <lede@moc6.cz>
When mapping for RSSI LEDs was defined for interface wlan0 on
Ubiquiti Rocket M Titanium, it missed connection to actual interface.
Therefore create the mapping to interface, so RSSI LEDs work without
additional configuration, after starting rssileds service.
While at that, split RSSI into ~equal intervals for 6 LEDs,
and remove coefficients needed for PWM LEDs, as this board does not
support PWM LEDs.
Finally, for complete support, enable 'rssileds' package in per-device
rootfs, so the indicator works out of box.
Signed-off-by: Lech Perczak <lech.perczak@gmail.com>
58c12f7 jail: add basic support for network namespaces
ba69639 jail: create resolv.conf symlink for netns jails
81b88b1 jail: more strict mount options for /tmp/resolv.conf.d/
Add new 'netns' flag for procd_add_jail to make ujail setup a new
network namespace for the jailed service.
See previous netifd commit for example configuration for netns jailed
service.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Prepare netifd for handling procd service jails having their own
network namespace.
Intefaces having the jail attribute will only be brought up inside the
jail's network namespace by procd calling the newly introduced ubus
method 'netns_updown'.
Currently proto 'static' is supported and configuration changes are
not yet being handled (ie. you'll have to restart the jailed service
for changes to take effect).
Example /etc/config/network snippet:
config device 'veth0'
option type 'veth'
option name 'vhost0'
option peer_name 'virt0'
config interface 'virt'
option type 'bridge'
list ifname 'vhost0'
option proto 'static'
option ipaddr '10.0.0.1'
option netmask '255.255.255.0'
config interface 'virt0'
option ifname 'virt0'
option proto 'static'
option ipaddr '10.0.0.2'
option netmask '255.255.255.0'
option gateway '10.0.0.1'
option dns '10.0.0.1'
option jail 'transmission'
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Kernel partition increase to 4 MiBs for Netgear WNDR3700v4 and WNDR4300
routers breaks sysupgrade image compatibility with ar71xx builds.
Therefore, SUPPORTED_DEVICES variable has to be removed for both devices
from target makefile.
Reported-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
Signed-off-by: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
Currently it's not possible to effectively mark a "firmware" partition
as read-only. The sub-partitions "kernel", "rootfs" and "rootfs_data"
are always created as read-write (ignoring the parent access mode).
This patch enforces the access mode of sub-partitions to match the
parent partition, which is useful for recovery images that are meant
to be fully read-only to avoid accidental damage from end-user.
An example of such implementation (read-only firmware image) is the
recovery image used on the Zsun-SD100 [1].
Please note the related patch for fstools [2] to enable this read-only
concept.
[1] https://github.com/brunompena/zsun-resources
[2] http://lists.infradead.org/pipermail/openwrt-devel/2020-January/021043.html
Signed-off-by: Bruno Pena <brunompena@gmail.com>
[removed already obsolete 4.9 kernel patch]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The Netgear WN2500RP V1 switch0 already works for LAN
however the port order for the LAN ports is inverted. Correct
physical port order watched from the back of the device is:
4 / 3 / 2 / 1
WAN port is absent on this device and therefore removed
from switch config.
Signed-off-by: Walter Sonius <walterav1984@gmail.com>
[move block to maintain alphabetic sorting]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The device tree property "mediatek,led_polarity" is ignored for
MT7628AN and MT7688. According to the datasheet both SoCs have
the matching register. Therefore the property should be applied
on these two devices as well.
Signed-off-by: Maximilian Pachl <m@ximilian.info>
Reviewed-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Tested-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
This patch updates "soft_ver" for TP-Link Archer C6 v2 (EU).
It makes possible to upload OpenWrt on lastest vendor's firmware
as the web-based updater checks for major.minor version during upload.
Due to that on next major/minor version update TP-Link will stop
us from using the web-based firmware update tool, so it will
require a new patch on soft_ver to match major and minor version.
Up to today's latest stock firmware the patch (major.minor.patch)
version does not matters, that allows downgrade from 1.1.4 to 1.1.1
but do not allow downgrade from 1.1.X to 1.0.X.
Signed-off-by: Anderson Vulczak <andi@andi.com.br>
Change the LED labels for hdd1/hdd2 in 01_leds to match their
counterpart in DTS.
Signed-off-by: Stephan Knauss <openwrt@stephans-server.de>
[improve commit title and message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The Netgear WNR3500 V2 switch0 already works for WAN/LAN
however the port order for the LAN ports is inverted. Correct
physical port order watched from the back of the device is:
Internet / 4 / 3 / 2 / 1 this resembles the Linksys E3000 V1.
Verfied with imagebuilder edit FILES=/etc/board.d/01_network
Signed-off-by: Walter Sonius <walterav1984@gmail.com>
Specification:
SoC: MediaTek MT7628AN
RAM: 64MiB
Flash: 8MiB
Wifi:
- 2.4GHz: MT7628AN
- 5GHz: MT7612EN
LAN: 1x 10/100 Mbps
Flash instructions:
Flash factory image through stock firmware WEB UI.
Back to stock is possible by using TFTP and stripping down the Firmware
provided by TP-Link to a initramfs.
The flash space between 0x650000 and 0x7f0000
is blank in the stock firmware so I left it out as well.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Förster <nemesis@chemnitz.freifunk.net>
Most of the kernel version switches below 4.14 were removed in commit
97940f8766 ("kernel: remove obsolete kernel version switches"),
but some of them still remained. Remove them now.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Using the led_ prefix for the node label is now common in ath79,
so also apply it here.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Using the LED of network interfaces for status (boot/failsafe/...)
indication is somewhat misleading, as the blinking might be
mistaken for network activity. This uses rssi LEDs instead, which
do not blink normally and thus are less ambiguous.
The rssihigh LED has also been used consistently for the TP-Link CPE
devices.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
"#mediatek,portmap" is not a valid property name.
If mediatek,portmap equals 0x0, then the esw driver ditches it and uses
the default value, 0x3f.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
mt76x8 uses esw_rt3050 driver, which does not accept mediatek,portmap with
string values. Convert the strings to integers to make it work.
According to its switch setup, WRTnode 2P/2R have a WAN port at port 0,
so the correct value should be 0x3e.
tplink_8m.dtsi uses "llllw", but it does not match switch setups of any
device using the DTSI. Remove it from the DTSI and add correct value to DTS
for each device.
These devices have a WAN port at port 0. Set the value to 0x3e.
- tplink,archer-c20-v4
- tplink,archer-c50-v3
- tplink,tl-mr3420-v5
- tplink,tl-wr840n-v4
- tplink,tl-wr841n-v13
- tplink,tl-wr842n-v5
These devices have only one ethernet port. They don't need portmap setting.
- tplink,tl-wa801nd-v5
- tplink,tl-wr802n-v4
- tplink,tl-wr902ac-v3
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
mt7620 and mt7621 use mt7530 driver, which only accepts "llllw", "wllll",
and "lwlll" values.
According to its switch setup, Mi Router 3G v2 has a WAN port at port 4,
so the correct value should be "llllw".
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
- fix color and active mode for existing wps led
- add green wps led
- add wps button
Signed-off-by: Jan Alexander <jan@nalx.net>
[wrap line]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
When building libcxx for x86/64, the library is installed in /usr/lib64.
As the install section tries to copy the library from /usr/lib, this
breaks build on x86/64. Override the lib dir suffix to fix this.
Fixes: 856ea2bad3 ("libcxx: Add package")
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Acked-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
6db312a dhcpv6-ia: use dhcp leasetime to set preferred/valid statefull lifetimes
2520c48 dhcpv6-ia: introduce DHCPv6 pd and ia assignments flags
b413d8a dhcpv6-ia: cleanup prefix delegation routes
b0902af dhcpv6-ia: remove passing interface as parameter to apply_lease
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Currently, it is very cumbersome for a user to connect to a WPA-Enterprise
based network securely because the RADIUS server's CA certificate must first be
extracted from the EAPOL handshake using tcpdump or other methods before it can
be pinned using the ca_cert(2) fields. To make this process easier and more
secure (combined with changes in openwrt/openwrt#2654), this commit adds
support for validating against the built-in CA bundle when the ca-bundle
package is installed. Related LuCI changes in openwrt/luci#3513.
Signed-off-by: David Lam <david@thedavid.net>
[bump PKG_RELEASE]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Do not put usb-phy into reset if clearing the usb-phy reset or
setting the suspend_override has failed.
Reorder (de)asserts like in arch/mips/ath79/dev-usb.c.
Add an optional reset_control "usb-phy-analog", which is needed for
ar934x SoCs like in the old mach-driver arch/mips/ath79/dev-usb.c.
Signed-off-by: Johann Neuhauser <johann@it-neuhauser.de>
This image is only needed on one device (wAP AC); since this target is
going to be removed anyway it doesn't make sense to add an extra "low
RAM" image.
Fixes OOM issues on RouterBoard wAP AC.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Nixon <tom@tomn.co.uk>
In function `main` add calls to `free` for the variable `executable`.
This is needed because the variable `executable` is allocated but
never freed. This cause a memory leak.
Signed-off-by: Andrea Dalla Costa <andrea@dallacosta.me>
Change the caldata partition DTS node label to be consistent with
the label property for some Netgear WNDR devices.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
If a config section of a peer does not have a public key defined, the
whole interface does not start. The following log is shown
daemon.notice netifd: test (21071): Line unrecognized: `PublicKey='
daemon.notice netifd: test (21071): Configuration parsing erro
The command 'wg show' does only show the interface name.
With this change we skip the peer for this interface and emit a log
message. So the other peers get configured.
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <fe@dev.tdt.de>
This patch introduces support for Netgear WNDR4500v3. Router
is very similar to WNDR4300v2 and is based on the same PCB.
Information gathered from various Internet sources (including
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/809227/) shows following
differences to WNDR4300v2:
* two USB 2.0 ports with separate LEDs
* USB LEDs soldered to secondary pads
* WPS and RFKILL buttons soldered to secondary pads
* described as N900 device with 3x3:3 MIMO for 2.4GHz radio
* power supply requirement is DC 12V 2.5A
* vendor HW ID suffix differs in one digit
* bigger chassis
Signed-off-by: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
This patch introduces support for Netgear WNDR4300v2.
Specification
=============
* Description: Netgear WNDR4300 v2
* Loader: U-boot
* SOC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9563 (775 MHz)
* RAM: 128 MiB
* Flash: 2 MiB SPI-NOR + 128 MiB SPI-NAND
- NOR: U-boot binary: 256 KiB
- NOR: U-boot environment: 64 KiB
- NOR: ART Backup: 64 KiB
- NOR: Config: 64 KiB
- NOR: Traffic Meter: 64 KiB
- NOR: POT: 64 KiB
- NOR: Reserved: 1408 KiB
- NOR: ART: 64 KiB
- NAND: Firmware: 25600 KiB (see notes for OpenWrt)
- NAND: Language: 2048 KiB
- NAND: mtdoops Crash Dump: 128 KiB
- NAND: Reserved: 103296 KiB
* Ethernet: 5 x 10/100/1000 (4 x LAN, 1 x WAN) (AR8337)
* Wireless:
- 2.4 GHz b/g/n (internal)
- 5 GHz a/n (AR9580)
* USB: yes, 1 x USB 2.0
* Buttons:
- Reset
- WiFi (rfkill)
- WPS
* LEDs:
- Power (amber/green)
- WAN (amber/green)
- WLAN 2G (green)
- WLAN 5G (blue)
- 4 x LAN (amber/green)
- USB (green)
- WPS (green)
* UART: 4-pin connector JP1, 3.3V (Vcc, TX, RX, GND), 115200 8N1
* Power supply: DC 12V 1.5A
* MAC addresses: LAN=WLAN2G on case label, WAN +1, WLAN5G +2
Important Notes
===============
0. NOR Flash (2 MiB) is not touched by OpenWrt installation.
1. NAND Flash (128 MiB) layout under OpenWrt is changed as follows:
all space is split between 4 MiB kernel and 124 MiB UBI areas;
vendor partitions (language and mtdoops) are removed; kernel space
size can be further expanded if needed; maximum image size is set
to 25600k for compatibility reasons and can also be increased.
2. CPU clock is 775 MHz, not 750 MHz.
3. 5 GHz wireless radio chip is Atheros AR9580-AR1A with bogus PCI
device ID 0xabcd. For ath9k driver to load successfully, this is
overriden in DTS with correct value for this chip, 0x0033.
4. RFKILL button is wired to AR9580 pin 9 which is normally disabled
by chip definition in ath9k code (0x0000F4FF gpio mask). Therefore
'qca,gpio-mask=<0xf6ff>' hack must be used for button to work
properly.
5. USB port is always on, no GPIO for 5V power control has been
identified.
Installation
============
* TFTP recovery
* TFTP via U-boot prompt
* sysupgrade
* Web interface
Test build configuration
========================
CONFIG_TARGET_ath79=y
CONFIG_TARGET_ath79_nand=y
CONFIG_TARGET_ath79_nand_DEVICE_netgear_wndr4300-v2=y
CONFIG_ALL_KMODS=y
CONFIG_DEVEL=y
CONFIG_CCACHE=y
CONFIG_COLLECT_KERNEL_DEBUG=y
CONFIG_IMAGEOPT=y
Signed-off-by: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
This patch adds 'qca,gpio-mask=<u32>' device tree property to ath9k node.
This optional setting is a hack and should only be used in very special
(and rare) cases when a button or LED is wired to a GPIO pin normally
masked out (due to being one-way etc). Netgear WNDR4300 v2 is one such
example - it uses GPI9 for RFKILL.
See ath9k/reg.h *_GPIO_MASK constants.
Use with caution and expect to see stream of kernel warnings if wrong
mask value is provided.
Signed-off-by: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
If zram-backed swap is added after an existing swap, it gets a lower
priority. Assiming that usually all other swaps are slower, there should
be a way to assign a higher priority to zram swap.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Storchak <m.storchak@gmail.com>
This commit adds support for the D-Link DIR-505, previously supported in
ar71xx.
Hardware
--------
SoC: Atheros AR9330
FLASH: 8M SPI-NOR
RAM: 64M
WIFI: 1T1R 1SS Atheros AR9330
LED: Power green, Status red
BTN: WPS, Reset
Installation
------------
Currently, installation is only possible by sysupgrading from an earlier
OpenWrt version, U-Boot TFTP or a modded U-Boot. I do not have the
original bootloader from D-Link on my device anymore, so i cannot test
the factory image.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The depends are totally wrong. libunwind does not work with powerpc and
i386 as it needs glibc.
Instead of duplicating the platforms, just change the dependency.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
With this change it is now possible to switch off single instances of
the uhttpd config. Until now it was only possible to switch all
instances of uhttpd on or off.
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <fe@dev.tdt.de>
The sender domain has a DMARC Reject/Quarantine policy which disallows
sending mailing list messages using the original "From" header.
To mitigate this problem, the original message has been wrapped
automatically by the mailing list software.
Rekey GTK on STA disassociate
Signed-off-by: Kyle Copperfield <kmcopper@danwin1210.me>
The sender domain has a DMARC Reject/Quarantine policy which disallows
sending mailing list messages using the original "From" header.
To mitigate this problem, the original message has been wrapped
automatically by the mailing list software.
Allows dtim_period to be configurable, the default is from hostapd.
Adds additional regulatory tunables for power constraint and spectrum
managment.
Signed-off-by: Kyle Copperfield <kmcopper@danwin1210.me>
The present U-Boot for GL-AR750S has a limit of 2 MB for kernel size.
While sysupgrade can manage kernels up to the present limit of 4 MB,
directly flashing a factory.img with a kernel size greater than 2 MB
through U-Boot will result in an unbootable device.
This commit uses the newly-introduced check-kernel-size build
operation to prevent the output of factory.img when the kernel
exceeds 2 MB in size, yet permits output of sysupgrade.img
as long as the kernel is within KERNEL_SIZE := 4096k
Cc: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kletsky <git-commits@allycomm.com>
Certain boards have limitations on U-Boot that prevent flashing
of images where the kernel size exceeds a threshold, yet
sysupgrade can sucessfully manage larger kernels. The current
check-size will remove the target artifact if its total size
exceeds the threshold. If applied after append-kernel,
it will remove the kernel, but the remaining image-assembly
steps will continue, resulting in an image without a kernel
that is likely unbootable.
By defining check-kernel-size, it is now possible to prevent release
of such unbootable images through a construct similar to:
IMAGE/factory.img := append-kernel | pad-to $$$$(GL_UBOOT_UBI_OFFSET) | \
append-ubi | check-kernel-size $$$$(GL_UBOOT_UBI_OFFSET)
Cc: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kletsky <git-commits@allycomm.com>
The sender domain has a DMARC Reject/Quarantine policy which disallows
sending mailing list messages using the original "From" header.
To mitigate this problem, the original message has been wrapped
automatically by the mailing list software.
Failsafe code of dropbear should be in the dropbear package not the
base-files package.
Signed-off-by: Kyle Copperfield <kmcopper@danwin1210.me>
NAS devices certainly need to have hdparm to configure
things like spin-down time or their disks will be
constantly spinning. Just catenate CONFIG_HDPARM=y
on these configs.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
The memory hacks got removed from ath10k with 1e27bef ("mac80211: remove
ath10k_pci memory hacks"). As this device has low amount of RAM, switch
to ath-10k-ct small buffers variant, to avoid the OOM Reaper.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
The 'DEFAULT:=m if ALL' line prevents the phase1 buildbots from building
the package, and users from downloading it, since they use 'ALL_KMODS=y'
but 'ALL' is not set.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
This reorganizes 02_network board.d files based on what's done for
ath79 and ramips: Instead of putting all settings into a single big
case, the interface/dsl/MAC address setup is put into separate
functions with a specific switch case for each of them. This makes
grouping of devices much easier and should be easier to read, too.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
DSL setup consists of the same commands for all subtargets, so move it
into a helper function.
While at it, remove shebang from library file.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This splits the device-dependent base-files into subtarget directories,
like done recently for ath79 and ramips. While this increases the
overall lines of codes, it will make the code per subtarget smaller
and easier to keep track of features and devices.
While at it, several variables at the top of 02_network are removed,
as they were never changed. The values are put directly into the
function calls where they are used.
Remove unneeded LED setup from 01_leds, and remove 01_leds entirely
for falcon subtarget (as it is not used there).
Applies alphabetic reordering to device cases in base-files.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Implement the suggestions laid out in README_PACKAGERS, mainly by preventing
the stripping of the internal vgpreload*.so libraries.
Also retain the symbol information of valgrind's private helper executables
and enable LTO as suggested in the packagers readme.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Setting CONFIG_IPK_FILES_CHECKSUMS=y causes sha256 checksum files to be
included with the packages to check for corruption. This commit fixes two
issues:
- /sbin/pkg_check was being removed incorrectly if IPK_FILES_CHECKSUMS=y
- checksums were being saved in the wrong file
Signed-off-by: Xu Wang <xwang1498@gmx.com>
Add missing calls to `free` for variable `mem`.
Add missing call to `fclose` for variable `f`.
The same changes were made in both `mkfwimage.c` and `mkfwimage2.c`.
Signed-off-by: Andrea Dalla Costa <andrea@dallacosta.me>
Add missing `fclose` calls for file pointers `kern_fp`, `fs_fp`
and `out_fp`.
Not closing files could lead to resource leaks.
Signed-off-by: Andrea Dalla Costa <andrea@dallacosta.me>
Add missing calls to `free` for variable `buffer`.
This could lead to a memory leak.
Add missing call to `close` for file pointer `fdin`.
This could lead to a resource leak.
Signed-off-by: Andrea Dalla Costa <andrea@dallacosta.me>
Add missing calls to `fclose` in functions `write_img`, `write_rootfs`
and `write_kernel`.
The not-closed files could lead to resource leaks.
Signed-off-by: Andrea Dalla Costa <andrea@dallacosta.me>
The wpa_supplicant supports certificate subject validation via the
subject match(2) and altsubject_match(2) fields. domain_match(2) and
domain_suffix_match(2) fields are also supported for advanced matches.
This validation is especially important when connecting to access
points that use PAP as the Phase 2 authentication type. Without proper
validation, the user's password can be transmitted to a rogue access
point in plaintext without the user's knowledge. Most organizations
already require these attributes to be included to ensure that the
connection from the STA and the AP is secure. Includes LuCI changes via
openwrt/luci#3444.
From the documentation:
subject_match - Constraint for server certificate subject. This substring
is matched against the subject of the authentication server certificate.
If this string is set, the server sertificate is only accepted if it
contains this string in the subject. The subject string is in following
format: /C=US/ST=CA/L=San Francisco/CN=Test AS/emailAddress=as
.example.com
subject_match2 - Constraint for server certificate subject. This field is
like subject_match, but used for phase 2 (inside EAP-TTLS/PEAP/FAST
tunnel) authentication.
altsubject_match - Constraint for server certificate alt. subject.
Semicolon separated string of entries to be matched against the
alternative subject name of the authentication server certificate. If
this string is set, the server sertificate is only accepted if it
contains one of the entries in an alternative subject name extension.
altSubjectName string is in following format: TYPE:VALUE Example:
EMAIL:server@example.com Example:
DNS:server.example.com;DNS:server2.example.com Following types are
supported: EMAIL, DNS, URI
altsubject_match2 - Constraint for server certificate alt. subject. This
field is like altsubject_match, but used for phase 2 (inside
EAP-TTLS/PEAP/FAST tunnel) authentication.
domain_match - Constraint for server domain name. If set, this FQDN is
used as a full match requirement for the
server certificate in SubjectAltName dNSName element(s). If a
matching dNSName is found, this constraint is met. If no dNSName
values are present, this constraint is matched against SubjectName CN
using same full match comparison. This behavior is similar to
domain_suffix_match, but has the requirement of a full match, i.e.,
no subdomains or wildcard matches are allowed. Case-insensitive
comparison is used, so "Example.com" matches "example.com", but would
not match "test.Example.com". More than one match string can be
provided by using semicolons to
separate the strings (e.g., example.org;example.com). When multiple
strings are specified, a match with any one of the values is considered
a sufficient match for the certificate, i.e., the conditions are ORed
together.
domain_match2 - Constraint for server domain name. This field is like
domain_match, but used for phase 2 (inside EAP-TTLS/PEAP/FAST tunnel)
authentication.
domain_suffix_match - Constraint for server domain name. If set, this
FQDN is used as a suffix match requirement for the AAA server
certificate in SubjectAltName dNSName element(s). If a matching dNSName
is found, this constraint is met. If no dNSName values are present,
this constraint is matched against SubjectName CN using same suffix
match comparison. Suffix match here means that the host/domain name is
compared one label at a time starting from the top-level domain and all
the labels in domain_suffix_match shall be included in the certificate.
The certificate may include additional sub-level labels in addition to
the required labels. More than one match string can be provided by using
semicolons to separate the strings (e.g., example.org;example.com).
When multiple strings are specified, a match with any one of the values
is considered a sufficient match for the certificate, i.e., the
conditions are ORed together. For example,
domain_suffix_match=example.com would match test.example.com but would
not match test-example.com. This field is like domain_match, but used
for phase 2 (inside EAP-TTLS/PEAP/FAST tunnel) authentication.
domain_suffix_match2 - Constraint for server domain name. This field is
like domain_suffix_match, but used for phase 2 (inside
EAP-TTLS/PEAP/FAST tunnel) authentication.
Signed-off-by: David Lam <david@thedavid.net>
Package new kmods "nf_tables_set" and "nft_objref" which got introduced
with kernel 4.18 and restrict the old "nft_set_rbtree" and "nft_set_hash"
modules to sub-4.18 versions.
Also reorder the nftables related netfilter.mk entries alphabetically
while touching this code section.
Fixes: FS#2699
Ref: https://bugs.openwrt.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=2699#comment7450
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Network interfaces are looked up based on the device behind a phy, so the
phy needs to be checked separately
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This splits some base-files across subtargets, as done previously
on ath79 and ramips and also introduced for mt7629 subtarget here
already. Most of the existing base-files content is specific to
mt7623.
While at it, apply the following fixes:
- Remove lots of trailing whitespaces
- Remove wildcard on unielec,u7623-02-emmc-512m
- Remove inconsistent quotation marks in cases
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Acked-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
The Aruba AP-303H is the hospitality version of the Aruba AP-303 with a
POE-passthrough enabled ethernet switch instead of a sigle PHY.
Hardware
--------
SoC: Qualcomm IPQ4029
RAM: 512M DDR3
FLASH: - 128MB SPI-NAND (Macronix)
- 4MB SPI-NOR (Macronix MX25R3235F)
TPM: Atmel AT97SC3203
BLE: Texas Instruments CC2540T
attached to ttyMSM1
ETH: Qualcomm QCA8075
LED: WiFi (amber / green)
System (red / green /amber)
PSE (green)
BTN: Reset
USB: USB 2.0
To connect to the serial console, you can solder to the labled pads next
to the USB port or use your Aruba supplied UARt adapter.
Do NOT plug a standard USB cable into the Console labled USB-port!
Aruba/HPE simply put UART on the micro-USB pins. You can solder yourself
an adapter cable:
VCC - NC
D+ - TX
D- - RX
GND - GND
The console setting in bootloader and OS is 9600 8N1. Voltage level is
3.3V.
To enable a full list of commands in the U-Boot "help" command, execute
the literal "diag" command.
Installation
------------
1. Get the OpenWrt initramfs image. Rename it to ipq40xx.ari and put it
into the TFTP server root directory. Configure the TFTP server to
be reachable at 192.168.1.75/24. Connect the machine running the TFTP
server to the E0 (!) ethernet port of the access point, as it only
tries to pull from the WAN port.
2. Connect to the serial console. Interrupt autobooting by pressing
Enter when prompted.
3. Configure the bootargs and bootcmd for OpenWrt.
$ setenv bootargs_openwrt "setenv bootargs console=ttyMSM0,9600n8"
$ setenv nandboot_openwrt "run bootargs_openwrt; ubi part aos1;
ubi read 0x85000000 kernel; set fdt_high 0x87000000;
bootm 0x85000000"
$ setenv ramboot_openwrt "run bootargs_openwrt;
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.105; setenv serverip 192.168.1.75;
netget; set fdt_high 0x87000000; bootm"
$ setenv bootcmd "run nandboot_openwrt"
$ saveenv
4. Load OpenWrt into RAM:
$ run ramboot_openwrt
5. After OpenWrt booted, transfer the OpenWrt sysupgrade image to the
/tmp folder on the device. You will need to plug into E1-E3 ports of
the access point to reach OpenWrt, as E0 is the WAN port of the
device.
6. Flash OpenWrt:
$ ubidetach -p /dev/mtd16
$ ubiformat /dev/mtd16
$ sysupgrade -n /tmp/openwrt-sysupgrade.bin
To go back to the stock firmware, simply reset the bootcmd in the
bootloader to the original value:
$ setenv bootcmd "boot"
$ saveenv
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The Ubiquiti ToughSwitch 5XP is a 5-port PoE Gigabit switch with a single
Fast-Ethernet management port. It supports both 24V passive PoE out on all
five ports.
Flash: 8 MB
RAM: 64 MB
SoC: AR7242
Switch: ar8327
USB: 1x USB 2.0
Ethernet: 5x GbE, 1x FE
Installation of the firmware is possible either via serial + tftpboot or
the factory firmware update function via webinterface.
By default the single Fast-Ethernet port labeled "MGMT" is configured
as the WAN port. Thus access to the device is only possible via the
five switch ports.
Serial: 3v3 115200 8n1
The serial header is located in the lower left corner of the switches PCB:
```
|
|
|
| o
| o RX
| o TX
| o GND
|
|
++ +-++-+ ++ ++ +
+--+ ++ +--++--++--+
```
Signed-off-by: Tobias Schramm <tobleminer@gmail.com>
[remove ubnt,sw compatible - fix spelling - wrap commit message -
remove superfluous phy-mode property]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This device OOPs during the boot due to broken flash. It can be probably
fixed with `broken-flash-reset` once ramips is on 4.19 kernel.
So disable images for this device until its fixed.
Ref: FS#2695, PR#2483
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
With this change the well known jshn library will be used, to build the
json arguments for the ubus sysupgrade method. This is also used in all
other shell program that uses JSON. This commit unifies that.
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <fe@dev.tdt.de>
This activates PIE ASLR support by default when the regular option is
selected.
Size increase on x86/64:
odhcpd-ipv6only Installed-Size: 36821 -> 38216
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This activates PIE ASLR support by default when the regular option is
selected.
Size increase on x86/64:
procd Installed-Size: 44931 -> 47362
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This activates PIE ASLR support by default when the regular option is
selected.
Size increase on x86/64:
ubus Installed-Size: 5602 -> 5950
ubusd Installed-Size: 11643 -> 12119
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This activates PIE ASLR support by default when the regular option is
selected.
This increases the binary size by 39% uncompressed and 21% compressed
on MIPS BE.
old:
33,189 /usr/sbin/uhttpd
23,016 uhttpd_2019-08-17-6b03f960-4_mips_24kc.ipk
new:
46,212 /usr/sbin/uhttpd
27,979 uhttpd_2019-08-17-6b03f960-4_mips_24kc.ipk
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Acked-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This activates PIE ASLR support by default when the regular option is
selected.
This increases the binary size by 26% uncompressed and 16% compressed
on MIPS BE.
old:
460,933 /usr/sbin/wpad
283,891 wpad-basic_2019-08-08-ca8c2bd2-1_mips_24kc.ipk
new:
584,508 /usr/sbin/wpad
330,281 wpad-basic_2019-08-08-ca8c2bd2-1_mips_24kc.ipk
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Acked-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This activates PIE ASLR support by default when the regular option is
selected.
This increases the binary size by 18% uncompressed and 17% compressed
on MIPS BE.
old:
164,261 /usr/sbin/dropbear
85,648 dropbear_2019.78-2_mips_24kc.ipk
new:
194,492 /usr/sbin/dropbear
100,309 dropbear_2019.78-2_mips_24kc.ipk
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Acked-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This activates PIE ASLR support by default when the regular option is
selected.
This increases the binary size by 37% uncompressed and 18% compressed
on MIPS BE.
old:
146,933 /usr/sbin/dnsmasq
101,837 dnsmasq_2.80-14_mips_24kc.ipk
new:
202,020 /usr/sbin/dnsmasq
120,577 dnsmasq_2.80-14_mips_24kc.ipk
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Acked-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This tristate choose allows to select to build only some applications
with PIE enabled. On MIPS binaries are getting about 30% bigger when PIE
is activated for the, which is a huge increase.
Network exposed applications like dnsmasq should then be build with PIE
enabled, but some applications which are normally not parsing data from
the network do not have it activated. The regular option should give a
good trade off between extra flash and RAM memory usage and security.
This changes the default from building no applications with PIE to build
some specifically marked applications with PIE enabled. This option is
only activated for targets with bigger flash and RAM to not consume
extra memory on the very small targets. On SDK builds the Regular option
should always be selected, because some tiny targets share the
applications with big targets and only the images for the tiny targets
should contain the none PIE applications, but the images for the normal
targets should use PIE. The shared packages should always use PIE when
it should be normally activated.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Acked-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
nft_hash hash falsely removed in commit 97940f8766
("kernel: remove obsolete kernel version switches").
Add the module back, as otherwise the build fails.
Fixes: 97940f8766 ("kernel: remove obsolete kernel version switches")
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
After kernel 4.9 has been removed, this removes all (now obsolete)
kernel version switches that deal with versions before 4.14.
Package kmod-crypto-iv is empty now and thus removed entirely.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Builds for kenrel 4.14 targetswere failing because of
missing symbols for the B53 swconfig driver.
Fixes: 313bde53ce ("generic: update config-4.19")
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Hardware:
SOC: Qualcomm IPQ4018
RAM: 128 MB Nanya NT5CC64M16GP-DI
FLASH: 16 MB Macronix MX25L12805D
ETH: Qualcomm QCA8075 (4 Gigabit ports, 3xLAN, 1xWAN)
WLAN: Qualcomm IPQ4018 (2.4 & 5 Ghz)
BUTTON: Shared WPS/Reset button
LED: RGB Status/Power LED
SERIAL: Header J8 (UART, Left side of board). Numbered from
top to bottom:
(1) GND, (2) TX, (3) RX, (4) VCC (White triangle
next to it).
3.3v, 115200, 8N1
Tested/Working:
* Ethernet
* WiFi (2.4 and 5GHz)
* Status LED
* Reset Button (See note below)
Implementation notes:
* The shared WPS/Reset button is implemented as a Reset button
* I could not find a original firmware image to reverse engineer, meaning
currently it's not possible to flash OpenWrt through the Web GUI.
Installation (Through Serial console & TFTP):
1. Set your PC to fixed IP 192.168.1.12, Netmask 255.255.255.0, and connect to
one of the LAN ports
2. Rename the initramfs image to 'C0A8010B.img' and enable a TFTP server on
your pc, to serve the image
2. Connect to the router through serial (See connection properties above)
3. Hit a key during startup, to pause startup
4. type `setenv serverip 192.168.1.12`, to set the tftp server address
5. type `tftpboot`, to load the image from the laptop through tftp
6. type `bootm` to run the loaded image from memory
6. (If you want to return to stock firmware later, create an full MTD backup,
e.g. using instructions here https://openwrt.org/docs/guide-user/installation/generic.backup#create_full_mtd_backup)
7. Transfer the 'sysupgrade' OpenWrt firmware image from PC to router, e.g.:
`scp xxx-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin root@192.168.1.1:/tmp/upgrade.bin`
8. Run sysupgrade to permanently install OpenWrt to flash: `sysupgrade -n /tmp/upgrade.bin`
Revert to stock:
To revert to stock, you need the MTD backup from step 6 above:
1. Unpack the MTD backup archive
2. Transfer the 'firmware' partition image to the router (e.g. mtd8_firmware.backup)
3. On the router, do `mtd write mtd8_firmware.backup firmware`
Signed-off-by: Tom Brouwer <tombrouwer@outlook.com>
[removed BOARD_NAME, OpenWRT->OpenWrt, changed LED device name to board name]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch partially reverts
"ipq40xx: remove unnecessary usb nodes in DTS for ASUS RT-AC58U"
as the change removed the usb2 port-trigger, so the LED would no
longer light-up when a USB 2.0 was inserted into the USB port.
Fixes: d0efb1ba95 ("ipq40xx: remove unnecessary usb nodes in DTS for ASUS RT-AC58U")
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Flash: 8 MB
RAM: 64 MB
SoC: AR7242
Switch: bcm53128
USB: 1x USB 2.0
Ethernet: 8x GbE, 1x FE
The Ubiquiti ToughSwitch 8XP is a 8-port PoE Gigabit switch with a single
Fast-Ethernet management port. It supports both 24V passive PoE and 48V
802.11af/at PoE out on all eight ports.
By default the single Fast-Ethernet port labeled "MGMT" is configured as the
WAN port. Thus access to the device is only possible via the eight switch
ports.
Installation of the firware is possible either via serial + tftpboot or
the factory firmware update function via webinterface.
Serial: 3v3 115200 8n1
The serial header is located in the lower left corner of the switches PCB:
|
|
|
| o
| o RX
| o TX
| o GND
|
|
++ +-++-+ ++ ++ +
+--+ ++ +--++--++--+
Signed-off-by: Tobias Schramm <tobleminer@gmail.com>
[fix whitespace issue]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
SW devices are Ubiquit ToughSwitch and EdgeSwitch series devices.
Hardware-wise they are very similar to the XM device series.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Schramm <tobleminer@gmail.com>
This commit adds support for Ubiquiti ToughSwitch XP (and probably also
EdgeSwitch XP) devices. They are mostly based on the same hardware as
MX devices.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Schramm <tobleminer@gmail.com>
This commit fixes a bug in the main swconfig patch where a function
needed by the b53 driver is not exported.
Additionally it adds OF support to the b53_mdio driver for devicetree-
based probing
Signed-off-by: Tobias Schramm <tobleminer@gmail.com>
Keep up with a small amount of churn in the upstream repository.
Upstream now represents the version of CAKE as found in the linux kernel
from 4.19 onwards but with some compatibility stubs to allow building on
<4.19.
After a diversion related to an experimental ECN implementation which
has now been reverted, the important and relevant changes for us are:
8a8946b sch_cake: avoid possible divide by zero in cake_enqueue()
183b320 RFC 8622 diffserv3, 4 & 8 LE PHB support
6ff4561 sch_cake: Make sure we can write the IP header before changing DSCP bits
9fba602 sch_cake: Use tc_skb_protocol for getting packet protocol
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
u-boot splits nand factory firmware at 2M offset, flash the first
part as kernel into spi nor and the other part as ubi into nand
flash. With previous commit increasing kernel size to 4M, generated
factory firmware is broken because ubi is at 4M offset.
This commit reduces kernel size definition to 2M in image Makefile,
producing proper factory image. Partition size in dts is kept
unchanged so that sysupgrade to a firmware with 2M+ kernel still
works.
Fixes: b496a2294c ("ath79: GL-AR750S: provide NAND support; increase kernel to 4 MB")
Reported-by: Jeff Kletsky <git-commits@allycomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
* systemd: update documentation URL
* global: bump copyright
Usual house keeping.
* Makefile: DEBUG_TOOLS -> DEBUG and document
* Makefile: port static analysis check
* dns-hatchet: adjust path for new repo layout
* Makefile: rework automatic version.h mangling
These are some important-ish cleanups for downstream package maintainers that
should make packaging this a lot smoother.
* man: add documentation about removing explicit listen-port
Documentation improvement.
* wg-quick: linux: quote ifname for nft
This should fix issues with weirdly named ifnames and odd versions of nft(8).
* fuzz: find bugs in the config syntax parser
* fuzz: find bugs when parsing uapi input
These are two fuzzers that have been laying around without a repo for a while.
Perhaps somebody with enough compute power will find bugs with them.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
* socket: mark skbs as not on list when receiving via gro
Certain drivers will pass gro skbs to udp, at which point the udp driver
simply iterates through them and passes them off to encap_rcv, which is
where we pick up. At the moment, we're not attempting to coalesce these
into bundles, but we also don't want to wind up having cascaded lists of
skbs treated separately. The right behavior here, then, is to just mark
each incoming one as not on a list. This can be seen in practice, for
example, with Qualcomm's rmnet_perf driver. This lead to crashes on
OnePlus devices and possibly other Qualcomm 4.14 devices. But I fear
that it could lead to issues on other drivers on weird OpenWRT routers.
This commit is upstream in net-next as:
https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/netdev/net-next.git/commit/?id=736775d06bac60d7a353e405398b48b2bd8b1e54
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
TP-Link Archer C20 v5 is a router with 5-port FE switch and
non-detachable antennas. It's based on MediaTek MT7628N+MT7610EN.
Specification:
- MediaTek MT7628N/N (580 Mhz)
- 64 MB of RAM
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz and 1T1R 5 GHz
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 3x external, non-detachable antennas
- UART (J1) header on PCB (115200 8n1)
- 7x LED (GPIO-controlled*), 2x button, power input switch
* WAN LED in this devices is a dual-color, dual-leads type which isn't
(fully) supported by gpio-leds driver. This type of LED requires both
GPIOs state change at the same time to select color or turn it off.
For now, we support/use only the green part of the LED.
Create Factory image
--------------------
As all installation methods require a U-Boot to be integrated into the
Image (and we do not ship one with the image) we are not able to create
an image in the OpenWRT build-process.
Download a TP-Link image from their Website and a OpenWRT sysupgrade
image for the device and build yourself a factory image like following:
TP-Link image: tpl.bin
OpenWRT sysupgrade image: owrt.bin
> dd if=tpl.bin of=boot.bin bs=131584 count=1
> cat owrt.bin >> boot.bin
Installing via Web-UI
---------------------
Upload the boot.bin via TP-Links firmware upgrade tool in the
web-interface.
Installing via Recovery
-----------------------
Activate Web-Recovery by beginning the upgrade Process with a
Firmware-Image from TP-Link. After starting the Firmware Upgrade,
wait ~3 seconds (When update status is switching to 0%), then
disconnect the power supply from the device. Upgrade flag (which
activates Web-Recovery) is written before the OS-image is touched and
removed after write is succesfull, so this procedure should be safe.
Plug the power back in. It will come up in Recovery-Mode on 192.168.0.1.
When active, all LEDs but the WPS LED are off.
Remeber to assign yourself a static IP-address as DHCP is not active in
this mode.
The boot.bin can now be uploaded and flashed using the web-recovery.
Installing via TFTP
-------------------
Prepare an image like following (Filenames from factory image steps
apply here)
> dd if=/dev/zero of=tp_recovery.bin bs=196608 count=1
> dd if=tpl.bin of=tmp.bin bs=131584 count=1
> dd if=tmp.bin of=boot.bin bs=512 skip=1
> cat boot.bin >> tp_recovery.bin
> cat owrt.bin >> tp_recovery.bin
Place tp_recovery.bin in root directory of TFTP server and listen on
192.168.0.66/24.
Connect router LAN ports with your computer and power up the router
while pressing the reset button. The router will download the image via
tftp and after ~1 Minute reboot into OpenWRT.
U-Boot CLI
----------
U-Boot CLI can be activated by holding down '4' on bootup.
Dual U-Boot
-----------
This is TP-Link MediaTek device with a split-uboot feature design like
a TP-Link Archer C50 v4. The first (factory-uboot) provides recovery via
TFTP and HTTP, jumping straight into the second (firmware-uboot) if no
recovery needs to be performed. The firmware-uboot unpacks and executed
the kernel.
Web-Recovery
------------
TP-Link integrated a new Web-Recovery like the one on the Archer C7v4 /
TL-WR1043v5 / Archer C50v4. Stock-firmware sets a flag in the "romfile"
partition before beginning to write and removes it afterwards. If the
router boots with this flag set, bootloader will automatically start
Web-recovery and listens on 192.168.0.1. This way, the vendor-firmware
or an OpenWRT factory image can be written.
By doing the same while performing sysupgrade, we can take advantage of
the Web-recovery in OpenWRT.
It is important to note that Web-Recovery is only based on this flag. It
can't detect e.g. a crashing kernel or other means. Once activated it
won't boot the OS before a recovery action (either via TFTP or HTTP) is
performed. This recovery-mode is indicated by an illuminated WPS-LED on
boot.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Anisimov <maxim.anisimov.ua@gmail.com>
[adjust some node names for LEDs in DTS]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
- add "gpio" group for wan_orange led
- use tpt triggers for wifi led indication
- add wifi 5 GHz led support
Signed-off-by: Maxim Anisimov <maxim.anisimov.ua@gmail.com>
[slight commit message adjustment]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
When running sysupgrade from an existing configuration, UCI option
dhcp.@dnsmasq[0].resolvfile needs to be modified in case it has not
been changed from it's original value.
Accomplish that using a uci-defaults script.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Image builds for the ramips-mt7621 target currently fail with:
> WARNING: Image file ./hiwifi_hc5962-kernel.bin is too big
Disable this board for now. It can still be built using the SDK.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Without this commit, ft_psk_generate_local is enabled for non-PSK
networks by default. This breaks 802.11r for EAP networks.
Disable ft_psk_generate_local by default for non-PSK networks resolves
this misbehavior.
Reported-by: Martin Weinelt <martin@darmstadt.freifunk.net>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Tested-by: Martin Weinelt <martin@darmstadt.freifunk.net>
This target is still on kernel 4.9, and it looks like there is no
active maintainer for this target anymore.
Remove the code and all the packages which are only used by this target.
To add this target to OpenWrt again port it to a recent and supported
kernel version.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This target seems to have been unmaintained for quite a while, and not a
single tester for the (now outdated) kernel 4.14 patches has been found.
Remove the code and all the packages which are only used by this target.
To add this target to OpenWrt again port it to a recent and supported
kernel version.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This target seems to have been unmaintained for quite a while, and not a
single tester for the (now outdated) kernel 4.14 patches has been found.
Remove the code and all the packages which are only used by this target.
To add this target to OpenWrt again port it to a recent and supported
kernel version.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This adds support for kernel 4.14 to the target and directly make it the
default kernel version to use.
This patch is build-tested only, but has never been device-tested. It is
only added to preserve the changes in Git history prior to removing this
target. Use it with care.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
[rebased and extended commit message, refreshed patches for 4.14.162]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The configuration of the generic subtarget was used as the default
configuration and then the subtarget configurations were adapted.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This adds support for kernel 4.14 to the target and directly make it the
default kernel version to use.
This patch is build-tested only, but has never been device-tested. It is
only added to preserve the changes in Git history prior to removing this
target. Use it with care.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
[rebased and extended commit message, refreshed patches for 4.14.162]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The configuration of the generic subtarget was used as the default
configuration and then the subtarget configurations were adapted.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The device label shows the address currently assigned to the OpenWrt
LAN interface.
Current setup is:
LAN *:b8 factory 0xe006 label
WAN *:b7 factory 0xe000
For vendor FW bootlog we get (manually removed parts of the address):
[ 7.520000] set LAN/WAN LWLLL
[ 7.530000] GMAC1_MAC_ADRH -- : 0x00004031
[ 7.530000] GMAC1_MAC_ADRL -- : 0x3c****b7
[ 7.530000] GDMA2_MAC_ADRH -- : 0x00004031
[ 7.540000] GDMA2_MAC_ADRL -- : 0x3c****b8
[ 7.540000] eth1: ===> VirtualIF_open
Without further information, this does not allow verification of
the currently unexpected LAN/WAN assignment (we would expect 0xe000
to be LAN).
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This move the slightly different target-specific implementations of
mktplinkfw from the targets to include/image-commands.mk and renames
it to tplink-v1-image. Having a common version will increase
consistency between implementation and will complete the
tplink build command already present in the new location.
Due to the slight differences of the original implementations, this
also does some adjustments to the device build commands/variables.
This also moves rootfs_align as this is required as dependency.
Tested on:
- TL-WDR4300 v1 (ath79, factory)
- TL-WDR4900 v1 (mpc85xx, sysupgrade)
- RE210 v1 (ramips, see Tested-by)
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Christoph Krapp <achterin@googlemail.com>
Refactor l2 freq scaling patch to support voltage
scaling and add support to base cache scaling on
cpu freq scaling. Update the dtsi files with the new
definition used in the new code.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
It's wrong set the mux to bias-disable. The best way to
do this is by creating a separate group and disable the
specific pins.
By documentation, any subgroup with no bias definition
is ignored so the mux definition is useless.
Rework the definition by sremoving the mux subgroup and
set the remaining subgroup with the mux function and
drive-strength
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
The opp_notifier introduced with patch 0054-Handle-OPP-voltage adjust
for some reason missed the actual registration in the opp struct,
resulting in never being registred.
This was present in kernel 4.9 patchset but dropped in the transition
to 4.14. Reintroduce this and fix patch 0055 about L2 cache scaling.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Previous commit should have bumped PKG_RELEASE, but git add was
forgotten... Add it now.
Fixes: cd48d8d342 ("dnsmasq: switch to /tmp/resolv.conf.d/resolv.conf.auto")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Mount-bind directory instead of resolv.conf.auto file in jail to
avoid problems when the file is deleted/replaced.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This is a backport from the dnsmasq master which should fix a bug which
could cause a crash in dnsmasq.
I saw the following crashes in my log:
[522413.117215] do_page_fault(): sending SIGSEGV to dnsmasq for invalid read access from 2a001450
[522413.124464] epc = 004197f1 in dnsmasq[400000+23000]
[522413.129459] ra = 004197ef in dnsmasq[400000+23000]
This is happening in blockdata_write() when block->next is
dereferenced, but I am not sure if this is related to this problem or if
this is a different problem. I am unable to reproduce this problem.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
ipTIME A8004T is a 2.4/5GHz band AC2600 router, based on Mediatek
MT7621A.
Specifications:
- SoC: MT7621A
- RAM: DDR3 256M
- Flash: SPI NOR 16MB
- WiFi:
- 2.4GHz: MT7615E
- 5GHz: MT7615E
- Ethernet: 5x 10/100/1000Mbps
- Switch: SoC internal
- USB: 1 * USB3.0 port
- UART:
- J4: 3.3V, TX, RX, GND (3.3V is the square pad) / 57600 8N1
- Other info:
- J9: Unknown unpopulated header.
Installation via web interface:
1. Flash **initramfs** image through the stock web interface.
2. Boot into OpenWrt and perform sysupgrade with sysupgrade image.
Revert to stock firmware:
1. Perform sysupgrade with stock image.
Signed-off-by: Yong-hyu Ban <perillamint@quendi.moe>
[do not enable xhci node in DTS which is already enabled in DTSI]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The MAC address on the label of this device corresponds to the
2.4 GHz and ethernet MAC address.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Add call to fclose for file pointer fp in function t_openpw.
The resource leak could happen during an error handling.
Signed-off-by: Andrea Dalla Costa <andrea@dallacosta.me>
Currently this device fails to boot with the OpenWrt snapshot images
(release images are unaffected). The error message is:
"LZMA ERROR 1 - must RESET board to recover".
This happens because the kernel image is too big for the bootloader
to boot. This commit works around this by decreasing the lzma dictionary
size option from the default 23 to 10.
Before this change the current OpenWrt snapshot image (uncompressed
kernel size 4875139 bytes) failed to boot, while now an even bigger
image (kernel 4.19 with snapshot default config; uncompressed kernel
size 5162833 bytes) boots just fine.
The highest lzma dictionary size option this image booted with was 11.
10 was chosen to have a bit more room for growth.
An unavoidable side-effect of this change is that the compressed kernel
image will take up more space.
Total image size with different dictionary size options:
D23 - 3973903 bytes (base)
D16 - 4113167 bytes (+3.5% - +139264 bytes)
D12 - 4317967 bytes (+8.7% - +344064 bytes)
D11 - 4383503 bytes (+10.3% - +409600 bytes)
D10 - 4461327 bytes (+12.3% - +487424 bytes)
Fixes: FS#1484
Signed-off-by: Mason Clarke <mclarke2355@gmail.com>
78cd384 Update README and patchlevel.h for 2.4.8 release
5d03403 pppd: Avoid use of strnlen (and strlen) in vslprintf
a1e950a pppd: Fix IPv6 default route code for Solaris
ca5e61b plugins/rp-pppoe: Make tag parsing loop condition more accurate
c10c3c7 pppd: Make sure word read from options file is null-terminated
b311e98 pppd: Limit memory accessed by string formats with max length specified
3ea9de9 pppd: Eliminate some more compiler warnings
57edb1a pppd: Include time.h header before using time_t
09f695f pppd: Don't free static string
03104ba pppd.h: Add missing headers
388597e pppd: Add defaultroute6 and related options
66ce4ba pppd: Avoid declarations within statements in main.c
5637180 pppd: Fix `ifname` option in case of multilink (#105)
d00f8a0 pppd: Fix variable reference syntax in Makefile.linux
b6b4d28 pppd: Check tdb pointer before closing
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
If CONFIG_DROPBEAR_ZLIB is set, building fails at the packaging stage
due to an undeclared dependency on libz.so.1.
As is already done for the main dropbear package, conditionally add a
dependency on zlib.
Signed-off-by: Matt Merhar <mattmerhar@protonmail.com>
Both devices are available in 64M and 128M RAM configurations but there
is no visial indication which configuration one might get.
So just to be sure we properly support both configurations switch to
kmod-atk10k-ct-smallbuffers.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Krapp <achterin@googlemail.com>
It seems the buildbots can't handle it.
Added a cmake option to find the cxxabi files as they are part of the
toolchain and not in the normal path. It doesn't seem to make a
difference, just gets rid of cmake warnings.
Added another small GCC warning fix. It's fairly minor.
This has no change in compiled size, and most likely no change in
behavior. Bumped the PKG_RELEASE anyway.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Currently the patch only changes break to use goto statement instead.
But not necessary acutually since the ret value checked after the for loop.
So it is okay for the break case before changed by the patch also.
This patch only reverts the following commit partially.
https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/commit/ddc11c3932c7b7b7df7d5fbd48f207e7
Note: The changes are mainly applied into the linux kernel upstream.
Signed-off-by: Tokunori Ikegami <ikegami.t@gmail.com>
Cc: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Currently the patch only changes break to use goto statement instead.
But not necessary acutually since the ret value checked after the for loop.
So it is okay for the break case before changed by the patch also.
This patch only reverts the following commit partially.
ddc11c3932
Note: The changes are mainly applied into the linux kernel upstream.
Signed-off-by: Tokunori Ikegami <ikegami.t@gmail.com>
Cc: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
These two hacks are no longer necessary as they've
been moved to a special variant of kmod-ath10k-ct.
So, if you have a device suffering from low-memory
situation and getting applications crashes due to
the OOM reaper or kernel panics with ath10k, please
use the "kmod-ath10k-ct-smallbuffers" package from
now on.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Images generated for the TP-Link RE200v1 cannot be updated using
sysupgrade, because a necessary call to append-metadata was missing.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Böhler <dev@aboehler.at>
Edimax RA21S is a dual band 11ac router,
based on MediaTek MT7621A and MT7615N chips.
Specification:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7621A dual-core @ 880MHz
- RAM: 256M (Nanya NT5CC128M16IP)
- FLASH: 16MB (Macronix MX25L12835F)
- WiFi: 2.4/5 GHz 4T4R
- 2.4GHz MediaTek MT7615N bgn
- 5GHz MediaTek MT7615N nac
- Switch: SoC integrated Gigabit Switch (4 x LAN, 1 x WAN)
- USB: No
- BTN: Reset, WPS
- LED: 4 red LEDs, indistinguishable when case closed
- UART: through-hole on PCB.
J1: 3.3V - RX - GND - TX / 57600-8N1. 3.3V is the square pad
Installation:
Update the factory image via the OEM web-interface
(by default: http://192.168.2.1/)
User: admin
Password: 1234
The sysupgrade image can be installed via TFTP
from the U-Boot bootloader. Connect via ethernet port 2.
Tested on device by @UAb5eSMn
Signed-off-by: Maksym Medvedev <redrathnure@gmail.com>
[split DTS and take over improvements from RG21S, extend commit
message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
330-MIPS-kexec-Accept-command-line-parameters-from-users.patch causes
problems when building with -Werror=unused-result.
arch/mips/kernel/machine_kexec.c: In function 'machine_kexec_init_argv':
arch/mips/kernel/machine_kexec.c:76:2: error: ignoring return value of 'copy_from_user', declared with attribute warn_unused_result [-Werror=unused-result]
copy_from_user(kexec_argv_buf, buf, size);
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
cc1: all warnings being treated as errors
Fix this by handling the return value in an appropriate way.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
iperf2 is useful for testing UDP over multicast, add an option to permit
the enabling/disabling of multicast support.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
CONFIG_PINCTRL_SUN4I_A10 controls both the A10 and the A20 enablong of
the pinctrl driver, this is necessary since upstream commit
5d8d349618a9464714c07414c5888bfd9416638f ("pinctrl: sunxi: add A20
support to A10 driver") which has been included in v4.13 and onwards.
Fixes: ad2b3bf310 ("sunxi: Add support for kernel 4.14")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Shared base-files package contains functions for LED migration that
are already used by several targets. Apply those also to lantiq and
drop the (redundant) local code.
While at it, reorder board names in file.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The only device in samsung target is meant to be built with s5pv210
subtarget. Thus, though this won't make a difference for a
one-subtarget target, already add the condition to the Makefile to
make the assignment obvious.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This patch changes the samsung target to calculate the DTS file name
from vendor and device name and the SOC (i.e. subtarget) following
the common scheme:
soc_vendor_model.dts
This also updates the device definition name to make compatible,
image name, menuconfig name and DTS name consistent.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The TP-Link Archer C20i previously had a generic Ralink MAC address set
for both radios, as the caldata does only contain a generic MAC address.
Set the MAC address from the vendor firmware for both radios to assign
unique MAC addresses to every device.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The TP-Link Archer C2 v1 previously had a generic Ralink MAC address set
for the 5GHz radio (MT7610), as the caldata does only contain a generic
MAC address.
Set the MAC address from the vendor firmware for the 5GHz radio to
assign unique MAC addresses to every device.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Use the WPS LED to indicate system status like it is done for the
TP-Link Archer C2 v1 and many other boards.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This converts all MediaTek MT7620 boards from TP-Link to use the now
supported WiFi throughput LED trigger. This way, the LED state now
covers all VAPs regardless of their name.
Also align all single-WiFi LEDs to represent the state of the 2.4GHz
radio. This was not always the case previously, as later-added support
for the MT7610 altered the phy probing order.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Changed standard to 2a. 2a (as well as 17) contain more constexpr
functions, which are evaluated at compile time. This saves space.
Added --gc-sections. With the CXXABI change, this now makes the package
smaller.
With these, size went down to 210845 on mipsel_24kc.
Also fixed two small compiler warnings. No real change in behavior.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Allows proper exception handling. This includes removing unimplemented
warnings.
File size increased as a result:
Before:
182874
After:
211006
On mipsel_24kc.
Note that this requires libsupc++ anyway. It's specified in g++-libcxx.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
HC5661 does not have 5GHz WiFi or LED.
Fixes: e6e373d348 ("ramips: Add DTS files for HiWiFi HC5x61 models")
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
TP-Link RE200 v1 is a wireless range extender with Ethernet and 2.4G and 5G
WiFi with internal antennas. It's based on MediaTek MT7620A+MT7610EN.
Specifications
--------------
- MediaTek MT7620A (580 Mhz)
- 64 MB of RAM
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz and 1T1R 5 GHz
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- UART header on PCB (57600 8n1)
- 8x LED (GPIO-controlled; only 6 supported), 2x button
There are 2.4G and 5G LEDs in red and green which are controlled
separately. The 5G LED is currently not supported, since the GPIOs couldn't
be determined.
Installation
------------
Web Interface
-------------
It is possible to upgrade to OpenWrt via the web interface. However, the
OEM firmware upgrade file is required and a tool to fix the MD5 sum of
the header. This procedure overwrites U-Boot and there is not failsafe /
recovery mode present! To prepare an image, you need to take the header
and U-Boot (i.e. 0x200 + 0x20000 bytes) from an OEM firmware file and
attach the factory image to it. Then fix the header MD5Sum1.
Serial console
--------------
Opening the case is quite hard, since it is welded together. Rename the
OpenWrt factory image to "test.bin", then plug in the device and quickly
press "2" to enter flash mode (no line feed). Follow the prompts until
OpenWrt is installed.
Unfortunately, this devices does not offer a recovery mode or a tftp
installation method. If the web interface upgrade fails, you have to open
your device and attach serial console. Since the web upgrade overwrites
the boot loader, you might also brick your device.
Additional notes
----------------
MAC address assignment is based on stock-firmware. For me, the device
assigns the MAC on the label to Ethernet and the 2.4G WiFi, while the 5G
WiFi has a separate MAC with +2.
*:88 Ethernet/2.4G label, uboot 0x1fc00, userconfig 0x0158
*:89 unused userconfig 0x0160
*:8A 5G not present in flash
This seems to be the first ramips device with a TP-Link v1 header. The
original firmware has the string "EU" embedded, there might be some region-
checking going on during the firmware upgrade process. The original
firmware also contains U-Boot and thus overwrites the boot loader during
upgrade.
In order to flash back to stock, the first header and U-Boot need to be
stripped from the original firmware.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Böhler <dev@aboehler.at>
MiWiFi Nano has two LAN ports, which are in reverse order. Add port numbers
to them, and disable unused ports.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
This replaces deprecated backticks by more versatile $(...) syntax.
Found with shellcheck.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
[adjust commit title and message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This replaces deprecated backticks by more versatile $(...) syntax.
Found with shellcheck.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
[slightly adjusted commit title, added commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Handle both variants separately. This removes the need for calling
swconfig to detect the switch, and simplifies future changes.
Signed-off-by: Josua Mayer <josua.mayer@jm0.eu>
This adds a "factory" image for the aircube-isp devices. Note that the
firmware can't be uploaded without prior special preparation. For the
most recent instructions on how to do that, visit the OpenWRT wiki page
of the Ubiquiti airCube ISP for details:
https://openwrt.org/toh/ubiquiti/ubiquiti_aircube_isp
Current procedure:
With the original firmware 2.5.0 it is possible to upload and execute a
script via the configuration. To do that download and unpack the
original configuration, adapt uhttpd config to execute another lua
handler (placed in the config directory) and pack and upload it again.
The lua handler can call a script that mounts an overlayfs and modifies
the "fwupdate.real" binary so that an unsigned image is accepted. The
overlayfs is necessary because a security system (called tomoyo) doesn't
allow binaries in other locations than /sbin/fwupdate.real (and maybe
some more) to access the flash when executed via network.
A big thanks to Torvald Menningen (Snap) from the OpenWRT forum for
finding out how to patch the binary so that it accepts an unsigned
image.
The current step-by-step procedure is:
- Use a version 2.5.0 of the original firmware. This is important
because a binary file will be modified.
- Download a configuration.
- Unpack it (it's just a tar gz file without an ending).
- Add the following to uhttpd:
``````
config 'uhttpd' 'other'
list listen_http 0.0.0.0:8080
list listen_http [::]:8080
option 'home' '/tmp/persistent/config/patch/www'
option lua_prefix '/lua'
option lua_handler '/tmp/persistent/config/patch/handler.lua'
``````
- Create a `patch` subfolder.
- Create a `patch/www` subfolder.
- Create a `patch/handler.lua` with the following content:
``````
function handle_request(env)
uhttpd.send("Status: 200 OK\r\n")
uhttpd.send("Content-Type: text/plain\r\n\r\n")
local command = "/bin/sh /tmp/persistent/config/patch/patch.sh 2>&1"
local proc = assert(io.popen(command))
for line in proc:lines() do
uhttpd.send(line.."\r\n")
end
proc:close()
end
``````
- Create a `patch/patch.sh` with the following content:
``````
#!/bin/sh -x
set -e
set -u
set -x
UBNTBOX_PATCHED="/tmp/fwupdate.real"
MD5FILE="/tmp/patchmd5"
cat <<EOF > ${MD5FILE}
c33235322da5baca5a7b237c09bc8df1 /sbin/fwupdate.real
EOF
# check md5 of files that will be patched
if ! md5sum -c ${MD5FILE}
then
echo "******** Error when checking files. Refuse to do anything. ********"
exit 0
fi
# prepare some overlay functionality
LOWERDIR="/tmp/lower_root"
mkdir -p ${LOWERDIR}
mount -t squashfs -oro /dev/mtdblock3 ${LOWERDIR}
overlay_some_path()
{
PATH_TO_OVERLAY=$1
ALIAS=$2
UPPERDIR="/tmp/over_${ALIAS}"
WORKDIR="/tmp/over_${ALIAS}_work"
mkdir -p ${UPPERDIR}
mkdir -p ${WORKDIR}
mount -t overlay -o lowerdir=${LOWERDIR}${PATH_TO_OVERLAY},upperdir=${UPPERDIR},workdir=${WORKDIR} overlay ${PATH_TO_OVERLAY}
}
# patch the ubntbox binary.
overlay_some_path "/sbin" "sbin"
echo -en '\x10' | dd of=/sbin/fwupdate.real conv=notrunc bs=1 count=1 seek=24598
echo "******** Done ********"
``````
- Repack the configuration.
- Upload it via the normal web interface.
- Wait about a minute. The webserver should restart.
- Now there is a second web server at port 8080 which can call the lua
script. Visit the page with a web browser. Link is for example
http://192.168.1.1:8080/lua
- You should see the output of the script with a "*** Done ***" at the
end. Note that the patches are not permanent. If you restart the
router you have to re-visit the link (but not re-upload the config).
- Now you can upload an unsigned binary via the normal web interface.
Signed-off-by: Christian Mauderer <oss@c-mauderer.de>
Convert leading spaces to tabs and generally harmonize leading
whitespace indent in the file.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
No bash features are actually used here.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
[slightly adjust commit title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
There is nothing that needs bash anymore.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
[add prefix to commit title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This replaces deprecated backticks by more versatile $(...) syntax.
Found with shellcheck.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
[adjust commit title and message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This replaces deprecated backticks by more versatile $(...) syntax.
Found with shellcheck.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
[alter commit title, extend commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Enables proper checking. Matches printf behavior in C.
Found with shellcheck.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
[add prefix to commit title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
let is a bashism.
Found with shellcheck.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
[add prefix to commit title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This reverts commit 10cbc896c0.
The updated iptables package does not build due to the following error
encountered on the buildbots:
cp: cannot stat '.../iptables-1.8.4/ipkg-install/usr/lib/libiptc.so.*': No such file or directory
The changelog mentions "build: remove -Wl,--no-as-needed and libiptc.so" so
it appears as if further packaging changes are needed beyond a simple
version bump.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Setting user and group for a jailed process caused the jail not to
come up. Fix this by passing user and group to ujail and change
user only once the jail has been setup.
This allows jailing services which refuse to run as root user.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This adds an LED trigger for the WAN LED on top of the TP-Link
TL-WR902AC v3. Currently, only the LED on the port itself shows the link
state, while the LED on top of the device stays dark.
The WAN port of the device is a hybrid LAN/WAN one, hence why the LED at
the port was labled LAN.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This adds a (currently missing) throughput LED trigger for the rt2x00
driver. Previously, LED triggers had to be assigned to the netdev, which
was limited to a single VAP.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Tested-by: Christoph Krapp <achterin@googlemail.com>
b30e0df kmodloader: print an error when no kernel module dir can be found
17689b6 logread: add option to filter for facilities
c9ffeac kmodloader: added -v arg to modeprobe
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This patch uses the SOC variable to calculate DTS names automatically
based on the SOC and the device definition node name.
This reduces redundancy and (by having to choose DTS name
appropriately) will unify the naming of a device in different places
(image/Makefile, DTS name, compatible, image name). This is supposed
to make life easier for developers and reviewers.
Since the kernel uses a "soc-device.dts" scheme for this target, we
use this for the derivation of DEVICE_DTS, too, leaving the DTS names
unchanged for this target.
Note that for some devices the kernel itself uses inconsistent names
(DTS naming scheme vs. compatible), leaving us with a manual overwrite
of DEVICE_DTS for those cases.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This patch uses the SOC variable to calculate DTS names automatically
based on the SOC and the device definition node name.
This reduces redundancy and (by having to choose DTS name
appropriately) will unify the naming of a device in different places
(image/Makefile, DTS name, compatible, image name). This is supposed
to make life easier for developers and reviewers.
Since the kernel uses a "soc-device.dts" scheme for this target, we
use this for the derivation of DEVICE_DTS, too, and rename the files
not having followed it so far.
Note that for some devices the kernel itself is inconsistent, leaving
us with a manual overwrite for ap.dk01.1-c1 and ap.dk04.1-c1.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Several devices in mt76x8 subtarget use the following line to set
up wmac in their DTS(I) files:
ralink,mtd-eeprom = <&factory 0x4>
This is strange for several reasons:
- They should use mediatek,mtd-eeprom on this SOC
- The caldata is supposed to start at 0x0
- The parent DTSI mt7628an.dtsi specifies mediatek,mtd-eeprom anyway,
starting from 0x0
- The offset coincides with the default location of the MAC address
in caldata
Based on the comment in b28e94d4bf ("ramips: MiWiFi Nano fixes"),
it looks like the author for this device wanted to actually use
mtd-mac-address instead of ralink,mtd-eeprom. A check on the same
device revealed that actually the MAC address start at offset 4 there,
so the correct caldata offset is 0x0.
Based on these findings, and the fact that the expected location on
this SOC is 0x0, we remove the "ralink,mtd-eeprom = <&factory 0x4>"
statement from all devices in ramips (being only mt7628an anyway).
Thanks to Sungbo Eo for finding and researching this.
Reported-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Fixes: b28e94d4bf ("ramips: MiWiFi Nano fixes")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
As announced on the mailing list, WireGuard will be in Linux 5.6. As a
result, the wg(8) tool, used by OpenWRT in the same manner as ip(8), is
moving to its own wireguard-tools repo. Meanwhile, the out-of-tree
kernel module for kernels 3.10 - 5.5 moved to its own wireguard-linux-
compat repo. Yesterday, releases were cut out of these repos, so this
commit bumps packages to match. Since wg(8) and the compat kernel module
are versioned and released separately, we create a wireguard-tools
Makefile to contain the source for the new tools repo. Later, when
OpenWRT moves permanently to Linux 5.6, we'll drop the original module
package, leaving only the tools. So this commit shuffles the build
definition around a bit but is basically the same idea as before.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
2a0a19168dce mt7603: remove vif sta from poll list on interface remove
dc14ac64e7f3 mt7615: remove vif sta from poll list on interface remove
d868638fdd96 mt76: remove obsolete .add_buf() from struct mt76_queue_ops
50b1e9bd25cd mt76: refactor cc_lock locking scheme
1987b741dac2 mt76: mt76x0: remove 350ms delay in mt76x0_phy_calibrate
c93a2d1c1304 mt76: mt76x02u: update ewma pkt len in mt76x02u_tx_prepare_skb
58e1e969f03e mt76: mt7615: remove unneeded semicolon
c14d6563c492 mt76: mt76x2e: disable pcie_aspm by default
f2be00b1011a mt76: dma: fix buffer unmap with non-linear skbs
20f05897873a mt76: mt76u: rely on usb_interface instead of usb_dev
3cbaf81a185e mt76: mt76u: rely on a dedicated stats workqueue
ea19cd7ac6c6 mt76: Remove set but not used variable 'idx'
a85c06cec844 mt76: use mt76_dev in mt76_is_{mmio,usb}
e0731a82a14f mt76: move SUPPORTS_REORDERING_BUFFER hw property in mt76_register_device
cfdb75124e7c mt76: mt7615: add ibss support
e2f90adcc3b1 mt76: move interface_modes definition in mt76_core module
5dfb0ec9c6d1 mt76: mt7615: disable radar pattern detector during scanning
7121e163c068 mt76: fix possible out-of-bound access in mt7615_fill_txs/mt7603_fill_txs
db78ee08d95e mt76: move mt76_get_antenna in mt76_core module
faf5e6fedd7e mt76: mt7615: read {tx,rx} mask from eeprom
44825e88a42d mt76: use rcu_read_lock_bh in mt76_dma_rx_poll
af83ee8de928 mt76: move initialization of some struct members to mt76_alloc_device
6493e234b40d mt76: introduce struct mt76_phy
ea46624355ec mt76: add support for an extra wiphy in the rx path
c5f1e83e30d4 mt76: add support for an extra wiphy in the main tx path
1d8011871458 mt76: add support for an extra wiphy in the tx status path
e5e755a7a6b0 mt76: add support for an extra wiphy in mt76_sta_state()
ee36c8e2170f mt76: move channel state to struct mt76_phy
d246beb23350 mt76: keep a set of software tx queues per phy
a3e88bcf17e8 mt76: move state from struct mt76_dev to mt76_phy
9cda51d195db mt76: move chainmask back to driver specific structs
df74d6993383 mt76: move txpower_conf back to driver specific structs
9e95fa6208a2 mt76: move txpower and antenna mask to struct mt76_phy
502d09a6e806 mt76: add multiple wiphy support to mt76_get_min_avg_rssi
842cae558b82 mt76: add priv pointer to struct mt76_phy
8ca04846857b mt76: add function for allocating an external wiphy
04cd17a64520 mt76: add ext_phy field to struct mt76_wcid
1c8d69e7d666 mt76: move ampdu_ref from mt76_dev to driver struct
e6659d12d01e mt76: mt7615: add dual-phy support for mac80211 ops
e5ea72ac7158 mt76: mt7615: add multiple wiphy support for smart carrier sense
bdcd45dd04e0 mt76: mt7615: add missing register init for dual-wiphy support
0954c37d015f mt76: mt7615: remove useless MT_HW_RDD0/1 enum
705a0fcdc3a5 mt76: mt7615: add multiple wiphy support to the dfs support code
849fefacc48a mt76: mt7615: rework chainmask handling
caa47af1d6f2 mt76: mt7615: add multiple wiphy support to the rx path
c5585a735864 mt76: mt7615: initialize dbdc settings on interface add
6265fd1954d7 mt76: mt7615: move radio/mac initialization to .start/stop callbacks
5725d1f919ff mt76: mt7615: select the correct tx queue for frames sent to the second phy
993683d62fb7 mt76: mt7615: add support for registering a second wiphy via debugfs
1456a53ddeb3 mt76: mt7615: update beacon contents on BSS_CHANGED_BEACON
ea41ad8bdb36 mt76: mt7615: defer mcu initialization via workqueue
59de6c9447a7 mt7615: replace sta_state callback with sta_add/sta_remove
88db676f8517 mt76: fix rx dma ring descriptor state on reset
fff2c07193bb Revert "mt76: use rcu_read_lock_bh in mt76_dma_rx_poll"
b3bf83d6da1c mt76: disable bh in mt76_dma_rx_poll
efcbee1d8bfc mt76: mt76x0u: do not reset radio on resume
5dc6f6fcc027 treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 174
84554a1fbb9a kernel: fix typos and some coding style in comments
a116b0a6afe9 mt76: fix possible undetected invalid MAC address
becdec318fce mt76: Off by one in mt76_calc_rx_airtime()
683eb244fa55 mt76: mt7603: reset STA_CCA counter setting the channel
812692db171c mt76: eeprom: add support for big endian eeprom partition
8b362382b10c mt76: mt7615: Fix build with older compilers
fc24815a2cb4 mt76: mt7615: report firmware version using ethtool
5cec93d57e6d mt76: mt76x02: fix coverage_class type
9354f0f41d1c mt76: mt7603: set 0 as min coverage_class value
a589d095eeb6 mt76: mt7615: add set_coverage class support
257c19f5b56f mt76: clear skb pointers from rx aggregation reorder buffer during cleanup
05c87a33831f mt76: do not overwrite max_tx_fragments if it has been set
05fa07c667f3 mt76: use AC specific reorder timeout
3ef5f3444a94 mt76: mt7615: measure channel noise and report it via survey
726fd501651a mt76: mt7615: increase MCU command timeout
99d8cd03edfa mt76: mt7603: fix input validation issues for powersave-filtered frames
32129af2604d net/wireless: Delete unnecessary checks before the macro call “dev_kfree_skb”
85a8abf80385 mt76: mt76x02: omit beacon slot clearing
8b5d3615e1c8 mt76: mt76x02: split beaconing
dc364547d91a mt76: mt76x02: add check for invalid vif idx
462a16e185e4 mt76: mt76x02: remove a copy call for usb speedup
fa24aba4c280 mt76: speed up usb bulk copy
6a84ad21306e mt76: mt76x02: add channel switch support for usb interfaces
09fcbc214b10 mt76: usb: use max packet length for m76u_copy
584c0784e019 mt76: mt76x02u: do not set NULL beacons
ca17e5657e8a mt76: mt76x02: minor mt76x02_mac_set_beacon optimization
d5fdd2e7ced8 mt76: mt7615: fix MT7615_CFEND_RATE_DEFAULT value
ae25a4bf99a9 mt76: mt7615: introduce LED support
cd759b00cc06 mt76: mt76x02: simplify led reg definitions
cf00467c5de4 mt76: mt7603: simplify led reg definitions
1c8e76f4de3e mt76: fix compilation warning in mt76_eeprom_override()
960f5cc2390b mt76: mt76u: fix endpoint definition order
15e1c29ed8e3 mt76: mt7615: add missing settings for simultaneous dual-band support
e09b9f61eeb3 mt76: mt7615: rework set_channel function
4cb1195a1530 mt76: mt7615: add set_antenna callback
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Physically allocated memory for modules needs to be registered with kmemleak,
so it can track it as object.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Contains following changes:
a1523d76b016 fix blob parsing vulnerability by using blob_parse_untrusted
c60583743ccf ubus_monitor: workaround possibly false positive uses of memory after it is freed
dac6c7c575ac ubusd_monitor: fix possible null pointer dereference
060dfbb26da3 ubus_common: remove duplicate ARRAY_SIZE and add missing include
c5f2053dfcfd workaround possibly false positive uses of memory after it is freed
72be8e93f07d lua: ubus_lua_do_subscribe: fix copy&paste error
a995b1e68129 lua: workaround false positive dereference of null pointer
08f17c87a000 add fuzzer and cram based unit tests
c413be9b376c refactor ubusd.c into reusable ubusd_library
afd47189e864 examples: remove dead increments
b2e544238672 add initial GitLab CI support
058f4e9526ed libubus: fix incompatible pointer types assigment
d2e026a33df8 iron out all extra compiler warnings
5d7ca8309d0a ubusd/libubus-io: fix variable sized struct position warning
d61282db5640 ubusd: fix comparison of integers of different signs
90fb16234c22 cmake: enable extra compiler checks
and bumps ABI_VERSION to 20191219.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
14a279411cff fix certificate blob parsing vulnerability by using blob_parse_untrusted
19a7225ac018 fix leaking memory in cert_dump_blob
9dba44ddd4f5 fix possibly garbage value returned in cert_process_revoker
4462ff9dedfa add cram based unit tests
5fe64b5606aa cmake: split usign bits into static library
5d7626a2b6d8 cmake: reindent the file
e284ed941972 cmake: enable hardening compiler flags and fix the reported issues
7e5390666347 add initial GitLab CI support
fa0bf4ef45b1 cmake: add proper include and library dependencies
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Contains following changes:
eb7eb6393d47 blobmsg: fix array out of bounds GCC 10 warning
86f6a5b8d1f1 blobmsg: reuse blobmsg_namelen in blobmsg_data
586ce031eaa0 tests: fuzz: fuzz _len variants of checking methods
b0e21553ae8c blobmsg: add _len variants for all attribute checking methods
cd3059796a57 Replace use of blobmsg_check_attr by blobmsg_check_attr_len
143303149c8b Ensure blob_attr length check does not perform out of bounds reads
f2b2ee441adb blobmsg: fix heap buffer overflow in blobmsg_parse
4dfd24ed88c4 blobmsg: make blobmsg_len and blobmsg_data_len return unsigned value
2df6d35e3299 tests: add test cases for blobmsg parsing
8a34788b46c4 test: fuzz: add blobmsg_check_attr crashes
478597b9f9ae blob: fix OOB access in blob_check_type
325418a7a3c0 tests: use blob_parse_untrusted variant
0b24e24b93e1 blob: introduce blob_parse_untrusted
6d27336e4a8b blob: refactor attr parsing into separate function
833d25797b16 test: fuzz: add blob_parse crashes
09ee90f8d6ed tests: add test cases for blob parsing
436d6363a10b tests: add libFuzzer based tests
bf680707acfd tests: add unit tests covered with Clang sanitizers
f804578847de cmake: add more hardening compiler flags
46f8268b4b5b blobmsg/ulog: fix format string compiler warnings
eb216a952407 cmake: use extra compiler warnings only on gcc6+
and bumps ABI_VERSION to 20191226.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
We have only 11 sensors on ipq806x. Fix the reg property
to load the right amount of data instead of the entire
space.
Tested-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de> [nbg6817/ipq8065]
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Tsense driver for ipq806x have various problem.
- Emit wrong error. On probing of this driver, nvmem driver can be
not ready and this cause a EDEFER error. Actually this is not an
error as the kernel will retry to probe the driver after the
nvmem driver is loaded.
- Use uninitialized value on trigger of critical temp
- Doesn't free allocated memory
Because of this, rework the driver and improve it by removing extra
load of data.
Change the logic of loading data. Use the backup calib data only
when the calib data is not present. As the calibration is only
needed to set the temp offset, we don't really need to read
both calib data and set the offset based only on the backup one.
Also change how the notifier function work. At times when we
output the trigger message, we already have read the temp so
remove the extra read and the wrong uninitialized data that
probably caused a kernel panic for null pointer exception.
(Think we never experience this bug because the router
never reached that temp ever... So just lucky)
Tested-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de> [nbg6817/ipq8065]
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
The config name for cpufreq driver has changed.
Tested-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de> [nbg6817/ipq8065]
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
The new driver use opp table to register frequency.
Drop psv bindings as they are not used anymore.
Tested-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de> [nbg6817/ipq8065]
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
The new driver use opp table to register frequency.
Drop psv bindings as they are not used anymore.
Adds speedbin definition for nvmem driver
Tested-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de> [nbg6817/ipq8065]
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
This patch has been proposed but never actually merged to
mainline. It was accepted but never re proposed by the
creator.
Rework it, fix kernel panic cause by double kfree.
Tested-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de> [nbg6817/ipq8065]
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Backport patch applied to qcom-cpufreq-kryo
driver as krait cpu will base on this driver.
Tested-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de> [nbg6817/ipq8065]
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Drop old cpufreq as now we have new driver that
can use normal kernel opp definition
Tested-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de> [nbg6817/ipq8065]
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Rework 0052-PM-OPP-Update-the-voltage-tolerance-when-adjusting-t
to reflect changes upstream.
- Skip unnecessary allocation of buffer to set u_volt
- Change opp u_volt directly
Tested-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de> [nbg6817/ipq8065]
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Update 0049-PM-OPP-Support-adjusting-OPP-voltages-at-runtime with
upstream version.
Tested-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de> [nbg6817/ipq8065]
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
It has been notice a buf in L2 cache scaling where the scaling is not
done proprely if the frequency is set to the initial state before
the new frequency.
From: https://patchwork.kernel.org/patch/10565443/
* The clocks are set to aux clock rate first to make sure the
* secondary mux is not sourcing off of QSB. The rate is then set to
* two different rates to force a HFPLL reinit under all
* circumstances.
In the initial stage of boot to force a new frequency to apply, is
needed to first set the frequency back to the lowest one (aux_rate)
and then to the target one. This force and make sure the controller
actually switch the frequency to the right one. Apply the same
mechanism to L2 frequency scaling. Before scaling to the target
frequency, first set the frequency to the aux_rate to force the
transition, then scale it to the target frequency. Doing the wrong way
can produce unexpected results and could lock the scaling mechanism
until a full reboot is done (Causing a full reset by the krait-cc driver)
From: https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/next/linux-next.git/commit/?id=77612720a2362230af726baa4149c40ec7a7fb05
When the Hfplls are reprogrammed during the rate change,
the primary muxes which are sourced from the same hfpll
for higher frequencies, needs to be switched to the 'safe
secondary mux' as the parent for that small window. This
is done by registering a clk notifier for the muxes and
switching to the safe parent in the PRE_RATE_CHANGE notifier
and back to the original parent in the POST_RATE_CHANGE notifier.
This should apply also to L2 scaling... as we can't relly use
the notifier, we manually do this on L2 scaling.
Tested-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de> [nbg6817/ipq8065]
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
edad0d6 version: bump snapshot
0e38a3c compat: ipv6_dst_lookup_flow was backported to 5.3 and 5.4
2e52c41 wg-quick: linux: use already configured addresses instead of in-memory
3721521 tools: adjust wg.8 syntax for consistency in COMMANDS section
21a1498 wg-quick: linux: try both iptables(8) and nft(8) on teardown
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
According to many bugreports [0][1][2] the default ath10k-ct kernel
module is unusable on devices with just 64 MiB RAM or with 128 MiB and
dual ath10k cards. The target boards boot but eventually oom-killer
starts to interfere with normal operation, so the current state is
effectively broken.
Since the two patches in question have a performance impact (and
possibly some other unexpected side-effects) a dedicated build variant
is added so that users of the low RAM devices can still benefit from all
the ath10k-ct advantages.
According to testing [3] results, the issue can be experienced even with
"a 256MB device with three radios". Measured performance impact of
implementing small buffers was lowering "the maximum 5 GHz throughput on
an IPQ40xx device without RPS/XPS optimizations from 494/432 Mbit/s for
TCP transfers (download/upload) to 438/343 Mbit/s"
The patches were apparently inspired by QSDK tweaks used by ODMs for the
affected devices.
[0] http://lists.infradead.org/pipermail/openwrt-devel/2019-December/020573.html
[1] https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/1077
[2] https://bugs.openwrt.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=2664
[3] https://github.com/freifunk-gluon/gluon/pull/1440#issue-195607701
Signed-off-by: Paul Fertser <fercerpav@gmail.com>
[Remove double CONFIG_ATH10K-CT_LEDS entry]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Deactivate CONFIG_SFP for kernel 4.19 in the generic configuration.
The CONFIG_SFP configuration option was not set to anything in the
ath79 build for me, set it to deactivated by default.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The factory image for the dlink_dir-615-e4 is getting too big which makes
the full ath79 tiny build fail, deactivate it by default.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Don't build with uClibc-ng. It's totally unsupported as several functions
are missing.
Make the musl libc support conditional.
Fix hash with make check FIXUP=1. Apparently I based the Makefile off of
libedit and forgot to fix the hash.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Fixes: 856ea2bad3 ("libcxx: Add package")
The device label contains:
E01: 74:4D:28:xx:xx:30
E05: 74:4D:28:xx:xx:34
The first value corresponds to the address set in hard_config 0x10.
That one is taken for the label MAC address.
Signed-off-by: Sven Roederer <freifunk@it-solutions.geroedel.de>
The node pinctrl0 is already set up in the SOC DTSI files, but
defined again as member of pinctrl in most of the device DTS(I)
files. This patch removes this redundancy for the entire ramips
target.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Unloading and reloading the modules fails, as platform_device_put() does not
release resources fully.
root@OpenWrt:/# insmod i2c-gpio-custom bus0=0,18,0,5
[ 196.860620] Custom GPIO-based I2C driver version 0.1.1
[ 196.871162] ------------[ cut here ]------------
[ 196.880517] WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 1365 at fs/sysfs/dir.c:31 0x80112158
[ 196.893431] sysfs: cannot create duplicate filename '/devices/platform/i2c-gpio.0'
...
[ 197.513200] kobject_add_internal failed for i2c-gpio.0 with -EEXIST, don't try to register things with the same name in the same directory.
This patch fixes it by replacing platform_device_put() to
platform_device_unregister().
Fixes: da77408537 ("i2c-gpio-custom: minor bugfix")
Fixes: 3bc81edc70 ("package: fix w1-gpio-custom package (closes#6770)")
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
The rpcd service is an important service, but if the service stops
working for any reason, no one will ever respawn that service. With this
commit, the procd service will monitor if the rpcd service
is running. If the rpcd service has crashed, then
procd respawns the rpcd service.
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <fe@dev.tdt.de>
Several CMake packages such as log4cplus and protobuf(-c) install to
lib64 instead of lib on some hosts. This completely breaks rpath linking.
Override it globally to avoid fixing each package individually.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Sebastian Kemper <sebastian_ml@gmx.net>
The USB descriptor parsing in adb fails to detect SuperSpeed devices
because of the SuperSpeed Endpoint Companion Descriptor. This
cherry-picks the upstream fix for the problem.
Unfortunately there never were a release with this fix before the
conversion to C++, so upgrading to a newer version isn't an option.
This makes adb work with SuperSpeed devices like the Sierra Wireless
EM7565. Tested and verified.
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
- both packages provide ca-certs
- make ca-bundle the default provider
This should allow easy transition between these two forms of CA certificates storage
Signed-off-by: Maxim Storchak <m.storchak@gmail.com>
Currently in OpenWrt, there are two libc++: libstdcpp and uClibc++. The
former is huge and the latter supports only C++98 with some basic support
for C++11. Those C++ versions seem to be specific to the compiler version
libcxx supports C++11 and above while being much smaller than libstdcpp.
On mt7621, these are the sizes of the ipks that I get:
libstdcpp: 460786
libcxx: 182881
uClibc++:67720
libcxx is faster than uClibc++ and is under active development as part of
the LLVM project while uClibc++ is effectively dead.
This PR modifies uclibc++.mk to expose the make menuconfig option. Further
cleanup is beyond the scope of this PR. What that means is, this is not
used by default.
A g++-libcxx wrapper based on the uClibc++ one was added. Works the same
way.
Compile tested with all packages that use uclibc++.mk in their Makefiles
under mipsel_24kc. kismet fails compilation but that package needs to be
cleaned up and updated.
Runtime tested with gddrescue, gdisk, dcwapd, bonnie++, and aircrack-ng
on a TP-Link Archer C7v2.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
VMWare ESXI 6.5 and above is not compatible with
subformat=monolithicSparse (The default qemu-img convert -O VMDK option).
Monolithic Sparse vmdk can be imported, but issues occur when running
sysupgrade with new images and other tasks that modify the file system
(issues like Kernel panics, reboot loops, sometimes crashing the Host ESXI
box).
This change creates an additional VMDK output file for ESXI that sets the
subformat to monlithicFlat, and the adapter_type to the SCSI lsilogic
controller.
This change existed back on:
25e36d379e
But it looks like the change was removed when refactoring occurred with:
5f6a2732f892b6229473576d89cc963ae9c97d5d
Signed-off-by: John Sommerville <jsommerville@untangle.com>
Its way more trouble to update this to a newer version of qemu than it
is to backport the two additional features we need.
Signed-off-by: Brett Mastbergen <bmastbergen@untangle.com>
apache mirrors holds only latest releases, to download
older releases, one must use archive.apache.org to get
them.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kastner <cz172638@gmail.com>
The release notes since last time for wave-1:
* No changes to wave-1, but I make a version .014 copy anyway to keep
the makefile in sync.
The release notes since last time for wave-2:
* December 16, 2019: Wave-2 has a fix to make setting txpower work
better. Before setting the power was ignored at
least some of the time (it also appeared to work
mostly, so I guess it was being correctly set in
other ways).
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
This backports the patch for GCC PR target/89587 (gcc's rs6000
configuration unconditionally sets MULTIARCH_DIRNAME, even when
multiarch is disabled).
This currently affects apm821xx and may cause issues when
cross-compiling packages, e.g. Python 3[1].
This includes patches for GCC 8 (with the changelog diff removed);
this change is already included in GCC 9.2 and 7.5.
[1]: https://github.com/openwrt/packages/issues/10552
Signed-off-by: Jeffery To <jeffery.to@gmail.com>
[Removed patch for GCC 7.4.0, GCC 7.5.0 already contains this]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
led2l and led2h value is incorrectly set by led3l and led3h.
Bug was introduced in commit: 863e79f8d5
Signed-off-by: Aleksander Jan Bajkowski <A.Bajkowski@stud.elka.pw.edu.pl>
Fixes: 863e79f8d5 ("lantiq: add support for kernel 4.9")
MAC addresses are stored in factory partition at:
0x0004: WiFi 2.4GHz (label_mac +1)
0x0028: LAN, WAN (label_mac)
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
This patch does the following:
- prepend vendor name to model
- set status LEDs to follow the behavior in stock FW
- simplify state_default node definition
- use generic name for flash node
Stock FW status indicators:
https://files.xiaomi-mi.com/files/Mi_Router_Wi-Fi_Nano/Mi_router-NANO_EN.pdf
> Yellow: power on / off
> Blue: during normal operation
> Red: in case of problems with the operation of the device
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
This moves the include of lantiq.dtsi from the DTS files to the
parent falcon_lantiq_easy98000.dtsi.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This renames lantiq DTS(I) files to follow soc_vendor_device scheme.
This will make DTS files easier to maintain.
As a side effect, DTS file name can be derived from device node
names now, only having to specify a SOC variable in Makefiles.
While at it, move files to arch/mips/boot/dts/lantiq subfolder.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Assign the ASC pins to the serial controller node instead of using pin
hogging (where pins are assigned to the pin controller).
This is the preferred way of assigning pins upstream.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Assign the PCI pins to the PCI controller node instead of using pin
hogging (where pins are assigned to the pin controller).
This is the preferred way of assigning pins upstream.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Assign the STP pins to the STP GPIO controller node instead of using
pin hogging (where pins are assigned to the pin controller).
This is the preferred way of assigning pins upstream.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Assign the GPHY LED pins to the Ethernet controller node instead of
using pin hogging (where pins are assigned to the pin controller).
This is the preferred way of assigning pins upstream.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Assign the NAND pins to the NAND controller node instead of using pin
hogging (where pins are assigned to the pin controller).
This is the preferred way of assigning pins upstream.
While here, define all NAND pins (CLE, ALE, read/RD, ready busy/RDY and
CE/CS1). This means that the pinctrl subsystem knows that these pins are
in use and cannot be re-assigned as GPIOs for example.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Define the SPI pins in the corresponding SoCs.dtsi and assign them to
the SPI controller node. All known boards use CS4 and it's likely that
this is hardcoded in bootrom so this doesn't bother with having
per-board SPI pinmux settings.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Assign the MDIO pins to the switch node instead of using pin hogging
(where pins are assigned to the pin controller).
This is the preferred way of assigning pins upstream.
This converts amazonse, ar9 and vr9. danube is skipped because the pin
controller doesn't define a pinmux for the MDIO pins (some of the SoC
pads may be hardwired to the MDIO pins instead of being configurable).
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
This fixes the state_default node by setting the correct groups and
inheriting &state_default from parent DTSI directly.
The compatible for the wifi nodes is changed to the more generic
mediatek,mt76.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
So far, lan/wan MAC address for Edimax RG21S are only read using
mtd_get_mac_ascii, so eth0.1 and eth0.2 addresses are set, but
eth0 address is random. Since the device's LAN address is the same
as for 2.4 GHz, though, this patch set's the eth0 address based
on the 2.4 GHz one, which can be extracted by mtd-mac-address.
This will also allow to move the label MAC address setup to DT.
The setup of lan_mac and wan_mac are kept in 02_network, so those
locations are still in use, too.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This patch does the following:
- move WiFi LED setup to DTS
- fix LAN/WAN MAC addresses and add label MAC address
- wan5G -> wlan5G, power -> led_power
- increase flash SPI frequency to 30MHz
MAC addresses are stored in Factory partition at:
0x1006: WiFi 2.4GHz, WAN (label_mac)
0x5006: WiFi 5GHz, LAN (label_mac +4)
By improving flash speed,
`time dd if=/dev/mtdblock8 of=/dev/null bs=2k`
is reduced from 7m 10.26s to 5m 9.52s.
Using higher frequencies did not improve speed further.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
The current ethernet MAC address setup of TL-WDR4300 board is different
from the setup of stock firmware:
OpenWrt: lan = label_mac -2, wan = label_mac -2
stock: lan = label_mac, wan = label_mac +1
This patch applies to all devices using TL-WDR4300 board:
TL-WDR3600 v1
TL-WDR4300 v1
TL-WDR4300 v1 (IL)
TL-WDR4310 v1
Mercury MW4530R v1
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
The current ethernet MAC address setup of TL-WDR4300 board is different
from the setup of stock firmware:
OpenWrt: lan = label_mac -2, wan = label_mac -2
stock: lan = label_mac, wan = label_mac +1
The full address assignment is as follows:
LAN label
WAN label + 1
5G label
2G label - 1
This patch changes all devices using TL-WDR4300 board:
TL-WDR3600 v1 (checked on device)
TL-WDR4300 v1 (checked on device)
TL-WDR4300 v1 (IL)
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
[rephrase/extend commit title/message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Hardware
--------
SoC: Qualcomm IPQ4029
RAM: 512M DDR3
FLASH: - 128MB NAND (Macronix MX30LF1G18AC)
- 4MB SPI-NOR (Macronix MX25R3235F)
TPM: Atmel AT97SC3203
BLE: Texas Instruments CC2540T
attached to ttyMSM0
ETH: Atheros AR8035
LED: WiFi (amber / green)
System (red / green)
BTN: Reset
To connect to the serial console, you can solder to the labled pads next
to the USB port or use your Aruba supplied UARt adapter.
Do NOT plug a standard USB cable into the Console labled USB-port!
Aruba/HPE simply put UART on the micro-USB pins. You can solder yourself
an adapter cable:
VCC - NC
D+ - TX
D- - RX
GND - GND
The console setting in bootloader and OS is 9600 8N1. Voltage level is
3.3V.
To enable a full list of commands in the U-Boot "help" command, execute
the literal "diag" command.
Installation
------------
1. Get the OpenWrt initramfs image. Rename it to ipq40xx.ari and put it
into the TFTP server root directory. Configure the TFTP server to
be reachable at 192.168.1.75/24. Connect the machine running the TFTP
server to the ethernet port of the access point.
2. Connect to the serial console. Interrupt autobooting by pressing
Enter when prompted.
3. Configure the bootargs and bootcmd for OpenWrt.
$ setenv bootargs_openwrt "setenv bootargs console=ttyMSM1,9600n8"
$ setenv nandboot_openwrt "run bootargs_openwrt; ubi part aos1;
ubi read 0x85000000 kernel; bootm 0x85000000"
$ setenv ramboot_openwrt "run bootargs_openwrt;
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.105; setenv serverip 192.168.1.75;
netget; set fdt_high 0x87000000; bootm"
$ setenv bootcmd "run nandboot_openwrt"
$ saveenv
4. Load OpenWrt into RAM:
$ run ramboot_openwrt
5. After OpenWrt booted, transfer the OpenWrt sysupgrade image to the
/tmp folder on the device.
6. Flash OpenWrt:
$ ubidetach -p /dev/mtd1
$ ubiformat /dev/mtd1
$ sysupgrade -n /tmp/openwrt-sysupgrade.bin
To go back to the stock firmware, simply reset the bootcmd in the
bootloader to the original value:
$ setenv bootcmd "boot"
$ saveenv
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Device support for Belkin F9K1109v1 was added using set_usb_led()
although this was removed in 772b27c207 ("ramips: set F5D8235 v1
usb led trigger via devicetree").
Use ucidef_set_led_usbport() instead.
Fixes: f2c83532f9 ("ramips: add support for Belkin F9K1109v1")
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
[rephrase commit title and message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This creates the device variable SOC and adds it to DEFAULT_DEVICE_VARS.
It is supposed to replace target-specific SOC variables like ATH_SOC or
MTK_SOC and thus unify variable names across targets.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This harmonizes the line wrapping in image Makefile device
definitions, as those are frequently copy-pasted and are a common
subject of review comments. Having the treatment unifying should
reduce the cases where adjustment is necessary afterwards.
Harmonization is achieved by consistently (read "strictly")
applying certain rules:
- Never put more than 80 characters into one line
- Fill lines up (do not break after 40 chars because of ...)
- Use one tab for indent after wrapping by "\"
- Only break after pipe "|" for IMAGE variables
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This harmonizes the line wrapping in image Makefile device
definitions, as those are frequently copy-pasted and are a common
subject of review comments. Having the treatment unifying should
reduce the cases where adjustment is necessary afterwards.
Harmonization is achieved by consistently (read "strictly")
applying certain rules:
- Never put more than 80 characters into one line
- Fill lines up (do not break after 40 chars because of ...)
- Use one tab for indent after wrapping by "\"
- Only break after pipe "|" for IMAGE variables
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Was inadvertantly missed from the inital forward port from ar71xx to
ath79.
Fixes: 1588114cf2 ("ath79: add etactica-eg200 support")
Signed-off-by: Karl Palsson <karlp@etactica.com>
[commit description/subject facelift]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This enables using 4kiB sectors as erase blocks for 4MiB NOR flash ICs
that support it.
Writeable jffs2 overlay used to store settings requires a partition with
at least 5 erase blocks, so using small sectors is essential for devices
with 4MiB flash.
Sysupgrading a device running firmware without this feature will likely
not allow to preserve configs automatically but since ath79 is
considered to be in a "technology preview" state it shouldn't be a
problem.
Signed-off-by: Paul Fertser <fercerpav@gmail.com>
Specifications:
- FCC ID: KA2IR615E3
- SoC: MIPS32 24K 400 MHz Atheros AR7240
- RAM: 32 MiB DDR SDRAM ESMT M13S2561616A-5T
- Flash: 4 MiB NOR SPI Macronix MX25L3208E
- Wireless: AR9287 2.4 GHz 802.11n 2T2R, 2x RP-SMA connectors
- Ethernet: 5x 100BASE-TX Fast Ethernet
- LEDs: 9x GPIO, 1x ath9k
- Buttons: 2x tactile switches
- UART: 3.3 V, 115200 8n1
- USB: simple hardware modification required, 1x USB 1.1 Full Speed
Partitioning notes:
Vendor firmware (based on CameoAP99) defines two additional partitions:
"mac" @0x3b0000, size 0x10000 and "lp" @0x3c0000, size 0x30000.
The "mac" partition stores LAN MAC address and hardware board name.
However, the vendor firmware uses addresses from "nvram" partition, and
the board name is used only for informational purposes in the Web
interface (included in the pages' header), not affecting the firmware
image check.
The "lp" partition is supposed to contain a "language pack" (which can
be used to add an additional language support to the Web interface) and
is flashed separately, using the vendor firmware upgrade page.
Since these partitions are absolutely useless for OpenWrt and
overwriting them doesn't prevent downgrading to obsolete vendor
firmware, this patch appends the valueable space to "firmware".
Installation instructions:
- Upgrade from OpenWrt ar71xx with "sysupgrade -f -n"
or
- Upload as a firmware update via the vendor Web-interface
or
- Connect UART and use "loady" to upload and run OpenWrt initramfs
image, then sysupgrade from it (TFTP client doesn't work)
or
- Before powering up hold "reset" button and keep it pressed for about
15 seconds after, then access fail safe Web server on 192.168.0.1 (the
old uIP TCP/IP protocol stack is not compatible with modern Linux, the
kernel, so you'll need to use some other OS to do this). Can be
performed without a Web-browser too:
curl http://192.168.0.1/cgi/index \
-F Send=@openwrt-ath79-tiny-dlink_dir-615-e4-squashfs-factory.bin
Signed-off-by: Paul Fertser <fercerpav@gmail.com>
Netgear WNDR routers (AR9344 models) like WNDR4300 have 128 MiB of flash
memory but only first 32 MiB are used now - both by vendor's firmware and
OpenWrt. This patch concatenates two regions of flash memory: ubi part
of firmware partition and reserved (unused) space beyond 'caldata_backup'
while preserving ART backup. No data is wiped or moved away.
This increases area for OS ubi volumes from 23 to 119 Megabytes.
Signed-off-by: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
The preinit network initialisation and failsafe informational message
are inherently racy as the interface takes some time to become
functional after "ip link set $pi_ifname up" command.
Consider this timing:
[ 12.002713] IPv6: ADDRCONF(NETDEV_UP): eth1: link is not ready
[ 12.008819] IPv6: ADDRCONF(NETDEV_UP): eth1.1: link is not ready
[ 12.118877] random: procd: uninitialized urandom read (4 bytes read)
[ 13.068614] eth1: link up (1000Mbps/Full duplex)
[ 13.073309] IPv6: ADDRCONF(NETDEV_CHANGE): eth1: link becomes ready
[ 13.080445] IPv6: ADDRCONF(NETDEV_CHANGE): eth1.1: link becomes ready
Since the UDP message was sent prior to link becoming ready, it was
never seen on the wire.
The default failsafe timeout is set to 2 seconds, so with this patch
there are two attempts to send the message, one spent in vain, and the
other visible in tcpdump on an attached host. Of course, in cases when
the interface is brought up faster it leads to two messages, however it
should be harmless. This patch (almost) doesn't affect normal boot time
while still allowing to enter failsafe reliably with a single button
press, matching the official "generic failsafe" documentation.
Signed-off-by: Paul Fertser <fercerpav@gmail.com>
It has been used by several people for some time already and feedback
has been mostly positive.
Ref: https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/2472
Tested-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi> [ipq8065, R7800]
Tested-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de> [ipq8065, NBG6817]
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
[separate commit, commit subject and description facelift]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
- Use new dwc3-qcom usb driver.
- Drop dwc3-of-simple as we have a dedicated driver now.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
[split into separate commit, commit subject facelift]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Voltage tolerance is accounted per core, not per cpu, so add
missing DT entry.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
- usb-dwc3-of-simple is not used anymore as we have qcom dedicated driver
- usb-phy-qcom-dwc3 is not dependent of dwc3-of-simple
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Added patch:
- 063-3 Fix tsense shared memory problem
Recent changes in ioremap_resource function are causing fails for the
memory areas which are already mapped. This changes are causing tsense
driver failures during initialization:
qcom-tsens 900000.thermal-sensor: tsens init failed
So this patch uses simple ioremap in order to use this shared memory
space.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
[commit subject and desciption facelitf]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Improve rediability of gpio mdio list. No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
[proper authorship of the patch]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
There is warning with "property has invalid length (4 bytes)"
related to nand definition. Set size-cells to zero to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Add missing watchdog to list of compatible timers
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Add some tags for nand and sata structure to easily
reference them in other dts.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Increase drive-strength from
https://lore.kernel.org/patchwork/patch/626885/
2mA drive strength is not enough when we connect multiple i2c devices
on the bus with different pull up resistors.
This issue was detected when multiple i2c devices
connected on the other side of level shifters on Linaro sensor board.
Maxing up to 16mA made i2c much stable.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Spc is disabled in ipq8065 board as it does cause cpu lockup
(probably caused by wrong register being set)
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Use new usb3 implementation and refresh dts to the new dwc3 structure
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
[proper authorship of the patch]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
- ipq8064 compatible was missing from nbg6817.
- Rename ap148 with a better descriptive name.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
[proper authorship of the patch]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
DT spec require okay instead of ok in dts files
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Reworked:
- 0034 patchset update
Added:
- 080 Add support for pinctrl-msm framework
Removed:
- 0074-ipq806x-usb-Control-USB-master-reset.patch
(we now have a dedicated driver for qcom usb)
- 0047-mtd-nand-Create-a-BBT-flag-to-access-bad-block-marke
(merged upstream)
- 310-msm-adhoc-bus-support
(it looks like it was never actually used in any dts)
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
[commit subject and description facelift, SoB fix]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
PCI_V3_SEMI config symbol was found missing in generic kernel config
after ipq806x config refresh to 4.19.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
[commit subject and description facelift]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
These changes are needed in order to migrate old kernel 4.14 config to
the upcoming kernel version 4.19. Also add missing configuration
options that comes up with this SoC.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
[line wrap long commit description, add 4.19 to subject, soc->SoC]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This copies files from files-4.14 to files-4.19 directory in order to
get clear diffs for any changes done from now on.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
[added missing commit description, refreshed ea8500 and wpq864 DTS]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This partially reverts commit 32144ba275.
This commit replaced gpio-exports in favor of gpio-hogs for enabling USB
power at boot, but this rids the user of control of the USB port power
present on this device for a long time. It was agreed on a mailing list
[1] that this is not the way to go, and this patch breaks a very common
use-case of WWAN modem reset by power cycle, used on a lot USB equipped
routers, hence revert this change until a better solution can be found.
[1] http://lists.infradead.org/pipermail/openwrt-devel/2019-November/020151.html
Tested-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Signed-off-by: Lech Perczak <lech.perczak@gmail.com>
[adjusted commit title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
TP-Link TL-WR902AC v1 is a pocket-size, dual-band (AC750), successor of
TL-MR3020 (both devices use very similar enclosure, in same size). New
device is based on Qualcomm QCA9531 v2 + QCA9887. FCC ID: TE7WR902AC.
Specification:
- 650/391/216 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 1x USB 2.0 (GPIO-controlled power)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz (QCA9531)
- 1T1R 5 GHz (QCA9887)
- 5x LED (GPIO-controlled), 2x button, 1x 3-pos switch
- UART pads on PCB (TP1 -> TX, TP2 -> RX, TP3 -> GND, TP4 -> 3V3, jumper
resitors are missing on TX/RX lines)
- 1x micro USB (for power only)
Flash instructions:
Use "factory" image under vendor GUI.
Recovery instructions:
This device contains tftp recovery mode inside U-Boot. You can use it to
flash OpenWrt (use "factory" image) or vendor firmware.
1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.0.66/24 and tftp server.
2. Rename "openwrt-ath79-generic-tplink_tl-wr902ac-v1-squashfs-factory.bin"
to "wr902acv1_un_tp_recovery.bin" and place it in tftp server dir.
3. Connect PC with LAN port, press the reset button, power up the router
and keep button pressed until WPS LED lights up.
4. Router will download file from server, write it to flash and reboot.
MAC Address summary:
- wlan1 (2.4GHz Wi-Fi): Label MAC
- wlan0 (5GHz Wi-Fi): Offset -1 from label
- eth0 (Wired): Offset +1 from label
Root access over serial line in vendor firmware: root/sohoadmin.
Based on support in ar71xx target by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Lech Perczak <lech.perczak@gmail.com>
[remove size-cells from gpio-export]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This update doesn't include:
3b1e0a7bdfee brcmfmac: add support for SAE authentication offload
be898fed355e brcmfmac: send port authorized event for FT-802.1X
due to nl80211 dependencies.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This package contains nvram files for brcmfmac, a mac80211 driver for FullMAC
Cypress devices.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
1ec6ece version: bump snapshot
e13de91 main: remove unused include <linux/version.h>
72eb17c wg-quick: linux: support older nft(8)
1d8e978 global: fix up spelling
e02713e wg-quick: linux: add support for nft and prefer it
b4e3a83 compat: support building for RHEL-8.1 instead of RHEL-8.0
f29e3ac socket: convert to ipv6_dst_lookup_flow for 5.5
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
In the rare event a pre-populated fw_env.config exists in the rootfs prior
to firstboot, calling fw_setenv after the system has initialised will
annihilate the devices environment due to two identical lines in
fw_env.config.
Check for existence prior to blind appendage.
Signed-off-by: Imran Khan <gururug@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
[daniel@makrotopia.org: fixed patch format, improved grep, cosmetics]
This adds the option to determine switchdev by board when setting
preinit iface for failsafe. The patch reorganizes the code to use
functions for setting correct switchdev based on SOC and board,
which is supposed to improve readability and maintainability.
In this patch, the ramips_switchdev_from_board function is added
without specifying an actual device using it. This is meant to
make the life of device supporters waiting for merge easier, as
there is less to rebase and keep track of.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
ipTIME A104ns is a 2.4/5GHz band AC750 router, based on MediaTek MT7620A.
Specifications:
- SoC: MT7620A
- RAM: DDR2 64MB
- Flash: SPI NOR 8MB
- WiFi:
- 2.4GHz: SoC internal
- 5GHz: MT7610EN
- Ethernet: 5x 10/100Mbps
- Switch: SoC internal
- USB: 1x 2.0
- UART:
- J2: 3.3V, TX, RX, GND (3.3V is the square pad) / 57600 8N1
Installation via web interface:
1. Flash **initramfs** image through the stock web interface.
2. Boot into OpenWrt and perform sysupgrade with sysupgrade image.
Revert to stock firmware:
1. Perform sysupgrade with stock image.
In contrast to to-be-supported A1004ns, the A104ns has no usable
value in 0x1fc40 (uboot), so wan_mac needs to be calculated.
Also note that GPIOs for the LEDs really are inverted compared to
the A1004ns.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
[moved state_default to device DTS, reordered properties in wmac,
added comment about wan_mac and LED GPIOs]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
TL-WDR4300 board uses only green LED names in DTSI.
This patch adds migration for them.
The actual LED colors on the devices have been reported to vary
across subrevisions (v1.x). Despite, the USB LEDs on the back might
have different color than the other LEDs on the front.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
[extended commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The Edimax RG21S has a label which bears two MAC addresses:
2.4 GHz (n) and 5 GHz (n+1)
The complete MAC address setup is as follows:
2.4 GHz *:83 factory 0x4, u-boot-env wlanaddr
5 GHz *:84 factory 0x8004
LAN *:83 u-boot-env ethaddr
WAN *:85 u-boot-env wanaddr
Since 2.4 GHz is the first address on the label and the same
as used for ethernet, take this one for label MAC address.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This increases SPI frequency from the relatively low 10 MHz to 40 MHz.
Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <mail@birger-koblitz.de>
[added commit title/message, split patch]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This sdhci and i2c nodes were copy-pasted, but are not needed as
the device does not provide that functionality. Remove them.
Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <mail@birger-koblitz.de>
[added commit title/message, split patch]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This enables the system LED to indicate a running firmware upgrade. This
pattern is used on most platforms provided by the generic base-files
package. ar71xx uses it's own implementation for the system-LED, where
the upgrade case is not yet implemented.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
With this patch, txpower for the PHY is applied when configuring the PHY
instead of the VIF. Otherwise, the configured txpower is not applied for
the first initialized VIF when using DFS channels, as it is currently
applied too early when the CAC hasn't finished.
Reported-by: Martin Weinelt <martin@darmstadt.freifunk.net
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Tested-by: Martin Weinelt <martin@darmstadt.freifunk.net>
Hardware
--------
SoC: NXP P1020 (2x e500 @ 800MHz)
RAM: 256M DDR3 (Micron)
FLASH: 32M NOR (Spansion S29GL128S)
BTN: 1x Reset
WiFi: 1x Atheros AR9590 2.4 bgn 3x3
2x Atheros AR9590 5.0 an 3x3
ETH: 1x Gigabit Ethernet (Atheros AR8033)
LED: System (green/red) - Radio{0,1} (green)
LAN (connected to PHY)
- GE blue
- FE green
Serial is a Cisco-compatible RJ45 next to the ethernet port.
115200-N-8 are the settings for OS and U-Boot.
Installation
------------
1. Grab the OpenWrt initramfs, rename it to 01C8A8C0.img. Place it in
the root directory of a TFTP server and serve it at
192.168.200.200/24.
2. Connect to the serial port and boot the AP. Stop autoboot in U-Boot
by pressing Enter when prompted. Credentials are identical to the one
in the APs interface. By default it is admin / new2day.
3. Set the bootcmd so the AP can boot OpenWrt by executing
$ setenv boot_openwrt "setenv bootargs;
cp.b 0xee000000 0x1000000 0x1000000; bootm 0x1000000"
$ setenv bootcmd "run boot_openwrt"
$ saveenv
If you plan on going back to the vendor firmware - the bootcmd for it
is stored in the boot_flash variable.
4. Load the initramfs image to RAM and boot by executing
$ tftpboot 0x1000000 192.168.200.200:01C8A8C0.img; bootm
5. Make a backup of the "firmware" partition if you ever wish to go back
to the vendor firmware.
6. Upload the OpenWrt sysupgrade image via SCP to the devices /tmp
folder.
7. Flash OpenWrt using sysupgrade.
$ sysupgrade -n /tmp/openwrt-sysupgrade.bin
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
JCG JHR-AC876M is an AC2600M router
Hardware specs:
SoC: MT7621AT
2.4GHz: MT7615N 4x4 @ PCIe0
5GHz: MT7615N 4x4 @ PCIe1
Flash: Winbond W25Q128JVSQ 16MiB
RAM: Nanya NT5CB128M16 256MiB
USB 2.0 and 3.0 ports
6 LEDs, 3 of which are connected to SoC GPIO
Reset and WPS buttons
Flash instructions:
Stock to OpenWrt:
Upload factory.bin in stock firmware's upgrade page,
do not preserve settings
OpenWrt to stock:
Push and hold the reset button for 5s while power cycling to
enter recovery mode;
Visit 192.168.1.1 and upload stock firmware
MAC addresses map:
0x0004 *:1c wlan2g/wan/label
0x8004 *:20 wlan5g
0xe000 *:1b lan
0xe006 *:1a not used in stock fw
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
This allows JCG_MAXSIZE to be specified in kilobytes. This makes
this value more consistent and easier comparable with other size
variables.
This also changes the only occurence of the variable, for Cudy WR1000.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
ipTIME A6ns-M is a 2.4/5GHz band AC1900 router, based on MediaTek MT7621A.
Specifications:
- SoC: MT7621AT
- RAM: DDR3 128MB
- Flash: SPI NOR 16MB
- WiFi:
- 2.4GHz: MT7615
- 5GHz: MT7615
- Ethernet: 5x 10/100/1000Mbps
- Switch: SoC internal
- UART:
- J4: 3.3V, TX, RX, GND (3.3V is the square pad) / 57600 8N1
Installation via web interface:
1. Flash **initramfs** image through the stock web interface.
2. Boot into OpenWrt and perform sysupgrade with sysupgrade image.
Revert to stock firmware:
1. Perform sysupgrade with stock image.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
This does several trivial DTS style improvements:
- Move device name compatible to DTS files (and fix compatible in
11acnas.dts)
- Remove xhci node as status is set to okay in mt7621.dtsi already
- 0x0 instead of 0x0000
- Simplify state_default node definition
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
ZIO FREEZIO is a 2.4/5GHz band AC1200 router, based on MediaTek MT7621A.
Specifications:
- SoC: MT7621AT
- RAM: DDR3 128MB
- Flash: SPI NOR 16MB
- WiFi:
- 2.4GHz: MT7603EN
- 5GHz: MT7612EN
- Ethernet: 5x 10/100/1000Mbps
- Switch: SoC internal
- USB: 1x 3.0
- UART:
- J4: 3.3V, RX, TX, GND (3.3V is the square pad) / 57600 8N1
Notes:
- FREEZIO has almost the same board as WeVO W2914NS v2.
- Stock firmware is based on OpenWrt BB.
MAC addresses in factory partition:
0x0004: WiFi 2.4GHz (label_mac-8)
0x002e: WAN (label_mac)
0x8004: WiFi 5GHz (label_mac-4)
0xe000: LAN (label_mac+1)
Installation via web interface:
1. Access web admin page and turn on "OpenWrt UI mode".
2. Flash sysupgrade image through LuCI, with the "Keep settings" option
OFF.
Revert to stock firmware:
1. Perform sysupgrade with stock image.
Make sure to NOT preserve settings.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
[rebase, use mt7621_wevo_w2914ns-v2.dtsi]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Hardware:
Allwinner H3 upto 1.2GHz
512MB DDR3 RAM
8GB on-board eMMC - mountable, can be used as boot with custom boot.scr
microSD-card slot
WiFi 802.11n (AP6212A) - working
Bluetooth (AP6212A) - not working for now
Micro-USB OTG + 2*USB headers
UART 3.3V - working
GPIO/I2C/SPI 2.54mm headers
Standard sunxi SD-card installation procedure - copy image to SD card,
insert in into slot and boot. First time you will need UART adapter to
enable on-board wireless (or just build custom image with enabled WiFi).
To boot from eMMC:
- boot from SD
- copy SD image to emmc (dd bs=... if=.... of=/dev/mmcblk2)
- mount eMMC boot partition and replace boot script on it
- unmount, reboot
To use i2c, spi and more uarts - replace dtb on boot partition with
fixed one (use dtc or fdt-tools).
Signed-off-by: Roman Bazalevsky <rvb@rvb.name>
[rebase onto device name consolidation patches]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The device part in the SUNXI_DTS variable always corresponds to
device node name. This is another redundancy that can be removed
by calculating the DTS name from a newly introduced SUNXI_SOC
variable and the node name.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This changes device definition to resemble the vendor_device scheme
already present for the majority of device compatible strings.
By doing this, we achieve several advantages at once:
- Image names and node names are more consistent with other targets.
- SUPPORTED_DEVICES can be set automatically for all but two cases.
- Image names and node names are in line with DEVICE_TITLEs.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The TL-WDR4300 v1 sold in Israel has a different TPLINK_HWID.
Thanks to Josh4300 for testing on device.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The variables UBNT_BOARD and UBNT_VERSION are defined in the parent
Device/ubnt definition and then overwritten for most of the derived
platform definitions (e.g. Device/ubnt-wa).
Since this mixed use of inheritance and overwriting can be misleading,
this moves the variables to the platform-based definitions.
While at it, reorder the definitions to have order consistent, too.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The device label contains:
E01: B8:69:F4:xx:xx:07
E02: B8:69:F4:xx:xx:09
The first value corresponds to the address set in hard_config 0x10.
That one is taken for the label MAC address.
Thanks to Martin Schiller for retrieving the information.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This uses the flash locations instead of eth0 MAC address to
calculate MAC address increments for WAN.
The change will make the MAC address setup of a particular device
more obvious and removes the dependency of 02_network on the eth0
initialization.
This removes the wan_mac setup for the following devices as they
do not set up a MAC address for ethernet in the first place:
- asiarf,awapn2403
- belkin,f7c027
- dlink,dir-615-d
- mofinetwork,mofi3500-3gn
- prolink,pwh2004
- ralink,v22rw-2x2
- unbranded,wr512-3gn-4m
- unbranded,wr512-3gn-8m
While at it, make some DT node labels consistent with the label
property.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This uses the flash locations instead of eth0 MAC address to
calculate MAC address increments for WAN.
The change will make the MAC address setup of a particular device
more obvious and removes the dependency of 02_network on the eth0
initialization.
This removes the wan_mac setup for ralink,v11st-fe as this device
does not set up a MAC address for ethernet in the first place.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This uses the flash locations instead of eth0 MAC address to
calculate MAC address increments for WAN.
The change will make the MAC address setup of a particular device
more obvious and removes the dependency of 02_network on the eth0
initialization.
While at it, change the partition label for zyxel,keenetic-extra-ii
to factory to be consistent with node label and all the other devices.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This uses the flash locations instead of eth0 MAC address to
calculate MAC address increments for WAN.
The change will make the MAC address setup of a particular device
more obvious and removes the dependency of 02_network on the eth0
initialization.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This uses the flash locations instead of eth0 MAC address to
calculate MAC address increments for WAN.
The change will make the MAC address setup of a particular device
more obvious and removes the dependency of 02_network on the eth0
initialization.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The evaluation boards do not set up a MAC address for eth0
in the first place, so it does not make sense to calculate a WAN
address from the random MAC used there.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The TP-Link Archer C20i/C20 v1/C50 v1 seem to be almost the same,
so creating a common DTSI will reduce duplicate code.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The DTS variable has been removed in 402138d12d ("ramips: Derive
DTS name from device name in Makefile"), but the DEVICE_VARS entry
has been overlooked.
Remove it now since we are not using this variable.
This must _not_ be backported to 19.07, where the variable is still
in use.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The switch LAN port numbers are in reversed order with original config.
With this patch they are fixed.
Port order checked on both devices.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Varga <vargagab@gmail.com>
[merged definitions into appropriate block, extended commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Current OpenWrt MAC setup:
eth0 &rom 0xf100 :48
eth0.2 eth0+1 :49
wlan0 (5 GHz) &radio 0x8004 different OUI
wlan1 (2.4 GHz) &radio 0x4 same OUI as wlan0
Label MAC address corresponds to eth0 (ðernet).
No additional addresses found in hexdump of rom/radio.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
bef0b1cb31 libio: Disable vtable validation for pre-2.1 interposed handles [BZ #25203]
4d5cfeb510 rtld: Check __libc_enable_secure before honoring LD_PREFER_MAP_32BIT_EXEC (CVE-2019-19126) [BZ #25204]
92f04eedb5 mips: Force RWX stack for hard-float builds that can run on pre-4.8 kernels
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
The release notes since last time for wave-1:
* November 29, 2019: Fix IBSS merge issue, related to TSF id leakage bug in firmware code.
Thanks for Ahmed Zaki @ Mage-Networks for helping to diagnose and test.
The release notes since last time for wave-2:
* December 6, 2019: Fix 160Mhz problem caused by logic that did not take into account the fact that
160Mhz has only 1/2 of the NSS of lower bandwidths in the rate table.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Enabling legacy PTYs causes problems with procd-hotplug.
And as this is a headless target, no need to have virtual terminals.
Remove corresponding kernel config options, they are disabled in
generic kernel config.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Enabling legacy PTYs causes problems with procd-hotplug.
And as this is a headless target, no need to have virtual terminals.
Remove corresponding kernel config options, they are disabled in
generic kernel config.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
If no AP is configured, hostapd-${phy}.conf is not being created,
hence md5sum fails and causes log pollution:
netifd: radio1 (3183): md5sum: can't open '/var/run/hostapd-phy1.conf': No such file or directoy
Hence make sure the file exists when calling md5sum.
Fixes: a5bc9787d4 ("mac80211: add support for dynamically reconfiguring wifi")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Before commit 60fb4c92b6 ("hostapd: add ubus reload") netifd was
tracking hostapd/wpa_supplicant and restarting wifi in case of a
process crash. Restore this behaviour by tracking the PIDs of
hostapd and wpa_supplicant.
Also make sure hostapd and/or wpa_supplicant have been started before
emmitting ubus calls to them using ubus wait_for.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
In addition to wpa_supplicant and hostapd managed interfaces, also
track unmanaged interfaces. This is used to make sure that running
'wifi' always returns into a clean state regardless of what the user
did before.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Allows graceful restart of crashing hostapd/wpa_supplicant instances
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
[daniel@makrotopia.org: attempt to launch only present services]
The "/dts-v1/;" identifier is supposed to be put once at the beginning
of a device tree file. Thus, it makes no sense to provide it a second
time in to-be-included DTSI files.
This removes the identifier from all DTSI files in /target/linux.
Most of the DTS files in OpenWrt do contain the "/dts-v1/;". It is
missing for most of the following targets, though:
mvebu, ipq806x, mpc85xx, ipq40xx
This does not touch ipq806x for now, as the bump to 4.19 is close.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This enables the CTRL_IFACE_MIB symbol for wpad-full and hostapd-full.
If it is not enabled, statistic outputs such as "hostapd_cli all_sta"
are empty.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Netgear WNR3500L is an already supported device, but out of the
box, the device has no switch configuration and there is no wan.
The correct configuration for this specific model is similar to
some other models. This simple commit adds the correct switch
and the out-of-the-box experience is improved.
Experimentally determined:
Port 0 => WAN
Port 1..4 => LAN
Port 5..7 => unused
Port 8 => CPU
Signed-off-by: Olli Asikainen <olli.asikainen@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Fabian Zaremba <fabian@youremail.eu>
[added port mapping to commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
A small subset of devices uses decimal notation for mediatek,mtd-eeprom
in DTS files. Convert to hexadecimal notation to be consistent with
all the rest.
Also change "0" to "0x0" in the same files for consistency.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The Mikrotik RBM33G has only 2 LAN ports.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
[moved node in 02_network to maintain alphabetic sorting]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Physical port order watched from the backside of the C20i
(from left to right) is: Internet / 1 / 2 / 3 / 4
Physical Port Switch port
WAN 0
LAN 3 1
LAN 4 2
LAN 1 3
LAN 2 4
(not used) 5
CPU 6
Signed-off-by: Walter Sonius <walterav1984@gmail.com>
[commit message/title improvements]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
"[...] the size component shall be zero."
(See "PCI Bus Binding to: IEEE Std 1275-1994 Rev 2.1"
section "4.1.1 Open Firmware-defined Properties for Child Nodes")
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
* wg-quick: linux: suppress error when finding unused table
This fixes a spurious warning messages seen with recent versions of iproute2
and kernels.
* wg-quick: linux: ensure postdown hooks execute
* wg-quick: linux: have remove_iptables return true
* wg-quick: linux: iptables-* -w is not widely supported
Adding in iptables had some hiccups. For the record, I'm very unhappy about
having to put any firewalling code into wg-quick(8). We'll of course need to
support nftables too at some point if this continues. I'm investigating with
upstream the possibility of adding a sysctl to patch the issue that iptables
is handling now, so hopefully at somepoint down the line we'll be able to shed
this dependency once again.
* send: use kfree_skb_list
* device: prepare skb_list_walk_safe for upstreaming
* send: avoid touching skb->{next,prev} directly
Suggestions from LKML.
* ipc: make sure userspace communication frees wgdevice
Free things properly on error paths.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
Hardware:
* SoC: Atheros AR9342-BL1A
* RAM: 64MB DDR2 (Winbond W9751G6KB-25)
* Flash: 16MB SPI NOR (Macronix MX25L12835FZ2I-10G)
* Ethernet: 1x 10/100/1000 Mbps (Atheros AR8035-A) with 24V PoE support
* Wifi 2.4GHz: Atheros AR9340 v2
* WiFi 5GHz: Ubiquiti U-AME-G1-BR4A (rebranded QCA988X v2)
* LEDs: 1x Power, 1x Ethernet
* Buttons: 1x Reset
* UART: 1x TTL 115200n8, 3.3V RX TX GND, 3.3V pin closest to RJ45 port
The LEDs do not seem to be connected to any GPIO, so there is currently
no way to control them.
Installation via U-Boot, TFTP and serial console:
* Configure your TFTP server with IP 192.168.1.254
* Connect serial console and power up the device
* Hit any key to stop autoboot
* tftpboot 0x81000000 openwrt-ath79-generic-ubnt_litebeam-ac-gen2-initramfs-kernel.bin
* bootm 0x81000000
* copy openwrt-ath79-generic-ubnt_litebeam-ac-gen2-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
to /tmp
* sysupgrade /tmp/openwrt-ath79-generic-ubnt_litebeam-ac-gen2-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Acked-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Acked-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The sysupgrade image contains OpenWrt specific metadata. Having this
metadata in the factory images makes no sense. Drop IMAGE/factory.bin
from Device/ubnt-wa and use the default from Device/ubnt instead.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Acked-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Acked-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
It turns out my 4.14 testing had a rather large flaw in it and the
'extack' mechanism isn't quite ready. Remove the extack stuff from this
backport.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Since the original backports from kernel 5.3 a few things have been
tweaked by kernel bumps & other upstream changes. Update the backport
to reflect upstream as closely as possible and remove the bitrot.
Functions remain the same, error reporting improved.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
In d421a8b944 ("ath79: read label MAC address from flash instead
of using phy0/phy1") the source of the label MAC address was changed
for devices just reading it from phy0. To get rid of the dependency
from phy startup, addresses were read directly from the flash
locations that are used to initialize the phy MAC addresses.
Unfortunately, it turned out that Ubiquiti XM devices seem to have
different flash locations than expected, and also seem to have
specific locations for different devices (all in art/EEPROM):
0xe012 AR9280 Nanostation M2 - 0x120c
0xe035 AR9280 Nanostation M3 - 0x120c
0xe1b2 AR9280 Rocket M2 - 0x120c
0xe1c3 AR9280 Rocket M3 - 0x120c
0xe1b5 AR9280 Rocket M5 - 0x120c
0xe2d5 AR9280 Bullet M2 Titanium - 0x120c
0xe2b5 AR9280 Nanobridge M5 - 0x120c
0xe202 AR9280 Bullet M2 - 0x120c
0xe232 AR9287 Nanobridge M2 - 0x110c
0xe4a2 AR9285 AirRouter - 0xa0bf
Picostation M2 - 0x120c and 0xa0bf
Nanostation Loco M2 - not in 0x120c, other locations not checked
An additional problem of the Ubiquiti device support in OpenWrt is
that we provide images that match several subvariants of the devices,
which might have different MAC address locations.
Given that reading the address from phy0 in 02_network _is_ working
for the ath79 target in general, it does not seem reasonable to
rebuild a complex MAC address retrieval mechanism which is already
present in the ath9k driver.
So, this patch reverts the label MAC address source for Ubiquiti XM
devices (and the Unifi AP) to /sys/class/ieee80211/phy0/macaddress.
This doesn't affect XW and Unifi AC devices, where the label MAC
address source is defined via device tree.
For alfa-network,ap121f the location 0x1002 is kept, as this has
been verified during device support preparation in PR #2199.
Fixes: d421a8b944 ("ath79: read label MAC address from flash
instead of using phy0/phy1")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
IPv6 protocol is enabled on all gre interfaces, but gre(v6)tap
interfaces are usually added to a bridge interface, in which case
IPv6 should be enabled only on the bridge interface.
Signed-off-by: Alin Nastac <alin.nastac@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> [PKG_RELEASE increase]
Sysupgrade was failing due to incorrect replacement of backticks:
/sbin/sysupgrade: /lib/upgrade/platform.sh: line 101: syntax error: missing '))'
Fixes: 0bbfc3dff7 ("octeon: replace backticks by $(...)")
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
The Atheros AR8327 and AR8337 have (according to their datasheet) a
VLAN table with a maximum of 4096 entries.
Currently, there's a hard limit of 128 VLANs, which is the same as
for most other Atheros switches. Increase this limit only for the
AR83x7 series and modify some shared functions to allow them to work
with a variable max VLAN count.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The Owl Loader (named after the codename that Atheros gave
these devices back in the day) has been accepted upstream.
This patch removes the "misc" driver OpenWrt had and adds
the remaining differences against the version that ships
with 5.4-rc1 into a separate "120-owl-loader-compat.patch"
file that can be cut down once AR71XX is being dealt with.
Note: I decided to keep the existing (kmod-)owl-loader
package name around for now. The kernel module file in
the kmod package will be called ath9k_pci_owl_loader.ko
though.
Acked-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Problem found by AddressSanitizer[1]:
Latest `grep` (git commit 1019e6e) compiled with asan may cause a
heap-buffer-overflow when `-i` is specified.
./grep -i '\(\(\)*.\)*\(\)\(\)\1' /bin/chvt
=================================================================
==16206==ERROR: AddressSanitizer: heap-buffer-overflow on address
1. https://debbugs.gnu.org/34140
Ref: https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=24114
Signed-off-by: Alin Nastac <alin.nastac@gmail.com>
[commit title and description facelift]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This reverts commit 8176431963 ("mt76: probe load mt7615 driver
asynchronously"). After said commit, users report that MT7615 no longer
works on boot and they have to manually enable WiFi (via command "wifi") to
make it working again.
Fixes: FS#2546
Ref: https://forum.openwrt.org/t/xiaomi-r3p-no-wifi-on-boot/45509
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
[commit description facelift]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
MeshPoint.One is Wi-Fi hotspot and smart IoT gateway (based upon
Jalapeno module from 8Devices).
MeshPoint.One (https://meshpointone.com) is a unique Wi-Fi hotspot and
smart city gateway that can be installed and powered from street
lighting (even solar power in the future). MeshPoint provides up to 27
hours of interrupted Wi-Fi and IoT services from internal battery even
when external power is not available. MeshPoint.One can be used for
disaster relief efforts in order to provide instant Wi-Fi coverage that
can be easily expanded by just adding more devices that create wide area
mesh network. MeshPoint.One devices have standard Luci UI for
management.
Features:
- 1x 1Gpbs WAN
- 1x 1Gbps LAN
- POE input (eth0)
- POE output (eth1)
- Sensor for temperature, humidity and pressure (Bosch BME280)
- current, voltage and power measurement via TI INA230
- Hardware real time clock
- optional power via Li-Ion battery
- micro USB port with USB to serial chip for easy OpenWrt terminal
access
- I2C header for connecting additional sensors
Installation:
-------------
Simply flash the sysupgrade image from stock firmware.
Or use the built in Web recovery into bootloader:
Hold Reset button for 5 to 20 seconds or use UART and httpd command.
Web UI will appear on 192.168.2.100 by default.
For web recovery use the factory.ubi image.
Signed-off-by: Damir Samardzic <damir.samardzic@sartura.hr>
Signed-off-by: Damir Franusic <damir.franusic@sartura.hr>
Signed-off-by: Valent Turkovic <valent@meshpoint.me>
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert@meshpoint.me>
[commit description long line wrap, usb->USB]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Lets move common code for Jalapeno into DTSI, this way Jalapeno based
boards don't introduce duplicate code.
While at it, lets also fix some style issues and update to current DTS
style.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert@meshpoint.me>
[commit description long line wrap]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This also fixes mac80211_prepare_vif iw set channel in monitor or
mesh mode.
Signed-off-by: Santiago Piccinini <spiccinini@altermundi.net>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
[daniel@makrotopia.org: fixed commit message]
e4bd927 cast ucert_argv to proper type when passing to execv
Fixes warnings:
warning: passing argument 2 of 'execv' from incompatible pointer type
[-Wincompatible-pointer-types]
254 | execv(usign_argv[0], usign_argv)
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
By adding the vendor to the Makefile device definition node name,
one can derive the standard compatible used in SUPPORTED_DEVICES
instead of having to specify it manually.
Despite, this moves the naming scheme closer to what is used for
other targets (ath79, ramips).
Build-tested on all subtargets.
Run-tested on TP-Link TL-WDR4900 v1.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This replaces tabs by spaces when preceding an equal sign. This improves
consistency in the file and makes the indent look correct on all platforms.
While at it, also fix one case of inconsistent leading spaces.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This patch is based on #1689 and adds support for TP-Link Archer
C6 v2 (US) and A6 (US/TW).
The hardware is the same as EU and RU variant, except for GPIOs
(LEDS/Buttons), flash(chip/partitions) and UART being available
on the board.
- SOC: Qualcomm QCA9563 @ 775MHz
- Flash: GigaDevice GD25Q127CS1G (16MiB)
- RAM: Zentel A3R1GE40JBF (128 MiB DDR2)
- Ethernet: Qualcomm QCA8337N: 4x 1Gbps LAN + 1x 1Gbps WAN
- Wireless:
- 2.4GHz (bgn) QCA9563 integrated (3x3)
- 5GHz (ac) Qualcomm QCA9886 (2x2)
- Button: 1x power, 1x reset, 1x wps
- LED: 6x LEDs: power, wlan2g, wlan5g, lan, wan, wps
- UART: 115200, 8n1 (header available on board)
Known issues:
- Wireless: 5GHz is known to have lower RSSI signal, it affects speed and range.
Flash instructions:
Upload openwrt-ath79-generic-tplink_archer-c6-v2-us-squashfs-factory.bin
via the router Web interface.
Flash instruction using tftp recovery:
1. Connect the computer to one of the LAN ports of the router
2. Set the computer IP to 192.168.0.66
3. Start a tftp server with the OpenWrt factory image in the
tftp root directory renamed to ArcherA6v2_tp_recovery.bin.
4. Connect power cable to router, press and hold the
reset button and turn the router on
5. Keep the reset button pressed until the WPS LED lights up
6. Wait ~150 seconds to complete flashing
Flash partitioning: I've followed #1689 for defining the partition layout
for this patch. The partition named as "tplink" @ 0xfd0000 is marked
as read only as it is where some config for stock firmware are stored.
On stock firmware those stock partitions starts at 0xfd9400 however
I had not been able to make it functional starting on the same address as
on stock fw, so it has been partitioned following #1689 and not the stock
partition layout for this specific partition. Due to that firmware/rootfs
partition lenght is 0xf80000 and not 0xf89400 as stock.
According to the GPL code, the EU/RU/JP variant does have different GPIO pins
assignment to LEDs and buttons, also the flash memory layout is different.
GPL Source Code: https://static.tp-link.com/resources/gpl/gpl-A6v2_us.tar.gz
Signed-off-by: Anderson Vulczak <andi@andi.com.br>
[wrap commit message, remove soft_ver change for C6 v2 EU, move LED aliases
to DTS files, remove dts-v1 in DTSI, node/property reorder in DTSI]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This renames all remaining occurrences of "EEPROM" to "art" to
further harmonize the partition labelling in ath79. This will
help to reduce the amount of user-space code and might be
beneficial when code is copy/pasted in the future.
Affected are only devices from Ubiquiti, where the XM board is
already using "art" in ath79.
Acked-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
* messages: recalculate rekey max based on a one minute flood
* allowedips: safely dereference rcu roots
* socket: remove redundant check of new4
* allowedips: avoid double lock in selftest error case
* tools: add syncconf command
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
YunCore XD4200 ('XD4200_W6.0' marking on PCB) is Qualcomm/Atheros based
(QCA9563, QCA9886, QCA8334) dual-band, Wave-2 AC1200 ceiling AP with PoE
(802.3at) support. A782 model ('T750_V5.1' marking on PCB) is a smaller
version of the XD4200, with similar specification but lower TX power.
Specification:
- QCA9563 (775 MHz)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 2x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet (QCA8334), with 802.3at PoE support (WAN)
- Wi-Fi 2.4 GHz:
- XD4200: 2T2R (QCA9563), with ext. PA (SKY65174-21) and LNA
- A782: 2T2R (QCA9563), with ext. FEM (SKY85329-11)
- Wi-Fi 5 GHz:
- XD4200: 2T2R (QCA9886), with ext. FEM (SKY85728-11)
- A782: 2T2R (QCA9886), with ext. FEM (SKY85735-11)
- LEDs:
- XD4200: 5x (2x driven by SOC, 1x driven by AC radio, 2x Ethernet)
- A782: 3x (1x RGB, driven by SOC and radio, 2x Ethernet)
- 1x button (reset)
- 1x UART (4-pin, 2.54 mm pitch) header on PCB
- 1x DC jack (12 V)
Flash instructions:
If your device comes with generic QSDK based firmware, you can login
over telnet (login: root, empty password, default IP: 192.168.188.253),
issue first (important!) 'fw_setenv' command and then perform regular
upgrade, using 'sysupgrade -n -F ...' (you can use 'wget' to download
image to the device, SSH server is not available):
fw_setenv bootcmd "bootm 0x9f050000 || bootm 0x9fe80000"
sysupgrade -n -F openwrt-...-yuncore_...-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
In case your device runs firmware with YunCore custom GUI, you can use
U-Boot recovery mode:
1. Set a static IP 192.168.0.141/24 on PC and start TFTP server with
'tftp' image renamed to 'upgrade.bin'
2. Power the device with reset button pressed and release it after 5-7
seconds, recovery mode should start downloading image from server
(unfortunately, there is no visible indication that recovery got
enabled - in case of problems check TFTP server logs)
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
YunCore QCA9k based devices released in 2019 require a custom TFTP image
for U-Boot built-in recovery mode (triggered with reset button). Image
has to be prepended with 'YUNCORE' keyword followed by U-Boot CLI
commands which will be executed later. Images without the custom header
will be ignored by U-Boot.
To be able to support both the vendor firmware (QSDK) and OpenWrt flash
layouts, used here commands change the 'bootcmd' before flashing image.
This commit adds generic helper script for YunCore devices with 16 MB of
flash and enables TFTP image generation for A770 model.
Signed-off-by: Vincent Wiemann <vincent.wiemann@ironai.com>
[pepe2k@gmail.com: commit description reworded, recipe renamed]
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
According to the SourceForge page, the project is migrating to GitHub.
Thus, change the source of the package to GitHub.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This re-organizes the device-tree files for the Sercomm-manufactured
NETGEAR routers. They are now split into two different base-boards,
from which the respective model is extended.
This partially reverts commit c7842ceaaa ("ramips: reorganize DTSI
files for Netgear R devices"), which introduced inheritance between two
completely unrelated base-boards.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
07413cce72e1 tests: jshn: add more test cases
26586dae43a8 jshn: fix missing usage for -p and -o arguments
8e832a771d3a jshn: fix off by one in jshn_parse_file
cb698e35409b jshn: jshn_parse: fix leaks of memory pointed to by 'obj'
c42f11cc7c0f jshn: main: fix leak of memory pointed to by 'vars'
93848ec96dc5 jshn: refactor main into smaller pieces
9b6ede0e5312 avl: guard against theoretical null pointer dereference
c008294a8323 blobmsg_json: fix possible uninitialized struct member
0003ea9c45cc base64: fix possible null pointer dereference
8baeeea1f52d add assert.h component
b0a5cd8a28bf add cram based unit tests
1fefb7c4d7f9 add initial GitLab CI support
c955464d7a9b enable extra compiler checks
6228df9de91d iron out all extra compiler warnings
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Ath10k packages were removed from ar71xx in master in commit
34113999ef ("ar71xx: Remove ath10k packages from archer-c7-v1 (fixes
FS#1743)") but ath79 in master and the 19.07 branch still suffer from
the issue.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
[commit description facelift]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Remove CC_HAS_ASM_GOTO, CC_IS_GCC and GCC_VERSION kernel config options
which are set at runtime and which should be ignored now.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Don't put CC_HAS_ASM_GOTO, IS_GCC, IS_CLANG and GCC_VERSION runtime
config options into the kernel configs during reconfiguration as it
makes no sense, since these options should be set at runtime.
Fixes: FS#2588
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
41060943 Bump up version number to 1.40.0, LT revision to 33:0:19
5ae9bb89 Fail fast if huffman decoding context is in failure state
bb519154 Merge pull request #1413 from nghttp2/check-authority
77f5487a Add nghttp2_check_authority as public API
db9a8f6e Merge pull request #1409 from nghttp2/fix-wrong-stream-close-error-code
6f28a69b Merge pull request #1411 from richard78917/fix_warning
6ce4835e Fix the bug that stream is closed with wrong error code
29042f1c priority_spec::valid(): remove const qualifier from return value
d08c4395 Merge pull request #1405 from nghttp2/huffman
5d6964cf Faster huffman decoding
0d855bfc Faster huffman encoding
6f967c6e Fix errors reported by coverity scan
b8a43db8 Merge pull request #1394 from wrowe/fix-static-libname
70b62c1a Merge pull request #1393 from wrowe/fix-static-msvcrt
28b1f0b9 Avoid filename collision of static and dynamic lib
1dd966f1 Merge branch 'fix-nghttpx-mruby'
fe8946dd nghttpx: Fix bug that mruby is incorrectly shared between backends
72b71a6b Add new flag ENABLE_STATIC_CRT for Windows
f8933fe5 nghttpx: Reconnect h1 backend if it lost connection before sending headers
89c33d69 Update neverbleed
7079dc5e Update neverbleed to fix memory leak
5080db84 Revert "nghttpx: Reconnect h1 backend if it lost connection before sending headers"
053c7ac5 nghttpx: Returns 408 if backend timed out before sending headers
8a59ce6d nghttpx: Reconnect h1 backend if it lost connection before sending headers
f2fde180 Remove redundant null check before delete
95efb3e1 Don't read too greedily
0a6ce87c Add nghttp2_option_set_max_outbound_ack
2aa79fa9 Bump up LT revision to 32:0:18
3980678d Merge branch 'nghttpx-fix-request-stall'
319d5ab1 nghttpx: Fix request stall
448bbbc3 integration-tests: gofmt
e575a2aa Merge pull request #1377 from Aldrog/cmake_systemd
4f7aedc9 cmake: Support building nghttpx with systemd
7a590893 Fix clang-8 warning
ee443134 Fix FPE with default backend
abef9b90 Fix log-level is not set with cmd-line or configuration file
12a999f0 Bump up version number to 1.40.0-DEV
acfb3607 Update manual pages
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
It seems that there is a missing PKG_SOURCE_URL_FILE support.
This little fix adds the support for packages to change the name of the
downloaded file.
Sometimes it is desirable to change the downloaded archive file name, like
for mitigating name conflicts for different packages (some files on the server
could be named like, e.g. 2018-01-01.tar.gz) or for the cases that there is
no name for the file in the URL (e.g. http://someserver.com/download).
Signed-off-by: Kamil Wcislo <kamil.wcislo@lpnplant.io>
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
The initial DTSI names for the TP-Link CPE devices have become
quite confusing, as several non-V1 devices now use the *-v1.dtsi,
the *cpe510-v1.dts does not use the cpe510.dtsi, etc.
This introduces a new naming scheme based on whether devices have
one or two ports, which should be easier to grasp.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
"2.0" instead of "2.00" is sufficient and more in line with the
other definitions.
Signed-off-by: Bernhard Geier <freifunk@geierb.de>
[commit message/title adjustments]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
netifd does not handle network.@device[x].name properly if it
contains multiple ifaces separated by spaces. Due to this, board.d
lan_mac setup does not work if multiple ifaces are set to LAN by
ucidef_set_interface_lan.
To fix this, create a device node for each member iface when
running config_generate instead. Those are named based on the
member ifname:
ucidef_set_interface_lan "eth0 eth1.1"
ucidef_set_interface_macaddr "lan" "yy:yy:yy:yy:yy:01"
will return
config device 'lan_eth0_dev'
option name 'eth0'
option macaddr 'yy:yy:yy:yy:yy:01'
config device 'lan_eth1_1_dev'
option name 'eth1.1'
option macaddr 'yy:yy:yy:yy:yy:01'
ref: https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/2542
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
[always use new scheme, extend description, change commit title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This applies minor style improvements and removes commented pll
clock adjustments from ubnt_xm DTSI. The latter were introduced
(already commented out) when adding ath79 target and have never
been touched since then. For Unifi (BZ board), similar clock
adjustments are employed and used.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Commit b3d8b3a introduced a new test:
[ -n "$noscan" -a "$noscan" -gt 0 ] && hostapd_noscan=1
But if length of "$noscan" is zero (noscan is not set) this doesn't stop
the shell to evaluate the rest of the test.
root@hank2:~# [ -n "$noscan" -a "$noscan" -gt 0 ]
ash: out of range
root@hank2:~#
So when radios are brought up this shows in the log:
Sat Nov 23 10:51:38 2019 daemon.info procd: - init complete -
Sat Nov 23 10:52:24 2019 daemon.notice netifd: radio1 (1243): sh: out of range
Sat Nov 23 10:52:25 2019 user.notice firewall: Reloading firewall due to ifup of wan (eth0.2)
Sat Nov 23 10:52:25 2019 daemon.notice netifd: radio0 (1242): sh: out of range
Sat Nov 23 10:52:26 2019 authpriv.info dropbear[1536]: Not backgrounding
This commit sets noscan to 0 if unset and removes the gratuitous length
check, preventing the warning.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Kemper <sebastian_ml@gmx.net>
dnsmasq v2.80 made 'dnssec-check-unsigned' the default, thus the uci
option was rendered ineffectual: we checked unsigned zones no matter the
setting.
Disabling the checking of unsigned zones is now achieve with the
"--dnssec-check-unsigned=no" dnsmasq option.
Update init script to pass required option in the disabled case.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
This updates mac80211 to backports based on kernel 5.4-rc8.
The deleted patches were applied upstream.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This was found by the build bot.
Fixes: e29500eb84 ("kernel: bump 4.19 to 4.19.85")
Fixes: db9e9e8382 ("kernel: bump 4.14 to 4.14.155")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
8174814 utils: persist effective extra_src and extra_dest options in state file
72a486f zones: fix emitting match rules for zones with only "extra" options
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This adds support for a popular low-cost 5GHz N based AP
Specifications:
- SoC: Atheros AR9344
- RAM: 64MB
- Storage: 8 MB SPI NOR
- Wireless: 5GHz 300 Mbps, 2x RP-SMA connector, 27 dBm TX power
- Ethernet: 1x 10/100 Mbps with 24V POE IN, 1x 10/100 Mbps
Installation:
Flash factory image through stock firmware WEB UI
or through TFTP
To get to TFTP recovery just hold reset button while powering on for
around 4-5 seconds and release.
Rename factory image to recovery.bin
Stock TFTP server IP:192.168.0.100
Stock device TFTP adress:192.168.0.254
Signed-off-by: Andrew Cameron <apcameron@softhome.net>
This adds support for a popular low-cost 5GHz N based AP
Specifications:
- SoC: Atheros AR9344
- RAM: 64MB
- Storage: 8 MB SPI NOR
- Wireless: 5GHz 300 Mbps, 2x RP-SMA connector, 27 dBm TX power
- Ethernet: 1x 10/100 Mbps with 24V POE IN, 1x 10/100 Mbps
Installation:
Flash factory image through stock firmware WEB UI
or through TFTP
To get to TFTP recovery just hold reset button while powering on for
around 4-5 seconds and release.
Rename factory image to recovery.bin
Stock TFTP server IP:192.168.0.100
Stock device TFTP adress:192.168.0.254
Signed-off-by: Andrew Cameron <apcameron@softhome.net>
This backports a patch to build it work with python2 in addition to
python3.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Acked-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
In order to make RSSI indicator on the device work out of box,
include "rssileds" package in per-device rootfs image by default
for Ubiquiti XM and XW devices, namely:
- Bullet M (XM/XW)
- Rocket M (XM/XW)
- Nanostation M (XM/XW)
- Nanostation Loco-M (XW)
This moves the package addition to the individual devices in order
to prevent accidental inclusions of the package when not looking
at the parent node carefully enough.
Signed-off-by: Lech Perczak <lech.perczak@gmail.com>
[add bullet-m-xw, remove rocket-m-ti, extend commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This adds the gpio switch to enable PoE passthrough on Ubiquiti
Nanostation (XM/XW).
Values are copied from the implementation in ar71xx.
GPIO values checked on:
- NanoStation M5 XW
- NanoStation M2 XM
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
* add u-boot support for uDPU
* add line to copy u-boot binary to STAGING_DIR_IMAGE, this can later be used
as BL33 variable required for ATF build
* add patch to increase max gunzip size in mvebu_armada-37xx.h which is
required for booting the itb recovery images
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Vid <vladimir.vid@sartura.hr>
ATF mvebu is required for building a functional bootloader for A7K/A8K and
A37xx platforms. uDPU device is added as the first target.
A3700 platform has a wide range of settings which can be used per device, so
options are defined under the Device sections.
Platform also required WTP (recovery) tools and mv-ddr package for the DDR
topology configuration. 32-bit cross compiler is used for building the WTMI
image.
After the build, flash-image.bin can be used with the bubt command from the
u-boot shell to flash the new version of u-boot.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Vid <vladimir.vid@sartura.hr>
Change dhcp no/release on shutdown to 'norelease' uci option to match
existing proto dhcpv6 usage.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Acked-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
All patches have been dropped, they're either redundant (e.g. due to the
new and unset CONFIG_SPL_FAT_WRITE), break compilation (thumb hacks) or
have been applied upstream.
The defconfig for am335x_boneblack has been removed upstream [0], so use
am335x_evm for boneblack too.
Size changes (before, after, file):
ti_am335x-evm and ti_am335x-bone-black:
79804 110832 MLO
623836 756148 u-boot.img
ti_omap3-beagle:
54148 57708 MLO
496272 665728 u-boot.img
ti_omap4-panda:
39356 40204 MLO
284648 366672 u-boot.img
Tested on boneblack, which has the biggest spl size increase. The beagle and
panda spl sizes seem reasonable to not break booting.
[0] 8fa7f65dd0
Signed-off-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
This gets rid of a boot time warning about the missing edma module.
Enable SND_OMAP_SOC_HDMI_AUDIO while here.
All enabled options default to y.
Signed-off-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
The first adds some stuff while the second one
just reverts it.
Remove both patches.
This is done is a separate commit on purpose to make it clear.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
This potentially fixes some issues seen on IBSS
when interfaces go out of range and then re-appear.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
This updates the GCC to the next minor release which fixes +213 bugs.
Tested on ARMv6, ARMv7, MIPS R2, x86
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
TP-Link TL-WDR4900 v2 only has one combined WPS/Reset button, so
don't set up an RFKILL for this device.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
In ar71xx there is only one combined mach file for Archer C5/C7 and
TL-WDR4900 v2. This one uses the same LED struct for all devices,
defining "green" LEDs for them. However, WDR4900 uses blue front
LEDs, while only C5/C7 uses green ones. Despite, in base-files
WDR4900 is actually set up with "blue" for the mentioned LEDs.
Thus, this patch creates a separate LED struct for WDR4900, so the
LEDs can be set up correctly. Despite, the wlan5g LED is removed as
it is controlled by ath9k chip for WDR4900 (in contrast to C5/C7).
Note: While front LEDs are blue, USB LEDs (on the back) are green,
so colors are mixed intentionally for the WDR4900 v2.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The skb_get_hash_perturb() function now takes a siphash_key_t instead of
an u32. This was changed in commit 55667441c84f ("net/flow_dissector:
switch to siphash"). Use the correct type in the fq header file
depending on the kernel version.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
The stock firmware and bootloader only accept uImage with names that
match certain patterns. This patch enables OpenWrt installation from
stock firmware without having to reflash the bootloader or access the
UART console.
Installation via web interface:
1. Flash **initramfs** image through the stock web interface.
2. Boot into OpenWrt and perform sysupgrade with sysupgrade image.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
The MAC address setup of the TL-WDR4900 v2 is different from the
C5/C7. This aligns ar71xx with the setup in ath79:
wlan0 (5GHz) : -2
wlan1 (2.4GHz) : -1
eth1 (LAN) : 0
eth0 (WAN) : 1
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The WPS button was mapped to the restart/reset. This patch
changes it to emit the KEY_WPS_BUTTON keycode so pressing
the WPS button does initiate WPS.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The ASUS WL-330N(3G) and the Edimax RG21S had the
reset keycode assigned to the WPS button. This patch
changes all three devices to use KEY_WPS_BUTTON in
the hopes that this fixes unwanted restarts/
unexpected behavior from the users point of view.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Keep existing wdev when creating new nl80211 interfaces if phy and
type match, delete it otherwise.
To make this work, also remove left-over debugging function which
prevented the return-value of the 'iw' command to be taken into
account in mac80211_iw_interface_add().
As 4addr-mode (WDS) was setup during interface creation for station
interfaces, also set it after interface creation to make sure an
existing sta interface ends up with the right mode.
Fixes: a5bc9787d4 ("mac80211: add support for dynamically
reconfiguring wifi")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
During the introduction of the ath79/nand images for the GL-AR300M
series the firmware partition label and compatible were altered,
but the necessary adjustments have not been made for the
GL-AR300M16 and the GL-AR300M-Lite. This will result in a
non-bootable partition setup for these devices.
This patch adds the necessary definitions to those two devices.
Fixes: 55e6c903ae ("ath79: GL-AR300M: provide NAND support;
increase to 4 MB kernel")
Fixes: b591cabd39 ("ath79: add GL.iNet GL-AR300M16 as NOR-only
board")
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kletsky <git-commits@allycomm.com>
[extend commit message, alter commit title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
ar71xx has just one board name "wndr3700" for WNDR3700 V1/V2,
WNDR3800 and WNDR3800CH, whereas ath79 provides separate images for
the boards. So, update SUPPORTED_DEVICES to store the correct
ar71xx board names.
Fixes: FS#2510
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
As the former qca9558_tplink_archer-c7.dtsi is also used for
Archer C5 v1 this patch removes the number from the DTSI name
to indicate that.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
8dd50da20de0 lua: fix error handling
a2cab3b088a2 ucimap: fix possible use of memory after it is freed
9cf978bc7964 delta: prevent possible null pointer use
7736f497d2d9 cli: remove unused variable assigment
39093f3b040d lua: fix memory leak in set method
19ceff323f1e lua: fix memory leak in changes method
18049a84fe40 tests: add cram based unit tests
2b549cc050de lua: fix copy&paste in error string
f5dd5217d627 cli: fix realloc issue spotted by cppcheck
af59f86a0db9 iron out all extra compiler warnings
1637d2918692 tests: shunit2: run all tests under Valgrind by default
c1af73bfb023 cmake: enable extra compiler checks
be69504e3666 cmake: build Lua module only if enabled
38a2f12ec5ab tests: shunit2: fix issues reported by shellcheck
266fc9e94c1e add initial GitLab CI support
17d6144a49c6 tests: shunit2: make it working under CMake
a6e8bbefd860 cmake: add unit testing option and shunit2 tests
0ca93fec701a test: move shunit2 tests under standalone subdirectory
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
0219008cc876 remove never used err variable assignment disliked by scan-build
7ce813fcd667 silence use after the free clang analyzer warning
1f73b6a8e678 use offsetof macro to make scan-build happy
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Add support for Python 3.8 which was released Oct. 14, 2019.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Weißschuh <thomas@t-8ch.de>
[added missing commit description, simplified version check]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Commit ed5b9129d7 ("base-files: implement generic service_running")
has added EXTRA_HELP variable, thus overriding already available
EXTRA_HELP text available in other init scripts, resulting in the
missing help text from services like dropbear for example.
So fix this regression by appending EXTRA_HELP text provided by the
other init scripts into the one provided by the script itself.
Fixes: ed5b9129d7 ("base-files: implement generic service_running")
Signed-off-by: Peter Stadler <peter.stadler@student.uibk.ac.at>
[commit title/description facelift, fixes tag, fixed From:, pkg bump]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Those symbols were removed in kernel 4.16:
commit 4670d610d59233b017a6ea1fa25bbf06dabbff42
Author: Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org>
PCI: Move OF-related PCI functions into PCI core
Fixes: FS#2588
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Commit 965f341aa9 ("build: fix host menu config targets using
ncurses") has moved host's path with pkg-config (usually /usr/bin) at
the first place in PATH variable, which is now causing issues with bison
as BISON_PKGDATADIR points into STAGING_DIR_HOST, but the actual bison
used is the one under host PATH (usually /usr/bin/bison), leading to the
following strange failures:
$ make target/linux/clean kernel_menuconfig V=sc
export MAKEFLAGS= ;make -C /somewhere/linux-4.19.81 menuconfig
make -f ./scripts/Makefile.build obj=scripts/kconfig menuconfig
...
bison -oscripts/kconfig/zconf.tab.c -t -l scripts/kconfig/zconf.y
staging_dir/host/bin/m4: cannot open `staging_dir/host/share/bison/bison.m4': No such file or directory
staging_dir/host/bin/m4: cannot open `staging_dir/host/share/bison/c-skel.m4': No such file or directory
...
gcc -Wp,-MD,scripts/kconfig/.zconf.tab.o.d <...snip...> -o scripts/kconfig/zconf.tab.o scripts/kconfig/zconf.tab.c
gcc: error: scripts/kconfig/zconf.tab.c: No such file or directory
gcc: fatal error: no input files
Fix this by forcing usage of bison under STAGING_DIR_HOST/bin via YACC
make variable.
Cc: Thomas Albers <thomas.gameiro@gmail.com>
Cc: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Cc: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Ivan Revyakin <LovingFox@GMail.com>
Tested-by: Thomas Albers <thomas.gameiro@googlemail.com>
Ref: https://forum.openwrt.org/t/bpi-r64-kernel-4-19-kernel-menuconfig-error
Fixes: 965f341aa9 ("build: fix host menu config targets using ncurses")
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
AutoLoad parameter must match the exact kernel module name. Fix it.
Fixes: 125f1ce9ad ("kernel: video: add DRM core and IMX DRM support for HDMI/LVDS")
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Some Ubiquiti devices had the RSSI LEDs configured in 01_leds but
were missing the rssileds package, while others that don't have
RSSI LEDS had the package included.
This commit includes the rssileds package only for those devices
that need it.
Tested on a NanoStation M XW.
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Changes introduced for dynamic wifi reconfiguration left behind
unmanaged interface types. Restore parts of the old function to
also clean (unencrypted, non-DFS) mesh and ad-hoc interfaces.
Fixes: a5bc9787d4 ("mac80211: add support for dynamically
reconfiguring wifi")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The GL.iNet GL-AR750S has been supported by the ar71xx and ath79
platforms with access to its 16 MB NOR flash, but not its 128 MB
SPI NAND flash.
This commit provides support for the NAND through the upstream
SPI-NAND framework.
At this time, the OEM U-Boot appears to only support loading the
kernel from NOR. This configuration is preserved as this time,
with the glinet,gl-ar750s-nand name reserved for a potential,
future, NAND-only boot.
The family of GL-AR750S devices on the ath79 platform now includes:
* glinet,gl-ar750m-nor-nand "nand" target
* glinet,gl-ar750m-nor "nand" target (NAND-aware)
NB: This commit increases the kernel size from 2 MB to 4 MB
"Force-less" sysupgrade is presently supported from the current
versions of following NOR-based firmwre images to the version of
glinet,gl-ar750s-nor firmware produced by this commit:
* glinet,gl-ar750s -- OpenWrt 19.07 ar71xx
* glinet,gl-ar750s -- OpenWrt 19.07 ath79
Users who have sucessfully upgraded to glinet,gl-ar750m-nor may then
flash glinet,gl-ar750m-nor-nand with sysupgrade to transtion to the
NAND-based variant.
Other upgrades to these images, including directly to the NAND-based
glinet,gl-ar750s-nor-nand firmware, can be accomplished through U-Boot.
NB: See "ath79: restrict GL-AR750S kernel build-size to 2 MB" which
enables flashing of NAND factory.img with the current GL-iNet U-Boot,
"U-Boot 1.1.4-gcf378d80-dirty (Aug 16 2018 - 07:51:15)"
The GL-AR750S OEM U-Boot allows upload and flashing of either NOR
firmware (sysupgrade.bin) or NAND firmware (factory.img) through its
HTTP-based GUI. Serial connectivity is not required.
The glinet,gl-ar750s-nor and glinet,gl-ar750s-nor-nand images
generated after this commit flash each other directly.
This commit changes the control of the USB VBUS to gpio-hog from
regulator-fixed introduced by commit 0f6b944c92. This reduces the
compressed kernel size by ~14 kB, with no apparent loss of
functionality. No other ath79-nand boards are using regulator-fixed
at this time.
Note: mtd_get_mac_binary art 0x5006 does not return the proper MAC
and the GL.iNet source indicates that only the 0x0 offset is valid
The ar71xx targets are unmodified.
Cc: Alexander Wördekemper <alexwoerde@web.de>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kletsky <git-commits@allycomm.com>
The GL.iNet GL-AR300M series of devices includes variants without NAND
and only the 16 MB NOR flash. These include the GL-AR300M16 and the
GL-AR300M-Lite (already with its own board name).
This board-name addition provides disambiguation from the NAND-bearing
GL-AR300M devices, both for OpenWrt code and for end users.
Kernel and firmware support for NAND and UBI will add ~320 kB to the
overall firmware size at this time. This NOR-only option continues to
provide more compact firmware for both the GL-AR300M16 as well as
those who wish to use it as an alternate or primary, NOR-resident
firmware on the GL-AR300M.
The ar71xx targets are unmodified.
Installation
------------
Install through OEM U-Boot (HTTP-based) or `sysupgrade --force` when
booted from NOR and running OEM or OpenWrt, NOR-based firmware.
As one of the intentions is disambiguation from NAND-bearing units,
users who have flashed this firmware onto a device with NAND would
need to use U-Boot or `sysupgrade --force` to flash firmware that
again supports NAND.
There are no additional SUPPORTED_DEVICES as it is not possible to
determine if a device does or does not have NAND based on
either the OEM's or OpenWrt's board names prior to this patch.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kletsky <git-commits@allycomm.com>
The GL.iNet GL-AR300M has been supported by the ar71xx and ath79
platforms with access to its 16 MB NOR flash, but not its 128 MB
SPI NAND flash.
This commit provides support for the NAND through the upstream
SPI-NAND framework. Devices with both NOR and NAND flash can support
independent firmware on each, with U-Boot able to boot from either.
The OEM U-Boot will fall back to the NOR firmware after three
"unsuccessful" boots.
The family of GL-AR300M devices on the ath79 platform now includes:
* glinet,gl-ar300m-lite "generic" target, NOR-only board
* glinet,gl-ar300m-nand "nand" target
* glinet,gl-ar300m-nor "nand" target (NAND-aware)
NB: This commit increases the kernel size from 2 MB to 4 MB
"Force-less" sysupgrade is presently supported from the current
versions of following NOR-based firmwre images to the version of
glinet,gl-ar300m-nor firmware produced by this commit:
* gl-ar300m -- OEM v3 NOR ar71xx (openwrt-ar300m16-*.bin)
* gl-ar300m -- OpenWrt 18.06 ar71xx
* gl-ar300m -- OpenWrt 19.07 ar71xx
Other upgrades to these images should be performed through U-Boot.
The GL-AR300M OEM U-Boot allows upload and flashing of either NOR
firmware (sysupgrade.bin) or NAND firmware (factory.img) through its
HTTP-based GUI. Serial connectivity is not required.
The glinet,gl-ar300m-nand and glinet,gl-ar300m-nor images generated
after this commit should safely flash each other using sysupgrade.
The boot counter is implemented by the OEM using u-boot-env. At this
time, it does not appear that the switch on the side of the unit can
be used to select NOR vs. NAND boot and the fail-over is only from
NAND to NOR. To save flash wear, it is only reset when running the
glinet,gl-ar300m-nand firmware.
NAND-specific base-files are used to remove impact on existing
generic and tiny targets.
As there is now no "generic" build appropriate for the GL-AR300M16,
(or for users of the GL-AR300M that do not need access to NAND)
it will be introduced in a subsequent commit.
Note: `mtd_get_mac_binary art 0x6` does not return the proper MAC
and the GL.iNet source indicates that only the 0x0 offset is valid
The ar71xx targets are unmodified.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kletsky <git-commits@allycomm.com>
Linux 4.19 supplies the upstream spi-nand framework,
permitting porting and support of boards with SPI NAND.
* Adjusted nand/target.mk to provide FEATURES += squashfs nand
* Updated config-default to provide current MTD and UBI support
Defaults selected for:
CONFIG_MTD_UBI_WL_THRESHOLD=4096
CONFIG_MTD_UBI_BEB_LIMIT=20
# CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_UBI_GLUEBI is not set
The bad-block reservation limit technically should be 21 for Paragon
SPI NAND but most other devices in the class are 20 blocks per Gbit.
In Linux 5.2 this is specified on a per-chip basis through NAND_MEMORG
Contents adjusted to remove declarations provided at the target level
by commit 08a134820f (Oct 23, 2019) ath79: enable PCI for whole target
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kletsky <git-commits@allycomm.com>
Tested-by: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
ALFA Network Quad-E4G is a universal Wi-Fi/4G platform, which offers
three miniPCIe (PCIe, USB 2.0, SIM) and a single M.2 B-key (dual-SIM,
USB 3.0) slots, RTC and five Gigabit Ethernet ports with PoE support.
Specification:
- MT7621A (880 MHz)
- 256/512 MB of RAM (DDR3)
- 16/32+ MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- optional second SPI flash (8-pin WSON/SOIC)
- 1x microSD (SDXC) flash card reader
- 5x 10/100/100 Mbps Ethernet, with passive PoE support (24 V) in LAN1
- optional 802.3at/af PoE module for WAN
- 3x miniPCIe slot (with PCIe and USB 2.0 buses, micro SIM and 5 V)
- 1x M.2/NGFF B-key 3042 (USB 3.0/2.0, mini + micro SIM)
- RTC (TI BQ32002, I2C bus) with backup battery (CR2032)
- external hardware watchdog (EM Microelectronic EM6324)
- 1x USB 2.0 Type-A
- 1x micro USB Type-B for system serial console (Holtek HT42B534)
- 11x LED (5 for Ethernet, 5 driven by GPIO, 1x power indicator)
- 3x button (reset, user1, user2)
- 1x I2C (4-pin, 2.54 mm pitch) header on PCB
- 4x SIM (6-pin, 2.00 mm pitch) headers on PCB
- 2x UART2/3 (4-pin, 2.54 mm pitch) headers on PCB
- 1x mechanical power switch
- 1x DC jack with lock (24 V)
Other:
- U-Boot selects default SIM slot, based on value of 'default_sim' env
variable: '1' or unset -> SIM1 (mini), '2' -> SIM2 (micro). This board
has additional logic circuit for M.2 SIM switching. The 'sim-select'
will work only if both SIM slots are occupied. Otherwise, always slot
with SIM inside is selected, no matter 'sim-select' value.
- U-Boot enables power in all three miniPCIe and M.2 slots before
loading the kernel
- this board supports 'dual image' feature (controlled by 'dual_image'
U-Boot environment variable)
- all three miniPCIe slots have additional 5 V supply on pins 47 and 49
- the board allows to install up to two oversized miniPCIe cards (vendor
has dedicated MediaTek MT7615N/D cards for this board)
- this board has additional logic circuit controlling PERSTn pins inside
miniPCIe slots. By default, PERSTn (GPIO19) is routed to all miniPCIe
slots but setting GPIO22 to high allows PERSTn control per slot, using
GPIO23-25 (value is inverted)
You can use the 'sysupgrade' image directly in vendor firmware which is
based on OpenWrt (make sure to not preserve settings - use 'sysupgrade
-n -F ...' command). Alternatively, use web recovery mode in U-Boot:
1. Power the device with reset button pressed, the modem LED will start
blinking slowly and after ~3 seconds, when it starts blinking faster,
you can release the button.
2. Setup static IP 192.168.1.2/24 on your PC.
3. Go to 192.168.1.1 in browser and upload 'sysupgrade' image.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
ALFA Network R36M-E4G is a dual-SIM, N300 Wi-Fi, compact size platform
based on MediaTek MT7620A WiSoC. This product is designed for operation
with 4G modem (can be bought in bundle with Quectel EC25, EG25 or EP06)
but supports also Wi-Fi modules (miniPCIe slot has USB and PCIe buses).
Specification:
- MT7620A (580 MHz)
- 64/128/256 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16/32+ MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, with passive PoE support (24 V)
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz (MT7620A), with ext. LNA (RFFM4227)
- 1x miniPCIe slot (with PCIe and USB 2.0 buses and optional 5 V)
- 2x SIM slot (mini, micro) with detect and switch driven by GPIO
- 2x u.fl antenna connectors (for Wi-Fi)
- 8x LED (7 driven by GPIO)
- 2x button (reset, wifi)
- 2x UART (4-pin/2.54 mm pitch, 10-pin/1.27 mm pitch) headers on PCB
- 1x I2C (4-pin, 1.27 mm pitch) header on PCB
- 1x LED (8-pin, 1.27 mm pitch) header on PCB
- 1x DC jack with lock (12 V)
Other:
- there is a dedicated, 4-pin connector for optional RTC module (Holtek
HT138x) with 'enable' input, not available at the time of preparing
support for this board
- miniPCIe slot supports additional 5 V supply on pins 47 and 49 but a
jumper resistor (R174) is not installed by default
- U-Boot selects default SIM slot, based on value of 'default_sim' env
variable: '1' or unset -> SIM1 (mini), '2' -> SIM2 (micro). This will
work only if both slots are occupied, otherwise U-Boot will always
select slot with SIM card inside (user can override it later, in
user-space)
- U-Boot resets the modem, using PERSTn signal, before starting kernel
- this board supports 'dual image' feature (controlled by 'dual_image'
U-Boot environment variable)
Flash instruction:
You can use the 'sysupgrade' image directly in vendor firmware which is
based on OpenWrt (make sure to not preserve settings - use 'sysupgrade
-n -F ...' command). Alternatively, use web recovery mode in U-Boot:
1. Power the device with reset button pressed, the modem LED will start
blinking slowly and after ~3 seconds, when it starts blinking faster,
you can release the button.
2. Setup static IP 192.168.1.2/24 on your PC.
3. Go to 192.168.1.1 in browser and upload 'sysupgrade' image.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
New U-Boot version for MediaTek MT76x8/MT762x based ALFA Network boards
includes support for a 'dual image' feature. Users can enable it using
U-Boot environment variable 'dual_image' ('1' -> enabled).
When 'dual image' feature is enabled, U-Boot will modify DTB and divide
the original 'firmware' flash area into two, equal in size and aligned
to 64 KB partitions: 'firmware' and 'backup'. U-Boot will also adjust
size of 'firmware' area to match installed flash chip size.
U-Boot will load kernel from active partition which is marked with env
variable 'bootactive' ('1' -> first partition, '2' -> second partition)
and rename both partitions accordingly ('firmware' <-> 'backup').
There are 3 additional env variables used to control 'dual image' mode:
- bootlimit - maximum number of unsuccessful boot tries (default: '3')
- bootcount - current number of boot tries
- bootchanged - flag which informs that active partition was changed; if
it is set and 'bootcount' reaches 'bootlimit' value,
U-Boot will start web-based recovery which then updates
both partitions with provided image
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Discovered recent changes had broken sysupgrade for ar71xx mikrotik
rb-493g, traced the problem to missing /usr/share/libubox/jshn.sh after
switching to tmpfs.
Signed-off-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
CY-SWR1100 has a USB LED but kmod-usb-ledtrig-usbport is missing
in default images. This commit adds it.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
[changed commit title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This patch does the following:
- rename "devdata" flash partition and make it read-only
- switch from gpio-keys-polled to gpio-keys
- add missing power LED
- set correct PCI ID to compatible string in wifi node
- remove ralink,5ghz property in wifi node
- provide label MAC address
Rename devdata partition to devconf as indicated in the stock firmware
partition table:
00030000-00040000: "devdata"
00040000-00050000: "devconf"
Power LED can be controlled by SoC GPIO. Add it in the dts leds node.
RT3092L supports only bgn mode, so it is unnecessary to disable 5GHz band.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Ethernet MAC address setup has been broken since c3e420f28c. Restore
original setting.
Fixes: c3e420f28c ("ramips: Add support for D-Link DCH-M225")
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
As discussed in 1d18a14a90 ("ath79: really fix TP-Link Archer C7
v2 MAC address"), stock firmware MAC address assignment is
actually as follows:
wlan0 (5GHz) : -1
wlan1 (2.4GHz) : 0
eth1 (LAN) : 0
eth0 (WAN) : 1
This has never been fixed for ar71xx, so let's do it now.
Note that with WDR4900 v2 even both wlan0 and wlan1 where assigned
to basemac-1 before ...
Fixes: FS#408
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This replaces all uses of $(cat /sys/class/ieee80211/phyX/macaddress)
by retrieval from the proper flash locations. This will make
02_network independent of WiFi setup again.
For future reference:
The MAC addresses of the FRITZ!WLAN Repeater 300E can be extracted
from the urlader key value store:
maca *:6B
macb *:6C
macwlan *:6D
macdsl *:6E
and be set by e.g.
addr=$(fritz_tffs -n maca -i $(find_mtd_part "tffs (1)"))
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This replaces all uses of $(cat /sys/class/ieee80211/phyX/macaddress)
by retrieval from the proper flash locations. This will make
02_network independent of WiFi setup again.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
uci-defaults are sourced and non-executable, so they do not require
a shebang.
While at it, apply consistent naming scheme.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Replace 2 instances of non posix use of 'head' with posix compliant
'cut'.
'head -c n' cuts 'n' bytes from the passed string and happens to work on
Linux & Mac OS X even though '-c' is not posix.
'head --bytes n' does the same thing and happens to work on linux but
not on Mac OS X and is also not posix.
'cut -b1-8' cuts the first 8 bytes from the passed string and is posix
compliant, hence works on Linux & Mac OS X.
Our usage of 'head --bytes' was particularly unfortunate since it was
used to calculated the RootFS UUID passed to grub - the net result being
a non-functioning system waiting for the root file system to appear.
Thanks to karlp, ynezz & others for pointers on solving this.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Now that netifd and hostapd allow dynamic reconfiguration, add a
command to trigger it.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Change scripts to use ubus interface of hostapd/wpa_supplicant to
add/remove/modify wireless interfaces instead of (re-)starting the
services.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Add ubus interface to hostapd and wpa_supplicant to allow dynamically
reloading wiface configuration without having to restart the hostapd
process.
As a consequence, both hostapd and wpa_supplicant are now started
persistently on boot for each wifi device in the system and then
receive ubus calls adding, modifying or removing interface
configuration.
At a later stage it would be desirable to reduce the services to one
single instance managing all radios.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
7a723d0 wireless: add ubus method for reloading configuration
e15147c wireless: make reconf opt-in and allow serializing configuration
Set new option 'reconf' in 'wifi-device' section to enable dynamic
re-configuration on that radio.
If necessary, also set option 'serialize' which forced netifd to
configure interfaces of wireless devices one-by-one.
Both options are disabled by default.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
In ar71xx, the board name for the TL-WR1043ND v3 is equal to v2:
tl-wr1043nd-v2
Fix SUPPORTED_DEVICES for v3 in ath79 accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The led wireless trigger is already set correctly to phy0tpt through the
alias in the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Manuel Kock <github.web@manu.li>
[rephrased commit title]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Includes following changes:
9d9d4c284786 fix possible garbage in unitialized char* struct members
dbc1b1b71b24 fix possible copy of null buffer and validation of unitialized header
76d53deef8bb crc32: add missing stdint.h dependency
e5666ed3b47c add cram based unit tests
abe0cf7de053 add initial GitLab CI support
e43042507b4f iron out extra compiler warnings
5df0cd6e1523 convert into CMake project
a7dc0526f819 refactor into separate Git project
adds missing PKG_LICENSE field and converts the package build to utilize
CMake.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
These targets are currently using more or less same SIGNATURE variable
which provides unique partition ID/signature, so it makes sense to
refactor it out into common IMG_PART_SIGNATURE variable which could be
reused by all targets.
This is another step in the direction of reproducible OpenWrt images.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
[split into separate commit, renamed to IMG_PART_SIGNATURE]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
x86, mvebu and tegra targets are currently using more or less same
SIGNATURE variable which provides unique partition ID/signature, so it
makes sense to refactor it out into common variable which could be
reused by all targets. While at it, make the content of the variable
reproducible.
Ref: http://lists.infradead.org/pipermail/openwrt-devel/2019-March/016148.html
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Suggested-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
[renamed to IMG_PARTSIGNATURE, reworked with epoch+vermagic hash]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
As started in 19724e28c8 ("ramips: split base-files into
subtargets"), this moves some smaller left-over files to the
appropriate base-files folder of their subtarget:
- /etc/init.d/bootcount
- /etc/uci-defaults/04_led_migration
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
When Nanostation M was renamed from ubnt,nano-m to ubnt,nanostation-m
in commit f1396ac753 ("ath79: align naming of Ubiquiti Nanostation M"),
the caldata extraction in 10-ath9k-eeprom was overlooked.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This adjusts the GPIO state flag to ACTIVE_LOW as FCC pictures indicate
the base board is identical to the one of the R6220.
Fixes commit 3459013257 ("ramips: correct R6220 button flag")
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Instead of depending on kmod-usb2 make it depend on the normal USB
dependencies. This should hopefully fix some problems seen in the build
bot builds for powerpc_8540.
In addition also activate DRIVER_11N_SUPPORT support.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
All buttons on the Netgear R6220 are active-low while they are flagged
as active-high.
The GPIO status reads the following for no buttons pressed:
root@64367-r6220:~# cat /sys/kernel/debug/gpio
gpio-7 ( |wps ) in hi
gpio-8 ( |wifi ) in hi
gpio-14 ( |reset ) in hi
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
lib and includedir point to the host, not staging_dir.
Note that prefix and exec_prefix is overriden to point to staging_dir.
As CMAKE_INSTTALL is passed, switched InstallDev to use cmake.mk's rule.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
includedir and libdir are set to /usr/include and /usr/lib . This breaks
compilation with packages such as tmux that use pkgconfig to find libevent
Also added PKG_LICENSE_FILES.
Simplified the InstallDev section by using cmake.mk's default rule.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Forward the OpenWrt TARGET_LDFLAGS to the linker of the fw_printenv tool.
In addition also use the more standard make invocation script.
With this change the fw_printenv tool is built with PIE and Full RELRO
support when activated globally in OpenWrt.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke.mehrtens@intel.com>
Update busybox to 1.31.1
Small bug fix release. Fixes for dc, ash (PS1 expansion fix),
hush, dpkg-deb, telnet and wget.
No need to refresh patches or config.
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
The I2SE Duckbill devices are pen-drive like and thus the usage
of the USB gadget subsystem is highly indicated.
Spawning a console if a serial gadget is configured saves
us from connecting a physical debug uart.
On Olimex OLinuXino Maxi/Mini boards, this does not hurt.
Signed-off-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
Now that 'start-console' procd command has reached the main repo,
we can add a rule to start consoles on serial devices which are
created when USB gadget driver reports creation with hotplugging.
Signed-off-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
Also remove kernel 4.14 support and the meanwhile obsolete patch.
This was run-tested on I2SE Duckbill device and
Olimex OLinuXino Maxi board.
Signed-off-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
Tested-by: Zoltan HERPAI <wigyori@uid0.hu>
Also update the U-Boot BSP patch for I2SE Duckbill devices.
Run tested on I2SE Duckbill and Olimex OLinuXino Maxi boards.
Signed-off-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
This decreases the size of the usign application by 16% on MIPS BE.
old:
24,597 /usr/bin/usign
new:
20,501 /usr/bin/usign
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This decreases the size of the swconfig application by 25% on MIPS BE.
old:
16,916 /sbin/swconfig
new:
12,565 /sbin/swconfig
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This decreases the size of the mtd application by 25% on MIPS BE.
old:
20,597 /sbin/mtd
new:
16,421 /sbin/mtd
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This decreases the binary size when PIE ASLR is activated by 8% on MIPS BE.
old:
202,020 /usr/sbin/dnsmasq
new:
185,676 /usr/sbin/dnsmasq
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This moves shared code of the named devices into a common DTSI.
Remove setting status="okay" for &gpio0 as it's not disabled in
mt7620a.dtsi.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Based on Macronix MX25L3205DM2I datasheet this is maximum
supported speed.
Signed-off-by: Frederik Noe-Sdun <Frederik.Sdun@googlemail.com>
[rebased, improved commit title/message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Specifications:
* SoC: MT7620A
* RAM: 64 MB DDR
* Flash: 8MB NOR SPI flash
* WiFi: MT7612E (5Ghz) and builtin MT7620A (2.4GHz)
* LAN: 1x100M
The -factory images can be flashed from the
device's web interface or via nmrpflash.
The device seems to use base PCB as EX3700/EX3800,
but supporting AC1200 using MT7612E.
MAC adresses:
5.0 GHz 0x8004 *:9a
2.4 GHz 0x4 *:9b
lan 0x28 *:9b
wan 0x2e *:9c
Since this is a one-port device, although wan MAC address is
set in flash, it is not used in OpenWrt setup.
Signed-off-by: Frederik Noe-Sdun <Frederik.Sdun@googlemail.com>
[rebased, extended commit message, tiny DTS style fixes]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Fix the error that tl-wdr3320-v2 can't upgrade firmware via web
interface by using magic_ver="0200" for this device.
Signed-off-by: 南浦月 <nanpuyue@gmail.com>
[commit message facelift]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Commit 881ed09ee6 ("build: create JSON files containing image info")
has removed the crucial empty new line from the image copy step
resulting in the following errors during make function expansion:
GZ_SUFFIX :=
bash: GZ_SUFFIX: command not found
Makefile:86: recipe for target 'openwrt-ath79-generic-tplink_archer-c7-v5-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin' failed
Fixes: 881ed09ee6 ("build: create JSON files containing image info")
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Use reset-gpio instead of the custom phy-reset-gpio property to do phy
reset on the U4019. phy-reset-gpio was incorrectly introduced when we
added support for the U4019, and will be deprecated.
Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
The old GPIO based phy reset (phy-reset-gpio) will be removed form
the ipq40xx mdio driver in the future.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Danzberger <daniel@dd-wrt.com>
Commit ad7c6102f2 ("busybox: fix missing install with suid bit set if
FEATURE_SUID=y") actually fixes BUSYBOX_CONFIG_FEATURE_SUID option and
thus would install busybox setuid root by default which would result in
possibly unwanted change of current behaviour, so let's disable this
option by default in order to preserve the current status-quo.
For the record: disabling FEATURE_SUID to preserve the status-quo does
*not* imply the current status-quo is "safer", or for that matter, in
any way desireable. That is a discussion to be had on the mailing
lists.
Switching the FEATURE_SUID default to "n" is simply a compromise to
facilitate the merge of the changes that unbreak FEATURE_SUID.
Ref: PR#2502
Signed-off-by: Henrique de Moraes Holschuh <henrique@nic.br>
[commit title/description facelift]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
With FEATURE_SUID=y one can install busybox binary belonging to root
with the suid bit set, enabling some applets to perform root-level
operations even when run by ordinary users. Busybox then drops
privileges for applets that don't need root access, before entering
their main() function.
Currently we don't install busybox binary with suid bit set, rendering
this feature unusable.
Note that we can't just "chmod u+s /bin/busybox" at runtime as a
"cheaper" solution: it would waste approximately 200KiB of FLASH (the
whole /bin/busybox binary gets copied into the overlay).
Ref: PR#2502
Signed-off-by: Henrique de Moraes Holschuh <henrique@nic.br>
[commit title/description facelift, use INSTALL_SUID variable]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This reverts commit 6170c46b47.
There has been demand for further evaluation of the impact of a
changed hostname, so this is reverted for now. The default hostname
will be "OpenWrt" again after this commit.
The macaddr_geteui() function is not removed by this revert.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
If a label MAC address is provided for device, system
will rename the hostname with OpenWrt_{eui mac address}.
This helps to distinguish between different devices.
Since it's no good idea to nest json_* functions, this code does
not use get_mac_label directly, but only get_mac_label_dt as
external resource.
Signed-off-by: Rosy Song <rosysong@rosinson.com>
[merged with commit introducing macaddr_geteui, rebased on updated
label MAC address storage, extended commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
If set, label MAC address is available from one of two sources,
device tree or board.json. So far, the function get_mac_label
was meant for retrieving the address, while an option in uci
system config was specified only for case 2 (board.json).
The uci config option has several drawbacks:
- it is only used for a fraction of devices (those not in DT)
- label MAC address is a device property, while config implies
user interaction
- label_macaddr option will only be set if /etc/config/system
does not exist (i.e. only for new installations)
Thus, this patch changes the behavior of get_mac_label:
Instead of writing the value in board.json to uci system config
and reading from this location afterwards, get_mac_label now
extracts data from board.json directly. The uci config option
won't be used anymore.
In addition, two utility functions for extraction only from DT
or from board.json are introduced.
Since this is only changing the access to the label MAC address, it
won't interfere with the addresses stored in the code base so far.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
For some devices, the keys node is named "button". Change name to
match the rest of the target.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
In several DTS files, button nodes are just named buttonX or
xxx_button. This replaces the names with more specific names matching
the majority of key definitions.
While at it, fix name of keys node in one case.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This fixes the netdev LED trigger for interfaces, which are renamed
during initialization (e.g. ppp interfaces).
Fixes: FS#2193
Fixes: FS#2239
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
This is needed to export crypto information to netfilter, allowing
the alt. afalg openssl engine to obtain information about the drivers
being used.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
Many bugs were fixed--2 patches removed here.
This release of wolfSSL includes fixes for 5 security vulnerabilities,
including two CVEs with high/critical base scores:
- potential invalid read with TLS 1.3 PSK, including session tickets
- potential hang with ocspstaping2 (always enabled in openwrt)
- CVE-2019-15651: 1-byte overread when decoding certificate extensions
- CVE-2019-16748: 1-byte overread when checking certificate signatures
- DSA attack to recover DSA private keys
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
The elecom-header renames the firmware image to v_0.0.0.bin, stores its
MD5 sum as v_0.0.0.md5 and tars both files again.
Both v_0.0.0 files are created as the build user making it harder to
reproduce.
This commit sets the owner/group of both files to root by adding extra
options to the final tar command.
Before:
0 buildbot (101) buildbot (102) 3932164 2019-11-05 14:43:22.000000 v_0.0.0.bin
0 buildbot (101) buildbot (102) 33 2019-11-05 14:43:22.000000 v_0.0.0.md5
After:
0 root (0) root (0) 3932164 2019-11-05 23:43:08.000000 v_0.0.0.bin
0 root (0) root (0) 33 2019-11-05 23:43:08.000000 v_0.0.0.md5
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Includes following changes:
0230d0698e59 add initial GitLab CI support
5e13b797a988 iron out all extra compiler warnings
802fbd4d6f39 cmake: enable extra compiler checks
050bb5c4431b convert into CMake project
5b350e42d1fd refactor into separate Git project
and converts the package build to utilize CMake.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
TP-Link's TL-WR941 is sold with detachable antennas
internationally (ND version), but with fixed antennas in China
(N version). While hardware and images are similar for both
variants of v2 and v4, they are different for v6.
Having both explicitly will make it easier for user to identify
the correct image, and most importantly will raise awareness
that N and ND are not necessarily always the same as for
TL-WR841 series.
With an image selection webpage, using ALT0_MODEL as in this
patch will provide the option to list versions for N and ND
separately.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This reorganizes DTSI files for the Netgear R devices in mt7621
(and the WNDR3700 v5). It creates a common DTSI for all R (sercomm)
devices and distributes the remaining code in r6220.dtsi to R6220
and WNDR3700 v5.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
- remove WAN port index
- load WAN MAC address directly from the flash
- provide label MAC address
- increase flash's SPI frequency to 80MHz
- add mt76 led nodes to make WiFi LEDs work
- drop unnecessary pinmux groups
The factory partition scheme for MAC addresses (verified on both devices):
0x4 : WiFi 2.4GHz (label_mac-9)
0x28 : unused
0x2e : WAN (label_mac)
0x8004: WiFi 5GHz (label_mac-5)
0xe000: LAN (label_mac-1)
0xe006: unused
By improving flash speed,
`time dd if=/dev/mtdblock3 of=/dev/null bs=64k`
has been reduced from 14.51s to 3.11s.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
[rebased]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The ð0 node is the same for all TP-Link CPE devices in ar9344,
so move it to parent DTSI. While at it, do some minor DTS
harmonizations.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This adds support for a popular low-cost 2.4GHz N based AP
Specifications:
SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9533 (650MHz)
RAM: 64MB
Storage: 8 MB SPI NOR
Wireless: 2.4GHz N based built into SoC 2x2
Ethernet: 2x 100/10 Mbps, integrated into SoC
Installation:
Flash factory image through stock firmware WEB UI
or through TFTP
To get to TFTP recovery just hold reset button while powering on for
around 4-5 seconds and release.
Rename factory image to recovery.bin
Stock TFTP server IP:192.168.0.100
Stock device TFTP adress:192.168.0.254
This also applies some minor changes to the common DTSI:
- use &wmac for label-mac-device, as this one is actually set up in
common DTSI
- move ð0 to parent DTSI
- fix several leading spaces, added/removed newlines
Signed-off-by: Andrew Cameron <apcameron@softhome.net>
[DTS style fixes/improvements, updated commit message/title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
So far, MAC address assignment in ramips has contained a default
case, which defined wan_mac = eth0 + 1 for _every_ device not
having an explicit case there.
This is not desirable, as many device supporters will just not
care or know about this definition, so another MAC address will be
introduced by accident. In some cases the wan_mac is assigned
although it is not needed, in other cases even addresses not
dedicated to the device will be used (e.g. wan_mac actually is
eth0 - 1, but during support nobody cared, so eth0 + 1 is used now,
which might actually belong to another device ...).
Thus, in this PR the former default case is converted to an
explicit case. This one comprises all devices not being accounted
for by other cases, reduced by those not having wan at all.
The big number of entries for this node might be another indication
that many of them wouldn't actually be there if there hadn't been
default wan_mac setup.
In exchange, the current "do nothing" case can be removed, as it
will be the new default case.
The devices being put in the newly created explicit case were
determined as follows:
1. Create a list of all devices based on the DTS files.
2. Remove all devices already having an explicit entry setting
their address.
3. Remove all devices that only have lan set up in the first part
of 02_network:
mt7620:
- alfa-network,tube-e4g
- asus,rp-n53
- buffalo,wmr-300
- comfast,cf-wr800n
- edimax,ew-7476rpc
- edimax,ew-7478ac
- elecom,wrh-300cr
- hnet,c108
- kimax,u25awf-h1
- kimax,u35wf
- kingston,mlw221
- kingston,mlwg2
- microduino,microwrt
- netgear,ex2700
- netgear,ex3700
- netgear,wn3000rp-v3
- planex,cs-qr10
- planex,mzk-ex300np
- planex,mzk-ex750np
- ravpower,wd03
- sercomm,na930
- yukai,bocco
- zbtlink,zbt-cpe102
- zte,q7
mt7621:
- gnubee,gb-pc1
- gnubee,gb-pc2
- linksys,re6500
- mikrotik,rbm11g
- netgear,ex6150
- thunder,timecloud
- tplink,re350-v1
- tplink,re650-v1
mt76x8:
- alfa-network,awusfree1
- d-team,pbr-d1
- glinet,vixmini
- vocore,vocore2-lite
- tama,w06
- tplink,tl-mr3020-v3
- tplink,tl-wa801nd-v5
- tplink,tl-wr802n-v4
- tplink,tl-wr902ac-v3
- vocore,vocore2
- widora,neo-16m
- widora,neo-32m
rt288x:
- buffalo,wli-tx4-ag300n
- dlink,dap-1522-a1
rt305x:
- allnet,all0256n-4m
- allnet,all0256n-8m
- allnet,all5002
- allnet,all5003
- alphanetworks,asl26555-16m
- alphanetworks,asl26555-8m
- asus,wl-330n
- aximcom,mr-102n
- dlink,dcs-930
- easyacc,wizard-8800
- hame,mpr-a2
- hootoo,ht-tm02
- huawei,d105
- intenso,memory2move
- planex,mzk-dp150n
- rt305x dlink,dcs-930l-b1
- sparklan,wcr-150gn
- tenda,3g150b
- tenda,3g300m
- tenda,w150m
- trendnet,tew-638apb-v2
- unbranded,a5-v11
- vocore,vocore-16m
- vocore,vocore-8m
- wansview,ncs601w
- zorlik,zl5900v2
rt3883:
- loewe,wmdr-143n
- omnima,hpm
4. Put the remaining devices in the new case.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This applies several style adjustments that have been requested in
recent reviews to older DTS files. Despite making the code base more
consistent, this will also help to reduce review time when DTSes
are copy/pasted.
Applied changes:
- Rename gpio-keys/gpio-leds to keys/leds
- Remove node labels that are not used
- Use label property for partitions
- Prefix led node labels with "led_"
- Remove redundant includes
- Harmonize new lines after status property
- Several smaller style fixes
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This patch does the following:
1. remove u-boot-env partition
Stock bootloader saves env variables at 0x80000 in flash,
and there is nothing stored at 0x30000.
By merging the partition "u-boot-env" with "u-boot",
the partition table becomes the same as used in stock firmware:
00000000-00080000: "Bootloader"
00080000-00100000: "Config"
00100000-00140000: "Factory"
00140000-07f80000: "Kernel"
2. fix LAN/WAN MAC addresses and provide label MAC address
Ethernet MAC addresses are stored in factory partition at:
0xe000: LAN (label_mac)
0xe006: WAN (label_mac+1)
3. fix LAN port order
WF-2881 LAN ports are in reverse order of switch ports.
4. fix WiFi LEDs
mt76 led nodes are added to make WiFi LEDs work.
On top of this, mt76 node names are changed to more generic ones,
and compatible strings are also added.
5. fix pinmux groups
uart3 and uart2 pins are used as button and led, but jtag pins are not.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
This will have GIT ignore patches in root directory, as created
when using "git format-patch".
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This reverts commit 43365ca662 ("Do not use $(V) - force AM_V=1") as
it breaks verbose output in automake packages, deviating from the
upstream and expected behaviour.
As you can see, neither make command outputs the expected verbose
compile command lines:
```
$ make package/mtd-utils/{clean,compile} V=sc
...
CCLD lsmtd
CC nand-utils/nanddump.o
CCLD nanddump
...
```
```
$ make -C build_dir/target*/mtd-utils-2.1.1 clean
...
$ make -C build_dir/target*/mtd-utils-2.1.1 V=1
...
CC lib/libmtd.o
CC lib/libfec.o
CC lib/common.o
CC lib/libcrc32.o
```
The original reason for this commit was some packages failing to build
if V is set to something other than 0 or 1. See the discussion in PR
https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/2481 for how to fix this in the
package Makefile.
Ref: PR#2481
Acked-by: Mirko Vogt <mirko-openwrt@nanl.de>
Signed-off-by: Fredrik Olofsson <fredrik.olofsson@anyfinetworks.com>
[commit title/description facelift]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
There is a problem with the EA8500, the switch will not work after soft
reboot, the only way to get it working again is to power cycle it
manually.
There are probably several issues in the play, it's quite hard to fix it
without having access to the actual device, so I don't see any other
option now, then revert the offending commit.
Ref: PR#2047
Fixes: FS#2168 ("Switch no longer work after restart on Linksys EA8500")
Reported-by: Adam <424778940z@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The QCA953x only supports 25 MHz refclk, however some OEMs set an
invalid bootstrap value for the REF_CLK option, which would break the
clock detection in ath9k.
Force the QCA953x refclk to 25MHz in ath9k, as this is (according to the
datasheet) the only valid frequency.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The release notes since last time for wave-1:
* October 5, 2019: Fix too-short msg caused by invalid use of PayloadLen in receive path.
This appears to resolve the issue of getting (and ignoring) too-short commands
when we detect loss of CE interrupts and go into polling mode.
* October 12, 2019: Fix regression in IBSS mode that caused SWBA overrun issues. Related to
regression added during the ct-station logic, specifically TSF allocation.
Thanks for Ahmed Zaki @ Mage-Networks for helping to diagnose and test.
* October 15, 2019: Only send beacon tx completion events if we can detect CT driver is being
used (based on CT_STATS_OK flag being set). This should help CT firmware work
better on stock driver.
The release notes since last time for wave-2:
* October 15, 2019: Only send beacon tx completion events if we can detect CT driver is being
used (based on ATH10k_USE_TXCOMPL_TXRATE2 | ATH10k_USE_TXCOMPL_TXRATE1 flags being set).
This should help CT firmware work better on stock driver.
* October 31, 2019: Compile out peer-ratecode-list-event. ath10k driver ignores the event.
* November 1, 2019: Fix rate-ctrl related crash when nss and other things were changed while
station stays associated. See bug: https://github.com/greearb/ath10k-ct/issues/96
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
c9b6668 ustream-ssl: skip writing pending data if .eof is true after connect
Fixes: CVE-2019-5101, CVE-2019-5102
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The device path will be the same for the first phy. For all subsequent
phys, the path gets an extra +1, +2, ...
Move the code for converting path to phy and vice versa to a separate
library script shared by config detection code and the netifd wireless
handler script
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
With this commit, the WAN LED is triggered by the switch port state
instead of the eth0 netdev.
Otherwise, the LED is always illuminated, regardless of the WAN port
link state.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This enables PMKSA and opportunistic key caching by default for
WPA2/WPA3-Personal, WPA3-Personal and OWE auth types.
Otherwise, Apple devices won't connect to the WPA3 network.
This should not degrade security, as there's no external authentication
provider.
Tested with OCEDO Koala and iPhone 7 (iOS 13.1).
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
rt3883.mk contains both RT3662 and RT3883 device profiles, but commit
6a104ac772 set MTK_SOC to rt3883 for all devices. This patch fixes it,
and renames dts files accordingly. And SoC compatible strings are also
appended in the dts.
Fixes: 6a104ac772 ("ramips/rt288x,rt3883: Name DTS files based on scheme")
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
base-files are added into subtarget directory like what's done
recently in ath79. For this subtarget, metadata checks are enforced
and a SUPPORTED_DEVICE is added to generate proper metadata.
Since we only have mt7629 support in 4.19, override KERNEL_PATCHVER
in target.mk for now.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
This patch did the following things:
1. rename device compatible string
2. add earlycon into cmdline
3. add mac address location according to mt7629 eeprom layout
4. rename mtd partitions
5. replace spaces for indentation with tabs
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
When changing profile titles for this target, an empty Makefile
has been added by accident.
Fixes: 14d17306bc ("x86: make profile titles more verbose")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
https://patchwork.kernel.org/patch/11224189/
--
On 2019-10-28 06:07, wbob wrote:
> Hello Roman,
>
> while reading around drivers/net/wireless/ralink/rt2x00/rt2800lib.c
> I stumbled on what I think is an edit of yours made in error in march
> 2017:
>
> https://github.com/torvalds/linux/commit/41977e86#diff-dae5dc10da180f3b055809a48118e18aR5281
>
> RT6352 in line 5281 should not have been introduced as the "else if"
> below line 5291 can then not take effect for a RT6352 device. Another
> possibility is for line 5291 to be not for RT6352, but this seems
> very unlikely. Are you able to clarify still after this substantial time?
>
> 5277: static int rt2800_init_registers(struct rt2x00_dev *rt2x00dev)
> ...
> 5279: } else if (rt2x00_rt(rt2x00dev, RT5390) ||
> 5280: rt2x00_rt(rt2x00dev, RT5392) ||
> 5281: rt2x00_rt(rt2x00dev, RT6352)) {
> ...
> 5291: } else if (rt2x00_rt(rt2x00dev, RT6352)) {
> ...
Hence remove errornous line 5281 to make the driver actually
execute the correct initialization routine for MT7620 chips.
As it was requested by Stanislaw Gruszka remove setting values of
MIMO_PS_CFG and TX_PIN_CFG. MIMO_PS_CFG is responsible for MIMO
power-safe mode (which is disabled), hence we can drop setting it.
TX_PIN_CFG is set correctly in other functions, and as setting this
value breaks some devices, rather don't set it here during init, but
only modify it later on.
Fixes: 41977e86c984 ("rt2x00: add support for MT7620")
Reported-by: wbob <wbob@jify.de>
Reported-by: Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Acked-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
--
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This commit adds support for the ZBT WE1026-H, an outdoor AP with
support for adding an internal LTE modem. The detailed specs are:
* CPU: MT7620A
* 2x 10/100Mbps Ethernet (LAN port has passive PoE support).
* 16/32 MB Flash.
* 128/256 MB RAM.
* 1x USB 2.0 port.
* 1x mini-PCIe slot (only USB2.0 bus).
* 1x SIM slot (standard size).
* 1x 2.4Ghz WIFI (rt2800).
* 1x button.
* 6x LEDS (4 GPIO-controlled).
* 1x micro-SD reader.
The following have been tested and working:
- Ethernet switch
- Wifi
- Mini-PCIe slot + SIM slot
- USB port
- microSD slot
- sysupgrade
- reset button
Installation and recovery:
In order to install OpenWRT the first time or ito recover the router,
you can use the web-based recovery system. Keep the reset button pressed
during boot and access 192.168.1.1 in your browser when your machine
obtains an IP address. Upload the firmware to start the recovery
process.
Notes:
* When binding the USB LED to a usbport, the LED is switched on all the
time due to the presence of an internal hub. Thus, it does not really
signal any USB-information.
* I only have the 32MB version and have only added support for this
device. However, the files are structured so that adding support for the
16MB version should be easy.
* Only the LAN port is accessible from the outside of the casing and LEDs
are not visible.
Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
[rebased onto base-files split, minor style fixes, removed use of
USB led as power LED]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This commit makes the following changes to the WE1026 DTS-files:
* The parts that are unique to the -5G-version (LED and 5GHz wifi)
are moved to a separate file, so that WE1026.dtsi can be referenced also
by the DTS for the -H version.
* Use the generic "flash"-name for the spi-nor node.
* Add label MAC.
All changes have been tested on the WE1026-5G-16M and work fine. I.e.,
the device works as before the DTS-changes.
Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Acked-by: Alex Maclean <monkeh@monkeh.net>
Acked-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
[minor style fixes, rebased onto base-files split, remove obsolete
gpio-keys comment]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This patch renames and reassembles the common definition for
Netgear R6xxx devices in mt7621.mk. The following goals should be
achieved:
- Give the node a more generic name instead of adding devices to it
- Use the common definition in the (less) similar R6220 node
- Include/exclude settings into the common definition so the common
node contains the common definitions
- Prepare for support of R6700 v2
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
TP-Link WBS210 v2 is an outdoor wireless CPE for 2.4 GHz with
two Ethernet ports based on Atheros AR9344
The device is the same as TP-Link CPE220 v2, but with higher TX power (27 dBm
instead of 12 dBm) and two antenna connectors instead of built-in antennas.
Specifications:
- SoC: Atheros AR9344
- RAM: 64MB
- Storage: 8 MB SPI NOR
- Wireless: 2.4GHz 300 Mbps, 2x RP-SMA connector, 27 dBm TX power
- Ethernet: 1x 10/100 Mbps with 24V POE IN, 1x 10/100 Mbps
Installation:
Flash factory image through stock firmware WEB UI
or through TFTP
To get to TFTP recovery just hold reset button while powering on for
around 4-5 seconds and release.
Rename factory image to recovery.bin
Stock TFTP server IP: 192.168.0.100
Stock device TFTP adress: 192.168.0.254
The TP-Link WBS devices use the same GPIOs as the CPE devices,
except for the link4 LED. For this one, WBS devices use "2", while
CPE devices use "16". (Tested on WBS210 v2)
Signed-off-by: Bernhard Geier <freifunk@geierb.de>
[added comment about GPIO]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
UUID of ext4 volumes generated by make_ext4fs are determined by volume
label and it will all be 57f8f4bc-abf4-655f-bf67-946fc0f9f25b when label
is empty
Labeling them does not make them unique but tools like block command
from fstools have a better chance differentiating them
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
It contains a single change to vlist.h header file: "vlist: add more
macros for loop iteration". This is needed for newer version of fstools
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Set the image sequence number to SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH.
If not set, ubinize will use rand() as image sequence.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
There are two recent commits stating to add support for Netgear
WNDR4300, where the second one seems to be just leftover from
an earlier patch having been rebased.
Since the first patch already provides support in the most recent
state, just revert the second one.
This reverts commit cd87272eb2.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Based on OpenWRT Table of Hardware > Xiaomi > Xiaomi Mi WiFi Mini
Switch Ports Defaults:
0, 1: LAN
4: WAN
6: CPU
Port in Web GUI (word printed on bottom of case)
WAN(Internet) map to switch port 4
LAN1(.) map to switch port 1
LAN2(..) map to switch port 0
CPU map to switch port 6
current setting is 1 WAN/ 4 LAN port, fix it.
Signed-off-by: Chih-Wei Chen <changeway@gmail.com>
[rebased after base-files split, fixed commit title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
So far (nearly) all x86 profiles are called "Generic" which makes
it hard to distinguish them in special cases, like searching for a
specific profile (without pre-selecting target/subtarget).
To make this change locally working, remove the tmp/ folder to
force reload of menuconfig.
As these files are infrequently touched, the Copyright was updated
as well.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
[changed commit title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Specifications:
- QCA9558 Soc
- 720/800 (CPU/DDR)
- 1x 10/100/1000 Mbps WAN Ethernet
- 4x 10/100/1000 Mbps LAN Ethernet
- 64 MB RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB FLASH
- QCA9558 2.4 GHz 802.11bgn
- 1x USB 2.0
Flash instruction
WebUI:
Download *-factory.bin image, rename to tp_firmware.bin and upload
it via the firmwary upgrade function of the stock firmware WebUI.
Tftp:
Rename OpenWRT or original firmware to wr1045v2_tp_recovery.bin and
Change your computer ip in 192.168.0.66 and subnet mask in 255.255.255.0.
Router will obtain IP 192.168.0.86 for a few seconds while loading,
when reset button pressed at power On.
Signed-off-by: Rasim Kalimullin <neutrino.vm@gmail.com>
[rebased onto base-files split]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The MAC address for the wmac 2.4 GHz radio of the Ubiquiti UniFi AC
family of devices is actually embedded in the mtd-cal-data, so there
is no need for mtd-mac-address (which was incorrectly forcing wmac
to have the same MAC as eth0). This makes it coherent with the stock
firmware and the ar71xx target:
· XX:XX:XX:X0:XX:XX eth0
· XX:XX:XX:X1:XX:XX ath0/wlan1 (2.4 GHz)
· XX:XX:XX:X2:XX:XX ath1/wlan0 (5 GHz)
Checked on a UniFi AC Mesh, a UniFi AC LR and a UniFi Lite.
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
On nand subtarget, the default upgrade mechanism should be
nand_do_upgrade. This patch changes platform_do_upgrade()
accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
While most of the target's contents are split into subtargets, the
base-files are maintained for the target as a whole.
However, OpenWrt already implements a mechanism that will use (and
even prefer) files in the subtargets' directories. This can be
exploited to make several scripts subtarget-specific and thus save
some space.
In certain cases, keeping files in parent (=target) base-files was
more convenient, and thus no splitting was performed for those.
Note that this will increase overall code lines, but reduce code
per subtarget.
base-files ipk size reduction:
master (mt7621) 60958 B
split (mt7620) 46358 B (- 14.3 kiB)
split (mt7621) 48759 B (- 11.9 kiB)
split (mt76x8) 44948 B (- 15.6 kiB)
split (rt288x) 43508 B (- 17.0 kiB)
split (rt305x) 45616 B (- 15.0 kiB)
split (rt3883) 44176 B (- 16.4 kiB)
Run-tested on:
GL.iNet GL-MT300N-V2 (mt76x8)
D-Link DWR-116 (mt7620)
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
"$(STAGING_DIR)/include" was carried over from buildroot-ng to OpenWrt
in commit 60c1f0f64d. buildroot has
dropped this directory a long time ago.
In OpenWrt the directory is still created by the PrepareStaging macro
and is part of the default TARGET_CPPFLAGS. But nothing at all installs
headers into this directory, nor should anything be installed under this
path.
Removing this directory from TARGET_CPPFLAGS will cut down the log noise
a bit. Not only will CPPFLAGS be shorter, there will be less warnings
set off by "-Wmissing-include-dirs" (or even failures when paired with
"-Werror"). After all the directory does not even _exist_ in the SDKs,
which are used on the build bots when building packages (see [1] and
[2]).
make[8]: Entering directory '/builder/shared-workdir/build/sdk/build_dir/target-aarch64_generic_musl/libmbim-1.20.0/src/common'
CC libmbim_common_la-mbim-common.lo
cc1: error: /builder/shared-workdir/build/sdk/staging_dir/target-aarch64_generic_musl/include: No such file or directory [-Werror=missing-include-dirs]
cc1: all warnings being treated as errors
[1] https://github.com/openwrt/packages/issues/10377
[2] https://github.com/openwrt/packages/pull/10378
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Kemper <sebastian_ml@gmx.net>
Acked-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Acked-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
For several devices, wmac MAC address is set from art 0x1002
explicitly by using mtd-mac-address although mtd-cal-data is
pulled from art 0x1000.
With the MAC address in 0x1002, the driver should automatically
use it when reading caldata from 0x1000. Thus, remove the
redundant mtd-mac-address for those devices.
This patch addresses the cases where the calibration data partition
is not labelled art, having been overlooked in the first patch.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This cosmetical patch converts IMAGE_SIZE, KERNEL_SIZE and
BLOCKSIZE definitions to kilobytes, as this is consistent and
easier to read/type.
An exception was made for asus_rt-ac58u, where the IMAGE_SIZE of
20439364 cannot be divided by 1024 (and also does not seem to
match anything in DTS).
Build-tested for all devices.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This fixes several issues introduced with ZyXEL NBG6716 support:
- Inhomogeneous indent
- Wrong ath10k MAC patching function
- Wrong brackets for pad-to in nand.mk
- Add missing DEVICE_MODEL
- Remove k2t.sh include (copy/paste leftover)
Fixes: 99835e0999 ("ath79: add support for ZyXEL NBG6716")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The sender domain has a DMARC Reject/Quarantine policy which disallows
sending mailing list messages using the original "From" header.
To mitigate this problem, the original message has been wrapped
automatically by the mailing list software.
Enables radio resource management to be reported by hostapd to clients.
Ref: https://github.com/lede-project/source/pull/1430
Co-developed-by: Lorenzo Santina <lorenzo.santina@edu.unito.it>
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Santina <lorenzo.santina@edu.unito.it>
Signed-off-by: Kyle Copperfield <kmcopper@danwin1210.me>
This device contains 2 flash devices. One NOR (32M) and one NAND (128M).
U-boot and caldata are on the NOR, the firmware on the NAND.
SoC: IPQ4019
CPU: 4x 710MHz ARMv7
RAM: 256MB
FLASH: NOR:32MB NAND:128MB
ETH: 2x GMAC Gigabit
POE: 802.3 af/at POE, IEEE802.3af/IEEE802.3at(48-56V)
WIFI: 1x 2.4Ghz Atheros qca4019 2x2 MU-MIMO
1x 5.0Ghz Atheros qca4019 2x2 MU-MIMO
USB: 1x 3.0
PCI: 1x Mini PCIe
SIM: 1x Slot
SD: 1x MicroSD slot
BTN: Reset
LED: - Power
- Ethernet
UART: 1x Serial Port 4 Pin Connector (UART)
1x Serial Port 6 Pin Connector (High Speed UART)
POWER: 12V 2A
Installation
------------
Initial flashing can only be done via u-boot using the following commands:
tftpboot openwrt-ipq40xx-generic-compex_wpj419-squashfs-nand-factory.ubi
nand erase.chip; nand write ${fileaddr} 0x0 ${filesize}
res
Signed-off-by: Daniel Danzberger <daniel@dd-wrt.com>
When ASLR_PIE was activated globally these drivers failed to build
because the user space LDFLAGS leaked into the kernel build process.
This was fixed in upstream Linux kernel commit ce99d0bf312d ("kbuild:
clear LDFLAGS in the top Makefile") which went into Linux 4.17. The
lantiq target is now on Linux 4.19 only and these exceptions are not
needed any more.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This patch adds ath79 support for Netgear WNR2200.
Router was previously supported by ar71xx target only (8 MiB variant).
Netgear WNR2200 has two flash versions - 8MiB sold in EU, US etc. and
16 MiB for Russia and China markets. Apart from flash size both variants
share the same hardware specification.
Specification
=============
* Description: Netgear WNR2200
* Loader: U-boot
* SOC: Atheros AR7241 (360 MHz)
* RAM: 64 MiB
* Flash: 8 MiB or 16 MiB (SPI NOR)
- U-boot binary: 256 KiB
- U-boot environment: 64 KiB
- Firmware: 7808 KiB or 16000 KiB
- ART: 64 KiB
* Ethernet: 4 x 10/100 LAN + 1 x 10/100 WAN
* Wireless: 2.4 GHz b/g/n (Atheros AR9287)
* USB: yes, 1 x USB 2.0
* Buttons:
- Reset
- WiFi (rfkill)
- WPS
* LEDs:
- Power (amber/green)
- WAN (amber/green)
- WLAN (blue)
- 4 x LAN (amber/green)
- WPS (green)
* UART: 4-pin connector JP1, 3.3V (Vcc, TX, RX, GND), 115200 8N1
* Power supply: DC 12V 1.5A
* MAC addresses: LAN on case label, WAN +1, WLAN +2
Installation
============
* TFTP recovery
* TFTP via U-boot prompt
* sysupgrade
* Web interface
Test build configuration
========================
CONFIG_TARGET_ath79=y
CONFIG_TARGET_ath79_generic=y
CONFIG_TARGET_ath79_generic_DEVICE_netgear_wnr2200-8m=y
CONFIG_ALL_KMODS=y
CONFIG_DEVEL=y
CONFIG_CCACHE=y
CONFIG_COLLECT_KERNEL_DEBUG=y
CONFIG_IMAGEOPT=y
CONFIG_KERNEL_DEBUG_INFO=y
CONFIG_KERNEL_DEBUG_KERNEL=y
Signed-off-by: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
Required as dependency on dropbear config headers is not tracked in
dropbear build system
Fixes FS#2275
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
The kconfig symbol is an invisible one since its introduction. It is
not supposed to be enabled on its own.
Resolves FS#1821
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
"block mount" invokes "hotplug-call mount". It emits the following
error when mount is not present
hotplug-call call failed
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
This is related to the upstream kernel change 3b0f31f2b8c9 ("genetlink:
make policy common to family").
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
It's related to the upstream kernel commit adf82accc5f5 ("netfilter:
x_tables: merge ip and ipv6 masquerade modules").
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Due to rebase of the base-files split patch after adding support
for the ZyXEL NBG6716, its base-files were added to the generic
subtarget, although the device belongs to the nand subtarget.
This moves the definitions to their proper locations.
Fixes: 0130022bae ("ath79: split base-files into subtargets")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
[improve commit message, rebase]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This commit adds support for the Aerohive HiveAP-121. It was previously
already supported in the ar71xx subtarget.
The following is copied from the commit which added ar71xx support:
Specification:
- SoC: Atheros AR9344-BC2A at 560MHz
- WiFi 1: 2.4GHz Atheros AR9340? - SoC
- WiFi 2: 5.0GHz Atheros AR9382-AL1A
- Memory: 128MB from 2x Nanya NT5TU32M16DG-AC
- SPI: 1MB Macronix MX25L8006E
- NAND: 128MB Hynix H27U1G8F2BTR-BC
- Ethernet: Atheros AR8035-A
- USB: 1x 2.0
- TPM: Atmel SC3204
Flashing:
1. Hook into UART (9600 baud) and enter U-Boot. You may need to enter
a password of administrator or AhNf?d@ta06 if prompted.
2. Once in U-Boot, download and flash LEDE factory image over tftp:
dhcp;
setenv serverip tftp-server-ip;
tftpboot 0x81000000 lede-ar71xx-nand-hiveap-121-squashfs-factory.bin;
nand erase 0x800000 0x800000;
nand write 0x81000000 0x800000 0x800000;
reset;
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This commit adds PCI support for the whole ath79 target. Previously,
this was only done in the generic and tiny subtargets.
With the introduction of the HiveAP-121, PCI will be a requirement for
all subtargets, thus moving PCI support to the target configuration.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
For several devices, wmac MAC address is set from art 0x1002
explicitly by using mtd-mac-address although mtd-cal-data is
pulled from art 0x1000.
With the MAC address in 0x1002, the driver should automatically
use it when reading caldata from 0x1000. Thus, remove the
redundant mtd-mac-address for those devices.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Jeff Kletsky <git-commits@allycomm.com>
Tested-by: Karl Palsson <karlp@etactica.com>
Until upstream commit 6d4cd041f0af("net: phy: at803x: disable delay
only for RGMII mode"), delays were not disabled on driver probe
for the Atheros AR803x PHYs, although the RX delay is enabled on
soft and hard reset.
In addition, the TX delay setting is retained on soft-reset.
This patch disables both delays on config init to align the behavior
with kernel 5.1 and higher. It can be safely dropped with kernel 5.1.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This fixes frequent crashes observed on a UniFi AC Mesh using OpenWrt
master and 19.07. 18.06 seems not affected from our testing.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This commit changes the source of the Wave 1 ath10k-firmware
from linux-firmware to Kall Valos ath10k-firmware repository.
This is necessary as the firmware selected in linux-firmware produces
frequent crashes in some circumstances.
This patch can be removed as soon as linux-firmware carries
10.2.4-1.0-00047 firmware.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The luci and freifunk feed having a common Makefile included by the
individual packages. Currently a change to this file will be ignored
when running "scripts/feeds update".
When we are updating for a feed, add a dependency for all .mk files
in the root of it.
Signed-off-by: Sven Roederer <devel-sven@geroedel.de>
When the build system finds libpam, it enables building of these tools,
causing linker failures. Explicitly disable them as they are unused.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
While most of the target's contents are split into subtargets, the
base-files are maintained for the target as a whole.
However, OpenWrt already implements a mechanism that will use (and
even prefer) files in the subtargets' directories. This can be
exploited to make several scripts subtarget-specific and thus save
some space (especially helpful for the tiny devices).
The only script remaining in parent base-files is
/etc/hotplug.d/ieee80211/00-wifi-migration, everything else is
moved/split.
Note that this will increase overall code lines, but reduce code
per subtarget.
base-files ipk size reduction:
master (generic) 49135 B
split (generic) 48533 B (- 0.6 kiB)
split (tiny) 43337 B (- 5.7 kiB)
split (nand) 44423 B (- 4.6 kiB)
Tested on TL-WR1043ND v4 (generic) and TL-WR841N v12 (tiny).
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This is based on the EX6150v2, which should be identical to
the EX6100v2:
The device bears two MAC addresses ("MAC 1" and "MAC 2") that
correspond to phy0 and phy1.
The ethernet MAC address (gmac0) is the same as phy0.
As this one is accessible via local-mac-address in gmac0, the
latter is used for label-mac-device.
(Although this is a one-port, gmac1 also has a local-mac-address
assigned. This has the same vendor part as the other addresses,
but completely different data for the device part.)
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
If flash size is used as part of a device's title, it should be
specified as DEVICE_VARIANT like for the other devices so far.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This fixes the remaining IMAGE_SIZE issues in ath79 target.
All devices in target have been checked, so together with
previous patches this target should be "clean" afterwards.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
So far, IMAGE_SIZE is set as follows:
tplink-4m* 3904k 0x3d0000
tplink-8m* 7936k 0x7c0000
tplink-16m* 15872k 0xf80000
However, based on the size of firmware partitions in DTS it should
be:
tplink-4m* 3904k 0x3d0000
tplink-8m* 8000k 0x7d0000
tplink-16m* 16192k 0xfd0000
All (!) 8m*/16m* devices actually follow the latter scheme, which
is also consistent in terms of left free space for other
partitions. Thus, fix it.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This addresses IMAGE_SIZE inconsistencies in generic_ubnt.mk by:
1. (cosmetical) Move IMAGE_SIZE out of top definition ("ubnt"),
since despite two all subdefinition have different values.
2. (change) Fix IMAGE_SIZE for ubnt-xm and ubnt-bz (7552k->7488k).
3. (cosmetical) Move IMAGE_SIZE of ubnt-wa devices to parent node
since all have same size (it is defined in parent DTSI ...).
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Factory image generated for Netgear WNR1000 v2 has incorrect device
and hardware ID information in header due to missing makefile
variables. This fix adds them to device section.
Signed-off-by: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
Attention: Kernel partition size has been enlarged to 4MB.
To switch, you must update to latest ar71xx-nand snapshort and flash the
sysupgrade-4M-Kernel.bin:
zcat openwrt-ath79-nand-zyxel_nbg6716-squashfs-sysupgrade-4M-Kernel.bin | mtd -r -e ubi write - firmware; reboot -f
You will end up with a fresh config if you do not inject config into the image.
The NBG6716 may come with 128MB or 256MB NAND. ar71xx was able to use all, but
ath79 can only use the first 128MB. Therefore the complete NAND needs to be
overwritten. If not, the old UBI may make problems and lead to reboot loop.
Access the real u-boot shell:
ZyXEL uses a proprietary loader/shell on top of u-boot: "ZyXEL zloader v2.02"
When the device is starting up, the user can enter the the loader shell
by simply pressing a key within the 3 seconds once the following string
appears on the serial console:
| Hit any key to stop autoboot: 3
The user is then dropped to a locked shell.
|NBG6716> HELP
|ATEN x[,y] set BootExtension Debug Flag (y=password)
|ATSE x show the seed of password generator
|ATSH dump manufacturer related data in ROM
|ATRT [x,y,z,u] RAM read/write test (x=level, y=start addr, z=end addr, u=iterations)
|ATGO boot up whole system
|ATUR x upgrade RAS image (filename)
|NBG6716>
In order to escape/unlock a password challenge has to be passed.
Note: the value is dynamic! you have to calculate your own!
First use ATSE $MODELNAME (MODELNAME is the hostname in u-boot env)
to get the challange value/seed.
|NBG6716> ATSE NBG6716
|012345678901
This seed/value can be converted to the password with the help of this
bash script (Thanks to http://www.adslayuda.com/Zyxel650-9.html authors):
- tool.sh -
ror32() {
echo $(( ($1 >> $2) | (($1 << (32 - $2) & (2**32-1)) ) ))
}
v="0x$1"
a="0x${v:2:6}"
b=$(( $a + 0x10F0A563))
c=$(( 0x${v:12:14} & 7 ))
p=$(( $(ror32 $b $c) ^ $a ))
printf "ATEN 1,%X\n" $p
- end of tool.sh -
|# bash ./tool.sh 012345678901
|
|ATEN 1,879C711
copy and paste the result into the shell to unlock zloader.
|NBG6716> ATEN 1,0046B0017430
If the entered code was correct the shell will change to
use the ATGU command to enter the real u-boot shell.
|NBG6716> ATGU
|NBG6716#
Signed-off-by: André Valentin <avalentin@marcant.net>
- CMIIT ID: 2019AP2581
- SoC: MediaTek MT7621
- Flash: 16MiB NOR SPI (GigaDevice GD25Q128B)
- RAM: 128MiB DDR3 (ESMT M15T1G1664A)
- Serial: As marked on PCB, 3V3 logic, baudrate is 115200, 8n1
- Ethernet: 3x 10/100/1000 Mbps (switched, 2xLAN + WAN)
- WIFI0: MT7603E 2.4GHz 802.11b/g/n
- WIFI1: MT7612E 5GHz 802.11ac
- Antennas: 4x external (2 per radio), non-detachable
- LEDs: Programmable "power" LED (two-coloured, yellow/blue)
Non-programmable "internet" LED (shows WAN activity)
- Buttons: Reset
INSTALLATION:
Bootloader won't accept any serial input unless "boot_wait" u-boot
environment variable is changed to "on". Vendor firmware (looks like
an illegal OpenWrt fork) won't accept any serial input unless
"uart_en" is set to "1". Tricks to force u-boot to use default
environment do not help as it's restricted in the same way.
With bootloader unlocked the easiest way would be to TFTP the
sysupgrade image or to sysupgrade after loading an initramfs one.
For porting the flash contents were changed externally with an SPI
programmer (after lifting Vcc flash IC pin away from the PCB).
Forum thread [0] indicates that this device is identical to "Xiaomi Mi
Router 4A Gigabit Edition".
[0] https://forum.openwrt.org/t/xiaomi-mi-router-4a-gigabit-edition-r4ag-r4a-gigabit-fully-supported-but-requires-overwriting-spi-flash-with-programmer/36685
Signed-off-by: Paul Fertser <fercerpav@gmail.com>
This patch removes a phy0tpt trigger from the power LED, which
seems to have been added by mistake.
WiFi LEDs using phy0radio and phy1radio triggers are present and
used correctly.
Cc: Birger Koblitz <mail@birger-koblitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
In mt7628an.dtsi, calibration data for wmac is already defined:
mediatek,mtd-eeprom = <&factory 0x0>;
Thus, this patch removes redundant entries of this property in
derived DTS files.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
When caldata locations are defined with mediatek,mtd-eeprom the
MAC address is automatically read from offset +4. Thus, specifying
that location explicitly is redundant.
This patch removes those redundant definitions.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
generic: Add/rename patches for upstream consistency
ipq40xx: generic-level patch replaces same-source patches-4.19/
082-v4.20-mtd-spinand-winbond-Add-support-for-W25N01GV.patch
The SPI-NAND framework from Linux uses common driver code that is then
"tuned" by a tiny struct of chip-specific data that describes
available commands, timing, and layout (data and OOB data). Several
manufacturers and chips have been added since 4.19, several of which
are used in devices already supported by OpenWrt (typically with no or
"legacy" access to their NAND memory). This commit catches up the
supported-chip definitions through Linux 5.2-rc6 and linux/next.
The driver is only compiled for platforms with CONFIG_MTD_SPI_NAND=y.
This presently includes ipq40xx and pistachio, with the addition of
ath79-nand in these commits (and not ath79-generic or ath79-tiny).
Upstream patches refreshed against 4.19.75
Build-tested-on: ipq40xx
Run-tested-on: ath79-nand
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kletsky <git-commits@allycomm.com>
Rework DEVICE_VENDOR, DEVICE_MODEL, and DEVICE_VARIANT
for the GL-AR300M series on the ath79-generic target.
Changes GL-AR300M-Lite to the current form with
DEVICE_VARIANT := Lite (board name is unchanged)
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kletsky <git-commits@allycomm.com>
The GL-AR750S has an internal header for I2C.
Provide DTS definitions for the i2c-gpio driver.
The I2C drivers; kmod-i2c-core, kmod-i2c-gpio
consume ~20 kB of flash and can be loaded as modules,
Default clock measured ~11.2 ms period, ~89 kHz
The board has well-labeled (unpopulated) headers for serial and I2C
along the front edge of the board (the edge with the LEDs). Looking
from the top, rear of the unit (behind Ethernet jacks)
-------------------------------------------
5G_LED 2G_LED PWR_LED
O O O O O O O
3 S S G T R G
V C D N X X N
3 L A D D
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kletsky <git-commits@allycomm.com>
The GL-AR300M series have an internal header for I2C.
Provide DTS definitions for the i2c-gpio driver.
The I2C drivers; kmod-i2c-core, kmod-i2c-gpio
consume ~20 kB of flash and can be loaded as modules,
Default clock measured ~11.4 ms period, ~88 kHz
The board has two sets of (unpopulated) headers. While facing the
back of the board (looking into the Ethernet jacks), and looking from
the top, the one on the left edge of the baord with four holes is the
I2C header. It appears to be labeled J8 on "GL-AR300M-V1.4.0" boards.
| (Patch antenna)
|
|
| O GND
| O SDA / GPIO 17
| O SCL / GPIO 16
| ⊡ 3V3 (square land)
|
| (Ethernet jacks)
https://docs.gl-inet.com/en/3/hardware/ar300m/#pcb-pinout states
"Note: I2C is not working in some early version of the router."
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kletsky <git-commits@allycomm.com>
The Asus RT-AC65P router is identical with the RT-AC85P, but better to make separate images for it.
On both routers the installation can be done also via SSH:
Note: The user/password for SSH is identical with the one used in the
Web-interface.
1. Complete the initial setup wizard.
2. Activate SSH under "Administration" -> "System".
3. Transfer the OpenWrt factory image via scp:
> scp openwrt-ramips-mt7621-asus_rt-ac65p-squashfs-factory.bin admin@192.168.50.1:/tmp
4. Connect via SSH to the router.
> ssh admin@192.168.50.1
5. Write the OpenWrt image to flash.
> mtd-write -i
/tmp/openwrt-ramips-mt7621-asus_rt-ac65p-squashfs-factory.bin -d linux
6. Reboot the router
> reboot
Changelog:
v3: removed [] from filename, rebased to latest master
v2: Rebased to latest master
v1: Initial release
Signed-off-by: Gabor Varga <vargagab@gmail.com>
This commit adds correct model detection for UniFi
AC-LR. Previously, said device was incorrectly detected
as UniFi-AC-LITE/MESH.
The Information about the device is stored at 0xC in the EEPROM
partition. It corresponds to the sysid in /etc/board.info of the
Ubiquiti stock firmware.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Ziegler <dev@andreas-ziegler.de>
[adjust naming style of target to existing ones]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Hardware
--------
SoC: Qualcomm IPQ4019
RAM: 256M DDR3
FLASH: 128M NAND
WiFi: 2T2R IPQ4019 bgn
2T2R IPQ4019 a/n/ac
ETH: Atheros AR8033 RGMII PHY
BTN: 1x Connect (WPS)
LED: Power (green/red/yellow)
Installation
------------
1. Grab the uboot for the Device from the 'u-boot-fritz1200'
subdirectory. Place it in the same directory as the 'eva_ramboot.py'
script. It is located in the 'scripts/flashing' subdirectory of the
OpenWRT tree.
2. Assign yourself the IP address 192.168.178.10/24. Connect your
Computer to one of the boxes LAN ports.
3. Connect Power to the Box. As soon as the LAN port of your computer
shows link, load the U-Boot to the box using following command.
> ./eva_ramboot.py --offset 0x85000000 192.168.178.1 uboot-fritz1200.bin
4. The U-Boot will now start. Now assign yourself the IP address
192.168.1.70/24. Copy the OpenWRT initramfs (!) image to a TFTP
server root directory and rename it to 'FRITZ1200.bin'.
5. The Box will now boot OpenWRT from RAM. This can take up to two
minutes.
6. Copy the U-Boot and the OpenWRT sysupgrade (!) image to the Box using
scp. SSH into the Box and first write the Bootloader to both previous
kernel partitions.
> mtd write /path/to/uboot-fritz1200.bin uboot0
> mtd write /path/to/uboot-fritz1200.bin uboot1
7. Remove the AVM filesystem partitions to make room for our kernel +
rootfs + overlayfs.
> ubirmvol /dev/ubi0 --name=avm_filesys_0
> ubirmvol /dev/ubi0 --name=avm_filesys_1
8. Flash OpenWRT peristently using sysupgrade.
> sysupgrade -n /path/to/openwrt-sysupgrade.bin
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
f92be9d add support for AVM FRITZ!Repeater 1200
d651302 enable support for Atheros AR8033 PHY
e4c857c add machtype override hack
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This adds a missing backslash in the caldata-extraction script. Without
this fix, caldata extraction fails for every device.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This commit completely fixes the abortion of the ipq40xx ethernet driver
probe in case no phy-reset is defined.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
DEVICE_TITLE is split up into DEVICE_VENDOR, DEVICE_MODEL and DEVICE_VARIANT
Uses DEVICE_ALT* variables for alternative vendor/retailer names.
Signed-off-by: Moritz Warning <moritzwarning@web.de>
Fixes the following build error when building when using GCC 8.3:
In file included from ./include/linux/string.h:19,
from ./include/linux/bitmap.h:9,
from ./include/linux/cpumask.h:12,
from ./arch/mips/include/asm/processor.h:15,
from ./arch/mips/include/asm/thread_info.h:16,
from ./include/linux/thread_info.h:38,
from ./include/asm-generic/preempt.h:5,
from ./arch/mips/include/generated/asm/preempt.h:1,
from ./include/linux/preempt.h:81,
from ./include/linux/spinlock.h:51,
from ./include/linux/mmzone.h:8,
from ./include/linux/bootmem.h:8,
from arch/mips/bcm63xx/prom.c:10:
arch/mips/bcm63xx/prom.c: In function 'prom_init':
./arch/mips/include/asm/string.h:162:11: error: '__builtin_memcpy' forming offset [2, 32] is out of the bounds [0, 1] of object 'bmips_smp_movevec' with type 'char' [-Werror=array-bounds]
__ret = __builtin_memcpy((dst), (src), __len); \
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
arch/mips/bcm63xx/prom.c:97:3: note: in expansion of macro 'memcpy'
memcpy((void *)0xa0000200, &bmips_smp_movevec, 0x20);
^~~~~~
In file included from arch/mips/bcm63xx/prom.c:14:
./arch/mips/include/asm/bmips.h:80:13: note: 'bmips_smp_movevec' declared here
extern char bmips_smp_movevec;
Reported-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
This commit fixes failing builds because of an incorrect configuration
for the kmod-rtw88 package.
RTW88_8822BE as well as RTW88_8822CE have to bes selected as "y" even
when building the driver as a module.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Based on stock firmware tests, both LAN and WAN ports use the
MAC address from 0x28 on factory partition.
In OpenWrt, this one is already set in DTS. This patch removes the
local bit set in 02_network previously, and adjusts LAN/WAN
addresses as on stock firmware.
Note that in tests we found a MAC address in 0x2e that is the one
in 0x28 plus 1. Since stock firmware does not use it though, we
do not use it either.
Thanks to Chih-Wei Chen for testing this on his device.
ref: https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/2497
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This commit adds packages for the Realtek RTl8822BE/RTL8822CE firmware
to be used with the rtw88 driver.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This commits adds packaging for the new RTW88 driver from Realtek.
It supports the Realtek 8822BE/8822CE PCIe wireless chips.
For operation, the complementary firmware has to be loaded.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
* 40f939d57c67 Tag version 1.0.1
* 9e758e6e6aec jitterentropy-rngd: update to version v1.1.0 + clang compile fix
* 193586a25adc Fix wrong types in format strings used in debug build
* d474977bb611 Add initial GitLab CI support
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This fixes commit bae927c551 ("ar71xx: add support for TP-LINK CPE510
V2.0") where the support for this device wasn't optimal.
Device support for the CPE510v2 so far has been a hack to enable
flashing with CPE510v1 images. Those even have different hardware (e.g.
additional ethernet port).
With this patch, we provide proper support for this device in ar71xx.
Installation:
- Flash factory image through stock firmware WEB UI or through TFTP
- To get to TFTP recovery just hold reset button while powering on
for around 4-5 seconds and release.
- Rename factory image to recovery.bin
- Stock TFTP server IP: 192.168.0.100
- Stock device TFTP address: 192.168.0.254
Fixes: bae927c551 ("ar71xx: add support for TP-LINK CPE510 V2.0")
Signed-off-by: Andrew Cameron <apcameron@softhome.net>
[Rebased onto revert commit, changed comments in mach-cpe510.c,
changed commit title and description, fixed eth0 MAC address,
removed eth1 initialization]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
[squashed revert, added fixes tag]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Device node names were updated, but updating TARGET_DEVICES
was overlooked.
Fixes: 4408723d42 ("ramips: remove RAM size from device name
for UniElec devices")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
UniElec devices are the last ones in ramips target still having
the RAM size in device name although RAM size is auto-detected.
Remove this from device name, compatible, etc., as it's not
required and might be misleading to users and developers adding
device support copying those devices.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Previous commit 0cc87b3 "ath79: image: disable sysupgrade images for
routerstations and ja76pf2" doesn't remedy completely the posibility of
bricking the device, since user could try to downgrade with an older
image. Therefore disable sysupgrade code for these boards with a small
note.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
This converts leading whitespaces to tabs and removes a double
newline at the end of the file.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This converts all remaining devices to use interrupt-driven
gpio-keys compatible instead of gpio-keys-polled.
The poll-interval is removed.
While at it, add/remove newlines in keys and leds node where
necessary.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Several Archer Cxx devices were using board-specific LED names in
ar71xx, which were changed to "tp-link:*" in ath79.
This patch adds migration for them.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Several devices added to LED migration script will just have their
(old) board name converted to tp-link.
By using a variable for this, the amount of code in the migration
script can be reduced and the chance for typos is reduced.
This patch also introduces the marker for beginning of a pattern
"^" to the regex, so the match is more specific.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This is the result of grepping/searching for several common
whitespace issues like double empty lines, leading spaces, etc.
This patch fixes them for the ramips target.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This script allows image signing indipendend of the actual build
process, to run on a master server after receiving freshly backed
images. Idea is to avoid storying private keys on third party builders
while still beeing to be able to sign packages.
Run ./scripts/sign_images.sh with the following env vars:
* TOP_DIR where to search for sysupgrade.bin images
* BUILD_KEY place of key-build{,.pub,.ucert}
* REMOVE_OTHER_SIGNATURES removes signatures added by e.g. buildbots
Only sysupgrade.bin files are touched as factory.bin signatures wouldn't
be evaluated on stock from.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
This separates the options for signature creation and verification
* SIGNED_PACKAGES create Packages.sig
* SIGNED_IMAGES add ucert signature to created images
* CHECK_SIGNATURE add verification capabilities to images
* INSTALL_LOCAL_KEY add local key-build to /etc/opkg/keys
Right now the buildbot.git contains some hacks to create images that
have signature verification capabilities while not storing private keys
on buildbot slaves. This commit allows to disable these steps for the
buildbots and only perform signing on the master.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
The ar71xx images for the Ubiquiti NanoStation M (XM) devices use
"nanostation-m" as board name, but the ath79 images are only
compatible with the "nano-m" board name, so sysupgrade complains.
By changing this additional supported device, sysupgrade smoothly
upgrades from ar71xx to ath79.
Ref: openwrt#2418
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
In lantiq, ath9k caldata extraction is implemented to work in two
alternate "modes", the standard one and another one with swapped
byte pairs.
This rearranges the functions so "standard" use is based on the
caldata.sh library, while only a single local function is required
for the special case.
Note that while the parameter for switching between normal and swab
is removed, the size of the caldata is added to the function calls
to stay consistent.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
'append-uImage-fakehdr' can now accept magic number as a second, optional
parameter (passed directly to 'mkimage' command with '-M' option). This
enables construction of proper Netgear-specific fake rootfs images
(required for flashing WNDR4300 for example).
Signed-off-by: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
Change WAN LED behaviour to be consistent with other Netgear
routers running OpenWrt. Instead of link speed, use amber colour
to indicate link status. Green LED should be used when Internet
connection is up and running.
Signed-off-by: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
GPIO key labels have been changed to standard ones (rfkill, reset, wps).
It does not affect button functionality.
Signed-off-by: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
The code line patching ath9k MAC address for this device contains
a wrong number of arguments including an unset "$mac", which
looks like a typo or copy/paste mistake.
This has been introduced already in the device support commit
745dee11ac ("ath79: add support for WD My Net Wi-Fi Range
Extender").
This patch just removes the "$mac" argument, leaving a formally
valid line. (No on-device test has been performed.)
Cc: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This patch improves ath79 support for Netgear WNR612v2.
Router functionality becomes identical to ar71xx version.
Changes include:
* software control over LAN LEDs via sysfs
* correct MAC addresses for network interfaces
* correct image size in device definition
* dts: 'keys' renamed to 'ath9k-keys'
* dts: 'label-mac-device' set to eth1 (LAN)
* dts: formatting adjustments
Signed-off-by: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
Currently AR724x pinmux for register 0x18040028 controls only JTAG disable bit.
This patch adds new DTS settings to control LAN LEDs and CLKs that allow
full software control over these diodes - exactly the same is done by ar71xx
target in device setup phase for many routers (WNR2000v3 for example).
'switch_led_disable_pins' clears AR724X_GPIO_FUNC_ETH_SWITCH_LED[0-4]_EN bits.
'clks_disable_pins' clears AR724X_GPIO_FUNC_CLK_OBS[1-5]_EN and
AR724X_GPIO_FUNC_GE0_MII_CLK_EN bits. These all should be used together, along
with 'jtag_disable_pins', to allow OS to control all GPIO-connected LEDs and
buttons on device.
Signed-off-by: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
Sitecom WLR-7100 v1 002 (marketed as X7 AC1200) is a dual band wireless
router.
Specification
SoC: Atheros AR1022
RAM: 64 MB DDR2
Flash: 8 MB SPI NOR
WIFI: 2.4 GHz 2T2R integrated
5 GHz 2T2R QCA9882 integrated (connected to PCIe lane)
Ethernet: 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps QCA8337N
USB: 1x 2.0
LEDS: 4x GPIO controlled, 5x switch
Buttons: 2x GPIO controlled
UART: row of 4 unpopulated holes near USB port, starting count from
white triangle on PCB
1. VCC 3.3V, 2. GND, 3. TX, 4. RX
baud: 115200, parity: none, flow control: none
Installation
1. Connect to one of LAN (yellow) ethernet ports,
2. Open router configuration interface,
3. Go to Toolbox > Firmware,
4. Browse for OpenWrt factory image with dlf extension and hit Apply,
5. Wait few minutes, after the Power LED will stop blinking, the router
is ready for configuration.
Known issues
5GHz LED doesn't work
Additional information
When TX line on UART is connected, and board is switched on from power
off state, the DDR memory training may fail.
If connected to UART, when prompted for number on boot, one can enter
number 4 to open bootloader (U-Boot) command line.
OEM firmware shell password is: SitecomSenao
useful for creating backup of original firmware.
There is also another revision of this device (v1 001), which may or may
not work with introduced images.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Erasesize doesn't belong in the u-boot env config for block devices as it is
known to be 512 byte aligned.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
This commit adds support for the 32MB storage/512MB RAM version of the U4019
IPQ4019-based board from Unielec. The board has the following specifications:
* Qualcomm IPQ4019 (running at 717MHz)
* 512MB DDR3 RAM (optional 256MB/1GB)
* 32MB SPI NOR (optional 8/16MB or NAND)
* Five gigabit ports (Qualcomm QCA8075)
* 1x 2.4 GHz wifi (QCA4019 hw1.0)
* 1x 5 Ghz wifi (QCA4019 hw1.0)
* 1x mini-PCIe slot (only USB-pins connected)
* 1x SIM slot (mini-SIM)
* 1x USB2.0 port
* 1x button
* 1x controllable LED
* 1x micro SD-card reader
Working:
* Ethernet
* Wifi
* USB-port
* mini-PCIe slot + SIM slot
* Button
* Sysupgrade
Not working:
* SD card slot (no upstream support)
Installation instructions:
In order to install OpenWRT on the U4019, you need to go via the
initramfs-image. The installation steps are as follows:
* Connect to board via serial (header exposed and clearly marked).
* Interrupt bootloader by pressing a button.
* Copy the initramfs-image to your tftp folder, call the file C0A80079.img.
* Give the network interface connected to the U4019 the address
192.168.0.156/24.
* Start your tftp-server and run tftpboot on the board.
* Run bootm when the file has been transferred, to boot OpenWRT.
* Once OpenWRT has booted, copy the sysupgrade-image to the device and run
sysupgrade to install OpenWRT on the U4019.
Notes:
- Since IPQ4019 has been moved to 4.19, I have not added support for kernel
4.14.
- There is a bug with hardware encryption on IPQ4019, causing poor performance
with TCP and ipsec (see for example FS#2355). In order to improve performance,
I have disabled hardware encryption in the DTS. We can enable hw. enc. once/if
bug is fixed.
- In order for Ethernet to work, the phy has to be reset by setting gpio 47
low/high. Adding support for phy reset via gpio required patching the
mdio-driver, and the code added comes from the vendor driver. I do not know if
patching the driver is an acceptable approach or not.
v1->v2:
* Do not use wildcard as identifier in the board.d-scripts (thanks
Adrian Schmutzler).
Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
The device did not appear to be reachable unless the connection were
forced to 100Mb or lower. Revert to previously working pll-data.
Also fix the phy-mode to represent the actual state needed for ethernet
to function.
Reported-by: Moritz Schreiber <moritz@mosos.de>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gimpelevich <daniel@gimpelevich.san-francisco.ca.us>
[add remark about phy-mode property]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The main motivation is to drop and stop maintaining
"100-debian_shared_lib.patch". It lacks the logic to include custom
implementation of several functions like pcap_strlcpy() which can cause
build failures when glibc is used [2]
CAN and CAN-USB support related symbols are now handled by general linux
support, see [1]
"-ffunction-sections -fdata-sections" were removed as they should help
much for shared libraries
Size comparison before and after the change
-rw-r--r-- 1 yunion yunion 238042 Oct 18 11:42 ipkg-x86_64/libpcap/usr/lib/libpcap.so.1
lrwxrwxrwx 1 yunion yunion 16 Oct 18 13:03 ipkg-x86_64/libpcap/usr/lib/libpcap.so.1 -> libpcap.so.1.9.1
-rwxr-xr-x 1 yunion yunion 229867 Oct 18 13:03 ipkg-x86_64/libpcap/usr/lib/libpcap.so.1.9.1
[1] On Linux, handle all CAN captures with pcap-linux.c, in cooked mode,
93ca5ff703
[2] https://github.com/openwrt/packages/issues/10270
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
This patch contains updated driver for Atheros NAND Flash Controller
written originally by Gabor Juhos for ar71xx (aka 'ar934x-nfc').
ath79 version has adapted to work with kernel 4.19 and Device Tree.
It has also been renamed to 'ar934x-nand' to avoid confusion with
Near-Field Communication technology.
Controller is present on Atheros AR934x SoCs and required for accessing
internal flash storage on routers like Netgear WNDR4300.
This port preserves all NAND programming code while moving platform
configuration to Device Tree and replacing some kernel functions marked
for retirement by 4.19.
Suitable definition is included in 'ar934x.dtsi' ('nand@1b000200' section).
Most important changes to ar71xx version are:
* old kernel sections of code removed
* 'bool swap_dma' provided by platform data is now set by boolean DT
property 'qca,nand-swap-dma'
* board-supplied (mach-*.c code) platform data removed - its elements
become either unused, redundant or replaced by DT methods (like reset)
* IRQ is reserved by devm_request_irq() so free_irq() is not needed anymore
* calls to deprecated nand_scan_ident() + nand_scan_tail() function pair
replaced by using recommended nand_scan() with attach_chip() callback
* ECC is set to hardware by default, can be overriden by standard DT
'nand-ecc-*' properties (software Hamming or BCH are other options)
This driver has been successfully tested on Netgear WNDR4300 running
experimental ath79 OpenWrt master branch.
Signed-off-by: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
[add reset control]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
edma_read_append_stats() gets called from two places in the driver.
The first place is the kernel timer that periodically updates
the statistics, so nothing gets lost due to overflows.
The second one it's part of the userspace ethtool ioctl handler
to provide up-to-date values.
For this configuration, the use of spin_lock() is not sufficient
and as per:
<https://mirrors.edge.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/people/rusty/kernel-locking/c214.html>
the locking has to be upgraded to spin_lock_bh().
Signed-off-by: Masafumi UTSUGI <mutsugi@allied-telesis.co.jp>
[folded patch into 710-, rewrote message]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Modify GL-AR300M-Lite and GL-AR300M (NOR):
* Include qca9531_glinet_gl-ar300m.dtsi directly
rather than qca9531_glinet_gl-ar300m-nor.dts
* Remove redundant inclusion of gpio.h and input.h
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kletsky <git-commits@allycomm.com>
Reviewed-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This adds engine configuration sections to openssl.cnf, with a commented
list of engines. To enable an engine, all you have to do is uncomment
the engine line.
It also adds some useful comments to the devcrypto engine configuration
section. Other engines currently don't have configuration commands.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
Makefile changes:
- moves PKG_MAINTAINER above PKG_LICENSE
- Change PKG_LICENSE to LGPL-2.1-or-later and correct PKG_LICENSE_FILES
- changes URL to a more appropriate one, which uses HTTPS
- adds 2 spaces as an indentation in description
Compile and run tested on Turris Omnia, mvebu
Signed-off-by: Josef Schlehofer <pepe.schlehofer@gmail.com>
This patch fixes the build of gdb and strace on arm64 targets with
kernel 4.19.
Without this patch asm/ptrace.h is including asm/sigcontext.h and this
file defines some structures which are also defined in musl header file
arch/aarch64/bits/signal.h. These two definitions then conflict with
each other and make the build fail.
This was seen locally and also by the build bot. The struct sigcontext,
struct sve_context and some others were defined twice. It looks like
this problem was introduced between 4.14 and 4.19 and it was fixed in
5.0. I already requested to backport this patch to kernel 4.19.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This fixes a compilation error as follows:
drivers/staging/fsl_qbman/qman_config.c:815:29: error: bitwise comparison
always evaluates to false [-Werror=tautological-compare]
if ((qman_ip_rev & 0xFF00) == QMAN_REV31) {
Signed-off-by: Biwen Li <biwen.li@nxp.com>
if gcc not linker whith this LDFLAGS, "file libbz2.so.1.0.8" will
recognize as pie executable ELF file ( which should be shared object).
this because the file command version before 5.36 not recognize
correctly.
Signed-off-by: leo chung <gewalalb@gmail.com>
This updates mac80211 to backports based on kernel 5.4-rc2
ath10k-ct was updated to match the API changes and iw now uses the new
nl80211.h header file.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This patch fixes what seems to be a simple copy & paste
error with the unit-address of the BOOTCONFIG partition.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Problem found on alpine linux when trying to `./scripts/feeds update -a`,
which results in `Build dependency: Missing seq command`.
Ref: https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/1926
Suggested-by: imShara <shara@protonmail.com>
[reworded commit and turned faulty Sob into Suggested-by]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
If system has more then one and different wwan interface (modem). Then the
wwan protohandler will always take the modem which is discovered first.
The protohandler will always setup the same interface. To fix this add a
new usb "bus" option which is associated with wwan device and so will set
the specified interface up. With this change more then one interface
could be mananged by the wwan protohandler.
If the "bus" option is not set in the uci network config then the protohandler
behaves as before the change. The protohanldler will take the first
interface which he founds.
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <fe@dev.tdt.de>
service_running() implementation in /etc/rc.common use it.
It is preferable to use wildcard than assuming the instance
name is the default one.
jsonfilter returns all matches when wildcards are used, hence
the -l 1 argument used to limit output to only one value.
Signed-off-by: Alin Nastac <alin.nastac@gmail.com>
This is a precursor to adding proper support for multiple
6in4 tunnels with the already programmed tunlink parameter.
This is an essential sanity check so as to not break existing
and working behind NAT setups.
Signed-off-by: Sean Kenny <skenny@wfap.ca>
6in4: add myip he.net api parameter logic
This is to add proper support for multiple 6in4 tunnels
with the already programmed tunlink parameter.
As it stands before this commit, if there is a multi wan setup that
consists of dynamic ips, there is no way to use the
dynamic update feature as the he.net api is implicitly using
the ip address of the caller. This will explicitly use the
ipaddr specified in the interface config OR the ip of the
tunlink interface specified in the dynamic update api call instead
ONLY if the final resolved ipaddr variable is not an rfc1918 address.
Signed-off-by: Sean Kenny <skenny@wfap.ca>
The destination buffer size `d_len` is passed to `lzma_inflate` as a
pointer. Therefore, it needs to be dereferenced to compare its content.
Signed-off-by: Christian Franke <nobody@nowhere.ws>
The fwutil command will interpret the final 16 byte of a given firmware
image files as "struct fwimage_trailer".
In case these bytes do look like a valid trailer, we must ensure that we
print them out along with the remainder of the image to not accidentally
truncate non-trailer-images by 16 bytes when they're piped through fwtool,
e.g. as part of an image verification command sequence.
Some command sequences pipe images through fwtool in order to strip any
possible metadata, certificate or signature trailers and do not expect
bare images without any of that metadata to get truncated as other non-
fwtool specific metadata is expected at the end of the file, e.g. an
information block with an md5sum in case of the combined image format.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The prepare target was added some 11 years ago to build tools and
toolchain and was recently extended to create buildinfo files for
reproducibility, meaning {feeds,version,config}.buildinfo.
As the buildbot workflow is more complex than the single prepare (kmod
feed insertion), prepare is only used to create those buildinfo files.
Running prepare however runs `target/compile` as well, taking time even
everything is already compiled.
Splitting this allows the buildbot to run only the `buildinfo` target
while others can still use the convenience feature `prepare`.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
8eb8443 version: bump snapshot
be09cf5 wg-quick: android: use Binder for setting DNS on Android 10
4716f85 noise: recompare stamps after taking write lock
54db197 netlink: allow preventing creation of new peers when updating
f1b87d1 netns: add test for failing 5.3 FIB changes
a3539c4 qemu: bump default version
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Kernel utilities (e.g. scripts/kconfig/conf) are being built to run on
the host system at this stage, therefore it makes no sense to use the
target system CC flags. Use HOSTCFLAGS instead
While we're here rename KMAKE macro to HOST_KMAKE to make it even more
obvious that we're building for host.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
So far, WiFi MAC addresses for this device have been set up from
caldata. However, this returns values which do not look like MAC
addresses. They also do not match stock firmware:
wlan0 (5.0): 00:11:22:00:17:D0 from 0x8004
wlan1 (2.4): 00:11:22:00:17:CD from 0x4 (and 0x2e)
It looks like the only valid MAC address on this device is at 0x28.
So, this patch changes setup to calculate addresses based on the
value at 0x28:
lan: *:0A (flash, label)
wan: *:0B (flash + 1)
wifi2: *:0A (flash)
wifi5: *:0C (flash + 2)
Thanks to Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net> for
investigating this on his devices.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The channel can be selected automatically at run time by setting
channel=acs_survey or channel=0, both of which will enable the ACS survey
based algorithm in hostapd. If the option acs_exclude_dfs is set in the
hostpad config DFS channels from ACS are excluded on channel selection.
This commit will add the possibilty to exclude the dfs channel on ACS
survey.
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <fe@dev.tdt.de>
Commit 7519a36774 ("base-files,procd: add generic service status")
introduced the generic 'status' command which broke the previous
dsl_control status output. To fix this, let's rename the "old" command
to "dslstat".
Fixes: 7519a36774 ("base-files,procd: add generic service status")
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
Update libevent to 2.1.11
Use CMake instead GNU Autotools
Backport following commits:
f05ba67193
..and partially
7201062f3e
to fix compilation
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
The switch port naming in LuCI does not fit the physical numbers
on the front of this device. Since this is confusing, fix it.
Signed-off-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
Compilation of liblua itself works, but when other packages link against
it, the linker starts throwing undefined references to a bunch of math
functions in libm.
First discovered in a failed attempt to transition a package to uClibc++.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
[fix commit title capitalization]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
While all ath10k eeproms have a checksum field, so far two
functions for patching ath10k MAC address have been present (and
been used).
This merges code to provide a single function ath10k_patch_mac
in caldata.sh, having its name in accordance with ath9k functions.
By doing so, correct MAC patching for current and future ath10k
devices should be ensured.
This patch adds checksum adjustments for several targets on
ath79 and lantiq.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The CWMP-Account on the device's label contains the eth0 MAC
address.
This only changes 4.19 files as label-mac-device is introduced
after 19.07 branch, so there won't be a 4.14 release anymore.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This corrects the additional boardname for the image metadata to the one
used in ar71xx. The previously present additional entry was never used
on a running system.
Reviewed-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This commit fixes TP-Link TL-WDR4900 v1 MAC address assignment.
Previously, the MAC addrss was read for the ethernet from the "config"
partition. However, the content of this partition is dependent on the
firmware which was previously installed on the device.
Switch the MAC address source to the U-Boot partition, where the MAC
address is always present at a fixed partition. The partition was
previously already used for the WiFi MAC-addresses.
Reviewed-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The Unifi AC-LR has identical hardware to the Unifi AC-Lite.
The antenna setup is different according to the vendor,
which explains the thicker enclosure.
Therefore, it is helpful to know the exact device variant,
instead of having "Ubiquiti UniFi-AC-LITE/LR".
Signed-off-by: Andreas Ziegler <dev@andreas-ziegler.de>
[fix legacy name in commit message; add old boardname to
SUPPORTED_DEVICES]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
GDB 8.3.1 brings the following fixes and enhancements over GDB 8.3:
PR c++/20020 (GDB segfault on printing objects)
PR gdb/24454 (nat/x86-linux-dregs.c failed assertion)
PR breakpoints/24541 (Incorrect evaluation of systemtap probes due to register being signed and probe expression assuming unsigned)
PR symtab/24545 (Symbol loading performance regression with cc1)
PR gdb/24592 (amd64->i386 linux syscall restart problem)
PR gdb/25009 (terminate called after throwing an instance of 'srchilite::ParserException')
PR gdb/25010 (Calls to error () can cause SIGTTOU to send gdb to the background)
PR breakpoints/25011 (Breakpoints on file reloads broken for PIE binaries)
This corrective release also brings the following testsuite fixes and
enhancements:
PR testsuite/25005 (gdb-caching-proc.exp takes a lot of time on skip_opencl_tests)
PR testsuite/25016 (Test-case failures for -pie)
GDB 8.3 includes the following changes and enhancements:
* Support for new native configurations (also available as a target configuration):
- RISC-V GNU/Linux (riscv*-*-linux*)
- RISC-V FreeBSD (riscv*-*-freebsd*)
* Support for new target configurations:
- CSKY ELF (csky*-*-elf)
- CSKY GNU/Linux (csky*-*-linux)
- NXP S12Z ELF (s12z-*-elf)
- OpenRISC GNU/Linux (or1k*-*-linux*)
* Native Windows debugging is only supported on Windows XP or later.
* The Python API in GDB now requires Python 2.6 or later.
* GDB now supports terminal styling for the CLI and TUI.
Source highlighting is also supported by building GDB with GNU
Highlight.
* Experimental support for compilation and injection of C++ source
code into the inferior (requires GCC 7.1 or higher, built with
libcp1.so).
* GDB and GDBserver now support IPv6 connections.
* Target description support on RISC-V targets.
* Various enhancements to several commands:
- "frame", "select-frame" and "info frame" commands
- "info functions", "info types", "info variables"
- "info thread"
- "info proc"
- System call alias catchpoint support on FreeBSD
- "target remote" support for Unix Domain sockets.
* Support for displaying all files opened by a process
* DWARF index cache: GDB can now automatically save indices of DWARF
symbols on disk to speed up further loading of the same binaries.
* Various GDB/MI enhancements.
* GDBserver on PowerPC GNU/Linux now supports access to the PPR,
DSCR, TAR, EBB/PMU, and HTM registers.
* Ada task switching support when debugging programs built with
the Ravenscar profile added to aarch64-elf.
* GDB in batch mode now exits with status 1 if the last executed
command failed.
* Support for building GDB with GCC's Undefined Behavior Sanitizer.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
GDB 8.3.1 brings the following fixes and enhancements over GDB 8.3:
PR c++/20020 (GDB segfault on printing objects)
PR gdb/24454 (nat/x86-linux-dregs.c failed assertion)
PR breakpoints/24541 (Incorrect evaluation of systemtap probes due to register being signed and probe expression assuming unsigned)
PR symtab/24545 (Symbol loading performance regression with cc1)
PR gdb/24592 (amd64->i386 linux syscall restart problem)
PR gdb/25009 (terminate called after throwing an instance of 'srchilite::ParserException')
PR gdb/25010 (Calls to error () can cause SIGTTOU to send gdb to the background)
PR breakpoints/25011 (Breakpoints on file reloads broken for PIE binaries)
This corrective release also brings the following testsuite fixes and
enhancements:
PR testsuite/25005 (gdb-caching-proc.exp takes a lot of time on skip_opencl_tests)
PR testsuite/25016 (Test-case failures for -pie)
GDB 8.3 includes the following changes and enhancements:
* Support for new native configurations (also available as a target configuration):
- RISC-V GNU/Linux (riscv*-*-linux*)
- RISC-V FreeBSD (riscv*-*-freebsd*)
* Support for new target configurations:
- CSKY ELF (csky*-*-elf)
- CSKY GNU/Linux (csky*-*-linux)
- NXP S12Z ELF (s12z-*-elf)
- OpenRISC GNU/Linux (or1k*-*-linux*)
* Native Windows debugging is only supported on Windows XP or later.
* The Python API in GDB now requires Python 2.6 or later.
* GDB now supports terminal styling for the CLI and TUI.
Source highlighting is also supported by building GDB with GNU
Highlight.
* Experimental support for compilation and injection of C++ source
code into the inferior (requires GCC 7.1 or higher, built with
libcp1.so).
* GDB and GDBserver now support IPv6 connections.
* Target description support on RISC-V targets.
* Various enhancements to several commands:
- "frame", "select-frame" and "info frame" commands
- "info functions", "info types", "info variables"
- "info thread"
- "info proc"
- System call alias catchpoint support on FreeBSD
- "target remote" support for Unix Domain sockets.
* Support for displaying all files opened by a process
* DWARF index cache: GDB can now automatically save indices of DWARF
symbols on disk to speed up further loading of the same binaries.
* Various GDB/MI enhancements.
* GDBserver on PowerPC GNU/Linux now supports access to the PPR,
DSCR, TAR, EBB/PMU, and HTM registers.
* Ada task switching support when debugging programs built with
the Ravenscar profile added to aarch64-elf.
* GDB in batch mode now exits with status 1 if the last executed
command failed.
* Support for building GDB with GCC's Undefined Behavior Sanitizer.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
1.1.24 release notes
new features:
- GLOB_TILDE extension to glob
- non-stub catgets localization API, using netbsd binary catalog format
- posix_spawn file actions for [f]chdir (extension, pending future standard)
- secure_getenv function (extension)
- copy_file_range syscall wrapper (Linux extension)
- header-level support for new linux features in 5.2
performance:
- new fast path for lrint (generic C version) on 32-bit archs
major internal changes:
- functions involving time are overhauled to be time64-ready in 32-bit archs
- x32 uses the new time64 code paths to replace nasty hacks in syscall glue
compatibility & conformance:
- support for powerpc[64] unaligned relocation types
- powerpc[64] and sh sys/user.h no longer clash with kernel asm/ptrace.h
- select no longer modifies timeout on failure (or at all)
- mips64 stat results are no longer limited to 32-bit time range
- optreset (BSD extension) now has a public declaration
- support for clang inconsistencies in wchar_t type vs some 32-bit archs
- mips r6 syscall asm no longer has invalid lo/hi register clobbers
- vestigial asm declarations of __tls_get_new are removed (broke some tooling)
- riscv64 mcontext_t mismatch glibc's member naming is corrected
bugs fixed:
- glob failed to match broken symlinks consistently
- invalid use of interposed calloc to allocate initial TLS
- various dlsym symbol resolution logic errors
- semctl with SEM_STAT_ANY didn't work
- pthread_create with explicit scheduling was subject to priority inversion
- pthread_create failure path had data race for thread count
- timer_create with SIGEV_THREAD notification had data race getting timer id
- wide printf family failed to support l modifier for float formats
arch-specific bugs fixed:
- x87 floating point stack imbalance in math asm (i386-only CVE-2019-14697)
- x32 clock_adjtime, getrusage, wait3, wait4 produced junk (struct mismatches)
- lseek broken on x32 and mipsn32 with large file offsets
- riscv64 atomics weren't compiler barriers
- riscv64 atomics had broken asm constraints (missing earlyclobber flag)
- arm clone() was broken when compiled as thumb if start function returned
- mipsr6 setjmp/longjmp did not preserve fpu register state correctly
Refreshed all patches.
Removed upstreamed.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
This unifies MAC address patch functions and moves them to a
common script. While those were implemented differently for
different targets, they all seem to do the same. The number of
different variants is significantly reduced by this patch.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This moves the almost identical calibration data extraction
functions present multiple times in several targets to a single
library file /lib/functions/caldata.sh.
Functions are renamed with more generic names to merge different
variants that only differ in their names.
Most of the targets used find_mtd_chardev, while some used
find_mtd_part inside the extraction code. To merge them, the more
abundant version with find_mtd_chardev is used in the common code.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
[rebase on latest master; add mpc85xx]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The xor() function is defined in each of the caldata extraction
scripts for several targets. Move it to functions.sh to reduce
duplicate code.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This patch adds support for the COMFAST CF-E313AC, an outdoor wireless
CPE with two Ethernet ports and a 802.11ac radio.
Specifications:
- QCA9531 SoC
- 650/400/216 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 1x 10/100 Mbps WAN Ethernet, 48V PoE-in
- 1x 10/100 Mbps LAN Ethernet, pass-through 48V PoE-out
- 1x manual pass-through PoE switch
- 64 MB RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB FLASH
- QCA9886 2T2R 5 GHz 802.11ac, 23 dBm
- 12 dBi built-in antenna
- POWER/LAN/WAN/WLAN green LEDs
- 4x RSSI LEDs (2x red, 2x green)
- UART (115200 8N1)
Flashing instructions:
The original firmware is based on OpenWrt so a sysupgrade image can be
installed via the stock web GUI. Settings from the original firmware
will be saved and restored on the new one, so a factory reset will be
needed. To do so, once the new firmware is flashed, enter into failsafe
mode by pressing the reset button several times during the boot
process, while the WAN LED flashes, until it starts flashing faster.
Once in failsafe mode, perform a factory reset as usual.
Alternatively, the U-boot bootloader contains a recovery HTTP server
to upload the firmware. Push the reset button while powering the
device on and keep it pressed for >10 seconds. The device's LEDs will
blink several times and the recovery page will be at
http://192.168.1.1; use it to upload the sysupgrade image.
Note:
Four MAC addresses are stored in the "art" partition (read-only):
- 0x0000: 40:A5:EF:AA:AA:A0
- 0x0006: 40:A5:EF:AA:AA:A2
- 0x1002: 40:A5:EF:AA:AA:A1
- 0x5006: 40:A5:EF:AA.AA:A3 (inside the 5 GHz calibration data)
The stock firmware assigns MAC addresses to physical and virtual
interfaces in a very particular way:
- eth0 corresponds to the physical Ethernet port labeled as WAN
- eth1 corresponds to the physical Ethernet port labeled as LAN
- eth0 belongs to the bridge interface br-wan
- eth1 belongs to the bridge interface br-lan
- eth0 is assigned the MAC from 0x0 (*:A0)
- eth1 is assigned the MAC from 0x1002 (*:A1)
- br-wan is forced to use the MAC from 0x1002 (*:A1)
- br-lan is forced to use the MAC from 0x0 (*:A0)
- radio0 uses the calibration data from 0x5000 (which contains
a valid MAC address, *:A3). However, it is overwritten by the
one at 0x6 (*:A2)
This commit preserves the LAN/WAN roles of the physical Ethernet
ports (as labeled on the router) and the MAC addresses they expose
by default (i.e., *:A0 on LAN, *:A1 on WAN), but swaps the position
of the eth0/eth1 compared to the stock firmware:
- eth0 corresponds to the physical Ethernet port labeled as LAN
- eth1 corresponds to the physical Ethernet port labeled as WAN
- eth0 belongs to the bridge interface br-lan
- eth1 is the interface at @wan
- eth0 is assigned the MAC from 0x0 (*:A0)
- eth1 is assigned the MAC from 0x1002 (*:A1)
- br-lan inherits the MAC from eth0 (*:A0)
- @wan inherits the MAC from eth1 (*:A1)
- radio0's MAC is overwritten to the one at 0x6
This way, eth0/eth1's positions differ from the stock firmware, but
the weird MAC ressignations in br-lan/br-wan are avoided while the
external behaviour of the router is maintained. Additionally, WAN
port is connected to the PHY gmac, allowing to monitor the link
status (e.g., to restart DHCP negotiation when plugging a cable).
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
The Phicomm KE 2P is identical to the already supported Phicomm K2P,
renamed for the European market. Use the ALT0 buildroot tags to show
both devices.
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
This driver supports the Bosch Sensortec BME680 gas, humidity, pressure
and temperature sensor.
Tested I2C and SPI modes on a Raspberry Pi Zero W.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Upon writing to "remove" file, debugfs_remove_recursive() blocks while
holding rtnl_lock. This is because debugfs' file_ops callbacks are
executed in debugfs_use_file_*() context which prevents file removal.
Fix this by only flagging the device for removal and then do the cleanup
in file_ops.release callback which is executed out of that context.
Signed-off-by: Ali MJ Al-Nasrawy <alimjalnasrawy@gmail.com>
Since v3.11, netdevice notification data are of type
"struct netdev_notifier_info". Handle it as such!
This should fix a critical bug in which devices are unable get released
because trelay does not release resources in response to UNREGISTER
event spamming the log with something like:
unregister_netdevice: waiting for eth0.1 to become free. Usage count = 1
Signed-off-by: Ali MJ Al-Nasrawy <alimjalnasrawy@gmail.com>
"coreutil-date" package from the packages feed replaces the Busybox date
applet by symlinking /usr/bin/gnu-date to /bin/date. This prevents the system
init script from setting kernel timezone because the GNU date utility does not
provide such functionality:
root@OpenWrt:~# date -k
date: invalid option -- 'k'
Try 'date --help' for more information.
A specific reference to the Busybox date applet prevents alternative date
utilities from breaking the system init script.
Signed-off-by: Val Kulkov <val.kulkov@gmail.com>
The first allows usage of several functions in the std namespace, which
broke compilation of gddrescue specifically with uClibc-ng and uClibc++.
The second allows usage of long long with normal C++11, which is part of
the standard. Before, std=gnu++11 needed to be passsed to work around it.
As a result of the second patch, the pedantic patch can safely be removed.
Both patches are upstream backports.
Added -std=c++11 to CFLAGS to guarentee proper inclusion of long long.
Added another patch that fixes a typo with the long long support. Sent to
upstream.
Fixed up license information according to SPDX.
Small cleanups for consistency.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
These patches backport support for the ARMADA 3700 COMPHY driver.
Also backported is the mvneta driver. This will allow switching
the SGMII speed using SMC calls. To support this you must update
the firmware using Marvells 18.12 version (this has now been
upstreamed). The mvneta driver allows 2500basex and 2500baset.
Signed-off-by: Scott Roberts <ttocsr@gmail.com>
The default sizes render Device/linksys_audi mage un-flashable.
Restore the pagesize, subpagesize, and blocksize for linksys_audi
from https://github.com/openwrt/archive.
Signed-off-by: Eubert Bao <bunnier@gmail.com>
This refreshes the kernel 4.19 configuration, it looks like this was not
done initially.
When did a compile with the default settings I had to select some
kernel configuration options.
Fixes: 98684d99b2 ("mvebu: add kernel 4.19 support")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The kernel 4.19 configuration contains the GCC version used, set it to
8.3.0 as this is now our default compiler.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Add missing dependencies to i2c-core and regmap-spi. These get activated
when these modules are build in this driver, which is the case when we
build all modules. This fixes the build on some targets. This was found
by the buildbot.
Fixes: 34e2526f9f ("kernel: add kmod-rtc-pcf2127")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Current hash doesn't match with the content of the source tarball.
Fixes: a92f74ba8d ("libnl-tiny: move source code into separate Git repository")
Reported-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
71c2ef0420b5 mt76: fix aggregation stop issue
5b02a078d4a7 mt76: add missing locking around ampdu action
7d8764d320cf mt76: avoid enabling interrupt if NAPI poll is still pending
d94cc81d3980 mt76: drop rcu read lock in mt76_rx_aggr_stop
c11a4ad06d9d mt76: mt76x0: eeprom: add support for MAC address from OF
01642d8bed33 mt76: mt76x02: fix use-after-free in tx status code handling airtime
391e1488f885 mt76: add sanity check for a-mpdu rx wcid index
d3a589586d1b mt76: fix a-mpdu boundary detection issue for airtime reporting
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
0d004db Revert "pppd: Include time.h before using time_t"
e400854 pppdump: Eliminate printf format warning by using %zd
7f2f0de pppd: Refactor setjmp/longjmp with pipe pair in event wait loop
4e71317 make: Avoid using host include for cross-compiling
3202f89 pppoe: Remove the use of cdefs
d8e8d7a pppd: Remove unused rcsid variables
486f854 pppd: Fix GLIBC version test for non-glibc toolchains
b6cd558 pppd: Include time.h before using time_t
ef8ec11 radius: Fix compiler warning
f6330ec magic: Remove K&R style of arguments
347904e Add Submitting-patches.md
Remove patches 130-no_cdefs_h.patch, 131-missing_prototype_macro.patch,
132-fix_linux_includes.patch as fixed upstream
Refresh patches
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
In non-ETSI regulatory domains scan is blocked when operating channel
is a DFS channel. For ETSI, however, once DFS channel is marked as
available after the CAC, this channel will remain available (for some
time) even after leaving this channel.
Therefore a scan can be done without any impact on the availability
of the DFS channel as no new CAC is required after the scan.
Enable scan in mac80211 in these cases.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Komisar <aaron.komisar@tandemg.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1570024728-17284-1-git-send-email-aaron.komisar@tandemg.com
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
The factory uboot of the Turris Omnia boots with "root=b301", and we
instruct new users to sysupgrade from there (e.g. method 1, step 7).
Currently, this will fail with "Unable to determine upgrade device".
Add a new case to export_bootdevice, which parses the hex argument.
Fixes commit 2e5a0b81 ("mvebu: sysupgrade: sdcard: keep user added ...")
Signed-off-by: Klaus Kudielka <klaus.kudielka@gmail.com>
This fixes off-by-one error introduced in commit dc76900021
("kernel: Correctly search for the FIT image in mtd partition.")
Function `mtd_read` starts reading at `offset` and
needs `hdr_len` number of bytes to be available. Suppose
the easiest case when `offset` is `0` and `hdr_len` equals
to `mtd->size` - the `for` loop will not be entered even
when enough bytes are available to be read.
Same happens for any non-zero `offset`, when `hdr_len` is
just enough bytes to be read until `mtd->size` is reached.
Imagine that for example `mtd->size=5`, `offset=4` and
`hdr_len=1`. Then `offset+hdr_len=5` and the check has to
be `offset+hdr_len <= mtd->size`, i.e. `5 <= 5`. The
check for `offset + hdr_len` value needs to be inclusive,
therefore use `<=`.
Fixes: dc76900021 ("kernel: Correctly search for the FIT image in mtd partition.")
Signed-off-by: Oldřich Jedlička <oldium.pro@gmail.com>
[adjusted commit ref, fixes tag]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Some kmods (gpio-hotplug, wireguard) store the build path in the
compiled files and therefore make it harder to rebuild the official
binaries. As the same "iremap" function is used as for other binaries,
the change is compatible with gcc7 and 8.
Tested with both gcc7 and gcc8 resulting in build path independent
reproducible builds.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Main motivation for this commit is the introduction of
`-ffile-prefix-map=` which alows reproducible build path.
Compile tested on Linux and macOS without errors on the following
targets:
* ath79
* imx6
* brcm2708
* brcm63xx
* ixp4xx
* ramips
* sunxi
* x86
Thanks to Andre for the iremap fixup.
Ref: https://reproducible-builds.org/docs/build-path/
Tested-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
[refactored into separate commit]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Lets remove unused GCC_VERSION_4_8 symbol after the series of patches
which has switched to target gcc-8 by default.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
[refactored into separate commit]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
-ffile-prefix-map=OLD=NEW is an alias for both -fdebug-prefix-map and
-fmacro-prefix-map and is available since GCC 8.
Co-Developed-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
[refactored into separate commit]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This speeds up the packing of the imagebuilder a lot:
imagebuilder-T0.tar.xz real 0m25.199s user 2m45.967s sys 0m1.218s
imagebuilder-T1.tar.xz real 2m02.543s user 2m02.418s sys 0m1.653s
imagebuilder-T2.tar.xz real 1m03.684s user 1m59.931s sys 0m0.587s
imagebuilder-T3.tar.xz real 0m48.033s user 2m02.904s sys 0m0.637s
imagebuilder-T4.tar.xz real 0m38.963s user 2m15.521s sys 0m0.783s
imagebuilder-T5.tar.xz real 0m37.994s user 2m21.461s sys 0m0.919s
imagebuilder-T6.tar.xz real 0m39.524s user 2m48.115s sys 0m1.279s
imagebuilder-T7.tar.xz real 0m34.061s user 2m45.097s sys 0m1.174s
imagebuilder-T8.tar.xz real 0m27.286s user 2m55.449s sys 0m1.329s
imagebuilder-T9.tar.xz real 0m25.205s user 2m44.894s sys 0m1.208s
To keep the output reproducible in any case, we enforce a minimum amount
of 2 threads.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
[refactored into reusable NPROC var, more verbose commit message]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
In order to make the source code usable and testable separately out of
buildroot.
Acked-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Acked-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Acked-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This addresses several issues in the DTS file:
- add diag LED support
- remove unused node names
- fix whitespace issues
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Previously only the power LED was working.
With this patch all leds except 5GHz are working.
Signed-off-by: Davide Fioravanti <pantanastyle@gmail.com>
[rephrased commit title, drop status property]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This is the result of grepping/searching for several common
whitespace issues like double empty lines, leading spaces, etc.
This patch fixes them for the ath79 target.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This removes _all_ occurrences of kmod-usb-core from
DEVICE_PACKAGES and similar variables.
This package is pulled as dependency by one of the following
packages in any case:
- kmod-usb-chipidea
- kmod-usb-dwc2
- kmod-usb-ledtrig-usbport
- kmod-usb-ohci
- kmod-usb2
- kmod-usb2-pci
- kmod-usb3
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
[remove kmod-usb-core from EnGenius ESR600]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This backport fixes high latency (>100ms) on the WiFi link when using a
QCA988x Wave 1 radio. The ath10k-ct driver is not affected by this bug
from my testing, hence why it hasn't been discovered earlier.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Wifi HE (ieee80211ax) parsing is currently only activated in the full
version because it increases the compressed size by 2.5KBytes.
This also activates link time optimization (LTO) again, the problem was
fixed upstream
This increases the uncompressed binary size of iw-tiny by about 1.7%
old:
34446 iw_5.0.1-1_mipsel_24kc.ipk
new:
35064 iw_5.3-1_mipsel_24kc.ipk
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This is a follow up of 8cb13f4e6d which sets the right timestamp for the
/init file in initramfs. The previous patch doesn't cover it as the
files appear to come from a later step during compilation.
CC: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
The check for libelf in the kernel build is not enough, because the code that
uses libelf for stack validation is completely non-portable, as it tries to
include asm/types.h and relies on kernel types in user space.
Until this is fixed properly, the only solution is to disable this on any non
Linux build host
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
https://patchwork.kernel.org/patch/11161981/
--
From: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Subject: [PATCH] rt2x00: initialize last_reset
Initialize last_reset variable to INITIAL_JIFFIES, otherwise it is not
possible to test H/W reset for first 5 minutes of system run.
Fixes: e403fa31ed71 ("rt2x00: add restart hw")
Reported-and-tested-by: Jonathan Liu <net147@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
--
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The JSON info files contain details about the created firmware images
per device and are stored next to the created images.
The JSON files are stored as "$(IMAGE_PREFIX).json" and contain some
device/image meta data as well as a list of created firmware images.
An example of openwrt-ramips-rt305x-aztech_hw550-3g.json
{
"id": "aztech_hw550-3g",
"image_prefix": "openwrt-ramips-rt305x-aztech_hw550-3g",
"images": [
{
"name": "openwrt-ramips-rt305x-aztech_hw550-3g-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin",
"sha256": "db2b34b0ec4a83d9bf612cf66fab0dc3722b191cb9bedf111e5627a4298baf20",
"type": "sysupgrade"
}
],
"metadata_version": 1,
"supported_devices": [
"aztech,hw550-3g",
"hw550-3g"
],
"target": "ramips/rt305x",
"titles": [
{
"model": "HW550-3G",
"vendor": "Aztech"
},
{
"model": "ALL0239-3G",
"vendor": "Allnet"
}
],
"version_commit": "r10920+123-0cc87b3bac",
"version_number": "SNAPSHOT"
}
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
The relationship between GMAC0 and GMAC1 and the kernel devices
eth0 and eth1 was reversed for many ath79 devices by commit 8dde11d521
ath79: dts: drop "simple-mfd" for gmacs in SoC dtsi
The GL-AR300M-Lite is a single-port device, with the "LAN" port of the
GL-AR300M board unpopulated and its sole port now referenced as eth1,
as a result of commit 8dde11d521. The device was unreachable on
first boot or fresh config.
By changing ð1 (GMAC1) to an MFD, GMAC0 is able to associate with
the phy and is known by the kernel as "eth0".
Thanks to Chuanhong Guo for the suggestion of "simple-mfd"
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kletsky <git-commits@allycomm.com>
Previously, the board name for the GL-AR300M-Lite was incorrect
in 02_network, resulting in an unintended, fall-through condition
when initializing the network configuration.
While builds prior to commit 8dde11d521 (merged June 5, 2019)
ath79: dts: drop "simple-mfd" for gmacs in SoC dtsi
functioned properly, the error was noted in resolving first-boot
connectivity issues related to the single-phy nature of the device
and the "swap" of eth0 and eth1 related to that commit.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kletsky <git-commits@allycomm.com>
If chksum_offset is converted by $(($...)) at the beginning, the
check [ -n "$chksum_offset" ] will always return true, as the
conversion yields "0" for an empty argument, and [ -n "0" ] is
true.
With this patch, the variable is not converted before the check,
but only when it's used in dd.
No conversion is done for use in hexdump, as this can deal with
hex value offsets.
Fixes: b133e466b0 ("treewide: convert WiFi caldata size and offset to hexadecimal")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This replaces deprecated backticks by more versatile $(...) syntax.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
[decapitalized patch subject at submitter's request]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This replaces deprecated backticks by more versatile $(...) syntax.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
[decapitalized patch subject at submitter's request]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This replaces deprecated backticks by more versatile $(...) syntax.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
[decapitalized patch subject at submitter's request]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This replaces deprecated backticks by more versatile $(...) syntax.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
[decapitalized patch subject at submitter's request]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This replaces deprecated backticks by more versatile $(...) syntax.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
[decapitalized patch subject at submitter's request]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The following symbols, selected by the qce driver were removed:
CONFIG_CRYPTO_CBC
CONFIG_CRYPTO_CTR
CONFIG_CRYPTO_DES
CONFIG_CRYPTO_DEV_QCE
CONFIG_CRYPTO_ECB
CONFIG_CRYPTO_NULL
CONFIG_CRYPTO_SEQIV
CONFIG_CRYPTO_XTS
CONFIG_CRYPTO_GF128MUL was removed as well, since it is only needed by
some cipher modes (LRW, GCM), none of which are selected, and it is
packaged as a module.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
This patch removes a typo (extra "0") so that the 'cpu-alert6'
step is triggered once the system reaches 85°C.
Note: Unless the WNDR4700 is placed in an hot oven, the
hardware-monitor will never reach this value.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Add option BUILD_LOG_DIR to menuconfig to change log destination.
The mix-up of *DIR* and *FOLDER* is confusing however.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
All Zbtlink ramips devices except the ZBT-WE1026-5G include the
zbt-/ZBT- prefix in their model name.
This changes ZBT-WE1026-5G to also follow that scheme.
The patch moves some block to keep alphatical order.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Spelling of Zbtlink varies across image definitions and DTS files.
This patch uses Zbtlink consistently and also updates the model
in DTS files to contain the vendor in all cases.
This patch is cosmetical, as there should be no dependencies on
device model name in ramips anymore.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Changes since 0.0.20190702:
define conversion constants for ancient kernels
android: refactor and add incoming allow rules
enforce that unused bits of flags are zero
immediately rekey all peers after changing device private key
support running in OpenVZ environments
do not run bc on clean target
skip peers with invalid keys
account for upstream configuration maze changes
openbsd: fix alternate routing table syntax
account for android-4.9 backport of addr_gen_mode
don't fail down when using systemd-resolved
allow specifying kernel release
enforce named pipe ownership and use protected prefix
work around ubuntu breakage
support newer PaX
don't rewrite siphash when it's from compat
squelch warnings for stack limit on broken kernel configs
support rhel/centos 7.7
Signed-off-by: Brandy Krueger <krueger.brandy24@gmail.com>
$(board_name) was providing content on "boardtype" (and optionally
"boardnum") NVRAM values. That function requires & expects more specific
and detailed model name extracted from the /proc/cpuinfo.
Fixes: f12a32630f ("treewide: use the generic board_name function")
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
If already included in ucidef_add_switch, you do not have to
additionally set the interface mode in ucidef_set_interfaces_*
functions.
This patch removes/adjusts such redundant cases.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This merges three cases with a single switch port.
6t@eth0 and 6@eth0 should be equivalent.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
572ff7f fritzcreator: actually add checksum spacer
6edce1a fritzcreator: replace obscure padding generation with something more portable
2ff189f add ASUS RT-AC58U "easy install" factory u-boot shim
b91f9c2 readd spi-nand support
486ae53 improve cmd_sysupgrade
b0933f1 replace sstrip with strip
882e48a do not include generated files into git
0c5aa5f fix bugs in ipq40xx_cdp.c
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The ar40xx driver currently panics in case no QCA807x PHY has been
successfully probed. This happens when the external PHY is still
in reset when probing the ar40xx switch driver.
Note that this patch does not fix the root cause, ar40xx_probe now
simply fails instead of causing a kernel panic due to a nullpointer
dereference.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Replace an old cleanup patch that never made it upstream with the proper
upstream fix. This patch was incompatible with the recent changes that
affected the way that the flow tuple dst entry was used.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
`make xconfig` fails with following linking error of qconf binary:
g++ -lQt5Widgets -lQt5Gui -lQt5Core -o qconf qconf.o zconf.tab.o
/usr/bin/ld: qconf.o: in function ConfigList::metaObject() const': qconf.cc:(.text+0x3eb): undefined reference to QObjectData::dynamicMetaObject() const'
/usr/bin/ld: qconf.o: in function `ConfigList::qt_metacast(char const*)': link error.
which is caused by the wrong order of the linked objects/libraries so
this patch reorders the linker's arguments which makes the qconf compile
again.
Signed-off-by: leo chung <gewalalb@gmail.com>
[commit subject and message tweaks, whitespace fix]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
On a recent Gentoo Linux installation, invoking `make menuconfig`, `make
kernel_menuconfig` or `make kernel_nconfig` in the build system fails,
whereas for example `make menuconfig` in the kernel tree alone works as
expected.
This is happening because STAGING_PREFIX is not defined when kernel's
{menu,n}config target calls pkg-config from the toolchain/host and thus
pkg-config returns an empty value, and the fallback values in the kernel
config script are applied but those are off and the linking fails.
Solution is to use system's pkg-config for all ncurses based menu config
targets in order to provide proper compiler/linker flags.
Ref: FS#2423
Cc: Thomas Albers <thomas.gameiro@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Tested-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
One of the v4.19 patches had a bug, this is fixed upstream,
but in OpenWrt we can fix it by just fixing the bug in the
patch.
We also need to augment the config file to select the
CONFIG_DRM_FBDEV_EMULATION symbol.
This restores the display controller on the DIR-685 to
working state: penguin and graphics on the little screen
with default OpenWrt install.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
This patch changes wan MAC address setup for youhua,wr1200js
from retrieving it by calculation to reading it from flash.
This has been checked on-device.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
I-O DATA WNPR2600G has an "elx-header", so move this definition to
generic makefile to use it from mt7621 subtarget.
This definition is also added to mt7621.mk in
f285e8634c, so remove it from mt7621.mk.
And added a line to cleanup used header file.
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
following I-O DATA devices have a MAC address as "wanaddr" for WAN
interface in u-boot-env:
- WN-AC1167GR
- WN-AC733GR3
I replaced MAC address configuration in these devices to omit
address calculation in 02_network.
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
ipTIME A3 is a 2.4/5GHz band AC1200 router, based on MediaTek
MT7628AN.
Specifications:
- SoC: MT7628AN
- RAM: DDR2 64MB
- Flash: SPI NOR 8MB
- WiFi:
- 2.4GHz: SoC internal
- 5GHz: MT7612EN
- Ethernet: 3x 10/100Mbps
- Switch: SoC internal
- UART:
- J1: 3.3V, TX, RX, GND (3.3V is the square pad) / 57600 8N1
Installation via web interface:
1. Flash **initramfs** image through the stock web interface.
2. Boot into OpenWrt and perform sysupgrade with sysupgrade image.
Revert to stock firmware:
1. Perform sysupgrade with stock image.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
Hardware:
SoC: MT7621A
Flash: 32 MiB
RAM: 512 MiB
Ethernet: built-in switch
USB: 1x USB3.0
SATA: ASM1060, 1 SATA port
Flash instruction (TFTP):
1. Set PC to fixed ip address 192.168.173.22
2. Download *-sysupgrade.bin image and rename it to firmware.img
3. Start a tftp server with the image file in its root directory
4. Turn off the router
5. Turn on router,press the reset button and wait ~15 seconds
6. Release the reset button and after a short time
the firmware should be transferred from the tftp server
7. Wait ~3 minutes to complete recovery.
Signed-off-by: Qi Jiang <rushx@live.cn>
[squash commits, add label-mac-device, fix sign-off style]
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
This converts all remaining devices to use interrupt-driven
gpio-keys compatible instead of gpio-keys-polled.
The poll-interval is removed.
Only ar7240_netgear_wnr612-v2 is kept at gpio-keys-polled, as
this one is using ath9k keys.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Karl Palsson <karlp@etactica.com>
Tested-by: Dmitry Tunin <hanipouspilot@gmail.com>
hostapd will not use the getrandom() syscall and as a fallback use
/dev/random, the syscall is supported since Linux 3.17 and in the musl,
glibc and uclibc version used by OpenWrt.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
All the content of this function is proceeded by IEEE8021X_EAPOL no code
accesses the ssid variable outside of this ifdef.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The size of the ipkgs increase a bit (between 0.7% and 1.1%):
old 2019-04-21 (2.8):
288264 wpad-basic_2019-04-21-63962824-1_mipsel_24kc.ipk
256188 wpad-mini_2019-04-21-63962824-1_mipsel_24kc.ipk
427475 wpad-openssl_2019-04-21-63962824-1_mipsel_24kc.ipk
423071 wpad-wolfssl_2019-04-21-63962824-1_mipsel_24kc.ipk
new 2019-08-08 (2.9):
290217 wpad-basic_2019-08-08-ca8c2bd2-1_mipsel_24kc.ipk
258745 wpad-mini_2019-08-08-ca8c2bd2-1_mipsel_24kc.ipk
431732 wpad-openssl_2019-08-08-ca8c2bd2-1_mipsel_24kc.ipk
427641 wpad-wolfssl_2019-08-08-ca8c2bd2-1_mipsel_24kc.ipk
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This also syncs the configuration files with the default configuration
files, but no extra options are activated or deactivated.
The mesh patches were partially merged into hostapd 2.8, the remaining
patches were extracted from patchwork and are now applied by OpenWrt.
The patches still have open questions which are not fixed by the author.
They were taken from this page:
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/project/hostap/list/?series=62725&state=*
The changes in 007-mesh-apply-channel-attributes-before-running-Mesh.patch
where first applied to hostapd, but later reverted in hostapd commit
3e949655ccc5 because they caused memory leaks.
The size of the ipkgs increase a bit (between 1.3% and 2.3%):
old 2018-12-02 (2.7):
283337 wpad-basic_2018-12-02-c2c6c01b-11_mipsel_24kc.ipk
252857 wpad-mini_2018-12-02-c2c6c01b-11_mipsel_24kc.ipk
417473 wpad-openssl_2018-12-02-c2c6c01b-11_mipsel_24kc.ipk
415105 wpad-wolfssl_2018-12-02-c2c6c01b-11_mipsel_24kc.ipk
new 2019-04-21 (2.8):
288264 wpad-basic_2019-04-21-63962824-1_mipsel_24kc.ipk
256188 wpad-mini_2019-04-21-63962824-1_mipsel_24kc.ipk
427475 wpad-openssl_2019-04-21-63962824-1_mipsel_24kc.ipk
423071 wpad-wolfssl_2019-04-21-63962824-1_mipsel_24kc.ipk
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Tested-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
The allocation of LEBs to ubi volumes is handled by the sysupgrade script:
package/base-files/files/lib/upgrade/nand.sh
and the ubimkvol and or ubirsvol command. Therefore, padding of the
kernel blob is not needed at all, so use cat instead of dd. The
BLOCKSIZE variable was only used in the dd command. In any case, 63k
made no sense for the way BLOCKSIZE was being used.
63k (64512) does make sense for DTB_SIZE because of the offsets expected
by u-boot given extant u-boot-env variables.
Tested on Meraki MR24.
Signed-off-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
Add support for the ar71xx supported Netgear WNDR3800CH to ath79.
The device is identical to WNDR3800 except NETGEAR_BOARD_ID.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Tunin <hanipouspilot@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This adds the CRYPTO_ALG_KERN_DRIVER_ONLY flag to Qualcomm crypto engine
driver algorithms, so that openssl devcrypto can recognize them as
hardware-accelerated.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
[refresh, move to ipq40xx as its the only target right now]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Some ar9344-based devices are using ath9k_patch_fw_mac_crc, which
is meant to generate a checksum, for fixing their ath9k MAC
addresses.
However, those do not have a checksum field, and the calculated
checksum offset would be negative.
This patch will use ath9k_patch_fw_mac function for those devices.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This replaces deprecated backticks by more versatile $(...) syntax.
While at it, remove some useless cat commands and deprecated
egrep commands.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
It has been reported that using the sysupgrade-tar image will trigger
"lzma_decode failed error". The RedBoot bootloader always loads data
from flash till block size boundary, so if there's no padding it'll also
load the beginning of rootfs, and it seems that lzma_decoder can't handle
that garbage data. Previously the script creating combined-image
silently padded the kernel and rootfs, but since sysupgrade-tar doesn't,
pad the default kernel image.
Fixes: 900330f ("ath79: image: retire combined-image for Adtran/Bluesocket
devices")
Cc: Brian Gonyer <bgonyer@gmail.com>
Cc: Daniel Gimpelevich <daniel@gimpelevich.san-francisco.ca.us>
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
This applies alphabetic sorting to devices in image/* files.
For certain cases, this patch deviates from strict sorting, e.g.
to ensure that v10 comes after v9.
While at it, fix an indent and remove some useless empty lines.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Change TARGET_ROOTFS_PARTSIZE from 128 to 104 MiB, so the whole image
(bootloader + boot + root) will fit on a 128MB CF card by default.
With these settings, the generated images (tested on x86-generic and
x86-64) have 126,353,408 bytes; the smallest CF card marketed as "128MB"
that I found a datasheet for (a Transcend TS128MCF80) has 126,959,616
bytes.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Some tools doesn't support SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH (e.g. initramfs images).
Ensure all files of a root filesystem are set to SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH.
Make initramfs builds reproducible (for ramips).
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
4327ed4 mkdev: Avoid out of bounds read
9b3eb63 libblkid-tiny: use blkid_probe_set_utf8label for label set
c9d0462 libblkid-tiny: adds blkid_probe_set_utf8label support
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Needed for glib2 host build:
gresource-tool.c:32:20: fatal error: libelf.h: No such file or directory
#include <libelf.h>
Changed PKG_LICENSE to the SPDX version.
Switched build dependency for argp-standalone to !USE_GLIBC. argp is a
glibc extension. Treat it as such.
Adjusted patch to use strerror_l, which works properly with both glibc
and musl. The patch errors under glibc with:
dwfl_error.c:158:7: error: ignoring return value of 'strerror_r', declared
with attribute warn_unused_result [-Werror=unused-result]
strerror_r (error & 0xffff, s, sizeof(s));
void casting does not fix the error.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Hardware acceleration was disabled when AES-CCM was selected as a
workaround for a build failure. This applies a couple of upstream
patches fixing this.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
Remove 300-bn_mul.h-Use-optimized-MULADDC-code-only-on-ARM-6.patch,
the issue has been fixed upstream.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Kroken <mkroken@gmail.com>
This patch was originally added to fix compilation with v4l2rtspserver.
Turns out it was v4l2rtspserver that was broken, not uClibc++. This now
causes issues with a different package where the arguments are being
split.
Note that with this patch, shellcheck throws an error:
SC2068: Double quote array expansions to avoid re-splitting elements.
More: https://github.com/openwrt/packages/pull/9972#discussion_r324878373
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
This backports a fix from GCC master to fix a internal compiler
exception seen when compiling libjson-c with mips16 activated.
Fixes: FS#2455
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
For AP mode, OpenWrt automatically sets ieee80211w to either 1 or 2, depending
on whether the encryption is set to sae-mixed, or sae/owe/eap suite-b.
Mirror the same defaults for client mode connections, in order to allow an
OpenWrt station to associate to an OpenWrt ap with SAE, OWE or Suite-B encryption
without the need to manually specify "option ieee80211w" on the station.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This changes fixes the generation of the wpa_supplicant client configuration
in WPA3 OWE client mode. Instead of incorrectly emitting key_mgmt=NONE, use
the proper key_mgmt=OWE setting instead.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The EnGenius ESR600 is a dual band wireless router with a 4-port gigabit
Ethernet switch, a gigabit Ethernet WAN port and a USB port.
Specification:
- Bootloader: U-Boot
- SoC: MediaTek MT7620A (600 MHz)
- Flash: 16MB, Macronix MX25L12845E
- RAM: 64MB, Nanya NT5TU32M16DG-AC
- Serial: 115200 baud, no header, 3.3V
J2: Vcc (arrow), Gnd, Tx, Rx
- USB: USB 2, 5V
- Ethernet: 5 x 1 Gb/s 4 LAN 1 WAN, Atheros AR8327
- WiFi0: 5 GHz 802.11 b/g/n Ralink RT5592N
300 Mb/s, 2T2R
- WiFi1: 2.4 GHz 802.11 b/g/n integrated
300 Mb/s, 2T2R
- Antennas: 2 per radio, internal
- LEDs: 1 programmable power (amber)
2 programable radio (blue)
1 programable WPS-5G (blue)
1 non-programable WAN activity (blue)
1 unconfigured WPS-2.4G (amber)
- Buttons: GPIO: Reset, WPS
Installation:
Use the OEM web interface to install the ...-factory.dlf image.
Use the OpenWRT ...-sysupgrade.bin image for future upgrades.
The J2 serial port can be accessed either by soldering in a header,
standard 0.1" spacing, or by using pogo-pins against the back side.
As configured by the OEM, the U-Boot boot delay is short, however quickly
typing "1" leads to the U-Boot "System load Linux to SDRAM via TFTP"
prompt. The TFTP client is configured by default with
client: 192.168.99.9
server: 192.168.99.8
filename: uImageESR600
It will load an OpenWRT initramfs kernel with this method.
Known issues:
1) Only the ports externally labeled WAN, LAN3 and LAN4 are operational.
LAN1 and LAN2 do not appear to power up. This issue is also present
in the Lava LR25G001.
2) The amber WPS-2.4G LED, in the same lightguide as the blue WPS-5G LED,
is not configured in the Device Tree specification.
3) The blue WAN activity LED is not configured in the Device Tree
specification as this causes the AR8327 switch to fail to initialize.
Signed-off-by: Nick Briggs <nicholas.h.briggs@gmail.com>
[merge conflict in 02_network]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
SoC: Mediatek MT7621A
CPU: 4x 880Mhz
Cache: 32 KB I-Cache and 32 KB D-Cach
256 KB L2 Cache (shared by Dual-Core)
RAM: DDR3 512MB 16bits BUS
FLASH: 16MB
Switch: Mediatek Gigabit Switch (2 x LAN, 1 x WAN)
POE: (1x PD, 2x PSE)
USB: 1x 3.0
PCI: 3x Mini PCIe (3 USB2.0 + 2 x UIM interface)
GPS: Quectel L70B
SIM: 2 Slots
BTN: Reset
LED: - Power
- Ethernet
- Wifi
- USB
UART: UART is present as Pads with throughholes on the PCB.
They are located on left side.
3.3V - RX - GND - TX / 57600-8N1
3.3V is the square pad
Installation
------------
The stock image is a modified openwrt and can be overflashed via sysupgrade -F
Signed-off-by: Daniel Danzberger <daniel@dd-wrt.com>
[merge conflict in mt7621.mk]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
SoC: MediaTek MT7621AT dual-core @ 880MHz
RAM: 256M (Winbond W632GG6KB-1)
FLASH: 128MB (Macronix MX30LF1G18AC-TI)
WiFi: - 2.4GHz MediaTek MT7615N bgn
- 5GHz MediaTek MT7615N nac
Switch: SoC integrated Gigabit Switch (4 x LAN, 1 x WAN)
USB: 1 x USB 3.1 (Gen 1)
BTN: Reset, WPS
LED: - Power (blue)
- 5Ghz (blue)
- 2.4GHz (blue)
- Internet (blue)
- 4x LAN (blue)
(LAN/WAN leds are not controllable by GPIOs)
UART: UART is present as Pads marked J4 on the PCB.
3.3V - TX - RX - GND / 57600-8N1
3.3V is the square pad
MAC: The MAC address on the router-label matches the MAC of
the 2.4 GHz WiFi.
LAN and WAN MAC are identical: MAC_LABEL+4
5 GHz WiFi MAC: also MAC_LABEL+4
Installation
------------
Via U-Boot tftpd:
Switch on device, within 2s press reset button and keep pressed
until power LED starts blinking slowly.
Upload factory image via tftp put, the router's ip is 192.168.1.1
and expects the client on 192.168.1.75.
The images also work on the Asus RT-AC65P models as tested by Gabor.
Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <mail@birger-koblitz.de>
Tested-by: Gabor Varga <vargagab@gmail.com>
[fixed Asus -> ASUS in DTS]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
SoC: MediaTek MT7621AT dual-core @ 880MHz
RAM: 256M (Nanya NT5CC128M)
FLASH: 16MB (Macronix MX25L12835F)
WiFi: - 2.4GHz MediaTek MT7615N bgn
- 5GHz MediaTek MT7615N nac
Switch: SoC integrated Gigabit Switch (4 x LAN, 1 x WAN)
USB: No
BTN: Reset, WPS
LED: 4 red LEDs, indistinguishable when casing closed
UART: UART is present as Pads marked J1 on the PCB.
3.3V - RX - GND - TX / 57600-8N1
3.3V is the square pad
Installation
------------
Update the factory image via the OEM web-interface
(by default:http://192.168.1.1)
The sysupgrade image can be installed via TFTP from
the U-Boot bootloader. Connect ethernet port 2.
Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <mail@birger-koblitz.de>
[flash node rename, EDIMAX -> Edimax, complete device model name]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
If no device tree is given there is no node generated, but
the configuration does still include the name of the missing node.
This will result in a successful build fit image, but bootm does
throw a error message if we want to boot the bad configuration.
Signed-off-by: Johann Neuhauser <jneuhauser@dh-electronics.com>
add module to support Emulex OneConnect
common in 10Gbit SFP+ cards by Dell/HP/IBM
supports OneConnect OCe10xxx OCe11xxx OCe14xxx,
LightPulse LPe12xxx
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
wps_supplicant.h assumes that 'struct wpa_bss' is forward declared if
CONFIG_WPS is not defined. With the later inclusion of
600-ubus_support, the issue manifests in warnings like these:
wps_supplicant.h:113:15: warning: 'struct wpa_bss' declared inside parameter list will not be visible outside of this definition or declaration
struct wpa_bss *bss)
^~~~~~~
This patch forward declares 'struct wpa_bss' regardless.
Signed-off-by: Leon M. George <leon@georgemail.eu>
[commit message facelift]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The original wpa_hexdump uses a 'void *' for the payload. With patch
410-limit_debug_messages, the signature changes and compiler warnings
occur at various places. One such warning is:
wpa_debug.h:106:20: note: expected 'const u8 * {aka const unsigned char *}' but argument is of type 'struct wpa_eapol_key *'
Signed-off-by: Leon M. George <leon@georgemail.eu>
[commit message facelift]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The ar71xx images for the Ubiquiti NanoStation M (XW) devices use
"nanostation-m-xw" as the board name, but the ath79 images are only
compatible with the "nano-m-xw" board name, so sysupgrade complains.
By adding this additional supported device, sysuspgrade smoothly
upgrades from ar71xx to ath79.
Tested on a NanoStation M (XW) running OpenWrt ar71xx r10250-016d1eb.
Ref: https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/2418
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
[removed duplicate DEVICE_VARIANT, removed uneeded nano-m-xw support]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
So far, XW devices have DEVICE_VARIANT defined and XM devices have
no DEVICE_VARIANT set.
This adds DEVICE_VARIANT for XM devices, and moves definitions for
both XM and XW to the common definitions.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This patch adds the label MAC address for several devices in
ramips.
Some devices require setting the MAC address in 02_network:
For the following devices, the netif device can be linked in
device tree, but the MAC address cannot be read:
- cudy,wr1000
- dlink,dir-615-d
- dlink,dir-615-h1
- dlink,dir-860l-b1
- glinet,gl-mt300a
- glinet,gl-mt300n
- glinet,gl-mt750
- vocore,vocore2
- vocore,vocore2-lite
- zbtlink,zbt-we1326
- zbtlink,zbt-wg3526
For the following devices, label MAC address is tied to lan or
wan, so no node to link to exists in device tree:
- dlink,dir-510l
- dlink,dwr-116-a1
- dlink,dwr-118-a1
- dlink,dwr-118-a2
- dlink,dwr-921-c1
- dlink,dwr-922-e2
- all hiwifi devices
- lava,lr-25g001
- xiaomi,mir3p
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This patch adds the label MAC address for several devices in
ath79.
Some devices require setting the MAC address in 02_network:
For the following devices, the netif device can be linked in
device tree, but the MAC address cannot be read:
- alfa-network,ap121f
- avm,fritz300e
- ubnt-xm devices
For the following devices, label MAC address is tied to lan or
wan, so no node to link to exists in device tree:
- adtran,bsap1800-v2
- adtran,bsap1840
- dlink,dir-842-c1/-c2/-c3
- engenius,ecb1750
- iodata,etg3-r
- iodata,wn-ac1167dgr
- iodata,wn-ac1600dgr
- iodata,wn-ac1600dgr2
- iodata,wn-ag300dgr
- nec,wg800hp
- nec,wg1200cr
- trendnet,tew-823dru
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
For many devices, MAC addresses cannot be retrieved via the
device tree alias.
To still provide the label MAC address for those, this implements
a second mechanism that will put the address into uci config.
Note that this stores the actual MAC address, whereas in DTS
we reference the bearing device.
This is based on the work of Rosy Song <rosysong@rosinson.com>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
To refer to the MAC address on a device's label, one can
specify the alias label-mac-device in the DTS which should
point to the bearer of the corresponding MAC address.
With the function get_mac_label, the user can retrieve then
retrieve this address and use it as a value that uniquely
identifies his device.
This is severely helpful for several downstream functionalities,
e.g. define MAC addresses of custom netifs or change the SSID to
be easily recognizable.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This version fixes 3 low-severity vulnerabilities:
- CVE-2019-1547: ECDSA remote timing attack
- CVE-2019-1549: Fork Protection
- CVE-2019-1563: Padding Oracle in PKCS7_dataDecode and
CMS_decrypt_set1_pkey
Patches were refreshed.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
If an spi-gpio was specified with num-chipselects = <0> in dts, kernel
will crash:
Unable to handle kernel paging request at virtual address 32697073
pgd = (ptrval)
[32697073] *pgd=00000000
Internal error: Oops: 5 [# 1] SMP ARM
Modules linked in:
CPU: 2 PID: 1 Comm: swapper/0 Not tainted 4.19.72 #0
Hardware name: Generic DT based system
PC is at validate_desc+0x28/0x80
LR is at gpiod_direction_output+0x14/0x128
...
[<c0544db4>] (validate_desc) from [<c0545228>] (gpiod_direction_output+0x14/0x128)
[<c0545228>] (gpiod_direction_output) from [<c05fa714>] (spi_gpio_setup+0x58/0x64)
[<c05fa714>] (spi_gpio_setup) from [<c05f7258>] (spi_setup+0x12c/0x148)
[<c05f7258>] (spi_setup) from [<c05f7330>] (spi_add_device+0xbc/0x12c)
[<c05f7330>] (spi_add_device) from [<c05f7f74>] (spi_register_controller+0x838/0x924)
[<c05f7f74>] (spi_register_controller) from [<c05fa494>] (spi_bitbang_start+0x108/0x120)
[<c05fa494>] (spi_bitbang_start) from [<c05faa34>] (spi_gpio_probe+0x314/0x338)
[<c05faa34>] (spi_gpio_probe) from [<c05a844c>] (platform_drv_probe+0x34/0x70)
The cause is spi_gpio_setup() did not check if the spi-gpio has
chipselect pins before setting their direction and results in derefing
an invalid pointer.
The bug is spotted in kernel 4.19.72 and does not occur in 4.14.
There is a similar fix upstream in kernel 5.2 in commit 249e2632dcd0
("spi: gpio: Don't request CS GPIO in DT use-case").
Ref: https://patchwork.kernel.org/patch/11150619/
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
[use upstream patch, moved from hack to pending dir, commit facelift]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Since service and instance names may contain characters which are not allowed
in JSON path labels, such as dashes or spaces, change the filter expression
to array square bracket notation to properly match these cases as well.
Fixes: 2c3dd70741 ("procd: add procd_running() helper for checking running state")
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
5b4f7382af Add undef to fix test failure.
9456483fb2 Improve performance of memmem
373f8b06a3 Improve performance of strstr
4ec1b9e913 Fix strstr bug with huge needles (bug 23637)
ecd6271ed8 Speedup first memmem match
bba6b9288f Simplify and speedup strstr/strcasestr first match
7a4da6ef7a Improve strstr performance
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Add ath79 support for Archer C59v2, previously supported by ar71xx.
TP-Link Archer C59v2 is a dual-band AC1350 router based on
Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9561+QCA9886 chips.
Specification:
- 775/650/258 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz
- 2T2R 5 GHz
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- USB 2.0 port
- UART header on PCB
Flash instruction:
- via web UI:
1. Download openwrt-ath79-generic-tplink_archer-c59-v2-squashfs-factory.bin
2. Login to router and open the Advanced tab
3. Navigate to System Tools -> Firmware Upgrade
4. Upload firmware using the Manual Upgrade form
- via TFTP:
1. Set PC to fixed ip address 192.168.0.66
2. Download openwrt-ath79-generic-tplink_archer-c59-v2-squashfs-factory.bin
and rename it to tp_recovery.bin
3. Start a tftp server with the file tp_recovery.bin in its root directory
4. Turn off the router
5. Press and hold Reset button
6. Turn on router with the reset button pressed and wait ~15 seconds
7. Release the reset button and after a short time
the firmware should be transferred from the tftp server
8. Wait ~30 second to complete recovery.
Signed-off-by: Keith Maika <keithm@aoeex.com>
The Archer C58/C59 have redundant LED and MAC address definitions
in their DTS files. This moves them to the parent DTSI file.
The patch already accounts for the upcoming Archer C59 v2.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Allow flashing Luxul devices using vendor firmware format. The next step
will be building proper images once they are conirmed to work.
Signed-off-by: Dan Haab <dan.haab@legrand.com>
This makes brcmfmac use the same wiphy after PCIe reset to help user
space handle corner cases (e.g. firmware crash).
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Enable by default mtk_efuse driver since it needed by mtk_thermal driver
to read sensor calibration data
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
This enables using the "eTactica" LED during boot, to indicate failsafe,
and during upgrade, while still leaving the LED alone for normal
operation. This brings the device more in line with how other devices
work, and makes the failsafe functionality easier to use and understand.
Signed-off-by: Karl Palsson <karlp@etactica.com>
Update the ath10k-ct driver version to 5e8cd86f90dac966d12df6ece84ac41458d0e95f
to enable dynamic VLANs to work. Patches refreshed during the bump.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
[commit description facelift]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This enables a feature flag in the wave-2 firmware wmi-services indicating it can send
software-encrypted raw frames. This should in turn allow the AP-VLAN feature to work.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
This patch removes scons host build tool, as commit 7087efd72a8d
("scons: move host build tool to a proper place") in the packages feed
has moved scons into the new home.
There are currently no packages in the master tree which would need
scons, yet scons is build always as part of host tools, just in order to
satisfy host build dependency of few packages in the packages feeds.
Ref: https://github.com/openwrt/packages/pull/9584
Acked-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
commit eb204d14f75c ("base-files: implement generic service_running")
introduced generic service_running so it's not needed to copy&paste same
3 lines over and over again.
I've removed service_running from netifd/network init script as well,
because it was not working properly, looked quite strange and I didn't
understand the intention:
$ /etc/init.d/network stop
$ service network running && echo "yes" || echo "nope"
( have to wait for 30s )
Command failed: Request timed out
yes
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Adds a default status action for init.d scripts.
procd "service status" will return:
0) for loaded services (even if disabled by conf or dead)
3) for inactive services
4) when filtering a non-existing instance
Signed-off-by: Luiz Angelo Daros de Luca <luizluca@gmail.com>
[rebased, cleaned up]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The Linkit Smart 7688 has a SD-Card reader that does not work with the official build of openwrt. Adding kmod-sdhci-mt7620 makes it working.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Hörler <i.hoerler@me.com>
Only the 2R version got the STM32 uC connected as 2nd SPI device.
Hence move the spidev node from mt7628an_wrtnode_wrtnode2.dtsi to
mt7628an_wrtnode_wrtnode2r.dts.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Currently for at91 target, Build/install-dtb can be triggered concurrently for
multiple different TARGET_FILESYSTEMS, cp command can fail when the
target file is already open exclusively by other cp process
[ -f /builder/shared-workdir/build/build_dir/target-arm_arm926ej-s_musl_eabi/linux-at91_sam9x/at91sam9263ek-uImage -a -f /builder/shared-workdir/build/build_dir/target-arm_arm926ej-s_musl_eabi/linux-at91_sam9x/root.ubifs+fs=-m_2048_-e_126KiB_-c_2048+pkg=68b329da ]
[ -f /builder/shared-workdir/build/build_dir/target-arm_arm926ej-s_musl_eabi/linux-at91_sam9x/at91sam9263ek-uImage -a -f /builder/shared-workdir/build/build_dir/target-arm_arm926ej-s_musl_eabi/linux-at91_sam9x/root.ext4+pkg=68b329da ]
cp -fpR /builder/shared-workdir/build/build_dir/target-arm_arm926ej-s_musl_eabi/linux-at91_sam9x/linux-4.14.141/arch/arm/boot/dts/at91sam9263ek.dtb /builder/shared-workdir/build/bin/targets/at91/sam9x/openwrt-at91-sam9x-at91sam9263ek.dtb;
cp -fpR /builder/shared-workdir/build/build_dir/target-arm_arm926ej-s_musl_eabi/linux-at91_sam9x/linux-4.14.141/arch/arm/boot/dts/at91sam9263ek.dtb /builder/shared-workdir/build/bin/targets/at91/sam9x/openwrt-at91-sam9x-at91sam9263ek.dtb;
cp: cannot create regular file '/builder/shared-workdir/build/bin/targets/at91/sam9x/openwrt-at91-sam9x-at91sam9263ek.dtb': File exists
Makefile:87: recipe for target '/builder/shared-workdir/build/build_dir/target-arm_arm926ej-s_musl_eabi/linux-at91_sam9x/tmp/openwrt-at91-sam9x-at91sam9263ek-ubifs-dtb' failed
make[4]: *** [/builder/shared-workdir/build/build_dir/target-arm_arm926ej-s_musl_eabi/linux-at91_sam9x/tmp/openwrt-at91-sam9x-at91sam9263ek-ubifs-dtb] Error 1
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Move the IRQ fix from generic to ar71xx specific.
Other targets like ath79 have specific pathes to delete this code.
This resulted in a build failure on ath79
While at it, wipe the 4.19 version, as ar71xx will never reach this.
Fixes: 530f76708cef ("ar71xx: Fix potentially missed IRQ handling during
dispatch")
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
For devices inheriting from bcm63xx_netgear, the IMAGES variable
is overwritten with the same values as defined in the parent
definition. So, remove the unnecessary overwrite.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
SquashFS has a minimum block size of at least 1k, so we need to make
sure the last data block is also at least that big.
This is not an issue on NOR or SD CARD devices, since their rootfs
partitions go all the way to the end of the usable space.
But on NAND with ubiblock, the rootfs partition will be the exact space,
rounded up to LEB size. Unfortunately, some NAND chips with small sub
pages have a LEB size of x.5 kiB. This can cause the the last data block
to be less than 1k, which will cause the last block to be inaccessible,
causing boot failures as seen on MR24:
[ 1.532960] block ubiblock0_3: created from ubi0:3(rootfs)
[ 1.538457] ubiblock: device ubiblock0_3 (rootfs) set to be root filesystem
[ 1.552847] SQUASHFS error: squashfs_read_data failed to read block 0x621472
[ 1.559896] squashfs: SQUASHFS error: unable to read id index table
[ 1.566474] VFS: Cannot open root device "(null)" or unknown-block(254,0): error -5
Since on most NOR devices, the start of the squashfs partition is not
aligned. Since the start of the rootfs_data partition there is dependend
on the SquashFS size, we cannot just always pad it, as the padding could
creep into the rootfs_data partition, breaking jffs2.
So fix this by ensuring a squashfs rootfs is always a multiple of 1k
only for UBI and NAND sysupgrade images.
Fixes#2460 without affecting NOR devices.
Tested-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
If both interrupts are set in the current implementation
only the 1st will be handled and the 2nd will be skipped
due to the "if else" condition.
Fix this by using the same approach as done for QCA955x
just below it.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
If both interrupts are set in the current implementation
only the 1st will be handled and the 2nd will be skipped
due to the "if else" condition.
Fix this by using the same approach as done for QCA955x
just below it.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
e73bf11 config: ra_management compatibility support
d818380 odhcpd: router: Fix out of scope memory access
94a1c94 dhcpv6-ia: free assignment when validity timer expires
752fc2c router: speed up initial router advertisements
09aa022 router: close socket upon NETEV_IFINDEX_CHANGE fixed
79eb160 router: fix previous commit
6034b5c router: close socket upon NETEV_IFINDEX_CHANGE
000182f router: fix lingering uloop socket descriptor
f6c2242 router: support ra_lifetime being 0
d111809 router: make RA flags configurable (FS#2019)
Update odhcpd defaults according to the new RA flags implementation
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
The UniFi AC LED mapping is currently off. The blue/white LED are used
as WiFi indicators, while the vendor firmware does not feature WiFI
LEDs.
Instead, the LEDs are used to indicate the devices status. Align the LED
mapping to match the vendor firmware as good as possible.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
a88fb42 iwinfo: add device id for Qualcomm Atheros QCA9886
1b69d86 iwinfo: add device id for Qualcomm Atheros QCA9887
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
KERNEL_DEVPTS_MULTIPLE_INSTANCES and KERNEL_POSIX_MQUEUE were
previously enabled by default only if KERNEL_LXC_MISC was selected.
KERNEL_LXC_MISC was enabled only if the SMALL_FLASH (anti-)feature
was not selected.
Now that KERNEL_LXC_MISC no longer exists, make sure that those
options are also only enabled by default for !SMALL_FLASH targets.
Fixes: 4f94a331 ("config: kernel: remove KERNEL_LXC_MISC")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Kernel features are neutral. The two cascaded features can also be
useful for other container related tools
It's also less error-prone if only kconfig symbols from the kernel are
prefixed KERNEL_
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
This reverts commit 5b98061bb1.
As Piotr Dymacz pointed out:
In QCA MIPS based WiSOCs, for first USB interface,
device/host mode can be selected _only_ in hardware
see description of 57c641ba6e
QCA955x and QCA9563, second USB can be switched to device
mode in software (tested and confirmed on real hardware).
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Current ar724x code does the reset only on single pci bus, and
in case of qca9558 writes the wrong register (0x10 vs 0x0c).
This change allows the reset of second pci bus, commonly used in
Archer C7 devices, in case host controller is stuck in reset.
If the resetting controller on boot can solve any other issue it
can be enabled unconditionally by removing reset check before
ar724x_pci_hw_init is called.
Signed-off-by: Tomislav Požega <pozega.tomislav@gmail.com>
[refreshed to apply cleanly]
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Enable flushing of write buffers on qca955x. GPL code has 0x88 reg
defined for PCI flush which is likely an error since the device
freezes on boot. So use DS default value 0xA8 for PCI flush.
Signed-off-by: Tomislav Požega <pozega.tomislav@gmail.com>
Now that $UPGRADE_BACKUP is set conditionally there is no need to check
the $UPGRADE_OPT_SAVE_CONFIG anymore. All conditions can be simplified.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
b8238df sysupgrade: support "backup" attribute
This update requires "sysupgrade" method callers to pass "backup"
attribute if $UPGRADE_BACKUP is used in the project.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This explicitly tells procd what backup file should be used during
sysupgrade (if any). It's much more generic this way compared to the
magic /tmp/sysupgrade.tgz file that had to be created before a call.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Make treat copy-kernel.o as intermediate and delete it when it's no
longer needed. This can fail when the same submake was triggered
multiple times for different devices.
arm-openwrt-linux-muslgnueabi-as -k -o copy-kernel.o copy-kernel.S
export MAKEFLAGS= ;make -w -C copy-kernel CROSS_COMPILE=arm-openwrt-linux-muslgnueabi-
arm-openwrt-linux-muslgnueabi-objcopy -O binary -S copy-kernel.o copy-kernel.bin
make[5]: Entering directory '/builder/shared-workdir/build/target/linux/gemini/image/copy-kernel'
arm-openwrt-linux-muslgnueabi-objcopy -O binary -S copy-kernel.o copy-kernel.bin
rm copy-kernel.o
make[5]: Leaving directory '/builder/shared-workdir/build/target/linux/gemini/image/copy-kernel'
# "App" partition is the rootfs
arm-openwrt-linux-muslgnueabi-objcopy: 'copy-kernel.o': No such file
Makefile:27: recipe for target 'copy-kernel.bin' failed
make[5]: Leaving directory '/builder/shared-workdir/build/target/linux/gemini/image/copy-kernel'
make[5]: *** [copy-kernel.bin] Error 1
Makefile:244: recipe for target '/builder/shared-workdir/build/build_dir/target-arm_fa526_musl_eabi/linux-gemini/tmp/openwrt-gemini-storlink_sl93512r-ext4-factory.bin' failed
make[4]: *** [/builder/shared-workdir/build/build_dir/target-arm_fa526_musl_eabi/linux-gemini/tmp/openwrt-gemini-storlink_sl93512r-ext4-factory.bin] Error 2
With this change, output files are directed to $(KDIR)
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
The 2.4 GHz radio had very poor signal reception (-89 dBm for an AP
sitting 5 m away). By enabling the external amplifier, received signal
has improved to -50 dBm for the same AP.
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
5f0d2e0491 [AArch64] Add ifunc support for Ares
e6b7252040 aarch64,falkor: Use vector registers for memcpy
c74b884f70 aarch64,falkor: Ignore prefetcher tagging for smaller copies
0fc5934ebd aarch64/strncmp: Use lsr instead of mov+lsr
e0a0bd3acc aarch64/strncmp: Unbreak builds with old binutils
638caf3000 aarch64: Improve strncmp for mutually misaligned inputs
d5f45a29ff aarch64/strcmp: fix misaligned loop jump target
7f690fafad aarch64: Improve strcmp unaligned performance
40df047b3b aarch64: Fix branch target to loop16
062139f233 aarch64: Optimized memcmp for medium to large sizes
f3e2add213 aarch64: Use the L() macro for labels in memcmp
22bd3ab40e posix: Fix large mmap64 offset for mips64n32 (BZ#24699)
bdd16894aa aarch64: handle STO_AARCH64_VARIANT_PCS
0b48caab9a aarch64: add STO_AARCH64_VARIANT_PCS and DT_AARCH64_VARIANT_PCS
949da7f2fd io: Remove copy_file_range emulation [BZ #24744]
f056ac8363 libio: do not attempt to free wide buffers of legacy streams [BZ #24228]
5f90e009b1 NEWS: add entries for bugs 22964, 24180, and 24531
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This allows platform code to check if firmware image can be used with
preserving a backup. It may be used e.g. when installing vendor
firmwares that won't restore appended backup archive.
Suggested-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
So far, MAC address setup for those devices has been using local
addresses although additional MAC addresses are available on flash.
On device, we found the following situation:
position Y1 Y1S
0x4 *:d4 *:e4
0x8004 *:d6 *:e8
0x28 *:d4 *:e4
0x2e *:d7 *:eb
Since 0x4 and 0x28 yield the same address, the former was set for
ðernet in DTS. However, the typical location on this
architecture is 0x28, so this patch changes that.
For further setup in 02_network, the local bit for lan_mac is
removed, so the address from ðernet is used at all. For wan_mac,
instead of calculating an address with local bit set, this patch
exploits the previously unused address in 0x2e.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This patch changes wan MAC address setup from retrieving it by
calculation to reading it from flash.
Changes are limited to cases where on-device check was possible.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
[fix mac for newifi-d1; drop adslr,g7 because it's unlikely for
vendor to specifically use 2.4g mac as wan_mac]
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
In 555ca422d1 ("ramips: fix D-Link DIR-615 H1 switch port
mapping"), port setup for dir-615-h1 was changed without removing
the old one. This was working as the new one was triggered earlier
than the old one.
(In the meantine, changed sorting during ramips rename patches
actually inversed that order.)
Anyway, just remove the wrong case now.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
ARC FreeStation5 is present twice in MAC address setup.
From older commits/changes, it is not possible to reconstruct
the correct choice only by reading the annotations.
Thus, remove the second case and keep the first one, so behavior
stays the same (as nobody seems to have complained about it).
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This patch removes unnecessary MAC address setup statements in
ramips' 02_network by doing several optimizations:
1. For the following devices, lan_mac was set up with
mtd_get_mac_binary although the same address was set in DTS.
The lan_mac statement is removed in 02_network, but
wan_mac is kept:
- mercury,mac1200r-v2
- phicomm,k2g
- skylab,skw92a
- wiznet,wizfi630a
2. For the following devices, wan_mac was set up with
mtd_get_mac_binary although the same address was set in DTS.
The wan_mac statement is removed in 02_network, no
lan_mac is present:
- buffalo,whr-g300n
- glinet,gl-mt300n-v2
- zyxel,keenetic-start
3. For the following device, lan_mac and wan_mac were set up
with mtd_get_mac_binary to the same address as set in DTS.
Both statements are removed in 02_network:
- buffalo,whr-600d
4. For some devices, it was possible to move setup from 02_network
to DTS by introducing previously missing mtd_mac_address:
- buffalo,whr-1166d
- buffalo,whr-300hp2
- buffalo,wsr-600dhp
- ohyeah,oy-0001
- planex,vr500
5. For one device, mtd_mac_address was just wrong and overwritten
by 02_network. Put the correct value in DTS and remove redundant
statement in 02_network:
- asus,rt-ac57u
6. For one device, MAC address defined in DTS is exchanged together
with lan_mac/wan_mac setup in 02_network, so that cases in
02_network can be merged:
- phicomm,k2p
For some devices, an empty case has to be used to prevent them
from falling into the default case and have
WAN address = eth0 address + 1 set to them.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This reverts commit 1c0290c5cc.
Dropping the nopad can make the padding overflow into the next erase
block on devices using a non-aligned rootfs start. This breaks the jffs2
overlay partition with the following messages:
[ 30.343877] jffs2_scan_eraseblock(): End of filesystem marker found at 0x10000
[ 30.376512] jffs2: Cowardly refusing to erase blocks on filesystem with no valid JFFS2 nodes
[ 30.385253] jffs2: empty_blocks 196, bad_blocks 0, c->nr_blocks 197
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
This provides TRX validation result to the validation JSON. It also
prevents users from installing broken firmware files.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
It's a variable set by procd that should replace hardcoded
/tmp/sysupgrade.tgz.
This change requires the most recent procd with the commit 0f3c136
("sysupgrade: set UPGRADE_BACKUP env variable").
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
0f3c136 sysupgrade: set UPGRADE_BACKUP env variable
0bcbbbf system: fix uninitialized variables in firmware validation code
This update includes a fix for uninitialized variable usage.
Fixes: 7290963d09 ("procd: update to the latest git HEAD")
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
The actual retrieval of the MAC address in mtd_get_mac_binary_ubi()
is the same as in get_mac_binary(). Thus, use the latter function
in the former to reduce duplicate code.
This will also allow to benefit from the enhanced path check there
and bring mtd_get_mac_binary_ubi() more in line with the similar
mtd_get_mac_binary().
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The mtd_get_mac_text helper method did not support hexadecimal offset
values, resulting them to break after 75bfc393ba ("treewide:
convert MAC address location offsets to hexadecimal")
This commit fixes this by evaluating the hexadecimal input,
converting them to decimal.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
$CONF_TAR shouldn't be assumed to always point to the sysupgrade.tgz.
This change makes code more generic and allows refactoring $CONF_TAR.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
1) Add BACKUP_FILE and use it when copying an archive to be restored
after sysupgrade (on the next preinit).
2) Use CONF_TAR for copying backup prepared by the /sbin/sysupgrade
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
That was a result of accidentally running "sed" twice on some files.
Fixes: 5797fe84a3 ("treewide: replace remaining (not working now) $SAVE_CONFIG uses")
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This var has been replaced by the $UPGRADE_OPT_UPGRADE_OPT_SAVE_CONFIG
Fixes: b534ba9611 ("base-files: pass "save_config" option to the "sysupgrade" method")
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This updates the U-Boot which provides the host tools like mkimage to
version 2019.07.
The patches were cleaned up and it was checked if this still compiles
on Linux and FreeBSD.
CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE is set to the default value.
The patch for libressl was merged upstream.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This patch does the following things:
1. mark u-boot-env writable
2. add bootcount support
Currently, u-boot has a flag_boot_success env variable to reset.
Also reset it in our firmware to follow the behavior in vendor's
firmware.
3. disable usb support
This router doesn't have usb port at all.
4. increase spi clock to 40MHz
5. fix pinmux groups
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
This provides TRX validation result, so final JSON may look like:
{
"tests": {
"fwtool_signature": true,
"fwtool_device_match": true,
"trx_valid": true
},
"valid": true,
"forceable": true
}
It also prevents users from installing broken firmware files, e.g.:
root@OpenWrt:/# sysupgrade -F -n /tmp/TZ
Image metadata not found
Invalid image type. Please use firmware specific for this device.
Image check failed but --force given - will update anyway!
Commencing upgrade. Closing all shell sessions.
Firmware image is broken and cannot be installed
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Hardware:
SoC: AR9344
CPU: 560 MHz
Flash: 8 MiB
RAM: 128 MiB
WiFi: Atheros AR9340 2.4GHz 802.11bgn
Atheros AR9300 5GHz 802.11an
Ethernet: AR934X built-in switch, WAN on separate physical interface
USB: 1x 2.0
Flash instruction (WebUI):
Download *-factory.bin image and upload it via the firmwary upgrade
function of the stock firmware WebUI.
Flash instruction (TFTP):
1. Set PC to fixed ip address 192.168.0.66
2. Download *-factory.bin image and rename it to
wdr3500v1_tp_recovery.bin
3. Start a tftp server with the image file in its root directory
4. Turn off the router
5. Press and hold Reset button
6. Turn on router with the reset button pressed and wait ~15 seconds
7. Release the reset button and after a short time
the firmware should be transferred from the tftp server
8. Wait ~30 second to complete recovery.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
[removed stray newline]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This has two improvements over the current version. An autotools fix and
application of the wrt350v2 patch.
Cleaned up Makefile as a result of makefiles being fixed.
Note that this package is not really used as it depends on orion, which is
classified as broken.
This is the last package that uses svn in the tree.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Ensure that the kernel objtool utilities are processed by the library
bundler in order to ensure that they're usable on foreign systems with
different libc versions.
Fixes: a9f6fceb42 ("sdk: fix building external modules when CONFIG_STACK_VALIDATION=y")
Acked-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Pass suitable pkg-config overrides to the kernel build process in
order to let our pkg-config wrapper discover libraries provided
by tools/.
This mainly affects the use of libelf which is required for the
CONFIG_STACK_VALIDATION features. So far, the build system either
silently used host system libraries or kbuild simply disabled the
feature due to the lack of a suitable libelf.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
When libelf from tools/ is used for building the kernel, compilation
aborts due to access to undefined defines since Kbuild adds -Wundef
to the compiler flags.
Patch the header files to use `#if defined(...)` instead of `#if ...`
to prevent such issues.
Ref: https://github.com/NixOS/nixpkgs/issues/59929
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Install the pkg-config definition for libelf in order to allow the
kernel build process discover it later on.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Commit 775b70f8d5 renamed parse_file() parameters without
updating the recursive call. This broke parsing of any feeds.conf
using 'src-include'.
$ scripts/feeds update -a
Can't use string ("defaults") as a HASH ref while "strict refs" in use at scripts/feeds line 63, <$fh> line 1.
Fixes: 775b70f8d5 ("scripts/feeds: allow adding parameters to feeds")
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
When CONFIG_BUILD_SUFFIX is enabled, the target-* folders in build_dir
and staging_dir have this suffix in the name, but not the
toolchain directories. When detecting the names for "arch" and "libc",
also accept the suffix and do not use it for the toolchain path.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Langer <thomas.langer@intel.com>
Update CMake to 3.15.1
Refresh patches
Remove inofficial fossies.org and replace with GitHub (link on official site)
Remove 150-C-feature-checks-Match-warnings-more-strictly.patch as it's
a no longer needed backport from upstream.
Disable ccache if GCC is 4.8, 4.9 or 5.X to avoid build failures.
Reference: https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/1929
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
ABI version is same.
The ipkg size increase by about 2.2%:
old:
47.909 libnftnl11_1.1.3-1_arm_cortex-a7_neon-vfpv4.ipk
new:
48.985 libnftnl11_1.1.4-1_arm_cortex-a7_neon-vfpv4.ipk
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Demin <rockdrilla@gmail.com>
According to 02_network, eth0.1 is LAN and eth1.2 is WAN,
but $mac_wan was assigned incorrectly to eth0 in preinit.
Swap eth0 and eth1 to fix this.
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
The net pointer in struct xt_tgdtor_param is not explicitly
initialized therefore is still NULL when dereferencing it.
So we have to find a way to pass the correct net pointer to
ipt_destroy_target().
The best way I find is just saving the net pointer inside the per
netns struct tcf_idrinfo, which could make this patch smaller.
Fixes: 0c66dc1ea3f0 ("netfilter: conntrack: register hooks in netns when needed by ruleset")
Reported-and-tested-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@xxxxxxxxx>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@xxxxxxxxxxxx>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@xxxxxxxxxxx>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
[Backport for kernel v4.19 and v4.14]
[Bug Link: https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=204681]
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
This adds the key_type and ec_curve options to enable the generation of
EC keys during initialization, using openssl or the new options added to
px5g.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
This adds an 'eckey' command to generate an EC key, with an optional
curve name argument, with P-256 as default.
For the 'selfsigned' command, it adds an 'ec' algorithm argument to the
'-newkey' option, and a '-pkeyopt ec_paramgen_curve:<curvename>' option,
mirroring the way openssl specifies the curve name.
Notice that curve names are not necessarily the same in mbedtls and
openssl. In particular, secp256r1 works for mbedtls, but openssl uses
prime256v1 instead. px5g uses mbedtls, but short NIST curve names P-256
and P-384 are specifically supported.
Package size increased by about 900 bytes (arm).
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
Because a bug in handling partial erase blocks in 4.19 kernel, using
sysupgrade images will hard brick devices that use RedBoot bootloader
and have "FIS directory" with "RedBoot config" on the same erase block.
Since flashing the devices from bootloader is safe, and to not cause a
situation where external chip programmer or JTAG is needed, disable
sysupgrade images for affected boards while creating kernel.bin and
rootfs.bin for jjPlus JA76PF2 board, which doesn't have factory image.
To set up the JA76PF2 board follow "Installation" instructions in b3a0c97
("ath79: add support for jjPlus JA76PF2") except the part of loading
initramfs image and using sysupgrade image for flashing (point 6 and 7).
Enter following commands to flash the board from bootloader:
fis init
load -r -b 0x80060000 <openwrt_kernel_image_name>
fis create linux
load -r -b %{FREEMEMLO} <openwrt_rootfs_image_name>
fis create rootfs
fis load -l linux
exec -c ""
For RouterStations use TFTP recovery procedure.
Ref: FS#2428
Cc: Matt Merhar <mattmerhar@protonmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
When bumping to 4.19 the patch responsible for scaning flash for FIS
partition got left out. Without it devices with RedBoot bootloader using
automatic partitions detection in dts won't boot with the new kernel.
Fixes: 3771176 ("ath79: add support for linux 4.19")
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Now that the md5 check is fixed and metadata present, sysupgrade on
ar71xx will complain about device not being supported by the image.
Since the cause is not matching strings for supported devices add them
accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
This target enforces metadata check so add the necessary information. It
was previously removed because md5 sum check. When using these sysupgrade
images on ar71xx target the check would complain about them not matching.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
There is md5 sum of whole image embedded in combined-image header which
is checked on sysupgrade. The check will fail for ath79 images which
may have embedded metadata. This is because metadata are appended after
the combined image is created. To allow smooth transition from ar71xx to
ath79, strip metadata before calculating md5 sum for whole image.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
During review it slipped by that these devices use combined-image which
should never be used for newly added ones. Therefore switch to
sysupgrade-tar generated images introduced in 8f6f260 ("ath79:
routerstation: prepare to use sysupgrade-tar format image"). The
sysupgrade accepts both images for now so no reression should occur.
Cc: Brian Gonyer <bgonyer@gmail.com>
Cc: Daniel Gimpelevich <daniel@gimpelevich.san-francisco.ca.us>
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
The frequency was filled acording the information from datasheet for
particular chip (Winbond 25Q128BVFG). Unfortunately this led to
coruption and introduced bad blocks on the chip. Reducing the frequency
to commonly used in ath79, made the board more stable and no new bad
blocks were spoted.
Fixes: b3a0c97 ("ath79: add support for jjPlus JA76PF2")
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
This fixes the previously incorrect phy-mode for the OCEDO Ursus GMAC0.
See 62abbd587d ("ath79: correct various phy-mode properties")
for more details.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Without this patch, an extra entry appears for AR9287 GPIO
that duplicates WLAN LED but in fact drives nothing:
gpiochip1: GPIOs 502-511, ath9k-phy0:
gpio-502 ( |netgear:blue:wlan ) out hi
gpio-503 ( |netgear:amber:test ) out hi
gpio-504 ( |netgear:green:power ) out lo
gpio-505 ( |rfkill ) in hi
gpio-507 ( |wps ) in hi
gpio-508 ( |reset ) in hi
gpio-510 ( |ath9k-phy0 ) out hi <===!
The pin pointed above is default LED GPIO (8) for AR9287.
For WNR2200 it is not connected anywhere - pin 0 drives blue WLAN
LED instead - but initialization code is missing that information.
This fix calls ap9x_pci_setup_wmac_led_pin() function at device
setup, forcing WLAN LED pin to be 0 and removing redundant entry.
Signed-off-by: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
Instead, instruct the configure script to use $(FPIC) only.
Mixing -fPIC and -fpic can cause issues on some platforms like PPC.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
The configure scripts matches Linux with -fPIC, which is not exactly what
is desired. Since we are already passing $(FPIC), added a CONFIGURE_VAR to
avoid passing -fPIC.
Removed PKG_BUILD_DIR as it is already the default value.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
The button is labelled reboot/restore in documentation, and has always
been used for that. Naming it WPS has always been wrong.
Signed-off-by: Karl Pálsson <karlp@etactica.com>
[matched author to SoB]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
As Netgear uses the same image for R6260, R6350 & R6850
we can merge device tree files and generate separate
images for each device.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Krapp <achterin@googlemail.com>
[add missing WiFi compatible string, fix network
configuration]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This adds factory image generation for all three
devices. These images can be flashed via WebUI
for easy installation.
Thanks to David Bauer for the inspiration.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Krapp <achterin@googlemail.com>
[altered commit to only include the R6350]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
There are currently the following issues present for the Netgear R6220,
R6350 and WNDR3700 v5:
- LAN and WAN MAC-addresses are inverted
- WAN MAC-address is off. It are +2 compared to the LAN MAC-address
(R6350 only)
- Switchport order is inverted in LuCi
This commit fixes both these issues by assigning correct MAC-addresses
to LAN and WAN interfaces and defining the switchports with the correct
labels.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This commit switches the default trigger for the WiFi LED from a netdev
trigger on "wlan0" to a wireless-phy based trigger. THis allows the LED
to work, even when the wireless interface is not named "wlan0" without
modifiying the LED settings.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This adds an easy-installation factory image for the NETGEAR R6220
router. The factory image can either be flashed via the vendor Web-UI or
the bootloader using nmrpflash.
Tested with NETGEAR V1.1.0.86 firmware.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The MediaTek MT7621 NAND driver currently intransparently shifts NAND
pages when a block is marked as bad. Because of this, offsets for e.g.
caldata and MAC-addresses seem to be off.
This is, howeer, not a task for the mtd NAND driver, as the flash
translation layer is tasked with this.
This patch disables this badblock shifting. This fix was originally
proposed by Jo-Philipp Wich at
https://bugs.openwrt.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=1926
Fixes FS#1926 ("MTD partition offset not correctly mapped when bad
eraseblocks present")
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Since the binaries for both lua as well as lua5.3 contain the version
number, invocations of the "lua" binary are failing, as it's not created
anymore for the host package.
Fixes: fe59b46 ("lua: include version number in installed files")
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
While the -nopad option prevents mksquashfs from padding the
image to an arbitrary 4k. It does not take into consideration
that squashfs is programmed to have this 4k padding when it's
being used on on a block device... which is its main "use-case".
Now, after a week long discussion on the ML that included a
back-and-forth between some of the possible options.
But this is likely the best KISS patch to deal with the issue
right away given the limited resources.
From squashfs code point of view, be warned. The 4k padding is
not enough when dealing with devices that have a PAGE_SIZE
bigger than 4k.
if it turns out to be affecting you, then please look-up either:
"FS#2460 - kernel panic reading squashfs from ubi volume" bug
Or the discussion on the OpenWrt-Devel ML in
"amp821xx: use newly added pad-squashfs for Meraki MR24" and
"Squashfs breakage lottery with UBI..."
before making an educated guess.
Note: This will not affect the "tiny"/small flash devices as
much as it seems at first. This is because the the rootfs_data
partition that follows uses jffs2. And it requires to be aligned
to the flash block-size in order to work at all.
So either the involved FSes will meet in the middle as before,
or not at all. But in that latter case the image was already
hoping for the "undefined behaviour" gamble to turn out in its
favour and this is probably why this was unnoticed for so long.
Fixes: FS#2460
Reported-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
So far firmware validation result was binary limited: it was either
successful or not. That meant various limitations, e.g.:
1) Lack of proper feedback on validation problems
2) No way of marking firmware as totally broken (impossible to install)
This change introduces JSON for storing detailed validation info. It
provides a list of performed validation tests and their results. It
allows marking firmware as non-forceable (broken image that can't be
even forced to install).
Example:
{
"tests": {
"fwtool_signature": true,
"fwtool_device_match": true
},
"valid": true,
"forceable": true
}
Implementation is based on *internal* check_image bash script that:
1) Uses existing validation functions
2) Provides helpers for setting extra validation info
This allows e.g. platform_check_image() to call notify_check_broken()
when needed & prevent user from bricking a device.
Right now the new JSON info is used by /sbin/sysupgrade only. It still
doesn't make use of "forceable" as that is planned for later
development.
Further plans for this feature are:
1) Expose firmware validation using some new ubus method
2) Move validation step from /sbin/sysupgrade into "sysupgrade" ubus
method so:
a) It's possible to safely sysupgrade using ubus only
b) /sbin/sysupgrade can be more like just a CLI
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
From: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
This reverts commit 9ad3b55654455258a9463384edb40077439d879f.
As reported by Sergey:
"I got some problem after upgrade kernel to 5.2 version (debian testing
linux-image-5.2.0-2-amd64). 5Ghz client stopped to see AP.
Some tests with 1metre distance between client-AP: 2.4Ghz -22dBm, for
5Ghz - 53dBm !, for longer distance (8m + walls) 2.4 - 61dBm, 5Ghz not
visible."
It was identified that rx signal level degradation was caused by
9ad3b5565445 ("rt2800: enable TX_PIN_CFG_LNA_PE_ bits per band").
So revert this commit.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
We are not sure if 640-bridge-only-accept-EAP-locally.patch is still needed
as a first step, add disable_eap_hack sysfs config to allow to disable it
Signed-off-by: Etienne Champetier <champetier.etienne@gmail.com>
this allows adding "--" prefixed parameters inside feeds.conf between the
target and name. The first parameter is --force which has the same effect
as using -f when installing any of the packages. This allows creating
feeds that will override base packages by default.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Close cooperation with Lorenzo Bianconi resulted
in these patches which fix all remaining seen issues
when using dynack.
Fix link losses when:
- Late Ack's are not seen or not present
- switching from too low static coverage class to dynack on a live link
These are fixed by setting the Ack Timeout/Slottime to
the max possible value for the currently used channel width when
a new station has been discovered.
When traffic flows, dynack is able to adjust to optimal values
within a few packets received (typically < 1 second)
These changes have been thoroughly tested on ~60 offshore devices
all interconnected using mesh over IBSS and dynack enabled on all.
Distances between devices varied from <100m up to ~35km
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
6a61b9a probe: fallback to libblkid.so.1 when libblkid.so does not exist
Also remove deprecation notices from init script while we're at it.
Fixes: FS#2274
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
a9f9557 nl80211: support reading hardware id from phy directly
c586cd3 iwinfo: add device id for MediaTek MT7612E
d4382dd iwinfo: add device id for Atheros AR9390
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
tx_size was just declared above and set to BIT(tx->order)
Use the declaration instead, which could avoid a pointer deref
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Backport of a4eef43a12 ("ath79: ag71xx: replace alloc_etherdev with devm_alloc_etherdev")
combined with the initial changes from John Crispin.
Simplifies the code a lot by using the Managed dev API.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Backport of 4eaa3626a8 ("ath79: ag71xx: pass correct device pointer to dma functions")
While 4.14 does not contain the warnings,
it still makes sense to use the proper pointers here.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
All other instances of this identical declaration fetch the
value directly from the ring_order.
Also do it here.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Refreshed all patches.
Also add a missing symbol for x86 which got used now in this bump.
- ISCSI_IBFT
Compile-tested on: cns3xxx
Runtime-tested on: cns3xxx
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Refreshed all patches.
Also add a missing symbol for x86 which got used now in this bump.
- ISCSI_IBFT
Compile-tested on: cns3xxx
Runtime-tested on: cns3xxx
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
This should fix a problem with 1560 MTU, 160Mhz on DFS channels,
some other small issues on < 5.2 kernels, and for 5.2 driver,
it pulls in some upstream stable fixes.
wave-1 firmware changes since last update:
* June 24, 2019: Try allocating low-priority WMI msgs if high-prio are not available.
* June 24, 2019: Init rate-ctrl to start at lowest rate instead of in the middle. Hoping
this helps DHCP when station connects from a long distance.
wave-2:
* June 24, 2019 Start rate-ctrl at minimal values to help DHCP work better for far-away peers.
* July 24, 2019 Fix old regression that made /a (and probably /b/g) perform poorly, at least on
diet-compiled images.
* Aug 8, 2019 Improve a/b/g rate-ctrl by damping the PER swings caused by the all-or-nothing logic
of transmitting non-block-ack frames one at a time.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Harri Hursti reported that ALFA Network AP120C-AC does not
work anymore due to: "Unknown package 'ipq-wifi-alfa-network_ap120c-ac'."
This patch fixes the issue by removing the stale package from
the device's dependencies as the calibration data is now
provided by the upstream board-2.bin.
Reported-by: Harri Hursti <harri@nordicinnovationlabs.com>
Fixes: 8f757d427c ("ipq-wifi: drop upstreamed custom board-2.bin")
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
These devices are sold as a "NAS HDD Enclousure"
and have a "NAS Media Streaming & File Server & AP" on
the box. That's why I think they should have some support
for the HDD right out-of-the-box.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Update fstools to commit 1539b535ac327a3bc599d1ca871e14fd0dc3bba1
git log --pretty=oneline --abbrev-commit ff1ded63..1539b535
1539b53 libblkid-tiny: increment label size to 256
d563f3c libblkid-tiny: fix wrong btrfs label length
3957dd3 block: prevent mount point confusion
9b36dc2 libfstools: avoid false positives when matching devices and volumes
Created with the help of the make-package-update-commit.sh script.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Update ath10k-ct to commit 9e5ab25027e0971fa24ccf93373324c08c4e992d
git log --pretty=oneline --abbrev-commit f0aa8130..9e5ab250
9e5ab25 ath10k-ct: Update to latest 5.2 upstream, support bigger mtu, 160Mhz
Created with the help of the make-package-update-commit.sh script
and refresh patches.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Update make-ext4fs to commit eebda1d55d9701ace2700d7ae461697fadf52d1f
git log --pretty=oneline --abbrev-commit 484903e4..eebda1d5
eebda1d make_ext4: Add strict prototypes.
bb9cf91 make_ext4fs: Remove off64_t in favor of standard off_t
Created with the help of the make-package-update-commit.sh script.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch adds sysupgrade, uboot-env and networking support
for Methode uDPU device.
Device features 4 partitions:
-----------------------------------------
| boot | recovery | rootfs | misc |
| (ext4) | (ext4) | (fsf2) | (f2fs) |
_________________________________________
Idea was to use f2fs only but the u-boot currently lacks support
so first 2 partition are ext4 to be u-boot readable, and this was
a reason why custom build and sysupgrade sections were required.
On the sysupgrade, boot and rootfs partitions are updated, firmare
image and user configuration is saved on the misc partition and if
the upgrade was successfull, recovery partition will be updated on
after the reboot from preinit script. If the sysupgrade fails for any
reason, device will fallback to recovery initramfs image.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Vid <vladimir.vid@sartura.hr>
SoC: MT7621AT
RAM: 256MB
Flash: 16M SPI
Ethernet: 5x GE ports
WiFi: 2.4G: MT7615N
5G: MT7615N
Flash instruction:
1.Modify the file to linux.bin
2.Set up FTP service
3.Computer settings fixed IP: 192.168.179.50 255.255.255.0
4.Turn on the power and press and hold the reset button until the indicator light is on for about 5 seconds.
Signed-off-by: Zhenjian Zhang <itdesk.zhang@gmail.com>
[fix mac location]
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Both targets miss a subtarget causing an image naming style which is
different from other all othe targets, even tho it already uses
`x/generic/` as subfolder as if the subtarget would exist.
This commit adds the Generic subtarget resulting in consistent naming.
~/src/openwrt/openwrt/bin/targets/ipq806x/generic$ ls
openwrt-ipq806x-generic-netgear_d7800-initramfs-uImage
openwrt-ipq806x-generic-netgear-d7800.manifest
openwrt-ipq806x-generic-netgear_d7800-squashfs-factory.img
openwrt-ipq806x-generic-netgear_d7800-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
CC: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
BT Openreach ECI VDSL Modem V-2FUb/I is an alias of Alpha ASL56026 as
also stated in the original commit message adding the device
(commit 6254a2028c "lantiq: add support for the Alpha ASL56026").
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This sorts the device definitions in image/Makefile alphabetically
for each subtarget/block.
The order of blocks has not been touched.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This explicitly lets stage2 know if partitions should be preserved. No
more "touch /tmp/sysupgrade.always.overwrite.bootdisk.partmap" hack.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Underscores don't harm in filenames, however the sanitize function from
version.mk replaces them, causing inconsistent filenames.
A fix tried to solve this previously via
dfe99645db however I did not look close
enough:
openwrt-ath79-generic-8dev-carambola2.manifest # current
openwrt-ath79-generic_8dev-carambola2.manifest # patched
---------------------^
Eventually the sanitization of PROFILES *could* be removed as more and
more profiles follow the device tree approach of vendor_model, neither
containing upper case letters nor spaces.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
DEVICE_TITLE is split up into DEVICE_VENDOR, DEVICE_MODEL and DEVICE_VARIANT
Uses DEVICE_ALT* variables for alternative vendor/retailer names.
Signed-off-by: Moritz Warning <moritzwarning@web.de>
Some devices are produced and sold under different names. To debloat
the buildroot but keeping it complete, new variables are introduced to
handle different namings. Below an example taken from a recent PR[0]
DEVICE_VENDOR := Arcadyan
DEVICE_MODEL := ARV4520PW
DEVICE_ALT0_VENDOR := Vodafone
DEVICE_ALT0_MODEL := Easybox 800
DEVICE_ALT1_VENDOR := Airties
DEVICE_ALT1_MODEL := WAV-281
With this commit the buildroot is extended to take care of up to three
alternative namings. The primary title plus alternatives names (if
defined) are shown in the `make menuconfig` dialog. Selecting on of
devices automatically selects all alternative names as they share the
same profile.
A list of the newly introduced variables:
DEVICE_ALT0_VENDOR :=
DEVICE_ALT0_MODEL :=
DEVICE_ALT0_VARIANT :=
DEVICE_ALT1_VENDOR :=
DEVICE_ALT1_MODEL :=
DEVICE_ALT1_VARIANT :=
DEVICE_ALT2_VENDOR :=
DEVICE_ALT2_MODEL :=
DEVICE_ALT2_VARIANT :=
[0]: https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/2229/files#diff-b436f01932a18876c27800ba183d95f6R140
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
To do not brake HW restart we should keep initialization vectors data.
I assumed that on start the data is already initialized to zeros, but
that not true on some scenarios and we should clear it. So add
additional flag to check if we are under HW restart and clear IV's
data if we are not.
Patch fixes AP mode regression.
Patch pending on linux-wireless and imported from patchwork.
Fixes: 0b2c42ced2 ("mac80211: Update to version 5.2-rc7")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
musl libc through 1.1.23 has an x87 floating-point stack adjustment
imbalance, related to the math/i386/ directory. In some cases, use of
this library could introduce out-of-bounds writes that are not present
in an application's source code.
This problem only affects x86 and no other architectures.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
iwlwifi from the new backports also supports more recent FW versions,
update to the most recent versions for already supported devices.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This fixes a bug introduced in backports from kernel 5.1 which makes
ath10k crash on QCA9984 when a station connects. The FW sends a airtime
report, but this station is not yet fully registered and a NULL pointer
is used.
Fixes: 0b2c42ced2 ("mac80211: Update to version 5.2-rc7")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The BDFs for the:
ALFA Network AP120C-AC
ASUS Lyra
AVM FRITZ!Box 7530
AVM FRITZ!Repeater 3000
EnGenius EAP1300
EnGenius ENS620EXT
Netgear Orbi Pro SRK60
boards were upstreamed to the ath10k-firmware repository
and linux-firmware.git.
Furthermore the BDFs for the:
OpenMesh A42 specific BDFs
OpenMesh A62 specific BDFs
Linksys EA6350v3
have been updated.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Update iftop to commit 77901c8c53e01359d83b8090aacfe62214658183
git log --pretty=oneline --abbrev-commit 949ed0f7..77901c8c
77901c8 Support scales beyond 1Gbps
Created with the help of the make-package-update-commit.sh script.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
957abacf Bump up version number to 1.39.2, LT revision to 32:0:18
83d362c6 Don't read too greedily
a76d0723 Add nghttp2_option_set_max_outbound_ack
db2f612a nghttpx: Fix request stall
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
The LEDE URL is automatically redirected to the OpenWRT one,
returning an HTTP 301 code (Moved Permanently).
Also, use https, as indicated by the redirect.
Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
Preserve optionality of libcap by having configuration script follow the
HAVE_CAP environment variable, used similarly to the HAVE_ELF variable.
Signed-off-by: Alin Nastac <alin.nastac@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> [PKG_RELEASE increase/refresh patches]
This is necessary to build PowerDNS authoritative and recursor against
OpenWRT, and may avoid packages depending on lua/host unnecessarily.
Signed-off-by: James Taylor <james@jtaylor.id.au>
This adds a vendor command policy which is enforced since mac80211 from
kernel 5.3
Fixes: 928e893a11 ("mac80211: Update to version 5.3-rc4-1")
Signed-off-by: Boris Krasnovskiy <boris.krasnovskiy@lairdtech.com>
check for sama5d4_xplained device while copying at91bootstrap binary
to sdcard image.
Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker M <sandeep.sheriker@microchip.com>
remove at91-sdcard build command from Makefile as this is moved to
respective subtarget Makefile.
Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker M <sandeep.sheriker@microchip.com>
This change the switch settings for:
HC5661: 4 lan ports + 1 wan port
Y1S: 2 lan ports(G port) + 2 lan ports(E port) + 1 wan port
Signed-off-by: Chen Minqiang <ptpt52@gmail.com>
netdev on eth0.2 can't show link status of wan port because eth0 is
connected to builtin switch and is always link up. Use swconfig
trigger instead.
Signed-off-by: Chen Minqiang <ptpt52@gmail.com>
[redo commit message]
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
This patch creates a shared DTSI for the TP-Link devices based
on ar9341 as those share a lot of definitions.
While at it, change from gpio-keys-polled to gpio-keys, remove
unused pll-data and remove some inherited stuff, too.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Specifications:
- SoC: ar9341
- RAM: 32M
- Flash: 4M
- Ethernet: 5x FE ports
- WiFi: ar9341-wmac
Flash instruction:
Upload generated factory firmware on vendor's web interface.
This changes the key assignment compared to ar71xx support of this
device, since of the two keys on the device one is used as combined
Reset/WPS and the second one as WiFi on/off button.
Despite, the reset button required GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH to work correctly.
Signed-off-by: Lim Guo Wei <limguowei@gmail.com>
[redo commit message]
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
ipTIME A604M is a 2.4/5GHz band AC1200 router, based on MediaTek
MT7628AN.
Specifications:
- SoC: MT7628AN
- RAM: DDR2 64MB
- Flash: SPI NOR 8MB
- WiFi:
- 2.4GHz: SoC internal
- 5GHz: MT7612EN
- Ethernet: 5x 10/100Mbps
- Switch: SoC internal
- UART:
- J1: 3.3V, TX, RX, GND (3.3V is the square pad) / 57600 8N1
Installation via web interface:
1. Flash **initramfs** image through the stock web interface.
2. Boot into OpenWrt and perform sysupgrade with sysupgrade image.
Revert to stock firmware:
1. Perform sysupgrade with stock image.
Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
These device supports were introduced before /etc/init.d/bootcount and they
had a bootcount reset done in /etc/board.d/02_network.
Move it into /etc/init.d/bootcount instead.
Suggested-by: Daniel Gimpelevich <daniel@gimpelevich.san-francisco.ca.us>
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
This commit made the following changes to sync all bootcount scripts:
1. use boot() instead of start()
This script only needs to be executed once when boot is complete.
use boot() to make this explicit.
2. drop sourcing of /lib/functions.sh
This is aready done in /etc/rc.common.
3. ramips: replace board name checking with a case
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Update e2fsprogs to 1.45.3
Remove OpenBSD patch
Remove Darwin patch, neither macports or brew patches these files
Add patch to avoid crond detection on host OS
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
The host tool package qemu is build for the target x86. The installed tool
qemu-img is needed to build vdi or vmdk images. In the image Makefile we
use however the host installed qemu-img command and not the tool from the
buildsystem. This commit force to use the already build qemu-img command
from the openwrt toolchain.
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <fe@dev.tdt.de>
This happens only the second time a library is loaded by dlopen().
After lib1 is loaded, dlsym(lib1,"undef1") correctly resolves the undef
symbol from lib1 dependencies. After the second library is loaded,
dlsym(lib2,"undef1") was returning the address of "undef1" in lib2
instead of searching lib2 dependencies.
Using upstream fix which now uses the same logic for relocation time
and dlsym.
Fixesopenwrt/packages#9297
Signed-off-by: Luiz Angelo Daros de Luca <luizluca@gmail.com>
The flash layout on the Storlink reference design for Gemini
is using 2 MB flash for the kernel, and it also insists on
overwriting the partition table with default values on every
boot. The same is true for the SQ201. This poses a problem
on recent OpenWrt firmware as the base zImage is bigger
than 2 MB.
At the same time there is a ramdisk partition of 6 MB that we
don't really need. The partition table looks like this:
Creating 7 MTD partitions on "30000000.flash":
0x000000000000-0x000000016000 : "BOOT"
0x000000120000-0x000000320000 : "Kern"
0x000000320000-0x000000920000 : "Ramdisk"
0x000000920000-0x000000f20000 : "Application"
0x000000f20000-0x000000f40000 : "VCTL"
0x000000f40000-0x000000fe0000 : "CurConf"
0x000000fe0000-0x000001000000 : "FIS directory"
On boot the "Kern" partition is copied to RAM @0x01600000
and the "Ramdisk" partition is copied to RAM @0x00800000.
Then the kernel is executed.
The idea with this patch is to extend the "Kern" partition
with the "Ramdisk" partition to get a full 8 MB to use
for the kernel. Then we put the OpenWrt JFFS2 rootfs
inside the "Application" partition.
We create a small assembly loop that we prepend to the
"Kern" image that will copy the "Kern" from 0x0160000
and the "Ramdisk" from 0x00800000 and put them in
consecutive space at 0x00400000 and execute it from
there, using "Application" as rootfs.
We generate 3 main files:
- zImage - contains the assembly bootstrap loop and
the first part of the generated kernel image
- rd.gz - contains the second part of the generated
kernel image
- hddapp.tgz - contains the root filesystem
On the SQ201 I flash these manually using the native boot
loader PLATO, "Y" alternative for the zImage, "R" for
the rd.gz image and "A" for hddapp.tgz.
This works fine and I can now boot to prompt on the SQ201
with nothing but flash.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
This package just contains a small Gemini-only assembler
bootstrap loop to copy the kernel from the two fragments
(previously zImage at 0x01600000 and initramdisk at 0x00800000)
into one big zImage of up to 8 MB at 0x00400000.
It will be built on demand from the Gemini image Makefile.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
The SL93512r and the NAS4220B have Redboot partition
tables (rely on these) and need to boot from mtdblock3.
Add two patches from upstream to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
This fixes a kernel panic when validating the
arguments of memcpy at runtime, which is enabled
by generic's CONFIG_FORTIFY_SOURCE for k4.19
This wasn't triggered on 4.14, as ARCH_HAS_FORTIFY_SOURCE
was added on k4.17 for the ARM architecture
Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
Always build AES-GCM support.
Unnecessary patches were removed.
This includes two vulnerability fixes:
CVE-2019-11873: a potential buffer overflow case with the TLSv1.3 PSK
extension parsing.
CVE-2019-13628 (currently assigned-only): potential leak of nonce sizes
when performing ECDSA signing operations. The leak is considered to be
difficult to exploit but it could potentially be used maliciously to
perform a lattice based timing attack.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
It seems bzip2 was abandoned by the author and adopted by the sourceware
people. The last release of bzip2 was from 2010.
Several security bugs were fixed as well as others.
Fixed up PKG_LICENSE to be compatible with SPDX.
Changed URLs to point to the new home.
Added patch that gets rid of deprecated utime function and switches it to
utimensat.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
The removed patches were applied upstream.
The type of the RT2X00_LIB_EEPROM config option was changed to bool,
because boolean is an invalid value and the new kconfig system
complained about this.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This commit will activate CONFIG_IEEE80211W for all, but the mini
variant when at least one driver supports it. This will add ieee80211w
support for the mesh variant for example.
Fixes: FS#2397
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Unconditionally execute the final case statement, even if the disk layout
changed. This is necessary, to keep the original Turris Omnia flash
instructions working: The disk layout WILL change, when switching from
TurrisOS to OpenWRT. Without updating the uboot environment at the same
time, the user would end up with an unbootable system.
Fixes commit 2e5a0b81ec ("mvebu: sysupgrade: sdcard: keep user added ...")
Signed-off-by: Klaus Kudielka <klaus.kudielka@gmail.com>
OpenWrt will run out of RAM while booting with the default package set,
so let's not provide images that will likely fail. They can still be
built manually through source or IB if needed.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Bump to latest git HEAD
509e673 firewall3: Improve ipset support
The enabled option did not work properly for ipsets, as it was not
checked on create/destroy of a set. After this commit, sets are only
created/destroyed if enabled is set to true.
Add support for reloading, or recreating, ipsets on firewall reload. By
setting "reload_set" to true, the set will be destroyed and then
re-created when the firewall is reloaded.
Add support for the counters and comment extensions. By setting
"counters" or "comment" to true, then counters or comments are added to
the set.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
This commit unifies the LED mapping of the AVM Fritz!Box routers, which
have a combined Power/DSL LED.
With the stock firmware, the Power LED has the following
characteristics:
- Blink when DSL sync is being established
- Solid when DSL sync is present
We can't completely resemble this behavior in OpenWrt. Currently, the
Power LED is completely off, when DSL sync is missing. This is not
really helpful, as a user might have the impression, that he bricked his
device.
Instead, map the Info-LED to the state of the DSL connection.
There is no consistent behavior for the Info-LED in the stock
firmware, as the user can set it's function by himself. The DSL
connection state is one possible option for the Info LED there.
Also use the red Power LED to indicate a running upgrade, in case the
board has a two-color Power LED.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This device has not been supported in ar71xx, so there is no need
for an explicit SUPPORTED_DEVICES entry.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The TP-Link TL-WR842N v3 has a software-controllable Power LED. The WPS
LED is normally only used as a System LED, when the Power LED can't be
controlled by software.
Additionally, the Power LED is also the System LED for this board in
ar71xx.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The AVM Fritz!Box 7530 (and probably other AVM IPQ4019 NAND devices)
has it's caldata not stored consistently, but instead at currently
3 known possible offsets.
As we get a non-zero exit code from fritz_cal_extract, simply try all
three possible offsets on both bootloader partitions, until a matching
caldata for each radio is found.
Reported-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This changes size and offset set for WiFi caldata extraction and
MAC address adjustment to hexadecimal notation.
This will be much clearer for the reader when numbers are big, and
will also match the style used for mtd-cal-data in DTS files.
Since dd cannot deal with hexadecimal notation, one has to convert
back to decimal by simple $(($hexnum)).
Acked-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This changes the offsets for the MAC address location in
mtd_get_mac_binary* and mtd_get_mac_text to hexadecimal notation.
This will be much clearer for the reader when numbers are big, and
will also match the style used for mtd-mac-address in DTS files.
(e.g. 0x1006 and 0x5006 are much more useful than 4102 and 20486)
Acked-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
For x86/64 (maybe more) target the SUPPORTED_DEVICES variable is empty
which causes the `&&` junction to fail, producing a non zero exit code.
Tested-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Fixed-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Allow overriding the default selection state for Devices, similar to
setting a default for packages.
E.g. by setting DEFAULT to n, they won't be selected by default anymore
when enabling all device in the multi device profile.
This allows preventing images being built by the default config for
known broken devices, devices without enough RAM/flash, or devices not
working with a certain kernel versions.
This does not prevent the devices from being manually selected or images
being built by the ImageBuilder. These devices often still have worth
with a reduced package-set, or as a device for regression testing, when
no better device is available.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
The manifest file is based on IMG_PREFIX and PROFILE_SANITIZED, whereas
the latter takes a string like DEVICE_8dev_carambola2 and sanitizes it.
This behaviour results in a useless "device_" profile-prefix in the
device manifest filename. Now uses *subst* to remove that.
Therefore this patch results more consistent device file names:
openwrt-ath79-generic-8dev_carambola2-initramfs-kernel.bin
openwrt-ath79-generic-8dev-carambola2.manifest
openwrt-ath79-generic-8dev_carambola2-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
instead of a single file being called
openwrt-ath79-generic-device_8dev-carambola2.manifest
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
generate feeds.buildinfo and version.buildinfo in build dir after
containing the feed revisions (via ./scripts/feeds list -sf) as well as
the current revision of buildroot (via ./scripts/getver.sh).
With this information it should be possible to reproduce any build,
especially the release builds.
Usage would be to move feeds.buildinfo to feeds.conf and git checkout the
revision hash of version.buildinfo.
Content of feeds.buildinfo would look similar to this:
src-git routing https://git.openwrt.org/feed/routing.git^bf475d6
src-git telephony https://git.openwrt.org/feed/telephony.git^470eb8e
...
Content of version.buildinfo would look similar to this:
r10203+1-c12bd3a21b
Without the exact feed revision it is not possible to determine
installed package versions.
Also rename config.seed to config.buildinfo to follow the recommended
style of https://reproducible-builds.org/docs/recording/
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
GNU patch through 2.7.6 is vulnerable to OS shell command injection that
can be exploited by opening a crafted patch file that contains an ed style
diff payload with shell metacharacters. The ed editor does not need to be
present on the vulnerable system. This is different from CVE-2018-1000156.
https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln/detail/CVE-2019-13638
Signed-off-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
This replaces gpio-export by gpio-hogs and switches buttons
to interrupt-driven gpio-keys.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Revert "mac80211: add new minstrel_ht patches to improve probing on mt76x2" (9861050b85)
Revert "kernel: use bulk free in kfree_skb_list to improve performance" (98b654de2e)
Revert "ramips: add preliminary support for WIO ONE" (085141dc5b)
Revert "ramips: add preliminary support for SGE AP-MTKH7-0006 developer board" (b1db6d0539)
Revert "build: use config.site generated by autoconf-lean, drop hardcoded sitefiles" (363ce4329d)
Revert "toolchain: add autoconf-lean" (fdb30eed03)
Revert "build: allow overriding the filename on the remote server when downloading" (6fa0e07758)
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Github releases usually don't contain the project name in the release
filename, which makes them very inconvenient to use from the build
system. Add support for naming the local file differently.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Force prereq again in SDK in order to fix GCC and Python dangling
symlinks:
staging_dir/host/bin/g++ -> /builder/ath79_generic/ccache_cxx.sh
staging_dir/host/bin/gcc -> /builder/ath79_generic/ccache_cc.sh
staging_dir/host/bin/python -> /usr/bin/python3.5
staging_dir/host/bin/python3 -> /usr/bin/python3.5
Ref: FS#2424
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Lan and Wan addresses are swapped compared to the original firmware.
This patch fixes this problem
Signed-off-by: Davide Fioravanti <pantanastyle@gmail.com>
The AVM Fritz!Box 7412 does not use the VMMC part of the Lantiq chip but
rather a proprietary solution based on the DECT chip for the FXS ports.
Therefore, the second VPE can be enabled for use with OpenWrt.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The AVM FRITZ!Box 7412 buttons are both active low, which is currently
incorrectly defined in the device-tree.
This leads to the device booting directly into failsafe.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
In commit d93969a13a ("ramips: Improve compatible for TP-Link
Archer devices") and subsequent ones, names of several devices
in ramips have been changed.
Since LED names are frequently invoked by $boardname, this has
broken LED setup in 01_leds, as $boardname and prefix in DTS
do not match anymore.
This patch updates device name prefixes for LEDs in DTS files,
and provides a migration script.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
When adding support in 9ed272fe95 ("ath79: add support for
Comfast WR650AC v1/v2"), IMAGE_SIZE has not been added to device
definition.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
ar71xx got lost during final rebase ..
Fixes: b417a0c48d ("ar71xx/ath79: ag71xx: init rings with GFP_KERNEL")
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Upstream commit 246902bdf562d45ea3475fac64c93048a7a39f01
Which contains following explanation:
--
There is no need to use GFP_ATOMIC here, GFP_KERNEL should be enough.
The 'kcalloc()' just a few lines above, already uses GFP_KERNEL.
--
Looking at the code, all other descriptors also use plain GFP_KERNEL
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
When adding support in abbbecaa73 ("ath79: add support for
Comfast E314N-v2"), IMAGE_SIZE has not been added to device
definition.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
We completely overlooked whitespace errors when reviewing
796ad2f7ef ("ath79: add support for D-Link DIR-842 C3").
Fix them and and also fix Makefile indent for C1/C2.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This is a dual band 11a/11n router with 1x wan and 4x gig lan ports.
There are two versions of this router which can be identified through
the factory web interface, v1 has 128mb ram and a uboot size of 128k,
v2 has 256mb ram and a uboot size of 256k, the remaining hardware and
PCB markings are the same.
Short specification:
SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9558 - 720 MHz
Switch: Atheros AR8327
Second radio : Qualcomm Atheros QCA9880 802.11ac
4 LAN/1 WAN 1000Mps Ethernet
256 MB of RAM (DDR2)
16 MB of FLASH
3x2.4 GHz, 3x5GHz antennas
Steps to install :
Option A : Use vendor UI
Option B (if A is not working) :
(a) Download 'backup' from vendor UI and rename it backup.tar.gz
(b) Open the archive, and update the root password in /etc/shadow by
'$1$9wX3HGfB$X5Sb3kqzzBLdKRUR2kfFd0'
(c) 'Restore' from the archive using the vendor UI. Root password is now
'aaa'
(d) Scp the firwmware to the device:
$ scp <openwrt-sysupgrade>.bin root@192.168.1.1:/
(d) ssh to the device and flash the firmware:
$ cd /
$ mtd -e firmware -r write <openwrt-sysupgrade>.bin firmware
Signed-off-by: Gareth Parker <gareth41@orcon.net.nz>
Signed-off-by: Ding Tengfei <dtf@comfast.cn>
Signed-off-by: Joan Moreau <jom@grosjo.net>
[reformatted commit message]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Taken code from https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/884850/ that was never
pushed by the author, and adapted to ath79.
The Comfast E314N-V2 is a 2.4 GHz 2x2 radio with a built-in directional
antenna and a second Ethernet port - very similar to the Ubiquiti
NanoStation M2. The Ethernet port features a pass-through PoE capability,
enabled or disabled with a slide switch.
Specifications :
- System-On-Chip: Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531
- CPU/Speed: 650 MHz
- Flash size: 8 MiB
- RAM: 64 MiB
- 2 Ethernet 1Gbp
- 1 reset button
- 1 switch to choose PoE from LAN or Wan. 48Vdc
- Wifi 2.4 Ghz (b/g/n)
- UART inside the box (3.3V, pins marked on the PCB)
Firmware can be flashed on these units by the following method:
1.) Apply power to the unit
2.) Immediately AFTER applying power, hold down the reset button
3.) The WAN, LAN, and wireless lights will flash - wait three seconds
(three flashes) and then release the button.
4.) After a second, the lights will flutter quickly and the unit will be
visible at 192.168.1.1. A web page will be available to enable quick
and simple uploading and flashing of firmware.
During the boot process, these units also look for a tftp server at
192.168.1.10. If one is present, the firmware can be uploaded as a file
called firmware-auto.bin
Signed-off-by: Joan Moreau <jom@grosjo.net>
[wrapped commit message - fix commit title capitalization]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
In the commit 623716dd43 ("comgt-ncm: Fix NCM protocol")
the dependencies to vendor NCM drivers were removed, because:
> comgt-ncm should not depend on the USB-serial-related kernel modules,
> as the cdc-wdm control device works without them. There is also no need
> to depend on kmod-huawei-cdc-ncm, since other manufacturers (like
> Ericsson and Samsung) which use other kernel modules should also be
> supported.
From a user-perspective this does not make sense, as installing comgt-ncm
(or luci-proto-ncm) should install all needed dependencies for using such
a device.
Furthermore depending on kmod-huawei-cdc-ncm does not mean that Ericsson
and Samsung devices can't be supported. By the way it seems that Ericsson
and Samsung devices never used NCM, but act as serial modems.
Thus this commit adds the dependencies again.
Signed-off-by: Vincent Wiemann <vincent.wiemann@ironai.com>
[fixed title capitalization, formatted commit message,
renamed Sony-Ericsson to Ericsson]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
HiWiFi HC5761A is an "MT7628AN variant" of HC5761
Specifications:
- MediaTek MT7628AN 580MHz
- 128 MB DDR2 RAM
- 16 MB SPI Flash
- 2.4G MT7628AN 802.11bgn 2T2R 300Mbps
- 5G MT7610EN 802.11ac 433Mbps
- 3x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
Flash instruction:
1. Get SSH access to the router
2. SSH to router with `ssh -p 1022 root@192.168.199.1`, The SSH password is the same as the webconfig one
3. Upload OpenWrt sysupgrade firmware into the router's `/tmp` folder with SCP
4. Run `mtd write /tmp/<filename> firmware`
5. reboot
Known bug:
- SD slot does not work (See PR 1500)
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
HC5661A:
- Fix pinctrl
- Fix image size (15808k)
- Use switch trigger for WAN LED
Both:
- Use tpt LED trigger for wireless
- Explicitly disable USB nodes
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
HiWiFi has several MT7628AN routers which have similar specs
Add HC5X61A.dtsi to include them, like HC5X61.dtsi (for MT7620A)
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
Specifications:
- SoC: AR9341
- RAM: 64M
- Flash: 16M
- Ethernet: 1 * FE port
- WiFi: ar934x-wmac
- Sound: WM8918 DAC
1 * 3.5mm headphone jack
2 * RCA connectors for speakers
1 * SPDIF out
- USB: 1 * USB2.0 port
Flash instruction:
Upload generated factory image via vendor's web interface.
Notes:
A. Audio stuff:
1. Since AR934x, all pins for peripheral blocks can be mapped to
any available GPIOs. We currently don't have a PCM/I2S driver
for AR934x so pinmux for i2s and SPDIF are bound to i2c gpio
node. This should be moved into I2S node when a PCM/I2S driver
is available.
2. The i2c-gpio node is for WM8918. DT binding for it can't be added
currently due to a missing clock from I2S PLL.
B. Factory image:
Image contains a image header and a tar.gz archive.
1. Header: A 288 byte header that has nothing to do with appended
tarball. Format:
0x0-0x7 and 0x18-0x1F: magic values
0x20: Model number string
0xFC: Action string. It's either "update" or "backup"
0x11C: A 1 byte checksum. It's XOR result of 0x8-0x11B
Firmware doesn't care about the rest of the header as long as
checksum result is correct.
The same header is used for backup and update routines so the
magic values and model number can be obtained by generating a
backup bin and grab values from it.
2. Tarball: It contains two files named uImage and rootfs, which
will be flashed into corresponding mtd partition.
Writing a special utility that can only output a fixed binary
blob is overkill so factory image header is placed under
image/bin instead.
C. LED
The wifi led has "Wi-Fi" marked on the case but vendor's firmware
used it as system status indicator. I did the same in this device
support patch.
D. Firmware
Factory u-boot is built without 'savenv' support so it's impossible
to change kernel offset. A 2MB kernel partition won't be enough in
the future. OKLI loader is used here to migrate this problem:
1. add OKLI image magic support into uImage parser.
2. build an OKLI loader, compress it with lzma and add a normal
uImage header.
3. flash the loader to where the original kernel supposed to be.
4. create a uImage firmware using OKLI loader.
5. flash the created firmware to where rootfs supposed to be.
By doing so, u-boot will start OKLI loader, which will then load
the actual kernel at 0x20000.
The kernel partition is 2MB, which is too much for our loader.
To save this space, "mtd-concat" is used here:
1. create a 64K (1 erase block) partition for OKLI loader and
create another partition with the left space.
2. concatenate rootfs and this partition into a virtual flash.
3. use the virtual flash for firmware partition.
Currently OKLI loader is flashed with factory image only.
sysupgrade won't replace it. Since it only has one function
and it works for several years, its unlikely to have some bugs
that requires a replacement.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
This adds support for uImage used by OpenWrt kernel loader.
The parser searches for uImage header at flash eraseblock boundary
and it might attempt to split any firmware with loader, therefore
this entry doesn't have MTD_PARSER_TYPE_FIRMWARE so that this parser
is only used when explicitly defined in dts.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Hardware spec of DIR-842 C3:
SoC: QCA9563
DRAM: 128MB DDR2
Flash: 16MB SPI-NOR
Switch: QCA8337N
WiFi 5.8GHz: QCA9888
WiFi 2.4Ghz: QCA9563
USB: circuit onboard, but components are not soldered
Flash instructions:
1. Upgrade the factory.bin through the factory web interface or
the u-boot failsafe interface.
The firmware will boot up correctly for the first time.
Do not power off the device after OpenWrt has booted.
Otherwise the u-boot will enter failsafe mode as the checksum
of the firmware has been changed.
2. Upgrade the sysupgrade.bin in OpenWrt.
After upgrading completes the u-boot won't complain about the
firmware checksum and it's OK to use now.
3. If you powered off the device before upgrading the sysupgrade.bin,
just upgrade the factory.bin through the u-boot failsafe interface
and then goto step 2.
Signed-off-by: Perry Melange <isprotejesvalkata@gmail.com>
According to detective grep, with this patch all devices should
be labelled "TP-Link" consistently.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This seems to be identical to CPE210 v1 despite having removable
antennas.
Specifications:
* SoC: Qualcomm Atheros AR9344 (560 MHz)
* RAM: 64MB
* Storage: 8 MB
* Wireless: 2.4GHz N based built into SoC 2x2
* Ethernet: 2x 100/10 Mbps, integrated into SoC, 24V POE IN
Installation:
Flash factory image through stock firmware WEB UI
or through TFTP:
To get to TFTP recovery just hold reset button while powering on for
around 4-5 seconds and release.
Rename factory image to recovery.bin
Stock TFTP server IP:192.168.0.100
Stock device TFTP address:192.168.0.254
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
TP-Link CPE510-v1 is an outdoor wireless CPE for 5 GHz with
two Ethernet ports based on Atheros AR9334
Specifications:
- 560/450/225 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, 1x PoE-in, 1x PoE-out
- 64 MB of DDR2 RAM
- 8 MB of SPI-NOR Flash
- 2T2R 5 GHz
- 13 dBi built-in antenna
- Power, LAN0, LAN1 green LEDs
- 4x green RSSI LEDs
Flash factory image through stock firmware WEB UI
or through TFTP:
To get to TFTP recovery just hold reset button while powering on for
around 4-5 seconds and release.
Rename factory image to recovery.bin
Stock TFTP server IP:192.168.0.100
Stock device TFTP address:192.168.0.254
Based on the work of Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Specifications:
* SoC: Qualcomm Atheros AR9344 (560 MHz)
* RAM: 64MB
* Storage: 8 MB
* Wireless: 2.4GHz N based built into SoC 2x2
* Ethernet: 2x 100/10 Mbps, integrated into SoC, 24V POE IN
Installation:
Flash factory image through stock firmware WEB UI
or through TFTP:
To get to TFTP recovery just hold reset button while powering on for
around 4-5 seconds and release.
Rename factory image to recovery.bin
Stock TFTP server IP:192.168.0.100
Stock device TFTP address:192.168.0.254
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The loader-okli is shared by several TP-Link CPExxx devices, so
give it its own definition to prevent too much code duplication.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This puts some common code into a new shared DTSI. Common nodes
are chosen so that the new DTSI can be used for CPE210 v1, too.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This is a preparation for ath79 support of the CPE210/CPE510 v1.
Kernel size is chosen equal to the latest update for CPE610 v1.
This also updates the partition size in ar71xx target, so code
remains consistent if someone looks up the device. Since CPE210,
CPE510, WBS210 and WBS510 (all v1) share the same partition
layout definition, and are on deprecated target anyway, this
changes them all at once.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Since usign miscalculates SHA-512 digests for input sizes of exactly
64 + N * 128 + 110 or 64 + N * 128 + 111 bytes, we need to apply some
white space padding to avoid triggering the hashing edge case.
While usign itself has been fixed already, there is still many firmwares
in the wild which use broken usign versions to verify current package
indexes so we'll need to carry this workaround in the forseeable future.
Ref: https://forum.openwrt.org/t/signature-check-failed/41945
Ref: https://git.openwrt.org/5a52b379902471cef495687547c7b568142f66d2
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Introduce a new option CONFIG_SIGNATURE_CHECK which defaults to the value
of CONFIG_SIGNED_PACKAGES and thus is enabled by default.
This option is needed to support building target opkg with enabled
signature verification while having the signed package lists disabled.
Our buildbots currently disable package signing globally in the
buildroot and SDK to avoid the need to ship private signing keys to
the build workers and to prevent the triggering of random key generation
on the worker nodes since package signing happens off-line on the master
nodes.
As unintended side-effect, updated opkg packages will get built with
disabled signature verification, hence the need for a new override option.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This update fixes usign signature verification on files with certain
file sizes triggering a bug in the shipped SHA-512 implementation.
5a52b37 sha512: fix bad hardcoded constant in sha512_final()
3e6648b README: replace unicode character
716c3f2 README: add reference to OpenBSD signify
86d3668 README: provide reference for ed25519 algorithm
939ec35 usign: main.c: describe necessary arguments for -G
Ref: https://forum.openwrt.org/t/signature-check-failed/41945
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This parser's matching function appears to be too generic as it matches
e.g. Buffalo WZR-HP-G300NH. That results in incorrect parts parsing.
Luckily this parser is needed by Fon FON2601 only which uses DT-based
ramips target. It means we can depend on mtd subsystem matching of
"fonfxc,uimage" string.
That said triggering this parser based on the "firmware" (or whatever
MTD_SPLIT_FIRMWARE_NAME is) partiiton name is not needed. It can be
dropped which will automatically fix the Buffalo WZR-HP-G300NH case.
Fixes: a1c6a316d2 ("ramips: add support for Fon FON2601")
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This reverts commit e92a14709d.
mtdsplit_uimage_parse_fonfxc() gets called in two situations:
1) It was /requested/ from DT using "fonfxc,uimage" compatible string
2) It was called by parsing code after finding "firmware"
(MTD_SPLIT_FIRMWARE_NAME) due to the parser's type
Code added in the /fix/ commit basically just disabled the second case.
If that's the real goal it could be achieved by simply dropping type
MTD_PARSER_TYPE_FIRMWARE. It may however require another solution as
it's possible that some non-DT target actually needs fonfxc uImage
parsing.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Fix build breakage as upstream has removed implicit include of
sys/sysmacros.h from sys/types.h:
remove implicit include of sys/sysmacros.h from sys/types.h
this reverts commit f552c792c7ce5a560f214e1104d93ee5b0833967, which
exposed the sysmacros.h macros (device major/minor calculations) for
BSD and GNU profiles to mimic an unintentional glibc behavior some
code depended on. glibc has deprecated and since removed them as the
resolution to bug #19239, so it makes no sense for us to keep this
behavior. affected code should all have been fixed by now, and if it's
not yet fixed it needs to be for use with modern glibc anyway.
Ref: https://git.musl-libc.org/cgit/musl/commit/include/sys/types.h?id=a31a30a0076c284133c0f4dfa32b8b37883ac930
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Starting with version 1.1.15, musl supports powerpc64.
There are no known users of powerpc64 yet.
This is effectively a revert of 0de93311e1
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
These legacy bindings were removed long time ago from dts, so there's no
need to keep support for them.
Spotted-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
GCC needs the kernel headers to compile.
Some GCC file includes asm/unistd.h which is provided by the kernel headers.
Normally the kernel headers build is very fast and ready before the gcc uses
it, but if it clones the kernel from a slow git repository it takes longer
and then it could be that the gcc already wants to use the kernel headers
before they are available. This patch fixes this problem by adding the
missing dependency.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke.mehrtens@intel.com>
This commit fixes regression on Linksys WRT1900 (Mamba) where this device
doesn't have USB 3.0 controller integrated in SoC, instead it has Etron
EJ168 connected to PCIe lane. Previously enabled in kernel 4.4 and 4.9,
was lost in transition to 4.14.
Fixes: 4ccad92 ("mvebu: Add support for kernel 4.14")
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
This is already enabled as kernel built-in feature in mvebu target and
none other target will use it.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
This changes the default PKG_BUILD_DIR to take BUILD_VARIANT into
account (if set), so that packages do not need to manually override
PKG_BUILD_DIR just to handle variants.
This also updates most base packages with variants to use the updated
default PKG_BUILD_DIR.
Signed-off-by: Jeffery To <jeffery.to@gmail.com>
WLAN0 and the unused LED are currently swapped. Fix this, so the LED
behavior matches the other OCEDo devices.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This adds support for several TP-Link devices based on TP9343
("a QCA9561 without PCIe and USB"):
- TL-WR940N v3
- TL-WR940N v4
- TL-WR941ND v6
The devices are only different concerning LEDs and MAC address
assignment.
All TL-WR940 are with non-detachable antennas (N), all
TL-WR941 devices are with detachable antennas (ND).
Specification:
- 750 MHz CPU
- 32 MB of RAM
- 4 MB of FLASH
- 2.4 GHz WiFi
- 4x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
Flash instruction (WebUI):
Download *-factory.bin image and upload it via the firmwary upgrade
function of the stock firmware WebUI.
Flash instruction (TFTP):
1. Set PC to fixed ip address 192.168.0.66
2. Download *-factory.bin image and rename it to * (see below)
3. Start a tftp server with the image file in its root directory
4. Turn off the router
5. Press and hold Reset button
6. Turn on router with the reset button pressed and wait ~15 seconds
7. Release the reset button and after a short time
the firmware should be transferred from the tftp server
8. Wait ~30 second to complete recovery.
* TFTP image names:
940 v3: wr941ndv6_tp_recovery.bin
940 v4: wr940nv4_tp_recovery.bin
941 v6: wr941ndv6_tp_recovery.bin
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
379c096 Release version 5.2.
2bce6d9 ethtool: Add 100BaseT1 and 1000BaseT1 link modes
67ffbf5 ethtool: sync ethtool-copy.h with linux-next from 30/05/2019
687152b ethtool.spec: Use standard file location macros
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Hardware spec of DIR-842 C1:
SoC: QCA9563
DRAM: 128MB DDR2
Flash: 16MB SPI-NOR
Switch: QCA8337N
WiFi 5.8GHz: QCA9888
WiFi 2.4Ghz: QCA9563
USB: circuit onboard, but components are not soldered
Flash instructions:
1. Upgrade the factory.bin through the factory web interface or
the u-boot failsafe interface.
The firmware will boot up correctly for the first time.
Do not power off the device after OpenWrt has booted.
Otherwise the u-boot will enter failsafe mode as the checksum
of the firmware has been changed.
2. Upgrade the sysupgrade.bin in OpenWrt.
After upgrading completes the u-boot won't complain about the
firmware checksum and it's OK to use now.
3. If you powered off the device before upgrading the sysupgrade.bin,
just upgrade the factory.bin through the u-boot failsafe interface
and then goto step 2.
Signed-off-by: Jackson Lim <jackcolentern@gmail.com>
[fix whitespace issues]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This router has the same hardware as TP-LINK TL-WR841N/ND v11 (same
FCC ID, same TFTP image name...).
Flash instruction (WebUI):
Download *-factory.bin image and upload it via the firmwary upgrade
function of the stock firmware WebUI.
Flash instruction (TFTP):
1. Set PC to fixed ip address 192.168.0.66
2. Download *-factory.bin image and rename it to wr841nv11_tp_recovery.bin
(it's really v11, not v12)
3. Start a tftp server with the image file in its root directory
4. Turn off the router
5. Press and hold Reset button
6. Turn on router with the reset button pressed and wait ~15 seconds
7. Release the reset button and after a short time
the firmware should be transferred from the tftp server
8. Wait ~30 second to complete recovery.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The TL-WR841N/ND v10 is mostly identical to the v9. Apart from some minor
changes, it contains a newer revision of the QCA9533 SoC and the CPU clock
is significantly higher.
Flash instruction (WebUI):
Download *-factory.bin image and upload it via the firmwary upgrade
function of the stock firmware WebUI.
Flash instruction (TFTP):
1. Set PC to fixed ip address 192.168.0.66
2. Download *-factory.bin image and rename it to wr841nv10_tp_recovery.bin
3. Start a tftp server with the image file in its root directory
4. Turn off the router
5. Press and hold Reset button
6. Turn on router with the reset button pressed and wait ~15 seconds
7. Release the reset button and after a short time
the firmware should be transferred from the tftp server
8. Wait ~30 second to complete recovery.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
In commit 6c937df749 ("ar71xx: wpj531: fix GPIOs for LED") wrong GPIO
13 for SIG1/RSS1 LED was commited, the correct GPIO number for this LED
is 12.
It's listed in "Hardware Guide - wpj531 7A06 (02/07/2019)" as GPIO12/RSS1
on the LED header and same GPIO 12 is used in the vendor's SDK as well.
Fixes: 6c937df749 ("ar71xx: wpj531: fix GPIOs for LED")
Signed-off-by: Leon M. George <leon@georgemail.eu>
[commit subject/message facelift]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
We cannot distinguish between fonfxc uImage and generic uImage because
fonfxc uImage header is almost same as generic uImage, except padding
length after image name.
The fonfxc uImage parser is available when specifying directly with DT
compatible property. So this patch adds check if the partition DT node
is compatible with the parser.
Ref: https://bugs.openwrt.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=2413
Fixes: a1c6a316d2 ("ramips: add support for Fon FON2601")
Signed-off-by: NOGUCHI Hiroshi <drvlabo@gmail.com>
[commit light touches and removed C code comment]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Fixes following issue reported by Coverity scan:
*** CID 1452085: Security best practices violations (TOCTOU)
/tools/firmware-utils/src/uimage_padhdr.c: 100 in main()
94
95 if (!infname || !outfname) {
96 usage(argv[0]);
97 exit(1);
98 }
99
>>> CID 1452085: Security best practices violations (TOCTOU)
>>> Calling function "stat" to perform check on "infname".
100 if (stat(infname, &statbuf) < 0) {
Fixes: a1c6a316d2 ("ramips: add support for Fon FON2601")
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
When CONFIG_ARM64_MODULE_PLTS=y, arch/arm64/kernel/module.lds is
required to build cryptodev-linux. This updates the sdk to include this
file.
Signed-off-by: Jeffery To <jeffery.to@gmail.com>
wireless-regdb fails to build if there is python2 installed from package
feeds, as staging_dir/hostpkg/bin/python is python2 and
staging_dir/hostpkg/bin takes precedence over staging_dir/host/bin
(proper place with python -> python3 symlink) which leads to the build
failure of wireless-regdb, so this patch makes it explicit which python
should be used.
Reported-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Tested-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Tested-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
Tested-by: Lucian Cristian <lucian.cristian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The DEVICE_TITLE introduced in 66458c49aa ("mediatek: add
v4.19 support") is mistyped. Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The [devm_]mdiobus_alloc[_size()] functions are creating
the array of interrupt numbers as well as initializing
them to POLLING.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The MDIO node will become more important in the future.
Hence, this patch adds DT labels to make the properties
inside the various subnodes more accessible.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Bump the target to v4.19. Add a patch with additional eth driver
fixes/features that MTK provided aswell as the driver for the new mt7530
switch.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
The Aerohive HiveAP 121 has the wrong PLL value set for Gigabit speeds,
leading to packet-loss. 10M and 100M work fine.
This commit sets the Gigabit Ethernet PLL value to the correct value,
fixing packet loss.
Confirmed with iperf and floodping.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
commit e09da0169a ("ar71xx: fix Mikrotik board detection")
was generated based on testing a rb-912 board, on which detection failed.
Testing on more hardware shows something fun:
machine : MikroTik RouterBOARD 922UAGS-5HPacD
machine : Mikrotik RouterBOARD 912UAG-5HPnD
Both lowercase and uppercase are used.
So ensure we support both now ..
Fixes: e09da0169a ("ar71xx: fix Mikrotik board detection")
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
While flashing lots of RB2011 devices, I noticed that
some of them refused to boot properly, failing over the NAND parameters.
Checking in detail shows that some device seem to use another NAND flash
which only support standard 2048-byte pages, without 512-byte subpage support.
This commit disables usage of these small subpage completely.
Advantages:
- Both NAND's with(out) subpage support are working now
- The nand speed increases a bit (measured roughly 1%) in typical usecases
Disadvantages:
- The maximum storage capacity decreases by ~0.2%
as small changes can consume a full page (2048 bytes) now.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
new features:
- riscv64 port
- configure now allows customizing AR and RANLIB vars
- header-level support for new linux features in 5.1
major internal changes:
- removed extern __syscall; syscall header code is now fully self-contained
performance:
- new math library implementation for log/exp/pow
- aarch64 dynamic tlsdesc function is streamlined
compatibility & conformance:
- O_TTY_INIT is now defined
- sys/types.h no longer pollutes namespace with sys/sysmacros.h in any profile
- powerpc asm is now compatible with clang internal assembler
changes for new POSIX interpretations:
- fgetwc now sets stream error indicator on encoding errors
- fmemopen no longer rejects 0 size
bugs fixed:
- static TLS for shared libraries was allocated wrong on "Variant I" archs
- crash in dladdr reading through uninitialized pointer on non-match
- sigaltstack wrongly errored out on invalid ss_size when doing SS_DISABLE
- getdents function misbehaved with buffer length larger than INT_MAX
- set*id could deadlock after fork from multithreaded process
arch-specfic bugs fixed:
- s390x SO_PEERSEC definition was wrong
- passing of 64-bit syscall arguments was broken on microblaze
- posix_fadvise was broken on mips due to missing 7-arg syscall support
- vrregset_t layout and member naming was wrong on powerpc64
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
- add uart rom script address in header of sdma firmware to support
the uart driver of latest kernel working well while old firmware
assume ram script used for uart driver as NXP internal legacy
kernel.
- add multi-fifo SAI/PDM scripts.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
This commit ports support for the ALFA Network AP121F, a pocket-size
router with 1 Ethernet and 2.4 GHz WiFi based on the AR9331 SoC, to the
ath79 target (it was already supported in ar71xx; see commit 0c6165d2
for more details).
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
[pepe2k@gmail.com: fixed GPIO polarity, included USB support, changed
DTS nodes order, moved WLAN LED trigger define to DTS, made U-Boot env
partition writable]
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
New Docker based buildslaves install just bare minimum of packages, thus
not having bsdmainutils package installed which provides `hexdump`
utility, leading to the following build breakage on buildbots:
ubinize-image.sh: 12: /builder/scripts/ubinize-image.sh: hexdump: not found
So this patch simply replaces `hexdump` with `od` utility provided by
coreutils package, which should be likely available.
Co-authored-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This commit selects wpad-basic for the FRITZ!Box 7312 and 7412 as
wpad-mini is only selected on boards with small flash.
Signed-off-by: Johann Neuhauser <johann@it-neuhauser.de>
[add short description]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Fix a typo in the machine type being extracted from /proc/cpuinfo
which causes all Mikrotik board to be undetected properly.
This lead to sysupgrade issues and probably some others too.
Fixes: acf2b6c888 ("ar71xx: base-files: fix board detect on new MikroTik devices")
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Since the switch to Python 3 build fails if CONFIG_USE_MKLIBS is set
("Strip unnecessary functions from libraries" in menuconfig) as
mklibs hasn't been converted to run on Python 3.
* update to most recent upstream version which brings some
reproducibility fixes
* converted to Python 3 using 2to3
* fixed mixed tab/spaces indentation
* fixed use of string.* functions
* some more minor fixes to make Python 3 happy
Fixes commit 19938c8de7 ("build: switch to Python 3")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
- make create_pbl and byte_swap as host tools
- fix a bug that maybe use the cross compiler
to compile create_pbl and byte_swap:
# -a option appends the image for Chassis 3 devices in case of non secure boot
aarch64-openwrt-linux-musl-gcc -Wall -Werror -pedantic -std=c99 -O2
-DVERSION=v1.5(release):reboot-10604-ge9216b3336 -D_GNU_SOURCE -D_XOPEN_SOURCE=700
-c -o create_pbl.o create_pbl.c
cc1: note: someone does not honour COPTS correctly, passed 0 times
LD create_pbl
/usr/bin/ld: create_pbl.o: Relocations in generic ELF (EM: 183)
/usr/bin/ld: create_pbl.o: Relocations in generic ELF (EM: 183)
/usr/bin/ld: create_pbl.o: Relocations in generic ELF (EM: 183)
create_pbl.o: error adding symbols: File in wrong format
collect2: error: ld returned 1 exit status
Makefile:43: recipe for target create_pbl failed
make[4]: *** [create_pbl] Error 1
plat/nxp/tools/pbl_ch2.mk:45: recipe for target pbl failed
make[3]: *** [pbl] Error 2
- add tfa- prefix to all tools in order to avoid future clashes with
other toolnames
Signed-off-by: Biwen Li <biwen.li@nxp.com>
[added missing HOST_CFLAGS, added tfa- prefix to the tools]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
I'm trying to create a package for libgpiod, which uses
AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR macro, which is probably leading to the following
configure error:
autoreconf: running: /openwrt.git/staging_dir/host/bin/libtoolize --force
OpenWrt-libtoolize: putting auxiliary files in AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR, `autostuff'.
OpenWrt-libtoolize: linking file `autostuff/ltmain.sh'
OpenWrt-libtoolize: putting macros in `m4'.
...
configure: error: cannot find install-sh, install.sh, or shtool in autostuff "."/autostuff
>From the build output it's clear, that libtoolize isn't installing
install-sh symlink, because libtoolize would install install-sh only if
it's being run with --install parameter. Corresponding part in
libtoolize:
if $opt_install; then
func_config_update config.guess \
"$pkgdatadir/config" "$auxdir" pkgconfig_header
func_config_update config.sub \
"$pkgdatadir/config" "$auxdir" pkgconfig_header
func_install_update install-sh \
"$pkgdatadir/config" "$auxdir" pkgconfig_header
fi
func_ltmain_update ltmain.sh \
"$pkgdatadir/config" "$auxdir" pkgconfig_header
Adding --install parameter to libtoolize fixes this build issue:
autoreconf: running: /openwrt.git/staging_dir/host/bin/libtoolize --install --force
OpenWrt-libtoolize: putting auxiliary files in AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR, `autostuff'.
OpenWrt-libtoolize: linking file `autostuff/config.guess'
OpenWrt-libtoolize: linking file `autostuff/config.sub'
OpenWrt-libtoolize: linking file `autostuff/install-sh'
OpenWrt-libtoolize: linking file `autostuff/ltmain.sh'
OpenWrt-libtoolize: putting macros in `m4'.
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Fixes build issues on a python3 host (issues with the print statement
formatting in the current build).
Includes 100-regdb-write-firmware-file-format-version-code-20.patch and
other fixes.
Closes bugs.openwrt.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=1605.
Uses the tarball as requested.
Signed-off-by: Zachary Riedlshah <git@zacharyrs.me>
When bumping buildroot to Python 3, we need to assure, that Python
symlink in staging bin directory points to Python >= 3.5 as well.
We can't rely completly just on SetupHostCommand as its executed only in
cases when the $(STAGING_DIR_HOST)/bin/python doesn't already exist, so
we need to remove it before running SetupHostCommand.
Acked-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This patch switches Python used in buildroot to Python 3 as Python 2.x
series is going to be EOL relatively soon[1].
"Being the last of the Python 2.x series, 2.7 will have an extended
period of maintenance. Specifically, 2.7 will receive bugfix support
until January 1, 2020. After the last release, 2.7 will receive no
support."
It seems like Python 3 is going to be needed in order to support Meson
build system which has gained some traction recently.
Build tested on following targets:
ath79/generic
imx6/generic
ipq40xx/generic
lantiq/xway
layerscape/armv7 (broken)
layerscape/armv8_32b (broken)
layerscape/armv8_64b (broken)
mvebu/cortexa72
ramips/mt7621
ramips/mt7620
sunxi/cortexa7
x86/64
Layerscape targets are unfortunately left broken as their ls-rcw
firmware package uses Python 2 and converting it to Python 3 would take
more then reasoanble amount of time (I've tried to fix it already) and
would be better fixed by someone who can even run test it.
Run tested on ath79 (Archer C7 v5), ipq40xx (nbg6617) and x86_64 (QEMU
and apu2).
1. https://www.python.org/dev/peps/pep-0373/
Ref: PR#1937
Cc: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Cc: Mathew McBride <matt@traverse.com.au>
Acked-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Python 2.7 will not be maintained past 2020. Let's convert
to python3 for rcw. Also drop byte swapping since TF-A had
been already used which handled byte swapping instead.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Build tested on ath79 with following packages from packages feed which
build depends on scons. None of them build anymore as it seems, that the
SConscripts are written for Python2.
* packages/net/iotivity (KO, doesn't build even with latest 1.3.1 release)
SyntaxError: invalid syntax
File "/openwrt/build_dir/target-mips_24kc_musl/iotivity-1.2.1/build_common/SConscript", line 40
print "\nError: Current system (%s) isn't supported\n" % host
LookupError: unknown encoding: string_escape:
File "/home/petr/testing/openwrt/build_dir/target-mips_24kc_musl/iotivity-1.3.1/SConstruct", line 28:
SConscript('build_common/SConscript')
* packages/net/smartsnmpd (KO, seems dead, no commit since 2015):
SyntaxError: Missing parentheses in call to 'print'
File "/openwrt/build_dir/target-mips_24kc_musl/smartsnmpd-2014-08-13/SConstruct", line 156
print "Can't find liblua or liblua5.1!"
* packages/utils/gpsd (KO, doesn't build even with latest 3.18.1 release):
AttributeError: 'list' object has no attribute 'keys':
File "/openwrt/build_dir/target-mips_24kc_musl/gpsd-3.18.1/SConstruct", line 1758:
all_manpages = list(base_manpages.keys()) + list(python_manpages.keys())
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The lines-initial-states property was an early attempt to set the latch
bit of the shift register on driver probe. It is not implemented in the
driver and was rejected upstream. The latch bit was always set by a GPIO
hog, so this property is safe to drop.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
There's an empty case in 02_network introduced by last commit. Drop it.
Fixes: ee650ba46c ("ramips: remove needless setting of lan_mac to eth0 in 02_network")
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
This removes superfluous lines like
lan_mac=$(cat /sys/class/net/eth0/address)
Since lan_mac only sets the MAC address for eth0.1, these lines
can be safely removed as the address will be inherited from eth0
anyway.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The vast majority of devices labels "factory" partition with lower
case. Convert the small fraction with capital letter to that and
merge another case in 02_network.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This just merges some duplicate definitions and consolidates lines.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com> [merge duplicated
cases for phicomm k2p]
This cosmetical patch is just meant to make comparing/checking
IMAGE_SIZE values easier.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
There are frequent examples of the ralink_default_fw_size_xxx
variables being used to "roughly" set flash size without caring
about the actual size of the firmware partition.
To discourage this behavior, this patch removes the variables and
just sets IMAGE_SIZE by its numeric value for each target.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Currently, ramips target defines 0x7b0000 as default IMAGE_SIZE
for all devices in ramips target, i.e. this will be set if a
device does not specify IMAGE_SIZE itself.
From 92 devices using that default due to a "missing" IMAGE_SIZE,
14 were incorrect by a small amount (i.e. still "8M" flash) and
12 were completely off ("16M", "4M", ...).
This patch thus removes the _default_ IMAGE_SIZE and defines
IMAGE_SIZE for each device individually. This should indicate to
people supporting new devices that this parameter has to be cared
about.
For the present code, this patch is cosmetical.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This fixes IMAGE_SIZE for all devices based on the partition size
given in DTS:
DEVICE *.MK *.DTS VERDICT
airlink101_ar670w (4M) 0x3c0000 wrong
airlink101_ar725w - 0x3B0000 wrong
asus_rt-n15 (4M) 0x3b0000
belkin_f5d8235-v1 7744k 0x7b0000 wrong
buffalo_wli-tx4-ag300n (4M) 0x3b0000
buffalo_wzr-agl300nh (4M) 0x3b0000
dlink_dap-1522-a1 3801088 0x3a0000
ralink_v11st-fe (4M) 0x003b0000
asus_rt-n56u - 0x007b0000 default
belkin_f9k1109v1 7224k 0x7a0000 wrong
dlink_dir-645 - 0x7b0000 default
edimax_br-6475nd 7744k 0x00790000
loewe_wmdr-143n - 0x7b0000 default
omnima_hpm 16064k 0x00fb0000
samsung_cy-swr1100 - 0x7b0000 default
sitecom_wlr-6000 7244k 0x713000
trendnet_tew-691gr - 0x007b0000 default
trendnet_tew-692gr - 0x007b0000 default
No verdict means that the device is correctly set.
Legend:
( ): Value is set via ralink_default_fw_size_xxM
[ ]: Value is derived from parent definition
- : Value is not set and derived from default definition
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
In ramips, there are the following predefined values for IMAGE_SIZE
ralink_default_fw_size_4M 3866624 3776k 0x3B0000
ralink_default_fw_size_8M 8060928 7872k 0x7B0000
ralink_default_fw_size_16M 16121856 15744k 0xF60000
ralink_default_fw_size_32M 33226752 32448k 0x1FB0000
Out of those, the "16M" value is obviously odd, as it provides more
room for the remaining partitions than the tree others.
Of the devices in all subtargets, there are actually > 50 that have
a firmware partition with 0xFB0000 size, while only 5 (!) have
0xF60000. From the former, many are set to
ralink_default_fw_size_16M anyway, although it is wrong at the
present point.
Consequently, it makes sense to change ralink_default_fw_size_16M
to 0xFB0000, and to update IMAGE_SIZE for the 5 devices with
0xF60000.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
allnet_all0256n-4m, tenda_w150m and unbranded_wr512-3gn-4m have
their firmware partition set to reg = <0x50000 0x3c8000>.
However, based on the 4MB flash, the size should be 0x3b0000.
After some research in the target's history, it looks like the
changed size has been a mistake when transferring device
partitions from Makefile to DTS in 770b28f146.
This patch changes the named three devices back to 0x3b0000.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Like most mt7621 boards, Phicomm K2P stores LAN/WAN mac addresses
at 0xe000/0xe006 of factory partition.
Phicomm uses lan_mac-1 as wan_mac, while our default case in 02_network
uses lan_mac+1.
Add a special case reading lan/wan mac address for Phicomm K2P.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Backport upstream patches pre 2.81rc for testing purposes.
Let's see what falls out!
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Now that the mt76 driver supports the MT7615D chip found on these
devices, use it.
Also add the wpad-basic package.
Note: the driver supports operation on both the 2.4 GHz and the
5 GHz bands, but not yet concurrently.
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
savedscp is a method of storing the DSCP of an ip packet into conntrack
mark. In combination with a suitable tc filter action (conndscp but may
end up being integrated into connmark) DSCP values are able to be stored
on egress and restored on ingress across links that otherwise alter or
bleach DSCP.
This is useful for qdiscs such as CAKE which are able to shape according
to policies based on DSCP.
Ingress classification is traditionally a challenging task since
iptables rules haven't yet run and tc filter/eBPF programs are pre-NAT
lookups, hence are unable to see internal IPv4 addresses as used on the
typical home masquerading gateway.
The ingress problem is solved by the tc filter, but the tc people didn't
like the idea of tc setting conntrack mark values, though they are ok
with reading conntrack values and hence restoring DSCP from conntrack
marks.
x_tables CONNMARK with the new savedscp action solves the problem of
storing the DSCP to the conntrack mark.
It accepts 2 parameters. The mark is a 32bit value with usually one 1
bit set. This bit is set when savedscp saves the DSCP to the mark.
This is useful to implement a 'one shot'
iptables based classification where the 'complicated' iptables rules are
only run once to classify the connection on initial (egress) packet and
subsequent packets are all marked/restored with the same DSCP. A mark
of zero disables the setting of a status bit/s.
The mask is a 32bit value of at least 6 contiguous bits and represents
the area where the DSCP will be stored.
e.g.
iptables -A QOS_MARK_eth0 -t mangle -j CONNMARK --savedscp-mark 0xfc000000/0x01000000
Would store the DSCP in the top 6 bits of the 32bit mark field, and use
the LSB of the top byte as the 'DSCP has been stored' marker.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
iptables: connmark - add savedscp option
Naive user space front end to xt_connmark 'savedscp' option.
e.g.
iptables -A QOS_MARK_eth0 -t mangle -j CONNMARK --savedscp-mark 0xfc000000/0x01000000
Will save DSCP into the top 6 bits and OR 0x01 (ie set) the least
significant bit of most significant byte.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
This reverts commit fe928c7a81 as it seems
to introduce build breakage when local.mk doesn't exist.
make --trace
toplevel.mk:216: target 'local.mk' does not exist
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
All leds on these boards are green. v1 has RFKILL GPIO 23 for production
units (it had GPIO 13 only for test phase units, and these are rather
very rare to find). As for the previous attempt to fix this and revert
due to WDR boards have blue leds, it was wrong: WDR board does not use
common setup (false).
Signed-off-by: Tomislav Požega <pozega.tomislav@gmail.com>
Base address for USB0 has changed from 0x18116c94 on AR934X
to 0x18116d94 on QCA9558. CP Typo remained for years here...
Signed-off-by: Tomislav Požega <pozega.tomislav@gmail.com>
fiptool is a host tool, used in a firmware generation pipeline, but it's
not treated as such, leading to the build breakage on the hosts which
don't have {Open,Libre}SSL dev package installed:
In file included from fiptool.h:16:0,
from fiptool.c:19:
fiptool_platform.h:18:27: fatal error: openssl/sha.h:
No such file or directory
# include <openssl/sha.h>
So this patch promotes fiptool into the host tool with proper host
include and library paths under STAGING_DIR.
Ref: https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/2267
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
I tend to automate most of the boring and repetitive tasks like firmware
flashing, build config reconfiguration etc., so I always end up adding
`include local.mk` as a last line in my Makefile, where local.mk is
usually symlink to some other place, just to not accidentally delete it
during `git clean`.
Carrying this single uncommited modification along in the development
process is quite PITA, because it's causing problems during Git
workflow, while rebasing etc.
I hope, that I'm not alone using similar workflow, so I believe, that
this modification might be useful for others as well.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Change capitalization from spaces to tabs in order to match
the style of the file.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
[fix capitalization in commit title, add short description]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Hardware spec of DIR-842 C2:
SoC: QCA9563
DRAM: 128MB DDR2
Flash: 16MB SPI-NOR
Switch: QCA8337N
WiFi 5.8GHz: QCA9888
WiFi 2.4Ghz: QCA9563
USB: 2.0
Flash instructions:
1. Upgrade the factory.bin through the factory web interface or
the u-boot failsafe interface.
The firmware will boot up correctly for the first time.
Do not power off the device after OpenWrt has booted.
Otherwise the u-boot will enter failsafe mode as the checksum
of the firmware has been changed.
2. Upgrade the sysupgrade.bin in OpenWrt.
After upgrading completes the u-boot won't complain about the
firmware checksum and it's OK to use now.
3. If you powered off the device before upgrading the sysupgrade.bin,
just upgrade the factory.bin through the u-boot failsafe interface
and then goto step 2.
Signed-off-by: Jackson Lim <jackcolentern@gmail.com>
[Reword reset-hog comment, fix formatting]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Newifi D1 is shipped with an 8GB microSD card in its SD slot
Without SD driver users would not be able to use it unless manually installed
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
Making all in tests
depbase=`echo handshake_table.o | sed 's|[^/]*$|.deps/&|;s|\.o$||'`;\
gcc -DPACKAGE_NAME=\"libressl\" -DPACKAGE_TARNAME=\"libressl\" -DPACKAGE_VERSION=\"2.9.2\" -DPACKAGE_STRING=\"libressl\ 2.9.2\" -DPACKAGE_BUGREPORT=\"\" -DPACKAGE_URL=\"\" -DPACKAGE=\"libressl\" -DVERSION=\"2.9.2\" -DSTDC_HEADERS=1 -DHAVE_SYS_TYPES_H=1 -DHAVE_SYS_STAT_H=1 -DHAVE_STDLIB_H=1 -DHAVE_STRING_H=1 -DHAVE_MEMORY_H=1 -DHAVE_STRINGS_H=1 -DHAVE_INTTYPES_H=1 -DHAVE_STDINT_H=1 -DHAVE_UNISTD_H=1 -DHAVE_DLFCN_H=1 -DLT_OBJDIR=\".libs/\" -DHAVE_SYMLINK=1 -DHAVE_ERR_H=1 -DHAVE_READPASSPHRASE_H=1 -DHAVE_ASPRINTF=1 -DHAVE_MEMMEM=1 -DHAVE_READPASSPHRASE=1 -DHAVE_STRLCAT=1 -DHAVE_STRLCPY=1 -DHAVE_STRNDUP=1 -DHAVE_STRNLEN=1 -DHAVE_STRSEP=1 -DHAVE_TIMEGM=1 -DHAVE_GETPROGNAME=1 -DHAVE_SYSLOG=1 -DHAVE_POLL=1 -DHAVE_SOCKETPAIR=1 -DHAVE_ARC4RANDOM=1 -DHAVE_ARC4RANDOM_BUF=1 -DHAVE_ARC4RANDOM_UNIFORM=1 -DHAVE_TIMINGSAFE_BCMP=1 -DHAVE_CLOCK_GETTIME=1 -DHAVE_VA_COPY=1 -DHAVE___VA_COPY=1 -DSIZEOF_TIME_T=8 -I. -I../include -I../include/compat -DLIBRESSL_INTERNAL -D__BEGIN_HIDDEN_DECLS= -D__END_HIDDEN_DECLS= -I ../crypto/modes -I ../crypto/asn1 -I ../ssl -I ../tls -I ../apps/openssl -I ../apps/openssl/compat -D_PATH_SSL_CA_FILE=\"../apps/openssl/cert.pem\" -I/Users/kevin/wrt/staging_dir/host/include -D__STRICT_ALIGNMENT -O2 -I/Users/kevin/wrt/staging_dir/host/include -fpic -Wall -std=gnu99 -fno-strict-aliasing -fno-strict-overflow -D_FORTIFY_SOURCE=2 -fstack-protector-strong -Qunused-arguments -Wno-pointer-sign -MT handshake_table.o -MD -MP -MF $depbase.Tpo -c -o handshake_table.o handshake_table.c &&\
mv -f $depbase.Tpo $depbase.Po
make[4]: *** No rule to make target `/Users/kevin/wrt/build_dir/host/libressl-2.9.2/crypto/.libs/libcrypto_la-cpuid-macosx-x86_64.o', needed by `handshake_table'. Stop.
make[3]: *** [all-recursive] Error 1
A similar error & clues from
e783d60473
"
LibreSSL 2.9.1 now has a test that requires libtls.a, however, when building a
shared library only build, the --disable-static flag is passed to libressl,
which prevents the building of libtls.a.
With libtls.a not being built, the following error occurs:
libressl-2.9.1/tls/.libs/libtls.a', needed by 'handshake_table'. Stop.
There are three options to fix this:
1) Stick with autotools, and provide a patch that removes building anything in
the tests folder.
2) Pass --enable-static to LIBRESSL_CONF_OPTS
3) Change the package type to cmake, as a cmake build does not have this issue."
It appears we cannot change to cmake because cmake has a dependency on
an ssl library.
Take option 1 and do not build the tests.
Also take the opportunity to remove man page building as well.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
1) nand_do_upgrade() is always called by a target code
2) nand_do_upgrade() starts with calling platform_nand_pre_upgrade()
It means there is no need for the platform_nand_pre_upgrade() callback
at all. All code that was present there could bo moved & simplly called
by a target right before the nand_do_upgrade().
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
1) RAMFS_COPY_BIN and RAMFS_COPY_DATA can be defined at top of the file
like it's done for all other targets.
2) fw_printenv.lock can be created one step later in the
platform_do_upgrade(). It seems to be working well on many other
targets.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This doesn't include 9ff8614a3dbe ("brcmfmac: use separate Kconfig file
for brcmfmac") due to a few conflicts with backports changes.
An important change is:
[PATCH 2/7] brcmfmac: change the order of things in brcmf_detach()
which fixes a rmmod crash in the brcmf_txfinalize().
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Fixes following errors:
src/mkfwimage.c:279:8: error: format specifies type 'long' but the argument has type 'off_t' (aka 'long long') [-Werror,-Wformat]
d->stats.st_size,
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
src/mkfwimage.c:280:8: error: format specifies type 'long' but the argument has type 'long long' [-Werror,-Wformat]
d->partition_length - d->stats.st_size);
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
src/mkfwimage.c:378:6: error: format specifies type 'unsigned long' but the argument has type 'long long' [-Werror,-Wformat]
d->stats.st_size - d->partition_length);
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Reported-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
src/mkfwimage.c:276:8: error: format '%lld' expects argument of type 'long long int', but argument 4 has type '__off_t' {aka 'const long int'} [-Werror=format=]
src/fw.h:71:36: error: format '%llu' expects argument of type 'long long unsigned int', but argument 6 has type '__off_t' {aka 'long int'} [-Werror=format=]
inlined from 'main' at src/mkfwimage.c:543:12:
/string_fortified.h:106:10: error: '__builtin_strncpy' output truncated before terminating nul copying 4 bytes from a string of the same length [-Werror=stringop-truncation]
inlined from 'write_part' at src/mkfwimage.c:235:2,
string_fortified.h:106:10: error: '__builtin_strncpy' specified bound 16 equals destination size [-Werror=stringop-truncation]
inlined from 'main' at src/mkfwimage.c:477:5:
string_fortified.h:106:10: error: '__builtin_strncpy' specified bound 256 equals destination size [-Werror=stringop-truncation]
inlined from 'main' at src/mkfwimage.c:496:5:
string_fortified.h:106:10: error: '__builtin_strncpy' specified bound 4096 equals destination size [-Werror=stringop-truncation]
inlined from 'main' at src/mkfwimage.c:481:5:
string_fortified.h:106:10: error: '__builtin_strncpy' specified bound 4096 equals destination size [-Werror=stringop-truncation]
inlined from 'main' at src/mkfwimage.c:485:5:
string_fortified.h:106:10: error: '__builtin_strncpy' specified bound 16 equals destination size [-Werror=stringop-truncation]
Runtested on ath79 and UBNT Bullet M XW.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Fix 4 errors reported by gcc 9
3 mismatched format type errors
1 unused variable error
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
While looking at the ath25 build breakage of 19.07 images today I've
encountered following error:
mkfwimage -B XS5 -v [...] ath25-ubnt5-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin.new
ERROR: Failed creating firmware layout description - error code: -2
Which is barely human readable and needs poking into the source code, so
this patch makes the error more verbose and usable by mere mortals.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Let's enforce additional automatic checks enforced by the compiler in
order to catch possible errors during compilation.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
the ath10k-ct package ships multiple versions of the ath10k-ct driver,
OpenWrt currently only uses the version 4.19, but we still ship some
patches for older versions. Remove all patches only touching older
versions and also remove the patch for older versions from patches which
do the same changes to multiple versions of ath10k-ct.
This removes some unneeded patches, the end binary should stay the same.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This updates mac80211 to version 5.2-rc7, this contains all the changes
to the wireless subsystem up to Linux 5.2-rc7.
* The removed patches are applied upstream
* b43 now uses kmod-lib-cordic
* Update the nl80211.h file in iw to match backports version.
* Remove the two backports from kernel 4.9, they were needed for mt76,
but that can use the version from backports now, otherwise they
collide and cause compile errors.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
TP-Link Archer C60 v2 is a dual-band AC1350 router,
based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9561 + QCA9886.
Specification:
- 775/650/258 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz
- 2T2R 5 GHz
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 7x LED, 2x button
- UART header on PCB
Flash instruction (WebUI):
Download *-factory.bin image and upload it via the firmwary upgrade
function of the stock firmware WebUI.
Flash instruction (TFTP):
1. Set PC to fixed IP address 192.168.0.66
2. Download *-factory.bin image and rename it to tp_recovery.bin
3. Start a tftp server with the file tp_recovery.bin in its root
directory
4. Turn off the router
5. Press and hold reset button
6. Turn on router with the reset button pressed and wait ~15 seconds
7. Release the reset button and after a short time the firmware should
be transferred from the tftp server
8. Wait ~30 second to complete recovery
Flash instruction (under U-Boot, using UART):
tftp 0x81000000 ...-sysupgrade.bin
erase 0x9f030000 +$filesize
cp.b $fileaddr 0x9f030000 $filesize
reset
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
TP-Link Archer C60v1 is a dual-band AC1350 router,
based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9561+QCA9886.
Specification:
- 775/650/258 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz
- 2T2R 5 GHz
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 7x LED, 2x button
- UART header on PCB
Flash instruction (WebUI):
Download *-factory.bin image and upload it via the firmwary upgrade
function of the stock firmware WebUI.
Flash instruction (TFTP):
1. Set PC to fixed ip address 192.168.0.66
2. Download *-factory.bin image and rename it to tp_recovery.bin
3. Start a tftp server with the file tp_recovery.bin in its root directory
4. Turn off the router
5. Press and hold Reset button
6. Turn on router with the reset button pressed and wait ~15 seconds
7. Release the reset button and after a short time
the firmware should be transferred from the tftp server
8. Wait ~30 second to complete recovery.
Flash instruction under U-Boot, using UART:
1. tftp 0x81000000 ...-sysupgrade.bin
2. erase 0x9f020000 +$filesize
3. cp.b $fileaddr 0x9f020000 $filesize
4. reset
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
TP-Link CPE510-v2/v3 is an outdoor wireless CPE for 5 GHz with
one Ethernet port based on Atheros AR9344
Specifications:
- Based on the same underlying hardware as the TP-Link CPE510
- Power, LAN, and 4 green LEDs
- 1 10/100Mbps Shielded Ethernet Port (Passive PoE in)
- Built-in 13dBi 2x2 dual-polarized directional MIMO antenna
- Adjustable transmission power from 0 to 23dBm/200mw
Flashing instructions:
Flash factory image through stock firmware WEB UI
or through TFTP
To get to TFTP recovery just hold reset button while powering on for
around 4-5 seconds and release.
Rename factory image to recovery.bin
Stock TFTP server IP:192.168.0.100
Stock device TFTP adress:192.168.0.254
Signed-off-by: Andrew Cameron <apcameron@softhome.net>
[whitespace fixes]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Trendnet TEW-823DRU is a dual-band AC1750 router.
The router is based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9558 + QCA9880.
Specification:
720 MHz CPU
256 MB of RAM
16 MB of FLASH
3T3R 2.4 GHz
3T3R 5 GHz
5x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
Firmware can be flashed from the web interface. Tested on 3 routers
with no issues.
Signed-off-by: Pramod Pancha <pancha@vill.com>
[whitespace fixes]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
TP-Link RE650 v1 is a dual-band AC2600 range extender,
based on MediaTek MT7621A and MT7615E. According to the
wikidevi entry for RE650 this device is identical with
TP-Link RE500 as hardware. This patch supports only RE650.
Hardware specification:
- SoC 880 MHz - MediaTek MT7621AT
- 128 MB of DDR3 RAM
- 16 MB - Winbond 25Q128FVSG
- 4T4R 2.4 GHz - MediaTek MT7615E
- 4T4R 5 GHz - MediaTek MT7615E
- 1x 1 Gbps Ethernet - MT7621AT integrated
- 7x LEDs (Power, 2G, 5G, WPS(x2), Lan(x2))
- 4x buttons (Reset, Power, WPS, LED)
- UART header (J1) - 2:GND, 3:RX, 4:TX
Serial console @ 57600,8n1
Flash instructions:
Upload
openwrt-ramips-mt7621-tplink_re650-v1-squashfs-factory.bin
from the RE650 web interface.
TFTP recovery to stock firmware:
Unfortunately, I can't find an easy way to recover the RE
without opening the device and using modified binaries. The
TFTP upload will only work if selected from u-boot, which
means you have to open the device and attach to the serial
console. The TFTP update procedure does *not* accept the
published vendor firmware binaries. However, it allows to
flash kernel + rootfs binaries, and this works if you have
a backup of the original contents of the flash. It's probably
possible to create special image out of the vendor binaries
and use that as recovery image.
Signed-off-by: Georgi Vlaev <georgi.vlaev@gmail.com>
[re-added variables for kernel header]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
While compile checking mtd changes in PR#1359 I've noticed following
compiler warnings and cleaned them up:
fis.c: In function 'fis_remap':
fis.c:143:25: warning: variable 'redboot' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
struct fis_image_desc *redboot = NULL;
^~~~~~~
fis.c:142:25: warning: variable 'fisdir' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
struct fis_image_desc *fisdir = NULL;
^~~~~~
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This board was used in dual-band 802.11n enterprise access points, models
BSAP-1800v2 and BSAP-1840, introduced in 2010 by Bluesocket, which was
acquired by Adtran in 2011, who has now EOL'ed them. They differed only in
that the BSAP-1840's antennae were detachable, while the BSAP-1800v2's were
inside the case. They have an external RJ-45 console port, which works with
standard Cisco 72-3383-01 console cables.
Specification:
- System-On-Chip: AR7161
- CPU/Speed: 600 MHz
- Flash-Chip: Macronix MX25L12845E
- Flash size: 16 MiB
- RAM: 64 MiB
- Wireless No1: Lite-On WN2601A card: AR9160/AR9103 2.4GHz 802.11bgn
- Wireless No2: Lite-On WN2502A card: AR9160/AR9106 5GHz 802.11an
- PHY: Vitesse VSC8601, Rev. B
Installation:
1. Connect to the serial console using a terminal that supports YMODEM at
115200 bps, 8 data bits, no parity, 1 stop bit
2. Interrupt the bootloader using its password, which is: r00t
3. Issue the "fis init" command, confirming if prompted
4. Look at the length of the openwrt-ath79-generic-*-squashfs-kernel.bin
file, and substitute it below, instead of where I have "LeNgTh"
5. Issue the following command, and upload this file using YMODEM protocol
load -r -v -b 0x80060000 -m ymodem
6. Issue the following commands, substituting as mentioned above:
fis create -b 0x80060000 -l LeNgTh vmlinux_2
load -r -v -b 0x80100000 -m ymodem
7. Using YMODEM, upload openwrt-ath79-generic-*-squashfs-rootfs.bin
8. Issue the "fis free" command, and for the first range in its response,
use a hexadecimal calculator to subtract the start from the end in order
to substitute it below, with the leading "0x" to specify it in
hexadecimal, instead of where I have "LeNgTh"
9. Issue the following commands, substituting as mentioned above:
fis create -b 0x80100000 -l LeNgTh -e 0 -r 0 rootfs
reset
10.Wait for the status LED to go solid green
Tested-by: Brian Gonyer <bgonyer@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gimpelevich <daniel@gimpelevich.san-francisco.ca.us>
[fixed obsolete $ARGV in platform_do_upgrade]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The Bluesocket BSAP1880 board has a Vitesse PHY, for which the driver was
not being included, and its RedBoot directory block is earlier in the
flash than the search was allowing. This commit prepares for supporting it.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gimpelevich <daniel@gimpelevich.san-francisco.ca.us>
The ag71xx code did not include a case for the "rgmii-id" PHY mode in the
code. There are devices that need this mode, so I'm adding it.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gimpelevich <daniel@gimpelevich.san-francisco.ca.us>
The code for calculating the CRC32 signatures for RedBoot FIS partitions
was already included, but for unknown reasons, it was never invoked. Some
bootloaders enforce checking these for loaded kernels, so they should be
written. This patch does so.
Tested-by: Brian Gonyer <bgonyer@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gimpelevich <daniel@gimpelevich.san-francisco.ca.us>
To configure the list of allowable TLS 1.3 ciphersuites, the option
tls_ciphersuites is used instead of tls_ciphers.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
It was reported in FS#2385, that Carambola2 doesn't currently have
working watchdog so fix it by adding watchdog node.
Ref: FS#2385
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
ELECOM WRC-1167GHBK2-S has a MediaTek MT7615D chip for 2.4/5 GHz
wireless.
A driver package for MT7615 chip is added to OpenWrt in
a0e5ca4f35,
so add preliminary MT7615 chip support for WRC-1167GHBK2-S.
Note: Currently, DBDC mode for MT7615 is not supported in mt76 driver.
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
Redirect the build output to PKG_BUILD_DIR instead of copying over
complete source code.
Build tested on following targets:
x86/64 ar7/generic ipq40xx/generic imx6/generic ar71xx/generic
ramips/mt7621 ramips/mt7620 sunxi/cortexa7
Run tested on imx6/apalis.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Drop 211-host_tools_portability.patch which is breaking perf build on
4.19 kernels by removing the include directory from the host's CFLAGS
leading to the following build breakage:
pmu-events/jevents.c:48:10: fatal error: linux/list.h: No such file or directory
#include <linux/list.h>
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
jffs2reset is used to cleanup the rootfs_data overlay, but it's
currently missing in the ramfs during sysupgrade leading to the
following error:
Switching to ramdisk...
Performing system upgrade...
/lib/upgrade/do_stage2: line 27: jffs2reset: not found
Fixes: 2f1a11d008 ("imx6: apalis: fix config survival after sysupgrade -n")
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
We can't use $board_name in sysupgrade paths for kernel and rootfs as we
currently generate one image which could be used on two different base
boards.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Many Atom-based embedded/industrial x86 boards can't run 64bit operating
systems due to either processor or board firmware limitations, but they
have modern interfaces (PCIe) or have modern Intel gigabit controllers
onboard. With the current default package selection for x86 Generic
target their network won't work.
Add the modern gigabit network modules needed or most likely going to be
used as add-in cards, similar to what is the list on x86_64 target.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
[fixed whitespace issue]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
By default, set BE tx queue TXOP limit to 1.0 in the hostapd config
Many vendor drivers are doing similar things to boost throughput.
On MT7612 under ideal conditions, it improves tx throughput from 470 Mbit/s
to about 570 Mbit/s.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
sysupgrade passes image path to platform_check_image() as an argument so
it can be simply accessed using $1
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
The only step between platform_pre_upgrade() and platform_do_upgrade()
is switching to ramdisk. It should be fine to "mtd erase firmware" from
the later callback and get rid of the first one.
This change wasn't tested on affected target but identical code logic
was verified to work as expected on brcm47xx with initramfs firmware.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
The only step between platform_pre_upgrade() and platform_do_upgrade()
is switching to ramdisk. It should be fine to "mtd erase firmware" from
the later callback and get rid of the first one.
This change wasn't tested on affected target but identical code logic
was verified to work as expected on brcm47xx with initramfs firmware.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
fixes intermittent loss of connectivity on 1Gbit port, with log message:
> 803x_aneg_done: SGMII link is not ok
Thanks to David Bauer for pointing me in the right direction.
I just had to figure out the right bus_id, which you find in this log:
> ag71xx ag71xx.1: connected to PHY at gpio-1:00 [uid=004dd074,
driver=Atheros 8031 ethernet]
Fixes FS#2236
Signed-off-by: Etienne Champetier <champetier.etienne@gmail.com>
[Wrapped commit message - Fixed whitespace erors]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This script is copied from ar71xx. Without a header fixup, u-boot
checksum for kernel will fail after the first boot.
Fixes: a9360452f0 ("ath79: add support for Qihoo C301")
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
sysupgrade passes image to check as argument so use $# instead of $ARGC.
It also fits this function better as it checks $1 and not $ARGV.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
In 2011 (!), network setup for nexaira,bc2 was moved to network
defaults script with a typo so it became b2c:
295e04084c ("ramips: setup bc2 mac addresses from the generic network script")
This patch just removes the useless entry without replacement,
since it seems to have worked for 8 years anyway.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
according to functional block diagram in datasheet, these devices
don't belong to apb bus.
Move these nodes out to match datasheet description.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Specifications:
- SoC: AR9344
- RAM: 128MB
- Flash: 2 * 16MB (MX25L12845)
- Ethernet: 2 * FE LAN & 1 * FE WAN
- WiFi: 2.4G: AR9344 5G: QCA9882
Flash instruction:
1. Hold reset and power up the router
2. Set your IP to 192.168.1.x
3. Open 192.168.1.1 and upload the generated *factory* firmware
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Since mt76x8an ver1 eco2, SDXC pins can be switched to the
following pinmap:
sd_d1 -> PAD_I2S_SDI
sd_d0 -> PAD_I2S_WS
sd_cmd -> PAD_I2S_CLK
sd_d3 -> PAD_I2C_SCLK
sd_d2 -> PAD_I2C_SD
sd_clk -> PAD_GPIO0
sd_wp -> PAD_TXD1
sd_cd -> PAD_RXD1
To use this pinmap, one would need to set ESD_MODE bit (bit 15)
to 1 in GPIO1_MODE and switch other used pads into GPIO mode.
In this mode, we don't need to switch ethernet pins to digital
pad.
Check ESD_MODE bit before applying AGPIO_CFG and use rt_sysc_m32
to set it.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Removed an eglibc remnant, and while at it, grouped all of the
TOOLCHAIN_PLATFORMs using the same FLAGS together.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
The OpenWrt buildroot ABI version rebuild tracker does not handle
transient dependencies, therefore add all libraries linked by
block-mount and blockd as direct dependencies to the corresponding
binary package definition.
This ensures that block-mount and blockd is automatically rebuilt and
relinked if any of these libraries has its ABI_VERSION updated in the
future.
Fixes: FS#2373
[jow: similar fix for procd and 98.42% of commit message]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philip Wich <jow@mein.io>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Hardware
--------
CPU: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9558
RAM: 128M DDR2
FLASH: 16MiB
ETH: 1x Atheros AR8035 (PoE in)
WiFi2: QCA9558 3T3R
WiFi5: QCA9880 3T3R
BTN: 1x Reset
LED: 1x LED Power (non-controllable)
1x LED Status (internal)
1x LED LAN (controlled by PHY)
1x LED WLAN
BEEP: 1x GPIO attached piezo beeper
UART: 3.3V GND TX RX (115200-N-8) (3.3V is square pad)
Header is located next to external-LED header.
Installation
------------
Make sure you set a password for the root user as prompted on first
setup!
1. Upload OpenWRT sysupgrade image via SSH to the device.
Use /tmp as the destination folder on the device.
User is root, password the one set in the web interface.
2. Install OpenWRT with
> sysupgrade -n -F /tmp/<openwrt-image-name>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The command line enforced by the kernel is harmful, we want to
use the command line passed from the device tree. This is
especially important for the SQ201, Teltonika RUT and WBD111
which has a console set to 115200n8 and not 19200n8 like all
the others, so their consoles will be confusingly changing
baudrate between boot loader and kernel. The setting in the
device tree corresponds to what the boot loader is using.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
This patch unifies the polled and interrupt-driven gpio_keys code
paths as well implements consistent handling of the debounce
interval set for the GPIO buttons and switches.
Hotplug events will only be fired if
1. The input changes its state and remains stable for the duration
of the debounce interval (default is 5 ms).
2. In the initial stable (no state-change for duration of the
debounce interval) state once the driver module gets loaded.
Switch type inputs will always report their stable state.
Unpressed buttons will not trigger an event for the initial
stable state. Whereas pressed buttons will trigger an event.
This is consistent with upstream's gpio-key driver that uses
the input subsystem (and dont use autorepeat).
Prior to this patch, this was handled inconsistently for interrupt-based
an polled gpio-keys. Hence this patch unifies the shared logic into the
gpio_keys_handle_button() function and modify both implementations to
handle the initial state properly.
The changes described in 2. ) . can have an impact on the
failsafe trigger. Up until now, the script checked for button
state changes. On the down side, this allowed to trigger the
failsafe by releasing a held button at the right time. On the
plus side, the button's polarity setting didn't matter.
Now, the failsafe will only engage when a button was pressed
at the right moment (same as before), but now it can
theoretically also trigger when the button was pressed the
whole time the kernel booted and well into the fast-blinking
preinit phase. However, the chances that this can happen are
really small. This is because the gpio-button module is usually
up and ready even before the preinit state is entered. So, the
initial pressed button event gets lost and most devices behave
as before.
Bisectors: If this patch causes a device to permanently go into
failsafe or experience weird behavior due to inputs, please
check the following:
- the GPIO polarity setting for the button
- the software-debounce value
Run-tested for 'gpio-keys' and 'gpio-keys-polled' on
- devolo WiFi pro 1200e
- devolo WiFi pro 1750c
- devolo WiFi pro 1750x
- Netgear WNDR4700
- Meraki MR24
- RT-AC58U
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [further
cleanups, simplification and unification]
- Support added to bcm2709 subtarget (32 bit).
- 64 bit kernel still requires many hacks on RPi 4B.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
b43legacy needs ssb support and we do not compile the mips74 subtarget
of the brcm47xx target with SSB support. This causes a build failure in
the mac80211 package and only some of the kernel modules are being
created.
I am not aware of any device with a BRCM47xx mips74 CPU which uses a
b43legacy compatible device.
Fixes: FS#2334
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
SoC: MediaTek MT7621AT
RAM: 128M (Winbond W631GG6KB-15)
FLASH: 16MB (Spansion S25FL128SA)
WiFi: MediaTek MT7603EN bgn 2SS
WiFi: MediaTek MT7612EN nac 2SS
BTN: Reset - WPS
LED: - Power
- LAN {1-4}
- WAN
- WiFi 2.4 GHz
- WiFi 5 GHz
- USB
UART: UART is present next to the Power LED.
TX - RX - GND - 3V3 / 57600-8N1
3V3 is the nearest one to the Power LED.
Installation
------------
Via TFTP:
1. Set your computers IP-Address to 192.168.1.75.
2. Power up the Router with the Reset button pressed.
3. Release the Reset button after 5 seconds.
4. Upload OpenWRT sysupgrade image via TFTP:
> tftp -4 -v -m binary 192.168.1.1 -c put <IMAGE>
Via SSH:
Note: User/password for SSH is identical with the one used in the
Web-interface.
1. Complete the initial setup wizard.
2. Activate SSH under "Administration" -> "System".
3. Transfer the OpenWrt sysupgrade image via scp:
> scp owrt.bin admin@192.168.1.1:/tmp
4. Connect via SSH to the router.
> ssh admin@192.168.1.1
5. Write the OpenWrt image to flash.
> mtd-write -i /tmp/owrt.bin -d linux
6. Reboot the router
> reboot
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Update the lua5.3 package to build a shared object just like the old lua
package. Ported / recreated the same patch number as the other lua
package. Built and tested library / interpreter on BCM5301X.
Signed-off-by: Colby Whitney <colby.whitney@luxul.com>
This commit fixes a forgotten case in previous commit.
Fixes: 087e14ab59 ("ramips: mt7621: merge two variants of MQmaker WiTi together")
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
do_upgrade_stage2() isn't really any common code. It isn't used anywhere
except for /sbin/sysupgrade that passes it to the stage2.
Moving its code to separated file also simplifies COMMAND variable.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
mt7621 and mt7628 now have the ability to detect memory size
automatically.
Drop memory nodes and let kernel determine memory size.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
mt7621 has the following memory map:
0x0-0x1c000000: lower 448m memory
0x1c000000-0x2000000: peripheral registers
0x20000000-0x2400000: higher 64m memory
detect_memory_region in arch/mips/kernel/setup.c only add the first
memory region and isn't suitable for 512m memory detection because
it may accidentally read the memory area for peripheral registers.
This commit adds memory detection capability for mt7621:
1. add the highmem area when 512m is detected.
2. guard memcmp from accessing peripheral registers:
This only happens when some weird user decided to change
kernel load address to 256m or higher address. Since this
is a quite unusual case, we just skip 512m testing and return
256m as memory size.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
This patch applies sorting to the definitions as whole blocks.
Sorting has been performed fully automatic, line count differences
originate from double empty lines removed.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This patch is cosmetical:
It only applies sorting based on device names, whereas renames
already took place in earlier patches.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Having converted the target to use device compatible, ramips.sh
is obsolete now.
The only remaining entry for the mt7688 evaluation board seems to
be orphaned.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
As introduced with ath79, DTS files for ramips will now be labelled
soc_vendor_device.dts(i). With this change, DTS files can be
selected automatically without further manual links.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
As introduced with ath79, DTS files for ramips will now be labelled
soc_vendor_device.dts(i). With this change, DTS files can be
selected automatically without further manual links.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This will automatically derive the DTS name as in ath79 and thus
makes specifying DTS for every device obsolete.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
---
This patch only introduces the mechanism and is then followed by
commits with renames and Makefile adjustments per subtarget.
Eventually, those can be all squashed into a single commit or left
as they are to enhance overview.
This will "rename" devices in Makefiles to the pattern used in
DTS compatible. This will systematize naming of devices
enormously.
As device names are used to for default SUPPORTED_DEVICES entries,
we need to adjust the source for /tmp/sysinfo/board_name, too.
So remove relevant entries from base-files/lib/ramips.sh and
use device compatible for that.
Despite that, base-files are updated, too.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Include "Archer" in compatible as it is part of the device name.
Update Makefile device names where necessary to match compatible.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This is already included in newer upstream. Needed to build BPF programs
using the MIPS kernel include files.
Without this patch, clang fails with "#error Use a Linux compiler or
give up." in sgidefs.h when building BPF programs.
Signed-off-by: Fredrik Olofsson <fredrik.olofsson@anyfinetworks.com>
This feature is similar to the SRC_TREE_OVERRIDE. However instead of having
to manually create a symlink inside the package folder, the buildsystem
will check if $(TOP_DIR)/src-checkout/$(PKG_NAME)/.git is present and use
this instead.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
This fixes the collection of target info during build, where the
device title for rb532/nand is just empty:
tmp/.config-target.in:44925:warning: leading whitespace ignored
tmp/.config-target.in:123738:warning: leading whitespace ignored
tmp/.config-target.in:123786:warning: leading whitespace ignored
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Fix file installation clash between kmod-sched & kmod-sched-cake as both
try to install sch_cake.ko
Remove cake from kmod-sched package as cake is supposed to be the
optional qdisc.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Newer motherboards support NVMe U.2 connectors but also NVMe storage can
be used on add-on pcie adapters.
Enable kernel driver on x86 for now so the NVMe flash storage can be used
Signed-off-by: Lucian Cristian <lucian.cristian@gmail.com>
Upstream kernel added support for RAW_APPENDED_DTB on ralink arch
in the following commit:
02564fc89d3d ("ralink: Introduce fw_passed_dtb to arch/mips/ralink")
Use upstream solution and get rid of our OWRTDTB hack.
This commit set DEVICE_DTS to $$(DTS) instead of replacing DTS with
DEVICE_DTS in device profile because DTS variable will be dropped
in later commits.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
[Tested on mt7621/mt76x8]
Tested-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
[Tested on rt305x/mt7620]
Tested-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
Update gengetopt to 2.23
Remove 100-dependency_fix.patch, fixed upstream
Rework no tests and docs patch
Fix typo in copyright section
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
The Etactica EG200 is the only device in ath79 despite nand
target that lacks IMAGE_SIZE.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
CAKE made it to kernel 4.19 and since OpenWrt now at kernel 4.19 we can
drop the out of tree cake package in base repository.
Add kmod-sched-cake to netsupport so package dependencies are still met.
Similarly CAKE is retained as an optional qdisc module to avoid base
scheduler package size implications.
Backport upstream patches from k5.1 to address some small bugs and
support fwmark usage.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
With bcm53xx switched to the new procedure there is no more need for
keeping that backward compatibility code.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Calling nand_do_upgrade() from platform_pre_upgrade() was obsoleted in
the commit 30f61a34b4 ("base-files: always use staged sysupgrade").
This change brings bcm53xx in sync with other targets and allows
dropping backward compatibility code. It shouldn't change any user
visible behavior.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Its last usage was dropped back in 2013 in the commit b95bdc8ab5
("kernel/base-files: clean up old code related to refreshing mtd
partitions, it is no longer used anywhere").
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This fixes the following compile problem with kernel 4.9 on lantiq:
drivers/mtd/mtdsplit/mtdsplit_uimage.c:244:34: error: array type has incomplete element type 'struct of_device_id'
static const struct of_device_id mtdsplit_uimage_of_match_table[] = {
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
drivers/mtd/mtdsplit/mtdsplit_uimage.c:245:4: error: field name not in record or union initializer
{ .compatible = "denx,uimage" },
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This is pending to get into the upstream kernel.
This fixes a bug in the upstream kernel which was added to stable some
time ago.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This patch adds two new commands:
zram status - shows memory stats for all zram swaps
zram compaction - trigger compaction for all zram swaps
Signed-off-by: Emil Muratov <gpm@hotplug.ru>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
No size increase on busybox binary.
Since busybox mkswap is already enabled by default it seems reasonable
to enable swapon/off too. For ex. this obsoletes installing block-mount
dependency for zram-swap.
Signed-off-by: Emil Muratov <gpm@hotplug.ru>
Executing '/etc/init.d/zram start' during runtime (with a swap being already
mounted) triggers zram device compaction and prints out nice stats info about
zram memory usage
Signed-off-by: Emil Muratov <gpm@hotplug.ru>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [use IEC's MiB unit]
- fix dependency on BUSYBOX_CONFIG_SWAPONOFF (removed in 84da2a6)
- add busybox defaults checking (fix zram-swap always installs swap-utils
and libblkid as dependency, even if busybox includes mkswap by default)
Signed-off-by: Emil Muratov <gpm@hotplug.ru>
Somehow I missed to add the magical image cooking file
for the SL93512r. Fix it.
Fixes: 18e2053bec ("gemini: Add StorLink SL93512r images")
Reported-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [added Fixes,
changed subject]
This has been reported by Chen Minqiang (@ptpt52).
Reported-by: Chen Minqiang <ptpt52@gmail.com>
Fixes: 18e2053bec ("gemini: Add StorLink SL93512r images")
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [Added tags]
Currently, path argument is only checked for being not empty.
This changes behavior to actually check whether path exists.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
After commit 1e41de2f48 ("mpc85xx: convert TL-WDR4900 v1 to simpleImage")
XZ compression of zImage was enabled. This change exposed a problem with
the HiveAP-330 images, which was fixed by foregoing the compression on
the kernel altogether with commit 98089bb8ba
("mpc85xx: Use uncompressed kernel on the HiveAP-330").
This patch adds back the gzip compression of the kernel image by
utilizing the generic OpenWRT uImage method instead of relying on
the PowerPC bootwrapper script that did it previously.
Compile-tested: p1020/hiveap-330
Tested-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com> [run-tested]
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[filled in even more text]
This edjusts the selection of recently removed wolfssl options which
have always been built into the library even in their abscence.
Also remove the selection of libwolfssl itself, allowing the library to
be built as a module.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
Removed options that can't be turned off because we're building with
--enable-stunnel, some of which affect hostapd's Config.in.
Adjusted the title of OCSP option, as OCSP itself can't be turned off,
only the stapling part is selectable.
Mark options turned on when wpad support is selected.
Add building options for TLS 1.0, and TLS 1.3.
Add hardware crypto support, which due to a bug, only works when CCM
support is turned off.
Reorganized option conditionals in Makefile.
Add Eneas U de Queiroz as maintainer.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
This includes a fix for a medium-level potential cache attack with a
variant of Bleichenbacher’s attack. Patches were refreshed.
Increased FP_MAX_BITS to allow 4096-bit RSA keys.
Fixed poly1305 build option, and some Makefile updates.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cotequeiroz@gmail.com>
This patch updates the board-2.bin for the default
IPQ4019, QCA9984 and QCA9888 ath10k-firmware-xyz-ct
and -ct-htt firmwares.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This prevents overriding it to use GCC9.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[changed logic to not fall back on 7.4]
This patch backports verbatim the commit from Linux 5.2-rc7 that fixes
the warnings about invalid lpm related parameters on hardware which
don't that.
This is the case for e.g. lantiq xrx200 targets.
Supported only in Linux 4.17 an later.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
[refresh patches, fix commit title]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The following warnings are introduced by our own patches:
lantiq_etop.c:173:1: warning: no semicolon at end of struct or union
};
^
lantiq_etop.c: In function 'ltq_etop_change_mtu':
lantiq_etop.c:725:2: warning: ISO C90 forbids mixed declarations and code [-Wdeclaration-after-statement]
int max = ETH_HLEN + VLAN_HLEN + new_mtu + ETH_FCS_LEN;
^~~
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
It is pretty ovbious a misuse of the simple-bus binding as no child has
a address.
Luckly the clock node isn't used at all so it is safe to get rid of it.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Set a unit address matching the reg property for the EASY98000 ethernet
node.
Fixes a unit mismatch devicetree compiler warning.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The localbus childs are highly board specific and need to be part of the
board dts. Otherwise we run into duplicate unit address issues if a
board has something else (NAND) connected to the bus id.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The register address is the same for danube und vr9. The register size
is 0x400 byte for danube and 0x300 byte for vr9.
The change doesn't have an impact as the vmmc driver doesn't use the
devicetree and has hardcoded register offsets.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Fixes the following devicetree compiler warning:
unnecessary #address-cells/#size-cells without "ranges" or child "reg" property
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Add size and address cells where missing to fix the following devicetree
compiler warning:
Warning (avoid_default_addr_size): Relying on default #address-cells value
Warning (avoid_default_addr_size): Relying on default #size-cells value
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The cpu temperature driver has the register offset hardcode and doesn't
need a reg.
The mdio bus node is only used as a well known name and doesn't need a
reg or unit address.
syscon-reboot doesn't have a unit address or a reg either. The unit name
collides with reset-controller@10 anyway.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Add the reg property if the node has an unit address. Fixes the
following device tree compiler warning:
Warning (unit_address_vs_reg): node has a unit name, but no reg property
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This allows the definition of DEVICE_VENDOR, DEVICE_MODEL and
DEVICE_VARIANT. All three are merged together to look the same as the
current DEVICE_TITLE. Also, if DEVICE_TITLE is set it's directly used as
a *fallback* for devices which weren't upgraded yet.
This is based on the work of @sudhanshu16.
The motivation is to create JSON files based on provided metadata,
needing clear differentiation between vendor, model and revision.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
The current state of the kernel 4.14 support is in the openwrt-19.07
branch. No need to keep a not default used kernel in this branch.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
With kernel 4.19 the DMA API relies on a struct device to work properly.
Backport upstream patches which passed a struct device instead of NULL
to the DMA API.
Fixes kernel panics during boot.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
In case a PCI device is physical present, the Lantiq PCI driver need to
be loaded prior to the Lantiq PCIe driver. Otherwise none of them will
work because updating the BAR 0 of a device attached to the PCIe Bus
will fail.
Till kernel commit 9667bb039bf6 ("MIPS: lantiq: remove unnecessary
of_platform_default_populate call"), the Lantiq PCI driver was probed
early in the boot process via plat_of_setup().
Since the mentioned commit, both drivers are probed via
of_platform_default_populate_init() and they are probed according to
their order in the devicetree source file.
If the Lantiq PCI driver is enabled in the devicetree, defer the probing
og the Lantiq PCIe driver till the Lantiq PCI driver is probed. Use the
presence of a PCU bus as indicater for a loaded Lantiq PCI driver.
This way we don't need to shuffle the PCI/PCIe nodes in the devicetree
source file, as they are already (correctly) ordered based on the unit
address.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
With kernel 4.19 dwc2 would not want to initialize due to reset
timeouts, while it worked fine with 4.14.
Increase the reset timeouts to 1 second, as it was used by the old
lantiq ifxhcd usb driver.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The following patches are dropped because they are now upstreamed:
- 0002-gpio-stp-xway-Implement-get-callback.patch
upstreamed with commit 5b9b2b5284f819 ("gpio: stp-xway: Implement get
callback")
- 0027-01-net-phy-intel-xway-add-VR9-version-number.patch
upstreamed with commit 5b73d9955fb4b0 ("net: phy: intel-xway: add VR9
version number")
- 0027-02-net-phy-intel-xway-add-VR9-v1.1-phy-ids.patch
upstreamed with commit f452518c982e57 ("net: phy: intel-xway: add VR9
v1.1 phy ids")
The following patches were updated:
- 0018-MTD-nand-lots-of-xrx200-fixes.patch
the mainline driver now resides in drivers/mtd/nand/raw/xway_nand.c
(instead of drivers/mtd/nand/xway_nand.c)
- 0025-NET-MIPS-lantiq-adds-xrx200-net.patch
the DMA API now requires a valid device to be passed to all operations
- 0028-NET-lantiq-various-etop-fixes.patch
the DMA API now requires a valid device to be passed to all operations
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This just copies the files from the kernel 4.14 specific folders into
the kernel 4.19 specific folder, no changes are done to the files in
this commit.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Linux 4.15 removes the init_timer() API. It's replaced by two functions:
- timer_setup() is used instead of init_timer() and also replaces the
timer "function" (callback) setup.
- from_timer() has to be used to obtain the use-case specific data from
a struct timer_list, which is now passed to the timer callback.
Update the timer API to be compatible with Linux 4.15+ so it compiles
with the upcoming Linux 4.19 kernel update.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Since we switched to 4.19, the kernel build checks for libelf to decide if
it should build tools for stack validation.
On macOS, this check fails during target/compile, but succeeds during package
build (because of the pkg-config path picking up target libraries).
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
While moving common used parts to dtsi files, the was disabled by
default but not enabled for all boards using the STP.
Fixes: f519fea4c6 ("lantiq: kernel 4.14: cleanup dts files")
Reported-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Reviewed-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
This addresses an issue where the list option specified in
/etc/config/openvpn i.e. 'tls_cipher' would instead show up in the
generated openvpn-<name>.conf as 'ncp-ciphers'. For context,
'ncp_ciphers' appears after 'tls_cipher' in OPENVPN_LIST from
openvpn.options.
Also, the ordering of the options in the UCI config file is now
preserved when generating the OpenVPN config. The two currently
supported list options deal with cipher preferences.
Signed-off-by: Matt Merhar <mattmerhar@protonmail.com>
All protos for wwan (ncm,qmi,mbim) do have a delay option.
To standardize that add also the missing delay option to the 3g proto.
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <fe@dev.tdt.de>
Restart is in default implemented so it calls stop and start. This is
pretty unsafe to call on umount service. This service should not do
anything on restart the same way as on start. Only use of this service
is on stop.
Signed-off-by: Karel Kočí <cynerd@email.cz>
There are mobile carrier who have different MTU size in their network.
With this change it is now possible to configure this with the qmi
proto handler.
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <fe@dev.tdt.de>
Apply the same approach as in commit 3b53d6fdbc ("ar71xx: fix pci irq
init on kernel 4.14") to fix IRQ initialization for ath79-based chipsets
on rb4xx.
Ref: PR#2182
Acked-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Signed-off-by: W. Michael Petullo <mike@flyn.org>
[commit ref fix]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
In ath79, identifiers tplink_tl-wdr3600 and tplink_tl-wdr4300 have
been used while most other TP-Link devices include the revision.
Although there actually is only one major revision of these
devices, they bear the revision on their bottom (v1.x). TP-Link
also refers to the devices as V1 on its web page.
This patch thus adds -v1 to both so it is more consistent
with other devices and with what you would expect from reading
the on-device sticker and the support pages.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Having the build time written on stderr make it appear with V=w
although it is not an error or warning. Just write the time on stdout
to have it part of the build log like all the rest, but not clutter
the output when only warnings and errors should be shown.
Signed-off-by: Alban Bedel <albeu@free.fr>
Fix wrong paths in InstallDev which cause Lua 5.3 headers to be staged
in /usr/include/, overwriting Lua 5.1 headers and leading to widespread
build failures in all Lua related packages.
Fixes: FS#2348
Fixes: 6b161bb8d5 ("lua5.3: package Lua 5.3 version")
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
* curve25519: not all linkers support bmi2 and adx
This should allow WireGuard to build on older toolchains.
* global: switch to coarse ktime
Our prior use of fast ktime before meant that sometimes, depending on how
broken the motherboard was, we'd wind up calling into the HPET slow path. Here
we move to coarse ktime which is always super speedy. In the process we had to
fix the resolution of the clock, as well as introduce a new interface for it,
landing in 5.3. Older kernels fall back to a fast-enough mechanism based on
jiffies.
https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/tip-e3ff9c3678b4d80e22d2557b68726174578eaf52@git.kernel.org/https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/20190621203249.3909-3-Jason@zx2c4.com/
* netlink: cast struct over cb->args for type safety
This follow recent upstream changes such as:
https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/20190628144022.31376-1-Jason@zx2c4.com/
* peer: use LIST_HEAD macro
Style nit.
* receive: queue dead packets to napi queue instead of empty rx_queue
This mitigates a WARN_ON being triggered by the workqueue code. It was quite
hard to trigger, except sporadically, or reliably with a PC Engines ALIX, an
extremely slow board with an AMD LX800 that Ryan Whelan of Axatrax was kind
enough to mail me.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
The linux kernel is not reproducible because the build user
and domain is included into the kernel. Set the build user
to `builder` and build domain to buildhost.
It's also possible to build reproducible builds by setting
KERNEL_BUILD_USER KERNEL_BUILD_DOMAIN to static values.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
TP-Link TL-WR841n v14 is a router based on MediaTek MT7628N.
- MediaTek MT7628NN
- 32 MB of RAM
- 4 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
Installation:
- copy the
'openwrt-ramips-mt76x8-tl-wr841n-v14-squashfs-tftp-recovery.bin'
file to your tftp server root and rename it to 'tp_recovery.bin'.
- configure your PC running the TFTP server with the static IP address
192.168.0.66/24
- push the reset button and plug in the power connector. Wait until
the orange led starts blinking (~6sec)
Signed-off-by: Alexander Müller <donothingloop@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu> [small modifications gpio-hog]
Similiar to the lantiq target use a dts alias to define the wlan led
instead of static mapping in /etc/board.d/01_leds. Reduce code
duplication.
A device tree must define the alias "led-wlan" similiar to "led-boot".
/ {
aliases {
led-wlan = &led_wlan;
};
[..]
led_wlan: wlan {
label = "tl-wr841n-v14:green:wlan";
gpios = <&gpio1 9 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
};
};
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
The src-include method allows recursive inclusion of feeds.conf snippets.
This can for example be used for adding static local feeds to
feeds.conf.default without ever having to update the local feeds.conf:
src-include defaults feeds.conf.default
src-link custom /usr/local/src/lede/custom
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
This adds image generation for the StorLink reference design
SL93512r. This board is now supported upstream in kernel
v4.19.
As this image structure is identical to SQ201 and Raidsonic,
we simply refer to this as "storlink-reference" from now on.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
The DIR-685 needs this module compiled in for safety
(it is facing the LAN ports) and it is now (as of
kernel v4.19) using the DSA switch architecture so
swconfig is not needed.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
The plan for packaging Lua is to have "lua5.1" and "lua5.3" packages
with only the first one having "lua" alias (PROVIDES) for backward
compatibility with existing packages.
Putting PROVIDES in lua5.3 was a copy & paste mistake.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This adds initial support for micro-DPU (uDPU) board which is based on
Armada-3720 SoC. micro-DPU is the single-port FTTdp distribution point
unit made by Methode Electronics which offers complete modularity with
replaceable SFP modules both for uplink and downlink (G.hn over
twisted-pair, G.hn over coax, 1G and 2.5G Ethernet over Cat-5e cable).
On-board features:
- 512 MiB DDR3
- 2 x 2.5G SFP via HSGMII SERDES interface to the A3720 SoC
- USB 2.0 Type-C connector
- 4GB eMMC
- ETSI TS 101548 reverse powering via twisted pair (RJ45) or coax (F Type)
uDPU is intented to run on kernel 4.19 on newer due to the SFP and hardware support.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Vid <vladimir.vid@sartura.hr>
When the non-generic espressobin targets were added these board checks
were not updated. One side effect of this is that config is not saved
during an upgrade of -emmc,-v7, or -v7-emmc devices.
Signed-off-by: Brett Mastbergen <bmastbergen@untangle.com>
Some devices and packages require newer version of u-boot to work
properly, update u-boot to keep up with 4.19 kernel.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Vid <vladimir.vid@sartura.hr>
[re-added missing commit message]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
It apparently requires passing V variable explicitly.
Fixes: fe59b46ca7 ("lua: include version number in installed files")
Reported-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This package provides an interpreter and compiler for Lua 5.3.5. It has
been decided to use separated package due to a backward incompatibility
of Lua 5.2 and 5.3.
This package/version:
1) Does not include lnum patch as its author didn't decide to port it to
the new version.
2) Does not provide shared library as the old patch doesn't apply
anymore. It can be added later if needed.
3) Does not come with examples package as tests were dropped by upstream
developers.
That said there is definitely a room for improvement and any further
work is highly appreciated. It works however and can be safely pushed as
a basic/early package release.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Image padding with dd needs to be done in an OS independent way as not
all dd understand capital letter unit specifiers, and not all understand
lowercase either.
Fixes: 97833a57ef ("build: image: add pad-to and pad-rootfs-squashfs helpers")
Reported-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Fixes following kernel build issue on ath79 with CONFIG_KERNEL_FTRACE=y
enabled:
Tracers (FTRACE) [Y/n/?] y
Kernel Function Tracer (FUNCTION_TRACER) [Y/n/?] y
Kernel Function Graph Tracer (FUNCTION_GRAPH_TRACER) [Y/n/?] y
Enable trace events for preempt and irq disable/enable (PREEMPTIRQ_EVENTS) [N/y/?] (NEW)
...
Preempt / IRQ disable delay thread to test latency tracers (PREEMPTIRQ_DELAY_TEST) [N/m/?] (NEW)
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
An aquantia phy patch which dropped pause frame support was
missing when integrated LSDK-19.03 kernel patches into OpenWrt.
Without this patch, LS1043A 10G port would not work. So apply it.
Patch link
https://source.codeaurora.org/external/qoriq/qoriq-components/
linux/commit/?h=linux-4.14&id=66346b115818365cfaf99d292871b19f0a1d2850
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
cd7eabcd8c9d ugps: Fix compilation under 64-bit
198c06051dd0 Fix build error caused by enabled extra compiler warnings
fc2ab8756b3b Enable extra compiler warnings
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Just stumbled across this LEDE legacy, without finding any real reason
to keep it. There is a single LEDE_DEVICE_MANUFACTURER_URL dependency
in the luci feed repo which needs to be syncronized.
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
[re-added missing commit message]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Current snapshot images doesn't provide images with usable overlay
filesystems:
mount_root: no usable overlay filesystem found, using tmpfs overlay
So this patch fixes this by updating support to current f2fs/ext4 based
overlays and providing squashfs with proper rootfs
TARGET_ROOTFS_PARTSIZE size.
While at it, I've also added support for optional gzipping of the
images, and renamed the output rootfs image filenames to match the more
common naming pattern $(IMG_PREFIX)-rootfs-$(FS-TYPE).img.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
jffs2/mtdblock overlays are long time gone, and as we switch to the new
f2fs/ext4 based overlays, we need to add missing support for loop block
device and f2fs to kernel.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Current snapshot images doesn't provide images with usable overlay
filesystems:
mount_root: no usable overlay filesystem found, using tmpfs overlay
So this patch fixes this by updating support to current f2fs/ext4 based
overlays and providing squashfs with proper rootfs
TARGET_ROOTFS_PARTSIZE size.
While at it, I've also added support for optional gzipping of the
images, and renamed the output rootfs image filenames to match the more
common naming pattern $(IMG_PREFIX)-rootfs-$(FS-TYPE).img.
Cc: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
jffs2/mtdblock overlays are long time gone, and as we switch to the new
f2fs/ext4 based overlays, we need to add missing support for loop block
device and f2fs to kernel.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Current squashfs snapshot images are improperly padded by just 128k,
which doesn't correspond with TARGET_ROOTFS_PARTSIZE=128 default config
option, leading to following:
Filesystem Size Used Available Use% Mounted on
/dev/root 2.5M 2.5M 0 100% /rom
/dev/loop0 85.0K 9.0K 71.0K 11% /overlay
overlayfs:/overlay 85.0K 9.0K 71.0K 11% /
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
In `build: image: Add IMG_ROOTFS and IMG_COMBINED variables` we've added
this new variables so switch to them now.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This common code could be shared by at least 3 targets (malta, armvirt
and x86) so let's factor it out to separate variable.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
As we're now going to pad all images by default to 128MiB let's enable
compression of the images for armvirt and malta in order to save some
space and bandwidth.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
As we're now going to pad all images by default, lets decrease the
default rootfs partition size from 256MiB to 128MiB in order to save
some space.
I'm keeping it above 100MiB in order to keep current behavior, where
overlay filesystem is using F2FS.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Commit "build: Remove TARGET_IMAGES_PAD option" has removed this config
option so remove it from this target as well.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Currently we're producing unusable x86 combined squashfs images
(18.06.1, 18.06.2 and snapshots) as we don't enable TARGET_IMAGES_PAD,
thus providing very small space for the overlay filesystem, leading to
the following with OpenWrt 18.06.1 r7258-5eb055306f images on x86 QEMU:
root@(none):/# mount | egrep 'root|overlay'
/dev/root on /rom type squashfs
/dev/loop0 on /overlay type ext4
overlayfs:/overlay on / type overlay
root@(none):/# df -h | egrep 'root|overlay|Size'
Filesystem Size Used Available Use% Mounted on
/dev/root 2.5M 2.5M 0 100% /rom
/dev/loop0 113.0K 8.0K 97.0K 8% /overlay
overlayfs:/overlay 113.0K 8.0K 97.0K 8% /
We should rather ensure proper image padding in image generation code
and we shouldn't rely on config options in order to generate usable
images.
So this patch removes TARGET_IMAGES_PAD config option and enforces
padding on combined images.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
It's being used only in x86 target to produce combined images, where
it's mandatory to have padded images in order to produce working
squashfs combined images usable in QEMU.
Currently we're producing unusable x86 combined squashfs images
(18.06.1, 18.06.2 and snapshots) as we don't enable TARGET_IMAGES_PAD,
thus providing very small space for the overlay filesystem, leading to
the following with OpenWrt 18.06.1 r7258-5eb055306f images on x86 QEMU:
root@(none):/# mount | egrep 'root|overlay'
/dev/root on /rom type squashfs
/dev/loop0 on /overlay type ext4
overlayfs:/overlay on / type overlay
root@(none):/# df -h | egrep 'root|overlay|Size'
Filesystem Size Used Available Use% Mounted on
/dev/root 2.5M 2.5M 0 100% /rom
/dev/loop0 113.0K 8.0K 97.0K 8% /overlay
overlayfs:/overlay 113.0K 8.0K 97.0K 8% /
So we should rather ensure proper image padding in image generation code
and we shouldn't rely on config options in order to generate usable
images.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Hardware specs:
SoC: Mediatek MT7621A
CPU: 4x 880Mhz
Cache: 32 KB I-Cache and 32 KB D-Cach
256 KB L2 Cache (shared by Dual-Core)
RAM: DDR3 512MB 16bits BUS
FLASH: 16MB
Switch: Mediatek Gigabit Switch (1 x LAN, 1 x WAN)
USB: 1x 3.0
PCI: 3x Mini PCIe
GPS: Quectel L70B
BTN: Reset
LED: - Power
- Ethernet
- Wifi
- USB
UART: UART is present as Pads with throughholes on the PCB.
They are located on left side.
3.3V - RX - GND - TX / 57600-8N1
3.3V is the square pad
Installation:
The stock image is a modified openwrt and can be overflashed via
# sysupgrade -F image.bin
Signed-off-by: Daniel Danzberger <daniel@dd-wrt.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[removed unused label, formatting]
This patch fixes the previous commit that rendered the
devices (mostly leds) useless.
Fixes: 1fa24de8c2 ("ath79: spi-gpio: convert deprecated binding")
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Declaring a package without the appropriate install section is an easy
mistake to make, especially when renaming packages. Since this is also
easy to detect, warn about it when it happens.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
No-objections-at-all-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
b3a2965 mt76x02: fix crash on device reset
ffddb68 mt76x02u: check chip version on probe
7fc5f92 mt76x2u: remove duplicated entry in mt76x2u_device_table
61311d9 mt76: introduce mt76_free_device routine
a7dfcf2 mt76: move mac_work in mt76_dev
334b4ce mt76: add mac80211 driver for MT7615 PCIe-based chipsets
edb2a00 mt76: add unlikely() for dma_mapping_error() check
355c079 mt76: use macro for sn and seq_ctrl conversion
133bffb add firmware for MT7615E
49d9c1b mt76: usb: reduce locking in mt76u_tx_tasklet
3e371ca mt76: set txwi_size according to the driver value
5007326 mt76: add skb pointer to mt76_tx_info
c47a568 mt76: dma: introduce skb field in mt76_txwi_cache
9029560 mt76: dma: add skb check for dummy pointer
e9eea39 mt76: mt7615: use sizeof instead of sizeof_field
98c5359 Revert "mt76: fix potential deadlock on cancelling workqueues"
bc9baa7 mt76x02u: remove bogus stop on suspend
6c1cab9 mt76usb: fix tx/rx stop
0e674c5 mt76x02: remove bogus mutex usage
59f7bb6 Revert "mt76: mt76x02: send no-skb tx status without holding the status lock"
b0f2a30 mt76x02: avoid status_list.lock and sta->rate_ctrl_lock dependency
62054de mt76: mt7603: remove query from mt7603_mcu_msg_send signature
e79d96a mt76: mt7603: use standard signature for mt7603_mcu_msg_send
be8f039 mt76: mt7603: initialize mt76_mcu_ops data structure
9a9c656 mt76: introduce mt76_mcu_restart macro
980b91e mt76: mt7603: init mcu_restart function pointer
a97db3f mt76: mt7603: run __mt76_mcu_send_msg in mt7603_mcu_send_firmware
151115f mt76: mt76x02: mt76x02_poll_tx() can be static
7391f98 mt76: fix endianness sparse warnings
6c06f73 mt76: mt7603: report firmware version using ethtool
f06647e mt76: usb: use EP max packet aligned buffer sizes for rx
f43fccf mt76: move beacon_int in mt76_dev
74ab2cf mt76: move beacon_mask in mt76_dev
23c2f94 mt76: add TX/RX antenna pattern capabilities
6e790e1 mt76: move pre_tbtt_tasklet in mt76_dev
7606c08 mt76: mt7603: enable/disable pre_tbtt_tasklet in mt7603_set_channel
ff22eee mt76: do not enable/disable pre_tbtt_tasklet in scan_start/scan_complete
3157385 mt76: mt7603: dynamically alloc mcu req in mt7603_mcu_set_eeprom
cc674e2 mt76: mt76x02: remove useless return in mt76x02_resync_beacon_timer
6b18427 mt76: move tx_napi in mt76_dev
bce63c4 mt76: mt7603: use napi polling for tx cleanup
4afd89e mt76: mt7615: use napi polling for tx cleanup
2cb4683 mt76: move netif_napi_del in mt76_dma_cleanup
b4ceb9f mt76: Fix a signedness bug in mt7615_add_interface()
d00dc95 mt76: mt7615: Use after free in mt7615_mcu_set_bcn()
4e0ccc6 mt76: mt7615: Make mt7615_irq_handler static
0fd552a mt7615: mcu: simplify __mt7615_mcu_set_wtbl
50f7094 mt7615: mcu: simplify __mt7615_mcu_set_sta_rec
4434d04 mt7615: mcu: remove bss_info_convert_vif_type routine
083fbb9 mt7615: mcu: use proper msg size in mt7615_mcu_add_wtbl_bmc
f61ca80 mt7615: mcu: use proper msg size in mt7615_mcu_add_wtbl
35bd12d mt7615: mcu: unify mt7615_mcu_add_wtbl_bmc and mt7615_mcu_del_wtbl_bmc
f8f990b mt7615: mcu: remove unused parameter in mt7615_mcu_del_wtbl
965bca1 mt7615: remove query from mt7615_mcu_msg_send signature
9b9ca18 mt7615: remove dest from mt7615_mcu_msg_send signature
935b7e5 mt7615: mcu: remove skb_ret from mt7615_mcu_msg_send
2442db4 mt7615: mcu: unify __mt7615_mcu_set_dev_info and mt7615_mcu_set_dev_info
645bc45 mt7615: mcu: do not use function pointers whenever possible
40c4201 mt7615: mcu: remove unused structure in mcu.h
a8834a2 mt7615: mcu: use standard signature for mt7615_mcu_msg_send
824d25c mt7615: initialize mt76_mcu_ops data structure
d943427 mt7615: mcu: init mcu_restart function pointer
c2211e4 mt7615: mcu: run __mt76_mcu_send_msg in mt7615_mcu_send_firmware
cb63a06 mt76: mt7603: stop mac80211 queues before setting the channel
c6aaa3a mt76: mt7615: rearrange cleanup operations in mt7615_unregister_device
97609f3 mt76: mt7615: add static qualifier to mt7615_rx_poll_complete
f9dadd2 mt76: mt7603: add debugfs knob to enable/disable edcca
89cda5d mt7603: fix reading target tx power from eeprom
77d0e33 mt76: fix setting chan->max_power
f575da2 mt76: mt76x02: fix tx status reporting issues
a5d18dc mt76: mt76x02: fix tx reordering on rate control probing without a-mpdu
bd32a93 mt76: mt76x02: remove enable from mt76x02_edcca_init signature
18386ee mt76: mt76x2u: remove mt76x02_edcca_init in mt76x2u_set_channel
da3514f mt76: mt76x2: move mutex_lock inside mt76x2_set_channel
0d4719c mt76: mt76x02: run mt76x02_edcca_init atomically in mt76_edcca_set
fd5af73 mt76: mt76x02: fix edcca file permission
a0f51f2 mt76: mt7615: do not process rx packets if the device is not initialized
753cdee mt76: mt7615: stop mcu first in mt7615_unregister_device
899efe7 mt76: move mt76_insert_ccmp_hdr in mt76-module
6960b6e mt76: mt7615: add support for mtd eeprom parsing
4bcb057 mt76: mt7615: select wifi band according to eeprom
866f2c6 mt76: generalize mt76_get_txpower for 4x4:4 devices
514fb04 mt76: mt7615: add the capability to configure tx power
ced9d43 mt76: mt7615: init get_txpower mac80211 callback
8abd502 mt76: mt7615: rearrange locking in mt7615_config
5b9b62e mt76: move mt76_get_rate in mt76-module
661c7c8 mt76: Remove set but not used variables 'pid' and 'final_mpdu'
f072c7b mt76: mt7615: enable support for mesh
28d9496 mt76: mt7615: fix slow performance when enable encryption
827b9ad mt76: mt7615: remove unused variable in mt7615_mcu_set_bcn
34eea14 mt76: mt7615: remove key check in mt7615_mcu_set_wtbl_key
2bfae5a mt76: usb: fix rx A-MSDU support
b033532 mt76: usb: do not always copy the first part of received frames
3e7fc15 mt76x02: fix reporting of non-probing frames with tx status requested
0d5caea Revert "mt76: usb: do not always copy the first part of received frames"
335e8c6 Revert "mt76: usb: fix rx A-MSDU support"
47ddf4b mt76: revert support for TX_NEEDS_ALIGNED4_SKBS
0b6520b mt7603: rework and fix tx status reporting
539b679 mt7603: improve hardware rate switching configuration
d86d6ef mt76x0: fix RF frontend initialization for external PA
f476a14 mt76x02: fix endian issue in tx status reporting patch
f8d0517 mt76: mt7615: simplify mt7615_mcu_set_sta_rec routine
73ff45f mt76: mt7615: add support for per-chain signal strength reporting
9b67ae6 mt76: mt7615: init per-channel target power
160fdc0 mt76: mt7615: take into account extPA when configuring tx power
2211d93 mt76: mt76x02u: fix sparse warnings: should it be static?
3750533 mt76: mt7615: fix incorrect settings in mesh mode
c37c1ca mt76: mt7615: update peer's bssid when state transition occurs
9dd1089 mt76: mt76u: reduce rx memory footprint
0789f45 mt76: mt7615: remove cfg80211_chan_def from mt7615_set_channel signature
2dca431 mt76: move nl80211_dfs_regions in mt76_dev data structure
3386ccf mt76: mt76u: get rid of {out,in}_max_packet
d680ab0 mt76: usb: fix rx A-MSDU support
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
It seems that newer builds of OpenWRT have a gzip kernel
larger than 2MB~, which for some reason fails to boot on this board.
However, we have 8MB of kernel space and currently the uncompressed
kernel is 6.5MB~, so we have some space to grow until a better
solution is worked out.
Before:
## Booting kernel from Legacy Image at ee840000 ...
Image Name: Linux-4.19.53
Created: 2019-06-22 11:17:48 UTC
Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
Data Size: 2315724 Bytes = 2.2 MB
Load Address: 00000000
Entry Point: 00000000
Verifying Checksum ... OK
## Loading init Ramdisk from Legacy Image at 02000000 ...
Image Name: OpenWrt fake ramdisk
Created: 2019-06-22 11:17:48 UTC
Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (uncompressed)
Data Size: 0 Bytes = 0 kB
Load Address: 00000000
Entry Point: 00000000
Verifying Checksum ... OK
## Flattened Device Tree blob at ec000000
Booting using the fdt blob at 0xec000000
Uncompressing Kernel Image ... Error: Bad gzipped data
GUNZIP: uncompress, out-of-mem or overwrite error -
must RESET board to recover
Loading Ramdisk to 10000000, end 10000000 ... OK
Loading Device Tree to 00ffa000, end 00fffc78 ... OK
ft_fixup_l2cache: FDT_ERR_NOTFOUND
After:
## Booting kernel from Legacy Image at ee840000 ...
Image Name: POWERPC OpenWrt Linux-4.19.53
Created: 2019-06-22 11:17:48 UTC
Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
Data Size: 6724584 Bytes = 6.4 MB
Load Address: 00000000
Entry Point: 00000000
Verifying Checksum ... OK
## Loading init Ramdisk from Legacy Image at 02000000 ...
Image Name: OpenWrt fake ramdisk
Created: 2019-06-22 11:17:48 UTC
Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (uncompressed)
Data Size: 0 Bytes = 0 kB
Load Address: 00000000
Entry Point: 00000000
Verifying Checksum ... OK
## Flattened Device Tree blob at ec000000
Booting using the fdt blob at 0xec000000
Loading Kernel Image ... OK
OK
Loading Ramdisk to 10000000, end 10000000 ... OK
Loading Device Tree to 00ffa000, end 00fffc78 ... OK
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [75 cpl limit]
The 4.19 code has been available for some time now.
Since the f2fs / loop issue has been under control
I think it's time the target gets to move to it.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch replaces the OpenWrt' favoured
CRC32 Sarwate algorithm with the kernel
recommended SLICE8 CRC32 version.
This change alone lifted btrfs writes from 40 MiB/s
to 54 MiB/s on my My Book Live (SLICE4 managed 48 MiB/s).
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
TP-Link CPE610-v1 is an outdoor wireless CPE for 5 GHz with
one Ethernet port based on Atheros AR9344
Specifications:
- Based on the same underlying hardware as the TP-Link CPE510
- Power, LAN, WLAN5G green LEDs
- 23dBi high-gain directional 2×2 MIMO antenna and a dedicated metal reflector
Flashing instructions:
Flash factory image through stock firmware WEB UI
or through TFTP
To get to TFTP recovery just hold reset button while powering on for
around 4-5 seconds and release.
Rename factory image to recovery.bin
Stock TFTP server IP:192.168.0.100
Stock device TFTP adress:192.168.0.254
Signed-off-by: Andrew Cameron <apcameron@softhome.net>
This patch is in a series to allow additional STOP indexes after
umount, so that other block devices may stop cleanly.
rssileds.init is now STOP=89
Signed-off-by: Joseph Tingiris <joseph.tingiris@gmail.com>
This patch is in a series to allow additional STOP indexes after umount,
so that other block devices may stop cleanly.
kdumpinit is now STOP=90
Signed-off-by: Joseph Tingiris <joseph.tingiris@gmail.com>
This patch is in a series to allow additional STOP indexes after umount,
so that other block devices may stop cleanly.
boot is now STOP=90
umount is now STOP=90
After this patch series, the resulting STOP indexes in the 80s & 90s
will be:
STOP=85 odhcpd.init
STOP=89 conntrackd.init
STOP=89 log.init
STOP=89 rssileds.init
STOP=90 boot
STOP=90 kdump.init
STOP=90 network
STOP=90 sysfixtime
STOP=90 umount
STOP=98 mdadm.init (note: will be addressed in a separate patch)
Signed-off-by: Joseph Tingiris <joseph.tingiris@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[PKG_RELEASE is now 200]
Commit fcb41decf6 ("config: enable some useful features on
!SMALL_FLASH devices") enabled netns, which in turn lead to the crash in
the flow offload target.
When the flow offloading framework intends to delete a flow from the
hardware table, it is necessary to retrieve the namespace from
nf_flowtable->ft_net. However, no one ever wrote the namespace into
nf_flowtable->ft_net in advance. So the framework will mistakenly use a
NULL namespace to execute dev_get_by_index_rcu(net, ifindex), leading to
the kernel panic.
Ref: FS#2321
Fixes: fcb41decf6 ("config: enable some useful features on !SMALL_FLASH devices")
Tested-by: Simon Tretter <simon@mediaarchitectu.re>
Signed-off-by: HsiuWen Yen <y.hsiuwen@gmail.com>
[merged patch into offload patch, fix for 4.19, SOB fix, commit subj/msg touches]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This patch adds a promising upstream patch that claims
to help for the treated I/O errors happening on f2fs
or ext4 on real block devices.
|print_req_error: I/O error, dev loop1, sector 1334
Link: <https://patchwork.kernel.org/cover/10931787/>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Daniel Engberg requested switching over to https transport
since he seems to be stuck behind a corporate firewall that
does all the wrong things.
Rick Felker noted that this is "experimental and might break".
<https://www.openwall.com/lists/musl/2019/03/27/1>.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch fixes the ath79-nand build error:
|Package kmod-tpm is missing dependencies for the following libraries:
|rng-core.ko
by making it depend on rng-core from 4.19 onwards.
This should work as 4.9 is gone so only 4.14 and 4.19
are there.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
'38b22b1e: deduplicate files in libnghttp2' missed duplicates in
staging_dir by Build/InstallDev.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cote2004-github@yahoo.com>
The OpenWrt buildroot ABI version rebuild tracker does not handle
transient dependencies, therefor add all libraries linked by rpcd
as direct dependencies to the corresponding binary package definition.
This ensures that rpcd is automatically rebuilt and relinked if any
of these libraries has its ABI_VERSION updated in the future.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Recent kernel versions need toolchain in order to properly configure
kernel, for example to set CC_HAS_ASM_GOTO config symbol, so missing
toolchain leads to the following error while running `make
kernel_oldconfig` on ath79 target with 4.19 kernel in the clean tree:
init/Kconfig:17: syntax error
init/Kconfig:16: invalid option
./scripts/clang-version.sh: line 15: mips-openwrt-linux-musl-gcc: command not found
./scripts/gcc-plugin.sh: line 11: mips-openwrt-linux-musl-gcc: command not found
net/sched/Kconfig:44: warning: menuconfig statement without prompt
make[4]: *** [scripts/kconfig/Makefile:69: oldconfig] Error 1
So in order to support this new kernel versions, this patch adds
toolchain as a hard dependency to the kernel_*config targets.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Restarting service causes file-systems to be unmounted without being
mounted back. When this service was obsoleted it should have been
implemented in a way that all actions are ignored. Up to this commit
default handler was called when restart was requested. This default
handler just simply calls stop and start. That means that stop called
unmount but start just printed that this service is obsoleted.
This instead implements restart that just prints same message like start
does. It just calls start in reality. This makes restart unavailable for
call.
Signed-off-by: Karel Kočí <karel.koci@nic.cz>
Extend the packageauxvars database to keep a list of possible package
dependencies for each provider, then utilize this information in buildroot
to resolve the ABI version dependencies of dependent packages up to five
levels deep.
This should properly trigger rebuilds for packages indirectly depending
on other packages whose ABI_VERSION changed.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This is mainly for kmod-br-netfilter. To turn off
bridge-netfilter-call-xxx immediately after installation
While at it
- Define filelist="/usr/lib/opkg/info/${pkgname}.list"
- Reuse "[ -z "$root" ]"
- Grep with "-m1"
Fixes FS#2300
Reported-by: Marco Sartorius <tidbits@ormoorgmen.info>
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Follow upstream changes - header file changes only
no functional or executable changes, hence no package bump
required
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
It's a simple typo in the DNS file, which was pretty serious.
No scripts were working properly. Fix it up.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[integrate upstream patch into openwrt target]
This adds the dm-raid kmod, which is needed for
LVM builtin raid configurations, aka "MD-over-LVM"
Signed-off-by: Chris Koying Browet <cbro@semperpax.com>
Support to disable the timestamp check for certificates in
wpa_supplicant (Useful for devices without RTC that cannot
reliably get the real date/time) has been accepted in the
upstream hostapd. It's implemented in wpa_supplicant as a
per-AP flag tls_disable_time_checks=[0|1].
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
bnx2x driver support for the x86 architecture. Includes module and
firmware for Broadcom QLogic 5771x/578xx 10/20-Gigabit ethernet
adapters.
Signed-off-by: Petko Bordjukov <bordjukov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[added +kmod-lib-zlib-inflate as well]
When OEM volumes are present in the [alt_]firmware partition,
sysupgrade will write a new kernel, but will fail to write
the root file system. The next boot will hang indefinitely
Waiting for root device /dev/ubiblock0_0...
Modified ipq40xx/base-files/lib/upgrade/linksys.sh
to remove both `squashfs` and `ubifs` if found
on the target firmware partition's UBI device.
Run-tested-on: Linksys EA8300
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kletsky <git-commits@allycomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[applied some shellcheck suggestions as well]
This patch adds a missing type property. This fixes
the creation of oneshot and timer led triggers like:
| ucidef_set_led_timer "system" "system" "zhuotk:green:system" "1000" "1000"
from /etc/init.d/01_leds.
Fixes: b06a286a48 ("base-files: cleanup led functions in uci-defaults.sh")
Signed-off-by: Robinson Wu <wurobinson@qq.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
"There are often transient line events when
the system is powered up and initialized and it
is often necessary for the gpio_chip driver to
clear any interrupt flags in hardware before
setting up the gpio chip, especially the
irqchip portions of it."
<http://lists.infradead.org/pipermail/openwrt-devel/2019-June/017630.html>
This patch adds a fix for the APM821XX's interrupt
controller to clear any bogus pending toggled
interrupts that happens on various APM821XX boards
on boot.
The patch also changes the debouce-interval from the
default 5ms debounce interval to 60ms all around.
The default setting caused on occasions that the button
state became stuck in a pressed state, even though the
button was released.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The OpenWrt buildroot ABI version rebuild tracker does not handle
transient dependencies, therefor add all libraries linked by uhttpd
as direct dependencies to the corresponding binary package definition.
This ensures that uhttpd is automatically rebuilt and relinked if any
of these libraries has its ABI_VERSION updated in the future.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The Makefile was missing dependencies on *c_shipped, so changes never
triggered a rebuild. Add these as optional dependencies so their absence
isn't treated as an error.
In addition, fix a typo preventing the zconf.lex.o from being removed on
clean.
Fixes: 9d5510a500 ("build: add new menuconfig code based on linux 3.9")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
calc_vmlinuz_load_addr.c requires SZ_64K to be defined for alignment
purposes. It included "../../../../include/linux/sizes.h" to define
that size, however "sizes.h" tries to include <linux/const.h> which
assumes linux system headers. These may not exist eg. the following
error was encountered when building Linux for OpenWrt under macOS:
In file included from arch/mips/boot/compressed/calc_vmlinuz_load_addr.c:16:
arch/mips/boot/compressed/../../../../include/linux/sizes.h:11:10: fatal error: 'linux/const.h' file not found
Change makefile to force building on local linux headers instead of
system headers. Also change eye-watering relative reference in include
file spec.
Thanks to Jo-Philip Wich & Petr Štetiar for assistance in tracking this
down & fixing.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
When there are multiple packages providing a meta-package, it is
possible to to create a config where a package is selected as =y, but
all of its dependency providers are just selected as =m. This is due to
the selection statement being just
config PACKAGE_foo
select PACKAGE_bar if !PACKAGE_baz
which is already fulfilled by PACKAGE_bar=m. Fix this by properly
comparing the selection states:
config PACKAGE_foo
select PACKAGE_bar if PACKAGE_baz<PACKAGE_foo
Also invert the select conditions to improve readability.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
[slightly reword commit message]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
After commit e82a4d9cfb ("config: regenerate *_shipped sources") the mconf
parser became more strict as a side effect and started to spew a series of
warnings when evaluating our generated kconfig sources:
tmp/.config-package.in:705:warning: ignoring unsupported character '@'
The root cause of these warnings is a wrong use of the @SYMBOL dependency
syntax in various Makefile. Fix the corresponding Makefiles by turning
`@SYM||@SYM2` expressions into the proper `@(SYM||SYM2)` form.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Since commit 31847b67bec0 ("kconfig: allow use of relations other than
(in)equality") it is possible to use relational operators in Kconfig
statements. However, those operators give unexpected results when
applied to bool/tristate values:
(n < y) = y (correct)
(m < y) = y (correct)
(n < m) = n (wrong)
This happens because relational operators process bool and tristate
symbols as strings and m sorts before n. It makes little sense to do a
lexicographical compare on bool and tristate values though.
Documentation/kbuild/kconfig-language.txt states that expression can have
a value of 'n', 'm' or 'y' (or 0, 1, 2 respectively for calculations).
Let's make it so for relational comparisons with bool/tristate
expressions as well and document them. If at least one symbol is an
actual string then the lexicographical compare works just as before.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Tested-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
[rebased against OpenWrt kconfig, slightly reword commit message]
(backported from upstream 9059a3493efea6492451430c7e2fa0af799a2abb)
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The pregenerated `zconf.hash.c` and `zconf.lex.c` files have not been
kept in sync with their respective `*.y` and `*.l` sources in the past
causing our kconfig implementation to not recognize important kconfig
grammer elements such as relational `<`, `<=`, `>` and `>=` operators.
Fixes: 2d7e602381 ("scripts/config: sync with latest linux upstream")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
[reword commit message]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The OpenWrt buildroot ABI version rebuild tracker does not handle
transient dependencies, therefor add all libraries linked by procd
as direct dependencies to the corresponding binary package definition.
This ensures that procd is automatically rebuilt and relinked
if any of these libraries has its ABI_VERSION updated in the
future.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This fixes lower case AC in the DTS model name.
Fixes: 88f7a29f99 ("ramips: add support for Edimax EW-7476RPC / EW-7478AC")
Reported-by: Cezary Jackiewicz <cezary@eko.one.pl>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Upstream commit 6d4cd04 changes how the internal delays of the AR803x
based PHYs are enabled. With this commit, all internal delays are
disabled on driver probe and enabled based on the 'phy-mode' property in
the device-tree.
Before this commit, the RX delay was always enabled upon soft-reset
while the TX delay retained it's previous state. A hard reset enabled
the RX delay while the TX delay was disabled.
Because of this inconsistency, wrongly specified PHY-modes were working
correctly while the hardware was in a different state.
Fix the PHY-modes of some affected devices (and clean up misplaced
properties along the way) to keep the devices working flawlessly with
kernels >= 5.1.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
In some boards is requred to change the ephy mdio base address.
This patch add of property "mediatek,ephy-base-address" in gsw
part, which allows to change ephy base address.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
[fixed indentation in header file]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The port initialisation is based on assumption that phy address and
port number is the same. SoC allow different numbers and some board
have it.
Use phy address instead the port number to make sure that correct
addresses are polled.
In situation when only one PHY with address 0x0 is conected to
port 4, autopolling is broken.
This patch make autopolling correct when port number and phy address
are different.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
The phy handling code forces a phy mdio address and the switch port to
which a phy is attached to be the same. Albeit such a configuration is
used for most boards, it isn't for all.
Pass the switch port number to the ethernet phy connect functions, to
ensure the correct list entry is edited and not the list entry that
matches th phys mdio address.
Use the mdio address with mdiobus_get_phy instead of the port number,
to make sure the expected ethernet phy gets connected.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The whole logic in fe_phy_connect() is based on the asumption that mdio
address and switch port id are equal. Albeit it is true for most
boards, it doesn't is for all.
It isn't yet clear which subtargets/boards require the devicetree less
ethernet phy handling. Hence change the code in a way that it doesn't
touch ethernet phys which were early attached and are already handled.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
SoC: MediaTek MT7620a @ 580MHz
RAM: 64M (Winbond W9751G6KB-25)
FLASH: 8MB (Macronix)
WiFi: SoC-integrated: MediaTek MT7620a bgn
WiFi: MediaTek MT7612EN nac
Switch: Mediatek MT7530W Gigabit Switch (4 x LAN, 1 x WAN)
USB: Yes 1 x 2.0 (+ 1 x 2.0 unpopulated header)
BTN: Reset/WPS
LED: - Power (white)
- Internet (blue)
- Wifi (blue)
- USB (blue)
UART: UART is present as Pads with throughholes on the PCB. They are
located in the lower right corner (GbE ports facing up)
3.3V - RX - GND - TX / 57600-8N1
3.3V is the square pad
Installation
------------
Update the factory image via the web-interfaces (by default:
http://edimax.setup)
Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <mail@birger-koblitz.de>
[merge conflicts in 01_leds and mt7620.mk, dts whitespace issues]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
SoC: MediaTek MT7620a @ 580MHz
RAM: 64M (Winbond W9751G6KB-25)
FLASH: 8MB (Macronix)
WiFi: SoC-integrated: MediaTek MT7620a bgn
WiFi: MediaTek MT7612EN nac
GbE: 1x (RTL8211E)
BTN: WPS - RFKILL/RF 50%/RF 100% toggle
LED: - Wifi 5g (blue)
- Wifi 2g (blue)
- Crossband (green)
- Power (green)
- WPS (green)
- LAN (Green)
UART: UART is present as Pads with throughholes on the PCB. They are
located next to the switch for the wifi configuration
3.3V - RX - GND - TX / 57600-8N1
3.3V is the square pad
Installation
------------
Update the factory image via the web-interfaces (by default:
192.168.9.2/24).
http://192.168.9.2/index.asp
ramips: add Edimax EW-7478AC
SoC: MediaTek MT7620a @ 580MHz
RAM: 64M (Winbond W9751G6KB-25)
FLASH: 8MB (Macronix)
WiFi: SoC-integrated: MediaTek MT7620a bgn
WiFi: MediaTek MT7612EN nac
GbE: 1x (RTL8211E)
BTN: WPS - RFKILL/RF 50%/RF 100% toggle
LED: - Wifi 5g (blue)
- Wifi 2g (blue)
- Crossband (green)
- Power (green)
- WPS (green)
- LAN (Green)
UART: UART is present as Pads with throughholes on the PCB. They are
located next to the switch for the wifi configuration
3.3V - RX - GND - TX / 57600-8N1
3.3V is the square pad
Installation
------------
Update the factory image via the web-interfaces (by default:
http://edimaxext.setup)
Or push wpa button on power on and send firmware via tftp to 192.168.1.6
The EW-7478AC is identical to the EW-7476RPC, except instead of 2 internal
antennas it has 2 external ones.
Signed-off-by: Birger Koblitz <mail@birger-koblitz.de>
[merge conflict in 01_leds]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
When targets for multiple ESPRESSObin devices were added, not all
files were updated which means any ESPRESSObin version beside generic
won't have proper networking, sysupgrade and uboot-env. This patch
fixes the issue.
* fixup network detection
* fixup uboot-env
* fixup platform.sh for sysupgrade
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Vid <vladimir.vid@sartura.hr>
Not all versions of ESPRESSObin require SD card, but can
be booted from the internal emmc flash (mmc dev 1) instead.
Add a simple check in the bootscript to see which mmc device
is detected and boot from it using mmcdev variable.
Tested-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Vid <vladimir.vid@sartura.hr>
Lets bump kernel to 4.19 on targets which were run tested or got ACKed
so we've enough time to make it ready for next release:
armvirt/32 (runtested in qemu)
armvirt/64 (runtested in qemu)
ath79/generic (runtested on Carambola2)
gemini/generic (runtested on DIR-685, DNS-313, SQ201, SL93512R)
imx6/generic (runtested on Apalis)
ipq40xx/generic (runtested on nbg6617)
malta/be64 (runtested in qemu)
malta/be (runtested in qemu)
malta/le (runtested in qemu)
malta/le64 (runtested in qemu)
mpc85xx/generic (runtested on TL-WDR4900)
mpc85xx/p2020 (runtested on P2020RDB)
mvebu/cortexa53
mvebu/cortexa72
mvebu/cortexa10
octeon/generic (runtested on EdgeRouter Lite)
sunxi/cortexa53 (build tested only)
sunxi/cortexa7 (runtested on Lime2-K)
sunxi/cortexa8 (build tested only)
tegra/generic
x86/64 (runtested in qemu)
Acked-by: Zoltan HERPAI <wigyori@uid0.hu> [sunxi]
Tested-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org> [gemini]
Tested-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl> [mvebu, tegra]
Tested-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net> [octeon]
Tested-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com> [mpc85xx/generic mpc85xx/p2020]
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Fixes following kernel build issue on ath79/generic:
Enable support for latency based cgroup IO protection (BLK_CGROUP_IOLATENCY) [N/y/?] (NEW)
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
It's just copy of 4.14 and will be refreshed in the upcoming commit,
renamed config-default to config-4.14 as well.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Refreshed all patches.
Fixes:
- CVE-2019-11479
- CVE-2019-11478
- CVE-2019-11477
Also fix a malformed patch issue caught during refresh.
It was caused by removing a whitespace without altering
the index values in a patch which alters a patch.
Compile-tested on: cns3xxx
Runtime-tested on: cns3xxx
Fixes: cf65262492 ("kernel: bump 4.19 to 4.19.51")
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Refreshed all patches.
Altered patches:
- 370-netfilter-nf_flow_table-fix-offloaded-connection-tim.patch
- 220-optimize_inlining.patch
- 640-netfilter-nf_flow_table-add-hardware-offload-support.patch
This patch also restores the initial implementation
of the ath79 perfcount IRQ issue. (78ee6b1a40)
It was wrongfully backported upstream initially and got reverted now.
Compile-tested on: cns3xxx, imx6
Runtime-tested on: cns3xxx, imx6
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Refreshed all patches.
Altered patches:
- 220-optimize_inlining.patch
- 816-pcie-support-layerscape.patch
This patch also restores the initial implementation
of the ath79 perfcount IRQ issue. (78ee6b1a40)
It was wrongfully backported upstream initially and got reverted now.
Compile-tested on: ar71xx, cns3xxx, imx6, x86_64
Runtime-tested on: ar71xx, cns3xxx, imx6
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Lets make it really explicit, that we should now focus only on ath79 in
order to make it ready for next release, where ar71xx is going to be
removed for good.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Move all MikroTik devices to new function to increase script execution
speed.
Machine name in new version of MikroTik RouterBOARD devices add "RB"
before model name:
Old machine name: MikroTik RouterBOARD 951Ui-2nD
New: MikroTik RouterBOARD RB951Ui-2nD
So this patch should fix it for all currently supported MikroTik boards.
Signed-off-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
[rebased,commit message facelift,script fixes]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
[spotted missing 922UAGS-5HPacD]
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
While testing 4.19 build on malta/be64, I've encountered following
error:
gpio-button-hotplug/gpio-button-hotplug.c:529:18: error: implicit
declaration of function 'gpio_to_desc'
which is caused by the missing include fixed by this patch.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Signed-off-by: Marko Ratkaj <marko.ratkaj@sartura.hr>
[added sfp related patches from Russell King]
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
[rebase; rework patches; separate and cleanup kernel configs;
add espessobin dts; adjust venom dts]
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Supports EIP97 and EIP197 found on Armada 37xx, 7k and 8k SoCs.
Unfortunately firmware for EIP197 is not easily obtainable, therefore
to not cause lot of user requests directed at OpenWrt, package it as
module with explanation where to obtain the firmware.
Cc: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
It's needed for applying some hardware quirks. This fixes:
drivers/net/wireless/broadcom/brcm80211/brcmfmac/dmi.c:60:20: error: 'DMI_PRODUCT_SKU' undeclared here (not in a function); did you mean 'DMI_PRODUCT_UUID'?
DMI_EXACT_MATCH(DMI_PRODUCT_SKU, "T8"),
Fixes: 8888cb725d ("mac80211: brcm: backport remaining brcmfmac 5.2 patches")
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
7ffc239b Bump up version number to 1.39.1
bc886a0e Fix FPE with default backend
a3a14a9c Fix log-level is not set with cmd-line or configuration file
acfb3607 Update manual pages
bdfd14c2 Bump up version number to 1.39.0, LT revision to 31:4:17
cddc09fe Update AUTHORS
3c3b6ae8 Add missing colon
2f83aa9e Fix multi-line text travis issue
fc591d0c Run nghttpx integration test with cmake build
9a17c3ef travis: use multi-line text
b7220f07 cmake: Remove SPDY related files
a1556fd1 Merge pull request #1356 from nghttp2/fix-log-level-on-reload
77f1c872 nghttpx: Fix unchanged log level on configuration reload
49ce44e1 Merge pull request #1352 from nghttp2/travis-osx
f54b3ffc Fix libxml2 CFLAGS output
b0f5e5cc Implement daemon() using fork() for OSX
8d6ecd66 Enable osx build on travis
f82fb521 Update doc
2e1975dd clang-format-8
97ce392b Merge pull request #1347 from nghttp2/nghttpx-ignore-cl-te-on-upgrade
afefbda5 Ignore content-length in 200 response to CONNECT request
4fca2502 nghttpx: Ignore Content-Length and Transfer-Encoding in 1xx or 200 to CONNECT
6975c336 Update llhttp to 1.1.3
0288093c Fix llhttp_get_error_pos usage
a3a03481 Merge pull request #1340 from nghttp2/nghttpx-llhttp
c64d2573 Replace http-parser with llhttp
f028cc43 clang-format
302e3746 Merge pull request #1337 from nghttp2/upgrade-mruby
3cdbc5f5 Merge pull request #1335 from adamgolebiowski/boost-1.70
a6925186 Fix mruby build error
45d63d20 Upgrade mruby to 2.0.1
cbba1ebf asio: support boost-1.70
e86d1378 Bump up version number to 1.39.0-DEV
4a9d2005 Update manual pages
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Also the other type is worng and causes compile problems on ARM64
platforms.
Fixes: 9b53201d9c ("urngd: Fix wrong type in format string")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
err_free_stats has been deprecated. Replace with err_netdev.
Compile-tested on: mvebu
Runtime-tested on: mvebu
Fixes: a7e68927d0 ("kernel: bump 4.14 to 4.14.125 (FS#2305 FS#2297)")
Signed-off-by: George Amanakis <gamanakis@gmail.com>
This improves FullMAC firmware compatibility, adds logging in case of
firmware crash and *may* fix "Invalid packet id" errors.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This will reduce the size of the kernel if CONFIG_CC_OPTIMIZE_FOR_SIZE is
set like for all targets with small_flash feature flag.
I haven't seen any changes for an ARM64 target which optimizes the
kernel for speed instead.
On the ath79/tiny target the uncompressed kernel size was reduced by
3.2% and the compressed kernel size by 2.1%
kernel size with CONFIG_OPTIMIZE_INLINING=n
4346412 build_dir/target-mips_24kc_musl/linux-ath79_tiny/vmlinux
1391169 build_dir/target-mips_24kc_musl/linux-ath79_tiny/tplink_tl-wr941-v4-kernel.bin
Kernel size with CONFIG_OPTIMIZE_INLINING=y
4212396 build_dir/target-mips_24kc_musl/linux-ath79_tiny/vmlinux
1362051 build_dir/target-mips_24kc_musl/linux-ath79_tiny/tplink_tl-wr941-v4-kernel.bin
This change is currently pending for kernel 5.2 and already in
linux-next, this updates our patch to match the upstream version.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
9dd2dcf libubox: add format string checking to ulog()
ecf5617 ustream: Add format string checks to ustream_(v)printf()
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Most of the patches are copied over from GCC 8.3.
The following patches are backported from the GCC 9.X development branch:
toolchain/gcc/patches/9.1.0/970-recompute-dom-fast-queries-before-vn.patch
toolchain/gcc/patches/9.1.0/975-g++-ICE-with-generic-lambda.patch
The specs file changed with gcc 9, now it contains "%@{L*}" instead of
"%{L*}" in older GCC versions.
Signed-off-by: Joseph Benden <joe@benden.us>
GCC 9.1 complains about this wrong type used in the format string, fix
this to make the compiler happy.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
FCC allows maximum antenna gain of 6 dBi. 15.247(b)(4):
> (4) The conducted output power limit
> specified in paragraph (b) of this section
> is based on the use of antennas
> with directional gains that do not exceed
> 6 dBi. Except as shown in paragraph
> (c) of this section, if transmitting
> antennas of directional gain greater
> than 6 dBi are used, the conducted
> output power from the intentional radiator
> shall be reduced below the stated
> values in paragraphs (b)(1), (b)(2),
> and (b)(3) of this section, as appropriate,
> by the amount in dB that the
> directional gain of the antenna exceeds
> 6 dBi.
https://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/pkg/CFR-2013-title47-vol1/pdf/CFR-2013-title47-vol1-sec15-247.pdf
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Most of the txpower for the ath10k firmware is stored as twicepower (0.5 dB
steps). This isn't the case for max_antenna_gain - which is still expected
by the firmware as dB.
The firmware is converting it from dB to the internal (twicepower)
representation when it calculates the limits of a channel. This can be seen
in tpc_stats when configuring "12" as max_antenna_gain. Instead of the
expected 12 (6 dB), the tpc_stats shows 24 (12 dB).
Tested on QCA9888 and IPQ4019 with firmware 10.4-3.5.3-00057.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
FCC allows maximum antenna gain of 6 dBi. 15.247(b)(4):
> (4) The conducted output power limit
> specified in paragraph (b) of this section
> is based on the use of antennas
> with directional gains that do not exceed
> 6 dBi. Except as shown in paragraph
> (c) of this section, if transmitting
> antennas of directional gain greater
> than 6 dBi are used, the conducted
> output power from the intentional radiator
> shall be reduced below the stated
> values in paragraphs (b)(1), (b)(2),
> and (b)(3) of this section, as appropriate,
> by the amount in dB that the
> directional gain of the antenna exceeds
> 6 dBi.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Cherry-picked from CAF QSDK repo.
see 090-ipq40xx-fix-high-resolution-timer.patch
Original commit message:
The kernel is failing in switching the timer for high resolution
mode and clock source operates in 10ms resolution. The always-on
property needs to be given for timer device tree node to make
clock source working in 1ns resolution.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[changed authorship of main patch to pavel and cherry-picked
patch to Abhishek Sahu]
This should align opp table with what it was before converting to OPP v2.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Memory is allocated with devm_kzalloc() on every page program
and leaks until device is closed (which never happens).
Convert to kzalloc() and handle error paths manually.
Signed-off-by: Mantas Pucka <mantas@8devices.com>
The squashfs+jffs2 root filesystem only came up as read-only
and the config would not take:
[ 25.600237] mount_root: Could not open mtd device: /dev/mtd4
[ 25.634674] mount_root: reading rootfs_data failed
[ 25.665346] mount_root: Could not open mtd device: /dev/mtd3
[ 25.699802] mount_root: reading rootfs failed
[ 25.726426] mount_root: mounting /dev/root
Well that is not very strange since the whole firmware partition
is made read-only in the device tree. Let's fix that by augmenting
the OpenWrt patch.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
The DIR-685 has the MAC addresses in the RedBoot code just like
DNS-313. Check some magic numbers to determine that the MAC
address is where we want it and extract it from RedBoot.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[replaced ifconfig with ip, ! -z = -n, added string quotes]
The DNS-313 isn't the only special board so let's bite the
bullet and create a case ladder in preparation for DIR-685.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [refreshed]
This simplifies the ethernet address extraction script
by using standard library functions to locate the MTD
partitions and extract ethernet address from a binary
offset location in the flash. Furthermore, the aging
ifconfig is replaced by the ip tool, which will now
assign the MAC addresses.
Suggested-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[ifconfig replacement, use -n instead of ! -z,
-n requires string to be quoted within the test brackets,
drop prepended "x" in check, add quotes, make local
variables local, kill whitespaces]
CONFIG_PACKET is a important feature to have.
The Packet protocol is used by applications which
communicate directly with network devices without
an intermediate network protocol implemented in
the kernel, e.g. tcpdump and ip.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
* Update busybox to version 1.31.0.
New applets: ts, i2ctransfer
New (restored) feature: error/info levels in syslog messages.
Leave new features disabled by default.
* Refresh patches
* Remove patch that was backported from upstream
Config refreshed with commands below, after which the OpenWrt specific
config defaults (ipv6, login session child) were corrected:
make package/busybox/compile (to populate the build_dir)
cd package/utils/busybox/config/
../convert_menuconfig.pl ../../../../build_dir/target-mips_24kc_musl/busybox-1.31.0
cd package/utils/busybox
./convert_defaults.pl < ../../../build_dir/target-mips_24kc_musl/busybox-1.31.0/.config > Config-defaults.in
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
Add proto_add_host_dependency to add a dependency to the tunlink interface
Signed-off-by: André Valentin <avalentin@marcant.net>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> [PKG_RELEASE increase]
Now that busybox is a known alternatives provider by opkg, we remove the
ALTERNATIVES spec and add a note to make the implicit situation clear
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Opkg starting from this version special-cases busybox as alternatives
provider. There should be no need to add entries to ALTERNATIVES of
busybox package
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Kernel 4.19.47 added a new kernel config symbol ARM64_ERRATUM_1463225.
This causes a build failure for sunxi/cortexa53. Add the symbol to the
generic config to fix this, and avoid future build failures on other
arm64 targets that expose this symbol. As the erratum only affects
Cortex-A76 cores, we can safely disable it.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
wave-1:
2019-05-09: Tweak rate-ctrl: Ramp PER up faster, down slower. This
helps throughput in rate-vs-range test, especially with
nss1.
2019-05-20: Disable adaptive-CCA. I am not sure it helps, and it may
make it slower to detect noise that should tell the system
to stop transmitting. If someone has means to test this
properly, I'd be happy to work with them.
wave-2:
2019-05-15: Fix problem where rate-ctrl sometimes used rix of 0x0.
2019-05-15: Allow raw-tx of encrypted frame. Requires a patch to the
driver to use raw mode when skb has WEP flag enabled AND
skb is flagged to not be encrypted. Lightly tested.
2019-05-16: Fix tx-hang that happened when rate-ctrl chose an OFDM rate
for 20Mhz and sent that as AMPDU. To fix, limit to (V)HT
rates if peer is (V)HT. It seems that MCS0 (V)HT20 should
have as good of a chance of being detected as CCK or OFDM.
2019-06-06: Disable TX-BFEE, TX-BFER for IBSS connections. I suspect
this is part of the tx-hang issue seen with IBSS between
two 9984 radios.
2019-06-12: Fix rx-rate reporting in 'fw_stats' logic. This was at
least partly due to regressions I had added earlier when
working on some multi-vdev enhancements.
2019-6-12: Fix case where extd peer-stats were not always populated.
The stats gathering code did not handle error conditions
well.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Changes:
ath10k: Improve PMF/MPF mgt frame check
And add a driver for 5.2 (beta, not even tested yet) kernel.
Refresh patches.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
enable kernel features needed for procd-ujail, procd-seccomp, lxc and
more on devices with big enough flash. Those packages are currently
useless in binary builds due to missing kernel features.
Enable the features on devices which can bare with the extra space
consumption.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Refreshed all patches.
This bump contains upstream commits which seem to avoid (not properly fix)
the errors as seen in FS#2305 and FS#2297
Altered patches:
- 403-net-mvneta-convert-to-phylink.patch
- 410-sfp-hack-allow-marvell-10G-phy-support-to-use-SFP.patch
Compile-tested on: ar71xx, cns3xxx, imx6, mvebu, x86_64
Runtime-tested on: ar71xx, cns3xxx, imx6, x86_64
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
urandom-seed content was split from base-files into separate package so
in order to preserve the current functionality and to provide some
fallback mechanism in case jent-rng initialization fails in urngd we
need to add it back.
urngd is OpenWrt's micro non-physical true random number generator based
on timing jitter.
Tested-by: Lucian Cristian <lucian.cristian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
μrngd is OpenWrt's micro non-physical true random number generator based
on timing jitter.
Using the Jitter RNG core, the rngd provides an entropy source that
feeds into the Linux /dev/random device if its entropy runs low. It
updates the /dev/random entropy estimator such that the newly provided
entropy unblocks /dev/random.
The seeding of /dev/random also ensures that /dev/urandom benefits from
entropy. Especially during boot time, when the entropy of Linux is low,
the Jitter RNGd provides a source of sufficient entropy.
Tested-by: Lucian Cristian <lucian.cristian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Only the repo should not use https. Otherwise the build would need
a wget/uclient_fetch with tls support.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
01_leds has several redundant LED-cases. This commit cleans
up the file by merging these cases into shared cases.
Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
The TP-Link Archer C25 is a low-cost dual-band router.
Specification:
- CPU: Atheros QCA9561 775 MHz
- RAM: 64 MB
- Flash: 8 MB
- Wifi: 3x3 2.4 GHz (integrated), 1x1 5 GHz QCA9887
- NET: 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
Some LEDs are controlled by an additional 74HC595 chip, but not
all of them as e.g. for the C59.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
ASUS RP-N53 and Buffalo WHR-600D use RT5592 for 5GHz wireless
After commit 367813b9b1 the driver for RT5592 (rt2800pci)
is not selected by default anymore, which broke their 5GHz wireless
Add it back to device packages
Fixes: 367813b9b1 ("ramips: mt7620: fix dependencies")
Signed-off-by: Deng Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
When upgrading a TP-Link Archer C7 v2 from ar71xx to ath79,
the 5ghz radio stops working because the device path changed.
Some people subtitute the unsupported QCA9880v1 in the Archer v1
with supported QCA9880v2 radio. Since the stock radio doesn't
work, so it's safe to apply the change also for the Archer v1
images as well.
Also this patch renames the migration file and variables from
wmac to wifi.
Signed-off-by: David Santamaría Rogado <howl.nsp@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[removed comment, added return 0 (not that it matters since uci is
clever, see 00-wmac-migration thread), reworded commit message]
This patch harmonizes the label and alias for art partitions
across ath79. Since lower case seems to be more frequent, use that
consistently.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
In commit c3a8518 eth0 and eth1 have been swapped for some devices,
but 11-ath10k-caldata has not been updated.
Instead of fixing this by swapping eth0/eth1, this patch will read
addresses from flash (as done for several devices already) so
adjustments due to eth order become obsolete.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The info/product-info partition, which frequently contains MAC
adresses, is typically assigned the 'info' alias in DTS, but
then labelled with 'info', 'product-info' or 'config'.
This leads to different aliases if used for setting MAC adresses
in DTS compared to when using e.g. mtd_get_mac_binary. Occationally,
also multiple switch-case entries are used just because of different
labelling.
This patch relabels those partitions in ath79 to consistently use
'info'.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Converts the TP-Link WDR4900 v1 to use the simpleImage in the
hopes of prolonging the life of the device. While at it,
the patch makes the fdt.bin an ARTIFACT and sets the KERNEL_SIZE
to 2684 KiB as a precaution since the stock u-boot is using a
fixed kernel size.
Note: Give the image some time, it will take much longer to
extract and boot.
[tested for 4.14/4.19]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Add support for xfrm interfaces in kernel. XFRM interfaces are used by
the IPsec stack for tunneling.
XFRM interfaces are available since linux 4.19.
Signed-off-by: André Valentin <avalentin@marcant.net>
In commit d2e18dae28 ("kirkwood: cleanup image build code") the image
build code was refactored, setting KERNEL_IN_UBI=0 which doesn't work as
the KERNEL_IN_UBI needs to be unset in order to make it working as
intended, which leads to factory images with two kernels in them:
binwalk --keep-going openwrt-kirkwood-cisco_on100-squashfs-factory.bin
MD5 Checksum: c33e3d1eb0cb632bf0a4dc287592eb70
DECIMAL HEX DESCRIPTION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 0x0 uImage header [...] "ARM OpenWrt Linux-4.14.123"
5769216 0x580800 uImage header [...] "ARM OpenWrt Linux-4.14.123"
Cc: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Ref: https://bugs.openwrt.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=2285
Fixes: d2e18dae28 ("kirkwood: cleanup image build code")
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Commit afc056d7dc ("gpio-button-hotplug: support interrupt
properties") changed the gpio-keys interrupt handling logic in a way,
that it always misses first event, which causes issues with rc.button
scripts, so this patch restores the previous behaviour.
Fixes: afc056d7dc ("gpio-button-hotplug: support interrupt properties")
Reported-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Kuan-Yi Li <kyli.tw@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [drop state check]
Currently the generated event contains wrong seen value, when the button
is pressed for the first time:
rmmod gpio_button_hotplug; modprobe gpio_button_hotplug
[ pressing the wps key immediately after modprobe ]
gpio-keys: create event, name=wps, seen=1088, pressed=1
So this patch adds a check for this corner case and makes seen=0 if the
button is pressed for the first time.
Tested-by: Kuan-Yi Li <kyli.tw@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This is to make life easier for users with customized build of
dnsmasq-full variant. Currently dnsmasq config generated by current
service script will be rejected by dnsmasq build lacking DHCP feature
- Options like --dhcp-leasefile have default values. Deleting them
from uci config or setting them to empty value will make them take on
default value in the end
- Options like --dhcp-broadcast are output unconditionally
Tackle this by
- Check availablility of features from output of "dnsmasq --version"
- Make a list of options guarded by HAVE_xx macros in src/options.c of
dnsmasq source code
- Ignore these options in xappend()
Two things to note in this implementation
- The option list is not exhaustive. Supposedly only those options that
may cause dnsmasq to reject with "unsupported option (check that
dnsmasq was compiled with DHCP/TFTP/DNSSEC/DBus support)" are taken
into account here
- This provides a way out but users' cooperation is still needed. E.g.
option dnssec needs to be turned off, otherwise the service script
will try to add --conf-file pointing to dnssec specific anchor file
which dnsmasq lacking dnssec support will reject
Resolves FS#2281
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Busybox brctl applet conflicts with the version from bridge-utils.
Fix this by using ALTERNATIVE support for brctl in busybox.
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Demin <rockdrilla@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> [PKG_RELEASE increase]
The "bridge allow reception on disabled port" implementation
was broken after these commits:
08802d93e2 ("kernel: bump 4.19 to 4.19.37")
b765f4be40 ("kernel: bump 4.14 to 4.14.114")
456f486b53 ("kernel: bump 4.9 to 4.9.171")
This leads to issues when for example WDS is used, tied to a bridge:
[ 96.503771] wlan1: send auth to d4:5f:25:eb:09:82 (try 1/3)
[ 96.517956] wlan1: authenticated
[ 96.526209] wlan1: associate with d4:5f:25:eb:09:82 (try 1/3)
[ 97.086156] wlan1: associate with d4:5f:25:eb:09:82 (try 2/3)
[ 97.200919] wlan1: RX AssocResp from d4:5f:25:eb:09:82 (capab=0x11 status=0 aid=1)
[ 97.208706] wlan1: associated
[ 101.312913] wlan1: deauthenticated from d4:5f:25:eb:09:82 (Reason: 2=PREV_AUTH_NOT_VALID)
It seems upstream introduced a new patch, [1]
so we have to reimplement these patches properly:
target/linux/generic/pending-4.9/150-bridge_allow_receiption_on_disabled_port.patch
target/linux/generic/pending-4.14/150-bridge_allow_receiption_on_disabled_port.patch
target/linux/generic/pending-4.19/150-bridge_allow_receiption_on_disabled_port.patch
[1] https://lkml.org/lkml/2019/4/24/1228
Fixes: 08802d93e2 ("kernel: bump 4.19 to 4.19.37")
Fixes: b765f4be40 ("kernel: bump 4.14 to 4.14.114")
Fixes: 456f486b53 ("kernel: bump 4.9 to 4.9.171")
Signed-off-by: Chen Minqiang <ptpt52@gmail.com>
[updated commit message and title]
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Add the userspace control portion of the backported kernelspace
act_ctinfo.
ctinfo is a tc action restoring data stored in conntrack marks to
various fields. At present it has two independent modes of operation,
restoration of DSCP into IPv4/v6 diffserv and restoration of conntrack
marks into packet skb marks.
It understands a number of parameters specific to this action in
additional to the usual action syntax. Each operating mode is
independent of the other so all options are optional, however not
specifying at least one mode is a bit pointless.
Usage: ... ctinfo [dscp mask [statemask]] [cpmark [mask]] [zone ZONE]
[CONTROL] [index <INDEX>]
DSCP mode
dscp enables copying of a DSCP stored in the conntrack mark into the
ipv4/v6 diffserv field. The mask is a 32bit field and specifies where
in the conntrack mark the DSCP value is located. It must be 6
contiguous bits long. eg. 0xfc000000 would restore the DSCP from the
upper 6 bits of the conntrack mark.
The DSCP copying may be optionally controlled by a statemask. The
statemask is a 32bit field, usually with a single bit set and must not
overlap the dscp mask. The DSCP restore operation will only take place
if the corresponding bit/s in conntrack mark ANDed with the statemask
yield a non zero result.
eg. dscp 0xfc000000 0x01000000 would retrieve the DSCP from the top 6
bits, whilst using bit 25 as a flag to do so. Bit 26 is unused in this
example.
CPMARK mode
cpmark enables copying of the conntrack mark to the packet skb mark. In
this mode it is completely equivalent to the existing act_connmark
action. Additional functionality is provided by the optional mask
parameter, whereby the stored conntrack mark is logically ANDed with the
cpmark mask before being stored into skb mark. This allows shared usage
of the conntrack mark between applications.
eg. cpmark 0x00ffffff would restore only the lower 24 bits of the
conntrack mark, thus may be useful in the event that the upper 8 bits
are used by the DSCP function.
Usage: ... ctinfo [dscp mask [statemask]] [cpmark [mask]] [zone ZONE]
[CONTROL] [index <INDEX>]
where :
dscp MASK is the bitmask to restore DSCP
STATEMASK is the bitmask to determine conditional restoring
cpmark MASK mask applied to restored packet mark
ZONE is the conntrack zone
CONTROL := reclassify | pipe | drop | continue | ok |
goto chain <CHAIN_INDEX>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
ctinfo is a new tc filter action module. It is designed to restore
information contained in firewall conntrack marks to other packet fields
and is typically used on packet ingress paths. At present it has two
independent sub-functions or operating modes, DSCP restoration mode &
skb mark restoration mode.
The DSCP restore mode:
This mode copies DSCP values that have been placed in the firewall
conntrack mark back into the IPv4/v6 diffserv fields of relevant
packets.
The DSCP restoration is intended for use and has been found useful for
restoring ingress classifications based on egress classifications across
links that bleach or otherwise change DSCP, typically home ISP Internet
links. Restoring DSCP on ingress on the WAN link allows qdiscs such as
but by no means limited to CAKE to shape inbound packets according to
policies that are easier to set & mark on egress.
Ingress classification is traditionally a challenging task since
iptables rules haven't yet run and tc filter/eBPF programs are pre-NAT
lookups, hence are unable to see internal IPv4 addresses as used on the
typical home masquerading gateway. Thus marking the connection in some
manner on egress for later restoration of classification on ingress is
easier to implement.
Parameters related to DSCP restore mode:
dscpmask - a 32 bit mask of 6 contiguous bits and indicate bits of the
conntrack mark field contain the DSCP value to be restored.
statemask - a 32 bit mask of (usually) 1 bit length, outside the area
specified by dscpmask. This represents a conditional operation flag
whereby the DSCP is only restored if the flag is set. This is useful to
implement a 'one shot' iptables based classification where the
'complicated' iptables rules are only run once to classify the
connection on initial (egress) packet and subsequent packets are all
marked/restored with the same DSCP. A mask of zero disables the
conditional behaviour ie. the conntrack mark DSCP bits are always
restored to the ip diffserv field (assuming the conntrack entry is found
& the skb is an ipv4/ipv6 type)
e.g. dscpmask 0xfc000000 statemask 0x01000000
|----0xFC----conntrack mark----000000---|
| Bits 31-26 | bit 25 | bit24 |~~~ Bit 0|
| DSCP | unused | flag |unused |
|-----------------------0x01---000000---|
| |
| |
---| Conditional flag
v only restore if set
|-ip diffserv-|
| 6 bits |
|-------------|
The skb mark restore mode (cpmark):
This mode copies the firewall conntrack mark to the skb's mark field.
It is completely the functional equivalent of the existing act_connmark
action with the additional feature of being able to apply a mask to the
restored value.
Parameters related to skb mark restore mode:
mask - a 32 bit mask applied to the firewall conntrack mark to mask out
bits unwanted for restoration. This can be useful where the conntrack
mark is being used for different purposes by different applications. If
not specified and by default the whole mark field is copied (i.e.
default mask of 0xffffffff)
e.g. mask 0x00ffffff to mask out the top 8 bits being used by the
aforementioned DSCP restore mode.
|----0x00----conntrack mark----ffffff---|
| Bits 31-24 | |
| DSCP & flag| some value here |
|---------------------------------------|
|
|
v
|------------skb mark-------------------|
| | |
| zeroed | |
|---------------------------------------|
Overall parameters:
zone - conntrack zone
control - action related control (reclassify | pipe | drop | continue |
ok | goto chain <CHAIN_INDEX>)
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Reviewed-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make suitable adjustments for backporting to 4.14 & 4.19
and add to SCHED_MODULES_FILTER
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
All patches of LSDK 19.03 were ported to Openwrt kernel.
We still used an all-in-one patch for each IP/feature for
OpenWrt.
Below are the changes this patch introduced.
- Updated original IP/feature patches to LSDK 19.03.
- Added new IP/feature patches for eTSEC/PTP/TMU.
- Squashed scattered patches into IP/feature patches.
- Updated config-4.14 correspondingly.
- Refreshed all patches.
More info about LSDK and the kernel:
- https://lsdk.github.io/components.html
- https://source.codeaurora.org/external/qoriq/qoriq-components/linux
Signed-off-by: Biwen Li <biwen.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Current latest LSDK-19.03 u-boot had a bug that bootcmd
environment was always been reset when u-boot started up.
This was found on boards with spi NOR boot. Before the
proper fix-up is applied, we have to use a workaround
to hard code the bootcmd for OpenWrt booting for now.
Signed-off-by: Biwen Li <biwen.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
This patch is to convert to use TF-A for firmware.
- Use un-swapped rcw since swapping will be done in TF-A.
- Use u-boot with TF-A defconfig.
- Rework memory map for TF-A introduction.
Signed-off-by: Biwen Li <biwen.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Add TF-A packages for Layerscape to implement trusted firmware.
Signed-off-by: Biwen Li <biwen.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
This adds a new package for the kernel module of the ATUSB WPAN driver.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Meiling <s@mlng.net>
[fixed SoB: and From: mismatch]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The WAN port has the wrong configuration in the kernel for the DVA-G3810BN/TL
The WAN port uses the internal phy, but it isn't enabled at the kernel board data.
Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gonzalez Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
e26ffb31df fixed only embedded modules
symbol collection. If we are building external modules, like broadcom-wl
or lantiq dsl stuff then modules which do EXPORT_SYMBOL have unresolved
paths in Module.symvers and external module which depend on other
external modules will have empty dependencies, leading to broken
module loading.
This was discussed on IRC with Jonas some time ago.
Fix this by handling both resolved and unresolved paths.
Fixes: e26ffb31df ("build: fix module symbol collection if build_dir is a symlink")
Signed-off-by: Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv>
[jonas.gorski@gmail.com: add appropriate fixes tag]
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
This reverts commit 7c50182e0c.
Produces build error:
Package kmod-sched is missing dependencies for the following libraries:
nf_conntrack.ko
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
ctinfo is a new tc filter action module. It is designed to restore
information contained in firewall conntrack marks to other packet fields
and is typically used on packet ingress paths. At present it has two
independent sub-functions or operating modes, DSCP restoration mode &
skb mark restoration mode.
The DSCP restore mode:
This mode copies DSCP values that have been placed in the firewall
conntrack mark back into the IPv4/v6 diffserv fields of relevant
packets.
The DSCP restoration is intended for use and has been found useful for
restoring ingress classifications based on egress classifications across
links that bleach or otherwise change DSCP, typically home ISP Internet
links. Restoring DSCP on ingress on the WAN link allows qdiscs such as
but by no means limited to CAKE to shape inbound packets according to
policies that are easier to set & mark on egress.
Ingress classification is traditionally a challenging task since
iptables rules haven't yet run and tc filter/eBPF programs are pre-NAT
lookups, hence are unable to see internal IPv4 addresses as used on the
typical home masquerading gateway. Thus marking the connection in some
manner on egress for later restoration of classification on ingress is
easier to implement.
Parameters related to DSCP restore mode:
dscpmask - a 32 bit mask of 6 contiguous bits and indicate bits of the
conntrack mark field contain the DSCP value to be restored.
statemask - a 32 bit mask of (usually) 1 bit length, outside the area
specified by dscpmask. This represents a conditional operation flag
whereby the DSCP is only restored if the flag is set. This is useful to
implement a 'one shot' iptables based classification where the
'complicated' iptables rules are only run once to classify the
connection on initial (egress) packet and subsequent packets are all
marked/restored with the same DSCP. A mask of zero disables the
conditional behaviour ie. the conntrack mark DSCP bits are always
restored to the ip diffserv field (assuming the conntrack entry is found
& the skb is an ipv4/ipv6 type)
e.g. dscpmask 0xfc000000 statemask 0x01000000
|----0xFC----conntrack mark----000000---|
| Bits 31-26 | bit 25 | bit24 |~~~ Bit 0|
| DSCP | unused | flag |unused |
|-----------------------0x01---000000---|
| |
| |
---| Conditional flag
v only restore if set
|-ip diffserv-|
| 6 bits |
|-------------|
The skb mark restore mode (cpmark):
This mode copies the firewall conntrack mark to the skb's mark field.
It is completely the functional equivalent of the existing act_connmark
action with the additional feature of being able to apply a mask to the
restored value.
Parameters related to skb mark restore mode:
mask - a 32 bit mask applied to the firewall conntrack mark to mask out
bits unwanted for restoration. This can be useful where the conntrack
mark is being used for different purposes by different applications. If
not specified and by default the whole mark field is copied (i.e.
default mask of 0xffffffff)
e.g. mask 0x00ffffff to mask out the top 8 bits being used by the
aforementioned DSCP restore mode.
|----0x00----conntrack mark----ffffff---|
| Bits 31-24 | |
| DSCP & flag| some value here |
|---------------------------------------|
|
|
v
|------------skb mark-------------------|
| | |
| zeroed | |
|---------------------------------------|
Overall parameters:
zone - conntrack zone
control - action related control (reclassify | pipe | drop | continue |
ok | goto chain <CHAIN_INDEX>)
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Reviewed-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make suitable adjustments for backporting to 4.14 & 4.19
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
89bfaa424606 Fix possible linker errors by using CMake find_library macro
569284a119f9 session: handle NULL return values of crypt()
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This patch removes 202-reduce_module_size.patch which is causing missing
debug symbols in kernel modules, leading to unusable
kernel-debug.tar.bz2 on all platforms, making debugging of release
kernel crashes difficult.
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Acked-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Specifications:
- SoC: MT7628DAN (MT7628AN with 64MB built-in RAM)
- Flash: 8M SPI NOR
- Ethernet: 5x 10/100Mbps
- WiFi: 2.4G: MT7628 built-in
5G: MT7612E
- 1x miniPCIe slot for LTE modem (only USB pins connected)
- 1x SIM slot
Flash instruction:
U-boot has a builtin web recovery page:
1. Hold the reset button while powering it up
2. Connect to the ethernet and set an IP in 192.168.1.0/24 range
3. Open your browser and upload firmware through http://192.168.1.1
Note about the LTE modem:
If your router comes with an EC25 module and it doesn't show up
as a QMI device, you should do the following to switch it to QMI
mode:
1. Install kmod-usb-serial-option and a terminal software
(e.g. minicom or screen). All 4 serial ports of the modem
should be available now.
2. Open /dev/ttyUSB3 with the terminal software and type this
AT command: AT+QCFG="usbnet",0
3. Power-cycle the router. You should now get a QMI device
recognized.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Specifications:
- Atheros AR9331 (400 MHz)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of Flash (SPI)
- 1T1R 2.4 Wlan (AR9331)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 3x LEDs, 1x gpio button
- 1x USB 2.0, 5V
- UART over usb, 115200n8
Upgrading from ar71xx target:
- Put image into board:
scp openwrt-ath79-generic-8dev_carambola2-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin \
root@192.168.1.1/tmp/
- Run sysupgrade
sysupgrade /tmp/sysupgrade.bin
Upgrading from u-boot:
- Set up tftp server with sysupgrade.bin image
- Go to u-boot (reboot and press ESC when prompted)
- Set TFTP server IP
setenv serverip 192.168.1.254
- Set device ip from same subnet
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1
- Copy new firmware to board
tftpboot 0x81000000 sysupgrade.bin
- erase flash
erase 0x9f050000 +${filesize}
- flash firmware
cp.b 0x81000000 0x9f050000 ${filesize}
- Reset board
reset
Signed-off-by: Rytis Zigmantavičius <rytis.z@8devices.com>
[wrapped long line in commit description, whitespace and art address
fix in DTS, keep default lan/wan setup, removed -n in sysupgrade]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
ZBT-WD323 is a dual-LTE router based on AR9344. The detailed
specifications are:
* AR9344 560MHz/450MHz/225MHz (CPU/DDR/AHN).
* 128 MB RAM
* 16MB of flash(SPI-NOR, 22MHz)
* 1x 2.4GHz wifi (Atheros AR9340)
* 3x 10/100Mbos Ethernet (AR8229)
* 1x USB2.0 port
* 2x miniPCIe-slots (USB2.0 only)
* 2x SIM slots (standard size)
* 4x LEDs (1 gpio controlled)
* 1x reset button
* 1x 10 pin terminal block (RS232, RS485, 4x GPIO)
* 2x CP210x UART bridge controllers (used for RS232 and RS485)
* 1x 2 pin 5mm industrial interface (input voltage 12V~36V)
* 1x DC jack
* 1x RTC (PCF8563)
Tested:
- Ethernet switch
- Wifi
- USB port
- MiniPCIe-slots (+ SIM slots)
- Sysupgrade
- Reset button
- RS232
Intallation and recovery:
The board ships with OpenWRT, but sysupgrade does not work as a
different firmware format than what is expected is generated. The
easiest way to install (and recover) the router, is to use the
web-interface provided by the bootloader (Breed).
While the interface is in Chinese, it is easy to use. First, in order to
access the interface, you need to hold down the reset button for around
five seconds. Then, go to 192.168.1.1 in your browser. Click on the
second item in the list on the left to access the recovery page. The
second item on the next page is where you select the firmware. Select
the menu item containing "Atheros SDK" and "16MB" in the dropdown close
to the buttom, and click on the button at the bottom to start
installation/recovery.
Notes:
* RS232 is available on /dev/ttyUSB0 and RS485 on /dev/ttyUSB1
Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
[removed unused poll-interval from gpio-keys, i2c-gpio 4.19 compat]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
also fix the following problems in this commit:
glinet,gl-ar150: This router uses an uncommon order of setting up gmacs
in ar71xx. gmac0 is preferred to be wan port because of
the additional link status info available. So this
router will have eth0/eth1 swapped comparing to ar71xx.
tplink,tl-wr710n-v1: same as gl-ar150
embeddedwireless,dorin: eth0 is used as switch port, which was incorrect.
It's correct now, so keep this one untouched.
tplink,tl-wr842n-v1: we don't swap PHYs on ar7241 so the original port order
is incorrect.
reorder archer-a7-v5 entry.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
With a proper probe deferring for ag71xx we don't need to explicitly
probe mdio1 before gmac0.
Drop all "simple-mfd" in SoC dtsi so that gmac orders can be the same
as ar71xx.
This makes eth0/eth1 order the same as those in ar71xx, which means
we don't need a migration script for this anymore and we can merge
incorrectly split gmac/mdio driver back together.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
gmac0 may need a phy on builtin switch, which can be unavailable
if gmac0 is probed before builtin switch.
Return -EPROBE_DEFER in this case so that gmac0 can be probed
later.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
The original one has the following problem:
1. Port mask of lan led includes wan port.
2. By using netdev trigger with vlan port, the link led
is always on.
This commits fixes the above problems by correcting port
mask for lan led and use swconfig trigger for wan leds.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Support for D-Link DWR-118 A1 was added before LEDs feature
in mt76x0e driver.
This fixes the 5GHz WiFi LED which was previously inverted.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
ethtool doesn't work currently as phy_ethtool_ioctl expects user space
pointer, but it's being passed kernel one. Fixing it doesn't make sense
as {s,g}et_settings were deprecated anyway. So let's rather remove
phy_ethtool_ioctl and use new {s,g}et_link_ksettings instead. While at
it, update nway_reset as well.
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Ref: https://bugs.openwrt.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=1982
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This ioctl is currently routed through generic interface code:
dev_ioctl
dev_ethtool
__ethtool_get_link_ksettings
phy_ethtool_ioctl
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This ioctl is currently routed through generic interface code:
dev_ioctl
dev_ethtool
__ethtool_get_link_ksettings
phy_ethtool_ioctl
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Cc: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This ioctl is currently routed through generic interface code.
dev_ioctl
dev_ethtool
__ethtool_get_link_ksettings
phy_ethtool_ioctl
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The register size of the QCA955x currently matches the size stated in
the datasheet. However, there are more hidden GMAC registers which are
needed for the SGMII workaround to work.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
There was an issue with the backport compat layer in yesterday's snapshot,
causing issues on certain (mostly Atom) Intel chips on kernels older than
4.2, due to the use of xgetbv without checking cpu flags for xsave support.
This manifested itself simply at module load time. Indeed it's somewhat tricky
to support 33 different kernel versions (3.10+), plus weird distro
frankenkernels.
If OpenWRT doesn't support < 4.2, you probably don't need to apply this.
But it also can't hurt, and probably best to stay updated.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
* tools: add wincompat layer to wg(8)
Consistent with a lot of the Windows work we've been doing this last cycle,
wg(8) now supports the WireGuard for Windows app by talking through a named
pipe. You can compile this as `PLATFORM=windows make -C src/tools` with mingw.
Because programming things for Windows is pretty ugly, we've done this via a
separate standalone wincompat layer, so that we don't pollute our pretty *nix
utility.
* compat: udp_tunnel: force cast sk_data_ready
This is a hack to work around broken Android kernel wrapper scripts.
* wg-quick: freebsd: workaround SIOCGIFSTATUS race in FreeBSD kernel
FreeBSD had a number of kernel race conditions, some of which we can vaguely
work around. These are in the process of being fixed upstream, but probably
people won't update for a while.
* wg-quick: make darwin and freebsd path search strict like linux
Correctness.
* socket: set ignore_df=1 on xmit
This was intended from early on but didn't work on IPv6 without the ignore_df
flag. It allows sending fragments over IPv6.
* qemu: use newer iproute2 and kernel
* qemu: build iproute2 with libmnl support
* qemu: do not check for alignment with ubsan
The QEMU build system has been improved to compile newer versions. Linking
against libmnl gives us better error messages. As well, enabling the alignment
check on x86 UBSAN isn't realistic.
* wg-quick: look up existing routes properly
* wg-quick: specify protocol to ip(8), because of inconsistencies
The route inclusion check was wrong prior, and Linux 5.1 made it break
entirely. This makes a better invocation of `ip route show match`.
* netlink: use new strict length types in policy for 5.2
* kbuild: account for recent upstream changes
* zinc: arm64: use cpu_get_elf_hwcap accessor for 5.2
The usual churn of changes required for the upcoming 5.2.
* timers: add jitter on ack failure reinitiation
Correctness tweak in the timer system.
* blake2s,chacha: latency tweak
* blake2s: shorten ssse3 loop
In every odd-numbered round, instead of operating over the state
x00 x01 x02 x03
x05 x06 x07 x04
x10 x11 x08 x09
x15 x12 x13 x14
we operate over the rotated state
x03 x00 x01 x02
x04 x05 x06 x07
x09 x10 x11 x08
x14 x15 x12 x13
The advantage here is that this requires no changes to the 'x04 x05 x06 x07'
row, which is in the critical path. This results in a noticeable latency
improvement of roughly R cycles, for R diagonal rounds in the primitive. As
well, the blake2s AVX implementation is now SSSE3 and considerably shorter.
* tools: allow setting WG_ENDPOINT_RESOLUTION_RETRIES
System integrators can now specify things like
WG_ENDPOINT_RESOLUTION_RETRIES=infinity when building wg(8)-based init
scripts and services, or 0, or any other integer.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
The R6220 and WNDR3700v5 are identical apart from using NAND/NOR flash and
having a different casing. This adds a new cleaned up R6220.dtsi with the
common bits for both devices. Both devices now have feature parity.
Performed cleanup:
* generic DTS node names
* regulator for usb power
* added missing pinctrl groups
* use switch port instead of VLAN as trigger for WAN LED
Fixes for WNDR3700v5:
* all LEDS work
* correct ethernet MAC addresses
Signed-off-by: Jan Hoffmann <jan@3e8.eu>
- SoC: MediaTek MT7628AN
- Flash: 16MB (Winbond W25Q128JV)
- RAM: 64MB
- Serial: As marked on PCB, 3V3 logic, baudrate is 115200
- Ethernet: 3x 10/100 Mbps (switched, 2x LAN + WAN)
- WIFI0: MT7628AN 2.4GHz 802.11b/g/n
- WIFI1: MT7612EN 5GHz 802.11ac
- Antennas: 4x external (2 per radio), non-detachable
- LEDs: Programmable power-LED (two-colored, yellow/blue)
Non-programmable internet-LED (shows WAN-activity)
- Buttons: Reset
INSTALLATION:
1. Connect to the serial port of the router and power it up.
If you get a prompt asking for boot-mode, go to step 3.
2. Unplug the router after
> Erasing SPI Flash...
> raspi_erase: offs:20000 len:10000
occurs on the serial port. Plug the router back in.
3. At the prompt select option 2 (Load system code then
write to Flash via TFTP.)
4. Enter 192.168.1.1 as the device IP and 192.168.1.2 as the
Server-IP.
5. Connect your computer to LAN1 and assign it as 192.168.1.2/24.
6. Rename the sysupgrade image to test.bin and serve it via TFTP.
7. Enter test.bin on the serial console and press enter.
Signed-off-by: Markus Scheck <markus@mscheck.de>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[added mt76 compatible]
Adds support to && operand in DEPENDS. Also, fixes generation of ||
dependencies by scripts/package-metadata.pl.
The precedence order from higher to lower is && then ||. Use of
parentheses to change the order is not supported. As before, they are
silently ignored. Use them for readability only.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cote2004-github@yahoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [DMARC removal]
Highlights of this version:
- Prevent over long nonces in ChaCha20-Poly1305 (CVE-2019-1543)
- Fix OPENSSL_config bug (patch removed)
- Change the default RSA, DSA and DH size to 2048 bit instead of 1024.
- Enable SHA3 pre-hashing for ECDSA and DSA
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cote2004-github@yahoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [DMARC removal]
In ar71xx v2 has blue color defined because the same mach-*.c is also used
for TL-WDR4900 model with blue leds. ath79 v2 dts defines them as green.
For v4 the situation is the same as v5 so the conversion is identical only
v4 instead v5.
So now upgrading from ar71xx to ath79 should be also smoother for v2 and v4.
Signed-off-by: David Santamaría Rogado <howl.nsp@gmail.com>
Cudy WR1200 is an AC1200 AP with 3-port FE and 2 non-detachable antennas
Specifications:
MT7628 (580 MHz)
64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
8 MB of FLASH
2T2R 2.4 GHz (MT7628)
2T2R 5 GHz (MT7612E)
3x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (2 LAN + 1 WAN)
2x external, non-detachable antennas (5dbi)
UART header on PCB (57600 8n1)
7x LED, 2x button
Known issues:
The Power LED is always ON, probably because it is connected
directly to power.
Flash instructions
------------------
Load the ...-factory.bin image via the stock web interface.
Openwrt upgrade instructions
----------------------------
Use the ...-sysupgrade.bin image for future upgrades.
Revert to stock FW
------------------
Warning! This tutorial will work only with the following OEM FW:
WR1000_EU_92.122.2.4987.201806261618.bin
WR1000_US_92.122.2.4987.201806261609.bin
If in the future these firmwares will not be available anymore,
you have to find the new XOR key.
1) Download the original FW from the Cudy website.
(For example WR1000_EU_92.122.2.4987.201806261618.bin)
2) Remove the header.
dd if="WR1000_EU_92.122.2.4987.201806261618.bin" of="WR1000_EU_92.122.2.4987.201806261618.bin.mod" skip=8 bs=64
3) XOR the new file with the region key.
FOR EU: 7B76741E67594351555042461D625F4545514B1B03050208000603020803000D
FOR US: 7B76741E675943555D5442461D625F454555431F03050208000603060007010C
You can use OpenWrt's tools/firmware-utils/src/xorimage.c tool for this:
xorimage -i WR1000..bin.mod -o stock-firmware.bin -x -p 7B767..
Or, you can use this tool (CHANGE THE XOR KEY ACCORDINGLY!):
https://gchq.github.io/CyberChef/#recipe=XOR(%7B'option':'Hex','string':''%7D,'',false)
4) Check the resulting decrypted image.
Check if bytes from 0x20 to 0x3f are:
4C 69 6E 75 78 20 4B 65 72 6E 65 6C 20 49 6D 61 67 65 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
Alternatively, you can use u-boot's tool dumpimage tool to check
if the decryption was successful. It should look like:
# dumpimage -l stock-firmware.bin
Image Name: Linux Kernel Image
Created: Tue Jun 26 10:24:54 2018
Image Type: MIPS Linux Kernel Image (lzma compressed)
Data Size: 4406635 Bytes = 4303.35 KiB = 4.20 MiB
Load Address: 80000000
Entry Point: 8000c150
5) Flash it via forced firmware upgrade and don't "Keep Settings"
CLI: sysupgrade -F -n stock-firmware.bin
LuCI: make sure to click on the "Keep settings" checkbox
to disable it. You'll need to do this !TWICE! because
on the first try, LuCI will refuse the image and reset
the "Keep settings" to enable. However a new
"Force upgrade" checkbox will appear as well.
Make sure to do this very carefully!
Signed-off-by: Davide Fioravanti <pantanastyle@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[added wifi compatible, spiffed-up the returned to stock instructions]
The first version of this script allowed just 4Mb factory images.
With this patch is possible to set the maximum size of the payload.
For an 8Mb flash, the corresponding maxsize is:
8 * 1024 * 1024 - 5 * 64 * 1024 = 8388608 - 327680 = 8060928
If the -m argument is not set, the default maximum size will be
used for backward compatibility.
Signed-off-by: Davide Fioravanti <pantanastyle@gmail.com>
This patch fixes the active_low setting and
converts all of the physical keys on the wndr4700
to utilize the interrupt-driven gpio-keys driver
over the polled version.
The sdcard-insertion hack has been removed since the
block-subsystem will now be polling the device instead.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Upstream Linux's input gpio-keys driver supports
specifying a external interrupt for a gpio via the
'interrupts' properties as well as having support
for software debounce.
This patch ports these features to OpenWrt's event
version. Only the "pure" interrupt-driven support is
left behind, since this goes a bit against the "gpio"
in the "gpio-keys" and I don't have a real device to
test this with.
This patch also silences the generated warnings showing
up since 4.14 due to the 'constification' of the
struct gpio_keys_button *buttons variable in the
upstream struct gpio_keys_platform_data declaration.
gpio-button-hotplug.c: In function 'gpio_keys_get_devtree_pdata':
gpio-button-hotplug.c:392:10: warning: assignment discards 'const'
qualifier from pointer target type [-Wdiscarded-qualifiers]
button = &pdata->buttons[i++];
^
gpio-button-hotplug.c: In function 'gpio_keys_button_probe':
gpio-button-hotplug.c:537:12: warning: assignment discards 'const'
qualifier from pointer target type [-Wdiscarded-qualifiers]
bdata->b = &pdata->buttons[i];
^
gpio-button-hotplug.c: In function 'gpio_keys_probe':
gpio-button-hotplug.c:563:37: warning: initialization discards 'const'
qualifier from pointer target type [-Wdiscarded-qualifiers]
struct gpio_keys_button *button = &pdata->buttons[i];
^
Acked-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Upstream PPP project has added in commit 8e77984 options to tune discovery
timeout and attempts in the rp-pppoe plugin.
Expose these options in the uci datamodel for pppoe:
padi_attempts: Number of discovery attempts
padi_timeout: Initial timeout for discovery packets in seconds
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
It is not always necessary to add a host route for the gre peer address.
This introduces a new config option 'nohostroute' (similar to the
option introduced for wireguard in d8e2e19) to allow to disable
the creation of those routes explicitely.
Signed-off-by: Fabian Bläse <fabian@blaese.de>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> [PKG_RELEASE increase]
This version bump contains the following commit to fix FS#2222
3b3e368 uclient-http: set data_eof when content-length is 0
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Instead of maintaining 3 very similar subtargets merge them into one.
This does not use the Arm NEON extension any more, because the SAMA5D3
does not support NEON.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Tested-by: Sandeep Sheriker <sandeepsheriker.mallikarjun@microchip.com>
The configuration of the sama5d4 subtarget was used as the default
configuration and then the subtarget configurations were adapted.
The resulting kernel configuration without any extra modules selected is
still the same.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Tested-by: Sandeep Sheriker <sandeepsheriker.mallikarjun@microchip.com>
The restart button is currently assigned to KEY_POWER power script but
an easily accessible button immediately powering off the device is
undesirable. Switch to using new KEY_POWER2 reboot script with 5 second
seen delay.
Fixes: FS#1965
Signed-off-by: Alan Swanson <reiver@improbability.net>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz> [long line wrap]
For devices such as BTHOMEHUBV5A with both reset and restart buttons,
its easily accessible restart button has been assigned to KEY_POWER
power script to poweroff preventing accidental (or malicious) factory
resets by KEY_RESTART reset script. However an easily accessible button
immediately powering off the device is also undesirable.
As KEY_RESTART is already used for reset script (and there's no
KEY_REBOOT in Linux input events), use KEY_POWER2 for rebooting via new
reboot script with 5 second seen delay.
Fixes: FS#1965
Signed-off-by: Alan Swanson <reiver@improbability.net>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz> [long line wrap]
For devices such as BTHOMEHUBV5A with both reset and restart buttons,
its easily accessible restart button has been assigned to KEY_POWER
power script to poweroff preventing accidental (or malicious) factory
resets by KEY_RESTART reset script. However an easily accessible button
immediately powering off the device is also undesirable.
As KEY_RESTART is already used for reset script (and there's no
KEY_REBOOT in Linux input events), use KEY_POWER2 for rebooting via new
reboot script with 5 second seen delay.
Fixes: FS#1965
Signed-off-by: Alan Swanson <reiver@improbability.net>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz> [long line wrap]
For devices such as BTHOMEHUBV5A with both reset and restart buttons,
its easily accessible restart button has been assigned to KEY_POWER
power script to poweroff preventing accidental (or malicious) factory
resets by KEY_RESTART reset script. However an easily accessible button
immediately powering off the device is also undesirable.
Fixes: FS#1965
Signed-off-by: Alan Swanson <reiver@improbability.net>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz> [long line wrap]
ade00ca585a4 container: fix .dockerenv stat check
385b904b2f0a hotplug: improve error message during group ownership change
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This patch fixes following missing bits:
- add missing 'compatible' property on firmware partition
- set vendor partition 'userconfig' read-only
Fixes: 30dcbc741d ("ath79: add support for EnGenius ECB1750")
Signed-off-by: Sven Friedmann <sf.openwrt@okay.ms>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
SoC: AR9344
RAM: 128MB
Flash: 16MiB Winbond 25Q128BVFG SPI NOR
5GHz WiFi: AR9380 PCIe 3x3:3 802.11n
2.4GHz WiFi: AR9344 (SoC) AHB 2x2:2 802.11n
5x Gigabit ethernet via AR8327N switch (green + amber LEDs)
2x USB 2.0 via GL850G hub
4x front LEDs from SoC GPIO
1x front WPS button from SoC GPIO
1x bottom reset button from SoC GPIO
Known issues:
AR8327N LEDs only have default functionality, not presented in sysfs.
This is a regression from ar71xx.
UART header JP1, 115200 no parity 1 stop
TX
GND
VCC
(N/P)
RX
See https://openwrt.org/toh/wd/n750 for flashing detail.
Procedures unchanged from ar71xx.
Tested sysupgrade + factory flash from WD Emergency Recovery
Signed-off-by: Ryan Mounce <ryan@mounce.com.au>
Don't set the default firewall zone to wan if not specified to keep the
behavior aligned with other tunnel protocols like gre and 6rd.
If the interface zone is not specified try to get it from the firewall config
when constructing the procd firewall rule.
While at it only add procd inbound/outbound firewall rules if a zone is specified.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Don't set the default firewall zone to wan if not specified to keep the
behavior aligned with other tunnel protocols like gre and 6rd.
If the interface zone is not specified try to get it from the firewall config
when constructing the procd firewall rule.
While at it only add a procd inbound firewall rule if a zone is specified.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
* Feature: Add support for 200Gbps (50Gbps per lane) link mode
* Feature: simplify handling of PHY tunable downshift
* Feature: add support for PHY tunable Fast Link Down
* Feature: add PHY Fast Link Down tunable to man page
* Feature: Add a 'start N' option when specifying the Rx flow hash indirection table.
* Feature: Add bash-completion script
* Feature: add 10000baseR_FEC link mode name
* Fix: qsfp: fix special value comparison
* Feature: move option parsing related code into function
* Feature: move cmdline_coalesce out of do_scoalesce
* Feature: introduce new ioctl for per-queue settings
* Feature: support per-queue sub command --show-coalesce
* Feature: support per-queue sub command --coalesce
* Fix: fix up dump_coalesce output to match actual option names
* Feature: fec: add pretty dump
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This makes sysupgrade work on the D-Link DIR-685 after
initial factory install.
We create the platform.sh script to support sysupgrade
on more targets as we move on with sysupgrade support.
Cc: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
[cleanup in platform.sh, removed superfluous SUPPORTED_DEVICES]
Lua's LNUM patch currently doesn't parse properly certain numbers as
it's visible from the following simple tests.
On x86_64 host (stock Lua 5.1.5, expected output):
$ /usr/bin/lua -e 'print(0x80000000); print(0x80000000000); print(0x100000000)'
2147483648
8796093022208
4294967296
On x86_64 host:
$ staging_dir/hostpkg/bin/lua -e 'print(0x80000000); print(0x80000000000); print(0x100000000)'
-2147483648
0
0
On x86_64 target:
$ lua -e 'print(0x80000000); print(0x80000000000); print(0x100000000)'
-2147483648
0
0
On ath79 target:
$ lua -e 'print(0x80000000); print(0x80000000000); print(0x100000000)'
-2147483648
8796093022208
4294967296
It's caused by two issues fixed in this patch, first issue is caused by
unhadled strtoul overflow and second one is caused by the cast of
unsigned to signed Lua integer when parsing from hex literal.
Run tested on:
* Zidoo Z9S with RTD1296 CPU (aarch64_cortex-a53)
* qemu/x86_64
* qemu/armvirt_64
* ath79
Signed-off-by: Liangbin Lian <jjm2473@gmail.com>
[commit subject/message touches, fixed From to match SOB, fixed another
unhandled case in luaO_str2i, host Lua, package bump]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This reverts commit 0111b86f1d as it
breaks on Linux distributions without ed support
./fix-libmath_h: line 1: ed: command not found
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
When running OpenWrt inside an LXC container no shell is opend as LXC
defaults to a virtual /dev/console.
This patch allows to enter a shell after starting the container via
`lxc-start`, without it is only posible to access a shell on tty1 via
`lxc-console`.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
The vendor firmware only uses two mac addresses, the mac address on the
label and the label + 1. While checking multiple devices, all labels have
even mac addresses. Concluding only 2 address are assigned to a device.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
The GL.iNet AR750S USB and microSD port is currently not working out of
the box. GPIO 7 is used to control the power of the USB port. Add GPIO
7 as a fixed-regulator for the port. Also add &usb1 to DTS to get the
microSD port to work.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Wördekemper <alexwoerde@web.de>
This patch fixes `sysupgrade -n` when flashed with rootfs of the same
size as currently running, so the rootfs_data wouldn't get destroyed and
thus survive reboot. So let's fix it by always cleaning up the content
of the rootfs_data during sysupgrade.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
ar71xx uses `archer-c7-v5` for led prefix, but ath79 sticks to more
generic `tplink` as the DTS is reused by more boards, so we need to
perform migrations of the LED names during upgrade.
Cc: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Commit "generic: ar8216: add mib_poll_interval switch attribute" sets
mib-poll-interval as disabled by default (was set to 2s), so it makes
switch LEDs trigger disfunctional on devices which don't have
mib-poll-interval set.
So this patch sets mib-poll-interval to 500ms on devices which are using
ar8xxx switch LEDs trigger, as the same value was set for built in
switches in 443fc9ac35 ("ath79: use ar8216 for builtin switch").
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Commit "generic: ar8216: add mib_poll_interval switch attribute" sets
mib-poll-interval as disabled by default (was set to 2s), so it makes
switch LEDs trigger disfunctional on devices which don't have
mib-poll-interval set.
So this patch sets mib-poll-interval to 500ms on devices which have
ar83xx switch connected to emac0, as the same value was set for built in
switches in 443fc9ac35 ("ath79: use ar8216 for builtin switch").
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Commit "generic: ar8216: add mib_poll_interval switch attribute" sets
mib-poll-interval as disabled by default (was set to 2s), so it makes
switch LEDs trigger disfunctional on devices which don't have
mib-poll-interval set.
So this patch sets mib-poll-interval to 500ms on devices which have
ar83xx switch connected to mdio0 bus, as the same value was set for
built in switches in 443fc9ac35 ("ath79: use ar8216 for builtin
switch").
Some measurements performed on TP-Link Archer C7-v5:
mib-type=0, mib-poll-interval=500ms (10s pidstat)
Average: %usr %system %guest %wait %CPU CPU Command
Average: 0.00 1.93 0.00 0.00 1.93 - kworker/0:2
iperf3 (30s): 334 Mbits/sec
mib-type=0, mib-poll-interval=2s (10s pidstat)
Average: %usr %system %guest %wait %CPU CPU Command
Average: 0.00 1.14 0.00 0.00 1.14 - kworker/0:2
iperf3 (30s): 334 Mbits/sec
So it seems like we get 4x faster LED refresh rate for additional 0.8%
CPU load.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Commit "generic: ar8216: add mib_poll_interval switch attribute" has
added mib_poll_interval global config option and commit "generic:
ar8216: group MIB counters and use two basic ones only by default" has
added mib_type config option.
So this patch adds ucidef_set_ar8xxx_switch_mib helper function which
would allow configuration of the above mentioned new switch config
options.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Commit "generic: ar8216: add mib_poll_interval switch attribute" has added
mib_poll_interval global config option and commit "generic: ar8216: group
MIB counters and use two basic ones only by default" has added mib_type
config option.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
There are too many MIB counters that almost nobody needs since commit
d6366ce366 ("generic: ar8216: mib_work_func: read all port mibs
everytime").
In the worker function to poll MIB data, it deals with all ports instead
of only one port every time, which introduces too many mdio operations
that it becomes a heavy CPU load even on not-emulated MDIO bus.
This commit groups MIB counters and enable only TxBytes and RxGoodBytes
by default (both of which are necessary to get swconfig led working.)
and adds an swconfig attribute to allow enabling all counters if users
need them.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
This allows specifying interval of polling MIB counters from userspace
and allow completely turning off MIB counter support by setting
mib_poll_interval to 0.
Since MIB counter polling is a heavy CPU load for GPIO emulated MDIO
bus, disable this behavior by default. Those who wants to use swconfig
LEDs can enable them with qca,mib-poll-interval dts property or with
swconfig command.
Fixes: FS#2230 ("kworker spikes 100% cpu every 2 second.")
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
This adds the host staging directory to the include path to make it use
the zlib.h files from the staging include directory and also link
against the zlib version from the staging directory.
This fixes a compile problem when the zlib header were not installed on
the build host.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[picked from openwrt-18.06]
The SD-Card polling is now implemented by default in the
fs-tools block-mount utility package. It might not be as
fast as the current detection method since the polling
time is 2 Seconds, but it's much less of an hack.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
c9d9dbf pppoe: Custom host-uniq tag
44012ae plugins/rp-pppoe: Fix compile errors
Refresh patches
Drop 520-uniq patch as upstream accepted
Drop 150-debug_compile_fix patch as fixed upstream
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This patch converts the Range Extender to use the
interrupt-driven gpio-keys driver over the polled variant.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch converts the WNDR3700 to use the interrupt-driven
gpio-keys driver over the polled variant.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
All other QCA9563 devices already use this identifier for
the exact SoC. Not that this matters much since as upstream
states in Documentation/devicetree/usage-model.txt:
"First and foremost, the kernel will use data in the DT to
identify the specific machine. In a perfect world, the
specific platform shouldn't matter to the kernel because all
platform details would be described perfectly by the device
tree in a consistent and reliable manner.
[...]
In the majority of cases, the machine identity is irrelevant,
and the kernel will instead select setup code based on the
machine's core CPU or SoC."
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
TP-Link Archer D50 v1 is a dual-band AC1200 router + modem.
The router section is based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531 + QCA9882.
The "DSL" section is based on BCM6318 but it's currently not supported.
Internally eth0 is connected to the Broadcom CPU.
Router section - Specification:
CPU: QCA9531 650/600/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
RAM: 64 MB (DDR2)
Flash: 8 MB (SPI NOR)
Wifi 2.4GHz: QCA9531 2T2R
Wifi 5GHz: QCA9982 2T2R
4x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
8x LED, 3x button
UART header on PCB
Known issues:
DSL not working (eth0) (WIP)
UART connection
---------------
J2 HEADER (Qualcomm CPU)
. TX
. RX
. GND
O VCC
J16 HEADER (Broadcom CPU)
O VCC
. GND
. RX
. TX
The following instructions require a connection to the J2 UART header.
Flash instruction under U-Boot, using UART
------------------------------------------
1. Press any key to stop autobooting and obtain U-Boot CLI access.
2. Setup ip addresses for U-Boot and your tftp server.
3. Issue below commands:
tftpboot 0x81000000 openwrt-ath79-generic-tplink_archer-d50-v1-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
erase 0x9f020000 +$filesize
cp.b 0x81000000 0x9f020000 $filesize
reset
Initramfs instruction under U-Boot for testing, using UART
----------------------------------------------------------
1. Press any key to stop autobooting and obtain U-Boot CLI access.
2. Setup ip addresses for U-Boot and your tftp server.
3. Issue below commands:
tftpboot 0x81000000 openwrt-ath79-generic-tplink_archer-d50-v1-initramfs-kernel.bin
bootm 0x81000000
Restore the original firmware
-----------------------------
0. Backup every partition using the OpenWrt web interface
1. Download the OEM firmware from the TP-Link website
2. Extract the bin file in a folder (eg. Archer_D50v1_0.8.0_1.3_up_boot(170223)_full_2017-02-24_09.37.45.bin)
3. Remove the U-Boot and the Broadcom image part from the file.
Issue the following command:
dd if="Archer_D50v1_0.8.0_1.3_up_boot(170223)_full_2017-02-24_09.37.45.bin" of="Archer_D50v1_0.8.0_1.3_up_boot(170223)_full_2017-02-24_09.37.45.bin.mod" skip=257 bs=512 count=15616
4. Double check the .mod file size. It must be 7995392 bytes.
5. Flash it using the OpenWrt web interface. Force the update if needed.
WARNING: Remember to NOT keep settings.
5b. (Alternative to 5.) Flash it using the U-Boot and UART connection.
Issue below commands in the U-Boot:
tftpboot 0x81000000 Archer_D50v1_0.8.0_1.3_up_boot(170223)_full_2017-02-24_09.37.45.bin.mod
erase 0x9f020000 +$filesize
cp.b 0x81000000 0x9f020000 $filesize
reset
Signed-off-by: Davide Fioravanti <pantanastyle@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [removed
default-state = "off", it's already the default, added pcie node,
fixed typo]
This commit adds the partition layout used by the TP-Link Archer D50
and probably by the TP-Link Archer D7 to mktplinkfw2.
Signed-off-by: Davide Fioravanti <pantanastyle@gmail.com>
SoC: Atheros AR7161-8C1A @ 680 MHz
RAM: 128MB - 2x Etron Technology EM6AB160TSA-5G
NOR: 16MB - 1x MXIC MX25L12845EMI-10G (SPI-NOR)
WI1: Atheros AR9223-AC1A 802.11bgn
WI2: Atheros AR9220-AC1A 802.11an
ETH: Atheros AR8021-BL1E + PoE
LED: Dual-Color Power/Status, Ethernet, WLAN2G and WLAN5G
BTN: 1 x Reset
I2C: AT97SC4303s TPM (needs driver!)
CON: RS232-level 8P8C/RJ45 Console Port - 9600 Baud
Factory installation:
- Needs a u-boot replacement. See Wiki for
information on how to do a in-circut flash with
a SPI-Flasher like a CH314A or flashrom. Wiki page
can be found at https://openwrt.org/toh/aruba/aruba_ap-105
- Be careful when dis- and reassembling the device to
not squish any of the antenna cables in the process!
- Be sure to make a full 16 MiB backup of your device
before flashing the new u-boot! This is needed if you
ever have interest in reverting back to stock firmware.
Not working:
- TPM (needs a driver)
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
This uses the existing rules for Sercomm factory images and moves them
to the ramips image Makefile, so they can be used in all subtargets.
The new factory image for WNDR3700v5 can be flashed using nmrpflash.
Signed-off-by: Jan Hoffmann <jan@3e8.eu>
Specifications:
- QCA9563 at 775 MHz
- 64 MB RAM Zentel A3R12E40CBF-8E
- 16 MB flash Winbond W25Q128FVSG
- 3 (non-detachable) Antennas / 450 Mbit
- 1x/4x WAN/LAN Gbps Ethernet (QCA8337)
- reset and Wi-Fi buttons
TP-Link TL-WR1043N v5 appears to be identical to the TL-WR1043ND v4,
except that the USB port has been removed and there is no longer a
removable antenna option. It also has different partitioning scheme.
The software is more in line with the Archer series in that it uses a
nested bootloader scheme.
(This has been adapted from the OpenWrt Wiki page)
<https://openwrt.org/toh/tp-link/tl-wr1043nd>
Installation on HW rev.5:
Factory firmware can be installed via the WEB interface.
Alternatively, it is also possible to use a TFTP server
for recovery purposes:
- Rename OpenWRT or original firmware to WR1043v5_tp_recovery.bin
- Set static IP of your PC to *192.168.0.66*
- Router will obtain IP 192.168.0.86 for a few seconds while
loading, when reset button pressed at power On.
And finally, there's always u-boot access through the UART.
For information visit the wiki.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[reworked commit message]
The helper shared Build/append-uboot in include/image-commands.mk
uses it, so include this variable in DEFAULT_DEVICE_VARS.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Using the same method as the D-Link DAP-2695 A1 we use
the "mtd" tool to augment the firmware checkum in flash
on first boot of a new firmware on the D-Link DIR-685.
We need to augment the Makefile for "mtd" to build in
the special WRGG fixup support for Gemini as well.
This works around the problem of the machine not booting
after factory install unless the sysupgrade is applied
immediately.
Based on commit e3875350f3
"ar71xx: add support for D-Link DAP-2695 rev. A1"
Cc: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
The D-Link DIR-685 has the same problem as the
D-Link DAP-2695: when flashing the factory image, the
checksum includes the whole flashed image, even the
rootfs_data part with the end of filesystem mark.
Also the whole flashed image is stored in the flash,
so on the first boot, the whole rootfs image is loaded
into memory with the kernel.
This is fixed using the fixwrgg command to mtd, but
for this to work we need to make fixwrgg work with
the Little-Endian ARM DIR-685.
The code tries to be endian agnostic but this fails
because the WRGG image loader doesn't. On ARM, the
file size is stored in little endian format, and on
big-endian systems it is stored in big endian format,
so we can just drop all the friendly htonl() that
will make the shdr->size big endian: this will
actually break the little endian systems, and on
the big endian systems the native endianness will
still be correct.
The magic number is always stored in little endian
format however, so make sure this is always read
in LE32 format. I chose to create a straight-forward
le32_to_cpu() static inline that IMO is simple and
easy to read.
Cc: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Specification:
CPU: MT7628 580 MHz. MIPS 24K
RAM: 128 MB
Flash: 32 MB
WIFI: 802.11n/g/b 20/40 MHz
Ethernet: 5 Port ethernet switch
UART: 2x
Flash instruction:
The U-boot is based on Ralink SDK so we can flash the firmware using UART:
1. Configure PC with a static IP address and setup an TFTP server.
2. Put the firmware into the tftp directory.
3. Connect the UART0 line as described on the PCB.
4. Power up the device and press 2, follow the instruction to
set device and tftp server IP address and input the firmware
file name. U-boot will then load the firmware and write it into
the flash.
5. After firmware is started connect via ethernet at 192.168.1.1
Signed-off-by: Liu Yu <f78fk@live.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [removed dupped subject]
Specification:
- Qualcomm Atheros SoC QCA9558
- 720/600/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 1x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz (QCA9558 WMAC)
- 3T3R 5.8 Ghz (QCA9880-BR4A, Senao PCE4553AH)
https://fccid.io/A8J-ECB1750
Tested and working:
- lan, wireless, leds, sysupgrade (tftp)
Flash instructions:
1.) tftp recovery
- use a 1GbE switch or direct attached 1GbE link
- setup client ip address 192.168.1.10 and start tftpd
- save "openwrt-ath79-generic-engenius_ecb1750-initramfs-kernel.bin" as "ap.bin" in tfpd root directory
- plugin powercord and hold reset button 10secs.. "ap.bin" will be downloaded and executed
- afterwards login via ssh and do a sysuprade
2.) oem webinterface factory install (not tested)
Use normal webinterface upgrade page und select "openwrt-ath79-generic-engenius_ecb1750-squashfs-factory.bin".
3.) oem webinterface command injection
OEM Firmware already running OpenWrt (Attitude Adjustment 12.09).
Use OEM webinterface and command injection. See wiki for details.
https://openwrt.org/toh/engenius/engenius_ecb1750_1
Signed-off-by: sven friedmann <sf.openwrt@okay.ms>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[use interrupt-driven "gpio-keys" binding]
The Linksys EA8300 is based on QCA4019 and QCA9888 and provides three,
independent radios. NAND provides two, alternate kernel/firmware
images with fail-over provided by the OEM U-Boot.
Installation:
"Factory" images may be installed directly through the OEM GUI.
Hardware Highlights:
* IPQ4019 at 717 MHz (4 CPUs)
* 256 MB NAND (Winbond W29N02GV, 8-bit parallel)
* 256 MB RAM
* Three, fully-functional radios; `iw phy` reports (FCC/US, -CT):
* 2.4 GHz radio at 30 dBm
* 5 GHz radio on ch. 36-64 at 23 dBm
* 5 GHz radio on ch. 100-144 at 23 dBm (DFS), 149-165 at 30 dBm
#{ managed } <= 16, #{ AP, mesh point } <= 16, #{ IBSS } <= 1
* All two-stream, MCS 0-9
* 4x GigE LAN, 1x GigE Internet Ethernet jacks with port lights
* USB3, single port on rear with LED
* WPS and reset buttons
* Four status lights on top
* Serial pads internal (unpopulated)
"Linksys Dallas WiFi AP router based on Qualcomm AP DK07.1-c1"
Implementation Notes:
The OEM flash layout is preserved at this time with 3 MB kernel and
~69 MB UBIFS for each firmware version. The sysdiag (1 MB) and
syscfg (56 MB) partitions are untouched, available as read-only.
Serial Connectivity:
Serial connectivity is *not* required to flash.
Serial may be accessed by opening the device and connecting
a 3.3-V adapter using 115200, 8n1. U-Boot access is good,
including the ability to load images over TFTP and
either run or flash them.
Looking at the top of the board, from the front of the unit,
J3 can be found on the right edge of the board, near the rear
|
J3 |
|-| |
|O| | (3.3V seen, open-circuit)
|O| | TXD
|O| | RXD
|O| |
|O| | GND
|-| |
|
Unimplemented:
* serial1 "ttyQHS0" (serial0 works as console)
* Bluetooth; Qualcomm CSR8811 (potentially conected to serial1)
Other Notes:
https://wikidevi.com/wiki/Linksys_EA8300 states
FCC docs also cover the Linksys EA8250. According to the
RF Test Report BT BR+EDR, "All models are identical except
for the EA8300 supports 256QAM and the EA8250 disable 256QAM."
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kletsky <git-commits@allycomm.com>
Consistently handle boot-count reset and upgrade across
ipq40xx, ipq806x, kirkwood, mvebu
Dual-firmware devices often utilize a specific MTD partition
to record the number of times the boot loader has initiated boot.
Most of these devices are NAND, typically with a 2k erase size.
When this code was ported to the ipq40xx platform, the device in hand
used NOR for this partition, with a 16-byte "record" size. As the
implementation of `mtd resetbc` is by-platform, the hard-coded nature
of this change prevented proper operation of a NAND-based device.
* Unified the "NOR" variant with the rest of the Linksys variants
* Added logging to indicate success and failure
* Provided a meaningful return value for scripting
* "Protected" the use of `mtd resetbc` in start-up scripts so that
failure does not end the boot sequence
* Moved Linksys-specific actions into common `/etc/init.d/bootcount`
For upgrade, these devices need to determine which partition to flash,
as well as set certain U-Boot envirnment variables to change the next
boot to the newly flashed version.
* Moved upgrade-related environment changes out of bootcount
* Combined multiple flashes of environment into single one
* Current-partition detection now handles absence of `boot_part`
Runtime-tested: Linksys EA8300
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kletsky <git-commits@allycomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[checkpatch.pl fixes, traded split strings for 80+ chars per line]
This package provides board-specific reference ("cal") data
on an interim basis until included in the upstream distros
While originally conceived for IPQ4019-based boards, similar needs
are appearing with three-radio devices. For some of these devices,
both a board-2.bin file needs to be supplied both for the IPQ4019
as well as for the other radio on the board.
This patch allows new or multiple overrides to be specified by:
* Adding board name to ALLWIFIBOARDS
* Placing file(s) in this directory named as
board-<devicename>.<qca4019|qca9888|qca9984>
* Adding
$(eval $(call generate-ipq-wifi-package,<device>,<display name>))
(along with suitable package selection for the board)
At this time, QCA4019, QCA9888, and QCA9984 are supported.
Extension to other chips should be straightforward.
The existing files, board-*.bin, are "grandfathered" as QCA4019.
The package name has been retained for compatability reasons.
At this time it DEPENDS:=@TARGET_ipq40xx, limiting its visibility.
Build-tested-on: asus_map-ac2200, alfa-network_ap120c-ac,
avm_fritzbox-7530, avm_fritzrepeater-3000, engenius_eap1300,
engenius_ens620ext, linksys_ea6350v3, qxwlan-e2600ac-c1/-c2
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kletsky <git-commits@allycomm.com>
22e8e58 interface-ip: use ptp address as well to find local address target
f1aa0f9 treewide: pass bool as second argument of blobmsg_check_attr
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
The 8 year old file does not have any ARC definitions.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
[updated content of the patch with version sent to upstream]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Modify the title to match the following format, as it's enough
to uniquely identify a device:
<manufacturer> <model>
This matches what's done for other targets and has the
added benefit of creating a sorted-by-manufacturer list
of devices on menuconfig
Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
This commit makes three changes to the uci shell library:
* A check for UCI_CONFIG_DIR has been added to the command line when
adding anonymous sections. Without this change, adding anonymous
sections to configs not stored in /etc/config is not possible.
* Support for adding/removing items from lists were missing, so I have
added the functions uci_add_list() and uci_remove_list() to simplify
working with uci lists from scripts.
Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
[added missing package version bump]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
ZBT WE826-E is a dual-SIM version of the ZBT WE826. The router has the
following specifications:
- MT7620A (580 MHz)
- 128MB RAM
- 32MB of flash (SPI NOR)
- 5x 10/100Mbps Ethernet (MT7620A built-in switch)
- 1x microSD slot
- 1x miniPCIe slot (only USB2.0 bus)
- 2x SIM card slots (standard size)
- 1x USB2.0 port
- 1x 2.4GHz wifi (rt2800)
- 10x LEDs (4 GPIO-controlled)
- 1x reset button
The following have been tested and working:
- Ethernet switch
- wifi
- miniPCIe slot
- USB port
- microSD slot
- sysupgrade
- reset button
Installation and recovery:
In order to install OpenWRT the first time or recover the router, you
can use the web-based recovery system. Keep the reset button pressed
during boot and access 192.168.1.1 in your browser when your machine
obtains an IP address. Upload the firmware to start the recovery
process.
How to swap SIMs:
You control which SIM slot to use by writing 0/1 to
/sys/class/gpio/gpio13/value. In order for the change to take effect,
you can either use AT-commands (AT+CFUN) or power-cycle the modem (write
0/1 to /sys/class/gpio/gpio14/value).
Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
Head Weblink HDRM200 is a dual-sim router based on MT7620A. The detailed
specifications are:
- MT7620A (580MHz)
- 64MB RAM
- 16MB of flash (SPI NOR)
- 6x 10/100Mbps Ethernet (MT7620A built-in switch)
- 1x microSD slot
- 1x miniPCIe slot (only USB2.0 bus). Device is shipped with a SIMCOM
SIM7100E LTE modem.
- 2x SIM slots (standard size)
- 1x USB2.0 port
- 1x 2.4GHz wifi (rt2800)
- 1x 5GHz wifi (mt7612)
- 1x reset button
- 1x WPS button
- 3x GPIO-controllable LEDs
- 1x 10 pin terminal block (RS232, RS485, 4 x GPIO)
Tested:
- Ethernet switch
- Wifi
- USB slot
- SD card slot
- miniPCIe-slot
- sysupgrade
- reset button
Installation instructions:
Installing OpenWRT for the first time requires a bit of work, as the
board does not ship with OpenWRT. In addition, the bootloader
automatically reboots when installing an image over tftp. In order to
install OpenWRT on the HDRM200, you need to do the following:
* Copy the initramfs-image to your tftp-root (default filename is
test.bin) and configure networking accordingly (default server IP is
10.10.10.3, client 10.10.10.123). Start your tftp server.
* Open the board and connect to UART. The pins are exposed and clearly
marked.
* Boot the board and press 1.
* Either use the default filename and client/server IP-addresses, or
specify your own.
The image should now be loaded to memory and board boot. If the router
reboots while the image is loading, you need to try again. Once the
board has booted, copy the sysupgrade-image to the router and run
sysupgrade in order to install OpenWRT to the flash.
Notes:
- You control which SIM slot to use by writing 0/1 to
/sys/class/gpio/gpio0/value. In order for the change to take
effect, you can either use AT-commands (AT+CFUN) or power-cycle the
modem (write 0/1 to /sys/class/gpio/gpio21/value).
- RS485 is available on /dev/ttyS0.
- RS232 is available on /dev/ttyS1.
- The name of the ioX-gpios map to the labels on the casing.
Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
[fixed whitespace issue and merge conflict in target.mk]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The buildroot pkg-config (in staging_dir/host/bin) overrides the prefix
and exec_prefix variables in *.pc files, to supply the correct
(buildroot) paths for callers. If other variables are not defined
relative to prefix and exec_prefix, then the returned values will be
incorrect.
The default zlib.pc file generated by cmake contains absolute paths.
This patches the file to use relative paths (relative to ${prefix} and
${exec_prefix}).
Signed-off-by: Jeffery To <jeffery.to@gmail.com>
When looping through a package's STAGING_FILES_LIST (a list of
file/directory paths delimited by newlines), if the path contains
spaces, then the path will be split by the while loops, and the
file/directory will not be deleted/removed.
This sets the internal field separator to the newline only so that the
entire path is considered when deleting/removing.
Signed-off-by: Jeffery To <jeffery.to@gmail.com>
These dts itself are incomplete (e.g. missing mtd partitions) and its
deivce support is never added to ath79 target.
Drop these unused dts for now.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
In commit e9652e1696 ("ath79: fix pinmux for ar933x devices") I've
wrongly changed desired register value to 0xf8 although it should've
been set to 0x0.
0xf8 value sets bits 3-7 (ETH_SWITCH_LEDx_EN) to 1 which actually
enables ethernet switch LEDs, so 0x0 is correct value in order to use
the pins as GPIO.
Fixes: e9652e1696 ("ath79: fix pinmux for ar933x devices")
Reported-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Simply dumped content of this regs in ar71xx and wrote them to DTS, as a
result port 6 on the switch will appear disconnected as on Archer C7v4.
[AS: testing and PORT6_STATUS fix]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
41a74cb config: remove 'ignore' config option
c0c8034 treewide: init assignment lists head
f98b7ee config: use list safe iterator in lease_delete
3c9810b dhcpv4: fix lease ordering by ip address
b60c384 config: use multi-stage parsing of uci sections
a2dd8d6 treewide: always init interface list heads during initialization
a17665e dhcpv4: do not allow pool end address to overlap with broadcast address
6b951c5 treewide: give file descriptors safe initial value
39e11ed dhcpv4: DHCP pool size is off-by-one
4a600ce dhcpv4: add support for Parameter Request List option 55
09e5eca dhcpv4: fix DHCP packet size
3cd4876 ndp: fix syslog flooding (FS#2242)
79fbba1 config: set default loglevel to LOG_WARNING
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Adds a new variable DISABLED_SERVICES to ImageBuilder Makefile, which
defines a list of services (installed as /etc/init.d/*) to be disabled
during the build of a custom image (normally all are enabled).
It comes handy when a particular service should not be run under normal
circumstances, but should be ready in the image for situations when it
might be needed.
Signed-off-by: Richard Musil <risa2000x@gmail.com>
Properly disable the SoC's internal Switch LEDs on the pinmux.
Devices that previously called ath79_gpio_function_disable for
the switch LEDs, just need to reference switch_led_pins in the
pinctrl-0 property of the gpio-leds node.
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
[changed desired pinctrl register value from 0x1f to proper 0xf8]
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
[renamed pinmux name to switch_led_disable_pins to make purpose more clear]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This devices have LEDs connected to the SoC's GPIOs, so it makes no
sense to fiddle with ar8327 LED regs.
Tested-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Network for the Archer C25 v1 is set up without switch for no
obvious reason. The LED setup is even done switch-based.
This patch changes network setup so a switch is created.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
for better identification. Also create SUPPORTED_DEVICES string from it
which corresponds to dts compatible string.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Missing header for va_list.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
[updated with upstream version of the patch]
Commit eae6cac6a3 ("lantiq: add support for AVM FRITZ!Box 7362 SL"), but
one needs an initramfs image to flash OpenWrt from stock firmware (as
described in the commit log). This patch has the initramfs image built
by default.
Thanks to blogic (for pointing to the FEATURES declaration in the target
Makefiles) and Musashino on the forum for suggesting
config/Config-images.in needed editing too. While at it, reorder the
TARGET_INITRAMFS_COMPRESSION_LZMA declarations alphabetically.
This patch will result in initramfs images for all lantiq subtargets
that have the ramdisk flag set. I tested on the falcon and ase
subtargets, which lack that flag, to confirm they don't produce any
initramfs images with this patch - which they do not.
Given the limited scope of the lantiq (sub)target(s), blogic indicated
this should be OK.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
[fixed the wrong reference to eae6cac6a3 commit]
Update linux-firmware to 20190416, which includes updated firmwares e.g. for ath10k
Also switch to official tarball source.
The following firmware files we use are updated in this change:
ath10k/QCA6174/hw3.0/board-2.bin
ath10k/QCA9888/hw2.0/firmware-5.bin
ath10k/QCA988X/hw2.0/firmware-5.bin
ath10k/QCA9984/hw1.0/firmware-5.bin
mrvl/sd8887_uapsta.bin
mrvl/pcie8897_uapsta.bin
iwlwifi-8000C-36.ucode
iwlwifi-8265-36.ucode
Signed-off-by: Deng Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
OpenWrt is completely compiled from sources using a 64 bit compiler, we
do not need support for the old 32 bit MIPS interface on 64 Bit CPUs,
deactivate it.
Fixes: 46af22de16 ("kernel: Remove CONFIG_COMPAT")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
OpenWrt is completely compiled from sources using a 64 bit compiler, we
do not need support for the old 32 bit MIPS interface on 64 Bit CPUs,
deactivate it.
Fixes: 46af22de16 ("kernel: Remove CONFIG_COMPAT")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This moves some new configuration options to the generic kernel
configuration instead of configuring them for each target on our own.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Fixes the following compilation issue that was introduced with the bump
to 4.14.118:
CC drivers/gpio/gpiolib-of.o
drivers/gpio/gpiolib-of.c: In function 'of_gpiochip_add':
drivers/gpio/gpiolib-of.c:510:12: error: too few arguments to function 'of_gpiochip_scan_gpios'
status = of_gpiochip_scan_gpios(chip);
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
drivers/gpio/gpiolib-of.c:247:5: note: declared here
int of_gpiochip_scan_gpios(struct gpio_chip *chip, unsigned int start,
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
scripts/Makefile.build:326: recipe for target 'drivers/gpio/gpiolib-of.o' failed
Fixes: 09050b6fe2 ("kernel: bump 4.14 to 4.14.118")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
This target got bumped to 4.14 a long time ago
in commit: 2308b87204
Remove all leftover 4.9 files.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
fcb076c Various fixes for errors found by coverity static analysis (#109)
d98ab38 Merge branch 'pppd_print_changes' of https://github.com/nlhintz/ppp into nlhintz-pppd_print_changes
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
CONFIG_HW_RANDOM_OMAP is not set to any value after kmod-random-omap was
removed, add the configuration option to the generic configuration.
Fixes: cd3b298533 ("omap24xx: Remove unmaintained target")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This commit adds support for different iterations of ESPRESSObin.
The added variants are:
ESPRESSObin with soldered eMMC,
ESPRESSObin V7, compared to V5 some passive elements changed and ethernet
ports labels positions have been reversed,
ESPRESSObin V7 with soldered eMMC.
Please refer to:
584d7c5 ("mvebu: new subtarget cortex A53")
for instruction how to boot OpenWrt image placed on SD card. It is
advised for owners of V5 and previous with bootloader based on U-Boot
2015.01, to upgrade the latest version available at:
http://espressobin.net/tech-spec.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Convert whole target to Device Tree based board detection instead of
identifying devices by dts file name. With this we can drop mvebu.sh
translation script and rely on common method for model detection.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Add vendors in device names and also rename few device names, for easier
identyfying potential firmware to flash. The vendor and device string is
mainly derived from model/compatipble string in dts from particular
device, but since not all devices are well described, some of the renames
follow marketing names.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Use make syntax to pass the U-Boot image location and boot with root
partitions size, instead of relying on shell functions and variables.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Drop overly complex amount of defines wich are referenced in the same
devices pool and move image recipes to common define, since devices not
using them overwrite it.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
All of U-Boot scripts repeat the same pattern with only Device Tree blob
name changing for respective device. Therefore create generic scripts
which will be altered on demad by image build process, and create
BOOT_SCRIPT variable which can be added to device recipe and will allow
referencing the same script by many device recipes. This will allow to
slim down the ammount of files in buildroot tree and avoid needlessly
incrementing amount of boot scripts if new devices will be added.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
All of arm64 devices have part of variables repeatedly defined. Stack
them to common define, and reference it in each device recipe.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Even if dts is not included in upstream Makefile, it is built anyway by
recipe specified in include/image.mk. Also remove Build/dtb, it's not
used since 3f72f3a ("mvebu: clearfog: include DTB for all variants in
image").
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
This seems to have been omitted over-time.
Using the default Host/Configure seems to work fine.
The last patches to have touched this in a major way were ~10 years ago:
33a0eb3613 ("cosmetic & coherency fixes")
7eb1589875 ("build system refactoring in preparation for allowing
packages to do host-build steps")
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
Switched to xz archives for smaller size.
Removed upstreamed patches.
Reorganized Makefile a little bit for clarity. Build/Prepare is not useful
anymore. Upstream converted the file to LF.
Refreshed config.
Removed -ansi option from the original CFLAGS as this was causing long
long support to be missing.
Removed fPIC. We have the macro $(FPIC) already used. No point in setting
fpic and fPIC together.
Removed pedantic -Wlong-long warnings as they are not useful.
Removed -std=gnu++98. Not only is it unnecessary (it compiles against all
standards), it actually results in a size increase. 75843 vs. 75222 (gcc
in OpenWrt defaults to g++14).
Added --gc-sections to linker flags to reduce size: 72653 vs 75222.
Removed warn linker options. They have been upstreamed.
Tested on Archer C7v2 and GnuBee PC1.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
This patch backports verbatim the commits from Linux 5.0 and 5.1
that implemented support for GigaDevice SPI NAND A and E variants.
Supported only in Linux 4.19 and later as based on the upstream
drivers/mtd/nand/spi/ framework.
mtd-spinand-add-support-for-GigaDevice-GD5FxGQ4xA.patch
commit c93c613214ac (5.0)
mtd-spinand-Add-support-for-GigaDevice-GD5F1GQ4UExxG.patch
commit c40c7a990a46 (5.1)
Run-tested-on: GL.iNet AR750S
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kletsky <git-commits@allycomm.com>
This activates "Supervisor Mode Access Prevention". modern CPUs will
prevent the kernel code from accessing any data from the userspace
without the usage of copy_to_user() or copy_from_user()
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
CONFIG_BINFMT_MISC allows it to add support for new executable formats
to the kernel from user space, the kernel will then detect for example a
java binary and call the java execution program automatically. I am not
aware that this feature is used in OpenWrt and this could be used to
exploit something. Deactivate it for all targets for now.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Some targets deactivated CONFIG_SYN_COOKIES, for unknown reasons, use
the default setting from the generic configuration which activates
CONFIG_SYN_COOKIES.
This should prevent SYN flooding.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This removes support for executing old 32 bit applications on 64 bit ARM
and MIPS kernels.
On OpenWrt we normally compile all the user space applications on our
own and do not support third party binary only modules especial not 32
bit applications on 64 bit CPUs.
This reduces the attack surface on such systems and should also save
some memory.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
These were renamed to CONFIG_STRICT_KERNEL_RWX and CONFIG_STRICT_MODULE_RWX and are
activated in kernel 4.14 and later by default.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This activates "Emulate Privileged Access Never using TTBR0_EL1
switching" on ARM64.
This should prevent the kernel from reading code from user space in
kernel context.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This adds additional checks to the copy_from_user() and copy_to_user()
functions. The details are described in this article:
https://lwn.net/Articles/695991/
This should only have a very small performance impact on system calls
and should not affect routing performance.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Jeff Kletsky noted in his patch titled:
"utils/spidev_test: Update to current source from upstream Linux"
that the spidev_test utility OpenWrt ships is severly out of date.
Instead of updating the spidev_test.c from the current kernel,
this patch replaces the package building code to utilize the
very file that gets shipped with the kernel we compiling for
anyway much like the "perf" package already does.
Reported-by: Jeff Kletsky <git-commits@allycomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Add some read-only properties to protect partitions from
accidental changes.
Also fixed two whitespaces error on the way.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This patch updates ath10k-ct to current version.
Changes are:
ath10k-ct: Fix printing PN in peer stats.
Previous logic was incorrect. Also add set-special API to enable
returning PN.
Patches refreshed and tested on 8devices Jalapeno dev board(IPQ4019)
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
Release notes since last time:
Release notes for wave-1:
2019-04-02: Support some get/set API for eeprom rate power tables.
Mostly backported from 10.2
2019-04-02: Support adaptive-CCA, backported from 10.2
2019-04-02: Support adding eeprom configAddr pairs via the
set-special API. These configAddrs can be used to change
the default register settings for up to 12 registers.
2019-05-03: Fix tx-power settings for 2x2, 3x3 rates.
Original logic I put in back in 2016 set 2x2 and 3x3 lower
than the needed to be when using most NICs (very high
powered NICs would not have been affected I think, not sure
any of those exist though.)
This improves throughput for 2x2 and 3x3 devices,
especially when the signal is weaker.
Release notes for wave-2:
2019-04-08: When setting keys, if high bit of high value of
key_rsc_counter is set to 0x1, then the lower 48 bits will
be used as the PN value. By default, PN is set to 1 each
time the key is set.
2019-04-08: Pack PN into un-used 'excretries' aka
'num_pkt_loss_excess_retry' high 16 bits.
This lets us report peer PN, but *only* if driver has
previously set a PN when setting key (or set-special cmd is
used to enable PN reporting).
This is done so that we know the driver is recent
enough to deal with the PN stat reporting.
2019-04-16: Support specifying tx rate on a per-beacon packet.
See ath10k_wmi_op_gen_beacon_dma and
ath10k_convert_hw_rate_to_rate_info for API details.
Driver needs additional work to actually enable this
feature currently.
2019-04-30: Compile out tx-prefetch caching logic.
It is full of tricky bugs that cause tx hangs.
I fixed at least one, but more remain and I have wasted too
much time on this already.
2019-05-08: Start rate-ctrl at mcs-3 instead of mcs-5.
This significantly helps DHCP happen quickly, probably
because the initial rate being too high would take a while
to ramp down, especially since there are few packets sent
by the time DHCP needs to start.
This bug was triggered by me decreasing retries of 0x1e
(upstream default) to 0x4. But, I think it is better to
start with lower initial MCS instead of always having a
very high retry count.
Tested on 8devices Jalapeno dev board(IPQ4019)
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [neatify]
The factory firmware omits the JFFS2 end-marker while flashing via
web-interface. Add a 64k padding after the marker fixes this problem.
When the end-marker is not present, OpenWRT won't save the overlayfs
after initial flash.
Reported-by: Andreas Ziegler <dev@andreas-ziegler.de>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The correct board_name for the Turris Omnia is armada-385-turris-omnia.
Fixes: 4e8345ff68 ("mvebu: base-files: autodetect upgrade device")
Signed-off-by: Klaus Kudielka <klaus.kudielka@gmail.com>
Recently, upgrade device autodetection has been added to the mvebu target.
This exposes some shortcomings of the generic export_bootdevice function,
e.g. on the Turris Omnia: export_bootdevice silently reports the root
partition to be the boot device. This makes the sysupgrade process fail at
several places.
Fix this by clearly distinguishing between /proc/cmdline arguments which
specify the boot disk, and those which specify the root partition. Only in
the latter case, strip off the partition, and do it consistently.
root=PARTUUID=<pseudo PARTUUID for MBR> (any partition) and root=/dev/*
(any partition) are accepted.
The root of the problem is that the *existing* export_bootdevice in
/lib/upgrade/common.sh behaves differently, if the kernel is booted with
root=/dev/..., or if it is booted with root=PARTUUID=...
In the former case, it reports back major/minor of the root partition,
in the latter case it reports back major/minor of the complete boot disk.
Targets, which boot with root=/dev/... *and* use export_bootdevice /
export_partdevice, have added workarounds to this behaviour, by specifying
*negative* increments to the export_partdevice function.
Consequently, those targets have to be adapted to use positive increments,
otherwise they are broken by the change to export_bootdevice.
Fixes: 4e8345ff68 ("mvebu: base-files: autodetect upgrade device")
Signed-off-by: Klaus Kudielka <klaus.kudielka@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Extended mksenaofw to support new "capwap" header structure.
This supports flashing from factory 3.0.0, 3.0.1, 3.1.0 and 3.5.5
firmware.
Note that the factory image format changes for 3.1 and later firmware,
and that the 3.1.0 and 3.5.5 Engenius firmware will refuse the
factory_30.bin file. Similarly, the 3.0.0 and 3.0.1 Engenius firmware
will refuse the factory_35.bin file.
Flashing from the Engenius 3.1.0 firmware with the factory_35.bin
firmware has not been tested, as 3.1.0 firmware (Engenius "middleFW")
is only intended as part of the upgrade path to 3.5.5 firmware.
Modified ipq40xx image Makefile to appropriately invoke mksenaofw
with new parameters to configure the capwap header.
Note that there is currently no method to return to factory firmware,
so this is a one-way street.
Path from factory 3.0.0 and 3.0.1 (EnGenius) software to OpenWrt is
to navigate to 192.168.1.1 on the stock firmware and navigate to the
firmware menu. Then copy the URL you have for that page, something like
http://192.168.1.1/cgi-bin/luci/;stok=12345abcdef/admin/system/flashops
and replace the trailing /admin/system/flashops with just /easyflashops
You should then be presented with a simple "Firmware Upgrade" page.
On that page, BE SURE TO CLEAR the "Keep Settings:" checkbox.
Choose the openwrt-ipq40xx-engenius_ens620ext-squashfs-factory_30.bin,
click "Upgrade" and on the following page select "Proceed".
Path from factory 3.5.5 (EnGenius) software to OpenWrt is simply to
use the stock firmware update menu. Choose the
openwrt-ipq40xx-engenius_ens620ext-squashfs-factory_35.bin and click
"Upload" and "Proceed".
The device should then flash the OpenWrt firmware and reboot. Note
that this resets the device to a default configuration with Wi-Fi
disabled, LAN1/PoE acting as a WAN port (running DHCP client) and LAN2
acting as a LAN port with a DHCP server on 192.168.1.x (AP is at
192.168.1.1)
Signed-off-by: Steve Glennon <s.glennon@cablelabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[sorry, for unfixing the 80-lines eyesores.]
This patch works around an issue where reboot would cause the AP
to power down and not reboot.
The ipq4019 restart controller reboot causes the system
to power down and not recover. Fix is to disable the restart
controller in the device tree and the device reverts to
using the watchdog to perform the reset.
The real problem is due to the buggy bootloader that ships
with the device. Steve Glennon reported in the PR for this
patch: <https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/2009> that:
"the problem was due to a bad u-boot that ships with the device.
Using the u-boot that comes with 3.5.5.3 EnGenius factory
software now allows the old code (using the do_msm_reboot)
to reboot successfully.
On to the bad news:
Well 3.5.5.3 is a bad path. Finally managed to recover. You
CANNOT use prior EnGenius firmware to downgrade.
Findings:
* They now password protect the serial console with a new, unkown
password.
* They changed the protection on their walled-garden. I have to
use the ssh admin@ip /bin/sh --login to get out of their
walled-garden.
* Attempts to flash the original 3.0.0 or 3.0.1 EnGenius firmware
fail through the UI and sysupgrade. Their firmware update GUI now
seem to detect regular openwrt images, but they fail to flash
Attempts to flash a normal OpenWrt image with sysupgrade fail.
[..]
Attempts to sysupgrade with EnGenius firmware fail with the same
"mandatory section(s) missing" error, so you cannot downgrade to
3.0.0 or 3.0.1."
Signed-off-by: Steve Glennon <s.glennon@cablelabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [added valuable
findings from github discussion]
Marvell sata controllers in all kirkwood SoCs support
sata port multipliers, just like mvebu.
Enable this feature in the default kernel config
so it is available in normal builds.
tested and working on nsa310b
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
If the target supports a newer kernel version that is not used by default
yet, it can be enabled with this option
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
MT7620 integrated WMAC does not need RT2x00 PCI driver or firmware
Also corrected kmod-eeprom-93cx6 and kmod-lib-crc-itu-t dependencies
according to original Kconfig and lsmod output
This will remove some unnecessary packages from MT7620 target to
save some space
Signed-off-by: Deng Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[75 characters per line in the commit message]
Probably glibc too. argp_help takes a char *. not const char *.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
[updated with upstream version of the patch]
This version has important change for tegra boards which is reserving
32MB memory for Linux kernel instead of current 16MB.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Switches failsafe mode interface from WAN to LAN ports.
Tested on TL-WR940Nv6.0 and TL-WR940Nv6.1
Signed-off-by: Joachim Fünfer <joachim.fuenfer@stusta.net>
This corrects the PLL value for 10 Mbit/s links on the OCEDO Raccoon.
Prior to this patch, 10 Mbit/s links would not transmit data.
It is worth mentioning that the vendor firmware used the same PLL
settings and 10Mbit/s was also not working there.
All other link-modes are working correctly without any packet loss.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Purpose of these changes is to introduce a hook for post service
shutdown in a similar fashion to the existing hook service_started. I
found it to be useful to specify a hook that is called once the service
has been stopped and not before the service is stopped like the
stop_service hook does.
The concrete use case I have for this is that I'm running a binary that
takes over the hardware watchdog timer. Said binary unfortunately can
not use ubus directly to tell procd to hand over the watchdog timer so
this has to be done in the service file for the binary in question. In
order to support a clean handover of the watchdog timer back to procd,
the service init script has to dispatch the ubus invocation once the
binary in question has been stopped.
Signed-off-by: Arthur Skowronek <ags@digineo.de>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
[added commit message, use the same form as other hooks]
This commit fixes following script error in syslog:
cat: can't open '/sys/devices/platform/ehci-platform/usb1/1-1/1-1.2/1-1.2:1.4/ieee80211/phy*/name': No such file or directory
sh: add: unknown operand
sh: add: unknown operand
Signed-off-by: Rosy Song <rosysong@rosinson.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
[commit subject and message tweaks]
Upstream has renamed UPROBE_EVENT to UPROBE_EVENTS in the following
commit:
commit 6b0b7551428e4caae1e2c023a529465a9a9ae2d4
Author: Anton Blanchard <anton@samba.org>
Date: Thu Feb 16 17:00:50 2017 +1100
perf/core: Rename CONFIG_[UK]PROBE_EVENT to CONFIG_[UK]PROBE_EVENTS
We have uses of CONFIG_UPROBE_EVENT and CONFIG_KPROBE_EVENT as
well as CONFIG_UPROBE_EVENTS and CONFIG_KPROBE_EVENTS.
Consistently use the plurals.
So I'm changing it to this plural option in order to make kconfig happy
and stop asking about it if kernel is compiled with verbose logging:
Enable uprobes-based dynamic events (UPROBE_EVENTS) [Y/n/?] (NEW)
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Upstream has renamed KPROBE_EVENT to KPROBE_EVENTS in the following
commit:
commit 6b0b7551428e4caae1e2c023a529465a9a9ae2d4
Author: Anton Blanchard <anton@samba.org>
Date: Thu Feb 16 17:00:50 2017 +1100
perf/core: Rename CONFIG_[UK]PROBE_EVENT to CONFIG_[UK]PROBE_EVENTS
We have uses of CONFIG_UPROBE_EVENT and CONFIG_KPROBE_EVENT as
well as CONFIG_UPROBE_EVENTS and CONFIG_KPROBE_EVENTS.
Consistently use the plurals.
So I'm adding this plural option in order to make kconfig happy and stop
asking about it if kernel is compiled with verbose logging:
Enable kprobes-based dynamic events (KPROBE_EVENTS) [Y/n/?] (NEW)
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
No target is using kernel 3.18 anymore, remove all the generic
support for kernel 3.18.
The removed packages are depending on kernel 3.18 only and are not used on
any recent kernel.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This target only supports kernel 3.18, which is not supported in OpenWrt
any more for multiple releases. It also looks like there is no active
maintainer for this target.
Remove the code and all the packages which are only used by this target.
To add this target to OpenWrt again port it to a recent and supported
kernel version.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This target only supports kernel 4.1, which is not supported in OpenWrt
any more for multiple releases. It also looks like there is no active
maintainer for this target.
Remove the code and all the packages which are only used by this target.
To add this target to OpenWrt again port it to a recent and supported
kernel version.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This target only supports kernel 3.18, which is not supported in OpenWrt
any more for multiple releases. It also looks like there is no active
maintainer for this target.
Remove the code and all the packages which are only used by this target.
To add this target to OpenWrt again port it to a recent and supported
kernel version.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This target only supports kernel 3.18, which is not supported in OpenWrt
any more for multiple releases. It also looks like there is no active
maintainer for this target.
Remove the code and all the packages which are only used by this target.
To add this target to OpenWrt again port it to a recent and supported
kernel version.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This target only supports kernel 3.18, which is not supported in OpenWrt
any more for multiple releases. It also looks like there is no active
maintainer for this target.
Remove the code and all the packages which are only used by this target.
To add this target to OpenWrt again port it to a recent and supported
kernel version.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This target only supports kernel 3.18, which is not supported in OpenWrt
any more for multiple releases. It also looks like there is no active
maintainer for this target.
Remove the code and all the packages which are only used by this target.
To add this target to OpenWrt again port it to a recent and supported
kernel version.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This target only supports kernel 3.18, which is not supported in OpenWrt
any more for multiple releases. It also looks like there is no active
maintainer for this target.
Remove the code and all the packages which are only used by this target.
To add this target to OpenWrt again port it to a recent and supported
kernel version.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This target only supports kernel 3.18, which is not supported in OpenWrt
any more for multiple releases. It also looks like there is no active
maintainer for this target.
Remove the code and all the packages which are only used by this target.
To add this target to OpenWrt again port it to a recent and supported
kernel version.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This target adds an alternative mmc driver using a patch.
Within this patch, a definition got renamed upstream.
Change it to fix following compile error:
CC drivers/mmc/host/bcm2835-mmc.o
In file included from ./include/linux/kernel.h:14:0,
from ./include/linux/delay.h:22,
from drivers/mmc/host/bcm2835-mmc.c:25:
drivers/mmc/host/bcm2835-mmc.c: In function 'bcm2835_mmc_dumpregs':
drivers/mmc/host/bcm2835-mmc.c:254:27: error: 'SDHCI_ACMD12_ERR' undeclared (first use in this function); did you mean 'SDHCI_CMD_CRC'?
bcm2835_mmc_readw(host, SDHCI_ACMD12_ERR),
^
./include/linux/printk.h:137:18: note: in definition of macro 'no_printk'
printk(fmt, ##__VA_ARGS__); \
^~~~~~~~~~~
drivers/mmc/host/bcm2835-mmc.c:253:2: note: in expansion of macro 'pr_debug'
pr_debug(DRIVER_NAME ": AC12 err: 0x%08x | Slot int: 0x%08x\n",
^~~~~~~~
drivers/mmc/host/bcm2835-mmc.c:254:27: note: each undeclared identifier is reported only once for each function it appears in
bcm2835_mmc_readw(host, SDHCI_ACMD12_ERR),
^
./include/linux/printk.h:137:18: note: in definition of macro 'no_printk'
printk(fmt, ##__VA_ARGS__); \
^~~~~~~~~~~
drivers/mmc/host/bcm2835-mmc.c:253:2: note: in expansion of macro 'pr_debug'
pr_debug(DRIVER_NAME ": AC12 err: 0x%08x | Slot int: 0x%08x\n",
^~~~~~~~
scripts/Makefile.build:326: recipe for target 'drivers/mmc/host/bcm2835-mmc.o' failed
make[8]: *** [drivers/mmc/host/bcm2835-mmc.o] Error 1
Upstream commit:
https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/stable/linux.git/commit/?h=v4.14.114&id=45fd8679ea86bffb352132a1df4917c3d11375aa
Fixes: b765f4be40 ("kernel: bump 4.14 to 4.14.114")
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
This should be helpful for implementing service_running() in procd init
scripts.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Acked-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Sometimes is desirable to run a process with a specific group id
instead of the default one which is derived from passwd entry.
This can be achived now by using procd_set_param group $mygroup.
Signed-off-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> [PKG_SOURCE_VERSION update]
Optional syslog facility can be set by adding procd_set_param facility
$myfacility.
While at, also add stdout/stderr documentation.
Signed-off-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> [PKG_SOURCE_VERSION update]
Currently Auto probing for BMP/BME280 does not work because kernel
module name in the call is not correct.
Package name was used instead of kernel module name.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
Some of changes:
* Support for local-name()
* General refactoring
* Better parsing performance
* Fix possible buffer overflow & memleak
* Validation checks
* More commit functions (file, buffer, fd)
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Since ct->proto.tcp.last_win isn't updated when nf_ct_tcp_no_window_check is
enabled, the retransmission timeout check needs to be bypassed.
Based on patch by Rob Mosher
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Add a conditional to the individual package's for the kmods in DEPENDS.
This avoids the need to compile the kernel modules when the crypto
engine packages are not selected. The final binares are not affected by
this.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cote2004-github@yahoo.com>
Tested-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
We only enabled pcnet driver for malta machine, and x86/legacy target
was supposed to only support e1000 model
Cc: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
This should make it easier to set up and possibly provide a "work out of
the box" experience for most test usage. Typical wan&lan networking
setup is only two characters argument away.
Cc: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
The option is at the moment enabled for x86/64. The selection chain
should be
config RETPOLINE
select STACK_VALIDATION if HAVE_STACK_VALIDATION
config x86
select HAVE_STACK_VALIDATION if X86_64
cryptdev-linux:
make[4]: Entering directory '/store/buildbot/slave/x86_64/build/sdk/build_dir/target-x86_64_musl/linux-x86_64/cryptodev-linux-cryptodev-linux-1.10'
make -C /store/buildbot/slave/x86_64/build/sdk/build_dir/target-x86_64_musl/linux-x86_64/linux-4.14.113 M=/store/buildbot/slave/x86_64/build/sdk/build_dir/target-x86_64_musl/linux-x86_64/cryptodev-linux-cryptodev-linux-1.10 ARCH=x86 CROSS_COMPILE=x86_64-openwrt-linux-musl- modules
make[5]: Entering directory '/store/buildbot/slave/x86_64/build/sdk/build_dir/target-x86_64_musl/linux-x86_64/linux-4.14.113'
make[6]: *** No rule to make target '/store/buildbot/slave/x86_64/build/sdk/build_dir/target-x86_64_musl/linux-x86_64/cryptodev-linux-cryptodev-linux-1.10/ioctl.o', needed by '/store/buildbot/slave/x86_64/build/sdk/build_dir/target-x86_64_musl/linux-x86_64/cryptodev-linux-cryptodev-linux-1.10/cryptodev.o'. Stop.
Makefile:1533: recipe for target '_module_/store/buildbot/slave/x86_64/build/sdk/build_dir/target-x86_64_musl/linux-x86_64/cryptodev-linux-cryptodev-linux-1.10' failed
Open vSwitch intree kmods
make[7]: Entering directory '/store/buildbot/slave/x86_64/build/sdk/build_dir/target-x86_64_musl/linux-x86_64/openvswitch-2.11.0/datapath/linux'
make -C /store/buildbot/slave/x86_64/build/sdk/build_dir/target-x86_64_musl/linux-x86_64/linux-4.14.111 ARCH=x86 M=/store/buildbot/slave/x86_64/build/sdk/build_dir/target-x86_64_musl/linux-x86_64/openvswitch-2.11.0/datapath/linux modules
make[8]: Entering directory '/store/buildbot/slave/x86_64/build/sdk/build_dir/target-x86_64_musl/linux-x86_64/linux-4.14.111'
make[9]: *** No rule to make target 'tools/objtool/objtool', needed by '/store/buildbot/slave/x86_64/build/sdk/build_dir/target-x86_64_musl/linux-x86_64/openvswitch-2.11.0/datapath/linux/actions.o'. Stop.
Makefile:1533: recipe for target '_module_/store/buildbot/slave/x86_64/build/sdk/build_dir/target-x86_64_musl/linux-x86_64/openvswitch-2.11.0/datapath/linux' failed
make[8]: *** [_module_/store/buildbot/slave/x86_64/build/sdk/build_dir/target-x86_64_musl/linux-x86_64/openvswitch-2.11.0/datapath/linux] Error 2
make[8]: Leaving directory '/store/buildbot/slave/x86_64/build/sdk/build_dir/target-x86_64_musl/linux-x86_64/linux-4.14.111'
Reference: builddeb: include objtool binary in headers package, https://patchwork.kernel.org/patch/9014071/
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Commit 8bf500eb79 added support for qemu usage without networking
support but broke networking support as -n and -z do not work with
unquoted argument; fix this by quoting the arguments.
Fixes 8bf500eb79
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
struct ieee80211_local needs to be passed in separately instead of
dereferencing the (potentially NULL) sdata
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
new features:
- priority-inheritance mutexes
- membarrier syscall, pre-registration to use it, fallback emulation
- header-level support for new linux features in 4.19, 4.20, 5.0
major internal changes:
- complete, async-safe view of all existent threads as global list
- robust __synccall based on new thread list
- new dynamic TLS is installed synchronously at dlopen
- TLSDESC resolver functions no longer make bad ABI assumptions to call C
- resolved shared library dependencies are now recorded
compatibility & conformance:
- dependency-order shared library constructor execution
- sigaltstack no longer rejects SS_AUTODISARM, future flags
- FILE is now a complete (dummy) type in pre-C11 feature profiles
- setvbuf reports failure on invalid arguments
- TSVTX is exposed unconditionally in tar.h
- multithreaded set*id() no longer depends on /proc
- key slot reuse after pthread_key_delete no longer depends on /proc
bugs fixed:
- failures in multithreaded set*id() with concurrent thread creation/exit
- interposed free was called from invalid/inconsistent contexts
- freeaddrinfo performed invalid free of some partial results lists
- dlsym dependency order search had false negatives and false positives
- dn_skipname gave wrong results for labels with 8-bit content
- dcngettext clobbered errno, often breaking printing of error messages
- sscanf read past end of buffer under certain conditions (1.1.21 regression)
- pthread_key_create spuriously failed under race condition (1.1.21 regression)
- fdopendir wrongly succeeded with O_PATH file descriptors
- gets behaved incorrectly in presence of null bytes
- namespace violations in c11 tsd and mutex function dependencies
- incorrect prototype for makecontext (unimplemented)
arch-specfic bugs fixed:
- s390x had wrong values for POSIX_FADV_DONTNEED/_NOREUSE
Extensively tested on dozens of devices, covering most popular architectures.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Signed-off-by: Dainis Jonitis <dainis.jonitis@ubnt.com>
Signed-off-by: Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv>
9cd701a4f028 ath10k-ct: Add PN get/set API for wave-2 firmware.
5c8a4668323b ath10k-ct: Support over-riding the power ctl table in eeprom
75e2705f31bb ath10k-ct: CCA, eeprom, other changes.
a696e602a0fc ath10k-ct: Attempt to fix-out-of-tree compile for 4.16
a2aec62262df ath10k: Improve beacon tx status for 4.20 kernel.
be5c21a82b15 ath10k-ct: Fix out-of-tree compile for 4.20, pull in stable changes for 4.19
Fixes compile errors when using the 4.20 flavour.
Also the amount of beacon errors seems to have dropped.
Tested on a Mikrotik RB912UAGS-5HPacD
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
This reverts commit c6aa9ff388.
Further testing has revealed that we will need to allow concurrent
requests after all, especially for situations where CGI processes
initiate further HTTP requests to the local host.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Refreshed all patches.
New symbols:
- CONFIG_LDISC_AUTOLOAD
- CONFIG_PPC_BARRIER_NOSPEC
Compile-tested on: ar7
Runtime-tested on: none
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
This applies an upstream patch that fixes a OPENSSL_config() bug that
causes SSL initialization to fail when the openssl.cnf file is not
found. The config file is not installed by default.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cote2004-github@yahoo.com>
4a9d2005 Update manual pages
acf6a922 Bump up version number to 1.38.0, LT revision to 31:3:17
4ff45821 Update AUTHORS
42dce01e Merge branch 'nghttpx-fix-backend-selection-on-retry'
a35059e3 nghttpx: Fix bug that altered authority and path affect backend selection
5a30fafd Merge branch 'nghttpx-fix-chunked-request-stall'
dce91ad3 Merge branch 'nghttpx-dont-log-authorization'
2cff8b43 nghttpx: Fix bug that chunked request stalls
be96654d nghttpx: Don't log authorization request header field value with -LINFO
ce962c3f Merge branch 'update-http-parser'
f931504e Update http-parser to v2.9.1
d978f351 Fix bug that on_header callback is still called after stream is closed
ec519f22 Merge pull request #1270 from baitisj/master
e8b213e3 Bump up version number to 1.38.0-DEV
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This patch doesn't seem to have any more users.
The only one used to be target in
`target/linux/etrax/image/e100boot/Makefile`.
That target has since been removed via commit
1080f68b2b .
There doesn't seem to be any reason left for this workaround.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
This patch fixes disfunctional WLAN LED on TP-Link W8970. The LED was
reported working in the CC release[1], but doesn't work anymore in 18.06.2.
1. 420cb24d41
Tested-by: Damian Janarek <dzanar18@o2.pl>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The sender domain has a DMARC Reject/Quarantine policy which disallows
sending mailing list messages using the original "From" header.
To mitigate this problem, the original message has been wrapped
automatically by the mailing list software.
Enable engine support by default. Right now, some packages require
this, so it is always enabled by the bots. Many packages will compile
differently when engine support is detected, needing engine symbols from
the libraries.
However, being off by default, a user compiling its own image will fail
to run some popular packages from the official repo.
Note that disabling engines did not work in 1.0.2, so this problem never
showed up before.
NPN support has been removed in major browsers & servers, and has become
a small bloat, so it does not make sense to leave it on by default.
Remove deprecated CONFIG_ENGINE_CRYPTO symbol that is no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cote2004-github@yahoo.com>
Currently the Geode builds fails on following kernel module missing
dependencies:
Package kmod-drm-amdgpu is missing dependencies for the following libraries:
backlight.ko
drm_kms_helper.ko
fb.ko
ttm.ko
So this patch tries to fix the kmod-drm-amdgpu module dependecies.
Fixes: 2f239c0 ("x86: video: add amdgpu DRM kernel package")
Fixes: 2f6918e ("x86: video: add radeon DRM module support")
Tested-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Signed-off-by: Lucian Cristian <lucian.cristian@gmail.com>
Commit 6e060bd62c introduced a dependency to the dialout group.
Adding this group to the "group" file in the base-files package is not
enough to handle this dependency, because after a sysupgrade this entry
will be missing in the "group" file.
To address this problem the dependencies to the required groups needs to
be set in the Makefile of the procd package.
Then, the uci-default script "13_fix_group_user" will add the groups
on first boot-up after a sysupgrade.
Fixes: 6e060bd62c ("base-files/hotplug: fix dedicated group for tty devices")
Tested-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
Both targets have their own idea of how to use ehci-fsl.
This patch reverts part of commit
68b8d3b079 ("kernel: usb: add FSL EHCI package") and moves
ehci-fsl back into kmod-usb2, while also making it hopefully
useable for the mpc85xx target.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The current mpc85xx build is failing because the
TL-WDR4900v1 kernel image no longer fits into the
partition. Extending the kernel is not possible
without updating u-boot's kernel loader commands.
This patch disables the WDR4900v1 until the kernel
image size issue is fixed so the buildbot can still
compile the Sophos RED 15w Rev.1 . Installing the
WDR4900v1 images would cause the routers to get
bricked.
For the discussion, please go to:
<https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/1773>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Currently it's not possible to use perf on ath79 due to genirq flags
mismatch happening on static virtual IRQ 13 which is used for
performance counters hardware IRQ 5.
On TP-Link Archer C7v5:
CPU0
2: 0 MIPS 2 ath9k
4: 318 MIPS 4 19000000.eth
7: 55034 MIPS 7 timer
8: 1236 MISC 3 ttyS0
12: 0 INTC 1 ehci_hcd:usb1
13: 0 gpio-ath79 2 keys
14: 0 gpio-ath79 5 keys
15: 31 AR724X PCI 1 ath10k_pci
$ perf top
genirq: Flags mismatch irq 13. 00014c83 (mips_perf_pmu) vs. 00002003 (keys)
On TP-Link Archer C7v4:
CPU0
4: 0 MIPS 4 19000000.eth
5: 7135 MIPS 5 1a000000.eth
7: 98379 MIPS 7 timer
8: 30 MISC 3 ttyS0
12: 90028 INTC 0 ath9k
13: 5520 INTC 1 ehci_hcd:usb1
14: 4623 INTC 2 ehci_hcd:usb2
15: 32844 AR724X PCI 1 ath10k_pci
16: 0 gpio-ath79 16 keys
23: 0 gpio-ath79 23 keys
$ perf top
genirq: Flags mismatch irq 13. 00014c80 (mips_perf_pmu) vs. 00000080 (ehci_hcd:usb1)
This problem is happening, because currently statically assigned virtual
IRQ 13 for performance counters is not claimed during the initialization
of MIPS PMU during the bootup, so the IRQ subsystem doesn't know, that
this interrupt isn't available for further use.
So this patch fixes the issue by simply booking hardware IRQ 5 for MIPS PMU.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
24f9dc7 Iron out all extra compiler warnings
9d8dbc9 Enable extra compiler checks
ff8d356 mbim-proxy support
ccca03f umbim: add registration set support
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Reverting this commit as I've missed the fact, that the button is
already present in the included DTSI file.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
It's OEM module with 2*26 pin header, similar to LinkIt Smart 7688 or
Vocore2.
Specification:
CPU: MT7628 580 MHz. MIPS 24K
RAM: 64 MB
Flash: 8 MB
WIFI: 802.11n/g/b 20/40 MHz
USB: 1x Port USB 2.0
Ethernet: 5 Port ethernet switch
UART: 2x
Installation: Use the installed uboot Bootloader. Connect a serial cable
to serialport 0. Turn power on. Choose the option: "Load system code
then write to Flash via TFTP". Choose the local device IP and the TFTP
server IP and the file name of the system image. After if the
Bootloader will copy the image to the local flash.
Notes: The I2C Kernel module work not correctly. You can send and
receive data. But the command i2cdetect doesn’t work. FS#845
Signed-off-by: Eike Feldmann <eike.feldmann@outlook.com>
[commit subject and message touches, DTS whitespace fixes, wifi LED
rename, pinctrl fixes, network settings fixes, lan/wmac mac addresses,
removed i2c kernel modules]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Hardware
--------
SoC: MediaTek MT7628NN
RAM: 64M DDR2 (Etron EM68B16CWQD-25H)
FLASH: 8M (Winbond W25Q64JVSIQ)
LED: Power - WLAN
BTN: Reset
UART: 115200 8N1
TX and RX are labled on the board as pads next to the SoC
Installation via web-interface
------------------------------
1. Visit the web-interface at 192.168.8.1
Note: The ethernet port is by default WAN. So you need to connect to
the router via WiFi
2. Navigate to the Update tab on the left side.
3. Select "Local Update"
4. Upload the OpenWrt sysupgrade image.
Note: Make sure you select not to preserve the configuration.
Installation via U-Boot
-----------------------
1. Hold down the reset button while powering on the device.
Wait for the LED to flash 5 times.
2. Assign yourself a static IPv4 in 192.168.1.0/24
3. Upload the OpenWrt sysupgrade image at 192.168.1.1.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
TP-Link TL-WDR 4900 have u-boot with read-only env.
Boot command read only 0x29F000 data from flash.
Bigger images causes crc error. It can't be changed.
This patch add kernel size checking.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [utilize KERNEL_SIZE]
Remove wireless and USB packages from the device-specific package
selection as they are already selected by the target itself.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This removes USB support from the compiled kernel. Because of this, the
kernel is just small enough for the TP-Link WDR4900 to boot the
resulting kernel.
This is necessary to support the WDR4900 in the upcoming 19.xx release.
In the long run, this should be fixed with a second stage bootloader, as
the vendor bootloader only loads the first 2684k bytes.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
I-O DATA ETG3-R is a wired router. So wireless-related packages are
unnecessary and remove those packages from default configuration to
reduce flash usage.
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
This adds support for the TP-Link WR842N v3 which is already supported on ar71xx
target (0b45bec22c).
Specification:
* SoC: QCA9533 ver 2 rev 0
* 16 MB Flash (gd25q128)
* 64 MB RAM
* 1 WAN 10/100 MBit/s (blue connector)
* 4 LAN 10/100 MBit/s (AR8229; 4 ports; yellow connectors)
* Atheros AR9531 (2,4GHz, two fixed antennas)
* USB
* Reset / WPS button
* WiFi button (rf kill)
* 8 green leds; 1 red/green led
* serial console (115200 8N1, according to the OpenWrt-wiki some soldering is needed)
Installation:
* flash via vendor WebUI (the filename must not exceed certain length)
* sysupgrade from installed OpenWrt (also ar71xx)
Thanks to Holger Drefs for providing the hardware
Tested-by: @kofec (github)
Signed-off-by: Sven Roederer <devel-sven@geroedel.de>
Replace the patch introduced by commit d0b969eee8 ("mac80211: rt2x00:
do not increment sequence number while re-transmitting") was merged
into wireless-drivers.git. Replace our version with the merged version.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Instead of assigning I2C pins as GPIOs by default, leave it up to the
user whether to install kmod-i2c-mt7621 and use them for hardware I2C
instead.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
ar71xx is in the process of being deprecated as a target accepting new
devices. The replacement target for the same hardware is DTS
based ath79.
Switch the default build target selection from ar71xx to ath79.
This is intended to encourage DTS takeup & support for ath79 and longer
term will also aid kernel upstream support.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
EAP-pwd missing commit validation
Published: April 10, 2019
Identifiers:
- CVE-2019-9497 (EAP-pwd server not checking for reflection attack)
- CVE-2019-9498 (EAP-pwd server missing commit validation for
scalar/element)
- CVE-2019-9499 (EAP-pwd peer missing commit validation for
scalar/element)
Latest version available from: https://w1.fi/security/2019-4/
Vulnerability
EAP-pwd implementation in hostapd (EAP server) and wpa_supplicant (EAP
peer) was discovered not to validate the received scalar and element
values in EAP-pwd-Commit messages properly. This could result in attacks
that would be able to complete EAP-pwd authentication exchange without
the attacker having to know the used password.
A reflection attack is possible against the EAP-pwd server since the
hostapd EAP server did not verify that the EAP-pwd-Commit contains
scalar/element values that differ from the ones the server sent out
itself. This allows the attacker to complete EAP-pwd authentication
without knowing the password, but this does not result in the attacker
being able to derive the session key (MSK), i.e., the attacker would not
be able to complete the following key exchange (e.g., 4-way handshake in
RSN/WPA).
An attack using invalid scalar/element values is possible against both
the EAP-pwd server and peer since hostapd and wpa_supplicant did not
validate these values in the received EAP-pwd-Commit messages. If the
used crypto library does not implement additional checks for the element
(EC point), this could result in attacks where the attacker could use a
specially crafted commit message values to manipulate the exchange to
result in deriving a session key value from a very small set of possible
values. This could further be used to attack the EAP-pwd server in a
practical manner. An attack against the EAP-pwd peer is slightly more
complex, but still consider practical. These invalid scalar/element
attacks could result in the attacker being able to complete
authentication and learn the session key and MSK to allow the key
exchange to be completed as well, i.e., the attacker gaining access to
the network in case of the attack against the EAP server or the attacker
being able to operate a rogue AP in case of the attack against the EAP
peer.
While similar attacks might be applicable against SAE, it should be
noted that the SAE implementation in hostapd and wpa_supplicant does
have the validation steps that were missing from the EAP-pwd
implementation and as such, these attacks do not apply to the current
SAE implementation. Old versions of wpa_supplicant/hostapd did not
include the reflection attack check in the SAE implementation, though,
since that was added in June 2015 for v2.5 (commit 6a58444d27fd 'SAE:
Verify that own/peer commit-scalar and COMMIT-ELEMENT are different').
Vulnerable versions/configurations
All hostapd versions with EAP-pwd support (CONFIG_EAP_PWD=y in the build
configuration and EAP-pwd being enabled in the runtime configuration)
are vulnerable against the reflection attack.
All wpa_supplicant and hostapd versions with EAP-pwd support
(CONFIG_EAP_PWD=y in the build configuration and EAP-pwd being enabled
in the runtime configuration) are vulnerable against the invalid
scalar/element attack when built against a crypto library that does not
have an explicit validation step on imported EC points. The following
list indicates which cases are vulnerable/not vulnerable:
- OpenSSL v1.0.2 or older: vulnerable
- OpenSSL v1.1.0 or newer: not vulnerable
- BoringSSL with commit 38feb990a183 ('Require that EC points are on the
curve.') from September 2015: not vulnerable
- BoringSSL without commit 38feb990a183: vulnerable
- LibreSSL: vulnerable
- wolfssl: vulnerable
Acknowledgments
Thanks to Mathy Vanhoef (New York University Abu Dhabi) for discovering
and reporting the issues and for proposing changes to address them in
the implementation.
Possible mitigation steps
- Merge the following commits to wpa_supplicant/hostapd and rebuild:
CVE-2019-9497:
EAP-pwd server: Detect reflection attacks
CVE-2019-9498:
EAP-pwd server: Verify received scalar and element
EAP-pwd: Check element x,y coordinates explicitly
CVE-2019-9499:
EAP-pwd client: Verify received scalar and element
EAP-pwd: Check element x,y coordinates explicitly
These patches are available from https://w1.fi/security/2019-4/
- Update to wpa_supplicant/hostapd v2.8 or newer, once available
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
[bump PKG_RELEASE]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
hostapd: fix SAE confirm missing state validation
Published: April 10, 2019
Identifiers:
- CVE-2019-9496 (SAE confirm missing state validation in hostapd/AP)
Latest version available from: https://w1.fi/security/2019-3/
Vulnerability
When hostapd is used to operate an access point with SAE (Simultaneous
Authentication of Equals; also known as WPA3-Personal), an invalid
authentication sequence could result in the hostapd process terminating
due to a NULL pointer dereference when processing SAE confirm
message. This was caused by missing state validation steps when
processing the SAE confirm message in hostapd/AP mode.
Similar cases against the wpa_supplicant SAE station implementation had
already been tested by the hwsim test cases, but those sequences did not
trigger this specific code path in AP mode which is why the issue was
not discovered earlier.
An attacker in radio range of an access point using hostapd in SAE
configuration could use this issue to perform a denial of service attack
by forcing the hostapd process to terminate.
Vulnerable versions/configurations
All hostapd versions with SAE support (CONFIG_SAE=y in the build
configuration and SAE being enabled in the runtime configuration).
Possible mitigation steps
- Merge the following commit to hostapd and rebuild:
SAE: Fix confirm message validation in error cases
These patches are available from https://w1.fi/security/2019-3/
- Update to hostapd v2.8 or newer, once available
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
[bump PKG_RELEASE]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
EAP-pwd side-channel attack
Published: April 10, 2019
Identifiers:
- CVE-2019-9495 (cache attack against EAP-pwd)
Latest version available from: https://w1.fi/security/2019-2/
Vulnerability
Number of potential side channel attacks were recently discovered in the
SAE implementations used by both hostapd and wpa_supplicant (see
security advisory 2019-1 and VU#871675). EAP-pwd uses a similar design
for deriving PWE from the password and while a specific attack against
EAP-pwd is not yet known to be tested, there is no reason to believe
that the EAP-pwd implementation would be immune against the type of
cache attack that was identified for the SAE implementation. Since the
EAP-pwd implementation in hostapd (EAP server) and wpa_supplicant (EAP
peer) does not support MODP groups, the timing attack described against
SAE is not applicable for the EAP-pwd implementation.
A novel cache-based attack against SAE handshake would likely be
applicable against the EAP-pwd implementation. Even though the
wpa_supplicant/hostapd PWE derivation iteration for EAP-pwd has
protections against timing attacks, this new cache-based attack might
enable an attacker to determine which code branch is taken in the
iteration if the attacker is able to run unprivileged code on the victim
machine (e.g., an app installed on a smart phone or potentially a
JavaScript code on a web site loaded by a web browser). This depends on
the used CPU not providing sufficient protection to prevent unprivileged
applications from observing memory access patterns through the shared
cache (which is the most likely case with today's designs).
The attacker could use information about the selected branch to learn
information about the password and combine this information from number
of handshake instances with an offline dictionary attack. With
sufficient number of handshakes and sufficiently weak password, this
might result in full recovery of the used password if that password is
not strong enough to protect against dictionary attacks.
This attack requires the attacker to be able to run a program on the
target device. This is not commonly the case on an authentication server
(EAP server), so the most likely target for this would be a client
device using EAP-pwd.
The commits listed in the end of this advisory change the EAP-pwd
implementation shared by hostapd and wpa_supplicant to perform the PWE
derivation loop using operations that use constant time and memory
access pattern to minimize the externally observable differences from
operations that depend on the password even for the case where the
attacker might be able to run unprivileged code on the same device.
Vulnerable versions/configurations
All wpa_supplicant and hostapd versions with EAP-pwd support
(CONFIG_EAP_PWD=y in the build configuration and EAP-pwd being enabled
in the runtime configuration).
It should also be noted that older versions of wpa_supplicant/hostapd
prior to v2.7 did not include additional protection against certain
timing differences. The definition of the EAP-pwd (RFC 5931) does not
describe such protection, but the same issue that was addressed in SAE
earlier can be applicable against EAP-pwd as well and as such, that
implementation specific extra protection (commit 22ac3dfebf7b, "EAP-pwd:
Mask timing of PWE derivation") is needed to avoid showing externally
visible timing differences that could leak information about the
password. Any uses of older wpa_supplicant/hostapd versions with EAP-pwd
are recommended to update to v2.7 or newer in addition to the mitigation
steps listed below for the more recently discovered issue.
Possible mitigation steps
- Merge the following commits to wpa_supplicant/hostapd and rebuild:
OpenSSL: Use constant time operations for private bignums
Add helper functions for constant time operations
OpenSSL: Use constant time selection for crypto_bignum_legendre()
EAP-pwd: Use constant time and memory access for finding the PWE
These patches are available from https://w1.fi/security/2019-2/
- Update to wpa_supplicant/hostapd v2.8 or newer, once available
- Use strong passwords to prevent dictionary attacks
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
[bump PKG_RELEASE]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
SAE side-channel attacks
Published: April 10, 2019
Identifiers:
- VU#871675
- CVE-2019-9494 (cache attack against SAE)
Latest version available from: https://w1.fi/security/2019-1/
Vulnerability
Number of potential side channel attacks were discovered in the SAE
implementations used by both hostapd (AP) and wpa_supplicant
(infrastructure BSS station/mesh station). SAE (Simultaneous
Authentication of Equals) is also known as WPA3-Personal. The discovered
side channel attacks may be able to leak information about the used
password based on observable timing differences and cache access
patterns. This might result in full password recovery when combined with
an offline dictionary attack and if the password is not strong enough to
protect against dictionary attacks.
Cache attack
A novel cache-based attack against SAE handshake was discovered. This
attack targets SAE with ECC groups. ECC group 19 being the mandatory
group to support and the most likely used group for SAE today, so this
attack applies to the most common SAE use case. Even though the PWE
derivation iteration in SAE has protections against timing attacks, this
new cache-based attack enables an attacker to determine which code
branch is taken in the iteration if the attacker is able to run
unprivileged code on the victim machine (e.g., an app installed on a
smart phone or potentially a JavaScript code on a web site loaded by a
web browser). This depends on the used CPU not providing sufficient
protection to prevent unprivileged applications from observing memory
access patterns through the shared cache (which is the most likely case
with today's designs).
The attacker can use information about the selected branch to learn
information about the password and combine this information from number
of handshake instances with an offline dictionary attack. With
sufficient number of handshakes and sufficiently weak password, this
might result in full discovery of the used password.
This attack requires the attacker to be able to run a program on the
target device. This is not commonly the case on access points, so the
most likely target for this would be a client device using SAE in an
infrastructure BSS or mesh BSS.
The commits listed in the end of this advisory change the SAE
implementation shared by hostapd and wpa_supplicant to perform the PWE
derivation loop using operations that use constant time and memory
access pattern to minimize the externally observable differences from
operations that depend on the password even for the case where the
attacker might be able to run unprivileged code on the same device.
Timing attack
The timing attack applies to the MODP groups 22, 23, and 24 where the
PWE generation algorithm defined for SAE can have sufficient timing
differences for an attacker to be able to determine how many rounds were
needed to find the PWE based on the used password and MAC
addresses. When the attack is repeated with multiple times, the attacker
may be able to gather enough information about the password to be able
to recover it fully using an offline dictionary attack if the password
is not strong enough to protect against dictionary attacks. This attack
could be performed by an attacker in radio range of an access point or a
station enabling the specific MODP groups.
This timing attack requires the applicable MODP groups to be enabled
explicitly in hostapd/wpa_supplicant configuration (sae_groups
parameter). All versions of hostapd/wpa_supplicant have disabled these
groups by default.
While this security advisory lists couple of commits introducing
additional protection for MODP groups in SAE, it should be noted that
the groups 22, 23, and 24 are not considered strong enough to meet the
current expectation for a secure system. As such, their use is
discouraged even if the additional protection mechanisms in the
implementation are included.
Vulnerable versions/configurations
All wpa_supplicant and hostapd versions with SAE support (CONFIG_SAE=y
in the build configuration and SAE being enabled in the runtime
configuration).
Acknowledgments
Thanks to Mathy Vanhoef (New York University Abu Dhabi) and Eyal Ronen
(Tel Aviv University) for discovering the issues and for discussions on
how to address them.
Possible mitigation steps
- Merge the following commits to wpa_supplicant/hostapd and rebuild:
OpenSSL: Use constant time operations for private bignums
Add helper functions for constant time operations
OpenSSL: Use constant time selection for crypto_bignum_legendre()
SAE: Minimize timing differences in PWE derivation
SAE: Avoid branches in is_quadratic_residue_blind()
SAE: Mask timing of MODP groups 22, 23, 24
SAE: Use const_time selection for PWE in FFC
SAE: Use constant time operations in sae_test_pwd_seed_ffc()
These patches are available from https://w1.fi/security/2019-1/
- Update to wpa_supplicant/hostapd v2.8 or newer, once available
- In addition to either of the above alternatives, disable MODP groups
1, 2, 5, 22, 23, and 24 by removing them from hostapd/wpa_supplicant
sae_groups runtime configuration parameter, if they were explicitly
enabled since those groups are not considered strong enough to meet
current security expectations. The groups 22, 23, and 24 are related
to the discovered side channel (timing) attack. The other groups in
the list are consider too weak to provide sufficient security. Note
that all these groups have been disabled by default in all
hostapd/wpa_supplicant versions and these would be used only if
explicitly enabled in the configuration.
- Use strong passwords to prevent dictionary attacks
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
[bump PKG_RELEASE]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
With this change, the file is reduced from 5186 bytes to 4649 bytes that
its approximately 10.5 percent less memory consumption. For small
devices, sometimes every byte counts.
Also, all other protocol handler use tabs instead of spaces.
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <fe@dev.tdt.de>
This is sold as a dual-band 802.11ac range extender. It has a sliding
switch for Extender mode or Access Point mode, a WPS button, a recessed
Reset button, a hard-power button, and a multitude of LED's, some
multiplexed via an NXP 74AHC164D chip. The internal serial header pinout is
Vcc, Tx, Rx, GND, with GND closest to the corner of the board. You may
connect at 115200 bps, 8 data bits, no parity, 1 stop bit.
Specification:
- System-On-Chip: QCA9558
- CPU/Speed: 720 MHz
- Flash-Chip: Winbond 25Q128FVSG
- Flash size: 16 MiB
- RAM: 128 MiB
- Wireless No1: QCA9558 on-chip 2.4GHz 802.11bgn, 3x3
- Wireless No2: QCA99x0 chip 5GHz 802.11an+ac, 4x4
- PHY: Atheros AR8035-A
Installation:
If you can get to the stock firmware's firmware upgrade option, just feed
it the factory.img and boot as usual. As an alternative, TFTP the
factory.img to the bootloader.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gimpelevich <daniel@gimpelevich.san-francisco.ca.us>
[whitespace fix in DTS and reorder of make variables]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Remove Netgear-specific image build variables which are set to the same
value.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gimpelevich <daniel@gimpelevich.san-francisco.ca.us>
[reordering of variables, removed stray newline]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Currently it's not possible to test boot squashfs root images, so this
patch now allows this use case as well.
Cc: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Currently it's not possible to test boot squashfs root images, so this
patch now allows this use case as well.
Cc: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
For basic tests it's not necessary to have the networking setup and this
allows testing as a normal user as well, without root privileges.
So this patch adds `--no-network` long option or `-n` short option,
which allows starting QEMU without network.
Cc: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The GPIO for the reset button for the Archer C7v5 changed from
ar71xx to ath79. An investigation based on tests revealed
that the A7v5 responds on "11", while the C7v5 responds on
"5" as set for ar71xx.
Thus, we just define this in the DTS files instead of in the
common DTSI.
Tested-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Definition is split here without obvious reason. Just merge it
(and align order to that from C7 v4).
Tested-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The Ubiquiti Network airCube ISP is a cube shaped 2.4 GHz with internal
2x2 MIMO antennas. It can be supplied via a USB connector or via PoE.
There are for 10/100 Mbps ports (1 * WAN + 3 * LAN). There is an
optional PoE passthrough from the first LAN port to the WAN port.
SoC: Qualcomm / Atheros QCA9533-BL3A
RAM: 64 MB DDR2
Flash: 16 MB SPI NOR
Ethernet: 4x 10/100 Mbps (1 WAN + 3 LAN)
LEDS: 1x via a SPI controller (not yet supported)
Buttons: 1x Reset
Serial: 1x (only RX and TX); 115200 baud, 8N1
Missing points:
- LED not yet supported
- Factory upgrade via web IF or TFTP recovery not yet supported
(Needs RSA signed images, for details see PR#1958)
The serial port is on a four pin connextor labeled J1 and located
between Ethernet and USB connector. The pinout is:
1. 3V3 (out)
2. Rx (in)
3. Tx (out)
4. GND
Upgrading via serial port / U-Boot:
- Connect the serial port via a level converter
- Power the system and stop U-Boot with pressing any key when `Hit any
key to stop autoboot` is displayed. Note: Pressing space multiple
times untill U-Boot reaches that location works well.
- Connect a PC with the IP 192.168.1.100 (or some other in that net)
running a TFTP-Server to one of the LAN ports. Copy the sysupgrade
image to the server.
- Set the U-Boot server IP with
setenv serverip 192.168.1.100
- Load the flash image to RAM with
tftpboot 0x81000000 sysupgrade.bin
- Erase the flash with
erase 0x9f050000 0x9ffaffff
- Write the new flash content with
cp 0x81000000 0x9f050000 ${filesize}
- Reset the device with
reset
Signed-off-by: Christian Mauderer <oss@c-mauderer.de>
[removed full stop in subject and added lockdown note to commit message]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
SOC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9558
RAM: 128MB
FLASH: 16MB (Macronix MX25L12845EMI-10G)
WLAN1: QCA9558 2.4GHz 802.11bgn 3SS
WLAN2: QCA9880 5GHz 802.11ac 3SS
LED: Power, LAN1, LAN2, 2.4GHz, 5GHz
Serial:Next to SPI Flash,
Pinout is 3V3 - GND - TX - RX (Square Pin is 3V3)
The Serial setting is 115200-8-N-1
INSTALLATION:
1. Serve an OpenWrt ramdisk image named "ursus.bin".
Set your IP-address to 192.168.100.8/24.
2. Connect to the serial. Power up the device and interrupt
the boot process.
3. Set the correct bootcmd with
> setenv bootcmd run bootcmd_1
> saveenv
4. Run
> tftpboot 0x81000000 ursus.bin
> bootm 0x81000000
5. Wait for OpenWrt to boot up.
6. Transfer OpenWrt sysupdate image and flash via sysupgrade.
Signed-off-by: Markus Scheck <markus.scheck1@gmail.com>
Tested-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
[whitespace fix, renamed LED labels and SoC type fix]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
In ar71xx we check for stuck DMA on devices which fall in the is_ar724x
SoC group (ar724x, ar933x, ar934x, qca9533, tp9343, qca955x, qca956x).
In ath79 we're currently performing this check only for devices with
ar7240 SoC, so this patch tries to sync the dma stuck checking behavior
with what is being done in ar71xx.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
It was reported, that latest ar71xx builds have broken networking on
TP-Link TL-WPA8630 and Nanostation M5 XW devices and that by reverting
the offending commit, everything is back to normal.
Fixes: d3506d1 ("ar71xx: ag71xx: fix compile error when enabling debug")
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
CPU: AR9342 SoC
RAM: 64 MB DDR2
Flash: 8 MB NOR SPI
Ports: 100 MBit (24V PoE in)
WLAN: 2.4/5 GHz
UART: 1 UART on PCB marked as J1 with 115200 8N1 config
LEDs: Power, Ethernet, 4x RSSI LEDs (orange, red, 2x green)
Buttons: Reset
UART connection details
.---------------------------------.
| |
[ETH] J1 [ANT]
| o VCC o RX o TX o GND |
`---------------------------------'
Flashing instructions using recovery method over TFTP
1. Unplug the ethernet cable from the router.
2. Using paper clip press and hold the router's reset button. Make sure
you can feel it depressed by the paper clip. Do not release the button
until step 4.
3. While keeping the reset button pressed in, plug the ethernet cable
back into the AP. Keep the reset button depressed until you see the
device's LEDs flashing in upgrade mode (alternating LED1/LED3 and
LED2/LED4), this may take up to 25 seconds.
4. You may release the reset button, now the device should be in TFTP
transfer mode.
5. Set a static IP on your Computer's NIC. A static IP of 192.168.1.25/24
should work.
6. Plug the PoE injector's LAN cable directly to your computer.
7. Start tftp client and issue following commands:
tftp> binary
tftp> connect 192.168.1.20
tftp> put openwrt-ar71xx-generic-ubnt-bullet-m-xw-squashfs-factory.bin
Tested only on Bullet M2HP.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This is backport of the same functionality in ath79, from commit
d42a7c469 ("ath79: ubnt-m-xw: Fix factory image flashing using TFTP
recovery method")
Ubiquity allows flashing of unsigned factory images via TFTP recovery
method[1]. They claim in airOS v6.0.7 release changelog[2] following:
All future airOS versions will be signed in this way and not allow
unsigned firmware to be loaded except via TFTP.
U-boot bootloader on M-XW devices expects factory image revision
version in specific format. On airOS v6.1.7 with `U-Boot 1.1.4-s1039
(May 24 2017 - 15:58:18)` bootloader checks if the revision major(?)
number is actually a number, but in currently generated images there's
OpenWrt text and so the check fails:
Hit any key to stop autoboot: 0
Setting default IP 192.168.1.20
Starting TFTP server...
Receiving file from 192.168.1.25:38438
Received 4981148 bytes
Firmware check failed! (1)
By placing arbitrary correct number first in major version, we make the
bootloader happy and we can flash factory images over TFTP again:
Received 3801500 bytes
Firmware Version: XW.ar934x.v6.0.4-42.OpenWrt-r9766+2-be42e44
Setting U-Boot environment variables
Un-Protected 1 sectors
Erasing Flash.... done
Patch provided by AREDN[3] project, tested on Bullet M2 XW.
1. https://help.ubnt.com/hc/en-us/articles/204910124-UniFi-TFTP-Recovery-for-Bricked-Access-Points
2. https://dl.ubnt.com/firmwares/XW-fw/v6.0.7/changelog.txt
3. https://github.com/aredn
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This patch adds support for the following computer on modules (CoM) from
Toradex[A]:
Apalis iMX6 Quad 2GB IT - i.MX 6Quad 800MHz, 2GB DDR3, 4GB eMMC
-40° to +85° C Temp
Apalis iMX6 Quad 1GB - i.MX 6Quad 1GHz, 1GB DDR3, 4GB eMMC
0° to +70° C Temp
Apalis iMX6 Dual 1GB IT - i.MX 6Dual 800MHz, 1GB DDR3, 4GB eMMC
-40° to +85° C Temp
Apalis iMX6 Dual 512MB - i.MX 6Dual 1GHz, 512MB DDR3, 4GB eMMC
0° to +70° C Temp
I've developed and tested it on Quad 2GB IT v1.1A and Dual 512MB v1.1A
CoMs, using Ixora[B] carrier board v1.0A, but it should hopefuly work on
Eval[C] board as well.
A. https://www.toradex.com/computer-on-modules/apalis-arm-family/nxp-freescale-imx-6
B. https://www.toradex.com/products/carrier-board/ixora-carrier-board
C. https://www.toradex.com/products/carrier-board/apalis-evaluation-board
Flashing/recovery instructions:
1. Download and compile imx_loader for OpenWrt from
https://github.com/ynezz/imx_loader
2. Enter recovery mode as desribed in
https://developer.toradex.com/knowledge-base/imx-recovery-mode
3. Connect board via USB to the host computer, check that it's connected
by lsusb:
15a2:0054 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. i.MX 6Dual/6Quad SystemOnChip
in RecoveryMode
4. Copy following OpenWrt images to imx_loader directory:
SPL
u-boot.img
u-boot-with-spl.imx
openwrt-imx6-apalis-recovery.scr
openwrt-imx6-apalis-squashfs.combined.bin
5. Run imx_usb in imx_loader directory
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Fix dbclient regression in 2019.77. After exiting the terminal would be left
in a bad state. Reported by Ryan Woodsmall
drop patch applied upstream:
010-tty-modes-werent-reset-for-client.patch
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This patch enable gnu99 mode for the nec-enc utility which
fixes the following build-breaking errors on some older
architectures.
nec-enc.c: In function ‘xor_data’:
nec-enc.c:34:2: error: ‘for’ loop initial declarations are only allowed in C99 or C11 mode
for (int i = 0; i < len; i++) {
^~~
nec-enc.c:34:2: note: use option -std=c99, -std=gnu99, -std=c11 or -std=gnu11 to compile your code
nec-enc.c: In function ‘main’:
nec-enc.c:101:3: error: ‘for’ loop initial declarations are only allowed in C99 or C11 mode
for (int i = 0; i < n; i++) {
^~~
Spotted-By: Buildbot
Fixes: fac27643f0 ("firmware-utils: add nec-enc")
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Add switch definition for the rtl8367b switch to the DTS/DTSi for
the Belkin F9K1109v1 that was mistakenly omitted from the initial
commit.
Fixes: 017ec068e3 (ramips: add support for Belkin F9K1109v1)
Signed-off-by: Kip Porterfield <kip.porterfield@gmail.com>
nec-enc provides firmware encoding/decoding with model specific key
for NEC devices.
known devices:
- Aterm WF1200CR
- Aterm WG1200CR
- Aterm WG2600HS
usage:
nec-enc -i infile -o outfile -k key
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[checkpatch fixes, marked usage as noreturn, added static function,
moved buf* from stack to the global data segment]
Upstream driver has gone through a series of cleanup and was moved
from drivers/staging into drivers/spi. Backport it to replace our
messy driver.
Tested-by: Jörg Schüler-Maroldt <joerg-linux@arcor.de>
[LinkIt Smart 7688, AcSIP AI7688H Wi-Fi module]
Tested-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Tian Xiao bo <peterwillcn@gmail.com>
[Newifi-D2 MediaTek MT7621 ver:1 eco:3]
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Otherwise tar will keep the sgid bit when running
from a sgid-set directory, resulting in a different
file being generated.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cote2004-github@yahoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[reworked commit message, removed DMARC]
We do not need to define an empty Build/Configure since
the default checks for existing ./configure and does nothing
in case nothing is found.
Similar for Build/Compile: we can remove the definition
when we only call the default.
Signed-off-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
I made a similar change to this here:
https://github.com/openwrt/packages/pull/8159
However, it turns out this did not fix the problem as the problem has to
do with tools/xz and not the xz package. The error is the same and causes
linking errors as can be seen above.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Currently, tplink-safeloader definition is only used a base for
another common definition.
This patch adjusts tplink-safeloader so it can be actually used
for some targets in generic-tp-link.mk.
This patch is cosmetic except for the order of
"check-size $$$$(IMAGE_SIZE)" and "append-metadata" exchanged
for the tplink_re350k-v1 .
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [dealed with
tplink_cpe210-v2 and tplink_cpe210-v3, removed tplink-safeloader-uimage's
extra IMAGE/sysupgrade.bin rule]
After getting rid of cryptsetup's heavy openssl dependency, there is now
the problem of missing RIPEMD160 support. RIPEMD160 is used for True/Vera
crypt volumes as well as old LUKS1 ones.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Enable the USB power for the Netgear R6120. Otherwise, no power is
supplied to an attached USB device.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
With transition from ar71xx to ath79 some of devices change their naming
of LEDs. When upgrading from ar71xx target images this will require the
user to adjust previously working configuration. This commit adds
migration script which can be used to rename old names to new ones.
With this previously working configuration will be automatically
adjusted, wihtout user intervention.
This commit adds migration case for EnGenius EPG5000, the wireless LEDs
names have changed from epg5000:blue:wlan2-g and epg5000:blue:wlan-5g to
epg5000:blue:wlan2g and epg5000:blue:wlan5g.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Currently leds migration scripts in ar71xx and lantiq share a lot of
logic and introducing leds migration to another target would mean
copying this code, again. Therefore add common logic to library in
base-files package.
Suggested-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Hardware spec:
CPU: MTK MT7621A
RAM: 256MB
ROM: 16MB SPI Flash
WiFi: MT7603EN + MT7612EN
Button: 2 buttons (reset, wps)
LED: 8 LEDs (Power 2G 5G WPS Internet LAN1 LAN2 USB)
Ethernet: 3 ports, 2 LAN + 1 WAN
Other: USB3.0
Flashing instructions:
Visit the openwrt forum topic for this router:
https://forum.openwrt.org/t/add-openwrt-support-for-youku-yk-l2/34692
to get the bootloader and unlock firmware.
0. upgrade your router with the telnet firmware via the
firmware upgrade page on the webui.
1. telnet 192.168.11.1 from your PC
2. Download the pb-boot-youku_l2-20190317-61b6d33.bin and transfer
it to the /tmp directory of the router.
3. mtd write /tmp/pb-boot-youku_l2-20190317-61b6d33.bin Bootloader
4. turn off the power
5. Push the reset button while turning on the router and
wait until LED start blinking (~10sec.)
6. Connect Ethernet port and goto http://192.168.1.1.
7. Upload the firmware to firmware restore page in webui.
Signed-off-by: Zhao Yu <574249312@qq.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [rewrote the
flashing instructions, fixed author]
* allowedips: initialize list head when removing intermediate nodes
Fix for an important regression in removing allowed IPs from the last
snapshot. We have new test cases to catch these in the future as well.
* tools: warn if an AllowedIP has a nonzero host part
If you try to run `wg set wg0 peer ... allowed-ips 192.168.1.82/24`, wg(8)
will now print a warning. Even though we mask this automatically down to
192.168.1.0/24, usually when people specify it like this, it's a mistake.
* wg-quick: add 'strip' subcommand
The new strip subcommand prints the config file to stdout after stripping
it of all wg-quick-specific options. This enables tricks such as:
`wg addconf $DEV <(wg-quick strip $DEV)`.
* tools: avoid unneccessary next_peer assignments in sort_peers()
Small C optimization the compiler was probably already doing.
* peerlookup: rename from hashtables
* allowedips: do not use __always_inline
* device: use skb accessor functions where possible
Suggested tweaks from Dave Miller.
* blake2s: simplify
* blake2s: remove outlen parameter from final
The blake2s implementation has been simplified, since we don't use any of the
fancy tree hashing parameters or the like. We also no longer separate the
output length at initialization time from the output length at finalization
time.
* global: the _bh variety of rcu helpers have been unified
* compat: nf_nat_core.h was removed upstream
* compat: backport skb_mark_not_on_list
The usual assortment of compat fixes for Linux 5.1.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
This commit adds support for Linux 4.19 kernel, various cleanups
listed below.
Drop 170-cisco-hack.patch as these devices never seems to have been
supported.
Unset kernel symbols:
* CONFIG_CAVIUM_CN63XXP1=y
No supported hardware uses CN63XXP1 and it causes "slight decrease in
performance"
Source: https://cateee.net/lkddb/web-lkddb/CAVIUM_CN63XXP1.html
* CONFIG_USB_OCTEON_EHCI=y
CONFIG_USB_OCTEON_OHCI=y
Deprecated
Source: https://cateee.net/lkddb/web-lkddb/USB_OCTEON_EHCI.htmlhttps://cateee.net/lkddb/web-lkddb/USB_OCTEON_OHCI.html
Removed kernel symbols:
* # CONFIG_ARCH_HIBERNATION_POSSIBLE=y
* CONFIG_ARCH_SUSPEND_POSSIBLE=y
These are not in if you do a vanilla config of a MIPS Octeon kernel
and I can't find any references about support on this platform.
* # CONFIG_BOOTPARAM_HUNG_TASK_PANIC is not set
* CONFIG_BOOTPARAM_HUNG_TASK_PANIC_VALUE=0
No need to have this in by default, not defined in most other targets
* CONFIG_CRASH_CORE=y
Can't find any documentation why this should be enabled by default
* CONFIG_DEBUG_INFO=y
Set by https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/blob/master/config/Config-kernel.in#L134
* CONFIG_DEBUG_SPINLOCK=y
No need to have this in by default
* CONFIG_DEFAULT_HUNG_TASK_TIMEOUT=120
Already set by default
Source: https://cateee.net/lkddb/web-lkddb/DEFAULT_HUNG_TASK_TIMEOUT.html
* CONFIG_DETECT_HUNG_TASK=y
No need to have this in by default, not defined in most other targets
* CONFIG_HAVE_DEBUG_KMEMLEAK=y
No need to have this in by default, not defined in most other targets
* CONFIG_HAVE_DEBUG_STACKOVERFLOW=y
No need to have this in by default
* CONFIG_HAVE_IDE=y
None of the supported devices have IDE
* CONFIG_HZ=250
* # CONFIG_HZ_100 is not set
* CONFIG_HZ_250=y
This is broken with generic config
* CONFIG_KALLSYMS=y
No need to have this in by default, not defined in most other targets
* CONFIG_KEXEC=y
* CONFIG_KEXEC_CORE=y
No need to have this in by default, not defined in most other targets
* CONFIG_HAVE_KVM=y
No need to have this in by default
* CONFIG_SCHED_DEBUG=y
No need to have this in by default, not defined in most other targets
* CONFIG_SYSFS_DEPRECATED=y
Deprecated symbol
Source: https://cateee.net/lkddb/web-lkddb/SYSFS_DEPRECATED.html
* CONFIG_SYSFS_DEPRECATED_V2=y
Discouraged usage in general
Source: https://cateee.net/lkddb/web-lkddb/SYSFS_DEPRECATED_V2.html
* CONFIG_UNINLINE_SPIN_UNLOCK=y
No need to have this in by default, not defined in most other targets
Source: https://github.com/openSUSE/kernel/blob/master/lib/Kconfig.debug#L1137
* CONFIG_ZLIB_INFLATE=y
No need to have this in by default, not defined in most other targets
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
Currently sysupgrade overwrites whole disk and destroys partitions added
by user. Sync the sysupgrade code with the one present in x86 target to
remedy this behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Since some boards could be also booted from other mediums than SD card,
lets make the upgrade block device autodetected.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Since most of devices using SD card image to boot, use ext4 as boot
files system we can drop fat fs related packages. Also move packages
which are added repeatedly across subtargets to their default packages,
with droping the ones that are enabled in target kernel configugation.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
This will allow to drop additional packages and shrink image size.
Cc: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
The options are managed on a generic way by the can
kmod packages
Additionally, select can packages only for devices that
currently has CAN enabled, which is only the ZC702
Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
The options are managed on a generic way by video packages
Additionally, only one of the currently supported boards
has a camera interface, but it requires programming
the FPGA fabric first
Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
The options are managed on a generic way by the sound
kmod packages
Additionally, none of the currently supported boards have
sound support out of the box, as they require programming
the FPGA fabric first
Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
The removed patches are now integrated in the upstream kernel.
Refresh all patches on top of the new backports release.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Tested-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
It is a small form factor computer with rich amount of expansion ports.
Some hardware specs and supported features in this commit:
CPU: NVIDIA Tegra 2 @ 1GHz
RAM: 1GB DDR2-667
Storage: SDHC card slot
µSDHC card slot
USB to SATA bridge (depends on model)
1MB SPI NOR flash for bootloader (single partition)
LAN: RTL8111DL GbE
WIFI: RT3070 b/g/n with external antenna (depends on model)
RTC: EM3027 (mapped as rtc0; with battery backup)
Tegra 2 built-in (mapped as rtc1)
Sound: Analog/Digital (TLV320AIC23b; S/PDIF not tested)
Connectors: 4x USB 2.0
RS232 (mini serial)
HDMI
DVI-D (depends on model, not supported atm)
Extension connector (24 pin ZIF, 0.5mm pitch):
2X UART
SPI
JTAG (1.8V)
Other: power button with green led (not functional for early revisions
without programmed PMIC)
2x GPIO configurable green led
TrimSlice uses U-Boot placed in NOR flash. Boots Linux from any media
connected to USB, SATA or SD card inserted in slot. Can also boot from
TFTP. To run OpenWrt one needs to update U-Boot to fairly recent version
(the versions, pre-dts/dts provided by CompuLab won't suffice):
1. Boot TrimSlice into Your current linux distro,
2. Download trimslice-spi.img from u-boot-trimslice subdir,
3. Install mtd-utils,
4. Run following commands:
flash_erase /dev/mtd0 0 256
nandwrite /dev/mtd0 trimslice-spi.img
5. Poweroff, insert SD card with OpenWrt, boot and enjoy.
If by some obstacle You can't follow those instructions, it is possible
to flash U-Boot using serial console.
1. Insert FAT or EXT2/EXT3 formatted SD card with trimslice-spi.img,
2. Interrupt boot process to enter U-Boot command line,
3. Run following commands:
${fs}load mmc 0 0x04080000 trimslice-spi.img
sf probe 0
sf erase 0 0x100000
sf write 0x04080000 0x0 ${filesize}
reset
4. Poweroff, insert SD card with OpenWrt, boot and enjoy.
If something went wrong with one of above steps, there is simple
recovery option:
1. Open the µSD slot security door to access the recovery-boot button,
2. Insert SD card with OpenWrt to the front slot while unpowered,
3. Power on the TrimSlice while pressing the recovery-boot button,
4. With this it should boot straigth to OpenWrt, from there download
trimslice-spi.img and execute following commands:
mtd erase /dev/mtd0
mtd write trimslice-spi.img /dev/mtd0
5. Reboot, now it should boot straigth to OpenWrt, without pressing the
recovery-boot button, with proper U-Boot flashed.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Add U-Boot for NVIDIA Tegra based boards, with the first being CompuLab
TrimSlice. This is part of initial support for this board.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
This provides board configuraion tables for various Tegra boards needed
by cbootimage tool to create flashable bootloader images.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Tegra BCT and bootable flash image generator/compiler
>From documentation:
This project provides a tool which compiles BCT (Boot Configuration
Table) images to place into the boot flash of a Tegra-based device.
The tool will either:
a) Compile a textual representation of a BCT into a binary image.
b) Generate an entire boot image from a previously compiled BCT and a
bootloader binary.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
New target introduces initial support for NVIDIA Tegra SoC based devices.
It focuses on Tegra 2 CPUs, for successors supporting NEON instruction
set the target should be split in two subtargets.
This initial commit doesn't create any device image, it's groundwork
for further additions.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Commit 124ab1dc0a and 5523ee3459 introduced the assignment of the
group "tty" to /dev/tty* devices in order to support unprivileged
user access to serial devices.
However, due to an improperly rebased commit this feature broke.
This patch restores the lost hunk in hotplug.json file to
re-introduce this feature and also renames the existing "tty" group
to "dialout" as this is the more typical name for such a group
on desktop systems.
Fixes: 5209cfa534 ("procd: fix hotplug.json syntax")
Signed-off-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
Acked-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
It adjusts b53 code to upstream changes from the commit 3c1bcc8614db
("net: ethernet: Convert phydev advertize and supported from u32 to link
mode").
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Please note that modified code isn't currently being compiled with
kernels 4.19+ due to the dropped CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK_IPV6 in upstream
Linux. That requires a separated fix.
This fixes:
net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_rtcache.c: In function 'nf_rtcache_get_cookie':
net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_rtcache.c:82:11: error: 'const struct rt6_info' has no member named 'rt6i_node'; did you mean 'rt6i_idev'?
if (rt->rt6i_node)
^~~~~~~~~
rt6i_idev
IPv6 structs were reworked in upstream kernel by:
commit a64efe142f5e ("net/ipv6: introduce fib6_info struct and helpers")
commit 77634cc67dc1 ("net/ipv6: Remove unused code and variables for rt6_info")
commit 93c2fb253d17 ("net/ipv6: Rename fib6_info struct elements")
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
OpenVPN as of 2.4.7 uses some OpenSSL APIs that are deprecated in
OpenSSL >= 1.1.0.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Kroken <mkroken@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> [white space fix]
This PR adds support for a popular low-cost 2.4GHz N based AP
Specifications:
- SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9533 (650MHz)
- RAM: 64MB
- Storage: 8 MB SPI NOR
- Wireless: 2.4GHz N based built into SoC 2x2
- Ethernet: 1x 100/10 Mbps, integrated into SoC, 24V POE IN
Installation:
Flash factory image through stock firmware WEB UI
or through TFTP
To get to TFTP recovery just hold reset button while powering on
for around 4-5 seconds and release.
Rename factory image to recovery.bin
Stock TFTP server IP:192.168.0.100
Stock device TFTP adress:192.168.0.254
This is based on the support patch for the identical CPE210 v3
by Mario Schroen <m.schroen@web.de>.
Tested-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
[renamed dtsi filename]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Specifications:
* SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9533 (650MHz)
* RAM: 64MB
* Storage: 8 MB SPI NOR
* Wireless: 2.4GHz N based built into SoC 2x2
* Ethernet: 1x 100/10 Mbps, integrated into SoC, 24V POE IN
Installation:
Flash factory image through stock firmware WEB UI or TFTP
To get to TFTP recovery just hold reset button while powering
on for around 4-5 seconds and release.
Rename factory image to recovery.bin
Stock TFTP server IP:192.168.0.100
Stock device TFTP adress:192.168.0.254
Thanks to robimarko for the work inside the ar71xx tree.
Thanks to adrianschmutzler for deep discussion and fixes.
Signed-off-by: Mario Schroen <m.schroen@web.de>
[Split into DTS/DTSI, read-only config partition in DTSI]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
[renamed dtsi filename, light subject touches]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Looks identical to the v2.
This PR adds support for a popular low-cost 2.4GHz N based AP
Specifications:
- SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9533 (650MHz)
- RAM: 64MB
- Storage: 8 MB SPI NOR
- Wireless: 2.4GHz N based built into SoC 2x2
- Ethernet: 1x 100/10 Mbps, integrated into SoC, 24V POE IN
Installation:
Flash factory image through stock firmware WEB UI
or through TFTP
To get to TFTP recovery just hold reset button while powering on for
around 4-5 seconds and release.
Rename factory image to recovery.bin
Stock TFTP server IP:192.168.0.100
Stock device TFTP adress:192.168.0.254
Tested-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
[Rebased, adjusted for separate tplink-safeloader entry, dynamic partitioning]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
361b3e4 proto-shell: return error in case setup fails
a97297d interface: set interface in TEARDOWN state when checking link state
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
It was reported to me on IRC today, that my change causes issues with
kernel versions between 4.14 and 4.19.
It's because I've wrongly used `git describe` in order to get kernel
version where we should disable noisy DTC checks, but I should've used
`git tag --contains` instead.
Fixes: cbbef976e2 ("build: dtc: Disable noisy warnings by default")
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
I've missed leading whitespace issues in the original patch, so fixing
it in this commit. Thanks to pepe2k for letting me know.
Fixes: d260813d ("ar71xx: ens202ext: Fix VLAN switch")
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Increase MAX_WAIT_FW_COMPLETE_ITERATIONS to 10000 as before commit
e5e0700 to prevent timeout as reported here: #308 (Original OP issue is
probably not related though as his post preceeds commit e5e0700).
compile/test target mvebu/mamba, rango
Signed-off-by: Kabuli Chana <newtownBuild@gmail.com>
[commit subject and message tweaks]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This adds the SPDX license identifier for the NETGEAR EX6150. It was
missed when submitting the original patch.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The target ENS202EXT was just recently added right before the stable
release of Openwrt 18.
It flashes fine, but the physical switch is almost impossible to use
until you have a VLAN set up. Tested on two devices.
The actual problem is that eth0 represents nothing for whatever reason.
In other words, both WAN and LAN are running from eth1. There may be an
underlying problem in the build, but for now, I assume that this is
correct and that a VLAN switch is an appropriate fix.
Also, it's virtually impossible to get the switch running right through
LuCI. It is one thing to get a switch to appear, but attempting to
configure it breaks the whole thing. The VLAN has to be set up
perfectly, otherwise, interfaces will not start up, and one is forced to
reset settings, OR, the new LuCI feature kicks in and reverses any
steps. It is extremely difficult to determine which virtual ports
correspond to which physical ethernet ports without being able to set up
the switch in LuCI.
Temporary Workaround: followed directions here
[openwrt/luci#867](https://github.com/openwrt/luci/issues/867)
Reviewed-by: Marty Plummer <hanetzer@startmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mpratt51@gmail.com>
[commit author fix, subject fix, message text wrap]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Release notes since last time:
Release notes for wave-1 / 10.1:
2019-03-28: Fix sometimes using bad TID for management frames
in htt-mgt mode. (Backported from wave2, looks
like bug would be the same though.)
Release notes for wave-2 / 10.4:
2019-03-28: Fix off-channel scanning while associated in
proxy-station mode.
2019-03-29: Fix sometimes sending mgt frames on wrong tid when
using htt-mgt. This bug has been around since I first
enabled htt-mgt mode.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The specific flash chip used (W25Q256FVEM) accepts 50MHz for read
requests and higher for others. 104MHz for fast reads. ramips seems to
be limited to 80MHz based on testing with higher values (no speedup).
Based on upstream commit: 97738374a310b9116f9c33832737e517226d3722
time dd if=/dev/mtdblock3 of=/dev/null bs=64k from 42.96s to 7.01s
[test done with backported upstream v4.19 driver[1], for numbers on
stock 4.14 driver please take a look at `ramips: Increase GB-PC2 SPI
frequency to 80MHz` commit message]
1. https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/1578
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
[expanded note about spi driver version]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The flash chip on the board (Spansion S25FL256SAIF00) is rated to
support at least 50MHz for normal read requests according to the
datasheet. 133MHz for fast reads. However, ramips seems to be limited to
80MHz.
>From testing this, higher values do not improve speeds.
time dd if=/dev/mtdblock3 of=/dev/null bs=64k from
42.82s to 14.09s.
boot speed is also faster:
[ 66.884087] procd: - init - vs
[ 48.976049] procd: - init -
Since spi speed was requested:
[ 3.538884] spi-mt7621 1e000b00.spi: sys_freq: 225000000
CPU is 900MHz:
[ 0.000000] CPU Clock: 900MHz
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
[fixed commit message by adding missing 0 in the spi-mt7621 clock output]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
SoC: MediaTek MT7621
RAM: 64M (Winbond W9751G6KB-25)
FLASH: 16MB (Macronix MX25L12835F)
WiFi: MediaTek MT7662E bgn 2SS
WiFi: MediaTek MT7662E nac 2SS
BTN: ON/OFF - Reset - WPS - AP/Extender toggle
LED: - Arrow Right (blue)
- Arrow Left (blue)
- WiFi 1 (red/green)
- WiFi 2 (red/green)
- Power (green/amber)
- WPS (Green)
UART: UART is present as Pads on the backside of the PCB. They are
located on the other side of the Ethernet port.
3.3V - GND - TX - RX / 57600-8N1
3.3V is the nearest one to the antenna connectors
Installation
------------
Update the factory image via the Netgear web-interfaces (by default:
192.168.1.250/24).
You can also use the factory image with the nmrpflash tool.
For more information see https://github.com/jclehner/nmrpflash
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
[merge conflict in 02_network, flash@0 node rename, wlan DTS triggers]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Device specification:
- SoC: RT5350F
- CPU Frequency: 360 MHz
- Flash Chip: Winbond 25Q32 (4096 KiB)
- RAM: 32768 KiB
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (4x LAN, 1x WAN)
- 1x external, non-detachable antenna
- UART (J1) header on PCB (57800 8n1)
- Wireless: SoC-intergated: 2.4GHz 802.11bgn
- USB: None
- 3x LED, 2x button
Flash instruction:
1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.2/24 and start TFTP server.
2. Rename "openwrt-ramips-rt305x-kn_st-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin"
to "kstart_recovery.bin" and place it in TFTP server directory.
3. Connect PC with one of LAN ports, press the reset button, power up
the router and keep button pressed until power LED start blinking.
4. Router will download file from TFTP server, write it to flash and reboot.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kot <vova28rus@gmail.com>
[fixed git commit author and whitespace issues in DTS]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The WIZnet WizFi630S board is in the miniPCIe form factor.
SoC: Mediatek MT7688AN
RAM: 128MB
Flash: 32Mb
WiFi: 2.4GHz
Ethernet: 3x 100Mbit
USB: 1 (USB 2.0)
serial ports: 2 (1x full, 1xlite)
Flash and recovery instructions: Use the factory installed u-boot boot
loader. It is available on UART2 (115200,8,n,1). Then get the
sysupgrade image from a tftp server.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Welz <tw@wiznet.eu>
[whitespace and device name in makefile fixes]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
c2cfe9d iwinfo: Fix 802.11ad channel to frequency
Fixes 9725aa271a ("iwinfo: update to latest git HEAD")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
ff1ded6 libfstools: Fix overflow of F2FS_MINSIZE constant
bc2c876 libfstools: Print error in case of loop blkdev failure
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Instead of creating host-routes depending on fwmark as (accidentally)
pushed by commit
1e8bb50b93 ("wireguard: do not add host-dependencies if fwmark is set")
use a new config option 'nohostroute' to explicitely prevent creation
of the route to the endpoint.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The 'fwmark' option is used to define routing traffic to
wireguard endpoints to go through specific routing tables.
In that case it doesn't make sense to setup routes for
host-dependencies in the 'main' table, so skip setting host
dependencies if 'fwmark' is set.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The 4.14.108 bump introduced a missing dependency when building
specific netfilters.
Thsi was not seen as the error does not occur on all targets.
Thanks to Jo-Philipp Wich for providing the fix
Fixes: af6c86dbe5 ("kernel: bump 4.14 to 4.14.108")
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
The script always exits with value 0, even if some of the commands fail.
This can potentially create broken, unbootable images, e.g. when
make_ext4fs fails due to TARGET_KERNEL_PARTSIZE being too small for the
kernel. Avoid this by failing the script when any command fails.
Acked-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Acked-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
This refreshes the current kernel configuration to remove unneeded
options, add some automatically added ones and reorders them. The normal
build did this automatically, so the builds already used this
configuration.
CONFIG_HW_RANDOM_OMAP is explicitly activated for the cortexa72
subtarget because it has an inside-secure,safexcel-eip76 IP core.
This was done with this command on the cortexa9 subtarget:
make kernel_oldconfig
and this one on the other subtargets:
make kernel_oldconfig CONFIG_TARGET=subtarget
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
- limit ECC support to ec*-sha2-nistp256:
* DROPBEAR_ECC now provides only basic support for ECC
- provide full ECC support as an option:
* DROPBEAR_ECC_FULL brings back support for ec{dh,dsa}-sha2-nistp{384,521}
- update feature costs in binary size
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Demin <rockdrilla@gmail.com>
* option "keyfile" is more generic than "rsakeyfile".
* option "rsakeyfile" is considered to be deprecated and should be removed
in future releases.
* warn user (in syslog) if option "rsakeyfile" is used
* better check options ("rsakeyfile" and "keyfile"): don't append
"-r keyfile" to command line if file is absent (doesn't exist or empty),
warn user (in syslog) about such files
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Demin <rockdrilla@gmail.com>
Felix Fietkau pointed out that bundled libtomcrypt/libtommath do funny stuff with CFLAGS.
fix this with checking environment variable OPENWRT_BUILD in both libs.
change in dropbear binary size is drastical: 221621 -> 164277.
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Demin <rockdrilla@gmail.com>
compiler complains about messed up CFLAGS in build log:
<command-line>: warning: "_FORTIFY_SOURCE" redefined
<command-line>: note: this is the location of the previous definition
and then linker fails:
mips-openwrt-linux-musl-gcc [...] -o dropbearmulti [...]
collect2: fatal error: ld terminated with signal 11 [Segmentation fault]
compilation terminated.
/staging_dir/toolchain-mips_24kc_gcc-8.2.0_musl/mips-openwrt-linux-musl/bin/ld: /tmp/cc27zORz.ltrans0.ltrans.o: relocation R_MIPS_HI16 against `cipher_descriptor' can not be used when making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC
/staging_dir/toolchain-mips_24kc_gcc-8.2.0_musl/mips-openwrt-linux-musl/bin/ld: /tmp/cc27zORz.ltrans1.ltrans.o: relocation R_MIPS_HI16 against `ses' can not be used when making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC
/staging_dir/toolchain-mips_24kc_gcc-8.2.0_musl/mips-openwrt-linux-musl/bin/ld: /tmp/cc27zORz.ltrans2.ltrans.o: relocation R_MIPS_HI16 against `cipher_descriptor' can not be used when making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC
/staging_dir/toolchain-mips_24kc_gcc-8.2.0_musl/mips-openwrt-linux-musl/bin/ld: BFD (GNU Binutils) 2.31.1 assertion fail elfxx-mips.c:6550
[...]
/staging_dir/toolchain-mips_24kc_gcc-8.2.0_musl/mips-openwrt-linux-musl/bin/ld: BFD (GNU Binutils) 2.31.1 assertion fail elfxx-mips.c:6550
make[3]: *** [Makefile:198: dropbearmulti] Error 1
make[3]: *** Deleting file 'dropbearmulti'
make[3]: Leaving directory '/build_dir/target-mips_24kc_musl/dropbear-2018.76'
make[2]: *** [Makefile:158: /build_dir/target-mips_24kc_musl/dropbear-2018.76/.built] Error 2
make[2]: Leaving directory '/package/network/services/dropbear'
This FTBFS issue was caused by hardening flags set up by dropbear's configure script.
By default, Dropbear offers hardening via CFLAGS and LDFLAGS,
but this may break or confuse OpenWrt settings.
Remove most Dropbear's hardening settings in favour of precise build,
but preserve Spectre v2 mitigations:
* -mfunction-return=thunk
* -mindirect-branch=thunk
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Demin <rockdrilla@gmail.com>
Release notes since last time:
Release notes for wave-1:
- 2019-03-12: Add btcoex feature flag for 2.4Ghz only adapters,
backported from upstream 10.2 firmware.
- 2019-03-12: Support offloading decrypt of PMF blockack frames
to the host. This lets us do blockack with PMF and
rx-sw-crypt. Normal hwcrypt scenarios would not need this.
Release notes for wave-2:
- 2019-03-12: Fix crash when tearing down VI TID when pending frames
exist. Could reproduce this while doing rmmod when VI
traffic was flowing and PMF was enabled but broken.
Bad luck could rarely cause it to happen in more normal
config too.
- 2019-03-12: Support offloading decrypt of PMF blockack frames to
the host. This lets us do blockack with PMF and
rx-sw-crypt. Normal hwcrypt scenarios would not need this.
- 2019-03-12: Re-work problematic patch that attempted to fix transmit
on non-QOS tids. It appears buggy in several ways,
hopefully improved now. This was introduced last fall.
See github bug 78.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This problem exposed when compiling glibc, but applicable across the
board. gcc compiles runtime libraries for all supported architectures,
unless otherwise specified, and later selects applicable library based
-m[arch,cpu,*] options, thus these options should not be passed to gcc
as they break the compilation process.
Signed-off-by: Boris Krasnovskiy <borkra@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[modified so it only touches ARM - I'm too chicken, changed authors email]
Set the toolchain's ARM CPU and FPU architectures by utilizing' gcc's
--with-cpu / --with-fpu configure options that: "Specify which cpu
variant the compiler should generate code for by default. cpu will
be used as the default value of the -mcpu= switch."
This will resolve the following kernel compilation failures under
gcc 8.x on ARM because the kernel wants to set (possibly conflicting)
optimization flags.
.../ccyVnmrs.s:204: Error: selected processor does not support `dmb ish' in ARM mode
.../ccyVnmrs.s:215: Error: architectural extension `mp' is not allowed for the current base architecture
.../ccyVnmrs.s:216: Error: selected processor does not support `pldw [r4]' in ARM mode
Because this is a big change, the .config and toolchain need to be
refreshed (as in removed and regenerated).
Reported-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net> [#1203]
Signed-off-by: Boris Krasnovskiy <borkra@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [extended commit message,
removed now-deprecated CPU_CFLAGS, changed author to gmail address]
This patch adds a ChromiumOS 3.18 patch [0] that fixes memory
allocation issues under memory pressure by keeping track
of missed allocs and rectify the omission at a later date.
It also adds ethtool counters for memory allocation
failures accounting so this can be verified.
[0] <d4e1e4ce68>
Reported-by: Chen Minqiang <ptpt52@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Some broken ISPs (e.g. Comcast) send DHCPv6 packets with hop limit=0.
This trips up the TTL=0 check in the PPE if enabled.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
COMFAST CF-E5/E7 is a outdoor 4G LTE AP with PoE support, based on
Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531.
Short specification:
2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, with 24v PoE support
64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
16 MB of FLASH (SPI)
2T2R 2.4 GHz, 802.11b/g/n
built-in 1x 3 dBi antennas
output power (max): 80 mW (19 dBm)
Qucetel EC20 LTE MODULE(1x external detachable antenna)
Flash instruction:
Original firmware is based on OpenWrt.
Use sysupgrade image directly in vendor GUI.
Signed-off-by: Ding Tengfei <dtf@comfast.cn>
[commit subject fix]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This commit adds support for TP-Link TL-WR710N v1 router.
CPU: Atheros AR9331 400MHz
RAM: 32MB
FLASH: 8MiB
PORTS: 1 Port 100/10 LAN (connected to a switch), 1 Port 100/10 WAN
WiFi: Atheros AR9331 1x2:1 bgn
USB: ChipIdea HDRC USB2.0
LED: SYS
BTN: Reset
Sysupgrade from `ar71xx` works without glitches.
Network interfaces assigned for LAN and WAN ports are `eth1` and `eth0`
respectively, what's consistent with `ar71xx` target. Wireless radio
path is automatically upgraded from `platform/ar933x_wmac` to
`platform/ahb/18100000.wmac`.
Signed-off-by: Marcin Jurkowski <marcin1j@gmail.com>
This adds support for the Chinese version of TL-WR941N v7.
It uses QCA9558+AR8236 while the international version
uses TP9343 instead.
Specification:
- SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9558
- Flash: 4 MB
- RAM: 64 MB
- Ethernet: Atheros AR8236 with 5 FE ports
Flash instruction:
Upload the generated factory firmware on web interface.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
This allows users to specify a shorter mib poll interval so that the
swconfig leds could behave normal with current get_port_stats()
implementation.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
This applies to ar8216 and ar8236. QCA's newer U-boot will enable
the switch mdio master for FE switches which makes phy inaccessible
from CPU mdio. (e.g. on TP-Link TL-WR941N v7 Chinese version which
uses QCA9558+AR8236.) For these devices PHY probing is broken and
mdio device probing is a must. We also need to disable switch mdio
master in driver for later PHY initialization.
Do a soft reset during hw_init so that mdio master can be disabled
and expose PHYs to CPU mdio for later PHY accessing.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
ar8xxx_mib_capture will update mib counters for all ports. Current
code only update one port at a time and the data for other ports
are lost.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Partially reverts commit eff3549c58.
AR7240 and AR9341 have buggy hardware switch LED trigger. The AR7240
one doesn't blink and the blinking of port0/port5 is reversed on
AR9341 if we swap PHY0 and PHY4. (Only blinking is reversed, which
means LED for PHY0 will lit when PHY0 is link up and will blink when
PHY4 has active link and vice versa.) On these two chips a software
swconfig LED trigger is required.
This commit adds swconfig port stats back but:
1. move checking of mib_t/rxb_id into ar8xxx_chip since we can't
distinguish ar7240sw and ar8216 using only chip id.
2. don't update mib counter in get_port_stat. This function is called
every 0.01s and this capturing procedure will take up a lot of CPU.
We already have a mib_work_func updating mib counters every 2s so
return the saved counter instead of fetching new data. The blinking
rate will be weird but it should solve the previously mentioned CPU
time problem.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
This builtin switch is a bugless ar8216 with different mib counters
and gigabit cpu port.
Atheros uses the same device ID and it's impossible to distinguish
the standalone one and the builtin one. So we add support to mdio
device probe only.
This switch doesn't have buggy vlan tag so it's not needed to enable
atheros header. This commit changed ar8216_setup_port so that it can
be reused for this switch.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Atheros FE switches have a builtin mdio master available for PHY
accessing and on ar724x/ar933x builtin switches this mdio master
is the only way of accessing PHYs.
After this patch if there is phy_read/phy_write method available
in ar8xxx_chip we register a separated mdio bus for accessing PHYs.
Still adds support for mdio device probing only since this isn't
needed for those switches registered using PHY probing.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
ar8229 is the builtin switch in ar934x and later chips. There is
also a standalone version available and their registers/functions
are the same.
This commit added support for the builtin ar8229. The only thing
missing for standalone ar8229 should be phy modes. Since I don't
have a router using that, this commit doesn't add support for
other phy modes.
Only add its support for mdio-device probing method because the
current PHY probing can't return 1G speed when it's a FE switch.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
ar8xxx_id_chip is used to determine current ar8xxx_chip using switch
id and this isn't needed during mdiodev probing.
Move it out of ar8xxx_probe_switch so that we can skip it.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
for mdio-device probing we still need to read chip id but ar8xxx_chip
can be determined using drvdata. We can't distinguish the buggy
standalone ar8216 and the builtin ar8216 in ar724x/ar933x using chip
id.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
The following patches are dropped because they are merged upstream:
-0001-tty-serial-drop-QCA-pecific-SoC-symbols.patch
-0006-usb-drop-deprecated-symbols.patch
-0009-MIPS-ath79-add-lots-of-missing-registers.patch
-0010-MIPS-ath79-add-support-for-QCA953x-QCA956x-TP9343.patch
-0014-MIPS-ath79-finetune-cpu-overrides.patch
-0015-MIPS-ath79-enable-uart-during-early_prink.patch
-0016-MIPS-ath79-get-PCIe-controller-out-of-reset.patch
This patch is dropped due to the introduction of spi-mem framework:
-461-spi-ath79-add-fast-flash-read.patch
Thank to Michael Marley @mamarley for his work on this patch:
-910-unaligned_access_hacks.patch
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
[synchronized kernel config with make kernel_oldconfig]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
linux 4.19 doesn't accept a NULL device for these functions.
It also complains that the device struct in net_device doesn't have
a dma_mask set.
Pass the device struct from platform_device for these functions.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Kernel newer than 4.15 dropped "data" field and used from_timer
to cast out the parent struct pointer for current timer.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
The DIR-510L Wireless Router are based on the MT7620A SoC.
Specification:
-MediaTek MT7620A (580 Mhz)
-128 MB of RAM
-16 MB of FLASH
-802.11bgn radio
-1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
-2x internal, non-detachable antennas
-UART (J3) header on PCB (57600 8n1)
-1x bi-color LED (GPIO-controlled), 2x button
-JBOOT bootloader
Known issues:
-Ethernet port is used as LAN
-No communication with charger IC. (uart bitbang needed)
Installation:
Apply factory image via d-link http web-gui.
How to revert to OEM firmware:
1.) Push the reset button and turn on the power. Wait until LED start blinking (~10sec.)
2.) Upload original factory image via JBOOT http (IP: 192.168.123.254)
3.) If http doesn't work, it can be done with curl command:
curl -F FN=@XXXXX.binhttp://192.168.123.254/upg
where XXXXX.bin is name of firmware file.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
[fixed whitespace issue in 10-rt2x00-eeprom]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Some boards with JBOOT have partiton between bootloader
and kernel image. This patch add possibility to change kernel
partition start address.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
clk_get_rate returns the current clock rate in Hz for a clock source so
if we divide it by 1M, then we get frequency in MHz and not kHz.
Signed-off-by: Qin Wei <support@vocore.io>
[added missing commit message, and fixed author with SoB from PR message]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
4d8c7e8 mt76: mt76x02: send no-skb tx status without holding the status lock
7e9e9ad mt76: mt7603: add missing initialization for dev->ps_lock
3a7e6bb mt76: fix potential deadlock on cancelling workqueues
deacb8f mt76: fix using mac80211 tx skb header padding
c9402eb mt76: use napi polling for tx cleanup
60e508e mt76: use readl/writel instead of ioread32/iowrite32
5912e8a mt7603: fix sequence number assignment
95a83cc mt7603: send BAR after powersave wakeup
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The PCIe DWC host controller is now using MSI
(Message-signaled-interrupts) by default.
While ath9k itself does support MSI here, a lot of wlan adapters do not.
Avoid non-functioning cards by simply continue to disable MSI for now.
This can be done by appending "pci=nomsi" to the boot cmdline.
Also an extra fix needs to be backported which avoids MSI initialization
which prevented legacy IRQ's init from taking over.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
The DWC host controller symbols are now depending on a few others
Fixes: ca1b93f038 ("imx6: add support for kernel 4.19")
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
The NanoBeam is a small AR9342 based directional 5 GHz AC CPE with hardware
almost identical to the Ubiquiti NanoStation AC loco. Over the NanoStation
AC loco it has 5 additional LEDs. Four of those LEDs are used as rssi
indicators, the fifth LED is used as an ethernet link/activity indicator.
CPU: Atheros AR9342 SoC
RAM: 64 MB DDR2
Flash: 16 MB NOR SPI
WLAN: QCA988X
Ports: 1x GbE
Flashing procedure is identical to the NanoStation AC loco and can be performed
either via serial or the factory firmware upgrade.
Serial flashing:
1. Connect to serial header on device (8N1 115200)
2. Power on device and enter uboot console
3. Set up tftp server serving an openwrt initramfs build
4. Load initramfs build using the command tftpboot in the uboot cli
5. Boot the loaded image using the command bootm
6. Copy squashfs openwrt sysupgrade build to the booted device
7. Use mtd to write sysupgrade to partition "firmware"
8. Reboot and enjoy
Flashing through factory firmware:
1. Ensure firmware version v8.5.0.36727 is installed. Up/downgrade to this exact version.
2. Patch fwupdate.real binary using `hexdump -Cv /bin/ubntbox | sed 's/14 40 fe fe/00 00 00 00/g' | hexdump -R > /tmp/fwupdate.real`
3. Make the patched fwupdate.real binary executable using `chmod +x /tmp/fwupdate.real`
4. Copy the squashfs factory image to /tmp on the device
5. Flash OpenWRT using `/tmp/fwupdate.real -m <squashfs-factory image>`
6. Wait for the device to reboot
Thanks to @cybermaus for testing!
Tested-by: Maurits van Dueren den Hollander <cybermaus@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tobias Schramm <tobleminer@gmail.com>
The Mikrotik RouterBOARD SXT 2nD r3 is an outdoor WiFi AP / CPE
with a single 2.4 GHz radio and a 100 Mbps Ethernet port.
The device similar to the SXT 2nD r2, but it has SPI NOR flash instead
of NAND flash.
Hardware
--------
CPU: Atheros AR9344 (600 MHz)
RAM: 64 MiB
FLASH: 16 MiB SPI NOR W25Q128
ETH: 1x 100 Mbps Atheros AG71xx
WiFi: 2T2R 802.11b/g/n (ath9k)
Power: Passive PoE 8-30 V
Installation instructions:
1. Boot openwrt-ar71xx-mikrotik-vmlinux-initramfs.elf using a
DHCP+TFTP server.
2. Erase the "firmware" partition using the mtd command. This should
no longer be required once this patch is merged.
3. Use sysupgrade to install to flash. The file
openwrt-ar71xx-mikrotik-rb-nor-flash-16M-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
should be used.
Signed-off-by: Xavier Douville <github@douville.org>
If no feed.conf or feeds.conf.default is found on image generation with
the imagebuilder we always get the following message "Unable to open
feeds configuration at <dir>/scripts/feeds line 48." on std error.
To get rid off this needless warning on image generation with the
imagebuilder supress the output in feeds.mk.
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <fe@dev.tdt.de>
a8cf037 netifd: wireless: Add support for GCMP cipher
34a70b6 netifd: wireless: Add support for 802.11ad
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This reverts commit 0331770299.
With LTO enabled valgridn does not build on MIPS32 any more, deactivate
it for now. The patch refresh was not reverted.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Openssl 1.1.0 made wholesale changes to its building system.
Apparently, parallel builds are working now.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cote2004-github@yahoo.com>
ath10k_pci driver crashes once loaded and causes boot loops on this
device as 5GHz radio QCA9880-AR1A shipped with this router is broken.
It's not possible to fix this problem in software, miniPCIe radio has to
be replaced.
We could've probably fixed crashing of the ath10k driver by reverting
following upstream commit:
commit 1a7fecb766c83dace747f42b25bbb544b00a0163
Author: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Date: Sat Jan 24 12:14:48 2015 +0200
ath10k: reset chip before reading chip_id in probe
but it's not worth the effort as it wouldn't make that 5GHz radio usable
anyway. So it seems more convenient to just remove the crashing driver
and provide bootable images, as I believe, that a router that is working
but degraded is better than a router that will not work.
For details please see discussions in PR[1] and in FS#1743[2].
1. https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/1349
2. https://bugs.openwrt.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=1743
Signed-off-by: Aubrey McIntosh, PhD <aubrey.mcintosh@utexas.edu>
[subject and commit message tweaks]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The port labled as "LAN" is eth1.
That's different from the -lite variant,
where the only existing port eth0 is used as LAN
Signed-off-by: Andreas Ziegler <dev@andreas-ziegler.de>
The PKG_MIRROR_HASH was for some reason wrong.
Fixes: d75db67870 ("uboot-fritz4040: bump version to 2019-03-03")
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Reading and writing to and from flash storage is slowed down
enormously by some functions which use a block size of 1.
This patch reworks the extraction scripts to be much faster and
efficient by reading and writing in possibly one big block.
This is based on the initial commit a69e101 for ipq40xx by
Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
- Tested on Turris MOX, OpenWrt master
- Removed PKG_BUILD_DIR
In build_dir there were two folders
ca-certificates and ca-certificates-20190110 and it failed as files
were in ca-certificates-20190110
Signed-off-by: Josef Schlehofer <josef.schlehofer@nic.cz>
Hardware
--------
CPU: Qualcomm IPQ4018
RAM: 256M
FLASH: 32M SPI NOR W25Q256
ETH: QCA8075
WiFi2: IPQ4018 2T2R 2SS b/g/n
WiFi5: IPQ4018 2T2R 2SS n/ac
LED: - Power amber
- LAN1(PoE) green
- LAN2 green
- Wi-Fi 2.4GHz green
- Wi-Fi 5GHz green
BTN: - WPS
UART: 115200n8 3.3V J1
VCC(1) - GND(2) - TX(3) - RX(4)
Added basic support to get the device up and running for a sysupgrade
image only.
There is currently no way back to factory firmware, so this is a one-way
street to OpenWRT.
Install from factory condition is convoluted, and may brick your device:
1) Enable SSH and disable the CLI on the factory device from the web user
interface (Management->Advanced)
2) Reboot the device
3) Override the default, limited SSH shell:
a) Get into the ssh shell:
ssh admin@192.168.1.1 /bin/sh --login
b) Change the dropbear script to disable the limited shell. At the
empty command prompt type:
sed -i '/login_ssh/s/^/#/g’ dropbear
/etc/init.d/dropbear restart
exit
4) ssh in to a (now-) normal OpenWRT SSH session
5) Flash your built image
a) scp openwrt-ipq40xx-engenius_ens620ext-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
admin@192.168.1.1:/tmp/
b) ssh admin@192.168.1.1
c) sysupgrade -n
/tmp/openwrt-ipq40xx-engenius_ens620ext-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
6) After flash completes (it may say "Upgrade failed" followed by
"Upgrade completed") and device reboots, log in to newly flashed
system. Note you will now need to ssh as root rather than admin.
Signed-off-by: Steve Glennon <s.glennon@cablelabs.com>
[whitespace fixes, reordered partitions, removed rng node from 4.14,
fixed 901-arm-boot-add-dts-files.patch]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Andrey has reported on OpenWrt's bug tracking system[1], that he
currently can't use ar93xx_uart as pure serial UART without console
(CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_CONSOLE and CONFIG_SERIAL_AR933X_CONSOLE undefined),
because compilation ends with following error:
ar933x_uart.c: In function 'ar933x_uart_console_write':
ar933x_uart.c:550:14: error: 'struct uart_port' has no
member named 'sysrq'
1. https://bugs.openwrt.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=2152
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Update iproute2 to 5.0.0
Remove upstream patch 001-tc-fix-undefined-XATTR_SIZE_MAX
Alter patch 170-ip_tiny as support for IPX and DECnet is dropped
Update patch 010-cake-fwmark to match upstream commit
Signed-off-by: Deng Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
Use GCC 8.3.0 by default for ARC targets
Includes a fix by Evgeniy Didin which fixes GCC version selection if
DEVEL isn't set
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
Update the out of tree build of cake. Applicable patches are also in
net-next.
057c738 Fix fwmark_shft assignment (again)
ca6c162 Add support for storing mark back into conntrack
7ed9b6c Fix off-by-one error when setting fwmark_shft.
a4a243a sch_cake: Interpret fwmark parameter as a bitmask
29d707e Simplify logic in cake_select_tin()
8acaaee Permit use of connmarks as tin classifiers
348f186 Make the dual modes fairer
99a7297 compat: Don't lock root qdisc when dumping stats on old kernels
Signed-off-by: Ryan Mounce <ryan@mounce.com.au>
Building tda1997x fails now unless V4L2_FWNODE is selected:
drivers/media/i2c/tda1997x.o: in function `tda1997x_parse_dt'
undefined reference to `v4l2_fwnode_endpoint_parse'
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
This patch increases available space from 20MB to 86MB.
Netgrear OEM firmware contains a 'netgear' partition followed 'ubi',
which can be used in openwrt for larger ubi space. (similar to
Netgear R7800).
original author (notmyrealhandle) tested this on R7500v2 and point that
OEM firmware can auto rebuild this partition (if used by openwrt).
Author: notmyrealhandle<22336358+notmyrealhandle@users.noreply.github.com>
Signed-off-by: Wang Xin-yu (王昕宇) <comicfans44@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [minor touch-ups]
Support for the Nanostation M (XW) was added in 40530c8eb with board
name "nanostation-m-xw". The current image for the "Nanostation M"
uses "nano-m" as the board name.
This commit renames it to the full product name as it's used by all
other boards. The legacy boardname of the ar71xx target is added
via SUPPORTED_DEVICES to ease switching to ath79 target.
Signed-off-by: Sven Roederer <devel-sven@geroedel.de>
[touch-ups on the commit message, removed subject remains]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
To be able to configure pwms the pwm driver needs to know the number off
cells in the "pwms" property. For this platform this is 2.
Signed-off-by: Micke Prag <micke.prag@telldus.se>
jjPlus JA76PF2 (marketed as IntellusPro2) is a network embedded board.
Specification
SoC: Atheros AR7161
RAM: 64 MB DDR
Flash: 16 MB SPI NOR
Ethernet: 2x 10/100/1000 Mbps AR8316
LAN (CN11), WAN/PoE (CN6 - close to power barrel
connector, 48 V)
MiniPCI: 2x
LEDS: 4x, which 3 are GPIO controlled
Buttons: 2x GPIO controlled
Reset (SW1, closer to ethernet ports), WPS (SW2)
Serial: 1x (only RX and TX are wired)
baud: 115200, parity: none, flow control: none
Currently there is one caveat compared to ar71xx target images as the
MAC addresses are random on every reboot. To remedy this one needs to
store the WAN MAC address in RedBoot configuration. OpenWrt on first
boot, after flashing, will read out the address and assign proper ones
to both WAN and LAN ports. It is iportant to NOT keep the old
configuration when doing sysupgrade from ar71xx.
Upgrading from OpenWrt ar71xx image
1. Connect to serial port,
2. Download OpenWrt sysupgrade image to /tmp directory and flash it
with:
sysupgrade -n <openwrt_sysupgrade_image_name>
3. After writing new image OpenWrt will reboot, now interrupt boot
process and enter RedBoot (bootloader) command line by pressing
Ctrl+C,
4. Enter following commands (replace variable accordingly),
set_mac (to view MAC addresses)
alias ethaddr <wan_port_mac_adress>
(confirm storing the value by inputting y and pressing Enter)
reset
5. Now board should restart and boot OpenWrt with proper MAC addresses.
Installation
1. Prepare TFTP server with OpenWrt initramfs image,
2. Connect to WAN ethernet port,
3. Connect to serial port,
4. Power on the board and enter RedBoot (bootloader) command line by
pressing Ctrl+C,
5. Enter following commands (replace variables accordingly):
set_mac (to view MAC addresses)
alias ethaddr <wan_port_mac_address>
(confirm storing the value by inputting y and pressing Enter)
ip_adress -l <board_ip_adress>/24 -h <tftp_server_ip_adress>
load -r -b 0x80060000 <openwrt_initramfs_image_name>
exec -c ""
6. Now board should boot OpenWrt initramfs image,
7. Download OpenWrt sysupgrade image to /tmp directory and flash it
with:
sysupgrade <openwrt_sysupgrade_image_name>
8. Wait few minutes, after the D2 LED will stop blinking, the board
is ready for configuration.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
In PR [1] introducing initial support for Ubiquiti RouterStation boards,
Mathias Kresin suggested to replace the combined sysupgrade image with
tarball generated by sysupgrade-tar.sh. This would simplify deployment
of sysupgrade as the kernel size (needed to update FIS partition) could
be simply calculated on the fly instead of reading value from combined
image header. Unfortunately this would break sysupgrade compatibility
between ar71xx image and ath79 image. Therefore this commit creates
migration path to use new sysuprade image, it adds code to accept both
of them at this moment. The plan is to keep it until new stable version
is released. Then the image recipe should be changed to new format and
compatibility code for old image removed.
1. https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/1237
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
When upgrading from ar71xx target images to ath79 based ones, the
integrated wireless interface changes its sysfs path. Therefore the
previous enabled wireless interface will be disabled, which can cause
false complains about it not working. This commit adds hotplug event
which migrates to new path and will keep the wrireless interface
enabled after upgrade.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Align the LEDs deffinition with MACH file present in ar71xx target which
has the correct LED functions and colors adescription.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
ipset utility was linked statically to libipset. Disable static library for dynamic linking to save space.
Add -Wl,--gc-sections,--as-needed for further reduction
MIPS ipk size:
ipset: 29KiB -> 2KiB
libipset: 39KiB -> 38KiB
Signed-off-by: Deng Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
The cmake bump to 3.14.0 breaks build on all targets. Revert it for now.
This reverts commit a3446257a8.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Update CMake to 3.14.0
Refresh patches
Remove inofficial fossies.org and replace with GitHub (link on official site)
Remote 150-C-feature-checks-Match-warnings-more-strictly.patch as it's
a no longer needed backport from upstream.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
The keyword "all" is only supported by `iw set antenna` if
it's used as the only argument.
Convert "all" into a mask before calling `iw set antenna`.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
00ac79d mt7603: fix initialization of max rx length
320af65 mt76: mt7603: use the correct hweight8() function
bdee924 mt76: fix schedule while atomic in mt76x02_reset_state
abcb544 mt76x02: do not enable RTS/CTS by default
e97a209 mt76: remove mt76_queue dependency from tx_queue_skb function pointer
ddd98f8 mt76: remove mt76_queue dependency from tx_prepare_skb function pointer
9bc2d56 mt76: remove mt76_queue dependency from tx_complete_skb function pointer
06c917f mt76: introduce mt76_sw_queue data structure
2dc63b0 mt76: introduce mt76_txq_id field in mt76_queue_entry
312f6fc mt76: remove irqsave/restore in locking for tx status fifo
0fe6386 mt76: move mt76x02_insert_hdr_pad in mt76-core module
efe9a47 mt76: mmio: move mt76_insert_hdr_pad in mt76_dma_tx_queue_skb
0b03f87 mt76: move skb dma mapping before running tx_prepare_skb
f977a92 mt76: introduce mt76_tx_info data structure
72fe286 mt76: use mac80211 txq scheduling
b77b932 mt76: reduce locking in mt76_dma_tx_cleanup
c0ab515 mt76: store wcid tx rate info in one u32 reduce locking
f37ad72 mt76: mt76x02: store software PN/IV in wcid
5323005 mt76: move tx tasklet to struct mt76_dev
688d708 mt76: only schedule txqs from the tx tasklet
42ce040 mt76: use TX_NEEDS_ALIGNED4_SKBS
2660aa9 mt76: mt7603: store software PN/IV in wcid
3ce8a93 mt76: dma: add static qualifier to mt76_dma_tx_queue_skb
81a32aa mt7603: remove mt7603_mcu_init routine
48dc7e9 mt7603: core: do not use magic numbers in mt7603_reg_map
2236490 mt76: usb: reduce code indentation in mt76u_alloc_tx
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
dnsmasq (and probably other DHCP servers as well) does not like to hand out
leases with duplicate host names.
Adding support for skipping the hostname makes it easier to deploy setups
where it is not guaranteed to be unique
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
In the case of SHARED_LIBS=y, don't use -export-dynamic to place *all*
symbols into the dynamic symbol table. Instead, use --dynamic-list to
export a smaller set of symbols similar to that defined in static-syms.h
in the case of SHARED_LIBS=n, avoiding an 11 KB tc package size increase.
The symbol set is based on that required by the only plugin, m_xt.so.
Also increment PKG_RELEASE.
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> [PKG_RELEASE fixup]
This enables using the tc module m_xt.so, which uses the act_ipt kernel
module to allow tc actions based on iptables targets. e.g.
tc filter add dev eth0 parent 1: prio 10 protocol ip \
u32 match u32 0 0 action xt -j DSCP --set-dscp-class BE
Make the SHARED_LIBS parameter configurable and based on tc package
selection.
Fix a problem using the tc m_xt.so plugin as also described in
https://bugs.debian.org/868059:
Sync include/xtables.h from iptables to make sure the right offset is
used when accessing structure members defined in libxtables. One could
get “Extension does not know id …” otherwise. (See also: #868059)
Patch to sync the included xtables.h with system iptables 1.6.x. This
continues to work with iptables 1.8.2.
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
Add build and runtime dependencies on libelf, allowing tc and ip-full
to load BPF and XDP object files respectively.
Define package 'tc' as a singleton package variant, which can be used to
enable additional functionality limited only to tc. Also set ip-tiny
as the default 'ip' variant.
Preserve optionality of libelf by having configuration script follow the
HAVE_ELF environment variable, used similarly to the HAVE_MNL variable.
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
It is unused by default and upstream is trying to remove it as it has
negative effects when the driver is under load. Upstream explanation:
netpoll: avoid capture effects for NAPI drivers
As diagnosed by Song Liu, ndo_poll_controller() can
be very dangerous on loaded hosts, since the cpu
calling ndo_poll_controller() might steal all NAPI
contexts (for all RX/TX queues of the NIC).
This capture, showing one ksoftirqd eating all cycles
can last for unlimited amount of time, since one
cpu is generally not able to drain all the queues under load.
It seems that all networking drivers that do use NAPI
for their TX completions, should not provide a ndo_poll_controller() :
Most NAPI drivers have netpoll support already handled
in core networking stack, since netpoll_poll_dev(
uses poll_napi(dev) to iterate through registered
NAPI contexts for a device.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Although the amount of data read here is smaller than for the
caldata, there still might be some speed gain compared to reading
bytewise. And there is no harm ...
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Reading and writing to and from flash storage is slowed down
enormously by some functions which use a block size of 1.
This patch reworks the extraction scripts to be much faster and
efficient by reading and writing in possibly one big block.
This is based on the initial commit a69e101 for ipq40xx by
Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>.
Speed comparison @ TP-Link TL-WDR4300 (just manually) results
in a time reduction by three orders of magnitude (99.9 %).
> time dd if=/dev/mtd3 of=/lib/firmware/test-slow bs=1 count=4096 skip=4096
4096+0 records in
4096+0 records out
real 0m 15.85s
user 0m 0.06s
sys 0m 13.28s
> time dd if=/dev/mtd3 of=/lib/firmware/test-fast bs=4096 count=1 skip=4096 iflag=skip_bytes
1+0 records in
1+0 records out
real 0m 0.02s
user 0m 0.00s
sys 0m 0.02s
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Reading and writing to and from flash storage is slowed down
enormously by some functions which use a block size of 1.
This patch reworks the extraction scripts to be much faster and
efficient by reading and writing in possibly one big block.
This is based on the initial commit a69e101 for ipq40xx by
Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>.
Speed comparison @ UBNT AC-Mesh (just manually) results
in a time reduction by three orders of magnitude (99.9 %).
> time dd if=/dev/mtd6 of=/lib/firmware/test-slow bs=1 count=4096 skip=4096
4096+0 records in
4096+0 records out
real 0m 16.84s
user 0m 0.07s
sys 0m 13.54s
> time dd if=/dev/mtd6 of=/lib/firmware/test-fast bs=4096 count=1 skip=4096 iflag=skip_bytes
1+0 records in
1+0 records out
real 0m 0.02s
user 0m 0.00s
sys 0m 0.02s
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
We currently generate a kernel that boots from the harddrive
in the DIR-685. That's not how we usually do things, so
let's augment it to boot from flash and mount the rootfs
using squashfs and JFFS2 like everyone else.
Partition splitting only work when the partitions are
inside of a "partitions" node which is why we have a patch
like this (submitted upstream).
Another patch drops the rootfs arguments and renames the
firmware partition while adding the compatible "wrg"
to it so the WRGG parser will kick in.
Factory image was tested by bravely reflashing the DIR-685
from stock firmware using the web UI and the serial console
boot loader.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
The WRGG images exist in both big and little endian variants,
as can be seen from the image generator in
tools/firmware-utils/src/mkwrggimg.c, you either pass
the "-b" flag or not. The D-Link DIR-685 is using little
endian images so we need to support splitting these.
Detect endianness like this: if the kernel entity size
gets silly big (bigger than the flash memory) we are
probably using the wrong endianness.
Example: my kernel of 0x0067ff64 was switched around by
wrong endianness and detected as 0x64ff67a0 (the actual
size in swapped endianness + header 0xa0).
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
EnGenius EPG5000 (v1.0.0, marketed as IoT Gateway) is a dual band
wireless router.
Specification
SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9558
RAM: 256 MB DDR2
Flash: 16 MB SPI NOR
WIFI: 2.4 GHz 3T3R integrated
5 GHz 3T3R QCA9880 Mini PCIe card
Ethernet: 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps QCA8337N
USB: 1x 2.0
LEDS: 4x GPIO controlled
Buttons: 2x GPIO controlled
UART: 4 pin header, starting count from white triangle on PCB
1. VCC 3.3V, 2. GND, 3. TX, 4. RX
baud: 115200, parity: none, flow control: none
Installation
1. Connect to one of LAN (yellow) ethernet ports,
2. Open router configuration interface,
3. Go to Tools > Firmware,
4. Select OpenWrt factory image with dlf extension and hit Apply,
5. Wait few minutes, after the Power LED will stop blinking, the router
is ready for configuration.
Alternative installation
1. Prepare TFTP server with OpenWrt sysupgrade image,
2. Connect to one of LAN (yellow) ethernet ports,
3. Connect to UART port (leaving out VCC pin!),
4. Power on router,
5. When asked to enter a number 1 or 3 hit 2, this will select flashing
image from TFTP server option,
6. You'll be prompted to enter TFTP server ip (default is 192.168.99.8),
then router ip (default is 192.168.99.9) and for last, image name
downloaded from TFTP server (default is uImageESR1200_1750),
7. After providing all information U-Boot will start flashing the image,
You can observe progress on console, it'll take few minutes and when
the Power LED will stop blinking, router is ready for configuration.
Additional information
If connected to UART, when prompted for number on boot, one can enter
number 4 to open bootloader (U-Boot) command line.
OEM firmware shell password is: aigo3d0a0tdagr
useful for creating backup of original firmware.
When doing upgrade from OpenWrt ar71xx image, it is recomended to not keep
the old configuration.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Hardware
--------
CPU: Qualcomm IPQ4019
RAM: 256M (NANYA NT5CC128M16JR-EK)
FLASH: 128M NAND (Macronix MX30LF1G18AC-XKI)
ETH: Qualcomm QCA8072
WiFi2: IPQ4019 2T2R 2SS b/g/n
WiFi5: IPQ4019 2T2R 2SS n/ac
WiFi5: QCA9984 4T4R 4SS n/ac
LED: - Connect green/blue/red
- Power green
BTN: WPS/Connect
UART: 115200n8 3.3V
VCC - RX - TX - GND (Square is VCC)
Installation
------------
1. Grab the uboot for the Device from the 'u-boot-fritz3000'
subdirectory. Place it in the same directory as the 'eva_ramboot.py'
script. It is located in the 'scripts/flashing' subdirectory of the
OpenWRT tree.
2. Assign yourself the IP address 192.168.178.10/24. Connect your
Computer to one of the boxes LAN ports.
3. Connect Power to the Box. As soon as the LAN port of your computer
shows link, load the U-Boot to the box using following command.
> ./eva_ramboot.py --offset 0x85000000 192.168.178.1 uboot-fritz3000.bin
4. The U-Boot will now start. Now assign yourself the IP address
192.168.1.70/24. Copy the OpenWRT initramfs (!) image to a TFTP
server root directory and rename it to 'FRITZ3000.bin'.
5. The Box will now boot OpenWRT from RAM. This can take up to two
minutes.
6. Copy the U-Boot and the OpenWRT sysupgrade (!) image to the Box using
scp. SSH into the Box and first write the Bootloader to both previous
kernel partitions.
> mtd write /path/to/uboot-fritz3000.bin uboot0
> mtd write /path/to/uboot-fritz3000.bin uboot1
7. Remove the AVM filesystem partitions to make room for our kernel +
rootfs + overlayfs.
> ubirmvol /dev/ubi0 --name=avm_filesys_0
> ubirmvol /dev/ubi0 --name=avm_filesys_1
8. Flash OpenWRT peristently using sysupgrade.
> sysupgrade -n /path/to/openwrt-sysupgrade.bin
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
AVM devices based on Qualcomm IPQ40xx do not store sector health
information in the OOB area. Make this check optional to support this
platform.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
AR300M-Lite is single-Ethernet variant of the AR300M series
Its eth0 would otherwise be assigned to the WAN interface
making it unreachable firstboot or failsafe.
Installation instructions from OEM (OpenWrt variant):
* Install sysupgrade.bin using OEM's "Advanced" GUI (LuCI),
* Do not preserve settings
* Access rebooted device via Ethernet at OpenWrt default address
Add previously missing LED defaults for all three variants;
-nand, -nor, -lite to the definitions in 01_leds
Non-lite variants thanks to Andreas Ziegler
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/1049396/
Runtime-tested: GL.iNet AR300M-Lite
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kletsky <git-commits@allycomm.com>
Hardware:
CPU: MediaTek MT7621AT (2x880MHz)
RAM: 512MB DDR3
FLASH: 256MB NAND
WiFi: 2.4GHz 4x4 MT7615 b/g/n (Needs driver, See Issues!)
WiFI: 5GHz 4x4 MT7615 a/n/ac (Needs driver, See Issues!)
USB: 1x 3.0
ETH: 1x WAN 10/100/1000 3x LAN 10/100/1000
LED: Power/Status
BTN: RESET
UART: 115200 8n1
Partition layout and boot:
Stock Xiaomi firmware has the MTD split into (among others)
- kernel0 (@0x200000)
- kernel1 (@0x600000)
- rootfs0
- rootfs1
- overlay (ubi)
Xiaomi uboot expects to find kernels at 0x200000 & 0x600000
referred to as system 1 & system 2 respectively.
a kernel is considered suitable for handing control over
if its linux magic number exists & uImage CRC are correct.
If either of those conditions fail, a matching sys'n'_fail flag
is set in uboot env & a restart performed in the hope that the
alternate kernel is okay.
If neither kernel checksums ok and both are marked failed, system 2
is booted anyway.
Note uboot's tftp flash install writes the transferred
image to both kernel partitions.
Installation:
Similar to the Xiaomi MIR3G, we keep stock Xiaomi firmware in
kernel0 for ease of recovery, and install OpenWRT into kernel1 and
after.
The installation file for OpenWRT is a *squashfs-factory.bin file that
contains the kernel and a ubi partition. This is flashed as follows:
nvram set flag_try_sys1_failed=1
nvram set flag_try_sys2_failed=0
nvram commit
dd if=factory.bin bs=1M count=4 | mtd write - kernel1
dd if=factory.bin bs=1M skip=4 | mtd write - rootfs0
reboot
Reverting to stock:
The part of stock firmware we've kept in kernel0 allows us to run stock
recovery, which will re-flash stock firmware from a *.bin file on a USB.
For this we do the following:
fw_setenv flag_try_sys1_failed 0
fw_setenv flag_try_sys2_failed 1
reboot
After reboot the LED status light will blink red, at which point pressing
the 'reset' button will cause stock firmware to be installed from USB.
Issues:
OpenWRT currently does not have support for the MT7615 wifi chips. There is
ongoing work to add mt7615 support to the open source mt76 driver. Until that
support is in place, there are closed-source kernel modules that can be used.
See: https://forum.openwrt.org/t/support-for-xiaomi-wifi-r3p-pro/20290/170
Signed-off-by: Ozgur Can Leonard <ozgurcan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[02_network remaps, Added link to notes]
Hardware
--------
SOC: QCA9558
RAM: 128M DDR2
Flash: 16MiB SPI-NOR
ETH: QCA8337N: 2x 10/100/1000 PoE and PoE pass-through
WiFi2: QCA9558 (bgn) 2T2R
WiFi5: 2x mPCIE with AR9582 (an) 2T2R
BTN: 1x Reset
GPIO: multiple GPIO on header, PoE passthrough enable
UART: 3.3V 115200 8N1 header on the board
WDG: ATTiny13 watchdog
JTAG: header on the board
USB: 1x connector and 1x header on the board
PoE: 10-32V input in ETH port 1, passthrough in port 2
mPCIE: 2x populated with radios (but replaceable)
OpenWrt is preinstalled from factory. To install use <your-image>-sysupgade.bin
using the web interface or with sysupgrade -n.
Flash from bootloader (in case failsafe does not work)
1. Connect the LibreRouter with a serial adapter (TTL voltage) to the UART
header in the board.
2. Connect an ETH cable and configure static ip addres 192.168.1.10/24
3. Turn on the device and stop the bootloader sending any key through the serial
interface.
4. Use a TFTP server to serve <your image>-sysupgrade.bin file.
5. Execute the following commands at the bootloader prompt:
ath> tftp 82000000 <your image>-sysupgrade.bin
ath> erase 0x9f050000 +$filesize
ath> cp.b 0x82000000 0x9f050000 $filesize
ath> bootm 0x9f050000
More docs
* Bootloader https://github.com/librerouterorg/u-boot
* Board details (schematics, gerbers): https://github.com/librerouterorg/board
Signed-off-by: Santiago Piccinini <spiccinini@altermundi.net>
This removes the 'cs-gpios' property from the AVM FRITZ!Box 7530 NAND
controller node. As pointed out by Christian Lamparter, the property is
not needed by the Qualcomm NAND controller driver.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This patch fixes a problem that was discovered during DSA
development. On the MR33, the link change events from the
external AR8035-PHY would never make it to the qca8k driver.
The issue turned out to be a misplaced memcpy that was copying
over the zero-initialized irq table, when it should have been
set to PHY_POLL. Hence this patch moves the memcpy after the
array has been initialized.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Openssh uses digest contexts across forks, which is not supported by the
/dev/crypto engine. The speed of digests is usually not worth enabling
them anyway. This changes the default of the DIGESTS option to NONE, so
the user still has the option to enable them.
Added another patch related to the use of encryption contexts across
forks, that ignores a failure to close a previous open session when
reinitializing a context, instead of failing the reinitialization.
Added a link to the Cryptographic Hardware Accelerators document to the
engine pacakges description, to provide more detailed instructions to
configure the engines.
Revert the removal of the OPENSSL_ENGINE_CRYPTO symbol, currently used
by openssh. There is an open PR to update openssh; when merged, this
symbol can be safely removed.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cote2004-github@yahoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> [refresh patches]
PogoPlug Pro comes with AzureWave AW-NE762H PCIe module containing
Ralink's Rt3090 chip supported by the rt2x00 driver.
Install the driver as well as wpad-basic.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Imported from patchwork, patches marked with '=' have already been in
our tree:
[v3,1/4] cfg80211: add ratelimited variants of err and warn
[v3,2/4] rt2x00: use ratelimited variants dev_warn/dev_err
[v3,3/4] rt2x00: check number of EPROTO errors
=[v3,4/4] rt2x00: do not print error when queue is full
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
TP-Link RE350K v1 (FCC ID: TE7RE350K) is a wall-plug AC1200 Wi-Fi range
extender with 'Kasa Smart' support. Device is based on Qualcomm/Atheros
QCA9558 + QCA9882 + AR8035 platform and is available only on US market.
Specification:
- 720/600/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of flash (SPI NOR)
- 1x 1 Gbps Ethernet (AR8035)
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz (QCA9558), with ext. PA (SE2565T) and LNA (SKY65971-11)
- 2T2R 5 GHz (QCA9882), with ext. PA (SE5003L1-R) and LNA (SKY65981-11)
- 2x U.FL connector on PCB
- 2x dual-band PCB antennas
- 1x LED, 2x dual-color LED (all driven by GPIO)
- 3x button (app config, led, reset)
- 1x mechanical on/off slide switch
- 1x UART (4-pin, 2.54 mm pitch) header on PCB
- 1x JTAG (8-pin, 1.27 mm pitch) header on PCB
Flash instruction:
Use 'factory' image directly in vendor GUI (default IP: 192.168.0.254,
default credentials: admin/admin).
Warning:
This device does not include any kind of recovery mechanism in U-Boot.
Vendor firmware access:
You can access vendor firmware over serial (RX line requires jumper
resistor in R306 place, near XTAL) with: root/sohoadmin credentials.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
ALFA Network Tube-E4G is an outdoor, dual-SIM LTE Cat. 4 CPE, based on
MediaTek MT7620A, equipped with Quectel EC25 miniPCIe modem.
Specification:
- MT7620A (580 MHz)
- 64/128/256 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16/32 MB of flash (SPI NOR)
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, with passive PoE support (24 V)
- 1x miniPCIe slot (with PCIe and USB 2.0 buses)
- 2x SIM slot (mini, micro) with detect and switch driven by GPIO
- 1x detachable antenna (modem main)
- 1x internal antenna (modem div)
- 1x GPS passive antenna (optional)
- 5x LED (all driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- UART (4-pin, 2.54 mm pitch) header on PCB
Other:
Default SIM slot is selected at an early stage by U-Boot, based on
'default_sim' environment value: 1 or unset = SIM1 (mini), 2 = SIM2
(micro). U-Boot also resets the modem, using #PERST signal, before
starting kernel.
Flash instruction:
You can use the 'sysupgrade' image directly in vendor firmware which is
based on OpenWrt (make sure to not preserve settings - use 'sysupgrade
-n -F ...' command). Alternatively, use web recovery mode in U-Boot:
1. Power the device with reset button pressed, the LAN LED will start
blinking slowly and after ~3 seconds, when it starts blinking faster,
you can release the button.
2. Setup static IP 192.168.1.2/24 on your PC.
3. Go to 192.168.1.1 in browser and upload 'sysupgrade' image.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
This disables PL010 and 8250 serial support for this platform
as both drivers are not used: the debug UART is PL011 and the
application UARTs use a dedicated MXS specific driver.
The kernel size reduction is neglectable, but it also removes
the non-working (confusing) /dev/ttyS0 and /dev/ttyS1 devices
in a running system (which generate errors when trying to use):
root@OpenWrt:~# echo "hello world" > /dev/ttyS0
ash: write error: I/O error
root@OpenWrt:~#
Signed-off-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
Add missing /usr/sbin install dir fixing :
install: cannot create regular file 'build_dir/target-x86_64_musl/busybox-1.30.1/.pkgdir/busybox/usr/sbin/ntpd-hotplug': No such file or directory
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Move PCIe controller outside down to SoC level to avoid resource
mapping problems.
Also add more detailed error handling when mapping registers.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
cfb47d30 Take into account larger frame size for prioritization
dbbe4e01 Remove unused field
371bc3a8 clang-format
5e7889c5 Update manual pages
b1b2ad50 Bump up version number to 1.37.0, LT revision to 31:2:17
e043ca83 Update AUTHORS
c2434dfb Simplify stream_less
816ad210 Reuse name when indexing header by referencing dynamic table
f5feb16e Merge pull request #1295 from bratkartoffel/fix-compile-boringssl
adf09f21 Merge pull request #1303 from donny-dont/fix-shared-install
2591960e Explicitly set install location when building shared libs
d93842db nghttpx: Fix backend stall if header and request body are sent in 2 packets
8dc2b263 nghttpx: Use std::priority_queue
8d842701 Update manual pages
de85b0fd Update README
5d6beed5 Merge branch 'nghttpx-backend-weight'
1ff9de4c nghttpx: Backend address selection with weight
34482ed4 Fix compilation with boringssl
9b6ced66 Bump up version number to 1.37.0-DEV
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This fixes the following compile problem with kernel 4.20:
In file included from arp.c:20:0:
include/linux/if_arp.h:121:16: error: 'IFNAMSIZ' undeclared here (not in a function)
char arp_dev[IFNAMSIZ];
^~~~~~~~
make[7]: *** [Makefile:459: arp.o] Error 1
This is caused by commit 6a12709da354 ("net: if_arp: use define instead
of hard-coded value") in the upstream Linux kernel which is integrated
in Linux 4.20.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
They should be relative to apb-bridge@47000000 rather than to the
pcie-controller@c00000 inside it.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Traverse LS1043 boards are set up with a dual-system layout, rootfs{1,2} and kernel{1,2}.
nand_do_upgrade can do the image replacement work we were doing before as long as we give it the partition names.
This greatly simplifies the /lib/upgrade/platform.sh.
Signed-off-by: Mathew McBride <matt@traverse.com.au>
Upcoming product specification and branding changes mean that the names in tree do not accurately reflect released products.
To reduce any confusion, sort our boards by SoC family, e.g traverse-ls1043. Any future boards using Layerscape family SoC's
will be treated the same way, e.g Device/traverse-ls/lx/laXXXX.
The affected boards so far have only been available through OEM channels and those aren't using the provided sysupgrade.
Signed-off-by: Mathew McBride <matt@traverse.com.au>
The configure script broke when used in alpine-3.9 based docker containers. Fixed in wolfSSL >3.15.7.
Signed-off-by: Moritz Warning <moritzwarning@web.de>
Require the word "warning" to appear at the start of a line, after
whitespace, or after a `:`. This is the same that CTest launchers use
to match warnings. It avoids matching "warning" inside file paths.
Fixed in cmake 3.14.0.
Signed-off-by: Moritz Warning <moritzwarning@web.de>
This patch re-enables the reset_ppe() functionality for VR9 targets by using
the new lantiq rcu subsystem. The reset sequence in the reset_ppe() function
was taken from the ppa datapath driver of lantiq UGW 7.4.1.
Additionally it adds the required reset definitions to the vr9 dtsi file.
It also prepares the reset_ppe() function calls for the other lantiq targets.
This feature is needed to be able to switch between ltq-atm/ltq-ptm driver
in ATM/PTM Auto-Mode at runtime.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
Hardware:
- SoC: Lantiq VRX288
- RAM: Winbond W971GG6JB 1 Gb (128 MiB)
- Flash:
- SPI: 8 Mb (1 MiB) for bootloader and tffs
- NAND: 1 Gb (128 MiB) for OS
- xDSL: Lantiq VRX208
- WLAN: Atheros AR9381
- DECT: Dialog Semiconductors SC14441
Everything except FXS/DECT works
(no drivers for AVM's FXS implementation with SC14441).
Installation via FTP:
1. Use scripts/flashing/eva_ramboot.py to send initramfs-kernel.bin
to the device when powering on.
Standard AVM procedures with finding the correct IP address and
the right moment to open FTP apply here (approx. 4 seconds on 7362SL).
IMPORTANT: set lzma compression in ramdisk options, bootloader stalls
when receiving uncompressed images.
2. Transfer sysupgrade.bin image with scp to /tmp directory
and run sysupgrade
3. First boot might take a bit longer if linux_fs_start was set to 1,
in that case the device will reboot twice, first time it will fail to load
second kernel (overwritten by ubifs), set linux_fs_start to 0 and reboot.
OpenWrt uses the entire NAND flash. Kernel uses 4 MiB and rootfs uses
the rest of 124 MiB, overwriting everything related to FRITZ!OS - both
OS images, config and answering machine/media server data.
To return to FRITZ!OS, use AVM's recovery image.
Signed-off-by: Danijel Tudek <danijel.tudek@gmail.com>
Hardware:
SoC: Lantiq VRX 220
CPU Cores: 2x MIPS 34Kc at 500 MHz
RAM: 128 MiB 250 MHz
Storage: 128 MiB NAND flash
Ethernet: built-in Fast Ethernet switch, only port 2 is used
Wireless: Atheros AR9287-BL1A b/g/n with 2 pcb antennas
Modem: built-in A/VDSL2 modem
DECT: Dialog SC14441
LEDs: 1 two-color, 4 one-color
Buttons: 2
FXS: 1 port via TAE or RJ12 connector
Everything except FXS/DECT works
(no drivers for AVM's FXS implementation with SC14441).
Installation:
Use the eva_ramboot.py script to load an initramfs image on the
device. Run it a few seconds after turning the device on.
$ scripts/flashing eva_ramboot 192.168.178.1 bin/targets/lantiq/xrx200/openwrt-lantiq-xrx200-avm_fritz7412-initramfs-kernel.bin
If it fails to find the device try the ip address 169.254.120.1.
(Firmware updates or the recovery tool apparently change it.)
IMPORTANT: set lzma compression in ramdisk options, bootloader stalls
when receiving uncompressed images.
The device will load it in ram and boot it. You can reach it under
the openwrt default ip address 192.168.1.1.
Check if the key linux_fs_start is not set to 1 in tffs:
$ fritz_tffs_nand -d /dev/mtd1 -n linux_fs_start
If it is set to 1, the bootloader will select the wrong set of
partitions. Restart the box and install an FritzOS upgrade or do a
recovery. Afterwards start again at step 1.
Run sysupgrade to persistently install OpenWRT.
Signed-off-by: Valentin Spreckels <Valentin.Spreckels@Informatik.Uni-Oldenburg.de>
Signed-off-by: Andy Binder <AndyBinder@gmx.de>
A tool for reading the TFFS partitions (a name-value storage usually
found in AVM Fritz!Box based devices) on nand flash.
Copyright (c) 2018 Valentin Spreckels <Valentin.Spreckels@Informatik.Uni-Oldenburg.DE>
Based on the fritz_tffs_read tool:
Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
and on the TFFS 2.0 kernel driver from AVM:
Copyright (c) 2004-2007 AVM GmbH <fritzbox_info@avm.de>
and the TFFS 3.0 kernel driver from AVM:
Copyright (C) 2004-2014 AVM GmbH <fritzbox_info@avm.de>
and the OpenWrt TFFS kernel driver:
Copyright (c) 2013 John Crispin <blogic@openwrt.org>
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
Signed-off-by: Valentin Spreckels <Valentin.Spreckels@Informatik.Uni-Oldenburg.de>
Signed-off-by: Andy Binder <AndyBinder@gmx.de>
The patches to the /dev/crypto engine were commited to openssl master,
and will be in the next major version (3.0).
Changes:
- Optimization in computing a digest in one operation, saving an ioctl
- Runtime configuration options for the choice of algorithms to use
- Command to dump useful information about the algorithms supported by
the engine and the system.
- Build the devcrypto engine as a dynamic module, like other engines.
The devcrypto engine is built as a separate package by default, but
options were added to allow building the engines into the main library.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cote2004-github@yahoo.com>
[refresh patches]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
YunCore A770 is a ceiling AC750 AP with 2 Fast Ethernet ports, PoE
(802.3at) support, based on QCA9531 + QCA9887.
Specification:
- 650/597/216 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of flash (SPI NOR)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (PoE 802.3at support in WAN port)
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz (QCA9531), with ext. PA and LNA
- 1T1R 5 GHz (QCA9887), with ext. FEM (SKY85728-11)
- 2x regular LED, 1x RGB LED (all driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- DC jack for main power input (12 V)
- UART header on PCB
Flash instruction:
1. First, gain root access to the device, following below steps:
- Login into web gui (default password/IP: admin/192.168.188.253).
- Go to 'Advanced' -> 'Management' -> 'System' and download backup of
configuration (bakfile.bin).
- Open the file as tar.gz archive, edit/update 'shadow' file and change
hash of root password to something known.
- Repack the archive, rename it back to 'bakfile.bin' and use to
restore configuration of the device.
- After that, device will reboot and can be accessed over SSH.
2. Then, install OpenWrt:
- Login over SSH and issue command:
fw_setenv bootcmd "bootm 0x9f050000 || bootm 0x9fe80000"
- Upload 'sysupgrade' image and install it (only if previous command
succeeded) with command: 'sysupgrade -n -F openwrt-...'.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Backport below changes for I2C QUP driver from v4.17:
0668bc44a426 i2c: qup: fix copyrights and update to SPDX identifier
7239872fb340 i2c: qup: fixed releasing dma without flush operation completion
eb422b539c1f i2c: qup: minor code reorganization for use_dma
6d5f37f166bb i2c: qup: remove redundant variables for BAM SG count
c5adc0fa63a9 i2c: qup: schedule EOT and FLUSH tags at the end of transfer
7e6c35fe602d i2c: qup: fix the transfer length for BAM RX EOT FLUSH tags
3f450d3eea14 i2c: qup: proper error handling for i2c error in BAM mode
08f15963bc75 i2c: qup: use the complete transfer length to choose DMA mode
ecb6e1e5f435 i2c: qup: change completion timeout according to transfer length
6f2f0f6465ac i2c: qup: fix buffer overflow for multiple msg of maximum xfer len
f7714b4e451b i2c: qup: send NACK for last read sub transfers
fbfab1ab0658 i2c: qup: reorganization of driver code to remove polling for qup v1
7545c7dba169 i2c: qup: reorganization of driver code to remove polling for qup v2
This fixes various I2C issues observed on AP120C-AC board equipped with
Atmel/Microchip AT97SC3205T TPM module.
Tested-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Use 'ath10k-calibration-variant' (with the value sent upstream) for the
second (5 GHz) radio in AP120C-AC board DTS. First radio uses the same
BDF as in one of Qualcomm reference designs.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Add specific 'variant' for 'bus=ahb,bmi-chip-id=0,bmi-board-id=25' BDF.
Use the same value ('ALFA-Network-AP120C-AC') as sent upstream.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
This is useful in for the attendedsyupsgrade server (asu) to
distinguish between snapshot version. Currently asu can't tell devices
requesting a snapshot build if the same build is already installed.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Instead of showing a slightly more readable target like
"ar71xx (Generic)" print the more generic format "ar71xx/genric"
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
1d7760d mt76: mt7603: set moredata flag when queueing ps-filtered packets
0b927b2 mt76: fix return value check in mt76_wmac_probe()
e72376d mt76x02: fix hdr pointer in write txwi for USB
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Fixes timeouts with trying to access the FTP site.
Also remove mirror2.openwrt.org, which does not keep current tarballs
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This patch fixes a crash that occured on the
BT Home Hub v5a (lantiq/xrx200) which resulted
in the device bootlooping.
Reported-by: Ryan Mounce <ryan@mounce.com.au>
Tested-by: Vitalij Alshevsky <v_alshevsky@tut.by>
Fixes: ddece08bf4 ("kernel: owl-loader: fix sparse endian warnings")
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
dts: disable port4 and leave it ephy mode because it connect to nothing
switch port5 connected to GE port we use it as wan port
Signed-off-by: Chen Minqiang <ptpt52@gmail.com>
fixes intermittent loss of connectivity on 1Gbit port, with
log message:
803x_aneg_done: SGMII link is not ok
Signed-off-by: Mantas Pucka <mantas@8devices.com>
This backports upstream commit
34d5629 ath10k: limit available channels via DT ieee80211-freq-limit
to the 4.19 ath10k-ct version. Without this patch, disabled channels
are still listed as a supported configuration for the radio.
The identical patch was also backported by OpenWRT to the non-ct driver.
It can be dropped as soon as we switch to an ath10k-ct version based on
4.20 or higher.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Release notes since last update:
wave-1 firmware:
* Feb 14, 2019: Remove logic that causes assert when swba logic is not
initialized. This was seen when trying to bring up 6 VAP
vdevs. A similar fix went into wave-2 firmware some time
ago.
* Feb 27, 2019: Support up to 32 vAP vdevs, fix stack corruption when
driver requests too many vAP.
* Feb 28, 2019: Support beacon-tx-wmi callback message. This lets driver
properly clean up beacon buffers so we don't crash
(somethings the entire OS/system) due to DMA errors.
wave-2 firmware:
* Feb 27. 2019: Support up to 32 AP vdevs. Previous to this, stack would
be corrupted if you went past 16 AP vdevs.
* Feb 28, 2019: Support beacon-tx-wmi callback message. This lets driver
properly clean up beacon buffers. In wave-1, this could
crash the entire OS, but I didn't see the same crashes
in wave-2, so maybe it is fixed in some other way. Add
the feature regardless as it seems proper.
Signed-off-by: Michael Yartys <michael.yartys@gmail.com>
9360f389234a ath10k: Support up to 24 vAP per radio, fix DMA bug in wave-1.
9cbf8d430974 ath10k-ct: Add 4.20 driver, SGI support for fixed-rate tx.
Runtime tested on: ipq806x
Signed-off-by: Michael Yartys <michael.yartys@gmail.com>
The current snapshot release kernel with it's 2119245 Byte
size is too big to fit into the 2097152 (2MiB) area that
was set aside for the kernel. Which causes the device to
fail to boot (after an update or even during a fresh install)
NAND read: device 0 offset 0x60000, size 0x200000
2097152 bytes read: OK
## Booting kernel from Legacy Image at 80800000 ...
Image Name: MIPS OpenWrt Linux-4.14.98
Created: 2019-02-13 9:37:36 UTC
Image Type: MIPS Linux Kernel Image (lzma compressed)
Data Size: 2119245 Bytes = 2 MiB
Load Address: 80002000
Entry Point: 80002000
Verifying Checksum ... Bad Data CRC
ERROR: can't get kernel image!
This patch fixes the problem by enlarging the kernel partition
at the cost of the ubi/data partition behind it. The patch
also adds a KERNEL_SIZE variable to the image Makefile to
prevent silent corruptions from happening in the future.
Please note: The u-boot environment for the router also
needs to be updated. So please attach an appropriate
serial converter cable and enter the following commands
into the u-boot prompt:
setenv nboot 'nand read 0x80800000 0x60000 0x300000; bootm 0x80800000'
saveenv
The wiki has been updated accordingly:
<https://openwrt.org/toh/zyxel/p2812hnu-f1>
Fixes: FS#2124
Suggested-by: Mafketel (User on bugs.openwrt.org)
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Having image metadata (and signature) appended is a condition for
semi-automated sysupgrade, hence IB needs to be able to tell which
images will end up with metadata.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Similar to the (currently unused) mt7620_get_eco() function, introduce
mt7620_get_chipver() and mt7620_get_pkg() functions to allow rt2x00 to
probe for the type of WiSoC. This is ugly and probably unacceptable
for upstream, however, it should help to evaluate which of those hacks
are actually really needed, enumerate the possible values and label
them in a more meaningful way than currently done in the vendor driver.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
allow downstream projects to see the current version of the metadata,
usefull if eventually more variables change
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
currently the "board" parameter contains $(BOARD) which actually results
to `<target>` (like ramips, ar71xx) without subtarget. However, one
actually excepts (not?) to contain BOARD_NAME or DEVICE_NAME.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
This fixes a possible unbalanced dev_hold():
> iw dev bar del
[ 237.355366] unregister_netdevice: waiting for bar to become free. Usage count = 1
[ 247.435362] unregister_netdevice: waiting for bar to become free. Usage count = 1
[ 257.545366] unregister_netdevice: waiting for bar to become free. Usage count = 1
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Fix an issue where subinterfaces were not added to the same
firewall zone as their parent.
Fixes: FS#2122
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Starting from kernel 4.5, phy_id needs to be fetched from a different location.
not doing so results in this compile error:
drivers/net/ethernet/atheros/ag71xx/ag71xx_phy.c: In function 'ag71xx_phy_connect_multi':
drivers/net/ethernet/atheros/ag71xx/ag71xx_phy.c:133:35: error: 'struct mdio_device' has no member named 'phy_id'
ag->mii_bus->mdio_map[phy_addr]->phy_id);
^
./include/linux/printk.h:137:18: note: in definition of macro 'no_printk'
printk(fmt, ##__VA_ARGS__); \
^~~~~~~~~~~
drivers/net/ethernet/atheros/ag71xx/ag71xx.h:72:27: note: in expansion of macro 'pr_debug'
#define DBG(fmt, args...) pr_debug(fmt, ## args)
^~~~~~~~
drivers/net/ethernet/atheros/ag71xx/ag71xx_phy.c:130:3: note: in expansion of macro 'DBG'
DBG("%s: PHY found at %s, uid=%08x\n",
^~~
scripts/Makefile.build:326: recipe for target 'drivers/net/ethernet/atheros/ag71xx/ag71xx_phy.o' failed
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Currently STA+AP re-transmitting the management frames with
incremented sequence number if hardware is assigning the sequence.
Fix is to assign the sequence number for Beacon by hardware
and for other Management frames software will assign the
sequence number
Signed-off-by: Vijayakumar Durai <vijayakumar.durai1@vivint.com>
CPU: AR9342 SoC
RAM: 64 MB DDR2
Flash: 8 MB NOR SPI
Ports: 2x100 MBit (24V PoE in, 24V PoE out), AR8236 switch
WLAN: 2.4/5 GHz
UART: 1 UART
LEDs: Power, 2x Ethernet, 4x RSSI LEDs (orange, red, 2x green)
Buttons: Reset
Flashing instructions using recovery method over TFTP
1. Unplug the ethernet cable from the router.
2. Using paper clip press and hold the router's reset button. Make sure
you can feel it depressed by the paper clip. Do not release the button
until step 4.
3. While keeping the reset button pressed in, plug the ethernet cable
back into the AP. Keep the reset button depressed until you see the
device's LEDs flashing in upgrade mode (alternating LED1/LED3 and
LED2/LED4), this may take up to 25 seconds.
4. You may release the reset button, now the device should be in TFTP
transfer mode.
5. Set a static IP on your Computer's NIC. A static IP of 192.168.1.25/24
should work.
6. Plug the PoE injector's LAN cable directly to your computer.
7. Start tftp client and issue following commands:
tftp> binary
tftp> connect 192.168.1.20
tftp> put openwrt-ath79-generic-ubnt-nano-m-xw-squashfs-factory.bin
Tested-by: Joe Ayers <ae6xe@arrl.net>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
While converting Nanostation M XW from current ar71xx code to ath79 I've
hit one issue, where the ethernet networking wasn't working, so I was
checking every bit in the networking setup path between ar71xx and
ath79.
I've came to the following code in ar71xx/mach-ubnt-xm.c:
static void __init ubnt_xw_init(void) {
...
ath79_setup_ar934x_eth_cfg(AR934X_ETH_CFG_MII_GMAC0 |
AR934X_ETH_CFG_MII_GMAC0_SLAVE);
...
}
Where this code is setting AR934X_ETH_CFG_MII_GMAC0_SLAVE bit in
AR934X_GMAC_REG_ETH_CFG register, but I couldn't find a way of setting
this bit from DTS, so this patch adds `mii-gmac0-slave` DTS property
which allows setting of this bit in `gmac-config`, which is then used in
Nanostation M XW DTS.
Tested-by: Joe Ayers <ae6xe@arrl.net>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This allows resetting gmac registers during initialization.
Also add compatible string for qca955x mdio to enable more mdio
clock dividers.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
On ar933x and later chips, there are separated mac/mdio resets, but
resetting the entire gmac block with register values requires both
mac_reset and mdio_reset to be asserted together.
Add support for optional mdio reset so that we can do a full reset
if needed.
This patch also replaced deprecated devm_reset_control_get for
mac reset.
To use this feature, the following is needed:
1. drop "simple-mfd" compatible to register mdio0 after gmac init
so that mdio registers aren't reset after initialization.
2. move mdio reset from mdio-bus to its parent eth node.
NOTE: This can't be applied on gmac1 with builtin switch since we
haven't add a feature to defer probe if phy connection failed.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
remove the hacky checking of "simple-mfd" compatible
also add some comments explaining that piece of code.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
using the devm api makes the code simpler.
also drop unneeded memory free from ag71xx_remove since they are
allocated using devm apis.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
phy_modes() in phy.h can convert PHY modes to string with supports
for all available PHY modes.
Also add a space in mode printing to make it look better.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Refactor pcie-oxnas to have shared resources in syscon and new pcie-phy
driver. Hopefully this revives PCIe...
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
gnu date is present in our staging_dir which means squashfskit will fail
to build. Prevent also a race condition if coreutils is build after
squashfskit.
To prevent a race condition, depend on coreutils.
Acked-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
3c6df9b mt76: rewrite dma descriptor base and ring size on queue reset
30e757e mt76: mt76x02: when setting a key, use PN from mac80211
fa83406 mt76: mt76x2: implement full device restart on watchdog reset
ead881b mt76: mt76x02: do not sync PN for keys with sw_iv set
ba1d989 mt76: mmio: move mt76x02_set_irq_mask in mt76 module
283ebbe mt76: dma: move mt76x02_init_{tx,rx}_queue in mt76 module
b216d3c mt76: introduce q->stopped parameter
8b437d2 mt76x02: clear sta and vif driver data structures on add
2c62d03 mt76x02: clear running flag when resetting state on restart
6b10cfc mt76: mt76x02: only update the base mac address if necessary
669bc49 mt76: mt76x02: reduce false positives in ED/CCA tx blocking
2ed9382 mt76: mt7603: fix tx status HT rate validation
d2c6823 mt76: mt76x2: fix external LNA gain settings
8ee2259 mt76: mt76x2: fix 2.4 GHz channel gain settings
8bfe6d4 mt76: mt7603: clear ps filtering mode before releasing buffered frames
d13b065 mt76: mt7603: fix up hardware queue index for PS filtered packets
eb1ecc4 mt76: mt7603: notify mac80211 about buffered frames in ps queue
3687eec mt76: mt7603: clear the service period on releasing PS filtered packets
42ab27e mt76: when releasing PS frames, end the service period if no frame was found
461f3b0 mt76: mt76x02: disable ED/CCA by default
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
ieee80211w support is only activated in hostapd when at least one
capable driver is build into the image. Many drivers which are capable
of ieee80211 (MFP) and have the MFP_CAPABLE set in the driver are still
missing the DRIVER_11W_SUPPORT dependency. Add this to more driver
capable of ieee80211w.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
At some point our initramfs image grew over 6MB, which is
causing an issue when uncompressing in the stock bootloader:
=> bootm 0x5000000 - 0x1000000;
Image Name: Linux-4.19.24
Created: 2019-02-23 1:58:20 UTC
Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
Data Size: 6752470 Bytes = 6.4 MB
Load Address: 00000000
Entry Point: 00000000
Verifying Checksum ... OK
Booting using the fdt blob at 0x1000000
Uncompressing Kernel Image ... Error: inflate() returned -5
GUNZIP: uncompress, out-of-mem or overwrite error - must RESET
board to recover
Loading Device Tree to 00ffa000, end 00fffc78 ... OK
To get around this, we need to move to an uncompressed image
for the initramfs image. While this makes a larger image, it
is thankfully bootable so people can then convert their
devices to run OpenWRT. It's worth noting the non-initramfs
image is under 3M, so it will be ages before we have any issues
with the flashed kernel.
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[keep commit message at less than 75 characters per line]
This commit makes the TP-Link hardware-revision naming consistent to
match the one used by the vendor. TP-Link refers to the different
revisions as "vX" not "Version X".
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Device specification:
- SoC: Ralink RT3883 (MIPS 74Kc) 500Mhz
- RAM: 64Mb
- Flash: 8MB (SPI-NOR)
- Ethernet: 10/100/1000 Mbps
- WLAN
Wireless 1: SoC-integrated : 2.4/5 GHz
Wireless 2: 2.4 GHz RT3092L
- LED: 2x USB, WAN, LAN
- Key: WPS, reset
- Serial: 4-pin header, (57600,8,N,1), 3.3V TTL,
GND, RX, TX, V - J12 marking on board
- USB ports: 2 x USB 2.0
Flashing instructions:
Option 1 (from bootloader web)
- Hold reset button on the back of router when plugging
in power (for at-least 10 seconds after plugged in)
- Connect to a Lan port
- Set computer IP to 10.10.10.3
- Go to http://10.10.10.123 in a web browser
- Click the Browse... Button and select the
*squashfs.sysupgrade.bin file then click APPLY
Option 2 (from the stock admin web)
- Go to firmware upgrade
- Upload the **factory** image *initramfs.bin first
- Boot into openwrt
- From Luci web in openwrt upload the *squashfs.sysupgrade.bin
Signed-off-by: Kip Porterfield <kip.porterfield@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[added v1 to the compatible identifier, added pciid for
the RT3092L, fixed pci unit-address, split out the F9K110X.dtsi
to prepare for a possible F9K1103 patch]
Commit 34b10b46 made usb match with the corresponding usb label.
The problem is that v4 seems to use in stock firmware the
upper led for usb 1 and the lower led for usb 2.
The led assigned varies between TP-Link models and even
same model versions. For example, Archer C7 v1 and v2 have
the leds in the reverse order.
Revert 34b10b46 and swap led labels instead, now usb port
and led label match and also respect the original behavior.
Tested-by: Oldrich Jedlicka <oldium.pro@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David Santamaría Rogado <howl.nsp@gmail.com>
The linux-4.14.99 had introduced below upstream patch.
6636dc5e01c6 arm64: io: Ensure value passed to __iormb() is held in a 64-bit register
It was causing VFIO driver build issue. This patch is to fix it.
CC drivers/vfio/fsl-mc/vfio_fsl_mc.o
In file included from ./include/linux/scatterlist.h:9:0,
from ./include/linux/iommu.h:22,
from drivers/vfio/fsl-mc/vfio_fsl_mc.c:14:
drivers/vfio/fsl-mc/vfio_fsl_mc.c: In function 'vfio_fsl_mc_dprc_wait_for_response':
./arch/arm64/include/asm/io.h:122:45: error: expected expression before ')' token
: "=r" (tmp) : "r" ((unsigned long)(v)) \
^
drivers/vfio/fsl-mc/vfio_fsl_mc.c:334:3: note: in expansion of macro '__iormb'
__iormb();
^~~~~~~
./arch/arm64/include/asm/io.h:122:45: error: expected expression before ')' token
: "=r" (tmp) : "r" ((unsigned long)(v)) \
^
drivers/vfio/fsl-mc/vfio_fsl_mc.c:336:3: note: in expansion of macro '__iormb'
__iormb();
^~~~~~~
Reported-by: Mathew McBride <matt@traverse.com.au>
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Reading and writing to and from flash storage is slow and currently,
the ath10kcal_extract() scripts are even more at an disadvantage
because they use a block size of 1 to be able skip.
This patch reworks the extraction scripts to be much faster and
efficient by reading and writing the calibration data in possibly
one big block.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This is a simple copy of ipq40xx: speed up ath10k-caldata
extraction commit a69e101ed1
Tested on DIR-825-B1
3768+0 records in
3768+0 records out
real 0m 11.90s
user 0m 0.03s
sys 0m 9.94s
1+0 records in
1+0 records out
real 0m 0.03s
user 0m 0.00s
sys 0m 0.03s
With this change eeprom extraction is fast enough to get
working Wi-Fi after initial install.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Tunin <hanipouspilot@gmail.com>
This patch adds more disabled DRM config symbols from the
x86' config to the generic target configs. The existing
symbols in the x86' configs are kept for now, until we
know whenever we want to remove such symbols or not
(see Github PR #1831, #1825, #1828).
THis patch also contains a squashed patch from
Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net> titled
"kernel: Fix config for 4.14" which fixes a duplicated line
added by: commit 8bdc241d01 ("x86: fix geode image builds")
Fixes: 8bdc241d01 ("x86: fix geode image builds")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
b514490 iwinfo: add device id for MediaTek MT7603E
e9e1400 iwinfo: more Ralink and MediaTek WiSoC and PCIe chips
cb108c5 iwinfo: fix capitalization of vendor name
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Contains the following change
eeef7b5 blobmsg_json: blobmsg_format_string: do not escape '/'
Resolves FS#2147
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
The change was made with the following commands
cd package/utils/busybox/config
../convert_menuconfig.pl ~/git-repo/openwrt/openwrt/build_dir/target-mips_24kc_musl/busybox-1.30.1
convert_defaults.pl has no changes other than overwriting defaults for
BUSYBOX_DEFAULT_FEATURE_IPV6
Resolves FS#2146
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
This is to align with upstream change 72089cf ("config: deindent all
help texts") and to make the follow-up change syncing Config.in files
with current busybox version more reviewable
It was made with the following commands
cd package/utils/busybox/config
find . -name 'Config.in' | xargs sed -ir -e 's/^\t \([^ ]\)/\t\1/'
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
consolidate patch 651-rt2x00-remove-unneccesary-code.patch.
fixup the most obvious whitespace problems in RXIQ and TX-LOFT code.
always backup registers bbpr1, bbpr4, bbpr241 and bbpr242 to avoid
compiler warning about them being potentially uninitialized.
no functional changes (intended)
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
All supported boards should work with the $vendor bootloader just fine.
Existing users should mindfully re-flash using new initramfs build and
restore $vendor bootloader's bootcmd to it's original setting.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Add port handles for both USB 2.0 ports so they can be used as
trigger-source for USB LEDs.
Suggestions for pogoplug and akitio,mycloud devices are welcome.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Use tested values on shuttle,kd20 and assumed values for
mitrastar,stg-212 and cloudengines,pogoplug*.
akitio users have yet to report back stock flash layout to support
vendor bootloader environment there as well.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
ar has a deterministic (-D) and non-deterministic (-U) mode.
OpenWrt is already using the deterministic mode by default,
but ncurses' configure script force this to be non-deterministic.
Since autoreconf fails to generate a new configure, the configure script
is directly modified.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
When autoloading more than one modules per packages,
/etc/modules.d/$module depends on the file system ordering.
To test this: use disorderfs on the build_dir and build kmod-sched.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
add kernel and other missing NAND flash partitions to allow booting
using stock loader instead of the 2nd-stage bootloader.
This will ease installation from stock firmware on pogoplugs as well
as stg212 aka. medion nas.
Existing users of OpenWrt on those boards will have to boot initramfs
generated after this commit and subsequently flash first the ubinized
image, then again run initramfs to flash sysupgrade.tar image, and
then restore bootcmd in U-Boot environment back to the original setting
('nboot 60500000 0 440000' or something like that) instead of jumping
into the now no longer used 2nd-stage loader.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
NEC WG2600HP uses port1 on QCA8337 as a WAN port, so "0x2" should
be used as a portmask instead of "0x1e" for "WAN" LED configuration.
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
This patch changes all the legacy usbdev leds triggers
to the use usbport. The problem is that the usbdev triggers
get applied as usbport in sysfs but LuCI gets confused and
is not able to show the configuration with usbdev. More
information can be found in the PR:
<https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/1819>
Signed-off-by: David Santamaría Rogado <howl.nsp@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[extended commit message]
In the production of glinet, the MAC address of ethernet port is
only written at the position where the ART area offset address
is 0, and the MAC address of eth1 is added 1 on the basis of eth0.
Signed-off-by: Luo chongjun <luochongjun@gl-inet.com>
Hardware
--------
CPU: Qualcomm IPQ4019
RAM: 256M
FLASH: 128M NAND
ETH: QCA8075
VDSL: Intel/Lantiq VRX518 PCIe attached
currently not supported
DECT: Dialog SC14448
currently not supported
WiFi2: IPQ4019 2T2R 2SS b/g/n
WiFi5: IPQ4019 2T2R 2SS n/ac
LED: - Power/DSL green
- WLAN green
- FON/DECT green
- Connect/WPS green
- Info green
- Info red
BTN: - WLAN
- FON
- WPS/Connect
UART: 115200n8 3.3V (located under the Dialog chip)
VCC - RX - TX - GND (Square is VCC)
Installation
------------
1. Grab the uboot for the Device from the 'u-boot-fritz7530'
subdirectory. Place it in the same directory as the 'eva_ramboot.py'
script. It is located in the 'scripts/flashing' subdirectory of the
OpenWRT tree.
2. Assign yourself the IP address 192.168.178.10/24. Connect your
Computer to one of the boxes LAN ports.
3. Connect Power to the Box. As soon as the LAN port of your computer
shows link, load the U-Boot to the box using following command.
> ./eva_ramboot.py --offset 0x85000000 192.168.178.1 uboot-fritz7530.bin
4. The U-Boot will now start. Now assign yourself the IP address
192.168.1.70/24. Copy the OpenWRT initramfs (!) image to a TFTP
server root directory and rename it to 'FRITZ7530.bin'.
5. The Box will now boot OpenWRT from RAM. This can take up to two
minutes.
6. Copy the U-Boot and the OpenWRT sysupgrade (!) image to the Box using
scp. SSH into the Box and first write the Bootloader to both previous
kernel partitions.
> mtd write /path/to/uboot-fritz7530.bin uboot0
> mtd write /path/to/uboot-fritz7530.bin uboot1
7. Remove the AVM filesystem partitions to make room for our kernel +
rootfs + overlayfs.
> ubirmvol /dev/ubi0 --name=avm_filesys_0
> ubirmvol /dev/ubi0 --name=avm_filesys_1
8. Flash OpenWRT peristently using sysupgrade.
> sysupgrade -n /path/to/openwrt-sysupgrade.bin
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
[removed pcie-dts range node, refreshed on top of AP120-AC/E2600AC]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Adds support for the AVM FRITZ!Box 7530.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [PKG_RELEASE]
The current eva_ramboot.py script is currently only compatible with
Lantiq based AVM devices. For IPQ40xx devices, the offset needs to be
changed. Also an alignment is not necessary here.
Adjust the script to be able to pass an optional offset to load the
image to. In case no offset is provided, the script behaves exactly as
before this commit.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
From: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@linaro.org>
|The databook clearly states that the MSI IRQ (msi_ctrl_int) is a level
|triggered interrupt.
|
|The msi_ctrl_int will be high for as long as any MSI status bit is set,
|thus the IRQ type should be set to IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH, causing the
|IRQ handler to keep getting called, as long as any MSI status bit is set.
|[...]
|Not having the correct IRQ type defined will cause us to lose interrupts,
|which in turn causes timeouts in the PCIe endpoint drivers.
|
|Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@linaro.org>
|Reviewed-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
David Bauer reported that the VDSL modem (attached via PCIe)
on his AVM Fritz!Box 7530 was complaining about not having
enough space in the BAR. A closer inspection of the old
qcom-ipq40xx.dtsi pulled from the GL-iNet repository listed:
| qcom,pcie@80000 {
| compatible = "qcom,msm_pcie";
| reg = <0x80000 0x2000>,
| <0x99000 0x800>,
| <0x40000000 0xf1d>,
| <0x40000f20 0xa8>,
| <0x40100000 0x1000>,
| <0x40200000 0x100000>,
| <0x40300000 0xd00000>;
| reg-names = "parf", "phy", "dm_core", "elbi",
| "conf", "io", "bars";
Matching the reg-names with the listed reg leads to
<0xd00000> as the size for the "bars".
BugLink: https://www.mail-archive.com/openwrt-devel@lists.openwrt.org/msg45212.html
Reported-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch removes the obsolete touchscreen config symbols
and all disables all remaining ones in the generic config.
Generated by running drivers/input/touchscreen/Kconfig
sed -n 's/^config[[:space:]]\(.*\)/# CONFIG_\1 is not set/p' Kconfig |\
sort -d
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch adds the disabled DRM_RADEON and DRM_AMDGPU
config symbols from the x86' config to the generic target
configs. The existing symbols in the x86' configs are kept
for now, until we know whenever we want to remove such
symbols or not (see Github PR #1831, #1825, #1828).
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Qxwlan E2600AC C1 based on IPQ4019
Specifications:
SOC: Qualcomm IPQ4019
DRAM: 256 MiB
FLASH: 32 MiB Winbond W25Q256
ETH: Qualcomm QCA8075
WLAN: 5G + 5G/2.4G
* 2T2R 2.4/5 GHz
- QCA4019 hw1.0 (SoC)
* 2T2R 5 GHz
- QCA4019 hw1.0 (SoC)
INPUT: Reset buutton
LED: 1x Power ,6 driven by gpio
SERIAL: UART (J5)
UUSB: USB3.0
POWER: 1x DC jack for main power input (9-24 V)
SLOT: Pcie (J25), sim card (J11), SD card (J51)
Flash instruction (using U-Boot CLI and tftp server):
- Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.10 and tftp server.
- Rename "sysupgrade" filename to "firmware.bin" and place it in tftp
server directory.
- Connect PC with one of RJ45 ports, power up the board and press
"enter" key to access U-Boot CLI.
- Use the following command to update the device to OpenWrt: "run lfw".
Flash instruction (using U-Boot web-based recovery):
- Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.xxx(2-254)/24.
- Connect PC with one of RJ45 ports, press the reset button, power up
the board and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until LEDs
start flashing.
- Open your browser and enter 192.168.1.1, select "sysupgrade" image
and click the upgrade button.
Qxwlan E2600AC C2 based on IPQ4019
Specifications:
SOC: Qualcomm IPQ4019
DRAM: 256 MiB
NOR: 16 MiB Winbond W25Q128
NAND: 128MiB Micron MT29F1G08ABAEAWP
ETH: Qualcomm QCA8075
WLAN: 5G + 5G/2.4G
* 2T2R 2.4/5 GHz
- QCA4019 hw1.0 (SoC)
* 2T2R 5 GHz
- QCA4019 hw1.0 (SoC)
INPUT: Reset buutton
LED: 1x Power, 6 driven by gpio
SERIAL: UART (J5)
USB: USB3.0
POWER: 1x DC jack for main power input (9-24 V)
SLOT: Pcie (J25), sim card (J11), SD card (J51)
Flash instruction (using U-Boot CLI and tftp server):
- Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.10 and tftp server.
- Rename "ubi" filename to "ubi-firmware.bin" and place it in tftp
server directory.
- Connect PC with one of RJ45 ports, power up the board and press
"enter" key to access U-Boot CLI.
- Use the following command to update the device to OpenWrt: "run lfw".
Flash instruction (using U-Boot web-based recovery):
- Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.xxx(2-254)/24.
- Connect PC with one of RJ45 ports, press the reset button, power up
the board and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until LEDs
start flashing.
- Open your browser and enter 192.168.1.1, select "ubi" image
and click the upgrade button.
Signed-off-by: 张鹏 <sd20@qxwlan.com>
[ added rng node. whitespace fixes, ported 02_network,
ipq-wifi Makefile, misc dts fixes, trivial message changes ]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch adds support for the COMFAST CF-E120A v3, an outdoor wireless
CPE with two Ethernet ports and a 802.11an radio.
Specifications:
- AR9344 SoC
- 535/400/267 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, both with PoE-in support
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 5 GHz, up to 25 dBm
- 11 dBi built-in antenna
- POWER/LAN/WAN/WLAN green LEDs
- 4x RSSI LEDs (2x red, 2x green)
- UART (115200 8N1) and GPIO (J9) headers on PCB
Flashing instructions:
The original firmware is based on OpenWrt so a sysupgrade image can be
installed via the stock web GUI. Settings from the original firmware
will be saved and restored on the new one, so a factory reset will be
needed. To do so, once the new firmware is flashed, enter into failsafe
mode by pressing the reset button several times during the boot
process, while while the WAN LED flashes, until it starts flashing
faster. Once in failsafe mode, perform a factory reset as usual.
The U-boot bootloader contains a recovery HTTP server to upload the
firmware. Push the reset button while powering the device on and
keep it pressed for >10 seconds. The recovery page will be at
http://192.168.1.1
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
This patch adds support for the TP-Link TL-WR802N-v4.
https://openwrt.org/toh/tp-link/tl-wr802n
Specification:
- MT7628N (580 MHz)
- 64 MB RAM
- 8 MB FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 1x LED
Flash instruction:
The only way to flash the image in TL-WR802N v4 is to use
tftp recovery mode in U-Boot:
1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.0.225/24 and tftp server.
2. Rename "openwrt-ramips-mt76x8-tplink_tl-wr802n-v4-squashfs-tftp-recovery.bin"
to "tp_recovery.bin" and place it in tftp server directory.
3. Connect PC with the LAN port, press the reset button, power up
the router and keep button pressed for around 10 seconds, until
device starts downloading the file.
4. Router will download file from server, write it to flash and reboot.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Jost <majo@icutech.ch>
* assign pinmux groups to gpio function for LEDs/buttons
* rename flash node to be more generic in line with other device nodes
* remove useless/incorrect eeprom property from wmac node
* correct base mac address for embedded switch
Signed-off-by: Thomas Vincent-Cross <me@tvc.id.au>
* wg-quick: freebsd: allow loopback to work
FreeBSD adds a route for point-to-point destination addresses. We don't
really want to specify any destination address, but unfortunately we
have to. Before we tried to cheat by giving our own address as the
destination, but this had the unfortunate effect of preventing
loopback from working on our local ip address. We work around this with
yet another kludge: we set the destination address to 127.0.0.1. Since
127.0.0.1 is already assigned to an interface, this has the same effect
of not specifying a destination address, and therefore we accomplish the
intended behavior. Note that the bad behavior is still present in Darwin,
where such workaround does not exist.
* tools: remove unused check phony declaration
* highlighter: when subtracting char, cast to unsigned
* chacha20: name enums
* tools: fight compiler slightly harder
* tools: c_acc doesn't need to be initialized
* queueing: more reasonable allocator function convention
Usual nits.
* systemd: wg-quick should depend on nss-lookup.target
Since wg-quick(8) calls wg(8) which does hostname lookups, we should
probably only run this after we're allowed to look up hostnames.
* compat: backport ALIGN_DOWN
* noise: whiten the nanoseconds portion of the timestamp
This mitigates unrelated sidechannel attacks that think they can turn
WireGuard into a useful time oracle.
* hashtables: decouple hashtable allocations from the main device allocation
The hashtable allocations are quite large, and cause the device allocation in
the net framework to stall sometimes while it tries to find a contiguous
region that can fit the device struct. To fix the allocation stalls, decouple
the hashtable allocations from the device allocation and allocate the
hashtables with kvmalloc's implicit __GFP_NORETRY so that the allocations fall
back to vmalloc with little resistance.
* chacha20poly1305: permit unaligned strides on certain platforms
The map allocations required to fix this are mostly slower than unaligned
paths.
* noise: store clamped key instead of raw key
This causes `wg show` to now show the right thing. Useful for doing
comparisons.
* compat: ipv6_stub is sometimes null
On ancient kernels, ipv6_stub is sometimes null in cases where IPv6 has
been disabled with a command line flag or other failures.
* Makefile: don't duplicate code in install and modules-install
* Makefile: make the depmod path configurable
* queueing: net-next has changed signature of skb_probe_transport_header
A 5.1 change. This could change again, but for now it allows us to keep this
snapshot aligned with our upstream submissions.
* netlink: don't remove allowed ips for new peers
* peer: only synchronize_rcu_bh and traverse trie once when removing all peers
* allowedips: maintain per-peer list of allowedips
This is a rather big and important change that makes it much much faster to do
operations involving thousands of peers. Batch peer/allowedip addition and
clearing is several orders of magnitude faster now.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
squashfskit is a fork of the squashfs-tools.
squashfskit creates reproducible filesystems and includes
many of the distro patches.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
Tested-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
This is bugfix release that incorporated all of the devcrypto engine
patches currently in the tree.
The cleaning procedure in Package/Configure was not removing the
dependency files, causing linking errors during a rebuild with
different options. It was replaced by a simple make clean.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cote2004-github@yahoo.com>
omcproxy's configuration is lost on every update or installation.
Avoid it by defining the configuration file.
Signed-off-by: David Santamaría Rogado <howl.nsp@gmail.com>
After update to 5.0.1 iw-full package failed to display command list on
ipq40xx arch. Root cause was found to be LTO reordering causing
incorrect detection of command struct size in:
iw.c:552
cmd_size = labs((long)&__section_set - (long)&__section_get);
This reverts commit ef16a394d2.
Signed-off-by: Mantas Pucka <mantas@8devices.com>
The TP-Link WDR3600 shares the same machine-code in the ar71xx target,
thus expecting "tl-wdr4300" not "tl-wdr3600" in the support-list
metadata to allow non-forced sysupgrades from ar71xx to ath79.
With this, it is possible to flash a WDR4300 image on the WDR3600. It
is no problem however, as the only difference is the 5GHz WiFi chip
which has 3SS instead of 2SS. Both work with either image.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This adds the support-list entry the AVM FRITZ!Box 4020 expects in the
ar71xx target to allow non-forced sysupgrades from ar71xx to ath79.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
remove USB as this is no LED but power control
rename WiFi LED with correct color red (like in stock firmware)
set middle LED to be used for LAN link/activity
Signed-off-by: Andreas Ziegler <dev@andreas-ziegler.de>
If no mcast_rate is set for the wifi-iface then there is no rate_idx (0)
set for the bss. This can break for example 5GHz meshpoint interfaces
because 0 maps to a CCK rate (11Mbit/s).
It must also be avoided that the ath10k-ct internal state for the rates is
not synced with the mac80211 rates state. Otherwise, the user specified
rate (e.g. a wifi-iface mcast_rate for a meshpoint interface) will only be
set on startup. And a short while after that, ath10k-ct specific code in
ath10k_check_apply_special_rates is missing a valid rate in its own
structures and is then recalculating a new default rate. This default rate
is in most situations not the requested rate.
Fixes: 4df3c71cd4 ("ath10k-ct: Update to 2018-12-11 and use version based on 4.19")
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
If no mcast_rate is set for the wifi-iface then there is no rate_idx (0)
set for the bss. This breaks for example 5GHz meshpoint interfaces because
0 maps to a CCK rate (11Mbit/s).
Fixes: db90c243a0 ("mac80211: update to version based on 4.19-rc4")
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Fix crash due to passing invalid r2x00dev->eeprom_file pointer to
release_firmware(). Since we copy eeprom data with EEPROM_SIZE
in rt2800_read_eeprom() we can use eeprom_file->size as marker
if the file was crated by request_firmware().
Acked-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Use 'dtc' from kernel sources instead of relying on host tool.
Fixes: bf4630e5ad ("build: add helpers for generating QSDK sysupgrade compatible images")
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
ALFA Network AP120C-AC is a dual-band ceiling AP, based on Qualcomm
IPQ4018 + QCA8075 platform.
Specification:
- Qualcomm IPQ4018 (717 MHz)
- 256 MB of RAM (DDR3)
- 16 MB (SPI NOR) + 128 MB (SPI NAND) of flash
- 2x Gbps Ethernet, with 802.3af PoE support in one port
- 2T2R 2.4/5 GHz (IPQ4018), with ext. FEMs (QFE1952, QFE1922)
- 3x U.FL connectors
- 1x 1.8 dBi (Bluetooth) and 2x 3/5 dBi dual-band (Wi-Fi) antennas
- Atmel/Microchip AT97SC3205T TPM module (I2C bus)
- TI CC2540 Bluetooth LE module (USB 2.0 bus)
- 4x LED (all driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- 1x USB 2.0 (optional, not installed in indoor version)
- DC jack for main power input (12 V)
- UART header available on PCB (2.0 mm pitch)
Flash instruction:
1. This board uses dual-image feature (128 MB NAND is divided into two
64 MB partitions: 'rootfs1' and 'rootfs2').
2. Before update, make sure your device is running firmware no older
than v1.1 (previous versions have incompatible U-Boot).
3. Use 'factory' image in vendor GUI or for sysupgrade tool, without
preserving settings.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Without a proper SPI NAND support (SPI NAND framework is available in
kernel >= 4.19) the only way to make such flash working is to include
it in raw/parallel NAND subsystem support and combine with mt29f staging
driver. Obviously, this approach isn't going to be accepted by upstream
(similar support for Winbond W25N01GV was rejected).
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Qualcomm SDK (QSDK) sysupgrade compatible images for IPQ40xx, IPQ806x
and IPQ807x use FIT format together with 'dumpimage' tool from U-Boot
for verifying and extracting them. Based on 'images' sections names,
corresponding mtd partitions are flashed. For example, in case of
NOR-only boards, below mapping is used (section name -> mtd name):
hlos* -> 0:HLOS
rootfs* -> rootfs
And for boards with NAND (kernel inside UBI):
ubi* -> rootfs
Above mappings come from unmodified QSDK sources and might be wrong for
boards running custom or modified QSDK-based firmware. Some of vendors
adjust them to meet their modified mtd layout or features like recovery
or dual-image support.
This adds simple script 'mkits-qsdk-ipq-image.sh' (based on 'mkits.sh')
for generating FIT images tree source files, compatible with the QSDK
sysupgrade format. Resulting images can be used for initial (factory ->
OpenWrt) installation and would work both in CLI and GUI.
The script is universal in a way it allows to include as many sections
as needed. To make use of it, two generic/basic build recipes for NOR
and NAND based boards are also included in 'image-commands.mk':
Build/qsdk-ipq-factory-nand
Build/qsdk-ipq-factory-nor
Example usage for board with UBI in NAND:
IMAGE/nand-factory.bin := append-ubi | qsdk-ipq-factory-nand
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
The addition of kmod-input-touchscreen-ads7846 enabled
INPUT_TOUCHSCREEN, which exposes several other symbols on various
targets. Add those symbols to the generic kernel configs to fix build.
Fixes: 77a54bbf13 ("kernel: add kmod-input-touchscreen-ads7846")
Reported-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
On targets that don't have input support enabled in the kernel config,
building kmod-input-touchscreen-ads7846 fails due to a missing
dependency on kmod-input-core. Add the dependency to fix this.
Fixes: 77a54bbf13 ("kernel: add kmod-input-touchscreen-ads7846")
Reported-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
max_ttl - limit the ttl in the dns answer if greater as $max_ttl
min_cache_ttl - force caching of dns answers even the ttl in the answer
is lower than the $min_cache_ttl
max_cache_ttl - cache only dns answer for $max_cache_ttl.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
This module adds support for ADS7846 based touchscreens used in devices
like the WaveShare 3.5" and 4" LCD displays designed for Raspberry Pi.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
This module adds support for the ILI9486 LCD controller used in devices
like the Waveshare 3.5" and 4" LCD displays designed for Raspberry Pi.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
This module adds support for small TFT LCD display modules. While this
module also exists in the 4.9 kernel, we are not going to support this
kernel in the next major release, so don't make it available for 4.9.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
The kernel modules that provide support for framebuffers in system RAM
are currently included in the kmod-drm-imx package. Move them to a
separate package, so that other modules can depend on them.
Increase the autoload order of the drm-imx* packages to load the modules
after loading the fb modules they depend on.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
This makes it clear that localuse when explicitly specified in the
config will have its final say on whether or not the initscript should
touch /etc/resolv.conf, no matter whatever the result of previous
guesswork would be
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
This commit updates the file "board-linksys_ea6359v3".
Without this commit, the Linksys EA6350v3 will experience poor wireless
performance in both bands. With this patch, wireless performace will be
comparable to the performance of the stock firmware.
Signed-off-by: Oever González <notengobattery@gmail.com>
According to /arch/mips/include/asm/mach-ath79/ar71xx_regs.h
the size of wmac register range for qca953x is only 0x20000.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
The board-files are specific to the target and device. Hence
they need to be set as nonshared. Otherwise they do not show
up on the package repository. This causes problems for
imagebuilder, if it needs to build a image for a specific
device that hasn't had the time to have get its boardfile
upstream.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This makes OpenWrt build an Ext2+Ext4 partitioned image
for the D-Link DNS-313 with two blank partitions, a boot
partition on /dev/sda3 and a rootfs partition on
/dev/sda4.
This uses the methods already used in apm821xx including
the tricks to convert the generated Ext2 filesystem
partition to version 1 so that the firmware bootloader
will properly recognize it.
We patch a bit around the build files to make sure we
get the rootfs size set and that genext2fs is properly
built.
Tested on the D-Link DNS-313.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[Fixing and tricksing]
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
The firmware on the D-Link DNS-313 NAS require two blank
partitions before the boot partition. Support this if
explicitly requested with a "-n" flag.
Tested on the D-Link DNS-313.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[Broken out from original patch]
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Reading and writing to and from flash storage is slow and currently,
the ath10kcal_extract() scripts are even more at an disadvantage
because they use a block size of 1 to be able skip.
This patch reworks the extraction scripts to be much faster and
efficient by reading and writing the calibration data in possibly
one big block.
before: (Tested on a RT-AC58U, which has SPI-NAND).
# time dd if=/dev/ubi0_1 of=/lib/firmware/... bs=1 skip=4096 count=12064
12064+0 records in
12064+0 records out
real 0m 0.28s
user 0m 0.02s
sys 0m 0.24s
after:
# time dd if=/dev/ubi0_1 of=/lib/firmware/... bs=12064 skip=4096 count=1 iflag=skip_bytes
1+0 records in
1+0 records out
real 0m 0.01s
user 0m 0.00s
sys 0m 0.00s
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Apparently this modem replies differently to attempted --get-pin-status
which makes the script fail if a pincode is set. Fix this.
Manufacturer: Sierra Wireless, Incorporated
Model: MC7455
Revision: SWI9X30C_02.24.05.06 r7040 CARMD-EV-FRMWR2 2017/05/19 06:23:09
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Cherry-pick Multi-AP commits from uptream:
9c06f0f6a hostapd: Add Multi-AP protocol support
5abc7823b wpa_supplicant: Add Multi-AP backhaul STA support
a1debd338 tests: Refactor test_multi_ap
bfcdac1c8 Multi-AP: Don't reject backhaul STA on fronthaul BSS
cb3c156e7 tests: Update multi_ap_fronthaul_on_ap to match implementation
56a2d788f WPS: Add multi_ap_subelem to wps_build_wfa_ext()
83ebf5586 wpa_supplicant: Support Multi-AP backhaul STA onboarding with WPS
66819b07b hostapd: Support Multi-AP backhaul STA onboarding with WPS
8682f384c hostapd: Add README-MULTI-AP
b1daf498a tests: Multi-AP WPS provisioning
Add support for Multi-AP to the UCI configuration. Every wifi-iface gets
an option 'multi_ap'. For APs, its value can be 0 (multi-AP support
disabled), 1 (backhaul AP), 2 (fronthaul AP), or 3 (fronthaul + backhaul
AP). For STAs, it can be 0 (not a backhaul STA) or 1 (backhaul STA, can
only associate with backhaul AP).
Also add new optional parameter to wps_start ubus call of
wpa_supplicant to indicate that a Multi-AP backhaul link is required.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Signed-off-by: Arnout Vandecappelle (Essensium/Mind) <arnout@mind.be>
Those have by now been merged into wireless-drivers-next:
17ae2acd1a6f rt2x00: remove unneeded check
5991a2ecd070 rt2x00: remove confusing AGC register
9ad3b5565445 rt2800: enable TX_PIN_CFG_LNA_PE_ bits per band
7aca14885ede rt2800: enable TX_PIN_CFG_RFRX_EN only for MT7620
c7ff1bfeaf1c rt2800: comment and simplify AGC init for RT6352
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Currently these kernel packages only work on x86, restrict them to that
target.
Fixes: 2f239c02a0 ("x86: video: add amdgpu DRM kernel package")
Fixes: 2f6918ee9b ("x86: video: add radeon DRM module support")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
DRM packages break modules compilation for sunxi target,
cortexa7 and cortexa8 subtargets.
This patch add missing symbol to generic config.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
This reverts commit e6d84fa886 as it breaks the
installation of the iproute2 utilities ip-bridge, ss, nstat, devlink and rdma
for the ip-full variant
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This reverts commit 26681fa6a6 as it breaks the
installation of the iproute2 utilities ip-bridge, ss, nstat, devlink and rdma
for the ip-full variant
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This reverts commit fc80ef3613 as it breaks the
installation of the iproute2 utilities ip-bridge, ss, nstat, devlink and
rdma for the ip-full variant
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This reverts commit 248797834b as it breaks the
installation of the iproute2 utilities ip-bridge, ss, nstat, devlink and rdma
for the ip-full variant
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This is required for running armvirt_32 on QEMU 3.0 [1], otherwise the
kernel will emit the following complaint and virtio-net-pci devices will
fail to be initialized
[ 1.124214] OF: PCI: host bridge /pcie@10000000 ranges:
[ 1.125093] OF: PCI: IO 0x3eff0000..0x3effffff -> 0x00000000
[ 1.125942] OF: PCI: MEM 0x10000000..0x3efeffff -> 0x10000000
[ 1.126403] OF: PCI: MEM 0x8000000000..0xffffffffff -> 0x8000000000
[ 1.127748] pci-host-generic 4010000000.pcie: can't claim ECAM area [mem 0x10000000-0x1fffffff]: address conflict with /pcie@10000000 [mem 0x10000000-0x3efeffff]
[ 1.129752] pci-host-generic: probe of 4010000000.pcie failed with error -16
Running QEMU with "-M virt,highmem=off" is an option, but "highmem" was only
introduced as a default on flag since QEMU 2.5.0 and QEMU will fail and quit on
encounter of unknown flags
[1] Armv7 guest fails to boot with qemu-3.0.0-1,
https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1633328#c5
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
The diff was genereated by running the following command without
actually changing any kernel config options
make kernel_menuconfig CONFIG_TARGET=subtarget
Here are some initial findings on the change
- CONFIG_ARCH_OPTIONAL_KERNEL_RWX is now arch default
- CONFIG_ARM_GIC_V3_ITS is selected by CONFIG_ARCH_VIRT
- CONFIG_CPU_SPECTRE is select by CONFIG_CPU_V7
- CONFIG_TIMER_OF is now a arch default
- CONFIG_TIMER_PROBE is select by CONFIG_TIMER_OF
The following options should probably be moved to generic config
- CONFIG_MIGRATION is a default on option
- CONFIG_TREE_SRCU is a default on option for !PREEMPT && SMP system
- CONFIG_RCU_NEED_SEGCBLIST
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Currently it seems impossible to configure /etc/config/dhcp to achieve
the following use case
- run dnsmasq with no-resolv
- re-generate /etc/resolv.conf with "nameserver 127.0.0.1"
Before this change, we have to set resolvfile to /tmp/resolv.conf.auto
to achive the 2nd effect above, but setting resolvfile requires noresolv
being false.
A new boolean option "localuse" is added to indicate that we intend to
use dnsmasq as the local dns resolver. It's false by default and to
align with old behaviour it will be true automatically if resolvfile is
set to /tmp/resolv.conf.auto
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
backport from wireless-drivers-next, replacing some existing patches in
our tree (marked with '=' are those which were already present):
f483039cf51a rt2x00: use simple_read_from_buffer()
=5c656c71b1bf rt2800: move usb specific txdone/txstatus routines to rt2800lib
=0b0d556e0ebb rt2800mmio: use txdone/txstatus routines from lib
=5022efb50f62 rt2x00: do not check for txstatus timeout every time on tasklet
=adf26a356f13 rt2x00: use different txstatus timeouts when flushing
=0240564430c0 rt2800: flush and txstatus rework for rt2800mmio
6eba8fd22352 rt2x00: rt2400pci: mark expected switch fall-through
10bb92217747 rt2x00: rt2500pci: mark expected switch fall-through
916e6bbcfcff rt2x00: rt2800lib: mark expected switch fall-throughs
641dd8068ecb rt2x00: rt61pci: mark expected switch fall-through
750afb08ca71 cross-tree: phase out dma_zalloc_coherent()
=c2e28ef7711f rt2x00: reduce tx power to nominal level on RT6352
a4296994eb80 rt2x00: Work around a firmware bug with shared keys
2587791d5758 rt2x00: no need to check return value of debugfs_create functions
pending on linux-wireless:
rt2x00: remove unneeded check
rt2x00: remove confusing AGC register
rt2800: enable TX_PIN_CFG_LNA_PE_ bits per band
rt2800: enable TX_PIN_CFG_RFRX_EN only for MT7620
rt2800: comment and simplify AGC init for RT6352
rt2x00: do not print error when queue is full
rt2800: partially restore old mmio txstatus behaviour
rt2800: new flush implementation for SoC devices
rt2800: move txstatus pending routine
rt2800mmio: fetch tx status changes
rt2800mmio: use timer and work for handling tx statuses timeouts
rt2x00: remove last_nostatus_check
rt2x00: remove not used entry field
rt2x00mmio: remove legacy comment
While at it also rename some existing patches now that there are
separate folders with patches for each driver to make things a bit
nicer to handle.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The original patch removed the printing completely, just remove the
color.
Fixes: eabc1ddc45 ("build: Honour NO_COLOR in include/scan.mk")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Add patches for 4.19
Drop patch 200-disable-tso, as the packet corruption was fixed in
kernel commit 3b89624ab54b9dc2d92fc08ce2670e5f19ad8ec8
Restructure the DTS for Marvell switch in 104-ea3500 and 105-ea4500
to fix DTC warning.
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
This applies to kernel 4.10 and newer.
See 8db4c5be88
The above commit added to kernel 4.10 added new dependency
for building the NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_SOCKET (xt_socket.ko)
module. The NF_SOCKET_IPVx options (both of them) need to
be enabled in order to build the NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_SOCKET
module. Without the change the module is not built.
Signed-off-by: Oldřich Jedlička <oldium.pro@gmail.com>
builtin driver can't access the /lib/firmware while booting,
module driver will be able to read and load the firmware files
Signed-off-by: Lucian Cristian <lucian.cristian@gmail.com>
These two dependencies are mutual exclusive and it is only possible to
select one of them, change the select to a chose so it is only possible
to select one of them in OpenWrt menu config.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
BIN_DIR can be set to overwrite the output path for new images. This is an
advertised feature for the imagebuilder and is used by systems like
LibreMesh's chef.
The legacy images are build using a new sub-make which doesn't receive the
variable overwrites of the parent make process. As result, the BIN_DIR is
automatically defined to the default value from rules.mk. The images will
therefore not be placed in the output path which was selected by the user.
Providing BIN_DIR as an explicit variable override to the sub-make works
around this problem.
Fixes: 26c771452c ("image.mk: add LegacyDevice wrapper to allow legacy image building code to be used for device profiles")
Reported-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
CONFIG_USB_IMX21_HCD should be handled in generic config and
module package. So moved it into generic config.
This also fixed build issue (kernel config question) of layerscape
armv8_32b since it also used ARCH_MXC.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
[Deactivate CONFIG_USB_IMX21_HCD also for kernel 4.19]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Backport A64 unstable timer patches from linux 5.1
Signed-off-by: Oskari Lemmela <oskari@lemmela.net>
[Split the single patch into the two original patches]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The sender domain has a DMARC Reject/Quarantine policy which disallows
sending mailing list messages using the original "From" header.
To mitigate this problem, the original message has been wrapped
automatically by the mailing list software.
Hi all:
This is my first OpenWrt patch. I am a clean, pure newbie! 8-)
Honour NO_COLOR in Makefile function 'progress' in include/scan.mk, in the same way that include/verbose.mk does.
Signed-off-by: R. Diez <rdiezmail-openwrt@yahoo.com>
It was previously added in 546fced, which was part of "intel-microcode:
load as early as possible" series.
Unfortunately the conditionals added to GRUB config caused error on boot,
because on sysupgrade, bootloader is not updated and is left with old
features/modules. Since this module is needed for early microcode load
and transition to this needs to be done step by step, enable the test
module now, so that every newly created image has it already embedded.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
VBoxManage is not used and the image is created with proper permisions:
0f5d0f6 image: use internal qemu-img for vmdk and vdi images drop host
dependencies on qemu-utils and VirtualBox
Unreachable config symbols:
9e0759e x86: merge all geode based subtargets into one
No need to define those symbols since x86_64 is subtarget of x86:
196fb76 x86: make x86_64 a subtarget instead of a standalone target
Unreachable config symbols, so remove GRUB_ROOT:
371b382 x86: remove the xen_domu subtarget
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
When CGROUP block io is enabled a new symbol is exposed and needs to
be set or unset else kernel oldconfig hangs waiting for input during
normal OpenWrt builds. Therefore add sane defaults for this symbol
in that case. Also, the defaults brcm2708 are different than generic
defaults because the platform's defconfig enables BLK_DEV_THROTTLING
by default (in defconfig config from the patches used to match
upstream's kernel, not in OpenWrt config-4.xx).
Signed-off-by: Daniel F. Dickinson <cshored@thecshore.com>
[make KERNEL_BLK_DEV_THROTTLING_LOW depend on KERNEL_BLK_DEV_THROTTLING]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Looks like C60 v2 needs the MAC address to be calculated
manually, while the C60 v1 gets it correctly without manual
interference.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
This updates mac80211 to backports version 4.19.23-1 which includes all
the stable fixes from kernel 4.19.23.
The removed patches are included in this version.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Opkg treats text after a version number as higher than without:
~# opkg compare-versions "2.80rc1" "<<" "2.80"; echo $?
1
~# opkg compare-versions "2.80rc1" ">>" "2.80"; echo $?
0
This causes opkg not offering final release as upgradable version, and
even refusing to update, since it thinks the installed version is
higher.
This can be mitigated by adding ~ between the version and the text, as ~
will order as less than everything except itself. Since 'r' < 't', to
make sure that test will be treated as lower than rc we add a second ~
before the test tag. That way, the ordering becomes
2.80~~test < 2.80~rc < 2.80
which then makes opkg properly treat prerelease versions as lower.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
It was already enabled for wpad builds and since commit 6a15077e2d
the script relies on it. Size impact is minimal (2 kb on MIPS .ipk).
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Minor bugfix release. Fixes for
* bc/dc
* sed (backslash parsing for 'w' command)
* ip (vlan fixes)
* grep (fixes for -x -v)
* ls (-i compat)
No need to refresh patches or config defaults
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
This commit fixes the script that sets the MAC address of the LAN
switch. The LAN MAC address should be the WAN MAC address plus one.
Without this patch the WAN and the LAN interface will use the same
MAC address and an error will be generated.
With this patch all interfaces will have a different MAC address,
consecutive in the following order: WAN, LAN, radio0 and radio1.
Signed-off-by: Oever González <notengobattery@gmail.com>
(original text here: https://patchwork.kernel.org/patch/8686761/)
On some SOCs PORTS_IMPL register value is never programmed by the BIOS
and left at zero value. Which means that no sata ports are avaiable for
software. AHCI driver used to cope up with this by fabricating the
port_map if the PORTS_IMPL register is read zero, but recent patch
broke this workaround as zero value was valid for nvme disks.
This patch adds ports-implemented dt bindings as workaround for this issue
in a way that DT can dictate the port_map incase where the SOCs does not
program it already.
This patch is equal to commits:
67f8425d0ee1 ("ipq8064: dts: force AP148 SATA port mapping")
2e7a2c91019c ("ARM: dts: qcom: Move common nodes to ipq8064-v.1.0.dtsi")
in the upstream linux kernel.
Signed-off-by: Roman Glova <roman_glova@epam.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[added upstream commits, reorg' commit message]
I-O DATA WN-AC1600DGR is a 2.4/5 GHz band 11ac router, based on
Qualcomm Atheros QCA9557.
Specification:
- SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9557
- RAM: 128 MB
- Flash: 16 MB
- WLAN: 2.4/5 GHz
- 2.4 GHz: 2T2R (SoC internal)
- 5 GHz: 3T3R (QCA9880)
- Ethernet: 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps
- Switch: QCA8337N
- LED/key: 6x/6x(4x buttons, 1x slide switch)
- UART: through-hole on PCB
- Vcc, GND, TX, RX from ethernet port side
- 115200n8
Flash instruction using factory image:
1. Connect the computer to the LAN port of WN-AC1600DGR
2. Connect power cable to WN-AC1600DGR and turn on it
3. Access to "http://192.168.0.1/" and open firmware update page
("ファームウェア")
4. Select the OpenWrt factory image and click update ("更新") button
5. Wait ~150 seconds to complete flashing
Alternative flash instruction using initramfs image:
1. Prepare a computer and TFTP server software with the IP address
"192.168.99.8" and renamed OpenWrt initramfs image
"uImageWN-AC1600DGR"
2. Connect between WN-AC1600DGR and the computer with UART
3. Connect power cable to WN-AC1600DGR, press "4" on the serial
console and enter the U-Boot console
4. execute "tftpboot" command on the console and download initramfs
image from the TFTP server
5. execute "bootm" command and boot OpenWrt
6. On initramfs image, download the sysupgrade image to the device
and perform sysupgrade with it
7. Wait ~150 seconds to complete flashing
This commit also removes unnecessary "qca,no-eeprom" property from
the ath10k wifi node.
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
Tested with a dual pci QCA9558 board (LibreRouter v1) in three
configurations: enabling pcie0 only, pcie1 only and both enabled.
Signed-off-by: Santiago Piccinini <spiccinini@altermundi.net>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [removed ML notice]
Datasheet states that both PCI ranges are of 0x2000000 size:
0x1000_0000-0x11FF_FFF and 0x1200_0000-0x13FF_0000.
Signed-off-by: Santiago Piccinini <spiccinini@altermundi.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [removed ML notice]
SoC: Qualcomm IPQ4019 (Dakota) 717 MHz, 4 cores
RAM: 256 MiB (Nanya NT5CC128M16IP-DI)
FLASH: 128 MiB (Macronix NAND)
WiFi0: Qualcomm IPQ4019 b/g/n 2x2
WiFi1: Qualcomm IPQ4019 a/n/ac 2x2
WiFi2: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9886 a/n/ac
BT: Atheros AR3012
IN: WPS Button, Reset Button
OUT: RGB-LED via TI LP5523 9-channel Controller
UART: Front of Device - 115200 N-8
Pinout 3.3v - RX - TX - GND (Square is VCC)
Installation:
1. Transfer OpenWRT-initramfs image to the device via SSH to /tmp.
Login credentials are identical to the Web UI.
2. Login to the device via SSH.
3. Flash the initramfs image using
> mtd-write -d linux -i openwrt-image-file
4. Power-cycle the device and wait for OpenWRT to boot.
5. From there flash the OpenWRT-sysupgrade image.
Ethernet-Ports: Although labeled identically, the port next to
the power socket is the LAN port and the other one is WAN. This
is the same behavior as in the stock firmware.
Signed-off-by: Marius Genheimer <mail@f0wl.cc>
[Dropped setup_mac 02_network in favour of 05_set_iface_mac_ipq40xx.sh,
reorderd 02_network entries, added board.bin WA for the QCA9886 from ath79,
minor dts touchup, added rng to 4.19 dts]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Robert Marko made a big effort to enable the rng on all
ipq40xx for 4.19, so let's continue the quest.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This factory binary i supposed to actually be unzipped and
untarred by the user as part of the installation process
(this NAS boots from harddisk), so name it "bootpart.tar.gz"
and not "factory.bin" so it is helpful for users.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
OCEDO Panda was added in b368373f, but only for
4.14 config. This patch fix 4.19 build for generic
and p2020 subtarget.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <p.dembicki@wb.com.pl>
Buffalo WHR-G300N has a LED for power status indication, but it is not
connected to the GPIO and cannot be controlled by the kernel. So,
WHR-G300N uses "ROUTER" LED as the system status LED instead.
This commit changes it to use "DIAG" LED insted of "ROUTER" like
WHR-G301N in ath79 target.
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
The R6120 has no 5GHz WLAN LED, the assigned GPIO in fact controls
the WAN LED.
Renames the LED accordingly in the device-tree.
Removes the 5GHz WLAN LED trigger.
Adds the correct WAN port LED trigger.
----
Currently, the MAC address for the Netgear R6120 is read from the NVRAM
partition. The offset for the MAC address however is not consistent
across devices or firmware versions.
Switch to using the factory partition like all other Netgear devices do.
----
The LAN ports of the R6120 are labled in reverse on the casing.
Adjust LuCI switchport numbering accordingly.
----
The WiFi eeprom offsets for the R6120 are currently wrong (5GHz offset
is bigger than the partition itself).
Fixes poor performance on 2.4 and 5 GHz.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The switch ports are seen one to one on the case.
Also remove unneeded secondary port numbers in this
case statement.
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
Change the ledtrig for LAN from netdev to switch.
Although eth1 comes out of the device at a single port,
this port is a switch-port and therefore the LED
must be triggered by that.
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
- Add the /etc/ssl/openssl.cnf as a separate package, to avoid breaking
the transitional mechanism, allowing libopenssl_1.0* and
libopenssl_1.1* to coexist.
- Remove the (selecting) dependency on @KERNEL_AIO
- Use global SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cote2004-github@yahoo.com>
Add a patch to enable the option to change the default ciphersuite list
ordering to prefer ChaCha20 over AES-GCM. This is used by default for
all platforms, except for x86_64 and aarch64. The assumption is that
only the latter have AES-specific CPU instructions and asm code that
uses them in openssl. Chacha20Poly1305 is 3x faster than AES-256 in
systems without AES instructions, with an equivalent strength.
Disable error messages by default except for devices with small flash or
RAM, to aid debugging.
Disable ASM by default on arm platform with small flash. Size
difference on mips and powerpc, the other platforms with small flash
devices, are not really relevant (using 100K as a threshold). All of
the affected platforms are source-only anyway.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cote2004-github@yahoo.com>
This version adds the following functionality:
* TLS 1.3
* AFALG engine support for hardware accelleration
* x25519 ECC curve support
* CRIME protection: disable use of compression by default
* Support for ChaCha20 and Poly1305
Patches fixing bugs in the /dev/crypto engine were applied, from
https://github.com/openssl/openssl/pull/7585
This increses the size of the ipk binray on MIPS32 by about 32%:
old:
693.941 bin/packages/mips_24kc/base/libopenssl1.0.0_1.0.2q-2_mips_24kc.ipk
193.827 bin/packages/mips_24kc/base/openssl-util_1.0.2q-2_mips_24kc.ipk
new:
912.493 bin/packages/mips_24kc/base/libopenssl1.1_1.1.1a-2_mips_24kc.ipk
239.316 bin/packages/mips_24kc/base/openssl-util_1.1.1a-2_mips_24kc.ipk
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cote2004-github@yahoo.com>
Adds the following configuration options:
* using optimized assembler code (was always on before)
* use of x86 SSE2 instructions
* dyanic engine support
* include error messages
* Camellia, Gost, Idea, MDC2, Seed & Whirlpool algorithms
* RFC3779, CMS protocols
* VIA padlock hardware acceleration engine
Installs openssl.cnf with the library as it is used by engines
independent of the openssl util.
Fixes DTLS option that was innefective before.
Disables insecure SSL3 protocol and SHA0.
Adds openwrt-specific targets to Configure script, including asm support
for i386, ppc and mips64.
Strips building dirs from CFLAGS shown in binary.
Skips the fuzz directory during build.
Removed include/crypto/devcrypto.h that was included here, to use the
cryptodev-linux package, now that it was been moved from the packages
feed to the main openwrt repository.
This decreses the size of the ipk binray on MIPS32 by about 3.3%:
old:
706.957 bin/packages/mips_24kc/base/libopenssl1.0.0_1.0.2q-2_mips_24kc.ipk
199.294 bin/packages/mips_24kc/base/openssl-util_1.0.2q-2_mips_24kc.ipk
new:
693.941 bin/packages/mips_24kc/base/libopenssl1.0.0_1.0.2q-2_mips_24kc.ipk
193.827 bin/packages/mips_24kc/base/openssl-util_1.0.2q-2_mips_24kc.ipk
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cote2004-github@yahoo.com>
ucert needs to check the firmware part with metadata, but without the signature.
Use the new fwtool mode to extract that without altering the firmware image inside
the check
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This allows extracing the firmware + metadata from a signed firmware without
altering the original image file
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
In the case of SHARED_LIBS=y, don't use -export-dynamic to place *all*
symbols into the dynamic symbol table. Instead, use --dynamic-list to
export a smaller set of symbols similar to that defined in static-syms.h
in the case of SHARED_LIBS=n, avoiding an 11 KB tc package size increase.
Also increment PKG_RELEASE.
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
This enables using the tc module m_xt.so, which uses the act_ipt kernel
module to allow tc actions based on iptables targets. e.g.
tc filter add dev eth0 parent 1: prio 10 protocol ip \
u32 match u32 0 0 action xt -j DSCP --set-dscp-class BE
Make the SHARED_LIBS parameter configurable and based on tc package
selection.
Fix a problem using the tc m_xt.so plugin as also described in
https://bugs.debian.org/868059:
Sync include/xtables.h from iptables to make sure the right offset is
used when accessing structure members defined in libxtables. One could
get “Extension does not know id …” otherwise. (See also: #868059)
Patch to sync the included xtables.h with system iptables 1.6.x. This
continues to work with iptables 1.8.2.
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
Simplify build and runtime dependencies on libelf, which allows tc and ip
to load BPF and XDP object files respectively.
Preserve optionality of libelf by having configuration script follow the
HAVE_ELF environment variable, used similarly to the HAVE_MNL variable.
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
Replace the old 'tc' with a singleton package variant which will be used
to enable additional functionality and limit it only to tc. Non-variant
packages will only be installed during 'tiny' variant builds, hence will
be configured without extra features, thus preserving previously limited
functionality and reduced package sizes.
Also set ip-tiny as the default variant, and install 'tiny' versions of
development libraries.
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
Compile-based feature detection (e.g. xtables, ipset support) was broken
due to silent compilation errors in the configure script, caused by a
Makefile variable KERNEL_INCLUDE referring to kernel build headers. Use
userspace headers by setting the same "user_headers" kernel include path
as used for the iptables build.
Remove redundant or unused Build/Configure definitions from package
Makefile, including KERNEL_INCLUDE, LIBC_INCLUDE and DBM includes.
Don't pass LDFLAGS within MAKE_FLAGS as this interferes with LDFLAGS in
tc/Makefile and masks a link parameter ("-Wl,-export-dynamic"). Instead,
use standard TARGET_LDFLAGS.
Replace EXTRA_CCOPTS in MAKE_FLAGS with cleaner TARGET_CPPFLAGS, and also
drop now unneeded patch 150-extra-ccopts.patch.
Enable defining XT_LIB_DIR from Makefile, needed to set the iptables
modules directory to something other than /lib/xtables, and also add
libxtables dependency. Both are needed with working xtables detection.
Note that libxtables is also pulled in by iptables, firewall or luci, so
this change has no size impact in most cases.
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
Since v4.13, iproute2 switched to a config.mk file with greater use of
pkg-config for library/feature detection. Replace the old Config patch
with one modifying the configure script but enabling the same changes:
- explicitly disable TC_CONFIG_ATM
- rely on feature detection for IP_CONFIG_SETNS and TC_CONFIG_XT
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
Enable the built-in BPF JIT compiler for all 4.9, 4.14 and 4.19 kernels,
which should speed up cBPF and eBPF-based packet filtering (tc, iptables)
and packet sniffing (libpcap, tcpdump, fwknopd, etc).
This has minimal kernel size impact, increasing the size of uImage-lzma
(normally ~2 MB on mips_24kc or mips64el_mips64) by 5 KB for the MIPS32
arch cBPF JIT and by 9 KB for the MIPS64 arch eBPF JIT, on kernel 4.14.
With JIT enabled (cBPF only), the standard BPF test module (test_bpf.ko)
running on a DIR-835 (mips_24kc) used 33 CPU seconds, but 68 without JIT.
This change aligns with the notion of OpenWRT as the network go-to swiss
army knife for packet handling, especially on CPU-constrained platforms.
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
Add the test_bpf module that runs various test vectors against the BPF
interpreter or BPF JIT compiler. The module must be manually loaded, as
with the kmod-crypto-test module which serves a similar purpose.
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
Add em_ipset module to support tc filter classification by IP set. Build
as a standalone package to help avoid pulling in rest of kmod-sched and
isolate new dependency on kmod-ipt-ipset.
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
Add act_pedit, act_csum, act_gact and act_simple modules for additional
tc action support. Module act_simple helps with debug and logging, similar
to iptables LOG target, while act_gact provides common generic actions.
Modules act_pedit and act_csum support general packet mangling, and have
been the subject of feature requests and forum discussions (e.g. DSCP),
as well as being added to the Turris OS fork of OpenWrt ~2 years ago.
Also select dependency kmod-lib-crc32c to support act_csum.
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
All tc ematch modules, including those in kmod-sched-core and kmod-sched,
use cls_basic as a core dependency. Relocate cls_basic from kmod-sched to
kmod-sched-core to avoid requiring kmod-sched unnecessarily.
This change is also backwards compatible since any past tc ematch users
will have had to install both kmod-sched-core and kmod-sched anyway.
Add the matchall kernel module cls_matchall introduced in kernel 4.8. The
matchall classifier matches every packet and allows the user to apply
actions on it. It is a simpler, more efficient replacement for the common
but cryptic tc classifier idiom "u32 match u32 0 0".
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
Hardware
--------
CPU: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9561
RAM: 64M DDR2
FLASH: 16M SPI-NOR
ETH: 1x WAN - 2x LAN
WiFi: QCA9561 3T3R
BTN: 1x Reset - 1x WPS
LED: 1x Blue - 1x Red - 1x Yellow
UART: TX - GND - RX - VCC (From ethernet port)
115200n8 - 3.3V
Installation
------------
1. Connect to the device via UART.
2. Interrupt the U-Boot on power-on by pressing enter when prompted.
3. Connect you computer to one of the routers LAN ports.
Assign yourself the IP 192.168.31.10/24.
Copy the OpenWRT initramfs image to a tftp server root directory.
Rename the image to 'x4q.bin'.
4. Load the initramfs image to the router by executing following command
in U-Boot. The image will boot afterwards.
> tftpboot 0x81000000 x4q.bin; bootm
5. SCP the sysupgrade-image into '/tmp'.
Remember to assign yourself an IP in 192.168.1.0/24 for this step!
6. Install OpenWRT permanently by executing
> sysupgrade -n /tmp/<OpenWRT-sysupgrade-image>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Issues a wmi command to firmware when multicast rate change is received with the
new BSS_CHANGED_MCAST_RATE flag. Also fixes the incorrect fixed_rate setting
for CCK rates which got introduced with addition of ath10k_rates_rev2 enum.
By default the firmware uses 1Mbps and 6Mbps rate for management packets
in 2G and 5G bands respectively. But when the user selects different
basic rates from the userspace, we need to send the management
packets at the lowest basic rate selected by the user.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
By default the firmware uses 1Mbps and 6Mbps rate for management packets
in 2G and 5G bands respectively. But when the user selects different
basic rates from the userspace, we need to send the management
packets at the lowest basic rate selected by the user.
This change makes use of WMI_VDEV_PARAM_MGMT_RATE param for configuring the
management packets rate to the firmware.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Release notes since last time:
2019-02-08:
Fix rate-ctrl assert related to bad logic that tried to guess
that lower bandwidth probes were automatically successful if
higher was. The NSS mismatch that can happen here caused the
assert. Just comment out the offending code
(per comment from original QCA code). This is bug 69.
2019-02-10:
Fix bssid mis-alignment that broke 4-addr vlan mode (bug 67).
Original buggy commit was
commit 2bf89e70ecd1 ("dev-ds: Better packing of wal_vdev struct.")
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The KERNEL_ENTRY was missing from the DEFAULT_DEVICE_VARS.
This bug was discovered while preparing alternative images
for the mpc85xx's TP-Link WDR4900-V1, which all failed to
boot due to this:
|## Booting kernel from Legacy Image at 02000000 ...
| Image Name: POWERPC OpenWrt Linux-4.14.96
| Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
| Data Size: 2056568 Bytes = 2 MiB
| Load Address: 01000000
| Entry Point: 00000000
| Verifying Checksum ... OK
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Commit 7ebbbda293 ("ar71xx: ubnt-(xm,xw): fix LED RSSI indication")
adds support for using the RSSI strenght via LEDS.
The rssileds package addition got lost during altering the patch.
Add it again to fix this.
Fixes: 7ebbbda293 ("ar71xx: ubnt-(xm,xw): fix LED RSSI indication")
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Update mpfr to 4.0.2
Use official site as last resort
Force thread-safety functionality
Refresh patches
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
9f44fa22cb Add compiler barriers around modifications of the robust mutex list for pthread_mutex_trylock. [BZ #24180]
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Same reasoning as in bdedb798150a58ad7ce3c4741f2f31df97e84c3f; don't set
default firewall zone to wan as the firewall zone for the vti interface
can be configured in the firewall config or it makes it impossible not to
specify a firewall zone for the vti interface.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Same reasoning as in bdedb798150a58ad7ce3c4741f2f31df97e84c3f; don't set
default firewall zone to wan as the firewall zone for the ipip interface
can be configured in the firewall config or it makes it impossible not to
specify a firewall zone for the ipip interface.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This patch uses nfct_help() to detect whether an established connection
needs conntrack helper instead of using test_bit(IPS_HELPER_BIT,
&ct->status).
The reason for this modification is that IPS_HELPER_BIT is only set when
the conntrack helper is attached by explicit CT target.
However, in the case that a device enables conntrack helper via the other
ways (e.g., command "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_helper")
, the status of IPS_HELPER_BIT will not present any change. That means the
IPS_HELPER_BIT might lose the checking ability in the context.
Signed-off-by: HsiuWen Yen <y.hsiuwen@gmail.com>
When mapping for RSSI LEDs was defined for interface wlan0 on
Ubiquiti XM and XW family, it missed connection to actual interface.
Therefore create the mapping to interface, so RSSI LEDs work without
additional configuration, after starting rssileds service.
Also add the required package for this.
While at that, remove coefficients needed for PWM LEDs, as XM and XW
boards do not support PWM LEDs.
Tested-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Signed-off-by: Lech Perczak <lech.perczak@gmail.com>
[Squashed commits + remove custom device_packages + slighty rewrite the commit msg]
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Some hAP lite routers aren't detected because
/proc/cpuinfo shows "RouterBOARD RB941-2nD"
instead of "RouterBOARD 941-2nD".
Fix that.
Signed-off-by: Julien Rabier <taziden@flexiden.org>
[Alter string to include all flavours + slight rewrite of commit msg]
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
While preparing 4.19 for imx6 and test building it with
CONFIG_ALL_KMODS=y with verbose mode enabled, I was asked by kernel
config about few missing symbols/modules
Let's add them to the generic config.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
[slight rewrite of commit log]
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Remove 980-rt2x00-reduce-power-consumption-on-mt7620.patch which in
combination with the most recently added patch reportedly causes TX
power to be too weak.
"without patches rssi on receiver is ~ -23dBm with 980 about -35dBm,
with both patches drops below -40dBm. with 987 only ~-28dBm"
We may need to reconsider this once we have implemented TSSI.
Fixes: cdb58b2bfe ("mac80211: rt2x00: reduce tx power to nominal level on RT6352")
Reported-by: Tomislav Požega <pozega.tomislav@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Current implementation of RT6352 support provides too high tx power
at least on iPA/eLNA devices. Reduce amplification of variable gain
amplifier by 6dB to match board target power of 17dBm.
Transmited signal strength with this patch is similar to that of
stock firmware or pandorabox firmware. Throughput measured with iperf
improves. Device tested: Xiaomi Miwifi Mini.
Signed-off-by: Tomislav Požega <pozega.tomislav@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
There are two problems with this behaviour that the zone is set to wan
if no zone config option is defined in the interface section.
* The zone for the interface is "normally" specified in the firewall
config file. So if we have defined "no" zone for this interface zone
option is set now to "wan" additonaly if we add the interface in the firewall
config section to the "lan" zone, the interface is added to lan and wan at once.
iptables-save | grep <iface>
This is not what I expect.
* If I do not want to set a zone to this interface it is not possible.
Remove the default assigment to wan if no zone option is defined.
If some one need the option it stil possible to define this option.
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <fe@dev.tdt.de>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> [PKG_RELEASE increase]
On ath79 and UBNT Bullet M XW (ar9342) I was experiencing weird issues during
network setup[1] which I was able to reproduce easily with following commands:
uci set network.lan.ipaddr='192.168.1.20'
uci commit network
ifup lan
Which resulted after some time in:
...
WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 0 at net/sched/sch_generic.c:461 dev_watchdog+0x16c/0x280
NETDEV WATCHDOG: eth0 (ag71xx): transmit queue 0 timed out
...
Sometimes I wasn't able to use networking anymore, sometimes it was enough to
just ifdown/ifup lan and network was backup. On ar71xx it was all working just
fine.
I've found out, that it was happening because ag71xx_poll() wasn't called, thus
the TX queue wasn't emptied. The ag71xx_poll() is being called from napi
hrtimer, which is enabled by napi_schedule() in ar71xx_interrupt(), but since
no interrupts were ever fired again after ag71xx_stop() was called, it was
always leading to tx queue timeouts:
*** ag71xx_hard_start_xmit()
eth0: packet injected into TX queue
eth0: raw intr=00000001 TXPS POLL
eth0: enable polling mode
eth0: processing TX ring, flush=no
eth0: disable polling mode, rx=1, tx=1,limit=32
( `ifup lan done here` )
*** ag71xx_stop()
*** ag71xx_open()
*** ag71xx_hw_enable()
IPv6: ADDRCONF(NETDEV_UP): eth0: link is not ready
IPv6: ADDRCONF(NETDEV_CHANGE): eth0: link becomes ready
*** ag71xx_hard_start_xmit()
eth0: packet injected into TX queue
*** ag71xx_hard_start_xmit()
eth0: packet injected into TX queue
...
WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 0 at net/sched/sch_generic.c:320 dev_watchdog+0x164/0x274
So I've looked at ag71xx_stop() in ar71xx, added the missing bits to ath79 and
fixed this issue.
1. https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/1635#issuecomment-448638246
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
[move ag->link before ag71xx_hw_disable to retain ordering as original]
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
The package hash does not match the one of the package found on the
mirrors and which is generated when I do the git clone.
Fixes: 4856fa30a6 ("nat46: import for routing, add myself as maintainer")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Restoring the bootloader config before rebooting fails:
tar: invalid tar magic
Add the -z option to the tar command to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
TP-Link Archer C7 v4 is a dual-band AC1750 router, based on the
Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9561 SoC + QCA9880.
Specification:
- 775/650/258 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz
- 3T3R 5 GHz
- 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 7x LED, 2x button
- UART header on PCB
Flash instruction:
1. Upload openwrt-ath79-generic-tplink_archer-c7-v4-squashfs-factory.bin
via Web interface
Flash instruction using TFTP recovery:
1. Set PC to fixed ip address 192.168.0.66
2. Download openwrt-ath79-generic-tplink_archer-c7-v4-squashfs-factory.bin
and rename it to ArcherC7v4_tp_recovery.bin
3. Start a tftp server with the file tp_recovery.bin in its root directory
4. Turn off the router
5. Press and hold Reset button
6. Turn on router with the reset button pressed and wait ~15 seconds
7. Release the reset button and after a short time
the firmware should be transferred from the tftp server
8. Wait ~30 second to complete recovery.
Signed-off-by: Oldřich Jedlička <oldium.pro@gmail.com>
It was reported to me today on IRC, that building of artifacts doesn't
work properly if the concat_cmd references DEVICE_NAME variable. I've
found out, that it's due to missing call of Device/Export in artifacts
building code path, so this patch adds the missing Device/Export call
which in turn exports DEFAULT_DEVICE_VARS into the artifacts
environment.
Fixes: 493c9a3551 ("build: Introduce building of artifacts")
Tested-by: Oskari Lemmela <oskari@lemmela.net>
Reported-by: Oskari Lemmela <oskari@lemmela.net>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This option was a spi nor hack which is dropped in commit
bcf4a5f474 ("ramips: remove chunked-io patch and set spi->max_transfer_size instead")
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [edit message]
The WeVo 11AC NAS has a MT7612E 802.11ac chip on the PCB.
Signed-off-by: Ju Se Hoon <joosahoon@gmail.com>
[renamed author from Albis-dev to real name, editted commit message]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
<https://www.openwall.com/lists/musl/2019/01/21/8>
"This release makes improvements with respect to default thread stack
size, including increasing the default from 80k to 128k, increasing
the default guard size from 4k to 8k, and allowing the default to be
increased via ELF headers so that programs that need larger stacks can
be build without source-level changes, using just LDFLAGS.
Insufficient stack size for AIO threads on kernels that don't honor
the constant MINSIGSTKSZ is also fixed.
The glob core has been rewritten to fix inability to see past
searchable-but-unreadable path components, and to avoid excessive
stack usage and unnecessary syscalls. The tsearch AVL tree
implementation has also been rewritten for better size and
performance. The math library adds more native single-instruction
implementations for arm, s390x, powerpc, and x86_64.
Various bugs are fixed, including several possible deadlocks, one of
which was a new regression in 1.1.20."
detailed release notes can be found in the WHATSNEW file:
<http://git.musl-libc.org/cgit/musl/tree/WHATSNEW#n1989>
Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch fixes the ASUS' RT-AC58U port order by
unifying the configuration with the NBG6617.
Reported-by: Roberto Socrates (rtac58u-user on the forum)
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch splits the big board case switch in 02_network in
two functions ipq40xx_setup_interfaces() and ipq40xx_setup_macs()
just like ath79 and ramips do.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
* Jan 2, 2019
Rebase patches to make 9980 bisectable.
* Jan 2, 2019
Fix scheduling related assert when wal-peer is deleted with pending
tx buffers (bug 54, and others)
* Jan 7, 2019:
Fix specifying retransmits for AMPDU frames. It was previously ignored
since it is a 'software' retransmit instead of a hardware retransmit.
* Jan 9, 2019
Fix potential way to get zero rates selected (and then assert)
* Jan 18, 2019
pfsched has specific work-around to just return if we find invalid flags AND
if we are in an out-of-order situation. Maybe this is last of the pfsched
related issues (bug 54 and similar).
* Jan 24, 2019
The rcSibUpdate method can be called concurrently with IRQ tx-completion callback,
and that could potentially allow the tx-completion callback to see invalid state
and assert or otherwise mess up the rate-ctrl logic. So, disable IRQs in
rcSibUpdate to prevent this. Related to bug 58.
* Jan 28, 2019
Ensure that cached config is applied to ratectrl objects when fetched from
the cache. This should fix part of bug 58.
* Jan 28, 2019
Ensure that ratectrl objects from cachemgr are always initialized. This fixes
another part of bug 58.
* Jan 30, 2019
Better use of temporary rate-ctrl object. Make sure it is initialized, simplify
code path. This finishes up porting forward similar changes I made for wave-1
firmware long ago, and fixes another potential way to hit bug-58 issues.
* Jan 30, 2019
Cachemgr did not have a callback for when memory was logically freed. This means
that peers could keep stale references to rate-ctrl objects that were in process
of being DMA'd into to load a different peer's rate-ctrl state. This was causing
the bugcheck logic to fail early and often, and I suspect it might be a root cause
of bug 58 as well. The fix is to add a callback and set any 'deleted' memory references
to NULL so that we cannot access it accidentally. Thanks to excellent logs and patience
from the bug-58 reporter!
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Commit e61061a088 added support for hardening
options in the toolchain. However this breaks the gcc5.5.0 compilation in
case FORTIFY_SOURCE is set different from FORTIFY_SOURCE_NONE as reported
in [1].
Fix this by backporting the upstream patch which fixes this in later gcc versions
[1] https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?format=multiple&id=61164
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
a9d4c0e mt76: mt76x2: avoid running DPD calibration if tx is blocked
4d7e13f mt76: explicitly disable energy detect cca during scan
e3c1aad mt76: run MAC work every 100ms
4e8766a mt76: clear CCA timer stats in mt76x02_edcca_init
e301f23 mt76: measure the time between mt76x02_edcca_check runs
74075ef mt76: increase ED/CCA tx block threshold
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Package kmod-drm is missing dependencies for the following libraries:
drm_panel_orientation_quirks.ko
It seems, that since Linux 4.15-rc2 drm depends on drm_panel_orientation_quirks.ko
commit 8d70f395e6cbece665b12b4bf6dbc48d12623014
Author: Hans de Goede <j.w.r.degoede@gmail.com>
Date: Sat Nov 25 20:35:49 2017 +0100
drm: Add support for a panel-orientation connector property, v6
On some devices the LCD panel is mounted in the casing in such a way that
the up/top side of the panel does not match with the top side of the
device (e.g. it is mounted upside-down).
This commit adds the necessary infra for lcd-panel drm_connector-s to
have a "panel orientation" property to communicate how the panel is
orientated vs the casing.
Userspace can use this property to check for non-normal orientation and
then adjust the displayed image accordingly by rotating it to compensate.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
a4ec45c mt7603: fix LED support (copy CFLAGS from main Makefile)
edda5c5 mt76x02: use mask for vifs
dd52191 mt76x02: use commmon add interface for mt76x2u
a80acaf mt76x02: initialize mutli bss mode when set up address
38e832d mt76x02: minor beaconing init changes
171adaf mt76x02: init beacon config for mt76x2u
dcab682 mt76: beaconing fixes for USB
ff81de1 mt76x02: enable support for IBSS and MESH
8027b5d mt7603: remove copyright headers
e747e80 mt76: fix software encryption issues
2afa0d7 mt7603: remove WCID override for software encrypted frames
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Host "gd.tuwien.ac.at" does not exists anymore, so we replace it by "ftp.pca.dfn.de" from the official list of mirrors.
Signed-off-by: Sven Roederer <devel-sven@geroedel.de>
Use `stat -L` instead of `ls -l` to follow symbolic links when obtaining
the file size of .ipk archives.
Without this change, the size of the symlink, not the size of the target
file is encoded in the package index file.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
d4ba162 libopkg: only perform size check when information is available
Fixes: e079591b84 ("opkg: update to latest Git head")
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
c3da1aa mt7603: trigger beacon stuck detection faster
7a53138 mt7603: trigger watchdog reset if flushing CAB queue fails
6eef33b mt7603: remove mt7603_txq_init
ae30c30 mt76: add driver callback for when a sta is associated
0db925f mt7603: update HT/VHT capabilities after assoc
b5ac8e4 mt7603: initialize LED callbacks only if CONFIG_MT76_LEDS is set
c989bac mt76x0: eeprom: fix chan_vs_power map in mt76x0_get_power_info
24bd2c0 mt76x0: phy: report target_power in debugfs
bc7ce2a mt76x0: init: introduce mt76x0_init_txpower routine
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
When config_get is called as "config_get section option" the option
is unexpectedly globbed by the shell which differs from the way options
are read to a variable with "config_get variable section option".
Add another layer of double quotes to fix it.
Signed-off-by: Günther Kelleter <guenther.kelleter@devolo.de>
Use LINUX_DIR as a path when patching kernel. Doesn't break the current usage,
but allows to create packages that will contain variation of a kernel with
kernel being build in some subdirectory of PKG_BUILD_DIR.
Signed-off-by: Michal Hrusecky <michal.hrusecky@nic.cz>
Building ar71xx currently fails with:
In file included from ./include/linux/ipv6.h:5,
from ./include/net/ipv6.h:16,
from ./include/net/inetpeer.h:16,
from ./include/net/ip_fib.h:24,
from ./include/net/switchdev.h:17,
from ./include/net/dsa.h:23,
from arch/mips/ath79/dev-dsa.h:15,
from arch/mips/ath79/dev-dsa.c:17:
./include/uapi/linux/ipv6.h:107:1: error: alignment 1 of 'struct ipv6_destopt_hao' is less than 2 [-Werror=packed-not-aligned]
} __attribute__((packed));
Address this issue by correcting the alignment of the struct packing
pragma accordingly.
Fixes: FS#1805
Reported-by: Pascal Ernster <git@hardfalcon.net>
[reword subject, rewrap commit message]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This fixes two issues with cleaning package files from STAGING_DIR:
* CleanStaging currently can only remove files and not directories. This
changes CleanStaging to use clean-package.sh, which does remove
directories.
* Because of the way directories are ordered in the staging files list,
clean-package.sh currently tries (and fails) to remove parent
directories before removing subdirectories. This changes
clean-package.sh to process the staging files list in reverse, so that
subdirectories are removed first.
Signed-off-by: Jeffery To <jeffery.to@gmail.com>
If a user finds that logd is too barebone for their needs and wishes
to have more control over syslog, the user presently has an option
to enable CONFIG_BUSYBOX_CONFIG_FEATURE_SYSLOG and configure syslog
with settings in /etc/syslog.conf.
Presently /etc/syslog.conf silently disappears on sysupgrade. This
patch prevents such unwanted behaviour if busybox syslog is enabled
via CONFIG_BUSYBOX_CONFIG_FEATURE_SYSLOG.
Signed-off-by: Val Kulkov <val.kulkov@gmail.com>
The correct MAC address for this device is lan_mac +1, there is no
need to set lan_mac so use base_mac variable instead lan_mac.
Based on this PR for ath79:
https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/1726
Signed-off-by: David Santamaría Rogado <howl.nsp@gmail.com>
[fix alphabetical ordering, reword subject]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This fixes the following security problems:
* CVE-2018-5407: Microarchitecture timing vulnerability in ECC scalar multiplication
* CVE-2018-0734: Timing vulnerability in DSA signature generation
* Resolve a compatibility issue in EC_GROUP handling with the FIPS Object Module
Signed-off-by: Sven Roederer <freifunk@it-solutions.geroedel.de>
As the usage of libbsd is no longer limited to glibc, prevent libbsd
being picked up by removing the dependency on libbsd.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Kernel 4.14.96 got the new configuration option
CIFS_ALLOW_INSECURE_LEGACY which allows to deactivate support for old
and insecure SMB versions like 1.0 and 2.0. Still allow these old SMB
version and fix build problems which occurred because this option was
not defined.
This was found by build bot.
Fixes: 3662157d8b ("kernel: bump 4.14 to 4.14.96")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
upstream commit 802b7c06adc7 ("ARM: cns3xxx: Convert PCI to use generic config accessors")
reimplemented cns3xxx_pci_read_config() using pci_generic_config_read32(),
which preserved the property of only doing 32-bit reads.
It also replaced cns3xxx_pci_write_config() with pci_generic_config_write(),
so it changed writes from always being 32 bits to being the actual size,
which works just fine.
Due to:
- The documentation does not mention that only 32 bit access is allowed.
- Writes are already executed using the actual size
- Extensive testing shows that 8b, 16b and 32b reads work as intended
It makes perfectly sense to also swap 32 bit reading in favor of actual size.
also backport this patch to kernel 4.19
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
There are more regmap dependencies missing in the brcm2708 target.
Fixes: fd5c168701 ("kernel: Build: Split kmod-regmap")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Add missing pin controls for the Observa VH4032N router.
This fixes the wifi radio and ethernet LAN LEDs.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gonzalez Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
- use the blue LED for power, since the red LED is already used by
CFE in emergency mode.
- use the correct code for the wlan button
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gonzalez Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
kmod-sound-soc-3dlab-nano-player was in the global kernel menu before,
add the dependency to sound to move it to the correct category.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Two regmap dependencies were wrong, this patch fixes them.
This was detected by the build bots.
Fixes: fd5c168701 ("kernel: Build: Split kmod-regmap")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This introduces a new Kconfig option to switch on/off mbedtls' support
for debug functions.
The idea behind is to inspect TLS traffic with Wireshark for debug
purposes. At the moment, there is no native or 'nice' support for
this, but at
68aea15833
an example implementation can be found which uses the debug functions
of the library. However, this requires to have this debug stuff enabled
in the library, but at the moment it is staticly patched out.
So this patch removes the static part from the configuration patch
and introduces a dynamic config file editing during build.
When enabled, this heavily increases the library size, so I added
a warning in the Kconfig help section.
Signed-off-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
In the upstream netdev led trigger the one mode file was replaced by 3
files named rx, tx and link. Fix the netdev trigger configuration code
to use the modified API.
This fix is based on 201058b35c ("base-files: Fix netdev led trigger")
Fixes: aa3b6a08c5 ("kernel: Replace ledtrig-netdev with upstream backport")
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
Add support for Silergy SY8106A voltage regulator which is
needed for cpufreq support on boards such as Orange Pi PC
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
[Remove CONFIG_REGULATOR_SY8106A from cortexa7]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
While helping with review and build testing of a few 4.19 pull requests,
I've noticed, that dtc compiler in OpenWrt uses different options then
upstream kernel, which is leading to a very noisy output[1]. It wouldn't
be that bad per se, but a lot of such warnings aren't easily fixable so
I think, that we should follow what upstream does and simply ignore^W
silence those noisy warnings.
So this patch tries to syncs dtc compiler flags with upstream kernel
till version 4.19.13, disabling those warnings as they were added in
upstream kernel:
v4.6-rc1-2-gbc55398 dtc: turn off dtc unit address warnings by default
The newly added dtc warning to check DT unit-address without reg
property and vice-versa generates lots of warnings. Turn off the check
unless building with W=1 or W=2.
v4.11-rc2-11-g8654cb8 dtc: update warning settings for new bus and node/property
dtc gained new warnings checking PCI and simple buses, unit address
formatting, and stricter node and property name checking. Disable the
new dtc warnings by default as there are 1000s. As before, warnings are
enabled with W=1 or W=2. The strict node and property name checks are a
bit subjective, so they are only enabled for W=2.
v4.16-rc3-9-g4fd98e3 scripts: turn off some new dtc warnings by default
The latest dtc update adds some new noisy warnings, so turn them off by
default. Disable 'avoid_unnecessary_addr_size' and 'alias_paths'. They
can be re-enabled by building with 'W=1'.
v4.17-rc1-27-g74656b6 kbuild: disable new dtc graph and unit-address warnings
dtc gained some new warnings for OF graphs and unique unit addresses,
but they are currently much too noisy. So turn off
'graph_child_address', 'graph_port', and 'unique_unit_address' warnings
by default. They can be enabled by building dtbs with W=1.
Build tested on imx6 and ath79 with 4.14 and 4.19.
1. https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/1694#issuecomment-450864335
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Drop customizations in:
508-arm64-dts-armada-3720-espressobin-wire-up-spi-flash.patch
and move them to separate patch, with broader explanation.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
This symbol is enabled in all subtargets, move it to common kernel
config.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Acked-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
This reduces the needed modifications to the mainline Linux kernel and
also makes the regmap package work with an out of tree kernel which
does not have these modifications.
The regmap-core is only added when it is really build as a module.
The regmap-core is normally bool so it cannot be built as a module in an
unmodified kernel. When it is selected by on other kernel module it will
always be selected as build in and it also does not show up in
$(LINUX_DIR)/modules.builtin as it is not supposed to be a kernel module.
When it is not in $(LINUX_DIR)/modules.builtin the build system expects
it to be built as a .ko file.
Just check if the module is really there and only add it in that case.
This splits the regmap package into multiple packages, one for each bus type.
This way only the bus maps which are really needed have to be added.
This also splits the I2C, SPI and MMIO regmap into separate packages to not
require all these subsystems to build them, on an unmodified upstream kernel
this also causes problems in some situations.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke.mehrtens@intel.com>
Some of sunxi devices have onboard SPI flash.
Enable SPI NOR support and MTD fit split in kernel config.
Signed-off-by: Oskari Lemmela <oskari@lemmela.net>
Added e4crypt tool for encrypting files and directories. To work properly
requires kernel and work on keyutils. That will be done in a future commit
Some top-level reorganization for consistency between packages.
Tested on GnuBee PC1 (mt7621).
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Hardware
--------
CPU: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9558
RAM: 128M DDR2
FLASH: 16MiB
ETH: 1x Atheros AR8035 (PoE in)
1x Atheros AR8033
WiFi2: QCA9558 3T3R (SiGE SE2565T 2.4 GHz power amp x3)
WiFi5: QCA9880 3T3R (Skyworks 5003L1 5 GHz power amp x3)
BTN: 1x Reset
1x WPS
1x USB eject
LED: 1x LED blue
1x LED red
BEEP: 1x GPIO attached piezo beeper
UART: 3.3V GND TX RX (115200-N-8) (3.3V is pin closest to rear ports)
Dupont 4 pin header
Rear RJ45 serial port non-functional
USB: 1x v2.0
Installation
------------
Make sure you set a password for the root user as prompted on first
setup!
1. Upload OpenWRT sysupgrade image via SSH to the device.
Use /tmp as the destination folder on the device.
User is root, password previously set in the web interface.
2. Install OpenWRT with
> sysupgrade -n -F /tmp/<openwrt-image-name>
Signed-off-by: Django Armstrong <iamdjango@hotmail.com>
It's no longer needed as all mt7621 devices use DT binding (supported by
upstream mtd code) for specifying "firmware" part format explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
It results in calling the right MTD parser directly instead of trying
them one by one.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
[use the lzma splitter for the AR670W]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This is the remainder of kernel patches for the v4.19
kernel. A whole slew of the previous patch stack is now
upstream, so this mainly contains the stuff that was
added upstream between v4.19 and v5.0-rc1, and then
the USB FOTG201 patches from Hans.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
This patch fixes following error with U-Boot 2019.01 on imx6:
In file included from tools/lib/crc16.c:1:0:
./tools/../lib/crc16.c: In function 'crc16_ccitt':
./tools/../lib/crc16.c:70:2: error: 'for' loop initial declarations are only allowed in C99 mode
for (int i = 0; i < len; i++)
^
./tools/../lib/crc16.c:70:2: note: use option -std=c99 or -std=gnu99 to compile your code
Code was introduced in the upstream v2019.01-rc1-154-g51c2345:
commit 51c2345bd24837f9f67f16268da6dc71573f1325
Author: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Date: Sun Nov 25 19:22:19 2018 +0100
Roll CRC16-CCITT into the hash infrastructure
Upstream has added -std=gnu11 host flag in v2018.07-rc2-1-gfa89399:
commit fa893990e9b53425af5f5059e04a2bffde91ccf9
Author: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Date: Tue Jun 19 23:53:54 2018 -0400
Makefile: Ensure we build with -std=gnu11
Build tested on imx6: apalis, mx6sabresd, nitrogen6dl, nitrogen6dl2g,
nitrogen6q, nitrogen6q2g, nitrogen6s, nitrogen6s1g,
wandboard
Run tested: apalis (pending PR #1595)
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This adds support for the TP-Link Archer C50 v4.
It uses the same hardware as the v3 variant, sharing the same FCC-ID.
CPU: MediaTek MT7628 (580MHz)
RAM: 64M DDR2
FLASH: 8M SPI
WiFi: 2.4GHz 2x2 MT7628 b/g/n integrated
WiFI: 5GHz 2x2 MT7612 a/n/ac
ETH: 1x WAN 4x LAN
LED: Power, WiFi2, WiFi5, LAN, WAN, WPS
BTN: WPS/WiFi, RESET
UART: Near ETH ports, 115200 8n1, TP-Link pinout
Create Factory image
--------------------
As all installation methods require a U-Boot to be integrated into the
Image (and we do not ship one with the image) we are not able to create
an image in the OpenWRT build-process.
Download a TP-Link image from their Wesite and a OpenWRT sysupgrade
image for the device and build yourself a factory image like following:
TP-Link image: tpl.bin
OpenWRT sysupgrade image: owrt.bin
> dd if=tpl.bin of=boot.bin bs=131584 count=1
> cat owrt.bin >> boot.bin
Installing via Web-UI
---------------------
Upload the boot.bin via TP-Links firmware upgrade tool in the
web-interface.
Installing via Recovery
-----------------------
Activate Web-Recovery by beginning the upgrade Process with a
Firmware-Image from TP-Link. After starting the Firmware Upgrade,
wait ~3 seconds (When update status is switching to 0%), then
disconnect the power supply from the device. Upgrade flag (which
activates Web-Recovery) is written before the OS-image is touched and
removed after write is succesfull, so this procedure should be safe.
Plug the power back in. It will come up in Recovery-Mode on 192.168.0.1.
When active, all LEDs but the WPS LED are off.
Remeber to assign yourself a static IP-address as DHCP is not active in
this mode.
The boot.bin can now be uploaded and flashed using the web-recovery.
Installing via TFTP
-------------------
Prepare an image like following (Filenames from factory image steps
apply here)
> dd if=/dev/zero of=tp_recovery.bin bs=196608 count=1
> dd if=tpl.bin of=tmp.bin bs=131584 count=1
> dd if=tmp.bin of=boot.bin bs=512 skip=1
> cat boot.bin >> tp_recovery.bin
> cat owrt.bin >> tp_recovery.bin
Place tp_recovery.bin in root directory of TFTP server and listen on
192.168.0.66/24.
Connect router LAN ports with your computer and power up the router
while pressing the reset button. The router will download the image via
tftp and after ~1 Minute reboot into OpenWRT.
U-Boot CLI
----------
U-Boot CLI can be activated by holding down '4' on bootup.
Dual U-Boot
-----------
This is the first TP-Link MediaTek device to feature a split-uboot
design. The first (factory-uboot) provides recovery via TFTP and HTTP,
jumping straight into the second (firmware-uboot) if no recovery needs
to be performed. The firmware-uboot unpacks and executed the kernel.
Web-Recovery
------------
TP-Link integrated a new Web-Recovery like the one on the Archer C7v4 /
TL-WR1043v5. Stock-firmware sets a flag in the "romfile" partition
before beginning to write and removes it afterwards. If the router boots
with this flag set, bootloader will automatically start Web-recovery and
listens on 192.168.0.1. This way, the vendor-firmware or an OpenWRT
factory image can be written.
By doing the same while performing sysupgrade, we can take advantage of
the Web-recovery in OpenWRT.
It is important to note that Web-Recovery is only based on this flag. It
can't detect e.g. a crashing kernel or other means. Once activated it
won't boot the OS before a recovery action (either via TFTP or HTTP) is
performed. This recovery-mode is indicated by an illuminated WPS-LED on
boot.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Add support for passing additional parameters to mtd called during
sysupgrade. It will be required to toggle the "recovery moe" flag
supported by recent tp-link boards.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
[split code from board support patch; add commit message]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This adds an option to set the recovery flag of newer TP-Link MediaTek
boards and remove it after a successful write.
To make use of this feature, add the '-t' option to mtd-write.
The '-t' option takes the mtd partition containing the recovery flag
(usually 'romfile') as an argument. Make sure this partition is not
flagged as read-only!
Example:
> mtd -t romfile write owrt.bin firmware
This command writes the recovery-flag before it begins writing the image
to the firmware partition. After the image-write has been successful,
the recovery flag is removed.
This way, the TP-Link web-recovery is automatically enabled on an
unsucessful flash (e.g. power loss).
This option is only available if the mtd package is compiled for the
ramips target.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Specifications:
SOC: Qualcomm IPQ4018
RAM: 256 MiB Samsung K4B2G1646F-BYK0
FLASH1: MX25L1605D 2 MB
FLASH2: Winbond W25N01GV 128Mb
ETH: Qualcomm QCA8075
WLAN0: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4018 2.4GHz 802.11b/g/n 2x2
WLAN1: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4018 5GHz 802.11n/ac W2 2x2
INPUT: WPS, Reset
LED: Status - Green
SERIAL: Header at J19, Beneath DC Power Jack
1-VCC ; 2-TX ; 3-RX; 4-GND;
Serial 115200-8-N-1.
Tested and working:
- USB (requires extra packages)
- LAN Ethernet (Correct MAC-address)
- WAN Ethernet (Correct MAC-address)
- 2.4 GHz WiFi (Correct MAC-address)
- 5 GHz WiFi (Correct MAC-address)
- Factory installation from Web UI
- OpenWRT sysupgrade
- LED
- Reset Button
Need Testing:
- WPS button
Install via Web UI:
- Attach to a LAN port on the router.
- Connect to the Linksys Smart WiFi Page (default 192.168.1.1) and login
- Select the connectivity tab on the left
- In the manual update box on the right
- Select browse, and browse to
openwrt-ipq40xx-linksys_ea6350v3-squashfs-factory.bin
- Click update.
- Read and accept the warning
- The router LED will start blinking. When the router LED goes solid, you
can now navigate to 192.168.1.1 to your new OpenWrt installation.
Sysupgrade:
- Flash the sysupgrade image as usual. Please: try to do a reset everytime
you can (doing it with LuCI is easy and can be done in the same step).
Recovery (Automatic):
- If the device fails to boot after install or upgrade, whilst the unit is
turned on:
1 - Wait 15 seconds
2 - Switch Off and Wait 10 seconds
3 - Switch on
4 - Repeat steps 1 to 3, 3 times then go to 5.
5 - U-boot will have now erased the failed update and switched back to the
last working firmware - you should be able to access your router on
LAN.
Recovery (Manual):
- The steps for manual recovery are the same as the generic u-boot tftp
client method.
Back To Stock:
- Use the generic recovery using the tftp client method to flash the
"civic.img". Also you can strip-and-pad the original image and use
the generic "mtd" method by flashing over the "kernel" partition.
* Just be careful to flash in the partition that the device is currently
booted.
Signed-off-by: Ryan Pannell <ryan@osukl.com>
Signed-off-by: Oever González <notengobattery@gmail.com>
[minor edits, removed second compatible of nand, added dtb entry to 4.19]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This commit adds the 'Build/linksys-image' rule and the
'linksys-image.sh' script to the build system.
This change is needed for generating factory images for the Linksys
EA6350v3 device. Without this patch, only valid sysupgrade images can be
generated. With this patch, users can flash the device without the
need of physical access or disassembly.
Signed-off-by: Ryan Pannell <ryan@osukl.com>
Signed-off-by: Oever González <notengobattery@gmail.com>
This commit adds the object 'linksys_bootcount_fix.o' to the ipq40xx
target.
This is needed for the Linksys EA6350v3 device. Without this patch, the
device will switch-back between the current and the last flashed firmware
every 3 (three) reboots. With this patch, the device works as expected.
Signed-off-by: Ryan Pannell <ryan@osukl.com>
Signed-off-by: Oever González <notengobattery@gmail.com>
This commit adds support for the Linksys EA6350v3 device in the ipq40xx
target.
This is needed for uboot-envtools to access the environment. Without this
patch, the Linksys EA6350v3 will not be able to access the uboot
environment. As a side effect, the feature auto_recovery will make the
device unstable by switching between the latest and the current firmware.
Signed-off-by: Ryan Pannell <ryan@osukl.com>
Signed-off-by: Oever González <notengobattery@gmail.com>
This commit adds support for the Linksys EA6350v3 device in the ipq-wifi
target.
Without this patch, the Linksys EA6350v3 won't be hable to have fully
functional wireless interfaces. This is not permanent: the board data has
already been sent to ath10k _at_ lists _dot_ infradead _dot_ org
Signed-off-by: Ryan Pannell <ryan@osukl.com>
Signed-off-by: Oever González <notengobattery@gmail.com>
This patch adds several country codes to the regd.h and regd_common.h
files in order to support devices whose country codes are not present in
the original list.
Without this patch, all devices whose manufacturer programmed any of these
code in their EEPROM will run without wireless interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Oever González <notengobattery@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [matched signed-off]
Patch picked from commit 82618062cf
This enables 4B opcodes for MX25L25635F, to fix the reboot crash
issue (FS#1120) At least 3 devices are using this flash
- GeHua GHL-R-001
- Youku YK1
- Newifi D1
Now the MX25L25635F can be correctly detected without breaking MX25L25635E
[ 3.034324] spi-mt7621 1e000b00.spi: sys_freq: 220000000
[ 3.045962] m25p80 spi0.0: mx25l25635f (32768 Kbytes)
[ 3.056098] 4 fixed-partitions partitions found on MTD device spi0.0
[ 3.068748] Creating 4 MTD partitions on "spi0.0":
Signed-off-by: Deng Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [added deprecation notice]
CPU: FSL P1020 (2x 800MHz E500 PPC)
RAM: 1GB DDR3
FLASH: 256MiB NAND
WiFi: 2x Atheros AR9382 2x2:2 abgn
ETH: 2x BCM54616S - 1x BCM53128 8-port switch
LED: 5x LEDs (Power, WiFi1, WiFi2, N/D, SYS)
BTN: 1x RESET
Installation
------------
1. Download initrams kernel image, dtb binary and sysupgrade image.
2. Place initramfs kernel into tftp root directory. Rename to
"panda-uimage-factory".
3. Place dtb binary into tftp root directory. Rename to "panda.fdt".
4. Start tftp server on 192.168.100.8/24.
5. Power up the device with the reset button pressed. It will download
the initrams and dtb via tftp and boot into OpenWRT in RAM.
6. SSH into the device and remove the factory partitions.
> ubirmvol /dev/ubi0 --name=kernel1
> ubirmvol /dev/ubi0 --name=rootfs1
> ubirmvol /dev/ubi0 --name=devicetree1
You will have around 60 MiB of free space with that.
You can also delete "kernel2", "devicetree2", "rootfs2" and "storage"
respectively in case you do not want to go back to the vendor firmware.
7. Modify the U-Boot bootcmd to allow for booting OpenWRT
> fw_setenv bootcmd_owrt "ubi part ubi && ubi read 0x1000000 kernel
&& bootm 0x1000000"
> fw_setenv bootargs_owrt "setenv bootargs console=ttyS0,115200
ubi.mtd=3,2048"
> fw_setenv bootcmd "run bootargs_owrt; run bootcmd_owrt"
8. Transfer the sysupgrade image via scp into the /tmp directory.
9. Upgrade the device
> sysupgrade -n /tmp/<imagename>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This commit removes the target-specific diag.sh script. This way, the
generic one is used for the target, which uses DT-aliases to specify the
LEDs used.
This way, we are also able to use different LEDs to indicate different
states. We use green status LEDs for indicating boot and a running
system. Where possible, the red status LED is used to indicate failsafe
mode and a running upgrade.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The unit address should be wifi@1,0 since the device is located
at 0000:01:00.0.
Reported-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
With 6409b159e8 ("gemini: switch to 4.14") the EOF marker were dropped
from the rootfs images. Without the marker the rootfs_data partition
can't be created and it isn't possible to permanently store any
configuration changes.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Replace the data placerholder in ImageInfo-itian_sq201 in a reproducible
way.
The code for the replace was accidentality dropped in 5bac623895
("gemini: unify and fix ib-nas4220b and sq201 image creation")
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Support for the Teltonika RUT1xx was added with the switch to kernel
4.4. Hidding such changes in a kernel switch commit is the wrong way and
the support for the Teltonika RUT1xx is pretty much incomplete.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
They were dropped with 6409b159e8 ("gemini: switch to 4.14") without
any explaination.
The image generation is disabled for now as it would break the build for
the target. The mkfwimage2 call need to be adjusted to reflect the real
size of kernel and rootfs. Nevertheless, add the required code to give
interested parties a chance to fix the remaining issues.
The dts would need to use the ecoscentric,redboot-fis-partitions
partition parser to get the correct partition offsets and size. It's
expected that the OEM firmware adjusts the on flash partition table with
the values defined in the image header.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use an output image filename based on the compatible string from the dts
files. This way it is way easier to get for which board an image is
intended.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The root filesystem is already part of the factory image and most likely
not required at all.
The same applies to the kernel images.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
There is no support for sysupgrade in gemini, hence all images are only
suitable for an installation via bootloader or oem firmware.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
For temporary directories <imagename>.tmp is a common pattern in image
build code across the tree. Use it for the nas4220b/sq201 recipe as
well.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Create files in temporary directories within the build directory
instead manipulating files in the (final) output directory.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Due to the missing PROFILES all images are build, regardless of the
selected (or currently processed in case of a multi profile build).
Because of the race condition builds with eight parallel jobs fail,
which can be seen on the build bots as well.
Add the PROFILES variable for now, till the root cause is identified.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
When using Image Builder and building image for Cortex A53 or
A72 subtargets, it'll fail with following message:
Collected errors:
* opkg_install_cmd: Cannot install package mwlwifi-firmware-88w8864.
* opkg_install_cmd: Cannot install package mwlwifi-firmware-88w8964.
make[2]: *** [Makefile:153: package_install] Error 255
make[1]: *** [Makefile:114: _call_image] Error 2
This is beacuse both packages are available only for Cortex A9 subtarget
and are included in PACKAGES array in default profile. Instead patching
this, let's remove profiles completely, since all necessary packages are
specified in DEVICE_PACKAGES array for each device.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
This removes the misplaced UCI-network configuration for the MR33. The
LAN port is set in 01_leds while it is already correctly defined in
02_network.
This was most likely an oversight as no network configuration belongs
into 01_leds.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Enable support for 2nd USB port, which is available on Fritz!Box 7320
and 7330. It was run-tested on 7320 and 7330 as well.
Signed-off-by: Robert Resch <openwrt@webnmail.de>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This commit changes the model string and device title of all AVM boards
to fit the naming of the manufacturer.
Drop all provider-specific titles as they are re-used for every device
generation by 1&1. The original AVM model name is printed on the bottom
of every devices.
Exception applies for boards which are only supported by a specific
sub-revision.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Change the "status" LED to proper GPIO 12 and "red" naming.
Remove GPIO 2 from definition as a USB LED.
GPIO 2 is used to control power to the USB socket, not an LED.
As such, PWM on the line or typical LED triggers are inappropriate.
Users who wish to control the USB power for custom applications
can manipulate the GPIO through code, or for example, export it
through /sys/class/gpio/export.
Runtime-tested: GL.iNet AR300M-Lite
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kletsky <git-commits@allycomm.com>
The library has an usual shared object file name, which caused the
install glob pattern to miss the actual so.
Fixes: #2082
Fixes; 0e70f69a35 ("treewide: revise library packaging")
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This bumps ppp to latest git version.
There is one upstream commit, which changes DES encryption calls from
libcrypt / glibc to openssl.
As long as we don't use glibc-2.28, revert this commit.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
A missing upstream stable backport leads to the following build error:
CC drivers/mmc/host/sdhci-msm.o
drivers/mmc/host/sdhci-msm.c:1158:3: error: 'const struct sdhci_ops' has no member named 'write_w'
.write_w = sdhci_msm_write_w,
^~~~~~~
drivers/mmc/host/sdhci-msm.c:1158:13: warning: excess elements in struct initializer
.write_w = sdhci_msm_write_w,
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
drivers/mmc/host/sdhci-msm.c:1158:13: note: (near initialization for 'sdhci_msm_ops')
scripts/Makefile.build:326: recipe for target 'drivers/mmc/host/sdhci-msm.o' failed
Solve the issue by backporting commit
99d570da30 ("mmc: Kconfig: Enable CONFIG_MMC_SDHCI_IO_ACCESSORS")
from linux-stable.
Ref: 528508ae8b (commitcomment-32049231)
Fixes: 528508ae8b ("kernel: bump 4.14 to 4.14.95")
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This adds the hardening options also to the toolchain build.
With this change the /usr/lib/libstdc++.so.6.0.24 library will have
stack canaries and the /lib/libgcc_s.so.1 library will have Full RELRO.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Both Build/sq201-images and Build/nas4220b-images scripts
are very similar. This patch unifies both methods at the
cost of renaming the produced sysupgrade file names, but
with the benifit of creating better reproducible files.
The patch also fixes a race in parallel builds in which case
the ImageInfo of one device could end up in both sysupgrade
files.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Currently, IMAGE_NAME is expanded at declaration time
and this causes strange filename in the builder's logs:
|cp: cannot stat '[...]/openwrt-gemini-dlink-dns-313-.': No such file or directory
|cp: cannot stat '[...]/openwrt-gemini-nas4220b-.': No such file or directory
|[...]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch replaces the current hack with a better
version of the RFC patch has been accepted upstream.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
- remove stray #address-cells / #size-cells
- fix partition unit-addresses in wd-mybooklive.dts
- remove index from MBL's gpio node name
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Initially this patch was introduced as a quick fix following
the removal of 936-ath10k_skip_otp_check.patch which caused
multiple ath10k pcie devices in various ipq806x and ar71xx/ath79
targets to malfunction.
Thankfully, the affected devices have been updated to utilize
the pre-caldata method. And finally with the switch to ath10k-ct,
which never had the patch or any reports of similar issues, I
think it's time to remove this patch since it is no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch adds the boot-part feature which enables the brcm2708
target move from the custom boot partition size config option to
the generic CONFIG_TARGET_KERNEL_PARTSIZE.
Note:
For people using custom images: Just like with
CONFIG_TARGET_ROOTFS_PARTSIZE changing the value
can cause sysupgrade to repartition the device!
Make sure to have a backup in this case.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The ABI_VERSION:=1 tag will take care of transforming the binary
library package basename.
Add a virtual PROVIDES:=libelf1 for packages still having libelf1
in their DEPENDS:=... lists.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
- Filter out potential duplicates with the package name
(e.g. when renaming libfoo1 w/ ABI_VERSION:=1 to libfoo)
- Use the GetABISuffix macro to properly separate the suffix
with a dash in case the basename ends with a number
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
When a library package specifies additional provides, e.g. libncurses
which provides libncursesw, we should also append the abi version
suffix to each provide, since there may be more than one package
providing the virtual library.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Last incompatible change appeared to be 4924411
("http: add proper error handling to uclient_http_redirect()") which
changed the return value of uclient_http_redirect() from bool to int.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
* tools: curve25519: handle unaligned loads/stores safely
This should fix sporadic crashes with `wg pubkey` on certain architectures.
* netlink: auth socket changes against namespace of socket
In WireGuard, the underlying UDP socket lives in the namespace where the
interface was created and doesn't move if the interface is moved. This
allows one to create the interface in some privileged place that has
Internet access, and then move it into a container namespace that only
has the WireGuard interface for egress. Consider the following
situation:
1. Interface created in namespace A. Socket therefore lives in namespace A.
2. Interface moved to namespace B. Socket remains in namespace A.
3. Namespace B now has access to the interface and changes the listen
port and/or fwmark of socket. Change is reflected in namespace A.
This behavior is arguably _fine_ and perhaps even expected or
acceptable. But there's also an argument to be made that B should have
A's cred to do so. So, this patch adds a simple ns_capable check.
* ratelimiter: build tests with !IPV6
Should reenable building in debug mode for systems without IPv6.
* noise: replace getnstimeofday64 with ktime_get_real_ts64
* ratelimiter: totalram_pages is now a function
* qemu: enable FP on MIPS
Linux 5.0 support.
* keygen-html: bring back pure javascript implementation
Benoît Viguier has proofs that values will stay well within 2^53. We
also have an improved carry function that's much simpler. Probably more
constant time than emscripten's 64-bit integers.
* contrib: introduce simple highlighter library
This is the highlighter library being used in:
- https://twitter.com/EdgeSecurity/status/1085294681003454465
- https://twitter.com/EdgeSecurity/status/1081953278248796165
It's included here as a contrib example, so that others can paste it into
their own GUI clients for having the same strictly validating highlighting.
* netlink: use __kernel_timespec for handshake time
This readies us for Y2038. See https://lwn.net/Articles/776435/ for more info.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
Update to the latest version of iproute2; see https://lwn.net/Articles/776174/
for a full overview of the changes in 4.20.
Remove upstream patch 001-fix-print_0xhex-on-32-bit.patch and 002-tc-fix-xtables-incorrect-usage-of-LDFLAGS.patch
Introduce a patch to include <linux/limits.h> for XATTR_SIZE_MAX in tc
Signed-off-by: Deng Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
Current code directly writes the FOE entry to hash_val+1 position
when hash collision occurs. However, it is found that this behavior
will cause the cache and the hardware FOE table to be inconsistent.
For example, there are three flows, and their hashed values are all
equal to 100. The first flow is written to the position of 100. The
second flow is written to the position of 100+1. Then, the logic of
the current code will also write the third flow to 100+1.
At this time, the cache has flow 1 and 2; and the hardware FOE table
has flow 1 and 3, where these two parts store different contents.
So it is necessary to check whether the hash_val+1 is also occupied
before writing. If hash_val+1 is also occupied, we won’t bind th
third flow to the FOE table.
Addition to that, we also cancel the processing of foe_entry removal
because the hardware has auto age-out ability. The hardware will
periodically iterate through the FOE table to find out the time-out
entry and set it as INVALID.
Signed-off-by: HsiuWen Yen <y.hsiuwen@gmail.com>
On musl based distributions, u-boot 2010.03 fails to build with:
u-boot-2010.03/include/u-boot/crc.h:29:50: error: unknown type name 'uint'
uint32_t crc32 (uint32_t, const unsigned char *, uint);
The issue was fixed in the newer u-boot-2018.03 version, this commit
backports the change to the older version used by ar71xx/ath79.
Signed-off-by: Andy Walsh <andy.walsh44+github@gmail.com>
[add commit message from PR description]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Instead of silently downgrading any non-MD5 crypt() request to DES,
cleanly fail with return NULL and errno = ENOSYS. This allows callers
to notice the missing support instead of the unwanted silent fallback
to DES.
Also add a menuconfig toolchain option to optionally disable the crypt
size hack completely. This can be probably made dependant on SMALL_FLASH
or a similar feature indicator in a future commit.
Ref: https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/1331
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The crypt(3) function is allowed to fail with either EINVAL or ENOSYS when
the given salt is either invalid or when the requested algorithm is not
implemented.
In such a case, libbb's pw_encrypt() function will silently convert the
crypt() NULL return value into an empty string which is then processed
without further errors by utilities such as chpasswd or passwd, causing
them to set an empty password when an unsupported cipher is requested.
Patch the relevant users of pw_encrypt() to abort in case an empty hash
is returned by pw_encrypt() in order to mitigate the problem.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Since readline/host links ncurses/host now, we need to ensure that the
libncursesw.so host library is built with -fPIC.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This may be useful if you don't entirely trust your flash and want to be able
to check for corruptions.
Signed-off-by: Michal Hrusecky <Michal@Hrusecky.net>
LAN ports 1 and 4 and 2 and 3 are interchanged. Fix this in 02_network
so the ports show up in the correct order in luci.
The correct ucidef_add_switch line is already present. This commit moves
the blocks around to keep alphabetical order.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Kemper <sebastian_ml@gmx.net>
The swconfig load operation always triggers 'apply' function which in
this driver currently clears port mirroring flags effectively undoing
port mirroring configuration.
This fix preserves port mirroring flags during apply.
Signed-off-by: Milan Krstic <milan.krstic@gmail.com>
The swconfig load operation always triggers 'apply' function which in
this driver currently clears port mirroring flags effectively undoing
port mirroring configuration.
Signed-off-by: Milan Krstic <milan.krstic@gmail.com>
This adds a wrapper (uci_load_validate) for uci_validate_section() that
allows callers (through a callback function) to access the values set by
uci_validate_section(), without having to manually declare a
(potentially long) list of local variables.
The callback function receives two arguments when called, the config
section name and the return value of uci_validate_section().
If no callback function is given, then the wrapper exits with the value
returned by uci_validate_section().
This also updates several init scripts to use the new wrapper function.
Signed-off-by: Jeffery To <jeffery.to@gmail.com>
these utilities need to run with uid 0 to be useful. Thus,
install them setuid root like other distros do, too.
Signed-off-by: Carsten Wolff <carsten@wolffcarsten.de>
[use INSTALL_SUID macro]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Linux kernel has a polling mechanism that can be activated by changing
the parameter /sys/module/block/parameters/events_dfl_poll_msecs which
is deactivated by default or the /sys/block/[device]/events_poll_msecs
for one device.
This patch set the events_poll_msecs when a disk is inserted.
Once the media disk change event is sent by the kernel then we force a
re-read of the devices using /sbin/block info.
With this patch, insertion and ejection of sd card will automatically
generate partition devices in /dev.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Badaire <mbadaire@gmail.com>
[rewrap commit message, fix bashisms, fix non-matching condition,
bump pkg release]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Also fix the libxxxw.so* -> libxxx.so* linking to actually work, the
prevsious code failed to properly symlink the versioned .so files.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Update (lib)readline to 8.0
Remove autoreconf
Remove blankspace at the end of the lines in description
Remove --enable-shared and --enable-static as they're enabled by default
Remove TARGET_CPPFLAGS
Simplify install sections
Install readline.pc (pkgconfig)
Add patch for linking (lib)ncurses
Source:
https://git.buildroot.net/buildroot/plain/package/readline/0000-curses-link.patch
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
In order to prepare the switch from librpc to libtirpc, we need to relocate
conntrack-tools to the packages feed.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Package archives built before commit e6bcf1e4ac
("build: add ABI_VERSION to binary package names") lack the SourceName
control file field which caused ipkg-remove to skip such archives.
Add fallback code that matches the files by their basename followed by
an underscore, similar to how the old cleanup code worked.
Fixes: #2067
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
d273ddd mt7603: fix number of frames limit in .release_buffered_frames
63bf183 mt76: add channel switch announcement support
e45db12 mt7603: fix tx status info
9d11596 mt7603: discard bogus tx status data
4bcb2f9 mt7603: fix txd q_idx field value
4206db7 mt76: set IEEE80211_HW_NEEDS_UNIQUE_STA_ADDR flag
c4e4982 mt7603: set IEEE80211_HW_TX_STATUS_NO_AMPDU_LEN
702f557 mt7603: use maximum tx count for buffered multicast packets
158529d mt7603: fix PSE reset retry sequence
fc31457 mt7603: implement support for SMPS
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
e7e8ee5f Update bash_completion
b3b4e335 Update manual pages
bd93d90a Don't treat text as option if it matches -[0-9]
ea69c84b Bump up version number to 1.36.0
783b649b Update AUTHORS
eb21e6f8 Merge branch 'update-http-parser'
ab2aa567 Fix test failure
ff87a542 Use http-parser 0d0a24e19eb5ba232d2ea8859aba2a7cc6c42bc4
439dbce6 Merge branch 'nghttpx-h1-connection-pool-per-addr'
e9c9838c nghttpx: Pool h1 backend connection per address
803d4ba9 Merge branch 'nghttpx-randomize-roundrobin-order'
732245e5 make clang-format
9e8d5433 Use clang-format-7
fdcdb21c nghttpx: Randomize backend address round robin order per thread
11d0533c nghttpx: Ensure that cert serial does not exceed 20 bytes
dbb5f00d Merge pull request #1287 from rckclmbr/fix_serial_size
9cc412e2 Merge pull request #1285 from staticinvocation/master
5b2efc0a Fix getting long serial numbers for openssl < 1.1
7e4c48a4 Disable shared library if ENABLE_SHARED_LIB is OFF
082e162f Merge pull request #1282 from alagoutte/travis
7cc7c06c .travis(.yml): no longer need llvm-toolchain-trusty-7
12ebeb30 .travis(.yml): Update to Xenial
c78abbe1 Update mruby to 2.0.0
124c7848 nghttpx: Add missing return
ce9667c4 Merge branch 'nghttpx-fix-trailing-slash-handling'
f3f40840 nghttpx: Fix broken trailing slash handling
302abf1b h2load: Fix compile error with gcc
089a03be h2load: Write log file with write(2)
de4fe728 Merge branch 'pyos-master'
d1b3a83f h2load: add an option to write per-request logs
eb679253 Merge branch 'puscas-port_in_use'
6800d317 added access to the number of the current server port
c98362ea Bump up version number to 1.36.0-DEV
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Backport upstream patch:
Commit 65cab850f0ee ("net: Allow class-e address assignment via ifconfig
ioctl") modified the IN_BADCLASS macro a bit, but unfortunatly one too
many '(' characters were added to the line, making any code that used
it, not build properly.
Also, the macro now compares an unsigned with a signed value, which
isn't ok, so fix that up by making both types match properly.
Reported-by: Christopher Ferris <cferris@google.com>
Fixes: 65cab850f0ee ("net: Allow class-e address assignment via ifconfig ioctl")
Cc: Dave Taht <dave.taht@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Add the ABI_VERSION source makefile variable to the binary package basename
and resolve source dependencies on packages with ABI_VERSION set to such
expanded names.
If for example a package specifies DEPENDS:=libopenssl while the OpenSSL
Makefile specifies ABI_VERSION:=1.0.0, the resulting ipk control data
dependency will be "Depends: libopenssl1.0.0" and the libopenssl ipk file
will be called "libopenssl1.0.0_<version>_<arch>.ipk".
The next time a library such as OpenSSL is updated to an incompatible
version, the ABI_VERSION shall be changed accordingly to prevent opkg from
simply upgrading to an incompatible library without considering the
dependencies of already installed packages.
Also introduce another "SourceName" control field which is required by
the newly introduced "scritps/ipkg-remove" to determine the proper related
.ipk files to delete upon buildroot package clean operations.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Subdequent commits need this information to resolve the ABI version when
computing binary ipk dependencies.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Subsequent commits will put more auxiliary information into this file,
such as the per-package ABI version, so rename the metadata script
subcommand and file names accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
In the case of upstream libraries, set the ABI_VERSION variable to the
soname value of the first version version after the last backwards
incompatible change.
For custom OpenWrt libraries, set the ABI_VERSION to the date of the
last Git commit doing backwards incompatible changes to the source,
such as changing function singatures or dropping exported symbols.
The soname values have been determined by either checking
https://abi-laboratory.pro/index.php?view=tracker or - in the case
of OpenWrt libraries - by carefully reviewing the changes made to
header files thorough the corresponding Git history.
In the future, the ABI_VERSION values must be bumped whenever the
library is updated to an incpompatible version but not with every
package update, in order to reduce the dependency churn in the
binary package repository.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This update fixes some cosmetical issues and a number of segmentation
faults when parsing lists having Conflicts or Replaces tags.
d217daf libopkg: fix replacelist parsing and writing
9dd9a07 libopkg: fix segmentation fault when traversing conflicts
34571ba libopkg: consider provided packages in pkg_vec_mark_if_matches()
18740e6 opkg_download: print error when fork() fails
e3d7330 libopkg: don't print unresolved dependencies twice
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This patch applies cleanly, so it doesn't cause errors while rebasing
patches. It results in redifinition of inode_still_linked, causing build
to fail when ubifs is enabled. Drop the patch.
Fixes: a37098a2d0 ("kernel: bump 4.19 to 4.19.16")
Reported-by: Deng Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
f52bb5b fix previous commit
18eac67 Fix entries in /etc/hosts disabling static leases.
f8c77ed Fix removal of DHCP_CLIENT_MAC options from DHCPv6 relay replies.
4bf62f6 Tidy cache_blockdata_free()
9c0d445 Fix e7bfd556c079c8b5e7425aed44abc35925b24043 to actually work.
2896e24 Check for not(DS or DNSKEY) in is_outdated_cname_pointer()
a90f09d Fix crash freeing negative SRV cache entries.
5b99eae Cache SRV records.
2daca52 Fix typo in ra-param man page section.
2c59473 File logic bug in cache-marshalling code. Introduced a couple of commits back.
cc921df Remove nested struct/union in cache records and all_addr.
ab194ed Futher address union tidying.
65a01b7 Tidy address-union handling: move class into explicit argument.
bde4647 Tidy all_addr union, merge log and rcode fields.
e7bfd55 Alter DHCP address selection after DECLINE in consec-addr mode. Avoid offering the same address after a recieving a DECLINE message to stop an infinite protocol loop. This has long been done in default address allocation mode: this adds similar behaviour when allocaing addresses consecutively.
The most relevant fix for openwrt is 18eac67 (& my own local f52bb5b
which fixes a missing bracket silly) To quote the patch:
It is possible for a config entry to have one address family specified by a
dhcp-host directive and the other added from /etc/hosts. This is especially
common on OpenWrt because it uses odhcpd for DHCPv6 and IPv6 leases are
imported into dnsmasq via a hosts file.
To handle this case there need to be separate *_HOSTS flags for IPv4 and IPv6.
Otherwise when the hosts file is reloaded it will clear the CONFIG_ADDR(6) flag
which was set by the dhcp-host directive.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Move the zip compression into a build recipe. Pad the image using the
existing build recipes as well to remove duplicate functionality
Change the code to append header and footer in two steps. Allow to use a
fixed filename as the netgear update image does.
Use a fixed timestamp within the zip archive to make the images
reproducible.
Due to the changes we are now compatible to the gnu89 c standard used by
default on the buildbots and we don't need to force a more recent
standard anymore.
Beside all changes, the footer still looks wrong in compare to the
netgear update image.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Add the option -mt/--mtime to pass a timestamp which is used as filedate
for the containing files.
So far, it isn't used for anything written to the extra fields,
therefore requires the -X (eXclude eXtra file attributes) parameter to
be effective.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
One image requires a zip compressed image, so add the zip util found in
the packages feed, and extend it with some useful debian patches.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
7abbed4 dhcpv6: add setting to choose IA_NA, IA_PD or both
dd1aefd router: add syslog tracing for skipped routes
0314d58 router: filter route information option
5e99738 router: make announcing DNS info configurable (FS#2020)
1fe77f3 router: check return code of odhcpd_get_interface_dns_addr()
8f49804 config: check for invalid DNS addresses
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
331ac70 Correctly update parent qlen when splitting GSO packets
581967c Makefile: Hook into Kbuild/Kconfig infrastructure
The parent qlen change is relevant if using cake as a leaf qdisc,
the makefile is a no-op.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
4ea9a2db164c Update upload-release.sh script and po files.
a01938d584b9 libelf: Mark both fsize and msize with const attribute.
c338a0541663 libebl: Don't update w, t and len unnecessarily in ebl_object_note_type_name.
422b549007f6 Prepare for 0.175
22ec8efc1dd8 elflint: Allow PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment to match SHT_X86_64_UNWIND section.
cf10453f8252 libelf: Correctly setup alignment of SHF_COMPRESSED section data.
d3e6266754b9 strip: Also handle gnu compressed debug sections with --reloc-debug-sections
72e30c2e0cb4 Handle GNU Build Attribute ELF Notes.
7a3f6fe60b85 Recognize NT_VERSION notes.
cff53f1784c9 libcpu: Recognize bpf jump variants BPF_JLT, BPF_JLE, BPF_JSLT and BPF_JSLE
ecbe3120cddb libdwelf: New function dwelf_elf_begin.
4b0342b85b5b backends: Add x86_64 section_type_name for SHT_X86_64_UNWIND.
825e48c4e942 Also find CFI in sections of type SHT_X86_64_UNWIND
4789e0fb92b0 libelf: Explicitly update section data after (de)compression.
1628254ba215 strip: Add --reloc-debug-sections-only option.
f2d59180b90b strip: Extract code to update shdrstrndx into new common function.
f6ae0ab9350e strip: Split out debug section relocation into separate helper functions.
b15ee95bcee4 strip: Always copy over any phdrs if there are any.
e574889d92b1 unstrip: Add ELF_CHECK to make sure gelf_getehdr () doesn't return NULL.
5199e15870e0 Recognize and parse GNU Property notes.
b75ff1bbd060 addr2line: Use elf_getshdrstrndx not Ehdr field to print section name.
35197ea4c43e readelf: Use shstrndx to lookup section names.
9a74c190a2b3 backends: ppc use define instead of const for size of dwarf_regs array.
72d023b35f36 readelf: Make sure readp is smaller than cieend in print_debug_frame_section.
dce0b3b63ba0 readelf: Make sure readp is smaller than cieend in print_debug_frame_section.
1e7c230b277b Check sh_entsize is not zero.
22d2d082d57a size: Handle recursive ELF ar files.
2b16a9be6993 arlib: Check that sh_entsize isn't zero.
4cdb0fd0d3b4 ar: Assume epoch if ar_date is bogus.
577511f66842 findtextrel: Check that sh_entsize isn't zero.
20f9de9b5f70 libdwfl: Sanity check partial core file data reads.
2f4a040fab52 readelf: Handle multiple .debug_macro sections and decode header flag.
eee4269e5315 unstrip: Renumber the group section indexes.
c06ab0bbb476 strip, unstrip: Handle SHT_GROUP correctly.
2876b3b648f6 Handle ADD/SUB relocations
69d6e67eee30 tests: backtrace-dwarf.c improve error handling in test framework.
Originally-produced--by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Commit 3f0eb71dae added ALTERNATIVES for wget but not in correct
alphabetical order; increase PKG_RELEASE as well.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
While we don't need the gnu99 option anymore, we still need to force the
c99 standard to fix the following build error on the build bots:
src/mkdlinkfw.c: In function 'find_auh_headers':
src/mkdlinkfw.c:267:3: error: 'for' loop initial declarations are only allowed in C99 or C11 mode
for (int i = 0; i < header_counter; i++) {
^
src/mkdlinkfw.c:267:3: note: use option -std=c99, -std=gnu99, -std=c11 or -std=gnu11 to compile your code
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
fread() doesn't set errno, ferror need to be used to check for errors.
While at it, check if we read the expect number of elements.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use the SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH environment variable if set instead of the
current time. The used timestamp matches the timestamp of the latest
commit this way and make the images reproducible.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Drop unused function and macros. With the cleanup the gnu extension
typeof isn't used any longer and the gnu99 compile flag can be dropped.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Don't symlink uclient-fetch anymore to /bin/wget but rather use
the ALTERNATIVES support for wget to install it as /usr/bin/wget.
Let uclient-fetch provide wget
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Busybox wget applet conflicts with the version from uclient.
Fix this by using ALTERNATIVE support for wget in busybox.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
The Detection pin is at PF6 and not at PH13 like defined before. I
checked the schematics and now I am am not seeing this error message any
more:
Loading Environment from FAT... Card did not respond to voltage select!
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Disable the PMIC on Olimex A13 Olinuxino, as the SPL cannot set the
core voltage correctly, which causes the board to freeze later at
kernel if CPU throttling is enabled (see below). This will almost
certainly kill the VGA output (which requires LDO3 to be set), but
this is still a better option than to disable CPU throttling for
all Cortex-A8 based devices.
[ 2.485632] cpufreq: cpufreq_online: CPU0: Running at unlisted freq: 384000 KHz
[ 2.525698] cpufreq: cpufreq_online: CPU0: Unlisted initial frequency changed to: 432000 KHz
Signed-off-by: Zoltan HERPAI <wigyori@uid0.hu>
Instead of using a fork of the ARM trusted firmware specifically for the
Allwinner SoCs, use the official version from ARM now, this version
supports the Allwinner SoCs now and the older ATF repository is
deprecated.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This updates the uboot for the sunxi target to version 2018.11
The removed patches are applied upstream and not needed any more.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This adds supprot for kernel 4.19 to the sunxi target. The patches and
the configuration were copied from the kernel 4.14 patches folder and
adapted for kernel 4.19.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
To make it easier to support multiple kernel versions in parallel also
copy the sub target specific kernel configurations into kernel specific
files.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
In the device tree file the higher offsets of the reset controller are
not used, so this patch supporting higher bits is not needed.
The sunxi architecture switched to the simple reset controller with
kernel 4.19 and then this patch does not apply any more.
The sunxi target in OpenWrt is very close to mainline, so if the device
tree files from the mainline Linux kernel need this the mainline kernel
will get support for this.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This configuration option was added in kernel 4.15 and is missing in the
kernel 4.19 configuration.
Fixes: ed2839ac41 ("kernel/modules: add kmod-pmbus-zl6100 module")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This adds a kernel configuration file for kernel 4.19 on malta.
CONFIG_POWER_RESET_PIIX4_POWEROFF and CONFIG_POWER_RESET_SYSCON were
activated because malta now uses this driver for reboot.
CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SR was also added because it was also added to the kernel
default configuration.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Many MIPS CPUs have optional CPU features which are not activates for
all CPU cores. Print the CPU options which are implemented in the core
in /proc/cpuinfo. This makes it possible to see what features are
supported and which are not supported. This should cover all standard
MIPS extensions, before it only printed information about the main MIPS
ASEs.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This fixes two build problems introduced with the recently added new
kernel module package.
Fixes: ed2839ac41 ("kernel/modules: add kmod-pmbus-zl6100 module")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Hardware
========
CPU: Freescale P1010 PowerPC
RAM: 128M DDR3
NAND: 128MiB
ETH: RTL8211F SGMII PHY
RTL8367B 5-port RGMII switch
(not connected to SoC - unmanaged)
WiFi: SparkLan WPEA-121N
- Atheros AR9382 2T2R abgn
USB: 1x USB 2.0
LED: System, Router, Internet, Tunnel controllable
LAN1-4, WAN, Power non-controllable
BTN: None
Installation
============
1. Power on the device while attached to the Console port.
2. Halt the U-Boot by pressing Enter when prompted.
3. Set the correct bootcmd for booting OpenWRT:
> setenv bootargs_owrt "setenv bootargs console=ttyS0,115200"
> setenv bootcmd "run bootargs_owrt;
nand read 0x1000000 0x300000 0x800000;
bootm 0x1000000;"
> saveenv
5. Rename OpenWRT initramfs image to 'kernel.bin' and place it in a
TFTP server root-directory served on 192.168.1.2/24. Connect your
computer to one of the LAN-ports.
4. Boot OpenWRT initramfs image with
> run bootargs_owrt; tftpboot 0x1000000 192.168.1.2:kernel.bin;
bootm 0x1000000;
6. (Optional)
Make a Backup of 'sophos-os1', 'sophos-os2' and 'sophos-data' in case
you ever want to go back to the vendor firmware.
7. Create Ubi Volume on mtd4 by executing
> ubiformat /dev/mtd4 -y
8. Transfer OpenWRT sysupgrade image to the device via SCP and install it
with
> sysupgrade -n <openwrt-image-file>
Back to Stock
=============
If you want to go back to the stock firmware, here is the bootcmd of the
vendor firmware:
> setenv bootargs console=ttyS0,115200 root=/dev/mtdblock5;
nand read 0xc00000 0x00300000 0x100000;
nand read 0x1000000 0x00400000 0x00800000;
bootm 0x1000000 - 0xc00000
Set it via 'setenv' from the U-Boot shell and don't forget to save it
using 'saveenv'!
After this, boot the OpenWRT initramfs image just like you would for
installation. Write back the three vendor partitions using mtd. Reboot
the device afterwards.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
[refresh and reorder patches]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Initramfs image isn't required for this device and regular
initramfs generation isn't work properly. It create not working
binaries.
This patch disable initramfs image for TL-WDR4900.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
This patch adds the kmod packaging for the Intersil / Zilker Labs
ZL6100 and compatible digital DC-DC controllers as well as the
core kernel module for the Power Management Bus.
Add:
kmod-pmbus-core
kmod-pmbus-zl6100
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
This adds initial support for kernel 4.19 to the x86 target.
The patches and the kernel configurations were copied from kernel 4.14
and then refreshed.
The legacy and the genode target will not support PAE any more because
they use a CPU type which does not support PAE, the generic sub target
still supports PAE.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This refreshes the kernel configuration for kernel 4.14.
First this was run for the legacy target:
make kernel_oldconfig
Then for all targets including the legacy target this was run:
make kernel_oldconfig CONFIG_TARGET=subtarget
The option CONFIG_104_QUAD_8 was added to the generic configuration
because it would have been automatically removed.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This makes it possible to use different sub target configurations for
kernel 4.19 for example.
To support kernel 4.9 and kernel 4.14 with the same configuration file
already needed some extra work this will not be needed for kernel 4.19
any more.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This fixes compilation of gdb on arm64.
The kernel defines "struct sigcontext" in asm/sigcontext.h and musl libc
defines it in signal.h, which collides.
Kernel 4.14 misses the definitions of struct user_sve_header so we still
have to use the aarch64-sve-linux-sigcontext.h header file which also
provides that and make sure aarch64-sve-linux-sigcontext.h does not
provide the same headers as the kernel or musl.
Fixes: FS#2040
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Set the LDFLAGS otherwise it will not get the target hardening flags or
any other generic flags provided in the LDFLAGS
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
d2e247d odhcp6c: align further with RFC8415
ce83a23 dhcpv6: avoid parsing unncessary IAs
b079733 dhcpv6: set cnt to correct IOV enum
41494da dhcpv6: get rid of request_prefix
f7437e4 dhcpv6: sanitize option request list
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
The new samba36-hotplug package provides a hotplug.d script for the
"mount" subsystem. It automatically shares every mounted block device.
It works by updating /var/run/config/samba file which:
1) Is read by procd init script
2) Gets wiped on reboot providing a consistent state
3) Can be safely updated without flash wearing or conflicting with user
changes being made in /etc/config/samba
Cc: Rosy Song <rosysong@rosinson.com>
Cc: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This will allow automation/hotplug.d scripts to store runtime shares in
the /var/run/config/samba. It's useful e.g. for USB drives that user
wants to be automatically shared.
Using /var/run/config/ provides:
1) Automated cleaning on reboots
It's important for consistency (to avoid sharing non-existing drives)
2) Safety for user non-commited changes
Automated scripts should never call "uci [foo] commit" as that could
flush incomplete config.
Another minor gain is avoiding flash wearing for runtime setup.
Cc: Rosy Song <rosysong@rosinson.com>
Cc: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
It's needed to:
1) Fix GPIOLIB_IRQCHIP as in 4.19 there is no bcma revert anymore
2) Fix /sys/devices/
3) Fix dma_zalloc_coherent() regression
It still needs a bcma change that will follow later.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This fixes:
1) Getting STA info with newer firmwares
2) Getting DMI / UEFI / OF data
3) Possible memory corruption in firmware loading code
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
1) Using fwctx variable after brcmf_fw_request_done() was executed meant
accessing freed memory.
2) Using fwctx->completion for the wait_for_completion_timeout() call
could reuslt in NULL pointer dereference on fw loading error or if
brcmf_fw_request_done() was executed quickly enough.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
upstream commit 802b7c06adc7 ("ARM: cns3xxx: Convert PCI to use generic config accessors")
reimplemented cns3xxx_pci_read_config() using pci_generic_config_read32(),
which preserved the property of only doing 32-bit reads.
It also replaced cns3xxx_pci_write_config() with pci_generic_config_write(),
so it changed writes from always being 32 bits to being the actual size,
which works just fine.
Due to:
- The documentation does not mention that only 32 bit access is allowed.
- Writes are already executed using the actual size
- Extensive testing shows that 8b, 16b and 32b reads work as intended
It makes perfectly sense to also swap 32 bit reading in favor of actual size.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Sometimes the tuples might be hashed to the same FOE entry.
When this hash collision problem occurs, some of the
connections will not be bound and consequently the CPU
idle rate cannot reach 100%. Therefore, two-way hashing
is adopted to alleviate this problem.
Signed-off-by: HsiuWen Yen <y.hsiuwen@gmail.com>
68c2930a56 NEWS: add entries for bugs 23275, 23861, and 23907
766e8fb932 intl: Do not return NULL on asprintf failure in gettext [BZ #24018]
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Copy U-Boot to STAGING_DIR_IMAGE (and append it to the EVA-image from
there) to fix image generation using the image-builder.
Also remove the bootloader from DEVICE_PACKAGES and instead use the
BUILD_DEVICES directive from within the U-Boot makefile.
This fixes eva-image generation using the OpenWRT image-builder.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This patch syncs the 4.14 kernel config to the
current generic configuration.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [reworded commit]
This patch syncs the 4.19 kernel config since the
KERNEL_STACKPROTECTOR and compiler options are
now part of the 4.19 generic config.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [reworded commit]
Robert Marko reported an issue with the current imagebuilder images:
"Imagebuilder includes the new kmod-usb-dwc3-qcom USB driver
package by default even on 4.14. [...] the current state imagebuilder
can't build images under 4.14 at all as the kmod-usb-dwc3-qcom does
not exist in it so it throws and error and exits."
This patch reverts the Makefile to just kmod-usb-dwc3-of-simple and
once the switch to 4.19 is done. It also removes the
kmod-usb-phy-qcom-dwc3 as they only contain the usb-phy drivers for
the ipq806x generation.
Dynamic switching based on the KERNEL_PATCHVER is possible by using:
$(if $(filter 4.14,$(KERNEL_PATCHVER)),kmod-usb-dwc3-of-simple,kmod-usb-dwc3-qcom)
though it
Fixes: 13321fa142 ("ipq40xx: Use kmod-usb-dwc3-qcom by default")
Fixes: 6e58fb2c33 ("ipq40xx: kmod-usb-dwc3-of-simple vs kmod-usb-dwc3-qcom")
Reported-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The name for the artifact should have been apollo3g.dtb
and not kernel.dtb.
Fixes: 908bdbfce9f9 ("apm821xx: utilize build ARTIFACTs")
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Copied config from 4.14
Add patches for 4.19
Drop patch 103-powerpc-fix-build-cross32ar.patch,
because issue was fixed in upstream.
Compiled: generic p1020
Compiled and tested: (unofficial) P2020, TP-Link TL-WDR4900
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [reworded commit]
This patch deprecates the kmod-ptp-gianfar package and
introduces kmod-ptp-qoriq for 4.19+ in its place. This
has become necessary due to the linux kernel commit
ceefc71d4c05 ("ptp: rework gianfar_ptp as QorIQ common PTP driver")
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [reworded commit]
Currently, the image creation process for the TP-Link tl-wdr4900-v1
needs a fixed sized kernel and places the rootfs partition at a
fixed offset. With the upcoming move to 4.19 the kernel will no
longer fit into the existing allocated space for the kernel
partition.
This patch converts the device to utilize the established
tplink,firmware mtdsplitter, which can deal with a dynamic
kernel/rootfs size.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [reworded commit]
Hardware
--------
CPU: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9558
RAM: 128M DDR2
FLASH: 16MiB
ETH: 1x Atheros AR8035 (PoE in)
WiFi2: QCA9558 2T2R
WiFi5: QCA9880 2T2R
BTN: 1x Reset
LED: 1x LED blue
1x LED red
BEEP: 1x GPIO attached piezo beeper
UART: 3.3V GND TX RX (115200-N-8) (3.3V is square pad)
Header is located next to reset-button
Installation
------------
Make sure you set a password for the root user as prompted on first
setup!
1. Upload OpenWRT sysupgrade image via SSH to the device.
Use /tmp as the destination folder on the device.
User is root, password the one set in the web interface.
2. Install OpenWRT with
> sysupgrade -n -F /tmp/<openwrt-image-name>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Hardware
--------
CPU: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9558
RAM: 128M DDR2
FLASH: 16MiB
ETH: 1x Atheros AR8035 (PoE in)
WiFi2: QCA9558 3T3R
WiFi5: QCA9880 3T3R
BTN: 1x Reset
LED: 1x LED blue
1x LED red
BEEP: 1x GPIO attached piezo beeper
UART: 3.3V GND TX RX (115200-N-8) (3.3V is square pad)
Header is located next to reset-button
Installation
------------
Make sure you set a password for the root user as prompted on first
setup!
1. Upload OpenWRT sysupgrade image via SSH to the device.
Use /tmp as the destination folder on the device.
User is root, password the one set in the web interface.
2. Install OpenWRT with
> sysupgrade -n -F /tmp/<openwrt-image-name>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Always enable the pwr led and use the usr led for boot status indication.
Rename nodes in the dts, to match what is recommend in the devicetree
specification.
Increase the maximum spi frequency to 20MHz and drop the m25p,chunked-io
which isn't required on mt7621.
Use the BTN_0 keycode for the mode button. This board doesn't have any
wireless.
Use a more descriptive label for the reset button and the GPIO enabling
the usb vcc supply.
Use the beeper kernel module for the buzzer.
Fix the pinmux to switch only pins used as GPIOs to the GPIO function.
Add support for the PoE enable GPIO to the userspace. The PoE power
status can be read via GPIO7. Since OpenWrt doesn't have support for
reading inputs from userspace, prepare only the pinmux for the GPIO.
Signed-off-by: Anton Arapov <arapov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This patch adds support of MikroTik RouterBOARD 750Gr3, without the need
to reflashing the bootloader.
Installation through RouterBoot follows the usual MikroTik method
https://openwrt.org/toh/mikrotik/common
Since the image isn't compatible with RouterBOARD 750Gr3 installations
which have replaced the bootloader, the former used userspace boardname
is not added to the SUPPORTED_DEVICES, to prevent a brick while trying
to upgrade to the image with native support.
Signed-off-by: Anton Arapov <arapov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Currently busybox find and xargs conflict with the versions from
findutils package. Fix this by using ALTERNATIVES in busybox
and the related findutils (from packages feed) commit.
The conflict is due to the binaries being in the the same place
in rootfs and opkg not being happy about that.
Signed-off-by: Daniel F. Dickinson <cshored@thecshore.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> [PKG_RELEASE increase]
It seems, that since Linux 4.18-rc1 rtc-ds1307 depends on hwmon-core.
commit 6b583a64fd1e019fd01626b46892ebf2361951c5
Author: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Date: Wed Sep 27 22:41:26 2017 +0200
rtc: ds1307: simplify hwmon config
We don't have to define an extra config symbol, IS_REACHABLE does
what we need. And having this config symbol just to save the few
bytes of hwmon support on non-DS3231 chips isn't worth it IMO
(especially as the symbol is set per default).
While at it, use the same dependency check for `kmod-regmap` as well, so
it's future proof as well.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
70f8785 zones: add zone identifying local traffic in raw OUTPUT chain
6920de7 utils: Free args in __fw3_command_pipe()
6ba9105 options: redirects: Fix possible buffer overflows
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Tar will automatically record the user/group ID and name for
files/directories. This reduces the reproducibility of the sysupgrade.tar
because most of the people don't use the same username as the OpenWrt
buildserver.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
The file ordering in the current sysupgrade depends on the order of file in
a filesystem. This is often already in a sane (alphabetical order) but this
is not always the case. For example, the OpenWrt build servers return a
different ordering.
This breaks the reproducibility of the sysupgrade tarballs significantly
and also resulted in images which cannot be used for upgrades on devices
like the OpenMesh A42/A62.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
This commit adds the nescessary settings to allow reading the uboot environment variables on the GL.iNet GL-B1300 board.
Signed-off-by: Ibrahim Tachijian <barhom@netsat.se>
Gigabit ethernet adapters using BCM5706/5708/5709/5716 chipset are
common on servers and as easy/cheap to get as Intel based ones.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
The Eon EN25QH64 is a 64 Mbit SPI NOR flash memory chip. Its 32, 128 and
256 Mbits siblings are supported upstream but this particular size wasn't.
This commit includes patches for kernels 4.14 and 4.19.
Tested on a COMFAST CF-E120A v3 (ath79).
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
This updates hostapd to version the git version from 2018-12-02 which
matches the 2.7 release.
The removed patches were are already available in the upstream code, one
additional backport is needed to fix a compile problem.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This is a big block(d) cleanup with new feature of generating "mount"
hotplug.d events.
It's an important update for those who were using mountd in the
pre-18.06 releases. Due to the mountd being replaced with blockd a
support for "mountd" hotplug.d events has been lost. It broke all kind
of shell scripts that were e.g. managing services depending on an
external USB drive availability.
This basically (re-)adds support for calling /etc/hotplug.d/mount/
scripts with ACTION ("add" or "remove") and DEVICE set.
af93f4b block(d): improve hotplug.d "mount" events for the autofs
3bb3352 blockd: unmount device explicitly when it disappears
28753b3 block: remove target directory after unmounting
c8c7ca5 block: cleanup handling "start" action of the "autofs" command
f1bb762 block: make blockd_notify() return an int instead of void
71c2bde block: generate hotplug.d mount events
30f5096 block: validate amount of arguments for the "autofs" command
dc6a462 blockd: don't reparse blob msg in the vlist callbacks
f6a9686 blockd: don't unmount device when removing it from the list
1913fea block: don't duplicate unmounting code in the mount_action()
6b445fa block: make umount_device() function more generic
a778468 block: don't duplicate mounting code in the mount_device()
5dc631d block: simplify code picking mount target directory
2971779 block: move blockd_notify() call out of the conditional blocks
b86bd6e block: fix formatting & indent in the mount_device()
e12c0d6 fstools: use EXIT_FAILURE when indicating error on exit
091aa3d fstools: guard usage of WEXITSTATUS
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
3981fc3453 malloc: Always call memcpy in _int_realloc [BZ #24027]
f6d0e8c36f Fix rwlock stall with PREFER_WRITER_NONRECURSIVE_NP (bug 23861)
2794474c65 powerpc: Add missing CFI register information (bug #23614)
d8ca7a0c71 Fix _dl_profile_fixup data-dependency issue (Bug 23690)
f1e211096b inet/tst-if_index-long: New test case for CVE-2018-19591 [BZ #23927]
4e9f34e54f support: Implement <support/descriptors.h> to track file descriptors
e75481a7a7 support: Close original descriptors in support_capture_subprocess
0f79dc0be3 support_quote_string: Do not use str parameter name
6b2dd53aa0 support: Implement support_quote_string
50477165b9 malloc: Add another test for tcache double free check.
4b246928bd malloc: tcache double free check
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This patch adds the boot-part feature to the apm82181 sata target.
This makes it possible to configure the boot partition size with
the generic CONFIG_TARGET_KERNEL_PARTSIZE symbol.
Please note: For people using custom images: Just like with
CONFIG_TARGET_ROOTFS_PARTSIZE changing the value can cause
sysupgrade to repartition the device!
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Use the file extension bin for sysupgrade-tar images with
metadata to unify the file extension across the target/tree.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The exported kernel dtbs can be build as artifacts.
This way, the MyBook Live's DTB is not generated twice.
While at it, give the artifacts their proper name.
For the wndr4700 use the "device-tree" partition name and
for the MyBook Live: "apollo3g.dtb" to match the mbl_boot.scr.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Buffalo WXR-2533DHP is a 2.4/5 GHz band 11ac router, based on Qualcomm
IPQ8064.
The U-Boot on WXR-2533DHP employs a complicated dual firmware
protection scheme against corruptions of the kernel and rootfs
images. See the notes in buffalo.sh for details.
specifications:
- Qualcomm IPQ8064 (384 - 1,400 MHz, 2C2T)
- 512 MB of RAM (DDR3)
- 256 MB of Flash (NAND)
- 4T4R 2.4/5 GHz Wlan (QCA9980)
- 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 10x LEDs, 8x keys (6x buttons, 2x slide-switches)
- 2x USB 3.0 Type-A
- 12VDC/4A AC Adapter
- UART through-hole on PCB
- J3: Vcc, GND, TX, RX from USB port side
- 115200n8
Boot instructions for the initramfs image:
1. Prepare the TFTP server with the initramfs image renamed to
"wxr2300dhp-initramfs.uImage" and IP address "192.168.11.10".
2. Press the "AOSS" button while powering on the WXR-2533DHP.
3. Wait until the "Wireless" LED flashes before releasing the AOSS button.
The WXR-2533DHP will grab the image from TFTP server and will boot it.
Flashing instructions:
To persistently write the firmware, flash an openwrt sysupgrade image
from inside the initramfs, for example transfer
via `scp <sysupgrade> root@192.168.1.1:/tmp` and flash on the device
with `sysupgrade -n /tmp/<sysupgrade>`. Then wait ~120 seconds to
let it finish the flashing process.
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [reworded message]
This commit allows to use non-standard UBI volume name as the rootfs
volume in sysupgrade.
ex.:
The U-Boot on Buffalo WXR-2533DHP checks existence and checksum of
"ubi_rootfs" volume when booting, so this name is required.
OpenWrt currently provides several patches:
490-ubi-auto-attach-mtd-device-named-ubi-or-data-on-boot.patch
491-ubi-auto-create-ubiblock-device-for-rootfs.patch
492-try-auto-mounting-ubi0-rootfs-in-init-do_mounts.c.patch
to facilitate ubi rootfs automount. However the upstream kernel
also supports the means of booting from a fully custom ubi
partition name and ubi volume name via bootargs/kernel's cmdline
parameters:
ubi.mtd=mtd_partition_name
ubi.block=rootfs_volume_name
root=/dev/ubiblock$X_$Y
For more information and examples visit the wiki over at linux-mtd:
<http://www.linux-mtd.infradead.org/faq/ubifs.html>
<http://www.linux-mtd.infradead.org/doc/ubi.html>
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [reworded commit]
This commits adds the "ramdisk" feature to ipq806x target. The
main driving force behind this decision is to facilitate the
installation of OpenWrt on some locked IPQ806x devices.
Examples:
- NEC Aterm WG2600HP
The U-Boot on WG2600HP is protected with a password which prevents
users from gaining access to the u-boot prompt in order to install
the images from there.
Therefore, on this device, installing OpenWrt by the user involves
changing the bootcmd as follows so that WG2600HP downloads and
executes initramfs image from TFTP server.
ex.:
bootcmd="ping ${serverip} && tftpboot 0x44000000 wg2600hp-initramfs.bin; bootipq"
- Buffalo WXR-2533DHP
The U-Boot on WXR-2533DHP has built-in firmware recovery mode.
It's activated by holding the "AOSS" button during boot. This
will trigger the device to download the firmware from an TFTP
server and booting from it. By using this, the user can the
install OpenWrt firmware without having access to the UART
console.
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [reworded commit]
Update busybox to 1.30.0.
Refresh patches.
Leave new features disabled by default.
Config refreshed via:
cd package/utils/busybox/config/
../convert_menuconfig.pl ../../../../build_dir/target-arm_cortex-a15+neon-vfpv4_musl_eabi/busybox-1.30.0
make package/busybox/compile
cd package/utils/busybox
./convert_defaults.pl < ../../../build_dir/target-arm_cortex-a15+neon-vfpv4_musl_eabi/busybox-1.30.0/.config > Config-defaults.in
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
Replace the code with a more readable version. Rename the recipe
to reflect the real usecase.
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The 'factory' partition will move to 0x50000-0x60000 in 2019. As
the webserver in bootloader is compatible with different mtdlayout,
all the users still can upgrade firmware whatever on ath79 or ar71xx.
Signed-off-by: Rosy Song <rosysong@rosinson.com>
This patch adds support for the COMFAST CF-E110N, an outdoor wireless
CPE with two Ethernet ports and a 802.11bgn radio.
Specifications:
- 650/400/216 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, both with PoE-in support
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz, up to 26 dBm
- 11 dBi built-in antenna
- POWER/LAN/WAN/WLAN green LEDs
- 4x RSSI LEDs (2x red, 2x green)
- UART (115200 8N1) and GPIO (J9) headers on PCB
Flashing instructions:
The original firmware is based on OpenWrt so a sysupgrade image can be
installed via the stock web GUI. Settings from the original firmware
will be saved and restored on the new want, so a factory reset will be
needed: once the new firmware is flashed, perform the factory reset by
pushing the reset button several times during the boot process, while the
WAN LED flashes, until it starts flashing quicker.
The U-boot bootloader contains a recovery HTTP server to upload the
firmware. Push the reset button while powering the device on and keep it
pressed for >10 seconds. The recovery page will be at http://192.168.1.1
Notes:
The device is advertised, sold and labeled as "CF-E110N", but the
bootloader and the stock firmware identify it as "v2".
Acknowledgments:
Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Sebastian Kemper <sebastian_ml@gmx.net>
Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
[drop unused labels from devicetree source file]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This patch adds support for TP-Link Archer C6 v2 (EU)
Hardware specification:
- SOC: Qualcomm QCA9563 @ 775MHz
- Flash: GigaDevice GD25Q64CSIG (8MiB)
- RAM: Zentel A3R1GE40JBF (128 MiB DDR2)
- Ethernet: Qualcomm QCA8337N: 4x 1Gbps LAN + 1x 1Gbps WAN
- Wireless:
- 2.4GHz (bgn) QCA9563 integrated (3x3)
- 5GHz (ac) Qualcomm QCA9886 (2x2)
- Button: 1x power, 1x reset, 1x wps
- LED: 6x LEDs: power, wlan2g, wlan5g, lan, wan, wps
- UART: There's no UART header on the board
Flash instructions:
Upload
openwrt-ath79-generic-tplink_archer-c6-v2-squashfs-factory.bin
via the router Web interface.
Flash instruction using tftp recovery:
1. Connect the computer to one of the LAN ports of the router
2. Set the computer IP to 192.168.0.66
3. Start a tftp server with the OpenWrt factory image in the
tftp root directory renamed to ArcherC6v2_tp_recovery.bin.
4. Connect power cable to router, press and hold the reset
button and turn the router on
5. Keep the reset button pressed until the WPS LED lights up
6. Wait ~150 seconds to complete flashing
According to the GPL source the non-EU variant has different
GPIOs assigned to some of the LEDs and buttons. The flash
layout might be different as well. The wikidevi entry for
Archer A6/C6 assumes they are identical.
Signed-off-by: Georgi Vlaev <georgi.vlaev@gmail.com>
EnGenius EWS511AP is a wireless managed wall AP with PoE support,
based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531(Honeybee) + QCA9887.
Short specification:
- 128MB of RAM
- 16 MB of SPI FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz (QCA9531), 802.11b/g/n
- 1T1R 5 GHz (QCA9887), 802.11ac/n/a
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (one port with PoE support)
- 1x Power LED, 2x LAN LEDs, 1x WLAN 2.4G LED, 1x WLAN 5G LED
- 1x RESET button
- built-in watchdog chipset
Flash instruction:
From EnGenius firmware to OpenWrt firmware:
Original firmware is based on QSDK.
Use sysupgrade firmware directly in vendor GUI.
Reset to factory default is necessary.
From OpenWrt firmware to EnGenius firmware:
1. Setup a TFTP server on your computer and configure static IP to 192.168.99.8
Put the OpenWrt firmware in the root directory on your computer.
2. Power up EWS511AP. Press 4 and then press any key to enter u-boot.
3. Download OpenWrt firmware
(ath)> tftpboot 0x80060000 ${dir}"openwrt-ath79-generic-engenius_ews511ap-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin"
4. Flash the firmware
(ath)> erase 0x9f060000 +f50000
(ath)> cp.b $fileaddr 0x9f060000 $filesize
5. Reboot
(ath)> reset
Signed-off-by: Guan-Hong Lin <GH.Lin@senao.com>
This device is called GL-AR300M, therefore rename the board(s)
to 'gl-ar300m-nor' and 'gl-ar300m-nand'
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
[change boardname in uboot envtools as well, don't use wildcards for
boardname]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
CPU: Atheros AR9341 535MHz
RAM: 32MB
FLASH: 4MiB
PORTS: 4 Port 100/10 Switch, 1 Port 100/10 Wan
WiFi: Atheros AR9341 2x2:2 bgn
LED: Power (static on), LAN (controlled by Switch), WAN, SYS, WiFi, RFKill
BTN: WPS, WiFi, Reset
Installation:
Upload the factory image via the vendor-GUI.
Signed-off-by: Antonio Silverio <menion@gmail.com>
[resolve merge conflicts, squash commits, fix commit title, remove
default default off led properties, mark sysupgrade image compatible
with the ar71xx version of the board, drop blank lines from dts]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
With this commit the TP-Link Archer C58 and Archer C59 use caldata
patching in order to set the correct 5GHz MAC-address.
Tested on TP-Link Archer C59 v1.
For more details see commit 330965b.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Right now this patch adds nor image generation only. NAND image
generation is not supportet at the moment.
Furtheremore support for the MicroSD port is not implemented as of now.
Specification:
- SOC: QCA9563 (775MHz)
- Flash: 16 MiB (W25Q128FVSG)
- RAM: 128 MiB DDR2
- Ethernet: 2x 1Gbps LAN + 1x 1Gbps WAN
- Wireless: 2.4GHz (bgn) and 5GHz (ac)
- USB: 1x USB 2.0 port
- Button: 1x switch button, 1x reset button
- LED: 3x LEDS (green)
- Another LED can be accessed on GPIO 7 if soldered
Flash instruction:
- Set static ip to 192.168.1.2
- Unplug the power cord
- Hold reset button
- Plug power back in
- Right led will flash 5 times
- Release reset button
- Browse to 192.168.1.1
- Choose sysupgrade image in NOR-flash section
- Press "update nor firmware"
- After successful transfer unplug network cable before device restarts
Signed-off-by: Christoph Krapp <achterin@googlemail.com>
[resolve merge conflicts, rename buttons, use switch input type for mode
switch]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The OCEDO Koala has incorrect PLL settings which result in ~3% packet
loss on ethernet connections.
Also omit the gmac-configuration as it's incorrect too.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Hardware spec of DIR-859 A1:
SoC: QCA9563
DRAM: 64MB DDR2
Flash: 16MB SPI-NOR
Switch: QCA8337N
WiFi 5.8GHz: QCA9880
USB is supported on the PCB but not connected.
Flash instructions:
1. Upgrade the factory.bin through the factory web interface or the u-boot
failsafe interface.
The firmware will boot up correctly for the first time.
Do not power off the device after OpenWrt has booted. Otherwise the u-boot
will enter failsafe mode as the checksum of the firmware has been changed.
2. Upgrade the sysupgrade.bin in OpenWrt.
After upgrading completes the u-boot won't complain about the firmware
checksum and it's OK to use now.
3. If you powered off the device before upgrading the sysupgrade.bin, just
upgrade the factory.bin through the u-boot failsafe interface and then goto
step 2.
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <hackpascal@gmail.com>
[squash commits, use common seama recipes, sync factory image recipe
with ramips version]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Create a common template which has the required image build code
defined. Add some new variables to pass individual parts to the seama
recipes.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
check_signature is a bool option and doesn't take any arguments. The
presence of the 1 falsely suggests setting it to 0 disables the check,
while the option actually needs to be removed or commented out to be
disabled. So remove the argument to make it more clear.
Fixes: beca028bd6 ("build: add integration for managing opkg package feed keys")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
The mask/shift computation used the pin group number instead of the pin
number, resulting in always modifying group 4 when applying muxes, so
fix it to consistently use the pin number.
Fixes: 0755c2d117 ("brcm63xx: add pinctrl support")
Reported-by: Daniel Gonzalez Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Fix the switch port order to have the correct order in LuCI.
Fixes: FS#1469
Signed-off-by: Eduardo Barros <geadas@gmail.com>
[trim commit title, add a proper commit message, add fixes tag, keep
alphabetical order of the blocks]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Before installing an interface triggger check if an interface
trigger for the interface is already in place.
This avoids installing identical interface triggers for a given
interface
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
omcproxy will not start up if either the downlink or uplink interface is
not up at boottime as the interface triggers are not correctly
installed.
Further rework omcproxy init to make use of network functions defined
in network.sh; set proper family and proto options in procd firewall
rules.
Signed-off-by: David Santamaría Rogado <howl.nsp@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Specs
SoC: MT7621AT
RAM: 512MiB
Flash: 32MiB MX25L25635F SPI NOR
2.4G: MT7603EN
5G: MT7612EN
Ethernet: 4x GE ports (1x WAN, 3x LAN) with link status LEDs
USB 3.0
LEDs: POWER, 5G WIFI, 2.4G WIFI, USB, Internet.
The last two ones are controlled by GPIO
UART: There are 2 UARTs (UARTLITE1/ttyS0 and UARTLITE3/ttyS1) on board.
UARTLITE1 is close to LEDs, and UARTLITE3 is close to flash chip.
The stock u-boot uses UARTLITE1 by default. Baud rate is 57600
Flash instruction
1. telnet 192.168.9.1 2317, username is "root" and password is "admin"
One can alternatively use UART to log in
2. Put OpenWrt firmware in a FAT32 USB drive, and connect it to the router
One can alternatively download the firmware via wget through Internet
3. mtd write /path/to/openwrt.bin firmware
4. reboot
Signed-off-by: Deng Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
Very similar to the DWR-921-C1, except has a telephony/RJ11 port (not
sure if supported, I didn't try), wireless router with QMI LTE embedded
modem is based on the MT7620N SoC.
Specification:
* MediaTek MT7620N (580 Mhz)
* 64 MB of RAM
* 16 MB of FLASH
* 802.11bgn radio
* 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (1 WAN and 4 LAN)
* 2x external, detachable (LTE) antennas
* UART header on PCB (57600 8n1)
* 6x LED (GPIO-controlled)
* 1x bi-color Signal Strength LED (GPIO-controlled)
* 2x button
* JBOOT bootloader
The status led has been assigned to the dwr-922-e2:green:signalstrength
(lte signal strength) led. At the end of the boot it is switched off and
is available for lte operation. Works correctly also during sysupgrade
operation.
Installation:
Apply factory image via d-link http web-gui, or via recovery interface:
How to recover/revert to OEM firmware:
1.) Push and hold the reset button and turn on the power. Wait until all
LEDs start rapidly blinking (~10sec.)
2.) DHCP should give you an IP in the 192.168.123.0/24 subnet, or set
one manually
3.) Upload original factory image via JBOOT http interface at IP
192.168.123.254
4.) If http doesn't work, it can be done with curl command:
curl -F FN=@XXXXX.binhttp://192.168.123.254/upg
where XXXXX.bin is name of firmware file.
5.) You can optionally telnet to 192.168.123.254 before or during the
upload and it will report the flashing status, memory address etc.
6.) Once web UI and/or telnet says "Success", power cycle the router, or
type "reboot" into the telnet session.
Signed-off-by: Simon Quigley <squigley@squigley.net>
[squashed commits, word wrap commit message, rename signal strenght led
name to match what is used for the DWR-921-C1 since they share the led
configuration, add label referenced in the aliases node]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The WD MyBook Live SquashFS images didn't work anymore due to
a upstream regression in f2fs commit: 0cfe75c5b01199
("f2fs: enhance sanity_check_raw_super() to avoid potential overflows")
that got backported to 4.14.86 and landed in 4.18.
by Martin Blumenstingl:
|Treat "block_count" from struct f2fs_super_block as 64-bit little endian
|value in sanity_check_raw_super() because struct f2fs_super_block
|declares "block_count" as "__le64".
|
|This fixes a bug where the superblock validation fails on big endian
|devices with the following error:
| F2FS-fs (sda1): Wrong segment_count / block_count (61439 > 0)
| F2FS-fs (sda1): Can't find valid F2FS filesystem in 1th superblock
| F2FS-fs (sda1): Wrong segment_count / block_count (61439 > 0)
| F2FS-fs (sda1): Can't find valid F2FS filesystem in 2th superblock
|As result of this the partition cannot be mounted.
|
|With this patch applied the superblock validation works fine and the
|partition can be mounted again:
| F2FS-fs (sda1): Mounted with checkpoint version = 7c84
|
|My little endian x86-64 hardware was able to mount the partition without
|this fix.
|To confirm that mounting f2fs filesystems works on big endian machines
|again I tested this on a 32-bit MIPS big endian (lantiq) device.
Hopefully, this will do until Martin's patch moved through upstream
to -stable.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The MyBook Live DUO used "wd,mybooklive-duo" as the first
compatible string and not "wd_mybooklive-duo".
Fixes: 9b47aa93c7 ("apm821xx: unify My Book Live Single + Duo images")
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Currently all Archer A7 v5 have the same (incorrect) MAC address.
The address is currently derived from eth1 which is not present on the
QCA9563. Use eth0 to get the correct MAC address.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
dd508af iwinfo: fix QCA9984 vendor id
0eaabf1 iwinfo: add device id for Atheros AR9287
6e998ec iwinfo: add device id for MediaTek MT7612E
5aa8c54 libiwinfo: nl80211: add mesh stats on assoclist.
77a9e98 iwinfo: Add Mikrotik R11e-2HPnD and R11e-5HacT to hardware list
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This reverts commit fd569e5e9d.
After an extra review & discussion few concerns were raised regarding
that feature:
1) It reacts to hotplug.d "block" events instead of more accurate (but
currently unavailable) "mount" events.
2) It requires *something* to mount block device before samba hotplug.d
gets fired. Otherwise samba_add_section() will just return.
3) It doesn't reload Samba which some users may expect
4) It operates on /etc/ which is not a right place for autogenerated
ephemeral config.
5) It doesn't include any cleanup for non-existing shares.
Cc: Rosy Song <rosysong@rosinson.com>
Cc: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
417ab77 mt7603: improve recovery from PSE reset failure
fea7ad8 mt76: move mt76x02_phy_get_min_avg_rssi to mt76 core
9d009be mt7603: add dynamic sensitivity tuning based on false CCA events
2c8e9ac mt7603: initialize channel maximum power from eeprom data
b2cc29b mt76: move mt76x02_get_txpower to mt76 core
6203d46 mt7603: add support for setting transmit power
294e095 mt7603: reset DMA scheduler on MT7628
8178f0d mt7603: apply efuse data only when it exists
e67e551 mt76: dma: remove napi from mt76_dma_rx_fill signature
0490bd2 mt76: usb: do not build the skb if reported len does not fit in buf_size
eb076ae mt76: Add missing include of linux/module.h
1d2819e mt76: fix typo in mt76x02_check_mac_err routine
9c9fae3 mt76: mac: run mt76x02_mac_work routine atomically
6be90b6 mt76: usb: avoid queue/status spinlocks while passing tx status to mac80211
40dad32 mt76x0: pci: fix ACS support
d94e9c4 mt76x02: do not set protection on set_rts_threshold callback
0d83d73 mt76x02: fixup MT_PROT_RATE_* defines
628f8d7 mt76x02: set protection according to ht operation element
f7d8c17 mt76x0: configure MT_VHT_HT_FBK_CFG1
10f57cf mt76x2: add static qualifier to mt76x2_init_hardware
37b2ad3 mt76: dfs: run mt76x02_dfs_set_domain atomically
51b6daf mt76x2: init: set default value for MT_TX_LINK_CFG
9661da4 mt76: add energy detect CCA support to mt76x{0,2}e drivers
876d0e9 mt76: mac: minor optimizations in mt76x02_mac_tx_rate_val
c78e317 mt76: dma: do not build skb if reported len does not fit in buf_size
3598046 mt76: mmio: introduce mt76x02_check_tx_hang watchdog
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This patch converts the MyBook Live's recovery image to utilize the
multi-image method which integrates the device-tree binary directly
into the image.
The new initramfs can be loaded through the MyBook Live's U-boot
in the following way:
=> setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1
=> setenv serverip 192.168.1.2
=> sata init; run addtty; tftp $kernel_addr_r wd_mybooklive-initramfs.bin; bootm
Waiting for PHY auto negotiation to complete... done
ENET Speed is 1000 Mbps - FULL duplex connection (EMAC0)
Using ppc_4xx_eth0 device
TFTP from server 192.168.1.2; our IP address is 192.168.1.1
Filename 'wd_mybooklive-initramfs.bin'.
Load address: 0x1000000
Loading: ################################################ [...]
done
[...]
Booting kernel from Legacy Image at 01000000 ...
Image Name: initramfs
Image Type: PowerPC Linux Multi-File Image (gzip compressed)
[...]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch fixes the build regression on 4.14 build
due to dt-bindings/dma/dw-dmac.h MIA.
apm82181.dtsi:24:10: fatal error: dt-bindings/dma/dw-dmac.h: No such file or directory
Fixes: 32141c183a ("apm821xx: add linux 4.19 apm821xx patches")
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
It's same for Bullet and Nanostation so far, so let's hope it's going to
be the same for other boards sharing the same platform.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
It's not necessary as it's already defined in ar934x.dtsi to:
pll-data = <0x16000000 0x00000101 0x00001616>;
And in ar71xx it's currently set to the same values:
#define AR934X_PLL_VAL_1000 0x16000000
#define AR934X_PLL_VAL_100 0x00000101
#define AR934X_PLL_VAL_10 0x00001616
And dumping the value from the airOS v6.1.7 has the same value:
AR934X_PLL_ETH_XMII_CONTROL_REG 0x1805002C 0x101
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Currently there is no LED signalization for various system states
implemented in diag.sh, so this patch adds support for it.
Tested-by: Joe Ayers <ae6xe@arrl.net>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This patch updates the apm821xx target to use the 4.19 kernel.
4.19 ships with all the crypto4xx driver patches. Furthermore,
the DW-DMA fix for the SATA controller has been backported from
4.20 and integrated.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
|In the patch "usb: simplify usbport trigger" together with
|"leds: triggers: add device attribute support" caused an
|regression for the usbport trigger. it will no longer
|enumerate any "ports" (i.e the sysfs directory stays empty)
|if the usb host drivers are fully initialized before the
|usbport trigger was loaded.
<https://marc.info/?l=linux-usb&m=154577101631079>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Thanks to the ledtrig-usb.c the USB LED trigger can be
setup in the device-tree definition for the Asus RT-AC58U
and ZyXEL NBG6617.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch fixes a kernel warning that got triggered by 4.19
because of a bad/missing interrupt level definition in the DTS.
| WARNING: CPU: 2 PID: 1996 at drivers/irqchip/irq-gic.c:1016
| CPU: 2 PID: 1996 Comm: kmodloader Not tainted 4.19.9 #0
| Hardware name: Generic DT based system
| [<c0317884>] (warn_slowpath_null) from [<c04f9cd0>]
| [<c04f9cd0>] (gic_irq_domain_translate) from [<c035af30>]
| [<c035af30>] (irq_create_fwspec_mapping) from [<c035b1e0>]
| [<c035b1e0>] (irq_create_of_mapping) from [<c0614eec>]
| [<c0614eec>] (of_irq_get) from [<c0614f3c>]
| [<c0614f3c>] (of_irq_to_resource) from [<c0614ff0>]
| [<c0614ff0>] (of_irq_to_resource_table) from [<c0610e08>]
| [<c0610e08>] (of_device_alloc) from [<c0610ea0>]
| [<c0610ea0>] (of_platform_device_create_pdata)
| [<c061120c>] (of_platform_bus_create)
| [<c06113c4>] (of_platform_populate)
| [<bf4c06b4>] (dwc3_qcom_probe [dwc3_qcom])
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com> noted in
"ipq40xx: Use kmod-usb-dwc3-qcom by default":
| Since 4.18 we cant use DWC3 OF Simple anymore so we
| have to use kmod-usb-dwc3-qcom.
This patch adds a TODO right next to the KERNEL_PATCHVER so
it will be picked up when moving to 4.19.
I would also like to point out:
All users/devs that are compiling their own images from source
and have a existing 4.14 config and want to switch to 4.19:
Please drop kmod-usb-dwc3-of-simple and add kmod-usb-dwc3-qcom
module package. Otherwise, the USB port on your router will no
longer work.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
- 4.19 no longer refuses to initialize the mdio bus if
a phy is not connected.
- fix partition unit-address
- restrict partition offset and size to 32-bit integers.
- add note to warn people not to mess with the ubi
partition size.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Upstream commit:
80483c3abf8 ("ARM: qcom: Cleanup/Remove unnecessary board file")
removed all the platform device compatibles stating that:
"This patch removes the unnecessary board file. The generic machine
definition is sufficient for the Qualcomm platforms."
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
- make the device userspace integration (WIFI,MAC,sysupgrade)
work again by renaming the ubi to UBI_DEV as a temporary measure.
In the future, once 4.14 support is dropped, this can all be
refactored again. *sigh*
- use the wifi0 and wifi1 labels
- follow Device-Tree Release v0.2 2.2.2 Generic Names Recommendation
- fix duplicated partition node-names
- remove qcom,ipq4019 platform compatible. it's no longer needed
(and wrong because the chip is a qcom,ipq4018).
Fixes: 4c67f3ad78d ("ipq40xx: Adapt 4.19 DTS for upstream SPI-NAND driver")
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
IPQ40xx series has a HW pseudo random number generator built in.
It already has a node in the upstream ipq4019.dtsi so we just need to enable it.
Its driver has been rewritten to use crypto API so we dont have char interface like under 4.14 kernel.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
DTC was throwing warnings like this:
image-qcom-ipq4018-jalapeno.dtb: Warning (avoid_unnecessary_addr_size): /soc/spi@78b5000/m25p80@0: unnecessary #address-cells/#size-cells without "ranges" or child "reg" property
image-qcom-ipq4018-jalapeno.dtb: Warning (avoid_unnecessary_addr_size): /soc/spi@78b5000/spi-nand@1: unnecessary #address-cells/#size-cells without "ranges" or child "reg" property
So lets fix this for our downstream boards.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
Since 4.19 upstream kernel provides generic SPI-NAND
framework and vendor specific drivers.
Since only users of MT29F are 2 boards with Winbond
W25N01GV SPI-NAND for which support has been backported
from 4.20 we can drop the ever stuck in staging MT29F
driver and instead use the upstream driver.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [squashed]
Since kernel 4.18 support for Qualcomm glue layer was
moved from DWC3 OF Simple to a separate DWC3 QCOM module.
So lets add it and make it depend on 4.19 kernel and make
sure that DWC3 OF Simple is not included if 4.19 is used.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
This adds the necessary patches for 4.19 kernel.
Upstreamed patches were dropped, backported upstreamed patches
from 4.20.
Drop Winbond ID patch since that NAND IC was upstreamed to use
SPI-NAND framework and support for it was backported from 4.20.
Rework ESSEDMA patches to compile under 4.19 due to timer changes,
Clément Péron did the hard work and his changes were taken from the
initial 4.19 PR.
MR33 changes had to be manually refreshed to apply.
Refresh other patches to apply.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
Remove
Hardware
--------
CPU: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9558
RAM: 128M DDR2
FLASH: 16MiB
ETH: 1x Atheros AR8035 (PoE in)
WiFi2: QCA9558 3T3R
WiFi5: QCA9880 3T3R
BTN: 1x Reset
LED: 1x LED blue
1x LED red
BEEP: 1x GPIO attached piezo beeper
UART: 3.3V GND TX RX (115200-N-8) (3.3V is square pad)
Header is located next to reset-button
There is also a Micro-B USB-port present but this only seems to be a
dummy as the circuit next to it is not present (at least in my unit).
It is also not mentioned in the devolo manual.
Installation
------------
Make sure you set a password for the root user as prompted on first
setup!
1. Upload OpenWRT sysupgrade image via SSH to the device.
Use /tmp as the destination folder on the device.
User is root, password the one set in the web interface.
2. Install OpenWRT with
> sysupgrade -n -F /tmp/<openwrt-image-name>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Hardware
--------
CPU: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9558
RAM: 128M DDR2
FLASH: 16MiB
ETH: 1x Atheros AR8035 (PoE in)
1x Atheros AR8033
WiFi2: QCA9558 2T2R
WiFi5: QCA9880 2T2R
BTN: 1x Reset
LED: 1x LED blue
1x LED red
BEEP: 1x GPIO attached piezo beeper
UART: 3.3V GND TX RX (115200-N-8) (3.3V is square pad)
Header is located next to reset-button
Installation
------------
Make sure you set a password for the root user as prompted on first
setup!
1. Upload OpenWRT sysupgrade image via SSH to the device.
Use /tmp as the destination folder on the device.
User is root, password the one set in the web interface.
2. Install OpenWRT with
> sysupgrade -n -F /tmp/<openwrt-image-name>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This commit adds support for TP-Link Archer C7 v5, leveraging most effort
from commit ea9baee and 1e4ee63. Archer C7 v5 is identical to Archer A7 v5
but with a different flash layout.
Specification:
- QCA9563 SoC (750 MHz)
- 128 MiB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MiB of flash (SPI)
- 5x 1 Gbps Ethernet (1x WAN + 4x LAN)
- 2.4GHz (bgn) SoC internal + 5GHz (ac) QCA9880
- 10x LED, 2x button
- UART header on PCB
Flash instructions:
1. Upload openwrt-ath79-generic-tplink_archer-c7-v5-squashfs-factory.bin
via web interface.
Flash instructions using TFTP recovery:
1. Plug PC to one of the LAN ports
2. Set PC to fixed IP address 192.168.0.66
3. Rename the factory image to ArcherC7v5_tp_recovery.bin and place it in
TFTP root directory
4. Turn on the router with the reset button pressed for about 15 secs
5. Release the button and wait about 150 secs to complete flashing
Signed-off-by: TOCK Chiu <tock.chiu@gmail.com>
Even with squashfs brcm2708 requires ROOTFS_PART_SIZE because the overlay
exists as a loopback device on the space not used by squashfs in the root
partition. Also for ext4 (the other fs option) ROOTFS_PART_SIZE is required,
so use feature flag rootfs-part to enable it.
Signed-off-by: Daniel F. Dickinson <cshored@thecshore.com>
The rootfs-part feature flag ensures that
CONFIG_ROOTFS_PART_SIZE symbol will be present
at all times.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Start 03x with 030 instead of 035. It's a trivial change that adds more
place for further backports in the 03x space.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
The configuration option was renamed with kernel 4.19 from
CONFIG_CC_STACKPROTECTOR to CONFIG_STACKPROTECTOR adapt the code to set
both options.
CONFIG_STACKPROTECTOR now sets the regular stack protector and
CONFIG_STACKPROTECTOR_STRONG activates the additional protection of more
functions.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
With kernel 4.19 new configuration options for the compiler were added.
These are automatically selected and set, instead of having them in each
target configuration, put them into the generic configuration.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
CONFIG_COMPAT_BRK disables the heap randomization which is only needed
for very old and ancient user space applications, I am not aware that we
run any of these, just deactivate this option for these targets to allow
heap randomization.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Driver has been updated upstream to support more precise DT binding and
avoid mapping conflicts between pinctrl and USB 2.0 PHY.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Backport https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mips/linux.git/commit/?id=adcc81f148d733b7e8e641300c5590a2cdc13bf3
"Mapping the delay slot emulation page as both writeable & executable
presents a security risk, in that if an exploit can write to & jump into
the page then it can be used as an easy way to execute arbitrary code.
Prevent this by mapping the page read-only for userland, and using
access_process_vm() with the FOLL_FORCE flag to write to it from
mips_dsemul().
This will likely be less efficient due to copy_to_user_page() performing
cache maintenance on a whole page, rather than a single line as in the
previous use of flush_cache_sigtramp(). However this delay slot
emulation code ought not to be running in any performance critical paths
anyway so this isn't really a problem, and we can probably do better in
copy_to_user_page() anyway in future.
A major advantage of this approach is that the fix is small & simple to
backport to stable kernels.
Reported-by: Andy Lutomirski <luto@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@mips.com>
Fixes: 432c6bacbd0c ("MIPS: Use per-mm page to execute branch delay slot instructions")"
Without patch:
cat /proc/self/maps
00400000-0047a000 r-xp 00000000 1f:03 1823 /bin/busybox
00489000-0048a000 r-xp 00079000 1f:03 1823 /bin/busybox
0048a000-0048b000 rwxp 0007a000 1f:03 1823 /bin/busybox
77ec8000-77eed000 r-xp 00000000 1f:03 2296 /lib/libgcc_s.so.1
77eed000-77eee000 rwxp 00015000 1f:03 2296 /lib/libgcc_s.so.1
77eee000-77f81000 r-xp 00000000 1f:03 2470 /lib/libc.so
77f90000-77f92000 rwxp 00092000 1f:03 2470 /lib/libc.so
77f92000-77f94000 rwxp 00000000 00:00 0
7f946000-7f967000 rw-p 00000000 00:00 0 [stack]
7fefb000-7fefc000 rwxp 00000000 00:00 0
7ffac000-7ffad000 r--p 00000000 00:00 0 [vvar]
7ffad000-7ffae000 r-xp 00000000 00:00 0 [vdso]
Patch applied:
cat /proc/self/maps
00400000-0047a000 r-xp 00000000 1f:03 1825 /bin/busybox
00489000-0048a000 r-xp 00079000 1f:03 1825 /bin/busybox
0048a000-0048b000 rwxp 0007a000 1f:03 1825 /bin/busybox
77ed0000-77ef5000 r-xp 00000000 1f:03 2298 /lib/libgcc_s.so.1
77ef5000-77ef6000 rwxp 00015000 1f:03 2298 /lib/libgcc_s.so.1
77ef6000-77f89000 r-xp 00000000 1f:03 2474 /lib/libc.so
77f98000-77f9a000 rwxp 00092000 1f:03 2474 /lib/libc.so
77f9a000-77f9c000 rwxp 00000000 00:00 0
7fbed000-7fc0e000 rw-p 00000000 00:00 0 [stack]
7fefb000-7fefc000 r-xp 00000000 00:00 0
7fff6000-7fff7000 r--p 00000000 00:00 0 [vvar]
7fff7000-7fff8000 r-xp 00000000 00:00 0 [vdso]
Note lack of write permission to 7fefb000-7fefc000
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
The range of pinmux reg property "<0x1804002c 0x40>" for QCA955x
SoC does not includes GPIO_FUNCTION register.
Reported-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This version removes a lot of unusefull warnings that would quickly overflow the dmesg.
Warnings like this:
ath10k_ahb a800000.wifi: Invalid legacy rate 26 peer stats
ath10k_ahb a000000.wifi: Invalid VHT mcs 15 peer stats
On this version I only had 2 warnings at all.
Tested on 8devices Jalapeno.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
NEC Aterm WG800HP is a 2.4/5 GHz band 11ac router, based on Qualcomm
Atheros QCA9563.
Specification:
- Qualcomm Atheros QCA9563
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB of Flash (SPI-NOR)
- 2.4/5 GHz wifi
- 2.4 GHz: 2T2R (SoC internal)
- 5 GHz: 1T1R (QCA9887)
- 4x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 8x LEDs, 3x keys (2x buttons, 1x slide-switch)
- UART through-hole on PCB (J2)
- Vcc, GND, NC, TX, RX from SoC side
- 115200n8
Flash instruction using factory image:
1. Connect the computer to the LAN port on WG800HP
2. Connect power cable to WG800HP and turn on it
3. Access to "http://192.168.10.1/" and open firmware update page
("ファームウェア更新")
4. Select the OpenWrt factory image and click update ("更新") button
5. Wait ~150 seconds to complete flashing
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
I moved xor-image into image-commands.mk to use it in ath79 target.
It required for NEC WG800HP.
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
This commit adds "hex pattern mode" to xorimage. This mode allows xor
with a hexadecimal pattern that cannot be expressed with ASCII
charactors.
usage (example):
xorimage -i firmware.bin -o firmware.bin.new -p 6A57190601121E4C -x
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> (fix checkpatch)
The range of pinmux reg property "<0x1804002c 0x40>" for QCA956x SoC
does not includes GPIO_FUNCTION register.
If the device uses "&jtag_disable_pins", this causes the following
errors:
[ 1.982937] pinctrl-single 1804002c.pinmux: mux offset out of range: 0x40 (0x40)
[ 1.990622] pinctrl-single 1804002c.pinmux: could not add functions for pinmux_jtag_disable_pins 64x
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
Refresh all patches
Remove upstream patch:
backport-4.14/424-v4.20-net-dsa-fix-88e6060-roaming.patch
Minor tweak to generic/hack-4.14/902-debloat_proc.patch to cleanly apply
after upstream changes.
Tested-on: ath79
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
The ZyXEL NBG6617 USB LED was not working with the default images.
It turned out that kmod-usb-ledtrig-usbport was missing from the
default installation.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
In the past, the MX60(W)'s recovery images always had problems
with the size restriction and never really worked without manual
intervention. But starting with 4.19, the MX60(W)'s kernel image
outgrew the allocated space for sysupgrade images as well. Hence
This patch reworks the initramfs, which allows the device to ease
up on the impossible tight kernel size requirements for the
sysupgrade creation and packaging. And as a result, the now
orphaned special ramdisk setup is removed in the process.
This new initramfs can be loaded through the MX60(W) U-boot
in the following way:
=> setenv bootargs console=ttyS0,$baudrate
=> tftpboot $meraki_loadaddr meraki_mx60-initramfs-kernel.bin
[...]
Load address: 0x800000
Loading: ################################################ [...]
done
[...]
=> bootm $fileaddr
\## Booting kernel from Legacy Image at 00800000 ...
...
Updated Flashing instructions for new installations which integrates
the new recovery method. Users of existing installations that only
want to sysupgrade don't need to update their existing u-boot env.
=> setenv owrt_load1 ubi read \${meraki_loadaddr} kernel
=> setenv owrt_load2 ubi read \${meraki_loadaddr} recovery
=> setenv lede_bootkernel bootm \${meraki_loadaddr_kernel} - \${meraki_loadaddr_fdt}
=> setenv owrt_bootkernel bootm \${meraki_loadaddr}
=> setenv owrt_bootargs setenv bootargs console=ttyS0,\${baudrate} rootfstype=squashfs mtdoops.mtddev=oops
=> setenv owrt_boot run meraki_ubi owrt_bootargs\; run owrt_load1 meraki_checkpart lede_bootkernel\; run owrt_load2 owrt_bootkernel
=> setenv bootcmd run owrt_boot
=> saveenv
For more information and the latest flashing guide:
please visit the OpenWrt Wiki Page for the MR60:
<https://openwrt.org/toh/meraki/mx60#flashing>
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Based on the process of discovery in
https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/1613, it has become clear
that (at least) the PowerCloud System CR5000 was unable to get
working 5GHz wireless (PCIe) because AH_USE_EEPROM was unconditionally
masked out, not only when qca,noeeprom was in the DTS.
This patch moves mask AH_USE_EEPROM into the if ... qca,noeeprom
OF test.
Thanks to Christian Lampartar (@chunkeey) for the heavy lifting and help.
Patch has been prepared for upstream and will be submitted after review
by @chunkeey and @xdarklight.
Signed-off-by: Daniel F. Dickinson <cshored@thecshore.com>
This commit removes the fixed kernel size-padding for the Netgear
DNI image creation as it is not necessary for a working image.
The fake rootfs still needs to be padded to the blocksize.
Tested-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
GCC 8.0+ <https://gcc.gnu.org/gcc-8/changes.html> introduces a new
warning about unsafe macros expanding to multiple statements used
as a body of a statement such as if, else, while, switch, or for.
In combination with -Werror this can cause the compilation to fail:
|In file included from xmalloc.c:37:
|xmalloc.c: In function 'xmalloc':
|system.h:39:2: error: macro expands to multiple statements [-Werror=multistatement-macros]
| fflush(stdout); \
| ^~~~~~
|xmalloc.c:52:5: note: in expansion of macro 'error'
| error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, _("memory exhausted"));
| ^~~~~
|xmalloc.c:51:3: note: some parts of macro expansion are not guarded by this 'if' clause
| if (p == NULL)
| ^~
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Without this patch PowerCloud CR5000 AR9382 PCIe 5GHz Wifi uses
the mac address from eeprom instead the one specified when
initializing the PCIe chip. There were two issues:
1) ap94_pci_init on the second PCIe wmac is wrong as there is only one
PCIe wmac on this device (the other wmac is the AR1022/AR9342 SoC wmac).
2) Without specifying pdata->use_eeprom there is a failure to load
firmware and caldata.
Thanks to Christian Lamparter (@chunkeey) for the heavy lifting and
help. [0]
[0] <https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/1613>
Signed-off-by: Daniel F. Dickinson <cshored@thecshore.com>
67ce93e Fix compile error on kernel 4.15+
c1345bb Change driver version to 10.3.8.0-20181210.
9cb815b Upgrade 88W8997 firmware to 8.4.4.6.
433fc6d Fix non-backport use of nla_parse before 4.12.0
3b36e21 Use wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw() instead of wiphy_priv()
97ebcfa Change driver version to 10.3.8.0-20181120.
f000953 Upgrade 88W8997 firmware to 8.4.4.4.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This patch, in a variety of forms, has been around since beginning 2016
as e756c2bb07, ending up in present form 0aa6c7df60 (kernel 4.4.13 bump)
and carried forward ever since.
There have been a number of MIPS kernel memory handling changes since,
including VDSO fixes that meant openwrt patches have been dropped with
no apparent fallout.
Simple tests (ntfs-3g) on a HIGHMEM 512MB mt7621 device have not turned
up data corruption issues which would otherwise be expected. Similarly
running on other MIPS based devices for the past 2 months hasn't turned
up anything obvious to retain this out of tree patch.
With thanks to Rosen Penev for testing on the known 'highmem' device and
Felix Fietkau for testing advice. Not putting acked-by as it's my fault
if it breaks :-)
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Depending on the global nls support configuration in the buildroot, the
linked libelf.so library might depend on libintl.so.
Import the nls.mk helper to set library prefixes and flags accordingly
in this case.
Ref: https://github.com/openwrt/packages/issues/7728#issuecomment-448760140
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
When building with full lagnuage support, libelf.so will depend on and
link with libintl.so so we need to change the pkg-config template to
reflect this library dependency.
Also change the Makefile to only pass --disable-nls to configure when
the full nls support is actually disabled in the buildroot config.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
- it appears (at least from OS X verison 10.10, Yosemite) that the
big and little endian defintions have changed.
the older
#include <sys/_endian.h>
#include <architecture/byte_order.h>
reference yielded the following warning:
#define __bswap_16(x) NXSwapShort(x)
^
/usr/include/architecture/byte_order.h:45:1: note: 'NXSwapShort' has been explicitly marked deprecated here
For the new OS X editions, it seems that we need to refer to:
#include <netinet/in.h>
#include <libkern/OSByteOrder.h>
and respectively use 'OSSwapInt16', 'OSSwapInt32', & 'OSSwapInt64', in
place of 'NXSwapShort', 'NXSwapLong' & 'NXSwapLongLong'.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
2efe776 introduces rpath checks with the commit message:
> Remove all rpath entries which do not point to a location below /lib or
> /usr/lib and which do not begin with '$ORIGIN'.
However the implementation failed to support rpath entries with only the
'$ORIGIN' token and no trailing slash, so allow these as well.
Signed-off-by: Yorkie Liu <yazhong.liu@rokid.com>
[reword commit message]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The iproute2 build system links libelf support to every utility while only
the tc program actually requires libelf specific functionality.
Unfortunately the BPF ELF functionality is not confined into an own
compilation unit but added to the existing bpf.c sources of the shared
static libutil.a, causing every iproute2 applet to pick up an implicit
libelf.so dependency.
In order to avoid this requirement, patch the iproute2 build system to
create both a libutil.a and a libutil-elf.a, with the former being built
without libelf functionality and to only link the tc applet with the libelf
enabled libutil.
Finally, make the tc package depend on libelf to solve compilation errors.
Ref: https://github.com/openwrt/packages/issues/7728
Fixes: FS#2011
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Support other packages using pkg-config to query existence and details of
libelf and libdw libraries at build time.
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
This file is needed to properly use the tc ematch modules present in
kmod-sched-core and kmod-sched. It is a read-only index file of ematch
methods used only by tc.
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
Patch generation process:
- rebase rpi/rpi-4.14.y on v4.14.89 from linux-stable
- git format-patch v4.14.89
Patches skipped during rebase:
- lan78xx: Read MAC address from DT if present
- lan78xx: Enable LEDs and auto-negotiation
- Revert "softirq: Let ksoftirqd do its job"
- sc16is7xx: Fix for multi-channel stall
- lan78xx: Ignore DT MAC address if already valid
- lan78xx: Simple patch to prevent some crashes
- tcp_write_queue_purge clears all the SKBs in the write queue
- Revert "lan78xx: Simple patch to prevent some crashes"
- lan78xx: Connect phy early
- Arm: mm: ftrace: Only set text back to ro after kernel has been marked ro
- Revert "Revert "softirq: Let ksoftirqd do its job""
- ASoC: cs4265: SOC_SINGLE register value error fix
- Revert "ASoC: cs4265: SOC_SINGLE register value error fix"
- Revert "net: pskb_trim_rcsum() and CHECKSUM_COMPLETE are friends"
- Revert "Revert "net: pskb_trim_rcsum() and CHECKSUM_COMPLETE are friends""
Patches dropped after rebase:
- net: Add non-mainline source for rtl8192cu wlan
- net: Fix rtl8192cu build errors on other platforms
- brcm: adds support for BCM43341 wifi
- brcmfmac: Mute expected startup 'errors'
- ARM64: Fix build break for RTL8187/RTL8192CU wifi
- ARM64: Enable RTL8187/RTL8192CU wifi in build config
- This is the driver for Sony CXD2880 DVB-T2/T tuner + demodulator
- brcmfmac: add CLM download support
- brcmfmac: request_firmware_direct is quieter
- Sets the BCDC priority to constant 0
- brcmfmac: Disable ARP offloading when promiscuous
- brcmfmac: Avoid possible out-of-bounds read
- brcmfmac: Delete redundant length check
- net: rtl8192cu: Normalize indentation
- net: rtl8192cu: Fix implicit fallthrough warnings
- Revert "Sets the BCDC priority to constant 0"
- media: cxd2880: Bump to match 4.18.y version
- media: cxd2880-spi: Bump to match 4.18.y version
- Revert "mm: alloc_contig: re-allow CMA to compact FS pages"
- Revert "Revert "mm: alloc_contig: re-allow CMA to compact FS pages""
- cxd2880: CXD2880_SPI_DRV should select DVB_CXD2880 with
MEDIA_SUBDRV_AUTOSELECT
- 950-0421-HID-hid-bigbenff-driver-for-BigBen-Interactive-PS3OF.patch
- 950-0453-Add-hid-bigbenff-to-list-of-have_special_driver-for-.patch
Make I2C built-in instead of modular as in upstream defconfig; also the
easiest way to get MFD_ARIZONA enabled, which is required by
kmod-sound-soc-rpi-cirrus.
Add missing compatible strings from
4.9/960-add-rasbperrypi-compatible.patch, using upstream names for
compute modules.
Add extra patch to enable the LEDs on lan78xx.
Compile-tested: bcm2708, bcm2709, bcm2710 (with CONFIG_ALL_KMODS=y)
Runtime-tested: bcm2708, bcm2710
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Add kernel module for the fan on the PoE HAT for the 3B+ model in kernel
4.14. Without this, the fan will not turn on.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
It requires sound card support in the new kernel. HDMI CEC support is
disabled for now; enabling it turned out to be non-trivial.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Since kernel 4.12, this driver appeared in staging. The rpi-4.14.y
kernel tree uses these as well.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Support for RaspiDac3 has been removed from the rpi-4.14.y kernel tree.
Make the kmod package depend on kernel 4.9.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Since kernel 4.12, this driver appeared in staging. The rpi-4.14.y
kernel tree uses these as well.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
We need to use resolved file list as prerequisites for repacking kmod
.ipk files. Note that currently version_filter uses a Makefile macro
KERNEL_PATCHVER that should be available at ipk building time.
Reported-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
The LS1021A-IoT gateway reference design based on the
QorIQ LS1021A processor is a purpose-built, small
footprint hardware platform with a wide array of
high-speed connectivity and low-speed serial interfaces
to support secure delivery of IoT services for home,
business or other commercial location.
- Combines standards-based, open source software with a
feature-rich IoT gateway design to establish a common,
open framework for secured IoT service delivery and
management.
- Provides a wide assortment of high-speed and serial-based
connectivity in a compact, highly secure design.
- High efficiency through the use of the Arm-based QorIQ
LS1021A embedded processor.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Biwen Li <biwen.li@nxp.com>
This patch is to upgrade kernel to 4.14 for layerscape.
patches-4.14 for layerscape included two categories.
- NXP Layerscape SDK kernel-4.14 patches
All patches on tag LSDK-18.09-V4.14 were ported to OpenWrt
kernel. Since there were hundreds patches, we had to make
an all-in-one patch for each IP/feature.
See below links for LSDK kernel.
https://lsdk.github.io/components.htmlhttps://source.codeaurora.org/external/qoriq/qoriq-components/linux
- Non-LSDK kernel patches
Other patches which were not in LSDK were just put in patches-4.14.
Kept below patches from patches-4.9.
303-dts-layerscape-add-traverse-ls1043.patch
821-add-esdhc-vsel-to-ls1043.patch
822-rgmii-fixed-link.patch
Renamed and rebase them as below in patches-4.14,
303-add-DTS-for-Traverse-LS1043-Boards.patch
712-sdk-dpaa-rgmii-fixed-link.patch
824-mmc-sdhci-of-esdhc-add-voltage-switch-support-for-ls.patch
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Biwen Li <biwen.li@nxp.com>
While building 4.19 for ath79 with CONFIG_ALL_KMODS=y with verbose mode
enabled I was asked by kernel config about few symbols/modules so I'm
adding those missing symbols to the generic config.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
It seems, that since Linux 4.18-rc2 ci_hdrc depends on ulpi.
commit a930d8bd94d8db7715d1af74299f710b1fb22fc8
Author: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Date: Wed Jul 4 10:09:58 2018 -0300
usb: chipidea: Always build ULPI code
Commit 03e6275ae381 ("usb: chipidea: Fix ULPI on imx51") causes a kernel
hang on imx51 systems that use the ULPI interface and do not select the
CONFIG_USB_CHIPIDEA_ULPI option.
In order to avoid such potential misuse, let's always build the
chipidea ULPI code into the final ci_hdrc object.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
After changing board names to DT compat string, we also need to
adjust the script which generates uboot-env configuration files.
Fixes: e880a30549 ("mxs: use generic sysinfo board detection")
Signed-off-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
According to https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/1527, support
for the Buffalo BHR-4GRV2 in ath79 requires repartitioning from
an initramfs image, make this easier by supporting uboot-envtools
support out of the box.
Build tested, but not runtime tested.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
Port support for the Buffalo WZR-HP-AG300H from the ar71xx target to
ath79 as well.
Build- and runtime tested on the Buffalo WZR-HP-AG300H.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
Interface triggers are installed by the dropbear init script in case an
interface is configured for a given dropbear uci section.
As dropbear is started after network the interface trigger event can be
missed during a small window; this is especially the case if lan is
specified as interface.
Fix this by starting dropbear before network so no interface trigger
is missed. As dropbear is started earlier than netifd add a boot function
to avoid the usage of network.sh functions as call to such functions will
fail at boottime.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Originally, cns3xxx used it's own functions for mapping, reading and writing registers.
Upstream commit 802b7c06adc7 ("ARM: cns3xxx: Convert PCI to use generic config accessors")
removed the internal PCI config write function in favor of the generic one:
cns3xxx_pci_write_config() --> pci_generic_config_write()
cns3xxx_pci_write_config() expected aligned addresses, being produced by cns3xxx_pci_map_bus()
while the generic one pci_generic_config_write() actually expects the real address
as both the function and hardware are capable of byte-aligned writes.
This currently leads to pci_generic_config_write() writing
to the wrong registers on some ocasions.
First issue seen due to this:
- driver ath9k gets loaded
- The driver wants to write value 0xA8 to register PCI_LATENCY_TIMER, located at 0x0D
- cns3xxx_pci_map_bus() aligns the address to 0x0C
- pci_generic_config_write() effectively writes 0xA8 into register 0x0C (CACHE_LINE_SIZE)
This seems to cause some slight instability when certain PCI devices are used.
Another issue example caused by this this is the PCI bus numbering,
where the primary bus is higher than the secondary, which is impossible.
Before:
00:00.0 PCI bridge: Cavium, Inc. Device 3400 (rev 01) (prog-if 00 [Normal decode])
Flags: bus master, fast devsel, latency 0, IRQ 255
Bus: primary=02, secondary=01, subordinate=ff, sec-latency=0
After fix:
00:00.0 PCI bridge: Cavium, Inc. Device 3400 (rev 01) (prog-if 00 [Normal decode])
Flags: bus master, fast devsel, latency 0, IRQ 255
Bus: primary=00, secondary=01, subordinate=02, sec-latency=0
And very likely some more ..
Fix all by omitting the alignment being done in the mapping function.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Use pad-offset and append-string to create the cameo factory images for
the D-LINK DIR-825 C1/DIR-835 A1 factory images.
Tested-by: Sebastian Kemper <sebastian_ml@gmx.net>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Backort upstream patch which preserves oif of IPv6 link scoped packets.
The outgoing interface of IPv6 link scope packets can be changed by the
function ip6_route_me_harder. This is unwanted behavior for link local
packets and multicast packets as the outgoing interface is fixed and must
not be altered as it can break neighbor discovery and multicast listener
discovery.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Alberto Bursi reported:
>The patch "ipq40xx: specify "firmware" partition format for GL.iNet GL-B1300"
>prevents boot on my B1300. I compiled from latest sources.
The GL-B1300 was using the discouraged direct subnodes method to declare
the partitions on the flash.
|The partition table should be a subnode of the flash node and should be named
|'partitions'. This node should have the following property:
|- compatible : (required) must be "fixed-partitions"
|Partitions are then defined in subnodes of the partitions node.
|
|For backwards compatibility partitions as direct subnodes of the flash device are
|supported. This use is discouraged.
|NOTE: also for backwards compatibility, direct subnodes that have a compatible
|string are not considered partitions, as they may be used for other bindings.
<https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/partition.txt>
Hence, this patch converts the device to the "partitions" layout.
Fixes: 1cbe457cf9 ("ipq40xx: specify "firmware" partition format for GL.iNet GL-B1300")
Reported-by: Alberto Bursi <bobafetthotmail@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Since commit 61b5b4971e ("mac80211: make ath10k-ct the default ath10k")
select ath10k-ct and the -ct firmwares by default.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Backport net: Allow class-e address assignment via ifconfig ioctl
While most distributions long ago switched to the iproute2 suite
of utilities, which allow class-e (240.0.0.0/4) address assignment,
distributions relying on busybox, toybox and other forms of
ifconfig cannot assign class-e addresses without this kernel patch.
While CIDR has been obsolete for 2 decades, and a survey of all the
open source code in the world shows the IN_whatever macros are also
obsolete... rather than obsolete CIDR from this ioctl entirely, this
patch merely enables class-e assignment, sanely.
https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net.git/commit/?id=65cab850f0eeaa9180bd2e10a231964f33743edf
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
>From the Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt:
- default-state : The initial state of the LED. Valid values are "on", "off",
and "keep". If the LED is already on or off and the default-state property is
set the to same value, then no glitch should be produced where the LED
momentarily turns off (or on). The "keep" setting will keep the LED at
whatever its current state is, without producing a glitch. The default is
off if this property is not present.
So setting the default-state of the LEDs to `off` is redundant as `off`
is default LED state anyway. We should remove it as almost every new
PR/patch submission contains this property by default which seems to be
just copy&paste from some DTS file already present in the tree.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This patch adds support for TP-Link Archer A7
Specification:
- SOC: QCA9563
- Flash: 16 MiB (SPI)
- RAM: 128 MiB (DDR2)
- Ethernet: 4x 1Gbps LAN + 1x 1Gbps WAN
- Wireless:
- 2.4GHz (bgn) SoC internal
- 5GHz (ac) QCA988x
- USB: 1x USB 2.0 port
- Button: 1x power, 1x reset, 1x wps
- LED: 10x LEDs
- UART: holes in PCB
- Vcc, GND, RX, TX from ethernet port side
- 115200n8
Flash instructions:
Upload openwrt-ath79-generic-tplink_archer-a7-v5-squashfs-factory.bin
via the Webinterface.
Flash instruction using tftp recovery:
1. Connect the computer to one of the LAN ports of the Archer A7
2. Set the computer IP to 192.168.0.66
3. Start a tftp server with the OpenWrt factory image in the tftp
root directory renamed to ArcherC7v5_tp_recovery.bin
2. Connect power cable to Archer A7, press and hold the reset button
and turn the router on
3. Keep the reset button pressed for ~5 seconds
4. Wait ~150 seconds to complete flashing
Changes since first revision:
- Flash instructions using stock image webinterface
- Changed "Version 5" in model string to "v5"
- Split DTS file in qca9563_tplink_archer-x7-v5.dtsi
and qca9563_tplink_archer-a7-v5.dts
- Firmware image is now build with dynamic partitioning
- Default to ath10k-ct
Changes since second revision:
- Changed uboot@0 to uboot@20000 in DTS file
- Fixed ordering issue in board led script
- Specify firmware partition format in DTS file
- Rebased Makefile device definition on common
Device/tplink-safeloader-uimage definition
- Merged switch section in network script
(same configuration as tplink,tl-wdr3600
and tplink,tl-wdr4300)
Signed-off-by: Karl-Felix Glatzer <karl.glatzer@gmx.de>
This patch fixes wrong usage of debounce-interval subnode property of
gpio-keys-polled nodes, which was used inproperly in parent node, but it
belongs to the subnodes, excerpt from the docs:
Optional subnode-properties:
- debounce-interval: Debouncing interval time in milliseconds.
If not specified defaults to 5.
And the docs are up to date as the source code matches that description
as well:
if (fwnode_property_read_u32(child, "debounce-interval",
&button->debounce_interval))
button->debounce_interval = 5;
While at it, I've also re-formatted gpio-keys-polled nodes, usually just
adding new lines after every key subnode.
Cc: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Cc: Matt Merhar <mattmerhar@protonmail.com>
Cc: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Currently it's quite hard to diff debugging output between ar71xx and
ath79, so this patch tries to improve it by adding the same
ag71xx_dump_regs function and placing debugging output from the
registers to relatively same places.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Since commit 8e9a59a6b9 (build: add
mkrasimage) a proper factory image can be provided for the ZyXEL
NBG6817, which can be flashed from the OEM firmware or used for
tftp based push-button recovery, therefore the previously used
partition images for mmcblk0p5-rootfs.bin and mmcblk0p4-kernel.bin
are no longer required (and using them properly has always been
slightly difficult and risky) and can now be dropped from the image
generation code.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
This commit ports both dir-825-c1 and dir-835-a1 from ar71xx to ath79.
They're pretty much identical, except dir-835-a1 has less LEDs.
The routers come with 128 MByte of RAM and 16 MBytes of flash and sport
2.4GHz and 5.0GHz wireless. Both routers have entries already in
OpenWrt's TOH. Please check there for more information on these
antiquities.
https://openwrt.org/toh/hwdata/d-link/d-link_dir-825_c1https://openwrt.org/toh/hwdata/d-link/d-link_dir-835_a1
Installation:
1. Connect to the web interface of the vendor firmware (usually
listening on 192.168.0.1).
2. Go to "Tools", then "Firmware".
3. In the "Firmware Upgrade" box click "Browse".
4. Select the OpenWrt factory image for your router.
5. Click "Upload", confirm the popups if you agree to flash the file you
selected.
6. Wait for firmware upgrade to complete. It takes about 5 minutes.
Run-tested on dir-825-c1. dir-835-a1 should work as well, but I don't
have this router so I can't confirm.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Kemper <sebastian_ml@gmx.net>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [trivial changes]
This command enables factory image generation for Cameo boards. On
upgrade the vendor firmware will check the size of the provided image
and if a specific string is located at the end of the binary.
cameo-factory will generate an image that the vendor firmware accepts.
Tested on a D-Link DIR-825 C1 with vendor firmwares 3.01 and 3.04.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Kemper <sebastian_ml@gmx.net>
- replace licence texts with SPDX-License-Identifier where
applicable.
- make node-names more generic to fit with Device-Tree Release v0.2
Section 2.2.2 Generic Names Recommendation.
- utilize wifi0/1, blsp1_uart1 labels
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
In the upstream netdev led trigger the one mode file was replaced by 3
files named rx, tx and link. Fix the netdev trigger configuration code
to use the modified API.
Fixes: aa3b6a08c5 ("kernel: Replace ledtrig-netdev with upstream backport")
Reported-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This reverts commit 216397b812.
Due to:
Package ip-tiny is missing dependencies for the following libraries:
libelf.so.1
Makefile:187: recipe for target '/var/lib/buildbot/slaves/slave-lede-builds4/mips_24kc/build/sdk/bin/packages/mips_24kc/base/ip-tiny_4.19.0-6_mips_24kc.ipk' failed
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
This activates the CONFIG_USB_SUPPORT option in the in the gemini kernel
again which will provide the core USB support and makes it possible to
compile the rest of the USB parts into modules. Without this change USB
will not be available in the gemini target and some modules fail to
compile because the feature list indicates USB support.
Fixes: 10ec966f7b ("gemini: Break out USB to packages")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The eapol-test application also uses the code with the newly activated
ubus support, add the missing dependency.
Fixes: f5753aae23 ("hostapd: add support for WPS pushbutton station")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The ufb tool needs the host UAPI Linux headers from kernel 3.18
or later, remove it for now as it is not used anyway.
Fixes: 4bf5c4395b ("tools/sdimage: update to latest git version")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
mbedtls uses some instructions introduced in ARMv6 which are not
available in older architectures.
Fixes: 3f7dd06fd8 ("mbedtls: Update to 2.14.1")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Netgear R6350 is a wireless router, aka Netgear AC1750.
Specification:
- SoC: Mediatek MT7621AT (2 CPU cores, 4 threads)
- RAM: 128MiB (Nanya NT5CC64M16GP-DI)
- ROM: 128MiB NAND Flash (Macronix MX30LF1G18AC-TI)
- Wireless:
for 11b/g/n (upto 300Mbps): MT7603
for 11a/ac (upto 1450Mbps) : MT7615, is not avaliable now
- Ethernet LAN speed: up to 1000Mbps
- Ethernet LAN ports: 4
- Ethernet WAN speed: up to 1000Mbps
- Ethernet WAN ports: 1
- USB ports: 1 (USB 2.0)
- LEDs: 4 (all can be controlled by SoC's GPIO)
- buttons: 2
- serial ports: unknown
Installation through telnet:
- Copy kernel.bin and rootfs.bin to a USB flash disk,
plug to usb port on the router.
- Enable telnet with link: http://192.168.1.1/setup.cgi?todo=debug
(login if required, default: admin password)
- You will see "Debug Enabled!"
- Telnet 192.168.1.1 and login with "root"
- ls /mnt/shares/ to find out path of your USB disk.
'myUdisk' for example.
- cd /mnt/shares/myUdisk
- mtd_write write rootfs.bin Rootfs
- mtd_write write kernel.bin Kernel
- reboot
recovery when bricked:
nmrpflash can be used to recover to the netgear firmware
if a broken image was flashed.
The SC_PART_MAP partition suggests that an on flash partition table
exists. After implementing a partition parser/builder for the sercom
partition format, the definitions don't match the flash layout used by
the stock firmware.
It either means the partition format has not yet been completely
understood or it isn't used by the stock firmware. For now, use fixed
partitions instead.
Signed-off-by: NOGUCHI Hiroshi <drvlabo@gmail.com>
[apply latest ramips changes and document the on flash partition map
issues]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
I've sent this one upstream. This patch is critical if you want to run
with "prove lock correctness" (lockdep) and you happen to have certain
mtd devices. The misuse of the uninitialized object is undefined
behaviour, but being zeroed it does not appear to have actually broken
anything other than the lockdep engine.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Santos <daniel.santos@pobox.com>
This includes code cleanups and fixes some portability issues,
compiler warnings about printf arguments etc.
Signed-off-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
Update mbedtls to 2.14.1
This fixes:
* CVE-2018-19608: Local timing attack on RSA decryption
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
[Update to 2.14.1]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Disable Marvell's hardware level MAC learning because it breaks station roaming.
When enabled it drops all frames that arrive from a MAC address
that is on a different port at learning table.
Problem description:
Multiple APs with inter-AP roaming connected to different ports,
when station moves from one AP on one port to another AP on another port,
traffic flow breaks down because the learning table is not updated.
Signed-off-by: Anderson Luiz Alves <alacn1@gmail.com>
[Replaced with upstream version, move to generic]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Fixes these warnings:
swlib.c:455:18: warning: implicit declaration of function 'isspace'
swlib.c:461:9: warning: implicit declaration of function 'isdigit'
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Added two upstream mailing list patches that fix behavior under big endian
systems. Issue was present since version 1.11.0.
Tested on Turris Omnia.
Original discussion: https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/1575
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
The current stats always have a 'ms' suffix, and they're used by luci.
Introduce dsl.latency_[down|up] values, exported in µs without suffix.
Signed-off-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
Use a forked version of the rtl8812au driver that works better
with OpenWRT (fix compile bugs, fix phy MAC address, etc)
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
[update to 2018-11-16, replace rtw_byteorder.h, rename folder]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This ports support for TP-Link TL-WR842N/ND v1 from ar71xx.
CPU: Atheros AR7241 400 MHz
RAM: 32 MiB
FLASH: 8 MiB
PORTS: 4 Port 100/10 Switch, 1 Port 100/10 Wan
WiFi: Atheros AR9287
LED: SYS, WiFi, LAN, WAN, 3G, QSS
BTN: WiFi, Reset/WPS
AR71xx target used "tl-mr3420" as board id so force flag is needed
if upgrading from old target.
Signed-off-by: Marcin Jurkowski <marcin1j@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [trivial cleanup]
Ben Greear reported in his patch:
|Subject: netgear r7800: Fix mac address of radios.
|
|Reloading the driver causes the phyX to change, and that
|caused the MAC address to change.
This is because all ODM/OEMs except QCA bothered to write
the correct MAC address for the ath10k wifi into the
calibration data.
This patch copies over the MAC patching helper functions from ipq40xx's
target/linux/ipq40xx/base-files/etc/hotplug.d/firmware/11-ath10k-caldata
file and converts all the devices to patch the correct MACs into the
extracted calibration data before it gets sent to the driver, which sets
up the device with the correct MAC address. It also removes the entries
in the 10_fix_wifi_mac file as they have served their purpose for good.
Please note the C2600: There is conflicting information on what
the offset for the second wifi is supposed to be. This patch uses
what was specified in 10_fix_wifi_mac.
According to Ben Greear this method is save to use with the
stock firmware too. As he explained that the stock firmware
messes up rx-bssid mask calculation when the MAC is changed
after the first vif is created.
Reported-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
- Mark other partitions as read-only for HC5x61
- Only enable USB and PCIe for HC5761/HC5861
HC5661 doesn't have a USB port, and there is nothing attached to its PCIe.
- Fix HC5761 switch ports
HC5761 has only 3 ethernet ports (1x WAN + 2x LAN). Remove unused ports.
- Fix HC5861 5GHz radio
HC5861 has MT7612EN 5GHz WiFi chip, not MT7610EN.
- Fix HC5761/HC5861 WiFi LEDs
After 5GHz is enabled, it becomes wlan0. And 2.4GHz would be wlan1.
- Fix HC5x61 image size
It should be 15872k (0xf80000)
Signed-off-by: Deng Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
In the thread: "ipq806x: add ath10k calibration data MAC addresses patching"
Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com> noted that:
"All ath10k calibration data have a checksum at 0x2.
ath10kcal_patch_mac works for QCA9880/QCA9882 only because
the ath10k firmware for these two chips doesn't check the
checksum value. (QCA proprietary driver checks this and
refuses to use caldata with incorrect checksum.)"
This patch updates 11-ath10k-caldata of the ipq40xx target accordingly.
Reported-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This updates the ath10k-ct driver to the version from 2018-12-11 and
selects the ath10k-ct version based on kernel 4.19 by default.
CONFIG_ATH10K_CE was introduced between kernel 4.16 and 4.19 and is a
mandatory option.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This updates the GCC to the next minor release which fixes 178 bugs.
The two removed patches are included in gcc 7.4.0
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
In mainline kernel commit 02c7b25e5f5 ("netfilter: nf_tables: build-in
filter chain type") all chain filters were merged into one file and into
one kernel module to save some memory. The code protected by these
configuration options CONFIG_NF_TABLES_BRIDGE, CONFIG_NF_TABLES_IPV4,
CONFIG_NF_TABLES_ARP, CONFIG_NF_TABLES_IPV6, CONFIG_NF_TABLES_NETDEV and
CONFIG_NF_TABLES_INET was merged into the nft_chain_filter.c file which
is now always compiled into the nf_tables.ko file.
This only happened in kernel 4.19 and OpenWrt has to select these as
modules in older kennel versions. Mark them as build-in in the kernel
4.19 specific kernel configuration file which will then not be
overwritten by the package specific settings which try to make them
modular again.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
In kernel commit 0168e8b361 ("netfilter: nat: merge ipv4/ipv6 masquerade
code into main nat module") the CONFIG_NF_NAT_MASQUERADE_IPV4 and
CONFIG_NF_NAT_MASQUERADE_IPV6 kernel configuration option were changed
to bool and the code will not be compiled as a own module any more, but
it will be integrated into nf_nat_ipv4.ko or nf_nat_ipv6.ko to save some
memory.
Activate these options as bool in the generic kernel 4.19 configuration
only, to always build them into the nf_nat_ipv*.ko modules. The kmod
file will still try to select them as module, but the generic
configuration will not be overwritten.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Some kernel modules from kmod-ipt-conntrack-extra depend on
nf_conncount.ko, which was added in kernel 4.16, add it to the kmod.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The nf_socket.ko module was split in commit 8db4c5be88f ("netfilter:
move socket lookup infrastructure to nf_socket_ipv{4,6}.c") into a
common, n IPv4 and an IPv6 part.
The nf_tproxy.ko module was split in commit 45ca4e0cf27 ("netfilter:
Libify xt_TPROXY") into a common, an IPv4 and an IPv6 part.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
In kernel commit a0ae2562c6c ("netfilter: conntrack: remove l3proto
abstraction") The modules nf_conntrack_ipv4.ko, nf_conntrack_ipv6.ko and
nf_conntrack.ko were squashed together into one module. This module now
depends on nf_defrag_ipv6 when IPv6 support was activated. This is part
of the main netfilter packages, so add nf_defrag_ipv6.ko also to the
default netfilter packages on kernel 4.19 and later.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
CONFIG_OF_NET depends on CONFIG_NVMEM in kernel 4.19. To fix some build
problems in mainline Linux kernel CONFIG_NVMEM was changed from tristate
to bool in commit 2a37ce25d9 ("nvmem: disallow modular CONFIG_NVMEM").
This patch in OpenWrt revert the upstream commit and changes
CONFIG_NVMEM back to tristate we just have to make sure to build this in
for all targets which select CONFIG_OF_NET.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
CONFIG_HW_RANDOM_TPM does not activate a separate kernel module any
more, but it only activates the random code in the tpm.ko.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The video-videobuf2 kernel modules were moved to a new folder in kernel
4.19. videobuf2-v4l2.ko is only available since kernel 4.4, blacklist
this kmod completely on kernel 3.18.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The x86 optimized cryptographic algorithm kernel modules now mostly use
crypto_simd.ko instead of lrw.ko in kernel 4.19. Add the new module to
the kmod-crypto-misc package.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The asn1_decoder.ko module is needed by the kmod-nf-nathelper-extra
package in kernel 4.19, extract it and add the missing dependencies.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Kernel interface changed with kernel 4.19, it does not accept raw GPIO
numbers any more. Deactivate these drivers on kernel 4.19 for now.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The r8169 driver uses the phy lib with the realtek phy driver in kernel
4.19 instead of integrating the phy driver into the mac driver.
Add the new phy driver and add this missing dependency.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This makes the patches which were just copied in the previous commit
apply on top of kernel 4.19.
The patches in the backports-4.19 folder were checked if they are really
in kernel 4.19 based on the title and only removed if they were found in
the upstream kernel.
The following additional patches form the pending folder went into
upstream Linux 4.19:
pending-4.19/171-usb-dwc2-Fix-inefficient-copy-of-unaligned-buffers.patch
pending-4.19/190-2-5-e1000e-Fix-wrong-comment-related-to-link-detection.patch
pending-4.19/478-mtd-spi-nor-Add-support-for-XM25QH64A-and-XM25QH128A.patch
pending-4.19/479-mtd-spi-nor-add-eon-en25qh32.patch
pending-4.19/950-tty-serial-exar-generalize-rs485-setup.patch
pending-4.19/340-MIPS-mm-remove-mips_dma_mapping_error.patch
Bigger changes were introduced to the m25p80 spi nor driver, as far as I
saw it in the new code, it now has the functionality provided in this
patch:
pending-4.19/450-mtd-m25p80-allow-fallback-from-spi_flash_read-to-reg.patch
Part of this patch went upstream independent of OpenWrt:
hack-4.19/220-gc_sections.patch
This patch was reworked to match the changes done upstream.
The MIPS DMA API changed a lot, this patch was rewritten to match the
new DMA handling:
pending-4.19/341-MIPS-mm-remove-no-op-dma_map_ops-where-possible.patch
I did bigger manual changes to the following patches and I am not 100% sure if they are all correct:
pending-4.19/0931-w1-gpio-fix-problem-with-platfom-data-in-w1-gpio.patch
pending-4.19/411-mtd-partial_eraseblock_write.patch
pending-4.19/600-netfilter_conntrack_flush.patch
pending-4.19/611-netfilter_match_bypass_default_table.patch
pending-4.19/670-ipv6-allow-rejecting-with-source-address-failed-policy.patch
hack-4.19/211-host_tools_portability.patch
hack-4.19/221-module_exports.patch
hack-4.19/321-powerpc_crtsavres_prereq.patch
hack-4.19/902-debloat_proc.patch
This is based on patchset from Marko Ratkaj <marko.ratkaj@sartura.hr>
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This just copies the files from the kernel 4.14 specific folders into
the kernel 4.19 specific folder, no changes are done to the files in
this commit.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The b53 driver was added as a dsa driver into the mainline Linux kernel,
but we still use the swconfig based driver. The header file b53.h is
used by both drivers, but the swconfig one needs an extra member, add
this one in a patch to not overwrite the version shipped with the
mainline kernel.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The ledtrig-netdev was added to upstream Linux kernel 4.16, replace our
own version with the patch based on the upstream version.
This will remove the ledtrig-netdev support from kernel 3.18, because I
not want to spend time on backporting it to 3.18. This will make it
easier to use the upstream version with kernel 4.19, by just not
applying this patch.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
63843750 Update manual pages
27801e98 Bump up version number to 1.35.1
60e020a8 nghttpx: Fix broken trailing slash handling
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
The above options were incorrectly changed to required tags. Make them
optional again.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
f6d0e8c36f Fix rwlock stall with PREFER_WRITER_NONRECURSIVE_NP (bug 23861)
2794474c65 powerpc: Add missing CFI register information (bug #23614)
d8ca7a0c71 Fix _dl_profile_fixup data-dependency issue (Bug 23690)
f1e211096b inet/tst-if_index-long: New test case for CVE-2018-19591 [BZ #23927]
4e9f34e54f support: Implement <support/descriptors.h> to track file descriptors
e75481a7a7 support: Close original descriptors in support_capture_subprocess
0f79dc0be3 support_quote_string: Do not use str parameter name
6b2dd53aa0 support: Implement support_quote_string
50477165b9 malloc: Add another test for tcache double free check.
4b246928bd malloc: tcache double free check
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Backport upstream patch fixing incorrect passing of -lxtables to
LDFLAGS instead of LDLIBS in the tc/Makefile
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This updates the backports package used in mac80211 to version 4.19.7-1
which is based on kernel 4.19.7. This integrates all the stable fixes
introduces in this kernel version.
The deleted patches are not needed any more because they are either
included in the upstream Linux kernel 4.19.7 or in backports 4.19.7-1.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
It's no longer needed as all mt7621 devices use DT binding (supported by
upstream mtd code) for specifying "firmware" part format explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
In hack/904-debloat_dma_buf.patch, DMA_SHARED_BUFFER is changed from
bool to tristate. As this patch is not applied to external kernel
sources, build fails if kmod-dma-buf is enabled. Fix this by only
including the module file if CONFIG_EXTERNAL_KERNEL_TREE and
CONFIG_KERNEL_GIT_CLONE_URI are not enabled.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
3aa81d0 file: access exec timeout via daemon ops structure
7235f34 plugin: store pointer to exec timeout value in the ops structure
ccd7c0a treewide: rename exec_timeout to rpc_exec_timeout
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
During upstream removal of conditional ipv6 support an order swap error
was made in a ternary operator usage.
This patch sent upstream.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
The argument to print_0xhex is converted to unsigned long long
so the format string give for normal printout has to be some
variant of %llx. Backport the patch as otherwise, bogus values
will be printed on 32 bit platforms.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This partitialy reverts commit ccab68f2d3.
Registering the GPIO chip without a parent device completely breaks the
ath9k GPIOs for device tree targets.
As long as boards using the devicetree don't have the gpio-controller
property set for the ath9k node, the unloading of the driver works as
expected.
Register the GPIO chip with the ath9k device as parent only for OF
targets to find a trade-off between the needs of driver developers and
the broken LEDs and buttons seen by users.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The qca9557/qca956x reset-controller aren't a simple bus. A simple bus
would require node unit addresses.
Add the node unit addresses for the qca9557 usb phys. Add the regs for
the USB_PWRCTL and USB_CONFIG registers even not yet used.
Fix the wrong ar7100 pcie controller node unit address as well.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Due to the enforced image metadata we ensure that the correct image is
uploaded. Checks based on a magic arn't required any more.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Beside one exception, no one took care of these two remaining boards
still using the legacy image build code during the last two years.
Since OpenWrt 14.07 the ALLNET ALL0239-3G image building is broken.
The Sitecom WL-341 v3 image build code looks pretty hackish and broken.
It's questionable if the legacy image works as all.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Drop the factory images and the firmware tool to create them. They don't
work any more, since the factory image has an uImage header covering the
whole kernel + rootfs. This way the uImage splitter will not be able to
find the rootfs and the kernel will panic later on.
The factory images were most likely added at a time the board had
distinct partitions for kernel and rootfs.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Support other packages using pkg-config to query existence and details of
libelf and libdw libraries at build time.
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
similar to hostapd, also add a ubus interface for wpa_supplicant
which will allow handling WPS push-button just as it works for hostapd.
In order to have wpa_supplicant running without any network
configuration (so you can use it to retrieve credentials via WPS),
configure wifi-iface in /etc/config/wireless:
config wifi-iface 'default_radio0'
option device 'radio0'
option network 'wwan'
option mode 'sta'
option encryption 'wps'
This section will automatically be edited if credentials have
successfully been acquired via WPS.
Size difference (mips_24kc): roughly +4kb for the 'full' variants of
wpa_supplicant and wpad which do support WPS.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This patch updates the uboot-fritz4040 package to the latest version.
The portability and private-libgcc patches, as well as the
upload-to-f4040.sh script have been added to the upstream repository.
Furthermore, the upload-to-f4040 has been updated to take the first
parameter as the file it is supposed to flash, otherwise it defaults
to the previous "uboot-fritz4040.bin". Furthermore the error messages
have been improved and ftp will now dump some "progress information"
to the user's console.
Also included is support for gcc 8+ and a fix for the obnoxous error
that currently breaks the builders:
| fritz/src/lzma2eva.c:23:30: fatal error: zlib.h: No such file or directory
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Fix the imagetag on the HG655b to allow a correct partition detection at boot time.
It turns out that it was defined at the wrong partition. Just move the imagetag to
the linux firmware partition.
The bug is present since the 18.06 release. Without this fix, the board won't boot.
Fixes: a27d59bb42 ("brcm63xx: switch to new partition layout specification")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gonzalez Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
The reset mask for the bcm6368 switch core was left at 0 due to a copy &
paste error. Fix this by setting it to the correct value.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Remove the sky.mk causing a duplicate device profile to be added in
image builder. The generic device code already generates a profile for
the device.
Fixes FS#1780.
Fixes: d591260407 ("brcm63xx: initial support for Sky SR102 router")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Buildbot revealed some subtargets are still missing the new symbol.
Fixes: dfbf836a52 ("kernel: bump 4.9 to 4.9.143")
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Backport upstream commits. Most interesting 122392e which changes how
SERVFAIL is handled especially in event of genuine server down/failure
scenarios with multiple servers. a799ca0 also interesting in that
answered received via TCP are now cached, DNSSEC typically using TCP
meant until now answers weren't cached, hence reducing performance.
59e4703 Free config file values on parsing errors.
48d12f1 Remove the NO_FORK compile-time option, and support for uclinux.
122392e Revert 68f6312d4bae30b78daafcd6f51dc441b8685b1e
3a5a84c Fix Makefile lines generating UBUS linker config.
24b8760 Do not rely on dead code elimination, use array instead. Make options bits derived from size and count. Use size of option bits and last supported bit in computation. No new change would be required when new options are added. Just change OPT_LAST constant.
6f7812d Fix spurious AD flags in some DNS replies from local config.
cbb5b17 Fix logging in cf5984367bc6a949e3803a576512c5a7bc48ebab
cf59843 Don't forward *.bind/*.server queries upstream
ee87504 Remove ability to compile without IPv6 support.
a220545 Ensure that AD bit is reset on answers from --address=/<domain>/<address>.
a799ca0 Impove cache behaviour for TCP connections.
Along with an additional patch to fix compilation without DHCPv6, sent
upstream.
I've been running this for aaaages without obvious issue hence brave
step of opening to wider openwrt community.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
This reverts commit a6a8fe0be5.
buildbot found an error
option.c: In function 'dhcp_context_free':
option.c:1042:15: error: 'struct dhcp_context' has no member named 'template_interface'
free(ctx->template_interface);
revert for the moment
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Backport upstream commits. Most interesting 122392e which changes how
SERVFAIL is handled especially in event of genuine server down/failure
scenarios with multiple servers. a799ca0 also interesting in that
answered received via TCP are now cached, DNSSEC typically using TCP
meant until now answers weren't cached, hence reducing performance.
59e4703 Free config file values on parsing errors.
48d12f1 Remove the NO_FORK compile-time option, and support for uclinux.
122392e Revert 68f6312d4bae30b78daafcd6f51dc441b8685b1e
3a5a84c Fix Makefile lines generating UBUS linker config.
24b8760 Do not rely on dead code elimination, use array instead. Make options bits derived from size and count. Use size of option bits and last supported bit in computation. No new change would be required when new options are added. Just change OPT_LAST constant.
6f7812d Fix spurious AD flags in some DNS replies from local config.
cbb5b17 Fix logging in cf5984367bc6a949e3803a576512c5a7bc48ebab
cf59843 Don't forward *.bind/*.server queries upstream
ee87504 Remove ability to compile without IPv6 support.
a220545 Ensure that AD bit is reset on answers from --address=/<domain>/<address>.
a799ca0 Impove cache behaviour for TCP connections.
I've been running this for aaaages without obvious issue hence brave
step of opening to wider openwrt community.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Openwrt no longer uses and has not used since 5acfe55d71 Jun 2016 the
timestamp file (/etc/dnsmasq.time) method of resolving the dnssec/ntp
dnslookup chicken/egg problem, having used signals from ntp since that
change.
Drop the 'dnssec-improve-timestamp-heuristic' patch since it is neither
used nor sent upstream. One less thing to refresh & maintain.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
When '-k' is used, sysupgrade inserts into backup a new file
/etc/backup/installed_packages.txt which contains pkgname and origin (rom,
overlay, unknown) without touching rootfs.
It's mainly used to reinstall all extra packages:
# opkg update
# grep "\toverlay" /etc/backup/installed_packages.txt | cut -f1 | xargs -r opkg install
# rm /etc/backup/installed_packages.txt
Signed-off-by: Luiz Angelo Daros de Luca <luizluca@gmail.com>
Add sysupgrade '-o' option in order to include all overlay files in
backup, except for those that are from packages but including files
listed in conffiles, sysupgrade.conf or /lib/upgrade/keep.d.
With '-u' option, it will skip files equals to /rom and conffiles that
were not changed.
Signed-off-by: Luiz Angelo Daros de Luca <luizluca@gmail.com>
With '-u', for a file /aaa/bbb/ccc enlisted for backup,
it will only get into backup if /rom/aaa/bbb/ccc does not
exist or /aaa/bbb/ccc is different from /rom/aaa/bbb/ccc.
It also works with '-c', but only effective for files touched
but not modified.
Signed-off-by: Luiz Angelo Daros de Luca <luizluca@gmail.com>
Renamed add_uci_conffiles to add_conffiles as it includes
any conffiles listed, not only UCI ones.
Make do_save_conffiles arg mandatory
Allow other options after -l (like -c)
Do not use stdout for error messages (fixes backup to stdout)
Signed-off-by: Luiz Angelo Daros de Luca <luizluca@gmail.com>
This patch fixes a build warning triggered by a semicolon in
the dts after the #include directive.
netgear-wndap620.dts:11:33: warning: extra tokens at end of #include directive
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This property (and value) came from Netgear's WNDR4700
stock firmware dts. However, other devices do not set
it and the EMAC default is 16, which matches that of
the programming notes of the APM82181 spec.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This now matches what was generated locally on my PC and the file on the
mirror server.
Fixes: 575d0240f9 ("ath10k-firmware: update board-2.bin for community firmwares")
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
In commit d70ec3008d, a firmware compatible
string of "denx,uimage" was added for the Dlink DIR-860L-B1. Unfortunately,
this was the wrong string. It needs "seama" instead.
Signed-off-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
Drop 030-extensions-libxt_bpf-Fix-build-with-old-kernel-versi.patch as pushed upstream
Added patches :
001-extensions_format-security_fixes_in_libip.patch
002-include_fix_build_with_kernel_headers_before_4_2.patch
101-remove-register-check.patch
The first and the second patch are upsteam fixes for compilation errors.
The third patch remove check if one target lib is already registred; this is caused by
shared libs that are loaded before the iptables execution.
Iptables changelog:
bba6bc6 (tag: v1.8.2) configure: bump versions for 1.8.2 release
61d6c38 xtables: add 'printf' attribute to xlate_add
5edb249 libxtables: xlate: init buffer to zero
9afd2a6 tests: shell: fix expected arptables-save output
6387941 arptables: fix --version info
d703c1f arptables: ignore --table argument.
d5754e3 arptables: make uni/multicast mac masks static
1b63e66 arptables: add test cases
5aecb2d arptables: pre-init hlen and ethertype
9677ed1 arptables: fix src/dst mac handling
ab0b6d5 arptables: fix target ip offset
c0c75ce arptables: fix -s/-d handling for negation and mask
3ac65af arptables: add basic test infra for arptables-nft
e31564f arptables: fix rule deletion/compare
2345ff6 arptables: remove code that is also commented-out in original arptables
50c2397 arptables-save: add -c option, like xtables-save
d9a518e arptables: use ->save for arptables-save, like xtables
5a52e6a extensions: test protocol and interface negation
85d7df9 xtables: Fix error return code in nft_chain_user_rename()
3ccb443 xtables: Clarify error message when deleting by index
95db364 xtables: Fix typo in do_command() error message
5f508b7 ebtables: use extrapositioned negation consistently
583b27e ebtables-save: add -c option, using xtables-style counters
e6723ab nft: add NFT_TABLE_* enumeration
21ec111 nft: replace nft_chain_dump() by nft_chain_list_get()
05947c8 iptables-nft: fix -f fragment option
7bd9feb libxtables: add and use mac print helpers
a10eb88 extensions: libebt_ip: fix tos negation
9b127b7 extensions: libebt_ip6: fix ip6-dport negation
c59ba1b xtables-nft: make -Z option work
1bf4a13 nft: add missing error string
a9f9377 iptables-tests: add % to run iptables commands
b81c8da iptables-tests: do not append xtables-multi to external commands
edf2b7c ebtables-nft: add arpreply target
2d1372e ebtables: add redirect test case
c3e8dbd ebtables: add test cases
cd90cef ebtables: relax -t table restriction, add snat/dnat test cases
fd95f1f ebtables: fix -j CONTINUE handling for add/delete
fb747f8 tests: add basic ebtables test support
d4bc5a3 iptables-nft: fix bogus handling of zero saddr/daddr
9ff9915 iptables-test: fix netns test
8c918db xtables: Fix for matching rules with wildcard interfaces
b2fc2a3 extensions: limit: unbreak build without libnftnl
682f39a xtables: Fix for spurious errors from iptables-translate
90f7dc3 (tag: v1.8.1) configure: bump versions for 1.8.1 release
0123183 iptables-test: add -N option to exercise netns removal path
abae556 libxtables: expose new etherdb lookup function through libxtables API
c2d9ed9 libxtables: prefix exported new functions for etherdb lookups
5a44360 Revert "extensions: libxt_quota: Allow setting the remaining quota"
2673faf xtables: Remove target_maxnamelen field
8ca3436 extensions: cgroup: fix option parsing for v2
0a8f2bc extensions: libxt_quota: Allow setting the remaining quota
b373a91 nft-shared: Use xtables_calloc()
5a40961 arptables: Use the shared nft_ipv46_parse_target()
9f07503 Combine parse_target() and command_jump() implementations
7373297 Combine command_match() implementations
a76ba54 libiptc: NULL-terminate errorname
a3716cc libxtables: Check extension real_name length
0195b64 iptables: Gitignore xtables-{legacy, nft}-multi scripts
671e40a xtables: Drop pointless check
7c9a152 arptables: Fix incorrect strcmp() in nft_arp_rule_find()
11e91a4 xtables: Don't read garbage in nft_ipv4_parse_payload()
d95c1e8 libxtables: Use posix_spawn() instead of vfork()
7e50eba Fix a few cases of pointless assignments
f40ce2d extensions: libebt_ip{, 6}: Drop pointless error checking
47fb86c nft-arp: Drop ineffective conditional
80aae9b iptables: Use print_ifaces() from xtables
8da04ff Share print_ipv{4,6}_addr() from xtables
b686594 iptables-apply: Replace signal numbers by names
f175dee iptables-apply: Quote strings passed to echo
52aa150 nfnl_osf: Replace deprecated nfnl_talk() by nfnl_query()
61ebf3f libxtables: Don't read garbage in xtables_strtoui()
ab639f2 libxtables: Avoid calling memcpy() with NULL source
22ef371 libiptc: Simplify alloc_handle() function signature
6b7145f libxt_time: Drop initialization of variable 'year'
749d3c2 libxt_ipvs: Avoid potential buffer overrun
8e798e0 libxt_conntrack: Avoid potential buffer overrun
74eb239 libxt_conntrack: Version 0 does not support XT_CONNTRACK_DIRECTION
d0c1f1b libxt_LED: Avoid string overrun while parsing led-trigger-id
23ef6f0 xtables: Remove unused variable in nft_is_table_compatible()
4e499d5 ip{, 6}tables-restore: Fix for uninitialized array 'curtable'
1788f54 Mark fall through cases in switch() statements
31f1434 libxtables: Integrate getethertype.c from xtables core
7ae4fb1 xtables: Fix for wrong assert() in __nft_table_flush()
8c786a3 nfnl_osf: Drop pointless check in xt_osf_strchr()
6fc7762 libxt_string: Fix array out of bounds check
2a68be1 xtables-save: Ignore uninteresting tables
f9efc8c extensions: add cgroup revision 2
9b8cb16 extensions: REJECT: Merge reject tables
56d7ab4 libxt_string: Avoid potential array out of bounds access
bfd41c8 ebtables: Fix for potential array boundary overstep
e6f9867 libiptc: Avoid side-effect in memset() calls
4144571 libxtables: Fix potential array overrun in xtables_option_parse()
9242b5d xtables: Accept --wait in iptables-nft-restore
c9f4f04 xtables: Don't check all rules for being compatible
15606f2 doc: Improve layout of u32 instructions
7345037 xtables-restore: Fix flushing referenced custom chains
7df11d1 xtables: Drop use of IP6T_F_PROTO
b6a06c1 xtables: Align return codes with legacy iptables
3bb497c xtables: Fix for deleting rules with comment
0800d9b ip6tables-translate: Fix libip6t_mh.txlate test
4cf650c ebtables-translate: Fix for libebt_limit.txlate
783e9c2 xtables: Add missing deinitialization
9771d06 ebtables: Review match/target lookup once more
85ed1ab extensions: libebt_mark: Drop mark_supplied check
6a46ca0 xtables: Add a few missing exit calls
acde6be ebtables-translate: Fix segfault while parsing extension options
2c4e4d2 ebtables: trivial: Leverage C99-style initializers a bit more
9f5b28a xlate-test: Fix for calling wrong command name
1a878a7 extensions: AUDIT: Provide translation
5ee03e6 xtables: Use meta l4proto for -p match
37b68b2 xtables: Fix for segfault when registering hashlimit extension
92f7b04 xtables: Fix for segfault in iptables-nft
294f9ef ebtables: Fix entries count in chain listing
6f29aa8 xtables: Make 'iptables -S nonexisting' return non-zero
7bccf30 ebtables: Fix for listing of non-existent chains
3d9a13d xtables: Fix for no output in iptables-nft -S
a33c6fd arptables: Drop extensions/libxt_mangle.c
02b8097 ebtables: Merge libebt_limit.c into libxt_limit.c
5de8dcf xtables: Use native nftables limit expression
514de48 ebtables: Remove flags misinterpretations
528cbf9 xtables: Fix for wrong counter format in -S output
9ca32c4 xtables: Don't pass full invflags to add_compat()
e055aeb xtables: Improve xtables-monitor first impression
b925733 tests: Fix skipping for recent nft-only tests
277f374 xtables: Spelling fixes in xtables-monitor
a9d9f64 xtables: Fix potential segfault in nft_rule_append()
fbf0bf7 tests: Add ebtables-{save,restore} testcases
f1d8508 tests: Add arptables-{save,restore} testcases
63c3dae xtables: Implement arptables-{save,restore}
aa7fb04 ebtables: Review match/target lookup
3f123dc ebtables-restore: Use xtables_restore_parse()
295d5a8 xtables-restore: Make COMMIT support configurable
1679b2c xtables-restore: Improve user-defined chain detection
2ce9f65 xtables: Match verbose ip{,6}tables output with legacy
cd79556 xtables: Reserve space for 'opt' column in ip6tables output
0357254 xtables: Print error when listing non-existent chains
206033e xtables: Fix for no output on first iptables-nft invocation
a0698de xtables: Do not count rules as chain references
d11b6b8 arptables: Fix jumps into user-defined chains
3f27955 arptables: Fix opcode printing in numeric output
f988fe4 xtables: Fix symlinks/names for ebtables-{save, restore}
3319c61 ebtables: Support --init-table command
3ec8aac arptables: Print policy only for base chains
83bc189 arptables: Fix for trailing spaces in output
aaed1b6 arptables: Fix memleaks in do_commandarp()
d67d85d ebtables: Print non-standard target parameters
2e478e9 ebtables: Fix match_list insertion
a192f03 ebtables: Fix for wrong program name in error messages
a2ed880 xshared: Consolidate argv construction routines
1cc0918 xshared: Consolidate parse_counters()
78b9d43 Consolidate DEBUGP macros
14ad525 xtables: Fix program name in xtables_error()
f7bbdb0 xtables: Use correct built-in chain count
ae574b2 xtables: Fix compilation with NLDEBUG defined
82d278c xtables: Free chains in NFT_COMPAT_CHAIN_ADD jobs
c2895ea xtables: Free chains in NFT_COMPAT_CHAIN_USER_DEL jobs
89d3443 xtables: Fix for nft_rule_flush() returning garbage
c259447 xtables: Allocate rule cache just once
ed30b93 nft: don't print rule counters unless verbose
31e4b59 iptables-restore: free the table lock when skipping a table
f8e29a1 xtables: avoid bogus 'is incompatible' warning
6ea7579 nft: decode meta l4proto
922508e xtables: implement ebtables-{save,restore}
25ef908 xtables: introduce nft_init_eb()
de8574a xtables: parameter to add_argv() may be const
6f60f22 xtables: pass format to nft_rule_save()
f3b772c xtables: introduce save_chain callback
fa1681f xtables: rename {print,save}_rule functions
444d581 xtables: get rid of nft_ipv{4,6}_save_counters()
34e1e23 xtables: eliminate nft_ipv{4,6}_rule_find()
de782e8 xtables: merge nft_ipv{4,6}_parse_target()
ae8eece xtables: get rid of nft_ipv{4,6}_print_header()
2687794 xtables: arp: make rule_to_cs callback private
1bf73c4 xtables: Use new callbacks in nft_rule_print_save()
1866625 xtables: introduce rule_to_cs/clear_cs callbacks
0589457 xtables: simplify struct nft_xt_ctx
d9c6a5d xtables: merge {ip,arp}tables_command_state structs
87b5b9e iptables: replace memset by c99-style initializers
907da5c xtables: fix crash if nft_rule_list_get() fails
565a223 xtables: Support nft suffix for arptables and ebtables
c468f01 tests: check iptables retval, not echo
47d1484 iptables: tests: add test for iptables-save and iptables-restore
e4e0704 extensions: don't bother to build libebt/libarp extensions if nft backend was disabled
17c66a5 iptables: tests: shell: Add README
6c2118c (tag: v1.8.0) configure: bump version and libnftnl dependency
7b66fc2 man: clarify translate tools do not modify any state
f7fec51 xtables-monitor: add --version option
b470b8e xtables-legacy: fix argv0 name for ip6tables-legacy
2028e54 xtables: display legacy/nf_tables flavor in error messages, too
fd8d7d7 ebtables-nft: add stp match
f15639b tests: add script that mimics firewalld startup
27f7db2 tests: fix variable name to multi-binary
2a89ec5 tests: add a few simple tests for list/new/delete
37d9d5b ebtables-nft: make -L, -X CHAINNAME work
816bd1f ebtables-nft: remove exec_style
b81708f ebtables-nft: don't crash on ebtables -X
de02a75 doc: fix some spellos and the dash escape
dcf4529 tests: add firewalld default ruleset from fedora 27
f23abd5 tests: add another ipv4 only ruleset
ed9cfe1 tests: add initial save/restore test cases
9933dc5 tests: adapt test suite to run with legacy+nftables based binaries
be70918 xtables: rename xt-multi binaries to -nft, -legacy
d49ba50 xtables-restore: init table before processing policies
344c6eb doc: Fix spelling error in hashlimit section
e063873 tests: make duplicate test work
d26c538 xtables: add xtables-monitor
db84371 xtables: translate nft meta trace set 1 to -j TRACE
20eac2a xtables: warn in case old-style (set/getsockopt) tables exist
c9f5e18 xtables: add nf_tables vs. legacy postfix to version strings
e5fed16 iptables8.in: Update coreteam names
672accf include: update kernel netfilter header files
856a875 xtables: silence two compiler warnings
ae6e159 xtables: remove dead code inherited from ebtables
107b7eb configure: add -Wlogical-op warning to cflags
bc7f49d ebtables-translate: remove --change-counters code
38b4166 iptables: tests: shell: add shell test-suite
1e6427a xtables-compat: skip invalid tables
cb368b6 xtables: more error printing fixes
b1b828f xtables: homogenize error message
4caa559 xtables: initialize basechains for rule flush command too
9b89622 xtables: rework rule cache logic
01e25e2 xtables: add chain cache
8d190e9 xtables: initialize basechains only once on ruleset restore
0a86351 xtables-compat: ignore '+' interface name
125d1ce xtables-compat: append all errors into single line
437746c xtables: extended error reporting
d1c79cd xtables: allocate struct xt_comment_info for comments
4e20209 xtables: use libnftnl batch API
49709e2 xtables-compat: remove nft_is_ruleset_compatible
03e1377 xtables: allow dumping of chains in specific table
94fd83d xtables: inconsistent error reporting for -X and no empty chain
c4f1622 ebtables-compat: add arp match extension
24ce746 ebtables-compat: add redirect match extension
84c04e3 ebtables-compat: add nat match extensions
14ec998 xtables-compat: ebtables: prefer snprintf to strncpy
5e2b473 xtables-compat: extend generic tests for masks and wildcards
1a696c9 libxtables: store all requested match types
bb436ce xtables-compat: ip6table-save: fix save of ip6 address masks
6454d7d ebtables-translate: suppress redundant protocols
07f4ca9 xtables-compat: ebtables: allow checking for zero-mac
0ca2d2a xtables-compat: ebtables: add helpers to print interface and mac addresses
3d9f300 xtables-compat: ebtables: remove interface masks from ebt_entry struct
20e2758 xtables-compat: ebtables: fix logical interface negation
2682bb0 xtables-compat: ebtables: add and use helper to parse all interface names
564862d xtables-compat: ebtables: split match/target print from nft_bridge_print_firewall
0ae81d0 xtables-compat: ebtables: kill ebtables_command_state
651cfee xtables-compat: pass correct table skeleton
652b98e xtables-compat: fix wildcard detection
49f4993 extensions: libip6t_srh.t: Add test cases for psid, nsid, and lsid
429143b extensions: libxt_CONNMARK: incorrect translation after v2
db7b4e0 extensions: libxt_CONNMARK: Support bit-shifting for --restore,set and save-mark
155e1c0 extensions: libip6t_srh: support matching previous, next and last SID
f4ffda1 extensions: libipt_DNAT: tests added for shifted portmap range
6a9ffb1 xtables-compat-restore: flush table and its content with no -n
07ae37c xtables-compat: fix bogus error with -X and no user-defined chains
df3d92b xtables-compat-restore: flush user-defined chains with -n
ca16584 xtables-compat-restore: flush rules and delete user-defined chains
ac1e85a extensions: libipt_DNAT: use size of nf_nat_range2 for rev2
e25d99a xtables-compat: pass larger socket buffer
838746e xtables-compat: xtables-save: don't return 1
2211679 xtables-compat: ebtables: support concurrent option
a77a7d8 iptables-test: fix bug with rateest
de87405 xtables-compat: fix ipv4 frag (-f)
c7b2fd6 xtables-compat: also check tg2->userspacesize
5685938 xtables-compat: avoid unneeded bitwise ops
b9d7b49 xtables-compat: restore: sync options with iptables-restore
c0ef861 extensions: add xlate test for ipables -f
d79a7f1 xtables-compat: output -s,d first during save, just like iptables
d1eb4d5 iptables-compat: chains are purge out already from table flush
09f0d47 iptables-compat: do not fail on restore if user chain exists
8798eb8 iptables-compat: remove non-batching routines
b633ef9 xtables.conf: fix hook skeletons
7af2178 xtables-compat: fall back to comment match in case name is too long
e9aeecf xlate-test: use locally installed xlate tools
0ab58e3 xtables-compat: ebtables: handle mac masks properly
734ad40 xtables-compat: nft-arp: fix warning wrt. sprintf-out-of-bounds
fb7ae9f xtables-compat: truncate comments to 254 bytes
36976c4 extensions: libipt_DNAT: support shifted portmap ranges
d7ac61b iptables-test: add nft switch and test binaries from git
992e17d xtables-compat: only fetch revisions for ip/ip6
12a52ff xtables: Fix rules print/save after iptables update
1197c5e xtables: Register all match/target revisions supported by us and kernel
e3bb24c xtables: Check match/target size vs XT_ALIGN(size) at register time
3b2530c xtables: Do not register matches/targets with incompatible revision
d3f1437 xtables: Introduce and use common function to print val[/mask] arguments
29b1d97 xtables: Introduce and use common function to parse val[/mask] arguments
56aadc0 extensions: Initialize linear mapping of symbols in _init() of extension
79c2da9 extensions: ULOG: remove test
a0956ce ebtables-translate: turn off useless compat queries
9840869 nft: arptables: remove obsolete forward hook definition
7a37d14 iptables-compat: statify nft_restart()
a3aac1d iptables-compat: handle netlink dump EINTR errors
a567dc3 ebtables-compat: add 'vlan' match extension
7564bba ebtables-compat: add 'pkttype' match extension
4d40904 ebtables-translate: update table name on -t
5c8ce9c ebtables-compat: add 'ip6' match extension
8a85a14 libebt_ip: fix translations for tos and icmp
b6f0bec libebt_ip: add icmp support
f38ed1e xt-translate: quote interface names in translated output
71a6e37 icmp: split icmp type printing to header file
e67c088 ebtables-translate: add initial test cases
207dd5e xt-compat: add ebtables-translate
d988274 xlate-translate: split common parts into helper
1650806 xtables-eb: export 3 functions
6b2041c nft-bridge: add eb-translate backend functions
3063c37 nft-bridge: fix mac address printing
394a400 nft: fix crash when getprotobynumber() returns 0
6a1dbdf ebtables-compat: support intra-positioned negations
3e94f0a nft-bridge: add forward declaration for struct nftnl_rule
5024efe libebt_limit: print 'minute' and 'seconds', not 'min' and 'secs'
ce3c780 nft: make nft_init self-contained
cb151d5 xtables-translate: rm duplicate includes
69c089b xt-compat: constify a few struct members
03ecffe ebtables-compat: add initial translations
57af67d iptables: constify option struct
88231c4 ebtables-compat: load mark target
6b4e167 ebtables-compat: don't make failing extension load fatal
24110b5 libxt_comment: silence truncation warning
98fc8ce xtables-compat: only validate the xtables builtin tables
9d9b724 xtables-compat: skip unsupported tables
59d15cf xtables-compat: also validate priorities and hook points match expected values
eb35854 xtables-compat: fix snprintf truncation warnings
fc04c8a extensions: CLUSTERIP: do not allow --local-node 0
eb2c052 extensions: CLUSTERIP: add tests
ca3c397 iptables: add xtables-translate.8 manpage
5beb158 extensions: libxt_bpf: Fix build with old kernel versions
147a891 extenstions: ecn: add tcp ecn/cwr translation
ed928a8 extensions: add tests for comp match options
632ace7 xtables-compat-multi.c: Allow symlink of ebtables
d7ccc68 iptables: add xtables-compat.8 manpage
043da5b extensions: connmark: remove non-working translation
a93b502 extensions: prefer plain 'set' over 'set mark and'
577b7e2 xtables-compat-restore: use correct hook priorities
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
This add support for TP-Link TL-WA801ND v4 (same as TL-WA801ND v3) :
Specification:
- System-On-Chip: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9533
- CPU/Speed: 650 MHz
- Flash-Chip: Winbond W25Q32BVSIG
- Flash size: 4096 KiB
- RAM: 32 MiB
- Wireless No1: SoC-integrated: QCA9533 2.4GHz 802.11bgn
Flash instructions:
1) To flash the image, rename the file
openwrt-ar71xx-generic-tl-wa801nd-v4-squashfs-factory.bin
to firmware.bin
2) Connect your device to the LAN port, then upload the firmware
through web interface. It will try to download the image and
flash it.
It can take up to 2-3 minutes to finish. When it reaches 100%, the
router will reboot itself.
Signed-off-by: Romain MARIADASSOU <roms2000@free.fr>
PowerCloud Systems CAP324 has a bicolor power LED and OpenWrt DTS files /
base files support using both colours to better inform user of state
and to better match stock firmware, so use green power to indicate
normal operation.
Signed-off-by: Daniel F. Dickinson <cshored@thecshore.com>
I-O DATA WN-AG300DGR is a 2T2R 2.4/5 GHz 11n router, based on Atheros
AR1022.
WN-AG300DGR does not have an LED to indicates power or system status,
I set "router" LED as OpenWrt status LED.
There is no eeprom data for 5 GHz wlan in "art" partition.
Specification:
- Atheros AR1022
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB of Flash (SPI-NOR)
- 2T2R 2.4/5GHz wifi
- 2.4 GHz: SoC internal
- 5 GHz: Atheros AR93x2
- 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 6x LEDs, 6x keys (4x buttons, 1x slide switch)
- 1x USB 2.0 Type-A
- UART through-hole on PCB
- Vcc, GND, TX, RX from ethernet port side
- 115200n8
Flash instruction using factory image:
1. Connect the computer to the LAN port on WN-AG300DGR
2. Connect power cable to WN-AG300DGR and turn it
3. Access to "http://192.168.0.1/" and open firmware update page
("ファームウェア")
4. Select the OpenWrt factory image and click update ("更新") button
5. Wait ~150 seconds to complete flashing
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
WB2000 is a dual-band 11N AP using AR9344.
The factory firmware used the original DB120 partition table
with a small kernel partition at the end of firmware and the
kernel will easily get oversized in the future. Since it has
to be flashed using UART I also swapped kernel/rootfs and
changed the default load address.
Specification:
- SoC: Atheros AR9344
- RAM: 128 MB
- Flash: 16 MB
- Ethernet: 10/100/1000 Mbps (Atheros AR8035)
- 2x USB 2.0
- WIFI: AR9344(2G) + AR9382(5G)
- RTC: DS1338
Known issue:
5G ath9k led doesn't work due to commit ccab68f.
Flash instruction:
Set up a TFTP server on your computer and configure static IP.
Connect UART (J11 TX/GND/RX) and press any key to enter U-boot
shell.
1. Change the default boot command:
setenv bootcmd 'bootm 0x9f050000 || bootm 0x9fd50000'
saveenv
2. Set your router ipaddr and server ipaddr. e.g.:
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1
setenv serverip 192.168.1.50
3. Load and flash the firmware:
tftp 0x80060000 fw.bin
erase 0x9f050000 +$filesize
cp.b $fileaddr 0x9f050000 $filesize
4. Reset your router:
reset
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
[Drop the i2c node unit address. Move the ath9k-leds node out of the spi
node, it doesn't belong there. Add the #gpio-cells property to the pci
wifi node. All fix dtc compiler warnings]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
merge
This commit fixes several issues in eth0 on ETG3-R, and solve slowdown
in NA(P)T speed.
- add gmac-config with correct configurations
- fix pll-data value
And I added ref clock-frequency.
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
Neither the seama nor the wrgg splitter are used at the moment. Drop
them for now to not bloat the target from the beginning.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The userspace boardname derived from the dts compatible was out of sync
with the expected board added to the image metadata. This way a
sysupgrade is refused.
Sync the userspace boardname and the baordname used in the image metdata
to allow a seamless sasupgrade.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This commit adds firmware partition compatible for the
AVM FRITZ!Box 4020 and AVM FRITZ!WLAN Repeater 300E.
This allows to select the correct mtdsplit parser
instead of trying all available ones one by one.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Parsing "firmware" partition (to create kernel + rootfs) was implemented
using OpenWrt downstream code enabled by CONFIG_MTD_SPLIT_FIRMWARE. With
recent upstream mtd changes we can do it in a more clean way for DTS
targets. It just requires adding a proper "compatible" string to the
"firmware" partition node.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The latest dtc compiler considers nodes named i2c or spi as the
respective bus:
/pinctrl/i2c: incorrect #address-cells for I2C bus
/pinctrl/spi: incorrect #address-cells for SPI bus
Rename the node to fix the false positives.
Fix the spi node unit address for the DWR-512-B and UBNT-ER-e50 to get
rid of the following warning:
SPI bus unit address format error, expected "n"
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Select the matching mt76 driver for the PCI wireless of the following
devices:
- HiWiFi HC5861B
- Mercury MAC1200R v2.0
- Netgear AC1200 R6120
- Buffalo WCR-1166DS
- ZyXEL Keenetic Extra II
- Wavlink WL-WN575A3
Because every device has selected the corresponding mt76 driver, we can
include kmod-mt7603 instead of the mt76 metapackage, which used for the
wireless of the mt7628 and mt7688 WiSoC.
Signed-off-by: Chen Minqiang <ptpt52@gmail.com>
[select kmod-mt7603 as target default package, add wireless driver for
WL-WN575A3]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
qca9533 is a costdown version of qca9531 which doesn't have USB and PCIE.
Rename the misleading dtsi names and fix the SoC type of gl-ar300m.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
[apply the changes for the gl-x750 as well]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Currently OpenWrt doesn't support switching MT7628 into AP mode
(which is done by writing some undocumented registers in MTK SDK)
Without doing so, enabling SD breaks 4 FE ports and the SD controller
doesn't work since SD pins aren't configured correctly.
Disable SDHC on HC5661A to recover the 4 FE ports.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
[drop the sdhci node completely]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
I wanted to add status LEDs support to my imx6 based board and have found out,
that I could use diag.sh script found in ramips platform, which seems to be
also shared in a few other platforms:
4801276bc2078c5bcf03003c831e3b0a target/linux/ramips/base-files/etc/diag.sh
4801276bc2078c5bcf03003c831e3b0a target/linux/ipq40xx/base-files/etc/diag.sh
4801276bc2078c5bcf03003c831e3b0a target/linux/ath79/base-files/etc/diag.sh
And @chunkeey suggested to me, that I can also add lantiq, ipq806x and
apm821xx to the list of platforms which could share this generic
diag.sh.
I've extended the base diag.sh in a way, that if it detects any of the
DTS LED aliases, then it would use the generic DTS set_led_state code.
The code in platform's diag.sh has moved to base-files package in this
commit:
base-files: diag.sh: Make it more generic towards DTS so it could be reused
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Tested-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> (apm821xx and ipq40xx)
I wanted to add status LEDs support to my imx6 based board and have
found out, that I could use diag.sh script found in ramips platform,
which seems to be also shared in a few other platforms:
4801276bc2078c5bcf03003c831e3b0a target/linux/ramips/base-files/etc/diag.sh
4801276bc2078c5bcf03003c831e3b0a target/linux/ipq40xx/base-files/etc/diag.sh
4801276bc2078c5bcf03003c831e3b0a target/linux/ath79/base-files/etc/diag.sh
So I've extended the base diag.sh in a way, that if it detects any of
the DTS LED aliases, then it would use the generic DTS set_led_state
code.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This change enables support to select phy4 in RGMII mode and
enables RGMII TX/RX clock internal delays.
Signed-off-by: Ram Chandra Jangir <rjangir@codeaurora.org>
We have IPQ8064 AP161 board which has three GMAC's
* RGMII x2
* SGMII x1.
The existing ar8327 driver does not have support for
three GMAC's connection, hence this change adds support
for the same. This has been verified on AP148 and AP161
board.
Signed-off-by: xiaofeis <xiaofeis@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Ram Chandra Jangir <rjangir@codeaurora.org>
This commit adds the default usb packages
- kmod-usb-core
- kmod-usb2
- kmod-usb-ledtrig-usbport
for Archer C7 v4 and v5.
(The C7 v5 configuration is based on the v4, therefore the change for v4
also applies for v5.)
Signed-off-by: Daniel Halmschlager <dh@dev.halms.at>
The tar extraction depends on the order in which the files
are added to the tar file. Since the order is not guaranteed
and depends on the host system, the combined mtd write fails
with sysupgrade images built on some systems.
Fix by changing to tar file order independent mtd write.
Fixes: 86e18f6706 ("ipq806x: add support for OpenMesh A42")
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
SOC: IPQ4018 / QCA Dakota
CPU: Quad-Core ARMv7 Processor rev 5 (v7l) Cortex-A7
DRAM: 256 MiB
NOR: 32 MiB
ETH: Qualcomm Atheros QCA8072
WLAN1: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4018 2.4GHz 802.11bgn 2:2x2
WLAN2: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4018 5GHz 802.11a/n/ac 2:2x2
INPUT: RESET Button
LEDS: Power, LAN, MESH, WLAN 2.4GHz, WLAN 5GHz
1. Load Ramdisk via U-Boot
To set up the flash memory environment, do the following:
a. As a preliminary step, ensure that the board console port is connected to the PC using these RS232 parameters:
* 115200bps
* 8N1
b. Confirm that the PC is connected to the board using one of the Ethernet ports. Set a static ip 192.168.99.8 for Ethernet that connects to board. The PC must have a TFTP server launched and listening on the interface to which the board is connected. At this stage power up the board and, after a few seconds, press 4 and then any key during the countdown.
U-BOOT> set serverip 192.168.99.8 && set ipaddr 192.168.99.9 && tftpboot 0x84000000 openwrt.itb && bootm
2. Load image via GUI
a. Upgrade EAP1300 to FW v3.5.3.2
In the GUI, System Manager > Firmware > Firmware Upgrade, to do upgrade.
b. Transfer to OpenWrt from EnGenius.
In Firmware Upgrade page, to upgrade yours openwrt-ipq40xx-engenius_eap1300-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin.
3. Revert to EnGenius EAP1300
To flash openwrt-ipq40xx-engenius_eap1300-squashfs-factory.bin by using sysupgrade command and "DO NOT" keep configuration.
$ sysupgrade –n openwrt-ipq40xx-engenius_eap1300-squashfs-factory.bin
Signed-off-by: Steven Lin <steven.lin@senao.com>
To be able to use the camera module, start_x=1 has to be set in
config.txt. This will cause the bootloader to load the GPU firmware that
contain the extra video codecs. Install these firmware files.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
An upstream change broke brcmfmac when loaded with modparam roamoff=1.
As we are carrying a patch that enables roamoff by default on the
brcm2708 target to improve stability, wireless is currently broken
there. Add a patch to fix brcmfmac with roamoff=1.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
This reverts commit 7e88753ace.
Using subpartitions (hierarchical layout) resulted in calling MTD ops of
parent partition instead of master device ops. That was expected and
should work but testing revealed some bugs.
Apparently the way MTD_ERASE_PARTIAL is implemented in the OpenWrt
breaks something and using parent partition ops triggers using that
code.
On SmartRG SR400ac it was resulting in:
[ 225.487519] jffs2: Erase at 0x01ac0000 failed immediately: errno -22
on the second boot (for some reason erasing was starting over) and it
was breaking flash access in a long term.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
The DWR-118-A1 Wireless Router is based on the MT7620A SoC.
Specification:
- MediaTek MT7620A (580 Mhz)
- 64 MB of RAM
- 16 MB of FLASH
- 1x 802.11bgn radio
- 1x 802.11ac radio (MT7610EN)
- 3x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (3 LAN)
- 2x 10/100/1000 Mbps ICPlus IP1001 Ethernet PHY (1 WAN AND 1 LAN)
- 1x internal, non-detachable antenna
- 2x external, non-detachable antennas
- 1x USB 2.0
- UART (J1) header on PCB (57600 8n1)
- 7x LED (5x GPIO-controlled), 2x button
- JBOOT bootloader
Known issues:
- WIFI 5G LED not working
- flash is very slow
The status led has been assigned to the dwr-118-a1:green:internet led.
At the end of the boot it is switched off and is available for other
operation. Work correctly also during sysupgrade operation.
Installation:
Apply factory image via http web-gui or JBOOT recovery page
How to revert to OEM firmware:
- push the reset button and turn on the power. Wait until LED start
blinking (~10sec.)
- upload original factory image via JBOOT http (IP: 192.168.123.254)
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Because every device has selected the corresponding mt76 driver, we can
now disable the mt76 metapackage by default to make sure that other
devices (those don't need mt76) avoid selecting unwanted packages.
We can find the hardware specifies and determine the dependencies on
these sites:
https://wikidevi.com/wiki/https://openwrt.org/toh/hwdata/
Signed-off-by: Chen Minqiang <ptpt52@gmail.com>
All boards neither expose the PCIe as Mini-PCIe nor have anything
attached to the PCIe Bus. Disable PCIe for those by dropping the node
from the dts files.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This helper uses hierarchical partitions layout following the way
upstream parsers work. It's closer to what we should use when mainlining
our solutions. It also doesn't require hacky casting of struct
mtd_partition to the const.
THIS WILL AFFECT KERNEL PRINTING PARTITIONS IN THE LOG
Something like:
[ 3.930158] 0x0000004e0000-0x000001fb0000 : "rootfs_data"
will get replaced by:
[ 3.907338] Creating 1 MTD partitions on "rootfs":
[ 3.912142] 0x00000031d400-0x000001ded400 : "rootfs_data"
It's important to understand that "rootfs_data" in above example is a
*subpartition* of the "rootfs" now. To get absolute addresses (e.g. for
some debugging purposes) one has to add them to the "rootfs", e.g.
[ 3.912548] 0x0000001c2c00-0x000001fb0000 : "rootfs"
(0x1c2c00 + 0x31d400 = 0x4e0000)
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
For the parameters tls-cipher and ncp-ciphers more than one option can
be used in the OpenVPN configuration, separated by a colon, which should
be implemented as a list in order to configure it more clearly. By
adding the new OPENVPN_LIST option to the openvpn.options file with the
tls-cipher and ncp-cipher parameters, uci can now add this option as a
"list" and the init script will generate the appropriate OpenVPN
configuration from it.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <fe@dev.tdt.de>
They are no longer stored in the "testing" subdirectory and are not
available as .tar.xz archives. If -rc is detected download it from the
git.kernel.org and use .tar.gz.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Indoor low-power router with 2.4 GHz radio
CPU: Atheros AR7241 rev 1
RAM: 32 MB
Flash: 8 MB NOR SPI
Switch: Atheros AR7240
Ports: 1x WAN, 4x LAN 10/100 Ethernet
WLAN: Atheros AR9285 (2.4 GHz)
USB: 1x USB2 host port
Note: Ethernet WAN/LAN port naming is reversed from ar71xx.
WAN is eth0; LAN is eth1.1.
UART settings: 115200, 8N1
LEDs
+--------------------------
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VCC | x x
RX | * x
| x x
| x x
TX | * x
GND | * x
|
|
|
|
+--------------------------
ETHERNET PORTS
Installation from Ubiquiti firmware, is as for other ubnt-xm AirOs devices.
Signed-off-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
The sender domain has a DMARC Reject/Quarantine policy which disallows
sending mailing list messages using the original "From" header.
To mitigate this problem, the original message has been wrapped
automatically by the mailing list software.
This is actually a build dependency for /dev/crypto support in openssl.
Since it is a kernel module, it belongs here anyway.
- Removed Nikos Mavrogiannopoulos as maintainer.
- Streamlined make flags
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cote2004-github@yahoo.com>
Moving binding mount before check for saved sysupgrade configuration
made it unreachable. Fix it by moving binding mount after the check.
Fixes: f78b2616 (x86: mount writable bootfs)
Reported-by: Lucian Cristian <luci@powerneth.ro>
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
This reverts commit 41770add03.
The fwtool_check_image() procedure is used by `sysupgrade --test` which must
not alter the image under test in any way.
Currently, when the LuCI ui or any other sysupgrade wrapper first invokes
sysupgrade --test to verify the compatibility of the image and then calculates
the sha256sum over it, the resulting checksum will differ from the original
image since the test invocation will implicitely strip the metadata trailer.
To properly fix the underlying issue, the combined image checksumming code
must be modified to skip the metadata trailer.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Compile the loader if the relocate-kernel image recipe is used and get
rid of the legacy build code to do so.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Specify firmware partition format by compatible string.
List of devices:
-DWR-116-A1
-DWR-118-A2
-DWR-512-B
-DWR-921-C1
-LR-25G001
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
MTC Wireless Router WR1201 is the OEM name of the board. It is also sold
rebranded as STRONG Dual Band Gigabit Router 1200.
Specification:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7621A (880 MHz)
- Flash: 16 MiB
- RAM: 128 MiB
- Wireless: 2.4Ghz(MT7602EN) and 5Ghz (MT7612EN)
- Ethernet speed: 10/100/1000
- Ethernet ports: 4+1
- 1x USB 3.0
- 1x microSD reader
- Serial baud rate of Bootloader and factory firmware: 57600
The OEM webinterface writes only as much bytes as listed in the
uImage header field to the flash. Also, the OEM webinterface
evaluates the name field of uImage header before flashing (the
string "WR1201_8_128")
To flash via webinterface, is mandatory to use first initramfs.bin
and after (from the OpenWrt) the sysupgrade.bin
Some notes:
- Some microSD will not work:
mtk-sd 1e130000.sdhci: no support for card's volts
mmc0: error -22 whilst initialising SDIO card
mtk-sd 1e130000.sdhci: no support for card's volts
mmc0: error -22 whilst initialising MMC card
mtk-sd 1e130000.sdhci: no support for card's volts
mmc0: error -22 whilst initialising SDIO card
mtk-sd 1e130000.sdhci: card claims to support voltages below defined range
mtk-sd 1e130000.sdhci: no support for card's volts
mmc0: error -22 whilst initialising MMC card
mtk-sd 1e130000.sdhci: no support for card's volts
mmc0: error -22 whilst initialising SDIO card
mtk-sd 1e130000.sdhci: no support for card's volts
mmc0: error -22 whilst initialising MMC card
Signed-off-by: Valentín Kivachuk <vk18496@gmail.com>
Specify firmware partition format by compatible string.
formats in ramips:
- denx,uimage
- tplink,firmware
- seama
It's unlikely but the firmware splitting might not work any longer for
the following boards, due to a custom header:
- EX2700: two uImage headers
- BR-6478AC-V2: edimax-header
- 3G-6200N: edimax-header
- 3G-6200NL: edimax-header
- BR-6475ND: edimax-header
- TEW-638APB-V2: umedia-header
- RT-N56U: mkrtn56uimg
But it rather looks like the uImage splitter is fine with the extra
header.
The following dts are not touched, due to lack of a compatible string in
the matching firmware splitter submodule:
- CONFIG_MTD_SPLIT_JIMAGE_FW
DWR-116-A1.dts
DWR-118-A2.dts
DWR-512-B.dts
DWR-921-C1.dts
LR-25G001.dts
- CONFIG_MTD_SPLIT_TRX_FW
WCR-1166DS.dts
WSR-1166.dts
- CONFIG_MTD_SPLIT_MINOR_FW
RBM11G.dts
RBM33G.dts
- CONFIG_MTD_SPLIT_LZMA_FW
AR670W.dts
- CONFIG_MTD_SPLIT_WRGG_FW
DAP-1522-A1.dts
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
Use .bin as file extension where possible. The user doesn't need to that
sysupgrade images for NAND boards are tarballs.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Having MIT as alternative is sometimes preferred by upstream maintainers
and allows sharing that simple code with other projects. We don't really
want multiple DTS versions for the same device.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Having MIT as alternative is sometimes preferred by upstream maintainers
and allows sharing that simple code with other projects. We don't really
want multiple DTS versions for the same device.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Having MIT as alternative is sometimes preferred by upstream maintainers
and allows sharing that simple code with other projects. We don't really
want multiple DTS versions for the same device.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The return value of a package prerm script is discarded and not returned
correctly by default_prerm(). This allows other operations like service
shutdown to "leak" their return value, prompting workarounds like commit
48cfc826 which do not address the root cause.
Preserve a package prerm script return value for use by default_prerm(),
sharing the corresponding code from default_postinst() for consistency.
Also use consistent code for handling of /etc/init.d/ scripts.
Run Tested on: LEDE 17.01.4 running ar71xx.
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
The previous offset was invalid and pointed to the end of the partition,
which was causing issues with mt76
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The find statement would not return any results if the KDIR_BASE pointed to a
symlink. Ran into this issue due to a custom Kernel/Prepare that was installing
a symlink to the kernel directory.
The extra slash at the end fixes this scenario and does no harm for targets that
have a proper KDIR.
Signed-off-by: Karl Vogel <karl.vogel@gmail.com>
The 5GHz radio of this device uses an mt7610e PCI-E chip, which has
been recently started to be supported.
mt76x0e 0000:01:00.0: card - bus=0x1, slot = 0x0 irq=4
mt76x0e 0000:01:00.0: ASIC revision: 76100002
mt76x0e 0000:01:00.0: Firmware Version: 0.1.00
mt76x0e 0000:01:00.0: EEPROM ver:01 fae:00
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Specify firmware partition format to denx,uimage in compatible DTS property.
2 uimage-fw partitions found on MTD device firmware
Creating 2 MTD partitions on "firmware":
0x000000000000-0x00000017f72b : "kernel"
0x00000017f72b-0x000000f70000 : "rootfs"
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Flash partitions were moved under partition table node, but addition of
compatible property was omitted which lead to following boot failure:
VFS: Cannot open root device "(null)" or unknown-block(0,0): error -6
Please append a correct "root=" boot option; here are the available partitions:
1f00 16384 mtdblock0
(driver?)
Kernel panic - not syncing: VFS: Unable to mount root fs on unknown-block(0,0)
Fixes: e4d9217f (ramips: improve BDCOM WAP2100-SK support)
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Since we do nothing special for mxs based boards,
we can simply use the generic existing code.
We just need to convert scripts to use the DT
compatible strings.
Signed-off-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
Update the OpenVPN package to version 2.4.6, refresh patches and drop
menuconfig options which are not supported upstream anymore.
Also fix the x509-alt-username configure flag - it is not supported
by mbedtls and was syntactically wrong in the Makefile - and the
port-share option which has been present in menuconfig but not been
used in the Makefile.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The 5 GHz radio of this device uses an mt7610e pci-e chip, which has
been recently added support.
Tested on the actual device as AP and client, TCP throughput ~90 Mbps
U/D.
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Add support for UniElec U7621-06 variant with 512MB RAM and 64MB flash.
Additional specs are below:
CPU: MT7621 (880Mhz)
Bootloader: Ralink U-Boot
Flash: 64MB
- U-Boot identifies as Macronix MX66L51235F
- kernel identifies as MX66L51235l (65536 Kbytes)
RAM: 512MB
Rest of the details as per commit 46ab81e405 ("ramips add support for
UniElec U7621-06")
Signed-off-by: Nishant Sharma <nishant@unmukti.in>
[use generic board detection, add firmware partition compatible, extend
firmware partition to use all of the remaining flash space, add a
maximum image size matching the firmware partition size]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use the generic board detection for the board instead of the target
specific one. Mark the sysupgrade image compatible with the former used
userspace boardname to allow an upgrade from earlier versions.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This commit adds support for the ROSINSON WR818 WiFi-Router
SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9563,
FLASH: Winbond W25Q128FV 16MBytes,
WiFi: QCA9563 b/g/n 3x3 450Mbit/s,
USB: 1x USB 2.0 Type A, 1x USB2.0 Type C,
IN: WPS/Reset button GPIO1,
OUT: Power LED red, Internet LED red, WLAN LED red,
LAN1 LED red, LAN2 LED red, System LED red,
UART: RX-GPIO18, TX-GPIO22,
Tested and working:
- Ethernet (LAN + WAN)
- WiFi
- OpenWRT sysupgrade
- Button
- LEDs
Installation of OpenWRT from vendor firmware:
- Connect to the Web-interface at http://192.168.1.1
- Go to "Administration" -> "Firmware Upgrade"
- Upload the OpenWrt sysupgrade image
Signed-off-by: Rosy Song <rosysong@rosinson.com>
The board doesn't come in different flash type flavours, hence there is
no need to keep a dtsi + dts for this purpose.
While at it, fix some whitespace issues.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The RavPower WD03 is a mt7620n based baord. With the change applied, I2C
should work now with the RavPower WD03.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Badaire <mbadaire@gmail.com>
[reworded commit message]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This commit adds firmware partition compatible for the
TP-Link Archer C58 v1 and Archer C59 v1.
Since a22311e this allows to select the correct mtdsplit
parser instead of trying all available ones one by one.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This commit adds firmware partition compatible for the
OCEDO Raccoon and OCEDO Koala.
Since a22311e this allows to select the correct mtdsplit
parser instead of trying all available ones one by one.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Specify firmware partition format (denx,uimage) by compatible string
for ELECOM WRC-300GHBK2-I.
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
With ed25e3ac02 ("ramips: fix some clocks in mt7621.dtsi") the
cpuclock node was dropped from the mt7621.dtsi without removing the
references to this node from the GB-PC1/PC2 dts files.
Remove them now, to fix the build error.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
It has to be <board>:<colour>:<function> and is expected exactly this
way by the userspace scripts.
While at it, fix some whitespace issues in the dts file and rename the
flash node as required upstream.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Multicast ARL entries can have multiple destination ports. Get and dump
all destination ports of each entry, not just the lowest.
Signed-off-by: Günther Kelleter <guenther.kelleter@devolo.de>
Use the generic board detection instead of the target specific one as
all recent additions are doing.
Setup the USB led via devicetree (a58535771f) and include the required
driver by default. Merge the led userspace setting with an existing
identical case.
Use the wps led for boot status indication.
Move the partitions into a partition table node (6031ab345d) and drop
needless labels. Drop misplaced cells properties (53624c1702).
Cleanup the pinmux and only switch pins to gpio functions which a
referenced as gpio in the dts.
Match the maximum image size with the size of the firmware partition.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The sd function of the nd_sd group configures two of the groups pins as
gpios. The pins are used as PCIe reset/power.
Due to the driver load order, the pins are configured way to late if
triggered by the sd-card driver.
To not introduce another kind of driver load order dependency and
configure the pins as early as possible, means during pinmux driver
load.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
In case the nd_sd group is set to the sd-card function, Pins 45 + 46 are
configured as GPIOs. If they are blocked by the sd function, they can't
be used as GPIOs.
Reported-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This reverts commit dcdc6d9dad.
Even if described this way in the datasheet, it causes a bootloop on a
RT-N56U (v1):
of-flash 1c000000.nor-flash: do_map_probe() failed for type cfi_probe
of-flash 1c000000.nor-flash: do_map_probe() failed
VFS: Cannot open root device “(null)” or unknown-block(0,0): error -6
Fixes: FS#1930
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use the generic board detection instead of the target specific one as
all recent additions are doing.
Add the wireless led according the gpio number from the datasheet.
Rename the board part of the leds to match the name used for the
compatible string. Finally, do not hijack the wps led for boot status
indication longer than necessary.
Merge userspace config into existing cases.
Include the manufacture Name in the dts model string.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
dfa4ede interface: fix return code of __interface_add()
a82a8f6 netifd: fix resource leak on error in netifd_add_dynamic()
fa2403d config: fix resource leaks on error in config_parse_interface()
85de9de interface: fix memory leak on error in __interface_add()
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This commit modifies mtd partitions define for Buffalo BHR-4GRV2 and
move it to generic subtarget.
In Buffalo BHR-4GRV2, "kernel" partition is located behined "rootfs"
partition in the stock firmware. This causes the size of the kernel
to be limited by the fixed value.
0x50000 0xe80000 0xff0000
+-------------------------------+--------------+
| rootfs | kernel |
| (14528k) | (1472k) |
+-------------------------------+--------------+
After ar71xx was updated to Kernel 4.14, the kernel size of BHR-4GRV2
exceeded the limit, and it breaks builds on official buildbot.
Since this issue was also confirmed in ath79, I modified the mtd
partitions to get rid of that limitation.
0x50000 0xff0000
+----------------------------------------------+
| firmware |
| (16000k) |
+----------------------------------------------+
However, this commit breaks compatibility with ar71xx firmware, so I
dropped "SUPPORTED_DEVICES += bhr-4grv2".
This commit requires new flash instruction instead of the old one.
Flash instruction using initramfs image:
1. Connect the computer to the LAN port of BHR-4GRV2
2. Set the IP address of the computer to 192.168.12.10
3. Rename the OpenWrt initramfs image to
"bhr4grv2-uImage-initramfs-gzip.bin" and place it into the TFTP
directory
4. Start the tftp server on the computer
5. While holding down the "ECO" button, connect power cable to
BHR-4GRV2 and turn on it
6. Flashing (orange) diag LED and release the finger from the button,
BHR-4GRV2 downloads the intiramfs image from TFTP server and boot
with it
7. On the initramfs image, create "/etc/fw_env.config" file with
following contents
/dev/mtd1 0x0 0x10000 0x10000
8. Execute following commands to add environment variables for
u-boot
fw_setenv ipaddr 192.168.12.1
fw_setenv serverip 192.168.12.10
fw_setenv ethaddr 00:aa:bb:cc:dd:ee
fw_setenv bootcmd "bootm 0x9f050000 || bootm 0x9fe80000"
9. Perform sysupgrade with squashfs-sysupgrade image
10. Wait ~150 seconds to complete flashing
And this commit includes small fix; BHR-4GRV2 has QCA9557 as a SoC,
not QCA9558.
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
Remove the source-only flag from ath79, its supposed to replace ar71xx after next stable release but buildbots are not currently generating images for it.
So in order to expand testing as much as possible and prepare for moving to ath79 lets enable the buildbots to actually build the target.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
The Lava LR-25G001 Wireless Router is based on the MT7620A SoC.
Specification:
- MediaTek MT7620A (580 Mhz)
- 64 MB of RAM
- 16 MB of FLASH
- 1x 802.11bgn radio
- 1x 802.11ac radio (MT7610EN)
- 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps AR8337 Switch (1 WAN AND 4 LAN)
- 2x external, detachable antennas
- 1x USB 2.0
- UART (J3) header on PCB (57600 8n1)
- 8x LED (3x GPIO-controlled), 2x button
- JBOOT bootloader
Known issues:
- Work only three Gigabit ports (3/5, 1 WAN and 2LAN)
Installation:
Apply factory image via http web-gui or JBOOT recovery page
How to revert to OEM firmware:
- push the reset button and turn on the power. Wait until LED start
blinking (~10sec.)
- upload original factory image via JBOOT http (IP: 192.168.123.254)
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Some boards have external switches different than mt7530.
This patch allow to use mdio-mode without 0x1f register.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Driver crash when 'phydev->adjust_link' isn't provided.
This patch check if 'phydev->adjust_link' exist before
call the method.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
For a long time the mt7621 uses a fixed cpu clock which causes a problem
if the cpu frequency is not 880MHz.
This patch fixes the cpu clock calculation and adds the cpu/bus clkdev
which will be used in dts.
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <hackpascal@gmail.com>
The memc node from mt7621.dtsi has incorrect register resource.
Fix it according to the programming guide.
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <hackpascal@gmail.com>
These two patches both modified the mt7621.c, and the patch file
998-mt7621-needs-jiffies.patch adds only one line which is used by the
another patch file. So merge them into one file.
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <hackpascal@gmail.com>
These option can be useful in developement/packagig applications for
OpenWrt. Instead of searching them by hand in Config-build.in lets
expose them for easier access.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
The sender domain has a DMARC Reject/Quarantine policy which disallows
sending mailing list messages using the original "From" header.
To mitigate this problem, the original message has been wrapped
automatically by the mailing list software.
As automatic helper assignment is disabled in recent Linux kernels,
explicit rules must be added to the raw table for each helper.
While commit f50a524 in the firewall3 project added a set of default
rules and other additional related functionality, both this and the
alternative manual methods of defining these rules require kmod-ipt-raw.
Signed-off-by: Steven Honson <steven@honson.id.au>
Introduce mt76x0e device tree node in RT-AC51U dts.
Define mt76x0e mtd partition and offset
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
This was not converted to the new, dt-based board name.
Fixes: e90dc8d272 ("apm821xx: convert to device-tree board detection")
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
In a patch for the ath79, Mathias Kresin mentioned that
helper scripts should be in front of the device targets.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch adds support for the Netgear WNDAP620 and WNDAP660,
they are similar devices, but due to the LAN LED configuration,
the switch setup and WIFI configuration each gets a different
device target.
Hardware Highlights WNDAP620:
CPU: AMCC PowerPC APM82181 at 1000 MHz
DRAM: 128 MB, 2 x 64 MiB DDR2 Hynix H5PS5162GF
CPU: AMCC PowerPC APM82181 at 1000 MHz
FLASH: 32 MiB, NAND SLC, Hynix HY27US08561A
Ethernet: RealTek RTL8363SB 2x2-Port Switch PHY - Only 1 GBit Port (POE)
Wifi: Atheros AR9380 minipcie - Dual-Band - 3x3:3
Serial: console port with RJ45 Interface (9600-N-8-1)
LEDS: Power, LAN-Activity, dual color LAN-Linkspeed, 2.4GHz, 5GHz LEDs
Button: Soft Reset Button
Antennae: 3 internal dual-band antennae + 3 x RSMA for external antennaes
Hardware Highlights WNDAP660:
CPU: AMCC PowerPC APM82181 at 1000 MHz + 2 Heatsinks
DRAM: 256 MB, 2 x 128 MiB DDR2
FLASH: 32 MiB, NAND SLC, Hynix HY27US08561A
Ethernet: RealTek RTL8363SB 2x2-Port Switch PHY (POE)
Wifi1: Atheros AR9380 minipcie - Dual-Band - 3x3:3
Wifi2: Atheros AR9380 minipcie - Dual-Band - 3x3:3
Serial: console port with RJ45 Interface (9600-N-8-1)
LEDS: Power, LAN-Activity, 2x dual color LAN-Linkspeed, 2.4GHz, 5GHz LEDs
Button: Soft Reset Button
Antennae: 6 internal dual-band antennae + 3 x RSMA for external antennaes
Flashing requirements:
- needs a tftp server at 192.168.1.10/serverip.
- special 8P8C(aka RJ45)<->D-SUB9 Console Cable
("Cisco Console Cable"). Note: Both WNDAP6x0 have
a MAX3232 transceivers, hence no need for any separate
CMOS/TTL level shifters.
External Antenna:
The antennae mux is controlled by GPIO 11 and GPIO14. Valid Configurations:
= Config# = | = GPIO 11 = | = GPIO 14 = | ===== Description =====
1. | 1 / High | 0 / Low | Use the internal antennae (default)
2. | 0 / Low | 1 / High | Use the external antennae
The external antennaes are only meant for the 2.4 GHz band.
One-way Flashing instructions via u-boot:
0. connect the serial cable to the RJ45 Console Port
Note: This requires a poper RS232 and not a TTL/USB adaptor.
1. power up the AP and interrupt the u-boot process at
'Hit any key to stop autoboot'
2. setup serverip and ipaddr env settings
Enter the following commands into the u-boot shell
# setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1
# setenv serverip 192.168.1.10
3. download the factory.img image to the AP
Enter the following commands into the u-boot shell
# tftp ${kernel_addr_r} openwrt-apm821xx-nand-netgear_wndap660-squashfs-factory.img
4. verfiy image integrity
Enter the following commands into the u-boot shell
# crc32 $fileaddr $filesize
If the calculated crc32 checksum does not match, go back to step 3.
5. flash the image
Enter the following commands into the u-boot shell
# nand erase 0x110000 0x1bd0000
# nand write ${kernel_addr_r} 0x110000 ${filesize}
6. setup uboot environment
Enter the following commands into the u-boot shell
# setenv bootargs
# setenv fileaddr
# setenv filesize
# setenv addroot 'setenv bootargs ${bootargs} root=/dev/ubiblock0_0'
# setenv owrt_boot 'nboot ${kernel_addr_r} nand0 0x110000; run addroot; run addtty; bootm ${kernel_addr_r}'
# setenv bootcmd 'run owrt_boot'
# saveenv
7. boot
# run bootcmd
Booting initramfs instructions via u-boot:
Follow steps 0 - 2 from above.
3. boot initramfs
Enter the following commands into the u-boot shell
# tftp ${kernel_addr_r} openwrt-apm821xx-nand-netgear_wndap660-initramfs-kernel.bin
# run addtty
# bootm ${kernel_addr_r}
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch adds the feature to parse the existing cpu_port DT
property, which is used to specify which port is the cpu port
of the switch.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
On the WNDAP620, the mdio and mdc lines are controlled by
the EMAC ethernet device. This results in a hen-vs-egg problem.
The rtl8367b driver is probed before the ethernet driver and
the mdio-bus is not available yet, which caused the rtl8367b
driver to fail.
This patch changes the rtl8366_smi_probe_of() function to
return -EPROBE_DEFER if the mdio-bus lookup failed and changes
rtl8366_smi_probe()'s signature to return the error code back to
the callee, so it can propagate back to the kernel. Which, will
retry the switch probe at a later time.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch adds u-boot environment access to the MX60(W) target.
"The environment size is one NAND block (128KiB on Buckminster).
We allocate four NAND blocks to deal with bad blocks which may
exist in the saved environment"
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
All apm821xx devices use u-boot and most of them have
an accessible u-boot environment. This patch adds the
necessary template file, but does not add the
uboot-envtools package to any of the targets.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Specification:
- SoC: Qualcomm Atheros IPQ8064 ARM-v7 Dual Core SMP CPU
- RAM: 512MB DDR3 System Memory
- NOR Flash: 32MB SPI NOR
- NAND Flash: 256MB NAND
- Ethernet: 5 x 1G via QCA8337N
- USB: 2 x USB 3.0 SuperSpeed
- PCIe: 3x Mini PCIe 2.0 Slots
Three PCIE2.0 connectors can connect two or three radio cards
such as the CUS260 for 2.4 GHz WLAN and the CUS239 for 802.11ac WLAN
How to flash via u-boot console:
tftpboot 0x44000000 openwrt-ipq806x-qcom_ipq8064-ap161-squashfs-nand-factory.bin
nand erase 0x1340000 0x4000000
nand write 0x44000000 0x1340000 $filesize
setenv bootargs ‘console=ttyMSM0,115200 ubi.mtd=ubi root=/dev/ubiblock0_1’
saveenv
bootm
Further upgrades via sysupgrade.
Tested on IPQ8064 AP161 Board:
1) NAND boot
2) Tested USB and PCIe interfaces
3) WDOG test
4) cpu frequency scaling
5) ethernet, 2G and 5G WiFi
6) ubi sysupgrade
Signed-off-by: Ram Chandra Jangir <rjangir@codeaurora.org>
RouterBOARD(s) bootloader actully turns Power LED off just before
it starts the kernel. So we need to set the LED default status to On
instead of Keep in order to keep LED on during kernel boot.
This change fixes Power LED off during the kernel boot on the RB91x and
SXT Lite boards.
Fixes: 6cad8ee0bd ("ar71xx: keep the RouterBOARD Power LED in On state")
CC: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
This way the radio (phy) name can be the same through module reloads.
To set the desired name:
uci set wireless.@wifi-device[0].phyname=wiphy0
I guess this only works on ipq6086 boards as I could not find a more
generic place to put this. Maybe someone can improve it.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
If I create following image:
define Device/engenius-m36
IMAGE/sysupgrade.bin := combined-image | append-metadata
endef
Sysupgrade then errors out:
Invalid image. Contents do not match checksum (image:cd285595eaf297370404ae0e2815ec1a calculated:2cf9a2286fb6b01af3ea189128017d44)
Image check 'platform_check_image' failed.
By removing the metadata from the image I get combined-image checksum
working again and sysupgrade works.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Create initrd enries for x86 images, that'll load amd microcode as early
as possible. Also remove the preinit script responsible for late load of
microcode.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
This commit adds support for the Archer C58 v1 and C59 v1, previously
supported in the ar71xx target.
CPU: Qualcomm QCA9561
RAM: 64M (C58) / 128M (C59)
FLASH: 8M (C58) / 16M (C59)
WiFi: QCA9561 bgn 3x3:3
QCA9888 nac 2x2:2
LED: Power, WiFi 2.4, WiFi 5, WAN green, WAN amber, LAN, WPS
Only C59: USB
BTN: WPS, WiFi, Reset
Installation
------------
Via Web-UI:
Update factory image via Web-UI.
Via TFTP:
Rename factory image to "tp_recovery.bin" and place it in the root-dir
of your tftp server. Configure to listen on 192.168.0.66. Power up the
router while holding down the reset-button. The router will flash itself
and reboot.
Note: For TFTP, you might need a switch between router and computer, as
link establishment might take to long.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The gpio-ralink driver has everything it needs to be used as an
interrupt controller except for device tree support. This simple patch
adds that support by configuring the irq domain to use two cells and
adding the appropriate documentation to the devicetree bindings.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Santos <daniel.santos@pobox.com>
this patch adds supports for GL-X750.
Specification:
- SOC: QCA9531 (650MHz)
- Flash: 16 MiB (W25Q128FVSG)
- RAM: 128 MiB DDR2
- Ethernet: 10/100: 1xLAN + 10/100: 1xWAN
- Wireless: 2.4GHz (bgn) and 5GHz (ac)
- USB: 1x USB 2.0 port
- Button: 1x reset button
- LED: 5x LEDS (green)
Flash instruction:
The original firmware is openwrt, so both LuCI or sysupgrade can be used.
Signed-off-by: Luo chongjun <luochongjun@gl-inet.com>
This adds the build option for UniFi AC Mesh Pro as well as
model detection for it.
The device is a hardware clone of the AC Pro.
- SoC: QCA9563-AL3A (775Mhz)
- RAM: 128MiB
- Flash: 16MiB - dual firmware partitions!
- LAN: 2x 1000M - POE+
- Wireless:
2.4G: QCA9563
5G: UniFi Chip, QCA988X compatible
Signed-off-by: Christoph Krapp <achterin@googlemail.com>
On the bottom sticker it's branded as ZTE ZXECS EBG3130 device, but in factory
OpenWrt image it's referenced as BDCOM WAP2100-SK device.
Specifications:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7620A
- RAM: 128 MB
- Flash: 16 MB
- Ethernet: 5 FE ports
- Wireless radio: 2T2R 2.4 GHz and 1T1R 5 GHz (MT7610EN, unsupported)
- UART: 1 x UART on PCB marked as J2 (R=RX, T=TX, G=GND) with 115200 8N1 config
- LEDs: Power, FE ports 1-5, WPS, USB, RF 2.4G, RF 5G
- Other: USB port, SD card slot and 2x external antennas (non-detachable)
Flashing instructions:
A) The U-Boot has HTTP based firmware upgrade
A1) Flashing notes
We've identified so far two different batches of units, unfortunately
each batch has different U-Boot bootloader flashed with different
default environment variables, thus each batch has different IP address
for accessing web based firmware updater.
* First batch has web based bootloader IP address 1.1.1.1
* Second batch has web based bootloader IP address 192.168.1.250
In case you can't connect to either of those IPs, you can try to get
the default IP address via two methods:
A1.1) Serial console, then the IP address is visible during the boot
...
HTTP server is starting at IP: 1.1.1.1
raspi_read: from:40004 len:6
HTTP server is ready!
...
A1.2) Over telnet/SSH using this command:
root@bdcom:/# grep ipaddr= /dev/mtd0
ipaddr=1.1.1.1
A2) Flashing with browser
* Change IP address of PC to 1.1.1.2 with 255.255.255.0 netmask
* Reboot the device and try to reach web based bootloader in the
browser with the following URL http://1.1.1.1
* Quickly select the firmware sysupgrade file and click on the
`Update firmware` button, this all has to be done within 10 seconds,
bootloader doesn't wait any longer
If done correctly, the web page should show UPDATE IN PROGRESS page
with progress indicator. Once the flashing completes (it takes roughly
around 1 minute), the device will reboot to the OpenWrt firmware
A3) Flashing with curl
sudo ip addr add 1.1.1.2/24 dev eth0
curl \
--verbose \
--retry 3 \
--retry-delay 1 \
--retry-max-time 30 \
--connect-timeout 30 \
--form "firmware=@openwrt-ramips-mt7620-BDCOM-WAP2100-SK-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin" \
http://1.1.1.1
Now power on the router.
B) The U-boot is based on Ralink SDK so we can flash the firmware using UART.
1. Configure PC with a static IP address and setup an TFTP server.
2. Put the firmware into the tftp directory.
3. Connect the UART line as described on the PCB (G=GND, R=RX, T=TX)
4. Power up the device and press 2, follow the instruction to set device and
tftp server IP address and input the firmware file name. U-boot will then load
the firmware and write it into the flash.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Create initrd enries for x86 images, that'll load intel microcode as
early as possible. To achieve that the test module for grub is enabled
which provides shell-like conditionals. Also restrict the late load of
microcode to AMD processors.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
It is not necessary to have iucode-tool present on target system to have
functional intel-microcode package. The build time dependency is kept.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Add files to bootfs image from selected as built-in packages, which want
to install files to targets boot file system.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Mount boot file system with rw option to allow installation of packages
which install files to /boot directory.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Currently every file in boot directory is copied over target /boot on
root file system and is usually inaccessible because appropriate boot
file system is mounted on top of it. Therefore remove /boot, which in
result will also save space on target root file system.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Ubiquity allows flashing of unsigned factory images via TFTP recovery
method[1]. They claim in airOS v6.0.7 release changelog[2] following:
All future airOS versions will be signed in this way and not allow
unsigned firmware to be loaded except via TFTP.
U-boot bootloader on M-XW devices expects factory image revision
version in specific format. On airOS v6.1.7 with `U-Boot 1.1.4-s1039
(May 24 2017 - 15:58:18)` bootloader checks if the revision major(?)
number is actually a number, but in currently generated images there's
OpenWrt text and so the check fails:
Hit any key to stop autoboot: 0
Setting default IP 192.168.1.20
Starting TFTP server...
Receiving file from 192.168.1.25:38438
Received 4981148 bytes
Firmware check failed! (1)
By placing arbitrary correct number first in major version, we make the
bootloader happy and we can flash factory images over TFTP again:
Received 3735964 bytes
Firmware Version: XW.ar934x.v6.0.4-42.r8474-56aa1ac-OpenWrt
Setting U-Boot environment variables
Un-Protected 1 sectors
Erasing Flash.... done
Patch provided by AREDN[3] project, tested on Bullet M2 XW (ynezz) and
Nanostation M5 XW (ae6xe).
1. https://help.ubnt.com/hc/en-us/articles/204910124-UniFi-TFTP-Recovery-for-Bricked-Access-Points
2. https://dl.ubnt.com/firmwares/XW-fw/v6.0.7/changelog.txt
3. https://github.com/aredn
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
CPU: AR9342 SoC
RAM: 64 MB DDR2
Flash: 8 MB NOR SPI
Ports: 100 MBit (24V PoE in)
WLAN: 2.4/5 GHz
UART: 1 UART on PCB marked as J1 with 115200 8N1 config
LEDs: Power, Ethernet, 4x RSSI LEDs (orange, red, 2x green)
Buttons: Reset
UART connection details
.---------------------------------.
| |
[ETH] J1 [ANT]
| o VCC o RX o TX o GND |
`---------------------------------'
Flashing instructions
A) Serial console, U-Boot and TFTP
1. Connect to serial header J1 on the PCB
2. Power on device and enter U-Boot console
3. Set up TFTP server serving an OpenWrt initramfs build
4. Load initramfs build using the command tftpboot in the U-Boot cli
5. Boot the loaded image using the command bootm
6. Copy squashfs OpenWrt sysupgrade build to the booted device
7. Use mtd to write sysupgrade to partition "firmware"
8. Reboot and enjoy
B) Experimental factory image flashing over SSH from airOS v6.1.7
1. You need to flash your UBNT M2HP with airOS v6.1.7 firmware
no other airOS version is currently supported
2. git clone https://github.com/true-systems/ubnt-bullet-m2hp-openwrt-flashing
3. cd ubnt-bullet-m2hp-openwrt-flashing
4. make flash-factory FW_OWRT=/path/to/your/openwrt-ath79-generic-ubnt_bullet-m-xw-squashfs-factory.bin
Tested only on Bullet M2HP.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Belkin F5D8235 v2 has two ethernet switches on board.
One internal rt3052 and rtl8366rb on rgmii interface.
Looks like internal switch settings were lost in
translation to device tree infrastructure.
Signed-off-by: Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv>
Specifically, SKW92A_E16, described here:
http://www.skylabmodule.com/wp-content/uploads/SkyLab_SKW92A_V1.04_datasheet.pdf
Specification:
- MediaTek MT7628N/N (580 Mhz)
- 64 MB of RAM
- 16 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 2x u.FL
- Power by micro-USB connector at USB1 on EVB
- UART via micro-USB connector at USB3 on EVB (57600 8n1)
- 5x Ethernet LEDs
- 1x WLAN LEDs
- 1x WPS LED connected by jumper wire from I2S_CK on J20 to WPS_LED pin hole next
to daughter board on EVB
- WPS/Reset button (S2 on EVB)
- RESET button (S1 on EVB) is *not* connected to RST hole next to daughter board
Flash instruction:
>From Skylab firmware:
1. Associate with SKYLAP_AP
2. In a browser, load: http://10.10.10.254/
3. Username/password: admin/admin
4. In web admin interface: Administration / Upload Firmware, browse to
sysupgrade image, apply, flash will fail with a message:
Not a valid firmware. *** Warning: "/var/tmpFW" has corrupted data!
5. Telnet to 10.10.10.254, drops you into a root shell with no credentials
6. # cd /var
7. # mtd_write -r write tmpFW mtd4
Unlocking mtd4 ...
Writing from tmpFW to mtd4 ... [e]
8. When flash has completed, you will have booted into your firmware.
>From U-boot via TFTP and initramfs:
1. Place openwrt-ramips-mt76x8-skw92a-initramfs-kernel.bin on a TFTP server
2. Connect to serial console at USB3 on EVB
3. Connect ethernet between port 1 (not WAN) and your TFTP server (e.g.
192.168.11.20)
4. Start terminal software (e.g. screen /dev/ttyUSB0 57600) on PC
5. Apply power to EVB
6. Interrupt u-boot with keypress of "1"
7. At u-boot prompts:
Input device IP (10.10.10.123) ==:192.168.11.21
Input server IP (10.10.10.3) ==:192.168.11.20
Input Linux Kernel filename (root_uImage) ==:openwrt-ramips-mt76x8-skw92a-initramfs-kernel.bin
8. Move ethernet to port 0 (WAN) on EVB
9. At new OpenWrt console shell, fetch squashfs-sysupgrade image and flash
with sysupgrade.
>From U-boot via TFTP direct flash:
1. Place openwrt-ramips-mt76x8-skw92a-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin on a TFTP server
2. Connect to serial console at USB3 on EVB (57600 8N1)
3. Connect ethernet between port 1 (not WAN) an your TFTP server (e.g.
192.168.11.20)
4. Start terminal software (e.g. screen /dev/ttyUSB0 57600) on PC
5. Apply power to EVB
6. Interrupt u-boot with keypress of "2"
7. At u-boot prompts:
Warning!! Erase Linux in Flash then burn new one. Are you sure?(Y/N) Y
Input device IP (10.10.10.123) ==:192.168.11.21
Input server IP (10.10.10.3) ==:192.168.11.20
Input Linux Kernel filename (root_uImage) ==:openwrt-ramips-mt76x8-skw92a-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
8. When transfer is complete or as OpenWrt begins booting, move ethernet to
port 0 (WAN).
Signed-off-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
We currently could (ab)use IMAGES for this task, but the downside is,
that the filenames has filesystem tied to the filename, which might be
confusing as the artifact itself don't has to be used with that specific
filesystem. Another downside is, that the artifacts built with IMAGES
target are build for every FILESYSTEMS filesystem.
Consider following use case:
define Device/apalis
...
FILESYSTEMS := ext4 squashfs
IMAGES := spl-uboot.bin recovery.scr
IMAGE/spl-uboot.bin := append-uboot-spl | pad-to 68k | append-uboot
IMAGE/recovery.scr := recovery-scr
endef
Where we would get target binaries with following filenames:
openwrt-imx6-apalis-squashfs.recovery.scr
openwrt-imx6-apalis-squashfs.spl-uboot.bin
openwrt-imx6-apalis-ext4.recovery.scr
openwrt-imx6-apalis-ext4.spl-uboot.bin
With proposed patch, we could now just do:
define Device/apalis
...
ARTIFACTS := spl-uboot.bin recovery.scr
ARTIFACT/spl-uboot.bin := append-uboot-spl | pad-to 68k | append-uboot
ARTIFACT/recovery.scr := recovery-scr
endef
Which would produce target binaries with following filenames:
openwrt-imx6-apalis-recovery.scr
openwrt-imx6-apalis-spl-uboot.bin
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Acked-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
e520469b Update manual pages
54067256 Bump up version number to 1.35.0
c4d2eeee Update AUTHORS
f51e696e asio: Add stop() to listen_and_serve doc
a433b132 Merge pull request #1260 from nghttp2/h2load-non-final-response
cf48a56d Merge pull request #1238 from jktjkt/cmake-fix-libevent-detection
6cad1b24 nghttpx: Write mruby send_info early
3c393dca nghttpx: Fix assertion failure on mruby send_info with HTTP/1 frontend
17292445 h2load: Handle HTTP/1 non-final response
f6644a92 make clang-format
48998f72 Merge pull request #1222 from donny-dont/fix/declspec
15ff52f9 Update README
6c03bb14 Upgrade travis toolchain
524b4392 Fix travis build failure
859bf2bc Update manual pages
b5619fb1 h2load: Clarify that time for connect includes TLS handshake
dcbe0c69 nghttpx: Simplify move ctor and operator
2996c284 nghttpx: Cleanup
42e8ceb6 nghttpx: Convert API status code to enum class
1daf9ce8 nghttpx: Convert WorkerEventType to enum class
d68edf56 nghttpx: Convert MemcachedStatusCode to enum class
0c4e9fef nghttpx: Convert memcached op to enum class
571404c6 nghttpx: Convert MemcachedParseState to enum class
4d562b77 nghttpx: Convert LogFragmentType to enum class
e6225871 nghttpx: Convert connection check status to enum class
4bd075de nghttpx: Convert Http2Session state to enum class
b46a3249 nghttpx: Convert FreelistZone to enum class
4bd44b9c nghttpx: Convert dispatch state to enum class
1b42110d nghttpx: Make Downstream state enum class
0735ec55 nghttpx: Convert shrpx_connect_proto to enum class
00554779 nghttpx: Convert DNSResolverStatus to enum class
0963f389 nghttpx: Convert SerialEventType to enum class
1abfa3ca nghttpx: Make TLS handshake state enum class
f2159bc2 nghttpx: Convert UpstreamAltMode to enum class
b0eb68ee nghttpx: Convert shrpx_forwarded_node_type to enum class
e7b7b037 nghttpx: Convert shrpx_cookie_secure to enum class
5e4f434f nghttpx: Convert shrpx_session_affinity to enum class
20ea964f nghttpx: Convert shrpx_proto to enum class
d105619b src: Remove extra braces if possible
ec5729b1 Use std::make_unique
6c919695 Use C++14
46576178 Don't send Transfer-Encoding to pre-HTTP/1.1 clients
5e925f87 Update doc
153531d4 nghttpx: Use the same type as standard stream operator<<
f7287df0 Bump up version number to 1.35.0-DEV
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Some packages like libpfring assume the presense of lex, which on some
other systems is a symlink to flex but not all. Symlink flex to fix
compilation.
Arch Linux and Fedora do this as far as I know.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
This is probably theoretical problem as the Ventana is defined first in
the image Makefile, but once the position of the definition would change
in the future (alphabetical sorting?) it would get bootscript from the
previous board which would have BOOT_SCRIPT set.
Cc: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Both devices come with a MediaTek MT7610E 5GHz 802.11ac 1T1R radio
which wasn't supported at the time the devices were added to OpenWrt.
Now that we got it, include kmod-mt76x0e in images for those devices.
Reported-by: Arian Sanusi <openwrt@semioptimal.net>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This allows us to use the bridge as a managed switch and gracefully
handle mixed tagged and untagged frames. Prior to this, the only
alternative was creating one bridge per vlan which quickly becomes a
nightmare and still won't let you mix both tagged and untagged frames on
the physical port without some complex ebtables magic.
This is in line with the notion that OpenWRT is the network go-to swiss
army knife when you need a nice set-and-forget, low maintenance box to
handle a specific task.
Current builds of the ip-bridge package already fully support this
feature so the only requirement is enabling the kernel config.
This is disabled by default so existing bridge configurations will not
be affected. This patch only gives the ability to turn it on with an
'ip link' command. If there is interest, I could look into making the
feature accessible via uci configuration.
It causes about 3.1% hit on raw bridging speed, which is relatively
trivial considering that I had to use 300 byte packets to strain the CPU
enough to notice a slowdown at all. The ER8 would chug along at wire
speed otherwise, and that's using only one core. Since the typical
bridge use case on OpenWRT is wireless, I doubt it would be noticeable
at all.
With BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING
iperf -u -c 192.168.1.105 -b 1G -l 300
------------------------------------------------------------
Client connecting to 192.168.1.105, UDP port 5001
Sending 300 byte datagrams, IPG target: 2.24 us (kalman adjust)
UDP buffer size: 208 KByte (default)
------------------------------------------------------------
[ 3] local 192.168.1.12 port 58045 connected with 192.168.1.105 port 5001
[ ID] Interval Transfer Bandwidth
[ 3] 0.0-10.0 sec 977 MBytes 820 Mbits/sec
[ 3] Sent 3414986 datagrams
[ 3] Server Report:
[ 3] 0.0-10.0 sec 811 MBytes 680 Mbits/sec 0.000 ms
581210/3414986 (0%)
Without BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING
iperf -u -c 192.168.1.105 -b 1G -l 300
------------------------------------------------------------
Client connecting to 192.168.1.105, UDP port 5001
Sending 300 byte datagrams, IPG target: 2.24 us (kalman adjust)
UDP buffer size: 208 KByte (default)
------------------------------------------------------------
[ 3] local 192.168.1.12 port 36645 connected with 192.168.1.105 port 5001
[ ID] Interval Transfer Bandwidth
[ 3] 0.0-10.0 sec 977 MBytes 820 Mbits/sec
[ 3] Sent 3414990 datagrams
[ 3] Server Report:
[ 3] 0.0-10.0 sec 836 MBytes 701 Mbits/sec 0.000 ms
493950/3414990 (0%)
In terms of kernel size, it uses 16KB (6753K vs 6737K on ER8) so a
0.002% hit. The exact 16KB is probably just due to how the kernel is
compressed.
Suggested-by: Jonathan Thibault <jonathan@navigue.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Specify the new "firmware" partition format for Netgear WNDR3700
and WNDR3700v2 similarly as ffd082aa did for WNDR3800, the third
device in the family.
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
No single target/arch uses it and most likely there is no need to make
such a potential code target/arch specific.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
If "compatible" is being used that should trigger a proper parser
directly. It's more reliable thanks to not trying parsers one by one. In
such case partition shouldn't be split automatically to avoid parsing it
twice.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Currently, the b53 MDIO switch driver registers the switch on
config-init and not on device probe. Because of this, the switch
gets added every time the associated interface comes up.
This commit fixes this behavior by registering the switch on device
probe.
Compile- and run-tested on OCEDO Koala.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Currently flash from WebIF is broken for Archer C7 v5 EU models as their
SupportList entries are missing.
The added entries originate from TP-Links latest Archer C7 v5 EU
firmware.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2cc4b99 file: use global exec timeout instead of own hardcoded limit
ecd1660 exec: increase maximum execution time to 120s
Also expose the socket and timeout options in /etc/config/rpcd for
easier use.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
When restart is run on an init script, the script traps SIGTERM. This is
done as a workaround for scripts named the same name as the program they
start. In that case, the init script process will have the same name as
the program process, and so when the init script runs killall, it will
kill itself. So SIGTERM is trapped to make the init script unkillable.
However, the trap is retained when the init script runs start, and thus
processes started by restart will not respond to SIGTERM, and will thus
be unkillable unless you use SIGKILL. This fixes that by removing the
trap before running start.
Signed-off-by: Linus Kardell <linus@telliq.com>
It's more reliable as mtd subsystem doesn't have to blindly try that
parser. It allows disabling MTD_SPLIT_FIRMWARE completely (TRX is
handled in a similar way).
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
1517dfb8aa Add an additional test to resolv/tst-resolv-network.c
1050634904 libanl: properly cleanup if first helper thread creation failed (bug 22927)
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
4734108 mt7603: use mt7603_wtbl_clear on station removal
9428e34 mt7603: fix watchdog reset sequence
b3f82a3 mt7603: report PSE reset failures via debugfs
a301dec mt7603: add back PSE client reset code
94cebfc mt7603: fix handling lost interrupt events during watchdog reset
b38fe7d mt7603: only issue PSE reset on PSE stuck
da666a7 mt7603: issue PSE reset if firmware debug register indicates stuck queues
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
It makes more sense to add run_parsers_by_type() in a patch that
introduces parser types. That makes the other one just add a code using
it.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
* chacha20,poly1305: fix up for win64
* poly1305: only export neon symbols when in use
* poly1305: cleanup leftover debugging changes
* crypto: resolve target prefix on buggy kernels
* chacha20,poly1305: don't do compiler testing in generator and remove xor helper
* crypto: better path resolution and more specific generated .S
* poly1305: make frame pointers for auxiliary calls
* chacha20,poly1305: do not use xlate
This should fix up the various build errors, warnings, and insertion errors
introduced by the previous snapshot, where we added some significant
refactoring. In short, we're trying to port to using Andy Polyakov's original
perlasm files, and this means quite a lot of work to re-do that had stableized
in our old .S.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
4b83102 treewide: switch to C-code style comments
70506bf treewide: make some functions static
d9872db interface: fix removal of dynamic interfaces
2f7ef7d interface: rework code to get rid of interface_set_dynamic
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
009ab91 mt76: clean up more unused EXPORT_SYMBOLs
963768d mt76x02: fix regression in tx station race condition fix
d7788cc mt76: mt76x02: make group_wcid the first member in struct mt76x02_vif
e65ad4c mt7603: make group_wcid the first member in struct mt7603_vif
7b1373e mt76: mt76x02: remove mt76x02_txq_init
a97127b mt76: replace sta_add/remove ops with common sta_state function
13f1e82 mt7603: clear wtbl entry for removed stations
90e2c1b mt7603: add mt7603_wtbl_set_skip_tx, change mt7603_wtbl_set_ps users
41931e4 mt7603: toggle skip_tx on station add/remove
d0fdf01 mt7603: avoid unnecessary wtbl writes for ps-filter
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
* Zinc no longer ships generated assembly code. Rather, we now
bundle in the original perlasm generator for it. The primary purpose
of this snapshot is to get testing of this.
* Clarify the peer removal logic and make lifetimes more precise.
* Use READ_ONCE for is_valid and is_dead.
* No need to use atomic when the recounter is mutex protected.
* Fix up macros and annotations in allowedips.
* Increment drop counter when staged packets are dropped.
* Use static constants instead of enums for 64-bit values in selftest.
* Mark large constants as ULL in poly1305-donna64.
* Fix sparse warnings in allowedips debugging code.
* Do not use wg_peer_get_maybe_zero in timer callbacks, since we now can
carefully control the lifetime of these functions and ensure they never
execute after dropping the last reference.
* Cleanup hashing in ratelimiter.
* Do not guard timer removals, since del_timer is always okay.
* We now check for PM_AUTOSLEEP, which makes the clear*on-suspend decision a
bit more general.
* Set csum_level to ~0, since the poly1305 authenticator certainly means
that no data was modified in transit.
* Use CHECKSUM_PARTIAL check for skb_checksum_help instead of
skb_checksum_setup check.
* wg.8: specify that wg(8) shows runtime info too
* wg.8: AllowedIPs isn't actually required
* keygen-html: add missing glue macro
* wg-quick: android: do not choke on empty allowed-ips
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
There was a bug in ubifs related to the O_TMPFILE. When reapplying
changes after power cut data could be lost. This problem was exposed by
overlayfs and the upstream commit 3a1e819b4e80 ("ovl: store file handle
of lower inode on copy up").
This fixes a regression introduced when switching from 4.9 to 4.14.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Chnages since 3.2:
b590ad02 version 3.2.1
05e70adf build: fix issues in the generated tarball
7efe0b5d build: fix typo
351e3630 NEWS: update
4fd1fc70 examples: ship them
e02ce4c7 build: minor fixes in doc/
7cab285e CI: maximize chances of errors sooner
86efe282 c++: improve the generated documentation
cf1446dc tests: don't fail if the C++ compiler does not work
e93c40b3 tests: don't disable C++ warnings in C files
eff67391 c++: workaround portability issue
5a0d7802 tests: work around getopt portability issues
f1e0839c doc: -Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant was added to GCC 4.7
3bf429ae examples: #include <cstring> in calc++
f8cadc73 c: provide a definition of _Noreturn that works for C++
bd7aebb8 c: update the definition of _Noreturn
ca8039e6 tests: don't expect the shell to support 'local'
5d07f4f7 bitset: fix warning
e605ad96 build: fix use of gnulib Make variables
50fac71d maint: post-release administrivia
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
SSIDs may contain UTF8 characters but ideally hostapd should be told
this is the case so it can advertise the fact. Default enable this
option.
add uci option utf8_ssid '0'/'1' for disable/enable e.g.
config wifi-iface
option utf8_ssid '0'
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
This patch reverts commit 2dc1f54b12 as it
breaks the build for me on x86-64 if I've IPV6 support disabled. Same config
builds fine on `openwrt-18.06` branch at 55d078b2.
$ grep IPV6 .config
# CONFIG_KERNEL_IPV6 is not set
# CONFIG_IPV6 is not set
Build errors out on:
Package libiptc is missing dependencies for the following libraries:
libip6tc.so.0
Looking at iptables-1.6.2/libiptc/Makefile.am:
libiptc_la_LIBADD = libip4tc.la libip6tc.la
and to iptables-1.6.2/libiptc/libiptc.pc.in:
Requires: libip4tc libip6tc
It seems that libiptc needs v4/v6 libs, so v6 isn't optional.
Cc: Rosy Song <rosysong@rosinson.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
8a1ad80 Release version 4.19.
ecdf295 ethtool: Fix uninitialized variable use at qsfp dump
98c148e ethtool: better syntax for combinations of FEC modes
d4b9f3f ethtool: support combinations of FEC modes
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
It has been rejected upstream and instead a nice/more generic solution
has been implemented. It's possible now to describe partitions format
using "compatible" DT string.
No OpenWrt target uses "linux,part-probe" anymore, leave it only in case
some forks need it. It will be dropped with support for new kernels.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
asm/byteorder.h & hence __cpu_to_be32() doesn't exist on Darwin
Shamelessly copy some byte swap functions from oseama.c
Acked-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
as indicated in commit c5bf408ed6 "(ramips: fix image generation for mt76x8")
more rework was needed to fix the other issues.
Building on another machine, but using the same arch, showed
the application failing again for different reasons.
Fix this by completely rewriting the application, fixing following found issues:
- buffer overflows, resulting in stack corruption
- flaws in memory requirement calculations (too small, too large)
- memory leaks
- missing bounds checking on string handling
- non-reproducable images, by using unitilized memory in checksum calculation
- missing error handling, resulting in succes on specific image errors
- endianness errors when building on BE machines
- various minor build warnings
- documentation did not match the code actions (header item locations)
- allowing input to be decimal, hex or octal now
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
When the SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH environment variable is set, use it to
override the timestamps of .ipk archive contents.
This ensures that .ipk archives built in environments without SCM
metadata (mainly the SDK) are reproducible between different runs.
Ref: https://github.com/openwrt/packages/issues/6954
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Update to the latest version of iproute2; see https://lwn.net/Articles/769354/
for a full overview of the changes in 4.19.
Remove 190-add-cake-to-tc patch as CAKE qdisc is now supported in 4.19.0
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
172f081 mt76x0: do not overwrite other MT_BBP(AGC, 8) fields
2ae2046 mt76x0: phy: use mt76_poll_msec in mt76x0_phy_temp_sensor
add66a0 mt76x0: init: use mt76x02_mac_shared_key_setup in mt76x0_init_hardware
1f24db9 mt76x2: move wcid_tx_rate conf at bootstrap
097b2bd mt76x0: init: use mt76x02_mac_wcid_setup for wcid configuration
d0eb03e mt76x2u: init: remove not useful configuration
c7aa8f4 mt76x2u: init: use common routines for wcid/key initialization
bd568d9 mt76: move mt76x02_eeprom_copy in mt76x02-lib module
57b441d mt76x0: phy: introduce tssi calibration support
a78802c mt76x0: phy: use tssi reported value to configure tx power if available
94ad030 mt76: remove mcu_msg_alloc
15cb426 mt76: remove wait argument from mt76x02_mcu_function_select
cd76a83 mt76: remove wait argument from mt76x02_mcu_set_radio_state
9b97e0f mt76x02: run calibration after scanning
663b197 mt76x02: assure we update gain after scan
eb53745 mt76x0: dfs: fix IBI_R11 configuration on non-radar channels
ef06c30 mt76: avoid queue/status spinlocks while passing tx status to mac80211
5195257 mt7603: fix maximum rx frame size
01815e9 mt7603: use mutex from struct mt76_dev
3c8e8a7 mt7603: use irq_lock/irqmask from struct mt76_dev
8b7f50d mt76: add size check for additional rx fragments
87bad3a mt7603: stop MAC on watchdog reset
c34baab mt7603: add missing unlock in case changing the channel fails
ac6fc78 mt7603: add debugfs file to trigger watchdog resets
d9b5324 mt7603: add SPDX license identifiers
498d716 mt7603: fix checkpatch issues
a1afefd mt7603: fix handling of fixed rate packets
5ee0523 mt7603: fix tx status rate reporting for fixed-rate packets
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Buildbot fails to generate images for targets also generating a
Sercomm binary with following error:
Opening file: /mnt/ramdisk/koen/firmware/builds/owrt_mt76x8/build_dir/target-mipsel_24kc_musl/linux-ramips_mt76x8/tmp/openwrt-ramips-mt76x8-netgear_r6120-squashfs-factory.img.rootfs.zip
Filesize: 3648606 .
mksercommfw: malloc.c:2427: sysmalloc: Assertion `(old_top == initial_top (av) && old_size == 0) || ((unsigned long) (old_size) >= MINSIZE && prev_inuse (old_top) && ((unsigned long) old_end & (pagesize - 1)) == 0)' failed.
Makefile:287: recipe for target '/mnt/ramdisk/koen/firmware/builds/owrt_mt76x8/build_dir/target-mipsel_24kc_musl/linux-ramips_mt76x8/tmp/openwrt-ramips-mt76x8-netgear_r6120-squashfs-factory.img' failed
Debugging using valgrind shows stack corruption due to a buffer overflow.
The author of the generator assumes the filename ends with "root",
while it should be "rootfs".
Fix this by accounting for the 2 missing characters which solves the build issues.
More work is required to cleanup this source, which will be done later on.
Reported-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Following errors were seen in the past on imx6 when using serial:
[ 22.617622] imx-uart 2020000.serial: DMA transaction error.
[ 22.623228] imx-uart 2020000.serial: DMA transaction error.
[ 22.628826] imx-uart 2020000.serial: DMA transaction error.
[ 22.648951] imx-uart 2020000.serial: DMA transaction error.
[ 22.654558] imx-uart 2020000.serial: DMA transaction error.
[ 22.660156] imx-uart 2020000.serial: DMA transaction error.
Which is the reason why DMA for the serial ports
got disabled in commits:
efb362cd93 ("imx6: disable dma on uart")
3b4241071d ("imx6: disable UART dma")
As indicated on mailinglist discussion, the cause seems to be
the usage of very old SDMA firmware which is present in the soc:
[ 0.624302] imx-sdma 20ec000.sdma: Direct firmware load for imx/sdma/sdma-imx6q.bin failed with error -2
[ 0.624318] imx-sdma 20ec000.sdma: Falling back to user helper
[ 64.531607] imx-sdma 20ec000.sdma: external firmware not found, using ROM firmware
This patch adds the new firmware binary. (2196 bytes)
It is required to embed the binary into the kernel image, as it
gets loaded very early in the boot process where the rootfs is not
available yet:
[ 0.622966] imx-sdma 20ec000.sdma: loaded firmware 3.3
Extended testing shows that the DMA errors are not seen anymore
when using this newer firmware version.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Currently, dynack was only tested upstream using AP/STA mode.
Testing it on IBSS, showed that late-ack detection was broken.
This is caused due to dynack using Association Request/Response
frames for late-ack detection, which IBSS does not use.
Also allowing Authentication frames here solves this.
A second issue also got fixed, which was also seen AP/STA mode:
When a station was added, the estimated value would be exponentially averaged
using 0 as a starting point.
This means that on larger distances, the ack timeout was still not high
enough before synchronizing would run out of late-ack's for estimation.
Fix this by using the initial estimated value as a baseline
and only start averaging in the following estimation rounds.
Test setup:
- 2x identical devices: RB912UAG-5HPnD + 19dB sector
- IBSS
- 2x2 802.11an (ar9340), HT20, long GI
- RSSI's -70 / -71
- Real distance: 23910 meter
Results (60s iperf runs):
Fixed coverage class 54 (up to 24300m):
* 21.5 Mbits/sec
Dynack:
* 28.9 Mbits/sec
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
The bump to kernel 4.14 caused a massive increase in kernel size.
For most targets, switching them to dynamic partitioning allowed
to cope with this.
On some targets, the kernel partition is located behind the rootfs,
which disallows switching to dynamic partitioning as the boot location
would be altered, requiring a u-boot change.
Also within the tiny section, which disables kernel symbols etc
to decrease the image size, the partition size is still too small.
Disable these targets for now, fixing image generation:
- Buffalo BHR-4GRV2
- Zbtlink ZBT-WE1526
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
The NBG6617's LEDs are wrongly identified in the 01_leds boardinit
script (board instead of boardname), resulting in referencing
non-existent LEDs in UCI.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
For each board, set the legacy name as well as the new based on the
compatible-string from devicetree.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
remove /lib/oxnas.sh platform-specific board-detection and use
generic which is based on device-tree compatible node instead.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Add configure argument --disable-ipv6 when ipv6 is deselected.
Add fix-non-ipv6-builds.patch as long there is no new upstream
release.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
When bumping Curl to 7.62.0 in commit 278e4eba09 I did not include the fixed
CVEs in the commit message; this commit fixes this.
The following CVEs were fixed in 7.62.0 :
CVE-2018-16839
CVE-2018-16840
CVE-2018-16842
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
The BDFs for all boards were upstreamed to the ath10k-firmware
repository and linux-firmware.git.
We switched to the upstream board-2.bin, hence the files can be removed
here.
Keep the ipq-wifi package in case new boards are added. It might take
some time till board-2.bins send upstream are merged.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The NBG6617's boardfile was merged and this device can
now switch to the upstream ath10k board-2.bin.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch updates the board-2.bin for the default
IPQ4019, QCA9984 and QCA9888 ath10k-firmware-xyz-ct
and -ct-htt firmwares.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch replaces the custom autoload quirk of the
RT-AC58U with a bootargs-append overwrite.
The vendor's u-boot doesn't leave the bootargs / cmdline alone,
so the it can't be overwritten in any other way right now...
And of course, this will be a lot of fun to deal with once
the device switches to the new spi-nand subsystem.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This updates these two files to commit 2fa97a8a0ed3 ("config.guess
(amd64:CYGWIN*:*:*, x86_64:CYGWIN*:*:*): Set master") which is the
current master of
https://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=summary
This contains updates for multiple architectures and will unbreak the
build on the x32 ABI.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Also update the U-Boot BSP patch for I2SE Duckbill devices
and remove upstreamed patch for LibreSSL support.
Signed-off-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
Some package (e.g. libunbound) depend on OPENSSL_WITH_DEPRECATED. In some
situations it may happen that libunbound and openssl are only pulled in as
build dependencies, but are not enabled in .config.
In such cases, the defaults of symbols like OPENSSL_WITH_DEPRECATED are
ignored (as the whole symbol depends on PACKAGE_libopenssl), and config
symbol dependencies of libunbound aren't effective either (as libunbound
is not actually enabled).
This commit works around the issue by introducing a hidden negated symbol
OPENSSL_NO_DEPRECATED, which is always disabled when PACKAGE_libopenssl is
disabled, and ensures that OpenSSL is built with deprecated APIs in this
case. A user can still manage to break the build by explicitly enabling
libopenssl and disabling OPENSSL_WITH_DEPRECATED; the interaction between
build dependencies and config symbols will require further discussion.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Install following as config files (600) perms instead of as data (644)
/usr/share/dnsmasq/dhcpbogushostname.conf
/usr/share/dnsmasq/trust-anchors.conf
/usr/share/dnsmasq/rfc6761.conf
/etc/hotplug.d/ntp/25-dnsmasqsec
/etc/config/dhcp
/etc/dnsmasq.conf
dnsmasq reads relevant config files before dropping root privilege and
running as dnsmasq:dnsmasq
ntpd runs as root so the hotplug script is still accessible
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Kernel 4.14 is pretty large causing a build error as the partition is too small.
Expand the kernel partition a bit to make it fit.
* ubnt-uap-pro
* ubnt-unifi-outdoor-plus
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
This target causes a build failure as the kernel image does not fit
into the kernel partition.
As the kernel is located behind the rootfs, it cannot be enlarged
as the boot entry location would get altered.
Disable this target for now.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
These targets are already defined as having a dynamic partition
but the safeloader was not adapted for them.
This causes a build warning for the sysupgrade image being too big.
Targets:
- c58-v1
- c60-v1
- c60-v2
- TL-WR1043 v5
- TL-WR902AC v1
- TL-WR942N V1
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Targets:
- TP-LINK ER355
- TP-LINK C25 V1
- TP-LINK C59 V1
- TP-LINK C7 V4
- TP-LINK C7 V5
Fixes build issues seen due to the kernel being too big
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
As mentioned in commit 5f24933 recent changes on ar71xx (switch to 4.14,
memory compaction, ...) cause an increase in kernel size, making it too
big for RE450.
RE450 images were not build due to the following error message:
os-image partition too big (more than 1572864 bytes): Success
Tested on RE450, device boots and was used to send this patch.
Reported-by: Enrico Mioso <mrkiko.rs@gmail.com>
Suggested-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Signed-off-by: Radek Dostál <rd@radekdostal.com>
[rewrote commit msg keeping it tight + fixed SoB lines]
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
This changes the OCEDO Koala flash-layout to a unified firmware
partition, thus making the ar71xx-generic kernel fit in flash.
Compile and runtested on OCEDO Koala.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
[small title reword]
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
This commit adds support for the Ubiquiti LiteAP ac (LAP-120), an outdoor
5 GHz AC access point with an integrated 120° 16 dBi antenna. The device
was previously known as LiteBeam AP ac but was later rebranded.
CPU: Atheros AR9342 SoC
RAM: 64 MB DDR2
Flash: 16 MB NOR SPI
Ports: 1 GbE port (PoE in)
WLAN: 5 GHz QCA899X (PCI)
The integrated QCA899X is a Ubiquiti branded part with modified vendor
and product id (0777:11ac9). It is very similar to the NanoStation loco
AC, except for the 2.4 GHz management radio (missing here).
Installation procedure is the same as the NanoStation [loco] AC:
1. Connect to serial header on device
2. Power on device and enter uboot console
3. Set up tftp server serving an openwrt initramfs build
4. Load initramfs build using the command tftpboot in the uboot cli
5. Boot the loaded image using the command bootm
6. Copy squashfs openwrt sysupgrade build to the booted device
7. Use mtd to write sysupgrade to partition "firmware"
8. Reboot and enjoy
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
USB support doesn't necessarily mean that there's
PCI support available so move that to the drivers
which requires PCI support. This applies to the
sunxi platform for instance.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> [fix mt76x0e]
0b8b15f mt7603: use common mmio mcu struct
d612e2e mt76: mt76x02: skip station tx status for non-sta wcid entries
d89d84b mt76: mt76x02: only override control->sta on sw-encrypted tx
9d59d2a mt76: add support for reporting tx status with skb
ed17ba2 mt7603: use common tx status handling code
14b6c59 mt76x0: use band parameter for LC calibration
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Upgrade 88W8997 firmware to 8.4.0.52.
Removed unnecessary firmware settings.
Added vendor events.
Fixed crash problem when module is removed.
Modified the code to protect tx queues.
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Lancett <j.lancett@ntlworld.com>
[tidy commit message]
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
77b4b8231e signal: Use correct type for si_band in siginfo_t [BZ #23562]
5bdb6897fc Fix race in pthread_mutex_lock while promoting to PTHREAD_MUTEX_ELISION_NP [BZ #23275]
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Add the most recent supported firmware file for the Intel 9000 and
9260 wireless chips. The API version 41 is not yet supported by the driver.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Regression introduced with 4.10 by 43c9127d94d62a232ed33ed2eab8a08657ce5472
Build will fail if system 'ar' does not support deterministic builds.
e.g. macOS with Xcode toolchain
Appears to be fixed upstream in 4.18 by af3901cbbd3de182aafb8ee553c825c0074df6a2
Signed-off-by: Ryan Mounce <ryan@mounce.com.au>
Go for openwrt passes pkg-config arguments in the format of
pkg-config --cflags -- pkg-name
which in turn will be passed down to the real pkg-config as something
like
pkg-config.real --cflags -- pkg-name --define...
and causes the real pkg-config implementation to missinterpret the given
argument list.
This also helps to fix https://github.com/golang/go/issues/27940
Signed-off-by: Arthur Skowronek <arthur.skowronek@tuta.io>
Kalles ath10k PR was finally merged so update linux-firmware to
include those changes.
This is needed since disabling ath10k-firmware a lot of custom BDF-s
in board-2.bin-s are not available in previously outdated linux-firmware
board-2.bin-s.
This also includes support for boards currently using ipq-wifi and other
WIP ones.
Runtime tested on 8devices Jalapeno.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
The WNDR4700 and the MBL have a dedicated HDD activity LED.
This patch adds the default led triggers to the DTS and
removes the entries in 01_leds.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
- order entries by mmio address where possible
- switch to lower-case address values
- comment on BSP u-boot behaviour in regards to
what it edits and look for
- annotate irq lines with the help of interrupt-names
- remove deprecated "device_type" properties
The pci and network device_type had to stay since
they are required by the drivers and u-boot.
the cpu and memory device_types will remain as well
as they are still part of the DT Spec.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
With the upcoming 4.19 release, the serial console on the
Netgear WNDR4700 would no longer work as it is never really
set and always relied on the kernel's serial code not to
change the baud rate.
On the stock firmware, Netgear forced the console setting
through a custom CONFIG_CMDLINE in their kernel to 115200.
Normally, they should have done it in a different way and
just passed the baudrate through a "console=..." kernel
parameter via the bootargs in the "/chosen" dt node.
But in their default u-boot bootcmd setting, they somehow
forgot to add the "run addtty", so there's no easy way to
pass the baudrate from u-boot to the kernel. So it has
to be forced as otherwise it ends up as 9600 baud.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The -rcX "testing" kernels are no longer hosted on
cdn.kernel.org file servers directly in a "testing"
directory. Therefore the logic that tested for "-rc"
can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
I noticed that the image generator for the Gemini generates
some 10+ MB files for the second (application) partition.
This is just wrong. The first 6144K partition named initramfs
easily fits OpenWRTs squashfs,jffs2 overlayed partitions
with nice headroom for storing configuration files.
Generate a blank partition for the hddapp.tgz file and delete
it after generating the firmware image - when performing
updates manually you just want the "rd.z" file around
anyways.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
This creates a new kernel package for the fotg210 host
controller and uses that with the gemini to shrink the
kernel. The SQ201 needs the USB2 PCI package as well.
The build system required me to make kernel_oldconfig
beofore it would build without errors so some minor
unrelated Kconfig entries are changed.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Newer batches of several Mikrotik boards contain this yet-unsupported
flash chip, for instance:
- rb941-2nd (hAP lite)
- rb952ui-5ac2nd (hAP ac lite)
- RBM33G
and probably other Mikrotik boards need this patch as well.
The patch was submitted upstream by Robert Marko: https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/934181/
Closes: FS#1715
Signed-off-by: Baptiste Jonglez <git@bitsofnetworks.org>
Cc: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
Don't override optimization set by upstream.
Provides a speed increase for internal (library), malloc and string
operations in musl.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
[add : to PKG_RELEASE release variable for consistency]
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Refreshed all patches.
Altered patches:
- 666-Add-support-for-MAP-E-FMRs-mesh-mode.patch
New symbol for arm targets:
- HARDEN_BRANCH_PREDICTOR
Compile-tested on: ar71xx, cns3xxx, imx6
Runtime-tested on: ar71xx, cns3xxx, imx6
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Install the ip-tiny and ip-full variants in /usr/libexec as the suffixed
ip variants are not meant to be called directly
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
ba2ab5d version: bump snapshot
5f59c76 tools: wg-quick: wait for interface to disappear on freebsd
ac7e7a3 tools: don't fail if a netlink interface dump is inconsistent
8432585 main: get rid of unloaded debug message
139e57c tools: compile on gnu99
d65817c tools: use libc's endianness macro if no compiler macro
f985de2 global: give if statements brackets and other cleanups
b3a5d8a main: change module description
296d505 device: use textual error labels always
8bde328 allowedips: swap endianness early on
a650d49 timers: avoid using control statements in macro
db4dd93 allowedips: remove control statement from macro by rewriting
780a597 global: more nits
06b1236 global: rename struct wireguard_ to struct wg_
205dd46 netlink: do not stuff index into nla type
2c6b57b qemu: kill after 20 minutes
6f2953d compat: look in Kbuild and Makefile since they differ based on arch
a93d7e4 create-patch: blacklist instead of whitelist
8d53657 global: prefix functions used in callbacks with wg_
123f85c compat: don't output for grep errors
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
In commit fec8fe8069 ("kernel: bump 4.9 to 4.9.116") [1], the following patch for removed:
- 403-mtd_fix_cfi_cmdset_0002_status_check.patch
This patch contained fixes for both write and erase functions.
While the chip-detects for erase got fixed upstream [2],
some modifications are still required, even with the fixes applied.
While at it, also apply the same fix for target ath79,
which suffers the same issue.
Not doing so results in following errors seen:
Collected errors:
* pkg_write_filelist: Failed to open //usr/lib/opkg/info/luci-lib-ip.list: I/O error.
* opkg_install_pkg: Failed to extract data files for luci-lib-ip. Package debris may remain!
* opkg_install_cmd: Cannot install package luci-ssl.
* opkg_conf_write_status_files: Can't open status file //usr/lib/opkg/status: I/O error.
[ 0.780920] jffs2: version 2.2 (NAND) (SUMMARY) (LZMA) (RTIME) (CMODE_PRIORITY) (c) 2001-2006 Red Hat, Inc.
[ 8.406396] jffs2: notice: (415) jffs2_build_xattr_subsystem: complete building xattr subsystem, 0 of xdatum (0 unchecked, 0 orphan) and 0 of xref (0 dead, 0 orphan) found.
[ 8.423476] mount_root: switching to jffs2 overlay
[ 270.902671] jffs2: Write of 1989 bytes at 0x005ce6f8 failed. returned -5, retlen 962
[ 270.931965] jffs2: Write of 1989 bytes at 0x005ceec0 failed. returned -5, retlen 0
[ 270.939631] jffs2: Not marking the space at 0x005ceec0 as dirty because the flash driver returned retlen zero
[ 270.950397] jffs2: Write of 68 bytes at 0x005ceec0 failed. returned -5, retlen 0
[ 270.957838] jffs2: Not marking the space at 0x005ceec0 as dirty because the flash driver returned retlen zero
[ 270.968584] jffs2: Write of 68 bytes at 0x005ceec0 failed. returned -5, retlen 0
[ 270.976027] jffs2: Not marking the space at 0x005ceec0 as dirty because the flash driver returned retlen zero
[ 270.986735] jffs2: Write of 68 bytes at 0x005ceec0 failed. returned -5, retlen 0
[ 270.994225] jffs2: Not marking the space at 0x005ceec0 as dirty because the flash driver returned retlen zero
[1] https://git.openwrt.org/?p=openwrt/openwrt.git;a=commit;h=fec8fe806963c96a6506c2aebc3572d3a11f285f
[2] https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/stable/linux.git/commit/?h=v4.9.133&id=a0239d83e1cb60de5e78452d4708c083b9e3dcbe
Fixes: fec8fe8069 ("kernel: bump 4.9 to 4.9.116")
Signed-off-by: Fabio Bettoni <fbettoni@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Recent changes on ar71xx (switch to 4.14, memory compaction, ...) cause
an increase in kernel size, making it too big for some devices.
Move these devices to the tiny target, where kernel symbols and
optimization for speed are disabled, reducing the kernel size.
Devices:
- EnGenius ENS202EXT
- OCEDO Koala
Compile-tested targets:
- ar71xx->generic->default
- ar71xx->smallFlash->Default
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
841b5d1 system-linux: enable by default ignore encaplimit for grev6 tunnels
125cbee system-linux: fix a typo in gre tunnel data parsing logic
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Make inclusion of the destination option header containing the tunnel
encapsulation limit configurable for IPv6 GRE packets.
Setting the uci parameter encaplimit to ignore; allows to disable the
insertion of the destination option header in the IPv6 GRE packets.
Otherwise the tunnel encapsulation limit value can be set to a value
from 0 till 255 by setting the encaplimit uci parameter accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Add out of the box support for 802.11r and 802.11w to all targets not
suffering from small flash.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Mathias did all the heavy lifting on this, but I'm the one who should
get shouted at for committing.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Add a basic variant which provides WPA-PSK only, 802.11r and 802.11w and
is intended to support 11r & 11w (subject to driver support) out of the
box.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
96fa353 mt76: do not store aggregation sequence number for null-data frames
c50dca8 mt76x0: print BBP version only for debug
ddc9e05 mt76x0: correct RF access via RF_CSR register.
02d2385 mt76: allow to identify bus
c438e67 mt76x0: correct RF reg pairs write for PCIe
c83abb8 mt76x0: use bus helper to identify rf access method
9c272ff mt76x0: phy: fix bank check in mt76x0_rf_csr_{wr,rr}
1945d57 mt76: use mt76x02_dev instead of mt76_dev in mt76x02_mcu.c
214eab7 mt76: use mt76x02_dev instead of mt76_dev in mt76x02_phy.c
29bc2ae mt76: use mt76x02_dev instead of mt76_dev in mt76x02_util.c
08ecb5f mt76: use mt76x02_dev instead of mt76_dev in mt76x02_usb_mcu.c
fd9b2b0 mt76: use mt76x02_dev instead of mt76_dev in mt76x02_mac.c
f37bd25 mt76: use mt76x02_dev instead of mt76_dev in mt76x02_txrx.c
48950cb mt76: use mt76x02_dev instead of mt76_dev in mt76x02_eeprom.c
06276cc mt76x0: pci: report firmware version using ethtool
72546ed mt76x0: pci: add missing mac80211 callbacks
4de98cd mt76: disable ldpc coding for mt76x0 devices
f0951c2 mt76x0: pci: add mt76x0_register_device in mt76x0e_register_device
4f3685e mt76: reserve enough room for USB tx skbs
5e6907f mt76x0: remove dma.h
acfc5a9 mt76x0: pci: fix set external PA I/O current
2b79bb7 mt76: mt76x0e: another fix for the external PA current setting
8a0acfd mt76x0: phy: fix restore phase in mt76x0_phy_recalibrate_after_assoc
e9e949b mt76x0: phy: remove channel parameter from mt76x0_phy_set_chan_bbp_params
1775717 mt76: move mt76x02_phy_set_bw in mt76x02-lib module
f82134f mt76: move mt76x02_phy_set_band in mt76x02-lib module
3eaa34f mt76x0: pci: rename mt76x0_phy_calibrate
7269fb4 mt76x0: pci: introduce mt76x0_phy_calirate routine
a514b75 mt76x0: phy: update set_channel for mt76x0e devices
62a1bc5 mt76x0: eeprom: introduce mt76x0_tssi_enabled routine
a48481d mt76x0: phy: add phy/vco temperature compensation
cc34ce9 mt76: move rssi_gain_thresh routines in mt76x02-lib module
eaf9751 mt76: move mt76x02_phy_adjust_vga_gain in mt76/mt76x02_phy.c
2715e7c mt76: introduce mt76x02_init_agc_gain routine
87fcb31 mt76x0: phy: align channel gain logic to mt76x2 one
98f8ef7 mt76x0: phy: do not run calibration during channel switch
cf859ad mt76x2: align mt76x2 and mt76x2u firmware
1f3f767 mt76x2u: align channel gain logic to mt76x2 one
d1c1454 treewide: Replace more open-coded allocation size multiplications
bcbecd2 mt76x0: phy: use proper name convention
b6694e6 mt76x0: phy: simplify rf configuration routines
da129c9 mt76x0: phy: improve code readability in initvals_phy.h
eab7ab1 mt76x0: pci: add get_survey support
9e493f7 mt76: move mt76x02_mac_work routine in mt76x02-lib module
ecec6ba mt76: move mt76x02_debugfs in mt76x02-lib module
4f3b608 mt76x0: use shared debugfs implementation
6aae25b mt76x0: use mt76x02_mac_work as stats handler
b228a45 mt76x2u: introduce mac workqueue support
4671af4 mt76x0: phy: unify calibration between mt76x0u and mt76x0e
5ed28f3 mt76x0: do not perform MCU calibration for MT7630
9b844da add mt7610e firmware
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
uscan reports a new CVE now that PKG_CPE_ID was added.
Reordered patches by date.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
[re-title commit & refresh patches]
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Backport two upstream fixes to address overly verbose logging of MAC ACL
rejection messages.
Fixes: FS#1468
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This patch fixes jailed dnsmasq running into the following issue:
|dnsmasq[1]: cannot read /usr/share/dnsmasq/dhcpbogushostname.conf: No such file or directory
|dnsmasq[1]: FAILED to start up
|procd: Instance dnsmasq::cfg01411c s in a crash loop 6 crashes, 0 seconds since last crash
Fixes: a45f4f50e1 ("dnsmasq: add dhcp-ignore-names support - CERT VU#598349")
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[bump package release]
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
53792c9 fix typo
df07182 Update German translation.
Remove local patch 001-fix-typo which is a backport of the above 53792c9
There is no practical difference between our test8 release and this rc
release, but this does at least say 'release candidate'
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
A new test case was adding in one of the patches fixing a problem, this
also included a change in the test/Makefile.am to add this test case.
The build system detected a change in the Makefile.am and wants to
regenerate the Makefile.in, but this fails because automake-1.15 is not
installed yet. As automake depends on patch being build first, make sure
we do not modify the Makefile.am.
This fixes build problem seen by the build bots.
Fixes: 4797dddfde ("patch: apply upstream cve fixes")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The Makefile.am changed and now patch wants to use automake to
regenerate the Makefile.in. Make sure automake was build before we build
patch.
This fixes build problem seen by the build bots.
Fixes: 4797dddfde ("patch: apply upstream cve fixes")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Apply two upstream patches to address two CVEs:
* CVE-2018-1000156
* CVE-2018-6952
Add PKG_CPE_ID to Makefile.
Build tested on apm821xx and ar71xx.
Signed-off-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
This adds support for the WPA3-Enterprise mode authentication.
The settings for the WPA3-Enterpriese mode are defined in
WPA3_Specification_v1.0.pdf. This mode also requires ieee80211w and
guarantees at least 192 bit of security.
This does not increase the ipkg size by a significant size.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
OWE is defined in RFC 8110 and provides encryption and forward security
for open networks.
This is based on the requirements in the Wifi alliance document
Opportunistic_Wireless_Encryption_Specification_v1.0_0.pdf
The wifi alliance requires ieee80211w for the OWE mode.
This also makes it possible to configure the OWE transission mode which
allows it operate an open and an OWE BSSID in parallel and the client
should only show one network.
This increases the ipkg size by 5.800 Bytes.
Old: 402.541 Bytes
New: 408.341 Bytes
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This build the full openssl and wolfssl versions with SAE support which
is the main part of WPA3 PSK.
This needs elliptic curve cryptography which is only provided by these
two external cryptographic libraries and not by the internal
implementation.
The WPA3_Specification_v1.0.pdf file says that in SAE only mode
Protected Management Frames (PMF) is required, in mixed mode with
WPA2-PSK PMF should be required for clients using SAE, and optional for
clients using WPA2-PSK. The defaults are set now accordingly.
This increases the ipkg size by 8.515 Bytes.
Old: 394.026 Bytes
New: 402.541 Bytes
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This replaces the configuration files with the versions from the hostapd
project and the adaptions done by OpenWrt.
The resulting binaries should be the same.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
It's required to support devices using adjustable SoC pins for some
specific purpose (e.g. I2C, PWM, UART1).
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Update ath10k-ct to be able to drop 210-ath10k-fix-recent-bandwidth-conversion-bug.patch
as its upstream.
b9989fbd5d6e ath10k-ct: Add upstream patch to fix peer rate reporting.
ac9224344dbf ath10k-ct: Support sending custom frames with no-ack flag.
bc938bc2021e ath10k-ct: Support sending pkts with specific rate on 10.4 firmware.
Runtime tested on:
- GL-iNet GL-B1300
- Mikrotik RB912 + QCA9882
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
[Added list of all changes from previous version + add own test device]
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Check pin count value from pin status and stop verification the pin if
the value is less then 3. This should prevent the proto-handler to
lock the SIM. If SIM is locked then the PUK is needed.
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <fe@dev.tdt.de>
Load the json output from uqmi --get-pin-status command and evaluate the
"pin1_status" value.
The following uqmi "pin1_status" values are evaluated:
- disabled
Do not verify PIN because SIM verification is disabled on this SIM
- blocked
Stop qmi_setup because SIM is locked and a PUK is required
- not_verified
SIM is not yet verified. Do a uqmi --verify-pin1 command if a SIM is
specified
- verified:
Do not verify the PIN because this was already done before
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <fe@dev.tdt.de>
QMI proto setup-handler will wait forever if SIM does not get initialized.
To fix this stop polling pin status and notify netifd. Netifd will generate
then a "ifup-failed" ACTION.
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <fe@dev.tdt.de>
QMI proto setup-handler will wait forever if it is unable to registrate to
the mobile network. To fix this stop polling network registration status
and notify netifd. Netifd will generate then a "ifup-failed" ACTION.
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <fe@dev.tdt.de>
This value will be used for now during following situations:
* Ask the sim with the uqmi --get-pin-status command.
* Wait for network registration with the uqmi --get-serving-system command.
This two commands wait forever in a while loop. Add a timeout to stop
waiting and so inform netifd.
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <fe@dev.tdt.de>
Move uqmi std and error output on commands without using them to /dev/null.
This will remove useless outputs in the syslog.
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <fe@dev.tdt.de>
Instead of reverting whole commit it's enough to just revert a single
line change. It seems the real problem with the regressing commit was a
bump of read chunk size. Switching back to 256 B chunks is enough to fix
the problem/regression.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Since kernel 4.14.75 commit ("netfilter: xt_cluster: add dependency on conntrack module")
a dependency is required on kmod-nf-conntrack.
It seems this was already present for kmod-ipt-clusterip
but not yet for kmod-ipt-cluster
Add it fixing a build error when including kmod-ipt-cluster:
Package kmod-ipt-cluster is missing dependencies for the following libraries:
nf_conntrack.ko
modules/netfilter.mk:665: recipe for target '/mnt/ramdisk/koen/firmware/builds/openwrt/bin/targets/cns3xxx/generic/packages/kmod-ipt-cluster_4.14.75-1_arm_mpcore_vfp.ipk' failed
make[3]: *** [/mnt/ramdisk/koen/firmware/builds/openwrt/bin/targets/cns3xxx/generic/packages/kmod-ipt-cluster_4.14.75-1_arm_mpcore_vfp.ipk] Error 1
make[3]: Leaving directory '/mnt/ramdisk/koen/firmware/builds/openwrt/package/kernel/linux'
Command exited with non-zero status 2
time: package/kernel/linux/compile#1.80#0.05#2.07
package/Makefile:107: recipe for target 'package/kernel/linux/compile' failed
make[2]: *** [package/kernel/linux/compile] Error 2
make[2]: Leaving directory '/mnt/ramdisk/koen/firmware/builds/openwrt'
package/Makefile:103: recipe for target '/mnt/ramdisk/koen/firmware/builds/openwrt/staging_dir/target-arm_mpcore+vfp_musl_eabi/stamp/.package_compile' failed
make[1]: *** [/mnt/ramdisk/koen/firmware/builds/openwrt/staging_dir/target-arm_mpcore+vfp_musl_eabi/stamp/.package_compile] Error 2
make[1]: Leaving directory '/mnt/ramdisk/koen/firmware/builds/openwrt'
/mnt/ramdisk/koen/firmware/builds/openwrt/include/toplevel.mk:216: recipe for target 'world' failed
make: *** [world] Error 2
Fixes: f983956a8b ("kernel: bump 4.14 to 4.14.75")
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
[1] https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/stable/linux.git/commit/?h=v4.14.75&id=b969656b46626a674232c0eadf92a394b89df07c
Compaction is the only memory management component to form high order (larger
physically contiguous) memory blocks reliably. The page allocator relies on
compaction heavily and the lack of the feature can lead to unexpected OOM
killer invocations for high order memory requests. You shouldn't disable this
option unless there really is a strong reason for it.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Michal Hrusecky <michal.hrusecky@nic.cz>
Optimized inlining was disabled by default when gcc 4 was still
relatively new. By now, all gcc versions handle this well and there
seems to be no real reason to keep it x86-only.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
dnsmasq v2.80test8 adds the ability to ignore dhcp client's requests for
specific hostnames. Clients claiming certain hostnames and thus
claiming DNS namespace represent a potential security risk. e.g. a
malicious host could claim 'wpad' for itself and redirect other web
client requests to it for nefarious purpose. See CERT VU#598349 for more
details.
Some Samsung TVs are claiming the hostname 'localhost', it is believed
not (yet) for nefarious purposes.
/usr/share/dnsmasq/dhcpbogushostname.conf contains a list of hostnames
in correct syntax to be excluded. e.g.
dhcp-name-match=set:dhcp_bogus_hostname,localhost
Inclusion of this file is controlled by uci option dhcpbogushostname
which is enabled by default.
To be absolutely clear, DHCP leases to these requesting hosts are still
permitted, but they do NOT get to claim ownership of the hostname
itself and hence put into DNS for other hosts to be confused/manipulate by.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
64750c1 version: bump snapshot
f11a2b8 global: style nits
4b34b6a crypto: clean up remaining .h->.c
06d9fc8 allowedips: document additional nobs
c32b5f9 makefile: do more generic wildcard so as to avoid rename issues
20f48d8 crypto: use BIT(i) & bitmap instead of (bitmap >> i) & 1
b6e09f6 crypto: disable broken implementations in selftests
fd50f77 compat: clang cannot handle __builtin_constant_p
bddaca7 compat: make asm/simd.h conditional on its existence
b4ba33e compat: account for ancient ARM assembler
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Fixes the following build error:
.../toolchain-i386_pentium4_gcc-7.3.0_glibc/lib/gcc/i486-openwrt-linux-gnu/7.3.0/../../../../i486-openwrt-linux-gnu/bin/ld: ../lib/libcom_err.so: undefined reference to `sem_post’
.../toolchain-i386_pentium4_gcc-7.3.0_glibc/lib/gcc/i486-openwrt-linux-gnu/7.3.0/../../../../i486-openwrt-linux-gnu/bin/ld: ../lib/libcom_err.so: undefined reference to `sem_wait'
.../toolchain-i386_pentium4_gcc-7.3.0_glibc/lib/gcc/i486-openwrt-linux-gnu/7.3.0/../../../../i486-openwrt-linux-gnu/bin/ld: ../lib/libcom_err.so: undefined reference to `sem_init’
.../toolchain-i386_pentium4_gcc-7.3.0_glibc/lib/gcc/i486-openwrt-linux-gnu/7.3.0/../../../../i486-openwrt-linux-gnu/bin/ld: ../lib/libcom_err.so: undefined reference to `sem_destroy’
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
The tl-wa850re-v2 images from the ar71xx/tiny target are getting too big
with the default packages. The size check is done before the meta data
is added so there is no file to add meta data to or to sign. Originally
errors in Build/append-metadata were getting ignored, but if the signing
fails the error is not ignored.
This adds a check if the file to be signed is there and only does the
signing if it is there. This way it does not fail if the package
creation was already aborted earlier.
Fixes: 848b455d2e ("image: use ucert to append signature")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Commit 9f0cb135dd made BUSYBOX_CONFIG_FEATURE_IPV6 dependant on IPV6 but
did not make its default value BUSYBOX_DEFAULT_FEATURE_IPV6 dependant
on IPV6. BUSYBOX_DEFAULT_FEATURE_IPV6 will have as default value y if
IPV6 is enabled otherwise n.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
e1791f3 Fix logging of DNSSEC queries in TCP mode. Destination server address was misleading.
0fdf3c1 Fix dhcp-match-name to match hostname, not complete FQDN.
ee1df06 Tweak strategy for confirming SLAAC addresses.
1e87eba Clarify manpage for --auth-sec-servers
0893347 Make interface spec optional in --auth-server.
7cbf497 Example config file fix for CERT Vulnerability VU#598349.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
2b085815 (tag: v1.34.0) Update manual pages
986fa302 Bump up version number to 1.34.0, LT revision to 31:1:17
7c8cb3a0 nghttpx: Improve CONNECT response status handling
334c439c Fix bug that regular CONNECT does not work
6700626c Rule out content-length in the successful response to CONNECT
15162add Update manual pages
93270777 Merge pull request #1235 from nghttp2/backend-conn-timeout
aeb92bbb nghttpx: Add read/write-timeout parameters to backend option
fc7489e0 nghttpx: Fix mruby parameter validation
87ac872f nghttpx: Update doc
c278adde nghttpx: Log error when mruby file cannot be opened
f94d7209 Merge pull request #1234 from nghttp2/nghttpx-rfc8441
9b9baa6b Update doc
02566ee3 nghttpx: Update doc
3002f31b src: Add debug output for SETTINGS_ENABLE_CONNECT_PROTOCOL
d2a594a7 nghttpx: Implement RFC 8441 Bootstrapping WebSocket with HTTP/2
651e1477 Allow client sending :protocol optimistically
a42faf1c nghttpx: Write TLS alert during handshake
4aac05e1 Merge pull request #1231 from nghttp2/ws-lib-only
b80dfaa8 Adjustment for RFC 8441
a19d8f5d Deal with :protocol pseudo header
33f6e90a Add NGHTTP2_TOKEN__PROTOCOL
ed7fabcb Add SETTINGS_ENABLE_CONNECT_PROTOCOL
8753b6da Update doc
f2de733b Update neverbleed to fix OpenSSL 1.1.1 issues
88ff8c69 Update mruby 1.4.1
a63558a1 nghttpx: Call OCSP_response_get1_basic only when OCSP status is successful
3575a132 nghttpx: Fix crash with plain text HTTP
e2de2fee Update bash_completion
9f415979 Update manual pages
4bfc0cd1 Merge pull request #1230 from nghttp2/nghttpx-faster-logging
9c824b87 nghttpx: Get rid of std::stringstream from Log
a1ea1696 Make VALID_HD_NAME_CHARS and VALID_HD_VALUE_CHARS const qualified
dfc0f248 Make static_table const qualified
ed7c9db2 nghttpx: Add mruby env.tls_handshake_finished
5b42815a nghttpx: Strip incoming Early-Data header field by default
cfe7fa9a nghttpx: Add --tls13-ciphers and --tls-client-ciphers options
cb8a9d58 src: Remove TLSv1.3 ciphers from DEFAULT_CIPHER_LIST
023b9448 Merge branch 'tls13-early-data'
9b03c64f nghttpx: Should postpone early data by default
b8eccec6 nghttpx: Disable OpenSSL anti-replay
9f212587 Specify SSL_CTX_set_max_early_data and add an option to change max value
47f60124 nghttpx: Add an option to postpone early data processing
770e44de Implement draft-ietf-httpbis-replay-02
2ab319c1 Don't hide error code from openssl
39923024 Remove SSL_ERROR_WANT_WRITE handling
b30f312a Honor SSL_read semantics
c5cdb78a nghttpx: Add TLSv1.3 0-RTT early data support
f79a5812 Bump up version number to 1.34.0
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Support for -D got broken in the 2.0.11 release by the upstream commit
218d8c667944 ("first pass L2 mode w/UDP checks, v4 only"). After that
commit clients were still able to connect but no traffic was passed.
It was reported and is fixed now in the upstream git repository.
Backport two patches to fix this. The first one is just a requirement
for the later to apply. The second one is the real fix and it needed
only a small adjustment to apply without backporing the commit
10887b59c7e7 ("fix --txstart-time report messages").
Fixes: 457e6d5a27 ("iperf: bump to 2.0.12")
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This commit adds support for the TP-Link TL-WR901ND v2 access point.
CPU: Atheros AR9132 400MHz
RAM: 32MB
FLASH: 4MiB
WiFi: Atheros AR9103 3x3:2 bgn
LED: Power (static on)
LAN (controlled by PHY)
SYS, WiFi, QSS toggleable
BTN: Reset, QSS
Installation:
Upload the factory image via the vendor-GUI.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Buffalo WZR-HP-G302H is a 2T2R 2.4 GHz 11n router, based on Atheros
AR7242.
It is Japanese market model of WZR-HP-G300NH2, but there are some
diffrences. This commit is based on WZR-HP-G300NH2 in ar71xx.
And, G302H has several hardware versions and hardware is different
dependent on the versions. This commit adds support for "A1A0"
version.
Specification:
- Atheros AR7242
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 32 MB of Flash
- 2x 16 MB SPI-NOR flash
- 2.4 GHz 2T2R wifi
- Atheros AR9283
- 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- Atheros AR8316
- 7x LEDs, 5x keys
- LED: 1x gpio-leds, 6x ath9k-leds
- key: 3x buttons, 2x slide switches
- UART header on PCB
- Vcc, GND, TX, RX from ethernet port side
- 115200n8
Flash instruction using factory image:
1. Boot WZR-HP-G302H normaly and connect the computer to its LAN port
2. Access to "http://192.168.11.1/" and move to firmware update page
("ファーム更新")
3. Select the OpenWrt factory image and click update ("更新実行")
button to perform firmware update
4. Wait ~200 seconds to complete flashing
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
In order to be able to set the value of "hardware version" other than
"3", I added the "hwver" parameter.
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
This PR adds support for TP-Link TL-WR842N-v2 router which is supported by ar71xx to ath79.
This is a low cost model with following specs:
CPU: Atheros AR9341 SoC
RAM: 32 MB DDR1
Flash: 8 MB NOR SPI
Switch: Internal AR9341 5 port 10/100 Mbit
Ports: 5x 10/100 Mbit(1x WAN, 4x LAN)
USB: 1x USB2.0
WLAN: 2.4 GHZ AR9341
Installation:
Simply flash the factory image through stock firmware WEB UI.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
The sysupgrade_pre_upgrade hook was removed with 5e1b4c57de ("base-files:
drop fwtool_pre_upgrade") while there were still scripts using it:
* target/linux/ar71xx/base-files/lib/upgrade/allnet.sh
* target/linux/ar71xx/base-files/lib/upgrade/openmesh.sh
* target/linux/ipq40xx/base-files/lib/upgrade/openmesh.sh
Not running the hooks can either prevent a successful upgrade or brick the
device because the fw_setenv program cannot be started correctly.
Instead of adding this hook again, the directory /var/lock for fw_setenv
can also just be created directly before fw_setenv is called.
Fixes: 5e1b4c57de ("base-files: drop fwtool_pre_upgrade")
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
The sysupgrade_pre_upgrade hook was removed with 5e1b4c57de ("base-files:
drop fwtool_pre_upgrade") while there were still scripts using it:
* target/linux/ar71xx/base-files/lib/upgrade/allnet.sh
* target/linux/ar71xx/base-files/lib/upgrade/openmesh.sh
* target/linux/ipq40xx/base-files/lib/upgrade/openmesh.sh
Not running the hooks can either prevent a successful upgrade or brick the
device because the fw_setenv program cannot be started correctly.
Instead of adding this hook again, the directory /var/lock for fw_setenv
can also just be created directly before fw_setenv is called.
Fixes: 5e1b4c57de ("base-files: drop fwtool_pre_upgrade")
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
The install_bin from /lib/upgrade/common.sh is no longer creating the
symlinks when a secondary parameter is added. But the fw_setenv program was
always copied this way to the ramdisk for the upgrade.
Instead, this should be done using RAMFS_COPY_* like on all other
platforms.
Fixes: 438dcbfe74 ("base-files: automatically handle paths and symlinks for RAMFS_COPY_BIN")
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
The image build code for the Ubiquiti Nanostation AC series adds the
factory image as to be build image. The same is already done by an
included recipe which results into an expanded IMAGE variable of:
IMAGES = sysupgrade.bin factory.bin factory.bin
The build system doesn't like these duplicates and issues the following
warning:
Makefile:82: warning: overriding recipe for target...
Get remove the duplicate factory image to get rid of the warning.
Fixes: 5736af8024 ("ath79: Add support for Ubiquiti NanoStation AC loco")
fa3c2676ab ("ath79: Add support for Ubiquiti Nanostation AC")
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Don't hijack the status led to indicate the wireless state. If we don't
have a dedicated wireless led, it's as simply as the wireless status
can't be indicated.
Such a led misuse should be set by the user and not shipped by default.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Release the led used for boot status indication via devicetree instead
of setting a default off trigger in userspace.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use diag.sh version used for other targets supporting different leds
for the different boot states.
The existing led sequences should be the same as before.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Assign the usbdev trigger via devicetree for all subtargets and drop
the userspace handling of the usb leds.
With the change all usb ports are triggering the usb led instead of
only usb 1.1 XOR usb 2.0 XOR usb 3.0 as it was before.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
5 GHz AC wireless outdoor PoE CPE with internal 2.4 GHz management radio
CPU: Atheros AR9342 SoC
RAM: 64 MB DDR2
Flash: 16 MB NOR SPI
Switch: QCA8334
Ports: 2 GbE ports (1x PoE in, 1x PoE passthrough)
WLAN: 5 GHz QCA899X (PCI) and 2.4 GHZ AR9342
Successor to the old NanoStation M5 with AC wireless.
The integrated QCA899X is a Ubiquiti branded part with modified vendor and
product id (0777:11ac9).
Serial
Serial settings: 115200, 8N1
* = plated through hole
0 = nylon screw
[Top of device]
+--------------------------+
| [label] |
| 0 |
| 0 |
| [ubnt] |
| [logo] 3V3 * |
| TX * |
| RX * |
| GND * |
| |
| * |
| * |
| * |
| * |
| 0 |
| 0 |
| |
| |
Installation
1. Connect to serial header on device
2. Power on device and enter uboot console
3. Set up tftp server serving an openwrt initramfs build
4. Load initramfs build using the command tftpboot in the uboot cli
5. Boot the loaded image using the command bootm
6. Copy squashfs openwrt sysupgrade build to the booted device
7. Use mtd to write sysupgrade to partition "firmware"
8. Reboot and enjoy
Signed-off-by: Tobias Schramm <tobleminer@gmail.com>
Atheros AR9342, 16 MB flash, 64 MB RAM
Successor to the old NanoStation M5 loco with AC wireless.
Includes a mac80211 patch for ath10k_pci because Ubiquiti uses a Ubiquiti
branded and customized QCA988X with vendor id 0777 and device id 11ac for
AC wireless.
Installation
1. Connect to serial header on device (8N1 115200)
2. Power on device and enter uboot console
3. Set up tftp server serving an openwrt initramfs build
4. Load initramfs build using the command tftpboot in the uboot cli
5. Boot the loaded image using the command bootm
6. Copy squashfs openwrt sysupgrade build to the booted device
7. Use mtd to write sysupgrade to partition "firmware"
8. Reboot and enjoy
Signed-off-by: Tobias Schramm <tobleminer@gmail.com>
This patch adds a new type of ubiquiti image, the WA image. First seen
on the NanoStation AC loco the generic name implies that we will see
this type of image on more ubiquiti devices thus it makes sense to
implement it in mkfwimage.
The main difference is that WA images are signed. The "END" header has
been replaced by a "ENDS" header followed by a 2048 bit RSA signature.
This signature is not being generated by mkfwimage and filled with 0x00.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Schramm <tobleminer@gmail.com>
I added mtd-mac-address for WZR-HP-G450H and BHR-4GRV in
1df1ea4d7e, but that address in ART is
incorrect for BHR-4GRV.
WZR-HP-G450H has wlan eeprom and MAC address in ART, but BHR-4GRV
has only MAC address in ART.
- WZR-HP-G450H
- eeprom: 0x1000
- MAC: 0x1002
- BHR-4GRV
- MAC: 0x0
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
In dtc version 1.4.6 the macro names in header include guards changed,
but the build relies on them matching in order to replace selected
headers. This is a horrible hack to work around this.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Nixon <tom@tomn.co.uk>
only thing not working is the b43 5GHz wifi band as upstream
kernel
doesn't supporthe 0x4360 chip so far
Signed-off-by: Rene Kjellerup <rk.katana.steel@gmail.com>
221ce7e ubusd_acl: event send access list support
da503db ubusd_acl: event listen access list support
c035bab ubusd_acl: rework wildcard support
73bd847 ubusd_event: move strmatch_len to ubus_common.h
0327a91 ubus/lua: add support for BLOBMSG_TYPE_DOUBLE
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
* Account for big-endian 2^26 conversion in Poly1305.
* Account for big-endian NEON in Curve25519.
* Fix macros in big-endian AArch64 code so that this will actually run there
at all.
* Prefer if (IS_ENABLED(...)) over ifdef mazes when possible.
* Call simd_relax() within any preempt-disabling glue code every once in a
while so as not to increase latency if folks pass in super long buffers.
* Prefer compiler-defined architecture macros in assembly code, which puts us
in closer alignment with upstream CRYPTOGAMS code, and is cleaner.
* Non-static symbols are prefixed with wg_ to avoid polluting the global
namespace.
* Return a bool from simd_relax() indicating whether or not we were
rescheduled.
* Reflect the proper simd conditions on arm.
* Do not reorder lines in Kbuild files for the simd asm-generic addition,
since we don't want to cause merge conflicts.
* WARN() if the selftests fail in Zinc, since if this is an initcall, it won't
block module loading, so we want to be loud.
* Document some interdependencies beside include statements.
* Add missing static statement to fpu init functions.
* Use union in chacha to access state words as a flat matrix, instead of
casting a struct to a u8 and hoping all goes well. Then, by passing around
that array as a struct for as long as possible, we can update counter[0]
instead of state[12] in the generic blocks, which makes it clearer what's
happening.
* Remove __aligned(32) for chacha20_ctx since we no longer use vmovdqa on x86,
and the other implementations do not require that kind of alignment either.
* Submit patch to ARM tree for adjusting RiscPC's cflags to be -march=armv3 so
that we can build code that uses umull.
* Allow CONFIG_ARM[64] to imply [!]CONFIG_64BIT, and use zinc arch config
variables consistently throughout.
* Document rationale for the 2^26->2^64/32 conversion in code comments.
* Convert all of remaining BUG_ON to WARN_ON.
* Replace `bxeq lr` with `reteq lr` in ARM assembler to be compatible with old
ISAs via the macro in <asm/assembler.h>.
* Do not allow WireGuard to be a built-in if IPv6 is a module.
* Writeback the base register and reorder multiplications in the NEON x25519
implementation.
* Try all combinations of different implementations in selftests, so that
potential bugs are more immediately unearthed.
* Self tests and SIMD glue code work with #include, which lets the compiler
optimize these. Previously these files were .h, because they were included,
but a simple grep of the kernel tree shows 259 other files that carry out
this same pattern. Only they prefer to instead name the files with a .c
instead of a .h, so we now follow the convention.
* Support many more platforms in QEMU, especially big endian ones.
* Kernels < 3.17 don't have read_cpuid_part, so fix building there.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
The IRQ init structs are marked as __initconst which
means this memory can be free after init.
On this platform, the PCI IRQ init happens very late _after_ the
kernel already freed the memory allocated for these structs.
During IRQ allocation, the allocation function is passed
with invalid data at this point leading to following error:
[ 0.000000] SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9533 ver 2 rev 0
[ 2.382828] Freeing unused kernel memory: 264K
[ 34.414816] pci 0000:00:00.0: no irq found for pin 1
and
[ 0.000000] SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA956X ver 1 rev 0
[ 2.125401] Freeing unused kernel memory: 284K
[ 9.526479] pci 0000:00:00.0: no irq found for pin 1
After this patch:
[ 14.960814] pci 0000:00:00.0: using irq 40 for pin 1
Commit 318e19ba67 ("ar71xx: add v4.14 support") fixed this for the
default targets already present in the source by default but forgot
to remove the __initconst attribute for targets QCA953x and QCA956x
which are only added later through platform patches.
Fixes: 318e19ba67 ("ar71xx: add v4.14 support")
Reported-by: Sven Schönhoff <sven.schoenhoff@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Dirk Brenken <dev@brenken.org>
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Tested-by: Dirk Brenken <dev@brenken.org>
CONFIG_SUN4I_A10_CCU controls both the A10 and the A20 enabling of the
CCU (LCCF) driver, this will be necessary once we move beyond kernel
4.14 because 4.15 has commit f18698e1c66338b902de386e4ad97b8b1b9d999d
("ARM: dts: sun7i: Convert to CCU") which requires this driver.
Fixes: ad2b3bf310 ("sunxi: Add support for kernel 4.14")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Revert "Add workaround for wrong skb->mac_len values after splitting GSO"
Remove our local patch which did the same thing.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Kernels 4.14.73 & 4.9.140 include the gso fixup fix, so cake
doesn't need to do it. Let's not waste cpu cycles by doing it in
cake which could be really important on cpu constrained devices.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
This configuration option is not set when building the
layerscape/armv8_64b target.
Fixes: 92aa21497b ("kernel: build support for NFSv4 in nfsd")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Sometimes, the CMakeLists.txt file is not in the root directory of a
repo. In those cases, the CMAKE_SOURCE_SUBDIR variable can be specified
to use CMakeLists.txt from a subdirectory instead.
Signed-off-by: Amol Bhave <ambhave@fb.com>
Config option to limit maximum compression streams per zram dev for
multicore CPU's. This could be defined via 'zram_comp_streams' option in
the 'system' section of '/etc/config/system' file or via cli (for e.x.
with 'uci set system.@System[0].zram_comp_streams=2 && uci commit
system'). Default is number of logical CPU cores.
Signed-off-by: Emil Muratov <gpm@hotplug.ru>
Use only one zram swap device of the specified $size instead of
[N x $size] devices for multicore CPUs Now zram module uses multiple
compression streams for each dev by default, so we do not need to create
several zram devs to utilize multicore CPUs.
Signed-off-by: Emil Muratov <gpm@hotplug.ru>
* "zram stop" could reset up to $(num_of_cores) zram devices even if
some of those were not mounted as swap dev's. This fix tries to
enumerate mounted swap zram dev's before making a reset
* remove hot-added zram devs on stop (except zram0)
Signed-off-by: Emil Muratov <gpm@hotplug.ru>
Compression algorithms for zram are provided by kernel crypto API, could
be any of [lzo|zl4|deflate|<some_more>] depending on kernel modules.
Compress algo for zram-swap could be defined via 'zram_comp_algo' option
in 'system' section of '/etc/config/system' file, or via cli (for e.x.
with 'uci set system.@System[0].zram_comp_algo=lz4 && uci commit
system'). check available algo's via 'cat /sys/block/zram0
/comp_algorithm'
Signed-off-by: Emil Muratov <gpm@hotplug.ru>
Patch 303 is required for Traverse LS1043 targets when using the NXP DPAA1 driver.
The recent refresh of 4.9 patches on layerscape changed how FMan/BMan memory regions
were defined and meant Ethernet stopped working on these boards.
(Note that these definitions are only required for NXP's Ethernet driver, the new
upstream driver in >=4.15 works using the DTS provided in files/)
Signed-off-by: Mathew McBride <matt@traverse.com.au>
On the Netgear WNDAP620, the emac ethernet isn't receiving nor
xmitting any frames from/to the RTL8363SB (identifies itself
as a RTL8367RB).
This is caused by hardware not knowing the right forced link
settings (speed, duplex, pause, etc.) settings.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The swconfig switch led driver has the ability to switch
between a "link, rx and/or tx" mode. However, this feature
was not implemented in uci, the led init script and
config_generate.
This patch adds a seventh parameter to the
ucidef_set_led_switch() function. The accepted values for
this parameter are: link, rx and tx.
Any permutations of these three values are supported, as
long as they are properly encased with quotes.
If the parameter is not specified it will default to "all"
(link rx tx).
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch fixes some of the dtc warnings:
MR24:
"reg" property in [...]mdio/phy@1 has invalid length (4 bytes)
Node [...]button@1 has a unit name, but no reg property
Relying on default #address-cells value for [...]phy@1
Relying on default #size-cells value for [...]phy@1
MX60(W):
Node [..]nand/all has a reg or ranges property, but no unit name
Node [..]button@1 has a unit name, but no reg property
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The unification of the My Book Live Single and duo image in
commit 9b47aa93c7 ("apm821xx: unify My Book Live Single + Duo images")
made the wd,mybooklive-duo obsolete in most places and can
be removed.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This follows a similar upstream patch by Rob Herring:
|commit 78e5dfea84dc15d69940831b3981b3014d17222e
|Author: Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org>
|Date: Wed Feb 28 16:44:06 2018 -0600
| powerpc: dts: replace 'linux,stdout-path' with 'stdout-path'
|
| 'linux,stdout-path' has been deprecated for some time in favor of
| 'stdout-path'. Now dtc will warn on occurrences of 'linux,stdout-path'.
| Search and replace all the of occurrences with 'stdout-path'.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The sdcard image generation uses CONFIG_TARGET_ROOTFS_PARTSIZE, which is
currently bound to TARGET_ROOTFS_EXT4FS on this target.
Since the rootfs is squashfs anyway, allow deselecting of the ext4fs
one.
Sort the target list alphabetically while here.
Signed-off-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
The cache coloring problem on MIPS CPUs was fixed with kernel 4.9.129 of
the kernel 4.9 branch. Activate VDSO support for MIPS again.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The samsung target deactivates some options which are activated in the
generic kernel configuration. This looks unnecessary to me, so remove
this. This also fixes build problem found by build bot, for example the
kmod-fs-nfs-v3 was not building, because CONFIG_NETWORK_FILESYSTEMS was
deactivated.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Software crypto wasn't working for management frames because the flag
indicating management frame crypto was missing
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This backports a patch from the upstream kernel which was also shipped
previously in mac80211.
This fixes the following warning:
WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 2881 at backports-4.19-rc5-1/net/wireless/util.c:1146 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate+0x238/0x348 [cfg80211]
invalid rate bw=2, mcs=0, nss=1
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The feature flags say that this target supports USB so packages
depending on USB are being build, but actually the kernel configuration
misses USB support. It looks like this SoC supports USB, so activate it.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The __change_mtu() function is only compiled when
CPTCFG_IPW2200_PROMISCUOUS is set, more it to the general area.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The CONFIG_FSL_PPFE and the CONFIG_FSL_PPFE_UTIL_DISABLED are boolean,
so they should be selected with an =y in OpenWrt, otherwise OpenWrt will
select them as =m. These options will make pfe.ko being build as a
module even if this is boolean.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This adds some configuration options which are selectable when the
layerscape armv7 target is compiled.
This was found by build bot.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This adds some configuration options which are selectable when the
samsung target is compiled.
This was found by build bot.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
33523a5 version: bump snapshot
0759480 curve25519-hacl64: reduce stack usage under KASAN
b9ab0fc chacha20: add bounds checking to selftests
2e99d19 chacha20-mips32r2: reduce stack and branches in loop, refactor jumptable handling
d6ac367 qemu: bump musl
28d8b7e crypto: make constant naming scheme consistent
56c4ea9 hchacha20: keep in native endian in words
0c3c0bc chacha20-arm: remove unused preambles
3dcd246 chacha20-arm: updated scalar code from Andy
6b9d5ca poly1305-mips64: remove useless preprocessor error
3ff3990 crypto-arm: rework KERNEL_MODE_NEON handling again
dd2f91e crypto: flatten out makefile
67a3cfb curve25519-fiat32: work around m68k compiler stack frame bug
9aa2943 allowedips: work around kasan stack frame bug in selftest
317b318 chacha20-arm: use new scalar implementation
b715e3b crypto-arm: rework KERNEL_MODE_NEON handling
77b07d9 global: reduce stack frame size
ddc2bd6 chacha20: add chunked selftest and test sliding alignments and hchacha20
2eead02 chacha20-mips32r2: reduce jumptable entry size and stack usage
a0ac620 chacha20-mips32r2: use simpler calling convention
09247c0 chacha20-arm: go with Ard's version to optimize for Cortex-A7
a329e0a chacha20-mips32r2: remove reorder directives
3b22533 chacha20-mips32r2: fix typo to allow reorder again
d4ac6bb poly1305-mips32r2: remove all reorder directives
197a30c global: put SPDX identifier on its own line
305806d ratelimiter: disable selftest with KASAN
4e06236 crypto: do not waste space on selftest items
5e0fd08 netlink: reverse my christmas trees
a61ea8b crypto: explicitly dual license
b161aff poly1305: account for simd being toggled off midway
470a0c5 allowedips: change from BUG_ON to WARN_ON
aa9e090 chacha20: prefer crypto_xor_cpy to avoid memmove
1b0adf5 poly1305: no need to trick gcc 8.1
a849803 blake2s: simplify final function
073f3d1 poly1305: better module description
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Bump to latest test release:
3a610a0 Finesse allocation of memory for "struct crec" cache entries.
48b090c Fix b6f926fbefcd2471699599e44f32b8d25b87b471 to not SEGV on startup (rarely).
4139298 Change behavior when RD bit unset in queries.
51cc10f Add warning about 0.0.0.0 and :: addresses to man page.
ea6cc33 Handle memory allocation failure in make_non_terminals()
ad03967 Add debian/tmpfiles.conf
f4fd07d Debian bugfix.
e3c08a3 Debian packaging fix. (restorecon)
118011f Debian packaging fix. (tmpfiles.d)
Delete our own backports of ea6cc33 & 4139298, so the only real changes
here, since we don't care about the Debian stuff are 48b090c & 3a610a0
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
There is not firmware file with -ct-ct postfix, remove one -ct.
Fixes: 61b5b4971e ("mac80211: make ath10k-ct the default ath10k")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This is an official release with some minor changes compared to the
unofficial 4.19-rc4-1 we used before.
* added bcma and ssb again, which is removed in OpenWrt
* fix to build with kernel 4.19
* other minor fixes not relevant for Openwrt.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Buffalo BHR-4GRV is a wired router, based on Atheros AR7242.
Specification:
- Atheros AR7242
- 64 MB of RAM
- 32 MB of Flash
- 2x 16 MB SPI-NOR flash
- 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 3x LEDs, 2x keys
- 1x USB 2.0 Type-A
- UART header on PCB
- JP1: Vcc, GND, TX, RX from reset button side
Flash instruction using factory image:
1. Boot the BHR-4GRV normaly and connect the computer to its LAN port
2. Access to
"http://192.168.11.1/cgi-bin/cgi?req=frm&frm=py-db/firmup.html"
with user "bufpy" and password "otdpopy"
3. Select the OpenWrt factory image and click "OK" button to perform
firmware upgrade
4. Wait ~200 seconds to complete flashing
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
There are many parts that are incorrect or missing in the current
code for Buffalo WZR-HP-G450H in ath79, so its support is broken.
I fixed that issues and split to dts/dtsi files to add support for
Buffalo BHR-4GRV.
And WZR-450HP has the same hardware as WZR-HP-G450H, so I change the
device name to "WZR-HP-G450H/WZR-450HP".
Specification:
- Atheros AR7242
- 64 MB of RAM
- 32 MB of Flash
- 2x 16 MB SPI-NOR flash
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz wifi
- SoC internal
- 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 6x LEDs, 5x keys
- 1x USB 2.0 Type-A
- UART header on PCB
- JP1: Vcc, GND, TX, RX from reset button side
Flash instruction using factory image:
1. Boot the WZR-HP-G450H (or WZR-450HP) normaly and connect the computer
to its LAN port
2. Access to
"http://192.168.11.1/cgi-bin/cgi?req=frm&frm=py-db/firmup.html"
with user "bufpy" and password "otdpopy"
3. Select the OpenWrt factory image and click "OK" button to perform
firmware update
4. Wait ~200 seconds to complete flashing
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
The pll-data value "0x56000000" is wrong for I-O DATA WN-AC1600DGR2
and WN-AC1167DGR, so there was a problem of slowing down the speed of
ethernet.
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
The sysupgrade image failed the check due to the wrong string in the
supported devices. This patch provides the correct name by dropping the
SUPPORTED_DEVICES to use the default generated name.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Förster <steffen@chemnitz.freifunk.net>
[drop the SUPPORTED_DEVICES, the old name was never used in a release]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Since c134210 power LED is no longer lights after boot-up.
Reversing gpio polarity makes it work as it should be.
Signed-off-by: Emil Muratov <gpm@hotplug.ru>
When building using the multiple devices option with per-device root
filesystem, only the meta package mt76 is omitted but not the
dependencies selected by the package.
Explicitly exclude all 3 mt76 packages, plus the metapackage.
Otherwise, these modules will be included in the build, wasting
a few hundred kilobytes.
Signed-off-by: Joseph C. Lehner <joseph.c.lehner@gmail.com>
[mention the root cause of the issue in the commit message]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
These patches were added after the new matches structure for the
mac80211 package was created. All the deleted patches are already
integrated in kernel 4.19-rc4.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This updates mac80211 to backports based on kernel 4.19-rc4.
I plan to integrate all the patches which are in this tar into upstream
backports soon.
I used the backports generated from this code:
https://github.com/hauke/backports/commits/wip2
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
We select ath10k-ct by default, but it is still possible to build
the upstream version.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
According to Stanislaw Gruszka the patch
600-23-rt2x00-rt2800mmio-add-a-workaround-for-spurious-TX_F.patch
should be dropped.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Add RXIQ calibration found in mtk driver. With old openwrt builds this gets us ~8Mbps more of RX bandwidth (test with iPA/eLNA layout).
Please try if this makes any difference among various board/RF layouts.
Signed-off-by: Tomislav Požega <pozega.tomislav@gmail.com>
Add RXDCOC calibration code from mtk driver. Please try if this makes any difference among various board/RF layouts.
Signed-off-by: Tomislav Požega <pozega.tomislav@gmail.com>
Write registers required for reducing power consumption like the vendor
driver does when ADJUST_POWER_CONSUMPTION_SUPPORT is set.
This helps devices to sync at better TX/RX rates and improves overall
performance.
Signed-off-by: Tomislav Požega <pozega.tomislav@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
[daniel@makrotopia.org: edited commit message]
IPVS (IP Virtual Server) implements transport-layer load balancing inside
the Linux kernel, so called Layer-4 switching. IPVS running on a host acts
as a load balancer at the front of a cluster of real servers, it can direct
requests for TCP/UDP based services to the real servers, and makes services
of the real servers to appear as a virtual service on a single IP address.
This change adds the following kmod packages
- kmod-nf-ipvs
- kmod-nf-ipvs-ftp
- kmod-nf-ipvs-sip
Signed-off-by: Mauro Mozzarelli <mauro@ezplanet.org>
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <fe@dev.tdt.de>
musl doesn't come with an valid implementation of `sched_getscheduler()`;
it simply returns -ENOSYS for it. Without this option (and compile dante
with `sched_getscheduler()` enabled), you will get
error: serverinit(): sched_getscheduler(2): failed to retrieve current
cpuscheduling policy: Function not implemented
and dante won't start at all.
Ref: http://lists.alpinelinux.org/alpine-devel/3932.html
Ref: http://lists.alpinelinux.org/alpine-devel/3936.html
Signed-off-by: David Yang <mmyangfl@gmail.com>
[slightly reword commit message]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Commit 7f694582 introduced a bug where default_postinst() often fails to
remove a uci-defaults script after application, leaving it to run again
after a reboot.
(Note: commit 7f694582 also introduced FS#1021, now fixed by 73c745f6)
The subtle problem arises from the shell logical chain:
[ -f "$i" ] && . "$i" && rm -f "$i"
Most uci-defaults scripts contain a terminal 'exit 0' statement which,
when sourced, results in the logic chain exiting before executing 'rm -f'.
This was observed while testing upgrades of 'luci-app-sqm'.
The solution is to wrap the shell sourcing in a subshell relative to the
command 'rm -f':
( [ -f "$i" ] && . "$i" ) && rm -f "$i"
Revert to using 'grep' to prefilter the list of entries from the control
file, which yields the full path of uci-defaults scripts. This allows
keeping the existence check, directory change and script sourcing inside
the subshell, with the script removal correctly outside.
This approach avoids adding a second subshell only around the "." (source)
command. The change also preserves the fix FS#1021, since the full path is
used to source the script, which is POSIX-portable irrespective of PATH
variable or reference to the CWD.
Run Tested on: LEDE 17.01.4 running ar71xx, while tracing installation of
package luci-app-sqm with its associated /etc/uci-defaults/luci-sqm file.
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
ESED is SED with extended regular expressions turned on.
Command line and usage are the same as for SED.
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Demin <rockdrilla@gmail.com>
The check cleans and rebuilds the toolchain if it changed on update.
When building from a source tarball, it is reasonable to expect that
there will be no updates, so no rebuild check is necessary
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Backport an additional patch from 4.16 for nftables.
This fixes a build problem recently introduced.
Fixes: f57806b56e ("kernel: generic: Fix nftables inet table breakage")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Building ls-dpl package requires the dtc tool. This patch
is to support using linux dtc tool for ls-dpl package.
This avoids compile issue when host system doesn't have
the dtc tool.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
The restool failed to work with current gcc-7.3.0-musl.
This patch is to add a restool fix-up patch to fix
multiple problems encountered in the get_device_file()
function:
- The deprecated atoi() function is replaced by strtoul
- An invalid memory access was being performed by using
memory from dir->d_name even after closedir(). This is
fixed by a strdup() on the device filename.
- Also, error prints now print any relevant error code.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
ls1012afrdm was no longer supported in NXP Layerscape SDK.
Instead a new board ls1012afrwy was introduced in LSDK.
This patch is to drop ls1012afrdm and add ls1012afrwy support.
Since only 2MB NOR flash could be used, we just put u-boot
and firmware on NOR flash, and put kernel/dtb/rootfs on SD
card.
The Layerscape FRWY-LS1012A board is an ultra-low-cost
development platform for LS1012A Series Communication
Processors built on Arm Cortex-A53. This tool refines the
FRDM-LS1012A with more features for a better hands-on experience
for IoT, edge computing, and various advanced embedded
applications. Features include easy access to processor I/O,
low-power operation, micro SD card storage, an M2 connector, a
small form factor, and expansion board options via mikroBUS Click
Module. The MicroBUS Module provides easy expansion via hundreds
of powerful modules supporting sensors, actuators, memories,
and displays.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
NOR/QSPI Flash on Layerscape board only has limited 64MB memory size.
Since some boards (ls1043ardb/ls1046ardb/ls1088ardb/ls1021atwr)
could support SD card boot, we added SD boot support for them to put
all things on SD card to meet large memory requirement.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
The NXP TWR-LS1021A module is a development system based
on the QorIQ LS1021A processor.
- This feature-rich, high-performance processor module can
be used standalone or as part of an assembled Tower System
development platform.
- Incorporating dual Arm Cortex-A7 cores running up to 1 GHz,
the TWR-LS1021A delivers an outstanding level of performance.
- The TWR-LS1021A offers HDMI, SATA3 and USB3 connectors as
well as a complete Linux software developer's package.
- The module provides a comprehensive level of security that
includes support for secure boot, Trust Architecture and
tamper detection in both standby and active power modes,
safeguarding the device from manufacture to deployment.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
This patch is to split image makefile per subtarget.
The ARMv7 subtarget will be added in the future.
It will be not convinient if only one makefile is used
for several subtargets management and future development.
This patch also dropped 32-bit Traverse LS1043-S since
Traverse only intended to support 64-bit and the 32-bit
compile now had an issue.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
This patch is to implement u-boot environment txt files
to support OpenWrt boot for all layerscape devices.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
The u-boot source code had been migrated to codeaurora
for LSDK-18.06 release and the future release. This
patch is to update u-boot to LSDK-18.06 for both
uboot-layerscape and uboot-layerscape-armv8_32b packages.
Besides, this patch also introduced some other changes.
- Reworked uboot-layerscape makefile to make it more
readable.
- Define package in uboot-layerscape-armv8_32b for each board.
- Fixed u-boot package selection in target image makefile.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Dropped uboot-layerscape patches which were environemnt patches.
We will make u-boot environment binaries with a txt file for all
devices.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
The restool source code had been migrated to codeaurora
for LSDK-18.06 release and the future release. This patch
is to update restool to LSDK-18.06 release.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
This patch is to update ls-ppa to LSDK-18.06 release
and to rework ls-ppa makefile to make it more readable.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
The rcw source code had been migrated to codeaurora
for LSDK-18.06 release and the future release. The
source code had also involved ls1012ardb/ls1012afrdm/
ls1088ardb/ls2088ardb rcw, so we updated ls-rcw to
LSDK-18.06, reworked the makefile and dropped ls-rcw-bin
package in this patch. Also reworked ls-rcw patch to
adapt to the latest source code.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
The dpl-examples source code had been migrated to
codeaurora for LSDK-18.06 release and the future
release. This patch is to update this package to
LSDK-18.06.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Actually there was no change for fman-ucode in LSDK-18.06
just tagged with LSDK-18.06. This patch is to rework the
fman-ucode makefile to make it more readable, and to use
lsdk-1806 as the PKG_VERSION.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
The NanoPi NEO2 is a small Allwinner H5 based board available with
different DRAM configurations.
This board is very similar to the NanoPi NEO PLUS2
Signed-off-by: Jasper Scholte <NightNL@outlook.com>
Commit b7265c59ab ("kernel: backport a series of netfilter cleanup
patches to 4.14") added patch 302-netfilter-nf_tables_inet-don-t-use-
multihook-infrast.patch. That patch switches the netfilter core in the
kernel to use the new native NFPROTO_INET support. Unfortunately, the
new native NFPROTO_INET support does not exist in 4.14 and was not
backported along with this patchset. As such, nftables inet tables never
see any traffic.
As an example the following nft counter rule should increment for every
packet coming into the box, but never will:
nft add table inet foo
nft add chain inet foo bar { type filter hook input priority 0\; }
nft add rule inet foo bar counter
This commit pulls in the required backport patches to add the new
native NFPROTO_INET support, and thus restore nftables inet table
functionality.
Tested on Turris Omnia (mvebu)
Fixes: b7265c59ab ("kernel: backport a series of netfilter cleanup ...")
Signed-off-by: Brett Mastbergen <bmastbergen@untangle.com>
Add support for the Silicon Labs Si7020 family of relative humidity and
temperature sensors using the I2C bus.
Signed-off-by: Hartmut Knaack <knaack.h@gmx.de>
Buttons of AVM FritzBox 4020 are incorrectly flagged as active high.
This was an oversight as RFKill button was working as expected even
with incorrectly flagged GPIO.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Buttons of AVM FritzBox 4020 are incorrectly flagged as active high.
This was an oversight as RFKill button was working as expected even
with incorrectly flagged GPIO.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
* Fixed a security issue in the X.509 module which could lead to a buffer overread during certificate extensions parsing.
* Several bugfixes.
* Improvements for better support for DTLS on low-bandwidth, high latency networks with high packet loss.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Kroken <mkroken@gmail.com>
kernel upstream commit 9efcaa7c4afba5628f2650a76f69c798f47eeb18 to 4.14
itself a backport of 0f02cfbc3d9e413d450d8d0fd660077c23f67eff has
resolved the cache line issues that led to us disabling VDSO by default
on MIPS.
Remove our force disable patch:
pending-4.14/206-mips-disable-vdso.patch
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Acked-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This release introduces the ability to replace/interpose the allocator
(malloc) subject to certain restrictions, adds an experimental m68k
port, and makes notable improvements to stdio (application-provided
buffers), getaddrinfo (AI_ADDRCONFIG, support for IPv4-only kernel
configurations), the dynamic linker (safety against dlopen of
libraries using initial-exec TLS model, reclaiming unused memory on
FDPIC archs, better dladdr results), and handling of default thread
stack size (pthread_setattr_default_np now works more reliably).
Many bugs have been fixed, including potentially dangerous regressions
in iconv (only for new conversions to legacy encodings) and visibly
incorrect behavior in printf on non-x86 archs (%a format with
precision specifier), in getopt_long_only when short options are a
prefix for a long option, in complex arc-trig/hyperbolic functions, in
strftime and mktime (timezone-specific issues), and numerous
less-obvious places.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[altered commit msg a bit keeping it tight]
Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Backport upstream commit
Change anti cache-snooping behaviour with queries with the
recursion-desired bit unset. Instead to returning SERVFAIL, we
now always forward, and never answer from the cache. This
allows "dig +trace" command to work.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Registering a GPIO chip with the ath9k device as parent prevents unload,
because the gpiochip core increases the module use count.
Unfortunately, the only way to avoid this at the moment seems to be to
register the GPIO chip without a parent device
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
/etc/config/mdadm is only used by the init script which is ran as root.
There is no need for it to be readable by anything else.
Added PKG_CPE_ID for proper CVE tracking.
Small reorganization for consistency between Makefiles.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
The hotplug file is ran by procd, which runs as root. The config file is
used by the init script, which also runs as root.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
/etc/config/lldpd is only used by the init script, which only runs as root
Adjusted homepage and download URLs to use HTTPS.
-std=c99 is useful for GCC versions less than 6. Current OpenWrt uses 7.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Setting encaplimit to a numerical value results into the value being
included as tunnel encapsulation limit in the destination option header
for tunneled packets.
Several users have reported interop issues as not all ISPs support the
destination option header containing the tunnel encapsulation limit
resulting into broken map connectivity.
Therefore drop the default encaplimit value for map tunnels so
no destination option header is included by default.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Setting encaplimit to a numerical value results into the value being
included as tunnel encapsulation limit in the destination option header
for tunneled packets.
Several users have reported interop issues as not all ISPs support the
destination option header containing the tunnel encapsulation limit
resulting into broken ds-lite connectivity.
Therefore drop the default encaplimit value for ds-lite tunnels so
no destination option header is included by default.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
* blake2s-x86_64: fix whitespace errors
* crypto: do not use compound literals in selftests
* crypto: make sure UML is properly disabled
* kconfig: make NEON depend on CPU_V7
* poly1305: rename finish to final
* chacha20: add constant for words in block
* curve25519-x86_64: remove useless define
* poly1305: precompute 5*r in init instead of blocks
* chacha20-arm: swap scalar and neon functions
* simd: add __must_check annotation
* poly1305: do not require simd context for arch
* chacha20-x86_64: cascade down implementations
* crypto: pass simd by reference
* chacha20-x86_64: don't activate simd for small blocks
* poly1305-x86_64: don't activate simd for small blocks
* crypto: do not use -include trick
* crypto: turn Zinc into individual modules
* chacha20poly1305: relax simd between sg chunks
* chacha20-x86_64: more limited cascade
* crypto: allow for disabling simd in zinc modules
* poly1305-x86_64: show full struct for state
* chacha20-x86_64: use correct cut off for avx512-vl
* curve25519-arm: only compile if symbols will be used
* chacha20poly1305: add __init to selftest helper functions
* chacha20: add independent self test
Tons of improvements all around the board to our cryptography library,
including some performance boosts with how we handle SIMD for small packets.
* send/receive: reduce number of sg entries
This quells a powerpc stack usage warning.
* global: remove non-essential inline annotations
We now allow the compiler to determine whether or not to inline certain
functions, while still manually choosing so for a few performance-critical
sections.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
usign occasionally writes 16 characters then exits without writing a LF,
leaving ucert hanging waiting for more input. Accept 16 characters
or more rather than 17 to work around the short read.
Signed-off-by: Mike McCormack <mike@atratus.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Refreshed all patches.
Added new patch:
- 192-Revert-ubifs-xattr-Don-t-operate-on-deleted-inodes.patch
This fixes a bug introduced in upstream 4.14.68 which caused targets using
ubifs to produce file-system errors on boot, rendering them useless.
Compile-tested on: cns3xxx, imx6, x86_64
Runtime-tested on: cns3xxx, imx6, x86_64
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Allow setting specific routing tables via the ip4table and ip6table
options also when ${ifname}_4 and ${ifname}_6 child interfaces are
being created.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Pull in latest upstream tweaks:
Similar to the previous patch for no-split-gso, the negative keywords for
'nat', 'wash' and 'ack-filter' were not printed either. Add those as well.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
When the GSO splitting was turned into dual split-gso/no-split-gso options,
the printing of the latter was left out. Add that, so output is consistent
with the options passed
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Bump to latest upstream cake:
Add workaround for wrong skb->mac_len values after splitting GSO
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
On some systems (Gentoo) configure stage fails because of docbook2man
working with SGML rather than with XML. We don't need xmlwf man pages so
we disable this.
Signed-off-by: Marko Ratkaj <marko.ratkaj@sartura.hr>
* curve25519: arm: do not modify sp directly
* compat: support neon.h on old kernels
* compat: arch-namespace certain includes
* compat: move simd.h from crypto to compat since it's going upstream
This fixes a decent amount of compat breakage and thumb2-mode breakage
introduced by our move to Zinc.
* crypto: use CRYPTOGAMS license
Rather than using code from OpenSSL, use code directly from AndyP.
* poly1305: rewrite self tests from scratch
* poly1305: switch to donna
This makes our C Poly1305 implementation a bit more intensely tested and also
faster, especially on 64-bit systems. It also sets the stage for moving to a
HACL* implementation when that's ready.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
* add missing 'rpcbind' alias to /etc/services
Allows rpcbind to open its 111 port and be reachable via lan, this is the default behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Andy Walsh <andy.walsh44+github@gmail.com>
Kernel upstream commit 67a3ba25aa95 ("MIPS: Fix incorrect mem=X@Y handling") introduced a new issue for rt288x where "PHYS_OFFSET" is 0x0 but the calculated "ramstart" is not. As the prerequisite of custom memory map has been removed, this results in the full memory range of 0x0 - 0x8000000 to be marked as reserved
for this platform.
This patch adds the originally intended prerequisite again.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Wolf <dev-NTEO@vplace.de>
The OM2P(-HS)v4 got a variant which uses a slightly different flash. The
standard versions used a flash with 256KB blocks which is no longer
available. The replacement flash uses a flash with 64K blocks.
The padding for the image rootfs is already for 64K and 256K and thus can
be flashed on the device without any problems. Unfortunately, the
bootloader will check $rootfs_size (rounded down to the nearest 64k block)
minus 1x 64k. But it is now possible that the new JFFS2 rootfs_data starts
even earlier and modifies the checked region. The check will then fail and
the backup image (when available) will be booted.
Just setting it to the same number of skipped blocks as other 64K models
avoids this problem.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
In order to make RSSI indicator on the device work out of box,
include "rssileds" package in per-device rootfs image by default
for Ubiquiti XM family.
Signed-off-by: Lech Perczak <lech.perczak@gmail.com>
When mapping for RSSI LEDs was defined for interface wlan0 on
Ubiquiti XM family, the mapping for rssileds monitor was omitted
by mistake. Therefore create the mapping, so RSSI LEDs work without
additional configuration, after starting rssileds service.
Signed-off-by: Lech Perczak <lech.perczak@gmail.com>
Buffalo WZR-HP-AG300H is a dual band router based on
Qualcom Atheros AR7161 rev 2
Specification:
- 680 MHz CPU (Qualcomm Atheros AR7161)
- 128 MiB RAM (2x Samsung K4H511638G-LCCC)
- 32 MiB Flash (2x Winbond 25Q128BVFG)
- WiFi 5 GHz a/n (Atheros AR9220)
- WiFi 2.4 GHz b/g/n (Atheros AR9223)
- 1000Base-T WAN (Atheros AR7161)
- 4x 1000Base-T Switch (Atheros AR8316)
- 1x USB 2.0
- 3 Buttons (AOSS/WPS, Reset, USB Eject)
- 2 Slide switches (Router (on/off/auto), Movie Engine (on/off))
- 9 LEDs (Power green, WLAN 2GHz green, WLAN 2GHz amber,
WLAN 5GHz green, WLAN 5GHz LED amber, Router green,
Diag red, Movie Engine blue, USB green)
It is already supported by the ar71xx target.
For more information on the device visit the wiki:
<https://openwrt.org/toh/buffalo/wzr-hp-ag300h>
Serial console:
- The UART Header is next to Movie Engine Switch.
- Pinout is RX - TX - GND - 3.3V (Square Pad is 3.3V)
- The Serial setting is 115200-8-N-1.
Installation of OpenWRT from vendor firmware:
- Connect to the Web-interface at http://192.168.11.1
- Go to “Administration” → “Firmware Upgrade”
- Upload the OpenWrt factory image
Tested:
- Ethernet (LAN, WAN)
- WiFi
- Installation
- via TFTP rescue
- via factory image
- on firmware v1.77 (28-05-2012)
- on pro firmware v24SP2 r30356 (26-03-2018)
- via sysupgrade from ar71xx
(wlan devices don't work because of new names)
- via sysupgrade from itself
- Buttons
- LEDS
- USB (Power control and device recognition)
Signed-off-by: Bernhard Frauendienst <openwrt@nospam.obeliks.de>
Some systems require multiple flash chips to be concatenated and read as
a single mtd device. The ar71xx target provides custom code to create
such mtdconcat devices. When porting devices to ath79, however, there is
no way to create such devices from within the device tree.
This commit adds a driver for creating virtual mtd-concat devices to the
ath79 target. Nodes must have a compatible = "virtual,mtd-concat" line,
and define a list of devices to concat in the 'devices' property,
for example:
flash {
compatible = "virtual,mtd-concat";
devices = <&flash0 &flash1>;
};
The driver is added to the very end of the mtd Makefile to increase the
likelyhood of all child devices already being loaded at the time of
probing, preventing unnecessary deferred probes which might in turn
cause other problems (like failure to load MAC addresses from art because
the partitions are not loaded yet).
Signed-off-by: Bernhard Frauendienst <openwrt@nospam.obeliks.de>
ELECOM WRC-300GHBK2-I is a 2.4 GHz wireless router, based on Qualcomm
Atheros QCA9563.
Specification:
- Qualcomm Atheros QCA9563
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB of Flash (SPI-NOR)
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz wifi
- SoC internal
- 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 3x LEDs, 4x keys(connected to GPIO: 3x)
- UART header on PCB
- TX, GND, RX, Vcc from ethernet port side
- 115200n8
Flash instruction using factory image:
1. Boot the WRC-300GHBK2-I normaly and connect the computer to its
LAN port
2. Access to "http://192.168.2.1/" and open firmware update page
("ファームウェア更新 手動更新(アップデート)")
3. Select the OpenWrt factory image and click apply ("適用") button
to perform firmware update
4. On the (initramfs) factory image, execute "mtd erase firmware" to
erase stock firmware and execute sysupgrade with squashfs-sysupgrade
image for WRC-300GHBK2-I
5. Wait ~150 seconds to complete flashing
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
In addition to the default little-endianness format, I added a mode
so that we can generate firmware with big-endianness format.
example: ELECOM WRC-300GHBK2-I (QCA9563)
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
The sender domain has a DMARC Reject/Quarantine policy which disallows
sending mailing list messages using the original "From" header.
To mitigate this problem, the original message has been wrapped
automatically by the mailing list software.
This is an upstream-applied patch that fixes 'PATH_MAX' and 'NAME_MAX'
undeclared when compiling on musl with CONFIG_PCAP_HAS_USB.
[aafa351] pcap-usb-linux.c: add missing limits.h for musl systems.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cote2004-github@yahoo.com>
This patch ports over support for the device from ar71xx.
SOC: AR7370 (Wasp - AR9344 rev2 0001974c)
RAM: Winbond W9725G6KB-25 32MiB
FLASH: Winbond 25Q64FVSIG 8MiB
WLAN: AR9380 Dual-Band 802.11abgn 3x3:3
INPUT: WPS, RESET button (hardware on/off toggle button)
LED: Power, LAN, WiFi, 3 RSSI-Leds (low, medium, high)
Serial: Header Next to the winbond flash chip (labeld JP1)
Pinout is GND - NC - RX - TX - 3V3 (JP1)
The Serial setting is 115200-8-N-1.
- Installation via uboot's upgrade command
0. attach serial cable
1. interrupt uboot and enter "upgrade code.bin" into
the u-boot prompt
ar7240> upgrade code.bin
2. rename openwrt...sysupgrade.bin to code.bin on PC
3. run a tftp-client on the PC
(shell)$ tftp 192.168.1.230
binary
put code.bin
4. wait for the device to finish
[...]
Copy buff to Flash from 0x9f040000 length 0x79f000
Copy to Flash... write addr: 9f040000
done
5. enter "go" in the u-boot prompt
ar7240> go
- TFTP ramdisk image boot from the uboot prompt
(tftp server defaults to serverip 192.168.1.254)
=> tftpboot 81000000 initramfs.bin
=> bootm
Tested and working:
- LEDs
- Buttons
- Ethernet
- Wi-Fi
- OpenWRT sysupgrade
For flashing and debricking information see:
<https://openwrt.org/toh/wd/rext>
Users coming from ar71xx can use sysupgrade too. But I highly
advise to no save the old configuration and start from a clean
state.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch ports the cybertan_part code from ar71xx and converts the
driver to a DT-supported mtd parser. As a result, it will no longer
add the u-boot, nvram and art partitions, which were never part of
the special Cybertan header.
Instead these partitions have to be specified in the DT, which has the
upside of making it possible to add properties (i.e.: read-only), labels
and references to these important partitions.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Currently it's close to impossible to tell what part of mac80211 setup
went wrong. Errors logged into system log look like this:
radio0 (6155): command failed: No error information (-524)
radio0 (6155): command failed: Not supported (-95)
radio0 (6155): command failed: I/O error (-5)
radio0 (6155): command failed: Too many open files in system (-23)
With this commit change it's getting clear:
command failed: No error information (-524)
Failed command: iw dev wlan0 del
command failed: Not supported (-95)
Failed command: iw phy phy0 set antenna_gain 0
command failed: I/O error (-5)
Failed command: iw phy phy0 set distance 0
command failed: Too many open files in system (-23)
Failed command: iw phy phy0 interface add wlan0 type __ap
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
The board is made by Avnet, so rename it accordingly as
upstream has done it
Also move the device to maintain alphabetic order
Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
Implement the generation of sdcard images with ext4 or
squashfs + f2fs overlay, but only enable the latter
automatically
Additionally, add mkf2fs and e2fsprogs to default packages
to manipulate ext4 and f2fs filesystems
Finally, disable the automatic generation of initramfs
and rootfs.tar.gz images, as they are no longer required
(they can still be selected in menuconfig)
Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
Use options from generic instead of target-specific,
as the bootargs are now passed by the bootloader
and can be device-specific
Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
Follow the strategy of other targets and create a
default environment file, uEnv.txt, to configure the
behavior of U-Boot.
For now, use it to pass bootargs to the kernel
Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
Create a directory inside STAGING_DIR and copy U-Boot
output images, so they can be used later when creating the
sdcard image
Additionally, like others targets, override the default
install method to avoid copying the images to bin directory
Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
Select the U-Boot variant automatically based on the
current selected device, and hide the package from
menuconfig
Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
The board was added when creating the target, but the
corresponding device was never defined inside the target
Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
Refresh patches
Changes since latest bump:
af3bd07 Man page typo.
d682099 Picky changes to 47b45b2967c931fed3c89a2e6a8df9f9183a5789
47b45b2 Fix lengths of interface names
2b38e38 Minor improvements in lease-tools
282eab7 Mark die function as never returning
c346f61 Handle ANY queries in context of da8b6517decdac593e7ce24bde2824dd841725c8
03212e5 Manpage typo.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
When Package/xx/conffiles only contains directories that are empty at
package time, conffiles.resolved will be missing and the following
error messages will appear in the build log.
/home/yousong/git-repo/openwrt/openwrt/scripts/ipkg-build -c -o 0 -g 0 /home/yousong/git-repo/openwrt/openwrt/build_dir/target-mips_24kc_musl/linux-malta_be/openvswitch-2.10.0/ipkg-mips_24kc/openvswitch-common /home/yousong/git-repo/openwrt/openwrt/bin/packages/mips_24kc/packages
mv: cannot stat 'CONTROL/conffiles.resolved': No such file or directory
chmod: cannot access 'CONTROL/conffiles': No such file or directory
It will not break the ipkg-build process. The change is merely cosmetic
to not cause confusion when reading logs
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
The need arises from building Open vSwitch kernel datapath modules, e.g.
- kmod-openvswitch from Linux upstream
- kmod-openvswitch-intree from openvswitch source code
where both provides virtual package "kmod-openvswitch" for userspace
packages to select and depend on
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Allowing DHCPV6_CLIENT_FQDN and DHCPV6_ACCEPT_RECONFIGURE to be turned off.
Defaulting to false, former behavior remains unchanged.
Signed-off-by: pacien <pacien.trangirard@pacien.net>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> [PKG_RELEASE increase]
The bump to 4.14 changed the way mdio probes behind switches.
While the board_info is added to the list, the code that actually inserted
the list info into the phydev structure was missing.
This resulted in non-working ethernet ports.
Re-add it to fix switch probing.
This mimics the exact behaviour as it was in kernel 4.9.
Before:
[ 1.066007] switch0: Atheros AR8327 rev. 4 switch registered on ag71xx-mdio.0
[ 1.073409] Atheros AR8216/AR8236/AR8316: probe of ag71xx-mdio.0:00 failed with error -22
[ 1.102455] libphy: ag71xx_mdio: probed
[ 1.737938] ag71xx ag71xx.0: connected to PHY at ag71xx-mdio.0:00 [uid=004dd034, driver=Generic PHY]
[ 1.747994] eth0: Atheros AG71xx at 0xb9000000, irq 4, mode:RGMII
[ 2.377642] ag71xx-mdio.1: Found an AR934X built-in switch
[ 2.429938] eth1: Atheros AG71xx at 0xba000000, irq 5, mode:GMII
After:
[ 11.163357] libphy: Fixed MDIO Bus: probed
[ 11.319898] libphy: ag71xx_mdio: probed
[ 11.360844] switch0: Atheros AR8327 rev. 4 switch registered on ag71xx-mdio.0
[ 12.447398] libphy: ag71xx_mdio: probed
[ 13.077402] ag71xx ag71xx.0: connected to PHY at ag71xx-mdio.0:00 [uid=004dd034, driver=Atheros AR8216/AR8236/AR8316]
[ 13.088989] eth0: Atheros AG71xx at 0xb9000000, irq 4, mode:RGMII
[ 13.717716] ag71xx-mdio.1: Found an AR934X built-in switch
[ 13.769990] eth1: Atheros AG71xx at 0xba000000, irq 5, mode:GMII
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
*** Changes in GDB 8.2
Support for the following target has been added:
RiscV ELF (riscv*-*-elf)
Support for following targets and native configurations has been removed:
m88k running OpenBSD (m88*-*-openbsd*)
SH-5/SH64 ELF (sh64-*-elf*)
SH-5/SH64 (sh*)
SH-5/SH64 running GNU/Linux (sh*-*-linux*)
SH-5/SH64 running OpenBSD (sh*-*-openbsd*)
Various Python API enhancements
Aarch64/Linux enhancements:
SVE support.
Hardware watchpoints improvements for entities stored at unaligned addresses.
New "c" response to disable the pager for the rest of the current command.
C expressions can now use _Alignof, and C++ expressions can now use alignof.
Improved flexibility for loading symbol files.
The 'info proc' command nows works on running processes on FreeBSD systems as well as core files created on FreeBSD systems.
A new --enable-codesign=CERT configure option to automatically codesign GDB after build (useful on MacOS X).
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
*** Changes in GDB 8.2
Support for the following target has been added:
RiscV ELF (riscv*-*-elf)
Support for following targets and native configurations has been removed:
m88k running OpenBSD (m88*-*-openbsd*)
SH-5/SH64 ELF (sh64-*-elf*)
SH-5/SH64 (sh*)
SH-5/SH64 running GNU/Linux (sh*-*-linux*)
SH-5/SH64 running OpenBSD (sh*-*-openbsd*)
Various Python API enhancements
Aarch64/Linux enhancements:
SVE support.
Hardware watchpoints improvements for entities stored at unaligned addresses.
New "c" response to disable the pager for the rest of the current command.
C expressions can now use _Alignof, and C++ expressions can now use alignof.
Improved flexibility for loading symbol files.
The 'info proc' command nows works on running processes on FreeBSD systems as well as core files created on FreeBSD systems.
A new --enable-codesign=CERT configure option to automatically codesign GDB after build (useful on MacOS X).
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
TP-Link TL-MR3020 v3 is a pocket-size router based on MediaTek MT7628N.
This PR is based on the work of @meyergru[1], with his permission.
Specification:
- MediaTek MT7628N/N (575 Mhz)
- 64 MB of RAM
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
Flash instruction:
The only way to flash the image in TL-MR3020 v3 is to use
tftp recovery mode in U-Boot:
1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.0.225/24 and tftp server.
2. Rename "openwrt-ramips-mt76x8-tplink_tl-mr3020-v3-squashfs-tftp-recovery.bin"
to "tp_recovery.bin" and place it in tftp server directory.
3. Connect PC with the LAN port, press the reset button, power up
the router and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until
device starts downloading the file.
4. Router will download file from server, write it to flash and reboot.
[1] https://github.com/meyergru/lede-source/commits/TL-MR3020-V3
Signed-off-by: Carlo Nel <carlojnel@gmail.com>
Without "syscon" being present in an ag71xx ethernet DT node's
compatible property, a panic occurs at boot during probe citing
"Unhandled kernel unaligned access".
With this modification, the panic no longer occurs and instead the probe
simply fails, allowing the boot process to continue.
Signed-off-by: Matt Merhar <mattmerhar@protonmail.com>
This adds "syscon" to the compatible properties for the eth0/eth1 nodes
in ar7100.dtsi.
Without this, a kernel panic is encountered on boot with some ar7100
boards. This for some reason wasn't an issue for the WNDR3800, which
uses a Realtek switch chipset, but the panic was encountered on the
RouterStation Pro (using an AR8216 switch) and some other boards that
haven't yet been merged.
The panic message mentions an unaligned access and happens in
ag71xx_mdio_probe in drivers/net/ethernet/atheros/ag71xx/ag71xx_mdio.c.
Even if the unaligned access is fixed, the ag71xx_mdio probe still fails
without the "syscon" property.
This was already being worked around in
ar7161_ubnt_routerstation-pro.dts by overriding the compatible property,
so this commit removes that as well.
All of the other ath79 .dtsi already have this property, so no changes
are needed elsewhere.
Signed-off-by: Matt Merhar <mattmerhar@protonmail.com>
The pinmux for all SoCs using this driver is now set via the pinmux. It
makes this code obsolete.
Some of the code targeting the mt76x8 SoCs is still required. The sd
card pins share the pads with the EPHY. These pads need to be switched
to digital mode if the pins are used for sd cards.
The eMMC 8-bit mode has to be enabled via pinmux instead of a kernel
option. The uart2 group need to be set to function "sdxc d5 d4", pwm1
to "sdxc d6" and pwm0 to "sdxc d7" to do so. It can't be done by as
part of a default pinmux, as it would break the normal operation of
uart2.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Set the pins to the required mode via the pinmux driver. It allows to
get rid of the pinmux related code in the sd card driver.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Drop the nd_sd gpio pinmux in case sdcard is used. They're mutually
exclusive and for most of the boards not even used as GPIOs.
If the pins are in sdcard mode, the pins ND_WE_N and ND_CS_N are still
GPIOs (#45 and #46).
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The rt3352 has a pin that can be used as second spi chip select,
watchdog reset or GPIO. The pinmux setup was missing the definition of
said pin but it is already used in the SoC dtsi.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The dnsmasq variants should provide dnsmasq, otherwise it is impossible
to include them in the image.
This change allows one to have CONFIG_PACKAGE_dnsmasq=m and
CONFIG_PACKAGE_dnsmasq-full=y, e.g. because you want DNSSEC support, or
IPSETs suport on your 3000-devices fleet ;-)
Signed-off-by: Henrique de Moraes Holschuh <henrique@nic.br>
Refresh patches
Remove 240-ubus patch as upstream accepted.
Add uci option ubus which allows to enable/disable ubus support (enabled
by default)
Upstream commits since last bump:
da8b651 Implement --address=/example.com/#
c5db8f9 Tidy 7f876b64c22b2b18412e2e3d8506ee33e42db7c
974a6d0 Add --caa-record
b758b67 Improve logging of RRs from --dns-rr.
9bafdc6 Tidy up file parsing code.
97f876b Properly deal with unaligned addresses in DHCPv6 packets.
cbfbd17 Fix broken DNSSEC records in previous.
b6f926f Don't return NXDOMAIN to empty non-terminals.
c822620 Add --dhcp-name-match
397c050 Handle case of --auth-zone but no --auth-server.
1682d15 Add missing EDNS0 section. EDNS0 section missing in replies to EDNS0-containing queries where answer generated from --local=/<domain>/
dd33e98 Fix crash parsing a --synth-domain with no prefix. Problem introduced in 2.79/6b2b564ac34cb3c862f168e6b1457f9f0b9ca69c
c16d966 Add copyright to src/metrics.h
1dfed16 Remove C99 only code.
6f835ed Format fixes - ubus.c
9d6fd17 dnsmasq.c fix OPT_UBUS option usage
8c1b6a5 New metrics and ubus files.
8dcdb33 Add --enable-ubus option.
aba8bbb Add collection of metrics
caf4d57 Add OpenWRT ubus patch
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
As of version 4.21, strace enforces mpers by default. The current
implementation of aarch64 compat in strace assumes it's identical to
ARMv7 EABI and therefore tries to enable m32 personality support. As
there is no -m32 support on aarch64, this causes the build to fail.
Restore previous strace behavior to fix build on aarch64.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Tested-by: Karl Palsson <karlp@tweak.net.au>
u-boot.mk checks for the Default profile to build images for all targets.
This brings the target default profile in sync with other targets
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
* Kconfig: use new-style help marker
* global: run through clang-format
* uapi: reformat
* global: satisfy check_patch.pl errors
* global: prefer sizeof(*pointer) when possible
* global: always find OOM unlikely
Tons of style cleanups.
* crypto: use unaligned helpers
We now avoid unaligned accesses for generic users of the crypto API.
* crypto: import zinc
More style cleanups and a rearrangement of the crypto routines to fit how this
is going to work upstream. This required some fairly big changes to our build
system, so there may be some build errors we'll have to address in subsequent
snapshots.
* compat: rng_is_initialized made it into 4.19
We therefore don't need it in the compat layer anymore.
* curve25519-hacl64: use formally verified C for comparisons
The previous code had been proved in Z3, but this new code from upstream
KreMLin is directly generated from the F*, which is preferable. The
assembly generated is identical.
* curve25519-x86_64: let the compiler decide when/how to load constants
Small performance boost.
* curve25519-arm: reformat
* curve25519-arm: cleanups from lkml
* curve25519-arm: add spaces after commas
* curve25519-arm: use ordinary prolog and epilogue
* curve25519-arm: do not waste 32 bytes of stack
* curve25519-arm: prefix immediates with #
This incorporates ASM nits from upstream review.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
PCI paths of the WLAN devices have changed between kernel 4.4 and 4.9;
migrate config so existing wifi-iface definitions don't break.
This is implemented as a hotplug handler rather than a uci-defaults script
as the migration script must run before the 10-wifi-detect hotplug handler.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
A buffer is split into multiple descriptors if it exceeds 16 KB.
Apply the same split for the skb head as well (to deal with corner cases
on fraglist support)
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
9d843334 Update bash_completion
23cb3f38 Update manual pages
1d682dcd Bump up version number to 1.33.0, LT revision to 31:0:17
601fbbb4 Update doc
f44aa246 Update AUTHORS
dd74a6dd Update manual pages
e959e733 src: Refactor utos
fb9a204d nghttpx: Fix compile error without mruby
cd096802 Update doc
7417fd71 nghttpx: Per-pattern not per-backend
2d1a981c Merge branch 'akonskarm-master'
45acc922 clang-format
214d0899 Merge branch 'master' of https://github.com/akonskarm/nghttp2 into akonskarm-master
31fd707d nghttpx: Fix broken healthmon frontend
9a2e38e0 fix code for reuse addr on asio client
d24527e7 Bump up LT revision due to v1.32.1 release
6195d747 nghttpx: Share mruby context if it is compiled from same file
fb97f596 nghttpx: Allocate mruby file because fopen requires NULL terminated string
0ccc7a77 nghttpx: Move blocked request data to request buffer for API request
32826466 nghttpx: Fix crash with API request
0422f8a8 nghttpx: Fix worker process crash with neverbleed write error
e329479a Merge pull request #1215 from nghttp2/mruby-per-backend
f80a7873 Merge branch 'akonskarm-reuse_addr'
866ac6ab add option reuse addr in local endpoint configuration of asio client
b574ae6a nghttpx: Support per-backend mruby script
de4fd7cd doc: Update doc
32d7883c nghttpx: Downstream::request_buf_full: take into account blocked_request_buf_
9b24e197 nghttpx: Choose h1 protocol if headers have been sent to backend on retry
13ffece1 Merge pull request #1214 from nghttp2/fix-rst-without-dconn
9d5b781d Fix stream reset if data from client is arrived before dconn is attached
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
CAKE supports overriding of its internal classification of
packets through the tc filter mechanism.
Update the man page in our package, even though we don't
build them. Someone may find the documentation useful.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
(cherry picked from commit 30598a05385b0ac2380dd4f30037a9f9d0318cf2)
Expand filter flow mapping to include hosts as well
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
(cherry picked from commit d14ffdc307d36bd9abe908b46ff7baece54c9551)
OpenWrt used to ship hardcoded defaults for lcp-echo-failure and
lcp-echo-interval in the non-uci /etc/ppp/options file.
These values break uci support for *disabling* LCP echos through
the use of "option keepalive 0" as either omitting the keepalive
option or setting it to 0 will result in no lcp-echo-* flags
getting passed to the pppd cmdline, causing the pppd process to
revert to the defaults in /etc/ppp/options.
Address this issue by letting the uci "keepalive" option default
to the former hardcoded values "5, 1" and by removing the fixed
lcp-echo-failure and lcp-echo-interval settings from the
/etc/ppp/options files.
Ref: https://github.com/openwrt/luci/issues/2112
Ref: https://dev.archive.openwrt.org/ticket/2373.html
Ref: https://bugs.openwrt.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=854
Ref: https://bugs.openwrt.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=1259
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This reverts commit 3a8efaef00.
The change reportedly breaks UART2 on some boards. Furthermore it uses
bitwise logic on an uninitialized variable and fails to explain what it
is fixing exactly.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The changed dictionary size leads to a different LZMA header which breaks
sysupgrade image magic checkibng on at least some RT288x boards.
Since the commit message only mentions testing on MT7621 and since the
change appears to break at least one other ramips subtarget, do not take
any chances and restrict the size limitation to only MT7621.
Fixes FS#1797
Fixes 09b6755946 ("ramips: limit dictionary size for lzma compression")
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The rt3883 doesn't have a pinmux group named spi_cs1. The cs1 is part
of the pci group. The function pci-func enables the second chip select.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The PCI pins need to be set to "PCI Host support one device" to allow
the use of one PCI device and flash memory.
The pci-fnc function is intended to be used if no PCI is used but
flash, nand or the codec functionality is.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Previous refactoring of the script moved the LDSO detection into a
file-not-exists condition, causing onyl the very first executable to
get bundled.
Solve the problem by unconditionally checking for LDSO again.
Fixes: 9030a78a71 ("scripts: bundle-libraries: prevent loading host locales")
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The control device /dev/cdc-wdm0 is not available immediately on the
D-Link DWR-921 Rev.C3, therefore the wwan interface fails to start at
boot with a "The specified control device does not exist" error.
This patch alters /lib/netifd/proto/qmi.sh to wait for
network.wwan.delay earlier, before checking for the control device,
instead of just before interacting with the modem.
One still has to use network.wwan.proto='qmi', as the "wwan" proto
performs that sort of check before any delay is possible, failing with a
"No valid device was found" error.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Equeter <tequeter@users.noreply.github.com>
This remedies an issue with the MBL Duo if both disks are inserted
and contain OpenWrt. kernel and dtb would be loaded from SATA 1:1
while rootfs (/dev/sda2) would be mounted on SATA 0:1.
Such a mix&match would obviously only work if both OpenWrt versions/
builds are identical, and especially fail after sysupgrade upgraded
the system disk on SATA 0:1.
The fallback to SATA 1:1 needs to be kept for MBL Single (only has
SATA 1:1) and MBL Duo with one disk inserted on SATA 1:1. To speed
up booting in those cases, the unneccesarily doubled "sata init"
will only be called once. (In theory it could be omitted completely
since the on-flash boot script already initializes SATA to load the
on-disk boot script.)
Tested on MBL Duo (all possible combination of disks) and MBL Single
Acked-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Freddy Leitner <hello@square.wf>
The LEDs should be triggered/lit by any kind of state change instead of
turned on/off unconditional.
If LEDs really need to be turned off by default, it should be done via
the default-state devicetree led property.
The handling of the wndr3700v5 and wt3020 power led is at least
strange. Something is for sure wrong with them. Either the leds are
misnamed, the default off trigger is a typo or the polarity of the
gpios is wrong. Drop the power led from userspace and wait for someone
with access to the hardware to fix it properly.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Based on the userspace led configuration it's quite obvious that the
4g-0 led should be used for boot status indication.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use the default-state property to express the desired led handling in
the devicetree source file instead of the userspace.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
All the LEDs are turned on by diag.sh at the end of the boot process.
No need to do the same via userspace configuration again.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
All boards either have a multi colour led or a single lightpipe. It
makes it impossible to handle the LEDs individual. Change the LED
config for these boards to take it into account.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Some combination of modem/wireless operator requires more time to
execute the commands.
Tested on DWR-512 embedded wwan modem and italian operator iliad (new
virtual operator).
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Lippolis <giu.lippolis@gmail.com>
Set the window title not only in "xterm", but also in
e.g. "xterm-256color", "xterm-color", etc.
The case statement is taken from Debian / Ubuntu.
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
This is necessary to get my position right.
Without this my longitude is incorrecty -15.85xxxx instead of -16.52yyyy
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Commit 7af1fb9faa ("kernel: add a RPS balancer") introduces a RPS balancer
for all targets.
In the past however, this patch was already introduced for target "mediatek"
in commit 7762c07c88 ("mediatek: bump to v4.14")
Remove the separate copy of the patch within the mediatek target,
which otherwise is applied twice and results in a build error.
Fixes: 7af1fb9faa ("kernel: add a RPS balancer")
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Tested on 8devices Jalapeno(ipq40xx)
Introduces following changes:
Feature: Add support for WAKE_FILTER (WoL using filters)
Feature: Add support for action value -2 (wake-up filter)
Fix: document WoL filters option also in help message
Feature: ixgbe dump strings for security registers
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
By default the RPS delegation will happen by masking the last few bits of
skb->hash. This patch adds an inermediate hash bucket that maps the masked
hash to a RPS core. This makes RPS results much more deterministic on SMP
systems.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
The current make-ras.sh image generation script for the ZyXEL NBG6617
has portability issues with bash. Because of this, factory images are
currently not built correctly by the OpenWRT buildbots.
This commit replaces the make-ras.sh by C-written mkrasimage.
The new mkrasimage is also compatible with other ZyXEL devices using
the ras image-format.
This is not tested with the NBG6616 but it correctly builds the
header for ZyXEL factory image.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Currently all PCI devices get the same IRQ that affects performance badly.
This commit adresses this problem and cleans the code.
ar7100 has a special PCI interrupt controller@18060018 that works exactly
the same way as misc interrupt controller.
This patch does the following:
1. Defines pci-intc interrupt controller@18060018 in dtsi.
2. Removes interrupt-controller property from PCI node.
3. Sets a correct interrupt mask for PCI devices.
4. Removes all IRQ handling code from the PCI driver.
"qca,ar7100-misc-intc" should be used as the compatible property, becuase on ar7100
the controlled status register is read-only and the ack method used in
"qca,ar7240-misc-intc" won't work properly.
There are two very minor downsides of this patch that don't affect perormance:
1. We allocate an IRQ domain of 32 IRQ, whan we need only 5. But ar7100 aren't tiny un terms of RAM
and that is not very important and can be tuned if we implement "nr-interrupts" property".
2. It reuses the same irg chip name "MISC" for both controllers.
Run tested on DIR-825 B1.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Tunin <hanipouspilot@gmail.com>
We currently don't have any code configuring interface mode in ath79,
meaning that we relies on bootloader to set the correct interface mode.
This patch added code to set interface correctly so that everything works
even if bootloader configures it wrong.(e.g. on WNDR3800 u-boot set
the second GMAC mode to RMII but it should be RGMII.)
Introduced "qca,mac-idx" for the difference in MII_CTRL register value.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Netgear WNR612v2 flashed with recent OpenWrt builds suffers from kernel
panic at boot during wireless chip initialization, making device
unusable:
ath: phy0: Ignoring endianness difference in EEPROM magic bytes.
ath: phy0: Enable LNA combining
CPU 0 Unable to handle kernel paging request at virtual address 1000fee1, epc == 801d08f0, ra == 801d0d90
Oops[#1]:
CPU: 0 PID: 469 Comm: kmodloader Not tainted 4.9.120 #0
[ ... register dump etc ... ]
Kernel panic - not syncing: Fatal exception
Rebooting in 1 seconds..
This simple patch fixes above error. It keeps LED table in memory after
kernel init phase for ath9k driver to operate correctly (__initdata
removed).
Also, another bug is fixed - correct array size is provided to function
that adds platform LEDs (this device has only 1 connected to Wifi chip)
preventing code from going outside array bounds.
Fixes: 1f5ea4eae4 ("ar71xx: add correct named default wireless led by using platform leds")
Signed-off-by: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
[trimmed commit message]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The NBG6616 shares a config symbol with the NBG6716. It was accidentally
removed from the config when the ar71xx-tiny target was split off.
Fixes: 0cd5e85e7a ("ar71xx: create new ar71xx/tiny subtarget for 4MB flash devices")
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
This adds a shared ar7161_ubnt_routerstation.dtsi as well as two other
.dts files that utilize it, ar7161_ubnt_routerstation.dts and
ar7161_ubnt_routerstation-pro.dts.
The modifications to generic-ubnt.mk, config-default, and base-files
necessary for image generation, parsing RedBoot FIS partitions, network
configuration, and sysupgrade are also included.
This reintroduces vital bits from platform_do_upgrade_combined() and its
supporting functions to /lib/upgrade/platform.sh, which were previously
removed from ath79 in 3e9d9f6225 "ath79:
sysupgrade: drop unused platform checks". The new function is called
"routerstation_do_upgrade" and will *only* work for the RouterStation
series of boards. It does however retain the ability to downgrade (e.g.
from master -> 17.01.x using sysupgrade -F).
All hardware is functional including the AR8216 switch (for the Pro),
wireless via ath5k/ath9k using the miniPCI slots, flash, USB, button,
and LED.
Switch and LAN/WAN configuration is the same as it is with the
equivalent ar71xx targets. MAC addresses are assigned based upon the
content stored in the RedBoot config partition.
Flashing via both sysupgrade and TFTP has been confirmed to work. Also,
the initramfs images are now raw .bin files instead of being wrapped in
a uImage (as they currently are in ar71xx), which makes them bootable
with RedBoot.
One notable difference to ar71xx is the inclusion of the RedBoot
"fconfig" utility (analogous to U-Boot’s fw_printenv/fw_setenv) in
DEVICE_PACKAGES. The FIS partitions are probed using the RedBoot MTD
parser’s DT binding, whose proper usage is mutually exclusive to
defining a separate fixed-partitions node for "RedBoot config". This
config partition contains the board's base MAC address. The lack of a
hard-coded flash location means that the mtd-mac-address property cannot
be used in the .dts, so instead fconfig is used to read the MAC
addresses from flash in userspace during first boot.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Signed-off-by: Matt Merhar <mattmerhar@protonmail.com>
- fix single spaces hidden by a tab
- replace indentation with spaces by tabs
- make empty lines empty
- drop trailing whitespace
- drop unnecessary blank lines
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
The mt7620 doesn't have a pinmux group named spi_cs1. The cs1 is part
of the "spi refclk" group. The function "spi refclk" enables the second
chip select.
On reset, the pins of the "spi refclk" group are used as reference
clock and GPIO.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Binary patch the bundled glibc library to inhibit loading of host locale
archives in order to avoid triggering internal libc assertions when
invoking shipped, bundled executables.
The problem has been solved with upstream Glibc commit
0062ace229 ("Gracefully handle incompatible locale data") but we still
need to deal with older Glibc binaries for some time to come.
Fixes FS#1803
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
4c76aaee Update manual pages
2b51ad67 Bump up version number to 1.32.1, LT revision to 30:3:16
708379dc Tweak nghttp2_session_set_stream_user_data
73106b0d Compile with clang-6.0
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
e0d2ce0 ath10k: Support setting tx_antenna in descriptor field.
29c644f Update to latest 4.13 and 4.16 ath10k-ct drivers.
20db9db ath10k: Support vdev stats for 4.9, 4.16 kernel
fd92066 ath10k: Support 'ct-sta-mode' for 9984 firmware that supports it.
34954f0 ath10k: get_tsf, PMF
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
This adds a configuration options which is needed now.
Without this patch the geode build will fail.
Fixes: 4eda2fddf2 ("x86/geode: enable X86_INTEL_LPSS to select PINCTRL")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Update to the latest version of iproute2; see https://lwn.net/Articles/762515/
for a full overview of the changes in 4.18.
Remove upstream patch 001-rdma-sync-some-IP-headers-with-glibc
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This fixes a build problem recently introduced.
Fixes: a904003b9b ("kernel: fix kmod-gpio-mcp23s08 for linux 4.14")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
WNDR3400v3 needs GPIO 21 pulled high to enable power to USB ports. Add a
kernel patch to do that.
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
This adds support for BBR (Bottleneck Bandwidth and RTT) TCP
congestion control. Applications (e.g. webservers, VPN client/server)
which initiate connections from router side can benefit from this.
This provide an easier way for users to use BBR by selecting /
installing kmod-tcp-bbr instead of altering kernel config and
compiling firmware by themselves.
Signed-off-by: Keith Wong <keithwky@gmail.com>
Update libbsd to 0.8.7
Remove glibc dependency
Clean up InstallDev and install entries
Use /usr path for consistency
Cherry pick patches from upstream to fix musl compilation
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
- Specifications -
CuBox i1:
- SoC: i.MX6 Solo
- Cores: 1
- Memory Size: 512MB
- GPU: GC880
- Wifi/Bluetooth: Optional
- USB 2.0 ports: 2
- Ethernet: 10/100/1000 Mbps
CuBox i2 | i2eX:
- SoC: i.MX6 Dual Lite
- Cores: 2
- Memory Size: 1GB
- GPU: GC2000
- Wifi/Bluetooth: Optional
- USB 2.0 ports: 2
- Ethernet: 10/100/1000 Mbps
CuBox i4Pro | i4x4:
- SoC: i.MX6 Quad
- Cores: 4
- Memory Size: 2/4 GB
- GPU: GC2000
- Wifi/Bluetooth: Build In
- USB 2.0 ports: 2
- Ethernet: 10/100/1000 Mbps
Built-in u-boot requires SPL (secondary program loader) to be present on the SD-card regardless of the image type which will be loaded.
SPL is generated by the u-boot-mx6cuboxi package which is preselected by the target device and can be found in bin/u-boot-mx6cuboxi directory.
Flashing the SPL:
dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/mmcblk0 bs=1M count=4
dd if=bin/targets/imx6/generic/u-boot-mx6cuboxi/SPL of=/dev/mmcblk0 bs=1K seek=1
Preparing the firmware on the SD-card:
(echo o; echo n; echo p; echo 1; echo ''; echo ''; echo w) | fdisk /dev/mmcblk0
mkfs.ext4 /dev/mmcblk0p1
mount /dev/mmcblk0p1 /mnt
tar -xzf bin/targets/imx6/generic/openwrt-imx6-device-cubox-i-rootfs.tar.gz -C /mnt/
mkdir -p /mnt/boot
cp bin/targets/imx6/generic/{*-uImage,*.dtb,*.scr} /mnt/boot/
Generated u-boot.img needs to be placed on the first partition:
cp bin/targets/imx6/generic/u-boot-mx6cuboxi/u-boot.img /mnt/
To boot from the SD card:
Boot script which sets mmc/dtb parameters and boots the board is automatically sourced.
If this does not work for any reason:
mmc dev 0; load mmc 0:1 $scriptaddr boot/boot.scr; source $scriptaddr
Currently imx6dl-cubox-i.dtb (Dual Lite) and imx6q-cubox-i.dtb (Quad) device trees are available.
Tested on i4Pro, MMC, USB (+ HiD), HDMI and ethernet ports are working.
Wireless and bluetooth are broken ATM. According to SolidRun forums, BCM4329/BCM4330 firmware is used which works fine on older kernels.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Vid <vladimir.vid@sartura.hr>
Backport board support from the upcoming v2018.09 release,
and add an additional patch to read the MAC address
from flash memory
Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
Without UHCI a non-trivial number of machines will have no keyboard
without BIOS assistance.
Add XHCI as well in case there are chipsets which don't support legacy
interfaces, and support PCI OHCI controllers also.
Signed-off-by: Alex Maclean <monkeh@monkeh.net>
Starting with version 2.1.8, a release tarball is available.
Simplifies the Makefile slightly.
Updated the project URL. HTTPS is broken. Issue has been reported upstream
Adjusted patches. CMake support is not present in the tarball. It's made
for Windows anyway.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
In some places the output of commands, which include "cd" are used.
In case of CDPATH the new path is printed, which might not be expected.
Disable the variable to avoid these problem.
When CDPATH was set by the user to some value like "export CDPATH=."
the git checkout done by the build system did not work anymore, the
git cloning aborted with such an error message for example:
....
Packing checkout...
tar: /disk/fs1/tmp2/mehrtens/pon-ugw/ugw-haps/openwrt/tmp/dl/ppa-drv-1.0\n@1534240258: Cannot stat: No such file or directory
tar: Date sample file not found
Try 'tar --help' or 'tar --usage' for more information.
.....
To avoid this, this patch makes the build system unset CDPATH inside
the build system, so the build system will still work even when the
user set this variable in his local environment.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Langer <thomas.langer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke.mehrtens@intel.com>
Acked-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
7daf962 mt7603: add survey support
980c606 mt7603: add fix for CCA signal configuration
30b8371 mt7603: fix BAR rate
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
CVE description :
The recv_msg_userauth_request function in svr-auth.c in Dropbear through
2018.76 is prone to a user enumeration vulnerability because username
validity affects how fields in SSH_MSG_USERAUTH messages are handled,
a similar issue to CVE-2018-15473 in an unrelated codebase.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This patch improves faf64056dd by correcting
the partition scheme for the "RouterBoot" section of the flash.
The partition scheme initially submitted is incorrect and does not reflect
the actual flash structure.
The "RouterBoot" section (name matching OEM) is subdivided in several
static segments, as they are on ar71xx RB devices albeit with different
offsets and sizes.
The naming convention from ar71xx has been preserved, except for the
bootloaders which are named "bootloader1" and "bootloader2" to avoid
confusion with the master "RouterBoot" partition.
The preferred 'fixed-partitions' DTS node syntax is used, with nesting
support as introduced in 2a598bbaa3.
"partition" is used for node names, with associated "label" to match
policy set by 6dd94c2781.
Leave a note in DTS to explain how the original author selected the SPI speed.
Tested-by: Tobias Schramm <tobleminer@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Reviewed-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This patch improves 5684d08741 by correcting
the partition scheme for the "RouterBoot" section of the flash.
The partition scheme initially submitted is incorrect and does not reflect
the actual flash structure.
The "RouterBoot" section (name matching OEM) is subdivided in several
static segments, as they are on ar71xx RB devices albeit with different
offsets and sizes.
The naming convention from ar71xx has been preserved, except for the
bootloaders which are named "bootloader1" and "bootloader2" to avoid
confusion with the master "RouterBoot" partition.
The preferred 'fixed-partitions' DTS node syntax is used, with nesting
support as introduced in 2a598bbaa3.
"partition" is used for node names, with associated "label" to match
policy set by 6dd94c2781.
The OEM source code also define a "RouterBootFake" partition at the
beginning of the secondary flash chip: to avoid trouble if OEM ever makes
use of that space, it is also defined here.
The resulting partition scheme looks like this:
[ 10.114241] m25p80 spi0.0: w25x40 (512 Kbytes)
[ 10.118708] 1 fixed-partitions partitions found on MTD device spi0.0
[ 10.125049] Creating 1 MTD partitions on "spi0.0":
[ 10.129824] 0x000000000000-0x000000040000 : "RouterBoot"
[ 10.136215] 5 fixed-partitions partitions found on MTD device RouterBoot
[ 10.142894] Creating 5 MTD partitions on "RouterBoot":
[ 10.148032] 0x000000000000-0x00000000f000 : "bootloader1"
[ 10.154336] 0x00000000f000-0x000000010000 : "hard_config"
[ 10.160665] 0x000000010000-0x00000001f000 : "bootloader2"
[ 10.167046] 0x000000020000-0x000000021000 : "soft_config"
[ 10.173461] 0x000000030000-0x000000031000 : "bios"
[ 10.190191] m25p80 spi0.1: w25q128 (16384 Kbytes)
[ 10.194950] 2 fixed-partitions partitions found on MTD device spi0.1
[ 10.201271] Creating 2 MTD partitions on "spi0.1":
[ 10.206071] 0x000000000000-0x000000040000 : "RouterBootFake"
[ 10.212746] 0x000000040000-0x000001000000 : "firmware"
[ 10.307216] 2 minor-fw partitions found on MTD device firmware
[ 10.313044] 0x000000040000-0x000000220000 : "kernel"
[ 10.319002] 0x000000220000-0x000001000000 : "rootfs"
[ 10.324906] mtd: device 9 (rootfs) set to be root filesystem
[ 10.330678] 1 squashfs-split partitions found on MTD device rootfs
[ 10.336886] 0x000000b40000-0x000001000000 : "rootfs_data"
Leave a note in DTS to explain how the original author selected the SPI speed.
Tested-by: Tobias Schramm <tobleminer@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Reviewed-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
[rmilecki: dropped "RouterBootFake" partition]
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Ubiquiti XM series boards contain a set of RSSI LEDs. Create an UCI
mapping for them, so visual feedback on RSSI is available, when using
userspace RSSI monitor daemon.
Runtime tested using rssileds.
Signed-off-by: Lech Perczak <lech.perczak@gmail.com>
Create aliases for led-booting and led-failsafe pointing at
ubnt:green:link4 LED, forUbiquiti XM series, so visual feedback
on device status becomes available, in order to enter failsafe mode
via button. led-running and led-upgrade aliases are omitted to avoid
conflicting with RSSI LEDs when in normal operation.
Signed-off-by: Lech Perczak <lech.perczak@gmail.com>
ubnt,bullet-m and ubnt,rocket-m targets support only single Ethernet
port, therefore disable creation of WAN zone and interfaces for them,
as their intended purpose is a wireless bridge. This aligns the
configuration with one found in ar71xx target.
ubnt,nano-m target is kept as is, being a two-port device.
Signed-off-by: Lech Perczak <lech.perczak@gmail.com>
Enable ath9k EEPROM extraction on boot for Ubiquiti XM-series boards.
This is required for wireless interface to function.
Runtime tested on Nanobridge M5.
Signed-off-by: Lech Perczak <lech.perczak@gmail.com>
I-O DATA ETG3-R is a wired router, based on Atheros AR9342.
Specification:
- Atheros AR9342
- 64 MB of RAM
- 8 MB of Flash
- 5x 10/100/1000 Ethernet
- AR8327N
- 2x LEDs, 1x key
- UART header on PCB
- Vcc, GND, TX, RX from ethernet port side
- 115200n8
Flash instruction using initramfs image:
1. Connect serial cable to UART header on ETG3-R
2. Rename OpenWrt initramfs image to "1500A8C0.img" and place it in
the TFTP directory
3. Set IP address of the computer to 192.168.0.10, connect to the
LAN port of ETG3-R, and start the TFTP server on the computer
4. Connect power cable to ETG3-R and turn on the router
5. Press "Enter" key when the "Hit any key to stop autoboot:" message
is displayed on the console and enter the u-boot cli
6. execute following commands to change kernel address for u-boot
setenv bootsf 1
setenv mtd_kernel1 "bootm 0x9f050000"
saveenv
7. execute "tftpboot; bootm" command to download the initramfs image from
TFTP server and boot with it
8. On the initramfs image, execute "mtd erase firmware" to erase stock
firmware and execute sysupgrade with sysupgrade image for ETG3-R
9. Wait ~150 seconds to complete flashing
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
The device was not included in the /etc/board.d/02_network file, so
the network wouldn't be properly set up on boot.
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
ELECOM WRC-1900GST is a wireless router, based on Mediatek MT7621A.
This is almost same as WRC-2533GST except wireless specs.
Specifications:
- SoC : MT7621A (four logical CPU cores)
- RAM : 128MiB
- ROM : 16MiB of SPI NOR-FLASH
- wireless :
5GHz : 3T3R up to 1300Mbps/11ac with MT7615
2.4GHz : 3T3R up to 600Mbps/11n with MT7615
- Ethernet : 5 ports, all ports is capable of 1000base-T
- Ether switch : MT7530 (MT7621A built-in)
- LEDs : 4 LEDs
- buttons : 2 buttons and 1 slide-switch
- UART : header is on PCB, 57600bps
Flash instruction using factory image:
1. Connect the computer to the LAN port of WRC-1900GST
2. Connect power cable to WRC-1900GST and turn on it
3. Access to "https://192.168.2.1/" and open firmware update
page ("ファームウェア更新")
4. Select the OpenWrt factory image and click apply ("適用")
button
5. Wait ~150 seconds to complete flashing
Signed-off-by: NOGUCHI Hiroshi <drvlabo@gmail.com>
The former used compatibles aren't defined anywhere and aren't used by
the devicetree source files including them.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
According to abbfcc8525 ("ramips: add support for GL-inet
GL-MT300N-V2") the board has a MediaTek MT7628AN. Change the SoC
compatible to match the used hardware.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
RT5350 neither have rgmii nor a mdio pinmux group. MT7628an doesn't
have a jtag group. Having these groups defined might cause a boot
panic.
The pin controller fails to initialise for kernels > 4.9 if invalid
groups are used. If a subsystem references a pin controller
configuration node, it can not find this node and errors out. In worst
case it's the SPI driver which errors out and we have no root
filesystem to mount.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The intention of 967b6be118 ("ar8327: Add workarounds for AR8337
switch") was to remove the register fixups for AR8337. But instead they
were removed for AR8327.
The RGMII RX delay is forced even if the port is used as phy instead of
mac, which results in no package flow at least for one board.
Fixes: FS#1664
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The AX_AM_JOBSERVER macro shipped with m4/ax_am_jobserver.m4 is broken on
plain POSIX shells due to the use of `let`.
Shells lacking `let` will fail to run the generated m4sh code and end up
invoking "make" with "-jyes" as argument, fialing the build.
Since there is no reason in the first place for some random package to
muck with the make job server settings and since we do not want it to
randomly override "-j" either, simply remove references to this defunct
macro to let the build succeed on platforms which not happen to use bash
as default shell.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Patch 300-CVE-2015-8370.patch was added without proper rebasing on the
version used by OpenWrt, make it apply and refresh the patch to fix
compilation.
Fixes: 7e73e9128f ("grub2: Fix CVE-2015-8370")
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Update to latest git HEAD in order to support configuring multiple
concurrent Lua prefixes in a single uhttpd instance:
b741dec lua: support multiple Lua prefixes
Additionally rework the init script and update the default configuration
example to treat the lua_prefix option as key=value uci list, similar to
the interpreter extension mapping. Support for the old "option lua_prefix"
plus "option lua_handler" notation is still present.
Finally drop the sed postinstall hack in uhttpd-mod-lua to avoid mangling
files belonging to other packages. Since Lua prefixes have precedence
over CGI prefixes, simply register `/cgi-bin/luci` as Lua handler which
will only become active if both luci-base and uhttpd-mod-lua is installed.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This CVE is a culmination of multiple integer overflow issues that cause
multiple issues like Denial of Service and authentication bypass.
More info: https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln/detail/CVE-2015-8370
Taken from Fedora.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
While "rawnand.h" is available in kernel 4.14,
the default for this target is kernel 4.9 in which "nand.h" should be used.
Add an extra check to include the correct file depending on kernel version
Fixes these build errors:
drivers/mtd/nand/ar934x_nfc.c:16:10: fatal error: linux/mtd/rawnand.h: No such file or directory
#include <linux/mtd/rawnand.h>
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
compilation terminated.
Fixes: 318e19ba67 ("ar71xx: add v4.14 support")
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Allows discovery without having to use NetBIOS. Useful for mobile devices.
Could eventually throw nbmd away. But that requires Windows 10...
Tested on Fedora 28 with avahi-discover.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Since kernel 4.14 there is no auto assignment of conntrack helpers anymore
so fw3 needs raw table support in order to stage ct helper assignment rules.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Remove creation of file /etc/ethers in dnsmasq init script as the
file is now created by default in the base-files package by
commit fa3301a28e
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
/etc/ethers is missing on /rom but always created when dnsmasq
runs. It is better to have it in place and avoid an extra change
in flash after firstboot.
It will generate an extra /etc/ethers-opkg when it has changed.
Signed-off-by: Luiz Angelo Daros de Luca <luizluca@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This adds processing of all CSA arguments from ubus switch_chan request
in the same manner as in the control interface API.
Signed-off-by: Yury Shvedov <yshvedov@wimarksystems.com>
Added boolean symbol for GCC 8 and higher, when we add newer GCC, we don't have
to modify rules.mk to keep things consistant.
Fixes: da9d760 ("rules.mk: replace iremap when using GCC 8")
Signed-off-by: Syrone Wong <wong.syrone@gmail.com>
Sysupgrading to ath79 from ar71xx currently fails because of mismatching
supported_devices. ar71xx is expecting "tl-mr3020" which is missing in
the ath79 image. Upgrading from ath79 is unaffected, as the image
contains the old string for ar71xx and the new one coming from the
device-tree.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
PISEN WMM003N is never supported by ar71xx, this commit also removed
SUPPORTED_DEVICES for it because it's completely useless.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
This commit adds support for the AVM Fritz!Box 4020 WiFi-router.
SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9561 (Dragonfly) 750MHz
RAM: Winbond W971GG6KB-25
FLASH: Macronix MX25L12835F
WiFi: QCA9561 b/g/n 3x3 450Mbit/s
USB: 1x USB 2.0
IN: WPS button, WiFi button
OUT: Power LED green, Internet LED green, WLAN LED green,
LAN LED green, INFO LED green, INFO LED red
UART: Header Next to Black metal shield
Pinout is 3.3V - RX - TX - GND (Square Pad is 3.3V)
The Serial setting is 115200-8-N-1.
Tested and working:
- Ethernet (LAN + WAN)
- WiFi (correct MAC)
- Installation via EVA bootloader
- OpenWRT sysupgrade
- Buttons
- LEDs
The USB port doesn't work. Both Root Hubs are detected as having 0 Ports:
[ 3.670807] kmodloader: loading kernel modules from /etc/modules-boot.d/*
[ 3.723267] usbcore: registered new interface driver usbfs
[ 3.729058] usbcore: registered new interface driver hub
[ 3.734616] usbcore: registered new device driver usb
[ 3.744181] ehci_hcd: USB 2.0 'Enhanced' Host Controller (EHCI) Driver
[ 3.758357] SCSI subsystem initialized
[ 3.766026] ehci-platform: EHCI generic platform driver
[ 3.771548] ehci-platform ehci-platform.0: EHCI Host Controller
[ 3.777708] ehci-platform ehci-platform.0: new USB bus registered, assigned bus number 1
[ 3.788169] ehci-platform ehci-platform.0: irq 48, io mem 0x1b000000
[ 3.816647] ehci-platform ehci-platform.0: USB 2.0 started, EHCI 0.00
[ 3.824001] hub 1-0:1.0: USB hub found
[ 3.828219] hub 1-0:1.0: config failed, hub doesn't have any ports! (err -19)
[ 3.835825] ehci-platform ehci-platform.1: EHCI Host Controller
[ 3.842009] ehci-platform ehci-platform.1: new USB bus registered, assigned bus number 2
[ 3.852481] ehci-platform ehci-platform.1: irq 49, io mem 0x1b400000
[ 3.886631] ehci-platform ehci-platform.1: USB 2.0 started, EHCI 0.00
[ 3.894011] hub 2-0:1.0: USB hub found
[ 3.898190] hub 2-0:1.0: config failed, hub doesn't have any ports! (err -19)
[ 3.908928] usbcore: registered new interface driver usb-storage
[ 3.915634] kmodloader: done loading kernel modules from /etc/modules-boot.d/*
A few words about the shift-register:
AVM used a trick to control the shift-register for the LEDs with only 2
pins, SERCLK and MOSI. Q7S, normally used for daisy-chaining multiple
shift-registers, pulls the latch, moving the shift register-state to
the storage register. It also pulls down MR (normally pulled up) to
clear the storage register, so the latch gets released and will not be
pulled by the remaining bits in the shift-register. Shift register is
all-zero after this.
For that we need to make sure output 7 is set to high on driver probe.
We accomplish this by using gpio-hogging.
Installation via EVA:
In the first seconds after Power is connected, the bootloader will
listen for FTP connections on 169.254.157.1 (Might also be 192.168.178.1).
Firmware can be uploaded like following:
ftp> quote USER adam2
ftp> quote PASS adam2
ftp> binary
ftp> debug
ftp> passive
ftp> quote MEDIA FLSH
ftp> put openwrt-sysupgrade.bin mtd1
Note that this procedure might take up to two minutes. After transfer is
complete you need to powercycle the device to boot OpenWRT.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
TP-Link Archer C7 v1 is a dual band router
based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9558 + QCA9880.
Specification:
- 720 MHz CPU
- 128 MB of RAM (Various chips)
- 8 MB of FLASH (Various chips)
- SoC QCA9558 integrated 3T3R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi
- minipcie slot with 3T3R 5 GHz QCA9880-AR1A (unsupported by ath10k!)
- 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet (AR8327N Switch)
- 10x LEDs, 2x software buttons
For further informwation on the device, visit the wiki:
<https://openwrt.org/toh/tp-link/archer-c7-1750>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
I-O DATA WN-AC1167DGR is a 2.4/5 GHz band 11ac router, based on
Qualcomm Atheros QCA9557.
Specification:
- Qualcomm Atheros QCA9557
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of Flash (SPI)
- 2T2R 2.4/5 GHz wifi
- 2.4 GHz: SoC internal
- 5 GHz: QCA988x
- 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 6x LEDs, 6x keys (4x buttons, 1x slide switch)
- UART header on PCB
- Vcc, GND, TX, RX from ethernet port side
- 115200n8
Flash instruction using factory image:
1. Connect the computer to the LAN port of WN-AC1167DGR
2. Connect power cable to WN-AC1167DGR and turn on it
3. Access to "http://192.168.0.1/" and open firmware update page
("ファームウェア")
4. Select the OpenWrt factory image and click update ("更新") button
5. Wait ~150 seconds to complete flashing
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
Adding tl-wr841-v11 and the rename of tl-wr841n-v9 to tl-wr841-v9 in 01_leds
and 02_network script files are missing in commits cc35c91 and 8db6522.
Signed-off-by: Johann Neuhauser <johann@it-neuhauser.de>
[merged with identical case in 02_network]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
If it isn't a usb led, it shouldn't be used as one by default. It is up
to the user to add such a (mis)configuration for the board.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Buffalo WHR-G301N is a 2.4 GHz 11n router, based on Atheros AR7240.
Ported from ar71xx target.
Specification:
- Atheros AR7240
- 32 MB of RAM
- 4 MB of Flash
- 2.4 GHz 2T2R wifi
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 9x LEDs, 4x keys
- LED: 8x gpio-leds, 1x ath9k-leds
- key: 2x buttons, 1x slide switch
- UART header on PCB
- Vcc, GND, TX, RX from LEDs side
- 115200n8
Flash instruction using factory image:
1. Connect the computer to the LAN port of WHR-G301N
2. Connect power cable to WHR-G301N and turn on it
3. Access to "http://192.168.11.1/" and open firmware update page
("ファーム更新")
4. Select the OpenWrt factory image and click execute ("実行") button
5. Wait ~150 seconds to complete flashing
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
[fix the SUPPORTED_DEVICES to be compatible with the ar71xx image]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Indicate a (sys)upgrade via leds as well. It brings the lantiq diag.sh
script en par with the other implementations using devicetree aliases
to define multiple leds for boot status indication.
By default, use the boot finished led to indicate an upgrade for now.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The upgrade led is only used if a running led is defined. If no running
led is defined, the upgrade led is ignored and upgrade isn't indicated
at all.
Instead, turn off the running led prior to turning the upgrade led on.
In most cases there isn't any visual change, but it allows to use an
independent led for upgrade indication.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Set the (sys)upgrade state when sourcing the stage2 script instead of
setting the state for each target individual.
This change fixes the, due to a missing state set, not working upgrade
led on ath79 and apm821xx.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Since kernel 4.10 commit 61e84623ace3 ("net: centralize net_device
min/max MTU checking"), the range of mtu is [min_mtu, max_mtu], which
is [68, 1500] by default.
It's necessary to set a max_mtu if a mtu > 1500 is supported.
Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This fixes the following security problems:
* CVE-2018-0732: Client DoS due to large DH parameter
* CVE-2018-0737: Cache timing vulnerability in RSA Key Generation
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The following patch was integrated upstream:
* target/linux/generic/backport-4.9/500-ext4-fix-check-to-prevent-initializing-reserved-inod.patch
This fixes tries to work around the following security problems:
* CVE-2018-3620 L1 Terminal Fault OS, SMM related aspects
* CVE-2018-3646 L1 Terminal Fault Virtualization related aspects
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The following patches were integrated upstream:
* target/linux/ipq40xx/patches-4.14/050-0006-mtd-nand-qcom-Add-a-NULL-check-for-devm_kasprintf.patch
* target/linux/mediatek/patches-4.14/0177-phy-phy-mtk-tphy-use-auto-instead-of-force-to-bypass.patch
This fixes tries to work around the following security problems:
* CVE-2018-3620 L1 Terminal Fault OS, SMM related aspects
* CVE-2018-3646 L1 Terminal Fault Virtualization related aspects
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Use the orange led by default to match the bootloader/stock firmware
behaviour. Turn on the green power led after boot to indicate a
finished boot and the orange one off.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Tunin <hanipouspilot@gmail.com>
[reword commit message, keep orange power led enabled during early
kernel boot]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use the orange led by default to match the bootloader/stock firmware
behaviour. Turn on the blue power led after boot to indicate a finished
boot and the orange one off.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Tunin <hanipouspilot@gmail.com>
[reword commit message, keep orange power led enabled during early
kernel boot]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use diag.sh version used for apm821xx, ipq40xx and ipq806x, which
supports different leds for the different boot states.
The existing led sequences should be the same as before.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Tunin <hanipouspilot@gmail.com>
[reword commit message]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The DWR-118-A2 Wireless Router is based on the MT7620A SoC.
Specification:
- MediaTek MT7620A (580 Mhz)
- 128 MB of RAM
- 16 MB of FLASH
- 1x 802.11bgn radio
- 1x 802.11ac radio (MT7612EN)
- 4x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (1 WAN and 3 LAN)
- 1x 10/100/1000 Mbps Marvell Ethernet PHY (1 LAN)
- 2x external, non-detachable antennas
- 1x USB 2.0
- UART (J1) header on PCB (57600 8n1)
- 7x LED (5x GPIO-controlled), 2x button
- JBOOT bootloader
Known issues:
- GELAN not working
- flash is very slow
The status led has been assigned to the dwr-118-a2:green:internet led.
At the end of the boot it is switched off and is available for other
operation. Work correctly also during sysupgrade operation.
Installation:
Apply factory image via http web-gui or JBOOT recovery page
How to revert to OEM firmware:
- push the reset button and turn on the power. Wait until LED start
blinking (~10sec.)
- upload original factory image via JBOOT http (IP: 192.168.123.254)
Signed-off-by: Cezary Jackiewicz <cezary@eko.one.pl>
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
HiWiFi "Gee Enjoy1200" HC5861B is a dual-band router based on MediaTek MT7628AN
https://www.hiwifi.com/enjoy-view
Specifications:
- MediaTek MT7628AN 580MHz
- 128 MB DDR2 RAM
- 16 MB SPI Flash
- 2.4G MT7628AN 802.11bgn 2T2R 300Mbps
- 5G MT7612EN 802.11ac 2T2R 867Mbps
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
Flash instruction:
1. Get SSH access to the router
2. SSH to router with `ssh -p 1022 root@192.168.199.1`, The SSH password is the same as the webconfig one
3. Upload OpenWrt sysupgrade firmware into the router's `/tmp` folder with SCP
4. Run `mtd write /tmp/<filename> firmware`
5. reboot
Everything is working
Signed-off-by: Deng Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
Move the alias node of the TP-Link WR841v9 and rename the phandle of
the qss led to qss_led in preparation for adding the very similar
TP-Link WR841v11.
Signed-off-by: Johann Neuhauser <johann@it-neuhauser.de>
Remove SUPPORTED_DEVICES from wr841-v9 because it´s not needed and
for consistency rename everything to tl-wr841-v9.
Signed-off-by: Johann Neuhauser <johann@it-neuhauser.de>
Add ath9k wifi capabilities to WNDR3700 family.
* use kmod-owl-loader to load firmware from "art"
* add wifi to DTS
* add wifi LEDs
Avoid using the same MAC for eth0 LAN and wlan0 by
toggling the eth0 MAC into a locally administered MAC.
That is currently done by in user-space by adding a
uci config item into /etc/config/network
(More elegant solution might be setting it already in
preinit phase.)
Known issues:
* wifi firmware file may not get created on the first boot
after flashing on time to bring wifi normally up. Likely
the overlay jffs2 is not yet ready for creating the
firmware file. "wifi up" may still bring wifi up.
Wifi will work normally at subsequent boots.
* phy0 and phy1 may get assigned mixed, so that phy0 may
be the 5GHz radio instead of the normal 2.4GHz, and vice
versa for phy1. Does not happen always, but may happen.
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
[fix the wifi unit address in the dts]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Pisen WMM003N (sold under the name of Cloud Easy Power) is an
AR9331-based router and power bank combo device. The device uses a
stock firmware modified from OpenWRT for TP-Link TL-WR703N; however
some GPIO definition is different on this device with TL-WR703N. An
AXP202 PMIC (connected to a 5000mAh battery) and a SD slot are also
added, and the stock Flash/RAM configuration is 8MiB/64MiB.
The stock firmware is an old and heavily modified OpenWRT-based
firmware, which has telnetd defaultly open, and the root password is
"ifconfig" (quotation marks not included). The factory image format is
not known yet, however the stock firmware ships the OpenWRT's sysupgrade
command, and it can be used to install a newer firmware.
Due to the lack of the access to the STM8 embedded controller, the SD
slot is currently not usable (because it's muxed with the on-board USB
port) and the AXP PMIC cannot be monitored.
Signed-off-by: Icenowy Zheng <icenowy@aosc.io>
12a7cf9 Add support for DSCP matches and target
06fa692 defaults: use a generic check_kmod() function
1c4d5bc defaults: fix check_kmod() function
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
This target is on 4.9 currently.
It seems the support for this old kernel never got dropped.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
This router is called RE450 and the tl prefix was used to identify it
as a TP-Link device. Drop the tl prefix since we now have tplink in
dts and device name.
Signed-off-by: Peter Lundkvist <peter.lundkvist@gmail.com>
The WD My Net Range Extender stores the MAC addresses inside the
nvram partition. This utility can extract it, but it's currently
not avilable on the ath79 target. Hence, this patch adds the
necessary target declaration, so it can be built.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
In "brcm47xx: rework model detection" the file 01_detect was moved
to 01_network, therefore also update the warning message in case
everything fails.
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
PLL for eth0 internal clock on ar913x is at 0x18050014
and AR913X_ETH0_PLL_SHIFT is 20 instead of 17
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Add support for WNDR3700 and WNDR3700v2.
They share most things with WNDR3800.
Only device IDs and partition structure needs to be set.
Note: WNDR3700 (v1) has no NETGEAR_HW_ID, but has
also the NA version of the factory image.
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
Prepare for addition of WNDR3700 and WNDR3700v2 by
separating the common parts into wndr3700.dtsi and
leaving just the device-specific things into wndr3800.dts
The three routers are identical except
* device IDs
* WNDR3700 (v1) has only 8 MB flash, while others have 16 MB.
Partition structure needs to be defined for each device.
* (WNDR3800 has 128 MB RAM, but RAM size is not in DTS)
Also separate the common parts of the image recipe.
(Drop also the initramfs recipe.)
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
The wholesale changes introduced in commit f9b8328 missed this DTS file
because it hadn't been merged yet. This patch brings it in line to match
the other mt7620a devices' DTS files.
Additionally, the Internet LED is now labeled correctly and set to unused
by default, since the WAN interface is not known in every configuration.
Using sysupgrade between images before and after this commit will require
the -F flag.
Tested-by: Rohan Murch <rohan.murch@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gimpelevich <daniel@gimpelevich.san-francisco.ca.us>
[drop internet led default setting]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This patch adds support for the Netgear R6120, aka Netgear AC1200.
Specification:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7628 (580 MHz)
- Flash: 16 MiB
- RAM: 64 MiB
- Wireless: 2.4Ghz(builtin) and 5Ghz (MT7612E)
- LAN speed: 10/100
- LAN ports: 4
- WAN speed: 10/100
- WAN ports: 1
- Serial baud rate of Bootloader and factory firmware: 57600
To flash use nmrpflash with the provided factory.img.
Flashing via webinterface will not work, for now.
Signed-off-by: Ludwig Thomeczek <ledesrc@wxorx.net>
This adds a tool to generate a firmware file accepted
by Netgear or sercomm devices.
They use a zip-packed rootfs with header and a custom
checksum. The generated Image can be flashed via the
nmrpflash tool or the webinterface of the router.
Signed-off-by: Ludwig Thomeczek <ledesrc@wxorx.net>
* send: switch handshake stamp to an atomic
Rather than abusing the handshake lock, we're much better off just using
a boring atomic64 for this. It's simpler and performs better. Also, while
we're at it, we set the handshake stamp both before and after the
calculations, in case the calculations block for a really long time waiting
for the RNG to initialize.
* compat: better atomic acquire/release backport
This should fix compilation and correctness on several platforms.
* crypto: move simd context to specific type
This was a suggestion from Andy Lutomirski on LKML.
* chacha20poly1305: selftest: use arrays for test vectors
We no longer have lines so long that they're rejected by SMTP servers.
* qemu: add easy git harness
This makes it a bit easier to use our qemu harness for testing our mainline
integration tree.
* curve25519-x86_64: avoid use of r12
This causes problems with RAP and KERNEXEC for PaX, as r12 is a
reserved register.
* chacha20: use memmove in case buffers overlap
A small correctness fix that we never actually hit in WireGuard but is
important especially for moving this into a general purpose library.
* curve25519-hacl64: simplify u64_eq_mask
* curve25519-hacl64: correct u64_gte_mask
Two bitmath fixes from Samuel, which come complete with a z3 script proving
their correctness.
* timers: include header in right file
This fixes compilation in some environments.
* netlink: don't start over iteration on multipart non-first allowedips
Matt Layher found a bug where a netlink dump of peers would never terminate in
some circumstances, causing wg(8) to keep trying forever. We now have a fix as
well as a unit test to mitigate this, and we'll be looking to create a fuzzer
out of Matt's nice library.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
The kernel image of the at91-q5xr5 is getting too bing now and this is
breaking the build. Remove the image for the at91-q5xr5 from the build
to at least build images for the other devices.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
I-O DATA WN-AC1600DGR2 is a 2.4/5 GHz band 11ac router, based on
Qualcomm Atheros QCA9557.
Specification:
- Qualcomm Atheros QCA9557
- 128 MB of RAM
- 16 MB of Flash
- 2.4/5 GHz wifi
- 2.4 GHz: 2T2R (SoC internal)
- 5 GHz: 3T3R (QCA9880)
- 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 6x LEDs, 6x keys (4x buttons, 1x slide switch)
- UART header on PCB
- Vcc, GND, TX, RX from ethernet port side
- 115200n8
Flash instruction using factory image:
1. Connect the computer to the LAN port of WN-AC1600DGR2
2. Connect power cable to WN-AC1600DGR2 and turn on it
3. Access to "http://192.168.0.1/" and open firmware update page
("ファームウェア")
4. Select the OpenWrt factory image and click update ("更新") button
5. Wait ~150 seconds to complete flashing
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
This patch copies over the MAC patching helper functions from lantiq's
target/linux/lantiq/base-files/etc/hotplug.d/firmware/12-ath9k-eeprom
file.
Not all vendors bothered to write the correct MAC addresses for the
ath9k wifi into the calibration data. And while ath9k does have some
special dt-properties to extract the addresses from a fixed position,
there are still devices that require userspace to edit or modify
the caldata.
In my case, the MAC address for the Wi-Fi device is stored in an
unsorted key-value based "nvram" database and there's an existing
userspace tool to extract the data.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Add a function to get a mac stored as text from flash. The octets of
the mac address need to be separated by any separator supported by
macaddr_canonicalize().
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Tunin <hanipouspilot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Add the opening bracket right after the function name, to do it the
same way for all functions in this file.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Tunin <hanipouspilot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Unauthenticated EAPOL-Key decryption in wpa_supplicant
Published: August 8, 2018
Identifiers:
- CVE-2018-14526
Latest version available from: https://w1.fi/security/2018-1/
Vulnerability
A vulnerability was found in how wpa_supplicant processes EAPOL-Key
frames. It is possible for an attacker to modify the frame in a way that
makes wpa_supplicant decrypt the Key Data field without requiring a
valid MIC value in the frame, i.e., without the frame being
authenticated. This has a potential issue in the case where WPA2/RSN
style of EAPOL-Key construction is used with TKIP negotiated as the
pairwise cipher. It should be noted that WPA2 is not supposed to be used
with TKIP as the pairwise cipher. Instead, CCMP is expected to be used
and with that pairwise cipher, this vulnerability is not applicable in
practice.
When TKIP is negotiated as the pairwise cipher, the EAPOL-Key Key Data
field is encrypted using RC4. This vulnerability allows unauthenticated
EAPOL-Key frames to be processed and due to the RC4 design, this makes
it possible for an attacker to modify the plaintext version of the Key
Data field with bitwise XOR operations without knowing the contents.
This can be used to cause a denial of service attack by modifying
GTK/IGTK on the station (without the attacker learning any of the keys)
which would prevent the station from accepting received group-addressed
frames. Furthermore, this might be abused by making wpa_supplicant act
as a decryption oracle to try to recover some of the Key Data payload
(GTK/IGTK) to get knowledge of the group encryption keys.
Full recovery of the group encryption keys requires multiple attempts
(128 connection attempts per octet) and each attempt results in
disconnection due to a failure to complete the 4-way handshake. These
failures can result in the AP/network getting disabled temporarily or
even permanently (requiring user action to re-enable) which may make it
impractical to perform the attack to recover the keys before the AP has
already changes the group keys. By default, wpa_supplicant is enforcing
at minimum a ten second wait time between each failed connection
attempt, i.e., over 20 minutes waiting to recover each octet while
hostapd AP implementation uses 10 minute default for GTK rekeying when
using TKIP. With such timing behavior, practical attack would need large
number of impacted stations to be trying to connect to the same AP to be
able to recover sufficient information from the GTK to be able to
determine the key before it gets changed.
Vulnerable versions/configurations
All wpa_supplicant versions.
Acknowledgments
Thanks to Mathy Vanhoef of the imec-DistriNet research group of KU
Leuven for discovering and reporting this issue.
Possible mitigation steps
- Remove TKIP as an allowed pairwise cipher in RSN/WPA2 networks. This
can be done also on the AP side.
- Merge the following commits to wpa_supplicant and rebuild:
WPA: Ignore unauthenticated encrypted EAPOL-Key data
This patch is available from https://w1.fi/security/2018-1/
- Update to wpa_supplicant v2.7 or newer, once available
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Add a temporary workaround to compile with glibc 2.28
as some constants were removed and others made private
Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
Add a temporary workaround to compile with glibc 2.28
as some constants were removed and others made private
Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
Avoid having /sbin/wifi silently ignore unknown keywords and execute
"up"; instead display the help message and exit with an error.
Spell out the "up" keyword (which has users), add it to usage output,
and preserve the implicit assumption that runing /sbin/wifi without
argument performs "up".
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
This commit adds support for the OCEDO Koala
SOC: Qualcomm QCA9558 (Scorpion)
RAM: 128MB
FLASH: 16MiB
WLAN1: QCA9558 2.4 GHz 802.11bgn 3x3
WLAN2: QCA9880 5 GHz 802.11nac 3x3
INPUT: RESET button
LED: Power, LAN, WiFi 2.4, WiFi 5, SYS
Serial: Header Next to Black metal shield
Pinout is 3.3V - GND - TX - RX (Arrow Pad is 3.3V)
The Serial setting is 115200-8-N-1.
Tested and working:
- Ethernet
- 2.4 GHz WiFi
- 5 GHz WiFi
- TFTP boot from ramdisk image
- Installation via ramdisk image
- OpenWRT sysupgrade
- Buttons
- LEDs
Installation seems to be possible only through booting an OpenWRT
ramdisk image.
Hold down the reset button while powering on the device. It will load a
ramdisk image named 'koala-uImage-initramfs-lzma.bin' from 192.168.100.8.
Note: depending on the present software, the device might also try to
pull a file called 'koala-uimage-factory'. Only the name differs, it
is still used as a ramdisk image.
Wait for the ramdisk image to boot. OpenWRT can be written to the flash
via sysupgrade or mtd.
Due to the flip-flop bootloader which we not (yet) support, you need to
set the partition the bootloader is selecting. It is possible from the
initramfs image with
> fw_setenv bootcmd run bootcmd_1
Afterwards you can reboot the device.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Bit 8/12 of reset controller which is marked as PHY_RESET/SWITCH_RESET
in datasheets will trigger either a reset for builtin switch or assert
an external ETH0_RESET_L/ETH1_RESET_L pin, which are usually connected
to external PHY/switch. None of them should be triggered every time an
interface is brought up in ethernet driver.
Remove PHY reset support from ag71xx and definition for them in dtsi.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Buffalo BHR-4GRV2 is a wired router, based on Qualcomm Atheros
QCA9558.
Ported from ar71xx target.
Specification:
- Qualcomm Atheros QCA9558
- 64 MB of RAM
- 16 MB of Flash
- 5x 10/100/1000 Ethernet
- QCA8337N
- 4x LEDs, 2x keys
- UART header on PCB
- Vcc, TX, RX, GND from LED side
- 115200n8
Flash instruction using factory image:
1. Connect the computer to the LAN port of BHR-4GRV2
2. Connect power cable to BHR-4GRV2 and turn on it
3. Access to "http://192.168.12.1/" and open firmware update
page ("ファームウェア更新")
4. Select the OpenWrt factory image and click update ("更新実行")
button
5. Wait ~120 seconds to complete flashing
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
Apply IPv6/ND configuration before proto_send_update so that all config info
is available when netifd is handling the notify_proto ubus call.
In particular this fixes an issue when netifd is updating the downstream IPv6 mtu
as netifd was still using the not yet updated upstream IPv6 mtu to set the
downstream IPv6 mtu
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This adds PLL settings for the ethernet ports of the TP-Link TL-WR1043
v2/v3 and the Openmesh OM5P-AC-v2.
We also change the PLL-settings in the qca9557.dtsi to match the ones
used as default on the ar71xx target.
As of 4b9680f138 those devices have broken ethernet ports as the default
PLL settings defined in the QCA9557.dtsi are applied which are off for
those devices.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
commit 4b9680f fixed pll settings and the correct pll set
by bootloader is overrided by value in qca9557.dtsi which
is incorrect for Archer C7 and breaks ethernet. Add pll
values for archer c7 to fix ethernet connection.
This individual pll tweak has been cherry picked from github pr 1260
which changes a couple of things in a single commit and should be
ideally split. This commit get archer v7 back and working.
Tested: archer c7 v2
Original combined commit authored by:
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
c7 fix only split out by:
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Commit 4d961538f6 added libutil to the iproute2 InstallDev section
but lead to compile issues with packages picking up the wrong libutil
since libutil is quite a generic name ...
Further libutil is rather meant for internal usage in iproute2 than a
public API; therefore let's remove it from the InstallDev section together
with ll_map.h
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Changed default role of Orange Pi PC2 MSUB port to host (in dts)
Changed default function of Orange Pi PC2 power button to PWR_BTN
Signed-off-by: Antonio Silverio <menion@gmail.com>
CPU: H5 High Performance Quad-core 64-bit Cortex-A53
GPU: Mali450 OpenGL ES 2.0/1.1/1.0, OpenVG 1.1, EGL
Memory: 1GB DDR3 (shared with GPU)
Onboard Storage: TF card (Max. 32GB) / NOR flash(2MB)
Onboard Network: 1000M/100M Ethernet RJ45
USB 2.0 Ports: Three USB 2.0 HOST, one USB 2.0 OTG, HOST mode
role by default in DTS
Buttons: Power Button(SW4) Debug TTL
UART: ..DC-IN..
>[GND][RX][TX] ..HDMI..
Signed-off-by: Antonio Silverio <menion@gmail.com>
The BZIP2_SMALL option was not being exposed via Config.in which
caused the build to fail as 'yes' is piped to the config during
build. As it's expecting a number, it gets stuck in a loop.
Signed-off-by: Rob Mosher <nyt-openwrt@countercultured.net>
Update to latest HEAD in order to fix a stack memory corruption issue:
1056e73 Change the sigb buffer to be the same size as the fread
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
When checking the outcome of the PHY autonegotiation status, at803x
currently returns false in case the SGMII side is not established.
Due to a hardware-bug, ag71xx needs to fixup the SoCs SGMII side, which
it can't as it is not aware of the link-establishment.
This commit allows to ignore the SGMII side autonegotiation status to
allow ag71xx to do the fixup work.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The QCA955X is affected by a hardware bug which causes link-loss of the
SGMII link between SoC and PHY. This happens on change of link-state or
speed.
It is not really known what causes this bug. It definitely occurs when
using a AR8033 Gigabit Ethernet PHY.
Qualcomm solves this Bug in a similar fashion. We need to apply the fix
on a per-device base via platform-data as performing the fixup work will
break connectivity in case the SGMII interface is connected to a Switch.
This bug was first proposed to be fixed by Sven Eckelmann in 2016.
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/604782/
Based-on-patch-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@open-mesh.com>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This commit adds the ability to configure specific functions of the
at803x series ethernet-PHYs, which were previously configured
exclusively with the help of platform-data, via device-tree.
This is needed to fully support existing boards of the ar71xx platform.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Backport an upstream fix for a remotely exploitable TCP denial of service
flaw in Linux 4.9+.
The fixes are included in Linux 4.14.59 and later but did not yet end up in
version 4.9.118.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
In iproute2 v4.17 ll_map has been moved from the libnetlink to the libutil
library; add libutil as well to the staging dir in order to keep support
for ll_map
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
The QCA9557 dtsi is currently missing pll-handle and pll-regs for both
eth0 and eth1, therefore PLL settings won't be applied. This commit
fixes this behavior.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This adds uci entries for all ath79 devices for which this already was
the case on ar71xx. Additionally we add the OCEDO Koala as there was no
support in OpenWRT yet.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
While finalizing support for the U7623 with 512MB, I made an embarresing
error and configured 1GB RAM for the board. I also forgot to move memory
from the dtsi and to the dts. This commit takes care of my mistakes.
While I am confessing my mistakes, I also note that I made a mistake in
the commit message of the initial U7623 commit. It is the .bin-file, and
not the .gz file that shall be sent to the device via tftp.
v1->v2:
* Remove redundant memory node (thanks Jonas Gorski)
Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
Including the tl-wdr3600 image build code just to overwrite most of it
doesn't make much sense and only makes it hard to read.
Furthermore, the tl-wdr4300 image will be marked as compatible with the
tl-wdr3600 this way.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The variables are used in image build recipes and need to be marked as
per devices vars to be stored individual per image define. Otherwise
the last defined variable will be used for all boards.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This patch did the following things:
1. Separate ath9k-leds out of gpio leds so that all other leds will work
before ath9k loded (e.g. during preinit/init stage).
2. Rename wps led to qss since that's how TP-Link mark it.
3. Rename LED prefix to tp-link because that dts is shared by many devices.
4. Rename to wr740n-v1 because v1 is the first and v2 just use the fw of v1.
(This will require a forced sysupgrade if you comes from
the previous wr740n v2 image.)
5. Remove SUPPORTED_DEVICES.
(tl-wr740n-v2 doesn't exist anywhere so it's useless.)
6. Add all WR741ND v1 clones found in ar71xx.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Fix all issues found by the devicetree compiler like wrong address/size
cells as well as wrong/missing/superfluous unit addresses.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use only the jedec,spi-nor compatible string. Everything else either
never worked or is only support to keep compatibility.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Verify ucert signature chains in sysupgrade images in case ucert is
installed and $CHECK_IMAGE_SIGNARURE = 1.
Also make sure ucert host binary is present and generate a self-signed
ucert in case $TOPDIR/key-build.ucert is missing.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Make sure the Shell-expression returns true also in case of
key-build.ucert being absent.
Fixes commit 848b455d2e ("image: use ucert to append signature")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
ad816fc set rpath to make bundle-libraries.sh happy
63ad591 blob_buf needs to be zero'd
Now that libubox, libjson-c and libblobms_json are installed into
STAGING_DIR_HOST we can properly bundle ucert in the ImageBuilder.
Follow-up commits will make use of it to include a signature-chain in
sysupgrade images using fwtool.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The referenced Git commit was made on the 25th of July, not June.
Fixes 432eaa940f ("libubox: fix mirror hash")
Fixes 5dc32620c4 ("libubox: update to latest git HEAD")
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Correct the mirror hash to reflect whats on the download server.
A locally produced libubox SCM tarball was also verified to yield an identical
checksum compared to the one currently on the download server.
Fixes FS#1707.
Fixes 5dc32620c4 ("libubox: update to latest git HEAD")
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
23a3f28 openssl, wolfssl: match mbedTLS ciphersuite list
450ada0 ustream-ssl: Revised security on mbedtls
34b0b80 ustream-ssl: add openssl-1.1.0 compatibility
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cote2004-github@yahoo.com>
Use the same method for setting queue index pointers consistenly
throughout the source file.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
e29966f Allow disabling seccomp or changing the whitelist
5f57223 trace: Use properly sized type for PTRACE_GETEVENTMSG
747efb6 procd: fix ustream deadlock when there are 0 bytes or no newlines
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This reverts commit 42a3c6465a.
The change was apparently never build-tested with all kmods enabled. I took
a brief look but found no simple way to untangle this, so revert it.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This router is called Archer C7 and the tl was used to identify
TP-LINK. Since we have added tplink in dts/board name, the tl
prefix is useless now.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Change lan and it's LED to eth0
It's broken since c7c807cb8c
where I changed the dts but forgot to change default configurations.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
1. Swap eth0/eth1
Both devices are using AR9331, the builtin switch on AR9331 is
connected to gmac1 and gmac1 is named as eth1 in ath79.
PS: gmac1 is eth0 and gmac0 is eth1 in ar71xx because of the
reversed initialization order.
2. Fix the incorrect compatible string in dts
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
phy-handle is used to poll link status. They are useless when
we need fixed-link on these interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Jonas Gorski commented on the previous patch:
|This is actually the wrong fix and papers over an issue in one of our
|local patches.
|
|We intentionally allow regmap to be built as a module, see
|
|/target/linux/generic/hack-4.14/259-regmap_dynamic.patch
|[...]
|[The regulator code] optionally supports regmap thanks to the stubs
|provided if regmap is disabled - which breaks if you compile regmap
|as a module.
In order to mitigate this issue, this patch reverts the previous patch
and replaces the existing IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_REGMAP) with
IS_REACHABLE(CONFIG_REGMAP). This solves this particular issue as the
regulator code will now automatically fallback to the regmap stubs in
case the kmod-regmap module is enabled, but nothing else sets
CONFIG_REGMAP=y.
Note: There's still a potential issue that this patch doesn't solve:
If someone ever wants to make a OpenWrt kernel package for a
regulator module that requires the REGMAP feature for a target that
doesn't set CONFIG_REGMAP=y but has CONFIG_REGULATOR=y, the resulting
kmod-regulator-xyz package will not work on the target.
Luckily, there aren't any in-tree OpenWrt kernel module packages for
regulators at the moment. On the bright side: regmap is a critical
part nowadays and all new and upcoming architectures require it by
default. This will likely only ever be a problem for legacy targets
and devices that cannot afford to enable REGMAP.
Cc: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Fixes: d00913d121 ("kernel: modules: fix kmod-regmap")
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
To share mdio addr for IntPHY and ExtPHY,
as described in the documentation (MT7620_ProgrammingGuide.pdf).
(refer: http://download.villagetelco.org/hardware/MT7620/MT7620_ProgrammingGuide.pdf)
when port4 setup to work as gmac mode, dts like:
&gsw {
mediatek,port4 = "gmac";
};
we should set SYSCFG1.GE2_MODE==0x0 (RGMII).
but SYSCFG1.GE2_MODE may have been set to 3(RJ-45) by uboot/default
so we need to re-set it to 0x0
before this changes:
gsw: 4FE + 2GE may not work correctly and MDIO addr 4 cannot be used by ExtPHY
after this changes:
gsw: 4FE + 2GE works and MDIO addr 4 can be used by ExtPHY
Signed-off-by: Chen Minqiang <ptpt52@gmail.com>
When PHY's are defined on the MDIO bus in the DTS, gigabit support was
being masked out for no apparent reason, pegging all such ports to 10/100.
If gigabit support must be disabled for some reason, there should be a
"max-speed" property in the DTS.
Reported-by: James McKenzie <openwrt@madingley.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gimpelevich <daniel@gimpelevich.san-francisco.ca.us>
Mediatek has a reference platform that pairs an MT7620A with an MT7530W,
where the latter responds on MDIO address 0x1f while both chips respond on
0x0 to 0x4. The driver special-cases this arrangement to make sure it's
talking to the right chip, but two different ways in two different places.
This patch consolidates the detection without the current requirement of
both tests to be separately satisfied in the DTS.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gimpelevich <daniel@gimpelevich.san-francisco.ca.us>
This really simplifies debugging, if a package is not found or a feed is
not reachable, a proper stderr is printed. Currently it would only say
`_call_manifest` failed.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Sysupgrade shouldn't proceed, if the backup of the configuration
fails because tar (or gzip) exit with a non-zero code.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Ziegler <dev@andreas-ziegler.de>
Use Time::HiRes when available and fallback to raw syscall interface
when not. If that fails too, simply report 0, 0 as real time.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Replace the GNU time program invocation with a simple Perl script reporting
the timing values. Since we require Perl anyway for the build system, we can
as well use that instead of requiring a random GNU utility rarely installed
by default.
Fixes: ff6e62b288 ("build: log time taken by each packages/steps")
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Starting with kernel 4.4, the use of partitions as direct subnodes of the
mtd device is discouraged and only supported for backward compatiblity
reasons.
Signed-off-by: Alex Maclean <monkeh@monkeh.net>
Fix space vs. tabs issue and trainling whitespaces. Use C style
comments or drop the comments if they explain what is already to see in
the devicetree parameters.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The hardware NAT node has the same reg/unit as the ethernet node. One
of them need to be a child of the other.
Make the hardware NAT node a child of the ethernet node since the it
"reference" the netdev in its properties.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Add the ranges property to the PCI bridges where missing. Add the unit
address to PCI bridge where missing.
Rework the complete rt3883 pci node. Drop the PCI unit nodes from the
dtsi. They are not used by any dts file and should be rather in the dts
than in the SoC dtsi. Express the PCI-PCI bridge in a clean devicetree
syntax. The ralink,pci-slot isn't used by any driver, drop it. Move the
pci interrupt controller out of the pci node. It doesn't share the same
reg and therefore should be an independent/SoC child node.
Move the pci related rt3883 pinctrl setting to the dtsi instead of
defining the very same for each rt3883 board.
If the device_type property is used for PCI units, the unit is treated
as pci bridge which it isn't. Drop it for PCI units.
Reference pci-bridges or the pci node defined in the dtsi instead of
recreating the whole node hierarchy. It allows to change the referenced
node in the dtsi without the need to touch all dts.
Fix the PCI(e) wireless unit addresses. All our PCI(e) wireless chips
are the first device on the bus. The unit address has to be the bus
address instead of the PCI vendor/device id.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Since commit c1e7738988f5 ("checks: add gpio binding properties check")
dtc treats any *-gpios and *-gpio property as phandle at least during
checks. The only whitelisted property is nr-gpio.
Use ralink,nr-gpio in favour of ralink,num-gpios to get rid of false
positive warnings.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The cpu interrupt controller doesn't have a reg property, hence we
can't use a unit address in the node name.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Without this patch you will get an error "gpio-export probe deferral
not supported" when you try to export i2c expander gpio pins.
gpio-export is probed long before i2c-bus and i2c expander are created
and it doesn't retry it so none pins are exported.
Signed-off-by: René van Dorst <opensource@vdorst.com>
apply the change to all instances of the gpio exports patch
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Revert 290c54473e ("ath79: fix TP-Link Archer C7 v2 wlan1 MAC address")
which obviously aims to have a distinct MAC address per interface.
Unfortunally it doesn't match what is used by the stock firmware and we
shouldn'z use MAC Adresses not reserverd for/assigned to a particular
board.
The correct MAC adress increments for this board are:
wlan0 (5GHz) : -1
wlan1 (2.4GHz) : 0
eth1 (LAN) : 0
eth0 (WAN) : 1
Fixes: FS#408
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Changelog taken from the version announcement
> == Changes ==
>
> * chacha20poly1305: selftest: split up test vector constants
>
> The test vectors are encoded as long strings -- really long strings -- and
> apparently RFC821 doesn't like lines longer than 998.
> https://cr.yp.to/smtp/message.html
>
> * queueing: keep reference to peer after setting atomic state bit
>
> This fixes a regression introduced when preparing the LKML submission.
>
> * allowedips: prevent double read in kref
> * allowedips: avoid window of disappeared peer
> * hashtables: document immediate zeroing semantics
> * peer: ensure resources are freed when creation fails
> * queueing: document double-adding and reference conditions
> * queueing: ensure strictly ordered loads and stores
> * cookie: returned keypair might disappear if rcu lock not held
> * noise: free peer references on failure
> * peer: ensure destruction doesn't race
>
> Various fixes, as well as lots of code comment documentation, for a
> small variety of the less obvious aspects of object lifecycles,
> focused on correctness.
>
> * allowedips: free root inside of RCU callback
> * allowedips: use different macro names so as to avoid confusion
>
> These incorporate two suggestions from LKML.
>
> This snapshot contains commits from: Jason A. Donenfeld and Jann Horn.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
The Linux headers on arm64 architectures contain references to common
arch/arm/ headers which were not bundled by the SDK so far.
Check if we're packing the SDK for an arm64 target and if we do, also
include arch/arm headers as well.
Fixes FS#1725.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This patch makes sch_cake's gso/gro splitting configurable
from userspace.
To disable breaking apart superpackets in sch_cake:
tc qdisc replace dev whatever root cake no-split-gso
to enable:
tc qdisc replace dev whatever root cake split-gso
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
Signed-off-by: Dave Taht <dave.taht@gmail.com>
[pulled from netdev list - no API/ABI change]
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Follow upstream kernel patch that restores always splitting gso packets
by default whilst making the option configurable from (tc) userspace.
No ABI/API change
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Fixes the annoying 'feature' were TTL was set to "1" by default ..
Users had to specify -T manually to test outside the own network.
2.0.12 change set (as of June 25th 2018)
o Change the unicast TTL default value from 1 to the system default (to be compatable with previous versions.) Multicast still defaults to 1.
o adpative formatting bug fix: crash occurs when values exceed 1 Tera. Add support for Tera and Peta and eliminate the potential crash condition
o configure default compile to include isochronous support (use configure --disable-isochronous to remove support)
o replace 2.0.11's --vary-load option with a more general -b option to include <mean>,<stdev>, e.g. -b 100m,40m, which will pull from a log normal distribution every 0.1 seconds
o fixes for windows cross compile (using mingw32)
o compile flags of -fPIE for android
o configure --enable-checkprograms to compile ancillary binaries used to test things such as delay, isoch, pdf generation
o compile tests when trying to use 64b seq numbers on a 32b platform
o Fix GCC ver 8 warnings
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
It seems to have been missed when the patch was accepted.
Fixes: d591260407 ("brcm63xx: initial support for Sky SR102 router")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
The integrated SoC wifi will likely never be supported, and if,
it will go through DT with the sprom contents there.
Fixes: d591260407 ("brcm63xx: initial support for Sky SR102 router")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Adds Support for the TP-LINK CPE510 V2.0 by TP-Link.
The hardware is almost the same as the CPE510 V1.0
Follow the same processes as for the CPE510 V1.0
Signed-off-by: Andrew Cameron <apcameron@softhome.net>
GDB 8.1.1 brings the following fixes and enhancements over GDB 8.1:
* PR gdb/22824 (misleading description of new rbreak Python function in GDB 8.1 NEWS file)
* PR gdb/22849 (ctrl-c doesn't work in extended-remote)
* PR gdb/22907 ([Regression] gdbserver doesn't work with filename-only binaries)
* PR gdb/23028 (inconsistent disassemble of vcvtpd2dq)
* PR gdb/23053 (Fix -D_GLIBCXX_DEBUG gdb-add-index regression)
* PR gdb/23127 ([AArch64] GDB cannot be used for debugging software that uses high Virtual Addresses)
* PR server/23158 (gdbserver no longer functional on Windows)
* PR breakpoints/23210 ([8.1/8.2 Regression] Bogus Breakpoint address adjusted from 0xf7fe7dd3 to 0xfffffffff7fe7dd3)
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
GDB 8.1.1 brings the following fixes and enhancements over GDB 8.1:
* PR gdb/22824 (misleading description of new rbreak Python function in GDB 8.1 NEWS file)
* PR gdb/22849 (ctrl-c doesn't work in extended-remote)
* PR gdb/22907 ([Regression] gdbserver doesn't work with filename-only binaries)
* PR gdb/23028 (inconsistent disassemble of vcvtpd2dq)
* PR gdb/23053 (Fix -D_GLIBCXX_DEBUG gdb-add-index regression)
* PR gdb/23127 ([AArch64] GDB cannot be used for debugging software that uses high Virtual Addresses)
* PR server/23158 (gdbserver no longer functional on Windows)
* PR breakpoints/23210 ([8.1/8.2 Regression] Bogus Breakpoint address adjusted from 0xf7fe7dd3 to 0xfffffffff7fe7dd3)
GDB 8.1 includes the following changes and enhancements:
* Breakpoints on C++ functions are now set on all scopes by default
("wild" matching);
* Support for inserting breakpoints on functions marked with C++ ABI tags;
* Target floating-point arithmetic emulation during expression evaluation
(requires MPFR 3.1 or later);
* Various Python Scripting enhancements;
* Improved Rust support; in particular, Trait objects can now be inspected
when debugging Rust code;
* GDB no longer makes assumptions about the type of symbols without
debugging information to avoid producing erroneous and often confusing
results;
* The 'enable' and 'disable' commands now accept a range of breakpoint
locations;
* New 'starti' command to start the program at the first instruction;
* New 'rbreak' command to insert a number of breakpoints via a regular
expression pattern (requires Python);
* The 'ptype' command now supports printing the offset and size of
the fields in a struct;
* The 'gcore' command now supports dumping all the memory mappings
('-a' command-line option);
* New shortcuts for TUI Single-Key mode: 'i' for stepi, and 'o' for nexti;
* GDBserver enhancements:
** Support for transmitting environment variables to GDBserver;
** Support for starting inferior processes with a specified initial
working directory;
** On Unix systems, support for globbing expansion and variable
substitution of inferior command-line arguments;
* Various completion enhancements;
* The command used to compile and inject code with the 'compile' command
is now configurable;
* New '--readnever' command-line option to speed the GDB startup when
debugging information is not needed;
* Support for the following new native configurations:
** FreeBSD/aarch64 (aarch64*-*-freebsd*);
** FreeBSD/arm (arm*-*-freebsd*);
* Support for the following new targets:
** FreeBSD/aarch64 (aarch64*-*-freebsd*);
** FreeBSD/arm (arm*-*-freebsd*);
** OpenRISC ELF (or1k*-*-elf)
* Removed support for the following targets and native configurations:
** Solaris2/x86 (i?86-*-solaris2.[0-9]);
** Solaris2/sparc (sparc*-*-solaris2.[0-9]);
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
1) Add comments so it's clear why we did things; this may prevent
someone (e.g. me) from sinking time into fixing things that
aren't broken and/or were done for reason.
2) Drop mdio 0 probe/register; we don't use ag1xx mdio bus 0.
3) Cosmetic reording of some code (tested) that makes the defintion
more clear.
Signed-off-by: Daniel F. Dickinson <cshored@thecshore.com>
The CR3000 stock firmware is now irrelevant as it required a now defunct
cloud service. Therefore only build images that use the entire flash
(overwriting stock firwmare-specific partitions that no longer matter),
previously called 'nocloud' images.
Signed-off-by: Daniel F. Dickinson <cshored@thecshore.com>
The PowerCloud Systems CR3000 was a cloud-managed CPE for a now defunct
NaaS offering. It was previously supported under the ar71xx branch and
this forward ports that support with some notable differences:
1) Since reverting to stock firmware is now irrelevant there is is only
a single openwrt image generated which uses the entire flash rather than
preserving PowerCloud-specific partitions that are unneeded to openwrt--
those partitions will be erased and used by the openwrt image.
2) Rather than use a non-standard probe order for the ethernet devices,
this image uses a set of 'ip link set ethX name ethY' commands very early
in preinit (before the network is used at all), in order to have the the
switch and Wan use the same ethernet names as in previous images.
3) /etc/config/wireless will need to be regenerated as the path to the
wireless device has changed due to differences in ath79 DT for ar93x
compared to ar71xx images.
4) eth0 is wan and eth1 is lan (switch)
Signed-off-by: Daniel F. Dickinson <cshored@thecshore.com>
Refreshed all patches
Remove upstreamed patches.
- 103-MIPS-ath79-fix-register-address-in-ath79_ddr_wb_flus.patch
- 403-mtd_fix_cfi_cmdset_0002_status_check.patch
- 001-4.11-01-mtd-m25p80-consider-max-message-size-in-m25p80_read.patch
- 001-4.15-08-bcm63xx_enet-correct-clock-usage.patch
- 001-4.15-09-bcm63xx_enet-do-not-write-to-random-DMA-channel-on-B.patch
- 900-gen_stats-fix-netlink-stats-padding.patch
Introduce a new backported patch to address ext4 breakage, introduced in 4.9.112
- backport-4.9/500-ext4-fix-check-to-prevent-initializing-reserved-inod.patch
This patch has been slightly altered to compensate for a new helper function
introduced in later kernels.
Also add ARM64_SSBD symbol to ARM64 targets still running kernel 4.9
Compile-tested on: ar71xx, bcm2710
Runtime-tested on: ar71xx
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Bundle the usbip utility sources shipped with the Linux kernel tree in
order to allow the usbip packages from the package feed to build within
the OpenWrt SDK.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
a514139 build: compile with -ffunction-sections, -fdata-sections and LTO
3c30b17 wl: only invoke nvram executable if it exists
65b8333 Revert "build: compile with -ffunction-sections, -fdata-sections and LTO"
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
In 4.14.57, a new symbol for Spectre v4 mitigation was introduced for
ARM64. Add this symbol to all ARM64 targets using kernel 4.14.
This mitigates CVE-2018-3639 on ARM64.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
AT803X_REG_CHIP_CONFIG and AT803X_BT_BX_REG_SEL have been defined
upstream by commit f62265b53ef3 ("at803x: double check SGMII side autoneg")
An existing local patch then added those exact same defines again which
isn't necessary, so remove them.
Fixes: f791fb4af4 ("kernel: add linux 4.9 support")
Fixes: b3f95490b9 ("kernel: generic: Add kernel 4.14 support")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The patch was wrongly removed by a kernel version bump to 4.9.105 in
the believe that it was merged upstream thow it wasn't. This lead to
unrecoverable link losses on devices which use those PHYs such as
many ubnt single-port CPEs.
Fixes: 7dca1bae82 (kernel: bump to 4.9.105)
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The previous round of fixes for the 82574 chip cause an issue with
emulated e1000e devices in VMware ESXi 6.5. It also contains changes
that are not strictly necessary. These patches fix the issues introduced
in the previous series, revert the unnecessary changes to avoid
unforeseen fallout, and avoid a case where interrupts can be missed.
The final two patches of this series are already in the kernel, so no
need to include them here.
Patchwork: https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/cover/881776/
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
This changes the DT binding's compatible property to
"ecoscentric,redboot-fis-partitions", removing the existing reference to
Red Hat.
Per the documentation hosted at eCosCentric's website, eCosCentric is
RedBoot's sole commercial maintainer since 2002, and the project has
been under the stewardship of the Free Software Foundation since 2008.
This also updates the property in the Inventel Livebox 1 .dts, the
binding's only current user.
Signed-off-by: Matt Merhar <mattmerhar@protonmail.com>
75ee790 interface-ip: fix eui64 ifaceid generation (FS#1668)
ca97097 netifd: make sure the vlan ifname fits into the buffer
b8c1bca iprule: remove bogus assert calls
a2f952d iprule: fix broken in_dev/out_dev checks
263631a vlan: use alloca to get rid of IFNAMSIZE in vlan_dev_set_name()
291ccbb ubus: display correct prefix size for IPv6 prefix address
908a9f4 CMakeLists.txt: add -Wimplicit-fallthrough to the compiler flags
b06b011 proto-shell.c: add a explicit "fall through" comment to make the compiler happy
60293a7 replace fall throughs in switch/cases where possible with simple code changes
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This patch fixes the a compile issue that was triggered by
apm821xx/sata when kmod-regmap was selected.
The CONFIG_REGMAP is declared in drivers/base/regmap/Kconfig
as type "bool" and not "tristate". Hence the symbol should
never be set to module, as this confuses the #if CONFIG_REGMAP
guards in include/linux/regmap.h:
|.../drivers/regulator/core.c:4041: undefined reference to `dev_get_regmap'
|.../drivers/regulator/core.c:4042: undefined reference to `dev_get_regmap'
|.../drivers/regulator/core.c:4044: undefined reference to `dev_get_regmap'
|.../drivers/regulator/helpers.o: In function `regulator_is_enabled_regmap':
|.../drivers/regulator/helpers.c:36: undefined reference to `regmap_read'
|...
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
When libcap-ng is detected during build, support for it is enabled. This
will cause a build failure due to a missing dependency. Explicitly
disable libcap-ng support to avoid this.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
The OpenMesh A62 is a tri-band device (1x 2.4GHz, 2x 5GHz) with special
filters in front of the RX+TX paths to the 5GHz PHYs. These filtered
channel can in theory still be used by the hardware but the signal strength
is reduced so much that it makes no sense.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
Tri-band devices (1x 2.4GHz + 2x 5GHz) often incorporate special filters in
the RX and TX path. These filtered channel can in theory still be used by
the hardware but the signal strength is reduced so much that it makes no
sense.
There is already a DT property to limit the available channels but ath10k
has to manually call this functionality to limit the currrently set wiphy
channels further.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
In the new DT-based pci-ar71xx driver, ar71xx_pci_irq_init() was being
called before populating the PCI controller's device_node struct member.
This led to no IRQ being assigned to connected PCI devices (e.g. ath9k
cards) and caused them to be non-functional aside from simply being
detected.
The previous errors encountered in dmesg were: "irq: no irq domain found
for /ahb/apb/pcie-controller@180c0000 !". /proc/interrupts listed an IRQ
of 0 for the cards.
While this has been only been tested on a yet-to-be-merged RouterStation
Pro target, it should also fix the broken wifi people have reported for
the ath79 WNDR3800 target.
Signed-off-by: Matt Merhar <mattmerhar@protonmail.com>
This adds support for the htu21 humidity and temperature sensor.
To get it to work you have to do something like this:
echo "htu21 0x40" >/sys/class/i2c-dev/i2c-1/device/new_device
for example by adding it to rc.local
Compile tested on brcm2708 and I have used an earlier version of this
patch for more than a year.
Signed-off-by: Torbjörn Jansson <torbjorn.jansson@mbox200.swipnet.se>
I no longer have the time, nor the desire to maintain this package.
Remove myself as maintainer.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
this feature has never worked, the fw image name was not passed and the -t
parameter was missing in the tool invocation. drop the feature.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Add missing definitions for the orange WAN LED on the
TL-WR1043N(D) v4 and v5.
Change the name of a MAC address offset constant to
make it consistent with the format of the
existing constants.
Signed-off-by: Tim Thorpe <tim@tfthorpe.net>
ELECOM WRC-2533GST is a 2.4/5 GHz band 11ac rotuer, based on
MediaTek MT7621A.
Specification:
- MT7621A (2-Core, 4-Threads)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR3)
- 16 MB of Flash (SPI)
- 4T4R 2.4/5 GHz wifi
- MediaTek MT7615
- 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 4x LEDs, 6 keys (2x buttons, 1x slide switch)
- UART header on PCB
- Vcc, GND, TX, RX from ethernet port side
- baudrate: 57600 bps
Flash instruction using factory image:
1. Connect the computer to the LAN port of WRC-2533GST
2. Connect power cable to WRC-2533GST and turn on it
3. Access to "https://192.168.2.1/" and open firmware update
page ("ファームウェア更新")
4. Select the OpenWrt factory image and click apply ("適用")
button
5. Wait ~150 seconds to complete flashing
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
Tested with 18.06.0-rc2/ar71xx/generic/tl-wdr4300-v1, image & list
This PR is based on the work of @fewckert[1] with slight improvements.
Add function `manifest` to show the manifest of the produced image,
before actually building it. The manifest contains an orderd list of
package name and version.
This is usefull to check package dependencies but also determine a
unique and reproducible image name before building the package. The
sysupgrade server[2] builds images on request with individual package
selection. To distignish between created images which contain differnt
packages, the EXTRA_IMAGE_NAME is set to a shortend hash of the
manifest's content. So far the image was renamed afterwards as the
manifests content was unknown, however this corrupts the signed
sha256sums. This patch allows a clean solution as to dtermine the
manifest in advance and set the EXTRA_IMAGE_NAME accordingly.
[1]: https://github.com/lede-project/source/pull/1591
[2]: https://github.com/aparcar/attendedsysupgrade-server
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
The sender domain has a DMARC Reject/Quarantine policy which disallows
sending mailing list messages using the original "From" header.
To mitigate this problem, the original message has been wrapped
automatically by the mailing list software.
This reduces build time significantly.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cote2004-github@yahoo.com>
Commit 2dcd955aea ("mac80211: backport and update patches for ath10k")
changed the DFS detector API, causing ath10k-ct to fail building due to
a missing add_pulse() argument.
Extend the already existing kernel compatibility patch to also adjust
the add_pulse() call accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
TP-Link Archer C59v2 is a dual-band AC1350 router based on
Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9561+QCA9886 chips.
Specification:
- 775/650/258 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz
- 2T2R 5 GHz
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- USB 2.0 port
- UART header on PCB
Flash instruction:
- via web UI:
1. Download openwrt-ar71xx-generic-archer-c59-v2-squashfs-factory.bin
2. Login to router and open the Advanced tab
3. Navigate to System Tools -> Firmware Upgrade
4. Upload firmware using the Manual Upgrade form
- via TFTP:
1. Set PC to fixed ip address 192.168.0.66
2. Download openwrt-ar71xx-generic-archer-c59-v2-squashfs-factory.bin
and rename it to tp_recovery.bin
3. Start a tftp server with the file tp_recovery.bin in its root directory
4. Turn off the router
5. Press and hold Reset button
6. Turn on router with the reset button pressed and wait ~15 seconds
7. Release the reset button and after a short time
the firmware should be transferred from the tftp server
8. Wait ~30 second to complete recovery.
Signed-off-by: Keith Maika <keithm@aoeex.com>
This fixes:
drivers/mtd/redboot.c:299:34: error: array type has incomplete element type 'struct of_device_id'
Fixes: 5e8b4be531 ("kernel: add DT binding support to the mtd redboot parser")
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
linux,part-probe should be avoided as its only supported with OpenWrt
downstream patch that is going to be dropped eventually.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
On brcm47xx boards, the model ID is the combination of the "boardtype" nvram
variable and an optional supplemental "boardnum" variable while the human
readable model name is usually exposed in the "machine" field of the
/proc/cpuinfo file.
Move the extraction of the board nvram variables and model name string into
the 01_sysinfo file and rework the 01_detect board configuration script to
solely use the prepared sysinfo values without performing own detection
logic.
As a consequence, we can drop the ucidef_set_board_id() and
ucidef_set_model_name() invocations in favor to the generic behaviour
which copies the /tmp/sysinfo/{board_name,model} values into the board.json
"id" and "name" fields respectively.
Since "01_detect" only contains network configuration logic after this
change, move it to "01_network" and rename the contained "detect_by_xxx"
functions to "configure_by_xxx" instead, to avoid potential confusion.
Fixes FS#1576
Acked-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
fixes FS#1034, squash fs images fails to boot because of missing ARM BCJ filter decoder
also activate squashf image creation
Signed-off-by: Lucian Cristian <lucian.cristian@gmail.com>
The call "get_features" allows to gather hostapd config options
via ubus. As first infos we add the ht and vht support.
Although nl80211 supports to gather informations about
ht and vht capabilities, the hostapd configuration can disable
vht and ht. However, it is possible that the iw output is not
representing the actual hostapd configuration.
Signed-off-by: Nick Hainke <vincent@systemli.org>
The Traverse LS1043-S board is a router board based on
NXP/Freescale's LS1043 SoC, with 4x1GBase-T, 1 SFP and 1 SFP+,
as well as miniPCIe and M.2 LTE.
Unlike the Layerscape reference boards, the LS1043-S board has
NAND flash and uses the mainline U-Boot.
This patch implements support for the LS1043-S board, as well as
the earlier LS1043-V board. It is our intention that all boards
in this family (LS1043-S and later, Five64) will boot the same binary.
Not included in this patchset are the hwmon drivers not in the kernel
(emc1704,pac1934) or the bootloader.
Signed-off-by: Mathew McBride <matt@traverse.com.au>
This is required for the Traverse LS1043 family, we generate a FIT image
that works on all boards across the family. This is done by creating
multiple configurations that select the right DTB for the board.
The bootloader on these boards is configured to boot like this:
bootm $kernel_load#ls1043s
bootm $kernel_load#ls1043v
This is based on earlier work by Jason Wu for Zynq:
https://lists.openwrt.org/pipermail/openwrt-devel/2016-March/040460.html
Modified to add FDT load addresses and multiple configurations with DTB.
Signed-off-by: Mathew McBride <matt@traverse.com.au>
This is required on the Traverse LS1043 boards to support SFP
and xDSL plug-ins.
This will not be needed on kernel 4.14.
Signed-off-by: Mathew McBride <matt@traverse.com.au>
Upstream renamed openssl-1.0.cnf to openssl-easyrsa.cnf.
However, pkg kept using openssl-1.0.cnf.
Upstream easyrsa searchs for vars, openssl-*, x509-types in the
same directory as easyrsa script. This was patched to revert
back to static /etc/easy-rsa/ directory (as does OpenSUSE).
EASYRSA_PKI still depends on $PWD.
Move easyrsa from /usr/sbin to /usr/bin as root is not needed.
Signed-off-by: Luiz Angelo Daros de Luca <luizluca@gmail.com>
Some of the modules in the crypto-misc package have alternate
implementations optimized for different x86 instruction set extensions,
but only one of these was built for this package until now: twofish-i586.ko
Tested with insmod, on both x86 and x86_64. The modules now have an
autoload, which they previous didn't, loading the dependencies in the
correct order.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gimpelevich <daniel@gimpelevich.san-francisco.ca.us>
In boards with fdt is impossible to use kmod-w1-gpio-custom.
w1-gpio-custom create platform structure for w1-gpio module,
but if board use fdt, data is ignored in w1-gpio probe.
This workaround fix the problem.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
The device name is corrected to match the hardware-stored (in hard config
flash space) device name.
Tested-by: Tobias Schramm <tobleminer@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
The device name is corrected to match the hardware-stored (in hard config
flash space) device name.
Tested-by: Tobias Schramm <tobleminer@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Tested on HC5661A and it now fixes the issue that when enabling sd card
in HC5661A, the wan and 3 lan ports will down.
Known issue:
- When enabling SD card support, the led light of system will down and the rest 2 lights keep working.
Signed-off-by: LoveSy <shana@zju.edu.cn>
There is another thing about crc to do when initialize SD card on
MT7628.
This commit is to fix this init issue.
Signed-off-by: LoveSy <shana@zju.edu.cn>
Compiler is producing the warning:
warning: format not a string literal and no format arguments
[-Wformat-security]
This patch makes the format a literal string in printf statements.
This with: gcc version 7.3.0 (Ubuntu 7.3.0-16ubuntu3) in Ubuntu 18.04
Signed-off-by: Paul Schulz <paul@mawsonlakes.org>
It is insecure to let this type of packets inside
They can e.g. open ports on some other routers with UPnP, etc
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Tunin <hanipouspilot@gmail.com>
Qxwlan E750G v8 is based on Qualcomm QCA9344.
Specification:
- 560/450/225 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8/16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 2T2R 2.4G GHz (AR9344)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (PoE support)
- 2x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 7x LED (6 driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- 1x DC jack for main power input (9-48 V)
- UART (J23) and LEDs (J2) headers on PCB
Flash instruction (using U-Boot CLI and tftp server):
- Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.10 and tftp server.
- Rename "sysupgrade" filename to "firmware.bin" and place it in tftp
server directory.
- Connect PC with one of RJ45 ports, power up the board and press
"enter" key to access U-Boot CLI.
- Use the following command to update the device to OpenWrt: "run lfw".
Flash instruction (using U-Boot web-based recovery):
- Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.xxx(2-254)/24.
- Connect PC with one of RJ45 ports, press the reset button, power up
the board and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until LEDs
start flashing.
- Open your browser and enter 192.168.1.1, select "sysupgrade" image
and click the upgrade button.
Signed-off-by: 张鹏 <sd20@qxwlan.com>
Qxwlan E750A v4 is based on Qualcomm QCA9344.
Specification:
- 560/450/225 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8/16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 2T2R 5G GHz (AR9344)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (one port with PoE support)
- 1x miniPCIe slot (USB 2.0 bus only)
- 7x LED (6 driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- 1x DC jack for main power input (9-48 V)
- UART (J23) and LEDs (J2) headers on PCB
Flash instruction (using U-Boot CLI and tftp server):
- Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.10 and tftp server.
- Rename "sysupgrade" filename to "firmware.bin" and place it in tftp
server directory.
- Connect PC with one of RJ45 ports, power up the board and press
"enter" key to access U-Boot CLI.
- Use the following command to update the device to OpenWrt: "run lfw".
Flash instruction (using U-Boot web-based recovery):
- Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.xxx(2-254)/24.
- Connect PC with one of RJ45 ports, press the reset button, power up
the board and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until LEDs
start flashing.
- Open your browser and enter 192.168.1.1, select "sysupgrade" image
and click the upgrade button.
Signed-off-by: 张鹏 <sd20@qxwlan.com>
Qxwlan E558 v2 is based on Qualcomm QCA9558 + AR8327.
Specification:
- 720/600/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8/16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz (QCA9558)
- 3x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet (one port with PoE support)
- 4x miniPCIe slot (USB 2.0 bus only)
- 1x microSIM slot
- 5x LED (4 driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- 1x 3-pos switch
- 1x DC jack for main power input (9-48 V)
- UART (JP5) and LEDs (J8) headers on PCB
Flash instruction (using U-Boot CLI and tftp server):
- Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.10 and tftp server.
- Rename "sysupgrade" filename to "firmware.bin" and place it in tftp
server directory.
- Connect PC with one of RJ45 ports, power up the board and press
"enter" key to access U-Boot CLI.
- Use the following command to update the device to OpenWrt: "run lfw".
Flash instruction (using U-Boot web-based recovery):
- Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.xxx(2-254)/24.
- Connect PC with one of RJ45 ports, press the reset button, power up
the board and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until LEDs
start flashing.
- Open your browser and enter 192.168.1.1, select "sysupgrade" image
and click the upgrade button.
Signed-off-by: 张鹏 <sd20@qxwlan.com>
The driver is written in such a way that with a board defintion that
connects a fixed phy, mdio, and switch in a certain way, a kernel oops could
result because of lack of previously probed mdio bus.
This commit allows for easier debugging in this case by casting the
correct blame with serial console messages.
Signed-off-by: Daniel F. Dickinson <cshored@thecshore.com>
It's a little noisier but makes it obvious when the ar7240 switch was
connected to the MDIO bus, and to which phy device (or the failure
to do so).
Signed-off-by: Daniel F. Dickinson <cshored@thecshore.com>
NB: Error only appears with ag71xx debug messages and dynamic printk
enabled. This is probably why no one has caught it before.
Previously phy probe debug messages used old (now wrong) functions
to get the phy name for printing. There was also the chance of
a NULL pointer in the event no phy_device was found.
Signed-off-by: Daniel F. Dickinson <cshored@thecshore.com>
With AVM Fritz!Box 4040 and OpenWrt 18.06 RC1 there are many kernel warnings
kern.warn kernel: [87771.917049] ath10k_ahb a000000.wifi: Invalid VHT mcs 15 peer stats
and there are disconnections when the connected clients are many, at the moment I tried with 16 clients on 2.4 GHz and 8 on 5 GHZ.
Firmware 10.4-3.5.3-00057 fixes these warnings and the problem of disconnections of some clients.
Signed-off-by: Massimo Tum <masnia@tiscali.it>
mdio bus isn't a standalone device on ar7240. (and maybe older SoCs?)
Use simple-mfd for ar7241 and later SoCs to get mdio1 ready before gmac0
For ar7240 and older chips, manually create platform device after
ag71xx_hw_init() in ag71xx_probe()to get mdio0 ready between
ag71xx_hw_init() and ag71xx_phy_connect().
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Allow specifying desired mdio clock frequency in dts.
Use default frequency around 5MHz for builtin switch and 2MHz for other mdio bus.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Remove mdio1 and phy1 handle. AR8327N is controlled through mdio0.
Add gmac-config for Archer C7.
Remove ucidef_set_interfaces_lan_wan. They can be determined by config_generate automatically.
The following are for adding support for WDR4900 v2/Archer C7 v1 and other
devices that shared the same machine file in ar71xx:
Move mtd partitions to archer-c7-v2.dts. Only Archer C7 v2 has 16M flash.
Flash on Archer C7 v1/TL-WDR4900 v2 is 8M.
Add label for wlan leds. The default trigger for archer c7/wdr4900 is different.
Move wlan5g led to archer-c7-v2.dts. 5G led on WDR4900 is connected to ar9380.
Move rfkill definition to archer-c7-v2.dts. There is no such a button on wdr4900 v2.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
enable mdio1 by default because mdio1 node is a subnode of eth1
and eth1 node is a "simple-mfd", which makes mdio1 disabled when
eth1 isn't enabled.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Most qca devices use 115200n8 as it's default uart baudrate.
Add 'chosen' node for qca953x like other SoCs in ath79 target.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Commit c7efc93 renamed controller name
to qca,ar9340-intc and added some functions but qca9533.dtsi was overlooked.
Correct the dtsi and adust it to the new format
Add gmac and correct reset for cascaded irq and build-in switch
Also add the reference clock to soc dtsi so we don't have to have it in every dts
Signed-off-by: Lucian Cristian <lucian.cristian@gmail.com>
Remove switch reset definition
Fix gmac compatible string (We only need SW_PHY_SWAP and SW_PHY_ADDR_SWAP on qca953x so use ar9330-gmac instead of ar9340-gmac.)
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
gmac0 is always connected to switch phy4 and mdio1 is always needed.
So add phy handle for eth0 and enable mdio1 by default.
Move fixed-link for gmac1 from device dts to ar9331.dtsi because gmac1 is always connected to builtin switch.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Enable mdio1 by default because mdio1 is needed when eth1 is enabled.
PS: If a ar9341 device has only one port and you only want to use gmac0,
change compatible of gmac1 to "syscon", "simple-mfd" in dts.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
This patch did several things:
1. Probe the builtin switch as a separated mdio device.
2. Register a separated mdio bus for builtin switch.
3. Use generic mdio read/write function instead of calling ag71xx_mdio_mii_read/write directly.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
We need to have mdio1 belonging to gmac1 initialized before gmac0.
Split it into a separated mdio device to get both mdios ready before probing gmac.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
The builtin switch has it's initial valid mac address(00:00:01:00:00:00).
Since the builtin switch is an independent device, setting mac address of gmac1 to builtin switch isn't a good idea and this makes it impossilbe to split builtin switch apart as an independent platform device.
Remove these functions and apply default VLAN during initialization as a preparation for further driver splitting.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Only build images for straight OpenWrt (using all flash; wipes out
partitions that contain information only important for accessing a
now defunct cloud service with the stock firmware) since the stock
firmware is now irrelevant.
Signed-off-by: Daniel F. Dickinson <cshored@thecshore.com>
The wrong MAC addresses (from the point of view of the physical device
label) were being assigned to the wrong interfaces. Fix that.
Signed-off-by: Daniel F. Dickinson <cshored@thecshore.com>
While the stock firmware and previous ar71xx versions of openwrt used the
single ethernet port as a DHCP client, for unmodified openwrt usage it
makes more sense to do the standard openwrt thing and make the ethernet
port a static lan with known address so that users can find the device on
the network more easily.
Signed-off-by: Daniel F. Dickinson <cshored@thecshore.com>
The Skydog cloud service no longer exists hence supporting going back
to stock firmware with cloud support is no longer applicable.
Signed-off-by: Daniel F. Dickinson <cshored@thecshore.com>
The reset button was incorrectly returning KEY_WPS_BUTTON as the key
code. We want KEY_RESTART., so make that fix.
Signed-off-by: Daniel F. Dickinson <cshored@thecshore.com>
The PCIe wireless MAC address address is better labelled as WMAC
than MAC to emphasize that it is for a wireless interface.
Signed-off-by: Daniel F. Dickinson <cshored@thecshore.com>
The CAP324 was an AP for a NaaS offering that is now defunct. While
previously supported in the ar71xx arch, there were some errata (to
be fixed shortly).
Notable differences from ar71xx support:
1) The method of getting the ath9k firmware for the PCIe 2ghz wifi has
changed (due to changes in how the arch handles this), since this device
doesn't use the EEPROM except to get the MAC address of the wifi.
2) /etc/config/wireless will need to be regenerated as the path(s) to
the wireless device(s) have changed.
3) ath79 OpenWrt firmware no longer supports build an image that allows
reverting to stock firmware (as the cloud service no longer exists, the
stock firmware is useless), instead using all of the flash for image and
overlay (less u-boot/env and art).
4) Initial network config treats the ethernet port as a Lan port with
the standard default address (192.168.1.1 unless changed in .config
--e.g. via menuconfig) instead of using DHCP (this was the default for
the stock firmware, however for openwrt use this is rather confusion and
counter-productive as the user has a harder time finding the device on
the network.
Signed-off-by: Daniel F. Dickinson <cshored@thecshore.com>
Add ath79 arch support for PowerCloud Systems CR5000. Previously
supported under ar71xx (however there are some errors in that support;
to be fixed shortly).
Info:
* This board is based on the Atheros DB120 reference design, but doesn't
use the on-board switch. Instead it attachs GMAC0 to an AR8327 switch.
* It only uses GMAC0 and the WAN is simply a VLAN in the stock firmware.
* It has 64MB RAM and 8MB flash.
* In the dts version we get rid of using 'open-drain' for the AR8327
LED controls.
* As with the platform data version we disable JTAG as this conflicts
with one of the pair of GPIO's required for the power/status LED
(GPIO2 and GPIO4 are used for this LED).
* The pcie card wifi has an EEPROM but gets it's MAC address from
the ART partition.
* The SoC wifi (2.4 GHz) is all from the ART.
* The USB is support comes from the SoC.
NB. This is actually an AR9342 rather than AR9344 but we use the 9344
definitions because there are no relevant differences for this board.
NB: Building only images that don't support reverting to the old
cloud-based firmware as the Skydog cloud service for the CR5000 no
longer exists.
Signed-off-by: Daniel F. Dickinson <cshored@thecshore.com>
81d446b045 introduced incomplete
support for this device.
This patch attempts to correct the situation based on OEM source
code.
LED1-3 are GSM mode on OFW (2G/3G/4G) hence unassigned here.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Tested-by: David Ehrmann <ehrmann@gmail.com>
The active_low flag was missing for the user LED. This LED is open drain
(confirmed in OEM source) and open drain only makes sense for active low
GPIOs.
The two wireless LEDs mentioned in the comments are also #defined for
future reference.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Tested-by: Ryan Mounce <ryan@mounce.com.au>
e15c63a375 introduced code that was trying
to register GPIO 1 as both an LED and a button. The OEM source makes it
clear that LED1 is not wired to the SoC GPIOs. GPIO 1 is the reset button.
Furthermore the (green) power led default state should also be defined,
(matching OEM source), and it should be used by diag.sh since it's
currently the only software-controllable LED.
This patch fixes these issues and renames the corresponding #defines for
clarity
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
The gpios that control power toggle for USB on the RouterBOARD devices
are active low _off_ switches.
When they are active (low), power is off. When they are inactive
(high), power is on.
Rename GPIO defines, set gpios to GPIOF_ACTIVE_LOW for consistency and
reflect their true action in the display name. This brings openwrt code
in line with OEM.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Tested-by: Ryan Mounce <ryan@mounce.com.au>
convert the usb and both sata port power related gpio-hogs to
what they really are: fixed-regulators.
The ethernet phy-reset gpio-hog is replaced by a proper
upstream (4.15+) reset-gpios property in the mdio-node.
So this will work eventually.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
@vahid-dan reported a issue with extracting the rpi images with
Gnome's Archive Manager:
"Ubuntu Archive Manager cannot extract the file and it just
throws a general error message: "An error occurred while
extracting files".
<https://forum.lede-project.org/t/corrupted-pre-built-v18-06-0-rc2-image-for-rpi>
The MBL's rootfs.img.gz image is generated in much the same way.
Hence this patch preemptively splits the rootfs.img.gz image into
a sysupgrade and a factory image.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch adds support for squashfs as the root filesystem.
advantages:
- migrate from a existing -ext4 installation and back
with the sysupgrade utility
- existing partition layout will not be lost during switch
- slightly smaller image size as compared to the -ext4 image.
disadvantages:
- needs f2fs + tools. This is because fstools rootdisk.c decides based
on the partition size (currently root partitions > 100 MiB) f2fs is
used as the rootfs_data filesystem.
- rootfs_data is placed into the rootfs partition after the squashfs.
This makes it difficult for tools that expect a /dev/sda${X} device.
It also makes it difficult for data recovery tools as they might not
expect to find a embedded partition or will be slightly confused.
... or will not support f2fs.
For people with existing build configurations: make sure to include mkf2fs
and f2fsck packages into the image. Otherwise the new -squashfs image will
only boot from the ram-overlay.
Note:
All overlay data (configurations/all installed packages/...) will be
placed in inside the rootfs partition (i.e. /dev/sda2) just after the
squashfs image.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
@vahid-dan reported a issue with extracting the rpi images with
Gnome's Archive Manager:
"Ubuntu Archive Manager cannot extract the file and it just
throws a general error message: "An error occurred while
extracting files".
<https://forum.lede-project.org/t/corrupted-pre-built-v18-06-0-rc2-image-for-rpi>
@blogic told me to split the single sdcard.img.gz for the RPi
into a sysupgrade and a factory image for all brcm2708 targets.
The factory images will have no metadata attached, this way
these utilities that can't deal with the attached metadata will
not fail for no reason.
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
It was present as 4.4 compatibility, but since we now use 4.9 or later
with the new upstream solution, we don't need it anymore.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
That upstream commit caused instability in flash reads. It was reported
but there isn't any proper fix as for now.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This includes Linksys EA9500 support, BCM53573 timer fix and
upstream-ready partitions patch that replaces two downstream hacks.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
USB 3.0 PHY is attached to the MDIO bus and should be supported
(accessed) as a MDIO device. This wasn't known initially which resulted
in writing driver that was working with MDIO bus (using some magic
values) without knowing it.
This commit updates DT to properly describe MDIO & USB 3.0 PHY and
enables required kernel drivers.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
[0-3](none, minimal[default], more, maximum)
It is not 100% backward compatible, because now 0 disables logging
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Tunin <hanipouspilot@gmail.com>
Refresh patches
Upstream commits since last bump:
3b6eb19 Log DNSSEC trust anchors at startup.
f3e5787 Trivial comment change.
c851c69 Log failure to confirm an address in DHCPv6.
a3bd7e7 Fix missing fatal errors when parsing some command-line/config options.
ab5ceaf Document the --help option in the french manual
1f2f69d Fix recurrent minor spelling mistake in french manual
f361b39 Fix some mistakes in french translation of the manual
eb1fe15 When replacing cache entries, preserve CNAMES which target them.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
This is a new & warm feature that allows nesting partiitons in DT and
mixing their types (e.g. static vs. dynamic). It's very useful for
boards that have most partitions static but some of them require extra
parsing (e.g. a "firmware" partition).
It's required to successfully backport support for new devices using
that new syntax in their DT files.
Since brcm63xx has a custom alternative patch the upstream one is being
reverted for it. The plan is to make brcm63xx use the upstream
implementation.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
The sierra_net driver is using proto_directip_setup for setup. So use
proto_directip_teardown for teardown.
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
001-Fix-compiler_state_t.ai-usage-when-INET6-is-not-defi.patch dropped due to upstream
002-Add-missing-compiler_state_t-parameter.patch dropped due to upstream
202-protocol_api.patch dropped due to implemented upstream by another way
upstream commit: 55c690f6f8
and renamed via: 697b1f7e9b
ead is the only user who use the protocol api, we have to use the new api since libpcap 1.9.0
Signed-off-by: Syrone Wong <wong.syrone@gmail.com>
Monitor mode isn't supported yet with brcmfmac, it's just an early work.
This also prepares brcmfmac to work stable with new firmwares which use
updated struct for passing STA info.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
The most important is probably regression fix in handling platform
NVRAM. That bug stopped hardware from being properly calibrated breaking
e.g. 5 GHz for Netgear R8000.
Other than that it triggers memory dumps when experiencing firmware
problems which is important for debugging purposes.
Fixes: 7e8eb7f309 ("mac80211: backport brcmfmac firmware & clm_blob loading rework")
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
The OCEDO Raccoon only has one ethernet port, but currently uci sections
for WAN and LAN are created.
Additionally, newer versions of the devices U-Boot (units with SteelWRT)
set the kernel-cmdline and therefore overwrite the partition-layout.
We fix this by overwriting the cmdline supplied by the bootloader.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The get_status_led() function was removed due to the convertion to dts
alias based status led.
Since we don't need the boardname any longer, the functions.sh include
isn't required any more.
Fixes: c9c4b2116c ("ramips: Use dts alias based status led")
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
With a10a204aab ("kernel: make ubi auto-attach check for a tar file
magic") the check for the magic was added without considering a failing
mtd_read(). If the read fails, no check is done and the mount code is
called straight away.
Failing with an error message for such cases seems to me the cleaner way,
as it would allow to spot hidden/workaround issues.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The first block(s) of the ubi mtd device might be bad. We need to take
care on our own to skip the bad block(s) and read the next one(s).
Don't treat recoverable read errors as fatal and check for the UBI magic
if the data of a block could be recovered using ECC or similar.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Move the put_mtd_device() called on multiple error conditions to a goto
label to use it later for more error conditions.
The early return on failed open of the mtd device and mismatching mtd
type allows to get rid of one level of indentation. By jumping to the
cleanup code, a refcount bug is fixed for the wrong flash type condition.
While at it, make clear that we only check for the UBI magic if the read
from flash was successful.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Disabled libpsl to fix build issue reported by buildbots
Package libcurl is missing dependencies for the following libraries:
libpsl.so.5
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
This watchdog script tries to re-resolve hostnames for inactive WireGuard peers.
Use it for peers with a frequently changing dynamic IP.
persistent_keepalive must be set, recommended value is 25 seconds.
Run this script from cron every minute:
echo '* * * * * /usr/bin/wireguard_watchdog' >> /etc/crontabs/root
Signed-off-by: Aleksandr V. Piskunov <aleksandr.v.piskunov@gmail.com>
[bump the package release]
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
This commit refreshes and updates the VHT160 ath10k support fix patches
and adds a number of backports from ath-next:
* 8ed05ed06fca ath10k: handle tdls peer events
* 229329ff345f ath10k: wmi: modify svc bitmap parsing for wcn3990
* 14d65775687c ath10k: advertise TDLS wider bandwidth support for 5GHz
* bc64d05220f3 ath10k: debugfs support to get final TPC stats for 10.4 variants
* 8b2d93dd2261 ath10k: Fix kernel panic while using worker (ath10k_sta_rc_update_wk)
* 4b190675ad06 ath10k: fix kernel panic while reading tpc_stats
* be8cce96f14d ath10k: add support to configure channel dwell time
* f40105e67478 ath: add support to get the detected radar specifications
* 6f6eb1bcbeff ath10k: DFS Host Confirmation
* 260e629bbf44 ath10k: fix memory leak of tpc_stats
* 38441fb6fcbb ath10k: support use of channel 173
* 2e9bcd0d7324 ath10k: fix spectral scan for QCA9984 and QCA9888 chipsets
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
[move backported patches in the 3xx number space, bring in upstream order,
replace incomplete patch files with git format-patch ones, rewrite commit
message, fix subject]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
80b41cd version: bump snapshot
fe5f0f6 recieve: disable NAPI busy polling
e863f40 device: destroy workqueue before freeing queue
81a2e7e wg-quick: allow link local default gateway
95951af receive: use gro call instead of plain call
d9501f1 receive: account for zero or negative budget
e80799b tools: only error on wg show if all interfaces failk
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
[Added commit log to commit description]
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Changes compared to GCC 7.x
001-revert_register_mode_search.patch dropped
The underlying issue is described at the end of
https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=58139
It is fixed by the upstream commit:
3fa2798aa8
020-PR-libstdc-81797-Add-.NOTPARALLEL-to-include-Makefil.patch dropped due to already upstream
100-PR-rtl-optimization-83496.patch dropped due to already upstream
910-mbsd_multi.patch
modified to fix ambiguous overloaded inform() call error
gcc/input.h
header: define UNKNOWN_LOCATION ((source_location) 0)
- inform (0, "someone does not honour COPTS correctly, passed %d times",
- honour_copts);
+ inform (UNKNOWN_LOCATION, "someone does not honour COPTS correctly, passed %d times",
+ honour_copts);
940-no-clobber-stamp-bits.patch dropped due to fixed upstream by another way
upstream commit: 87b2d547f8
950-cpp_file_path_translation.patch dropped, Both -fmacro-prefix-map and -ffile-prefix-map are added
to gcc 8.1.0, if I understand it correctly, we should use -fmacro-prefix-map
usage: -fmacro-prefix-map=@var{old}=@var{new}
upstream commit: 859b51f836
-iremap exists as a flag for a long time, for backward compatibility, I think we should keep the
variable name unchanged but change its value in rules.mk for gcc 8.x and higher.
Compile and run tested on x86_64
Signed-off-by: Syrone Wong <wong.syrone@gmail.com>
This partly reverts ca32373c95 which lets
profiles that suppress packages to alter the package selection for all
devices of the target when building with CONFIG_TARGET_PER_DEVICE_ROOTFS.
In particular, this caused the brcm47xx Edimax PS-1208MFG profile to
disable mtd, dropbear, firewall and other essential packages for all
brcm47xx/generic builds.
To solve this problem, prevent profiles from mangling the global
DEFAULT_PACKAGES selection and restrict the supression of negated
packages to the local PACKAGE variable list only.
Fixes ca32373c95 ("target.mk: let profile remove from DEFAULT_PACKAGES")
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
iproute2's tc was updated to support the recently upstreamed cake qdisc.
Backport this canonical support from upstream into iproute2 v4.17
There is no kernel kmod/userspace tc ABI change in this release from the
previous package bump, so everyone can breath a sigh of relief.
This is largely a code style change, the exception to prove the rule:
option 'autorate_ingress' has been changed to 'autorate-ingress' to fit
in with upstream option naming expectations.
No openwrt package (e.g. sqm-scripts) has knowledge of
'autorate_ingress' thus only users who made their own scripts or used
it within the 'dangerous configuration' options of sqm-scripts will be
affected.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
By takimata:
"Come to think of it, an MBL Single board boots up just fine on an
MBL Duo image, and the MBL Single board identifies completely
identical to the MBL Duo
(Board: Apollo-3G - APM82181 Board, 2*SATA, 1*USB).
I wonder if there is any downside to just using the MBL Duo firmware
on a MBL Single. I wonder if the two firmwares could even be unified."
<https://forum.lede-project.org/t/wd-mybook-live-duo-two-disks/16195/9>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
All these devices share the exact same image format.
The usb3 kmod is added for the rbm11g, as the rbm11g has a mini-pcie
slot like its bigger sibling. The usb kmod is necessary for
usb-over-pcie support, which is mandatory for a lot of LTE modules.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
The FritzBox 7312 is also known as 1&1 WLAN-MODEM. The device is almost
the same as FB7330, but only one ETH-Port and no USB.
Hardware
SoC: Lantiq Xway ARX188 PSB 50812 EL
RAM: 64MB DDR1 (Zentel A4S12D40FTP-G5)
Ethernet: Atheros 8030
Wireless: Atheros AR9227 b/g/n 2x2
DSL: Lantiq ADSL2+
DECT: Dialog SC14441
Buttons: WiFi, DECT
LEDs: Power/DSL, Fon, DECT, WLAN, Info
LEDs
Power: GPIO#44 (active low)
Internet: GPIO#47 (active low)
DECT: GPIO#38 (active low)
WLAN: GPIO#37 (active low)
Info: GPIO#35 (active low)
The Fon LED is labeled as internet in avm gpl sources.
Buttons
WLAN: GPIO#1 (active low)
DECT: GPIO#2 (active low)
Phy
GPIO#03: 25 MHz
GPIO#34: Reset (active low)
GPIO#39: Int
GPIO#42: MII MDIO
GPIO#43: MII MDC
PCIe
GPIO#21: reset (active low)
Installation:
To install OpenWrt via Eva bootloader, within the first seconds after
power on a ftp connection need to be established to the FRITZ!Box at
192.168.178.1 and the the following ftp commands need to be run:
ftp> quote USER adam2
ftp> quote PASS adam2
ftp> binary
ftp> debug
ftp> passive
ftp> quote MEDIA FLSH
ftp> put /path/to/openwrt-lantiq-xway-avm_fritz7312-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin mtd1
ftp> quote REBOOT
Signed-off-by: Johann Neuhauser <johann@it-neuhauser.de>
Use of_mdiobus_register() to pass the ethernet phy node to the phy
drivers. This is needed for the at8030 phy driver which needs to know
the GPIO which is connected to the ar8030 reset pin.
This driver expects a child in gsw/etop node named "mdio-bus", which has
the ethernet phys defined:
&gsw {
phy-mode = "rmii";
phy-handle = <&phy0>;
mtd-mac-address = <&ath9k_cal 0xa91>;
mtd-mac-address-increment = <(-2)>;
mdio-bus {
#address-cells = <1>;
#size-cells = <0>;
reg = <0>;
phy0: ethernet-phy@0 {
reg = <0>;
reset-gpios = <&gpio 34 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
};
};
};
Fallback to mdiobus_register() if no mdio-bus child node exists. This
way we don't need to touch all xway dts files, for which we don't know
the actual address on the mdio bus.
Signed-off-by: Johann Neuhauser <johann@it-neuhauser.de>
Restarting service sysctl echos multiple errors like:
sysctl: -e: No such file or directory
After the first filename, all remaining arguments are treated
as files.
Signed-off-by: Luiz Angelo Daros de Luca <luizluca@gmail.com>
The mac address for the 2.4 wireless need to be decremented by one.
Correct MAC adress increments for this board are:
wlan0 (5GHz) : -2
wlan1 (2.4GHz) : -1
eth1 (LAN) : 0
eth0 (WAN) : 1
Signed-off-by: Aleksandr V. Piskunov <aleksandr.v.piskunov@gmail.com>
Add each variant to the matching PROVIDERS variables after evaluating
the respective hostapd*, wpad* and wpa* variant.
Each package providing the same feature will automatically conflict with
all prior packages providing the same feature.
This way we can handle the conflicts automatically without introducing
recursive dependencies.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Move common variables and/or values to the package (variant) default.
Add additional values in variant packages if necessary. Remove further
duplicates by introducing new templates.
Remove the ANY_[HOSTAPD|SUPPLICANT_PROVIDERS]_PROVIDERS. The are the
same as the variables without the any prefix. No need to maintain both
variables.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
procd needs processes to stay in foreground to remain under its gaze and
control. Failure to do so means service stop commands fail to actually
stop the process (procd doesn't think it's running 'cos the process has
exited already as part of its forking routing)
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
As dnsmasq is started earlier than netifd usage of network.sh functions
at boottime will fail; therefore don't call at boottime the functions
which construct the dhcp pool/relay info.
As interface triggers are installed the dhcp pool/relay info will be
constructed when the interface gets reported as up by netifd.
At the same time also register interface triggers based on DHCP relay
config.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
The pptp.so plugin needs to be built with -fPIC as well in order to be
linkable again.
Fixes 888a15ff83 ("ppp: add missing -fPIC to rp-pppoe.so CFLAGS")
Fixes e7397eef69 ("ppp: compile with LTO enabled")
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Increase the termination timeout to 15s to let OpenVPN properly tear down
its connections, especially when weak links or complex down scripts are
involved.
Fixes FS#859.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Drop the parallel-unsafe custom Build/dtb macro and use the .dtb artifacts
produced by the generic image build code.
Also remove unused .dtb references in the mt7623 subtarget.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
When attempting to use any of the functions in network.sh while netifd is
not started yet, the ubus interface dump query will fail with "Not found",
yielding an empty response.
Subsequently, jsonfilter is invoked with an empty string instead of a valid
JSON document, causing it to emit a second "unexpected end of data" error.
This caused the dnsmasq init script to log the following errors during
early boot on some systems:
procd: /etc/rc.d/S19dnsmasq: Command failed: Not found.
procd: /etc/rc.d/S19dnsmasq: Failed to parse json data: unexpected end of data.
Fix the issue by allowing the ubus query to fail with "Not found" but still
logging other failures, and by passing an empty JSON object to jsonfilter
if the interface status cache is empty.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
F9K1115v2 has a kernel partition size of 1408 kB.
Since kernel 4.9.x+ the kernel image for this device compiled had exceeded
the kernel partition size limit and thus failing size check.
The kernel image generated for this device
under ar71xx tiny target is 1329.67 kB < 1408 kB.
Signed-off-by: Kin Chan <kcchan1@outlook.com>
Some HP Thin clients use the broadcom nextreme chip as integrated NIC.
It is connected via PCI express and will only be found automatically if
phy-broadcom is loaded before tg3. This small change makes the thin
client usable for Freifunk with gluon out of the box.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Förster <steffen@chemnitz.freifunk.net>
We can safely assume by now that rpm5.org is dead and isn't coming back
so just add another mirror instead.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
This patch adds support for the MikroTik RB931-2nD (hAP mini):
https://mikrotik.com/product/RB931-2nD
Specifications:
* SoC: Qualcomm QCA9533 (650MHz)
* RAM: 32MiB
* Storage: 16MiB SPI NOR flash
* Ethernet: 3x100M
* Wireless: QCA9533 built-in, dual-chain 802.11b/g/n
Installation:
1. Setup a DHCP/BOOTP Server with the following parameters:
* DHCP-Option 66 (TFTP server name): pointing to a local TFTP
server within the same subnet of the DHCP range
* DHCP-Option 67 (Bootfile-Name): matching the initramfs filename
of the to be booted image. The usable intramfs files are:
- openwrt-ar71xx-mikrotik-vmlinux-initramfs.elf
- openwrt-ar71xx-mikrotik-vmlinux-initramfs-lzma.elf
- openwrt-ar71xx-mikrotik-rb-nor-flash-16M-initramfs-kernel.bin
2. Press the reset button on the board and keep that pressed.
3. Connect the board to your local network via its Internet port.
4. Release the button after the LEDs on the board are turned off.
Now the board should load and start the initramfs image from
the TFTP server.
5. Now connect the board via either of its LAN ports (2 or 3).
6. Upload the sysupgrade image to the board with scp:
$ scp openwrt-ar71xx-mikrotik-rb-nor-flash-16M-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin root@192.168.1.1:/tmp/fw.bin
7. Log in to the running system listening on 192.168.1.1 via ssh
as root (without password):
$ ssh root@192.168.1.1
8. Flash the uploaded firmware file from the ssh session via the
sysupgrade command:
root@OpenWrt:~# sysupgrade /tmp/fw.bin
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
'In different versions of coreboot are different names of apu boardname.
No need to check boardname to load module.'
Signed-off-by: Lukas Mrtvy <lukas.mrtvy@gmail.com>
The sender domain has a DMARC Reject/Quarantine policy which disallows
sending mailing list messages using the original "From" header.
To mitigate this problem, the original message has been wrapped
automatically by the mailing list software.
SOC: BCM63168 (BMIPS4350 V8.0 @400MHz)
Flash size: 16 MiB
RAM size: 128 MiB
Heavily based on patch for OpenWRT Chaos Chalmer.
Original patch and more info can be found at:
https://openwrt.org/toh/sky/sr102
Known issues:
- Wireless and ADSL modem are not working.
Signed-off-by: Andrius Štikonas <andrius@stikonas.eu>
The original vendor's driver programmed the dma controller's
AHB HPROT values to enable bufferable, privileged mode. This
along with the "same priorty for both channels" could very
well fix the freezes that have been reported on the forum by
@ticerex and @takimata.
<https://forum.lede-project.org/t/wd-mybook-live-duo-two-disks/16195/46>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Bump to the latest cake recipe.
This backports tc class support to kernel 4.9 and other than conditional
kernel compilation pre-processor macros represents the cake that has
gone upstream into kernel 4.19. Loud cheer!
Fun may be had by changing cake tin classification for packets on
ingress. e.g.
tc filter add dev ifb4eth0 parent 800b: protocol ip u32 match \
ip dport 6981 0xffff action skbedit priority 800b:1
Where 800b: represents the filter handle for the ifb obtained by 'tc
qdisc' and the 1 from 800b:1 represents the cake tin number. So the
above example puts all incoming packets destined for port 6981 into the
BULK (lowest priority) tin.
f39ab9a Obey tin_order for tc filter classifiers
1e2473f Clean up after latest backport.
82531d0 Reorder includes to fix out of tree compilation
52cbc00 Code style cleanup
6cdb496 Fix argument order for NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR()
cab17b6 Remove duplicate call to qdisc_watchdog_init()
71c7991 Merge branch 'backport-classful'
32aa7fb Fix compilation on Linux 4.9
9f8fe7a Fix compilation on Linux 4.14
ceab7a3 Rework filter classification
aad5436 Fixed version of class stats
be1c549 Add cake-specific class stats
483399d Use tin_order for class dumps
80dc129 Add class dumping
0c8e6c1 Fix dropping when using filters
c220493 Add the minimum class ops
5ed54d2 Start implementing tc filter/class support
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Override the default shutdown action (stop) and close all processes
of dropbear
Since commit 498fe85, the stop action only closes the process
that's listening for new connections, maintaining the ones with
existing clients.
This poses a problem when restarting or shutting-down a device,
because the connections with existing SSH clients, like OpenSSH,
are not properly closed, causing them to hang.
This situation can be avoided by closing all dropbear processes when
shutting-down the system, which closes properly the connections with
current clients.
Signed-off-by: Christian Schoenebeck <christian.schoenebeck@gmail.com>
[Luis: Rework commit message]
Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
First of all lengths should be compared after checking all blocks for
being good/bad. It's because requested length may differ from a final
one if there were some bad blocks.
Secondly it makes sense to also compare crc32 since we already have a
new one calculated.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Fix broken DHCPv6 servers which provide the server unicast option but
do not reply on DHCPv6 renew messages directed to the IPv6 address
contained in the server unicast option whihc results in broken IPv6
connectivity.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Reading MTD data with (p)read doesn't return any error when accessing
bad block. As the result, with current code, CRC32 covers "data" stored
in bad blocks.
That behavior doesn't match CFE's one (bootloader simply skips bad
blocks) and may result in:
1) Invalid CRC32
2) CFE refusing to boot firmware with a following error:
Boot program checksum is invalid
Fix that problem by checking every block before reading its content.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
On Debian, busybox does have a time applet, but it does not support the -f
flag. Catch this in prereq check to give users to proper error message.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
An incorrect variable name was referenced in KERNEL_FILE_DEPENDS, leading
to the omission of the backport-* patch dirs in the generation of the
prepared stamp name.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
The code has some remaining issues that cause ethernet hangs, so
disable it for now until we can get it fixed
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
08719b1 mt76: use a per rx queue page fragment cache
4d2c565 mt76x2: reset HW before probe
f622975 mt76x2: fix CCK protection control frame rate
6780375 mt76x2: add frame protection support
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Allow enabling/commenting/disabling each feed individually by using a
tristate config symbol.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
FEEDS_ENABLED and FEEDS_DISABLED are derived from FEEDS_AVAILABLE, not
FEEDS_INSTALLED.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Setting CONFIG_FEED_... symbols combined two different effects: Disabling
a feed in the generated opkg distfeeds.conf, and omitting the feed from
PACKAGE_SUBDIRS.
It does not make sense to omit built feeds from PACKAGE_SUBDIRS, as it will
only lead to packages that can be enabled in .config (and that will
consequently be built) not to be found during rootfs creation, breaking
the build. All feeds that packages are emitted to should simply always be
added to PACKAGE_SUBDIRS instead; the CONFIG_FEED_... only configure the
generated distfeeds.conf like this.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
The src-dummy method does not actually obtain any feed, but it can be used
to insert addtional entries into the opkg distfeeds.conf. This is useful to
make package feeds available to users without requiring the corresponding
source feeds to be available during build.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Using the NAPI or netdev frag cache along with other drivers can lead to
32 KiB pages being held for a long time, despite only being used for
very few page fragment.
This can happen if the ethernet driver grabs one or two fragments for rx
ring refill, while other drivers use (and free up) the remaining
fragments. The 32 KiB higher-order page can only be freed once all users
have freed their fragments, which only happens after the rings of all
drivers holding the fragments have wrapped around.
Depending on the traffic patterns, this can waste a lot of memory and
look a lot like a memory leak
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The line that produces factory image was accidentally left by me while
testing before inital commit.
I came to the conclusion that flashing from OEM firmware does not work
(seems to share this behavior with other tplinks based on mt7628).
I have not done any further analysis, as I was unable to open the
case and attach a serial port (too much glue). Maybe i will try once
more.
So the way to do initial flashing (or un-bricking) is to use the
tftp-recover image. It is possible to revert to OEM firmware with tftp
recovery; in this case the first 512 bytes the image file need to be
cut off.
Signed-off-by: Peter Lundkvist <peter.lundkvist@gmail.com>
[add explaination provided via mail as commit message]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Extend the small_flash feature to disable swap, core dumps, and
kernel debug info, and change the squashfs block size to 1024KiB.
Also change squashfs fragment cache to 2 for small_flash to ease memory
usage.
Signed-off-by: Alex Maclean <monkeh@monkeh.net>
Add a new config option to allow to select the default compile
optimization level for the kernel.
Select the optimization for size by default if the small_flash feature is
set. Otherwise "Optimize for performance" is set.
Add the small_flash feature flag to all (sub)targets which had the
optimization for size in their default kernel config.
Remove CC_OPTIMIZE_FOR_* symbols from all kernel configs to apply the new
setting.
Exceptions to the above are:
- lantiq, where the optimization for size is only required for the
xway_legacy subtarget but was set for the whole target
- mediatek, ramips/mt7620 & ramips/mt76x8 where boards should have
plenty of space and an optimization for size doesn't make much sense
- rb532, which has 128MByte flash
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Move boards to the tiny subtarget which break the build if the kernel is
set to "Optimize for performance".
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
build openwrt on centos 6 I should use devtoolset-3 to get gcc 4.9, but
it fail when make menuconfig. so I have to give option HOSTCC='gcc
-Wl,--copy-dt-needed-entries' to make. But it passed to sub make to
HOSTCC=gcc as micro SUBMAKE expand to HOSTCC=gcc
-Wl,--copy-dt-needed-entries. This patch fix this issue.
make -C build menuconfig HOSTCC='gcc -Wl,--copy-dt-needed-entries' V='1'
make: Entering directory `/work/openwrt/openwrt/build'
/opt/rh/devtoolset-3/root/usr/libexec/gcc/x86_64-redhat-linux/4.9.2/ld:
lxdialog/checklist.o: undefined reference to symbol 'acs_map'
//lib64/libtinfo.so.5: error adding symbols: DSO missing from command line
collect2: error: ld returned 1 exit status
make[1]: *** [mconf] Error 1
make -s -C scripts/config all CC=gcc -Wl,--copy-dt-needed-entries: build
failed. Please re-run make with -j1 V=s to see what's going on
make: *** [scripts/config/mconf] Error 1
make: Leaving directory `/work/openwrt/openwrt/build'
Signed-off-by: 李国 <uxgood.org@gmail.com>
In the latest version of u-boot (2018.05) there was a swith to
Hush shell for ARC AXS10x boards(arc770/archs38):
commit 9249d74781e1 ("ARC: AXS10x: Enable hush shell").
In Hush shell using "$()" to declare envitonment variables is forbidden,
instead of this "${}" need to be used.
Signed-off-by: Evgeniy Didin <Evgeniy.Didin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
The changed applied to BananaPi R2 in upstream commit c0b0d540db1a,
which was backported to 4.14 in 4.14.53, is also required for the U7623.
Without updating the memory node, the board refuses to boot.
Fixes: d0839e020d ("kernel: bump 4.14 to 4.14.53")
Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
'In different versions of coreboot are different names of apu boardname.
No need to check boardname to load module.'
Signed-off-by: Lukáš Mrtvý <lukas.mrtvy@gmail.com>
- remove misaligned custom buffer allocation in the NAND driver
- remove broken bounce buffer implementation for 16-byte align
Let the MTD core take care of both
Fixes messages like these:
[ 102.820541] Data buffer not 16 bytes aligned: 87daf08c
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Newer kernels have a patch that implements compatible functionality
directly. Adjust the attribute of our own patch in preparation for
dropping it later
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Enables support for Dynack feature.
When a remote station is far away, we need to compensate for the distance
by allowing more time for an ACK to arrive back before issueing a retransmission.
Currently, it needs to be set fixed to indicate the maximum distance the remote
station will ever be.
While this mostly works for static antennae, it introduces 2 issues:
- If the actual distance is less, speed is reduced due to a lot of wates wait-time
- If the distance becomes greater, retries start to occur and comms can get lost.
Allowing to set it dynamically using dynack ensures the best possible tradeoff
between speed vs distance.
This feature is currently only supported in ath9k.
it is also disabled by default.
Enabling it can be done in 2 ways:
- issue cmd: iw phy0 set distance auto
- sending the NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag to mac80211 driver using netlink
Disabling it can be done by providing a valid fixed value.
To give an idea of a practical example:
In my usecase, we have mesh wifi device installed on ships/platforms.
Currently, the coverage class is set at 12000m fixed.
When a vessel moved closer (ex. 1500m), the measured link capacity was a lot
lower compared to setting the coverage class fixed to 1500m
Dynack completely solved this, nearly providing double the bandwidth at closer range
compared to the fixed setting of 12000m being used.
Also when a vessel sailed to a distance greater than the fixed setting,
communication was lost as the ACK's never arrived within the max allowed timeframe.
Actual distance: 6010m
iperf 60s run avg
Fixed 12150m: 31 Mbit/s
Dynack: 58 Mbit/s
Fixed 6300m: 51 Mbit/s
Dynack: 59 Mbit/s
Fixed 3000m: 13 Mbit/s (lots of retries)
Dynack: 58 Mbit/s
Actual distance: 1504m
iperf 60s run avg
Fixed 12150m: 31 Mbit/s
Dynack: 86 Mbit/s
Fixed 6300m: 55 Mbit/s
Dynack: 87 Mbit/s
Fixed 3000m: 67 Mbit/s
Dynack: 87 Mbit/s
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Rereshed all patches
Reworked patches to match upstream:
335-v4.16-netfilter-nf_tables-add-single-table-list-for-all-fa.patch
Compile-tested on: cns3xxx, imx6, x86_64
Runtime-tested on: cns3xxx, imx6, x86_64
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
* device: print daddr not saddr in missing peer error
* receive: style
Debug messages now make sense again.
* wg-quick: android: support excluding applications
Android now supports excluding certain apps (uids) from the tunnel.
* selftest: ratelimiter: improve chance of success via retry
* qemu: bump default kernel version
* qemu: decide debug kernel based on KERNEL_VERSION
Some improvements to our testing infrastructure.
* receive: use NAPI on the receive path
This is a big change that should both improve preemption latency (by not
disabling it unconditionally) and vastly improve rx performance on most
systems by using NAPI. The main purpose of this snapshot is to test out this
technique.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
Update to the latest version of iproute2; see https://lwn.net/Articles/756991/
for a full overview of the changes in 4.17.
Remove upstream patch 002-json_print-fix-hidden-64-bit-type-promotion.
Backport upstream patch 001-rdma-sync-some-IP-headers-with-glibc fixing
rdma compile issue.
At the same time re-organize patch numbering so the OpenWRT specific
patches start at 100.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Partition name is picked by a parser_trx_data_part_name(). It has to
get correct partition offset (taking care of bad blocks) to work
properly.
This fixes UBI support for devices that have kernel flashed on partition
with a bad block.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
The recent build failures on various platforms were apparently caused by
the fact that LTO build support in the configure script does not check
if it has a suitable version of gcc and simply assumes that gcc-ar is
available and can be used for intermediate files.
Since we really don't need to build nasm with LTO, simply disable it and
keep the whole build more portable
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
345bba0 dhcpv4: improve error checking in handle_dhcpv4()
c0f6390 odhcpd: Check if open the ioctl socket failed
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
On Debian 9 nasm does not build when we force it to use ranlib, for
macOSX this is needed. Only force this on macOSX and not on any other
OS, this should fix the build of nasm on Linux systems. On my Debian
system the nasm configure script selects gcc-ranlib and gcc-ar instead.
Fixes: d3a7587eb9 ("toolchain/nasm: fix missing AR/RANLIB variables")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Update README to include Openwrt branding and improve wording.
Point at the Openwrt wiki in .github templates.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
This commit adds support for the OCEDO Raccoon
SOC: Atheros AR9344
RAM: 128MB
FLASH: 16MiB
WLAN1: AR9344 2.4 GHz 802.11bgn 2x2
WLAN2: AR9382 5 GHz 802.11an 2x2
INPUT: RESET button
LED: Power, LAN, WiFi 2.4, WiFi 5
Serial: Header Next to Black metal shield
Pinout is 3.3V - GND - TX - RX (Arrow Pad is 3.3V)
The Serial setting is 115200-8-N-1.
NOTE: The U-Boot won't boot with the serial attached.
Boot the device without serial attached and attach it
after 3 seconds.
Tested and working:
- Ethernet
- 2.4 GHz WiFi
- 5 GHz WiFi
- TFTP boot from ramdisk image
- Installation via ramdisk image
- OpenWRT sysupgrade
- Buttons
- LEDs
Installation seems to be possible only through booting an OpenWRT
ramdisk image.
Hold down the reset button while powering on the device. It will load a
ramdisk image named 'raccoon-uImage-initramfs-lzma.bin' from 192.168.100.8.
Note: depending on the present software, the device might also try to
pull a file called 'raccoon-uimage-factory'. Only the name differs, it
is still used as a ramdisk image.
Wait for the ramdisk image to boot. OpenWRT can be written to the flash
via sysupgrade or mtd.
Due to the flip-flop bootloader which we not (yet) support, you need to
set the partition the bootloader is selecting. It is possible from the
initramfs image with
> fw_setenv bootcmd run bootcmd_1
Afterwards you can reboot the device.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
CONFIG_USB_MTU3 is not visible for the mediatek target by default, but
only when CONFIG_USB_GADGET is set. This will config option will be
remove with when running "make kernel_oldconfig", move this option to
the generic config to prevent this.
This fixes the build of the mt7623 subtarget of the mediatek target.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Shrink the tiny kernel by moving all switch and ethernet phy drivers to
the generic kernel config instead of the target kernel config.
All boards in the tiny and nand target are either ar7240 or ar9331 based,
which don't support external xMII and therefore no external ethernet phy
can be connected. None of the boards uses a realtek switch either.
Signed-off-by: Lucian Cristian <lucian.cristian@gmail.com>
The Unifi AC-Mesh Pro has identical hardware to the Unifi AC-Pro except
USB support.
Furthermore for setting parameters like antenna gain it is helpful to
know the exact device variant.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Krapp <achterin@googlemail.com>
Add a template for safeloader images and include it instead of
overwriting variables defined in the common tp-link build commands.
Split the existing tp-link templates to proper implement the safeloader
template.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Drop the LOADER_TYPE variables in case no loader is used at all or move
the variable to devices which are using a loader.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use the provided image build variables to point the kernel-bin build
command to the kernel we are interested in.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use the LOADER_TYPE variable to specify that we need the elf preloader
and append the loader via the corresponding build recipe. It allows to
enable initramfs images again for mikrotik NAND images, which caused a
build error before.
Add the minor header only to the kernel of the sysupgrade images, as it
is only required for the bootloader to find the kernel on flash.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
I-O DATA WN-AX1167GR is a 2.4/5 GHz band 11ac router, based on
MediaTek MT7621A.
Specification:
- MT7621A (2-Cores, 4-Threads)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of Flash (SPI)
- 2T2R 2.4/5 GHz
- 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 2x LEDs, 4x keys (2x buttons, 1x slide switch)
- UART header on PCB
- Vcc, GND, TX, RX from ethernet port side
- baudrate: 115200 bps (U-Boot, OpenWrt)
Stock firmware:
In the stock firmware, WN-AX1167GR has two os images each composed of
Linux kernel and rootfs.
These images are stored in "Kernel" and "app" partition of the
following partitions, respectively.
(excerpt from dmesg):
MX25L12805D(c2 2018c220) (16384 Kbytes)
mtd .name = raspi, .size = 0x01000000 (16M) .erasesize = 0x00010000 (64K) .numeraseregions = 0
Creating 10 MTD partitions on "raspi":
0x000000000000-0x000001000000 : "ALL"
0x000000000000-0x000000030000 : "Bootloader"
0x000000030000-0x000000040000 : "Config "
0x000000040000-0x000000050000 : "Factory"
0x000000050000-0x000000060000 : "iNIC_rf"
0x000000060000-0x0000007e0000 : "Kernel"
0x000000800000-0x000000f80000 : "app"
0x000000f90000-0x000000fa0000 : "Key"
0x000000fa0000-0x000000fb0000 : "backup"
0x000000fb0000-0x000001000000 : "storage"
The flag for boot partition is stored in "Key" partition, and U-Boot
reads this and determines the partition to boot.
If the image that U-Boot first reads according to the flag is
"Bad Magic Number", U-Boot then tries to boot from the other image.
If the second image is correct, change the flag to the number
corresponding to that image and boot from that image.
(example):
## Booting image at bc800000 ...
Bad Magic Number,FFFFFFFF
Boot from KERNEL 1 !!
## Booting image at bc060000 ...
Image Name: MIPS OpenWrt Linux-4.14.50
Image Type: MIPS Linux kernel Image (lzma compressed)
Data Size: 1865917 Bytes = 1.8 MB
Load Address: 80001000
Entry Point: 80001000
Verifying Checksum ... OK
Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
raspi_erase_write: offs:f90000, count:34
.
.
Done!
Starting kernel ...
Flash instruction using factory image:
1. Connect the computer to the LAN port of WN-AX1167GR
2. Connect power cable to WN-AX1167GR and turn on it
3. Access to "192.168.0.1" on the web browser and open firmware
update page ("ファームウェア")
4. Select the OpenWrt factory image and perform firmware update
5. On the initramfs image, execute "mtd erase firmware" to erase stock
firmware and execute sysupgrade with sysupgrade image for WN-AX1167GR
6. Wait ~180 seconds to complete flasing
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
* change mx6qsabresd to mx6qsabres to match defconfig name
* merge wanboard profiles since there is only one defconfig for the target device
* move wanboard options from wandboard.h to defconfig
* remove legacy patches
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Vid <vladimir.vid@sartura.hr>
Most of the implementations behind cfg80211_get_station will not initialize
sinfo to zero before manipulating it. For example, the member "filled",
which indicates the filled in parts of this struct, is often only modified
by enabling certain bits in the bitfield while keeping the remaining bits
in their original state. A caller without a preinitialized sinfo.filled can
then no longer decide which parts of sinfo were filled in by
cfg80211_get_station (or actually the underlying implementations).
cfg80211_get_station must therefore take care that sinfo is initialized to
zero. Otherwise, the caller may tries to read information which was not
filled in and which must therefore also be considered uninitialized. In
batadv_v_elp_get_throughput's case, an invalid "random" expected throughput
may be stored for this neighbor and thus the B.A.T.M.A.N V algorithm may
switch to non-optimal neighbors for certain destinations.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
Board Data File (BDF) is loaded upon driver boot-up procedure. The right
board data file is identified on QCA4019 using bus, bmi-chip-id and
bmi-board-id.
The problem, however, can occur when the (default) board data file cannot
fulfill the vendor requirements and it is necessary to use a different
board data file.
This problem was solved for SMBIOS by adding a special SMBIOS type 0xF8.
Something similar has to be provided for systems without SMBIOS but with
device trees. No solution was specified by QCA and therefore a new one has
to be found for ath10k.
The device tree requires addition strings to define the variant name
wifi@a000000 {
status = "okay";
qcom,ath10k-calibration-variant = "RT-AC58U";
};
wifi@a800000 {
status = "okay";
qcom,ath10k-calibration-variant = "RT-AC58U";
};
This would create the boarddata identifiers for the board-2.bin search
* bus=ahb,bmi-chip-id=0,bmi-board-id=16,variant=RT-AC58U
* bus=ahb,bmi-chip-id=0,bmi-board-id=17,variant=RT-AC58U
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@open-mesh.com>
In order for monitoring tools such as atop and htop to track and report
i/o data, kernel support for task statistics and io accounting is
required.
Add a config option to enable building this support in the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Jeremiah McConnell <miah@miah.com>
With deterministic ECDSA the value k needed for the ECDSA signature is
not randomly generated any more, but generated from a hash over the
private key and the message to sign. If the value k used in a ECDSA
signature or the relationship between the two values k used in two
different ECDSA signatures over the same content is know to an attacker
he can derive the private key pretty easily. Using deterministic ECDSA
as defined in the RFC6979 removes this problem by deriving the value k
deterministically from the private key and the content which gets
signed.
The resulting signature is still compatible to signatures generated not
deterministic.
This increases the size of the ipk on mips 24Kc by about 2 KByte.
old:
166.240 libmbedtls_2.11.0-1_mips_24kc.ipk
new:
167.811 libmbedtls_2.11.0-1_mips_24kc.ipk
This does not change the ECDSA performance in a measurable way.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Disable MBEDTLS_SHA256_SMALLER implementation, not enabled by default in
upstream and reduces performance by quite a bit.
Source: include/mbedtls/config.h
Enable an implementation of SHA-256 that has lower ROM footprint but also
lower performance.
The default implementation is meant to be a reasonnable compromise between
performance and size. This version optimizes more aggressively for size at
the expense of performance. Eg on Cortex-M4 it reduces the size of
mbedtls_sha256_process() from ~2KB to ~0.5KB for a performance hit of
about 30%.
The size of mbedtls increased a little bit:
ipkg for mips_24kc before:
164.382 Bytes
ipkg for mips_24kc after:
166.240 Bytes
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
Update mbed TLS to 2.11.0
Disable OFB block mode and XTS block cipher mode, added in 2.11.0.
The soVersion of mbedtls changed, bump PKG_RELEASE for packages that use mbedTLS
This is to avoid having a mismatch between packages when upgrading.
The size of mbedtls increased a little bit:
ipkg for mips_24kc before:
163.846 Bytes
ipkg for mips_24kc after:
164.382 Bytes
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
USB storage support is however SCSI Disk block device support isn't
meaning that connected devices wont enumerate.
Enable CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SD by default to fix it.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
BusyBox's `tar` command does not support the `--directory` directive, which
is essentially `-C` in short-form option.
BusyBox's `tar` command supports `-C`.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
These options are handled by generic configuration
Targets that need these options should select KERNEL_DEVMEM
and/or KERNEL_DEVKMEM options on OpenWRT's config
Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
The WDR4900v1 uses the P1040 SoC, so the device tree pulls in the
definition for the related P1010 SoC. However, the P1040 lacks the
CAAM/SEC4 hardware crypto accelerator which the P1010 device tree
defines. If left defined, this causes the CAAM drivers (if present) to
attempt to use the non-existent device, making various crypto-related
operations (e.g. macsec and ipsec) fail.
This commit overrides the incorrect dt node definition in the included
file.
See also:
- https://bugs.openwrt.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=1262
- https://community.nxp.com/thread/338432#comment-474107
Signed-off-by: Tim Small <tim@seoss.co.uk>
OpenSSL defaults X509_CERT_FILE to /etc/ssl/cert.pem. This change is
needed for wget-ssl and possibly others to work seamlessly with fresh
ca-bundle installation
Fixesopenwrt/packages#6152
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Add two patches submitted for upstream review that significantly improve
the dwc2 driver on openwrt from kernel stability and performance
perspectives.
Fixes: FS#1367
Signed-off-by: Antti Seppälä <a.seppala@gmail.com>
* New microcode update packages from AMD upstream:
+ New Microcodes:
sig 0x00800f12, patch id 0x08001227, 2018-02-09
+ Updated Microcodes:
sig 0x00600f12, patch id 0x0600063e, 2018-02-07
sig 0x00600f20, patch id 0x06000852, 2018-02-06
* Adds Spectre v2 (CVE-2017-5715) microcode-based mitigation support,
plus other unspecified fixes/updates.
Signed-off-by: Zoltan HERPAI <wigyori@uid0.hu>
Fixes a potential infinite loop bug when in unlimited (ie not using
built in shaper) mode.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Packages libx264 and ffmpeg are built with ASM options on x86 platforms.
The current libx264 version no longer builds with YASM and requires NASM.
ffmpeg 3.x can be built with either YASM or NASM however, furture 4.x versions
will require NASM.
Signed-off-by: Ted Hess <thess@kitschensync.net>
Acked-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
- Make the code more GitHub-specific
- Requires mirror hash to work with .gitattributes
- Use different API depending on whether PKG_SOURCE_VERSION is a
complete commit id or other ref types like tags
- Fix removing symbolic link
- pre-clean dir_untar for possible leftovers from previous run
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
- Removed hacks to use standalone argp as upstream now detects it nicely.
- As we are already installing files, use files from PKG_INSTALL_DIR and
not PKG_BUILD_DIR
- Only changes Makefile.am as PKG_FIXUP:=autoreconf is in use
Signed-off-by: Luiz Angelo Daros de Luca <luizluca@gmail.com>
TP-Link Archer C7 v2 USB port LED and GPIO names are in incorrect order,
i.e. in order to match actual user visible labels, usb1 should be usb2,
and vice versa.
This patch swaps LED and GPIO power control node names.
Signed-off-by: Aleksandr V. Piskunov <aleksandr.v.piskunov@gmail.com>
Due do a missing KCONFIG isn't selectable nor enabled in the target
kernel config. Drop it for now and enable/add the driver at the time it
is required.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Netgear R7800 switch LAN ports are numbered backwards in LuCI,
i.e. numbering is not corresponding to the actual physical port labels,
patch fixes that.
Signed-off-by: Aleksandr V. Piskunov <aleksandr.v.piskunov@gmail.com>
[merged with existing board using the same config]
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
Specification:
- System-On-Chip: MediaTek MT7628NN
- CPU/Speed: 580 MHz
- Flash-Chip: ELM Technology GD25Q64
- Flash size: 8192 KiB
- RAM: 64 MiB
- Wireless No1: SoC-integrated: MT7628N 2.4GHz 802.11bgn
Currently the only method to install openwrt for the first time is via
TFTP recovery. After first install you can use regular updates.
Flash instructions:
1) To flash the recovery image, start a TFTP server with IP address
192.168.0.66 and serve the recovery image named tp_recovery.bin.
2) Connect your device to the LAN port, then press the WPS and Reset
button and power it up. Keep pressing the WPS/Reset button for
10 seconds or until the lock LED is lighting up.
It will try to download the recovery image and flash it.
It can take up to 2-3 minutes to finish. When it reaches 100%, the
router will reboot itself.
Signed-off-by: Romain MARIADASSOU <roms2000@free.fr>
Specification:
- System-On-Chip: MT7628N/N
- CPU/Speed: 580 MHz
- Flash-Chip: Winbond w25q256
- Flash size: 32768 KiB
- RAM: 128 MiB
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 4x external, non-detachable antennas
- UART (J1) header on PCB (57600 8n1)
- Wireless No1 (2T2R): SoC-integrated: MT7628N 2.4GHz 802.11bgn
- Wireless No2 (2T2R): On-board chip: MT7612EN 5GHz 802.11ac
- USB: Yes 1 x 2.0
- 4x LED, 3x button
The device supports dual boot mode. So we use only first half of flash.
Flash instruction:
The only way to flash OpenWrt image is to use
tftp recovery mode in U-Boot:
1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.2/24 and tftp server.
2. Rename "openwrt-ramips-mt76x8-zyxel_keenetic-extra-ii-squashfs-factory.bin"
to "kextra2_recovery.bin" and place it in tftp server directory.
3. Connect PC with one of LAN ports, press the reset button, power up
the router and keep button pressed until power led start blinking.
4. Router will download file from server, write it to flash and reboot.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Anisimov <maxim.anisimov.ua@gmail.com>
This commit adds support for the MikroTik RouterBOARD RBM11g.
=Hardware=
The RBM11g is a mt7621 based device featuring one GbE port and one
miniPCIe slot with a sim card socket and USB 2.0.
==Switch==
The single onboard Ethernet port is connected the CPU directly.
The internal switch of the mt7621 SoC is disabled.
==Flash==
The device has one spi nor flash chip. It is a 128 Mbit winbond 25Q128FVS
connected to CS0.
==PCIe==
The board features a single miniPCIe slot. It has a dedicated mini SIM
socket and a USB 2.0 port. Power to the miniPCIe slot is controlled via
GPIO9.
==USB==
There are no external USB ports.
==Power==
The board can accept both, passive PoE and external power via a 2.1 mm
barrel jack (center-positive). The input voltage range is 11-32 V.
==Serial port==
The device does have an onboard UART on an unpopulated header next to the
flash chip:
GND: pin 2
TX: pin 7
RX: pin 6
Settings: 115200, 8N1
See below illustration for positioning of the header.
0 = screw hole
* = some pin
T = TX pin
R = RX pin
G = GND pin
Pinout:
+---------------
|O
| __
| / \
| \__/
|
|
|
| +---+
| |RAM|
| +--+ | |
| |**| <- unpopulated header with UART
| |*T| +---+
| |R*| +--------+
| |**| | |
| |G*| | CPU |
| +--+ | |
| +--+ | |
| | | +--------+
| +--+ <- flash chip
|O
| +-----+
| | |
|+--+ | |
|| | | |
+---------------------
=Installation=
To install an OpenWRT image to the device two components must be built:
1. A openwrt initramfs image
2. A openwrt sysupgrade image
===initramfs & sysupgrade image===
Select target devices "Mikrotik RBM11G" in
openwrt menuconfig and build the images. This will create the images
"openwrt-ramips-mt7621-mikrotik_rbm11g-initramfs-kernel.bin" and
"openwrt-ramips-mt7621-mikrotik_rbm11g-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin" in the
output directory.
==Installing==
**Make sure to back up your RouterOS license in case you do ever want to
go back to RouterOS using "/system license output" and back up the
created license file.**
When rebooted the board will try booting via ethernet first. If your
board does not boot via ethernet automatically you will have to attach
to the serial port and set ethernet as boot device within RouterBOOT.
1. Set up a dhcp server that points the bootfile to tftp server serving
the "openwrt-ramips-mt7621-mikrotik_rbm11g-initramfs-kernel.bin"
initramfs image
2. Connect to ethernet port on board
3. Power on the board
4. Wait for OpenWrt to boot
Right now OpenWrt will be running with a SSH server listening. Now
OpenWrt must be flashed to the devices flash:
1. Copy "openwrt-ramips-mt7621-mikrotik_rbm11g-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin"
to the device using scp.
2. Write openwrt to flash using "sysupgrade
openwrt-ramips-mt7621-mikrotik_rbm11g-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin"
Once the flashing completes the board will reboot. Disconnect from the
devices ethernet port or stop the DHCP/TFTP server to prevent the device
from booting via ethernet again.
The device should now boot straight to OpenWrt.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Schramm <tobleminer@gmail.com>
Increase the available flash memory size in AVM Fritz!Box 3370 by
incorporating the unused extra partitions located after the ubi partition.
Note that users upgrading from a previous OpenWRT version need to
re-install from the boot loader to pick up the new partition layout.
Available flash space for rootfs+overlay increases from 48MB to 124MB.
Reverting to the OEM firmware is still possible (via the recovery utility
provided by AVM) as the OEM firmware appears to reformat the config and
nand-filesystem partitions upon first boot if necessary. The
reserved-kernel and reserved-filesystem partitions are overwritten by the
OEM firmware when installing an update, so their contents do not matter.
Boot loader and device-specific information (MAC addresses, calibration
data, etc.) are not located in NAND flash and remain unharmed by this
changed.
Tested with OEM firmware 06.54 on device with HWRevision 5 and Micron
flash chip.
Signed-off-by: Michael Kuron <m.kuron@gmx.de>
To keep the status of a LED connected to the stp during boot, the get
callback is required. If the callback is missing and the LED default
state is set to keep in the devicetree, the gpio led driver errors out
during load.
Fixes: FS#1620
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Don't mask bit 4 of the AT8022 phy id. If bit 4 of the AT8022 phy id
(0x004dd023) is masked, it will match the phy id of the AR8327 switch
(0x004dd033) as well.
It results in applied at803x driver settings/callbacks, which will at
least limit the AR8327 phys to 100MBit operation instead of the possible
1000MBit.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The GDB Text User Interface (TUI) is a terminal interface
which uses the curses library to show the source file,
the assembly output, the program registers and GDB
commands in separate text windows.
In other words it's a friendlier interface for idiots like me!
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Refresh patches and backport upstream to current HEAD:
a997ca0 Fix sometimes missing DNSSEC RRs when DNSSEC validation not enabled.
51e4eee Fix address-dependent domains for IPv6.
05ff659 Fix stupid infinite loop introduced by preceding commit.
db0f488 Handle some corner cases in RA contructed interfaces with addresses changing interface.
7dcca6c Warn about the impact of cache-size on performance.
090856c Allow zone transfer in authoritative mode whenever auth-peer is specified.
cc5cc8f Sane error message when pcap file header is wrong.
c488b68 Handle standard and contructed dhcp-ranges on the same interface.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
This bumps to the latest & possibly greatest cake, sadly it's still
inedible but from an SQM point of view quite tasty :-)
Main tweaks since previous bump, improved ack_filter, some extra stats,
support for 64bit netlink parameters (higher rates/byte counters)
0520a6c Fix NAT option handling
8da93e1 Make sure we always call qdisc_watchdog_init() in cake_init()
f65daf6 Fix mismatched parenthesis
51d4ab3 Change flag handling to be safe even when mixing with non-eligible ACKs
f2ea091 ack_filter: protect DCTCP with stricter filtering of ECE marks
28b4560 ACK filter: Handle wrapping sequence numbers and DSACKs
73f62d9 Use the right PAD attribute for options
5969c14 Use 32 for tin backlog
e289f31 Move all the u64 netlink attributes together
36180a0 Check ACK seqno before parsing SACKs
91bbc01 Merge branch 'mine' into cobalt
58c55ec Rework SACK check to compare the ranges of two SACKs
9a5d593 ack_filter: Add proper handling of SACKs
eca95d4 ack_filter: short-circuit TCP flag check
d50a246 compat: backport some ktime functions
7b7ad11 compat: define tcpopt_fastopen for pre-4.1 kernels
ca54cdb Fix ktime compare
9d7dcc0 ack filter: Parse TCP options and only drop safe ones
b119882 Return EOPNOTSUPP on NAT option if conntrack is not available
842d7f0 Don't try to pad stats with tin_stats padding
bd46dc2 Use 64-bit divide helper
8e41bf0 Make sure we never drop SACKs when filtering ACKs
66e5d60 Avoid comparing ktime_t to scalar values
7fab017 Actually commit the ktime_t changes
fca6d13 Switch to ktime_t and get rid of cobalt.h
6f7e5af Can't use do_div with 64-bit divisors
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Bump iproute2/tc support of cake.
Add support for cake's change to u64 attribute passing for certain
attributes (rate & byte counts)
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Backport hot off the press upstream netlink patch. Fixes stats display
from CAKE qdisc on MIPS allowing us to bump CAKE to latest version.
The gen_stats facility will add a header for the toplevel nlattr of type
TCA_STATS2 that contains all stats added by qdisc callbacks. A reference
to this header is stored in the gnet_dump struct, and when all the
per-qdisc callbacks have finished adding their stats, the length of the
containing header will be adjusted to the right value.
However, on architectures that need padding (i.e., that don't set
CONFIG_HAVE_EFFICIENT_UNALIGNED_ACCESS), the padding nlattr is added
before the stats, which means that the stored pointer will point to the
padding, and so when the header is fixed up, the result is just a very
big padding nlattr. Because most qdiscs also supply the legacy TCA_STATS
struct, this problem has been mostly invisible, but we exposed it with
the netlink attribute-based statistics in CAKE.
Fix the issue by fixing up the stored pointer if it points to a padding
nlattr.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
In some cases, recent builds fail to boot from flash with at least some
MT7621 based devices. The error message is:
"LZMA ERROR 1 - must RESET board to recover"
Booting the same kernel via TFTP works for some reason.
Through testing I figured out that limiting the LZMA dictionary size
seems to prevent these errors
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
48cff25 build: drop install -o/-g root
53d7e7a extensions: ebt_string: take action if snprintf discards data
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
74d16a57a3 Check length of ifname before copying it into to ifreq structure.
3aaf8bda00 getifaddrs: Don't return ifa entries with NULL names [BZ #21812]
f958b45d52 Use _STRUCT_TIMESPEC as guard in <bits/types/struct_timespec.h> [BZ #23349]
81b994bd83 Fix parameter type in C++ version of iseqsig (bug 23171)
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Move SCAN_DEPS to scan.mk to eliminate redundancy with scripts/feeds
Add image/*.mk to SCAN_DEPS for targets to pick up newly added devices
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This was causing issues recently as samba36 is not API compatible with the
libtdb in the packages repo. It shouldn't be using it anyway. Nor tevent.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
This patch ports the TP-Link TL-WR741ND v4 and TL-WR740ND v4 to the
ath79 target.
Because the two devices share the same hw layout, this patch adds a common
.dtsi which is included by the two .dts.
Signed-off-by: Rocco Folino <rocco@folino.io>
The order of the Ethernet ports were mixed up.
This commit fixes the order to be aligned with the physical layout.
Signed-off-by: Lev <leventelist@gmail.com>
Seems like the python download.py dl_method call causes serious
performance regression for fresh "make defconfig" as reported in
FS#1621. GitHub tarball download will also be disabled with this
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
The return value of the function isn't used anywhere.
Fixes missing return value, CID 1329717.
Found-by: Coverity
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
The Unifi AC Mesh is equivalent to the Unifi AC Lite. However,
for setting certain parameters with the flashed device it is
helpful that the devices know their variant (e.g. automatically
setting antenna gain for the different antennas in Lite and Mesh).
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
- fix sysupgrade check
- move usb to v4 dts because v5 doesn't have it
- make wan mac address behave like ar71xx target
- add orange wan led support, it can be userspace activated like:
on:
echo default-on > /sys/class/leds/tp-link\:orange\:wan/trigger
off:
echo none > /sys/class/leds/tp-link\:orange\:wan/trigger
Signed-off-by: Lucian Cristian <lucian.cristian@gmail.com>
rework the dts to a common unifi-ac dtsi
pro network is connected via phy0 and has usb ports
lite network is connected via phy4 without usb ports
Signed-off-by: Lucian Cristian <lucian.cristian@gmail.com>
This target can automatically detect the correct memory size and we've
been using it for long in ar71xx.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Check if the GPIO is valid (or set at all). If no GPIO is set in the
devicetree, a gpiolib related kernel warning + stacktrace is shown during
boot and gpio-export reports GPIOs as exported albeit none really is.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The original device support patch configured the amber wlan LEDs (which
are meant as error indicator by the OEM) controlled by the SOC's GPIO
as wlan traffic indicators, as the correct white wlan LEDs are
connected to GPIOs controlled by the QCA9984/ ath10k wlan cards were
not accessible. The recent addition of GPIO/ LED support to ath10k now
makes it possible to use the correct white LEDs instead - and
"mac80211: ath10k: use tpt LED trigger by default" also enables them by
default. While both LEDs are independent of each other (two separate
LEDs sharing one light tunnel), triggering both on wlan traffic is not
the intended behaviour (bright yellow light).
Tested on the ZyXEL NBG6817.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
Move to i2c pins pinmux node to the pinctrl node.
Fixes: a0685deec4 ("ramips: Add i2c support for mt7620n")
Signed-off-by: Andrey Jr. Melnikov <temnota.am@gmail.com>
[fix commit message]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The previous callback code was fragile, dependent on some UCI callback
bugs and side-effects now fixed in master commit 73d8a6ab.
Update scripts to use callbacks where appropriate and necessary, while
using normal UCI config parsing for all else. This results in smaller,
simpler, more robust code. Use callbacks in generate.sh to only process
'interface' defaults and the varying entries for 'reclassify', 'default'
and 'classify' sections. Also switch qos-stat to use non-callback UCI
handling.
The current changes work independently of 73d8a6ab (i.e. both before and
after), and are consistent with UCI config parsing documentation.
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
Remove the "firmware" partition definition from the DTS of R7800
to fix sysupgrade.
Commit 4645a6d3 defined CONFIG_MTD_SPLIT_UIMAGE_FW=y for ipq806x
and that causes mtd to misbehave as additional kernel and ubi
partitions are detected from inside the "firmware" partition.
[ 1.111324] 0x000001480000-0x000001880000 : "kernel"
[ 1.121005] 0x000001880000-0x000007900000 : "ubi"
[ 1.283912] 0x000007900000-0x000008000000 : "reserve"
[ 1.296407] 0x000001480000-0x000007900000 : "firmware"
[ 1.468043] no rootfs found after FIT image in "firmware"
[ 2.426860] 2 uimage-fw partitions found on MTD device firmware
[ 2.426931] 0x000001480000-0x000001880000 : "kernel"
[ 2.440420] 0x000001880000-0x000007900000 : "ubi"
Both kernel and ubi are already defined in DTS, so this duplication
leads into errors in sysupgrade:
Writing from <stdin> to kernel ...
ubiattach: error!: strtoul: unable to parse the number '6 mtd10'
ubiattach: error!: bad MTD device number: "6 mtd10"
The partition is defined to same area as kernel+ubi, and is not
needed for sysupgrade anymore. Remove it to fix things.
Only tested for the R7800 but all of them should behave equal.
Fixes: FS#1617
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
[squashed commits, add "tested on" note]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
In order to be able to better compare files to sync in the future, include
all BIN_DIR subdirectories in the checksum calculation.
To not break existing applications, restrict the recursive checksumming to
CONFIG_BUILDBOT for now.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
WN-GX300GR has 5x RJ45 ports (port 0-4), and these ports are
orderd on the device as follows:
4 3 2 1 0
1-4: lan
0: wan
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
With current uboot default configuration the bootloader will
fail to start the OpenWrt firmware with the following error:
-----
unexpected character 'b' at the end of partition
Error initializing mtdparts!
incorrect device type in ubi
Partition ubi not found!
Error, no UBI device/partition selected!
Wrong Image Format for bootm command
Error occured, error code = 112
-----
If the uboot configuration is examined with printenv
I can see that mdtparts line (on a nsa310) is wrong:
-----
mtdparts=mtdparts=orion_nand:0x0c0000(uboot),
0x80000(uboot_env),0x7ec0000(ubi)bootargs_root=
----
The "bootargs_root=" that was appended to it should not be there.
Fix the issue by adding a \0 line terminator at the end of affected lines,
mimicking what is also done by uboot upstream.
This issue was detected and confirmed on a nsa310, nsa325 and
a pogoplug v4, but it's not hardware-specific, so apply the same fix
to other devices as well.
Note that the issue is with the uboot's integrated boot configuration,
which is not used unless the uboot configuration in flash is unavailable
(erased or corrupted), which happens only on first time installation,
or if the user deletes the uboot configuration when upgrading uboot.
People just upgrading from an older uboot without erasing their previous
uboot configuration stored in flash would not have noticed this issue.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
Use the new dynamic partition split in tplink-safeloader so we no longer
have to worry about kernel size increases.
Signed-off-by: Lucian Cristian <lucian.cristian@gmail.com>
Add a menuconfig option to set the HOME_URL exposed in
/usr/lib/os-release independent from the
LEDE_DEVICE_MANUFACTURER_URL.
Fixes: FS#1123
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
A new python script scripts/download.py is added to fetch tarballs using
GitHub archive API [1], then repack in a reproducible way same as the
current DownloadMethod/git
GitHub imposes a 60 reqs/hour rate limit on unauthenticated API
access[2]. This affects fetching commit date for feeding tar --mtime=
argument. However, observation indicates that archive download is NOT
subject to this limit at the moment. In the rare cases where download
fails because of this, we will falback to using DownloadMethod/git
The missing piece in the GitHub API is that it cannot provide in the
tarball dependent submodules's source code. In that case, the
implementation will also fallback to using DownloadMethod/git
[1] Get archive link, https://developer.github.com/v3/repos/contents/#get-archive-link
[2] Rate limiting, https://developer.github.com/v3/#rate-limiting
v2 <- v1:
- allow passing multiple urls with --urls argument
- add commit ts cache. can be helpful on retry
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
dfd9827 version: bump snapshot
88729f0 wg-quick: android: prevent outgoing handshake packets from being dropped
1bb9daf compat: more robust ktime backport
68441fb global: use fast boottime instead of normal boottime
d0bd6dc global: use ktime boottime instead of jiffies
18822b8 tools: fix misspelling of strchrnul in comment
0f8718b manpages: eliminate whitespace at the end of the line
590c410 global: fix a few typos
bb76804 simd: add missing header
7e88174 poly1305: give linker the correct constant data section size
fd8dfd3 main: test poly1305 before chacha20poly1305
c754c59 receive: don't toggle bh
Compile-tested-for: ath79 Archer C7 v2
Run-tested-on: ath79 Archer C7 v2
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
After a very enlightening but unfortunately far too short exchange with Jes
we mutually agreed to drop the patches. They are unfortunately not ready
yet.
Acked-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
This patch adds support for ZyXEL NBG6617
Hardware highlights:
SOC: IPQ4018 / QCA Dakota
CPU: Quad-Core ARMv7 Processor rev 5 (v7l) Cortex-A7
DRAM: 256 MiB DDR3L-1600/1866 Nanya NT5CC128M16IP-DI @ 537 MHz
NOR: 32 MiB Macronix MX25L25635F
ETH: Qualcomm Atheros QCA8075 Gigabit Switch (4 x LAN, 1 x WAN)
USB: 1 x 3.0 (via Synopsys DesignWare DWC3 controller in the SoC)
WLAN1: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4018 2.4GHz 802.11bgn 2:2x2
WLAN2: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4018 5GHz 802.11a/n/ac 2:2x2
INPUT: RESET Button, WIFI/Rfkill Togglebutton, WPS Button
LEDS: Power, WAN, LAN 1-4, WLAN 2.4GHz, WLAN 5GHz, USB, WPS
Serial:
WARNING: The serial port needs a TTL/RS-232 3.3v level converter!
The Serial setting is 115200-8-N-1. The 1x4 .1" header comes
pre-soldered. Pinout:
1. 3v3 (Label printed on the PCB), 2. RX, 3. GND, 4. TX
first install / debricking / restore stock:
0. Have a PC running a tftp-server @ 192.168.1.99/24
1. connect the PC to any LAN-Ports
2. put the openwrt...-factory.bin (or V1.00(ABCT.X).bin for stock) file
into the tftp-server root directory and rename it to just "ras.bin".
3. power-cycle the router and hold down the the WPS button (for 30sek)
4. Wait (for a long time - the serial console provides some progress
reports. The u-boot says it best: "Please be patient".
5. Once the power LED starts to flashes slowly and the USB + WPS LEDs
flashes fast at the same time. You have to reboot the device and
it should then come right up.
Installation via Web-UI:
0. Connect a PC to the powered-on router. It will assign your PC a
IP-address via DHCP
1. Access the Web-UI at 192.168.1.1 (Default Passwort: 1234)
2. Go to the "Expert Mode"
3. Under "Maintenance", select "Firmware-Upgrade"
4. Upload the OpenWRT factory image
5. Wait for the Device to finish.
It will reboot into OpenWRT without any additional actions needed.
To open the ZyXEL NBG6617:
0. remove the four rubber feet glued on the backside
1. remove the four philips screws and pry open the top cover
(by applying force between the plastic top housing from the
backside/lan-port side)
Access the real u-boot shell:
ZyXEL uses a proprietary loader/shell on top of u-boot: "ZyXEL zloader v2.02"
When the device is starting up, the user can enter the the loader shell
by simply pressing a key within the 3 seconds once the following string
appears on the serial console:
| Hit any key to stop autoboot: 3
The user is then dropped to a locked shell.
|NBG6617> HELP
|ATEN x[,y] set BootExtension Debug Flag (y=password)
|ATSE x show the seed of password generator
|ATSH dump manufacturer related data in ROM
|ATRT [x,y,z,u] RAM read/write test (x=level, y=start addr, z=end addr, u=iterations)
|ATGO boot up whole system
|ATUR x upgrade RAS image (filename)
|NBG6617>
In order to escape/unlock a password challenge has to be passed.
Note: the value is dynamic! you have to calculate your own!
First use ATSE $MODELNAME (MODELNAME is the hostname in u-boot env)
to get the challange value/seed.
|NBG6617> ATSE NBG6617
|012345678901
This seed/value can be converted to the password with the help of this
bash script (Thanks to http://www.adslayuda.com/Zyxel650-9.html authors):
- tool.sh -
ror32() {
echo $(( ($1 >> $2) | (($1 << (32 - $2) & (2**32-1)) ) ))
}
v="0x$1"
a="0x${v:2:6}"
b=$(( $a + 0x10F0A563))
c=$(( 0x${v:12:14} & 7 ))
p=$(( $(ror32 $b $c) ^ $a ))
printf "ATEN 1,%X\n" $p
- end of tool.sh -
|# bash ./tool.sh 012345678901
|
|ATEN 1,879C711
copy and paste the result into the shell to unlock zloader.
|NBG6617> ATEN 1,0046B0017430
If the entered code was correct the shell will change to
use the ATGU command to enter the real u-boot shell.
|NBG6617> ATGU
|NBG6617#
Co-authored-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Add xt_bpf modules to {kmod-ipt,iptables-mod}-filter.
Match using Linux Socket Filter. Expects a BPF program in decimal
format. This is the format generated by the nfbpf_compile utility.
Signed-off-by: Alin Nastac <alin.nastac@gmail.com>
The sender domain has a DMARC Reject/Quarantine policy which disallows
sending mailing list messages using the original "From" header.
To mitigate this problem, the original message has been wrapped
automatically by the mailing list software.
Refresh patches.
Remove patch that can be reverse applied:
mvebu/patches-4.14/530-ATA-ahci_mvebu-enable-stop_engine-override.patch
mvebu/patches-4.14/531-ATA-ahci_mvebu-pmp-stop-errata-226.patch
Update patch that no longer applied:
ipq806x/patches-4.14/0035-clk-mux-Split-out-register-accessors-for-reuse.patch
Compiled-tested-for: lantiq, ramips
Run-tested-on: lantiq BT hh5a, ramips MIR3g
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Tested-by: Michael Yartys <michael.yartys@protonmail.com>
Tested-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Netgear WNR612 v2:
- cpu Atheros AR7240 (Python) @400MHz
- flash 4MB
- ram 32MB
- ethernet 10/100: 1xwan + 2xlan (only two)
- radio AR9285
As there is a rebranded WNR612v2 called ON Networks N150R, add
a dtsi which includes all device support, and add a separate dts
for the device only (with a separate one for the subsequent N150R).
Signed-off-by: Zoltan HERPAI <wigyori@uid0.hu>
Use the new dynamic partition split in tplink-safeloader so we no longer
have to worry about kernel size increases.
Signed-off-by: Alex Maclean <monkeh@monkeh.net>
Have mktplinkfw fill in the rootfs offset so the firmware splitter can
find it without aligning to erase blocks.
Signed-off-by: Alex Maclean <monkeh@monkeh.net>
Add support to dynamically split the firmware partition into os-image
and file-system partitions. This is done by replacing those entries in
the partition table with a single unified firmware partition, which is
then split according to actual kernel image size.
The factory image will have the file-system partition aligned to a 64K
erase block, but the sysupgrade image skips this and aligns only the
JFFS2 EOF marker to squeeze out more space.
This should prevent further creeping updates to the kernel partition
size while maximizing space for the overlay filesystem on smaller
devices.
Signed-off-by: Alex Maclean <monkeh@monkeh.net>
Add an option (-O) to calculate rootfs offset for combined images.
This is needed for the TP-Link mtdsplit driver to locate the rootfs
when the start is not aligned to an erase block. This will be the
case for sysupgrade images produced by tplink-safeloader with upcoming
dynamic partition splitting.
Signed-off-by: Alex Maclean <monkeh@monkeh.net>
Commit 61d57a2f88 adds ath10k LED
support, but doesn't add an option to actually enable it.
After enabling this option, a LED named ath10k-phy0 appears in sysfs,
and a trigger can be assigned to it. Since 60deb3cdef the default set
trigger is the tpt one.
Enable it by default, as most devices using ath10k chips shouldn't be
severely space-constrained. There are likely many devices that can
benefit from having it enabled, like my testing device.
Before:
text data bss dec hex filename
245311 8899 16 254226 3e112 ath10k_core.ko
After:
text data bss dec hex filename
245979 8899 16 254894 3e3ae ath10k_core.ko
Tested on a D-Link DAP-2695-A1 (ar71xx).
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Use the tpt LED trigger for each created phy led. Ths way LEDs attached
to the ath10k GPIO pins are indicating the phy status and blink on
traffic.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Specification:
- System-On-Chip: MT7620A
- CPU/Speed: 580 MHz
- Flash-Chip: Winbond 25Q64BVSIG
- Flash size: 8192 KiB
- RAM: 64 MiB
- Wireless No1: SoC-integrated: MT7620A 2.4GHz 802.11bgn
- Wireless No2: On-board chip: MT7610EN 5GHz 802.11ac
- Switch: RTL8367RB Gigabit Switch
- USB: Yes 1 x 2.0
Preparing a TFTP recovery image for initial flashing:
Currently the only method to install openwrt for the first time is via
TFTP download in u-boot. After first install you can use regular updates.
WARNING: This method also overwrites the bootloader partition!
Create a TFTP recovery image:
1) Download a stock TP-Link Firmware file here:
https://www.tp-link.com/en/download/Archer-C2_V1.html#Firmware
2) Extract u-boot from the binary file:
#> dd if=c2v1_stock_firmware.bin of=c2v1_uboot.bin bs=1 skip=512 count=131072
3) Now merge the sysupgrade image and the u-boot into one binary:
#> cat c2v1_uboot.bin openwrt-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin > ArcherC2V1_tp_recovery.bin
The resulting image can be flashed via TFTP recovery mode.
Flash instructions:
1) To flash the recovery image, start a TFTP server from IP address
192.168.0.66 and serve the recovery image named
ArcherC2V1_tp_recovery.bin.
2) Connect your device to the LAN port, then press the WPS/Reset button
and power it up. Keep pressing the WPS/Reset button for 10 seconds.
It will try to download the recovery image and flash it.
It can take up to 20-25 minutes to finish. When it reaches 100%, the
router will reboot itself.
Signed-off-by: Serge Vasilugin <vasilugin@yandex.ru>
Signed-off-by: Franz Flasch <franz.flasch@gmx.at>
The rtl8367b driver never supported a mdio property and it is quite
likely that the switch never worked for the board.
Use the mii-bus property instead to manage the switch via a mdio bus.
Signed-off-by: Franz Flasch <franz.flasch@gmx.at>
Differing from all other archs supported by musl, MIPS defines SO_PEERSEC
to 30 instead of 31.
Patch has also been submitted upstream.
Reported-by: Andrey Jr. Mlenikov <temnota.am@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
This PR adds support for a popular low-cost 2.4GHz N based AP
Specifications:
- SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9533 (650MHz)
- RAM: 64MB
- Storage: 8 MB SPI NOR
- Wireless: 2.4GHz N based built into SoC 2x2
- Ethernet: 1x 100/10 Mbps, integrated into SoC, 24V POE IN
Installation:
Flash factory image through stock firmware WEB UI
or through TFTP
To get to TFTP recovery just hold reset button while powering on for
around 4-5 seconds and release.
Rename factory image to recovery.bin
Stock TFTP server IP:192.168.0.100
Stock device TFTP adress:192.168.0.254
Notes:
TP-Link does not use bootstrap registers so without this patch reference
clock detects as 40MHz while it is actually 25MHz.
This is due to messed up bootstrap resistor configuration on the PCB.
Provided GPL code just forces 25MHz reference clock.
That causes booting with completely wrong clocks, for example, CPU tries
to boot at 1040MHz while the stock is 650MHz.
So this PR depends on PR #672 to remove 40MHz reference clock.
Thanks to Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org> for properly patching that.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Add support for detecting TP-Link Pharos v2 boards.
They use different format in product-info partition than v1 boards.
Code was written mostly by Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
The 666-Add-support-for-MAP-E-FMRs-mesh-mode.patch kernel patches
break the possibility for using an ip4ip6 tunnel interface as a fall
back interface accepting ip4-in-ip6 tunneled packets from any remote
address. This works out of the box with any normal (non-666-patched)
kernel and can be configured by setting up an 'ip -6 tunnel' with type
'any' or 'ip4ip6' and a remote address of '::'.
The misbehavior comes with line 290 the patch which discards all packets
that do not show the expected saddr, even if no single fmr rule was
defined and despite the validity of the saddr was already approved earlier.
Signed-off-by: Axel Neumann <neumann@cgws.de>
Acked-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This commit adds support for the MT7623A-based UniElec U7623-02 router,
with eMMC storage and 512MB RAM. The router can be delivered with NAND
Flash and more memory, but I only have access to the one configuration.
The DTS is structured in such a way that adding support for
more/different storage/memory should be straight forward.
The device has the following specifications:
* MT7623A (quad-core, 1.3 GHz)
* 512MB RAM (DDR3)
* 8GB storage (eMMC 4.5)
* 2x normal miniPCIe slots
* 1x miniPCIe slot that is connected via an internal USB OTG port
* 5x 1Gbps Ethernet (MT7530 switch)
* 1x UART header
* 1x USB 3.0 port
* 1x SATA 3.0
* 1x 40P*0.5mm FPC for MIPI LCD
* 1x SIM slot
* 12x LEDs (2 GPIO controlled)
* 1x reset button
* 1x DC jack for main power (12V)
The following has been tested and is working:
* Ethernet switch
* miniPCIe slots (tested with Wi-Fi cards)
* USB 3.0 port
* sysupgrade
* reset button
Not working:
* The miniPCIe connected via USB OTG. For the port to work, some MUSB
glue must be added. I am currently in the process of porting the glue
from the vendor SDK.
Not tested:
* SATA 3.0
* MIPI LCD
Installation:
The board ships with u-boot, and the first installation needs to be done
via the bootloader using tftp. Step number one is to update the MBR of
the eMMC, as the one that ships with the device is broken. Since the
device can ship with different storage sizes, I will not provide the
exact steps for creating a valid MBR. However, I have made some
assumptions about the disk layout - there must be one 8MB recovery
partition (FAT32) and a partition for the rootfs (Linux).
The board loads the kernel from block 0xA00 (2560) and I have reserved
32MB for the kernel (65536 blocks). I have aligned the partitions on the
erase block size (4096 byte), so the recovery partition must start on
block 69632 and end on 86016 (16385 sectors). The rootfs is assumed to
start on sector 90112.
In order to install the mbr, you run the following commands from the
u-boot command line:
* tftpboot ${loadaddr} <name of mbr file>
* mmc device 0
* mmc write ${loadaddr} 0x00 1
Run the following commands to install + boot OpenWRT:
* tftpboot ${loadaddr} openwrt-mediatek-mt7623-7623a-unielec-u7623-02-emmc-512m-squashfs-sysupgrade-emmc.bin.gz
* run boot_wr_img
* run boot_rd_img
* bootm
Recovery:
In order to recover the router, you need to follow the installation
steps above (no need to replace MBR).
Notes:
* F2FS is used as the overlay filesystem.
* The device does not ship with any valid MAC address, so a random
address has to be generated. As a work-around, I write the initial
random MAC to a file on the recovery partition. The MAC of the WAN
interface is set to the MAC-address contained in this file on each boot,
and the address of the LAN-interfaces are WAN + 1. The MAC file is kept
across sysupgrade/firstboot.
My approach is slightly different than what the stock image does. The
first fives bytes of the MAC addresses in the stock image are static,
and then the last byte is random. I believe it is better to create fully
random MAC addresses.
* In order to support the miniPCIe-slots, I needed to add missing
pcie-nodes to mt7623.dtsi. The nodes are just c&p from the upstream
dtsi.
* One of the USB3.0 phys (u3phy2) on the board can be used as either USB
or PCI, and one of the wifi-cards is connected to this phy. In order to
support switching the phy from USB to PCI, I needed to patch the
phy-driver. The patch is based on a rejected (at least last time I
checked) PCI-driver submitted to the linux-mediatek mailing list.
* The eMMC is configured to boot from the user area, and according to
the data sheet of the eMMC this value can't be changed.
* I tried to structure the MBR more nicely and use for example a
FAT32-parition for the kernel, so that we don't need to write/read from
some offset. The bootloader does not support reading from
FAT32-paritions. While the command (fatload) is there, it just throws an
error when I try to use it.
* I will submit and hope to get the DTS for the device accepted
upstream. If and when that happens, I will update the patches
accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
Includes specific support for PH8(1e2d-0053) / ELS61(1e2d-005b) modules.
Note for ELS61, the serial driver changes from serial option(ttyUSB) to usb-cdc (ttyACM).
Two additional fixes in this commit resolve issues with ttyACM devices: -
* wwan.sh - sys-fs has a subdirectory indirection (*/tty/ttyACMx) which was not handled properly
* wwan.usb - dependent scripts were not included, so this never actually called proto_set_available for example (and relied on inadvertent call for ttyUSB case)
Signed-off-by: David Thornley <david.thornley@touchstargroup.com>
Replace 204-udhcpc_no_msg_dontroute patch by the upstream busybox fix
which removes the code which requires the server ID to be on local
network
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Both version of the vg3503j have the LAN1 labelled port connected to
switch port 4 and the LAN2 labelled port connected to switch port 2.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Specification:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7620A
- Flash: 8 MB
- RAM: 64 MB
- Ethernet: 4 FE ports and 1 GE port (RTL8211F on port 5)
- Wireless radio: MT7620 for 2.4G and MT7612E for 5G, both equipped with external PA.
- UART: 1 x UART on PCB - 57600 8N1
Flash instruction:
The U-boot is based on Ralink SDK so we can flash the firmware using UART:
1. Configure PC with a static IP address and setup an TFTP server.
2. Put the firmware into the tftp directory.
3. Connect the UART line as described on the PCB.
4. Power up the device and press 2, follow the instruction to
set device and tftp server IP address and input the firmware
file name. U-boot will then load the firmware and write it into
the flash.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Enabling CONFIG_ATH10K_THERMAL on targets that don't have CONFIG_THERMAL
enabled in their kernel config causes build to fail due to missing
symbol THERMAL_EMERGENCY_POWEROFF_DELAY_MS. Add it to kmod-thermal.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
The package is not being generated otherwise, which is fatal because
it is part of the subtargets default package set...
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This commit adds support for the Mikrotik RouterBOARD RBM33g.
=Hardware=
The RBM33g is a mt7621 based device featuring three gigabit ports, 2
miniPCIe slots with sim card sockets, 1 M.2 slot, 1 USB 3.0 port and a male
onboard RS-232 serial port. Additionally there are a lot of accessible
GPIO ports and additional buses like i2c, mdio, spi and uart.
==Switch==
The three Ethernet ports are all connected to the internal switch of the
mt7621 SoC:
port 0: Ethernet Port next to barrel jack with PoE printed on it
port 1: Innermost Ethernet Port on opposite side of RS-232 port
port 2: Outermost Ethernet Port on opposite side of RS-232 port
port 6: CPU
==Flash==
The device has two spi flash chips. The first flash chips is rather small
(512 kB), connected to CS0 by default and contains only the RouterBOOT
bootloader and some factory information (e.g. mac address).
The second chip has a size of 16 MB, is by default connected to CS1 and
contains the firmware image.
==PCIe==
The board features three PCIe-enabled slots. Two of them are miniPCIe
slots (PCIe0, PCIe1) and one is a M.2 (Key M) slot (PCIe2).
Each of the miniPCIe slots is connected to a dedicated mini SIM socket
on the back of the board.
Power to all three PCIe-enabled slots is controlled via GPIOs on the
mt7621 SoC:
PCIe0: GPIO9
PCIe1: GPIO10
PCIe2: GPIO11
==USB==
The board has one external USB 3.0 port at the rear. Additionally PCIe
port 0 has a permanently enabled USB interface. PCIe slot 1 shares its
USB interface with the rear USB port. Thus only either the rear USB port
or the USB interface of PCIe slot 1 can be active at the same time. The
jumper next to the rear USB port controls which one is active:
open: USB on PCIe 1 is active
closed: USB on rear USB port is active
==Power==
The board can accept both, passive PoE and external power via a 2.1 mm
barrel jack. The input voltage range is 11-32 V.
=Installation=
==Prerequisites==
A USB -> RS-232 Adapter and a null modem cable are required for
installation.
To install an OpenWRT image to the device two components must be built:
1. A openwrt initramfs image
2. A openwrt sysupgrade image
===initramfs & sysupgrade image===
Select target devices "Mikrotik RBM33G" in
openwrt menuconfig and build the images. This will create the images
"openwrt-ramips-mt7621-mikrotik_rbm33g-initramfs-kernel.bin" and
"openwrt-ramips-mt7621-mikrotik_rbm33g-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin" in the output
directory.
==Installing==
**Make sure to back up your RouterOS license in case you do ever want to
go back to RouterOS using "/system license output" and back up the created
license file.**
Serial settings: 115200 8N1
The installation is a two-step process. First the
"openwrt-ramips-mt7621-mikrotik_rbm33g-initramfs-kernel.bin" must be booted
via tftp:
1. Set up a dhcp server that points the bootfile to tftp server serving
the "openwrt-ramips-mt7621-mikrotik_rbm33g-initramfs-kernel.bin"
initramfs image
2. Connect to WAN port (left side, next to sys-LED and power indicator)
3. Connect to serial port of board
4. Power on board and enter RouterBOOT setup menu
5. Set boot device to "boot over ethernet"
6. Set boot protocol to "dhcp protocol" (can be omitted if DHCP server
allows dynamic bootp)
6. Save config
7. Wait for board to boot via Ethernet
On the serial port you should now be presented with the OpenWRT boot log.
The next steps will install OpenWRT persistently.
1. Copy "openwrt-ramips-mt7621-mikrotik_rbm33g-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin" to the device
using scp.
2. Write openwrt to flash using "sysupgrade
openwrt-ramips-mt7621-mikrotik_rbm33g-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin"
Once the flashing completes reboot the router and let it boot from flash.
It should boot straight to OpenWRT.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Schramm <tobleminer@gmail.com>
0bc4230 version: bump snapshot
ed04799 poly1305: add missing string.h header
cbd4e34 compat: use stabler lkml links
caa718c ratelimiter: do not allow concurrent init and uninit
894ddae ratelimiter: mitigate reference underflow
0a8a62c receive: drop handshake packets if rng is not initialized
cad9e52 noise: wait for crng before taking locks
83c0690 netlink: maintain static_identity lock over entire private key update
0913f1c noise: take locks for ss precomputation
073f31a qemu: bump default kernel
bec4c48 wg-quick: android: don't forget to free compiled regexes
7ce2ef3 wg-quick: android: disable roaming to v6 networks when v4 is specified
9132be4 dns-hatchet: apply resolv.conf's selinux context to new resolv.conf
41a5747 simd: no need to restore fpu state when no preemption
6d7f0b0 simd: encapsulate fpu amortization into nice functions
f8b57d5 queueing: re-enable preemption periodically to lower latency
b7b193f queueing: remove useless spinlocks on sc
5bb62fe tools: getentropy requires 10.12
4e9f120 chacha20poly1305: use slow crypto on -rt kernels on arm too
Compiled-for: ar71xx, lantiq
Run-tested-on: ar71xx Archer C7 v2 & lantiq HH5a
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
TP-Link Archer C7 v5 is a dual-band AC1750 router, based on Qualcomm/Atheros
QCA9563+QCA9880.
Specification:
- 750/400/250 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz
- 3T3R 5 GHz
- 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 10x LED, 2x button
- UART header on PCB
Flash instruction:
1. Upload lede-ar71xx-generic-archer-c7-v5-squashfs-factory.bin via Web interface
Flash instruction using TFTP recovery:
1. Set PC to fixed ip address 192.168.0.66
2. Download lede-ar71xx-generic-archer-c7-v5-squashfs-factory.bin
and rename it to ArcherC7v5_tp_recovery.bin
3. Start a tftp server with the file tp_recovery.bin in its root directory
4. Turn off the router
5. Press and hold Reset button
6. Turn on router with the reset button pressed and wait ~15 seconds
7. Release the reset button and after a short time
the firmware should be transferred from the tftp server
8. Wait ~30 second to complete recovery.
Signed-off-by: Arvid E. Picciani <aep@exys.org>
Tested on 8devices Jalapeno(ipq40xx)
Introduces following changes
* Fix: In ethtool.8, remove superfluous and incorrect \
* Fix: fix uninitialized return value
* Fix: fix RING_VF assignment
* Fix: remove unused global variable
* Fix: several fixes in do_gregs()
* Fix: correctly free hkey when get_stringset() fails
* Fix: remove unreachable code
* Fix: fix stack clash in do_get_phy_tunable and do_set_phy_tunable
* Feature: Add register dump support for MICROCHIP LAN78xx
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
Commit ecd954d530 installs specific interface triggers which rewrites the dnsmasq config
file and restarts dnsmasq if the network interface becomes active for which a trigger
has been installed.
In case no dhcp sections are specified or ignore is set to 1 dnsmasq will not be started
at startup which breaks DNS resolving.
Fix this by ditching the BOOT check in start_service and always start dnsmasq at startup.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Apparently there are RPi1 devices with BRCM43430 wifi, such as the
Pi Zero W. Add the necessary packages for that to the image generated
for those boards as well.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Add the missing enable and disable function.
Remove dummy mask and unmask function and use the one provided by
irq_dummy_chip.
Allow interrupt status register being defined from dts.
Add ddr_wb_flush for ar934x/qca953x.
Rename controller name to qca,ar9340-intc because this design was
first introduced in AR934x.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johann Neuhauser <johann@it-neuhauser.de>
ELECOM WRC-1167GHBK2-S is a 2.4/5 GHz band 11ac router, based on
MediaTek MT7621A.
Specification:
- MT7621A (2-Cores, 4-Threads)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR3)
- 16 MB of Flash (SPI)
- 2T2R 2.4/5 GHz
- MediaTek MT7615D
- 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 6x LEDs, 2x keys
- UART header on PCB
- Vcc, GND, TX, RX from ethernet port side
- baudrate: 57600 bps
Flash instruction using factory image:
1. Rename the factory image to "wrc-1167ghbk2-s_v0.00.bin"
2. Connect the computer to the LAN port of WRC-1167GHBK2-S
3. Connect power cable to WRC-1167GHBK2-S and turn on it
4. Access to "http://192.168.2.1/details.html" and open firmware
update page ("手動更新(アップデート)")
5. Select the factory image and click apply ("適用") button
6. Wait ~150 seconds to complete flashing
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
NEC Aterm WG2600HP is a 2.4/5 GHz band 11ac router, based on Qualcomm
IPQ8064.
Specification:
- IPQ8064 (384 - 1,400 MHz)
- 512 MB of RAM
- 32 MB of Flash (SPI)
- 4T4R 2.4/5 GHz
- 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 12x LEDs, 4x keys
- 1x USB 3.0 Type-A
- UART header on PCB
- RX, TX, NC, GND, Vcc from power connector side
- baudrate: 115200 bps
Flash instruction using initramfs image:
1. Connect serial cable to UART header
2. Connect power cable and turn on the router
3. When the "Press the [f] key and hit [enter] to enter failsafe mode"
message is displayed on the console, press the "f" key and Enter key
sequentially to enter the failsafe mode
4. create fw_env.config file with following contents on failsafe mode:
/dev/mtd9 0x0 0x10000 0x10000
5. Execute following commands to add and change the environment
variables of U-Boot
fw_setenv ipaddr "192.168.0.1"
fw_setenv serverip "192.168.0.2"
fw_setenv autostart "yes"
fw_setenv bootcmd "tftpboot 0x44000000 wg2600hp-initramfs.bin;
bootipq"
6. Set the IP address of the computer to 192.168.0.2, connect to the LAN
port of WG2600HP, and start the TFTP server on the computer
7. Rename OpenWrt initramfs image for WG2600HP to
"wg2600hp-initramfs.bin" and place it in the TFTP directory
8. Remove power cable from WG2600HP, reconnect it and restart WG2600HP
9. WG2600HP downloads initramfs image from TFTP server on the computer,
loads it and boot with initramfs image
10. On the initramfs image, execute "mtd erase firmware" to erase stock
firmware and execute sysupgrade with the sysupgrade image
11. Wait ~180 seconds to complete flashing
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
Add wpad-mini if wireless drivers are included. Drop the mt76 package if
both of the provided drivers are included with their own packages.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Currently arc770 is no more "source-only".
Lets update Linux kernel version from 4.9 to 4.14 for arc770.
config-4.14 was simply regenerated with "make kernel_menuconfig".
Signed-off-by: Evgeniy Didin <Evgeniy.Didin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
This commit adds support for the Mikrotik wAP R (RBwAPR-2nD). The change
is based on 3b15eb0 which added support for the wAP 2nD. This change lacks
LED support.
Specifications:
- SoC: Qualcomm QCA9531 (650 MHz)
- RAM: 64 MB
- Storage: 16 MB NOR SPI flash
- Wireless: built-in QCA9531, 802.11b/g/n 2x2:2
- Ethernet: 1x100Mbps
- Power: 9-30V Passive PoE, 9-30V DC jack, 9-30V automotive jack
- SIM card slot
- Mini-PCIe slot
Installation:
1. Login to the Mikrotik WebUI to backup your licence key
2. Change the following settings in System->Routerboard->Settings:
- Boot device: try ethernet once then NAND
- Boot protocol: DHCP
- Force Backup Booter: checked
3. Setup a DHCP/BOOTP server with:
- DHCP-Option 66 (TFTP server name) pointing to a local TFTP
server within the same subnet of the DHCP range
- DHCP-Option 67 (Bootfile-Name) matching the initramfs filename
of the to be booted image, e.g.
openwrt-ar71xx-mikrotik-vmlinux-initramfs.elf
4. Power off the device
5. If this is the second attempt to boot OpenWRT or the boot device isn't
"try ethernet once then NAND," press and hold the reset button while
powered off. If this is the first attempt, this step isn't necessary.
6. Power on the device, holding the reset button for 15-20s if already
pressed from the previous step.
The board should load and start the initramfs image from the TFTP
server. Login as root/without password to the started OpenWRT via SSH
listing on IPv4 address 192.168.1.1. Use sysupgrade to install OpenWRT.
Revert to RouterOS
Use the "rbcfg" package on in OpenWRT:
- rbcfg set boot_protocol bootp
- rbcfg set boot_device ethnand
- rbcfg apply
Open Netinstall and reboot routerboard. Now Netinstall sees RouterBOARD
and you can install RouterOS. If NetInstall gets stuck on Sending offer
just wait for it to timeout and then close and open Netinstall again.
Click on install again.
In order for RouterOS to function properly, you need to restore license
for the device. You can do that by including license in NetInstall.
Signed-off-by: David Ehrmann <ehrmann@gmail.com>
GRO stores packets as fraglist. If they are routed back to the ethernet
device, they need to be re-segmented if the driver does not support
sending fraglists.
Add the missing support for that, along with a missing feature flag that
allows full routed GRO->TSO offload.
Considerably reduces CPU utilization for routing
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This commit adds support for the AVM Fritz!WLAN Repeater 450E
SOC: Qualcomm QCA9556 (Scorpion) 560MHz MIPS74Kc
RAM: 64MB Zentel A3R12E40CBF DDR2
FLASH: 16MiB Winbond W25Q128 SPI NOR
WLAN1: QCA9556 2.4 GHz 802.11b/g/n 3x3
INPUT: WPS button
LED: Power, WiFi, LAN, RSSI indicator
Serial: Header Next to Black metal shield
Pinout is 3.3V - RX - TX - GND (Square Pad is 3.3V)
The Serial setting is 115200-8-N-1.
Tested and working:
- Ethernet
- 2.4GHz WiFi (correct MAC)
- Installation via EVA bootloader
- OpenWRT sysupgrade
- Buttons
- Most LEDs
Not working:
- 2 RSSI LEDs
AVM used for RSSI{0,1} two of the Ethernet PHYs LEDs which they
control over MDIO. Our driver doesn't expose these LEDs as GPIOs.
While it is possible to implement this feature, it would require an
additional kernel patch for a minor functionality.
Installation via EVA:
In the first seconds after Power is connected, the bootloader will
listen for FTP connections on 192.168.178.1. Firmware can be uploaded
like following:
ftp> quote USER adam2
ftp> quote PASS adam2
ftp> binary
ftp> debug
ftp> passive
ftp> quote MEDIA FLSH
ftp> put openwrt-sysupgrade.bin mtd1
Note that this procedure might take up to two minutes.
You need to powercycle the Device afterwards to boot OpenWRT.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
The QCA9556 only has a SGMII interface. However the speed on the
ethernet link is set for the non-existant xMII interface.
This commit fixes this behavior.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This new package was missing the dependency to kmod-random-core which
caused some build errors.
Fixes: 163ab9135a ("kernel/modules: add chaoskey module, hardware TRNG")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Busybox time supports the GNU time '-f' syntax used by the build time
logging implemented in ff6e62b288, however the prerequisite check added
only works with GNU time installed as `time` or `gtime`.
As busybox is a multicall binary, the name of the symlink setup by
SetupHostCommand also must be changed from `gtime` to `time` to fix the
value of argv[0]. This causes a number of shells (including bash) to use
their builtin impelementation of time, so the sole invocation has been
changed to use `env time` to use the value found on the $PATH.
Signed-off-by: Andy Boyett <agb@agb.io>
122ca37 Rename bits in hostflags to match new identifiers for the hostflags
32c2a3c Change order of identifiers to be ascending with the spr numbers
f7016b5 Remove definitions which are not Broadcom specific
b77c0a3 debug: Fix ordering of HF bits
3f46e61 fwcutter: Add firmware 9.10.178.27
27892ef fwcutter/make: Avoid _DEFAULT_SOURCE warning
Signed-off-by: Krystian Kozak <krystian.kozak20@gmail.com>
Enable the Hardware Random Number Generator Core infrastructure
in kernel.
Needed for hardware random number generator drivers like chaoskey
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
Package the driver for Chaoskey, a USB dongle that provides a
True Random Number Generator (TRNG) and feeds entropy to kernel.
Chaoskey driver is included the upstream Linux sources, so
only packaging it is needed.
Run-tested with ipq806x/R7800 and mvebu/WRT3200ACM.
(Requires CONFIG_HW_RANDOM kernel option.)
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
Shorten the version string in Netgear factory image header in order
to enable u-boot TFTP recovery flash mode to work again.
Strip 'r7210-14cb05909a' into 'r7210' in the Netgear image header
by removing the hash (anything after "-").
background:
Some Netgear routers have recently been unable to flash Openwrt
factory image with the TFTP recovery flash mode provided by Netgear
u-boot. That is due to over-long Openwrt version string overflowing
into the router type string in u-boot code. Modern git versions
produce 10-digit short hashes for the Openwrt main repo, and that
causes the version string to be too long in the image header,
breaking the image ID verification by the TFTP flash routine.
(Other option could be to force a shorter hash in scripts/getver.sh,
but as the problem only concerns Netgear routers, let's patch just
them.)
More detailed explanations in FS#1583
Tested with WNDR3800
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
The kernel patch *-mips_module_reloc.patch breaks dynamic ftrace as
dynamic ftrace depends on -mlong-calls.
See http://patchwork.linux-mips.org/patch/675/
Thus we always set -mlong-calls if the kernel is being
compiled with dynamic ftrace support.
Signed-off-by: Vincent Wiemann <webmaster@codefetch.de>
Marvell ahci hardware requires a workaround to prevent eSATA failures
on hotplug/reset when used with multi-bay external enclosures.
Errata Ref#226 - SATA Disk HOT swap issue when connected through Port
Multiplier in FIS-based Switching mode.
These patches backport the workaround from 4.17.
Signed-off-by: Jeremiah McConnell <miah@miah.com>
Specifications:
SOC: Qualcomm IPQ4018 (DAKOTA) ARM Quad-Core
RAM: 128 MB Nanya NT5CC64M16GP-DI
FLASH: 16 MiB Macronix MX25L12845EMI-12G
ETH: Qualcomm QCA8072
WLAN1: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4018 2.4GHz 802.11b/g/n 2x2
WLAN2: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4018 5GHz 802.11n/ac W2 2x2
INPUT: WPS, Mode-toggle-switch
LED: Power, WLAN 2.4GHz, WLAN 5GHz, LAN, WPS
(LAN not controllable by software)
(WLAN each green / red)
SERIAL: Header next to eth-phy.
VCC, TX, GND, RX (Square hole is VCC)
The Serial setting is 115200-8-N-1.
Tested and working:
- Ethernet (Correct MAC-address)
- 2.4 GHz WiFi (Correct MAC-address)
- 5 GHz WiFi (Correct MAC-address)
- Factory installation from tftp
- OpenWRT sysupgrade
- LEDs
- WPS Button
Not Working:
- Mode-toggle-switch
Install via TFTP:
Connect to the devices serial. Hit Enter-Key in bootloader to stop
autobooting. Command `tftpboot` will pull an initramfs image named
`C0A86302.img` from a tftp server at `192.168.99.08/24`.
After successfull transfer, boot the image with `bootm`.
To persistently write the firmware, flash an openwrt sysupgrade image
from inside the initramfs, for example transfer
via `scp <sysupgrade> root@192.168.1.1:/tmp` and flash on the device
with `sysupgrade -n /tmp/<sysupgrade>`.
append-cmdline patch taken from chunkeeys work on the NBG6617.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Frühling <skorpy@frankfurt.ccc.de>
Co-authored-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Co-authored-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
ar71xx/ar913x series use the old pll registers and settings.
However started from ar7242, a new pll register is introduced and the
pll setting is much simpler.
This can be observed from dev-eth.c from the ar71xx target.
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <hackpascal@gmail.com>
This patch adds dts for qca956x and also support for Phicomm K2T
The qca965x.dtsi adds nearly all the necessary components.
Both ath9k AHB and PCIe worked well.
The Phicomm K2T uses MTD partition 'config' to store the mac addresses in
JSON format. To extract these fields correctly, a script is introduced:
/lib/functions/k2t.sh
This script provides a helper function to extract mac addresses, and is used
in three places.
Hardware spec of Phicomm K2T:
CPU: QCA9563
DRAM: 64MB DDR2
Flash: 16MB SPI-NOR
Switch: QCA8337
WiFi 5.8GHz: QCA9886
Flash instruction:
Apply sysupgrade.bin via serial console:
tftp 0x80000000 sysupgrade.bin && erase 0x9f090000 +$filesize && cp.b $fileaddr 0x9f090000 $filesize
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <hackpascal@gmail.com>
This fixup ip align in essedma driver rx path
see cat /proc/cpu/alignment
which reports alignment-fixups without this fix.
Signed-off-by: Chen Minqiang <ptpt52@gmail.com>
While support for the FLOWOFFLOAD target is available in the firmware
images, it is still missing in some of the binary packages on
downloads.openwrt.org, e.g. for the mipsel_mips32 architecture.
Increment PKG_RELEASE to force an update of these packages.
Also adjust the package description to include the FLOWOFFLOAD target.
Signed-off-by: Mirko Parthey <mirko.parthey@web.de>
Backport a hot off the press upstream kernel ATM fix:
Preserve value of skb->truesize when accounting to vcc
"There's a hack in pskb_expand_head() to avoid adjusting skb->truesize
for certain skbs. Ideally it would cover ATM too. It doesn't. Just
stashing the accounted value and using it in atm_raw_pop() is probably
the easiest way to cope."
The issue was exposed by upstream with:
commit 14afee4b6092fde451ee17604e5f5c89da33e71e
Author: Reshetova, Elena <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Date: Fri Jun 30 13:08:00 2017 +0300
net: convert sock.sk_wmem_alloc from atomic_t to refcount_t
But an earlier commit left the ticking timebomb:
158f323b9868 ("net: adjust skb->truesize in pskb_expand_head()
Sincerest thanks to Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me> for debugging
assistance and to David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org> for further
guidance, cajoling & patience in interpreting the debug I was giving him
and producing a fix!
Fixes FS#1567
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
When upstream kernel introduced commit c55fa3cccbc2c672e7f118be8f7484e53a8e9e77
we incorrectly updated our hack integration patch that updates atm/common.c
+++ b/net/atm/common.c
@@ -62,10 +62,16 @@ static void vcc_remove_socket(struct soc
write_unlock_irq(&vcc_sklist_lock);
}
+struct sk_buff* (*ifx_atm_alloc_tx)(struct atm_vcc *, unsigned int) = NULL;
+EXPORT_SYMBOL(ifx_atm_alloc_tx);
+
static bool vcc_tx_ready(struct atm_vcc *vcc, unsigned int size)
{
struct sock *sk = sk_atm(vcc);
+ if (ifx_atm_alloc_tx != NULL)
+ return ifx_atm_alloc_tx(vcc, size)
The correct solution is to drop our ifx_atm_alloc_tx replacement hack
entirely and let the kernel do its thing.
In reality neither pppoatm or BR2684 interfaces actually hit this code,
so the incorrect integration would only be noticed with direct socket
calls which we are unaware of a use-case.
This is not the solution to pppoatm vc-mux failing to work which started
the whole investigation, but let's fix it up anyway.
With sincerest thanks to David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org> &
Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>.
Tested-on: lantiq, BT HomeHub 5a
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Support for these devices isn't ready yet and it was only accidentally
pushed in the commit 0da9303e5b ("mac80211: backport "brcmfmac:
cleanup and some rework" from 4.17").
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
For easier future kernel bumps replace spi patch with upstream version
slightly modified. The modification removes partition definitions which
has been diffrent for some U-Boot versions.
Also this removes unnecessary i2c definition which was in the old patch.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Since the beginning there's been an issue with initializing the Atheros
based MiniPCIe wireless cards. Here's an example of kerenel log:
OF: PCI: host bridge /soc/pcie@d0070000 ranges:
OF: PCI: MEM 0xe8000000..0xe8ffffff -> 0xe8000000
OF: PCI: IO 0xe9000000..0xe900ffff -> 0xe9000000
advk-pcie d0070000.pcie: link up
advk-pcie d0070000.pcie: PCI host bridge to bus 0000:00
pci_bus 0000:00: root bus resource [bus 00-ff]
pci_bus 0000:00: root bus resource [mem0xe8000000-0xe8ffffff]
pci_bus 0000:00: root bus resource [io 0x0000-0xffff](bus address[0xe9000000-0xe900ffff])
pci 0000:00:00.0: BAR 0: assigned [mem0xe8000000-0xe801ffff 64bit]
pci 0000:00:00.0: BAR 6: assigned [mem0xe8020000-0xe802ffff pref]
[...]
advk-pcie d0070000.pcie: Posted PIO Response Status: CA,0xe00 @ 0x3c
advk-pcie d0070000.pcie: Posted PIO Response Status: CA,0xe00 @ 0x44
advk-pcie d0070000.pcie: Posted PIO Response Status: CA,0xe00 @ 0x4
ath9k 0000:00:00.0: enabling device (0000 -> 0002)
advk-pcie d0070000.pcie: Posted PIO Response Status: CA,0xe00 @ 0x3c
advk-pcie d0070000.pcie: Posted PIO Response Status: CA,0xe00 @ 0xc
advk-pcie d0070000.pcie: Posted PIO Response Status: CA,0xe00 @ 0x4
advk-pcie d0070000.pcie: Posted PIO Response Status: CA,0xe00 @ 0x40
ath9k 0000:00:00.0: request_irq failed
advk-pcie d0070000.pcie: Posted PIO Response Status: CA,0xe00 @ 0x4
ath9k: probe of 0000:00:00.0 failed with error -22
The same happens for ath5k cards, while ath10k card didn't appear at
all (not detected):
OF: PCI: host bridge /soc/pcie@d0070000 ranges:
OF: PCI: MEM 0xe8000000..0xe8ffffff -> 0xe8000000
OF: PCI: IO 0xe9000000..0xe900ffff -> 0xe9000000
advk-pcie d0070000.pcie: link never came up
advk-pcie d0070000.pcie: PCI host bridge to bus 0000:00
pci_bus 0000:00: root bus resource [bus 00-ff]
pci_bus 0000:00: root bus resource [mem0xe8000000-0xe8ffffff]
pci_bus 0000:00: root bus resource [io 0x0000-0xffff](bus address[0xe9000000-0xe900ffff])
advk-pcie d0070000.pcie: config read/write timed out
Following the issue on esppressobin.net forum [1] the workaround seems
to be limiting the speed of PCIe bridge to 1st generation. This fixed
the initialisation of all tested Atheros wireless cards.
The change shouldn't affect the performance for wireless cards,
it could reduce the performance of storage controller cards but since
OpenWrt focuses on wireless connectivity, fixing compatibility with
wireless cards should be a priority.
For the record, the iwlwifi and mt76 cards were not affected by this
issue.
1. http://espressobin.net/forums/topic/which-pcie-wlan-cards-are-supported
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
The device tree files are now matching the kernel 4.17 and this will be
send also for integration into mainline U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This patch 220-add-sunxi50i-nanopi-neo-plus2.patch was merged upstream.
The u-boot-sunxi-with-spl.bin is now also created for the ARM64 sunxi
boards by U-Boot itself, no need to do it manually any more.
This was tested on a H2+ Orange Pi R1 and a H5 Orange Pi Zero Plus.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
zram.ko needs CONFIG_BLK_DEV activated and it is by default for all
other targets in OpenWrt.
This makes zram.ko compile again.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Neon and vfpv4 are mandatory extensions in the ARM64 instruction set
now, do not activate them explicitly. GCC will make use of these
extension now by default.
This makes it possible to share the toolchain with other Cortex A53
SoCs.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This commit adds the get_status_led method to diag.sh, which sets the
boot-led as status-led for scripts using this method to get a
status-led.
This method is used platform-independent in downstream project gluon to
set the LED used to indicate the config-mode.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This generates the "rd.gz" and "hddapp.tgz" that doesn't contain
anything of the sort but rather the OpenWRT rootfs. It works the
same way as how we generate the same layout for the NAS4220b.
For some reason the ImageInfo file is different for the SQ201.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
The D-Link DIR-685 has a RealTek RT2880 mini-PCI card in a
slot. Activate the appropriate kernel module.
The Square One SQ201 has a Ralink RT61-based mini-PCI card.
Activate the appropriate kernel modules. This fixes the
previous error just activating the firmware: the kernel
module will bring in the firmware it needs.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
This makes the Gemini build a WRGG-type firmware update
image for the DIR-685. This should hopefully install the
kernel from the web firmware upgrade API on the product
switching it permanently to use OpenWRT.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
It was described by Arend as:
> This series is intended for 4.17 and includes following:
>
> * rework bus layer attach code.
> * remove duplicate variable declaration.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This fixes missing rootfs on above device:
[ 2.652292] VFS: Cannot open root device "(null)" or unknown-block(0,0): error -6
(...)
[ 2.687909] Kernel panic - not syncing: VFS: Unable to mount root fs on unknown-block(0,0)
Fixes: 05cb6aa69f ("bcm53xx: replace linux,part-probe with a proper partitions subnode")
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
1. Move all status led definitions out of diag.sh into device dt
as we use here a generic script hook.
2. Encode "phy0ptp" led trigger in dt of device for all ath79 devices.
Signed-off-by: Johann Neuhauser <johann@it-neuhauser.de>
Fixes for WNDR3800 DTS:
* fix bootcmd
* name art partition to reference it for MACs
* format firmware partition's address similarly as others
* make u-boot-env read-only like in ar71xx
* read wan and lan MACs from art
* fix LED and button gpio values to match ar71xx
(orange/green powerLED, reset button)
* enable power LED in dts by alias led-status
* define USB LED triggers and connect to USB port
* change wifi button to KEY_RFKILL like in ar71xx
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
Add support for the common led property "linux,default-trigger". It
allows to set a default led trigger via devicetree.
Signed-off-by: Johann Neuhauser <johann@it-neuhauser.de>
[add commit message]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Readd SoC compatible strings and correct model names mangled in
a51078f735, cleanup dts to remove
duplication, rename dtsi for clarity, use correct GPIO for TL-MR10U
USB power.
Tested only on TL-WR703N due to lack of a TL-MR10U.
Signed-off-by: Alex Maclean <monkeh@monkeh.net>
Certain Netgear and AVM devices use BE squashfs for the kernel image. As
squashfs4 only supports creating LE images, add squashfs (v3) into
the tools to be built for ath79.
Trying to use an LE squashfs (thus trying to use squashfs4 only for
building the image) for the kernel image results in the bootloader
barfing and stopping.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Zoltan HERPAI <wigyori@uid0.hu>
TP-Link TL-WR842N v5 are simple N300 router with 5-port FE switch and
non-detachable antennas. Its very similar to TP-Link TL-MR3420 V5.
Specification:
- MT7628N/N (580 MHz)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 2x external, non-detachable antennas
- USB 2.0 Port
- UART (J1) header on PCB (115200 8n1)
- 7x LED, 2x button, power input switch
Flash instruction:
The only way to flash OpenWrt image in wr842nv5 is to use
tftp recovery mode in U-Boot:
1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.0.225/24 and tftp server.
2. Rename "lede-ramips-mt7628-tplink_tl-wr842n-v5-squashfs-tftp-recovery.bin"
to "tp_recovery.bin" and place it in tftp server directory.
3. Connect PC with one of LAN ports, press the reset button, power up
the router and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until
device starts downloading the file.
4. Router will download file from server, write it to flash and reboot.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Anisimov <maxim.anisimov.ua@gmail.com>
With this change, the LED trigger is independent from the (wireless)
netdev name. The (wireless) netdev name can be easiliy changed in
OpenWrt and would require an update of the netdev trigger settings each
time it is done.
This change is (for now) applied only to MT7628 devices from TP-Link, as
we only had the possibility to test this change against two of those
devices, namely a TL-WR841 v13 and a Archer C50 v3.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
I found mt7688 watchdog not working. The watchdog registers are identical
for mt7621 and mt7628/mt7688. The first watchdog related register is at
0x10000100, the last one - a 16bit sized - at 0x10000128.
Set the correct register address and size in the dtsi file to get the
watchdog working.
Signed-off-by: lbzhung <gewalalb@gmail.com>
[add commit message]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Since kernel 4.10 commit 61e84623ace3 ("net: centralize net_device
min/max MTU checking"), the range of mtu is [min_mtu, max_mtu], which
is [68, 1500] by default.
It's necessary to set a max_mtu if a mtu > 1500 is supported.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
9090f9c mt76x2: fix threshold for gain adjustment
2cbaa57 mt76x2: fix swapped values for RXO-18 in gain control
a39ab70 mt76x2: adjust AGC control register 26 based on gain for VHT80
4936c0c mt76x2: clear false CCA counters after changing gain settings
1528fe7 mt76x2: fix variable gain adjustment range
f3522e1 mt76x2: add a debugfs file to dump agc calibration information
65e161b mt76x2: fix tracking rssi for dynamic gain adjustment
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Use vectoring firmware downloaded via vdsl_fw_install.sh from
ltq-vdsl-fw package for annex B and annex J.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Recent Speedport firmware downloads only work over HTTPS, so the user
either needs to provide the already downloaded file or install
ustream-ssl-* as well as ca-certificates or ca-bundle.
So to get VDSL2 with vectoring on xRX200, simply run
vdsl_fw_install.sh
on the target and either provide the downloaded file as instructed or
make sure the device is connected to the Internet and can download that
HTTPS url itself.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
ucert is a wrapper around usign to allow delegation and revocation of
public keys for future use in sysupgrade.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This work was sponsored by WIO (wiowireless.com)
Ship EEPROM blobs for specific supported board only and don't have them
lurking around in our source tree but rather download them from
@github/RPi-Distro/firmware-nonfree upstream.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This was caused by a race condition between offload teardown and
conntrack gc bumping the timeout of offloaded connections
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Update bison to 3.0.5
Bugfix release
Remove 001-fix-macos-vasnprintf.patch as it is fixed upstream
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
On bcm53xx and brcm47xx, commands are passed to default_do_upgrade that
expect the image to be passed on stdin, rather than as an argument.
Fixes: 30f61a34b4 ("base-files: always use staged sysupgrade")
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Fix condir option processing allowing to use the format
"<directory>[,<file-extension>......]," as documented on the dnsmasq man
page which previously resulted into bogus dir being created.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
On some targets this module depends on kmod-of-mdio.
This is similar to the fixes done in:
dc629d9cf5 ("kernel: fix kmod-switch-rtl8366-smi dependency")
56bd23cf52 ("kernel: let kmod-rtl8366-smi conditionally depend on kmod-of-mdio")
Fixes: 32f32398af ("kernel/modules: add kmod-mdio-gpio module")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Some of the Marvell targets have functional SATA port multiplier
support, which is required for multi-bay eSATA enclosures. Enable
kernel support by setting CONFIG_SATA_PMP.
Closes: FS#1232 and FS#547
Signed-off-by: Jeremiah McConnell <miah@miah.com>
Some ath10k firmware versions allow to access the chip internal a
temperature sensor and allow to reduce the amount of the time when the card
is allowed to send. The latter is required on devices which tend to
overheat.
An userspace service has to read
/sys/class/ieee80211/phy*/device/hwmon/hwmon*/temp1_input regularly and
then decide how much the device has to be throttled. This can be done by
writing to /sys/class/ieee80211/phy*/device/cooling_device/cur_state. By
default it is not throttled (0) but it can be throttled up to 100(%).
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
Without this change, ifx_mei_atm_showtime_check() will always return
"showtime" after one call of MEI_InternalXtmSwhowtimeEntrySignal()
was done, even if MEI_InternalXtmSwhowtimeExitSignal() was called
in the meantime.
The ifx_mei_atm_showtime_check() function is used by the ltq-atm and
ltq-ptm driver.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
This device has only one ethernet port.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Badaire <mbadaire@gmail.com>
[add the existing eth0 as lan block, shorten commit message]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The AVM package selection partially broke with the addition of the
FRITZ!Box 4020. This commit restores the intended behavior.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Just name buttons directly, rather than abstract and then also a label.
Likewise for leds. Avoids DTC warnings about unit address with no reg
parameter.
Signed-off-by: Karl Palsson <karlp@etactica.com>
Make the unitname match the reg address. This fixes a DTC warning.
Tested that USB is still functional on an ar9331 device including this
dtsi.
Signed-off-by: Karl Palsson <karlp@etactica.com>
Based on original ar71xx eg200 board files
Tested working:
* usb hub, storage and serial port
* ethernet
* wifi
* leds
* button
sysupgrade from self->self passes validity checks.
sysupgrade from old ar71xx->ath79 passes. (however this doesn't migrate
wireless driver configs)
Only unknown issue is the existance of a /sys/class/leds/ath9k-phy0,
which doesn't "exist"
Signed-off-by: Karl Palsson <karlp@etactica.com>
I-O DATA WN-GX300GR is a 2.4 GHz band 11n router, based on MediaTek
MT7621S.
Specification:
- MT7621S (1-Core, 2-Threads)
- 64 MB of RAM
- 8 MB of Flash (SPI)
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz
- 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 2x LEDs, 4x keys (2x buttons, 1x slide switch)
- UART header on PCB
- Vcc, GND, TX, RX from ethernet port side
- baudrate: 115200 bps (U-Boot, OpenWrt)
Flash instruction using initramfs image:
1. Connect serial cable to UART header
2. Rename OpenWrt initramfs image for WN-GX300GR to "uImageWN-GX300GR"
and place it in the TFTP directory
3. Set the IP address of the computer to 192.168.99.8, connect to the
LAN port of WN-GX300GR, and start the TFTP server on the computer
4. Connect power cable to WN-GX300GR and turn on the router
5. Press "1" key on the serial console to interrupt boot process on
U-Boot, press Enter key 3 times and start firmware download via TFTP
6. WN-GX300GR downloads initramfs image and boot with it
7. On the initramfs image, execute "mtd erase firmware" to erase stock
firmware and execute sysupgrade with sysupgrade image for WN-GX300GR
8. Wait ~150 seconds to complete flasing
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
The ART partition of the Lima board stores exactly three mac addresses:
* 0x0: eth0
* 0x6: eth1
* 0x1002: wmac
The first two are correctly assigned in the mach file but the latter points
to 0x800. But this position is set to ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff. Luckily, the
driver falls back in ath9k_hw_init_macaddr to the EEPROM mac address when
it doesn't find a valid mac address in the platform_data.
Remove this bogus offset to the ART partition to directly load the wmac via
the EEPROM data in the ART partition.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Some of the ubi-tools in the upstream mtd-utils have been
broken by a bad patch upstream. It causes major breakage
during sysupgrade when the kernel, rootfs, ... volumes
are deleted in the wrong order.
This patch therefore reverts the faulty upstream commit which
fixes the bug.
linux-mtd mailing-list thread:
<http://lists.infradead.org/pipermail/linux-mtd/2018-June/081562.html>
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Reported-by: L. Wayne Leach <LLeachii@aol.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Node /cpus/cpu@0 has a unit name, but no reg property
Node /cpus/cpu@1 has a unit name, but no reg property
Node /cpuintc@0 has a unit name, but no reg property
Node /cpuclock@0 has a unit name, but no reg property
Node /sysclock@0 has a unit name, but no reg property
Node /pcie@1e140000/pcie0 missing ranges for PCI bridge (or not a bridge)
Node /pcie@1e140000/pcie0 missing bus-range for PCI bridge
Node /pcie@1e140000/pcie1 missing ranges for PCI bridge (or not a bridge)
Node /pcie@1e140000/pcie1 missing bus-range for PCI bridge
Node /pcie@1e140000/pcie2 missing ranges for PCI bridge (or not a bridge)
Node /pcie@1e140000/pcie2 missing bus-range for PCI bridge
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
This reverts commit 8a570921b5.
This seems to have been accidentally reverted. This fixes mt7620 and
mt7628.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Define USB port power on/off GPO as voltage regulator type instead of
exposing as a normal GPIO.
The GPO is now controlled by the USB driver via the voltage regulator
definition. The regulator is of fixed output type (5V for USB) hence the
GPO switches power on/off to USB pin 1 (Vcc)
USB port power is enabled on driver load and disabled on driver unload.
Enable kernel support for fixed voltage regulator types on mt7621.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
This patch fixes a dtc warning that shows up for every device
Warning (unit_address_vs_reg): Node /soc/ad-hoc-bus has a reg or ranges property, but no unit name
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
qcom-ipq4018-ex6100v2.dtb: Warning (reg_format): "reg" property in
/led_spi/led_gpio@0 has invalid length (4 bytes)
qcom-ipq4018-ex6100v2.dtb: Warning (avoid_default_addr_size):
Relying on default #size-cells value for /led_spi/led_gpio@0
Cc: Thomas Hebb <tommyhebb@gmail.com>
Cc: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Some devices like the Mikrotik RB912 only have 1 USB port
which is shared between an USB A type port, and the mini PCIe socket.
Toggling a gpio selects the output to which USB is connected.
Since kernel 4.9, gpio base is rounded up to a value of 32.
Commit 65da6f9ca1 ("ar71xx: fix secondary gpio controller base values") accounts correctly for that.
In this commit, rb912 sees it's value changed from AR934X_GPIO_COUNT (23) to 32
This means that the USB toggle gpio number actually also changes from 52 to 61.
But ..
Some of these GPIO numbers are also used in other locations, like the boardfile.
The author forgot to also change them over there.
Switching the USB port to mPCIe now shows my modem is correctly discovered again:
[ 2863.864471] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 4 using ehci-platform
[ 2864.055303] usb 1-1: config 1 has an invalid interface number: 8 but max is 3
[ 2864.062728] usb 1-1: config 1 has no interface number 1
[ 2864.074567] qcserial 1-1:1.0: Qualcomm USB modem converter detected
[ 2864.081474] usb 1-1: Qualcomm USB modem converter now attached to ttyUSB0
[ 2864.111960] qcserial 1-1:1.2: Qualcomm USB modem converter detected
[ 2864.118976] usb 1-1: Qualcomm USB modem converter now attached to ttyUSB1
[ 2864.139808] qcserial 1-1:1.3: Qualcomm USB modem converter detected
[ 2864.146777] usb 1-1: Qualcomm USB modem converter now attached to ttyUSB2
[ 2864.165276] qmi_wwan 1-1:1.8: cdc-wdm0: USB WDM device
[ 2864.171879] qmi_wwan 1-1:1.8 wwan0: register 'qmi_wwan' at usb-ehci-platform-1, WWAN/QMI device, 02:00:44:ed:3b:11
Fixes: 65da6f9ca1 ("ar71xx: fix secondary gpio controller base values")
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Cc: Robin Leblon <robin.leblon@ncentric.com>
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
8e29d86 linuxrc: remove superfluous shebang line
12d2045 gitignore: remove Windows stuff
57d8969 Add travis hint
8edf4cc sdimage: use fsync before closing the device (fixes#1)
d395b31 uuc: fix some compiler warnings
Signed-off-by: Krystian Kozak <krystian.kozak20@gmail.com>
This reverts a change made in Sep 2017 [1] which introduced
MSG_DONTROUTE flag to prevent udhcpc from reaching out to servers on a
different subnet. That change violates RFC2131 by forcing fully
configured clients, who got their configurations through an offer
relayed by a DHCP relay, from renewing through a unicast request
directly to the DHCP server, resulting in the client resorting to
boradcasting lease extension requests instead of unicasting them,
further breaking RFC2131.
The problem with MSG_DONTROUTE appears when talking to a properly
configured DHCP server that rejects non-compliant requests. Such server
will reject lease extension attempts sent via broadcast rather than
unicast, as is the case with Finnish ISPs Telia and DNA as well as
Estonian ISP Starman. Once the lease expires without renewal, udhcpc
enters init mode, taking down the interfaces with it, and thus causing
interruption on every lease expiry. On some ISPs (such as the ones
mentioned above) that can be once every 10-20 minutes. The interruptions
appear in the logs as such:
----
udhcpc: sending renew to x.x.x.x
udhcpc: send: Network unreachable
udhcpc: sending renew to 0.0.0.0
udhcpc: sending renew to 0.0.0.0
...
udhcpc: lease lost, entering init state
Interface 'wan' has lost the connection
Interface 'wan' is now down
Network alias 'eth0' link is down
udhcpc: sending select for y.y.y.y
udhcpc: lease of y.y.y.y obtained, lease time 1200
Network alias 'eth0' link is up
Interface 'wan' is now up
----
During lease extension, a fully configured client should be able to
reach out to the server from which it recieved the lease for extension,
regardless in which network it is; that's up to the gateway to find. [2]
This patch ensures that.
[1]
http://lists.busybox.net/pipermail/busybox-cvs/2017-September/037402.html
[2]
https://www.netmanias.com/en/post/techdocs/6000/dhcp-network-protocol/
understanding-dhcp-relay-agents
Signed-off-by: Adi Shammout <adi.shammout@outlook.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> [PKG_RELEASE increase]
If log_file is specified, make sure its directory exists.
Signed-off-by: Karl Palsson <karlp@etactica.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> [PKG_RELEASE increase]
This commit adds support for the OCEDO Koala
SOC: Qualcomm QCA9558 (Scorpion)
RAM: 128MB
FLASH: 16MiB
WLAN1: QCA9558 2.4 GHz 802.11bgn 3x3
WLAN2: QCA9880 5 GHz 802.11nac 3x3
INPUT: RESET button
LED: Power, LAN, WiFi 2.4, WiFi 5, SYS
Serial: Header Next to Black metal shield
Pinout is 3.3V - GND - TX - RX (Arrow Pad is 3.3V)
The Serial setting is 115200-8-N-1.
Tested and working:
- Ethernet
- 2.4 GHz WiFi
- 5 GHz WiFi
- TFTP boot from ramdisk image
- Installation via ramdisk image
- OpenWRT sysupgrade
- Buttons
- LEDs
Installation seems to be possible only through booting an OpenWRT
ramdisk image.
Hold down the reset button while powering on the device. It will load a
ramdisk image named 'koala-uImage-initramfs-lzma.bin' from 192.168.100.8.
Note: depending on the present software, the device might also try to
pull a file called 'koala-uimage-factory'. Only the name differs, it
is still used as a ramdisk image.
Wait for the ramdisk image to boot. OpenWRT can be written to the flash
via sysupgrade or mtd.
Due to the flip-flop bootloader which we not (yet) support, you need to
set the partition the bootloader is selecting. It is possible from the
initramfs image with
> fw_setenv bootcmd run bootcmd_1
Afterwards you can reboot the device.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Increase the available flash memory size in Netgear R7800
by taking into the use the unused "netgear" partition
that is located after the firmware partition.
Available flash space for kernel+rootfs+overlay increases
by 68 MB from 32 MB to 100 MB.
In a typical build, overlay space increases from 15 to 85,
increasing the package installation possibilities greatly.
Reverting to the OEM firmware is still possible, as the OEM
firmware contains logic to initialise the "netgear" partition
if its contents do not match expectations. In OEM firmware,
"netgear" contains 6 UBI sub-partitions that are defined in
/etc/netgear.cfg and initialisation is done by /etc/preinit
Tested with Openwrt master r7093-4fdc6ca31b and OEM V1.0.2.52
Reference to forum discussion in Netgear R7800 exploration thread:
https://forum.lede-project.org/t/netgear-r7800-exploration-ipq8065-qca9984/285/1118
(messages 1118-1158)
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
ipq806x is all dual core processors. ipq807x is quad core. Removes this
from dmesg:
RCU restricting CPUs from NR_CPUS=4 to nr_cpu_ids=2.
RCU: Adjusting geometry for rcu_fanout_leaf=16, nr_cpu_ids=2
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
SourceForge is deprecated according to upstream, so switch to main site
for downloads.
Tested on Turris Omnia (mvebu).
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
The board_name was being tested for "xlnx,zynq-zybo",
but the .dts compatible string is "digilent,zynq-zybo"
Also, sorted the boards alphabetically, and added an
error message for unsupported boards
Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
This is no longer necessary since commit 57776e6
(base-files: remove default /etc/config/network,
generate it via board.d instead)
Run-tested: ZedBoard
Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
After commit a1248da (zynq: convert to new image build code),
all boards, became unbootable, entering into a boot loop.
Replace the compressed kernel zImage by an uncompressed Image,
which is compressed after with gzip. Also, enable the creation
of an initramfs image by default.
Change images' filename to match the compatible string from the
respective .dts file (<vendor>_<model>). Also, use the shared
mkits.sh script and remove the target specific one.
Fixes: FS#1204
Run-tested: ZedBoard
Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
Problem - rapsberry pi 3 b/b+ does not boot with bcm2710 images!
How Raspberry Pi boots Actualy?
When Raspberry is switched on GPU is activated.
1. GPU execute First stage bootloader from ROM.
First stage bootloader mount the FAT boot partition on the SD card
and execute second stage bootloader (bootcode.bin).
2. Second stage bootloader (bootcode.bin) activate SDRAM.
Load the GPU firmware (start.elf).
3. GPU firmware (start.elf)
a) display Rainbow splash.
b) read firmware configuration file config.txt and
split the RAM using fixup.dat.
c) loads a cmdline.txt
d) enables the CPU.
e) loads the kernel image configurable via config.txt
In your target/linux/brcm2708/image/config.txt
493 ## kernel (string)
494 ## Alternative name to use when loading kernel.
495 ##
496 #kernel=""
it is not configured!
But in your target/linux/brcm2708/image/Makefile
75 KERNEL_IMG := kernel8.img
76 DEVICE_TITLE := Raspberry Pi 3B/3B+
you have kernel8.img
GPU Firmware search order by default for a PI 3 is:
kernel8.img if found boot in 64 bit mode
kernel8-32.img if found boot in 32 bit mode
kernel7.img if found boot in 32 bit mode
kernel.img if found boot in 32 bit mode
But a PI 2 will start the search from kernel7.img and
a PI 1 only looks for kernel.img.
Оbviously the kernel has been found.
But something goes wrong and the device is restarted.
In your package/kernel/brcm2708-gpu-fw/Makefile
11 PKG_NAME:=brcm2708-gpu-fw
12 PKG_VERSION:=2017-08-08
13 PKG_RELEASE:=e7ba7ab135f5a68b2c00a919ea9ac8d5528a5d5b
boot loader is 10 monts old.
In conclusion, the best way to solve the problem is
to update the boot loader!
Fixup_cd.dat and start_cd.elf files are not necessary.
These are used when GPU memory is set to 16 MB, which disables
some GPU features.
I did not remove them just in case!
cheers
Signed-off-by: Christo Nedev <christo.nedev@gmail.com>
Some board vendors actually changed the loader to expect the chip
to come up in 4-address-mode and flipped the ADP bit in the flash
chip's configuration register which makes it come up in 4-address-mode.
Hence it doesn't make sense to avoid switching to 4-address-mode on
those boards but the opposite as otherwise reboot hangs eg. on the
WrtNode2 boards. Fix this by checking the ADP register and only using
SPI_NOR_4B_READ_OP on chips which have ADP==0 (come up in 3-byte mode).
See also datasheet section 7.1.11 Power Up Address Mode (ADP)
Fixes: 22d982ea0 ("ramips: add support for switching between 3-byte and 4-byte addressing on w25q256 flash")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
5699354 extensions: fix build failure on fc28
e6359ee build: update ebtables.h from kernel and drop local unused copy
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
We recently increased the kernel partition size of the CPE/WBS 210/510.
This works fine for new installations of the factory image, but on
sysupgrades, the partition table read by the bootloader is not adjusted.
This limits the maximum size of the kernel loaded by the bootloader to the
old partition size.
While adjusting the partition table would be a cleanest solution, such a
migration would have to happen before an upgrade to a new version with a
newer kernel. This is error-prone and would require a two-step upgrade, as
we mark the partition table partition read-only.
Instead, switch from the lzma-loader with embedded kernel to the
okli-loader, so only the tiny lzma-loader is loaded by the bootloader as
"kernel", and the lzma-loader will then load the rest of the kernel by
itself.
Fixes: e39847ea2f ("ar71xx: increase kernel partition size for CPE/WBS 210/510")
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Import all improvements made in the lzma-loader since development on the
ath79 target started.
This also reverts fe594bf90d ("ath79: fix loader-okli, lzma-loader"), as
is obsoleted by 2ad60168b6af ("ar71xx: lzma-loader: move padding workaround
to gzip step").
Likely, many of the changes should be ported to the ramips lzma-loader as
well, but I don't have a device to test this.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
By making the kernel argv array const, the .data section can always be
omitted from the laoder binary.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
The text section in the ELF loader is aligned to the maximum page size,
which defaults to 64KB. Reduce it to the actual page size to avoid wasting
flash space for this alignment.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Some devices (TP-Link TL-WR1043ND v1) don't boot reliably when the
uncompressed loader is too small. This was workarounded in the loader by
adding 512KB of padding to the .data section of the loader binary.
This approach had two issues:
- The padding was only working when .data was non-empty (otherwise the
section would become NOBITS, omitting it in the binary). .data was only
empty when no CMDLINE was set, leading to further workarounds like
fe594bf90d ("ath79: fix loader-okli, lzma-loader"), and this
workaround was only effective because a missing "const" led to the kernel
argv being stored in .data instead of .rodata
- The padding was not only added to the compressed .gz loader, but also
uncompressed .bin and .elf loaders. The prevented embedding the kernel
cmdline in the loader for non-gz loader types.
To fix both issues, move the creation of the padding from the linker script
to the gzip step.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
There are several long-standing issues present in the UCI shell API as
documented in https://wiki.openwrt.org/doc/devel/config-scripting. They
relate both to high-level, user-defined callback functions used to
process UCI config files, and also to low-level functions used within
scripts generally.
The related problems have been encountered now and in the past, e.g.
https://forum.openwrt.org/viewtopic.php?id=54295, and include:
a) UCI parsing option() function and user-defined option_cb() callbacks
being erroneously called during processing of "list" config file entries;
b) normal usage of the low-level config_set() unexpectedy calling any
defined option_cb() if present; and
c) handling of the list_cb() not respecting the NO_CALLBACK variable.
Root causes include a function stack "inversion", where the low-level
config_set() function incorrectly calls the high-level option() function,
intended only for processing the "option" keyword of UCI config files.
This change addresses the inversion and other issues, making the option
handling code more consistent and smaller, and simplifying developers'
usage of UCI callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> [PKG_RELEASE increase]
20c0766 mt7603: adjust rx hang watchdog for MT7628
664e321 mt7603: add extra PSE hang check signature for MT7628
f24b56f update MT7628 firmware to the latest version
d87e4b0 mt7603: clear PSE reset bit if PSE reset fails
0ef26ef mt76: only stop tx queues on offchannel, not during the entire scan
f399da3 mt76: prevent tx scheduling during channel change
21c1e1e mt76: move ieee80211_hw allocation to common core
730c292 mt76: wait for pending tx to complete before switching channel
fcbb49e mt76x2: use udelay instead of usleep_range in mt76x2_mac_stop
792dbe0 mt7603: do not hold dev->mutex while flushing dev->mac_work
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Be compatible with ISPs which don't support the destination option header containing
the tunnel encapsulation limit as reported in FS#1501.
Setting the uci parameter encaplimit to ignore; allows to disable the insertion
of the destination option header in the map-e packets.
Otherwise the tunnel encapsulation limit value can be set to a value from 0 till 255
by setting the encaplimit uci parameter accordingly.
If no encaplimit value is specified the default value is 4 as before.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Be compatible with ISPs which don't support the destination option header containing
the tunnel encapsulation limit as reported in FS#1501 for dynamic created ds-lite/map
interfaces.
Setting the uci parameter encaplimit_dslite/map to ignore; allows to disable the insertion
of the destination option header for the dynamic created ds-lite/map interface.
Otherwise the tunnel encapsulation limit value can be set to a value from 0 till 255
by setting the encaplimit_dslite/map uci parameter accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Be compatible with ISPs which don't support the destination option header containing
the tunnel encapsulation limit as reported in FS#1501.
Setting the uci parameter encaplimit to ignore; allows to disable the insertion
of the destination option header in the ds-lite packets.
Otherwise the tunnel encapsulation limit value can be set to a value from 0 till 255
by setting the encaplimit uci parameter accordingly.
If no encaplimit value is specified the default value is 4 as before.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
The console bootarg is being corrupted on boot, causing various issues
including broken sysupgrade.
Utilising the bootargs mangle patch from other targets, hardcode the console
arguments and fetch the rootfs from the bootloader.
Kernel command line: console=ttyS0,115200 root=/dev/mtdblock8
Bootloader command line (ignored): console= root=/dev/mtdblock8
Please cherry pick to 18.06 too
Signed-off-by: Michael Gray <michael.gray@lantisproject.com>
Reboot the oxnas target based on Linux 4.14 by rebasing our support on
top of the now-existing upstream kernel support.
This commit brings oxnas support to the level of v4.17 having upstream
drivers for Ethernet, Serial and NAND flash.
Botch up OpenWrt's local drivers for EHCI, SATA and PCIe based on the
new platform code and device-tree.
Re-introduce base-files from old oxnas target which works for now but
needs further clean-up towards generic board support.
Functional issues:
* PCIe won't come up (hence no USB3 on Shuttle KD20)
* I2C bus of Akitio myCloud device is likely not to work (missing
debounce support in new pinctrl driver)
Code-style issues:
* plla/pllb needs further cleanup -- currently their users or writing
into the syscon regmap after acquireling the clk instead of using
defined clk_*_*() functions to setup multipliers and dividors.
* PCIe phy needs its own little driver.
* SATA driver is a monster and should be split into an mfd having
a raidctrl regmap, sata controller, sata ports and sata phy.
Tested on MitraStar STG-212 aka. Medion Akoya MD86xxx and Shuttle KD20.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Do not set device runtime property on interfaces in the hotplug handler
and in fixup_interfaces(). This property conflicts with device option
in several proto handlers (mainly QMI and other WWAN/3G protos) and does
not seem to be used anywhere.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Shapovalov <intelfx@intelfx.name>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> [PKG_RELEASE increase]
The patch got removed by commit 7dca1bae82 (kernel: bump to 4.9.105)
but is still required as ipv6_push_frag_opts needs to be exported.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
3.4 is mainly a bug fix/maintenance release.
3KB increase in ipk lib size on mips.
Compile tested for: ar71xx, ramips
Run tested on: ar71xx Archer C7 v2, ramips mir3g
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
The mtd tool is built with different configurations depending on the
target. For example, brcm47xx adds the fixtrx subcommand, without which
an image fails when booting the second time.
Mark the mtd package as nonshared to really fix FS#484.
Signed-off-by: Mirko Parthey <mirko.parthey@web.de>
Refresh patches.
Drop patches that have been upstreamed:
target/linux/ar71xx/patches-4.9/106-01-MIPS-ath79-fix-AR724X_PLL_REG_PCIE_CONFIG-offset.patch
target/linux/generic/backport-4.9/095-v4.12-ipv6-Need-to-export-ipv6_push_frag_opts-for-tunnelin.patch
target/linux/generic/pending-4.9/180-net-phy-at803x-add-support-for-AT8032.patch
target/linux/generic/pending-4.9/181-net-usb-add-lte-modem-wistron-neweb-d18q1.patch
target/linux/generic/pending-4.9/182-net-qmi_wwan-add-BroadMobi-BM806U-2020-2033.patch
Compile & run tested: ar71xx Archer C7 v2
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
This reverts commit daa73b63d5.
The fix has already been imported by
commit b7735d8113 ("kernel: import follow-up fix for previous backport").
The patch won't apply twice.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Patch is required on top of commit 6c81c27efa as ipv6_push_frag_opts needs to
be exported for usage in ip6_tunnel.c
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This version bump was made upstream mostly for OpenWRT, and should fix
an issue with a null dst when on the flow offloading path.
While we're at it, Kevin and I are the only people actually taking care
of this package, so trim the maintainer list a bit.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
Clean up conflicts/provides/depends hell and add PROVIDES for
eapol-test variants while at it.
Update mesh-DFS patchset from Peter Oh to v5 (with local fixes) which
allows to drop two revert-patches for upstream commits which previously
were necessary to un-break mesh-DFS support.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Implicetely selecting the required options via Kconfig snippet from
hostapd worked fine in local builds when using menuconfig but confused
the buildbots which (in phase1) may build wpad-mini and hence already
come with CONFIG_WPA_WOLFSSL being defined as unset which then won't
trigger changing the defaults of wolfssl.
Work around by explicitely reflecting wpa_supplicant's needs in
wolfssl's default settings to make buildbots happy.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
4df8479e6b Add NEWS entry for CVE-2018-11236
a5bc5ec967 Add references to CVE-2018-11236, CVE-2017-18269
58ad5f8a64 Add a test case for [BZ #23196]
6b4362f2cb Don't write beyond destination in __mempcpy_avx512_no_vzeroupper (bug 23196)
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
While building, curl complains that the path specified is missing.
Also, without ca-bundle, something like 'curl https://www.google.com'
does not work due to a certificate verify error.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
It simplifies the Makefile a bit. In addition, using ca-bundle
saves some space as well.
It also fixes an issue with at least transmission, which has a dependency
on ca-bundle, but currently libcurl with OpenSSL or GnuTLS cause it not
to work.
This has been tested on mt7621 with OpenSSL and GnuTLS just by running
'curl https://www.google.com' and seeing if there's a verify error.
The rest are already using ca-bundle and therefore work fine.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
This is a port of an old commit from mkresin's tree:
09260cdf3e9332978c2a474a58e93a6f2b55f4a8
This has the potential to break sysupgrade but it should be fine as
there is no stable release of LEDE or OpenWrt that support these devices.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
I was carrying a local commit that added the sdhci stuff and missed it
as a result.
Also fix the rgmii3 thing in the PC2 DTS file as that's bogus and causes
a dmesg warning that it's bogus.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
That commit exposed a bug in the DTS files used by mt7621 where the wrong
reg value for pcie1 (and potentially pcie2) was being used. This was
causing WiFi failures for interfaces in pcie1.
eg. 2.4GHz working but not 5GHz.
As all of these dts entries are already specified in mt7621.dtsi, remove
them.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Import a revert-commit from Stanislaw Gruszka which significantly
improves WiFi performance on rt2x00 based hardware.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Currently when installing the firmware, a bunch of files and directories
that the ath10k driver does not look for are created.
The package now installs firmware for both hw 2.1 and 3.0 devices.
2.1 is abandonware but may be useful to keep.
3.0 firmware was tested on a Killer 1535 to be relatively stable with
802.11w disabled. 802.11w causes multiple firmware crashes but that's true
of other ath10k firmwares as well.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
This change will trigger rebuild on buildbots in case of changed config
symbols, like in the case of hostapd selecting some wolfssl symbols
lately.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Instead of selecting the SSL provider at compile time, build package
variants for each option so users can select the binary package without
having to build it themselves.
Most likely not all variants have actually ever been user by anyone.
We should reduce the selection to the reasonable and most used
combinations at some point in future. For now, build them all.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
dd02dad fstools: allow the mounting with full access time accounting
242248c fstools: allow to compress the filesystem
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This change was originally meant to go along with the ucidef_set_interface()
fixup.
Fixes: 7e664b7c2d ("base-files: fix ucidef_set_interface() protocol selection")
Fixes: 85048a9c1f ("base-files: rework _ucidef_set_interface to be more generic")
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The previous refactoring of ucidef_set_interface() removed the protocol
selection heuristic which breaks the networking defaults for the majority
of boards.
Re-add the protocol selection and rename two bad "proto" references to
the expected "protocol" value.
Fixes: 85048a9c1f ("base-files: rework _ucidef_set_interface to be more generic")
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Support for building wpa_supplicant/hostapd against wolfssl has been
added upstream recently, add build option to allow users using it.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Use download from github archive corresponding to v3.14.4 tag because
the project's website apparently only offers 3.14.0-stable release
downloads.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
commit 39a6ce205d (ustream-ssl: Enable ECDHE with OpenSSL.) broke
build against wolfSSL because wolfSSL doesn't (yet) support
SSL_CTX_set_ecdh_auto() of the OpenSSL API.
Fix this in ustream-ssl:
189cd38b41 don't use SSL_CTX_set_ecdh_auto with wolfSSL
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Our pkg-config wrapper relies on the ability to redefine the $prefix and
$exec_prefix variables in order to construct proper search paths relative
to the build environment.
Patch the .pc file template to construct libdir, sharedlibdir and includedir
relative to the ${prefix} variable so that it can be overridden as needed.
This also fixes the libxml2/host build issue raised at
https://github.com/openwrt/packages/issues/6073 - it was caused by libxml2's
configure picking up a wrong host search path through zlib.pc, letting it
include the wrong endian.h, causing spurious member redeclaration errors in
system headers.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Mounting using the zlib compression and mounting with
full access accounting are now available in the
menuconfig.
Signed-off-by: Pierre Lebleu <pme.lebleu@gmail.com>
This reverts commit a03035dad1
as it has several issues:
-Host file is located in a directory which is not unique per dnsmasq instance
-odhcpd writes host info into the same directory but still sends a SIGHUP to dnsmasq
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This is a rework of previously submitted patch reworking
ucidef_set_interface_raw [1]. Here, keep the idea but instead
make _ucidef_set_interface more generic and use it instead of
ucidef_set_interface_raw.
Also change the users like ucidef_set_interface_lan and others.
[1] https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/844961/
Signed-off-by: Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv>
There's nothing connected to i2c on this board, so remove it.
Also edited the gpio group to match the PC2 as they're the same.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Switch ports 0..3 are connected to external ports LAN{1..4} in sequence,
switch port 4 is not used, and switch port 5 is connected to the CPU.
The WAN port is attached to the CPU's second network interface; it has no
connection to the internal switch.
Reuse the "Dell TrueMobile 2300" entry, which describes the same mapping.
Signed-off-by: Mirko Parthey <mirko.parthey@web.de>
1.) "addn-hosts" per default point to a file (but it supports directory)
2.) "hostsdir" only support directory with the additional benefit: New or changed files are read automatically.
Signed-off-by: Christian Schoenebeck <christian.schoenebeck@gmail.com>
The uboot-mvebu package incorrectly used the host pkg-config for the tool
build parts, which broke the build on systems lacking pkg-config and only
worked by accident on those that have it installed.
Export the host-build specific environment variables for the uboot build
to redirect pkg-config invocations to our staged host build pkg-config in
buildroot.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The uboot-mvebu package incorrectly used the host pkg-config for the tool
build parts, which broke the build on systems lacking pkg-config and only
worked by accident on those that have it installed.
Export the host-build specific environment variables for the uboot build
to redirect pkg-config invocations to our staged host build pkg-config in
buildroot.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The uboot-mvebu package incorrectly used the host pkg-config for the tool
build parts, which broke the build on systems lacking pkg-config and only
worked by accident on those that have it installed.
Export the host-build specific environment variables for the uboot build
to redirect pkg-config invocations to our staged host build pkg-config in
buildroot.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
There was an error on initial commit, the proper soc is mt7620n (which is
more limited than mt7620a). Moreover, there is a battery management
controller connected to the i2c port of the mt7620n. I have a small piece
of i2c code to get battery level coming.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Badaire <mbadaire@gmail.com>
This makes mbedtls use the POSIX API directly and not use the own
abstraction layer.
The size of the ipkg decreased by about 100 bytes.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This make sit possible to store informations about a session and reuse
it later. When used by a server it increases the time to create a new
TLS session from about 1 second to less than 0.1 seconds.
The size of the ipkg file increased by about 800 Bytes.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The soversion was changed in this version again and is now aligned with
the 2.7.2 version.
The size of the ipkg file stayed mostly the same.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
There's no spi-nor in R7800, so disable unequipped interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
[slh: rebase for kernel v4.14 as well]
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
These pins seem to be used by hw exclusively, so claiming it in
kernel causes an error in syslog in k4.14+.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
[slh: rebase for kernel v4.14 as well]
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
EA8500 has pcie2 slot unequipped.
By EA8500 hw design default pcie2 reset gpio (gpio63) is used to
reset the switch. That's why enabling pcie2 brings the switch into
a working state.
So let's just control the gpio63 without enabling the pcie2 slot.
We have to remove the pcie2_pins node so the gpio63 is not defined
twice. Because pcie2 node has a reference to pcie2_pins we have to
remove it as well.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
[slh: rebase for kernel v4.14 as well]
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
These nodes are common for all revisions so put it into SoC v1.0
dtsi file.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
[slh: rebase for kernel v4.14 as well]
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
ipq8065 is ipq8064 v3.0
> socinfo_init: v6, id=280, ver=3.0, raw_id=17, raw_ver=17, hw_plat=0, hw_plat_ver=65536
Include dtsi accordingly and remove the unneeded qcom-ipq8065-v1.0.dtsi
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
[slh: rebase for kernel v4.14 as well]
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
According to OEM bootlog entry mass market devices are ipq8064 SoC
v2.0:
> socinfo_init: v6, id=202, ver=2.0, raw_id=2064, raw_ver=2064, hw_plat=0, hw_plat_ver=65536
I've checked C2600, EA8500 and VR2600v but couldn't find other
boards bootlog. I think it's safe to assume that other boards are
also v2.0. R7500 may be an exception because it was the first
device to hit the market.
So switch to v2.0 dtsi.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
[slh: rebase for kernel v4.14 as well]
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
According to QCA internal numbering there are 3 versions of
ipq8064/5 SoC:
ipq8064 v1.0 - probably ipq8064 evaluation boards only
ipq8064 v2.0 - probably ipq8064 mass market boards only
ipq8064 v3.0 - aka ipq8065, boards based on ipq8065.
Each next revision includes configuration differences from
previous revision and adds something new.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
[slh: rebase for kernel v4.14 as well]
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
It keeps failing (R7800) with the stack trace below
BUG: scheduling while atomic: kworker/0:1/26/0x00000002
(unwind_backtrace) from [<c02121d0>] (show_stack+0x10/0x14)
(show_stack) from [<c03932e4>] (dump_stack+0x7c/0x9c)
(dump_stack) from [<c0239b90>] (__schedule_bug+0x5c/0x80)
(__schedule_bug) from [<c05b7260>] (__schedule+0x50/0x3f4)
(__schedule) from [<c05b76a8>] (schedule+0xa4/0xd4)
(schedule) from [<c05ba430>] (schedule_hrtimeout_range_clock+0xc8/0x100)
(schedule_hrtimeout_range_clock) from [<c05ba480>]
(schedule_hrtimeout_range+0x18/0x20)
(schedule_hrtimeout_range) from [<c05b9f78>] (usleep_range+0x48/0x50)
(usleep_range) from [<c03f333c>] (__clk_hfpll_enable+0x44/0xd0)
(__clk_hfpll_enable) from [<c03f3474>] (clk_hfpll_set_rate+0xac/0xc4)
(clk_hfpll_set_rate) from [<c03ec390>] (clk_change_rate+0xf4/0x1fc)
(clk_change_rate) from [<c03ec510>] (clk_core_set_rate_nolock+0x78/0x94)
(clk_core_set_rate_nolock) from [<c03ec54c>] (clk_set_rate+0x20/0x30)
(clk_set_rate) from [<c0424168>] (dev_pm_opp_set_rate+0x190/0x26c)
(dev_pm_opp_set_rate) from [<c04a8548>] (set_target+0x40/0x108)
(set_target) from [<c04a4.140>] (__cpufreq_driver_target+0x3f4/0x488)
(__cpufreq_driver_target) from [<c04a7494>] (od_dbs_timer+0xcc/0x154)
(od_dbs_timer) from [<c04a7998>] (dbs_work_handler+0x2c/0x54)
(dbs_work_handler) from [<c02309e8>] (process_one_work+0x1c0/0x2f0)
(process_one_work) from [<c02319a8>] (worker_thread+0x2a4/0x404)
(worker_thread) from [<c0235944>] (kthread+0xd8/0xe8)
(kthread) from [<c020eef0>] (ret_from_fork+0x14/0x24)
Signed-off-by: Marc Benoit <marcb62185@gmail.com>
[slh: rebase for kernel v4.14 as well]
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
Starting with kernel 4.14 and gcc 7, the kernel doesn't fit into the
2 MB reserved for the kernel partition by the OEM firmware anymore.
This patch increases the kernel partition from 2 MB to 4 MB, at the
expense of the rootfs, for all supported kernels.
WARNING: This breaks sysupgrade! Flashing a firmware containing this
changed partitioning from an older image with 2 MB reserved for the
kernel partion requires the tftp recovery procedure, thereby losing
all settings.
This change follows the functional example of the Netgear r7800, but
has not been runtime tested on a Netgear Nighthawk X4 R7500v2.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
Starting with kernel 4.14 and gcc 7, the kernel doesn't fit into the
2 MB reserved for the kernel partition by the OEM firmware anymore.
This patch increases the kernel partition from 2 MB to 4 MB, at the
expense of the rootfs, for all supported kernels.
WARNING: This breaks sysupgrade! Flashing a firmware containing this
changed partitioning from an older image with 2 MB reserved for the
kernel partion requires the tftp recovery procedure, thereby losing
all settings.
This change follows the functional example of the Netgear r7800, but
has not been runtime tested on a Netgear Nighthawk X4 R7500
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
Cc: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Starting with kernel 4.14 and gcc 7, the kernel doesn't fit into the
2 MB reserved for the kernel partition by the OEM firmware anymore.
This patch increases the kernel partition from 2 MB to 4 MB, at the
expense of the rootfs, for all supported kernels.
WARNING: This breaks sysupgrade! Flashing a firmware containing this
changed partitioning from an older image with 2 MB reserved for the
kernel partion requires the tftp recovery procedure, thereby losing
all settings.
This change follows the functional example of the Netgear r7800, but
has not been runtime tested on a Netgear Nighthawk X4 D7800.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
Cc: Tathagata Das <tathagata@alumnux.com>
The default image does not fit 2 MB anymore, expand kernel partition
to 3 MB.
Upgrading should work transparently via sysupgrade in both directions.
Another option would be to merge "kernel" and "rootfs" into a single
"firmware" partition using MTD_SPLIT_TPLINK_FW, but just changing the
sizes of the existing partitioning has been deemed safer in the absence
of an actual runtime test on an affected device; the maximum for rootfs
changes from 10.4 MB to 9.4 MB.
This change follows the example for the TP-Link Archer C2600, but has
not been runtime tested on a TP-Link Archer VR2600v.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
Cc: Sebastian Quilitz <zeraphim@x-pantion.de>
The default image does not fit 2 MB anymore, expand os-image partition
to 4 MB.
Upgrading works transparently via sysupgrade in both directions.
Another option would have been to merge "os-image" and "rootfs" into a
single "firmware" partition using MTD_SPLIT_TPLINK_FW, but just
changing the sizes of the existing partitioning has been deemed safer
and actually tested on an affected device; the maximum for rootfs
changes from 27 MB to 25 MB.
Run-tested on TP-Link Archer C2600.
Signed-off-by: Joris de Vries <joris@apptrician.nl>
[slh: extend comments and commit message, rename rootfs]
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
Starting with kernel 4.14 and gcc 7, the kernel doesn't fit into the
2 MB reserved for the kernel partition by the OEM firmware anymore.
This patch increases the kernel partition from 2 MB to 4 MB, at the
expense of the rootfs, for all supported kernels.
WARNING: This breaks sysupgrade! Flashing a firmware containing this
changed partitioning from an older image with 2 MB reserved for the
kernel partion requires the tftp recovery procedure, thereby losing
all settings.
This patch is based on a corresponding change by Pavel Kubelun
<be.dissent@gmail.com> and has been tested by Michael Yartys
<michael.yartys@protonmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
Disable MSM8960, MSM8974 and APQ8084
- since these are different SoC's than IPQ806x
Removed unrequired serial configs
- since ipq806x uses SERIAL_MSM only
Signed-off-by: Ram Chandra Jangir <rjangir@codeaurora.org>
Tested-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
- Rebased the patches for 4.14
- Dropped spi-qup and 0027, 0028, 0029
clk patches since it's already included
in upstream.
Tested on IPQ AP148 Board:
1) NOR boot and NAND boot
2) Tested USB and PCIe interfaces
3) WDOG test
4) cpu frequency scaling
5) ethernet, 2G and 5G WiFi
6) ubi sysupgrade
Signed-off-by: Ram Chandra Jangir <rjangir@codeaurora.org>
Tested-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
This commit adds an EVA flashable image for the FRITZ!Box 4040.
The image contains the U-Boot with OpenWRT appended to it. This way we
remove the need to use UART for initial flashing.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This commit alters the TP-Link Archer C50v3 LED settings to use the phy
trigger instead of the netdev one. This way the WiFi status is displayed
even if the wifi interface name is altered.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
booting will hang most of the times on tl-wr1043nd-v1 without a KERNEL_CMDLINE value
add anything as a placeholder as kernel command line is taken from DTS
Signed-off-by: Lucian Cristian <lucian.cristian@gmail.com>
When CONFIG_AUTOREMOVE is enabled, the build system touches an additional
".autoremove" stamp file in the cleaned build directory.
Since the autoremove stamp file is touched after the compile process
completed, it ends up being the most recent file of the package build
directory, causing the timestamp.pl check of depends.mk to erroneously
declare the ".built" and ".prepared" stamp files as stale, triggering
a forced clean-build submake process.
Fix the problem by using the ".built" stamp file as modification time
reference when touching the ".autoremove" stamp file.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
PISEN TS-D084 is an wireless router with a battery and integrated power supply based on Atheros AR9331.
Specification:
- 400/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 1T1R 2.4 GHz (AR9331)
- 1x USB 2.0
Flash instruction:
The manufacturer are using exactly the same firmware header as TP-LINK TL-WR703N (including device ID!). Simply upload the factory firmware into WebUI and flashing is done.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
THIN_ARCHIVES option is enabled by default in the kernel configuration
and no one target config disables it. So enable it by default and remove
this symbol from target specific configs to keep them light.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
New FUTEX_PI configuration symbol enabled if FUTEX and RT_MUTEX symbols
are enabled. Both of these symbols are enabled by default in the
generic config, so enable FUTEX_PI by default too to keep platform
specific configs minimal.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
OVERLAY_FS config symbol selects EXPORTFS since 4.12 kernel, we have
OVERLAY_FS enabled by default, so enable EXPORTFS in the generic config
of 4.14 and remove this option from platform specific configs.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
DRM_LIB_RANDOM config symbol selected only by DRM_DEBUG_MM_SELFTEST
which is disable by default, so disable DRM_LIB_RANDOM by default too.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
These options do not used by any supported arch, so disable them by
default to make arch configs a bit more clean.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
Only one arch (x86_64) enables this option. So disable
ARCH_WANTS_THP_SWAP by default and remove referencies to it from all
configs (except x86_64) to make them clean.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
In commit 8b9cdebc9c ("arc770: mark as source-only") arc770 was marked
as source-only because of iproute2 compile issues.
With uClibc-ng version 1.0.30 issues with iproute2 were fixed.
Lets remove "source-only" for arc770 as soon as uClibc-ng version
will be updated to 1.0.30. Patch for uClibc-ng is here:
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/917547/
Signed-off-by: Evgeniy Didin <Evgeniy.Didin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
uClibc-ng 1.0.28 does not provide PF_VSOCK/AF_VSOCK definitions,
which causes iproute2 v4.16.0 compile errors.
In commit 57f2f80383b5 ("bits/socket.h: add missing defines")
necessary defines were included and iproute2 builds fine.
This commit now is part of uClibc-ng 1.0.30.
Lets update uClibc-ng to latest 1.0.30 version.
Signed-off-by: Evgeniy Didin <Evgeniy.Didin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Using a version number of 16 character causes a buffer overflow in the
version number overwriting the first bit of the signature in the
mkdapimg2 tool.
I am not sure if the version number should be null terminated or not.
This patch reduces the size of the version number by removing the number
of private commits from it.
This was the original version number which caused problems:
OpenWrt-r6727+10
Now it uses this version number:
OpenWrt-r6727
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
As of commit in kernel:
6104c37094 fbcon: Make fbcon a built-time depency for fbdev
framebuffer console is build in into framebuffer module and there's no
standalone fbcon module. Therefore drop the kmod-fbcon and enable
console in kmod-fb. The only targets which use these modules are imx6
and geode, both are on kernel 4.14 so no fallback for other kernels is
introduced.
Being at that this commit also fixes autoload of fbdev for x86.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
commit 138c763 ("build: add --force option to gzip in Build/gzip")
added the --force flag to the gzip invocation.
Under environments with busybox gzip (e.g Alpine Linux), this fails
as busybox only recognizes "-f".
Signed-off-by: Mathew McBride <matt@traverse.com.au>
Add initial support for cortex-a72 based Armada DB-88F8040-Modular and
DB-88F7040-Modular development boards.
DB-88F8040-Modular specifications:
- Quad-core ARMv8 Cortex A72 CPU (up to 2 GHz)
- DDR4 DIMM - 64 bits + ECC
- 2 x 128 Mb SPI NOR flash memory
- 2 x 1G Ethernet port via RGMII (RJ45)
- 2 x SD card ports (4 bit port on CP, 8 bit port on AP)
- 2 SERDES modules with the following interfaces each:
- 2 x SATA Rev 3.0 port (Port1 via SERDES module CON4 (active port), Port0
via SERDES Module CON2 or CON1 (optional port))
- 3 x PCI Express (PCIe) Gen 3.0 (Port2 via SERDES module CON5 (active port),
Port1 via SERDES module CON7 (optional port), Port0 via SERDES module CON6
(optional port))
- 2 x USB3 (USB 2.0 backward compatible) host (via SERDES module CON9 and
CON10)
- 1 x 10G port over SFP+ connector (via SERDES module CON8)
- 1 x MCI interface by two over USB Type C connector
- 4 x serial COM port driven by the 88F8040 UART interface and converted to
USB via FTDI IC
- I2C Master Interface
- CP I2C 2x EEPROM @ Address 0x50 and 0x57
- 1 x I/O Expander @ Address 0x21
- Sample at Reset (SatR) memory device @ Address 0x4C and 0x4E
- I2C Slave Interface (via SERDES module) - Connection to each device on the
board via an I2C multiplexer
- JTAG interface for CPU emulator
- Board dimensions: 270 mm x 240 mm (main + SERDES module)
- SERDES Module Dimensions: 70 mm x 105 mm
DB-88F7040-Modular specifications:
- Quad-core ARMv8 Cortex A72 CPU
- CPU core operating speed of up to 1.6 GHz for Dual Core, 1.4 GHz for Quad
Core
- DDR4 - 32 bit + ECC on Module - SLM1366-V1 (DB-DDR4-40B-MODULE) 4 GByte
32-bit
- 1 x 128Mb SPI NOR flash memory
- 2 x 1G Ethernet port: 1 over RGMII (RJ45) and 1 over SGMII
- SD card 4 bits port on AP
- eMMc Module on CP
- 1 SERDES Modules with the following interfaces each:
- 1 x SATA Rev 3.0 port (via SERDES module CON4)
- 1 x PCI Express (PCIe) Gen 3.0 (via SERDES module CON5)
- 2 x USB 3.0 (USB 2.0 backward compatible) host (via SERDES module CON9 and
CON10)
- 1 x 10G port over SFP+ connector (via SERDES module CON8)
- 2 x MCi interface by one over USB Type C connector
- 4 x Serial COM port driven by the 88F7040 UA
- RT interface and converted to USB via FTDI IC
- I2C Master Interface
- 2 x EEPROM at address 0x57 and 0x50 in AP and 2 x EEPROM at address 0x57
and 0x50 in CP
- 1 x I/O Expander at address 0x21
- Sample at Reset (SatR) memory device at address 0x4C and 0x4E
- I2C Slave Interface (via SERDES module) - Connection to each device on the
board via an I2C multiplexer
- JTAG interface for CPU emulator
- Board dimensions - 270 mm x 240 mm (main + SERDES module)
- SERDES Module Dimensions - 70 mm x 105 mm
Booting from USB flash drive (dd sdcard image to the flash drive):
1. reset U-Boot environment:
env default -a
saveenv
2. prepare U-Boot manually (make sure to set correct dtb file name):
setenv bootargs_root 'root=/dev/sda2 rw rootdelay=2 ip=dhcp'
setenv fdtfile armada-7040-db.dtb
setenv image_name Image
setenv bootcmd 'usb start; ext4load usb 0:1 $kernel_addr $image_name; ext4load usb 0:1 $fdt_addr $fdtfile; setenv bootargs $console $mtdparts $bootargs_root; booti $kernel_addr - $fdt_addr'
saveenv
boot
Signed-off-by: Damir Samardzic <damir.samardzic@sartura.hr>
Add initial support for Marvell Armada cortex-a53 based
DB-88F3720-DDR3-Modular development board.
Specifications:
- Dual core ARMv8 Cortex-A53 CPU (up to 1.0 GHz)
- 4Gb 16-bit DDR3/3L DRAM memory
- 128Mb SPI NOR flash memory
- 8Gb eMMC NAND flash memory
- 1 x SATA Rev 3.0 port
- 1 x PCI Express (PCIe) Gen 2.0 or 1 x mini PCI Express (PCIe) Gen 2.0
- 1 x 1G Ethernet port via RGMII (RJ45)
- 1 x SD card port
- 1 x USB3 (USB2 backward) host\device port via type C connector
- 1 x USB2 host port via type A connector
- 1 x serial COM port driven by the 88F3720 UART interface and converted to
USB via FTDI IC (option to connect the UART DB9 adapter)
- I2C Master Interface:
- 1 x EEPROM @ address 0x57
- 1 x I/O Expanders @ address 0x22
- Sample at Reset (SatR) memory device @ address 0x4C
- RTC clock generator PT7C4337AWE @ address 0x68
- USB3 switch PI5USB30213XEA @ address 0x0D
- ID component of PHY module @ address 0x24
- 1 x JTAG interface for CPU emulator
- 1 x SETM and JTAG debug interface
- 1 x power connector for HDD supply
- 1 x 12V DC jack power connector
- Board dimensions: 150 mm x 179 mm
- LED interface for system status
Booting from SD card:
1. reset U-Boot environment:
env default -a
saveenv
2. prepare U-Boot with boot script:
setenv bootcmd "load mmc 0:1 0x4d00000 boot.scr; source 0x4d00000"
saveenv
or manually:
setenv fdt_name armada-3720-db.dtb
setenv image_name Image
setenv bootcmd 'mmc dev 0; ext4load mmc 0:1 $kernel_addr $image_name;ext4load mmc 0:1 $fdt_addr $fdt_name;setenv bootargs $console root=/dev/mmcblk1p2 rw rootwait; booti $kernel_addr - $fdt_addr'
saveenv
Signed-off-by: Damir Samardzic <damir.samardzic@sartura.hr>
This now matches what was generated locally on my PC and the file on the
mirror server.
Fixes: 349fe46103 ("ath10k-firmware: Update QCA988X firmware to the latest version")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
* chacha20poly1305: add mips32 implementation
"The OpenWRT Commit" - this significantly speeds up performance on cheap
plastic MIPS routers, and presumably the remaining MIPS32r2 super computers
out there.
* timers: reinitialize state on init
* timers: round up instead of down in slack_time
* timers: remove slack_time
* timers: clear send_keepalive timer on sending handshake response
* timers: no need to clear keepalive in persistent keepalive
Andrew He and I have helped simplify the timers and remove some old warts,
making the whole system a bit easier to analyze.
* tools: fix errno propagation and messages
Error messages are now more coherent.
* device: remove allowedips before individual peers
This avoids an O(n^2) traversal in favor of an O(n) one. Before systems with
many peers would grind when deleting the interface.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
Disable CONFIG_EFI_VARS, since it suffers from sysfs limitation (no
support for variable longer than 1024 bytes).
kmod-fs-efivarfs is the replacement of this, which enables mounting
efivarfs file system and doesn't suffer from 1024 bytes limitation.
Signed-off-by: Alif M. Ahmad <alive4ever@live.com>
Use ft_psk_generate_local=1 by default, as it makes everything else fairly
trivial. All of the r0kh/r1kh and key management stuff goes away and hostapd
fairly much does it all for us.
We do need to provide nas_identifier, which can be derived from the BSSID,
and we need to generate a mobility_domain, for which we default to the first
four chars of the md5sum of the SSID.
The complex manual setup should also still work, but the defaults also
now work easily out of the box. Verified by manually running hostapd
(with the autogenerated config) and watching the debug output:
wlan2: STA ac:37:43:a0:a6:ae WPA: FT authentication already completed - do not start 4-way handshake
This was previous submitted to LEDE in
https://github.com/lede-project/source/pull/1382
[dwmw2: Rewrote commit message]
Signed-off-by: Gospod Nassa <devianca@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
e59f925 hardware: add device ids for QCA9984, 88W8887 and 88W8964 radios
2a82f87 nl80211: back out early when receiving FAIL-BUSY reply
77c32f0 nl80211: fix code calculating average signal and rate
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Drop package/network/services/wireguard/patches/100-portability.patch
Instead pass 'PLATFORM=linux' to make since we are always building FOR
linux.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
BOCCO is a communication robot provided by YUKAI Engineering Inc.
SoC: MT7620A
MEM: 256MB
Flash: 8MB
NAND: 512MB (non support)
Include Sound DAC and AMP.
No Wired Ethernet.
Signed-off-by: YuheiOKAWA <tochiro.srchack@gmail.com>
Wifi button for WNDR3700 dual band routers has been renamed to "rfkill"
and its emitted keycode changed to KEY_RFKILL. This allows OpenWrt/LEDE
to support it 'out of the box' without additional tweaking.
Until this patch, button had been sending BTN_2 keycode which was
ignored by default (no action script present). To get expected behaviour
of switching radios on and off, user had to manually rename/link
'rfkill' script to name 'BTN_2' in /etc/rc.button directory.
This patch follows similar changes for other Netgear ar71xx routers,
for example WNR2000v3. It applies cleanly to both latest trunk and 17.01
branch. Tested on WNDR3700v1.
Signed-off-by: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
This patch adds a image with squashfs as the root filesystem.
A rootfs_data partition will be generated on the first boot
and placed inside the rootfs partition (just after the squashfs
image).
advantages:
- it is possible to migrate from an existing -ext4
installation and back via sysupgrade.
- existing partition layout will not be lost.
- slightly smaller image size.
- support for attendedsysupgrade
disadvantages:
- needs f2fs + tools as well. This is because fs-tools decides on the
blocksize of the sdcard. So either f2fs or ext4 can get choosen as
the rootfs_data filesystem (depends on the size of the root partition).
- rootfs_data is placed into the rootfs partition. This makes
it difficult for tools that expect a /dev/mmc0pX device.
It also makes it difficult for data recovery tools since they
might not expect to find a embedded partition or will be
confused.
For people with existing build configurations: make sure to include mkf2fs
and f2fsck package into the image... Otherwise the new -squashfs image will
boot of a ram-overlay and won't keep the configurations after a reboot.
Cc: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Cc: Paul Spooren <spooren@informatik.uni-leipzig.de>
Cc: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
There is a new APU-model available, APU3. The device is configured in
the same way as the APU1 and APU2, so the same LED/network setup can be
used.
I considered changing the case to pc-engines-apu*, but I chose to follow
the existing pattern and add the full board name.
Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
This patch backports several patches that went upstream into
Herbert Xu's cryptodev-2.6 tree:
crypto: Use zeroing memory allocator instead of allocator/memset
crypto: crypto4xx - performance optimizations
crypto: crypto4xx - convert to skcipher
crypto: crypto4xx - avoid VLA use
crypto: crypto4xx - add aes-ctr support
crypto: crypto4xx - properly set IV after de- and encrypt
crypto: crypto4xx - extend aead fallback checks
crypto: crypto4xx - put temporary dst sg into request ctx
The older, outstanding patches from 120-wxyz series have been
upstreamed as well and therefore they have been reassigned to
fit into the series.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The swconfig package is part of the DEFAULT_PACKAGES list in
the apm821xx's nand subtarget. It's enabled by default because
the MX60(W) and WNDR4700 need it for their initramfs. However
the package is not necessary for the MR24's sysupgrade image, as
the MR24 does not have a switch.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Refreshed all patches
Added new ARM64 symbol: ARM64_ERRATUM_1024718
Compile-tested on: ar71xx
Runtime-tested on: ar71xx
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Add needed firmware for newer QCA Rome Bluetooth family.
This enables use of bluetooth with ath3k driver on QCA9377/9378 devices.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
- DGND3700v1: fix port numbers, they're in reverse order
- FaST2704n: there is no WAN port identified as such, only 4 LAN
- AD1018: configure the "FIBRE" port as WAN
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gonzalez Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
Mostly whitespace cleanups. Some unneeded code was removed.
MMC init was also moved to the probe function as in
6069bdd
The cleanup commits are over 100, making it hard to do them individually.
Tested on GnuBee PC1 with an SD card being used as swap.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
v2: Fixed compile issue with mt7620
This patch updates the QCA988X firmware to the latest revision
firmware-5.bin_10.2.4-1.0-00037
found in the ath10k-firmware and linux-firmware repositories.
Tested on TP-Link Archer C7 v2 (ar71xx).
Signed-off-by: Timo Sigurdsson <public_timo.s@silentcreek.de>
Both initramfs and flashed images are built and boot. No Ethernet, no WLAN,
probably further issues, so the image is not added to TARGET_DEVICES for
now.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Add the syscon compatible, otherwise used functions like
syscon_regmap_lookup_by_phandle() will return an error and setting the
ethernet pll data wont work at all.
Fix the pll register width. Writing to registers out of the range via
syscon isn't possible and returns an error. On ar7242 the last pll
register - Current Audio Modulation Logic Output - is at 0x1805003c.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Remove recipes for not yet migrated boards. Drop variables which aren't
required due to the switch to devicetree like boardname.
Drop the legacy image build code. Boards added to this target shouldn't
use the legacy image build code anyway.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
None of these checks are used at the moment and most of them aren't
required if the image metadata validation is used.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The watchdog kill command was meant for busybox watchdog. Busybox watchdog
was replaced by the procd watchdog mid 2013 with commit df7ce9301a
("busybox: disable the watchdog utility by default"), which makes the kill
command obsolete since quite some time.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Add the SoC compatible to the individual dts files. Rename the dts files
to match the common pattern.
Remove dts files wich aren't used and no image in ar71xx exists.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
It isn't a phy supply, as the phy is still up if the GPIO is low. It
rather is the supply for the vbus. A correct setting/definition will be
relevant as soon as USB peripheral mode is supported.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Backport patch adding support for the vbus-supply devicetree property,
which allows to specific GPIOs (via fixed regulators) to enable
vbus/usb power.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Rename the image and use a compatible string which indicates that only
hardware revision 2 and higher is supported.
It allows to use the wireless LED, as HWRev 1 uses GPIO#39 for the
wireless LED and starting with HWRev 2 GPIO#35 is used for the wireless
LED and GPIO#39 for IFX_GPIO_MODULE_EXTPHY_MDIO.
The HWREV can be checked by connecting to the fritzbox right after power
on via ftp:
ftp> quote GETENV HWSubRevision
Within the same HW revision 5 of the Fritz!Box 3370 different NAND flash
chips are used. Usually it isn't a big deal but depending on the used
NAND flash chip, the ECC calculation is done different (and incompatible
of course).
Boards with a Micron MT29F1G08ABADA NAND flash chip are using the NAND
chip to calculate the ECC (on-die). Boards with a Hynix HY27UF081G2M NAND
flash chip are doing the ECC calculation in software.
Supporting both with a single DTS isn't possible. It might be possible
to add a patch selecting the ECC mode dynamicaly based on the found NAND
flash chip. But such a patch has no chance to get accepted upstream and
most likely need to be touched with every kernel update.
Instead two images are created. One for Micron NAND flash chip and one
for Hynix NAND flash chip. So far no pattern is known to identify the
used flash chip without opening the box.
Add the power off GPIO. At least EVA version 2186 sets/keeps the GPIO as
input, which will cause a reboot 30sec after power on. For boards with
EVA version 2186 the installation is tricky as it has to be finished
within the 30sec time frame.
The EVA version can be checked by connecting to the fritzbox right after
power on via ftp:
ftp> quote GETENV urlader-version
The ath9k eeprom/caldata is at a different and offset and stored in
reverse order (from the last byte to the beginning) on the flash.
Reverse the bits to bring the data into the format expected by the
ath9k driver.
Since the ath9k eeprom is stored in reverse order on flash, we can not
use the mac address from the on flash eeprom. Get the MAC address from
the tffs instead.
Within the same HW revision 5 of the Fritz!Box 3370 both version of the
vr9 SoC are used. During preparation of kernel 4.14 support, all
devicetree source files were changed to load the vr9 v1.1 and vr9 v1.2
gphy firmware, which fixed the embedded phys for boards using the
version 1.2 of the vr9 SoC.
While at it, add a trigger to make use of the LAN LED. Setup the
build-in switch and add a hint for LuCI two show the ports in order
matching the labels on the case
Add support for the second USB port and provide the volatage GPIOs. Use
GPIO#21 as PCIe reset pin. The lan led is connected to GPIO#38.
Name the rootfs partition ubi and remove the mtd/rootfs related kernel
bootargs to use the OpenWrt autoprobing based on the partition name.
Enable sysupgrade support to allow an upgrade from a running system.
Since sysupgrade wasn't supported till now, drop image build code which
was added to allow a sysupgrade from earlier OpenWrt versions.
Build images that allow an (initial) installation via EVA bootloader.
To install OpenWrt via Eva bootloader, within the first seconds after
power on a ftp connection need to be established to the FRITZ!Box at
192.168.178.1 and the the following ftp commands need to be run:
ftp> quote USER adam2
ftp> quote PASS adam2
ftp> binary
ftp> debug
ftp> passive
ftp> quote SETENV linux_fs_start 0
ftp> quote MEDIA FLSH
ftp> put /path/to/openwrt-lantiq-xrx200-FRITZ3370-eva-kernel.bin mtd1
ftp> put /path/to/openwrt-lantiq-xrx200-FRITZ3370-eva-filesystem.bin mtd0
Signed-off-by: Andrea Merello <andrea.merello@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
During handshake we are highjack and reset a LED to the configured trigger
afterwards. ltq-xdsl-app need to start after the LED init script, to
ensure that the LED init script doesn't re-highjack the LED we are
currently using for handshake indication.
Drop the comment about the atm dependency. The dependency was fixed quite
some time ago by using hotplug scripts for br2684ctl.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Following changes as part of the kernel
upstreaming attempts. And fix a slight fsck up
when calculating overheads for GSO packets.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
b2ecc52 mt76x2: fix avg_rssi estimation
fd58b28 mt76x2: add a polling delay in mt76x2_mac_stop routine
a78673d mt76: fix sending encrypted broadcast packets for secondary interfaces
e87f925 mt76x2: apply coverage class on slot time too
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2018-05-15 13:19:45 +02:00
10847 changed files with 1219407 additions and 1074138 deletions
echo-e"$(if $(CONFIG_TARGET_INITRAMFS_COMPRESSION_LZO),CONFIG_INITRAMFS_COMPRESSION_LZO=y\nCONFIG_RD_LZO=y,# CONFIG_INITRAMFS_COMPRESSION_LZO is not set\n# CONFIG_RD_LZO is not set)">>$(LINUX_DIR)/.config
echo-e"$(if $(CONFIG_TARGET_INITRAMFS_COMPRESSION_XZ),CONFIG_INITRAMFS_COMPRESSION_XZ=y\nCONFIG_RD_XZ=y,# CONFIG_INITRAMFS_COMPRESSION_XZ is not set\n# CONFIG_RD_XZ is not set)">>$(LINUX_DIR)/.config
echo-e"$(if $(CONFIG_TARGET_INITRAMFS_COMPRESSION_LZ4),CONFIG_INITRAMFS_COMPRESSION_LZ4=y\nCONFIG_RD_LZ4=y,# CONFIG_INITRAMFS_COMPRESSION_LZ4 is not set\n# CONFIG_RD_LZ4 is not set)">>$(LINUX_DIR)/.config
echo-e"$(if $(CONFIG_TARGET_INITRAMFS_COMPRESSION_ZSTD),CONFIG_INITRAMFS_COMPRESSION_ZSTD=y\nCONFIG_RD_STD=y,# CONFIG_INITRAMFS_COMPRESSION_ZSTD is not set\n# CONFIG_RD_ZSTD is not set)">>$(LINUX_DIR)/.config
d="m 0,0 c 0,-4.099 -3.174,-6.894 -6.591,-6.894 -1.829,0 -3.308,0.523 -4.438,1.41 v -8.329 H -14.58 V 6.528 h 3.552 V 5.484 C -9.898,6.397 -8.419,6.92 -6.59,6.92 -3.174,6.92 0,4.1 0,0 m -3.443,0 c 0,2.402 -1.614,3.917 -3.766,3.917 -1.91,0 -3.82,-1.515 -3.82,-3.917 0,-2.402 1.91,-3.889 3.82,-3.889 2.152,-0.002 3.766,1.486 3.766,3.889"
d="m 0,0 h -10.222 c 0.349,-1.88 1.721,-3.029 3.362,-3.029 1.049,0 2.367,0.131 3.336,1.723 l 3.174,-0.652 c -1.183,-2.716 -3.577,-4.022 -6.51,-4.022 -3.793,0 -6.887,2.794 -6.887,6.894 0,4.099 3.094,6.918 6.94,6.918 3.578,0 6.671,-2.689 6.806,-6.659 z m -10.115,2.429 h 6.485 c -0.457,1.671 -1.749,2.402 -3.174,2.402 -1.347,0 -2.88,-0.784 -3.311,-2.402"
d="m 0,0 v -7.938 h -3.551 v 7.207 c 0,1.827 -1.076,3.055 -2.717,3.055 -2.017,0 -3.335,-1.306 -3.335,-4.492 v -5.77 h -3.551 v 13.03 h 3.55 V 3.917 c 1.049,1.018 2.447,1.566 4.223,1.566 C -2.152,5.483 0,3.238 0,0"
d="M 0,0 H -2.851 L -7.854,12.874 -12.885,0 h -2.824 l -6.699,19.846 h 3.82 l 4.492,-13.109 5.138,13.109 h 2.179 L -1.641,6.737 2.851,19.846 h 3.846 z"
d="m 0,0 -0.188,-3.316 h -0.78 c -3.282,0 -4.789,-1.959 -4.789,-5.588 v -4.204 h -3.551 v 13.03 h 3.551 V -2.35 c 0.996,1.515 2.556,2.454 4.816,2.454 0.349,0 0.618,0 0.941,-0.104"
d="m 0,0 c 0,-1.279 0.619,-1.985 1.695,-1.985 0.618,0 1.533,0.262 2.234,0.627 L 4.952,-4.23 C 3.553,-4.961 2.584,-5.197 1.455,-5.197 c -3.201,0 -5.004,1.776 -5.004,4.937 v 5.665 h -2.879 v 2.821 h 2.879 v 4.726 l 3.55,1.045 V 8.226 H 5.193 V 5.405 H 0 Z"
d="M 0,0 -0.7,0.801 H -1.449 V 0 H -2.41 v 3.689 h 1.771 c 1,0 1.605,-0.573 1.605,-1.427 0,-0.549 -0.255,-0.991 -0.695,-1.238 L 1.206,0 Z m -0.675,1.602 c 0.4,0 0.73,0.262 0.73,0.66 0,0.388 -0.33,0.628 -0.73,0.628 H -1.449 V 1.604 Z"
d="M 0,0 -0.7,0.801 H -1.45 V 0 h -0.96 v 3.689 h 1.77 c 1,0 1.605,-0.573 1.605,-1.427 C 0.965,1.713 0.71,1.271 0.27,1.024 L 1.205,0 Z m -0.675,1.602 c 0.4,0 0.73,0.262 0.73,0.66 0,0.388 -0.33,0.628 -0.73,0.628 H -1.45 V 1.604 Z"
d="M 0,0 C 1.21,0 2.01,-0.739 2.01,-1.844 2.01,-2.95 1.211,-3.689 0,-3.689 H -1.695 V 0 Z m -0.01,-2.888 c 0.655,0 1.055,0.417 1.055,1.044 0,0.626 -0.4,1.043 -1.055,1.043 h -0.723 v -2.087 z"
d="M 0,0 -0.99,1.042 H -1.398 V 0 h -0.455 v 2.468 h 0.95 c 0.533,0 0.856,-0.296 0.856,-0.712 0.008,-0.283 -0.169,-0.54 -0.441,-0.642 L 0.569,0 Z m -0.903,1.441 c 0.267,0 0.405,0.137 0.405,0.315 0,0.179 -0.141,0.311 -0.405,0.311 H -1.398 V 1.44 Z"
SUBMAKE=cmd(){$(SILENT)$(MAKE) -s $$* < /dev/null ||{echo"make $$*: build failed. Please re-run make with -j1 V=s to see what's going on"; false;}} 8>&1 9>&2; cmd
SUBMAKE=cmd(){$(SILENT)$(MAKE) -s "$$@" < /dev/null ||{echo"make $$*: build failed. Please re-run make with -j1 V=s or V=sc for a higher verbosity level to see what's going on"; false;}} 8>&1 9>&2; cmd
# Prevent configuration corruption on a power loss
sync
}
}
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff
Show More
Reference in New Issue
Block a user
Blocking a user prevents them from interacting with repositories, such as opening or commenting on pull requests or issues. Learn more about blocking a user.